# BLACKVOID.CLUB
> Synology media partner IT & tech blog focused on Synology NAS, SRM, Docker, and other self-hosted solutions
Public Ghost content for AI and LLM tooling. This file includes a bounded export of public pages first, then recent public posts.
Append `.md` to any post or page URL to get the content in Markdown (for example, `/example-post.md`).
## Pages
### What is BLACKVOID?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/about-blackvoid/
Last updated: 2026-04-24T09:41:40.000Z
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/bv_logo_syno_media_partner_small.png) 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/synology_activeprotect_architect_badge.webp) ![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/synology_consulting_expert_badge.png) ![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/synology_dsm_architect_badge.webp) ![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/synology_backup_architect_badge.webp) 

Blackvoid, as a **Synology media partner,** is a site dedicated to the Synology brand that includes their hardware, software, and services. Content includes **reviews**, **tutorials**, and **know-how procedures** based on first-hand experience and testing.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/ds1825_overview.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_disk_lineup.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/beestation_plus_review.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas7700_overview.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/dp7400_review.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/beeprotect.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review-1.jpg)

Writing about product and service reviews...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/top10apps.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/bsm_dsm_features.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/bsm_vs_dsm_cover.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/NAS_x26_models-1.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/dsm8downgrade.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_store_v2.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/quicktips_banner_v3.webp)

...as well as other various Synology topics

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/bvdownbg_light.jpg)

Many articles on the topic of open-source and Docker in general

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/bv_logo_consulting.png)

BLACKVOID offers Synology consulting

Starting in the world of NAS can sometimes be an overwhelming experience. Because of that, Blackvoid offers **consulting** services for all matters around Synology products, services, and best practices that will best fit your needs. Feel free to contact us using the information below for a remote or in-person meeting to find out more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/profile_img.png)

Luka as the sole author on this site is a long-time running system engineer working in the banking IT sector (IT Operations). Passionate about Mac, NAS/SAN, virtualization, and Docker environments.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/IMG_20260423_234543.webp)

Blackvoid awarded ****Community Impact Award 2025** (April 2026)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_activeprotect_architect_badge.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_consulting_expert_badge.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_dsm_architect_badge.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_backup_architect_badge.webp)

```
BLACKVOID SOCIAL ACCOUNTS:
    
MAS - @blackvoid@mastodon.social
LIN - linkedin.com/company/blackvoid-tech
MET - facebook.com/blackvoidclub
INS - blackvoidclub

PERSONAL SOCIAL ACCOUNTS
    
MAS - rusty1281@fosstodon.org
LIN - linkedin.com/in/lukamanestar

MAIL
info@blackvoid.tech

WEB
https://www.blackvoid.club

CHAT
https://mm.blackvoid.club/support

Testimonial.to
https://testimonial.to/blackvoid

```

If you wish to help and support the site, you are welcome to do so using the PayPal or Ko-fi QR code below. Also, if you want, you can become a paid member with some perks! More info on that is in the [**membership section**](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoid-membership-tiers/). Your help is much appreciated!

<!DOCTYPE html> 

[ ![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/support_tip_stripe.png) ](https://www.blackvoid.club/#/portal/support) [ ![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/paypal2.png) ](https://paypal.me/lmanestar?locale.x=en%5FUS&ref=blackvoid.club) 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/blackvoidclub_kofi.png)
### Thank you for your donation!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/thank-you-for-your-donation/
Last updated: 2025-03-11T09:51:05.000Z
With it, you will definitely support my efforts even more and hopefully, make content grow in size and quality.

If you have any questions, suggestions, or critiques you are welcome to do so in the comment section of each article or contact me via my social accounts.

Thank you again for taking the time to make your valuable donation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/bv_logo_syno_media_partner_small.png)
### Archive - list of all articles
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/archive-list-of-all-articles/
Last updated: 2025-03-11T09:44:07.000Z
| LATEST ARTICLE ON TOP                                                                                                                                                                          |
| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| [DSM 7.0.1-42218 update](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-0-1-42218-update/)                                                                                                                   |
| [View Docker HUB repository statistics using Grafana and Infinity](https://www.blackvoid.club/view-docker-hub-repository-statistic-using-grafana-and-infinity/)                                |
| [vDSM - DSM Multi-tenant solution](https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/)                                                                                                 |
| [NEW site - BLACKVOID.tech](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-site-blackvoid-tech/)                                                                                                               |
| [Synology HDD compatibility policy explained](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/)                                                                         |
| [Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup service](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)                                                                               |
| [BookStack - self-hosted wiki platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/bookstack-self-hosted-wiki-platform/)                                                                                       |
| [Docker pricing & subscriptions](https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-pricing-subscriptions/)                                                                                                     |
| [DSM 7 release candidate for FS/XS/XS+ models is here!](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-release-candidate-for-fs-xs-xs-models-is-here/)                                                       |
| [Synology 101 - Hyper Backup to a remote Synology NAS](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-hyper-backup-to-a-remote-synology-nas/)                                                         |
| [DSM 6.2.4-25556-U2 is here](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-4-25556-u2-is-here/)                                                                                                           |
| [PLEX Pass giveaway!](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-pass-giveaway/)                                                                                                                          |
| [Synology 101 - Set up Apple Time Machine backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-set-up-apple-time-machine-backup/)                                                                   |
| [Synology NAS devices under brute-force attack](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-nas-devices-under-brute-force-attack/)                                                                     |
| [NEW SAN manager in DSM 7](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-san-manager-in-dsm-7/)                                                                                                               |
| [Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secrets](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)                                                       |
| [Running your torrent client via NordVPN Lynx (Wireguard)](https://www.blackvoid.club/running-your-torrent-client-via-nordvpn-lynx-wireguard/)                                                 |
| [NEW SAS Enterprise HDD(s) by Synology are here!](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-sas-enterprise-hdd-s-by-synology-are-here/)                                                                   |
| [PLEX migration with DSM 7](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-migration-with-dsm-7/)                                                                                                             |
| [Synology C2 - A Cloud for Safe Data](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)                                                                                           |
| [C2 Password & C2 Transfer - more than just Synology C2 storage](https://www.blackvoid.club/c2-password-c2-transfer/)                                                                          |
| [DSM7 final is here!](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-is-finally-here/)                                                                                                                       |
| [Grafana 8 - InfluxDB 2 - Telegraf - 2021 monitoring stack](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-8-influxdb-2-telegraf-2021-monitoring-stack/)                                                   |
| [Proton Mail 4.0](https://www.blackvoid.club/proton-mail-4-0/)                                                                                                                                 |
| [Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)                                                                                                                                 |
| [WWDC21](https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc21/)                                                                                                                                                   |
| [Docker 20.10 for DSM 6 & 7 is here](https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-20-10-for-dsm-6-7-is-here/)                                                                                             |
| [DSM 7 Release candidate is here!](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-release-candidate-is-here/)                                                                                                |
| [Best practices when doing a major DSM upgrade](https://www.blackvoid.club/best-practices-when-doing-a-major-dsm-upgrade/)                                                                     |
| [SRM 1.2.5-8227 update](https://www.blackvoid.club/srm-1-2-5-8225-update/)                                                                                                                     |
| [Authelia - SSO and 2FA portal](https://www.blackvoid.club/authelia-sso-and-2fa-portal/)                                                                                                       |
| [Unifi Controller via Docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/unifi-controller-via-docker/)                                                                                                         |
| [World password day 2021](https://www.blackvoid.club/world-password-day-2021/)                                                                                                                 |
| [NGINX proxy manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)                                                                                                                         |
| [Disaster recovery using Snapshot and Replication (Bitwarden scenario using Docker)](https://www.blackvoid.club/disaster-recovery-using-snapshot-replication-bitwarden-scenario-using-docker/) |
| [DSM 7 to DSM 6 downgrade (unofficial and unsupported)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-to-dsm-6-downgrade/)                                                                                  |
| [Pushover - notifications for all your needs](https://www.blackvoid.club/pushover-notifications-for-all-your-needs)                                                                            |
| [Matomo and Microsoft SharePoint - proper way to track your Intranet](https://www.blackvoid.club/matomo-microsoft-sharepoint-proper-way-to-monitor-your-intranet)                              |
| [Diun - friendly docker image update notifier](https://www.blackvoid.club/diun-friendly-docker-image-update-notifier)                                                                          |
| [Cloud Station suite to be discontinued in favor of Drive 3.0](https://www.blackvoid.club/cloud-station-suite-to-be-discontinued-in-favor-of-drive-3-0)                                        |
| [Bitwarden Send - NEW feature!](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-send-new-feature)                                                                                                         |
| [Synology Workshops 2021](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-workshops-2021)                                                                                                                  |
| [Matomo - self-hosted web analytics platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/matomo-self-hosted-web-analytics-platform)                                                                            |
| [SRM 1.3 upcoming features](https://www.blackvoid.club/srm-1-3-upcoming-feature)                                                                                                               |
| [PLEX, bare metal or Docker?](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-bare-metal-or-docker)                                                                                                            |
| [Synology quick tips!](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-quick-tips)                                                                                                                         |
| [DSM 6.2.4-25554 is here](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm)                                                                                                                                      |
| [NEW M.2 NVMe SNV3000 800G drives and 10/25Gbe PCI add-in cards](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-m-2-nvme-snv3000-800g-drives-and-10-25gbe-pci)                                                 |
| [Is your data safe? World backup day 2021](https://www.blackvoid.club/is-your-data-safe-world-backup-day-2021)                                                                                 |
| [Blackvoid's 2nd-anniversary giveaway!](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-2nd-anniversary-giveaway)                                                                                        |
| [Synology 101 - Part 5: Security & access](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access)                                                                                     |
| [Synology 101 - Part 4: Services](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-4-services)                                                                                                     |
| [Data privacy - can your NAS and self-hosted services improve your data privacy?](https://www.blackvoid.club/data-privacy-can-your-nas-and-self-hosted-services-improve-your-data-privacy)     |
| [Self-hosting vs "cloud" hosting](https://www.blackvoid.club/self-hosting-vs-cloud-hosting)                                                                                                    |
| [NEW Synology HDD(s) spotted!](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-hdd-s-spotted)                                                                                                          |
| [DSM 7 - Directory Server - add macOS 11 (Big Sur) Mac to Synology Active Directory](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-directory-server-add-macos-11-big-sur-mac-to-synology-active-directory)  |
| [3rd-party package support in DSM 7](https://www.blackvoid.club/3rd-party-package-support-in-dsm-7)                                                                                            |
| [Cyberpunk 2077 on nVIDIA GeForceNOW!](https://www.blackvoid.club/cyberpunk-2077-is-finally-here)                                                                                              |
| [DSM 7 - Active Backup for Business v2.2.0-11761 (BETA)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-backup-for-business-v-2-2-0)                                                                  |
| [DSM 7 - 41222 public beta upgrade and new features](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-41222-public-beta-upgrade-and-new-features)                                                              |
| [Synology C2 Directory](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-directory)                                                                                                                      |
| [Synology 2021 event!](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2021-event)                                                                                                                         |
| [DSM 7 - public BETA... coming soon](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-public-beta-coming-soon)                                                                                                 |
| [DSM 6.2.3-25426 - UP3 update is here](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-3-25426-up3-update-is-here)                                                                                          |
| [HomePod mini - "Hey Siri, play some metal!"](https://www.blackvoid.club/homepod-mini-hey-siri-play-some-metal)                                                                                |
| [DSM 7 - Office and Drive Server 3](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-office-and-drive-server-3)                                                                                                |
| [All of NEW and upcoming x21/x22 NAS models coming in 2020/2021](https://www.blackvoid.club/all-of-new-and-upcoming-x21-nas-models-coming-in-2020-2021)                                        |
| [Future of Mac - Apple M1](https://www.blackvoid.club/future-of-mac-apple-m1)                                                                                                                  |
| [Active Backup for Microsoft 365 and DR scenarios](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-microsoft-365-and-dr-scenarios)                                                                |
| [DSM 7 - Upgrade from DSM 6 to the new version](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-upgrade-from-dsm-6-to-the-new-version)                                                                        |
| [DSM 7 - Configuration backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration)                                                                         |
| [DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and more](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight)                                                                        |
| [DSM 7 - development materials are here!](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm7-development-materials-are-here)                                                                                      |
| [Portainer - Docker container managment made easy](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker)                                                                                                |
| [Standard Notes - Docker self-hosted alternative for all your note needs](https://www.blackvoid.club/standard-notes-docker-self-hosted-alternative)                                            |
| [Rocket.Chat vs. Mattermost, open-source rivals](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-vs-mattermost)                                                                                         |
| ["Time flies"... Apple 2020 September event](https://www.blackvoid.club/time-flies-apple-2020-september-event)                                                                                 |
| [DSM 7 - Hybrid Share, expand your NAS to Synology C2](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2)                                                           |
| [DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignIn](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid)                                                                                                           |
| [VMWare Fusion 12 for Mac is here](https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-fusion-12-for-mac-is-here)                                                                                                |
| [Midnight Commander via Docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/midnight-commander-via-docker)                                                                                                      |
| [PrivateBin - ignorance is bliss](https://www.blackvoid.club/privatebin-ignorance-is-bliss)                                                                                                    |
| [DSM 7 - NAS OS for the modern age](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-nas-os)                                                                                                                   |
| [DSM 7 public preview is LIVE!](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-public-preview-is-live)                                                                                                       |
| [Loki - log aggregation platform from the creators of Grafana](https://www.blackvoid.club/loki-log-aggregation-platform-from-the-creators-of-grafana)                                          |
| [Mattermost - (free) open-source messaging platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform)                                                                |
| [Amazon to terminate API support for Synology apps](https://www.blackvoid.club/amazon-to-terminate-api-support-for-synology-apps)                                                              |
| [Migrate your Plex setup from one Synology NAS to another](https://www.blackvoid.club/migrate-your-plex-setup-from-one-synology-nas-to-another)                                                |
| [DSM 7 internal preview has begun!!](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-internal)                                                                                                                |
| [Shlink.io - modern open-source URL shortener running via Docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/shlink-io-modern-open-source-url-shortener-running-via-docker)                                    |
| [Time to go Big! macOS Big Sur public beta is here](https://www.blackvoid.club/time-to-go-big-macos-big-sur-public-beta-is-here)                                                               |
| [NEW DS1621+ and DS1621XS+ models? Looks like it!](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-upcoming-x21-model-s-looks-like-it)                                                                          |
| [Rocket.Chat - trouble in push paradise?](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-trouble-in-push-paradise)                                                                                     |
| [Rocket.Chat - Omnichannel feature](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-omnichannel-feature)                                                                                                |
| [New animated Star Wars tv show is coming - The Bad Batch](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-animated-star-wars-tv-show-is-coming-the-bad-batch)                                                  |
| [Tornote - self-destructing note platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/tornote-self-destructing-note-platform)                                                                                  |
| [WebGrabPlus - self-hosted EPG via Docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/webgrabplus-self-hosted-epg-via-docker)                                                                                  |
| [Synology C2 - Express Box](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-express-box)                                                                                                                |
| [Evolution of iPhone charging](https://www.blackvoid.club/evolution-of-iphone-charging)                                                                                                        |
| [Second location for Synology C2 users, welcome Seattle!](https://www.blackvoid.club/second-location-for-synology-c2-welcome)                                                                  |
| [Time to go mechanical - dasKeyboard 4 PRO](https://www.blackvoid.club/time-to-go-mechanical-daskeyboard-4-pro)                                                                                |
| [End of life for some Synology packages](https://www.blackvoid.club/end-of-life-for-some-synology-packages)                                                                                    |
| [WWDC 2020 - Mac revolution, again](https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-mac-revolution-again)                                                                                                 |
| [SRM 1.2.4-8081 update is here](https://www.blackvoid.club/srm-1-2-4-8081-update-is-here)                                                                                                      |
| [New Synoforum milestone, 1000 users!](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synoforum-milestone-1000-users)                                                                                          |
| [NEW Synology 2.5" SATA and M.2 NVMe SSDs are here](https://www.blackvoid.club/b)                                                                                                              |
| [How to join a Mac in Microsoft Active Directory?](https://www.blackvoid.club/how-to-join-a-mac-in-microsoft-active-directory)                                                                 |
| [WWDC 2020 - Apple in ARM(s)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-apple-in-arm-s)                                                                                                             |
| [DSM 6.2.3-25426 update - 16TB volume false positive problems](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-3-25426-update-16tb-volume-false-positive-problems)                                          |
| [k6 - load and performance testing platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/k6-load-and-performance-testing-platform)                                                                              |
| [DSM 7 new features that might come](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-new-features-that-might-come)                                                                                            |
| [LIFX & PLEX webook integration via Docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/lifx-plex-webook-integration-via-docker)                                                                                |
| [qBittorrent via VPN docker container running on Synology NAS](https://www.blackvoid.club/qbittorrent-via-vpn-docker-container-running-on-synology-nas)                                        |
| [N3 portable laptop stand](https://www.blackvoid.club/n3-portable-laptop-stand)                                                                                                                |
| [DS718+ all-flash VMM speed tests](https://www.blackvoid.club/ds718-all-flash-vmm-speed-tests)                                                                                                 |
| [Synology Solution Day 2020 gone virtual as well](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2020-gone-virtual-as-well)                                                                  |
| [Hyper Backup disaster recovery method via C2](https://www.blackvoid.club/hyper-backup-disaster-recovery-method-via-c2)                                                                        |
| [DS718+ RAM upgrade](https://www.blackvoid.club/ds718-ram-upgrade)                                                                                                                             |
| [WWDC 2020 has gone virtual & Magic Keyboard for everyone!](https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-has-gone-virtual-magic-keyboard-for-everyone)                                                 |
| [May The Child be with you](https://www.blackvoid.club/may-the-child-be-with-you)                                                                                                              |
| [Grafana dashboards and upcoming v7.0](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-dashboards-and-upcoming-v7-0)                                                                                        |
| [Star Wars S07E11 - "Shattered", reaction](https://www.blackvoid.club/star-wars-s07e11-shattered-reaction)                                                                                     |
| [PLEX meets Crackle (Sony)](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-meets-crackle-sony)                                                                                                                |
| [RUNE - fiber broadband for the forgotten](https://www.blackvoid.club/rune-fiber-broadband-for-the-forgotten)                                                                                  |
| [NEW Synology x20+ NAS models are coming](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-x20-nas-models-are-coming)                                                                                   |
| [Disney is going all out with Star Wars TV shows](https://www.blackvoid.club/disney-is-going-all-out-with-starwars-tv-shows)                                                                   |
| [Let there be music, Apple Music](https://www.blackvoid.club/let-there-be-music-apple-music)                                                                                                   |
| [DSM 6.2.3 - 25423 update - new update, new problems](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-3-25423-update-new-update-new-problems)                                                               |
| [iPhone SE (2020) - less is more](https://www.blackvoid.club/iphone-se-2020-small-is-the-new-big)                                                                                              |
| [Plex Labs and their new creations](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-labs-and-their-new-creations)                                                                                              |
| [Forklift - File Manager of the modern age](https://www.blackvoid.club/forklift-file-manager-of-the-modern-age)                                                                                |
| [2-step verification changes coming for Synology C2 accounts](https://www.blackvoid.club/2-step-verification-changes-to-your-synology-c2-account)                                              |
| [Synoforum.com, 1st anniversary!](https://www.blackvoid.club/synoforum-com-1st-anniversary)                                                                                                    |
| [Docker Top 10 images and solutions](https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-top-10-images-and-solutions)                                                                                            |
| [HTTP to HTTPS redirect](https://www.blackvoid.club/http-to-https-redirect)                                                                                                                    |
| [Hybrid Share & Active Insight - Evolution of DSM 7](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7)                                                                |
| [World Backup Day, March 31st](https://www.blackvoid.club/world-backup-day-march-31st)                                                                                                         |
| [The holy (mesh) trinity](https://www.blackvoid.club/the-holy-mesh-trinity)                                                                                                                    |
| [RSS - dying platform or the right way to read the news?](https://www.blackvoid.club/rss-dying-platform-or-the-right-way-to-read-the-news)                                                     |
| [Acronis True Image Mobile - on-premise backup for your mobile device](https://www.blackvoid.club/acronis-true-image-mobile-on-premise-backup-for-your-mobile-device)                          |
| [Apple updates, March 2020](https://www.blackvoid.club/apple-updates-march-2020)                                                                                                               |
| [Synology US workshops are now webcasts](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-us-workshops-are-now-webcasts)                                                                                    |
| [NAS SSD and DSM migration - the quick way](https://www.blackvoid.club/nas-ssd-and-dsm-migration-the-quick-way)                                                                                |
| [Thank you for your donation!](https://www.blackvoid.club/thank-you-for-your-donation)                                                                                                         |
| [Contact(s)! 1.0 - Beta](https://www.blackvoid.club/contact-s-1-0-beta)                                                                                                                        |
| [Clone Force 99, The Bad Batch!](https://www.blackvoid.club/clone-force-99-the-bad-batch)                                                                                                      |
| [Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery tool](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool)                           |
| [RS3614RPxs RAM upgrade](https://www.blackvoid.club/rs3614rpxs-ram-upgrade)                                                                                                                    |
| [DSM 7 preview delayed, again](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-delayed-again)                                                                                                         |
| [GeForce, right NOW!](https://www.blackvoid.club/geforce-right-now)                                                                                                                            |
| [Star Wars The Clone Wars, returns!](https://www.blackvoid.club/star-wars-the-clone-wars-returns)                                                                                              |
| [Cut the cord - Plex Live TV using XTEVE and IPTV](https://www.blackvoid.club/cut-the-cord-plex-live-tv-xteve-iptv)                                                                            |
| [Power overwhelming](https://www.blackvoid.club/power-overwhelming)                                                                                                                            |
| [Fire it up!](https://www.blackvoid.club/fire-it-up)                                                                                                                                           |
| [Let there be CAT6 LAN](https://www.blackvoid.club/let-there-be-cat6-lan)                                                                                                                      |
| [DSM 7 preview signups are now OPEN!](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-signups)                                                                                                        |
| [The Mandalorian, season 1 reflections](https://www.blackvoid.club/the-mandalorian-season-1-refelctions)                                                                                       |
| [42U rack assembly has started](https://www.blackvoid.club/42u-rack-assembly-has-started)                                                                                                      |
| [DSM 7 beta, no show in 2019](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-beta-no-show-in-2019)                                                                                                           |
| [Synoforum.com 8 months later](https://www.blackvoid.club/syno)                                                                                                                                |
| [It's STAR WARS month!](https://www.blackvoid.club/its-starwars-month)                                                                                                                         |
| [About Blackvoid](https://www.blackvoid.club/about-blackvoid)                                                                                                                                  |
| [NETGEAR, take 2](https://www.blackvoid.club/netgear-take-2)                                                                                                                                   |
| [Bitwarden email invites](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-email-invites)                                                                                                                  |
| [42U rack in the basement? Sure!](https://www.blackvoid.club/42u-rack-in-the-basement-sure)                                                                                                    |
| [VPN, or how to access your data securely, the right way](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way)                                                    |
| [New WD RED SSDs have arrived](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-wd-red-ssd-have-arrived)                                                                                                         |
| [3-2-1 > Active Backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup)                                                                                                                        |
| [Commento - commenting done right](https://www.blackvoid.club/commento)                                                                                                                        |
| [iMac + DELL, a great combo](https://www.blackvoid.club/imac-got-a-new)                                                                                                                        |
| [Let's Encrypt + Docker = wildcard certs](https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs)                                                                                      |
| [Bitwarden - LiveSync feature](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-livesync-feature)                                                                                                          |
| [Synology Reverse Proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy)                                                                                                                    |
| [Grafana - InfluxDB - Telegraf (GIT) monitoring setup via docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-influxdb-telegraf-git-monitoring-setup-via-docker)                                        |
| [Network cabinet and Synology 5G mesh](https://www.blackvoid.club/network-cabinet-and-synology-5g-mesh)                                                                                        |
| [Rocket.Chat - SLACK alternative (with MongoDB as backend)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-slack-alternative-with-mongodb-as-backend)                                                  |
| [Bitwarden - a self-hosted password manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager)                                                                               |
| [Synology 5G mesh, coming soon](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-5g-mesh)                                                                                                                   |
| [CAT6 cabling my new house](https://www.blackvoid.club/cat6-cabelingg)                                                                                                                         |
| [Synology 101 - Part 3: Shared Folders](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-3-shared-folders)                                                                                         |
| [PXE boot via Synology NAS](https://www.blackvoid.club/pxe-boot-via-synology-nas)                                                                                                              |
| [New addition to my Syno family, welcome DS718+](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-addition-to-my-syno-family)                                                                                    |
| [New dawn for Synology users, welcome, synoforum.com](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-dawn-for-synology-users-welcome-synoforum-com)                                                            |
| [Synology 101 - Part 2: User Accounts](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-2-user-accounts)                                                                                           |
| [Synology 101 - Part 1: DSM installation & RAID array type](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-dsm-installation-raid-array-type)                                                          |
| [Synology 101 - Intro: Setup your NAS for the 1st time](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-setup-your-nas-for-the-1st-time)                                                               |
| [Synology DS918+ getting a few friends](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds918-getting-a-few-friends)                                                                                       |
### BLACKVOID membership tiers
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoid-membership-tiers/
Last updated: 2023-11-25T13:38:47.000Z
Since the introduction of new native comment features from the Ghost developer team, this site has activated the signup option as a prerequisite.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/membership-1.jpg)

In the [**following article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-membership-and-comments-changes/) I have explained how and why this has happened and what it means for current and future visitors of the Blackvoid site.

Here I would like to present the membership tiers in a bit more detail as well as what they will offer.

Blackvoid's current setup will offer three (3) tiers. One free and two commercial ones.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-15.png)

Tier 1 - free tier with full access and comment options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-16.png)

Commercial tiers - completely optional with some added perks 

****Free (Tier 1)** \- initial free tier will be a needed membership in order to comment and participate in a discussion section (at the bottom of every article). Members of this tier will have full access to the content, as before.

****Plus series (Tier 2)** \- first commercial tier will unlock ****1:1 support** on the topics of Synology or Docker.

****XS+ series (Tier 3)** \- is the second commercial tier that will have ****additional hours per month on top of the Tier 2 benefits**.

Commercial tiers will be of course optional and are mainly here for anyone willing to support the site. Jumping between tiers will be possible at any time as well as complete cancellation of your subscription.

****DISCLAIMER**: Blackvoid ****will not send any digest emails**, ****newsletters,** or ****collect emails in favor of selling them for advertising**!

Once you register with the site, **logging in will be done by the use of your email link that will be sent to your registration email address**. Be sure to use a working email, that you have access to. **No passwords are used during registration or sign-in processes**. This is by design.
### Blackvoid 2023 summer subscription discounts
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoid-2023-summer-subscription-discounts/
Last updated: 2023-11-17T09:25:11.000Z
With the arrival of warm and sunny weather, Blackvoid is doing **summer discount offers on both monthly subscriptions**!

Just as a reminder, this site offers **free membership** with no limitations to any content published, and even free members can participate in occasional giveaways throughout the year.

More details on the membership options can be read in the following article.

[NEW membership and comments changesImplementation of Ghost native comment feature will bring it to this Blackvoid site as well to even further streamline this Synology community!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/membership.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-membership-and-comments-changes/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-03-at-18.30.17.png)

Current subscription tiers

During the summer of 2023 (until the end of August), there will be a **33% discount** for both monthly subscriptions **for the first three months**!

If you are looking to become a member and earn some support time in terms of Synology or Docker, as well as help the site in bringing better content and giveaways, be sure to use the following **discount links** when you are ready to subscribe.

## "Plus" series discount

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/summer_offer_social_plus-1.png) 

#### [Subscribe](https://www.blackvoid.club/blkvoid-plus-series-monthly-summer-subscription) now!

## "XS+" series discount

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/summer_offer_social_xs.png) 

#### [Subscribe](https://www.blackvoid.club/blkvoid-xs-series-monthly-summer-subscription) now!

Thank you all in advance and big thanks to all the current supporters as well. Blackvoid would not be the same without you! As a side note, the current number of visitors on average is about 25K per month, so thank you all for visiting as well! Once again, **all content will always be free** even if you are not a paid subscriber!

If for some reason you do not want to become a subscriber but would like to help out with a one-time donation, you can use the PayPal button below. In any event, once again, thank you all!

[ ![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/paypal.png) ](https://paypal.me/lmanestar?locale.x=en%5FUS&ref=blackvoid.club)
### ‎
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-consulting-services/
Last updated: 2025-06-16T21:23:10.000Z
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_consulting_expert_badge-1.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_activeprotect_architect_badge-1.webp)

<!DOCTYPE html> 

![Image](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/blackvoid_brochure_clip1.jpg) 

Blackvoid is a consulting firm and Synology media partner, specializing in **data integrity, privacy, and availability**. Our services empower businesses to optimize their data while ensuring its protection and security.

We prioritize data integrity. By following industry best practices and leveraging advanced technologies, we ensure our clients' **data remains accurate, reliable, and consistent** throughout its lifecycle. Our data validation and quality management strategies safeguard against errors and unauthorized modifications.

**Privacy is a top concern**. Protecting sensitive information is paramount. Through robust security measures such as encryption and access controls, we shield our clients' data from unauthorized access, reducing the risk of breaches and privacy violations.

We understand the importance of data availability. With **comprehensive backup, disaster recovery solutions, and failover strategies**, we help minimize downtime. Our goal is to ensure seamless access to data, even during unexpected disruptions.

<!DOCTYPE html> 

![Image 1](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/blackvoid_brochure_clip4.jpg) ![Image 2](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/blackvoid_brochure_clip3.jpg) 

<!DOCTYPE html> 

Our assessment services start by thoroughly analyzing your current infrastructure, **identifying strengths, weaknesses, and potential areas for improvement**. This detailed assessment enables us to tailor our configurations and installations to your specific needs.  
  
Leveraging our expertise and industry best practices, we configure your Synology products to **maximize performance, security, and reliability**. Our team ensures seamless integration with your existing infrastructure, empowering you to make the most of your Synology investment.  
  
During the installation process, we meticulously execute each step, ensuring the proper setup of hardware and software components. We pay close attention to detail, guaranteeing that your Synology products are up and running smoothly.  
  
Disaster recovery is a critical aspect of our services. We devise robust strategies to **minimize downtime and protect your data** from unforeseen events. By implementing backup and recovery solutions, we ensure that your Synology products can swiftly recover from disasters, reducing any potential disruptions.  
  
![Image](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/blackvoid_brochure_clip5.jpg) 

<!DOCTYPE html> 

![Image](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/blackvoid_brochure_clip2.jpg) 

Blackvoid holds certifications in Synology Backup Architect and DSM Architect. These certifications demonstrate expertise in two key areas related to Synology products.  
  
The **Synology Backup Architect** certification signifies a deep understanding of designing and implementing backup solutions using Synology devices. It includes knowledge of various backup strategies, backup storage management, and data protection best practices. With this certification, the individual is equipped to architect reliable backup solutions for organizations using Synology products.  
  
On the other hand, the **Synology DSM architect** certification showcases expertise in designing and optimizing Synology DiskStation Manager (DSM) architecture. This encompasses knowledge of DSM features, storage management, high availability configurations, and performance optimization. With this certification, one is skilled in designing efficient and robust DSM architectures to ensure seamless operation and data accessibility.  
  
In summary, Blackvoid's certifications demonstrate their proficiency in designing and implementing backup solutions as well as optimizing DSM architecture using Synology products.  
  
[Blackvoid consulting brochureClick to download PDF consulting brochureblackvoid\_consulting.pdf5 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2024/01/blackvoid%5Fconsulting.pdf "Download")

[Blackvoid consulting pricelistClick to download PDF consulting pricelistblackvoid\_pricelist.pdf2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2024/03/blackvoid%5Fpricelist.pdf "Download")

Feel free to [contact us](mailto:info@blackvoid.tech) for more information.
## Posts
### Synology RS11626xs+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs11626xs-overview/
Last updated: 2026-08-28T22:25:30.000Z
Following its RS segment refresh and the recent introduction of new class products such as the PAS7700, Synology has unveiled the RS11626xs+, a 3U enterprise storage solution designed for demanding data center environments.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/rs11626xs-_front_45.webp)

The new AMD EPYC powered RS11626xs+

Unlike the smaller, more conventional RS models announced in recent months, the RS11626xs+ represents a departure for the RS segment. Though it lacks the active-active, all-NVMe design of the PAS7700, the RS11626xs+ features a distinctive internal hardware configuration that sets it apart.

> ## The RS11626xs+ unifies data management, backup, and surveillance in a storage system scalable beyond 2 PB

[Synology RS3626xs overviewThe #Synology RS3621xs+ successor has arrived with enough changes to make it worth the upgrade, being one of three new 2U models released today![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-1a1dcda8-5656-4dd7-8097-2b66db81db3a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs3626xs_overview-937b9469-bb43-4796-b130-d3a65fd08b44.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs3626xs-overview/)

[Synology RS4826xs+ overviewBrand new 2U #Synology rack model is here! Up to 48 drives, this new NAS is a real mid to high-end enterprise device that meets any workload![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a8163f4d-1a26-4356-afb3-5efbc6fbd0a0.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs4826xs_plus_overview-3dce909b-873e-41c3-aa8b-a97d6e1ee409.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs4826xs-overview/)

[Synology RS6426xs+ overviewA 3U behemoth with the support of up to 64 drives is the latest in #Synology’s 2026 lineup. Enterprise NAS for data, backup, and surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-d4a66d6e-2c03-4650-8b08-e82847830b99.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs6426xs_plus_overview-809a4472-0f6d-49a4-9468-e082d72c33ad.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs6426xs-overview/)

Speaking of its specifications, this particular model is equipped with an **AMD EPYC 7303** CPU, offering a total of 16 cores and 32 threads, at its base clock of 2.4GHz (up to 3.4 GHz). This SP3 socket CPU offers 128MB of L3 cache with up to 4TB of supported RAM, but unfortunately, it arrives with **64GB of DDR4 ECC**. The **maximum Synology-supported RAM capacity is 1TB across 16 memory slots**.

Offering 16-cores its **TDP is very low at only 105W**, which makes it an ideal candidate for dense deployments.

Synology's selection of the EPYC 7303 is deliberate and conservative. Though this 2020-era processor lacks the performance capabilities of the 7713 or the newer 9004 series, it delivers the power efficiency required for enterprise storage applications.

> ## Flexible High-Performance Enterprise Storage with Multi-Petabyte Scalability

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/rs11626xs-_front.webp)

The RS11626xs+ arrives with a unique design and disk configuration

The RS11626xs+ on paper still offers impressive speeds, with up to **10,500+ MB/s read and 8,200+ MB/s write** of 64K sequential throughput.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-28-at-23.28.13.png)

Speaking of its unique design mentioned earlier, the unit comes with 20 available bays divided into two main sections. A **four (4) 2.5" bay section** dedicated for Synology's SATA SSDs as a **read/write cache, or a dedicated SSD volume for latency-sensitive workloads**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/rs11626xs-_front_cache-1.webp)

The choice to make a cache or storage usable SSD array\*

The rest of the NAS is a standard 3,5"/2.5" 16-bay cage that supports only Synology-branded enterprise drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/rs11626xs-_front_storage-1.webp)

The main 16-bay storage cage

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-28-at-23.34.17.png)

RS11626xs+ supported drives (August 2026)

### Highlights

**On-Demand Expansion**  
Scale up to 116 drive bays with eight Synology RX1222sas Expansion Units

**High Performance**  
Over 234,000 4K random write IOPS and 10,500/8,200 MB/s sequential read/write throughput

**Versatile Networking**  
Built-in dual 10GbE RJ45 ports with expansion via 10/25GbE NICs and Fibre  
Channel adapters

**Availability Safeguards**  
Hot-swappable drives, online volume expansion, dual power supplies, and high- availability clustering help keep services online

**Storage Tiering**  
Automatically offload inactive data to lower-cost tiers to optimize storage ROI and preserve high-performance storage for active workloads

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-9b4db6f4-411c-478d-9142-a8b97ef886a5.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-85b3a2ba-cab5-4dba-9ae3-c567434d4fea.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

Now, what's unique about this particular model is the introduction of a built-in dual M.2 slot that offers installation of both 2230 and 2280 NVMe drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/m2_ssd_long.webp)

The RS11626xs+ supports a built-in M.2 DSM RAID1 OS array (pre-installed)

The embedded storage slots provide physical isolation for the DSM operating system and system operations, separate from the main data pools. Configured in RAID1, they maintain uptime despite individual drive failures while reducing I/O stress on the primary storage drives.

> ## RS11626xs+ includes four built-in 2.5" bays for SSD caching1 and dual embedded M.2 NVMe SSDs running DSM in RAID 1

Regarding compatibility, the same rule applies as the slots will support only Synology-branded SNV5400 series NVMe drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/m2_ssd_short.webp)

Support for 2230 or 2280 NVMe size drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-28-at-23.42.28.png)

Full list of all compatible accessories for the RS11626xs+

Moving to the back of the unit, the RS11626xs+ follows a somewhat familiar pattern with three (3) built-in network adapters. A **dual 10G (RJ-45)**, along with a **single 1GbE management port**.

Connectivity and expansion options include **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports and two PCIe Gen4 x16 expansion slots on both sides of the chassis**. The expansion slots accommodate a range of add-in cards: SFP 10/25G network adapters, NVMe expansion cards, and Fiber Channel adapters.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/rs11626xs-_back.webp)

The RS11626xs+ supports up to eight (8) SAS expansion units

Eight mini-SAS HD expansion ports dominate the rear panel, each accommodating an RX1222sas enclosure capable of holding 12 drives. Including the four onboard SATA SSDs, the RS11626xs+ supports up to 116 total drives and **provides raw storage capacity of up to 2.6PB**.

💡

****NOTE**: While the unit supports up to 2.6PB of raw total storage, the ****maximum volume size is 1PB/volume**

Finally, in a device of this size, there are two 800W power supplies, packed inside a 73 cm long device, weighing just a little under 20 kg (with no drives). The RS11626xs+ is covered, as expected, with a **limited 5-year Synology warranty**.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/modules/warranty/icon_five_year_warranty@2x.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-29-at-00.06.20.png)

Given its hardware capabilities and DSM feature set, the RS11626xs+ delivers a comprehensive enterprise storage platform suitable for small to large-scale deployments. Its expansion architecture establishes it as a long-term infrastructure solution. 

Pricing has not yet been disclosed, though the system is anticipated to fall within a five-digit range based on drive selection and total capacity.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Solution Summit 2026
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-summit-2026/
Last updated: 2026-08-12T22:31:53.000Z
Synology will host its **Solution Summit** in three months at **Areal Böhler in Düsseldorf, Germany**, the headquarters of Synology GmbH. Designed as a full-day event, the Summit will mark the company's first live offering in a hybrid format. While Synology has established a strong presence at numerous industry expos and exhibitions worldwide, this event represents a significant milestone in the company's event strategy.

> ## The Synology Solution Summit 2026 is the new hub for everyone who lives Synology

Advertised to be "**more than an everyday conference**", this summit will cater to both home lab enthusiasts and enterprise professionals.

> ## A day full of practice, real network and technical depth, without fancy company presentations. If you take your IT infrastructure seriously and are looking for direct contact with the minds behind technology and with practical knowledge, there is no way around the summit

The full-day agenda will feature keynote presentations alongside specialized master classes led by industry practitioners and Synology experts. Guest speakers represent diverse sectors, including defense, higher education, film and content creation, and entrepreneurship.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-13-at-00.08.43.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-13-at-00.08.56.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-13-at-00.09.13.png)

The full-day event will take place on **November 12th at 10:00 AM Central European Time**, available both on-site and via livestream at no cost to attendees.

![](https://www.bohler.de/app/uploads/sites/309/2024/11/Boehlerareal-1360x550-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/Screenshot-2026-08-13-at-00.11.24.png)

Registrations are already open on the [website](https://synology.zohobackstage.eu/SynologySolutionSummit2026?ref=blackvoid.club#/?lang=de) for both on-site and remote attendance. 

## FAQ's

#### ****How much does the entrance fee cost? Is there food?**

You can attend the Synology Solution Summit and all master classes and lectures for free. Your physical well-being is provided for a small price all day long.

#### ****Main Stage events? Master classes? How do I plan the day?**

Since the masterclasses are limited to 40 places, it makes sense to register early. If you can't get a seat anymore, there's always something going on at the Main Stage.

#### ****What if I can't be there?**

This year our Synology Solution Summit is hybrid. Sign up for online participation and follow the lectures conveniently online.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS neo+ lineup
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds-neo-lineup/
Last updated: 2026-08-10T22:27:28.000Z
Recent escalations in RAM, HDD, and SSD pricing, with motherboard costs anticipated to follow, have prompted consumers and businesses to seek cost-effective alternatives amid the ongoing AI hyperscale expansion.

Synology faces direct consequences from these market and economic fluctuations, as its primary business model centers on distributing network-attached storage devices across the home, commercial, and enterprise sectors.

In the absence of official company announcements, Synology is reintroducing its X25 DS model lineup from the previous year with marginal modifications that represent a net reduction in specifications. This strategic approach directly addresses the current global supply constraints and elevated pricing pressures affecting RAM availability.

The company's previous product refresh cycle yielded modest improvements overall; however, it did introduce updated X25 models featuring 2.5GbE network connectivity and enhanced RAM configurations across select device variants.

[Synology DS725+ overviewAnother #Synology X25 model is here! The DS725+ is a 2-bay NAS solution that adapts to growing storage demands, now featuring 2.5GbE network support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-78b80404-c206-477d-96a7-c90cd6bbcb42.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds725_overview-1-dc0bdee9-5234-411f-b0ed-e9a4e3e0268c.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-overview/)

[Synology DS925+ reviewThe brand new #Synology #DS925+ has arrived. While this popular 4-bay model may not be groundbreaking, its CPU upgrade and dual 2.5GbE ports offer more than enough for many users![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-46eb7d71-5dd1-4a15-bfd7-c8c9094fc031.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-fe294836-e251-42fa-8fb1-14a3da0d9d95.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-review/)

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-e25683c3-581c-485a-8c7f-e183e80acccd.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-2bcd336f-85cd-4c7d-9b3f-eace3cfa6461.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-6431a246-af80-4dd7-af16-a5ac97b27ed1.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1-aff5ba61-2c46-4caa-b74e-c4d5c62a69fd.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

Synology has elected to release four DS X25 models under revised nomenclature, incorporating the new "**neo**" designation within the product naming convention.

Alongside the existing DS725+, DS925+, DS1525+, and DS1825+ models, the company now offers neo variants of each device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/dsX25neo_model_list.webp)

The "new ****neo**" X25 models 

Functionally identical to their predecessors with the exception of memory specifications, these neo variants are positioned at lower price points, **standardly configured with 4 GB of DDR4 non-ECC memory**. All models retain a maximum memory capacity of 32 GB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/1825neo-.webp)

DS1825neo+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/1525neo-.webp)

DS1525neo+

With the exception of the DS1525+ and DS1825+, specifications remain unchanged beyond the transition from ECC to non-ECC memory. The latter two models undergo more substantial downgrades in their neo iterations, featuring not only non-ECC memory but also reduced standard capacity, declining from 8 GB in the original X25 versions.

💡

****NOTE**: Do note that while the CPUs in the new **neo+* models remain the same as their 2025 versions, the DSM installations are not identical!

From a customer perspective, these neo variants present expanded purchasing options for those for whom RAM capacity is not a primary consideration. Given that no other hardware components have been modified, these models offer a cost-effective entry point for budget-conscious buyers.

Disk compatibility protocols remain consistent with existing standards. Disk policy version 5.0 continues to govern compatibility, permitting drives from all manufacturers to function within these systems without restricting users to Synology-branded storage solutions.

The precise pricing differential will only become apparent upon product launch, which is currently scheduled for an unspecified date.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DVA7400 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva7400-overview/
Last updated: 2026-07-30T16:58:23.000Z
Just last week, Synology officially introduced the new VSaaS service called Synology 365, which was already announced at this year's Computex expo. With a new series of existing cameras to support the cloud-based surveillance platform, we now have Synology's first rack-based DVA system, the **DVA7400**.

[Synology Surveillance 365, new cameras, and a new access control systemNew #Synology cameras, DVA models, access control system and Surveillance 365 cloud service as well as more Surveillance Station features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-dbc354c0-d70e-4b27-8b4b-55e215d98fd8.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance365_2026_announcement-cce25e96-9a13-4439-ac56-6bdc7893b11e.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-surveillance-365-new-cameras-and-new-acess-control-system/)

[Synology at Computex 2026New year, new hardware, software, and services from #Synology. Enterprise, business, and SOHO segments, followed by #AI features on many levels![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-b4563298-fe55-4c3a-bf03-4f4062d84e93.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2026-1-8c31084f-c3cf-4cf6-be28-dbbbe265737e.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-comp/)

Also announced at this year's expo, along with an upcoming new desktop model, the new DVA7400 is a brand-new 2U high-capacity surveillance appliance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_front.webp)

The first rack-based DVA appliance, the DVA7400 (with decorative mask)

The modelwill come as a **2U 12-bay rack model** in a familiar Synology enclosure, powered by yet another expected **AMD CPU, the Ryzen 1780B**. It features a **dual 10GbE network support** and an **NVIDIA RTX 2000 Ada/Pro 2000 Blackwell GPU card**, used for all the advanced on-device AI capabilities. It will also have **16GB of DDR4 ECC memory** with an upgrade option up to 32GB (2x16).

On the back of the unit, along the already mentioned dual 10GbE ports, the DVA7400 will have a dedicated 1GbE management port as well as two USB 3.0 ports.

As expected, the appliance is **compatible with Synology-branded Plus or Enterprise drives from their HAT3300 or HAT5300 lineup**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_drives.webp)

HAT3300 or HAT5300 will be the only officially supported drives for the DVA7400

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/Screenshot-2026-07-30-at-18.30.16.png)

Officially supported drives for the new DVA7400

Being a full rack device, the 7400 model is only 60cm deep, so it will fit nicely inside even smaller rack cabinets, and weights around 13kg (with no drives).

> ## AI-Powered NVR for Proactive Security and Business Analytics

It is equipped with three 60mm vents and a dual PSU (800W), so the noise level (about 52 dB (A)) with a full array of 12 drives will be considerable. This will ofcourse depend on the actual drives, their number and activity, but again, being a rack device, be sure to keep it in a secure and noise-isolated location.

Considering this is more than just a DVA appliance, this shouldn't come as a surprise, because the 7400 model will not just run on-device Surveillance Station, but a full-blown DSM installation. This means that while it will be advertised as a surveillance device, it can also be used as a regular NAS as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_front_nocover.webp)

Looking like any other 2U Synology NAS from front...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_back.webp)

... and back

The DVA7400 represents a significant advancement in on-premises video surveillance and analytics infrastructure. **With the capability to support up to 100 IP camera feeds simultaneously**, it provides comprehensive coverage for large, sprawling facilities without requiring dependence on cloud-based services. The system excels in handling demanding workloads, **capable of executing 40 concurrent real-time AI video analytics tasks** without compromising performance. This robust processing power enables organizations to deploy sophisticated computer vision algorithms across their entire surveillance network, from object detection and activity recognition to behavior analysis and anomaly identification.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/Post_02-03.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_main_image.webp)

DVA7400 - high capacity AI surveillance hub

Data privacy and security form the cornerstone of the DVA7400's architecture. All recordings and AI-generated metadata remain securely stored on-premises, ensuring complete local data ownership and eliminating concerns about sensitive facility information being transmitted to external servers. This approach provides organizations with full control over their surveillance data, meeting stringent compliance requirements and regulatory standards that may govern data residency in their industry. By maintaining all processing and storage locally, the DVA7400 empowers facilities managers and security teams to retain complete autonomy over their video intelligence operations while benefiting from enterprise-grade AI capabilities.

## DVA7400 features:

**Advanced AI-Powered Search**  
Locate sub jects across multiple cameras within seconds using natural language queries

**High-Concurrency AI**  
Support up to 100 IP cameras and handle 40 simultaneous real-time video analytics tasks

**Unified Centralized Management**  
Integrate fully with Surveillance Station for streamlined cross-site management and instant event handling

**Extensive Third-Party Integration**  
Empower your surveillance ecosystem with robust support for a wide range of third-party devices and solutions

**Enterprise-Grade Reliability**  
Rely on Synology's proven data and storage management systems engineered for mission-critical workloads

0:00 

/0:14 

1× 

Semantic video search capabilities

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_semantic_video_search.webp)

The DVA7400 delivers a comprehensive suite of advanced AI analytics capabilities designed to transform raw video footage into actionable intelligence. **Semantic Video Search** harnesses natural language processing to enable operators to locate subjects across multiple cameras in seconds, eliminating the tedious task of manually reviewing hours of footage. Complementing this, **Attribute Search** allows filtering by specific visual characteristics such as clothing color or vehicle type, dramatically improving search accuracy and accelerating subject identification. For vehicular monitoring, License Plate Recognition automatically captures and logs vehicles entering and leaving premises, with intelligent automation that can trigger customized actions based on pre-configured allow or block lists. The system's **Face Recognition** module operates in real time, identifying individuals as they move through monitored areas and enabling instant alerts for persons on watchlists, enhancing both security response times and investigative capabilities.

0:00 

/0:09 

1× 

DVA7400 supports attribute search for both people and vehicles

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_attribute_search.webp)

> ## Proactive Threat Management and Actionable Insights

0:00 

/0:21 

1× 

Finding repeated objects or people with cross camera path tracking

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_cross_path.webp)

Beyond identification, the platform provides **sophisticated behavioral analytics** that drive operational efficiency and security. **People and Vehicle Counting** delivers accurate metrics on foot traffic and vehicular movement, with detailed reporting capabilities for post-event analysis and capacity planning. **People and Vehicle Detection** monitors for suspicious activity by alerting staff when subjects linger in predefined zones, such as no-parking areas or storefront perimeters, preventing unauthorized access before incidents occur. **Intrusion Detection** completes the analytics arsenal by intelligently monitoring virtual boundaries, triggering alerts when people or vehicles cross designated thresholds from specific directions. Together, these capabilities transform surveillance from passive recording into an active, intelligent security and operational management system.

0:00 

/0:12 

1× 

Cover any possible search scenario

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_retail.webp)

From retail accidents

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_campus.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dva7400_manufacturing.webp)

to campus and manufacturing scenarios

> ## Seamless scalability  
> A 12-bay rackmount design that grows with your surveillance needs. Pair with Archive Vault and Surveillance365 for secure offsite archiving and extended retention

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/c2_surveillance365_2026-1.webp)

The DVA7400 is powered by Synology Surveillance Station running on the intuitive Synology DSM operating system, delivering a robust foundation for video management, third-party integration, and enterprise-grade data protection. This architecture prioritizes flexibility and avoids vendor lock-in by **supporting various compatible camera options with extensive ONVIF Profile compliance**, allowing organizations to select hardware that precisely matches their specific site requirements and budget constraints. The platform empowers surveillance systems through comprehensive integration support for a wide range of third-party solutions, seamlessly connecting disparate security and operational systems into a cohesive ecosystem.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-03ce118a-9859-41ec-b867-838dbdcbcd1b.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p1-60f50d68-687b-4ee0-a277-3402d3a9592a.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-61db1ca1-bd07-4f2e-8b70-24acc145a0fd.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p2-52b9fb70-f874-4851-853f-5f781ecd8b8b.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

Management at scale becomes effortless with the powerful **Surveillance Central Management System (CMS)**, enabling administrators to oversee massive recording server clusters and expansive camera fleets from a single, unified interface. This centralized approach dramatically reduces operational complexity and administrative overhead. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/Post_03-02.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/Post_03-03.png)

DVA7400 is here to take the heavy human reliant task of searching specific scenarios

The integrated Event Center revolutionizes incident response by consolidating native Synology events and third-party alerts across multiple servers, allowing security teams to quickly search cross-server events and immediately locate critical footage relevant to active incidents. This unified event handling streamlines investigation workflows and accelerates response times when every second counts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/desktop_and_mobile_SVS.webp)

Surveillance Station accessible on any OS and any platform

Accessibility and flexibility are built into the system's core. Users can access the surveillance system from anywhere through multiple interfaces, browser-based access for desktop environments, dedicated desktop clients for advanced management, and mobile applications for on-the-go monitoring. This multi-platform approach ensures security teams and facility managers maintain situational awareness regardless of their location, supporting both routine monitoring and emergency response scenarios.

As with all other Synology rack devices, the **DVA7400 comes with a fixed 3-year Synology warranty** with no option to extend it via the warranty plus subscription. **The official rollout of this model is planned for the end of August 2026**.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS1226+/RP+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs1226-rp-overview/
Last updated: 2026-07-27T14:55:20.000Z
As the second quarter moves along and the summer is in full swing, Synology has another RS model refresh ready with imminent release. Following the 1U RS826+/RP+ model back in June, this time around, we will get a somewhat anticipated 8-bay model. This particular 8-bay 2U model was not refreshed since its predecessor back in 2020, the RS1221+. Well, looks like the time has arrived, and while it has almost no changes compared to the previous model, the new RS1226RP+ was, in fact, updated on several fronts.

> ## Reliable 2U Storage for Data-Driven SMBs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/rs1226-_front.webp)

The new RS1226RP+ with an identical front look, offers a few upgrades compared to its predecessor

Let's mention the usual hardware suspects out of the way first. The CPU and RAM remain identical to the previous model with a well-known, **quad-core AMD Ryzen V1500B**, and **4GB of DDR4 ECC memory**. The total number of RAM slots remains at two, with a maximum capacity of 32GB of supported memory.

> ## Robust Storage Server for Office Applications

> ## The 8-bay 2U RS1226RP+ is designed to help small to medium-sized businesses consolidate their data management onto one system. Built-in data protection solutions and easy hardware expandability make it an excellent option for applications that require dependable and cost-  
> effective data storage

As mentioned, this is a 2U rack 8-bay model that supports up to 12 drives when combined with a new RX426 expansion unit. While on the subject of this expansion support, unlike the 2021 model that used an eSATA port, the new RS1226RP+ uses a new USB-C connector.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/rs1226rp_back.webp)

RS1226RP+ back side offers also a few upgrades since the 2020/2021 model came out

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/rs1226_back-1.webp)

RS1226+ back side with a single "side" PSU connector and 250W power supply

On the back of the unit, apart from the expansion port changes, we can see that the Ethernet ports have also been replaced and upgraded. Unlike the current four 1GbE ports, the **new RS model now arrives with a dual 2.5G LAN connector**.

Two 80 mm vents on each side are the main source of output ventilation, and a dual 550W power supply (only in the RP+ version) is still positioned in the middle of the device.

## RS1226RP+ highlights

**Consistent Performance**  
Over 2,300/1,500 MB/s sequential read/write throughput supports everyday office workloads

**Simple Scalability**  
Effortlessly scale to 12 drive bays with one Synology RX426 Expansion Unit

**Flexible Networking**  
Two 2.5GbE RJ45 ports with optional 10/25GbE NICs and Fibre Channel adapters maximize connectivity

**Redundant Power**  
Two power supplies adds resiliency and ensures better business continuity

**Comprehensive Backups**  
Protect your IT infrastructure with license-free solutions for backup, replication, and recovery

> ## Synology Tiering automates data management across performance and capacity tiers for reliable, optimized data storage. By moving your cold data to the most cost-effective tier, it helps maximize storage efficiency for improved storage economics. The RS1226RP+ can be configured for hot or  
> cold data storage depending on your requirements

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-560d64ca-1c9a-4231-9069-fff21386150c.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-21ed67b7-8e11-4d2e-82a8-9727c5909c8e.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

Moving inside the unit, not much has changed compared to the previous model. The RS1226RP+ still supports 3,5" and 2.5" SATA drives, and on top of this, S**ynology has also introduced a dual M.2 slot for their branded NVMe drives**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/nvme_slots.webp)

Dual NVMe M.2 slots now come as standard supporting only Synology NVMe branded drives

Yes, speaking of drives and disks in general, as somewhat expected, **the RS1226+ will officially only work with Synology-branded disks**. This includes both the Plus and Enterprise HAT3300 and HAT5300 series.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/Screenshot-2026-07-25-at-16.11.19.png)

The RS1226RP+ disk compatibility list (July 2026)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/Screenshot-2026-07-25-at-16.12.08.png)

The RS1226RP+ M.2 NVMe disk compatibility list (July 2026)

🚨

Do keep in mind that the NVMe Synology drives are from their enterprise class lineup, and as such, can become very expensive, especially in today's AI-driven market

Unlike other 2U x26 models, the RS1226+ also has a PCIe expansion port, but still Gen3 x8, so utilizing it for upcoming AI-assisted GPU support will not be an option. However, we will have the option to expand it with an additional 10/25GbE network cards as before.

Everything else remains the same in terms of size and weight. Being a rack model, it is 19" across (48 cm), but the depth will depend on the actual version of this unit. The RP+ device is 10 cm longer and can only be fitted using a rail kit, while the "+" model, the non-PSU redundant one, can also be directly mounted inside a rack with no need for rails (those remain optional). This also makes the "+" model almost 2 kg lighter with a single 250W PSU.

**The RS1226+/RP+ comes with a 3-year Synology warranty** with an option to buy an **additional 2 years via the extended warranty plus program**.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-3be9efcc-a590-4039-8738-9901438cf812.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1-940c2476-78f4-4cf6-99a4-f81f0deadfee.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

The pricing has not yet been officially announced, but we can expect it in the same range as for the RS1221+ sometime in August. However, the overall pricing will go up depending on compatible drives that will be used, as 3rd party ones are not officially supported.

In due time, the model will arrive for testing, at which point we will conduct proper testing to see if and what are the benefits this decent rack model can offer for its price point for both small and medium-sized customers.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Care - new support service for mission-critical businesses
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-care-new-support-service-for-mission-critical-businesses/
Last updated: 2026-07-23T16:00:49.000Z
With Synology now moving into the enterprise segment of the market, especially with the official rollout of the new PAS7700 active-active device just a few months ago, the company has started to offer a new support service in selected European countries called **Synology Care**.

[Synology PAS7700 global launchA 48-bay NVMe storage platform for enterprise workloads that require continuous availability, extreme performance and scalability without service interruption![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-0319b340-73b4-48ed-81dc-1a243581bc93.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/PAS7700_overview_announcement-3ab8949e-9a40-42b8-a4d9-f1d7fd977963.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-global-launch/)

[Synology PAS7700 overview#Synology active-active NVMe storage solution for mission-critical enterprise workloads, #PAS7700 announced and revealed at Computex 2025![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-c4d90b53-f721-4711-a03a-62cfb7ae7d7e.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pas7700_overview-fa1651e0-6c86-4f18-99a3-5e0d33dfc6c1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-overview/)

This service will be available in four tiers, starting with the top one, Tier III, called **Mission Critical**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/synology_care_tier3.webp)

Synology Care - Mission Critical tier is targeting the new PAS and PAX devices

This tier will offer comprehensive, mission-critical support designed specifically for enterprises operating active-active storage environments. The service portfolio includes coverage for both PAS and PAX systems, ensuring seamless support regardless of the infrastructure configuration.

Tier III will operate with 24/7 coverage and maintain a 2-hour first response time target, minimizing downtime and keeping business operations running smoothly. For critical issues requiring immediate intervention, Synology will provide a 4-hour on-site RMA service to restore maximum service continuity with minimal disruption to your business.

To further safeguard valuable data assets, Synology Care will offer an optional **Keep Your Hard Drive add-on** that provides enhanced data security and compliance with organizational policies.

On top of this, the enterprise gains access to a dedicated suite of support resources, including:

- Business-hours emergency hotline for urgent issues
- Technical Account Manager for personalized strategic support
- Regular technical meetings to optimize your infrastructure

In terms of availability, this comprehensive support offering is available through Synology's network of authorized channel partners, ensuring we receive expert implementation and ongoing support from trusted providers in selected regions.

The pricing for Tier III will be 10% of the system price per year, so for example, around 7.000-8.000€ for the initial PAS7700 configuration.

## Mission Critical Tier III summary

- Mission-critical support for enterprises running Synology active-active storage
- Available for PAS and PAX systems
- 24/7 coverage with a 2-hour first reply target
- 4-hour on-site RMA for maximum service continuity
- Optional Keep Your Hard Drive add-on for enhanced data security
- Includes business-hours emergency hotline, Technical Account Manager, and technical meetings
- Available through channel partners

 Apart from the top Tier III care support, Synology plans to roll out three (3) more tiers targeting other product lines with various offerings for each.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/synology_care_tier2.webp)

Tier II recommended for SME segment

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/synology_care_tier1.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/synology_care_tier0.webp)

Tier I and 0 covering almost all other business segments like SMB

## Pro Tier II summary

- Advanced support for SMEs running business-critical rackmount infrastructure
- Available for all rackmount models
- 24/7 coverage with a 4-hour first reply target
- Next Business Day RMA for faster recovery
- Optional Keep Your Hard Drive service for greater data control
- Includes emergency hotline, Technical Account Manager, and technical meetings
- 3/5 years support pack, Tier II is based on system value, with multiple levels starting from 20k to 200k€.
- Available through channel partners

## Core Tier I summary

- Business support designed for medium-sized enterprises seeking dependable day-to-day protection
- Available across the full Synology product portfolio for maximum flexibility
- 24/7 support coverage to keep your business running with confidence
- Direct RMA service for faster and more convenient issue resolution
- Predictable first reply target of 8 hours for timely assistance
- Straightforward direct purchase model for easy service adoption

## Essential Tier 0 summary

- Reliable business-class support from Synology, designed for organizations with essential support needs
- Included with selected high-performance rackmount solutions, including FS, UC, SA, HD, XS, XS+, and DP series
- Built-in service value at no additional cost with eligible products
- Responsive first reply target of 8 business hours, depending on service availability and support demand

💡

****The launch of additional tiers will begin in Q4 of 2026 with Tier II, and in Q1 2027 for Tier I**.

As mentioned before, it will be available only in selected markets, specifically in major cities, for the following countries:

**Western Europe**

- United Kingdom
- France
- Germany
- Belgium
- Netherlands
- Switzerland
- Austria

**Central & Eastern Europe**

- Poland
- Czechia
- Croatia
- Slovenia
- Romania
- Lithuania
- Estonia
- Ukraine

**Southern Europe**

- Spain
- Italy
- Greece

**Eurasia**

- Turkey
- Kazakhstan

More countries will and can be added on request after **evaluation by Synology GmbH (Germany), as an entity that also sells Synology Care**. Once again, the Care service is not sold or maintained by Synology Inc., and it is not a worldwide offering.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DP340 review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp340-review/
Last updated: 2026-07-13T17:46:37.000Z
It has been a year and a half since the official global launch of the new Synology DataProtection lineup on January 8th 2025.

Rollout introduced three new products in a category of its own, starting with the DP7400 flagship 12-bay model, and two desktop ones, DP320 and DP340.

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-35.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-12.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Intro review of the flagship model, the DP7400

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-36.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-10.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

Review of the smallest DataProtect member, the DP320

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-37.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-12.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

Initial review of the ActiveProtect Manager platform

During the summer of 2024, Blackvoid was fortunate enough to be among the first to review the DP7400 model, as well as the DP320 in March of last year.

This time around, we will have a look at the 4-bay DP340 and its capabilities in some common scenarios designed for this particular lineup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_front_45.webp)

DP340 - a 4-bay DataProtection appliance based on the ActiveProtect Manager OS

Unlike other DS and RS models in the Synology portfolio, DataProtect devices ship fully configured with pre-installed drives, NVMe storage, expanded RAM, and—in the case of the DP340—a 10Gbe expansion card. This comprehensive configuration results in a significantly higher starting price compared to empty NAS units.

The DP320 has a suggested retail price of €1,499.99, which includes two HAT3320-8T HDDs. The DP340 includes additional hardware specifications, with pricing ranging from €4,500.00 to €5,200.00, depending on the market and current offerings. Further details on hardware specifications are provided later in this article.

## Table of Contents

: [Introduction](#intro)  
: [Price and licensing model](#price)  
: [Unboxing and specifications](#specs)  
: [Setup](#setup)  
: [Tests](#tests)  
: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Introduction

With DataProtect appliance-like devices, Synology enables customers to deploy a state-of-the-art backup platform in 10 minutes or less. APM OS provides a unified dashboard for managing all DataProtect devices and connected remote storage, allowing backup administrators and delegated users to quickly configure backups across diverse endpoints—including desktops, servers, network devices, and M365 tenants.

> ## ActiveProtect appliance is designed for all business which streamlines the data protection process for an entire organization, from deployment to recovery, through a unified and intuitive management interface, no matter where the backup tasks occur

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_front-2.webp)

DP340 - While from the outside it does look like any other 4-bay Synology NAS, on the inside it offers data protection unlike any other HW, or DSM package to date

To deliver this solution, Synology engineered DataProtect as an integrated hardware and software appliance. The DP340 is based on the DS923+ architecture but features enhanced specifications optimized for backup operations. The primary distinction, however, lies in the operating system.

Unlike other Synology devices, DataProtect runs ActiveProtect Manager OS—a purpose-built platform dedicated exclusively to backup functionality. This architecture means the device and all its resources are allocated solely to backup operations, with no option to install third-party or Synology packages that would extend its capabilities beyond this core function.

While the hardware specifications may appear modest for a device of this class, they are engineered to fully utilize the 10GbE network and storage configuration while maintaining low noise and power consumption levels.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_back-2.webp)

Not really DS923+ or DS925+, the DP340 is a backup hybrid appliance in its own category

Like all devices in the DataProtect lineup, the DP340 is a turnkey backup appliance that requires only 10 minutes of setup following initial unboxing and APM installation. Unlike standard Synology NAS solutions that require drive installation, hardware configuration, and package setup, the DP340 is purpose-built for backup with zero-configuration requirements.

> ## DataProtection is all about ease of use, speed, and efficiency

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/synology_dp_tower_product_name_dp340.jpg)

Some key highlights of the DataProtection products:

**Simplified** **management**: easy procurement, with initial setup completed in 10 minutes\*, automatic protection mechanism combined with on-demand expansion cluster architecture, truly simplifying management on a single platform

**High Performance**: Reliable software and hardware integration with source-side deduplication technology, saving 99% of duplicate data transmission, significantly improving backup speed, and saving 70% of storage costs.

**Reliable** **recoverability**: Synology's native immutable storage technology, combined with data verification and automatic repair, provides one-stop management of off-site backup copies, ensuring high reliability of data restoration

Compared with the large DP7400 model, the DP340, apart from the hardware element, won't have certain features and options, but the out-of-the-box experience and initial setup are identical. This means that getting those initial backups configured and running will indeed be within 10 minutes as advertised.

## 
  
  
## : Price and licensing model

As mentioned in the introduction, the DP340's suggested retail price ranges from €4,500.00 to €5,200.00\. While this may appear significant, breaking down the individual components reveals that the pricing is competitive and actually lower than the combined cost of purchasing equivalent Synology hardware separately.

€390 x 4 - HDDs (HAT3320-8T)  
€540 x 2 - NVMe  
€464 x 1 - 8GB of RAM  
€130 x 1 - 10GbE card

These components alone cost approximately €4,800 before accounting for the base unit. The DP340 is effectively a DS923+/925+ model, which retails around €600 independently. While this comparison excludes the APM OS licensing, the platform integrates DSM and ActiveBackup for Business functionality, suggesting minimal additional R&D investment was required for its development.

Is this pricing excessive for a backup appliance? For small office/home office (SOHO) users, arguably yes. However, DataProtect devices target enterprise and business environments where data protection is mission-critical. In these contexts, the question becomes less about cost and more about the value of comprehensive data security.

The DataProtection series also comes with a licensing model. **Any additional cluster node** (another DP unit) will cost **€1.800,00 for 3 years** (each node).

One important thing to note here is that the **additional licenses will only apply to the third (3rd) additional node** (and any other after that) in the cluster.

💡

****NOTE**: Additionally, any ****license that will be applied will cost the same** regardless of how big or small the additional node is. So be it another DP320, DP340, or DP7400, the ****3y license is flat rate**!

[ActiveProtect License Pack | Synology Inc.Synology ActiveProtect license packs are designed for users looking to create a backup cluster. It ensures that enterprise data and backup infrastructure can be safeguarded and managed via a single console.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-12.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_og_image-4.jpg)](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/ActiveProtect-License-Pack?ref=blackvoid.club)

## 
  
  
## : Unboxing and specifications

As a pre-configured device, the DP340 arrives in Synology's standard 5-bay NAS enclosure. However, the weight may be surprising, as in its default configuration with four HAT3320-8TB drives, the DP340 weighs just over 5 kg. This substantial weight reflects the fact that the unit ships fully populated with drives rather than as an empty chassis.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_03.webp)

DP340 with installed HAT3310-8T drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_02.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_04.webp)

To clarify, the drives are not pre-installed in the DP340 itself. They ship separately to protect them during transport, but can be installed in minutes thanks to Synology's tool-free installation process. The NVMe drives and 10GbE expansion card, however, are pre-installed in the unit.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_08.webp)

The HAT3310 drives require manual installation

The compact packaging protects the DP340 with sturdy foam on both sides, securing the two HDDs in each bay. The power adapter and dual CAT5e Ethernet cables are packaged separately in an additional box.

Now, let's examine the DP340 specifications in detail. While we've touched on several elements, the following provides a comprehensive overview.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_16.webp)

RAM is installed and accessible via the disk drive bay area

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_09.webp)

Two 8GB Synology-branded SODIMMs are installed

The DP340 is powered by a familiar **AMD R1600 CPU** and equipped with **two 8GB DDR4 SODIMMs**. On the bottom of the enclosure are **two Synology-branded NVMe 400GB drives** that are used to provide cache support to the main RAID5 array comprised of **four HAT3310-8TB HDDs**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_13.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_10.webp)

Synology-branded NVMes are installed on the bottom of the unit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/synology_dp340_specs.webp)

DP340 specification overview

The DP340 features two rear Ethernet ports, a **1GbE management port, and a pre-installed 10GbE port**. The 10GbE connectivity is provided by an **E10G22-T1-mini PCI card**, which was custom-designed for the x22 and x23 model series. This hardware choice further confirms that the DP340 is built on the DS923+ platform.

[E10G22-T1-Mini | Synology Inc.10GbE RJ-45 network upgrade module for compact Synology servers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-13.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_og_image-5.jpg)](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/products/E10G22-T1-Mini?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_14.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_15.webp)

Synology PCI custom 10GbE expansion card (E10G22-T1-mini)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_11.webp)

E10G22-T1-mini compatible with x22 onwards models, offering 10GbE speeds

While performance benchmarks are detailed later in this article, it is worth noting that the DP340's 10GbE connectivity could theoretically support higher speeds. However, the device's HDD-based primary storage limits throughput to approximately 4GbE equivalent performance, constrained primarily by CPU limitations rather than network capacity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/Screenshot-2026-03-15-at-18.46.39.png)

We can see that the DP340 is already over 90% utilization during a single machine backup over 10GbE adapter (file server task; DP340 destination side readings)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/Screenshot-2026-03-15-at-18.57.08.png)

The source machine pushing the data towards DP340

This limitation is not a critique of the device but rather a reflection of the hardware architecture. The combination of HDD-based storage and CPU specifications prevents the DP340 from achieving full 10GbE speeds. It is worth noting that the same CPU found in the DS923+ and DS723+ can sustain full 10GbE speeds when configured with a stripped RAID0 SSD setup, a configuration not applicable to the DP340's backup-focused design.

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-38.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds723review-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-39.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds923review-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

## 
  
  
## : Setup

Users familiar with Synology's operating system will recognize the installation interface and wizard-based configuration process. While APM OS differs slightly from standard DSM installation, the overall setup procedure remains substantially the same.

The primary distinction lies in network configuration. Although the DP340 can operate with a single network cable, best practice recommends using a dedicated management port (in its own VLAN) alongside the 10GbE data connection (also in its own VLAN). This separation enhances security and network efficiency.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_01.webp)

Start of the APM 1.2 installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_02.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_03.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_05.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_06.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_07.webp)

APM OS login screen.

Considering that the OS installation is fast, and there is no separate configuration of any other major packages, the first backup process can begin within minutes following the setup.

However, while the appliance is ready, keep in mind that the unit will do storage optimization in the background for at least 12 hours.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_08.webp)

APM dashboard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/dp340_apm12_09-1.webp)

Storage pool optimization in progress following the setup and configuration

This is a default setting and follow-up process upon the array creation, so it would be best to leave it to do its thing before backup tasks start. During this time, we can focus on setting the protection plans, installing agents on the endpoint devices, as well as connecting remote storage devices and S3 services that will be used alongside this main Data Protection host.

All of these settings and processes are covered in the initial APM article, so be sure to read up on it.

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-40.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-13.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

Initial APM article covering all the elements of the OS

For now, let's focus on testing this appliance using some usual tests and backup scenarios.

## 
  
  
## : Tests

DataProtect and APM are primarily designed to back up endpoint devices, including computers, servers (both physical and virtual), M365 tenants, and file servers.

APM version 1.2 does not yet support native Synology NAS backup with full bare-metal recovery. However, Synology NAS content can be backed up to the DataProtect device using the standard file server method.

All other desktop and server endpoints use agent-based communication to connect with the DataProtect device and coordinate scheduled or manual backups.

A key advantage of APM and DataProtect is their **immutable backup** functionality. While maintaining backups is essential, immutability provides an additional layer of security. DataProtect's immutable backup feature, a capability unique to Synology NAS devices, raises data protection to a new standard. This functionality can be scheduled as an air-gapped process, creating a robust final line of defense against data loss and corruption.

This is the reason the first test that was done was a remote Synology NAS data backup against an immutable location on the DP340\. As stated, this feature is absent from the Active Backup for Business package on the DSM OS, and what better device to use for NAS content than another on-premise backup appliance?

### Immutable file server backup

Configuring backup tasks requires only network SMB visibility and credentials for an account with read access to the source data. A four-step APM wizard (with the final step serving as a summary) provides a streamlined interface for configuring all necessary parameters, including backup plan selection.

If a backup plan does not already exist, users can create one during the wizard process and proceed without interruption.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/dp340_apm12_filesrv_01.webp)

Filling out the destination IP address, user and password

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/dp340_apm12_filesrv_02-1.webp)

Selecting the source folders and/or subfolders

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/dp340_apm12_filesrv_03-1.webp)

Choosing the correct protection plan

For the initial backup test, a mixed folder structure containing approximately 350GB of data was selected, with individual files ranging from several megabytes to several hundred megabytes. The source device was an RS2423+ equipped with 10GbE connectivity and configured with RAID6 using HAT3300 (5400 rpm) drives.

The backup job completed in 18 minutes, achieving an average transfer rate of 333 MB/s with peaks reaching 380 MB/s, demonstrating consistent performance in the 300-400 MB/s range throughout the operation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/dp340_apm12_filesrv_04.webp)

File server backup top speed for the mentioned scenario (source side)

The transfer speed was respectable given that both the source and destination devices use HDD-based storage. However, the notable observation was that the DP340's CPU reached over 90% utilization during the operation. While this same CPU can achieve full 10GbE speeds when paired with a 10GbE interface and RAID0 SSD configuration, the HDD-based setup presented a different constraint profile.

The second test involved an NVMe-based file server with a RAID1 configuration over a 2.5GbE interface, using approximately 28GB of data with a higher proportion of smaller files. This backup completed in 2 minutes, maximizing the available 2.5GbE interface bandwidth. Notably, CPU utilization remained around 30% during this operation, clearly demonstrating that lower storage speeds directly impact overall CPU load.

The restore process is executed as expected via the APM Recovery Portal, offering a familiar experience with the same easy-to-use interface and a few ongoing missing features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/dp340_apm12_filesrv_05.webp)

APM 1.2 recovery portal (file server task)

While we can't say anything negative about the clean and simple restore interface, it still lacks a very important element. Maybe "lacks" is not the right word, but the search bar across the top is still a filter input field, rather than a proper search.

This behavior is identical to the ABB recovery portal, and forces the user to know where the data that needs to be restored is actually saved. Only then can we narrow the list down by using the filter. In scenarios where there are thousands of files or folders in a single backup archive, a proper search would be a much better solution for the end user.

Still, with that remark out of the way, the recovery process itself is rather simple and fast (depending on the amount of data that needs to be restored).

Also of note is the fact that this type of data recovery does have the actual "restore to original location" feature, along with a classic download option. This, however, is not the case when recovering selected files from a desktop endpoint archive, such as a macOS or a Windows machine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/dp340_apm12_macos_01.webp)

The "restore" option is missing when using the recovery portal with a Mac/PC endpoint archive

Speaking of an immutable backup, it is worth noting that even in a case of an accidental deletion, or rather an attempt at such action, we will be unable to remove any specific version or an entire backup task.

The clear distinction between a protection plan and an immutable one is present in multiple places inside APM. Starting with the plan list, as well as the detailed plan properties.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_immutable_01.webp)

Immutable plans will have the "enabled" label in the protection plan list

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_immutable_02.webp)

Each specific plan will also list its type as one of its properties

Trying to delete a version or a whole backup task that is immutable will have a clear and informative notification that such actions are not permited untile the immutability period has expired.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_immutable_04.webp)

Versions inside an immutable backup plan will have an immutable lock active by default

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_immutable_03.webp)

Trying to delete an immutable backup task will not be possible as long as there is an immutable lock present

🚨

In today's need for increesed cyber security and backup protection due to various ransomware and malicious, destructive malware, having an immutable backup has become somewhat of a standard.

### macOS, Linux, and Windows 11 endpoint backups

Apart from server and virtual machine backups (covered in other Active Protect articles), APM is also capable of backing up desktop endpoint devices, such as Macs, Linux (selected distros), and Windows machines.

All of those devices work with a dedicated ActiveProtect agent that needs to be installed. Using a simple wizard-like installation, we will be greeted with the option to connect to the DP340 by using its IP address as well as a connection key.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_connectkey.webp)

All connection keys mapped to a single or multiple DP devices will be listed

The key itself is part authentication, part configuration parameter. With it, we will tell the endpoint device which specific DP device it should use, as well as the configured plan.

Once the agent is installed and connected, the backup can be initiated manually or via its schedule defined by the protection plan assigned to that endpoint device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_win11_backup_03.webp)

Concurrent backup in progress 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_win11_backup_01.webp)

As long as the network speed is not two great this AMD CPU will show almost no activity. Only in multi-gig transfers will the DP340 start to utilize over 90% CPU

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_win11_backup_02.webp)

Quad core Win 11 machine with 8GB RAM during the initial ActiveProtect backup

There are noticeable differences when it comes to desktop backups, depending on the actual OS, space utilization, and the way the backup is executed. So, for example, while a clean Windows 11 installation with about 60GB of content will be backed up in 45 minutes, a macOS 500GB backup will take up to an hour.

On top of this, backing up multiple devices that share the same OS will benefit from supported deduplication mechanisms.

💡

In the case of Active Protect, not Active Backup for Business, we have ****inline, version, as well as global server and source-side deduplication** scenarios all working in tandem to provide up to 80% storage reduction, less network traffic, and faster backup and restore procedures.

This proves to be very efficient as any additional backup using an identical OS not only saves space, but also completes in record time. During testing, the second Windows 11 machine was backed up in under two minutes with only 4GB of actual data transfer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_macos_01.webp)

macOS ActiveProtect agent installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_macos_02.webp)

Unlike any other OS, macOS requires security policy changes before the agent can be allowed full disk control

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_macos_03.webp)

Even 15 years old MacBook Air with macOS 10 (Catalina) is supported and works

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_macos_04.webp)

While it took 75 min to complete a MacBook Air backup due to slow Wifi standard from 2011, ActiveBackup delivered with no issues at all

A similar scenario over at the macOS side of things is noticeably slower if we focus only on the time during which the task was running. For example, a daily incremental backup that is usually about 2GB in data exchange takes about 6 minutes. So an average 6MB/s data transfer. These are the unique system specifics and deduplication scenarios that we mentioned before. The first 3 minutes of this process is spend on internal CBT (change block tracking) changes, as well as the remaining 3 minutes for the external DAS device. The effective backup of actual data that needed to be transferred (2GB) was done in a matter of 10 seconds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_macos_05.webp)

The actual incremental backup process on an existing macOS backup. 2GB transfer in matter of under 10 seconds. The remaining 5min and 30 seconds were spent on preparation and CBT

So, focusing only on the actual speed and time is not the correct approach. APM is calculating a lot of factors before, during, and after the fact to utilize the network and backup device only when it's needed, saving traffic and storage along the way.

Linux and Synology have always been a mixed bag. Due to a large number of Linux distributions out there, not to mention the number of updates and revisions that each of those receives, it is no wonder that Synology does not support all of them. Also, some that are supported are known to lag behind a few versions as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_linux_02.webp)

ZorinOS 18 is not compatible with the ActiveProtect agent as well as the latest Fedora distro

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_linux_01.webp)

On the other hand Ubuntu server and ActiveProtect play nice very well

One example is Fedora. A popular and stable distro that has a very large audience still does not support AP in its latest version. Another is ZorinOS. This distro is entirely not supported, as the ActiveProtect snapshot driver fails the installation.

However, Ubuntu, both the desktop and server version run just fine with no issues at all.

The whole point of this endpoint section is to elevate the end user's mindset. Before going into the ActiveProtect segment, be sure to check for OS compatibility depending on how you plan on executing the actual backup procedures.

### Restoring end-user machines

Considering what we have seen so far (including the Active Backup for Business package for the past almost 10 years), restoring our data can be achieved in several ways, depending on the actual type of the machine.

While using the ActiveProtect Recovery Portal will allow us to restore or download individual files, we also have the option to initiate a full bare-metal recovery. This is true for all three major OSs (macOS, supported Linux distros, and Windows)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_02.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_01.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_03.webp)

Multiple restore options depending on the OS type and workload. Servers can be also restored to a compatible hypervisor, including the built in VMM (Virtual Machine Manager)

In almost all cases, a creation of a recovery media tool is needed that will be used to boot up the machine and connect to the DP device to pull a specific backup version. This process is recommended to be done immediately after the backup has been completed, as the creation of such a recovery tool requires a machine with a running OS, so be sure to create it ahead of time.

Depending on the OS, in some cases the creation is short, in others it will take some time, but once completed, the boot process is quick, and the restore process can begin immediately. 

🚨

One point here is the network compatibility. Be sure to have the needed network card drives installed as part of the boot-up to be certain that the network initialization will succeed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_05.webp)

Windows 11 AP recovery tool

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_06.webp)

Configured version that will be used to restore the computer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_07.webp)

Task completed. Machine restored

One final scenario that might come in handy when we are running with a 16GB backup machine is the **instant restore** feature. For machines that are configured as "servers," including any VMs, APM offers an instant restore capability that allows us to quickly boot up the machine in case of any disaster. 

The machine can be restored onto a configured and connected hypervisor, or it can be deployed onto DP340 and its internal Virtual Machine Manager. For those who are more familiar with Synology's DSM OS, you will know that VMM is Synology's very own hypervisor that they offer free of charge, with some capabilities that require a license.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_08.webp)

Machine is configured and ready to be initiated

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_09.webp)

Using the recovery portal we can see that the machine was up and running in 12 seconds. The menu for migration, or console connect is accessible from the drop down menu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_10.webp)

Checking the DP340 resource monitor, we can see the immediate jump in memory utilization

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_restore_11.webp)

Ubuntu core server accessible using the console view in matter of seconds following a instant restore process

In any event, using a 5-step wizard, we can have a virtual machine restored from the backup in a matter of seconds with an after-the-fact migration step that will need to be executed for the VM to work properly and as fast as possible.

While we have said that this could be a disaster recovery process, it is not just that. This can also be a simple check to see if the VM and its backup version are working, so that when and if that time comes, we know that we can rely on the DP to deliver.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion - The great, the good and the ..., annoying

With its current version 1.2, the APM platform offers a lot of options regardless of the appliance. Speaking of backups and restores as well as OS compatibility, the current release has also expanded to the latest version of Windows (and Windows servers), as well as macOS. The Linux kernel support is 6.14, which was EOL already last June.

> ## Secure your data against AI-powered malware and scale your business with a purpose-built backup appliance

What does this mean exactly in terms of OS? Well, APM now officially supports Windows Server 2025 editions, as well as macOS 26, aka "Tahoe". It is interesting to see that while new macOS versions are working out of the gate upon release, it takes some months before Synology officially puts its stamp of approval on them.

Also, APM 1.2 supports Microsoft SQL Server 2025 and Oracle Database 23ai, as well as Windows Server Hyper-V 2025 and System Center Virtual Machine Manager 2025.

Speaking of APM versions, the upcoming 2.0 version that is currently in closed beta will bring support for a few more hypervisors, namely Proxmox and Nutanix, expanding on the existing Hyper-V and VMWare, as well as many more features like anomaly and malware detection, cross-platform recovery, Azure Blob storage support, and more.

With all the good that APM as a platform offers, there are a few annoyances that personally bother me. Mostly it's the logging. While the log center works fine, why does it not notify of the successful backup? Sure, it will flag any issues with a failed or a partial one, but why not a successful one as well? 

What I mean by this is if a backup fails, we get a notification, great. But if a backup is successful, all we get is a pat on the back and a log entry with no notification. Why wouldn't we want to be notified about a successful task is beyond me, to be honest.

Speaking of notifications, APM supports only email notifications as its main and only channel. No webhook or push support. Not sure about you, but getting a notification via email never made much sense to me, particularly when there is an issue. Getting alerted about something should be immediate, not written in an email, but ok, that is just my opinion.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/dp340_notifications_01.webp)

APM 1.2 notification rules regarding protection do not cover information type of logs like successful backup

While sending logs to a syslog-compatible system (even inside Synology DSM's Log Center) is possible, our choice of that system needs to be one that works with push or webhook protocols in order to get the messages across. It is just odd that a backup system of this scale and capabilities has a very limited logging and notification system. Hopefully, future releases will get some updates on that front.

Looking at some info that Synology shared during this year's Computex expo, the future DSM OS will get direct support for various monitoring tools like Grafana, Elastic, or Datadog. This could also reflect on the APM side of things as well, but time will tell.

However, like all the other models in this lineup, the DP340 does not disappoint in doing all the crucial tasks that it was designed to do. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/gartner_insight_APM.webp)

ActiveProtect delivers a robust backup solution grounded in decades of research and development, leveraging proven Active Backup platform technologies from its comprehensive suite. While the DP lineup targets enterprise rather than small office environments, it addresses a critical need in today's AI-driven landscape. ActiveProtect enables organizations to implement a 3-2-1-1-0 backup strategy with transparent pricing across all five current DP models, with no subscriptions or hidden fees required.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DP5200 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp5200-overview/
Last updated: 2026-06-22T15:47:17.000Z
Among many existing and upcoming new Synology hardware that was presented at this year's Computex 2026 expo was DataProtect, the ActiveProtect-driven lineup of devices.

First presented two years ago in June of 2024, the DP segment is Synology's complete backup solution in the shape of a dedicated appliance, prepopulated with drives, and powered by its own OS, the ActiveProtect Manager. 

[Synology at Computex 2026New year, new hardware, software, and services from #Synology. Enterprise, business, and SOHO segments, followed by #AI features on many levels![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-88663d7e-517f-49cb-a93e-0d29ba35cfa6.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2026-1-eac25229-87ab-40ef-98a4-f1bd1f3493d6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-comp/)

So far, we have four models in total, two of which are desktop-based, while the remaining models are targeted for a rack deployment only.

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-5abbb533-b032-480a-add3-d4180f1116d1.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-50dc69e5-735e-4f37-b155-e2646a15912c.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Review of the DP flagship model, the DP7400

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-8a87d483-d7f6-4623-9f0a-202c49c6194c.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-ffd1d302-c815-4d20-9497-e919a88bc2ec.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

The smallest of the bunch, the DP320 offers all the features in its compact 2-bay enclosure

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-00fe37b2-73fd-46d7-8084-7d016e1d8f6c.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-41802b84-7a02-4b2e-a41e-a5b71fadf0fa.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

This year, however, we will be getting one more new 1U rack model called **DP5200**. Unlike the DP7200 and DP7400 (both 2U format), this small 4-bay backup appliance is a step up from the 4-bay desktop version, the DP340, but just below its larger version, the DP7200.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/dp5200_45deg.webp)

The new upcoming 1U version of pure backup appliance, the DP5200

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/synology_dp5200_specs.webp)

DP5200 specification overview

While it is still unknown which CPU will be pushing this new model, it could be safe to say that it will be an AMD CPU for sure. Will it be some R1000 or EPYC CPU, we will find out when it arrives on the market.

Unlike its desktop counterpart, the DP5200 will have four 12TB 3.5" HDDs paired with Synology's 800 GB M.2 SSDs, specifically the SNV5420-800G model. Configured in RAID1, the M.2 array will be a cache hit volume assisting the main spindle-based volume with fast I/O and read/write operations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/dp5200_front.webp)

Configured in RAID 5 (with no hot spare, unlike 7200/7400 models) the DP5200 will offer up to 36 TB of raw space, using four 12TB drives from Synology's enterprise HAT5300 lineup, with about 24TB of suggested space. The model has a dual 10GbE copper interface, with an additional 1GbE management port.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/synology_dp_lineup_2026.webp)

DataProtection lineup for 2026 (June 2026)

While it has the same 16GB amount of RAM as the DP340, it supports over three times more servers and 80 times more workload capacity. This will be a direct benefit of a more powerful CPU, meaning that the silicon is likely from the AMD EPYC range.

The unit will arrive with a redundant power supply, mimicking the usual back side of a typical 1U Synology enclosure, similar to, if not identical to, the new RS1626xs+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/image.jpeg)

Synology DP5200 at Computex 2026

As with all rack DP models, the DP5200 is covered with a 5-year warranty that also includes the drives, and cannot be extended via the extended warranty plus program. Price-wise, it will be between 15000 and 25000€, depending on the market.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/activeprotectmanager_logo_v2.webp)

ActiveProtect Manager 2.0 arriving globally, early September 2026

While not directly connected only to this model, it is worth mentioning that in the next couple of months, we can expect the global release of the upcoming ActiveProtect Manager 2.0\. This also means that the version will be available for manual install sooner, probably in July of this year.

APM 2.0 introduces enhanced backup protection capabilities alongside expanded hypervisor and cloud platform support, including on-premises Proxmox and Nutanix environments, as well as AWS EC2 and Azure cloud deployments. The release also incorporates infrastructure hardening measures designed to strengthen cyber resilience across distributed edge-to-cloud architectures.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology CC410W camera overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc410w-camera-overview/
Last updated: 2026-06-18T21:57:32.000Z
It has been three years since Synology rolled out its first batch of branded surveillance cameras, starting with BC500 and TC500 in early 2023\. Later that year, they followed with a light, wifi camera aimed at home or small home office setups, called the CC400W.

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-33d65c26-bd08-4761-97c4-2171183e1e78.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-50d1f78d-74e9-4c62-bd79-e680360a36d0.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

That particular model, compared to its larger and more capable counterparts, offered a quick and easy installation process followed by a short wizard-friendly configuration, allowing anyone to get up and running in a matter of minutes.

About a month ago, Synology also presented the next generation of the original bullet and turret models, which, on both the surface and internal hardware, have made little to no visible updates and changes.

[Synology BC510 & TC510 2026 cameras overviewRefreshed #Synology camera models for 2026 bring the same hardware but with one important licensing change![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-be661a41-f23b-40f2-8563-9232c837389c.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc510_tc510_overview-d3a34910-8b94-403c-9811-fe8a9012d867.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc510-tc510-2026-cameras-overview/)

This time around, we have the successor to this smallest member of the surveillance camera lineup, the new **CC410W**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_01.webp)

Same familiar design as its predecessor, the new CC410W

From the hardware side, the second-generation model is identical to the CC400W camera in every way. The CC410W is still a 4MP Wi-Fi camera that enables seamless connectivity without the need for complex wiring. It provides crisp, high-resolution HDR video at 2560x1440, with a smooth 30 FPS, and features a wide 125-degree field of view. It is weatherproof with an IP65 rating and includes two-way audio for immediate communication.

> **Crisp Video, Night and Day**  
> 4 MP sensor with 125° wide-angle view,and high power IR LED for 10 meters of night vision

### Optical technical specifications

- **Lens**: 2.12 mm (125° H, 72° V, 145° D)
- **Aperture**: F2.0
- **Night vision**: 10 meters
- **Maximum AI detection distance**: 7 meters
- **Shutter speed**: 1/16000 s\~1/30 s
- **DORI**: D: 45m, O: 18m, R: 9m, I: 4.5m

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_06.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_07.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_02.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_05.webp)

In fact, the main difference from the previous model can be seen in two elements. First, the TAA compliance. Referring to the Trade Agreements Act, allowing Synology to sell this camera in the US, and second, the license changes.

> **Dual Band Wi-Fi**  
> Supports both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Wi-Fi networks

So far, the first generation of Synology cameras did not require a license to run on a Synology NAS with Surveillance Station, or its DVA lineup models. However, this has changed in 2026 with the 510 and 410W models (as well as the upcoming BC800Z).

[Synology BC800Z reviewThe #BC800Z is the brand new POE camera by #Synology, as an excellent choice for high-value asset #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-e9b40a0b-07fb-4244-9142-453c41d607c7.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc800z_review-8a6ca6fb-250d-4dfd-84e1-197a99686c4b.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc800z-review/)

🚨

****All of these models now require and count against an SVS license on said devices, just like any other 3rd party supported camera model.**

This also means that all supported on-device AI features are also supported, like people and vehicle detection, intrusion detection, and instant search.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_08.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_09.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_10.webp)

### On-device AI feature

> **Event Analytics**
> 
> - Audio Detection
> - Tampering Detection
> - Motion Detection

> **People & Vehicle**
> 
> - People Detection
> - Vehicle Detection
> - Crowd Detection
> - Loitering Detection

> **Counting**
> 
> - People and Vehicle Counting

Being identical to the previous model, also means that the installation can be done using the provider screws for wall or ceiling mounting, or we can take advantage of the magnetic base and attach the camera to any metal surface.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_13.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_03.webp)

Magnetic base allows for an easy and quick installation on any magnetic surface

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_12.webp)

Installation, as before, is done via the DSCam mobile app

Quick and easy configuration, as expected, is done via a free mobile DSCam app, allowing us to add as many cameras as needed. The CC410W also supports on-device recording via a microSD card that can be installed, allowing for continuous recording in case there are any local or remote network issues.

[Synology Surveillance 365, new cameras, and a new access control systemNew #Synology cameras, DVA models, access control system and Surveillance 365 cloud service as well as more Surveillance Station features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-be33153e-c9e7-405e-a676-fa97655b2e4d.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance365_2026_announcement-639eedec-3c0b-4d0b-8467-aeddd43d947e.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-surveillance-365-new-cameras-and-new-acess-control-system/)

CC410W is also compatible with the cloud based VSaaS service, called Surveillance 365

> **Security and Compliance**  
> Suitable for sensitive applications thanks to US NDAA & TAA compliance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/cc410w_11.webp)

While we can use this particular model with Surveilance Station package on almost any Synology NAS model, the recent BeeStation Plus soho product also supports NVR capabilities thanks to its latest BSM 1.5 update, and the release of the BeeCamera mobile app.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-6507b405-eb52-4a13-b76c-97d6cda179fc.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-2213be6e-eb38-4444-a962-8b2c191150f1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

BeeStation Plus review

[Synology BeeCamera Mobile - turn your BeeStation Plus into an NVRCan #Synology #CC400W camera and #Beestation Plus offer a decent #surveillance solution with a new #BeeCamera Mobile app?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-b84f7051-4ad6-4f8d-86b4-fe5e387bef6f.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beecamera-98631d23-0c14-4baa-9b38-2f35fb39356f.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beecamera-mobile-turn-your-beestation-plus-into-an-nvr/)

Both the older and this new generation model support the BeeCamera setup

This means that the configuration of said camera can be done via the BeeCamera mobile app and a plus version of the BeeStation device, offering the same capabilities as with the SVS platform, but on a cheaper and smaller NAS device. Of course, the CC410W can also be used in combination with other 3rd party NVR or VMS platforms using the standard ONVIF protocol.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DSM Agent 1.0 - beginning of agentic DSM future
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-agent-1-0-beginging-of-agentic-dsm-future/
Last updated: 2026-06-17T18:12:49.000Z
With the introduction of DSM 7.4, which was announced at this year's Computex 2026 expo, Synology announced a more refined OS for its whole product line. Among all the updates and optimisations, as well as a new storage efficiency feature, a great deal of effort for the past few years has been devoted to AI implementation across various DSM packages.

[Synology DSM 7.4-90075New #Synology #DSM 7.4-90075 update has arrived![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-b43aa6c8-61e0-4a52-94c9-5200ea85d3a1.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm74_release-f58e0a31-41a5-4a07-a699-58bc2f336cb3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-4-90075/)

[Synology DSM 7.4 and AI futureNew version of #Synology DSM 7.4 is coming with some under the hood updates, and laying the foundation of some deep #AI agentic future![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-2292c207-c9ae-4d12-9cf7-f8ab758f8f23.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm74-1987d0e4-a9ed-401d-9e8e-5a3bc3ecccfc.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-4-and-ai-future/)

While this is not the first time that DSM and AI are sharing a sentence, since last year, Synology has been hard at work to implement AI in multiple productivity apps, culminating this year with DSM and Synology Drive.

[Synology Office 3.7.0 beta with AI support is out nowThe new #Synology #Office 3.7 beta is finally introducing #AI capabilities to the platform, following the same implementation pattern as #MailPlus![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-fca39e52-508f-4d12-95d1-ecd19e48bd1d.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_37_beta_ai-87918793-4ca8-421a-831c-e4e668b9e685.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-7-0-beta-with-ai-support-is-out-now/)

Synology MailPlus and Office apps already have AI capabilities with the implementation of public and on-premises AI models via Synology's AI Console platform.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-147b622a-0983-4cfb-a2c5-3fb011317dc0.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-ffe964eb-46e2-42b8-868e-f8aac216d70f.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

[Synology AI Console 1.2The new 1.2 version of #Synology #AIConsole is here. It brings 3rd-party #openAI compatible API support, as well as de-identification of sensitive elements.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-614d1b76-1ba6-4136-97fa-628926ee3e5d.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole_12-62489a00-7ac6-4622-affc-ec7b2c7a529a.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console-1-2/)

Focusing maily with OpenAI public models that can be utilized to power the generative AI features in these apps, with DSM 7.4, Synology is pushing towards a full agentic implementation that will be system-wide, including the OS and available apps.

### DSM Agent 1.0 beta

On June 16th of this year, Synology rolled out DSM 7.4-90075 version, which is the initial version that supports the upcoming DSM Agent, currently in beta.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-17-at-09.44.18.png)

DSM Agent 1.0 beta requires DSM 7.4 and compatible NAS model to work

#### Please read the following before installing this beta software

1. **For evaluation only** \- This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed on critical equipment or in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the [Release notes](https://www.synology.com/beta/2026%5FDSM%5FAgent%5F1%5F0%5FBeta?ref=blackvoid.club#package%5FDSMAgent%5Frelease%5Fnote) section before installing it. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damages, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.
2. **Not downgradable** \- After installation of this beta application, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous official version of this software.

#### To install the beta software on your Synology NAS

1. Log in to **DSM** using an account belonging to the **administrators** group.
2. Open **Package Center**.
3. Now you should be able to find and install packages that currently have a beta version available and are compatible with your Synology NAS for public testing.
4. You can also contact Synology Support to report issues or suggestions via the Package Center by navigating to Installed > DSM Agent > Contact Support.

Compatibility

#### Applied Models

- FS-series:FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018, FS200T
- HD-series:HD6500
- SA-series:SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400D, SA3400, SA3200D
- 26-series:RS6426xs+, RS4826xs+, RS3626xs, RS1626xs+
- 25-series:RS2825RP+, DS1825+, DS1525+, DS925+, DS725+, DS425+, DS225+
- 24-series:DS224+, DS124
- 23-series:RS2423RP+II, RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, DS223j
- 22-series:RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- 21-series:RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- 20-series:RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j
- 19-series:RS1619xs+, RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DS119j, DVA3219
- 18-series:RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118
- 17-series:RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, RS217, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517
- 16-series:RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS116

Release notes

**Compatibility and Installation**

1. Due to regulatory and service policy restrictions, DSM Agent is not available in China, Hong Kong, and Macau.
2. DSM Agent 1.0 Beta requires DSM 7.4 and above.

**What's New**

1. Introduces an AI assistant that helps users diagnose and troubleshoot system issues using natural language, providing instant support.
2. Supports on-screen awareness to provide more accurate, context-aware troubleshooting guidance tailored to your environment.

💡

****NOTE**: As we can see, the compatibility with this particular feature will have all the models that work with DSM 7.4\. We should keep in mind that ****this particular version will be the last one for all X19 and older models**.

As expected with the initial version, DSM Agent for the moment does not offer much more than what we can already see on Synology's website, the **Synology AI Advisor**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-17-at-10.01.44.png)

Synology AI Advisor on Synology's website

This implementation of AI is the same one we have currently with the DSM Agent, with one extra feature in this new on-device implementation.

As we can read in the release notes, the Agent comes with two main features. First is the AI Assistant/advisor that will help DSM users and admins to troubleshoot and diagnose all OS and app-related issues, as well as on-screen awareness, a context-aware troubleshooting feature.

### How does the DSM Agent work?

After installing DSM 7.4, the Agent can be installed via the Package Center and its beta subsection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-17-at-10.09.25.png)

DSM Agent can be installed via the Package Center beta channel

The main question now is how much resource impact it will have on the NAS itself. The answer is none. For testing purposes, this Agent has been installed on a VDSM (virtual DSM) instance with only 1 GB of RAM, and runs just fine. The main reason for this is that no local LLM will be downloaded in the process, apart from installing the app itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-16-at-20.25.31.png)

Utilisation after DSM Agent installation on a 1GB VDSM instance 

Reading up on the license agreement, we can see that the AI service is hosted in Microsoft Azure public cloud (SaaS), but conversation data will not be used to train the AI models, and it will not be used in any other way by 3rd party providers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/dsmagent_terms.webp)

DSM Agent terms of service

This means that the DSM Agent functions primarily as a web interface to a publicly-hosted generative model. Because of this, keep in mind that any information shared with it will be transmitted externally, so exercise caution when sharing sensitive data.

💡

****DSM Agent is a completely optional package**, and it is not mandatory in any way!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-17-at-10.18.18.png)

DSM Agent 1.0 main chat window

The DSM Agent currently lacks configuration parameters, making it impossible to redirect to a private cloud or local LLM instance, so we need to use it as-is for now.

Once we ask a question, we will see an almost identical interface to the main web AI Advisor solution that we are already familiar with.

The initial behaviour, as expected, will give useful information using Synology's accumulated knowledge across all its software, hardware, and service products.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-16-at-20.13.31.png)

Asking a general question we can expect a general-type answer as well

Even when questions address a specific issue or device hosting the DSM Agent, responses will be generic. For instance, a question about account security returns standard KB content with source links rather than device-specific guidance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-16-at-20.21.40.png)

Another focussed question with a general answer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-16-at-20.22.35.png)

Without an open user window the answer will be once again be generic

However, if we activate the on-screen awareness feature and open up a specific DSM module or app, the results change.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-16-at-20.22.01.png)

On-screen awareness feature active produces a more focused answer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/Screenshot-2026-06-16-at-20.22.17.png)

Reading the DSM version using the open Control Panel window

The DSM Agent's usefulness to administrators depends on the specific issue and their knowledge level. It cannot handle system-wide problems like parsing application logs or recovering bricked machines, nor should it be expected to. For now, it functions as an on-device assistant with capabilities limited to what it can access from open windows and modules. Beyond that scope, it provides general guidance and suggestions sourced from Synology's knowledge base.

While a step forward, the current implementation lacks true agentic functionality to integrate the system and its applications, limiting its immediate value for most administrators. However, Synology's Computex demo hinted at a more capable agent coming in the future that will deliver greater utility.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DSM 7.4-90075
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-4-90075/
Last updated: 2026-06-16T09:43:50.000Z
Today, as announced in the Computex articles, the new version of the DSM has arrived, the DSM 7.4-90075.

[Synology at Computex 2026New year, new hardware, software, and services from #Synology. Enterprise, business, and SOHO segments, followed by #AI features on many levels![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-c82ae6a7-a408-4c56-955a-7cf713c23ccd.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2026-1-1f5cc1ad-ca08-457d-87f6-82dfa363f88c.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-comp/)

[Synology DSM 7.4 and AI futureNew version of #Synology DSM 7.4 is coming with some under the hood updates, and laying the foundation of some deep #AI agentic future![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-83bd7c5a-48f2-44bf-9cd8-5ae99638a42c.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm74-4af1fc29-1c8d-41f8-9078-55fa1bc1ec00.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-4-and-ai-future/)

Being mostly a fix patch release, this version is also a bit of a tipping point for most older models, as the release notes have listed that almost all of the pre-x20 models will no longer be updated after the 7.4 version.

💡

Be sure to read the notes before applying it to your system. Running an older system will need a manual update as it was with the 7.3 version

### Version: 7.4-90075

(2026-06-16)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. If auto update does not run, perform a manual update in Control Panel. Before updating, follow the instructions and complete the required actions to ensure success.
4. To uphold our commitment to quality, every DSM release undergoes rigorous validation. To ensure optimal stability, the models listed below will not receive this update on your device and will remain on their most suitable version. You can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
  - Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS116, DS216, DS216play, DS416, DS416play, DS1517, DS1817, DS418play, RS217, RS816
  - J Series: DS216j, DS416j, DS416slim, DS419slim, DS418j, DS218j, DS119j
5. For the following models, DSM 7.4 will be the last upgradable version.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: DS3018xs, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, RS18016xs+, RS18017xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs+, RS3618xs, RS4017xs+
  - Plus Series: DS216+, DS216+II, DS716+, DS716+II, DS916+, DS718+, DS918+, DS1019+, DS218+, DS1517+, DS1817+, DS1618+, DS1819+, DS2419+, DS2419+II, RS2416+, RS2416RP+, RS2418+, RS2418RP+, RS2818RP+, RS818+, RS818RP+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS116, DS216, DS216play, DS416, DS416play, RS816, DS118, DS218, DS218play, DS418, DS418play, DS1517, DS1817, RS819, RS217
  - J Series: DS216j, DS416j, DS416slim, DS419slim, DS418j, DS218j, DS119j

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. To ensure compatibility, the following packages will be automatically updated or will require a manual update to a compatible version: Synology Chat Server, HighAvailability(SHA), Synology MailPlus Server, PACS, QuickConnect, ReplicationService, SecureSignIn, SnapshotReplication, WebStation
2. PHP 8.1, Mail Station, and Synology Mail Server are no longer supported.

#### What's New

1. When DSM joins an LDAP server, it now displays the supported SMB authentication methods, allowing you to identify whether LDAP users can use NTLM, CIFS plaintext authentication, or Kerberos.
2. Added display for GPU information in Info Center.
3. Enhanced KMIP certificate handling to align with updated public Certificate Authority (CA) certificate issuance policies. Synology certificates now support exporting an additional CA file for KMIP client authentication. This update also adds Log Center records for failures caused by expired Synology certificates and improves KMIP interface messages for expired certificates.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Enhanced message clarity and error handling in the SSO client.
2. Improved authentication stability when DSM acts as a CAS SSO client.
3. Fixed an issue where signing in to DSM could result in an infinite redirect loop when it was configured as both an SSO Server and client pointing to the same server.
4. Fixed an issue where SAML-authenticated usernames were not shown in Log Center when DSM, acting as a SAML SSO client, could not match them to any local or directory user.
5. Fixed an issue where sign-ins could fail when usernames contain special characters.
6. Fixed an issue where files uploaded via NFS to WriteOnce shared folders might not be locked correctly.
7. Fixed an issue where an extra Kerberos integrity (krb5i) option might be incorrectly displayed in NFS permission security settings.
8. Fixed an issue where IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation might fail to be created or function properly at certain network interface speeds after updating to DSM 7.3.
9. Fixed an issue where enabling IPv6 might cause the system to shut down improperly under certain circumstances.
10. Fixed an issue where external network access might still be available after all gateways were deleted.
11. Fixed an issue where licenses might be missing on Virtual DSM after system restart.
12. Fixed an issue where Synology Drive Admin Console might not function properly after installing or updating to DSM 7.3.
13. Fixed an issue where DSM updates might be incorrectly blocked by a false insufficient-space precheck.
14. Fixed an issue where Package Center might not be able to connect to Synology servers in IPv6 network environments.
15. Fixed an issue where system logs could not be attached to support tickets in Support Center.
16. Fixed security vulnerabilities regarding Ghostscript (CVE-2023-43115).
17. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 16/06/2026 - updated pushed to a virtual DSM with no issues on any of the packages (including Docker/Container Manager)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/image.png)

Example of some mandatory updates to certain Synology packages

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS826+/RP+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs826-rp-overview/
Last updated: 2026-06-03T06:22:43.000Z
With the XS+ lineup behind us back in May, here is another RS model that has come up for a refresh since its predecessor four years ago. The RS826+/RP+ is still a single-unit rack model with a maximum of 8 drives total support, which this time around had a minimum upgrade, if we can call it that.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/front.webp)

The new refreshed RS826+ looks identical on the outside as its predecessor with almost no upgrades on the inside

Targeted as a second or even third device in a medium-sized business, this 4-bay NAS could prove a decent single storage device for edge and remote sites, as well as a main unit for a small SOHO setup.

> ## Robust Storage Server for Office Applications  
> The 4-bay 1U RS826RP+ is designed to help small and medium-sized businesses and branch offices consolidate their data management onto one system

The hardware specifications have not been upgraded much, as this new model is still powered by a popular **AMD Ryzen V1500B CPU working at 2.2GHz**. A decent quad-core/eight-thread silicon, but maybe a bit old considering it's 2026\. Still, this eight-year-old CPU proves to be a resilient and popular choice not just with the Synology brand, but it would be great to have seen some V1700 or V1800 series chip instead.

With a **TDP of about 16W**, it is hard to push for double the watts when double the performance will not be gained using a better CPU. 

> ## Stable performance: Over 2,000/1,300 MB/s sequential read/write performance supports fast file sharing, syncing, and backup for multiple users

What has changed is the amount of RAM. The RS822+ came with a very low amount of 2GB of DDR4 ECC, but this time around, despite the current worldwide implications, **Synology has decided to push and double the amount in the X26 model**. The top supported capacity is still 32GB, achievable with a dual 16GB module (NAS supports 4/8/16 GB modules as well).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/back-3.webp)

RS826+ back side still has the same setup as of 4 years ago

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/back_RP.webp)

RS826RP+ apart from the redundant power everything else is the same

Moving further inside the unit, we can see that, unlike the XS+ series that has finally moved to PCIe 4.0, the **RS826+ still uses Gen3 x8 single slot as its optional expansion card slot**. Speaking of expansions, the model supports a single 4-bay expansion unit, the RX426, using a new USB-C type port, moving away from the old eSATA one.

> ## Versatile networking: Four built-in 1GbE RJ45 ports can be supplemented with 10/25GbE NICs and Fibre Channel adapters via the PCIe 3.0 expansion slot

**The array of four 1GbE LAN ports is still present** as a default, as well as a serial console port, and **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1**. The left-hand side of the unit is still the same, depending on the choice of the model, whether it is power redundant or not. This choice will have a direct impact on the weight of the unit staring with 6.5 kg for the RS826+ or 8 kg for the RP+ version.

The models are covered by a 3-year warranty with an option to extend to 5 years using the [Synology Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/) program (North America and Europe).

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-58.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

In terms of disk support, the RS822+ models were compatible with both Synology and 3rd party models, but the RS826+ is not. Synology has pushed hard with their HCL 4.0 policy that effectively locks users into using their branded drives, but also applied the new HCL 5.0 policy for X25 models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/synology_disk_lineup-3.jpg)

It is important to note that the HCL 5.0 policy is only applicable to the X25 models in their DS lineup, and those are the only models that were released last year. With 2026 XS+ models firmly only supporting Synology disks, the same rule applies here. Being an RS unit, it supports only Synology drives, but unlike the XS+ models, the **RS826+ also supports non-enterprise 3,5" drives, namely the HAT3000 series**.

> ## The RS826RP+ can be configured as part of a hot or cold storage tier depending on deployment requirements

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-59.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

There we have it, a refreshed 4-bay rack unit that is very popular and definitely has its audience, is once again here with us. Using a proven CPU architecture across many of its models, Synology has decided not to gamble and open itself to potential issues with a more modern CPU. 

Effectively, anyone looking for a DS925+ replacement or upgrade from DS923+, this would be it, disregarding the form factor, of course. Those two models are identical in every aspect, while the DS models do come with a 2.5GbE network. Why Synology chose not to upgrade a 4 x 1GbE setup with 2 x 2.5GbE is up for debate, but personally, I think that they were betting on that PCIe upgrade and a 10GbE purchase that makes more sense in a rack model.

Whatever the case might be, the RS826+ is nothing to write home about (the same applies to the DS x25 segment), but small internal upgrades are better than nothing, and within this 150W NAS, there is still a lot it offers for its recommended price point of about €1000.

APAC launch is today, with global availability expected on August 12th.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology at Computex 2026
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-comp/
Last updated: 2026-07-27T16:36:29.000Z
For Synology, Computex is "the" ultimate yearly expo, and because of it, it is no wonder they leave all their major announcements for the summer. While new hardware, software, and services might not be released for a few more quarters, this does not stop Synology from showing them off at one of the world's largest expos in their native Taipei.

This year, the expo is running from June 2nd to June 5th, and Synology's rather large booth is full of new and upcoming devices. So, if you are there, be sure to visit booth number J0102 in hall 1, every day from 09:30 to 17:30 local time.

## Something for everyone

In the past few years, Synology has been on an enterprise path, closing off, expanding its portfolio, and catering to large businesses with both hardware and software, but it has not forgotten the SOHO and enthusiast segment. Just last year, a large number of desktop NAS models were refreshed, and while most got modest upgrades, it still goes to show that this market segment and its customers are important to Synology in the long run.

To back that up, this year's expo, Synology will be introducing new models in their entry BeeStation segment, by rolling out two 4TB models. A revision of its initial BeeStation model, now with 2GB of RAM, as well as another BeeStation Plus model for a more demanding workload.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/beestation_computex_2026_overview-2.webp)

[Two new Synology BeeStation models for 2026#Synology unveiled two more #BeeStation models for 2026 at this years #Computex 2026 expo![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_computex_2026_overview-1-9d76b493f02cd346f10aa3839e90aba776195b47be08d15370b58539a39a8ac0.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/two-new-synology-beestation-models-for-2026/)

[Synology Beestation Mark II - new 4TB BST151 modelNew revision of the original #Synology #BeeStation is coming soon. With double the RAM, this next-generation model brings more performance and a familiar experience.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst151_overview-6c41cb028b204791224351680980c6f1c05784b906963bb4849e8c799c688bff.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-mark-ii-new-4tb-bst151-model/)

The upgraded 4T BeeStation model has been known for a while, but Synology chose to officially show it off at the expo. Remaining at its current price point with an upgraded RAM, this 1-bay SOHO device will prove even more as an excellent purchase for anyone looking for a turn-key solution for backup, sharing, and data sync. For more details, full specifications comparisons, and pricing, be sure to visit the above link.

## Business and enterprise updates - new models

As previously said, Synology has been on a new path for a while. A path that leads to large-scale business, brutal uptime, and both fast and large storage solutions.

To satisfy that demand, Synology has released more than a few new and refreshed RS and FS models before this expo, as well as first of its kind for Synology, a brand-new all NVMe active-active solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs2026_lineup.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs6426xs_plus_overview-1.webp)

[Synology RS6426xs+ overviewA 3U behemoth with the support of up to 64 drives is the latest in #Synology’s 2026 lineup. Enterprise NAS for data, backup, and surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs6426xs_plus_overview-f1d1de729bbcabb13f36738aaf8bba1581e9cf5bb7b5bc4c760927ab141cec31.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs6426xs-overview/)

Some of these models are new, some are still to come, and most of them are being prepared for what's to come with the rollout of the new DSM 7.4 later in June.

As expected, looking at the specifications of all these new RS and FS models, one could tell that AI demand is on the rise, and Synology intends to follow it by introducing GPU compatibility among all of the new 2026 2U rack models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs4826xs_plus_overview-1.webp)

[Synology RS4826xs+ overviewBrand new 2U #Synology rack model is here! Up to 48 drives, this new NAS is a real mid to high-end enterprise device that meets any workload![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs4826xs_plus_overview-6400c56829bb875e4615764416d4db2438a11c1c76ec9ad6977899b344af6cc6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs4826xs-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs3626xs_plus_overview-1.webp)

[Synology RS3626xs+ overviewThe #Synology RS3621xs+ successor has arrived with enough changes to make it worth the upgrade, being one of three new 2U models released today![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs3626xs_plus_overview-ed8565008cc23775048e675b6cfaa66575e78adf25d66b9f577e503316583413.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs3626xs-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs1626xs_plus_overview_v2-1.webp)

[Synology RS1626xs+ overviewThe first X26 #Synology rack model is arriving soon, the #RS1626xs+. Enterprise-grade performance and scalability in a slim 1U chassis.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs1626xs_plus_overview_v2-b53f423bc92d51c1fbfebcb0b1a4cb4336e2907612e40591884b8ad14f8ec049.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs1626xs-overview/)

Some soon-to-be-announced and released models will also be replacing the current SA lineup in the near future, moving to an AMD EPYC-powered RS model like the **RS11626xs+**. This model will arrive with an **EPYC 7307 CPU, 64GB of RAM, a dual 10GbE LAN solution as the default, and a dual M.2 system drive setup**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/fs2026_lineup.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/fs6420_fs4320_overview-1.webp)

[Synology FS6420 & FS3420 overviewFollowing the rollout of the RS XS+ models, these two new second-generation FS models deliver increased speed and performance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/fs6420_fs4320_overview-2083fcf744d4d6c0ee13142c9b1ad99eac4d641990648746113ceae80d393df2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-fs6420-fs3420-overview/)

In case that is not enough, the refreshed FS segment has a few models that have been updated and offer a more modern and simplified setup, while offering more power. Coupled with new DSM 7.4 features, these all-flash units will provide more than enough for the most demanding enterprise environments.

Speaking of demanding enterprises, there are always those that need more. More power, more redundancy, more capabilities. Because of those, Synology has finally rolled out its first PAS model, the PAS7700\. The crown jewel of the new active-active NVMe compute unit. 

Not designed for storage, but for high and intensive workloads with zero downtime, and all the benefits this new model has to offer. Powered with a custom version of DSM Enterprise, the PAS7700 is pushing the boundaries of what Synology wants for its customers while keeping the price very competitive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas7700_lineup.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/PAS7700_overview_announcement-1.webp)

[Synology PAS7700 global launchA 48-bay NVMe storage platform for enterprise workloads that require continuous availability, extreme performance and scalability without service interruption![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/PAS7700_overview_announcement-6511aa93bf98f1df4792f8b86cf0a81e9d923a06fb45807f6e1e8227d8f3b725.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-global-launch/)

[Synology DSM Enterprise 1.0With the rollout of #Synology brand new enterprise PAS appliance, we also have a sneak peek at their latest #DSM Enterprise edition![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm_enterprise_10-101188-1-0a17f69b806b4ca40f75fd9f7a67b24d68a69b730d5cfe620fe46c37029aaafe.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-enterprise-1-0/)

PAS7700, as well as its expansion units, are all presented at this year's expo, so if you want to see what 1.6PB of raw storage looks like in real life, be sure to visit the Synology booth.

So far, we have mentioned mostly general-purpose NAS solutions as well as a pure compute one, but Synology is also updating its DataProtection lineup, specifically, its Active Protect Manager OS. With version 1.2 and the upcoming 2.0, Synology is introducing some new features to this turn-key backup appliance segment.

The key highlights for the APM platform are better support for more local and cloud platforms like Google Workspace, Azure or AWS as IaaS, and more hypervisors. Apart from Hyper-V and VMWare, APM will be compatible with Proxmox and Nutanix as well.

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-682a12e515da20d11158c984f45beb8daad32bfc724832fb62748c1f6936e4f4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/apm_anomaly_and_malware_detection.webp)

Anomaly detection during backups and malware scanning during restoration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/apm_proxmox_support-1.webp)

New Active Protect Manager will offer more platform supports than ever before

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-15bd1679595db4f329e0658441b22bdd92ba6bfe381991419cf688469062d71c.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/apm_direct_cloud_backup_to_cloud_restore-2.webp)

Direct cloud storage to cloud recovery features

## DSM 7.4 - foundation for core AI features and agentic future

Probably the most key element of this year's updates is the OS. After all, OS is the one running the show in all machines, and because of it, Synology will be rolling out DSM 7.4 during the summer of 2026\. Efficiency updates, as well as new support for GPU-powered NAS models, will finally unleash AI functionalities beyond the generative AI that we have come to know for the past few years.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm74-1.webp)

[Synology DSM 7.4 and AI futureNew version of #Synology DSM 7.4 is coming with some under the hood updates, and laying the foundation of some deep #AI agentic future![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm74-70f747d8b02e42f28ebaa7ea5657680f54a1df6404c980b4faf3143865eb45d6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-4-and-ai-future/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/mcp_iac-1.webp)

Agentic platform is the future of DSM

The idea is to introduce AI-capabilities on a deeper level than ever before for both packages as well as core DSM elements. Because of it, the upcoming Synology Drive 4.1 will be capable of OCR, image, and video analysis to allow for semantic interaction using natural language, offering the end user ease of use and full AI-power that the ecosystem can offer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/nvidia_gpu_support-1.webp)

Support for NVIDIA GPUs will be the backbone of AI-powered Synology devices

For this to work on all Synology recent and compatible models, the company will also introduce some new AI-specific NAS solutions, but those will probably have to wait for the 2027 Computex expo. In the meantime, the evolution of AI models will allow for more granular capabilities on various Synology models, so that no matter what device we are using, we will have some degree of artificial assistance. Be it web search, image analysis, OCR, or the new **DSM Agent integration**.

Speaking of AI on the DSM level, looks like Synology has decided to implement agentic support in its OS to help administrators navigate and utilize some repetitive tasks by utilizing on-device hardware and software solutions powered by both online and local models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_agent_with_ai_support-1.webp)

DSM Agent - AI agent in the core of DSM OS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/drive_with_ai_support-1.webp)

Drive 4.1 will be finally AI-powered

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/synology_chatplus_meet_announcement-1.webp)

Upcoming new enterprise-driven chat and conference solution, powered by AI as well

To prove how serious they are, Synology is also rolling out a dedicated desktop AI app, called Deep Search. Those familiar with their BeeDrive device will know where this is coming from. 

While it was so far exclusive for the BeeDrive desktop app, Deep Search has now been rebranded and published as a commercial macOS and Windows desktop app, allowing for a local AI model to assist in those most common tasks, finding what you are looking for. 

This will by no means be a Codex or Claude replacement, no, Deep Search will allow for local text, image, and prople search across allowed content by the user to help with those mountains of data sitting in a single folder somewhere on your computer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/deep_search_computex_2026-1.webp)

[Synology Deep Search - on-device local AI applicationAvailable as a dedicated desktop app, #Synology #DeepSearch will help you search documents, photos, and people using local #AI and everyday language![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/deep_search_computex_2026-2e719fe23b35f914d3225bf46247c69b1a9645a100158d8fe9584b7b775f89cf.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-deep-search-on-device-local-ai-application/)

With a 30-day trial and a one-time price of $50.00, Deep Search could be a solution for those who do not need an agent-like AI roaming their network or computer, but still does the job of finding things.

## Surveillance and a new Access control system

One last big chunk of news is Synology's surveillance ecosystem. A complete division dedicated to cameras, DVA's, and cloud-based solutions, this year will get a few more additions.

Starting with physical protection and access control. Synology has unveiled a new in-house developed ACS system with the introduction of a new controller and access reader devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/c2_surveillance365_2026_announcement-1.webp)

[Synology Surveillance 365, new cameras, and a new access control systemNew #Synology cameras, DVA models, access control system and Surveillance 365 cloud service as well as more Surveillance Station features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance365_2026_announcement-4e77fbf23bafe3d08ec7ce18c43588ca8c89f35fd0cca303ea417c359c252e37.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-surveillance-365-new-cameras-and-new-acess-control-system/)

The reason behind this was to make a more complete and well-rounded solution around their Surveillance Station platform that will be the main platform serving and controlling the said devices, as well as allowing for configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/acs_01-1.webp)

Concept of Synology's new access control system

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/acs_concept-2.webp)

One controller and several reader models are the cornerstone of the new ACS

On top of that, we can expect some new and more modern DVA models as well. The first rack-based DVA7400 model will be a GPU-powered and AI-featured model capable of handling up to 100 cameras with a large number of deep analytics tasks.

Along with it, a desktop successor to the current DVA3121 will be an updated DVA3000\. Upgraded from a 4-bay to a 6-bay enclosure, this i3-powered device will also be optimized for many AI-assisted tasks and support up to 40 cameras.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dva7400_dva3000-3.webp)

Upcoming new DVA models, DVA7400 and DVA3000

These changes will also be followed by multiple new features inside Surveillance Station, such as 3rd party web page integration, anew Event Center, and support for new and refreshed cameras.

Synology will be introducing a new series 10 for their current bullet, turrent and wifi models (**BC510, TC510, CC410W**), as well as some new dome models, like the **DC500Z**, **DC800**, and **DC400**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dc500z-1.webp)

New upcoming DC500Z dome camera

While all Synology camera models will support Surveillance Station as expected, the company is also working on its cloud surveillance VSaaS called Surveillance 365.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/surveillance365_microsd-2.webp)

Capable of fully supporting any number of on-premise cameras, the Surveillance 365 utilizes on-camera microSD card support, as well as a cloud storage option using the new C2 OneStorage offering. Now with over 17.000 camera models and 195 vendors, there is almost no camera in the world that is not compatible with Synology's surveillance system.

For more details on all these new products and features, be sure to check the linked articles, and for those who are fortunate to be in Taipei, visit the booth and check out all the content that Synology has prepared for you on site.

In short, Synology is still moving along its set path to offer more business and enterprise-grade hardware, software, and services, but also keeping its toes in the shallow end of the pool. SOHO and mid-range customers still have plenty to choose from, and while the standard has moved towards a more closed ecosystem, the security, stability, and new feature offerings are rising. True, that comes usually with a price, but in today's crazy world, how much is your data and privacy worth?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/computex2026_end.webp)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DSM 7.4 and AI future
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-4-and-ai-future/
Last updated: 2026-07-27T16:37:05.000Z
💡

****UPDATE: 16/06/2026** \- The previous statement regarding DSM 7.4 compatibility with NAS models contained inaccurate information. Specifically, claims that X20 models would be incompatible with DSM 7.4 were incorrect. ****DSM 7.4 maintains the same compatibility requirements as DSM 7.3\. For the following models listed below, the DSM 7.4 will be the last upgradable version:**

- FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
- XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsll, DS3018xs
- Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
- Value Series: DS116, DS216, DS216play, DS416, DS416play, DS1517, DS1817, DS418play, RS217, RS816
- J Series: DS216j, DS416j, DS416slim, DS419slim, DS418j, DS218j, DS119j

---

It has been eight months since Synology released a new version of DSM, not including incremental updates that came after October 2025.

Now, following the Computex 2026 expo, we have info on the upcoming new DSM 7.4 that should arrive starting mid June all the way till mid August, as well as some updates on the productivity packages.

## DSM 7.4 major upcoming changes

While the release notes are not yet available, let's focus on the major upcoming updates that will be part of DSM 7.4 and existing packages. What we can say for sure is that the new DSM 7.4 will not be compatible with all models, so any device before the X20 generation (x19 or older) will be considered incompatible with this version.

The rolling schedule for DSM 7.4 is to officially release the new version on June 16th for global new or manual installations, and over the next two months, Synology will progressively complete automatic upgrade installations across various regions, ending by August 18th.

As always, certain updates will be released after the initial rollout of the 7.4 version, either as open beta (such as the new Synology Drive 4.1 version or ChatPlus & Meet platforms), while some more under-the-hood optimizations and features will be available on day one.

### Storage efficiency feature

DSM 7.4 will introduce a new Storage Manager feature called **storage efficiency** that will allow **HDD** **data reduction using deduplication and compression**. The main reasoning behind this are current economic issues of hard drive shortage and high prices.

While one way to combat these issues is by using the Synology Tiering feature (coming in its 1.3 version with DSM 7.4), the option to use it depends on the actual NAS model.

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-9732c114a0c948e45b67ba5932a5f297097f9d55e86e1c16f43e420c707b9dce.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

Considering Tiering is not available on all models, the storage efficiency feature will help out.

Now, it might come as a surprise at first that deduplication and file compression are mentioned, as those features exist in DSM already. However, currently, DSM offers SSD volume deduplication, which only works on Synology SSDs for data deduplication and can be configured in Storage Manager.

File compression functionality works for shared folders, which applies to almost all compatible models and drives, and can be configured in the Control Panel.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/image-11.png)

DSM 7.3 (current) data deduplication feature (SSD only)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/image-12.png)

DSM 7.3 file compression

Our new feature will be repackaged under the higher-level naming of Storage Efficiency. However, the main capabilities still include deduplication and compression, as both can be enabled simultaneously.

**Storage efficiency works at the Shared folder level using Synology HDD drives**.

For supported models, it will cover the existing models that already support SSD deduplication, plus models that meet certain specific conditions, such as models released after 2022 with a 4.4 or better kernel, a CPU with four or more threads, and a minimum of 2GB of memory or more.

You'll be able to check each model's product specification page to see if it supports this feature when the time comes, but I've also organized all the currently planned supported models for you here.

### Storage efficiency recap:

- including data deduplication, compression, and both as configurable options
- compatible with Synology HDDs
- can be enabled by Shared Folder
- supported models = supported models for SSD dedupe + models with the following conditions:  
\-> launched after 2022  
\-> Kernel ≥ 4.4, CPU ≥ 4 threads, RAM ≥ 2G

In terms of supported models that support the new feature, the current list is as follows:

### Storage efficiency supported models:

**FS series**: FS6420, FS6400, FS3600, FS3420, FS3410, FS3400, FS2500, FS200T

**HD series**: HD6500

**SA series**: SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400, SA3400D, SA3200D

**RS XS/XS+ series**: RS11626xs+, RS6426xs+, RS4826xs+, RS3626xs, RS1626xs+, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS3621xs+

**RS Plus series**: RS1226RP+, RS1226+, RS826RP+, RS2825RP+, RS826+, RS426+, RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, RS2423RP+II, RS2423RP+, RS2423+, RS3621RPxs

**DS series**: DS3622xs+,DS925+, DS725+, DS425+, DS225+, DS224+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS2422+, DS1825+, DS1823xs+, DS1525+, DS1522+

As we can see, no model before the X21 is listed (meaning X20 or older). **This should not be considered as DSM 7.4 compatibility in general, this list is for storage efficiency only!**

### Difference between this new storage efficiency feature and the existing deduplication and compression?

Up until DSM 7.4, the **SSD deduplication was post-process**, or offline deduplication, while **file compression was inline**, or better to say, real-time data compression.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_01.webp)

DSM 7.4 new ****storage efficiency** feature - savings ration information has been moved to the Storage Manager module

The technical difference between inline and post-process is that inline performs data reduction before data is written to the drive, while post-process, as the name suggests, further processes data after it's written to the drive.

This new feature mainly **adds post-process data compression and deduplication for HDDs**. Since the scope of the new feature differs from existing ones, even though 7.4 supports the new HDD data reduction functionality, the original features will still be retained.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_02.webp)

In DSM 7.4 the "old" ****file compression** option is missing as part of the folder creation wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_03.webp)

In-line compression will be part of the advanced folder section

However, for HDDs, there's actually no difference between inline and offline compression, so it is still recommended to use the new storage efficiency as a more comprehensive data reduction feature. However, the existing inline compression can still be used as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_04.webp)

DSM 7.4 Storage Manager will show all storage efficiency savings and status

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_05.webp)

Detailed information are also available as part of the Storage Manager

Originally, HDD volumes in Storage Manager had no information or function toggles for data reduction. After DSM 7.4, the data savings percentage for Storage efficiency will be visible here, and if we hover over a small info icon, we can also see a visual bar chart showing the proportion of saved data relative to all Shared folder data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_06.webp)

Storage Efficiency and data savings info for SSD and HDD volumes

## Configuration of the Storage Efficiency feature

The new feature will list all details inside the Storage Manager, so it also makes sense to configure it there as well. By using the "..." volume menu, we will have the option to also configure the storage efficiency feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_07.webp)

Configuration of volume storage efficiency starts inside Storage Manager

The first thing we will need to choose is the storage efficiency mode, whether we want to enable both deduplication and compression together, or enable only one of them.

If we are unsure how to choose based on our current data, we can also hover over the info icon to see some guidance suggestions. For example, for backup files or VM image files, there are usually more duplicate data blocks, so deduplication would be relatively more effective. As for compression, it's usually suitable for document files with mostly text. Of course, the simplest method is to enable both, which will achieve the maximum effect in saving data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_08.webp)

Storage efficiency mode selection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_storage_efficiency_09.webp)

Description of storage efficiency modes

It is worth noting that we have the option to selectively choose which shared folder will have what mode active. There is also an option to automatically set storage efficiency for all future folders, so we don't have to repeat the process every time.

Considering the process is intensive, it is recommended to choose off-hours to run the process so the user experience will be better when using other apps and services hosted on the NAS. Of course, this will depend on the size of the volume, drive speed, and the overall performance of the unit.

### Storage efficiency limitations and FAQs

As with any feature, there are certain limitations, and this is true with storage efficiency. These limitations are mostly due to guardrails of other packages that utilize volume folders, such as for replications, active backup, or encryption.

This is the current list of limitations that will be updated in Synology KB dedicated articles over time:

- Encrypted shared folders
- Hybrid Share shared folders
- Shared folders as hot tier resources in Synology Tiering plans
- Replication destination shared folders (read only)
- Shared folders for specific packages

> Including: Active Backup for Business, Active Backup for Google Workspace, Active Backup for Microsoft 365, ActiveProtect Vault, PACS, Surveillance Station, and Synology MailPlus Server

#### Why are the storage savings lower than expected?

Storage savings may be lower or temporarily inaccurate due to several factors:

****Limited reduction potential**: Pre-deduplicated, pre-compressed, pre-encrypted, or media files such as photos/images, videos, and audio may have limited savings.

****Snapshot usage**: Data retained by snapshots cannot be reduced.

****Insufficient task runtime**: A short task schedule may not give Storage Efficiency enough time to process data.

****Processing latency**: Recently added or modified data may still be under processing or rescanning.

#### Why is the post-processing compression of Storage Efficiency not supported with Synology SSDs?

Compression may introduce frequent data rewrites during compression and decompression operations, which can significantly increase SSD write wear and reduce drive endurance. To ensure long-term reliability and lifespan, compression mode is only supported on HDD-based volumes.

#### Does Storage Efficiency affect system performance?

Storage Efficiency may consume CPU, memory, and storage I/O resources during processing. Deduplication may affect read/write performance; compression requires additional CPU resources. To minimize impact, running storage efficiency tasks during off-peak hours is recommended.

## Future of AI within Synology DSM and apps

Synology has been on the AI train for years, but it was not until last year, with the introduction of AI Console, that productivity packages gained more capabilities.

[Synology Office 3.7.0 beta with AI support is out nowThe new #Synology #Office 3.7 beta is finally introducing #AI capabilities to the platform, following the same implementation pattern as #MailPlus![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_37_beta_ai-2c8a5857633dba35a5772cbccf5bbf7397871b588e970d665168135f4c62276d.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-7-0-beta-with-ai-support-is-out-now/)

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-1e02e16338f1e977c3dfcfc53eec80bae1ba71c1eea7fda8d4712dc1bc3de170.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

[Synology AI Console 1.2The new 1.2 version of #Synology #AIConsole is here. It brings 3rd-party #openAI compatible API support, as well as de-identification of sensitive elements.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole_12-81d8d857c667ef5d162ae88a52aaa4beecc3928d4bebc459a3d013fedae3bf4a.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console-1-2/)

The use of AI Console still lacks some elements, like local LLM usability as well as integration with Synology Drive, but that is about to change with DSM 7.4 and new Drive 4.1.

Essentially, Synology will focus on three key points regarding its AI implementation. As did others, Synology started with Generative AI, helping users accelerate everyday workflows. Next, they expanded into data intelligence, enabling unstructured data like images, audio, and video to be searchable through natural language. All of this is leading to their next step, building a trustworthy agentic AI ecosystem.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/mcp_iac.webp)

Synology AI journey moving into next-gen agent ecosystem

This year, data intelligence is coming with the introduction of **Synology Drive AI Search**. Drive is the only productivity package that has no AI capabilities as of yet. The fact is that it requires deep semantic search options that will bind both OCR, image, and video analysis in order to allow for end-user results to have meaning.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/drive_with_ai_support.webp)

Synology Drive 4.1 with AI search capabilities

That is why with Drive 4.1, Synology will implement AI search into this final productivity app, completing the whole package and empowering it with AI features.

Drive AI Search is powered by **local embedding models** that convert text, images, audio, and video into a local vector database that AI can understand.

This allows individuals and organizations to search across unstructured data using natural language, going beyond simple keyword matching to semantic understanding.

On top of this, later this year, Synology will also push out the already announced **ChatPlus** & **Meet** platforms, both with AI features as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/synology_chatplus_meet_announcement.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/chatplus.webp)

The upcoming ChatPlus platform will arrive later in 2026 with AI options

Synology ChatPlus and Meet will be a new on-prem chat and virtual conferencing tool for secure and flexible enterprise communication, from scale-out, robust access controls, to customizable chat structures to fit different organization hierarchies.

### ChatPlus & Meet highlights:

**Enterprise-grade performance**: ChatPlus can support over 10,000 users and accommodate webinars with up to 7,000 participants, easily handling any scale and ensuring smooth usage.

**Complete and flexible architecture**: From one-on-one chats, groups, to team-divided channels, ChatPlus is highly scalable and designed to fully meet various communication needs.

**Multiple tools integrated into one platform**: The platform has built-in video conferencing, Webhook, and ChatBots integration, without switching to different tools.

**Granular permission control**: ChatPlus offers detailed permissions from team to channel level, and you can also sets permissions in Meet based on various roles

This will be more than just instant messaging and video conferencing. It is built on the pillars of **security and flexibility**.

Security is enforced through rigorous login protections, robust access controls, advanced safety settings, and more, while flexibility is reflected in the scalability of meetings, customizable team and channel structure, and granular access controls that adapt to your evolving business needs.

All these AI features can run securely within a private cloud environment, with **support for both locally deployed and OpenAI API-compatible LLMs**.

Pure local LLM support is coming later in 2026.

### DSM Agent 1.0

So far, we have seen, or will see, mostly generative AI and natural language use cases when it comes to AI, but Synology is also introducing **autonomous AI agents** in DSM to execute complex tasks across the ecosystem.

 The first of which will be called the **DSM agent**. A built-in AI agent for DSM that features pre-built integrations throughout the Synology OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_agent_with_ai_support.webp)

DSM Agent - new AI driven system-wide agent

The whole idea behind this agent is to make IT admin tasks smoother. Using natural language, the DSM Agent can help **streamline routine workflows**, **investigate security incidents**, and **validate the backup process**. 

This DSM agent could complete some basic tasks that would take up an hour in the background in a matter of minutes while utilizing the DSM packages that it needs. For example creation of a monthly storage report. The agent can use Storage Manager, Office, and MailPlus to review the current status, analyze for any anomalies, write a report with an attached spreadsheet, and send it out.

Security checks, such as activation of 2FA, password strength, or auto block configuration, could all be automated using simple natural language, while the agent in the background does all the checks and heavy lifting.

## Synology AI solution stack

Synology is building a comprehensive enterprise-grade AI solution stack to enable agentic AI capabilities. The foundation begins with **GPU-accelerated infrastructure** to power demanding AI workloads, followed by a **diverse model layer** offering various embedding methodologies. Organizations can leverage a NAS data hub to prepare their data in machine-readable formats for AI implementations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/synology_ai_solution_stack.webp)

Synology AI solution stack concept

The stack incorporates **memory systems that enable AI to retain conversation context and learn user preferences**, alongside a tools layer that facilitates data reading and analysis through **MCP, API, or Command-line interfaces**. This allows AI to invoke capabilities like web search and research functions. Above this, the skills layer integrates DSM system workflows to transform AI reasoning into actionable operational tasks.

At the application level sits the agent layer, where specialized AI assistants and helpers function as dedicated consultants tailored to enterprise needs. Crowning the entire architecture is the **governance layer, featuring guardrails** including Data Loss Prevention (DLP) and security review mechanisms. These guardrails ensure all **AI operations align with corporate policies and meet regulatory compliance requirements**.

## New Synology NAS models with AI capabilities

What does this mean in terms of the future and current NAS portfolio coming from Synology?

While we might guess that all these AI capabilities do require certain horsepower, it quickly becomes clear that Synology is not a company that runs the most current or most powerful hardware in its appliances. So, how will all this AI be supported in terms of hardware?

Well, Synology is planning on giving AI capabilities to all its current and future models, but selectively, as expected. There will be a **general NAS with no GPU** that will focus on security and data management, transforming NAS into a basic AI-capable storage node.

Next, there will be a new imaging and search accelerator category of i3-capable CPUs that will leverage specialized SLMs to unlock AI capabilities for system action, delivering high-speed intelligence without needing high-end hardware.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/nvidia_gpu_support.webp)

2026 2U rack models will be compatible with NVIDIA GPUs for AI intensive tasks

This year so far, we have seen half a dozen X26 rack-based models with PCIe 4.0 upgrades that already announced certain capabilities beyond a simple 25 GbE network card. These models will be compatible with GPUs, emphasizing "action" and "automation," therefore transforming NAS from a database into autonomous employees.

[Synology RS6426xs+ overviewA 3U behemoth with the support of up to 64 drives is the latest in #Synology’s 2026 lineup. Enterprise NAS for data, backup, and surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs6426xs_plus_overview-f1d1de729bbcabb13f36738aaf8bba1581e9cf5bb7b5bc4c760927ab141cec31.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs6426xs-overview/)

[Synology RS4826xs+ overviewBrand new 2U #Synology rack model is here! Up to 48 drives, this new NAS is a real mid to high-end enterprise device that meets any workload![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs4826xs_plus_overview-6400c56829bb875e4615764416d4db2438a11c1c76ec9ad6977899b344af6cc6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs4826xs-overview/)

[Synology RS3626xs+ overviewThe #Synology RS3621xs+ successor has arrived with enough changes to make it worth the upgrade, being one of three new 2U models released today![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs3626xs_plus_overview-ed8565008cc23775048e675b6cfaa66575e78adf25d66b9f577e503316583413.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs3626xs-overview/)

Finally, the "AI Stations" with GPUs will be Synology's top-tier devices with large computing power, supporting larger models (100B), and allowing non-GPU models to share computing power, becoming the AI ​​computing scheduling hub for existing customers.

Both AI Stations and i3-capable models are yet to be confirmed in terms of release date. Still, the upcoming DVA3000 surveillance model is based on such a CPU, so Synology does have these models in the pipeline, it is just a matter of actually releasing them to the market. Expected release is in 2027 or later.

Depending on the class of these devices, AI capabilities will be more or less dependent on local or external access via the internet. For example MCP server, web search, or deep research features will require internet access for general NAS models without a dedicated GPU. Moving further along the infrastructure line, fewer and fewer AI features will be internet-dependent and will rely on local implementations.

## HCL update for 2026

It wouldn't be interesting if there were no changes on the HCL segment with the new DSM version, would it? Well, with 7.4, Synology is introducing some new 2026 or newer model changes focusing on 3rd party SSDs used for caching.

While the past year and a half was very troubling in terms of the current HCL 5.0 policy involving SSD and HDD compatibility, this time around the scope of this policy is much more narrow and will effect less customers.

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-778082f4bc8ccfe5637a808a4cbbffa872679cd9a077be7800745b42514e6177.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

The main change is that after June 16th, **all third-party SSDs—whether listed on the compatibility list or unverified third-party drives—cannot be used to create SSD cache**. If you want to use them, they can only be used to create SSD storage pools.

The reason for this change is that Synology discovered third-party SSDs may have insufficient write endurance, so using them for cache, which requires intensive read/write operations, would carry a higher risk.

💡

****This applies only to new models released in 2026, meaning all other models will not be affected by this change. Also, any 3rd party migrated drives will also not be affected**. The new models will also have a note added to their product specification pages to clarify this.

There we have it. Some under-the-hood changes and optimizations, with a lot of AI talk that is coming with DSM 7.4, as well as down the line with future updates. Support for all these features will require some serious horsepower, so it's also nice to see that Synology is expanding its portfolio with new, more powerful models and dedicated product lines.

Some of these features will arrive well into 2027, and maybe we will talk about them again during the next Computex expo, but for now, the future looks more enterprise than ever with AI at its forefront.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Surveillance 365, new cameras, and a new access control system
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-surveillance-365-new-cameras-and-new-acess-control-system/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T22:08:16.000Z
Computex is one of the world's top electronic expos, so it is no wonder that so many companies choose it to present new products, services, and solutions for the upcoming period.

Synology is following this pattern, and many of its hardware and software upcoming solutions and additions were actually presented at Computex and CES. The same is true with this year's assortment, focusing on their surveillance portfolio of products.

This year around, Synology is going big on surveillance with the introduction of new and refreshed camera models, along with new DVA models, a brand new access control system, as well as new features inside their Surveillance Station platform. Finally, last year's rebranded C2 Surveillance cloud platform has gone through yet another rebranding, and it's advertised as Surveillance 365 this time around.

## New Surveillance Station features

Starting with new SVS features, Synology now supports over 17.000 camera devices from 195 well-known brands. With such a large number and popularity of Surveillance Station. Managing so many servers and cameras via Synology's CMS at the same time can be extremely challenging. If a device encounters a problem, IT teams are likely overwhelmed.

Because of that, Synology is introducing a **System health monitoring** feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/svs_system_health_01.webp)

The new upcoming SVS System health monitoring feature

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/svs_system_health_02.webp)

With this feature, IT teams can remotely monitor the real-time status of all servers and cameras, ensuring that any product issues can be identified and resolved immediately.

In addition, to give users more flexibility in customizing their monitoring dashboard, Synology is also introducing the **Embedded browser** feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/svs_system_health_03.webp)

SVS embedded browser feature - pulling 3rd party web page content inside SVS Monitor Center

This feature was introduced because, in addition to viewing surveillance footage, IT personnel often need to check attendance or production line information at the same time. Until now, switching between different systems was needed.

With the Embedded Browser feature, third-party system screens can be integrated directly into Monitor Center, allowing surveillance, attendance, and environmental data to be viewed together in a single interface for more convenient management.

Just as users can customize their Monitor Center dashboard using drag and drop, so is the case with the embedded browser. We will be able to pull in a specific "web pages" widget that can be configured to access a local or public URL, presenting the content inside the chosen dashboard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/svs_system_health_04.webp)

Pulling in an embedded browser feature by using the web pages widget and configuring a local or public URL

## **Synology Access Control Solution**

To create a more complete surveillance ecosystem, Synology has developed its own new **access control system**. From hardware to software, everything is handled entirely in-house.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/acs_01.webp)

Synology's access control solution presented at Computex 2026

Starting with the core hardware, we have the **single-door controller**. We can think of it as the brain of the access control solution, managing all connected devices while also **serving as the communication bridge between the card reader and the system**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/acs_concept-1.webp)

Synology's new ACS lineup

The **controller supports standard OSDP and Wiegand communication protocols**, meaning it is **compatible with both Synology and third-party card readers**.

When the product launches, we will be able to manage and **configure it directly through Surveillance Station**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/acs_02.webp)

Synology ACS controller

- Single door controller
- Compatible with Synology & 3rd-party reader (OSDP / Wiegand)
- Configure and manage centrally through Surveillance Station

Alongside the controller, Synology is also introducing two **reader** models, the **AR300** and **AR100**.

The AR300 features a numeric keypad for direct PIN entry, while the AR100 has a compact design focused on simple contactless access.

What does contactless mean? In the past, entry and exit often required a physical card, but to provide a more complete user experience, Synology will also launch a brand-new mobile app called **Access Key**, essentially turning your phone into an access card.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/acs_03-1.webp)

Synology AR300 (left) and AR100 (right) two new reader models as part of the new ACS

Besides the controller and readers, Synology is also launching a series of essential accessories, like Synology cards, key fobs, locks, and REX buttons.

## New and updated camera models

With the new ACS system, Synology is presenting brand new and updated cameras, building on top of their current bullet, turrent and wifi portfolio. 

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review-8b53bcf534d05a62a33842acd1adb939b4f3285ed88df3b05e415467bcacf4af.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

[Synology BC800Z reviewThe #BC800Z is the brand new POE camera by #Synology, as an excellent choice for high-value asset #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc800z_review-8dd98efe2209a4cb8697eeddb9f02244cac402e2ff6d183f4025ec4aa7915474.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc800z-review/)

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-2fb36464e33086a9799da37d1d48f2257e7a48306550d2fdb4ba0aba880c32d3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

All three current cameras are getting a new generation update with **BC510**, **TC510**, and **CC410W** models. Later this year, in August, we should also finally be able to buy their 360 fisheye camera model, the **FC600**.

But on top of these known models, Synology is also introducing a new **dome** **camera** segment with three new models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dc500z.webp)

Synology DC500Z and DC800 share an identical exterior design

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dc400.webp)

Synology DC400

Now, the main reason for offering these new models is that the overall camera product lineup is more complete and gives customers more options. The dome design itself is more aesthetically pleasing compared with bullet cameras, and it is also less noticeable and offers better physical protection.

The main difference among the three models is mainly in terms of optics. The **DC500Z is a 5MP varifocal camera**, while the **DC800 and DC400 are fixed-focal models**, offering 8MP and 4MP**,** respectively.

While the **DC800Z and DC400 are specifically designed for indoor use**, the **DC500Z is rated IP66 and IP67 for water and dust resistance**, and is **IK10 impact-resistant**, making it **suitable for both indoor and outdoor** environments.

A built-in mic is only present on both DC models, while the maximum lightning distance also varies depending on the model. All three cameras have an IR sensor that's rated up to 10 meters for the DC400/800, and 30 meters for the DC500Z. The smallest model, however, lacks the white light option that both DC models have it, with up to 30 meters for the DC500Z and 10 meters for the DC800.

In terms of AI, the **DC500Z and DC800 both support advanced AI analytics**, such as license plate recognition, smoke detection, and attribute search, while the DC400 offers basic functions such as human and vehicle detection and intrusion detection.

Of course, all dome cameras comply with NDAA and TAA standards as expected.

## New DVA models

While information about upcoming new DVA models has been known for a while, including their names, not much more was known in terms of specifications.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dva7400_dva3000-2.webp)

The new DVA models coming in 2026\. DVA7400 and DVA3000

Well, today we have more details on both models and their capabilities, as well as their internal hardware components.

In general, the rack-based DVA7400 will support up to 100 cameras, while the smaller desktop model will stop at 60.

The **DVA7400 will come as a 2U rack model** in a familiar Synology enclosure, powered by yet another expected **AMD CPU, the Ryzen 1780B**. It will also have a **dual 10GbE network support** and an **NVIDIA RTX 2000 Ada or Pro 2000 Blackwell GPU card**.

With the already mentioned 100 supported camera channels, the DVA7400 will be able to perform 40 concurrent deep learning tasks (20 of those will be possible face recognition ones), and it will also support new SVS features such as **semantic video search**, **finding repeated objects**, **attribute search,** and more.

Similar to the DVA7400, the DVA3000 will be a less capable device, specifically due to its internal hardware. For its CPU, Synology decided to use the **Intel i3-1315URE**, a 2023 Raptor Lake silicon. This 6-core CPU comes with a built-in iGPU that will allow for this compact DVA to perform up to 12 deep learning tasks, six of which will be face recognition ones. It will also not be able to do semantic video search, unlike its larger countepart but other advanced AI features will be supported.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/svs_eventcenter-1.webp)

New Event Center in Surveillance Station will allow for semantic search on the DVA7400

While we are on the subject of AI features, Synology will also redesign the **events** section inside Surveillance Station. Dubbed as the **Event Center**, the new interface will consolidate events from Synology cameras, DVA, third-party AI, and other sources into a single unified interface.

At the same time, Synology will also introduce **new AI search capabilities**, such as the previously mentioned S**emantic Video Search**, **re-ID**, and **attribute search**.

This will allow users to find the events they need more quickly, without switching between different tabs, greatly improving search efficiency.

## New cloud-based surveillance solution, the Surveillance 365

The new VSaaS was already announced last year at Computex as well, under the C2 Surveillance name, but it looks like it took another year for Synology to roll out the new cloud-based service and, in the process, rename it once again.

So what is Surveillance 365? Surveillance365 focuses on simplified deployment, enabling rapid setup without the need for a server. It is especially suitable for customers with multiple sites, limited space, or those looking to reduce IT operational burden.

### Key features

- **Zero footprint** \- No local server required, ideal for limited-space environment
- **Plug-and-Play** \- Rapid edge deployment in minutes
- **In Camera** \- Edge storage on individual microSD cards
- **Cloud Backup** \- Saves a copy to the cloud for easy remote access

Surveillance 365 will offer two plans: the **Standard and the Business plan**.

**Standard plan**: Simply connect your Synology Camera to Surveillance365 to enjoy features such as **Monitor Center**, **camera management**, **AI detection**, and **notifications**.

For larger-scale users, the **Business Plan is available to unlock additional features** that may be useful for multi-site deployments, such as **User**, **Site**, **Log**, and more.

The **Business Plan is currently calculated per accoun**t. If there is only one camera under the account, the **annual fee is $49.95 per camera**.

**Surveillance 365 will only be compatible with Synology-branded camera models**, including the new series 10 (**BC510, TC510, CC410W**), as well as the upcoming **FC600 and BC800Z**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/surveillance365_microsd-1.webp)

Surveillance 365 will support both Synology and 3rd party microSD cards

Considering that Surveillance 365 will require storage for security recordings, there will be **both on-device and cloud-based options**. All camera models **support microSD cards, including 3rd party vendors**, and while Synology will support those, stability and reliability will not be guaranteed.

On top of that, Surveillance 365 will support the new consolidated cloud storage service called **C2 OneStorage**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/c2_onestorage-1.webp)

The new Synology C2 OneStorage backup and storage service

This service will support **event-based or continuous recording backup**, as well as **scheduled backup tasks**. It will be priced at **$29.99 per year for 300GB**, or **$79.99 per TB per year** for up to 200TB.

Synology will also, in the future (Q4 20206), introduce a hybrid surveillance model that will allow Surveillance365 to serve as a CMS host. In addition to managing cameras that are directly connected to the cloud, it will also manage recording servers.

Through this hybrid cloud and on-premises architecture, enterprises can flexibly choose the most suitable deployment method according to the needs of different sites.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Deep Search - on-device local AI application
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-deep-search-on-device-local-ai-application/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T22:07:43.000Z
In the past three years, the BeeDrive has become a popular on-the-go mobile device that fits in your pocket and offers up to 4TB of SSD storage via USB 3.2 Gen 1 interface. Because of it, it allows for fast data transfers in various scenarios, but it also offers one added feature that Synology introduced in June of last year (2025).

 Strictly focusing on the BeeDrive and macOS (with M architecture silicon), Synology introduced Deep Search functionality as part of the BeeDrive desktop app.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-07c9bf6bd30015dea1a7a2ff486e455ceae81ae3e4791f86c69c0f7f200a58c0.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

[Synology’s BeeDrive AI Search Engine announcement#Synology #BeeDrive desktop app is getting some deep search #AI power! Search text, images, and documents, with natural input, location and metadata![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement-efa17f65343fdceb2d18a215a4724aa23134259930544eb0886d1fb72de5e1cd.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synologys-beedrive-ai-search-engine-announcement/)

[Synology BeeDrive Deep SearchThe new #AI supported #Synology #BeeDrive #DeepSearch beta feature lands as an exclusive for #AppleSilicon and #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement-copy-1-64d95b114acddc68e61c80419b5940bdceb86d6e17662eac0bed6cde8f777c85.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-deep-search/)

Now, a year later, this same function is stepping outside the BeeDrive desktop shell and onto both Mac and Windows PCs as a dedicated desktop app. Introduced at this year's Computex expo, Deep Search will be a 30-day trial app with a one-time unlock fee that can be used on any number of machines once purchased.

## Synology Deep Search coming to desktop

Advertised as part of Synology's "digital life" campaign, the Deep Search app is here to solve several issues that most desktop users are facing nowadays.

Those are rigid search, scattered assets, or a privacy dilemma. We all have one or more of those unsorted junk folders where we know the files are that we are looking for, just not sure where exactly, or what the file's name is. On top of that, looking for something specific inside a particular file as an image or text, can be an even more challenging task.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-29-at-20.16.37.png)

Dedicated desktop app for macOS and Windows (currently in beta; June 2026)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-29-at-20.18.04.png)

There are issues that Deep Search will try to address and solve for us. Having a local AI platform that will be able to search across years of files with various topics and ideas, all from a safe local space with no need to use the Internet or any other web service.

> ## Deep Search is that lightning bolt that strikes in your moment of anxiety

💡

****Deep Search runs locally on your computer and does not upload file content to Synology or the cloud**. Optional features like photo location search and cross-language search may use external databases or macOS translation services, both of which can be turned off.

#### What are Deep Search system requirements?

****macOS:** Requires macOS 15 or later on Apple Silicon M1 or newer with at least 16 GB of RAM

****Windows:** Requires Windows 11 version 22H2 or later and one of the following configurations:

- Copilot+ PC (Intel or AMD-based) with at least 16 GB of RAM
- Standard PC: Intel Core i5 or AMD Ryzen 5 processor, NVIDIA RTX 30 series GPU or newer with at least 6 GB of VRAM, and 16 GB of RAM

For full system requirements, see [Software Spec](https://www.synology.com/products/deep-search/software-spec?ref=blackvoid.club).

#### Can I use Deep Search on my phone?

Deep Search is designed for desktop computers, where it can leverage powerful hardware to run AI indexing and deliver accurate results. It is currently available for macOS and Windows.

#### Do I need a Synology device to use Deep Search?

Deep Search is standalone desktop software and does not require a NAS, BeeStation, or other Synology hardware.

#### Does Deep Search require an internet connection?

Deep Search runs entirely on your computer. Your files remain on your computer at all times and are never uploaded to Synology or any cloud service.

Core indexing and search are performed locally and work offline. Optional features such as photo location recognition or cross language processing may reference operating system level services or public reference data. These features do not access or transmit your file content and can be disabled in settings.

#### What can Deep Search index?

Deep Search indexes the folders you select from your computer and any connected external drives. You stay in control by choosing exactly which folders to include or exclude at any time.

Essentially, Deep Search targets anyone from users with sensitive or complex documents, creators with large photo libraries, or simply privacy-conscious users who prefer on-device AI and full data control.

It is focusing on three major segments. **Document**, **image, and people search**. By utilizing semantic understanding as well as everyday languages, we can use the platform for study notes, work files, photos, and pretty much any other digital file that contains any usable information. 

### Document search

0:00 

/0:13 

1× 

Surface content even when keywords don’t match

0:00 

/0:08 

1× 

Find text, charts, screenshots, and scans

### Image search

0:00 

/0:12 

1× 

Find photos from any text, even fine print

0:00 

/0:09 

1× 

AI captions photos so you can search beyond filenames and metadata

0:00 

/0:08 

1× 

Narrow results with date or location cues

### People search

0:00 

/0:13 

1× 

Find photos by combining people with scenes, time, location, and details you remember

0:00 

/0:07 

1× 

Recognized people appear so you can see who is in each image at a glance

Compared to the common search tools we see in our daily lives, Deep Search not only provides AI semantic search but also delivers a more comprehensive search experience. It can search across languages, take you directly to the relevant passage, and it's available on dual platforms.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/deep_search_comparison.webp)

File search comparison

🚨

****NOTE**: Deep Search requires macOS 15 or later on Apple Silicon M1 or newer with at least 16 GB of RAM, or Windows 11 version 22H2 or later on a supported Copilot+ PC (Intel or AMD based) with at least 16 GB of RAM, or a system with Intel Core i5 or AMD Ryzen 5, an NVIDIA RTX 30 series GPU or newer with at least 6 GB of VRAM, and 16 GB of RAM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-29-at-20.21.46.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-30-at-18.00.59.png)

To deliver such a comprehensive experience, Deep Search integrates many AI models in its implementation behind the scenes. This includes OCR, Image Caption, Semantic indexing, face recognition, and so on.

It transforms all documents and images into language that AI can understand, allowing AI to comprehend our data. Through the embedding mechanism, it converts data into a vector database for us to search.

The entire process runs locally on your computer with no use of cloud AI whatsoever, fully protecting data privacy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-29-at-20.33.08.png)

Synology Deep Search accessible via macOS AppStore

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-29-at-20.38.08.webp)

Unlocking the app after the trial will cost in some cases as high as €60 (EU, June 2026)

Deep Search is available today and comes with a 30-day free trial, but unlocks permanent access via an in-app purchase for $49.99\. Of course, depending on the market and VAT, the price will vary. So, in the EU, in some countries, it could be as high as €59.99.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Two new Synology BeeStation models for 2026
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/two-new-synology-beestation-models-for-2026/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T22:07:15.000Z
A lot has been announced and shown at this year's Computex expo, including what Synology is calling the "digital life" segment.

Stepping aside from the cutting-edge enterprise lineup, as well as new business and personal surveillance services, we will focus on and mention the new SOHO candidates for both hardware and software.

## BeeStation lineup so far

Introduced in early 2024, Synology's Bee segment has expanded to include both DAS and NAS models annually, along with innovative software solutions. 

Users have responded positively to the BeeDrive and BeeStation devices, which offer a portable 10G USB-C drive that fits in your pocket or a slim, book-like NAS available in standard and "plus" versions.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-1b84efc916bc38f76d59605a9d969137bf5c20f1b4a27110bd49416c8b8fe0b9.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

BeeStation Plus offering more power for demanding workflow

![](https://fileres.synology.com/images/bee/BeeStation/overview/img_Series_02@2x.jpg)

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-469c786ef7bbdd0f10b2ea186f13d6a0cca27a4b835607ad21148324f604177f.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

BeeStation, a NAS for everyday file management and more

![](https://fileres.synology.com/images/bee/BeeStation/overview/img_Series_01@2x.jpg)

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-07c9bf6bd30015dea1a7a2ff486e455ceae81ae3e4791f86c69c0f7f200a58c0.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

BeeDrive is a portable 10G USB-C device that offers much more than it meets the eye

BeeStation quickly gained popularity among users seeking a turnkey solution for backup, sync, and remote access rather than a versatile, customizable NAS ecosystem. Synology also introduced BSM (BeeStation Manager), a simplified, mobile-friendly OS accessible via web or dedicated mobile applications, to deliver this streamlined experience.

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13-e3e6565e687d6d52a39ca7c5502db15d2ee07977fc5260e9481d66f200048a24.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

Official Plex support for the BeeStation Plus

Since its initial version, BSM has already evolved by listening to user suggestions. Synology unlocked the option to back up BeeStation data onto multiple platforms and devices like C2 OneStorage, other Synology NAS devices, or their very own cloud service, BeeProtect.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/beeprotect.jpg)

[Synology Bee products powered by Acronis True Image EssentialIf you are a #Synology #BeeDrive or #Beestation user, you can now activate #Acronis True Image Essential 3-year license for free!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_acronis_true_image-159755a9e54813c8db69e77a610bde7cc545d0c6c3937290d549ff8448178cff.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bee-products-powered-by-acronis-true-image-essential/)

Partnering with Acronis last year, customers who purchased BeeDrive or any BeeStation model received a complimentary three-year Acronis True Image Essential license. 

A significant update to BeeStation was the official support for the Plex media server. Synology has supported the platform for years, and it has become an industry standard in media management. This was the primary reason for releasing the BeeStation Plus model last year.

## What's new in 2026?

Both the BeeStation and BeeStation Plus series have welcomed two new models this year to provide users with a better experience and more diverse choices.

The **BST151-4T** is an updated version of the BST150-4T, with the main difference being that the **memory has been upgraded from 1GB to 2GB**. We have mentioned this new upcoming model back in April when it first started to appear on the Synology documentation site.

[Synology Beestation Mark II - new 4TB BST151 modelNew revision of the original #Synology #BeeStation is coming soon. With double the RAM, this next-generation model brings more performance and a familiar experience.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst151_overview-6c41cb028b204791224351680980c6f1c05784b906963bb4849e8c799c688bff.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-mark-ii-new-4tb-bst151-model/)

The **BST170-4T is the 4TB version of BeeStation Plus**, with all other specifications remaining the same. This provides a more price-competitive option for users who don't need as much capacity as 8TB but require more comprehensive functionality.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/beestation_comparison_2026.webp)

BeeStation 2026 lineup

The current lineup now offers more pricing options for end users while delivering improved performance and consistent features across BeeStation categories. The BeeStation lineup also received surveillance updates (**BeeCamera**) that were introduced late last year and officially released in April 2026.

[Synology BSM 1.5-65904 with new BeeCamera Mobile supportContinued development of the #BSM OS that powers the #Synology #Beestation devices now supports the new #BeeCamera mobile app!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_15-21b99c0657ac4e49fc30bda1a7d999fd93c87d8c3b5e4a0b72952f7041ff00d4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-5-65904-with-new-beecamera-mobile-support/)

[Synology BeeCamera Mobile - turn your BeeStation Plus into an NVRCan #Synology #CC400W camera and #Beestation Plus offer a decent #surveillance solution with a new #BeeCamera Mobile app?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beecamera-f7f490460aae0f9f52b2d6940bbe2d6826b5b028618a68fd5fd2991779cdc9fa.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beecamera-mobile-turn-your-beestation-plus-into-an-nvr/)

Initially, the BeeStation Plus model supported only the Synology CC400W surveillance camera, but the company has now announced support for the new generation of bullet, turret, and Wi-Fi camera models.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review-8b53bcf534d05a62a33842acd1adb939b4f3285ed88df3b05e415467bcacf4af.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-2fb36464e33086a9799da37d1d48f2257e7a48306550d2fdb4ba0aba880c32d3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

> ## Last year at Computex, we demonstrated BeeCamera functionality using the CC400W, but we later understood that even in home or small business scenarios, there are different environmental and installation requirements. Therefore, we expanded the supported camera models to include both TC and BC series, giving users more choices.

**BeeStation Plus comes with 4 built-in licenses**, reducing the learning burden for new users. The **new TC510/BC510/CC410W models are all compatible**.

In terms of pricing (before VAT), the BeeStation models are priced at $329, $399, and $520 for the BST151-4T, BST170-4T, and BST170-8T, respectively, offering users multiple options suited to their needs. While two-bay models remain unavailable and redundancy could be a concern for some customers, Synology is clearly committed to expanding this product segment.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology best NAS winner at the European Hardware Association Awards for 2026
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-best-nas-winner-at-the-european-hardware-association-awards-for-2026/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T12:48:10.000Z
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/eha_2026_01.webp)

On Monday, 1st June 2026, the winners of this year’s awards will be revealed at a special event hosted at the Marriott Courtyard, Nangang, Taipei – ideally located for those preparing to exhibit at Computex the following day.

After considering more than 400 products from over 110 manufacturers, the editorial teams of the European Hardware Association have now narrowed the field to this year’s finalists – the Best of the Best.

In addition to the awards themselves, the EHA will also be presenting the latest results from the EHA Pan-European Hardware Purchase Intention Survey. No other editorial survey matches the reach or depth of analysis found in this report, highlights of which will be shared with those present.

With a foundation built on tens of thousands of detailed, independent reviews – going back more than two decades for some EHA publications – our awards are uniquely positioned to recognise genuine innovation, enduring quality and the products that have made the biggest impact on enthusiasts and professionals alike.

This year’s ceremony marks 12 years since the first European Hardware Awards, and the process remains as rigorous as ever. Each nomination is the result of extensive testing and real-world analysis by the editorial teams of the nine EHA member publications, who, combined, represent an audience of more than 20 million readers across the continent – including **Technology Insider (NL), HardwareLuxx (DE), Hardware Upgrade (IT), Geeknetic (ES), Lab501 (RO), Pure PC (PL), CowCotLand (FR), IO-Tech (FI), and KitGuru (UK)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/eha_2026_04.webp)

EHA Awards 2026 - June 2026 (Taipei)

That huge audience includes PC builders, content creators, gamers, professionals, and other early adopters who rely on our insights, month in, month out, to make informed buying decisions.

The value of buying decisions influenced by the EHA totals more than €30 billion each year.

The categories have evolved to reflect new technologies and emerging trends, but the core voting process remains consistent: fair, thorough, and editorially independent. Products must be available in Europe, and final votes are cast only after detailed analysis and team discussion within each EHA member site.

Having reviewed thousands of hardware options over the past 12 months, we have now narrowed the field to this year’s finalists.

Final voting is currently underway, but the winners for the HDD and storage solutions are in!

While the competition in the hard drive category was as expected, it is still commendable for the Synology HAT3310 Plus model to be part of this category.

Unfortunately, Synology did not win in this category, and big congratulations to Seagate for winning and claiming the top spot.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/eha_2026_05.webp)

Best hard drive finalists for 2026

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/eha_2026_06.webp)

Winner of best hard drive category for 2026 - Seagate IronWolf/PRO

But in the second category, the **best NAS device** has some heavy competitors with top models from their portfolios. With both newcomers to the scene and veterans, the list of finalists is as follows:

• ASUSTOR Flashstore 12Pro Gen 2  
• QNAP TBS-h574TX  
• QNAP TS-432X  
• QNAP TS-h1290FX  
• Synology DiskStation DS1525+  
• Synology DiskStation DS1823xs+  
• Synology DiskStation DS925+  
• UGREEN iDX6011 Pro  
• UGREEN NASync DH4300 PLUS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/eha_2026_03.webp)

Best NAS device finalists for 2026

**This category was won by Synology with their 2025 4-bay desktop model, the DS925+**. A well-rounded device popular among enthusiasts with its small footprint and expansion options. Full review is linked below following its release in May of last year.

[Synology DS925+ reviewThe brand new #Synology #DS925+ has arrived. While this popular 4-bay model may not be groundbreaking, its CPU upgrade and dual 2.5GbE ports offer more than enough for many users![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-00a0467a51bd28399d94cd22c7f2e150f4329fa31b0bfd9a76db6fcd261adfcf.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-review/)

Full review on this year's EHA 2026 best NAS device

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-e23ab9e496904aa048ed53e05d7edab60460974b0652c335e956a3b3b0d9a860.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

[Synology DS1823xs+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1823xs+ 8-bay #NAS is here! Private #cloud solution built for performance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1823-54fda0f01e0d15d0f5ed6b0a70fc7f75349d7f78a8d46f4daeb0573b0b18e93c.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1823xs-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/06/eha_2026_02.webp)

The people have spoken! Synology DS925+ is the best NAS device for 2026!

Another consecutive win for Synology, with last year's DS725+ also taking the best NAS award, goes to show that the brand is still recognized as the best all-around solution for backup. Thanks to all the experts of the European Hardware Association for this award!

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology FS200T 2026 overview update
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-fs200t-2026-overview-update/
Last updated: 2026-05-29T08:01:32.000Z
With Computex 2026 only days away, Synology today released their last year's announced 2.5" 6-bay successor to the DS620slim.

> ## Small Size, Big Performance

Named the **FS200T**, this 2.5" **6-bay device** has advanced in the world of Synology, transitioning from a desktop DS series to the distinguished **FlashStation lineup**. Indeed, the smallest member of the entire portfolio is here to stay, now with a new name, category, and several upgrades.

[Synology FS6420 & FS3420 overviewFollowing the rollout of the RS XS+ models, these two new second-generation FS models deliver increased speed and performance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-a53f9b84cf1e123691e0cc3b93d03e8798f7ea7f4bc1b04a4633987f248ac01a.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/fs6420_fs4320_overview-2083fcf744d4d6c0ee13142c9b1ad99eac4d641990648746113ceae80d393df2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-fs6420-fs3420-overview/)

2026 FS lineup new 2U models

## : Prologue

Starting in late 2024 and extending through mid-2025, Synology implemented several changes to its business practices and policies that were not well received by the general public, particularly among home and small business users. 

Specifically, we are referring to their HDD compatibility policy, known as the HCL 4.0, which was published on April 16th, 2025.

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-9.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-9.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

Announcement of the new restrictive HCL 4.0 disk compatibility policy

In short, the policy mandates the use of Synology-only drives for all new and upcoming X25 DS models, although some models are still accepting enterprise drives such as the HAT5300\. 

As anticipated, the restricted drive compatibility over the following six months generated significant negative publicity in various forms until the release of DSM 7.3 in October 2025.

[DSM 7.3-81180 & 7.3.1-86003New #Synology #DSM 7.3 is here with some major changes! HCL 5.0 disk policy, as well as the beta of the new Synology Tiering feature!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-10.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm73-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-3-81180/)

DSM 7.3 introduced a new HDD HCL 5.0 disk compatibility policy

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/synology_disk_policy_2025_dsm73.webp)

The new HCL 5.0 largely reverted the previous restrictions, restoring full compatibility for all desktop X25 models with both Synology and third-party drives. 

However, it is important to note that there is no guarantee that Synology will not attempt to enforce similar policies again in the future, or that certain features\* may not be supported when using non-Synology drives (as is already the case). For now, customers are free to use any drive size and brand within the desktop models as they prefer.

### \*Compatible Synology drive benefits

- Volume-wide deduplication (available with Synology SSDs)
- Drive firmware updates throught DSM
- Synology 1-stop techinical support

The reason for revisiting these past policies in an article about the new FS200T model is straightforward. The FS200T is a successor to the DS620slim, sharing the same form factor with minimal hardware changes. 

Although the hardware remains largely similar, the name alone warrants a brief overview that could shed light on the future prospects of this form factor.

## : FS200T naming

From Synology's perspective, the new FS200T introduces several changes compared to its predecessor. Moving away from the DS (Disk Station) series and adopting an FS (Flash Station) vertical form factor, Synology aims to position this compact device as an all-flash solution from the outset.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/synology_fs_product_name.webp)

FS200T naming profile

The previous DS620slim name clearly indicated it was a 6-bay model introduced in 2020, whereas the FS200T name now emphasises the CPU family and product generation, similar to the naming conventions used for the DP series.

However, this clarification does not fully explain the initial prologue. The key reason is that users unfamiliar with the Synology compatibility list might not realise that the FS models are compatible with both Synology-branded drives and certain third-party options. 

> ## All-flash delivers snappy, highly responsive performance  
> Supports 6 x SATA SSD 2.5" drives  
> Includes one 2.5GbE port and one 1GbE port, providing fast networking with failover support  
> Includes 4 GB of DDR4 SODIMM ram (expandable up to 8 GB)

Based on the updated HCL 5.0, the new FS200T is compatible with any 2.5" SSD on the market, but Synology will fully guarantee support only with Synology-branded SAT5200 series. Notably, compared to its predecessor, the FS200T no longer supports 2.5" HDD drives, only SSDs.

💡

3rd party drives will be marked as ****Unverified** in the Storage Manager. It will function for normal storage‑pool and cache operations, though you’ll receive a warning. You can also use it for ****migration** from an existing system.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-28-at-19.48.21.png)

FS200T disk compatibility (May 2026)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-28-at-19.53.28.png)

Official supported accessories - drives and RAM (May 2026)

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-11.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-8.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

At Computex 2025 Synology presented a lot of their new upcoming hardware including the current X25 segment

## : Hardware overview

From a hardware perspective, the new FS200T features some internal updates, but nothing substantial. Although the device was initially expected to be released in 2025, Synology decided to launch it this quarter. Despite expectations that some further refinements to its specifications might occur, no such changes have been made.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/fs200t_front_side.webp)

The new FS200T - smallest and most compact Synology FlashStation

> ## All-flash design for quiet operations at home or in compact workspaces

The 6-bay FS200T continues to feature the announced **Intel Celeron J4125** quad-core CPU. This is an improvement over the DS620slim’s J3355, but as an FS series model, expectations were higher for a more capable processor. With the new profile naming, future generations may see more significant upgrades. 

Compared to the DS620slim’s two-core CPU and 2GB of DDR3 memory, the **FS200T offers a quad-core setup with 4GB of DDR4 RAM**, with an upgrade path to support up to 8GB of memory.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/fs200t_left_side.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/fs200t_front.webp)

FS200T - a 6-bay 2,5" SSD compact model from the front

The FS200T preserves its compact size, with a depth of less than 18 cm, matching the external appearance of the DS620slim. It supports hot-swapping drives in all six bays. While the model is designed to operate silently and efficiently, the minimal noise—approximately 21 dB—originates solely from the single 80mm vent at the rear.

> ## Miniature all-flash storage for enthusiasts

The rear of the FS200T maintains the same port setup as previous models, featuring **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports and LAN ports**. The notable upgrade is the addition of a **2.5GbE port alongside the standard 1GbE port**, aligning with the configurations on models like the DS425+ and DS725+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/fs200t_back.webp)

Back view houses all available ports

The FS200T's compact size makes it an excellent desktop solution or portable device. Its all-flash configuration minimises concerns about data damage during transport and makes it suitable for mobile use, such as in a mobile home. 

Its low heat output, minimal noise—around 21dB—and small form factor, combined with enhanced performance and improved network connectivity, position this NAS as a prime choice for home users, small office content creators, and enthusiasts.

In terms of power consumption, it averages approximately 25.5W during regular use and about 19.06W with complete disk hibernation. Actual power use may vary depending on DSM services and packages, which can affect hibernation and sleep states. 

**Weighing 1.4 kg**, the FS200T ranks as the second heaviest in the X25 series, just above the DS225+ (1.3 kg) and below the DS725+ (1.5 kg). It does not feature M.2 NVMe slots, similar to other Synology models, and many competing units offer full NVMe configurations. However, its primary limiting factor is the upgraded 2.5GbE network interface. 

Even with an HDD setup, it's possible to saturate the 2.5GbE connection, especially with SSD or NVMe arrays. Synology chose to focus on a reliable, tested 2.5" SSD setup, which runs cooler and provides more storage at a lower cost. 

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-12.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

Extended Warranty Plus program

The suggested retail price in the US is $499, translating to approximately €500 in most EU countries. Like other models in this class, the **FS200T includes a 3-year warranty**, with options for Extended Warranty Plus (EW201) in select markets, extending coverage up to 5 years.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology C2 cloud service changes for 2026
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-cloud-service-changes-for-2026/
Last updated: 2026-05-29T10:02:26.000Z
It has been a year since there was any major news on Synology C2 cloud front, apart from their release of new surveillance cameras. On 2025 Computex expo, the company announced its upcoming VSaaS called C2 Surveillance, but that is yet to be available for customers.

[Synology C2 Surveillance announcementDuring Computex 2025, #Synology also introduced the upcoming new scalable cloud-based surveillance platform called C2 Surveillance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-75.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-announcement/)

Regarding the rest of their lineup, Synology has announced several upcoming changes affecting multiple services. Some will be deprecated, some will be rebranded, and some will change in terms of pricing and capacity.

Most of the content will be pulled from the official notice that customers have recieved as well as up-to-date information from Synology's knowledge center.

## What's changing?

**New C2 OneStorage**: A new plan that consolidates multiple cloud/hybrid storage services (such as C2 Storage, C2 Object Storage) into a single storage solution.

**Pricing Adjustments**: We are updating subscription tiers to support ongoing development and new features.

**Plans Discontinuation**: Free plans and certain services (such as **C2 Password**, **C2 Transfer**) will **no longer be available**. To facilitate a smooth transition, we are providing a **1-year grace period for any current account**.

💡

****Terms of Service**: We have updated our C2 Terms of Services and Active Insight Terms & Conditions to clarify the responsibilities and obligations of both customers and Synology. We have also standardized grace periods across all cloud services ─ all data will be permanently deleted 30 days after plan expiration. By continuing to use our services, you agree to these updated terms.

Let's start with the most important elements that will undergo changes but remain active as a service.

## C2 OneStorage

Effective June 22, 2026, the subscription model for C2 Storage will transition to **C2 OneStorage**. C2 OneStorage provides a single storage pool shared across multiple cloud and hybrid storage services, including **C2 Storage** and **C2 Object Storage**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/c2_onestorage.webp)

C2 OneStorage - new all-in-one subscription product

[Syno KB: Understanding the C2 Storage and ObjectStorage plan changes](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/C2/tutorial/Plan%5FChange%5F2026%5FC2%5FStorage?ref=blackvoid.club)

What this means is that **C2 OneStorage will use a unified plan structure and no longer distinguish between Basic and Advanced plans**. Existing Basic plan users will transition to C2 OneStorage based on their current capacity:

- **100 GB or 300 GB subscribers**: You will transition to the C2 OneStorage 300 GB plan.
- **1 TB subscribers**: You will transition to the C2 OneStorage 1 TB plan.

🚨

Basic users backing up data with Hyper Backup will automatically be upgraded to features previously exclusive to the legacy Advanced plan. This includes ****flexible backup scheduling, custom retention policies, and data deduplication support**.

💰

Once the changes take effect, please check the Synology C2 website for actual pricing.

As of now, Synology has not announced the new OneStorage pricing, but this information should be known in one month's time.

The conversion timeline for C2 OneStorage will affect new and existing subscribers slightly differently.

#### For new subscribers

Starting June 22, 2026, legacy C2 Storage standalone plans will no longer be available. New users must subscribe to C2 OneStorage to use hybrid cloud storage services (e.g., Hybrid Share, Hyper Backup)

#### For existing paid subscribers

Conversion for existing paid subscribers takes place in two phases:

- ****Phase 1: Transition period** (from June 22, 2026 to December 22, 2026)
- - ****No changes**: You can still renew your current legacy plan until December 22, 2026.
  - ****Plan changes**: If you need to modify your storage capacity after June 22, 2026, you must convert to a C2 OneStorage plan immediately.
  - ****Cost adjustments**: If you convert to an equivalent storage capacity or the new minimum capacity (300 GB), you will not be charged any price difference during the transition. If you upgrade your storage capacity during conversion, the price difference between the plans will be calculated and charged at that time.
- ****Phase 2: Mandatory conversion** (starting December 22, 2026)
- - After December 22, 2026, all legacy plans with auto-renewal will be converted to C2 OneStorage.

#### Consolidation of multiple services

Following conversion, subscriptions for C2 Object Storage and C2 Storage will be unified under C2 OneStorage. If you subscribe to both services, your plans will be consolidated into a single subscription upon conversion:

- ****C2 Storage** \+ ****C2 Object Storage** (paid plan): Your new capacity will be the sum of the capacities from both original plans. The validity period will be extended to match the longer one of the two services.
- ****C2 Storage** \+ ****C2 Object Storage** (Free plan): Your new plan will be based on your C2 Storage capacity and cycle only. The 15 GB free quota from C2 Object Storage will be removed upon conversion.

## C2 Object Storage plan changes

Similar to the C2 Storage changes, the C2 Object Storage plan also has some similar updates, but its free 15GB plan has a small change.

[Synology C2 Object StorageNEW Synology C2 service is here. C2 Object Storage offers you a way to backup any unstructured data with no egress fees at all. Starting at $6.99![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-76.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2objectstorage-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)

#### For new subscribers

Starting June 22, 2026, legacy C2 Object Storage standalone plans will no longer be available. New users must subscribe to C2 OneStorage to use object storage services.

#### For existing paid subscribers

Conversion for existing paid subscribers takes place in two phases:

- ****Phase 1: Transition period** (from June 22, 2026 to December 22, 2026)
- - ****No changes**: You can still renew your current legacy plan until December 22, 2026.
  - ****Plan changes**: If you need to modify your storage capacity after June 22, 2026, you must convert to a C2 OneStorage plan immediately.
  - ****Cost adjustments**: If you convert to an equivalent storage capacity, you will not be charged any price difference during the transition. If you upgrade your storage capacity during conversion, the price difference between the plans will be calculated and charged at that time.
- ****Phase 2: Mandatory conversion** (starting December 22, 2026)
- - After December 22, 2026, all legacy plans with auto-renewal will be converted to C2 OneStorage.

#### For Free plan users

- ****Service end date**: You may continue to use the free service until ****June 22, 2027**, after which the Free plan's subscriptions or licenses will be terminated.
- Users on the Free plan will not be converted to C2 OneStorage unless manually upgraded

Apart from these two C2 services, there are also changes with C2 Password and C2 Transfer. These two services have been flagged as EOL and will be deprecated on June 22nd, 2027.

## C2 Password EOL

C2 Password will reach end of life (EOL) on **June 22, 2027**. After this date, the service will no longer be available.

[Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secretsSynology’s NEW C2 service, Password, is here! What is it and how well done it compare to some other free solutions out there?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-77.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2password_v2-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)

### Impact on users

Starting June 22, 2026, new subscriptions can no longer be purchased. For details about access and renewals, see your subscription type below:

**C2 Password Plus**

You can continue using the service until your current subscription expires. Renewals are available until December 22, 2026.

**C2 Identity Business**

- If you don't have auto-renew enabled, C2 Password remains accessible until your current plan expires.
- If auto-renew is enabled, changing your storage quota between **June 22 and December 22, 2026**, will automatically convert your plan to the [new C2 Identity plan](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/C2/tutorial/Plan%5FChange%5F2026%5FC2%5FIdentity?ref=blackvoid.club). C2 Password is not included in the new plan. If no changes are made during this period, the conversion will occur on **December 22, 2026**.

**C2 Password Free**

**You can continue using the service until the EOL date of June 22, 2027.**

### How to prepare

[Export your vault data](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/C2/tutorial/Export%5Fdata%5Ffrom%5FC2%5FPassword?ref=blackvoid.club) before your plan reaches its EOL date.

🚨

Effectivly what this means is that in a year, C2 Password will be shut down, so it would be best to prepare and start migrating to alternative solutions.

## C2 Transfer EOL

Similar to C2 Password, C2 Transfer will stop accepting new subscriptions starting **June 1, 2026**. The service will reach end of life (EOL) on **June 22, 2027**, after which C2 Transfer will no longer be available.

### Impact on users

**C2 Transfer Professional and Business users**

- Plan modifications (upgrades, downgrades, and billing changes) are no longer available after **June 22, 2026**.
- Renewal is available until **December 22, 2026**. After this date, you can continue using the service until your current subscription expires.

**C2 Transfer Free users**

- You can continue using the service until **June 22, 2027**, as long as your subscription remains active.
- If you cancel your subscription after June 22, 2027, you will be unable to re-subscribe to C2 Transfer.

To ensure continued access to your data stored in C2 Transfer, we recommend taking the following actions:

- **Download and back up files:** Ensure all files stored in C2 Transfer are downloaded and securely backed up to another storage location.
- **Review shared links:** Check any active transfer tasks that rely on C2 Transfer and plan alternative ways to share files, as these links will expire after the service ends.
- **Complete migration:** Finalize data migration before the EOL date or your subscription expiration to avoid loss of access.

## Synology Active Insight price changes

Finally, we have price changes coming to Synology's PaaS monitoring and alert platform, the Active Insight.

[DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and moreNew feature coming with DSM7 is Active Insight. Always wanted to have a platform for all your NAS metric needs? This is it.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-80.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/DSM7_activeinsight-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)

[Synology Active Insight - new enterprise featuresA full set of Synology Active Insight features are now available for the free tier. With that, AI has got a new feature as well, the File Activity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-79.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/activeinsight_2023.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-insight-new-enterprise-features/)

So far, the platform has been partially free (up to three (3) hosts), but after June 22nd, 2027, **complimentary licenses will no longer be an option, and all hosts will be converted to a paid plan**.

### Pricing updates

Under the new pricing model, a **subscribed license is available at 29.99 USD per host per year**. Please note that **new subscriptions will no longer include the 3 complimentary licenses**.

### Conversion timeline

The following timeline explains how the updated pricing will apply to new subscriptions and when existing subscriptions will be converted.

#### For new subscribers

Starting June 22, 2026, complimentary licenses will no longer be available for new users. New users need to purchase subscribed licenses to monitor their hosts.

#### For users with subscribed licenses

Conversion for users currently holding subscribed licenses takes place in two phases:

- ****Phase 1: Transition period** (from June 22, 2026 to December 22, 2026)
- - ****No changes**: You may continue to renew your current subscription with your ****existing license quantity** during the transition period until December 22, 2026.
  - ****License modifications**: If you need to change your license quantity anytime after June 22, 2026, you must convert to the new pricing model immediately.
- ****Phase 2: Mandatory conversion** (starting December 22, 2026)
- - After December 22, 2026, all subscriptions with auto-renewal will be converted to the new pricing model.

#### For users relying solely on complimentary licenses

- ****Service end date**: Existing complimentary licenses will remain available until ****June 22, 2027**. After this date, all complimentary licenses will be fully removed.
- Users currently utilizing only complimentary licenses will not be converted to any paid subscription.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DSM Enterprise 1.0
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-enterprise-1-0/
Last updated: 2026-05-20T18:05:33.000Z
Today, Synology released its new flagship appliance, part of a brand new PAS series, the PAS7700.

[Synology PAS7700 global launchA 48-bay NVMe storage platform for enterprise workloads that require continuous availability, extreme performance and scalability without service interruption![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-72.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/PAS7700_overview_announcement.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-global-launch/)

While considerable discussion has surrounded this model in recent years, today marks its global release. The operating system, on the other hand, remained undisclosed until launch.

## DSM Enterprise 1.0

Synology has a history of developing systems derived from existing platforms, and this case is no exception. The company created a dedicated version based on the new DSM 7.4 (7.4-101151), called **DSM Enterprise 1.0**. While visually identical to the standard release, it includes specialized packages and compatibility optimized for the AMD EPYC-based appliance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_enterprise_01.webp)

DSM Enterprise 1.0 - familiar yet different

The primary distinction between Enterprise and non-Enterprise DSM versions lies in licensing. **DSM Enterprise operates on a subscription model**, requiring users to **maintain an active license to receive software updates for DSM Enterprise and other Synology packages after purchase**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_enterprise_licence.webp)

After DSM ENT installation there will be a need to apply a purchased subscription license

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/dsm_enterprise_licence_mockup.webp)

PAS software maintenance service license

What does that mean exactly? Once a license expires, the PAS7700 system continues operating normally, but DSM and package updates become unavailable. Licenses are available through Synology or authorized resellers in various durations (1, 3, 7 years, etc.) and are managed through DSM ENT Control Panel.

 The initial DSM Enterprise release includes standard business packages, with productivity tools like Mail, Drive, Chat, Office, and others, coming in future updates.

```shell
  121873 May  7 22:56 EnterpriseStorageLicense-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-1.0.0-42.spk
 5939089 May  7 22:56 FileStation-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-1.5.1-2410.spk
 4703267 May  7 22:56 geoip-database-country-DSM_Enterprise-PAS-0.0.36-0049.spk
 1336585 May  7 22:56 LogCenter-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-1.4.0-2547.spk
 4425065 May  7 22:56 QuickConnect-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-1.1.1-0608.spk
 6037047 May  7 22:56 ScsiTarget-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-1.0.12-1127.spk
 2436806 May  7 22:56 SecureSignIn-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-1.2.0-0565.spk
11900651 May  7 22:56 SMBService-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-4.15.13-4706.spk
 3704149 May  7 22:56 StorageManager-DSM_Enterprise-epyc7003ntb-PAS-2.0.0-10534.spk
 7825199 May  7 22:56 SupportService-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-2.0.5-31078.spk
 1056459 May  7 22:56 SynoAnalytics-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-1.0.3-30015.spk
 8248944 May  7 22:56 SynologyUniversalSearch-DSM_Enterprise-x86_64-PAS-2.1.0-2009.spk
  135116 May  7 22:56 SynoOnlinePack_v2-DSM_Enterprise-epyc7003ntb-PAS-1043-pas7700.spk
```

DSM Enterprise 1.0 comes with the following add-on packages (May 2026)

The initial DSM Enterprise 1.0 installation includes a limited set of packages. While most are familiar to Synology users, some, such as Snapshot Replication and Hyper Backup, install post-setup. The remainder primarily consists of support packages for file and storage management, DSM authentication, multi-factor authentication, and related functions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas_storage_manager_dual_pool.webp)

Familiar Storage Manager this time around will support ****dual pool** configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas_storage_manager_dual_pool_02.webp)

Example of multiple dual pools with multiple volumes

The primary distinction in DSM Enterprise packages is the new **Continuous Availability Manager**. Since PAS appliances feature dual-controller architecture, this module **enables monitoring, configuration, and troubleshooting of the system**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/continuous_availability_manager_dsm_ent.webp)

Continuous Availability Manager - built in DSM ENT application for PAS dual configuration

> ## From block storage to file services, DSM Enterprise keeps data flowing with intelligent load balancing and multi-layered resiliency. Featuring the Continuous Availability Manager, DSM Enterprise has everything your team needs to deploy and scale tier-1 data services

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas_cam_01.webp)

Continuous Availability Manager - overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas_cam_02.webp)

CAM is used for configuration, failover group setup, as well as troubleshooting of any dual-controller issues

PAS systems maintain redundancy across all software and hardware layers, enabling uninterrupted firmware, OS, and application updates without dedicated maintenance windows, ensuring continuous business operations. 

In the event of issues, established DSM modules like Snapshot Replication and Hyper Backup maintain data accessibility and service availability.

💡

Snapshot Replication running on PAS7700 is unable to create replication tasks with the UC series appliances. Also, the Hyper Backup Vault app is not supported on the PAS system

> ## Application, system, and firmware updates are applied without interruption to data or application services in DSM Enterprise. Stop scheduling downtime and start maintaining without maintenance windows

0:00 

/0:12 

1× 

Maximize continuity with Snapshot Replication and Hyper Backup to recovery and backup locations

> ## DSM Enterprise protects your business with integrated support for onsite, offsite, and cloud backups, replication, and immutable snapshots. Safeguard all of your data with enterprise-grade resilience at every layer

The PAS7700 supports 1.65PB of raw storage when combined with seven expansion units. DSM Enterprise adds **inline and post-process deduplication** alongside **smart tiering**, enabling the appliance to achieve a total capacity of 8.25PB of storage.

0:00 

/0:07 

1× 

DSM Enterprise supports both inline and post-precess deduplication

> ## With built-in deduplication, DSM Enterprise helps keep your data center footprint lean and light. Store more data in smaller spaces with inline and post-process deduplication, thin provisioning, and space-efficient snapshots

DSM Enterprise is no doubt a familiar operating system with standard business and security features required by modern organizations, but it is exclusively available for PAS series appliances and cannot be installed on other models.

Also, DSM Enterprise currently lacks Active Backup for Business, which is expected since the PAS series functions as an active-active block and file appliance rather than a backup device. Backup responsibilities are handled by the DP (DataProtect) series, released in late 2024 and throughout 2025.

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-73.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-14.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Because of this, the DSM Enterprise will remain exclusive to PAS devices, while standard DSM continues to serve the DS/RS lineup. It is clear that Synology's new operating system targets enterprise customers with the PAS7700 appliance, with additional features and applications, both familiar and new, expected in future versions.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology PAS7700 global launch
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-global-launch/
Last updated: 2026-05-20T18:08:51.000Z
It is clear that 2026 has solidified Synology's mindset as an enterprise-focused vendor. Following a mild 2025, this year has seen a concentrated release of mid-range and enterprise models across 1U-3U form factors. May's announcement marks a significant milestone, the global rollout of Synology's flagship offering, the **PAS7700**, a 4U pure NVMe storage platform and the first model in the new **Parallel Active Station (PAS) series**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas7700_front_with_cover.webp)

Near three kilowatt monster - PAS7700

Advertised as an **active-active block and file storage solution**, the PAS7700 is truly first for this 25-year-old company.

Announced back in 2024 and shown for the first time last year at Computex expo, there is a lot that is riding on this new unit.

> ## PAS7700 is the culmination of Synology’s 25 years of engineering experience in data management and storage. By combining our deep software and hardware development expertise with close collaboration with partners and enterprise customers, we’ve engineered PAS7700 to deliver ultra-high performance at a price point previously unseen in the enterprise storage market.

Positioned at the top of Synology's portfolio, the PAS series is a mission-critical lineup intended for intensive workloads. The current PAS7700 model has some impressive hardware specifications to support those.

Designed as an active-active 4U appliance, the PAS7700 consists of **two separate 2U controllers**, each featuring an **AMD EPYC 7443P 24-core CPU** running at **2.85GHz** with a maximum **boost of up to 4GHz**. The controllers start with **64GB of DDR4 ECC** RDIMM memory, **scalable up to 1TB each**. In terms of storage, the PAS7700 can accommodate **up to 48 U.2/U.3 NVMe SSDs**, and with an additional s**even expansion units, a total of 216 drives**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas7700_front_with_no_cover.webp)

48-bay NVMe enterprise-grade storage solution

The network capabilities of the PAS7700 are equally impressive. It features a built-in **dual 10GbE interface and a 1GbE management port**, and supports a range of PCIe expansion options. With a **single PCIe x16 Gen4** and **dual PCIe x8 Gen4 slots**, the setup can support a total of up to **four 100GbE, twelve 25GbE, and 16 GFC network options**.

Specifically, this means that **each controller** will support up to **two 100GbE** and **six 25GbE** ports (QSFP28), as well as **six 16GFC** (FC SFP+).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/pas7700_back.webp)

With PAS7700 Synology is not taking chances, they doubled down on everything

Alongside the main unit, Synology introduced the **PAX224 expansion** unit. This dedicated **2U rackmount** expansion **features 24 bays**, compatible with U.2/U.3 NVMe SSDs, and connects via **dual mini-SAS HD**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR05.webp)

Synology SPU7200D - a U.3 NVMe SSD coming out in 7680GB version specifically for use in the new PAS7700

0:00 

/0:08 

1× 

Synology also unveiled a **new U.3 NVMe SSD**, designed specifically for use with the PAS7700 unit. The new SED (self-encrypting drive) **SPU7200D series** is a dual-port SSD offering up to **140,000 4K write IOPS**, with three available capacities **(1.92/3.84/7.68 TB)**. Unlike any other Synology device so far, including the DP-series, drives will be preinstalled and screwed in, so there will be no need to spend time populating the PAS7700.

The appliance will have a four (4) drive minimum, with variable configuration up to the maximum number of 48.

The list price of new U.3 drives will start from €2.500 for the 1.92 TB, up to €7ooo for the 7.68 TB model.

💡

The PAS7700 is designed to be an exceptionally capable storage solution, ideal for driving the workloads that large organizations depend on. Performance hardware engineering and advanced software support work in tandem to deliver outstanding block and file performance for massively accelerated data processing, real-time analytics, and latency-sensitive applications.

### **High-Performance Block and File Storage**

- Up to 2,000,000 4K random read/write IOPS enables rapid transaction processing, real-time analytics, and high-speed VM storage
- Dual active-active controllers featuring the AMD EPYC CPU and up to 1 TB of memory per controller help enable responsive file and block services at scale
- Four 10GbE ports plus optional 100GbE NICs and HBAs deliver high-bandwidth connectivity for demanding applications and high-volume concurrent access
- Supports 48 x 2.5” Synology NVMe SSD drives, expandable to 216 drives for 1.65 PB of raw storage with seven Synology PAX224 expansion units
- Direct-to-host expansion unit architecture ensures superior bandwidth and reliability when scaling

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-19-at-18.47.19.webp)

The U.3 drives will come preinstalled

Consequently, with a full complement of 216 drives, the **PAS7700 provides 1.65 petabytes of raw storage**, which, with an **estimated 5:1 data reduction**, can achieve an **effective capacity of up to 8.25 petabytes**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR13.webp)

0:00 

/0:07 

1× 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR14.webp)

Up to 216 drives for a massive 1.65 petabytes of raw storage

The PAS7700 system is designed for both **file and block storage operations**, supporting all known protocols, including both NVMe-FC and NVMe-oF, to fully leverage its all-NVMe architecture.

> ## The PAS7700 integrates seamlessly with Kubernetes through Synology’s CSI-compliant driver, enabling volume snapshots via the Kubernetes API. Combined with support for SMB, NFS and iSCSI protocols, this ensures that IT teams can efficiently manage persistent storage for containerized  
> environments, delivering high performance, flexibility, and reliability.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR07.webp)

The primary goal of the PAS7700 system is to provide businesses with a **non-disruptive environment**, spanning from hardware to networking and protocols. It emphasizes multi-layered data security, starting from the ground up, including **hardware encryption**, **MFA**, **volume encryption**, **immutability**, and **monitoring** services.

0:00 

/0:08 

1× 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR09.webp)

The setup of this scale has some massive performance along with it. The PAS7700 offers **up to 2 million IOPS of 4K random read** and 30GB/s 64KB sequential read. To put this in perspective, it can perform a boot up of up to 1000 VDI machines in 1 minute.

0:00 

/0:07 

1× 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR11.webp)

This storage solution presents a compelling value proposition, delivering competitive performance at **approximately 30% of the cost of leading industry alternatives**. Suggested list price is €67.500,00\. 

While the performance of this new lineup is impressive, **Synology is also focusing on storage efficiency**. The previously mentioned 8.25 petabytes of storage is **achievable through smart tiering**, as well as **both inline and offline deduplication**.

## DSM Enterprise - the heart of the beast

[Synology DSM Enterprise 1.0With the rollout of #Synology brand new enterprise PAS appliance, we also have a sneak peek at their latest #DSM Enterprise edition![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-74.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm_enterprise_10-101188-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-enterprise-1-0/)

First look at new DSM Enterprise 1.0

For all this hardware to be usable in the best possible way, and to be able to deliver said speeds, Synology has applied a custom "operating system" called DSM Enterprise.

Upon buying a license directly from Synology (or resellers) and activating it via the Partner Portal, customers will receive a license file that will be ultimately installed and activated inside the OS running on the appliance.

This is nothing new, as Synology is no stranger to building a custom OS for a specific platform. Just last year, they released the ActiveProtect Manager to handle their DataProtection lineup. Also, we have SRM driving their routers, and of course, DSM for the entire lineup of small and large NAS devices.

PAM supports multipathing with Fibre Channel, and with the **new Continuous Availability Manager**, it supports server-side storage path failover for iSCSI LUNs and IP services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas_series_05.webp)

0:00 

/0:12 

1× 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/continuous_availability_manager_dsm_ent-1.webp)

Continuous Availability Manager

For this system, customers can expect the availability of popular packages like Snapshot Replication, File Station, and Storage Manager. Additional offerings such as Hyper Backup and productivity apps like Drive, Calendar, and MailPlus will follow in 2026.

The system ensures **ultra-high availability** by combining active-active architectures with flexible storage path failover, guaranteeing absolute service availability. It is **performance-tuned** with optimized storage and network layers, offering **ultra-low latency and maximum throughput** for primary storage workloads. **Live updates for software and firmware** are applied without system downtime, ensuring continuous service availability. 

It also **features advanced data reduction and integrity**, utilizing inline and post-process deduplication with compression to minimize data footprints, and employs next-generation Btrfs for data accuracy. Furthermore, it supports **advanced RAID, including RAID-TP** and a wide range of RAID configurations, to deliver maximum versatility and data availability.

While on the topic of RAID and volumes, the PAS7700 features a **dual pool** configuration that, combined with RAID-TP and BTRFS, will allow up to three (3) failed drives with zero data loss.

Another benefit of the new PAS7700 system is its **zero-downtime policy**. This design ensures that block, file, and application service availability are maintained during software, firmware, or OS updates. **Updates are performed one controller at a time**, with **workloads seamlessly transitioning from one controller to the other** during the update process. The same policy applies to drive firmware and application updates.

## PAS lineup

The PAS7700 launches globally today, with the more compact 2U **PAS3600** arriving later this year. The 12-bay PAS3600 takes a cost-efficient approach, utilizing SATA drives and offering reduced network expansion capabilities compared to its larger counterpart.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-19-at-18.37.27.webp)

PAS series 2026 lineup (May 2026)

The PAS series feature set establishes it as Synology's highest-performing lineup, with only the HD/SA series providing greater overall storage capacity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-19-at-18.37.51.webp)

Visual presentation of PAS series position inside a capacity vs. performance graph

While the PAS7700 series currently targets a niche segment of Synology's existing customer base, its competitive performance and aggressive pricing could position it to capture significant market share. For the first time, Synology has a product capable of challenging established enterprise competitors. Whether it will maintain this foothold and gain broader adoption remains to be seen.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology FS6420 & FS3420 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-fs6420-fs3420-overview/
Last updated: 2026-05-18T15:00:17.000Z
Last week, Synology rolled out three XS+ models from its RS lineup and simultaneously refreshed its popular FS segment with second-generation versions of its two existing 24-bay models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/FS6420_right-45-add.webp)

Same exact look as any other 2U rack-based Synology model

Identical on the exterior except for minor differences on the rear panel, these 2U rack devices deliver substantial processing power and expansion capabilities through Gen4 x8 and x16 slots.

While the XS+ RS models exclusively feature Intel Xeon-class processors, the FS lineup takes a different approach. The **FS3420 utilizes Intel processor**, whereas the **FS6420 is powered by AMD EPYC silicon**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/FS6420_front.webp)

FS6420/FS3420 with cover

Starting with the FS6420 model, this 24-bay 2U rack-mounted NAS represents a significant generational leap over its predecessor, the FS6400, in both processing power and overall hardware configuration.

The AMD EPYC 7303 processor, despite being released in 2021, marks a substantial upgrade from the aging Skylake-based Intel Xeon Silver 4110 from 2017\. With 16 cores and 32 threads in a single-socket configuration, the FS6420 now **supports up to 1024 GB of RAM** across 16 slots using 64 GB modules—double the maximum capacity of its predecessor. The **standard configuration has also doubled from 32 GB to 64 GB**.

While the EPYC's 155W TDP is double that of the older Skylake silicon, the performance gains justify the increased power consumption. The EPYC processor delivers higher clock speeds, superior instructions-per-cycle (IPC) efficiency thanks to its modern Zen 3 architecture, and demonstrates clear advantages in multi-threaded workloads. Overall, the 7303 offers superior value for compute-intensive applications and outperforms across most workloads.

The FS3420, successor to the FS3400, shows more modest improvements. From a CPU perspective, the upgrade is incremental. Both generations use 2021 Ice Lake Intel Xeon processors. The **FS3420 upgrades from the D-1541 to the D-1739**, the same processor used in Synology's 2026 RS XS+ refreshed lineup. This change adds two cores and slightly increased L3 cache, while **expanding RAM capacity from 16 GB standard (128 GB maximum) to 32 GB** standard with support for up to 192 GB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/FS6420_front_uncover.webp)

FS6420/FS3420 with no decorative cover showing all 24 2.5" bays

Both devices have received additional internal upgrades aligned with Synology's 2026 RS lineup refresh, primarily the **transition to PCIe 4.0**. The FS6420 benefits most notably with **dual full-length Gen4 x16 slots**, while the FS3420 adopts the same **dual Gen4 x8 slot configuration** found across the RS XS+ models.

The widespread adoption of PCIe 4.0 across the RS and FS portfolios this year is significant, as it **enables potential GPU support**,a development that could allow Synology to offer on-device LLM hosting capabilities through compatible graphics cards. The software foundation for this is already in place with the introduction of Synology AI Console earlier this year, positioning the hardware to leverage these capabilities as they become available.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-70.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-7.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

[Synology AI Console 1.2The new 1.2 version of #Synology #AIConsole is here. It brings 3rd-party #openAI compatible API support, as well as de-identification of sensitive elements.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-71.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole_12-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console-1-2/)

Both models feature a significantly cleaner rear panel layout, with notable connectivity changes. The 1GbE port array has been removed entirely, and **10GbE connectivity is now limited to two interfaces**. The legacy serial port has been replaced with a dedicated 1GbE management port, while older USB 3.0 ports have been **upgraded to USB 3.2 Gen 1** specification, offering 5 Gbps speeds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/FS6420_back.webp)

FS6420 back side with a lot less ports than the previous generations

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/FS3420_back.webp)

FS3420 looks nearly identical to the FS6420

The dual redundant power supplies on the left side provide essential failover protection for mission-critical deployments, though the compact ventilation design warrants careful consideration. These units should be installed in dedicated rack enclosures to manage noise levels appropriately.

This streamlined connectivity design delivers a more contemporary port configuration that gives end users the flexibility to populate PCIe slots with compatible expansion cards, allowing the NAS to be customized for specific requirements.

Both new FS models maintain the familiar physical footprint and 2U form factor, with a depth under 800 mm compatible with the Synology RKS-02 rail kit. Weight remains relatively consistent across generations at 15.5 kg.

However, compatibility has shifted notably in this generation, particularly regarding SSDs. Unlike their predecessors, the FS6400 and FS3400 which supported third-party drives, the new **FS6420 and FS3420 are restricted to Synology's proprietary SAT5200 series**, available in capacities ranging from 960 GB to 7 TB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1000/2026/05/synology_disk_lineup-2.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/image-2.png)

Currently compatible list of drives for the FS6420 and FS3420 NAS models (May 2026)

- DDR4 ECC RDIMM: D4ER02-64G / D4ER03-32G (for the FS3420)
- Enterprise Series 2.5" SATA SSD: SAT5200 Series
- 25GbE Network Interface Card: E25G30-F2
- 10GbE Network Interface Card: E10G30-F2/E10G30-T2/E10G30-T1
- Rail Kit Sliding: RKS-02

As expected, both new models come with **Synology's standard 5-year warranty**. Official pricing will be announced shortly, with **global availability anticipated in June 2026**.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BC510 & TC510 2026 cameras overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc510-tc510-2026-cameras-overview/
Last updated: 2026-05-07T07:33:05.000Z
On May 6th, Synology announced the launch of a new generation of their 2023 bullet and turret cameras, the BC510 and TC510\. 

This time around, as expected, the new generation of these models was given a new model number (510) to mark the distinction compared to the previous models.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-60.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Review of the BC/TC 2023 edition models

> Taipei, Taiwan — May 6, 2026 — Synology today announced the launch of the BC510 and TC510, a new generation of AI-powered cameras engineered for maximum deployment flexibility. These models combine advanced AI analytics with exceptional video quality and outdoor resilience, supporting a wide array of ecosystems and organizational use cases.
> 
> "Synology's surveillance strategy has been focused on building an ecosystem that seamlessly integrates cameras, VMS, AI analytics, storage, and cloud," said Josh Lin, Director of Synology's Surveillance Group. "The BC510 and TC510 are engineered to support this vision through flexible deployment options, offering deep integration within the native Synology ecosystem and our upcoming VSaaS platform while ensuring broad interoperability with third-party environments via industry-standard protocols."

While the hardware is identical to their predecessors, there is one specific characteristics that the BC510 and TC510 share as well as the recently announced BC800Z.

[Synology BC800Z reviewThe #BC800Z is the brand new POE camera by #Synology, as an excellent choice for high-value asset #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-61.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc800z_review-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc800z-review/)

Synology goes on with their news announcement with the following:

> The BC510 and TC510 feature IP66 and IP67-rated durability, ensuring consistent performance in both indoor and outdoor environments. These models deliver high-resolution 2880x1620 video at 30 FPS, offering a 110° horizontal wide-angle view and a 30-meter night vision range to provide comprehensive coverage in any lighting condition.
> 
> Equipped with powerful edge AI capabilities such as People and Vehicle Counting, Intrusion Detection, and Instant Search, the cameras enhance operational efficiency by processing detection tasks directly on the device. This edge-based intelligence ensures real-time responsiveness while reducing server-side processing demands.
> 
> Designed for maximum deployment flexibility, the BC510 and TC510 integrate seamlessly within the Synology ecosystem or through third-party NVR/VMS infrastructures via the ONVIF protocol. Furthermore, both models are engineered to support Synology's upcoming cloud-based surveillance platform, offering businesses future-proof scalability.

Hardware elements aside, the specifications for the new models clearly state that there **will be a need to buy and apply a Synology camera license when using it with Synology Surveillance Station platform**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/image.png)

[Surveillance device license pack](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/Device%5FLicense%5FPack?ref=blackvoid.club) information (May 2026)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/image-1.png)

The BC/TC510 datasheet also clearly indicates the need to use a license pack

[TC510 english datasheet](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/Camera/25-year/TC510/enu/Datasheet%5FTC510%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

[BC510 english datasheet](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/Camera/25-year/BC510/enu/Datasheet%5FBC510%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

One element that could have in part justified the higher price of Synology-branded models was the fact that the license was included and not needed when paired with their SVS platform. Now, moving away from this and imposing a license, the question remains just how much will those models cost?

One thing that is obvious from this image is that their "home" surveillance model, the CC400W, does not require a special license, and that's good news for anyone looking to pair it with the new BeeStation Plus and BeeCamera app.

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-64.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-7.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-62.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-9.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

[Synology BeeCamera Mobile - turn your BeeStation Plus into an NVRCan #Synology #CC400W camera and #Beestation Plus offer a decent #surveillance solution with a new #BeeCamera Mobile app?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-63.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beecamera-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beecamera-mobile-turn-your-beestation-plus-into-an-nvr/)

So what would be the reason for this change? At the moment the only reasoning could be the upcoming VSaaS platform, **C2 Surveillance**.

[Synology C2 Surveillance announcementDuring Computex 2025, #Synology also introduced the upcoming new scalable cloud-based surveillance platform called C2 Surveillance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-65.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-announcement/)

Announcement of the C2 Surveillance VSaaS platform

Considering this will be a cloud-based Synology-hosted platform, it makes sense that Synology would require a license for third-party models. However, with no clear information regarding compatibility with this platform, it could mean that regardless of the camera model, a "cloud surveillance station" license will be required.

📉

Regarding pricing, the new 510 models are announced to cost around 10% less than the current first generation.

The ultimate success and pricing of these models have yet to be determined. Given no hardware upgrades, current first-generation users lack sufficient incentive to upgrade, particularly given the additional licensing costs involved.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS6426xs+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs6426xs-overview/
Last updated: 2026-05-05T22:03:35.000Z
They say all good things come in threes, and today we already had two new RS models from the existing business-enterprise XS+ lineup, the RS3626xs+ and RS4826xs+.

The final device is yet another new model, just like the RS4826xs+ was, not so much that, so far we have not seen a 3U model by Synology, but more in terms of the overall support of up to 64 drives without peeking into the HD segment.

This does not mean that this unit has anything to do with the said HD lineup; no, this is still a standard 16-bay NAS with an option to support up to 64 drives with no less than four (4) additional RX1225RP expansions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/front_with_cover-2.webp)

RS6426xs+ a brand new 64-bay 3U high-performance NAS

Because of this, the new name that we have not seen before is RS6426xs+, clearly indicating a fresh 2026 release with a maximum number of 64 supported Synology drives.

> ## High-speed performance: Over 165,000 4K random write IOPS and 6,700/4,300 MB/s sequential read/write performance supports demanding workloads

Presently, and in the past six years, Synology has rolled out only a few 3U or 4U models, being the HD6500 and the RS4021xs+. While the HD model is in a class of its own, the RS4021xs+, as already mentioned in the RS4826xs+ overview article, will probably be deprecated because of that new model, and with the introduction of this 64-bay one, we can be certain that it has seen its last days.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/front_with_no_cover-2.webp)

For those that like a more spartan look at its drives, the 16-bay NAS will offer a light show for sure

Comparing the new RS6426xs+ with the X21 3U device is no match or fair game, but it also raises a question, what are the benefits of this new model compared to the 12-bay RS4826xs+?

Despite its compact 18 kg form factor, the RS6426xs+ matches the 48-bay model's specifications: **Intel Xeon D-1739 8-core CPU, 16 GB RAM** (up to 96 GB), and **two PCIe 4.0 slots**. The rear panel design is nearly identical, with one key difference.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/back-2.webp)

The back side of the RS6426xs+ selection of ports looks very minimalistic compared to the overall size of the unit 

That difference is, of course, one additional mini-SAS HD port, raising the total number of RX1225RP-supported expansions to four. Along with those, we have a **dual 10GbE network setup**, a **single 1GbE management port**, and **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1** for all those external connections as well.

- DDR4 ECC RDIMM: D4ER02-16G
- Expansion Units: RX1225RP
- Enterprise Series 3.5" SATA HDD: HAT5300 Series
- Enterprise Series 2.5" SATA SSD: SAT5200 Series
- M.2 SSD & 10GbE Combo Adapter Card: E10M20-T1
- M.2 SSD Adapter Card: M2D20
- 25GbE Network Interface Card: E25G30-F2
- 10GbE Network Interface Card: E10G30-F2/E10G30-T2/E10G30-T1
- Rail Kit Sliding: RKS-02

The optional accessories list is identical to the RS4826xs+ as well futher proving that the only real difference is the extra four drives, and support for one more expansion unit. To be fair, there is also a slight increase in random IOPS numbers as well as sequential read and write (about 8%), but those numbers will vary anyway depending on the workload and the rest of the environment.

Due to its sheer size and capacity capability the RS6426xs+ would be a perfect solution for large organizations and a vast amount of data, as well as a surveillance storage point, and even a virtualization task or two.

With the introduction of the Synology Tiering solution in the recent DSM versions, all RS units are more than capable of performing both hot and cold roles, and RS6426xs+ is no exception.

> ## Synology Tiering intelligently manages data across performance and capacity tiers to maximize storage efficiency and improve storage economics by automatically placing colder data on cost-effective tiers. The RS6426xs+ can be configured as part of a hot or cold storage tier depending on deployment requirements

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-57.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

💡

Synology could leverage this opportunity to offer GPU installation services, enabling on-device AI capabilities that complement their existing AI Console implementation in DSM.

PCIe 4.0 connectivity, paired with ample RAM and storage, positions these systems as practical on-premises LLM hosts—particularly with GPU acceleration. Though Synology would need to provide official GPU support, they've already demonstrated GPU integration in their surveillance DVA line for deep-video analytics. Implementing similar support for their NAS portfolio would be a logical next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/synology_disk_lineup-2.jpg)

As with the previous two models, it is only logical that this device has the same disk policy. This would be the strict HCL 4.0 one, meaning that **only Synology-branded HDDs, SSDs, and M.2 models are supported**. Trying to install any other brand or off-list drive will put the user on a negative path that ends with no support or warranty from Synology.

Speaking of warranty, **all XS+ models come with comprehensive hardware replacement and premium technical support services offered under Synology’s 5-year limited warranty**.

Unlike the other two XS+ models, this particular one will globally roll out on June 10th, with the APAC launch happening today. The pricing is still unknown, but considering the targeted audience, these are not models that will be bought off the shelf, so final pricing will depend on a number of business factors.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS4826xs+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs4826xs-overview/
Last updated: 2026-05-05T22:02:07.000Z
The second XS+ model that has been released in APAC and announced today by Synology is another 2U NAS mimicking the RS3626xs+ in almost all elements while still pushing the bar just a bit higher.

The main thing to mention here is that so far, we have not had this model number before, so this represents a new member of the XS+ lineup. Here is the brand new RS4826xs+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/front_with_cover-1.webp)

Apart from the model number the RS4826xs+ looks like any other 2U x26 model

Arriving in a standard 2U chassis, the new RS4826xs+ on the outside is identical to any other model, even outside the RS segment. It is always the internals that make the difference anyway, so let's see what this new NAS has under the hood.

> ## High-speed performance: Over 135,000 4K random write IOPS and 6,200/3,700 MB/s sequential read/write performance supports demanding workloads

As already mentioned in the RS3626xs+ overview article, all new XS+ models are sticking with the Intel Xeon CPU, but this time around, **Synology decided to use the D-1739 CPU** model instead of the D-1726 in the RS3626xs+.

What that means is that we have an additional two CPU cores and four more threads, a total of 8-cores (16-threads), but also more TDP (83W to be exact), and more RAM to spare. Yes, unlike the limitation of 48GB for the RS3626xs+, the **RS4826xs+ comes with 16GB of RAM** and has a hard deck of 96GB across six (6) slots. It is obvious that the motherboard in question is identical in both models, and the RAM limitation is a Synology-driven one and not a limitation of the MBO or the CPU when comparing the two models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/front_with_no_cover-1.webp)

With or without the front mask, the RS4826xs+ is your typical Synology 2U NAS

So, what exactly is this model replacing, if anything? So far, we have had the 36xx segment, as well as an RS4021xs+. The latter was the 96GB RAM model, but in a 3U chassis and 16 drives to boot. Its maximum capacity, as stated by its name, was 40 drives with two additional 12-bay expansion units.

> ## Scalable capacity: Simple expansion to up to 48 bays is available as needed with three Synology RX1225RP expansion units

Now it becomes a bit clearer why the new RS3626xs+, while still having overall better hardware than its direct predecessor, had some compromises (lack of RAM, to name a few). It was to make room for this new "hybrid" model. 

With the RS4826xs+, Synology has still offered a successor to the RS4021xs+, essentially, but in a 2U chassis with better hardware upgrades as well. The only downside is the lack of four initial bays (2U vs 3U), but the overall number of supported drives has increased to a total of 48 drives.

With the new lineup of X26 2U models, customers will be able to get more for less (smaller 2U device) while also not paying a premium should they want a decent enough 2U all-around NAS such as the RS3626xs+.

So, to sum up, Synology will probably depricate the RS4021xs+ and replace it with this RS4826xs+, and in case customers want a 3U 16-bay model, they can opt for yet another new model, the RS6426xs+ (more on that one in a dedicated overview).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/back-1.webp)

Indentical to the RS3626xs+, the back side of the RS4826xs+ differentiates in one single port

The overview of this NAS is not much different than the RS3626xs+. Based on the same architecture and a slight difference in CPU, the main upgrade is the increased RAM, as well as support for three (3) RX1225RP expansion units to accommodate all 48 drives. 

Being almost identical, the **PCIe 4.0 support is here as well**, with **two Gen4 x8 slots (x8 link)**, **dual 10GbE**, t**wo USB 3.2 Gen 1**, and a single 1GbE management port replacing the old console one. Of course, the redundant power supply is here as well.

💡

Synology could leverage this opportunity to offer GPU installation services, enabling on-device AI capabilities that complement their existing AI Console implementation in DSM.

[Synology AI Console 1.2The new 1.2 version of #Synology #AIConsole is here. It brings 3rd-party #openAI compatible API support, as well as de-identification of sensitive elements.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-56.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole_12-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console-1-2/)

- DDR4 ECC RDIMM: D4ER02-16G
- Expansion Units: RX1225RP
- Enterprise Series 3.5" SATA HDD: HAT5300 Series
- Enterprise Series 2.5" SATA SSD: SAT5200 Series
- M.2 SSD & 10GbE Combo Adapter Card: E10M20-T1
- M.2 SSD Adapter Card: M2D20
- 25GbE Network Interface Card: E25G30-F2
- 10GbE Network Interface Card: E10G30-F2/E10G30-T2/E10G18-T1
- Rail Kit Sliding: RKS-02

What the RS3626xs+ lacks, this NAS can offer. The mentioned lack of 1PB single-volume support is here (as it was on the RS3621xs+ due to RAM capacity), so anyone looking to upgrade from the X21 model to a new 2U device, this would be it.

> ## The RS4826xs+ can be configured as part of a hot or cold storage tier depending on deployment requirements

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-54.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

It is also interesting to note that this model can be upgraded with 16GB stick modules as opposed to 8GB ones in the RS3626xs+, and with the current pricing, going beyond the standard 16GB that the RS4826xs+ comes with might be a decision that many will think about before committing.

Looking at the optional accessories above, the disk compatibility is as expected, enterprise one. Once again, all XS+ models need to use only Synology-branded drives under the HCL 4.0 policy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/synology_disk_lineup-1.jpg)

Using an XS+ model comes with a mandatory disk compatibility requirement

This especially applies to the optional cache scenario. Using either SATA or M.2 SSD drives, the requirement is that those be Synology SAT5200 series or the SNV3400/5400 ones.

Apart from this, again, standard 2U chassis, 14.5 kg, with a 5-year Synology warranty. Global launch is May 13th, like the RS3626xs+, with a currently unknown price tag.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS3626xs overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs3626xs-overview/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T08:09:44.000Z
Just last month, Synology announced the first X26 model for this year, the RS1626xs. This small 1U enterprise-grade unit announced a kick-off for the XS+ segment that continues with three (3) new models being rolled out today in the APAC.

[Synology RS1626xs+ overviewThe first X26 #Synology rack model is arriving soon, the #RS1626xs+. Enterprise-grade performance and scalability in a slim 1U chassis.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-52.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs1626xs_plus_overview_v2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs1626xs-overview/)

First of the three models is the established 2U rack model, a successor to the RS3614xs+, as well as a more recent one, the RS3621xs+. Without any major changes on the outside, here is the brand new **RS3626xs**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/front_with_cover.webp)

RS3626xs front view with a decorative mask

As its name suggests, this is still a **12-bay device** capable of supporting up to a **maximum of 36 disks** by attaching **two additional RX1225RP expansion boxes** using the mini-SAS HD connectors on the back.

> ## The 12-bay 2U RS3626xs delivers the performance, reliability, and scalability required by enterprise environments

The RS3626xs remained under the Intel umbrella (as all of the new XS+ models have), but got an upgrade to a still-supported CPU from 2022, the **Intel Xeon D-1726**. This **6-core (12-threads) CPU runs at 2.9GHz** with an optional turbo up to 3.5GHz. The base memory remained the same as it was in the 2021 model, with **8GB of DDR4 ECC memory** with a maximum supported capacity of up to 48 GB.

It is worth noting that the **memory setup has been lowered compared** to the previous generation, with 8GB x 6, as opposed to 16GB x 4 (maximum of 64GB for the X21). While the maximum supported RAM capacity for this particular Xeon is 384GB, staying in the 48GB range will still allow for a more than capable device for its advertised purposes.

> ## High-speed performance: Over 115,000 4K random write IOPS and 6,300/3,700 MB/s sequential read/write performance supports demanding  
> workloads

The jump to a more modern and currently still supported CPU offers two additional cores, a lower price, but a 35% increese in power consumption, as **TDP for this D-1726 Xeon is 70W**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/front_with_no_cover.webp)

RS3626xs front without a decorative mask

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/Screenshot-2026-05-01-at-18.36.58.png)

CPU comparison with the predecessor model, the RS3621xs+

The CPU is also based on a smaller lithography of 10nm, making it smaller, but one important aspect is **support for PCIe 4.0** (as compared to PCIe 3.0 on the X21). With PCIe 4.0, the RS3626xs offers **two Gen4 x8 slots (x8 link)**, unlocking the option for additional NVMe cards, 10 or 25GbE network adapters, and more. While the X21 offered the same, now with double the speed increase, investing in a PCIe expansion card will have even more benefits.

💡

Synology could leverage this opportunity to offer GPU installation services, enabling on-device AI capabilities that complement their existing AI Console implementation in DSM.

[Synology AI Console 1.2The new 1.2 version of #Synology #AIConsole is here. It brings 3rd-party #openAI compatible API support, as well as de-identification of sensitive elements.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-55.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole_12.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console-1-2/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/back.webp)

RS3626xs back view

Like the previous generations, the RS3626xs has a **redundant power supply**, and four 80mm system fans just behind the twelve 3,5" drive bays. The interior has not changed a lot apart from the obvious motherboard, RAM, and CPU setup.

> ## Versatile networking: Dual built-in 10GbE ports can be supplemented with 10/25GbE NICs and Fibre Channel adapters via two PCIe 4.0 expansion slots

What has changed is the back of the unit. While we have already mentioned some changes, the obvious difference on the back will be the lack of an array of 1GbE ports that were standard on older models. This time around, Synology has eliminated those and instead replaced them with **dual 10GbE copper LAN ports**, as well as a **single dedicated 1GbE management port**.

The old console port has also been removed, while the **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5GbE)** ports are still here for the occasional need of connecting an external storage device or connecting a UPS, should there be a need to make this the main UPS server in the network.

The model is still packed inside an identical X21 chassis with 19" dimensions (724mm depth) and **weighs 14.5 kg**, as its predecessor. The warranty has also not changed, so the same **5-year standard warranty applies**.

While it might not come as a surprise, it is still important to make a note of the disk support. As **all XS+ models are required to use only Synology labelled drives, be it SATA HDD or SSD, the same applies to this new RS3626xs**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/synology_disk_lineup.jpg)

The new HCL 5.0 disk policy applies currently only for the whole DS lineup of devices (and the future FS200T), but **rack-based XS+ devices still fall under the more strict HCL 4.0**.

Speaking of compatibility, the official list of all upgrades for this model is the following:

- DDR4 ECC UDIMM: **D4EU02-8G**
- Expansion Units: **RX1225RP**
- Enterprise Series 3.5" SATA HDD: **HAT5300 Series**
- Enterprise Series 2.5" SATA SSD: **SAT5200 Series**
- M.2 SSD & 10GbE Combo Adapter Card: **E10M20-T1**
- M.2 SSD Adapter Card: **M2D20**
- 25GbE Network Interface Card: **E25G30-F2**
- 10GbE Network Interface Card: **E10G30-F2/E10G30-T2/E10G18-T1**
- Rail Kit Sliding: **RKS-02**

🚨

Do note that no 16GB RAM modules are listed as supported. Whether this new setup works with a 16GB model or not is still a question, but in terms of support and warranty, it would be prudent to stick with using the 8GB sticks.

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-53.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

The RS3626xs can be configured as part of a hot or cold storage tier

> ## Synology Tiering intelligently manages data across performance and capacity tiers to maximize storage efficiency and improve storage economics by automatically placing colder data on cost-effective tiers. The RS3626xs can be configured as part of a hot or cold storage tier depending on deployment requirements

In terms of software changes and support, we can expect that this mid-range enterprise-grade model will support anything that the Synology ecosystem has to offer, from basic storage offerings to business apps and surveillance, and we would be correct.

However, do keep in mind that there are certain changes where the older model has the upper hand, while the new X26 does not, and vice versa. One example would be the 1PB support. While the number and supported disk models remain the same, the **RS3626xs+ has no 1PB single volume support**, as well as a maximum number of 32 volumes (X21 had 256) due to its lack of 64GB of RAM. This means that 200TB will be the maximum supported with an upgrade to a minimum of 32GB of RAM.

Without going into every single detail and side-by-side comparison, just be sure to read the complete datasheet before committing to an upgrade or first-time purchase.

**The global launch for this model is scheduled for May 13th**, with the remaining two models launching on the same date. However, pricing has not yet been confirmed. While current pricing structures may serve as a reference point, final pricing remains subject to market conditions, including fluctuations in component costs and broader economic factors.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Beestation Mark II - new 4TB BST151 model
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-mark-ii-new-4tb-bst151-model/
Last updated: 2026-04-07T11:00:16.000Z
There are over 20 articles here on the site regarding Bee-series products and their BSM operating system. The reason for this is that for the past two and a half years, Synology has been hard at work to populate a specific segment of the SOHO market with easy-to-use, yet capable and affordable devices.

This is why so far we have the direct attach (DAS) BeeDrive in multiple configurations, as well as the BeeStation, a specific kind of NAS for families and small teams.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-46.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-8.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

The BeeStation currently comes in two options. The initial 2023, 4TB BeeStation, as well as the 2025, 8TB BeeStation Plus.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-45.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-15.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

The BeeStation 4TB review of the original model

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-43.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-8.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

The BeeStation Plus 8TB review

The latter Plus model was released in June of last year, and now we have a new/old model coming out in the near future, the **BST151-4TB**.

Following the naming convention of the aforementioned models, the BST151 is a successor of the original BST150 with a clear indication that it will also be a 4TB single HDD model.

Synology has been using a specific naming model, so the BST151 would in this case mean a BeeStation device, 1 (single drive), 5 (CPU generation, in this case the **ARM-based RTD1619B**, just as the previous model), and 1 for the next generation model. 

Compared to the 8TB model BST170-8T, it is clear that the Plus model is using a different CPU generation (Intel-based J4125 Celeron), indicated by the number 7.

Now, why is this worth mentioning? Well, because of several reasons. First, this will not be a major overhaul of the existing 4TB model, and it will, in fact, replace the current model. Second, hardware upgrades will be minimal.

[BST151-4T official ENG datasheet](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/BeeStation/25-year/BST151-4T/enu/Datasheet%5FBST151-4T%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

Speaking of upgrades, the datasheet for this new upcoming model is already available on Synology's site, and we can see that, compared to the BST150, there are no hardware changes, apart from one, the RAM.

The new BST151-4T model will have, as already mentioned, the same Realtek RTD1619D CPU, as well as a single HAT3300-4T (5400 rpm) disk. **The only real difference compared to the previous generation is double the RAM, maxing out at 2GB.**

The ports configuration is also unchanged, with **two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports** (one A and another C-type), as well as a **single 1GbE network interface**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/beestation_bst151_disk_specs.webp)

Give the current offering of Synology HAT3300 series drives, we can see that the only 4TB one is in fact a 5400 rpm model.

The Plus model is currently the only BeeStation that has HAT3310-8T 7200 rpm disk, and while we hoped that would be the case with this new revision of the original, sadly, **the HDD will be a standard HAT3300 5400 rpm disk**.

Now, while some might see this as a disappointment, bear in mind that the non-Plus BeeStation is, in fact, a very capable device, and the RAM bump will certainly help out with overall performance. On top of that, unlike some other desktop NAS models from Synology's portfolio, like the DS lineup, the BeeStation will often end up on a desk or close by, and in that case, having a 7200 rpm device within earshot could be an issue for some.

Just like with any NAS device, getting it is one thing, using it is another, but keeping it at the right spot in the house or workplace is also something to consider.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/Screenshot-2026-04-04-at-20.37.53.png)

[Synology Bee products powered by Acronis True Image EssentialIf you are a #Synology #BeeDrive or #Beestation user, you can now activate #Acronis True Image Essential 3-year license for free!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-48.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_acronis_true_image-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bee-products-powered-by-acronis-true-image-essential/)

All Bee products (BeeDrive and BeeStations) support Acronis True Image. Synology offers a 3-year free single license with every Bee device 

Finally, let's be honest. This is a single HDD device, so no speed benefits to using multiple HDDs, unlike with some RAID-capable devices. The real difference in HDD speed is about 80 MB/s when comparing the 5400 and 7200 rpm drives. Sure, it might sound a lot, but in fact it's not even 30%.

The real speed difference when it comes to BSM-driven devices like the BeeStation or DS model with DSM is CPU and RAM. As said, the Intel-based quad-core Celeron is reserved for the Plus model, so the RAM upgrade in this "Mark II" will certainly make a difference if we compare it to how other DS NAS devices work with 2GB or more.

This is a welcome addition for sure in this growing turn-key solution, and we can see that the list of supported packages has also grown over time (since the initial BSM 1.0).

Speaking of packages, the current BSM 1.5 version is 800 MB in size, almost 40% larger than the initial 1.0 (500 MB). The increase arrived with several packages that have made it into the mix with new features, unlocking more options. For example, Google Photos and iCloud Photos backup and migration.

Another would be a popular replication service. A function we are familiar with from the DSM Snapshot and Replication package, allowing the BeeStation internal restore points support to utilize snapshots, and prevent data loss.

```shell
  6550085 Mar 16 22:20 bee-AdminCenter-BSM-armv8-1.5-1015.spk
  4849923 Mar 16 22:20 bee-Fonts-BSM-armv8-1.1.0-0008.spk
    13510 Mar 16 22:20 BeePhotos-BSM-armv8-1.5.0-10221.spk
  5772162 Mar 16 22:20 CloudSync-BSM-armv8-2.7.2-4064.spk
   890187 Mar 16 22:20 CodecPack-BSM-rtd1619bmango-4.0.0-4051.spk
   143607 Mar 16 22:20 exFAT-Free-BSM-armv8-7.3.0-0402.spk
  6231436 Mar 16 22:20 FileStation-BSM-armv8-1.3.5-1751.spk
 15762116 Mar 16 22:20 HyperBackup-BSM-armv8-4.1.2-4056.spk
 10834815 Mar 16 22:20 iCloudPd-pkg-BSM-armv8-1.1.0-10094.spk
  5564931 Mar 16 22:20 MangoDrive-BSM-armv8-1.5.0-11242.spk
 15140720 Mar 16 22:20 Node.js_v20-BSM-armv8-20.19.5-2014.spk
   515577 Mar 16 22:20 OAuthService-BSM-armv8-1.1.6-0112.spk
 12301245 Mar 16 22:20 PHP7.4-BSM-armv8-7.4.33-0140.spk
  3266029 Mar 16 22:20 QuickConnect-BSM-armv8-1.0.10-0182.spk
   385793 Mar 16 22:20 ReplicationService-bst151-4t-1.3.0-0427.spk
  4486243 Mar 16 22:20 ScsiTarget-BSM-armv8-1.0.9-0501.spk
  8797641 Mar 16 22:20 SMBService-BSM-armv8-4.15.13-2104.spk
  3147381 Mar 16 22:20 SnapshotReplication-bst151-4t-7.4.6-1709.spk
260552760 Mar 16 22:20 SynoDataTransferServer-BSM-rtd1619bmango-1.0.0-0011.spk
  3062698 Mar 16 22:20 SynologyApplicationService-BSM-armv8-1.8.2-20727.spk
 44077452 Mar 16 22:20 SynologyDrive-BSM-armv8-3.5.2-26546.spk
141081339 Mar 16 22:20 SynologyPhotosBSM-BSM-rtd1619bmango-1.8.3-1115.spk
  7842962 Mar 16 22:20 SynologyUniversalSearch-BSM-armv8-1.7.0-0742.spk
 15555482 Mar 16 22:20 UniversalViewer-BSM-armv8-1.4.0-0651.spk
  1388514 Mar 16 22:20 USBCopy-BSM-armv8-2.2.1-2306.spk
```

List of packages for the current BST151 model and its BSM 1.5-65918 (April 2026)

The list and the size of the installation go further with the Plus model, but it is clear that Synology is optimizing the BSM OS as much as possible and unlocking new features over time.

This new model could also be an announcement of even more capabilities coming out way, and once again proves that Synology is not treating the Bee-series as a temporary experiment.

[Synology BeeCamera Mobile - turn your BeeStation Plus into an NVRCan #Synology #CC400W camera and #Beestation Plus offer a decent #surveillance solution with a new #BeeCamera Mobile app?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-47.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beecamera-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beecamera-mobile-turn-your-beestation-plus-into-an-nvr/)

One other proof is the recent BSM 1.5 support for the BeeCamera app that unlocks the BeeStation capabilities as an NVR (only for the Plus model). Considering that the release of the BSM 1.5 version was mid-March, just as when this new BST151 model started to appear in the documentation, it might just mean that this new revision will also be capable of providing surveillance options.

This, of course, remains to be seen when the official announcement will be made and the product will be available. No official news of the release has been made just yet, but given that the documentation and the OS is avaliable publicly, we can expect an imminent release.

For now, we can only say that the new revision of the original BeeStation is coming, there are still no multi-disk versions on the horizon, and that Synology is not giving up on the SOHO segment with this very elegant and practical solution.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS1626xs+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs1626xs-overview/
Last updated: 2026-04-29T18:19:12.000Z
While 2025 focused on modest DS updates and upgrades, 2026 will be dedicated to the RS and FS lineups. With nearly half a dozen rack‑mount models planned, we’ll begin with a refresh of the familiar, compact 4‑bay, 1U **RS1626xs+**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/rs1626xs_front_final-1.webp)

The new RS1626xs+ with a decorative mask

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/rs1626xs_front04_final-1.webp)

For those that like the "drive view" the new RS1626xs+ has a familiar front side with a few tweaks here and there

Marketed as an all‑in‑one solution for data management, backup, and surveillance, the new RS1626xs+ delivers several significant upgrades over its predecessor, the RS1619xs+.

> ## Enterprise-grade performance and scalability in a slim 1U chassis

Maintaining the form factor and number of disks supported, the new x26 model has more than a few performance upgrades under the hood.

Synology kept the same CPU vendor but upgraded the processor, moving from the Xeon D-1527 used in the RS1619xs+ to the **Xeon D-1726** (introduced in 2022). While some may view this as a conservative choice rather than a pursuit of the latest silicon, and AMD alternatives could have been considered, Synology again opted to stick with its established supplier and design approach.

> ## Engineered for intensive workloads

The CPU is a clear upgrade: it moves to a **6‑core/12‑thread design with a turbo boost up to 3.5 GHz while maintaining a 70 W TDP**. By comparison, the previous model used a quad‑core, 35 W part and shipped with half the RAM. The RS1626xs+ **now ships with 16 GB of RAM** and is expandable to 64 GB, representing another meaningful hardware improvement.

> ## Solid Performance

Over 84,000 4K random write IOPS and 2,100/1,500 MB/s sequential read/write throughput supports office-wide applications

> ## On-Demand Expansion

Scale up to 16 drive bays with one Synology RX1225RP Expansion Unit

> ## Versatile Networking

Dual 10GbE ports and PCIe expansion for additional high-speed network ports

The higher CPU and RAM capacity require more power, so the 2026 model replaces the previous 150 W power supply with a **250 W unit** while **retaining the option for a redundant power port**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/rs1626xs_back01_final-1.webp)

The most noticeable change on the back of the unit is a dual 10GbE setup that has replaces the old quad lineup of 1GbE ports

The power increase also supports upgraded networking. The previous quad 1 GbE (4×1 GbE) ports have been replaced by **dual 10 GbE** (2×10 GbE) RJ45 ports (10GBASE-T), and the unit retains a dedicated 1 GbE management port as expected on XS+ models. 

Internally, the PCIe expansion has been improved as well. It still accepts small‑form‑factor PCIe cards (for 10 GbE, 25 GbE, etc.), but **the slot is now PCIe Gen4 ×8** instead of Gen3\. That doubles theoretical throughput from roughly 7.9 GB/s (Gen3 ×8) to about 15.8 GB/s (Gen4 ×8), a meaningful upgrade for a compact 1U chassis.

> ## Storage Tiering

Automatically offload inactive data to lower-cost tiers to optimize storage ROI and preserve high-performance storage for active workloads

Like its predecessor, the RS1626xs+ includes **two M.2 NVMe bays** for high‑speed caching that don’t occupy the primary drive bays. Although Synology introduced the HCL 5.0 HDD compatibility policy alongside DSM 7.3 last year, that policy does not apply to the XS+ lineup.

[DSM 7.3-81180 & 7.3.2-86009New #Synology #DSM 7.3 is here with some major changes! HCL 5.0 disk policy, as well as the beta of the new Synology Tiering feature!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-41.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm73-1-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-3-81180/)

🚨

Under HCL 5.0, DS models with model numbers x25 and newer may use drives from any vendor without following Synology’s strict compatibility list. That policy applies only to DS units and explicitly excludes the XS+ lineup, so the new RS1626xs+ will remain limited to Synology enterprise-qualified drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/synology_disk_lineup.jpg)

The RS1626xs+ is ****only** compatible with Synology enterprise SATA 3,5" and 2,5" drives as well as M.2 NVMe

This restriction applies to both NVMe and HDD storage. Only Synology‑qualified drives are supported, and for HDDs, that means **the enterprise HAT5300 series** (not the HAT3300). Despite the hardware improvements, the RS1626xs+ remains targeted toward small‑to‑medium businesses and enterprise deployments.

Finally, if the compact 1U, 4‑bay chassis does not provide enough capacity, the RS1626xs+ **supports Synology’s RX1225RP 12‑bay** (2U) expansion unit introduced last year. Connected via the **mini‑SAS HD interface**, it expands the system to 16 bays and supports up to 1 PB of storage when the NAS is configured with 64 GB of RAM.

The RS1626xs+ includes **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1** (5 Gbps) ports on the rear for connecting third‑party disk enclosures for backup or data transfer. It is **covered by a five‑year Synology warranty** and weighs just under 10 kg (without drives). The chassis uses standard 1U rack height and 19‑inch width, but is deeper than the 2019 model — 66.8 cm overall, roughly 15 cm longer.

More power, speed, and capabilities, plus a modernized network stack — in short, a refresh of Synology’s entry‑level XS+ rack appliance. The RS1626xs+ is **expected in early summer 2026** (market timing may vary). Pricing hasn’t been announced, but it will likely be similar to the current model or modestly higher to reflect the hardware upgrades.

Current disk prices combined with the requirement to use Synology‑qualified enterprise drives make this unit a hard sell for home users; as a result, its customer base will likely be predominantly business. That said, it’s a solid upgrade for the XS+ lineup — and kudos to Synology for continuing to support the compact 1U/4‑bay segment despite the stricter drive requirements. We look forward to testing the RS1626xs+ and evaluating how well it meets real‑world business workloads.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### World Backup Day 2026 & Synology BeeDrive giveaway
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/world-backup-day-2026-synology-beedrive-giveaway/
Last updated: 2026-04-11T14:01:04.000Z
🎁

****UPDATE**: 11/04/2026 - We have a winner of the 2026 WBD giveaway! ****Congratulations to Jane T**, on winning a brand new 1TB Synology BeeDrive!

0:00 

/0:18 

1× 

---

Once again, it is here (soon)! Word Backup Day. One day, we try to raise awareness of having a working backup that will prevent data loss caused by hardware failures, accidental deletions, and many types of cyberattacks.

By maintaining consistent backups, individuals and organizations can ensure their important documents, photos, and work files are protected and easily recoverable, minimizing the stress and potential financial or informational setbacks associated with unforeseen data loss.

[World Backup DayBe prepared against data loss and data theft. March 31st is the day to backup and better protect your data.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-293.ico)World Backup DayWorld Backup Day, helloworldbackupday.com![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/opengraph-1200x630-crop-1-q80-1.png)](https://www.worldbackupday.com/en?ref=blackvoid.club)

> ## "I solemnly swear to backup my important documents and precious memories on March 31st. #WorldBackupDay"

Since last year, Synology has introduced refreshed products that are specifically designed to offer just that. A secure space that will safeguard any type of data and information, for both individuals and organizations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/x25_h1_models.png)

x25 refresh of both DS and RS models that came out during 2025, and early 2026

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/beestation_plus_review.webp)

BeeStation Plus, the second model in the BeeStation lineup arrived in summer of 2025

With its focus on more business-oriented products like the upcoming PAS7700 and ActiveProtect devices that arrived in 2024./2025, Synology took the opportunity to refresh some of its more popular desktop and rack-based models, without any major upgrades under the hood.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/pas7700_overview.webp)

While 2025 was a modest year, when it comes to hardware updates, the company took time and effort to further improve the quality of DSM OS as well as its apps. From security patches to new features like [Synology Tiering - storage ](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)[resource optimization](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/synology_tiering.webp)

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-30.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-11.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/synology_2024_timeline_social_part3.jpg)

All that combined offers the users a safe and secure platform to safeguard their data locally, away from the public cloud domain and constant attack vectors that threaten them.

---

## Good backup practice tips

> ## TIP 1# Regular backups: Schedule regular automatic backups for your data, ensuring that you always have a recent copy available.

> ## TIP 2# Use multiple locations: Back up your data to multiple locations, such as external hard drives, cloud storage, and other offsite locales.

> ## TIP 3# Verify your backups: Periodically test your backups to ensure that the data can be restored successfully without corruption.

> ## TIP 4# Update software: Keep your backup software and systems updated to protect against vulnerabilities and improve compatibility.

> ## TIP 5# Encrypt sensitive data: For sensitive or confidential information, use encryption to keep your backups secure from unauthorized access.

> ## TIP 6# Create an emergency recovery plan: Have a documented recovery plan that outlines steps to restore your data in case of a disaster, ensuring minimal downtime.

> ## TIP 7# Stay informed about threats: Keep abreast of new threats such as ransomware and other cyber attacks that can jeopardize your data, and adjust your backup strategies accordingly.

---

This time around, we will not spend too much time on backup solutions that Synology offers, as there are many combinations of hardware and software that we can use in their portfolio to achieve that.

Be sure to go over some topics here on the site, covering those in detail, and learning all about the importance of backup and how to best protect your data in any scenario.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-31.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hbvssrvsabbvscs-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-34.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

[Synology 101 - Intro: Setup your NAS for the 1st timeSyno 101 - a 5 part series on how to start with your new Synology NAS. From setup and RAID creation to users, services, and security. All you need to get you started running your own personal “cloud”![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-32.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/101series_all-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-setup-your-nas-for-the-1st-time/)

[Synology quick tips!Some Synology QuickTips that you should keep in mind.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-33.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/quicktips_banner_v3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-quick-tips/)

Instead, let's move on to the giveaway part of this article!

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/worldbackupdaygiveaway2026.webp)

This year's World Backup Day 2026 giveaway prize will be a brand new **1TB Synology BeeDrive!**

This year, we are fortunate enough to be **sponsored by Synology GmbH** (Germany). Big thanks for providing this versatile portable device that offers 10G transfers, AI capabilities, and much more than your average USB drive.

💡

****DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure, this is a ****giveaway**, not a lottery, so ****no fee or charge is needed to participate**. This is not a worldwide giveaway, but limited to European countries only!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/03/beedrive_features.webp)

In case anyone is not familiar with this device, be sure to check out the full review.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-24.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-7.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Since our last BeeDrive giveaway in 2023, this little device has learned a few new tricks, especially focusing on popular AI support. Synology launched a new BeeDrive version in the summer of 2025 with support for on-device LLM.

Dubbed "Deep Search", BeeDrive now has the option to utilize hardware-based AI search to find images and files based on user inputs and descriptions.

[Synology BeeDrive Deep SearchThe new #AI supported #Synology #BeeDrive #DeepSearch beta feature lands as an exclusive for #AppleSilicon and #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-26.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement-copy-1-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-deep-search/)

On top of all the other previously supported features, the new Deep Search expands on the capabilities of this little portable device by introducing it to the current popular and powerful LLMs.

Finally, in November of last year, **Synology partnered with Acronis** to offer a **complimentary 3-year subscription to their True Image Essential** backup platform.

[Synology Bee products powered by Acronis True Image EssentialIf you are a #Synology #BeeDrive or #Beestation user, you can now activate #Acronis True Image Essential 3-year license for free!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-28.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_acronis_true_image.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bee-products-powered-by-acronis-true-image-essential/)

This allows us to back up the BeeDrive and its data and keep it safe in case of any technical issues that might occur.

---

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway, here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from today, **March 21st** till **April 11th**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, **subscribe with a valid email account, and log in** (it will be used to contact you).
2. **Comment as a registered member** and answer the following question.

❔

****How many BeeDrive models are currently offered by Synology?**

🗒️

****NOTE**: Empty comments or incorrect ones will not be taken into consideration. Also, make sure not to double-post. Once you are ready to post, ****click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1 second longer for your comment to become visible.

3\. That's it! You are in!

🗒️

****NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit**, **or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

‼️

****IMPORTANT**: Any HW or SW issues with the device ****will need to be managed by Synology and its support channels**. Of course, you can always use community methods of solving any problems, but the warranty is still with Synology.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after April 11th, 2026, **will not be taken into consideration** as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be **chosen randomly** using [https://wheelofnames.com](https://wheelofnames.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) (comments that meet the **criteria of step 2**) and contacted at their registered email.

The **winner** **will be contacted** using this email address: **`info@blackvoid.tech`** on April 11th.

**The winner will have 48 hours** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner does not respond within 48 hours, another winner will be chosen and given another 48 hours to respond.

If there is no response in the second wave **by April 15th**, the **giveaway will be void**.

The official, public announcement of the giveaway winner will be announced as an update in this current article at the top.

I wish you all good luck and hope that this prize will be a fine addition to your already configured backup strategy. If you do not back up your data, then let this BeeDrive be the first step towards keeping your data safe and secure!

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### UniFi 5G Max outdoor - ISP failover via GSM
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/unifi-5g-max-outdoor-isp-failover-via-gsm/
Last updated: 2026-02-22T10:58:10.000Z
Two years ago, a significant milestone was achieved with the deployment of 10G LAN and WAN equipment. This upgrade has greatly enhanced the self-hosting experience for all visitors to this site and has improved the performance of the services running behind it.

[UniFi 10G LAN & WAN upgradeHow to get 10G WAN and LAN speeds for all your self-hosting needs? Moving from Synology mesh to Unifi platform.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-21.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/unifi10g.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/unifi-10g-lan-wan-upgrade/)

10G Unifi upgrade for both LAN and WAN

Besides the WIFI 7 upgrade last year with the introduction of the U7Pro, we will now be exploring another recent addition to the Unifi product line: the **Unifi 5G Max modem**.

### Why 5G Max?

Due to the current global trend of hyperscalers aggressively acquiring infrastructure and other resources, prices have risen significantly. This has, in a somewhat surprising manner, made self-hosting increasingly attractive for many who want to keep their data and privacy closer to home. 

However, a major challenge with self-hosting is ensuring redundancy across multiple levels—power, connectivity, high availability of services, and more. Depending on the environment, budget, and individual requirements, many seek to bridge these gaps and minimize downtime whenever possible. 

While fiber remains the primary internet connection in many cases, there are situations when internet access can become problematic. For example, in my own experience, occasional ISP downtimes—either planned or unplanned—can directly affect resource availability for both myself and the wider audience. 

To address this, the new Unifi 5G Max device has been integrated into the existing infrastructure, providing an alternative internet access point through a different provider and technology.

### Overview

The model is priced the same for both the indoor and outdoor versions. Given that my house's surroundings offer ample space and that the indoor option would limit GSM reception, I have decided to go with the outdoor version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_07.webp)

Unifi 5G Max comes in both indoor and outdoor variant

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_08.webp)

Indoor version in its own dock

With its slightly larger size, the 5G Max model supports both wall and pole mounting, allowing for adjustable horizontal and vertical positioning after installation. It can be securely fixed in place using the included Allen (hex) key.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_09.webp)

Outdoor version mounted on a wall

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/Screenshot-2026-02-21-at-18.13.53.png)

Content of the Unifi 5G Max outdoor box

By default, the back side of the unit, which protects the 2.5GbE interface and SIM slots, is rated IPX6\. It can be upgraded to an IP67 cable-gland kit, providing additional protection against dust and water, depending on the environmental conditions the unit will be exposed to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_11.webp)

2.5GbE PoE and dual-SIM slots located on the back of the unit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_10.webp)

Unifi 5G Max outdoor box

Both the unit and the mount are constructed from aluminum-alloy-based UV-stabilized polycarbonate, with a total weight just under 1.5 kg. Supporting 5G connectivity, the device can reach speeds of up to approximately 3.4 Gbps for downloads and 560 Mbps for uploads, with a maximum power consumption of around 14.5W. In idle mode, when not used as the primary modem, the 5G Max typically consumes about 5W over PoE.

### Configuration and implementation

Pairing the device with a compatible router, such as the UDM SE (Special Edition), is straightforward. After detection and adoption into the ecosystem, the 5G Max was configured and ready to go. 

The only remaining step was to insert the SIM card and position the device. While it features two SIM slots, there is also an option to use an eSIM instead of SIM2, along with an internal failover mechanism. This means the device can serve as a failover for the primary link and can also switch between two pre-configured GSM providers if needed.

💡

****NOTE**: ****only a single Unifi 5G Max device can be configured and used at a time**. Adding more will not be possible before removing the already adopted one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/Screenshot-2026-02-13-at-19.13.52.webp)

Only one 5G Max device can be configured at one time

As mentioned earlier, an eSIM can be activated through the Unifi UI with just a few clicks. However, only one additional physical SIM can be active in slot 1 at a time, allowing for a maximum of two concurrent active SIMs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/Screenshot-2026-02-13-at-19.06.30.webp)

Maximum of two SIMs can be used. SIM 1 or 2, or SIM 1 and eSIM (after activation)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/Screenshot-2026-02-13-at-19.15.32.webp)

GSM failover ready as WAN3 interface

As an outdoor IP67-rated device, it is designed to withstand submersion in water. Given the heavy rainfall in this area, it will serve as an ideal candidate for ongoing testing. 

The installation process on the mounting point, along with the Ethernet cable setup, is straightforward. The cable can pass through the secure screw on the bottom with an attached RJ45 connector, eliminating the need to do so during the installation process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_04.webp)

Unifi 5G installed outside. As luck would have it, rain on day one

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_06.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/u5gmax_05.webp)

The hex screws are reasonably accessible, but depending on the distance from the mounting surface (such as a wall), it may be somewhat challenging to lock and secure the device in place. It is recommended to first position and secure the mount separately, then attach the device to it for easier installation.

### Testing

With a straightforward installation and minimal initial configuration, testing the unit is as simple as disconnecting the main connection and waiting for the failover to activate. 

By default, the device is set up for failover, but it can also be configured for load-balancing WAN mode if desired. Additionally, policy-based routing can be used to direct specific traffic to particular WAN ports. 

Depending on factors such as location, GSM signal strength, network congestion, and other variables, speeds will fluctuate. On average, the device can deliver close to 200 Mbps for downloads and nearly the same for uploads, though most operational scenarios will typically see speeds around 150/30 Mbps.

![](https://www.speedtest.net/result/d/841295376.png)

Example of Unifi 5G Max outdoor speeds (February 2026)

The failover process from the primary link to the GSM connection takes approximately 10 pings in both directions. For a failover device, this performance is more than adequate. While it cannot match the speeds of a 2.5G+ fiber connection, in scenarios where uptime and reliable access are critical, speed becomes a secondary concern.

I hope I won't need to rely on it frequently. In the past, that was the case, but even ISPs need to perform maintenance on their infrastructure, which can sometimes cause downtime. Since I use a very local ISP, certain situations can still disrupt the fiber link. This is the trade-off for having the fastest internet in the country, but living in rural areas comes with its own set of challenges.

Overall, Unifi has provided an up-to-date device that mitigates the limitations of the UDM, which lacks built-in GSM failover. This enhancement reduces a single point of failure in my self-hosted setup.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeCamera Mobile - turn your BeeStation Plus into an NVR
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beecamera-mobile-turn-your-beestation-plus-into-an-nvr/
Last updated: 2026-04-30T18:01:13.000Z
💡

****UPDATE: 01/04/2026** \- Synology ****officially rolled out the BeeCamera service** as a "private smart home monitoring" solution

![](https://fileres.synology.com/images/bee/BeeStation/BeeCamera/img_camera_01@2x.jpg)

> April 1, 2026 — Synology today announced a new privacy-first home monitoring experience for BeeStation Plus, enabling users to monitor home and work-spaces using Synology Cameras. Powered by the new BeeCamera mobile app, the experience delivers smart monitoring without cloud dependency or recurring fees.
> 
> BeeStation Plus delivers a simple plug-and-play experience for users looking for a cloud alternative to store and access their files from anywhere. With the new BeeCamera mobile app, BeeStation Plus goes beyond personal storage to also support local and remote home monitoring. Together with Synology cameras, the solution brings on-camera AI detection for people, pets, vehicles, and intrusion events, along with a seamless experience across live viewing, alerts, and event review.

> "BeeStation Plus is built to be a digital hub for home and for small teams. With video becoming a bigger part of everyday life, BeeStation offers a simple way to manage monitoring alongside files and photos, keeping everything private and under the user's control."

- Yi Ma, Senior Product Manager of BeeStation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/Screenshot-2026-04-30-at-20.00.10.png)

Combo pricing for the BeeStation Plus along with the Synology camera of choice (April 2026)

---

Following the release of the latest BSM 1.5 beta version earlier this month, Synology has announced additional capabilities for BeeStation Plus.

[Synology BSM 1.5-65904 with new BeeCamera Mobile supportContinued development of the #BSM OS that powers the #Synology #Beestation devices now supports the new #BeeCamera mobile app!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-13.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_15.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-5-65904-with-new-beecamera-mobile-support/)

The new BSM 1.5 beta brings support for the BeeCamera recording with CC400W Synology camera

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-14.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

Full review of the second generation 8TB BeeStation Plus model

Since its launch, BeeStation has garnered significant attention from both hardware and software perspectives. With each BSM update, particularly the Plus model, users are unlocking increasingly advanced capabilities. To avoid repetition, this article will focus solely on the latest addition: support for the new mobile app, **BeeCamera Mobile**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/beecamera_mobile_01-1.webp)

iOS version of the new BeeCamera Mobile app (currently in beta accessible via TestFlight)

### Expanding BSM with surveillance capabilities

Those familiar with Synology's portfolio of devices and services will readily recognize the connection to their existing surveillance lineup. The company has traditionally offered a range of DVR devices, with new models forthcoming, including their inaugural rack-mounted edition.

Over the past three years, Synology has introduced several proprietary surveillance cameras, including the CC400W, which is compatible with the new BeeCamera Mobile app and BeeStation Plus. You can find more details in the [**CC400W review**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/).

💡

The official version of BeeCamera (outside of beta) ****supports both wired and wireless Synology camera models**

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-15.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

[Synology BC800Z reviewThe #BC800Z is the brand new POE camera by #Synology, as an excellent choice for high-value asset #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-16.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc800z_review.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc800z-review/)

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-17.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

Long before Synology introduced its own camera line, the Surveillance Station platform—currently at major version 9—has consistently supported a wide range of third-party vendors and camera models.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-18.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p1-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-19.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p2-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

The original BeeStation was never marketed as an NVR device. However, with the introduction of the more capable BeeStation Plus model, Synology appears prepared to expand SOHO surveillance options by enabling multi-camera support for its entry-level CC400W camera.

To support this feature, Synology has doubled the size of the BSM installer, increasing from approximately 500MB in the original BeeStation version to about 1GB in the current BeeStation Plus 1.5 version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/bsm_15_beta_packages.webp)

BSM 1.5-65904 packages - including Surveillance Station 9.2.3 version for the first time

The primary upgrade, alongside updates to existing packages, is the introduction of a tailored Surveillance Station compiled specifically for the BSM platform. For this beta, Synology chose not to use the current 9.2.5 SVS version but instead opted for version 9.2.3\. Additionally, the installer is approximately 100MB smaller than the full DSM version, which makes sense given that the BeeCamera Mobile app will not leverage all features of the SVS platform.

It's noteworthy that Synology is not merely porting the x86 version but is optimizing the software for each platform to conserve storage and computational resources.

Beyond these technical details, let’s explore what the new BeeCamera Mobile app can do when paired with BeeStation Plus, and whether it meets the surveillance needs of the SOHO audience.

### What is BeeCamera Mobile, and how can we set it up?

Unlike the SVS platform for DSM-powered devices, the installation and configuration of the BeeCamera Mobile app are performed exclusively on the mobile device itself, including the setup of the camera.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_mobile_02.webp)

Installing the BeeCamera mobile app on an iOS or Android device is the first step

According to the release notes, the BeeCamera Mobile app has specific system requirements for both the mobile device and the BeeStation.

#### System requirements:

- Android 11 or above
- iOS 16 or above
- Beestation OS 1.5.0 or above (only works with the Beestation Plus model!)

If the BeeStation Plus is not detected when logging into your Synology Account via the new app, we will be unable to proceed with the connection and setup. This feature is exclusively supported on the specified systems with the Synology CC400W camera.

Once all requirements are fulfilled, we can proceed to the initial step: connecting the camera to the BeeStation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_mobile_03.webp)

Once the BeeCamera has detected the compatible Beestation (plus) model, we can proceed with the setup

The camera can be connected to the app using several methods: by entering the network IP address, scanning a QR code, or establishing a Bluetooth connection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_mobile_04.webp)

Follow the instructions to get the camera prepared for pairing with the BeeCamera app

🚨

If the CC400W has been used on another system or in a different configuration, it is recommended to ****perform a 10-second factory reset** of the device before proceeding with the Bluetooth pairing.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_mobile_05.webp)

Once the camera has been detected we can select it from the list and move forward with the configuration

Detecting the camera typically takes 5-10 seconds. If it takes longer, there may be issues with the device. In such cases, resetting the camera to its default factory settings is often the best course of action.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_mobile_06.webp)

Upon selecting the camera, it also needs to be connected to the same network as the Beestation Plus device is

Once the camera is detected, ensure it is connected to the same network as your BeeStation. This is necessary for the BeeCamera app to configure the camera properly and enable it to save recordings on the BeeStation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_mobile_07.webp)

Final step is camera firmware update

The BeeCamera will perform a firmware update if necessary. Once this process is complete, you will be able to proceed with the camera configuration and access all the settings provided by the app.

### BeeCamera configuration and settings

As previously noted, the full feature set of Surveillance Station is not available in this version, as evidenced by the limited settings and options within the mobile app.

With approximately six main settings sections, users can configure various aspects, including recording and detection, audio and video parameters, image quality, microSD card management, and sharing options that enable other BeeStation users to access the camera.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_01-3.webp)

BeeCamera Mobile main settings options

Since the app is designed specifically for the Synology-branded CC400W, full support for its features can be expected. However, because the BeeStation Plus lacks the advanced GPU support found in dedicated DVR devices, all AI-driven features will not be available.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_02.webp)

General camera information as well as date and firmware update options

Users will primarily focus on recording, image, and format settings, and these directly influence recording size and storage utilization.

While the app supports variable bitrate, disabling it to maximize quality and setting the image quality to maximum will result in significantly larger files.

For example, with default settings at 1440p, variable bitrate enabled, and image quality at 4/5, a 5-minute recording will be approximately 20-30 MB.  
However, if all settings are maxed out and variable bitrate is turned off, the same recording could increase to about 150 MB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_03.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_05.webp)

Recording and detection settings offering a detailed schedule, detection targets, zone definition, and recording quality and retention

With the default 30-day retention setting, continuous 24/7 recording would require approximately 1 to 1.5 TB of storage. Considering the BeeStation model has 7 TB of usable space, allocating around 20% per month for all-day surveillance leaves ample room for ongoing recording without immediate storage concerns.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_09.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_04.webp)

As expected we can configure the camera image to adjust it to our own needs and expected results

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_06.webp)

Being a 4MP camera, the CC400W supports both 1440p QHD and 1080p FHD recording profile

Like with Surveillance Station, any modifications to the image or recording profiles will cause the camera to reinitialize for approximately 10-15 seconds.  
One aspect that takes longer with the BeeCamera app compared to the standard SVS client is exposure control; switching from outdoor to indoor or manual settings may require some time before the expected results are visible.  
This is not a major issue and is understandable given that the software is still in beta, so some glitches and delays can be expected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_08.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_07.webp)

We have the option to set the recording profile, audio recordings, variable bitrate and image quality. All of these settings will have direct impact on the NAS storage capacity

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_11.webp)

A nice short statics overview of Beestation's storage 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/Screenshot-2026-02-01-at-23.56.45.png)

Recorded footage is accessible also via BeeFiles app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/Screenshot-2026-02-01-at-23.58.01.png)

BSM system settings will present storage usage based on categories, and BeeCamera is in its own

The app, despite being in beta, appears very polished overall. Aside from a few nuisances and bugs, the quality of the implementation is impressive. It's evident that Synology's extensive experience with similar solutions and interfaces has influenced the design, resulting in an app that is both informative and minimalistic in its approach.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_15.webp)

Camera view once setup up shows live feed and any motion triggered events (blue)

The app supports both landscape and portrait modes, including a multi-view option, providing all essential settings within easy reach. Just below the video image, there is a familiar color-coded timeline with various controls, such as play/pause, two-way audio, event trigger shortcuts, and more.

Additionally, the screen features a zoom function activated by a multi-gesture, allowing for a closer, more detailed view of the video.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_14.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_13.webp)

The events overview allows for a quick access to point in time recordings, download options and collection options, while the bulletin provides a list of last 100 event notifications

Beyond the core Surveillance Station features, the BeeCamera app presents expected functionalities with its own distinct interface. In addition to the camera tab, the app includes Events and Bulletin tabs, which provide a quick overview of motion or trigger events, notifications, and time-based shortcuts. These features enable users to swiftly review or download footage directly to their mobile devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/02/beecamera_settings_12.webp)

BeeCamera Mobile app supports native iOS and watchOS push notifications

The app leverages a native notification system to ensure real-time alerts, minimizing delays between event detection and user notification. This significantly enhances response times in situations requiring immediate action.  
However, unlike the NAS surveillance platform, BeeCamera currently lacks options to filter false positives or tools to fine-tune motion sensitivity, limiting users' ability to customize detection parameters at this time.

However, it is encouraging to see Synology continue to focus on the SOHO market, especially after the recent emphasis on enterprise solutions over the past two years. The BeeStation with its BSM OS demonstrates that even underdog platforms can deliver significant feature upgrades with each new release.

The €600 package (CC400W + BeeStation Plus) provides substantial value for the average user or small team, covering basics like file sharing, photo management, backup, sync options, as well as recent Plex support and now surveillance capabilities.

This promising start to 2026 suggests a future where more DSM features—both new and existing—will be integrated into this polished, turnkey platform.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BSM 1.5-65904 with new BeeCamera Mobile support
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-5-65904-with-new-beecamera-mobile-support/
Last updated: 2026-02-01T23:59:04.000Z
Synology maintains its quarterly release cycle of four to five months for the BSM OS, which powers both the BeeStation 4TB and the new BeeStation Plus (8TB) models.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-4.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

BeeStation Plus review

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-5.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-14.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

BeeStation review

Unlike versions 1.3 and 1.4, which included official Plex support for the Plus model, this release primarily features several fixes and introduces a new feature: the **BeeCamera Mobile App** for iOS and Android platforms.

[Synology BSM 1.4-65825 beta is here#Synology #BSM 1.4 beta continues to push #Beestation possibilities with role-based permissions as well as some other minor changes and updates![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-6.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_14-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-4-65825-beta-is-here/)

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-7.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13-6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

A notable addition is the new option to back up BeeCamera data to external devices and Synology NAS models, as well as to back up Plex media library content to all supported destinations. Both features, along with the new BeeCamera app, are compatible exclusively with the Intel-powered BeeStation Plus model. As a result, 4TB BeeStation users will receive fewer updates and bug fixes.

---

### BeeStation OS 1.5 release notes

### 15-01-2026

### What’s new

1. Added support for the BeeCamera app, allowing you to connect Synology CC400W cameras for live monitoring, event detection, and recording (available on BeeStation Plus models only).
2. Added support for displaying the storage usage of the “TimeMachine” and “Media” shared folders on the “Storage” page.
3. Added support for configuring which items are backed up, including backing up BeeCamera data to external drives and Synology NAS, and the Plex media library to all supported destinations (BeeStation Plus only).

### Fixed issues

1. Minor bug fixes and overall system stability enhancement.

## BeeFiles 1.5.0

### Compatibility & Installation

BeeFiles 1.5.0 requires BeeStation 1.5 and above.

### What’s new

1. Added support for BeeStation owners to browse BeeCamera recordings and snapshots (available on BeeStation Plus models only).
2. Added support for opening internally shared links in the BeeFiles mobile app. Users with proper access permissions can now view the linked files or folders on their mobile devices.

### Fixed issues

1. Fixed an issue where the Recycle Bin did not automatically empty after 30 days.
2. Fixed an issue where copying shared links failed in Safari on macOS.
3. Fixed an issue where certain files might not be found during search.
4. Fixed an issue where files shared with a user still appeared on the “Shared with Others” page after the user was removed.

## BeePhotos 1.5.0

### Compatibility & Installation

BeePhotos 1.5.0 requires BeeStation OS 1.5 and above.

### What’s new

1. Support bidirectional data transfer between Google Photos and BeePhotos.

### Fixed issues

1. Fix the issue where copying shared links fails when using the Safari browser on macOS.

---

The BSM OS update also introduces new functionalities to the BeePhotos app, including bidirectional data transfer support for Google Photos. Since many SOHO users rely on Google Photos, Synology continues to attract existing and new customers by adding features that encourage migration from commercial cloud platforms to their own on-premise solutions. 

The BeeCamera Mobile app is a new product designed specifically for the BeeStation Plus model and works exclusively with the Synology CC400W Wi-Fi camera, which was first announced in November 2023 and released in July 2024.

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-8.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

Synology CC400W camera review

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/beecamera_mobile_01.webp)

iOS beta version of BeeCamera app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/beecamera_mobile_02.webp)

Initial configuration setup of the BeeCamera with BeeStation Plus

The initial setup is completed through the BeeCamera mobile app as part of a welcome wizard. A configuration guide and testing procedures will be covered in an upcoming article.

[Synology BeeCamera Mobile - turn your BeeStation Plus into an NVRCan #Synology #CC400W camera and #Beestation Plus offer a decent #surveillance solution with a new #BeeCamera Mobile app?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-20.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beecamera.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beecamera-mobile-turn-your-beestation-plus-into-an-nvr/)

BeeCamera Mobile review

---

### BeeCamera Mobile App 1.0.0 release notes

### 13-01-2026

### Compatibility & Installation

#### System requirements:

- Android 11 or above
- iOS 16 or above
- BeeStation OS 1.5.0 or above
- Supported camera model: Synology Camera CC400W

#### What’s new

1. Supports viewing multiple camera feeds simultaneously for efficient live monitoring.
2. Supports playing back recordings and events, and saving key moments to your Collection for easy access later.
3. Supports receiving instant notifications when events are detected.
4. Supports sharing live views, recordings, and event playback with BeeStation Plus users.

## Join Test Groups

### For iOS Users

Join the beta testing program via TestFlight

1. Download TestFlight from the App Store
2. Click [here](https://sy.to/beecamerabeta%5Fios?ref=blackvoid.club) to join the testing program
3. Open TestFlight to install BeeCamera beta version

### For Android Users

You may join the beta on the [Google Play Store](https://sy.to/beecamerabeta%5Fandroid?ref=blackvoid.club).

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Nuvon - a Synology-powered file storage and sync cloud service
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/nuvon-a-synology-powered-file-storage-and-sync-cloud-service/
Last updated: 2026-01-11T17:31:49.000Z
💡

****DISCLAIMER**: In the interest of full disclosure, all of the opinions you are about to read are my own, nobody is paying for this review, and nobody has reviewed or approved this content before it was posted.

Self-hosting has gained significant importance in recent years, giving the impression of a technological throwback. While public cloud services remain dominant, especially as AI pushes the boundaries of modern hardware, they are unlikely to disappear soon. 

Nevertheless, we are observing a notable shift in the mindset of individuals and businesses regarding data ownership, privacy, and decentralization. Incidents such as security breaches targeting large data centers, data leaks, and rising costs are fueling the renewed emphasis on maintaining control over our data.

For the past 25 years, Synology has championed the concept of private cloud—if we can term it that—regardless of their commercial cloud offerings. These services are simply extensions of their core business: scalable, local storage solutions. 

Their extensive portfolio caters to a wide range of users, from home enthusiasts to Fortune 500 corporations. Consequently, some companies are not only reselling Synology products and services but also building their own businesses on top of this infrastructure.

Last year, I had the privilege of meeting Felipe Baez, CEO of Nuvon Cloud s.r.o., to discuss what Nuvon is and the reasons behind its creation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/nuvon_quote.webp)

> ## Felipe Baez is a workflow architect, post-production consultant, and the CEO/CTO of Nuvon, a privacy-focused European cloud services company. Based in Prague and working globally, he designs high-performance media workflows, hybrid cloud infrastructures, and scalable creative tech systems for studios, agencies, and production teams.  
> With two decades of experience across the US, Brazil, Ireland, and the Czech Republic—including roles at Apple, Accenture, and McKinsey—Felipe specializes in bridging creative needs with robust technical engineering.
> 
> ## As the founder of Nuvon, he helps clients streamline their operations, modernize their infrastructure, and work securely from anywhere in the world.

Although Nuvon is a newly established company, it is backed by over two decades of experience. Felipe and his team possess extensive expertise in media workflows and creative studio systems, which motivated the development of a private, EU-based cloud platform designed to eliminate common frustrations that can disrupt the creative process.

Built on Synology's SA series hardware housed in the MasterDC EU data center in Brno, Czechia, which offers a 99.9% uptime, Nuvon provides services such as **Nuvon Drive** and **Nuvon Photos**. These services are primarily based on Synology Drive and Synology Photos packages.

### Nuvon Drive offers:

- Real-time sync, versioning, offline access
- Team folders, permission, audit logs
- Private by default
- Cross-platform clients (Win/macOS/Linux/iOS/Android/Web)
- Unlimited traffic
- Powered by Synology Drive Server
- 2 user accounts included
- Optional – Your company branded NextCloud portal from subscriptions starting at 5TB/month

### Pricing:

- **€20/TB/month** (monthly plan) - includes 2 user accounts
- **€10/user/month** (monthly plan) - from the 3rd user

💡

Following the Synology philosophy, ****Nuvon does not have any daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly limit on data transfers, as well as any file size limitations**.

Since Synology Drive client apps are available on all major mobile and desktop platforms, compatibility will pose no issues. Accessing [**drive.nuvon.io**](https://drive.nuvon.io/?ref=blackvoid.club) through the web or the apps will provide seamless access to the platform.

### Sign-up process and login

Registering with the company starts at [https://auth.nuvon.io](https://auth.nuvon.io/?ref=blackvoid.club), where the creation of the future SSO account will begin.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-14.55.45.webp)

Nuvon registration page

Upon successful registration, a welcome email will be sent containing all the necessary details to start using the platform. For those unfamiliar with the Synology ecosystem, the video tutorials will be very helpful.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-14.58.46.webp)

Welcome email with details

The initial registration covers the main account, and the service offers two accounts in the monthly subscription. This means that upon registering, an additional account can be requested as indicated in the welcome email.

Once the account is created, you can log in to the platform at [drive.nuvon.io](https://drive.nuvon.io/?ref=blackvoid.club). The default SSO authentication process will automatically log you in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-15.09.55.webp)

Nuvon Drive login page

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-15.11.19.webp)

Nuvon Drive, powered by Synology Drive platform

Similar to most cloud platforms, the interface is designed to be user-friendly, even for complete novices with no prior experience with the Synology platform. In terms of speed, the platform provides ample bandwidth, with potential for expansion in the future. 

Depending on the device, infrastructure, and geo-location, speeds of up to 2.5G can be expected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-13.56.09.webp)

Speed test using Unifi tester hosted by Nuvon

My ping round-trip from Croatia to the data center was clocked at 20ms with speeds up to 2.2G, which is consistent with the distance from the DC.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2025-12-12-at-14.06.01.webp)

Example of download speeds against the Nuvon infrastructure

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-16.04.06.webp)

Example of web upload speeds towards Nuvon Drive

These are clear examples of large single files. Although there is no official limit to file size— as I have tested with files up to 10GB— Synology Drive has traditionally been used primarily for managing small files and computer backups. With a sufficiently fast connection, using it as a daily tool should result in minimal delays.

Synology Drive is highly regarded for its stability and functionality. With Nuvon Drive, individuals and small teams can now enjoy the best of both worlds: a fast, stable platform without the complexity and overhead of maintaining on-premise infrastructure.

### Configuring Nuvon Drive sync and backup

Using the browser offers flexibility for accessing the platform, but to fully unlock its potential, it is highly recommended to use the client apps. 

Nuvon Drive utilizes the default Synology Drive client, making installation straightforward—simply download it through the provided links and follow the installation wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2025-12-12-at-14.14.24.webp)

Configuring the Drive client against the Nuvon Drive platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2025-12-12-at-14.15.31.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2025-12-12-at-14.14.49.webp)

Selecting the sync or backup job

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2025-12-12-at-14.16.21.webp)

Sync will allow for "file streaming" preserving the local storage until the content is actually needed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2025-12-12-at-14.20.57.webp)

We can always keep the file locally on the machine by pinning it

The default setup is a two-way sync, enabling access via the web or any remote location, as well as from connected local devices, whether desktop or mobile. 

Using the Drive client, it is also possible to configure backup jobs. The wizard guides you through options to set up continuous, scheduled, or manual backup tasks.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-17.39.56.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-17.40.08.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-17.42.11.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-17.42.36.webp)

Nuvon Drive backup task configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-17.43.21.webp)

Backup in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-17.48.03.webp)

Backed up files visible via the web interface

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/01/Screenshot-2026-01-11-at-17.50.17.webp)

File recovery using the Drive client

Backup and sync processes will naturally take some time due to the number of files—particularly when dealing with many small files—as well as versioning, which is supported by the Drive platform. 

As mentioned earlier, users familiar with Synology packages will find that the client’s functionality is standard and support is fully within Synology’s ecosystem. This ensures the service works as expected, given its basis on a proven platform and the availability of resources in a reliable data center.

From a technical perspective, using a well-established platform provides a robust and dependable service. As the platform grows, it is likely to evolve, offering new features and services, some of which are already in the pipeline.

At 20€ per month (via Stripe) for two accounts and 1TB of enterprise-grade storage on a proven platform, it represents a very attractive option for those seeking a private, EU-governed space for their data. While it is not a self-hosted solution and remains a commercial public cloud service, Nuvon could be an ideal fit for users looking for trust and compliance without sacrificing convenience.

Currently, remote backup from an existing Synology NAS to Nuvon using Hyper Backup is not supported, although it cannot be ruled out as a future feature. The service, as it stands, is designed primarily for creative or productivity workflows for individuals and small teams, not as a replacement for Synology's own C2 Backup service.

If you're curious about how Synology Drive setup works and whether it fits your needs, Nuvon offers the same benefits without the need to purchase and configure your own NAS. With no contractual obligations—only a simple subscription—Nuvon Cloud could be the solution you're looking for.

For all the details, be sure to visit [nuvon.io](https://nuvon.io/?ref=blackvoid.club).

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Bitwarden Lite - official self-hosted single Docker container deployment
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-lite-official-self-hosted-single-docker-container-deployment/
Last updated: 2025-12-21T18:07:10.000Z
As a user of the Bitwarden platform for the past seven years, I can confidently assert that it is my preferred password management solution. While I utilize the VaultWarden version, which is fully compatible with all extensions, as well as desktop and mobile applications, I continue to subscribe annually to the official service. 

My reason for this choice is simple: I believe that the developers and the company deserve fair compensation for their efforts in enhancing the platform's security and adding new features.

[Bitwarden unified self-host deploymentA while back #bitwarden started to work on their single #docker container #selfhosted image to simplify running this password manager on your own![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-2.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bw_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-unified-self-host-deployment/)

Initial self-hosted or as it was called "Unified" version of Bitwarden back in 2022

The question is, why do I choose Vaultwarden over the official Bitwarden version? There are several reasons for this decision. The top three are the **simplicity of deployment** (using a single Docker container), **compatibility with official apps and extensions**, and the fact that I can **self-host it on my own infrastructure**.

As a self-hosting enthusiast, the ability to host on my own hardware is the most critical factor. I mean no disrespect to Bitwarden as a company, but even if it were a competitor, I would still prefer not to rely on a "cloud-only" solution. The idea of self-hosting a password manager is what initially drew me to the Bitwarden platform.

So, what’s wrong with the official Bitwarden Docker setup? Honestly, nothing major—except that it requires 11 containers to run, including one that needs Microsoft SQL Server. For personal or family use, I believe this is excessive, which is one reason why Vaultwarden remains the top choice for many users.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-17.22.43.png)

This changed in 2022 when Bitwarden announced its own "unified" single-container solution, which is both free and subscription-based. If you have a Bitwarden subscription, you can download your license and upgrade your local Bitwarden instance to access all features.

Now, in December of 2025, BW finally pushed this variant out of beta under a new **Bitwarden Lite** name.

[Lite Deployment | BitwardenThis article will walk you through setting up and running the Bitwarden Lite self-hosted deployment.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-192x192.png)Bitwarden![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/help-install-and-deploy-lite-og.png)](https://bitwarden.com/help/install-and-deploy-lite/?ref=blackvoid.club)

Official documentation on the Bitwarden Lite deployment

### Getting started with Bitwarden Lite

🚨

Just as Bitwarden states on its website, it is ****important to emphasize that this version of Bitwarden should be used for personal and home labs**, not in any business contexts.

**This version of Bitwarden essentially functions as a personal edition** that can be upgraded to a premium or family plan, unlocking additional features such as two-factor authentication (2FA), Bitwarden Authenticator (TOTP), encrypted file attachments, emergency access, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/bitwarden_lite_ui-1.webp)

Current 2025 Bitwarden web interface 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/bitwarden_lite_mobile-1.webp)

Bitwarden Lite is 100% compatible with a mobile app version

The primary advantage of this lightweight version is that it can run as a single Docker container, with the option to connect to an external database (via a second container) if desired. Supported external database platforms include Microsoft SQL, PostgreSQL, and MySQL/MariaDB. If the user opts to run a single container, a SQLite database file will be created and used.

Bitwarden offers a wide range of configurable settings via the `settings.env` Docker file. However, if specific settings need to be changed individually rather than all at once, they can also be managed through Docker Compose. This approach is a matter of personal preference.

So, how would a typical single-container compose file look? Similar to this:

```yaml
version: "3.8"
services:
  bitwarden:
    image: ghcr.io/bitwarden/lite
    container_name: bwlite
    restart: always
    ports:
      - "80:8080"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/bwlite:/etc/bitwarden
    environment:
      # Database
      BW_DB_PROVIDER: sqlite
      BW_DOMAIN: bitwarden.domain.com #public HTTPS accessible URL
      PUID: 1000
      PGID: 1000
      BW_INSTALLATION_ID: xxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxx
      BW_INSTALLATION_KEY: xxxxxxxxxxxx
      globalSettings__mail__replyToEmail: email@email.com
      globalSettings__mail__smtp__host: email.email.com
      globalSettings__mail__smtp__port: 587
      globalSettings__mail__smtp__ssl: false
      globalSettings__mail__smtp__username: email@email.com
      globalSettings__mail__smtp__password: xxxxxxx
```

Example of a Bitwarden like Docker compose file

In the example, it is evident that this is a single-container deployment due to the use of the `BW_DB_PROVIDER=sqlite` parameter, which runs the database as a single `vault.db` file stored within the `etc/bitwarden` directory.

To run your own local Bitwarden instance, you will still need a valid `BW_INSTALLATION_ID` and `BW_INSTALLATION_KEY`, which can be obtained by visiting the [https://bitwarden.com/host](https://bitwarden.com/host?ref=blackvoid.club) website.

[Requesting Hosting Installation ID & Key | BitwardenRequest private installation ID and installation key for self-hosting Bitwarden form.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-192x192-1.png)Bitwarden![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bitwarden.com.png)](https://bitwarden.com/host/?ref=blackvoid.club)

This is a one-time action that will generate a unique instance ID and key. In addition, the other variables listed on the deployment URL can be configured based on your specific use case.

A key requirement for the VaultWarden alternative is a valid HTTPS URL to host the Bitwarden instance. This is essential for compatibility with both desktop and mobile apps, which do not work over unsecured transport protocols. To achieve this, Bitwarden can be configured with SSL certificates as part of the deployment, or an easier but still secure option is to use a reverse proxy to manage SSL termination.

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-3.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/nginxproxymanager-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

NPM - self-hosted reverse proxy

Configuring BW Lite over a reverse proxy is straightforward and does not require any special settings in terms of the dedicated reverse host.

### Registering and accessing Btwarden Lite

Once the instance is up and running on a valid HTTPS URL, we can begin logging in or registering for the first time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.37.49.webp)

Main Bitwarden (Lite) login screen that we can use to login or register

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.37.55.webp)

Account creation divided into two screen. One for the account name...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.42.09.webp)

... and other for the password

---

### Logging with a device

🚨

Logging into the web interface can also be done using the "****Log in with a device**" option. If a mobile device is configured with the same instance, a mobile challenge request will be sent and must be confirmed to complete the login. This process can eliminate the need to enter the master password, but it does not replace the requirement for 2FA if it is enabled.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/bitwarden_lite_device_login-1.webp)

Logging into the web interface using the mobile device (this is not a 2FA substitution!)

---

Following this, we are presented with an identical cloud interface that Bitwarden offers to its customers. Additionally, a new "task" list appears, outlining the steps needed to complete the setup. From this point onward, you can either add new items or import existing ones if you already have a running instance or are using the cloud-based Bitwarden version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.42.48.webp)

After the initial login, we are presented with a new "Get started" wizard

### Importing items from VaultWarden

The import/export section is located within the Tools menu, as always. As previously mentioned, exporting and importing data from compatible Bitwarden instances—including VaultWarden—works seamlessly, allowing for a 100% compatible migration that completes within seconds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.43.40.webp)

Export and import from other Bitwarden alternatives are working with no issues at all

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.43.51.webp)

Import from VaultWarden was 100% accurate

Imported items will also migrate all the attachments and TOTPs, but those will be accessible once the premium plan has been activated.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.44.35-1.webp)

Example of a login item imported from Vaultwarden. Notice that the TOTP feature is working due to active premium plan

### Upgrading to the premium plan

Self-hosting the official Lite version of Bitwarden requires an active subscription with bitwarden.com to unlock premium features locally. Exporting the license from the official website will generate a .json file, which can then be imported using the subscription menu option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.43.03-1.webp)

Importing a valid license will be needed for premium features to become active

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-21-at-14.43.15.webp)

Self-hosted instance activated with premium features

Whether Bitwarden Lite is worth the switch from VaultWarden depends on your personal preferences. The main difference between a personal plan with Bitwarden and VaultWarden is that you can access all premium features for free, along with the option to manage "Organizations" for sharing items with other members via shared organization vaults.

On the other hand, the advantage of using the official Docker image, such as this Lite version, is the support included with your subscription, as well as more rapid updates compared to VaultWarden—especially when new features are released. Implementing new features in third-party versions may take additional time, and some features might not be available outside the main repository, being reserved for the cloud-based or paid on-premise versions.

For most users, there may be no significant difference between using the official Lite version and VaultWarden. However, it's noteworthy that Bitwarden decided to develop and promote its own compact version, which is a positive development.

With all that said, the real question is: will I make the jump from VaultWarden to the official Lite version?

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### ShellNGN v5 - refreshed web-based SSH client platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn-v5-refreshed-web-based-ssh-client-platform/
Last updated: 2025-12-18T19:11:28.000Z
🚨

****DISCLAIMER**: In the interest of full disclosure, this app has been bought with my own funds, all of the opinions you are about to read are my own, nobody is paying for this review, and nobody has reviewed or approved this content before it was posted.

A few years ago, I discovered ShellNGN, an excellent web-based SSH client that I frequently use for my daily tasks. Acting as a bastion host, it allows me to perform remote SSH operations from any device, regardless of my location or network environment.

[ShellNGN - web-based SSH clientShellNGN is a web-based platform that you can use for all your SSH, SFTP, VNC, or RDP needs. Protected by 2FA, it supports an unlimited number of hosts, teams, and users…![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/shellngn-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn/)

While VPN and alternative macOS terminal clients work well, my work environment often involves a closed and secure network that does not permit third-party VPN clients or software. In such cases, secure web-based access, like ShellNGN, provides a reliable solution for remote SSH tasks.

This is where [ShellNGN](https://shellngn.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) comes into play. In 2021, I published a brief overview of the platform when it was in version 3/4\. Today, we will explore their latest release, version 5, which was launched last week.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-18-at-20.10.24.png)

The new ShellNGN web page

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn-terminal-dark.webp)

The new ShellNGN v5

The purpose of this article is not to rewrite the previous overview but to highlight several new features and upgrades. The user interface remains familiar, with operational tabs across the top and an optional side menu on the left-hand side.

Nothing too elaborate; the core concept remains unchanged and continues to serve its purpose. Existing users will likely notice only one difference at a glance: a new color theme.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-06-at-20.29.42.png)

New ShellNGN v5 login screen

Departing from the previous grey and deep red combination, the latest version introduces support for light and dark modes, now featuring a deep gray and blue color scheme. As before, theme customization is limited to these preset options—light, dark, or system settings—so the blue design may not appeal to everyone. However, personally, I find it quite appealing.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shell_dark_light.webp)

ShellNGN v5 in dark and light mode

While the updated color scheme may not be revolutionary, it is nonetheless a welcome change. Regarding new features, version 5 introduces several enhancements—some of which are upcoming in future updates—including a brand new **QuickConnect** (recent) window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-06-at-20.45.11.webp)

The new QuickConnect window allows for a faster access to recent remote connections as well as a fast way to initiate a brand new connection

This small addition nearly eliminates the need for the side menu, especially for users who frequently connect to the same hosts. It's one of those features you didn't realize you needed—until you start using it, and then you'll wonder how you managed without it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn_v5_multi-1.webp)

ShellNGN multi-column view (up to four columns)

ShellNGN continues to support its versatile multi-column view, which allows up to four columns simultaneously, each with a full-screen resize option as needed. An upcoming feature, announced and soon to be implemented, is the **broadcast keystroke**. This functionality will enable a single input window to send the same command to all connected terminals simultaneously, ideal for executing identical actions across multiple hosts in parallel.

Regarding recent and upcoming enhancements, here are the major changes introduced in or planned for version 5.

### Major version 5 changes:

- ShellNGN was completely rewritten using the latest technologies while maintaining full backward compatibility
- Many bug fixes and major performance improvements
- Quick Connect and Recent Connections added
- Improved audit logging system (can be enabled via the LOG\_LEVEL environment variable)
- Much better mobile and tablet experience
- Smarter and more powerful autocomplete (intellisense)
- Faster SFTP transfers
- Snippets on login
- Broadcast keystrokes to multiple terminals
- Better documentation

### Mobile experience

While the platform was primarily designed for use via desktop browsers, accessing ShellNGN on mobile devices such as smartphones and tablets is now mainstream. ShellNGN performs well in this regard. Although mobile support is not a new feature, the user experience has improved compared to previous versions. 

Nonetheless, some limitations remain, which can vary depending on the device and the specific task at hand.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn_v5_ios_01.webp)

Mobile view as a PWA (progressive web app)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn_v5_ios_02.webp)

While not ideal the mobile experience can offer a lot depending on the task

One example is using SFTP access on a smartphone. Even in landscape mode, not all tools and features are visible and accessible, making it somewhat cumbersome to use. However, as soon as we move that task over to a larger device such as a tablet, the experience is exactly as it should be.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn_v5_ios_03.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn_v5_ios_06.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn_v5_ios_05.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/shellngn_v5_ios_04.webp)

ShellNGN on a tablet such as an iPad will be able to support almost all the benefits and features that we can expect on the desktop side of things. RDP is not 100% there, but very close

The RDP view still presents challenges, even when using a pen, as some operations may not function as expected. However, it’s reasonable to consider that there are more effective methods to access a full, feature-rich remote machine experience.

### Pricing

For the past four years that I have used the platform (via Docker), the price has not changed at all, and it is still $39/year for a single-user license.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/12/Screenshot-2025-12-18-at-20.11.16.png)

ShellNGN pricing (December 2025)

ShellNGN is available as a cloud-based PaaS service starting at just $3.90 per month, as well as a self-hosted solution via Docker. In addition to several log enhancements introduced in this new version, the Docker deployment remains unchanged from the previous release. For more details, please refer to the [linked article](https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn/).

While competition exists in this segment, it is not as extensive or as densely populated as ShellNGN. The ability to run the platform independently, even with a subscription, is a significant advantage, providing a reliable and stable product with ongoing support and new features over time. ShellNGN is an ideal solution for remote and secure access in scenarios where VPNs, local terminals, or RDP options are not feasible, now enhanced with additional features that remain lightweight and efficient.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BC800Z review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc800z-review/
Last updated: 2025-11-22T19:40:22.000Z
Surveillance has always been a specialized segment of Synology's business. It began with their Surveillance Station software, initially available on NAS models—and still is—as well as on dedicated DVA devices, thereby expanding the scope of possibilities.

In recent years, starting in 2022, Synology has begun developing its own surveillance cameras, including both PoE and Wi-Fi models. After several preview presentations at various events, the company officially launched its first two cameras in May 2023.

The BC500 (bullet) and TC500 (turret) models, both PoE-powered, exemplify the company's intended direction for future developments.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-277.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Full review of the first two PoE-powered bullet and turret camera models

Offering extensive features and seamless integration with Surveillance Station, these models are also license-free, enabling users to utilize the default two free licenses for other third-party cameras if desired.

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-278.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

Full review of Synology's first wifi only surveillance camera

Just one year later, in July of the previous year, Synology continued expanding its camera lineup by moving away from all-metal PoE models and introducing a smaller, indoor Wi-Fi-only model—the CC400W. This camera was an ideal choice for SOHO users due to its lightweight design, versatile magnetic mounting, and Wi-Fi connectivity. Coupled with an affordable price point, it quickly became a popular option for quick installations, delivering impressive image quality relative to its cost.

[Synology Solution Day 2025 - an in-depth overviewNew data protection and storage solutions, with an all-new surveillance platform and hardware, as well as a brand new chat and video conference platform![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-279.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_solution_day_2025_in_depth-1-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2025-an-in-depth-overview/)

Synology Solution Day 2025 also demonstrated all the current and future camera models

Over the past six months, Synology has been previewing its upcoming camera models, with one of them being launched today. **Introducing the new bullet model, the BC800Z**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/BC800Z_social.webp)

The new bullet Synology camera model, the BC800Z

> ## "The Synology BC800Z is a 4K varifocal camera with IP66, IP67, and IK10 durability ratings, offering excellent image quality and edge license plate recognition"

## Table of Contents

:: [Specifications](#specs)  
:: [Packaging](#packaging)  
:: [Installation and hardware setup](#setup)  
:: [Configuration with Surveillance Station](#config)  
:: [Features and tests](#features)  
:: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## :: Specifications

Building on the previous BC500 bullet model, the new BC800Z is a robust surveillance camera designed for harsh environments and high-quality footage. **Weighing 1.3 kg**, the BC800Z is an **all-metal**, **bullet-shaped PoE camera**. Featuring an 8 MP 4K resolution at 30 fps, it is also rated **IP67**, **IP66**, and **IK10** for weather and impact resistance. This makes it an excellent choice for high-value asset surveillance in settings such as factories, warehouses, large commercial facilities, stadiums, as well as indoor and outdoor parking lots and driveways.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8430.webp)

Synology BC800Z PoE surveillance camera

It has a horizontal field of view ranging from 112.1° to 47.5° for flexible area coverage, and superior night vision with a 1/1.8" starlight sensor and hybrid white/IR light for clear images in low-light conditions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8422.webp)

---

### Highlights

- **Ultra HD 4K with Optical Zoom**  
High-quality imaging with a 3840x2160 resolution and an adjustable viewing angle ranging from 112.1° to 47.5°
- **Superior Night Vision Performance**  
1/1.8" starlight sensor and hybrid white light/IR LEDs for up to 38m (126 ft) color night vision
- **Edge License Plate Recognition**  
Directly supports on-camera License Plate Recognition without requiring  
additional license for AI features
- **Weather and Impact Resistant**  
Outdoor-ready camera with IP66/67 and IK10 ratings, protected from dust, rain,  
and impacts
- **Edge AI Detection and Search**  
On-camera People and Vehicle Counting, Smoke Detection, People and Vehicle  
Detection, Intrusion Detection, Instant Search, and Auto Tracking

---

With recent Synology changes in terms of support for H264 and H265 video compression, this model works with both and has a smart bitrate control on top of it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-29-at-20.32.00.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-29-at-20.32.22.webp)

Focusing on some of its many hardware features, it is worth mentioning that on top of its **8MP image sensor** that delivers **4K video at 30 fps**, the BC800Z also features a **4.38 - 9.33 mm optical motorized lens** with adjustable angles from 112.1° to 47.5°, offering flexible coverage and detailed monitoring.

> ## **Simple** \- The Synology Camera is designed for seamless, straightforward integration with Surveillance Station, ensuring smooth and efficient management. With no need for additional device licenses, users can handle setup, configuration, and firmware updates directly through Surveillance Station—all in just a few steps. This streamlined approach makes it easy to keep your camera system up-to-date and running smoothly, enhancing overall user convenience.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8438.webp)

8MP image sensor along with both IR and white-light LEDs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-29-at-20.34.39.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-29-at-20.34.49.webp)

BC500Z is also equipped with both **IR LEDs** and **white-light LEDs** to provide enhanced night vision and discreet illumination in low-light conditions, as well as full-color night vision that will result in high-quality images even in complete darkness up to 38 meters.

Just like the previous models, BC800Z, being an outdoor-ready camera, is also weather and impact-resistant, with **IP66/67 and IK10 ratings** offering protection from dust, rain, and impacts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8435.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8434.webp)

SD card and reset bay are located under a secure metal plate on the bottom side of the camera

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8436.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8437.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-16-at-11.07.24.webp)

External overview of camera features

The camera is equipped with a microSD card slot on the bottom side secured behind a metal plate with rubber isolation. It can be used for event recording triggered by various scenarios like NAS disconnect, people and vehicle detection, intrusion or motion detection, as well as audio and tampering detection.

This will allow recording continuity so that no event goes undetected.

Unlike other BC and TC models, the BC800Z offers license plate recognition as well as the new smoke detection feature. While on the topic of AI analytic features, best to summarize all of them.

- People and Vehicle Detection
- Loitering Detection
- Crowd Detection
- Intrusion Detection
- Instant Search
- Auto Tracking
- People and Vehicle Counting
- License Plate Recognition
- Smoke Detection
- Face Recognition (only supported on DVA devices like the DS1622)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8431.webp)

## 
  
  
## : Packaging

As already mentioned, the camera is all metal, and because of its purpose, mounting it will require a strong surface to secure it with the included screws, as well as an Allen key.

The key will be used in three different locations/joints to unlock them and rotate the body of the camera to get the correct mounting position.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8439.webp)

An Allan (Inbus) key is needed (and included) to loosen the joints that will allow for positioning of the camera to fit the needed location

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8441.webp)

Fixed PoE and 12V cable can't be removed

The camera can be mounted from the ceiling or it can be mounted directly on the wall with plenty of vertical and horizontal movement. Once the location has been fixed, we can again use the Allan key to secure it in place.

Apart from the camera, some screws, and tools, nothing else is in this very large packaging.

With the camera alone being **10,5 cm in diameter and 27 cm long** (4,13" x 10,71"), we can tell that this is some serious piece of hardware. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8426.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8428.webp)

Standard cup comparison. Its big, very big!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8429.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8425.webp)

Some features at a glance

Unlike the other three camera models so far, the **BC800Z comes with a 5-year warranty**, and it is **priced at around €399,99** (depending on the market).

In terms of availability, the model has launched today in the EU, Taiwan, and Japan. Following this will be the APAC launch in January of next year, with, of course, exclusion of Taiwan and Japan.

Finally, in Q1 2026, we can expect the launch in the SAC region.

Now that we have gotten the idea of the hardware, let's see how it performs in various scenarios and conditions.

## 
  
  
## : Installation and hardware setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-02-at-12.22.41.webp)

To get started with any surveillance camera setup, we need the Synology Surveillance Station software, which is a part of DSM OS. With it, we can use almost any camera on the market with any number of licences on top of the two free licences with each NAS.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-280.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p1-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-281.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p2-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

However, Synology also has several NVR devices (and a few more coming soon) that can be used. Those, so far, are the DVA3221 and the DVA1622\. Unlike regular NAS devices, the DVA lineup offers more features and capabilities, especially paired with Synology cameras.

In the linked articles above, there is plenty of material on the topic of both the DVA3221 as well as Surveillance Station capabilities. Because of that, in this article, we will not deep dive into all the features of the platform but rather focus on specific scenarios and features not covered so far with the BC800Z at the center of it.

This time around, we will be using a DVA1622 NVR model with a single 4TB Synology HAT3300 drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/IMG_8447.webp)

DVA1622 surveillance NAS

### DVA1622 specifications:

- CPU: **Intel Celeron J4125**, Quad Core 2.0 (base) / 2.7 (burst) GHz, 64-bit, with AES-NI hardware encryption
- Memory: up to **6 GB DDR4** non-ECC (2 GB + 4 GB pre-installed)
- Drive Bays: 2 (supports 3.5" SATA HDD and 2.5" SATA SSD, hot swappable)
- Video Output: HDMI x1, up to 1080p 60Hz
- LAN: 1 x RJ-45 1GbE
- USB: 2 x USB 3.0
- Dimensions: 166 mm (H) x 106 mm (W) x 223 mm (D)
- Weight: 1.51 kg
- System Fan: 92 mm x 92 mm x 1
- Power Supply: 60 W adapter, 100–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
- Power Consumption: 19.93 W (access) / 4.02 W (HDD hibernation)
- Operating Temperature: 0°C to 40°C
- Warranty: 3 years (extendable to 5 years with Extended Warranty Plus, region-dependent)

Both externally and internally, the DVA1622 is a familiar device in Synology's portfolio. With an Intel Celeron J4125 and 6GB of RAM, it is almost a perfect match to the DS720+ with some slight modifications.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/IMG_8451.webp)

DVA1622 shares the same chassis as the DS720+

Unlike the said NAS, the DVA1622 is equipped with an extra 4GB of RAM and has one LAN port. The back side is also missing the eSATA expansion port that all 7 and 9-series models have. Instead, the DVA has a single HDMI port for direct connection to an external display, should it be needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/IMG_8459.webp)

While the 2GB stick of RAM is on the bottom side of the NAS and required disassembly, the extra slot is easily accessible next to the drive bays

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/IMG_8453.webp)

With a single 1GbE LAN port and no eSATA expansion, the DVA1622 has an added HDMI port

Unlike its older and bigger brother, the DVA1622 is not equipped with an NVIDIA® GeForce® GTX 1650 because the Celeron J4125 has GPU capabilities. True, it can't handle as many video streams or advanced analytic tasks (only two), but for the price point and its size, it is more than enough.

### Deep video analytics tasks:

- People/vehicle detection (with license plate recognition): up to 2 tasks
- People counting: up to 2 tasks
- Vehicle counting: up to 2 tasks
- Intrusion detection: up to 2 tasks
- Face recognition: up to 1 task
- Face database: up to 10,000 registrations
- Note: License plate recognition only for stationary vehicles

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/IMG_8449.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/IMG_8452.webp)

Regarding the HDD/SSD support, the DVA1622 is compatible only with Synology-branded drives with up to 24TB per bay when using HAT5320.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-02-at-13.52.26.png)

Compatible DVA1622 HDDs and SSDs (November 2025)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/IMG_8458.webp)

Considering that the camera is running with a 100Mbit port, even the slowest 5400 RPM drive will be more than enough

The DSM installation of a DVA model is the same as any other Synology NAS, and this time around, DSM 7.3.1 will be installed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-16.50.28.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-16.50.40.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-16.50.58.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.00.30.webp)

Following the DSM installation, Surveillance Station 9.2.4 will be installed automatically

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.03.04.webp)

DSM 7.3.1 installation completed on the DVA1622

Considering that the installation of the DSM and SVS package, as well as the configuration of the volume, is automatic, it will take some time for the DMS to complete the creation of the volume and its optimization. However, in the meantime, we can still use the device and the SVS platform to move forward with the configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.06.28.webp)

Volume pool optimization process is ongoing, but we can continue working

### Connecting the camera

It was already mentioned that the BC800Z is a PoE camera, and as such, it can be connected via a PoE-capable switch or router, as well as a standard non-PoE device, with an added 12V power source (the adapter is not included in the packaging).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-02-at-14.10.53-1.webp)

The BC800Z comes with a ****100Mbit network capability**, as indicated by the "FE" (FastEthernet) speed negotiation with a PoE-capable switch or router

In terms of **power consumption**, it hovers around **4,5-5,5 W** while recording full 4K resolution at 30 fps with HDR active.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/IMG_8442.webp)

The 12V 2.1mm connection is part of the camera but the adapter is not included as standard

There is not much to connecting the camera apart from the said RJ45 cable to a compatible PoE device. Securing it in place and positioning it physically, now that is something that will require some time, but once in place, it is rock solid thanks to its all-metal design.

> ## **Smart** \- Synology Camera offers advanced AI capabilities for enhanced surveillance. This includes People and Vehicle Detection, Intrusion Detection, Instant Search,and Auto Tracking. These features enable fast incident response, reliable threat identification, quick investigation, and relevant footage retrieval. For the BC800Z, the camera directly supports advanced AI features such as License Plate Recognition and People and Vehicle Counting without needing to pair with the DVA series.

This is why we have installed the DVA device ahead of time, because once the camera is in place, it will be ready to go following a brief initialization and configuration inside Surveillance Station.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.18.21.webp)

Surveillance Station 9.2.4 (part of DSM 7.3.1)

### Configuration of the BC800Z with Surveillance Station 9

One of the benefits of using a "proprietary" Synology camera is that the SVS platform will detect it almost immediately and notify the user that the new unused camera can be configured.

Adding it to the SVS follows a short adoption and initialization wizard that will require nothing more than a configuration of username and password for that particular camera.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.51.54.webp)

Auto-detection of a new camera inside Surveillance Station 9

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.52.36.webp)

New camera adopted and ready to be initialized

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.53.08.webp)

Setting the account and password is part of the initialization process

The BC800Z was still not on the market at the moment of writing this article, so a firmware update was needed. Just like any other camera, using the "more" menu or the appropriate "update required" link, we can start the firmware update process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.55.32.webp)

BC800Z requires a firmware update

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-18.55.47.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-19.01.14.webp)

Camera selection and firmware version selection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-10-31-at-19.01.48.webp)

Firmware update in progress

Following the update, the camera will be ready, but many options can be configured depending on the location of the camera (indoors or outside), frame rate, resolution, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-02-at-14.54.03.webp)

Surveillance Station 9 Monitor Center - showing BC800Z recording outside in 4K@30 fps with HDR enabled

Depending on the actual surveillance location and camera position, many configuration parameters can be set and changed to get the best possible image and video quality.

As with any compatible SVS camera, starting with the video and audio format, we have many options along with the image settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-09-at-19.00.13.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-09-at-19.00.46.webp)

As previously mentioned, the camera is equipped with both IR and white LED lights, which can be either automatically activated based on the scenario or manually controlled. The white LEDs can be manually activated when needed. 

Default settings provide a good starting point in many cases, but it is important to test and adjust the settings depending on the camera's placement indoors or outdoors. The HDR setting can significantly improve image quality, especially indoors under LED lighting, and adjusting the exposure control can help achieve the best possible image clarity.

## 
  
  
## : Features and tests

Let's start with certain features of the camera and this setup, without covering all the possible scenarios, considering that many of those are shared with previous models covered in already-mentioned articles.

With the BC800Z, the new addition to the mix is optical zoom. As a reminder, the camera is equipped with a **4.38 - 9.33 mm optical motorized lens**.

0:00 

/0:17 

1× 

Face detection video at 100% optical zoom example (the detection square is not visible in the video export by default)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/face_zoom.webp)

Indoor face recognition and zoom comparison under the LED and IR light in a completely dark room

This capability is particularly useful for advanced AI features such as **face recognition.** Although the camera is highly efficient at detecting objects, the BC800Z is well-suited for indoor detection and identification of individuals, especially in scenarios involving access control or monitoring sensitive areas.

Thanks to its high-quality image and video output, the BC800Z performs effectively in this regard. However, **optimal results depend on correct placement and avoiding direct glare** on the lens. Additionally, automatic switching of the IR lights can sometimes pose a challenge, potentially causing delays in capturing fast-moving subjects when triggered by motion detection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-09-at-20.04.32.webp)

While the camera has captured a face, the visibility and clarity are poor due to the daylight glare coming from the outside

0:00 

/0:22 

1× 

Speed of camera IR turning off

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-09-at-20.09.14.webp)

License plate detection in action

Another area where the visual quality excels is in license plate detection. Although this test was deliberately conducted with a suboptimal camera placement—about 7 meters from the point of contact—the BC800Z still delivered impressive results.

As shown in the image above, the vehicle was detected almost instantaneously upon entering the garage (indicated by the green square), with license plate recognition following almost immediately. Repeated tests conducted during both day and night yielded 99% accuracy from this angle. The only recurring issue was that the letter "I" was often mistaken for the number "1." Given that the camera was positioned at a greater distance than typical real-world scenarios and under challenging lighting conditions, I find the results quite commendable.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-09-at-20.25.26.webp)

3,5x digital zoom still provides a clear image of the license plate and car model (range in the image is about 9 meters from the camera)

When focusing on people and vehicle detection, the BC800Z continues to deliver excellent results. During testing, the camera was mounted outdoors, approximately 8 meters high and about 20 meters from the main road. 

For testing purposes—considering that recording a public street is illegal—the narrow passage where vehicles and pedestrians pass was sufficient for the camera to reliably capture all passing individuals, cars, and motorcycles, even multiple objects simultaneously.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-13-at-20.19.22.webp)

The BC800Z’s people and vehicle detection capabilities are highly efficient. The camera is fast enough to register a moving vehicle from a distance of 20 meters in less than a second.

0:00 

/0:09 

1× 

The vehicle was successfully captured with 50% optical zoom, despite passing by in less than a second, demonstrating the camera's quick detection capabilities.

The optical zoom on the BC800Z is highly advantageous, particularly in outdoor environments and at long distances. It ensures a clear image while maintaining the camera in a fixed position, resulting in consistently sharp footage. Night mode functions with the support of IR and LED lights, which can be manually activated or configured as needed. 

This outdoor-rated camera was tested extensively in adverse weather conditions, including heavy rain and wind over several days. During these tests, there were no issues with the camera functionality or recording quality. 

With its integrated smoke detection capability, the BC800Z has successfully avoided false triggers caused by fog, as demonstrated in the attached video. However, in scenarios involving heavy rain and dense fog, the image quality may be limited even with the IR LEDs active, resulting in reduced detail.

0:00 

/0:14 

1× 

Night real time capture under heavy rain and fog

Outdoor recordings remain very clear and sharp, particularly in daylight and favorable weather conditions. Even in overcast or unpredictable weather, the camera effectively captures the necessary details.

> ## Secure - Synology cameras prioritize security with advanced encryption, including HTTPS and SRTP for recordings. They also feature failover edge storage for enhanced system reliability. The cameras are NDAA and TAA compliant, ensuring the highest level of device security. Additionally, they offer privacy masks and watermarks to protect sensitive footage. These protections ensure the integrity, privacy, and efficient management of your surveillance operations.

The BC800Z supports SD card recording (edge recording) as a backup in case of network issues affecting the NAS or DVR system. The storage capacity and recorded duration depend on the chosen bitrate. With support for variable bitrate and a 256 GB SD card, it can store approximately 35 hours of footage at a 16 Mbps stream. For reference, 24 hours of recording at this bitrate requires about 173 GB of storage.

Additionally, the camera's smart bitrate control allows it to reduce file sizes by up to 70%, regardless of scene complexity, optimizing storage efficiency.

0:00 

/1:14 

1× 

A 4K downscale to 720p time lapse demo 

An example of space-efficient recording is time-lapse videos. The sample above was downscaled to 720p to reduce size. The original 4K video was nearly 7 GB for just 1 minute and 15 seconds of footage, covering 5 hours of real time. This method results in approximately one-seventh of the storage space required for a full 5-hour recording at full resolution.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

Is the 400€ bullet camera worth it? Considering its capabilities alone and when paired with the SVS platform (or even further with a Synology DVA device), I think it is safe to say that Synology has made a very solid and capable piece of hardware.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/surveillance_18.webp)

Two bullet, turret, fish-eye, and stand alone cameras, this is the current Synology line up

The BC800Z stands apart from its smaller, primarily indoor counterpart, the BC500\. Its full metal IK10-rated enclosure and substantial weight ensure durability and reliability in harsh environments and adverse weather conditions. Designed for the surveillance of valuable assets and long-range monitoring, this camera delivers impressive performance and peace of mind.

With onboard AI capabilities that can be further enhanced through integration with the SVS platform and DVA devices, it offers nearly unlimited customization for various surveillance scenarios. Additionally, the price includes a 5-year warranty, making it a highly competitive and valuable investment for a camera of this caliber.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/surveillance_16.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/surveillance_17.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/surveillance_15.webp)

A final point regarding the integration of this camera—or any PoE model—is that Synology has announced and demoed its upcoming surveillance network switches this year. In collaboration with NETGEAR, these new switches will complete the ecosystem, offering users and businesses a comprehensive, end-to-end surveillance solution.

With cameras, DVA devices, and now switches, Synology aims to cover all hardware requirements, while Surveillance Station continues to serve as the essential, high-quality software component.

It is worth noting that Synology will not restrict access for the over 8,000 camera models already compatible with their Surveillance Station solution. However, it is clear that the company is advancing toward its goal of delivering a turnkey surveillance solution—eliminating the need to assemble systems from multiple vendors.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/surveillance_11.webp)

New upcoming DVA models

The BC800Z is one of four PoE cameras primarily targeting a broad range of businesses. Whether Synology will expand beyond these options remains uncertain. Currently, their portfolio offers a camera for virtually every need. Although these cameras may be priced slightly higher than competitors’ models, it’s important to note that deploying multiple cameras does not count against the license quota of a particular DVA or NAS running Surveillance Station. This consideration is especially relevant when there is a need for more than two cameras per surveillance device.

The BC800Z will be available starting today, with global availability expected within the next two quarters.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Bee products powered by Acronis True Image Essential
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bee-products-powered-by-acronis-true-image-essential/
Last updated: 2025-11-23T22:48:32.000Z
For those unfamiliar with Synology's SOHO Bee lineup, the BeeDrive and BeeStation are recent additions to the company's product range, designed to serve small teams, individual users, and mobile professionals.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-283.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-284.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

[Synology BeeDrive Deep SearchThe new #AI supported #Synology #BeeDrive #DeepSearch beta feature lands as an exclusive for #AppleSilicon and #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-285.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement-copy-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-deep-search/)

[Synology BSM 1.4-65825 beta is here#Synology #BSM 1.4 beta continues to push #Beestation possibilities with role-based permissions as well as some other minor changes and updates![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-286.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_14.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-4-65825-beta-is-here/)

These devices are available in various models and capacities and are powered by Synology's BSM operating system. Built on a streamlined version of the popular DSM, BSM revolves around two core applications. 

With either device, users have multiple options for backing up their endpoint device files; however, they do not support full bare-metal recovery of the entire system in case of a critical failure. 

In contrast, users of the Synology NAS lineup (such as DS, RS, or other models) benefit from this capability through the use of the **Active Backup for Business** tool.

[3-2-1 > Active Backupactive backup pxe boot bare metal restore nas synology![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-287.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/abb.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/)

[Synology Active Backup for Business - macOS, 1 year laterHow did Synology Active Backup for Business and its macOS support do in the past year since its introduction? Is this the backup platform for Macs?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-288.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/abb_macos_1y.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-macos-1-year-later/)

[VMware & Synology (part 2) - use Active Backup for Business to backup and restore ESXi VMsUsing Synology Active Backup for Business to backup and restore virtual machines hosted on a VMWare ESXi 8 hypervisor![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-290.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/esxi8_part2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-synology-use-active-backup-for-business-to-backup-and-restore-esxi-vms/)

Since the Bee devices do not run the same OS and do not support Active Backup for Business, **Synology has partnered with Acronis** to offer a **complimentary 3-year subscription to their True Image Essential** backup platform.

> ## Easily back up your entire computer or just the files that matter most to your BeeStation or BeeDrive. Restore your system in just a few clicks — whether it’s the same computer, a new one or even a different model

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-19.13.17.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-19.13.37.png)

### How to activate this offer?

To activate this offer, users of any Bee device (available in selected markets) will see a gift icon within the BeeDrive or BeeStation user interface. Following the prompts, the code will be received within a few minutes, which can then be redeemed on the Acronis license portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-18.06.54.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-18.07.03.webp)

First step to redeem the Acronis True Image offer

Accepting the offer involved a lenghty terms and conditions contract, that is presented here in full.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.35.38.png)

---

🚨

Each BeeStation or BeeDrive device includes ****one 3-year Acronis True Image Essentials license for one computer**. Redemption must be completed within 90 days of your first Synology Account sign-in on BeeStation or BeeDrive, or by September 29, 2028, whichever is earlier. This promotion is available only in select regions.

**Redemption Terms and Conditions for Synology Bee Series with Acronis True Image**

By \[clicking Redeem\] you (a) accept these Redemption Terms and Conditions, and (b) acknowledge that activation and use of \[Acronis True Image\] is governed by the Acronis End-User License Agreement (EULA) available at [https://www.acronis.com/en-us/support/eula/](https://www.acronis.com/en-us/support/eula/?ref=blackvoid.club) and accept the Acronis EULA. If you do not agree, do not redeem.

1. **Eligibility**
  1. This redemption only applies to Synology BeeStation and BeeDrive devices (individually, a “Synology Device”) distributed in the Eligible Regions. Any second-hand, refurbished or resold Synology Device is not eligible for redemption.
  2. This redemption is limited to end user customers who purchase the eligible Synology Device for end use and not for resale purposes.
  3. An eligible Synology Device may redeem for only one (1) license key of \[three-year Acronis True Image Essential plan for one computer (the “Acronis Plan”)\]. The redemption cannot be exchanged or redeemed in any way for cash or other electronic value.
  4. Eligible Regions: Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei Darussalam, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Cambodia, Cameroon, Canada, Cape Verde, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Curacao, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Estonia, Ethiopia, Fiji, Finland, France, French Polynesia, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, Guyana, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Iraq, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Korea, Kosovo, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lao, Latvia, Lebanon, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mauritius, Mexico, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Myanmar, Nepal, Netherlands, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Nigeria, North Macedonia, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palestinian territories, Panama, Paraguay, People's Democratic Republic of Congo, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Romania, Rwanda, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, South Sudan, Spain, Sri Lanka, Suriname, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Uganda, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, Vietnam, Zambia, Zimbabwe.
2. **Your Responsibilities**
  1. Non-Transferability: The license key of the Acronis Plan (the “License Key”) redeemed is for your own use only and is tied to the Synology Account and the serial number of the Synology Device you submit for this redemption. You shall not resell, distribute or otherwise transfer the License Key to any other user or Synology Account.
  2. You are responsible for all federal, state, provincial and local taxes (including income and withholding taxes) and any other costs and expenses associated with License Key acceptance and use not specified herein.
  3. You hereby release Synology and its affiliates, employees and agents from any liability or any injury, loss or damage of any kind arising in connection with this redemption, or any License Key received.
3. **Redemption & Activation Process**
  1. To redeem for a License Key, you need to sign in with the Synology Account under which your Synology Device is registered and submit the device’s serial number.
  2. If Synology determines that your Synology Device is eligible for redemption, Synology will issue a License Key within the Bee web portal.
  3. To activate the Acronis Plan, you need to create / sign in to an Acronis account, enter the License Key, and the Acronis Plan will be added to your Acronis account.
4. **Data-Sharing Consent**  
You understand and agree that Synology may share your e-mail address with Acronis International GmbH for activation and management of the License Key and Acronis Plan. For how Acronis handles your email, please refer to Acronis privacy policy.
5. **Limitation of Liability**
  1. Synology **is not the developer or publisher of Acronis True Image** and **disclaims all liability** arising from or related to its installation, activation, performance, support and use—including (without limitation) any data loss, corruption, disclosure, service interruption or other damages. All software-related rights and remedies reside exclusively between you and Acronis under the Acronis EULA.
  2. To the extent permitted by law, Synology, its affiliates, retailers and agencies will not be liable to you for any direct, indirect or consequential loss or damage whatsoever, including personal injury, which is suffered as a result of, or arising from, your participation in the redemption or receiving (or not receiving) any License Key.
6. **Returns & Revocations**  
If a Synology Device is returned for a refund after your redemption, Synology and/or Acronis may **revoke or deactivate** the associated License Key.
7. **Export-/Sanctions Compliance**  
This offer is **not available** in, or for residents of, countries / regions subject to comprehensive trade sanctions, nor to individuals or entities on sanctions lists referenced in the [**Acronis Sanctions & Export-Controls Compliance Policy**](https://www.acronis.com/en-eu/support/sanctions-and-export-controls-compliance-policy/?ref=blackvoid.club). By redeeming, you confirm you are not located in, under control of, or ordinarily resident in such territories and are otherwise eligible under applicable export-control laws. Synology and Acronis may deny the redemption or activation of the License Key where required by law; neither company is liable for any resulting inability to redeem or use the license.
8. **Reservation of Rights**  
To the extent permitted by law, Synology may modify these Redemption Terms and Conditions at any time without notice. Synology and Acronis reserve the right to modify, interpret, cancel, suspend, or terminate this promotional redemption program prospectively for any reason, including any cancellation, suspension, or change necessitated by any event beyond the control of Synology and Acronis.
9. **Synology’s Decision Final and Binding**  
Synology’s decisions will be final and binding on all matters related to this promotional redemption.

These Terms and Conditions may be translated into other languages for reference purposes. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the translated versions and the English version, the English version shall prevail.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.36.00.png)

The whole process needes to be done using a Synology Account, so by accesing the Beestation via a local account effectivly bypassing the Bee portal, we will not be able to activate the license.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.36.20.webp)

License acquired, time to activate it via the Acronis portal

### Activation of Acronis licence

Now that we have the license, we can log into the Acronis portal and add the presented key to get access to the True Image Essential package.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.37.18.png)

In the upper right corner, we can click the **Add keys** button that will allow us to copy the key and finally activate the product.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.38.08.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.38.20.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.39.01.png)

Newly added True Image Essential key valid for 3 years

### What if I have multiple BeeStation/BeeDrive devices?

If multiple devices are involved, the activation process remains the same. The only difference is during activation within the Acronis portal, where the system will detect an existing Essential subscription and present two options for the user.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-12-at-20.49.03.png)

Adding multiple Essential licenses will cause a conflict

Option one allows extending the 3-year subscription to a 6-year term under the same Acronis account or transferring the second license to another account. Once the activation process is complete, users can click the **Download** button to obtain the macOS or Windows installation files, as described in step 3.

> ## Protect your backups from ransomware. If your computer is attacked, you can easily restore your files and system, keeping your data safe and your work running smoothly

### How to use Acronis True Image?

Synology has documented both the backup and restore procedures in its knowledge base articles and YouTube video, so reiterating this straightforward process in this article is unnecessary.

[How do I back up my entire computer to BeeStation using Acronis True Image? - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-10.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_synology-4.jpg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-ro/BeeStation/tutorial/Back%5Fup%5Fcomputer%5FBeeStation%5FAcronis%5FTrue%5FImage?ref=blackvoid.club)

Backup steps using Acronis True Image with Beestation

[How do I restore a backup from BeeStation using Acronis True Image? - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-11.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_synology-5.jpg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-ro/BeeStation/tutorial/Restore%5Fbackup%5FBeeStation%5FAcronis?ref=blackvoid.club)

Restore process via Acronis

However, I can confirm that the backup and recovery work well with macOS, considering that the video was presented on a Windows OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-16-at-16.25.02.webp)

Backup completed against a Beestation 4TB version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-16-at-16.25.47.webp)

Activity tab will register all backup and recovery activities

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-16-at-16.26.16.webp)

Recovery tab lists all the accessible backed up data depending on the selected version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-16-at-16.28.10.webp)

Recovery in progress

Considering that the Acronis Essential plan typically costs €49.99 per year for up to five devices, this 3-year offer from Synology effectively provides around €30 worth of backup service for a single device. More than the price, it’s the value of the official integration and support with a popular third-party backup platform that’s noteworthy.

This move is strategic, offering customers peace of mind and a reliable backup solution. Nonetheless, it’s important to remember that both the BeeDrive and BeeStation are single-drive models. Maintaining an additional backup copy of the data would be a prudent long-term strategy.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Note Station Client 3.0
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-note-station-client-3-0/
Last updated: 2025-11-12T09:52:48.000Z
For many users, especially newcomers, Synology is primarily associated with data backup. While this is true, it’s also important to recognize that their DiskStation Manager (DSM) OS serves as a platform for a wide range of specialized applications, including backup, surveillance, and productivity tools. 

Among these, there are numerous apps, some popular and others more niche. Today, we are announcing the upcoming release of version 3.0 of their Note Station desktop client.

Currently in beta, with the version number 3.0.0-883, the release notes for the Note Station client are modest. This update focuses on the client itself, rather than the server-side platform.

## Release notes

#### Important Notes

1. Replaced the computer's default operating system context menu with a streamlined custom menu containing only application-relevant options.

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. This version is only compatible with Note Station running on DSM 7.0 and above.
2. Improved performance and ensures compatibility with future desktop operating systems.

#### What's New

1. Added support for remembering passwords for quicker access.

From the release notes, it appears there are no major new features, aside from some compatibility improvements. However, the new client has been **rebuilt with a redesigned architecture**, providing **enhanced update flexibility**, **improved security through OS-provided cryptographic systems**, and a **faster login experience**, thanks to the new “Remember Password” option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/ns3_01.webp)

macOS version of the client

Compatible with all major desktop platforms, the 3.0 client version requires a Note Station server component on top of DSM 7.0 or later. 

The look and feel remain consistent with a familiar light turquoise color theme, present both on the login screen and throughout the application.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/ns3_02.webp)

The main interface has not undergone major changes in years, neither structurally nor from a user experience perspective. In fact, the small font size does not align with the updated interface style seen in recent remasters like Calendar 3.0\. As a result, this milestone feels more substantial than what the actual updates deliver.

[Synology Calendar 3.0Experience the #Synology Calendar 3! Redesigned for intuitive scheduling, enhanced task management, and seamless sharing to boost teamwork and productivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-282.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_calendar_3_announcement-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-calendar-3-0/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/ns3_03.webp)

Familiar interface with an all too well known UX

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/ns3_04.webp)

With intense competition in the note-taking app market, it is curious that the company has not allocated more attention and resources to this area. However, perhaps this marks the beginning of a new phase with version 3.0\. Now that the new architecture is in place, there may be opportunities for further improvements in both UI/UX and the feature set.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/ns3_05.webp)

A simple example of potential improvement is import/export compatibility. Although this is currently only a client update, it is unlikely to see significant new features without corresponding server-side updates. At present, Note Station platforms still only support their proprietary NSX file format, effectively locking users into the platform.

While this approach makes sense from a proprietary standpoint, allowing at least some open compatibility—perhaps with limited functionalities—would be a valuable step forward for Synology. It could encourage users to try the platform and potentially consider switching.

Currently, this beta is limited to the desktop platform, meaning that the mobile version is not available at this time.

Finally, please remember that this is still a beta version. Be sure to read the attached announcements and warnings before installing it on your production environment.

#### Please read the following before installing this beta software.

1. **For evaluation only** \- This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed on critical equipment or in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the [Release notes](https://www.synology.com/beta/2025%5FNote%5FStation%5FClient%5F3%5F0%5FBeta?ref=blackvoid.club#package%5FNoteStationClientV2%5Frelease%5Fnote) section before installing it. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damages, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.
2. **Not downgradable** \- After installation of this beta application, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous official version of this software.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology AI Console 1.2
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console-1-2/
Last updated: 2025-10-31T23:02:55.000Z
In April, Synology announced and launched its highly anticipated AI solution for DSM-compatible NAS models. Although it was released later than expected, this delay now appears intentional, as Synology aimed to develop a centralized AI management platform rather than integrating third-party LLM support into individual applications.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-273.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

This is the reason behind the creation of the Synology AI Console. With its initial integration into MailPlus and subsequent inclusion in the Office package, future updates—such as version 1.2 and later 2.0—will feature more productivity applications that will support both third-party and self-hosted LLMs as part of their development roadmap.

[Synology Office Suite meets AI#Synology is finally bringing the power of #AI to their productivity suite of apps, including Drive, Office, ChatPlus, MailPlus, and Synology Meet.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-274.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_meets_ai-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-suite-meets-ai/)

[Synology Office 3.7.0 beta with AI support is out nowThe new #Synology #Office 3.7 beta is finally introducing #AI capabilities to the platform, following the same implementation pattern as #MailPlus![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-275.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_37_beta_ai-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-7-0-beta-with-ai-support-is-out-now/)

### Synology AI Console 1.2 new features

With the announcement of version 1.2 in August, it is now available through the beta channel, introducing several new features. These include more flexible AI deployment, allowing the **use of any OpenAI-compatible LLM via its API, along with custom de-identification capabilities**.

Configuring a new API integration remains consistent with previous versions, with the key difference that users can now select any OpenAI-compatible provider, whether publicly hosted or locally deployed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_01.webp)

AI Console 1.2 now offers self hosted OpenAI-compatible providers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_02.webp)

Generative model list will depend on the actual source

By entering the URL and optional API key, users can select any configured and accessible model offered by the provider. This enables multiple integrations from the same provider with different models, which can then be mapped to individual Synology applications as needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_04.webp)

List of configured AI providers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_03.webp)

Once configured the AI providers can be mapped to all compatible Synology apps

As before, once a provider is configured for a specific application, you can further customize which user groups are permitted or restricted from accessing the AI capabilities within that application. Additionally, this version introduces a second key feature: **custom data de-identification**.

🚨

****NOTE**: To be able to use the ****de-dentification functionality,** the NAS will have to have ****8GB of RAM or more**! On top of that, the ****Container Manager** package needs to be installed. Finally, each language that needs to be used will utilize approximately 1 GB of memory!

Quoting the Synology definition, this means: 

> ## "Data de-identification allows the system to anonymize selected sensitive data, ensuring it is not transmitted to the AI providers and protecting user privacy."

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_05.webp)

Data de-identification. New AI Console 1.2 feature

In addition to prepopulated sensitivity settings, which can be classified accordingly, there is also the option to create custom sensitivity types tailored specifically to our needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_07.webp)

List of existing and configured sensitive types

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_08.webp)

Pattern detection level and definition

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_09.webp)

Configuration of pattern elements

Users will be able to specify the confidence level and define patterns with their primary and supporting elements, regardless of the language in use.

The primary detection element to be masked can be configured using Regex, keywords, or a function—such as a predefined Regex pattern that may include a validator. Additionally, keywords can be imported via a TXT or CSV file containing up to 2,048 individual words.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_10.webp)

Configuration of primary element detection keyword

Once sensitive types are configured and selected, the new **playground** area can be used to test detection and de-identification results.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/aiconsole12_06.webp)

De-identification test and result

Each detected sensitive keyword will be replaced before being sent to the LLM and then restored to its original value once the query is executed.

The AI Console integration has so far been limited to MailPlus, Office, and the upcoming ChatPlus and Meet platforms. Although Drive has undergone its fourth update, it still lacks integration with the AI Console. This feature is planned for the next 4.1 version of Drive, offering some interesting options currently in development and testing. Further details will be shared in upcoming articles in Q1 2026.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### TIDARR - self-hosted TIDAL download manager
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/tidarr-self-hosted-tidal-download-manager/
Last updated: 2025-12-20T09:18:41.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 19/12/2025 - New ****OIDC support has been implemented** with version 1.1\. Docker compose has been updated with changes 

Streaming various types of content has become the standard practice today. Whether it's TV shows, movies, music, videos, or other digital media, there are abundant options available. The growing number of streaming services ensures that there is something to suit everyone's preferences.

Personally, my preferred music source is TIDAL. While it may not be everyone's choice, I find it comprehensive and perfectly suited to my needs. Additionally, one of the reasons I favor TIDAL is its seamless integration with PLEX, which, not long ago, was exceptional for my setup.

PLEX has always been my primary media platform. As a self-hoster, I use PLEX for all my multimedia streaming needs across any device I choose, a practice I've maintained for nearly 20 years.

As an avid fan of the platform, the integration with TIDAL was a perfect fit, allowing me to listen to content either from my own PLEX server or directly via TIDAL, all through the PLEX interface or its apps.

That would be the Plexamp app, as the company forked the music streaming functionality from their default application, which is used for all other media.

Unfortunately, the integration between TIDAL and PLEX ended, leaving the way forward as maintaining the best of both worlds. With TIDAL offering Master quality tracks, the challenge became how to extract that content from the streaming service and make it accessible again within PLEX.

The main reason for this is that I want to minimize the number of apps and platforms when it comes to media consumption.

### Tidarr - React-powered UI for tiddl

Over the years, several TIDAL download tools have emerged, primarily command-line based, and they generally work well. In fact, not too long ago, I was still using some of those tools myself.

[GitHub - oskvr37/tiddl: Download Tidal tracks, videos, albums, playlists & artists! Tidal downloader that supports master quality.Download Tidal tracks, videos, albums, playlists & artists! Tidal downloader that supports master quality. - oskvr37/tiddl![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40-3.svg)GitHuboskvr37![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/7b5b7222-9a78-48d9-9e82-1bc65f76b971)](https://github.com/oskvr37/tiddl?ref=blackvoid.club)

Python CLI application that allows for offline download

Last year, a GitHub repository caught my attention while I was searching for a self-hosted, web-based download manager, ideally with a mobile app or PWA support.

I discovered [Tidarr](https://github.com/cstaelen/tidarr?ref=blackvoid.club), an open-source platform developed in React, which offers all the features I was seeking. It provides a single interface not only for downloading content for personal use but also for browsing albums, tracks, playlists, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-26-at-23.56.45.png)

[Tidarr](https://github.com/cstaelen/tidarr?ref=blackvoid.club) UI - as of version 0.4.0 custom themes are also an option

[GitHub - cstaelen/tidarr: Selfhosted Tidal DL with ReactJS UISelfhosted Tidal DL with ReactJS UI. Contribute to cstaelen/tidarr development by creating an account on GitHub.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40-1.svg)GitHubcstaelen![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/tidarr)](https://github.com/cstaelen/tidarr?ref=blackvoid.club)

Tidarr main Github repository

💰

This article is ****not a paid sponsorship** of any kind, not by PLEX, or the developer of this platform!

🚨

The use of this solution should be for educational or personal use only! ****Distribution of protected material is not supported** by the creator of this tool, the owner of this article, or Blackvoid!

I won 't go into all the features of the app as that is not the intention of this article, but here are the highlights of what Tidarr offers beyond just a simple download.

- Downloadable media : tracks, albums, playlists, mixes, music videos
- Max quality : FLAC, 24 bit 192.0 kHz (if available)
- Tidal trends content
- User playlists, mixes, favorites
- Search by keywords
- Search by url : artist url, album url, playlist url, track url, mix url
- Download covers
- Admin password
- M3U file for playlist with customizable path
- Watch and sync playlists, mixes and artists with cron
- Skip download if track exists
- Custom CSS

Tidarr includes several service integrations, with the PLEX automatic library update standing out as a particularly useful feature. It automates the process and enhances the overall user experience.

In addition to PLEX, Tidarr supports Beets.io for tag management and offers several push notification options, including Gotify, Apprise API, and Mattermost. Given its active development, further integrations and features can be expected in the future.

The documentation of the whole solution is more than enough, so there is really no point in going over it, but I will share the details of how I have it set up via Docker.

```yaml
services:
    tidarr:
        image: cstaelen/tidarr
        container_name: 'tidarr'
        ports:
            - 8484:8484
        volumes:
            - /volume/tidarr:/shared
            - /volume/Music:/music
        environment:
            - PUID=xxxx
            - PGID=xxxx
            - ADMIN_PASSWORD=xxxxxxxxx
            - ENABLE_PLEX_UPDATE=true
            - PLEX_URL=http://PLEX_IP_ADDRESS:PORT
            - PLEX_LIBRARY=37 #ID of the music library that will be refreshed
            - PLEX_TOKEN=xxxxxxxx
            - REACT_APP_TIDAL_COUNTRY_CODE=HR
            - PUSH_OVER_URL=https://my.domain/hooks/xxxxxxxx #Mattermost webhook support
        restart: 'unless-stopped'
```

Tidarr docker compose example

### docker-compose with OpenID Connect (OIDC) authentication

```yaml
services:
    tidarr:
        image: cstaelen/tidarr
        container_name: 'tidarr'
        ports:
            - 8484:8484
        volumes:
            - /volume/tidarr:/shared
            - /volume/Music:/music
        environment:
            - PUID=xxxx
            - PGID=xxxx
            - ENABLE_PLEX_UPDATE=true
            - PLEX_URL=http://PLEX_IP_ADDRESS:PORT
            - PLEX_LIBRARY=37 #ID of the music library that will be refreshed
            - PLEX_TOKEN=xxxxxxxx
            - REACT_APP_TIDAL_COUNTRY_CODE=HR
            - PUSH_OVER_URL=https://my.domain/hooks/xxxxxxxx #Mattermost webhook support
            - OIDC_ISSUER=https://your-oidc-provider.com
            - OIDC_CLIENT_ID=tidarr
            - OIDC_CLIENT_SECRET=your-client-secret
            - OIDC_REDIRECT_URI=https://your-tidarr-domain.com/api/auth/oidc/callback
        restart: 'unless-stopped'
```

Tidarr docker compose example with OIDC support

The actual default compose is much shorter, as both PLEX and webhook integration via Mattermost are optional.

Setting up Mattermost support with Tidarr involves specifying the `PUSH_OVER_URL` variable and configuring an incoming webhook `URL` on the Mattermost platform. Although this feature is not yet included in the latest Docker image, the process remains straightforward.

[Mattermost - (free) open-source messaging platformHow to run Mattermost collaboration platform on your Synology NAS using Docker - a short tutorial![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-276.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/mattermost_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/)

### Customization

A recent addition in version 0.4 is the support for **custom CSS**, allowing users to personalize the look and feel of Tidarr. While some CSS knowledge is required, the customization process is integrated into the Tidarr UI, making it accessible and user-friendly.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-27-at-00.37.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-27-at-00.38.11.png)

Version 0.4 supports usage of CSS inside the interface

Tidarr offers a simple and elegant CSS customization window with a save and reload button, allowing for immediate changes without the need for a full app restart or container restart. While not glamorous, this feature is highly practical for quick and instant customization.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tidarr_themes.webp)

Custom CSS allows for various and numerous designs

### Mobile support

Aesthetics may not always be the top priority for every platform, but given that Tidarr offers more than just basic downloads, the ability to customize the interface adds significant value. It enhances the user experience by allowing personalized tailoring of the environment.

Modern apps must support mobile devices, given their widespread use today. In this regard, Tidarr offers several options tailored to different platforms, ensuring compatibility and a seamless experience across devices.

For Android users, there is a custom-built Shazarr app developed by the same developer, which allows integration with Tidarr and offers additional features.

[GitHub - cstaelen/shazarr: Offroad Shazam Android app (iOs available on source build). Lidarr and Tidarr companion.Offroad Shazam Android app (iOs available on source build). Lidarr and Tidarr companion. - cstaelen/shazarr![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40-2.svg)GitHubcstaelen![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/shazarr)](https://github.com/cstaelen/shazarr?ref=blackvoid.club)

For iOS users, there is no official App Store version of Tidarr. However, due to its modern framework, Tidarr functions perfectly as a PWA (progressive web app) when accessed through mobile browsers on iPhone devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tidarr_themes_mobile.webp)

Tidarr as a PWA running on iOS devices with full functionality

This approach enhances the platform's potential significantly. Unlike some CLI-based solutions, Tidarr provides a sleek, fast, and modern interface that extends beyond basic content downloading, offering a more comprehensive and user-friendly experience.

Anyone seeking an easy way to back up TIDAL content should consider this solution, as it is highly effective and lightweight, with a Docker image under 190MB. Its simple, intuitive, mobile-friendly UI is likely to be the main attraction, with all other features serving as valuable bonuses.

All credit goes to [Clément Staelen](https://cl-st.dev/?ref=blackvoid.club), a talented front-end developer behind Tidarr, with the help of [Oskar Dudziński](https://github.com/oskvr37?ref=blackvoid.club), the individual responsible for creating `tiddl`.

[GitHub - oskvr37/tiddl: Download Tidal tracks, videos, albums, playlists & artists! Tidal downloader that supports master quality.Download Tidal tracks, videos, albums, playlists & artists! Tidal downloader that supports master quality. - oskvr37/tiddl![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40-4.svg)GitHuboskvr37![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/7b5b7222-9a78-48d9-9e82-1bc65f76b971-1)](https://github.com/oskvr37/tiddl?ref=blackvoid.club)

Indeed, so far, Tidarr stands out as one of the best all-around platforms for managing TIDAL content. We can certainly hope for more features and improvements in the future.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology at the 2025 GITEX expo
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-the-2025-gitex-expo/
Last updated: 2025-10-18T17:36:28.000Z
Alongside Synology's Solution Day expo that is currently still underway on a global scale, the company has also participated in this year's **GITEX Global** event held in Dubai.

[Synology Solution Day 2025 - an in-depth overviewNew data protection and storage solutions, with an all-new surveillance platform and hardware, as well as a brand new chat and video conference platform![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-269.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_solution_day_2025_in_depth-1-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2025-an-in-depth-overview/)

An in-depth overview of this year's Synology Solution Day 2025 expo

GITEX (Gulf Information Technology Exhibition) Global is the world's largest and most enduring technology expo. Celebrating over four decades since its inception in 1984, it attracts a significant government presence, with hundreds of government entities from across the region. The event showcases the year's major government digital initiatives, innovations, and projects, while also serving as a platform for announcing public and private sector technology partnerships.

![](https://cdn.prod.website-files.com/6641aa6384a3010ab6b735d7/679b0db5b813701249cbcb5e_Day%202-of-GITEX-GLOBAL2024.jpg)

Synology has joined 6,500+ companies from 180+ countries to showcase their innovations to a global audience of investors, enterprises, and governments. 

![](https://www.swiss.tech/sites/default/files/styles/ratio_1_77_width_1980/public/2025-05/GITEX%20Global.jpg?h=4edfd44a&itok=cp7RpArf)

### What brings Synology to GITEX?

The primary purpose of Synology's presence at GITEX is to showcase its latest enterprise solutions to the Middle East and Asia markets. With a 30% B2B growth this year, it is clear that the company aims to stay as close as possible to both its current and future Tier 1 and Tier 0 customers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_06.webp)

Synology booth at GITEX 2025 expo

Synology has presented their latest models and technologies coming later this year, as well as in 2026, like the new all-NVMe flagship model, the PAS7700.

The PAS-series was developed to support **mission-critical operations that must meet extremely high performance** standards and **ultra-low latency** requirements, while also ensuring **high availability** at all times.

[Synology PAS7700 overview#Synology active-active NVMe storage solution for mission-critical enterprise workloads, #PAS7700 announced and revealed at Computex 2025![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-270.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pas7700_overview-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/PAS7700_PR.webp)

Synology PAS7700

Unlike the current devices from Synology, the PAS series is unique with an all-end-to-end NVMe architecture equipped with **U.3 SSDs** directly connected to the CPU via PCIe lanes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/PAS7700_PR05.webp)

New Synology SPU7200D U.3 drive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_01.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_08.webp)

Brand new flagship model the PAS7700 was the centerpiece along with the new U.3 SPU7200D drives that power it

Although the new GS series was not showcased as it was at Computex and during Synology Solution Day Expo, Synology instead highlighted some of their larger data models, such as the existing HD6500, which is capable of up to 4.8 PB of storage.

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-272.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

The latest DSM 7.3 is brining the new tiering feature to almost all currently supported models

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/synology_tiering-2.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_09.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_03.webp)

HD6500 series with Synology branded HAT5300 SAS drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_11-1.webp)

New upcoming DVA AI devices

In response to increasing AI-demanding scenarios and advances in hardware, Synology is launching several new DVA devices tailored for AI-capable tasks. Their new 2U rack model, the DVA7400, will support up to 100 camera streams and 40 concurrent AI operations.

[Synology C2 Surveillance announcementDuring Computex 2025, #Synology also introduced the upcoming new scalable cloud-based surveillance platform called C2 Surveillance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-271.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-announcement/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_18-1.webp)

Existing and new Synoloy camera models that are coming

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_02.webp)

The upcoming DVA7400 2U rack brand new surveillance device was also presented

Over five days at GITEX, with nearly 100,000 visitors each day, numerous existing and potential customers had the opportunity to explore some of the latest technologies and services. 

Attracting around 5,000 visitors to the Synology booth alone underscores the company's global recognition and respect. As a niche brand, Synology has established itself as the market leader in its respective field.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-18-at-19.04.03.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gitex_07.webp)

[****Synology 2025 Business Solution Guide**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/www-res/events/2025/Solution%5FGuide%202025%5FCMK.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club) as well as some swag was offered to many visitors that came to the booth (don't worry, the screwdriver set is not proprietary!)

GITEX 2026 is scheduled for December 2026, and Synology is expected to be present again, showcasing new exciting devices set to launch in the first quarter of 2026\. As AI continues to shape the future, it is only a matter of time before the company introduces new hardware to meet this growing demand.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### NEW x26 Synology model lineup
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x26-synology-model-lineup/
Last updated: 2026-08-28T22:32:43.000Z
💡

****NOTE**: This article will contain ****upcoming information on new devices** (and the rest of the hardware) that Synology will release by the end of the year and well into 2026.

As in previous years, the second half of the year tends to bring new potential devices, either arriving on the scene or at least being announced. This year, several new devices have emerged—particularly in the x25 segment—but their updates have not been especially impressive. Apart from a modest network upgrade, the remaining hardware largely mirrors the previous generation.

[NEW x25 Synology model lineupMid-year means new Synology NAS models with the x25 suffix. What models can we expect in the next year?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-267.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/NAS_x25_models-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x25-synology-model-lineup/)

Solution Day 2025 showcased several forthcoming enterprise models, further overshadowing the DS and RS model lines.

[Synology Solution Day 2025 - an in-depth overviewNew data protection and storage solutions, with an all-new surveillance platform and hardware, as well as a brand new chat and video conference platform![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-268.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_solution_day_2025_in_depth-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2025-an-in-depth-overview/)

However, with the company's push into AI integration, some upcoming 2026 models may differ slightly from what we have grown accustomed to in the past. To accommodate this, we will aggregate all forthcoming announcements into this single article over time, while also providing dedicated reviews or overviews of the models as separate posts.

Will we see any additional devices before the end of the year? Probably not, but we should wait to see what the final quarter of 2025 unveils as we look ahead to what could be a more interesting 2026.

---

💡

****UPDATE 28/07/2026** \- The new RS11626xs+ model has just been announced

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/08/rs11626xs-_overview_announcement-2.webp)

[Synology RS11626xs+ overview#Synology rolled out its brand new and unique 3U enterprise storage solution built for long-term growth, the #RS11626xs+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-b7be6eae-c762-42ca-9486-025cb48efee9.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs11626xs-_overview_announcement-1-7c0f5872-a520-4c0b-acc5-64c8b3194e9c.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs11626xs-overview/)

💡

****UPDATE 25/07/2026** \- The new RS1226RP+ refresh is coming in the following months

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/07/rs1226-_overview-1.webp)

[Synology RS1226+/RP+ overviewThe anticipated 2U 8-bay #Synology refresh model has arrived. The new RS1226RP+ offers a few under-the-hood updates while still focusing on the SMB market segment![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-8968e21d-bacb-4a1f-87a3-385a877abb82.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs1226-_overview-116e440b-222a-439d-930b-c16df75d0618.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs1226-rp-overview/)

💡

****UPDATE 06/05/2026** \- The rollout of the XS+ models continues today with three more 2U/3U refreshed devices

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs6426xs_plus_overview.webp)

[Synology RS6426xs+ overviewA 3U behemoth with the support of up to 64 drives is the latest in #Synology’s 2026 lineup. Enterprise NAS for data, backup, and surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-69.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs6426xs_plus_overview.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs6426xs-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs4826xs_plus_overview.webp)

[Synology RS4826xs+ overviewBrand new 2U #Synology rack model is here! Up to 48 drives, this new NAS is a real mid to high-end enterprise device that meets any workload![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-68.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs4826xs_plus_overview.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs4826xs-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs3626xs_plus_overview.webp)

[Synology RS3626xs+ overviewThe #Synology RS3621xs+ successor has arrived with enough changes to make it worth the upgrade, being one of three new 2U models released today![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-67.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs3626xs_plus_overview.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs3626xs-overview/)

💡

****UPDATE 01/04/2026** \- We got our first X26 model today, the RS1626xs+. 1U rack model as a successor to the 2019 version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/05/rs1626xs_plus_overview_v2.webp)

[Synology RS1626xs+ overviewThe first X26 #Synology rack model is arriving soon, the #RS1626xs+. Enterprise-grade performance and scalability in a slim 1U chassis.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-66.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs1626xs_plus_overview_v2-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs1626xs-overview/)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BSM 1.4-65825 beta is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-4-65825-beta-is-here/
Last updated: 2025-11-13T11:31:41.000Z
🆕

****UPDATE -** 13/11/2025 - the BSM 1.4 OS is out of beta with the official release under the version ****1.4-65831**. No changes in the release notes since the beta version. 

This week was a major event in the Synology world with the [release of DSM 7.3](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-3-81180/). The fact that the new HCL 5.0 policy once again unlocked support for any disk model and vendor for the DS+ lineup is a big deal, but the company also released a new beta version of its upcoming Beestation OS.

**BSM 1.4 beta** is here for both the original and the Plus model of the Beestation, offering some new functionalities as well as a few fixes along the way.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-264.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

Full review of the new Beestation Plus model

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-265.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-13.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

Full review of last year's Beestation 4TB model

## Release Notes

### BeeStation OS 1.4

#### What’s new

1. Added abnormal network speed alerts: BeeStation now notifies you of unusual network conditions to help identify connectivity or configuration issues.
2. Added support for automatic Plex Media Server updates.

#### Fixed issues

1. Updated the timezone data to set Kazakhstan’s timezone to GMT+5.
2. Improved the performance of internal restore points.

### BeeFiles 1.4.0

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. BeeFiles 1.4.0 requires BeeStation 1.4 and above.

#### What’s new

1. Added support for sharing with other BeeStation users, allowing files and folders to be shared with role-based permissions for viewing, downloading, and uploading. (This feature is available in the web version during beta. App support is coming soon.)
2. Added support for BeeStation owners to configure access permissions for external drives.
3. Added support for setting the minimum number of versions to 1, reducing storage usage from historical versions.
4. Added support for relinking sync folders to certain cloud services after unlinking.
5. Added support for displaying folders in the “Recent” category of the sidebar.

#### Fixed issues

1. Fixed an issue where the recycle bin retention period displayed did not match the configured settings.
2. Fixed an issue where changes to the maximum number of retained versions were not successfully applied.
3. Fixed an issue where BeeStation could not shut down or restart properly while running USB backup or data protection.

### BeePhotos 1.4.0

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. BeePhotoss 1.4.0 requires BeeStation 1.4 and above.

#### What’s new

1. Supports sharing photos and albums with internal BeeStation users, with customizable permission settings for viewing, downloading, and uploading. (This feature is available in the web version during beta. App support is coming soon.)
2. Supports stacking similar items, viewable in Timeline and the Album page.

#### Fixed issues

1. Fixed an issue where zooming in on 360-degree photos might result in low quality.
2. Enhanced timing of the hint for enabling Synology Image Assistant.

---

Given that this is a beta version, the regular update channel will not detect it, so a manual download and update is needed using the Beestation beta channel page.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-09-at-10.48.10.webp)

[BeeDrive & BeeStationMake BeeDrive your personal backup hub or create your own cloud in minutes with BeeStation.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-9.png)Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/og-3.jpg)](https://bee.synology.com/en-eu/BeeStation/downloads/beta/2025%5FBeeStation%5FBSM%5F1%5F4%5FBeta?ref=blackvoid.club)

The release notes tell the whole story regarding this update, but we can see that the OS, as well as BeeFiles and BeePhotos, have been updated to the new version with a handful of new features.

Starting with the OS for the Plus model, BSM 1.4 now offers automatic Plex server updates.

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-266.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

Plex introduction into the BSM OS with previous 1.3 version

With the loss of official full support for Plex on the DS NAS models, and the fact that Beestation is a proper appliance device for the SOHO customers, it is a welcome update that will allow for an even better up-to-date experience for the end user.

Unlike the rest of Synology's devices, the Beestation is special in more than one way, but connectivity is right there at the top of the list. By connectivity, we mean how the device is accessed. The default and preferred way is via the QuickConnect gateway, which again depends on a properly configured network and speed. It is because of this that with the 1.4 BSM version, we also got an option to be alerted to any **unusual network conditions** to help identify connectivity and configuration issues.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-09-at-11.18.44.webp)

Located in the advanced system settings section, the new setting is turned on by default. There is no major information in the knowledge base (atm) on how this feature works and is triggered, but the best bet is that there is some sort of email being sent with the needed details.

The biggest addition with 1.4 in both BeeFiles and BeePhotos is **role-based permissions**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-09-at-11.27.16.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-09-at-11.27.35.webp)

Role-based permissions for BSM users (not external!)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-09-at-11.27.49.webp)

With this feature, BSM users can share files and folders with other BSM users on the same device in terms of viewing, downloading, or uploading. It is expected for this option to be available in the Beestation desktop app after the beta has finished.

Finally, one Synology Photos feature made its way from DSM onto BSM into the BeePhotos app as well. **Stacking of similar items**.

By default, BeePhotos will both in the Timeline and Albums view stack similar items automatically for a better user experience.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-09-at-11.47.50.webp)

Automatic stacks of similar image both in Timeline and Album BeePhotos view

A welcome addition and yet another example of enhancing end-user workflow by implementing a simple yet effective function that will help with both organizing and saving time.

Official rollout of BSM 1.4 is expected to happen at some point in November, and feature updates will make their way into the desktop apps as well.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### DSM 7.3-81180 & 7.3.2-86009
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-3-81180/
Last updated: 2026-01-30T09:33:32.000Z
🚨

****UPDATE**: 30/01/2026 - a new ****7.3.2-86009 Update 1** has arrived covering single CVE security fix. This update has been flagged as ****important!**

### Version: 7.3.2-86009 Update 1 - Important Update

(2026-01-29)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.3.2-86009-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. This update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding telnetd (CVE-2026-24061).

---

🚨

****UPDATE**: 02/12/2025 - a new ****7.3.2-86009 update** has arrived covering multiple DSM fixes that arrived with this new 7.3 version. 

### Version: 7.3.2-86009

(2025-12-02)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. If auto update does not run, perform a manual update in Control Panel. Before updating, follow the instructions and complete the required actions to ensure success.
4. To uphold our commitment to quality, every DSM release undergoes rigorous validation. To ensure optimal stability, the models listed below will not receive this update on your device and will remain on their most suitable version. You can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
  - Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS116, DS216, DS216play, DS416, DS416play, DS1517, DS1817, DS418play, RS217, RS816
  - J Series: DS216j, DS416j, DS416slim, DS419slim, DS418j, DS218j, DS119j

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where backup files containing encrypted volumes might not function properly when restored to DSM 7.3.
2. Fixed an issue where users might be required to re-enter their license keys after updating to DSM 7.3 when migrating a system or operating in an SHA-enabled environment.
3. Fixed an issue where users could not authenticate using Approve sign-in or FIDO2-compliant hardware security keys before authorization in OAuth Service.
4. Fixed an issue where users might fail to authenticate when configuring SSO clients to use C2 Identity as the identity provider with the SAML protocol.
5. Fixed an issue where DSM might fail to send files from File Station as attachments when accounts were configured through Outlook.
6. Fixed an issue where notification profiles might be incorrect when restoring from configuration backup files.
7. Fixed an issue that prevented certain UPnP renderers from playing MP3 files after updating to DSM 7.3.
8. Fixed a security vulnerability.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

🚨

****UPDATE**: 18/11/2025 - Today, a new UP1 has been released for the 86003 version, covering a security vulnerability.

### Version: 7.3.1-86003 Update 1

Important Update

(2025-11-18)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.3.1-86003-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. This update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed a security vulnerability. (CVE-2025-13392 allows remote attackers to bypass authentication with prior knowledge of the distinguished name (DN)).

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-eu/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

🚨

****UPDATE**: ****28/10/2025** \- Today, Synology released a new ****DSM 7.3.1-86003** version, fixing some reported issues as a result of their recent 7.3 version. Details below.

### Version: 7.3.1-86003

(2025-10-28)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. If auto update does not run, perform a manual update in Control Panel. Before updating, follow the instructions and complete the required actions to ensure success.
4. To uphold our commitment to quality, every DSM release undergoes rigorous validation. To ensure optimal stability, the models listed below will not receive this update on your device and will remain on their most suitable version. You can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
  - Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS116, DS216, DS216play, DS416, DS416play, DS1517, DS1817, DS418play, RS217, RS816
  - J Series: DS216j, DS416j, DS416slim, DS419slim, DS418j, DS218j, DS119j

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. To ensure compatibility, Replication Service will be automatically updated or will require a manual update to a compatible version.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where the LED brightness adjustment function might stop working on certain models.
2. Fixed an issue where connected external devices might not appear when selecting files or folders.
3. Fixed an issue where external storage devices might trigger false alerts.
4. Fixed an issue where a UPS connected via USB might fail to function after a system update.

---

It has been a difficult and long year since the last DSM update. Back in May of 2024, Synology released DSM 7.2 with some exciting new changes and new features, as well as an updated Container Manager.

[DSM 7.2-64561 is LIVESynology DSM 7.2-64561 is here. Bringing a few more changes than the RC version from last month, this version is packed with security updates as well as some cool new features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-258.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm72_final_live.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64561-is-live/)

We got W.O.R.M., full system backup with Hyper Backup, as well as volume encryption, and immutable snapshots. While it all sounds great, within the next four months, the rollout of DSM 7.2.2 happened, and things took a bit of a bumpy turn.

[DSM 7.2.2-72806 updateSynology DSM 7.2.2-72803 has arrived. With a lot of security patches here are a few important changes in terms of audio and video support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-259.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm722-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-2-72803-update/)

Synology decided to make some radical changes to the systems by eliminating Video Station as well as processing of media files using HEVC (H.265), AVC (H.264), and VC-1 codecs from their NAS devices. If that was not enough, the rollout of new X25 models that kicked off this year was frowned upon for several reasons.

First, the lock-up of DS+ models to only Synology-branded drives, and on top of it all, a very mild and uneventful upgrade of the X25 models compared to their predecessors.

With a more enterprise-focused future, Synology decided to put effort into high-end devices, as well as roll out some new series and platforms, leaving the small enthusiasts to either accept the new order or change vendors.

[Synology Solution Day 2025 - an in-depth overviewNew data protection and storage solutions, with an all-new surveillance platform and hardware, as well as a brand new chat and video conference platform![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-261.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_solution_day_2025_in_depth-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2025-an-in-depth-overview/)

During the last half a year, Synology customers were vocal to say the least, and it looks like it had some effect, as today Synology has decided to push out DSM 7.3, their latest NAS OS version with several interesting features, and a foundation for things to come.

DSM 7.3 introduction video

## Release notes

### Version: 7.3-81180

(2025-10-08)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. If the auto update does not run, perform a manual update in the Control Panel. Before updating, follow the instructions and complete the required actions to ensure success.
4. To uphold our commitment to quality, every DSM release undergoes rigorous validation. To ensure optimal stability, the models listed below will not receive this update on your device and will remain on their most suitable version. You can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
  - Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS116, DS216, DS216play, DS416, DS416play, DS1517, DS1817, DS418play, RS217, RS816
  - J Series: DS216j, DS416j, DS416slim, DS419slim, DS418j, DS218j, DS119j
5. For the following models, DSM 7.3 will be the last upgradable version.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: DS3018xs, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, RS18016xs+, RS18017xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs+, RS3618xs, RS4017xs+, RS819, RS217
  - Plus Series: DS216+, DS216+II, DS716+, DS716+II, DS916+, DS718+, DS918+, DS1019+, DS218+, DS1517+, DS1817+, DS1618+, DS1819+, DS2419+, DS2419+II, RS2416+, RS2416RP+, RS2418+, RS2418RP+, RS2818RP+, RS818+, RS818RP+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS116, DS216, DS216play, DS416, DS416play, RS816, DS118, DS218, DS218play, DS418, DS418play, DS1517, DS1817
  - J Series: DS216j, DS416j, DS416slim, DS419slim, DS418j, DS218j, DS119j
6. Introduced in DSM 7.2.2 and continued in DSM 7.3, media file processing for HEVC (H.265), AVC (H.264), and VC-1 codecs is now handled by end devices to improve system efficiency. These codecs are widely supported on end devices such as smartphones, tablets, computers, and smart TVs. If the end device does not support the required codecs, the use of media files may be limited. Refer to [this article](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/Unable%5Fto%5Fview%5FHEVC%5FH265%5FAVC%5FH264%5FVC1%5FHEIC%5Fon%5FNAS?ref=blackvoid.club) for workarounds. In addition, please note the following exceptions:
  - Surveillance Station on DSM will continue to support server-side processing of AVC (H.264) streams, see the [release notes](https://www.synology.com/releaseNote/SurveillanceVideoExtension?ref=blackvoid.club).
  - Deep Video Analytics (DVA) series models and VisualStation clients will retain support for AVC (H.264) and HEVC (H.265) codecs.
7. PetaSpace has reached end of life and is no longer supported. To create a large volume, see [this article](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fis%5FBtrfs%5FPeta%5FVolume?ref=blackvoid.club).

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. Node.js v14, Node.js v16, PHP7.3, PHP7.4, and PHP8.0 are no longer supported.
2. To ensure compatibility, the following packages will be automatically updated or will require a manual update to a compatible version: Active Backup for Business, Active Backup for Google Workspace, Active Backup for Microsoft 365, Advanced Media Extensions, Antivirus by McAfee, Antivirus Essential, Cloud Sync, Container Manager, Download Station, File Station, Hyper Backup, Hyper Backup Vault, Log Center, Media Server, Note Station, PACS, Presto File Server, Snapshot Replication, Storage Analyzer, Surveillance Station 9.2.0 or below, Synology Chat Server, Synology Drive, Synology Mail Server, Synology MailPlus Server, Synology Photos, Universal Search, and Web Station.

#### What's New

1. Added an option to postpone important DSM auto-updates for up to 28 days after the first notification.
2. Added support for Synology Tiering and Synology Tiering Vault.
3. Added native exFAT support for external devices, allowing seamless access without additional packages. The exFAT Access package has been discontinued.
4. Added support for backing up and restoring the "Verify server certificate" setting in the LDAP directory service. Restoring this setting requires both the export and import systems to run DSM 7.3 or above.
5. Added support for selecting organizational units (OUs) to synchronize when joining a domain. In this version, if you need to modify the OU synchronization list after joining the domain, you must leave and rejoin the domain.
6. Added an option to automatically lock encrypted storage entities during a manual reset (Mode 1). After the reset, the key vault is erased and disabled, and encrypted volumes and shared folders are locked to prevent unauthorized access. This option is set to disabled by default.
7. Added support for sending OTP emergency recovery codes by email if users cannot receive their OTP during 2-factor authentication for OS login.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where DSM configuration backups or Hyper Backup could fail while Shared Folder Sync tasks were running.
2. Fixed an issue where residual snapshots from previous backup tasks might cause entire system backups in Active Backup for Business or Hyper Backup to fail.
3. Fixed an issue where Snapshot Replication tasks might fail due to unexpected errors.
4. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding curl (CVE-2023-38545).
5. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding AppleTalk (CVE-2023-51781).
6. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding krb5 (CVE-2024-37371).
7. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding PostgreSQL (CVE-2025-1094).
8. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2024-12085, CVE-2020-22218, CVE-2024-24806, and CVE-2023-37920).

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-eu/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

## New hard disk policy - HCL 5.0

Since 2021, Synology has gradually implemented stricter HDD compatibility policies for a subset of its product lineup, beginning with models at or above the XS+ tier. In the ensuing years, the introduction of the HAT5300 and HAT3300 disk models has expanded the scope of these policies, enabling further restrictions and enforcement across consumer devices, including the DS Plus series.

[Synology HDD compatibility policy explainedBeginning in 2021, Synology rolled out their HDD HAT5300 series of drives, and following that they have changed their HDD compatibility policy. Now I did write about those drives and those policy changes a bit back in January and March of 2021, but I wanted to reflect on this a![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-229.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hddcompatibility-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/)

Consequently, as it was already mentioned, in April 2025, Synology introduced a new HDD policy that effectively restricts all newly launched X25 models and future devices to a strict compatibility list comprising only Synology-branded hard disks and solid-state drives.

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-230.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-7.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

As expected, the **HCL 4 policy** has not sat well with most enthusiast users, as it **prevents the creation of storage pools and volumes on any third-party drives** installed, effectively restricting hardware configuration options.

However, **Synology has initiated negotiations with third-party drive vendors** to undergo the official verification process required to list their drives on the official compatibility list for specific models. **The onboarding process is still underway**, but given its thorough nature and the time typically required, completion is expected to take some time.

### Changes with DSM 7.3

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/synology_disk_policy_2025_dsm73.webp)

In response to user feedback and the general discomfort with the disk-lock policy, **Synology has decided to revert to its previous HCL 3 policy in the form of a new one called HCL 5.0**. What this means is that starting with DSM 7.3, a new HCL 5.0 rule will be applied to the DS+ series. **HCL 5.0 allows the use of drives that are not listed in the compatibility list (unverified). These drives can be used in most operations and do not trigger strong warnings.**

So what does that mean exactly? It means that, for 2025 DS+ models only, including the new FS200T 6-bay NAS, **users will be allowed to use any drive, from any vendor** (SSD or HDD). The only exceptions to this policy are the following.

🚨

EXCEPTION #1: If the disk is detected as ****incompatible** and has an ****unrecognized** drive status, it ****will not be allowed into the storage pool**.

🚨

EXCEPTION #2: ****M.2 NVMe** SSD cache creation will ****still require compatible M.2 NVMe SSDs**

⚠️

SSD Cache requires SSDs with stable ****thermal throttling** and high DWPD. To ensure the performance and stability of SSD cache, ****M.2 SSD Cache creation will require compatible M.2 SSDs.**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/hcl5_01.webp)

Example of 3rd party unverified drives registered and used officially with DSM 7.3

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 (DSM 7.3 and above) - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-8.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_synology-3.jpg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

Official KB article on the topic of DSM 7.3 disk compatibility

### Warranty and support for the unverified drives?

Users who choose to use **drives not officially listed as compatible should be aware that Synology will not provide official support** for such configurations. Nevertheless, **the hardware warranty for the device remains in effect**, so hardware issues—such as power supply failures or motherboard problems—will be covered by the warranty.

Robbie over at NASCompares has all the details in video format as well

### Bonus on selected markets

Beyond the information above, Synology has announced additional benefits in selected markets, including an **extended warranty for drives** and a newly introduced feature named **Express Replacement**.

Under this program, in selected markets, drives purchased through Synology’s authorized channels—vendors, resellers, and distributors—will carry **a five-year warranty when bought together with a Synology NAS on the same invoice**, including the HAT3300 model.

The added warranty will be administered directly by the reseller, vendor, or distributor from whom the drives are purchased. Consequently, it will not be the same as the Synology Worldwide Extended Warranty Plus program, which remains a separate paid service offered by Synology.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-231.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

Additionally, alongside the two-year warranty extension, the **Express Replacement program is offered as a complimentary service in selected markets**. It enables participating vendors and distributors to replace both drives and X25 models during the warranty period without any delay.

Practically, if a drive fails, it will be replaced immediately rather than being shipped back first for testing, mirroring the behavior of an advanced RMA paid service. This **Express Replacement offering is provided at no charge** in selected markets and may cover both drives and X25 models during the warranty period. To determine whether you are covered by this service, please check with the vendor or distributor from whom you purchased the drives.

### Certified drives are still the best choice

While these changes, particularly the HCL 5 policy, are welcome developments, **Synology continues to encourage users to rely on drives listed in the official compatibility list**. Using listed drives helps ensure verified compatibility and access to official support when needed.

## When is DSM 7.3 rolling out?

With that important bit of information behind us, let's focus on the DSM 7.3 upcoming features.

First, when is DSM 7.3 rolling out to its users? The official date is **October 8th**, which will go globally for new installations.

As for cumulative updates for existing DSM 7.2.2 systems, the 7.3 OS **will start to ship at the start of November** (4th of Nov), and **will be completed in the first two weeks of December** (9th of December).

## Synology Tiering - beta 1.1

One new major feature that arrived with DSM 7.3 is **Synology Tiering**. A storage optimization feature that is fully automated based on custom tiering plans set by the administrators. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/synology_tiering.webp)

This feature will work on selected models, and while it is targeted mainly towards businesses, it will also be possible to utilize it with most DS+ models as well. From a hardware standpoint, the Tiering will recognize hot and cold tier devices. 

The models will, of course, have to be Synology NAS devices, and Synology's C2 cloud platform, as well as 3rd party ones, are not supported as of yet.

The idea behind this feature is to automatically migrate data from fast hot storage enclosures over to a warm or cold tier, usually populated with slower HDD drives as opposed to fast SSDs and NVMes in the hot tier.

🔥

Supported ****hot tier models**:

**FS Series**: FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS2500, FS200T  
**HD Series**: HD6500  
**SA Series**: SA3400D, SA3200D, SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400  
**RS Series**: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2825RP+  
**DS Series**: DS3622xs+, DS1823xs+, DS1621xs+, DS1825+, DS1525+, DS925+, DS725+, DS425+, DS225+

❄️

Supported ****cold tier models**:

**HD Series**: HD6500  
**FS Series**: FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS2500, FS200T  
**SA Series**: SA3400D, SA3200D, SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400  
**RS Series**: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs,  
RS2825RP+, RS2423RP+, RS2423+,RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, RS822RP+, RS822+, RS820RP+, RS820+, RS422+  
**DS Series**: DS3622xs+, DS1823xs+, DS1621xs+  
DS2422+, DS1825+, DS1821+,DS1621+, DS1525+, DS1522+, DS1520+, DS925+, DS923+, DS725+, DS723+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS425+, DS423+, DS420+, DS225+, DS224+, DS220+  
**DVA Series**: DVA1622, DVA3221

As we can see, this feature does not require that much in terms of resources, as even the smallest X25 plus model, the DS225+, is supported. While some older models can only serve as cold tiers, this is obviously just a marketing idea to push new units forward.

Speaking of resources, the Tiering feature **will require DSM 7.3**, a **minimum of 2GB of RAM**, and a **1GbE LAN interface**.

On top of those, both hot and cold tier devices will need an installation of the new Synology Tiering package as well. Specifically, the hot tier will install the main package, while the "vault" version of the Tiering package will be needed on the cold tier. Similar to the Hyper Backup solution.

In case there is tiering needed on the same device, both packages will be installed on the same device.

### How does Synology Tiering work?

Synology Tiering will move infrequently-accessed files from the hot tier to a cost-effective cold tier, freeing up high-performance resources for critical workloads. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_01.webp)

Synology Tiering concept

When a file is tiered to the cold tier, the hot tier retains a **stub\*** while the full file is stored in the cold tier. Users can still open and use it from the hot tier as usual, and it will be automatically recalled when edited or frequently accessed. 

💬

STUB\*: Metadata or a placeholder left on the hot tier after the actual content has been moved to the cold tier.

Files are transferred over HTTPS between devices, ensuring secure and stable transmission.

For a more detailed overview of this feature, read the dedicated article below:

[Synology Tiering - storage resource optimizationWith #Synology #DSM 7.3 we got a new feature currently in beta, Synology Tiering, designed for storage resource optimization![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-262.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_tiering-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/)

## Synology Drive 4.0

One final major release coming with DSM 7.3 is Synology Drive 4.0, released just last week.

While other Synology Office Suite apps have been upgraded with AI capabilities, the new Drive 4.0 will still not focus on that, but rather on three new features. **Shared labels**, **file request**, and **file lock**.

So far, Drive users have not been able to use shared labels to better categorize and manage files, but now with the 4.0 version, it is possible to utilize the new feature across the whole platform and all shared users. This will elevate the whole meaning of team collaboration to a new level.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/drive40_01.webp)

Shared labels as part of Synology Drive 4.0

Each file displays both shared and personal labels, with shared labels being easily identifiable by an icon. Also, each label has independent permissions and copy rules.

In addition to admin accounts being able to create shared tags, now in the **Delegated Permissions** section of the Admin Console, regular users can be granted the ability to create and share common tags, allowing regular users to manage shared tags on their own.

Another highly requested feature in Drive was **file request**. Much as File Station has had the same functionality for years, the feature finally arrived in the Drive platform as well. Now, there is no need to create a DSM account to allow a user to use the Drive platform and upload content; it can be done via a generated link.

The account that requested the upload is the only account that can view and edit uploaded files to ensure privacy. In terms of size, users can upload up to a 250GB file in size.

The file request can be password-protected, and the link can be configured with an expiration date as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-07-at-00.18.45.png)

Drive 4.0 file request window

Finally, the file lock feature. Now, with the idea of using Drive with multiple concurrent users, more than one user may use the same file. The file lock feature avoids data conflict or corruption during those scenarios.

The Drive platform can and will auto-lock a file as soon as more than one person accesses it for editing to prevent conflicts, but there is also an option to manually lock a file. For example, when we know we will be editing a file for an extended period of time, and do not wish anyone to be able to edit the file at that time.

When locking occurs, only that user can unlock it, while others can still use the file in read-only mode, and even share it. Of course, apart from the original user, users with file management permissions can unlock the file as well, and also NAS admin accounts can do the same using the Drive Admin console portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-07-at-00.32.27.png)

Locking the file will be automatically synced to all devices, so regardless of whether we are using a desktop, web, or mobile version of Drive, the file will be presented as locked on all platforms.

The long-awaited DSM 7.3 is finally here, with some great features and a new (old) disk policy for the DS+ 2025 models. It is a great update that will maintain all the good from the previous version and bring some new features for the masses, especially the rollback on the disk-locking policy. While that will make many happy, let's hope that Synology has learned something from this experience, and while running a locked-down system has many benefits, there should be a method and a right way of implementing it. In any event, let's see what the future holds and how this, probably last, revision of DSM 7 will prepare us for DSM 8.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Tiering - storage resource optimization
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-tiering-storage-resource-optimization/
Last updated: 2025-10-31T09:04:43.000Z
🚨

****UPDATE**: 31/10/2025 - added up-to-date info in regards to **hot and cold tier model compatibility** 

One new major feature that arrived with DSM 7.3 is **Synology Tiering**. A storage optimization feature that is fully automated based on custom tiering plans set by the administrators.

[DSM 7.3-81180New #Synology #DSM 7.3 is here with some major changes! HCL 5.0 disk policy, as well as the beta of the new Synology Tiering feature!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-263.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm73-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-3-81180/)

This feature will work on selected models, and while it is targeted mainly towards businesses, it will also be possible to utilize it with most DS+ models as well. From a hardware standpoint, the Tiering will recognize hot and cold tier devices. 

The models will, of course, have to be Synology NAS devices, and Synology's C2 cloud platform, as well as 3rd party ones, are not supported as of yet.

The idea behind this feature is to automatically migrate data from fast hot storage enclosures over to a warm or cold tier, usually populated with slower HDD drives as opposed to fast SSDs and NVMes in the hot tier.

🔥

Supported ****hot tier models** (updated 31.10.2025):

**FS Series**: FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS2500  
**HD Series**: HD6500  
**SA Series**: SA3400D, SA3200D, SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400  
**RS Series**: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2825RP+, RS2821RP+, RS2423RP+, RS2423+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, RS822RP+, RS822+  
**DS Series**: DS3622xs+, DS1823xs+, DS1621xs+, DS1825+, DS1525+, DS925+, DS725+, DS425+, DS225+

❄️

Supported ****cold tier models** (updated 31.10.2025):

**HD Series**: HD6500  
**FS Series**: FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS2500, FS200T  
**SA Series**: SA3400D, SA3200D, SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400  
**RS Series**: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs,  
RS2825RP+, RS2423RP+, RS2423+,RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, RS822RP+, RS822+, RS820RP+, RS820+, RS422+  
**DS Series**: DS3622xs+, DS1823xs+, DS1621xs+  
DS2422+, DS1825+, DS1821+,DS1621+, DS1525+, DS1522+, DS1520+, DS925+, DS923+, DS725+, DS723+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS425+, DS423+, DS420+, DS225+, DS224+, DS220+

As we can see, this feature does not require that much in terms of resources, as even the smallest X25 plus model, the DS225+. While some older models can only serve as cold tiers, this is obviously just a marketing idea to push new units forward.

Speaking of resources, the Tiering feature **will require DSM 7.3**, a **minimum of 2GB of RAM**, and a **1GbE LAN interface**.

On top of those, both hot and cold tier devices will need an installation of the new Synology Tiering package as well. Specifically, the hot tier will install the main package, while the "vault" version of the Tiering package will be needed on the cold tier. Similar to the Hyper Backup solution.

In case there is tiering needed on the same device, both packages will be installed on the same device.

### How does Synology Tiering work?

Synology Tiering will move infrequently-accessed files from the hot tier to a cost-effective cold tier, freeing up high-performance resources for critical workloads. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_01.webp)

Synology Tiering concept

When a file is tiered to the cold tier, the hot tier retains a **stub\*** while the full file is stored in the cold tier. Users can still open and use it from the hot tier as usual, and it will be automatically recalled when edited or frequently accessed. 

💬

STUB\*: Metadata or a placeholder left on the hot tier after the actual content has been moved to the cold tier.

Files are transferred over HTTPS between devices, ensuring secure and stable transmission.

Enabling tiering on the hot tier does not change the original shared folder permissions for admins or users. NAS admins can see in which tier a file is located through File Station from the hot tier. They can also access files stored on the cold tier via the cold tier NAS. This provides a sort of a safety net in case the hot-tier NAS fails, data on the cold tier remains accessible.

For normal operations, it is recommended to perform editing or deleting from the hot tier. This ensures file integrity and that tiering policies, including automatic recall, work correctly.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_02.webp)

Tiering files will be visible via File Station with their respective icons 

As mentioned before, the process is automated thanks to configured tiering plans. Users can create a plan based on two types of policies: **modification date** and **access frequency**, with a range of 1 to 1800 days.

On top of this, the files that will be actually moved can be configured from a minimum of 1 hour up to 1 week. While the tiering plans are configured on a shared folder level, the data tiering occurs on each file in said folder.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_03.webp)

Tiering plan configuration of policy

While on the topic of plans, there are **certain limitations to this mechanism**. Specifically, limitations will vary depending on the hardware, but in general, **we can't have more than 10 plans per device** or **more than 10 BTRFS shared folders in a single plan**.

Also, a maximum of total shared folders in all tiering plans per device is 10-30, again depending on the selected NAS unit.

Shared folder types that are NOT supported in tiering policies: Drive ShareSync, Shared folder sync, Cloud Sync, Compressed Folder, Hybrid Share, WriteOnce Folder, Encrypted Folder, Ext4 Folder, Shared folder for External Drives

🚨

The Drive team folder ****will support tiering from Synology Drive 4.0.0**. However, keep in mind to ****pair Synology Drive v4 with the official Tiering feature**, rather than the current beta version!!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_04.webp)

Synology Tiering DSM interface

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_05.webp)

Overview and configuration of tiering plans

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_06.webp)

Configuration of capacity threshold for each volume to automatically tier data

Protection of data should still be a priority for everyone. The fact that tiering is happening does not mean we can forget about backup or snapshots. In fact, it is recommended to back up and restore both hot and cold tiers separately in case there are any issues and to ensure data consistency.

To give a bit more information on the behavior of both backups and snapshots when dealing with tiering.

In a backup scenario when using Hyper Backup, backups should be conducted so that both hot and cold units are backed up separately, with backup intervals as close as possible. The same rule applies to restoration: if data needs to be restored, both hot and cold data should be restored from backups to ensure data consistency.

When using the Snapshot Replication package (whether on top of Hyper Backup or not), snapshots can be taken and scheduled from the hot tier only, including policy settings. When a snapshot task is triggered, data in both hot and cold tiers will be captured simultaneously.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/tiering_07.webp)

Example of backup and snapshots while Synology Tiering is active on the systems. Note that both hot and cold tiers need to be backed up via HB! Still, these need to be run separately as HB can't backup across multiple devices

To answer the obvious question as to why HB behaves differently than SR when backup of tiering data is involved, here are two reasons:

1. Restoring massive amounts of data from both hot and cold tiers at once can be too slow to be practical.
2. Hot and cold data often differ in importance, requiring different levels of protection and backup frequency. Allowing users to configure backup tasks separately for each tier ensures that both backup and restore operations better align with actual needs.

For more details on this feature, please consult the official KB article as well.

[Synology Tiering Technical Specifications | Synology Inc.DSM 7.3 Tech Specifications - For DSM and Packages running on Synology NAS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-7.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_synology-2.jpg)](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/dsm/7.3/software%5Fspec/synology%5Ftiering?ref=blackvoid.club)

There we have it. A first look at the new Synology Tiering feature coming out of beta in November. This feature will also be supported on the new PAS and GS models, but it is nice to see that all the other lineups will also benefit from this optimization feature as part of the latest DSM 7.3 release.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Solution Day 2025 - an in-depth overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2025-an-in-depth-overview/
Last updated: 2025-10-05T16:21:52.000Z
Just last week, on the 17th of September, Synology kicked off its annual Solution Day expo in Taiwan, which will last until October 30th, visiting more than twenty locations around the globe.

[Synology Solution Day 2025During its annual Solution Day, #Synology will showcase its innovation, growth, and future direction by presenting new products and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-240.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_solution_day_2025.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2025/)

Short introduction to this years Solution Day 2025

Across four main categories, Synology experts and guests had the privilege of seeing some of the new technologies and solutions that the company is preparing for the upcoming year.

Focusing on **data storage**, **data protection**, **surveillance**, and **productivity**, Synology is clearly demonstrating its determination to move all the way up into the Tier 0 business and enterprise market segment.

> ## Get Ready for Enterprise Storage with Synology

To be competitive in that market tier, Synology needs certain technology that will allow it to market and eventually sell devices that can accommodate the expectations of enterprise businesses.

This means pushing the envelope beyond the current RS, FS, and HD lineup of devices into new territory. For a while now, Synology has been developing a new series of devices that were presented and announced several years ago, but only just recently, starting with this year's Computex expo, demoed in real life for the first time.

## Scale-out storage solution

The first new line of devices is the new **GS** series(GridStation), built specifically to handle the scalability and capacity demands of massive unstructured data workloads.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gs_series.webp)

Synology’s first scale-out storage solution: the ****GS3400**

With it, Synology is taking its first step into distributed systems and object storage. GS3400 is designed for scenarios involving large volumes of data and long-term retention needs—such as archiving and backup, surveillance video storage, system logs, and large-scale file sharing.

These scenarios typically share several characteristics, such as large and fast-growing data sets, infrequent access, as well as long retention requirements.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gs_series02.webp)

Unlike their already existing scale-up solutions in both DS and RS/FS/HD segments, they increase capacity by adding resources to a single system, while data services remain dependent on one host. Now, the new GS solution is a member of a **scale-out** **architecture** that clusters multiple GS nodes together. This way, by adding nodes, we not only expand capacity, but also enhance performance and reliability—making it ideal for large-scale or long-term data growth.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gs_series03.webp)

Example of GS node scale out architecture

A single GS3400 cluster can support **up to 48 nodes**, offering up to **11.5 petabytes of raw capacity**, as well as delivering up to **70 GB/s sequential read speeds** via SMB protocol. So whether there is a need for more space or higher throughput, businesses can expand flexibly as needed.

> ## " GS lineup focuses on four core values: Highly flexible scalability, support for both file and object storage, enterprise-grade reliability for data integrity, and simplified storage management

The GS lineup is driven by S3 API to manage the unstructured object storage needs, but it also offers standard SMB and NFS protocols for common file storage business operations.

As expected, Synology builds a custom OS for each new major line of devices. We saw that with DSM, SRM, BSM, and a custom UC DSM version. The same logic is present in both new series as well. The GS models are powered by the new **GridStation Manager** (GSM) that offers scalability, on-premises file and object storage, as well as reliability and simplified management. It also delivers the same intuitive experience as DSM, while meeting the specific needs of enterprise environments.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/gs_series04.webp)

GridStation Manager key feature

Speaking of reliability, it is important to mention that the GS series offers both **high availability** and **data protection** mechanisms. Within the cluster, nodes work together to ensure non-disruptive system upgrades and automatic failover, keeping services running smoothly. On top of that, the distributed architecture uses **redundant blocks with encoding algorithms across different nodes** in the cluster. As a result, even if an entire node fails, the system can reconstruct data from the remaining pieces while still ensuring data integrity.

Being a Synology product, the GS also includes **built-in snapshot and backup features**, helping enterprises prepare for unexpected events.

## High-performance, high-efficiency enterprise workloads

Opposed to the new massive unstructured data system, such as a Grid Station, Synology also introduced another member of the data storage segment engineered for primary enterprise use cases. This is their first **all-NVMe** storage solution, called **PAS7700**.

Being Synology's most powerful flashship to date, there is much that this new model and platform bring to the table.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas_series01.webp)

Synology's brand new high performance enterprise solution, the PAS7700

The PAS-series was developed to support **mission-critical operations that must meet extremely high performance** standards and **ultra-low latency** requirements, while also ensuring **high availability** at all times.

[Synology PAS7700 overview#Synology active-active NVMe storage solution for mission-critical enterprise workloads, #PAS7700 announced and revealed at Computex 2025![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-245.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pas7700_overview-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-overview/)

To support critical business applications, like high-speed containerized environments, virtual machines, large-scale databases, and EDA tools in the semiconductor industry, PAS7700 integrates robust hardware and software capabilities to handle massive real-time I/O demands while ensuring consistent performance and system stability.

Unlike the current devices from Synology, the PAS series is unique with an all-end-to-end NVMe architecture equipped with **U.3 SSDs** directly connected to the CPU via PCIe lanes.

The network side of things offers up to **four 100GbE** or **twelve 25GbE** interfaces. But on top of that, the solution is built around **NVMe over Fabrics** (so-called **NVMe-oF**), protocols designed from the ground up for NVMe, streamlining the entire data access path to unleash the full performance potential.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas_series02.webp)

PAS7700 offers end to end NVMe setup with a load of network throughput

With this architecture, PAS7700 can deliver over **2 million 4K random read IOPS, up to 30 GB/s sequential read throughput, and sub-millisecond latency**. Performance rivaling industry-leading high-end storage systems.

This system is not just impressive from a hardware standpoint, but it also elevates with enhanced security capabilities, by building on already existing features present in the DSM system, like secure sign-in, encryption, and backup, but also introduces new features designed to meet the specific needs of enterprises, namely, **network isolation** and support for **self-encrypting drives** (SEDs).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas_series03.webp)

PAS7700 allows for network isolation architecture as well as...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas_series04.webp)

...physical protection with self-encrypting drives

What this means is that PAS7700 offers physical and virtual (VLAN) network separation of both management and data access interfaces, allowing for better access and security control. Along with that, it also introduces **hardware-level encryption** through SED (**self-encrypting drives**) support. SEDs provide zero performance impact while offering system-wide protection, helping enterprises meet compliance and security standards without trade-offs.

Aside from the hardware elements of these systems, Synology is also focusing on service availability. It is because of this that PAS models feature an **active-active** dual controller architecture, with **full failover mechanisms across storage, networking, and control layers**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas_series05.webp)

The new Continuous Availability Manager part of the new Parallel Active Manager

Now, all of this is possible with a dedicated OS. Just like with the new GSM (GridStation Manager), the PAS models are powered by the new **PAM OS** (**Parallel Active Manager**).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas_series06.webp)

PAS layer architecture

Starting with the disk and raid layer, the PAS systems support **RAID-TP** for triple-disk redundancy—offering higher fault tolerance than traditional RAID 5 or RAID 6\. It also uses **RAID Bitmap technology** to speed up recovery after failover. This tracks only changed data blocks, enabling faster resync without rebuilding the entire array, reducing downtime and risk.

Followed by memory and system reliability, a dual-controller setup protects data that hasn't yet been written to the drives. To achieve that, the PAS uses cache protection that synchronizes memory between controllers. Should one fail, the other still holds the data and completes the write process, ensuring zero data loss. At the system level, PAS7700 enables seamless failover during firmware upgrades or controller failure, maintaining service continuity through a high availability design.

Near the very top of the architecture, we have network and storage protocols. PAS models support IP failover for continued network access along with several protocols and features such as SMB persistent handle, NFS grace period, and MPIO for iSCSI, FC, and NVME-oF.

As a result of these implementations, PAS client devices can reconnect automatically or switch data paths without disruption, even during hardware failure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/pas_series07.webp)

PAS7700 and PAS3600 two new models

We can expect both PAS and GS models to arrive on the market in H1 of 2026, offering a more complete storage portfolio tailored to a wide range of enterprise needs.

## **Synology Tiering**

While the PAS and GS models were stars of the show, Synology has also been working on other features that will be implemented in existing systems as well, such as **Synology Tiering**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/synology_tiering_01.webp)

Synology Tiering, currently in beta

The idea behind this feature is driven by a simple fact that a single storage device will eventually reach its limits. While DSM can achieve up to a 5:1 reduction ratio with deduplication and compression, as well as thin provisioning at a block level, making block storage spaces like LUNs more flexible, the fact is that businesses need a solution to help with the growing needs without adding more and more hardware.

This is where tiering features come in. Hot data that’s frequently accessed can be stored on high-performance SSDs to ensure operational efficiency, while cold data that’s rarely used can be moved to cost-effective HDDs, saving overall costs and resources.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/synology_tiering_02.webp)

Synology Tiering concept

Synology Tiering automatically moves infrequently accessed data to cost-effective storage, freeing up high-performance resources for critical tasks. Data can be seamlessly retrieved from hot storage when needed. This automation follows user-defined rules and schedules. This means that files in a specific folder untouched for a certain period can be moved during the next scheduled transfer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/synology_tiering_03.webp)

Regardless of where data is stored, Synology's built-in backup or redundancy tools, like High Availability and Hyper Backup, ensure consistent protection. High-availability setups can further protect hot storage, minimizing RTO and RPO for hot data, balancing efficiency and security.

## Data Protection with ActiveProtect

Moving now from data storage models into data protection, Synology also had a lot to show, namely, their recent rollout of DP devices. The DataProtection models currently cover three (with a few more coming later on) devices, both rack and desktop-oriented.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/dp_02.webp)

ActiveProtect units were first presented during the 2024 Computex expo back in June, with their official debut just before the year ended in December.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/dp_01.webp)

ActiveProtect model current lineup

Focusing on being a central turn-key backup solution, the DP models are designed to help businesses with modern demands in both protection and in general cyber resiliency when it comes to corporate data. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/dp_03.webp)

Being both simple as well as a powerful, compared to other solutions out there, it can save up to 70% in overall costs.

For a more in-depth look and feel of the platform and the hardware, read up on all the #activeprotect articles here on the site.

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-241.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-10.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-242.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-11.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-243.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-9.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

[Synology DP7200 overview#Synology is boosting its #ActiveProtectAppliance portfolio with a new 12-bay turn-key backup appliance, the #DP7200![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-244.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7200_overview-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7200-overview/)

## Surveillance

Another part of Synology's business is surveillance. It has been for a long time, and in the past years, the company has invested a lot of resources to bring some new solutions to the market, both software and hardware-wise.

Because of this, the Solution Day expo had new and upcoming devices to show, as well as some soon-to-be available platforms.

Starting with the hardware side, Synology has already launched three proprietary camera models that were originally announced back in October of 2022.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-249.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-250.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

The BC500, TC500, and the recent CC400W. Because both BC and TC models are PoE powered, as well as two new upcoming cameras, Synology also introduced new PoE switches. In cooperation with NETGEAR, the company presented three new models, two of which are L2 managed ones.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_10-1.webp)

Complete camera lineup of both available and soon to be released models

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_09.webp)

Collaboration with NETGEAR produced three new PoE surveillance-only switches

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_03.webp)

Synology PS1000+ 10 port PoE switch presented at Synology Solution Day 2025

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_16.webp)

Synology PS2600+ 26-port PoE switch

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_15.webp)

Synology PS1000+ 10-port PoE

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_17.webp)

Synology PS1000+ 5-port PoE

While one would expect those switches to be for general use, that is not the case. The company decided to lock them down with their Surveillance Station platform only. On that topic, the integration is so tight that management of said switches will be possible from within the SS environment. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_14.webp)

Surveillance Station will offer both camera and switch surveillance and management

Some highlight features for the 10-port model as advertised by Synology:

• Compact 10-port PoE+ switch for Synology Surveillance Station  
• High-performance Layer 2+ managed switch  
• Ideal for smaller surveillance systems  
• Direct management in Synology Surveillance Station  
• High energy efficiency and reliable power supply for PoE devices

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-251.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-252.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_05.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_04.webp)

Solution Day 2025 camera exhibit presenting some new upcoming cameras like the BC800Z and FC600 as well as a new 10-port PoE switch

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_06.webp)

Apart from the new switches and existing camera models, Synology also showcased two new PoE cameras, namely the new bullet model BC800Z, and a 360 fisheye model, the FC600.

In terms of features, the **FC600** model is the new 6MP device with the following hardware overview capabilities:

• 6 MP sensor with IR LED for clear night vision up to 10 m  
• Field of view: 207.6° horizontally, 207.6° vertically, 240° diagonally  
• IPX4-rated water resistance  
• Up to 2 simultaneous video streams  
• Integrated AI features for detecting people, vehicles, intrusions, and more  
• NDAA and TAA compliant  
• No activation or license required

The **BC800Z** is a new 8MP/4K model:

• Field of view 110° and IR LED provide clear night vision up to 38 m  
• Protection: IP67 / IP66 / IK10  
• Built-in microphone  
• AI-assisted detection for people, vehicles, intrusions, and more  
• Instant Search  
• Additional features: QR code reader

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_18.webp)

Complete camera lineup

It is still unknown when the new models will arrive, but the first half of 2026 would be a safe bet. Surveillance highly depends on quality hardware, and with the introduction of new cameras and switches, Synology finished off by announcing a few new rack and desktop DVA devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_11.webp)

New upcoming DVA models, the DVA7400, and DVA3000

Alongside the existing DVA3221 and DVA1622 models, the new **DVA7400** and **DVA3000** devices are heavily AI-oriented. It is also the first 2-bay DVA unit that has a lot of potential, starting with a much larger storage space than any current desktop model.

It will also support up to **100 camera feeds and 40 analytic tasks**, making it an ideal choice for large-scale deployments that require AI video analytics. The smaller 3000 model, mimicking probably the DS425+ model, **will support up to 40 cameras and 6 parallel AI tasks**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_12.webp)

DVA7400 will feature semantic search capabilities

In addition to face and license plate recognition, the DVA7400 will feature **semantic search** capabilities. Users will be able to enter text descriptions to quickly locate specific footage and bookmark it for future reference.

Finally, something else that has already been presented at this year's Computex expo is Synology's introduction to another cloud surveillance platform, the **C2 Surveillance**. Now, their previous service was renamed to allow for this new full cloud-based service.

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-253.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-7.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement.webp)

[Synology C2 Surveillance announcementDuring Computex 2025, #Synology also introduced the upcoming new scalable cloud-based surveillance platform called C2 Surveillance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-246.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-announcement/)

The idea behind this cloud platform is that it offers simplicity, flexibility, and remote monitoring management for fast-growing businesses, all without the burden of on-premises setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_19.webp)

For businesses that demand minimal on-site deployment and IT resources, the C2 Surveillance solution is a perfect combination. This VSaaS solution is **easy**, **flexible,** and **stable**. It can also be used for easy multi-site deployment and management. On top of all, C2 Surveillance does not consume external bandwidth when a local direct connection is detected.

Users can be assigned flexible permissions based on monitoring policies, allowing roles such as IT managers, security personnel, and others to have the access they require. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_20.webp)

Security management as well as local live view without external bandwidth usage

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_21.webp)

Custom designed SD card allows for around the clock local recording in case there is a service interruption with the C2 Surveillance cloud platform

The platform offers **Failver Offline mode** that will once enabled, prioritizes local direct streaming from cameras on the same network. If the connection becomes unstable, the system automatically bypasses the cloud path, allowing users to continue monitoring live footage uninterrupted.

What also differentiates this platform from others is the pricing. Many VSaaS providers require users to purchase fixed licenses upfront, which leads to high initial costs before users even fully understand their needs. With C2 Surveillance, we are only required to pay for the cameras we need with no extra license fees. Storage can also be increased as needed, meaning that users can scale at their own pace without bearing excessive upfront costs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_22.webp)

C2 surveillance pricing comparison with other vendors

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/surveillance_23.webp)

Future concept of Synology surveillance eco-system

With both on-premise and VSaaS options, the Synology surveillance platforms offer something for everyone. With a wide array of branded cameras as well as support for over 8800 3rd party ones, there is still room for development.

The company is working on making a unified hybrid surveillance system that enables users to easily manage both cloud and on-premises surveillance deployments. This flexible architecture can operate independently or be integrated, helping businesses scale more efficiently and adapt to various complex scenarios.

## Work smarter and safer with Synology Office Suite

One final platform update was announced and presented as part of their Synology Office Suite. Specifically, the communication tool segment. Among their existing Synology Mail server, Calendar (in its new version 3.0), and chat platform, we got a sneak peek into the future of on-premise communication.

Synology introduced the new **ChatPlus** and **Meet**, a **new private unified communication platform**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/chat_01.webp)

Synology ChatPlus and Meet combine real-time messaging and video conferencing features, providing a single interface that meets all enterprise communication needs, while keeping the entire team communication process on-premises.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/chat_02.webp)

This being enterprise-driven can be viewed from pure performance numbers. ChatPlus supports over **10,000 simultaneous users**, and its video conferencing can accommodate up to **7,000 participants**, effectively meeting the demands of large organizations.

> ## An on-premise productivity solution that enhances efficiency and security for team collaboration

Just like many commercial or free alternatives, it offers a **comprehensive and flexible architecture**—from teams and channels to group chats as well as one-on-one conversations—making messages easier to find and track.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/chat_03.webp)

The platform also provides **granular permission controls** that allow IT administrators to configure various access rights and delegate some management responsibilities to team owners. While ChatPlus and Meet are two separate apps, they are interconnected, making it easy to handle everything from everyday meetings and calls to large-scale online seminars.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/chat_04.webp)

 ChatPlus combined with Meet

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/chat_05.webp)

ChatPlus can also integrate various automation tools—such as connecting internal systems or chatbots

With and already rolled out AI integration with 3rd party LLM platforms via Synology's AI Console, in the upcoming version, it will also soon support all OpenAI API-compatible On-prem AI servers, enabling AI services to be fully implemented on-premises.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-254.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

[Synology Office Suite meets AI#Synology is finally bringing the power of #AI to their productivity suite of apps, including Drive, Office, ChatPlus, MailPlus, and Synology Meet.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-256.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_meets_ai-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-suite-meets-ai/)

[Synology Office 3.7.0 beta with AI support is out nowThe new #Synology #Office 3.7 beta is finally introducing #AI capabilities to the platform, following the same implementation pattern as #MailPlus![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-257.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_37_beta_ai-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-7-0-beta-with-ai-support-is-out-now/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/chat_06.webp)

This will guarantee full on-premise containment of content being used with any OpenAI LLM self-hosted platform without the fear of crucial corporate data leaving the infrastructure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/chat_07.webp)

In short, Synology offers **100% data ownership**, **enterprise-grade security**, **user-friendly management tools**, and **high cost-effectiveness**, empowering IT teams to strengthen control and ensure compliance.

Moving forward, Synology will launch even more private cloud AI applications to accelerate enterprise AI transformation, in an effort to create a smarter, more efficient, and more secure private cloud work platform for businesses.

## Conclusion

There we have it, Synology Solution Day 2025\. New hardware, new platforms, better security. A bold push into Tier 1 and Tier 0 markets, with new features also coming for existing platforms. 

Whether there is a need for small businesses or enterprise-grade file and object storage capacities, Synology has something for everyone. In this modern age of increased cybersecurity threats, data storage and protection are essential, no matter how big or small the needs of a company or individual are. 

With an already available Active Protect platform, Synology is looking to offer a simple turnkey solution that will provide a professional solution with minimal effort and expertise needed.

Speaking of security, the surveillance portfolio has grown as well with the introduction of new PoE cameras, DVA models, and PoE network switches offering a complete physical systems monitoring and advanced AI-diagnostics.

Most of the presented solutions are already available, with others to follow in the upcoming year, and by the looks of it, Synology is just warming up.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Beelink ME mini - The next Twin Lake PLEX server
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/beelink-me-mini-the-next-twin-lake-plex-server/
Last updated: 2025-09-23T00:05:55.000Z
While this site is a dedicated Synology site, from time to time, we still write about other things, like Docker, or in this case, Plex. If you were ever at least a little bit involved in any local media streaming, you certainly heard of the Plex platform.

For many, myself included, Plex is the go-to platform when we talk about media streaming. It has a very wide support of both client and server platforms, making it an ideal candidate for hosting local TV shows, movies, music, and more.

While I could talk about it for hours, the real reason for this article is a review of a new piece of hardware by Beelink, and how it can serve as a perfect Plex server.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8205.webp)

Beelink ME mini

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8214.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8213.webp)

Presently, I use two Synology NAS servers as my Plex servers, and both of them are only in the role of a compute device, not the actual storage for any local content. The devices are from Synology's X18 lineup: the DS718+ and the DS918+.

Both are running the Apollo Lake generation of CPUs, specifically the Intel Celeron J3455\. Combined with the Intel QuickSync technology and Intel HD 500 GPU series, these CPUs serve great as a hardware transcoding machine for those scenarios when a remote Plex streamer wants the content in lower video quality, has sound issues, or simply wants to burn in some foreign subtitles.

This quad-core 14nm CPU came out in mid-2016 and entered EOL a few years ago, back in September of 2023\. With a low 10W TDP, it offers a lot, and still serves great even with modern 4K content.

Still, all things come to an end, and one thing that never stops is technology. In terms of media streaming, those would be new HDR standards, more pixels, and the need to run more up-to-date clients and servers to support the said technology stack.

This is the reason that today, we will be looking into a more up-to-date device that fits in the palm of your hand, and still offers 4x times better GPU performance, supports double the RAM as the Apollo Lake CPU, and uses 50% less power with TDP just over 6W.

Here is Beelink ME mini "NAS" device powered by **Intel's Twin Lake N150** CPU. The said silicon came out in Q1 of 2025, **supporting up to 16GB of RAM** and 4K@60Hz.

## The hardware

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8209.webp)

The packaging resembles a lot like the Apple HomePod Mini

Beelink ME mini is a 10cm tall cube-like computer that is advertised as an NVMe NAS. The fact is that this model is platform agnostic, and while it does arrive with Windows 11 preinstalled on its 64GB eMMC, we can install pretty much anything we want on this little x86 device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8216.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8220.webp)

The bottom of the device has a rubber ring around it that is a welcome addition to minimize the device sliding as well as any small vibrations due to the central vent.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8219.webp)

Four screws are hidden behind small rubber covers as well

Under its hard plastic cover that is being held in place by four screws on the bottom, we will uncover a very compact setup, starting with the motherboard on the bottom, a huge central heatsink with a vent on top, and **six NVMe slots** on two opposite sides.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/exploded_view.webp)

Beelink exploded view of the internal components

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8225.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8224.webp)

 A compact minimal format with a built in power supply, six NVMe slots, and a full featured motherboard with Intel N150 CPU

Powered with **dual 2.5GbE ethernet ports**, the ME also has an **HDMI port**, a **USB 2 port** (for keyboard), as well as **two USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10G) ports** in both **USB-A and USB-C standards**. Finally, to top it all off, the **device supports WiFi 6**, while the antenna occupies one side of the internal cube wall.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8221.webp)

Opposite wall of the power supply is occupied by the WIFI 6 card...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8226.webp)

... as well as the power button, HDMI and a USB 2.0 port

Five out of six NVMe ports are PCIe 3.0 x1, with only port four being PCIe 3.0 x2 capable. The max speeds we can expect on that particular port would be around 1.3-1.5 GB/s, more than enough for any network traffic transfer, as well as on device operations. Still, with the huge performance options of nowadays NVMe drives and low prices, we won't be able to utilise those 7 GB/s transfers after all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8227.webp)

All six NVMe slots have thermal pads that keep the drives at a pleasant 40C

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8231.webp)

The two Crucial drives are a pair in a RAID1 configuration so they are utilizing the same PCIe 3.0 X1 slots

The general idea of this device was to offer a 24 TB NAS device that is super silent and can fit anywhere, including a palm of your hand, but while many will use it as such, it is a perfectly capable as a desktop computer for anyone not looking to do any gaming on it (apart from cloud gaming that is that works great).

For a full spec machine such as this one with six 4TB NVMe drives plus the device itself, we are looking at about 1400€ (September 2025). Now, is that a lot or not? You will be the judge of that, but anyone struggling with physical space or noise, this little cube could be just the right fit, offering plenty of speed, storage, and computer power, with only 20W of power consumption.

## Can it run Synology DSM? Ofc it can!

The whole reason for this device was to test it out as my future Plex server. This is also the reason why it is running with only two 500 GB NVMe drives. Considering it will only serve as a Plex server, the RAID1 setup will offer more than enough space for all the metadata that will be needed.

My current Synology Plex servers are also running with 500GB SSDs in RAID1, so the formula here is the same, only with a fresh coat of paint and better hardware.

Coming with no strings attached with any specific operating system, we can install any OS on top of it, be it a Linux distro, UNRAID, or TrueNAS. If we are not up for installing anything at all, the existing Windows 11 version that comes with Beelink will give you a boost and get you going in a matter of minutes.

All mentioned options are capable of running Plex. Be it natively or via a container, or even a virtual machine. Thankfully, Plex runs just fine, no matter how it is hosted, so the ultimate choice is up to the user.

While I will not go into any details, coming from a Synology DSM background, I wanted to see if this setup could work with the said OS. Now, officially, there is no way to run DSM on a non-Synology device, but it can be done unofficially. With that, all I can say is that the Beelink gracefully accepted DSM as its OS, and the rest is history.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-20-at-20.26.57.webp)

Beelink sitting idle with DSM and Plex installed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-20-at-20.09.39.webp)

Thermal state in idle with up to maximum of 52C under full load

So why DSM? Call it habit, call it laziness. Call it whatever you want, the point is that after almost 18 years, I became accustomed to this OS, and it works great for my needs. Also, Plex is rock stable on it, and supported by Plex Inc. as well, so no reason (for me) to run it on anything else.

## Plex tests

The whole point of this was Plex, so let's see how the latest Intel Twin Lake N150 CPU performs against a decade-old Apollo Lake Celeron J4125.

Now, almost any Synology model with the Celeron J4125 is capable of Plex hardware transcoding thanks to the Intel QuickSync feature. This is also true when it comes to their latest SOHO device, the BeeStation Plus, but unfortunately not for the X25 series, the DS425+, or the DS225+.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-232.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

Beestation Plus is the latest Synology model that supports all features of Plex including HW transcoding

[Synology DS225+ review#Synology DS225+ is the smallest Plus model, but buying one now still delivers backups, memories, and key documents at your fingertips for years![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-233.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds225_review.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds225-review/)

DS225+ as well as DS425+ while still using the same J4125 CPU can no longer utilize Plex HW transcoding

Aside from the fact that Synology killed HW transcoding support on the X25 models on their 5.10.xx kernel, the same setup works fine on the Beestation Plus. The decision there can only be that the company no longer wants to associate their non-SOHO segment of NAS models with any kind of media streaming capabilities.

[Unlocking PLEX HW transcoding on X25 Synology modelsBring #Plex hardware transcoding back to #Synology #X25 models with some custom modules, courtesy of the RRorg team.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-237.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/x25_plex_transcoding.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/unlocking-plex-hw-transcoding-on-x25-synology-models/)

An unofficial and unsupported method of unlocking Plex HW transcoding on X25 models

This being said, it is important to emphasize that Plex still works fine on any Synology NAS, but if and when it comes to HW transcoding, it would be best to look to some alternative solutions.

That is the exact reason why this little cube of a device is being tested. Skipping the fact that many devices nowadays can run Plex and host the server side of things as well as stream with no issues at all, including Synology's "J" series from 2011, or a Raspberry PI, when the need arises to have hardware transcoding, things are much different.

Plex transcoding can kill a Xeon server in a single stream because the CPU has no integrated GPU or QuickSync capabilities, but this 200€ device with N150 performs extremely well in similar situations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-19-at-19.13.22.webp)

Four parallel 4K to 1080p transcode streams, with plenty of horsepower left

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-19-at-19.13.31.webp)

While it hit 80% CPU utilization with 4 concurrent transcode streams starting at the same time, after a few minutes the CPU dropped to 40% leaving more room for more streams

Looking at the images above, we can see that this device, as a Plex server, performs really well when it comes to hardware transcoding. With four parallel 4K > 1080p transcoded streams, the CPU went up to 80%, but within a few minutes, the utilization was stable at 40%.

What this means is that in an unlikely event that four parallel 4K HW transcoded streams kick in, there will still be no issues. It also tells us that once stable, it is capable of a few more transcode tasks, let alone a large number of direct play streams (with no transcoding needed) as well.

Now, some might ask why all this transcoding business when it comes to playing the content that is being self-hosted? Can't we simply optimize those Blu-ray rips to work on all our devices? Sure, that's one way of doing it, but with remote streamers and any number of their devices and internet connections, sometimes it is just easier to let the Plex server do its magic. Having multiple optimized versions also has a storage penalty, and with a compact device such as the ME mini, that is a luxury that we can't afford.

Speaking of storage again, it is worth mentioning that the Beelink, as a Plex server, works great, powered by a Synology NAS in the background, storing all the content. With this kind of scenario, we get the best of both worlds. A fast, compact, and silent Plex server, such as Beelink, and a vast storage pool supported by a Synology NAS.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Unlocking PLEX HW transcoding on X25 Synology models
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/unlocking-plex-hw-transcoding-on-x25-synology-models/
Last updated: 2026-07-15T11:07:07.000Z
✨

****UPDATE**: ****15/07/2026** \- added a URL to a community package repository ****compatible with DSM 7.4 toolkit** under the ****x25 module (v4) - July 2026** section below

✨

****UPDATE**: ****22/04/2026** \- added a ****URL to a community package repository administered by Dave Russell**, aka 007revad, that will allow for an easy one click install process. Instructions at the bottom of the article under "****Alternative (automated) method**"

✨

****UPDATE: 16/04/2026** \- ****new version** (v3) of a modified i915.ko file(s) has been added with ****support for HDR to SDR tone mapping** that was not working before. Link under the STEP 01 section.

✨

****UPDATE: 01/02/2026** \- ****new version** of a modified i915.ko file has been added with ****support for HDR to SDR tone mapping** that was not working before. Link under the STEP 01 section.

While the X25 lineup this year was not what many expected in terms of hardware, the refresh, apart from the introduction of a 2.5GbE network interface, was very mild.

Same specifications as the previous generation, with some minor changes here and there, and on top of that, a lot of major changes.

To start, some models lost the optional 10GbE (like the DS725+ and DS925+), a hardened Synology-branded disk policy (there might be changes still coming on this topic as Synology is still working with 3rd party vendors to bring their drives back to the platform), and finally, the Plex HW transcoding deprecation.

Now, the purpose of this short article is to reflect on the last bit, the **Plex HW transcoding not working officially on the X25 Intel-powered models**. The models in question are, of course, the DS425+ and DS225+ powered by the same Intel Celeron J4125 as the previous generation.

[Synology DS225+ review#Synology DS225+ is the smallest Plus model, but buying one now still delivers backups, memories, and key documents at your fingertips for years![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-234.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds225_review-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds225-review/)

[Synology DS425+ overviewThe #Synology DS425+ delivers powerful functionality in a compact 4-bay, design. 2.5GbE networking provides excellent network speeds out of the box.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-235.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds425_overview-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds425-overview/)

With no official acknowledgment that said models will no longer support HW transcoding capabilities provided by the J4125 and its QuickSync feature, some new owners of said models quickly turned to Synology support channels for answers.

After some back-and-forth communication, customers have realized that not even the Synology support line was privy to the fact that HW transcoding has indeed been deprecated on selected models and the new 5.10 kernel that they are running with.

> ## ... After reconfirming with our development and product management teams, I must clarify that hardware transcoding is not supported on these two models...

To make matters even more confusing, the same CPU and kernel are running in the latest Beestation Plus model, and it fully supports all Plex features, including the said HW transcoding.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-236.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

So the only logical reason was that it was indeed intentionally removed by the company. Now, personally, I have no issues with certain features not working anymore or being deprecated, but I strongly believe that valid communication is needed, especially when a feature that works on some almost, we might say, identical models, suddenly does not work on others.

## The solution

As fate would have it, Plex Inc. was also involved for the past four months with Synology directly trying to "fix" this issue, and while the development team quickly deduced that the issue is in fact on the DSM side (with the help of Synology x25 customers), nothing could have been done, and has been done so far, officially.

Shifting to the "dark side", those same customers were determined to find the solution, as it was clear which modules were affecting this issue. Thanks to the efforts of some very skilled coders over at the xpenology side of things, [**namely the RROrg Group and their RedPill project**](https://github.com/RROrg/rr?ref=blackvoid.club), we have a working solution for anyone willing to get Plex HW transcoding up and running.

🚨

****DISCLAIMER**: Steps described in this article are ****unofficial and unsupported by Synology**. Any changes to the system ****might lead to catastrophic consequences** to the system or its data. ****Make a working backup of all data** before proceeding. ****The author of this article takes no responsibility for the use of the following method**!

Now, while the RROrg team made the needed module changes as well as created some custom ones to make it all work (not just for this feature, of course), it was also the effort of some X25 users who, through trial and error, have determined which exact modules are needed for this feature to work. 

💡

The following modules are compiled for ****DSM 7.2 and kernel 5.10**. Any future changes to any of these elements will require new up-to-date files from the mentioned repository above!

### STEP 01 - Download the modules needed

🚨

The April ****(v3) version supports HDR to SDR tone mapping**. The install process is identical as before, meaning you will need to replace all the original files and ****use all the files in the v3 package**. ****Keep in mind that there are two versions (7.2.x, and 7.3.x) depending on your DSM OS version!** 

🚨

The February ****(v2) version supports HDR to SDR tone mapping**, as opposed to the September (v1) package. The install process is identical for both, apart from v2 using a single file and v1 using almost a dozen. Both packages are ****not needed**!

### x25 module (v4) - July 2026

[x25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v4\_dsm74X25 HW transcode module for DSM 7.4x25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v4\_dsm74.zip2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/x25%5Fhw%5Ftranscode%5Fmodule%5Fv4%5Fdsm74.zip "Download")

### x25 module (v3) - April 2026

[x25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v3\_dsm73X25 HW transcode module for DSM 7.3 and kernel 5.10 with HRD tone mappingx25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v3\_dsm73.zip2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/04/x25%5Fhw%5Ftranscode%5Fmodule%5Fv3%5Fdsm73.zip "Download")

[x25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v3\_dsm72X25 HW transcode module for DSM 7.2 and kernel 5.10 with HRD tone mappingx25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v3\_dsm72.zip2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/04/x25%5Fhw%5Ftranscode%5Fmodule%5Fv3%5Fdsm72.zip "Download")

### x25 module (v2) - Feb 2026

[x25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v2X25 HW transcode module for DSM 7.2 and kernel 5.10 with HRD tone mappingx25\_hw\_transcode\_module\_v2.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/x25%5Fhw%5Ftranscode%5Fmodule%5Fv2.zip "Download")

### x25 modules (v1) - Sep 2025

[x25\_hw\_transcode\_modulesX25 HW transcode Plex modules for DSM 7.2 and kernel 5.10x25\_hw\_transcode\_modules.zip6 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2025/09/x25%5Fhw%5Ftranscode%5Fmodules.zip "Download")

The link provides the current (September 2025) `.ko` files that need to be loaded into the system.

### STEP 02 - SH access and installation of said modules

🚨

****NOTE**: SSH access with elevated `root` privileges will be needed for the following step! Do not proceed unless you are absolutely sure what needs to be done!

In order to place the needed `.ko` files onto the system, we need SSH access to the NAS. For that, open **Control Panel > Terminal & SNMP** module and activate the SSH port (default 22).

Once done, use any `ssh` compatible client (Terminal on macOS or Linux**,** or PUTTY on Windows) to log into the NAS.

```shell
ssh username@NAS_ip_address -port xxxx

```

The `-port` is optional and needed only if you are accessing on a non-default port 22.

At the login prompt, enter your DSM account and password to log in. Once completed, we need to elevate to `root` access to be able to execute the install steps. So, at the command prompt, enter:

```shell
sudo -i

```

followed by once again, your default DSM account password. This will now change the command prompt to `root` and we will have full access to the system.

### STEP 03 - Installing custom modules

The downloaded ZIP can be unpacked to any specific folder that the user wants on any accessible volume(s). For example, `/volume1/x25_drivers` . This can be done via File Station, an SMB connection, or via the command line; it is up to you.

First, we need to get rid of a few existing "official" modules, as their replacement will be added in the next step.

```shell
sudo rmmod i915
sudo rmmod drm_kms_helper
sudo rmmod drm

```

This will remove the modules that are already on the systems, but do not trigger HW transcoding as they should, specifically the `i915.ko` . Next, we need to load up and install 9 modules in this sequence from the location where the files have been unpacked using the `insmod` command line.

💡

****IMPORTANT**: If you have ****previously deployed the v1 or v2 solutions**, be sure to `rmmod` ****all files**, and then deploy the new version!

### Process for the v3 module:

```shell
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/dmabuf.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm_buddy.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm_display_helper.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm_kms_helper.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm_panel_orientation_quirks.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/i2c-algo-bit.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/i915-compat.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/i915.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/intel-gtt.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/ttm.ko

```

### Process for the v2 module:

```shell
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/i915.ko

```

### Process for the v1 modules:

```shell
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/dmabuf.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm_kms_helper.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm_display_helper.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/drm_buddy.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/ttm.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/intel-gtt.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/i915-compat.ko
sudo insmod /volume1/x25_drivers/i915.ko

```

### STEP 04 - Reboot the NAS

This solution will require a NAS reboot after being deployed, as well as making sure that the file is loaded up after each reboot!

### Alternative (automated) method

In case the manual steps are not your cup of tea, Mr. Dave Russell, aka 007revad, over at GitHub, has compiled a schedule script. Follow the instructions listed on the page and bring back HW transcoding (not just for Plex!) to the X25 models.

[GitHub - 007revad/Transcode\_for\_x25: Installs the modules needed for transcoding in DS425+ and DS225+Installs the modules needed for transcoding in DS425+ and DS225+ - 007revad/Transcode\_for\_x25![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40.svg)GitHub007revad![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/Transcode_for_x25)](https://github.com/007revad/Transcode%5Ffor%5Fx25?ref=blackvoid.club)

Schedule script that will run all the needed steps to get the modules installed

If all of this is a bit much, Dave also created an easy one-click solution by offering a community package repository that hosts the transcode packages. Simply go to **Package Center > Settings > Package Sources > Add** and add the following URL:

[007revad​ package repository](https://spkrepo.007daver.workers.dev/?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/image.png)

Custom repository with transcode packages visible inside the Package Center

The same process has been explained by Robbie over at NASCompares.com as well

That's it, your X25 machine will be once again able to run Plex with HW transcoding.

These steps will need to be run after each reboot, automatically or manually, so you can add them as a scheduled or triggered task using the Control Panel > Task Scheduler.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS225+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds225-review/
Last updated: 2025-09-22T23:13:44.000Z
## 
  
  
## : Intro

Back in April, Synology kicked off the year with a refresh of its popular 4‑bay model, the [**DS925+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-review/). Eight models later, the lineup finishes with the smallest entry by drive count: **the new DS225+**. Despite its compact size, the DS225+ delivers a lot out of the box and can do even more with optional upgrades.

[Synology DS225+ overviewDS225+ the 2-bay member of the #Synology + lineup for 2025 is here. It might be a humble update, but it still offers a lot and now with 2.5GbE network![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-219.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds225_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds225-overview/)

Quick overview of the new DS225+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/ds225_side.webp)

DS225+ - the new 2-bay model for SOHO

Given the presence of the DS224+ model still on the market, released in 2023, the new DS225+ revision does not introduce significant advancements, consistent with the other X25 models so far. In terms of hardware specifications, the DS225+ is identical to the DS224+, with the exception of a singular key update: LAN speed.

As with all 2025 models, **the DS225+ supports 2.5GbE speeds**. Notably, while the device features a dual LAN connector, only one port supports 2.5GbE, while the other remains at 1GbE, similar to the DS425+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/ds225-_front.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/ds225-_back.webp)

Let's take a deep look at this refreshed model, assess how it compares with the competition, and decide whether it should be considered "the NAS" for SOHO customers.

## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: Packaging**](#packaging)  
[**: Specifications**](#specs)  
[**: Branded and 3rd party disk support**](#disks)  
[**: DSM setup and apps**](#dsm)  
\> [:: Reactivating the DSM update notifications](#dsmnotifications)  
[**: Speed tests**](#speed)  
[**: Virtualization and containerization, and iSCSI**](#vm)  
[**: Plex**](#plex)  
[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Packaging

🙏

A big thank you first of all to ****Synology GmbH for providing the new DS225+ as well as all the Synology drives** for testing 

All models in the X25 series are provided by Synology for testing, and the DS225+ is no exception. If you're reading this article for the first time and considering buying the new model, note that the packaging differs from the previous model only by the label on the box

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8168.webp)

In a single box at around 3 KG, we have the NAS itself, a pair of CAT5e cables, and an external power adapter.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8169.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8170.webp)

Like the other desktop "Plus" models, the DS225+ has a hard plastic finish around the body, including the front drive tray cover. The cover sides are glossy and will show fingerprints, but luckily, there's little reason to handle it frequently once the drives are installed.

> ## The Synology DiskStation DS225+ is a compact 2-bay NAS solution designed to centralize data management, offering a comprehensive suite of tools through Synology DiskStation Manager (DSM) for managing, sharing, and protecting files and photos, backing up devices and data, and serving as the core of a smart surveillance system.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8171.webp)

DS225+ the smallest 2-bay model from the plus lineup offering a lot for its size

Under the front cover are two drive bays that, unlike those on the larger models, cannot be locked and instead use a simpler mechanism.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8173.webp)

DS225+ without the front cover with two 3.5" bay

Removing the bays exposes a secondary SO‑DIMM slot, allowing the factory 2 GB to be **officially upgraded to 6 GB**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8174.webp)

Disk bays removed allows for disk installation as well as access to the RAM expansion slot

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8178-1.webp)

For a total of 6GB of RAM the DS225+ offers a lot for its price point

## 
  
  
## : Specifications

With RAM options out of the way, the DS225+ again ships with the **Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core CPU**, identical to its predecessor and offering no improvement in that area. While this "tried-and-true" philosophy has helped Synology maintain control over its DSM releases and packages across its lineup, sticking with this CPU in 2025 is unlikely to persuade many buyers to upgrade to this refreshed model. 

Additionally, the 2025 disk policy announced in April adds to the concerns and may push some users to consider competing brands that are proving hardware-worthy rivals in this market.

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-220.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

Hardware is only part of the story. With 25 years of experience, Synology has a clear advantage in several areas, but it would still be worth considering more modern CPUs and other internal components to replace older ones with faster, more power-efficient platforms.

Speaking of speed, the DS225+ can pride itself on a **brand-new 2.5 GbE network upgrade**, just like the other X25 models. However, only one of its ports supports higher speeds, while the other remains at the conventional 1 GbE.

This upgrade, while welcome, came later than expected—something anticipated at least for the X23 models. Still, better late than never. The **nearly 300 MB/s transfer rate** should be more than adequate in combination with Synology’s 2.5" SSDs or 3.5" 7200 RPM SATA drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8172.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8175.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8176.webp)

DS25+ back side

In addition to the two network interfaces, the DS225+ also features **two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports** (5 Gb/s), one on the front and one on the rear. These can be used to connect external USB drives for data transfer or as a backup destination for the NAS. Finally, there is a single 90 × 90 mm vent on the rear panel to improve airflow and cooling. The Synology logos on both sides also serve as ventilation, complemented by several openings along the bottom.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/IMG_8177-1.webp)

The 2.5GbE LAN port is explicitly labeled

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/synology_ds225_specs.webp)

DS225 specification summary

Some may call the DS225+ a humble NAS, and they may be right. However, even though it supports only two disks and uses a dated CPU, **the overall setup offers far more than a single backup unit**, as we’ll explore later in this review.

## 
  
  
## : Branded and 3rd party disk support

This topic has already been mentioned and linked earlier, but since it affects many readers and signals a new direction for Synology’s future, it deserves its own dedicated section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/synology_disk_policy_2025.webp)

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-221.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

For decades, Synology has offered NAS devices in a variety of sizes and use cases with few limitations on hard drives. Strictly speaking, **the company has always maintained a compatibility list** detailing which disks are officially supported. With the new X25 models, a new policy is in effect: **only Synology-branded drives are officially supported**. Using any drive not on the DS225+ compatibility list **will void the warranty, remove official support, and may cause issues with OS installation and configuration**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-15.14.54.png)

DS225+ compatible Synology Plus drives (August 2025)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-15.15.14.png)

DS225+ compatible Synology Enterprise drives (August 2025)

The two lists above show the current SSD and HDD compatibility across two categories: Plus and Enterprise. Although the DS225+ isn’t marketed as enterprise-class, we’ll focus on the Plus drives and their six capacity options. Plus drives are part of the HAT3000 series, with the latest revision being the HAT3320.

[Synology HAT3320 Plus series NAS drivesThe new #Synology #HAT3320 8TB drive is coming! Following the update of X25 NAS models, this is the first 2025 disk update from the HAT3300 lineup![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-222.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hat3320.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3320-plus-series-nas-drives/)

Ranging from 2 TB to 16 TB, the HAT3000 drives come with a **fixed three-year warranty** and, for the HAT3320 revision, **up to a 300 TB/year workload rating**. Using any drive not listed on the compatibility list can cause issues, such as being unable to install the OS or create a volume. During the official migration process, drives not on the compatibility list can be migrated, but nothing more. Any further manipulation of the volume, such as expansion or replacing drives, will require officially compatible drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/IMG_8187.webp)

DS225+ equipped with two Synology HAT3310 8TB drives

> ## Synology will not provide technical support if your device is not on the Synology Products Compatibility List

As a simple example, consider a Western Digital 4 TB Gold drive that, while still functioning, has accumulated over 47,000 hours and about 10 years of use. It cannot be used with the DS225+ because it is detected as "**unrecognized**." To make matters more perplexing, the DSM setup and installation will proceed, but the actual creation of the storage pool and volume will fail.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-16.04.01.webp)

Example of a 4TB WD Gold drive being flagged as "unrecognized" by the DSM 7.2.2.

This scenario shows how buyers who skip the compatibility list when purchasing the X25 NAS can end up with an unsupported drive. Given the policy, Synology could consider adding a simple sticker on the outside of the box indicating that only Synology-branded drives are officially supported and that this compatibility is mandatory.

To be clear, some users might try to bypass the compatibility limitation, but that path requires jumping through multiple command-line steps and could lead to a potentially disastrous outcome after major DSM updates. Additionally, using an unsupported drive will void the warranty and official support if you ever need it.

Regarding the drive setup with this particular DS225+ unit, it arrived with dual **HAT3310-8T** (8TB) drives that run at 7200 RPM. The temperature difference is due to benchmark testing that was done on the second disk.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-20.51.04.webp)

HAT3310-8T part of the DS225+ RAID0 setup (disk 2 temperature is higher due to speed test below)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-20.48.57.webp)

HAT3310-8T benchmark using internal DSM Storage Manager

The configured array for these tests is RAID 0**,** just to see if there will be a possibility to push the data transfer above the registered 250MB/s declared read and write speed.

## 
  
  
## : DSM setup and apps

Regarding DSM, the DS225+ OS installation is identical to that of other devices used over the past decade. While there have been some adjustments to the wizard’s steps and a few recent changes—such as automatic updates introduced with the X25 models (more on this later)—the overall customer experience remains unchanged.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-15.56.11.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-15.56.29.webp)

The installation will continue and conclude even if the drive is classified as unrecognized

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-16.00.54.webp)

Please note that DSM installation may complete on drives the system does not recognize (not the same as 'incompatible'); however, operations such as pool and volume creation and package installation will not be possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-16.02.15.webp)

Specific for the X25 models (and newer) the 3rd option regarding DSM updates is missing

During setup, a notable difference exists between the 2025 models and prior DSM installations. The DSM wizard traditionally included a step to determine how the NAS handles updates, offering three options: install important updates, install the latest updates, or notify me of available updates without installing them. In the 2025 models, this has been reduced to a two-option screen, removing the notification-only option.

Fortunately, this setting can be adjusted later once DSM is configured, either for the first time or post-factory reset.

## 
  
  
### :: Reactivating the DSM update notifications

🚨

****ATTENTION**: The following steps involve SSH access and running the Linux command line. While the steps are completely safe and supported by the [****Synology KB article**](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/stop%5Fsystem%5Fpackage%5Fauto%5Fupdate?ref=blackvoid.club), please proceed carefully!

Because the whole DSM install process is the same as with any other model, let's quickly see what needs to be done to change and reactivate the notification option for DSM's upcoming updates.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-18.43.24.webp)

New DSM update policy just after the installation process offers only two options

💡

Also of note, this step is ****completely optional** and should be only attempted if the user does not want their NAS systems to perform automatic updates and reboots.

Before going further with this process, we first need to activate the SSH setting inside the DSM's **Control Panel > Terminal** section.

Next, using any SSH-compatible tool, log into the NAS (macOS Terminal, Linux Terminal, PUTTY for Windows, etc) using your default DSM credentials.

To execute a command of this significance, we also need to elevate to `root` account by using the `sudo -i` command.

Once the command prompt indicates that it is using the root credentials, we need to run the following command (as per Synology KB):

```bash
/usr/libexec/syno-update-settings --set-autoupdatetype-notify

```

Reloading the DSM interface and visiting the update and restore settings, we can see the **notification option being offered once again**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-18.45.18.webp)

The notification is back as an option inside Update Settings

One more time, this is a completely optional step, and if anyone likes to have their system on auto-update, do not do any of the above steps.

## 
  
  
## : Speed tests

With the initial setup complete, we can proceed to basic speed tests to assess how the NAS handles the upgraded 2.5 GbE network speeds in common scenarios. The **LAN1 port is clearly labeled 2.5 GbE** and, when connected to a compatible switch, will auto-negotiate to the highest supported speed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-19.34.36.webp)

DS225+ connected to a Unifi Flex switch at 2.5GbE

Unlike some larger models that offer dual 2.5 GbE ports, this unit does not, so SMB multichannel isn’t available. Even so, a single 2.5 GbE port should deliver **speeds close to 300 MB/s** under typical conditions.

> ## With a suite of robust data storage and backup solutions as well as capable performance, the compact 2-bay DS225+ is ideal for use in homes, home offices, and as edge storage

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-20.15.11.webp)

Basic \`iperf3\` network test also confirms 2.5GbE network speed with an average speed of about 280MB/s

🚨

****NOTE**: the RAID array in this testing is ****RAID 0**, combining ****two HAT3310 8TB** drives (7200 RPM)

### :: File Station SMB copy (RS2423+ > DS225+)

As with typical NAS deployments, this unit handles large data transfers, and a common scenario is moving content from one NAS to another. To streamline this, we used a remote SMB connection via File Station to perform a direct data copy without an intermediate computer. For this test, the DS225+ (RAID 0) was receiving data copied from the RS2423+ (RAID 6).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-19.19.20.webp)

Data being written to DS225+ over 2.5GbE (SMB protocol)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-19.20.56.webp)

DSM Resource monitor during data transfer of a single large file of about 34,5GB 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-19.22.01.webp)

Visual network transfer visual representation from the source side (RS2423+)

The test used a single 34.5 GB file. As shown in the accompanying images, the transfer exhibited intermittent dips but **completed in just over three minutes, averaging 196 MB/s**. CPU utilization averaged 20–25%, with RAM usage around 30% during the transfer.

💡

****NOTE**: During each test, no concurrent tasks were executed to avoid stressing the NAS and to maximize resource utilization.

### :: USB copy (BeeDrive <> DS225+)

As noted previously, the DS225+ provides two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports with theoretical speeds of up to 5 Gbps. To evaluate performance, we connected a Synology BeeDrive capable of 10 Gbps to assess how the NAS handles transfers to and from that device.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-223.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Full review of the Synology BeeDrive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-06-at-12.57.25.webp)

Installation of exFAT package is needed in order to use the drives with that format

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-06-at-12.57.40.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-06-at-12.58.03.webp)

BeeDrive detected and mounted after the exFAT installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-06-at-13.01.38.webp)

File Station copy from the BeeDrive onto the DS225+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-06-at-13.07.11.webp)

Consistently high transfer during data copy with an average speed of 341 MB/s

As an example, a **120 GB virtual machine backup** was copied to the NAS in just **under six minutes**, with a sustained **average transfer rate of 341 MB/s**.

Conversely, **copying a 32 GB file** from the DS225+ to the BeeDrive **took 2 minutes**, **averaging 273 MB/s**. These results align with expectations for the USB interface and internal disk configuration; the BeeDrive can achieve higher performance, up to 900 MB/s under optimal conditions.

### :: SMB copy (Mac Studio <> DS225+)

Data transfers between an endpoint device and the NAS represent the second most common scenario. For this case, SMB remains the primary transfer protocol. The test used the same single large file as before; the read throughput was notably faster, **peaking at approximately 282 MB/s**. These speeds align with the iperf3 results and provide a reliable reference point.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-19.24.14.webp)

Reading the file from DS225+ and writing to the Mac Studio

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-19.24.06.webp)

Reading the file from Mac Studio and writing to the DS225+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-02-at-19.29.52.webp)

Resource Manager presenting both read and write tasks

From the Resource Manager, CPU utilization differed notably between the read and write tests, with reads consuming roughly half the CPU load of writes. Writes used about 25% of CPU, while reads were close to 12%. RAM usage remained fairly constant across tests. Volume/disk and network graphs showed no dips in either test (unlike the NAS-to-NAS transfer), which aligned with shorter completion times and faster speeds. 

To support this with actual numbers, the test results are as follows:

```
SMB 225 > mac studio 34,51GB 2:05 min - average speed 282MB/s
mac studio > SMB 225 34,51GB 2:14 min - average speed 263MB/s

```

Thus far, the DS225+ has performed well, maintaining low CPU and RAM utilization and delivering maximum network transfer speeds.

### :: Hyper Backup and Snapshot Replication (RS2423+ > DS225+)

Backup tasks follow the same pattern. Using the **Hyper Backup** tool with the DS225+ as the target, we **backed up approximately 76.3 GB of data in 12 minutes**. This equates to an **average throughput of about 108 MB/s**, even though the data consisted of roughly 13,000 files across 1,800 folders—a mix of large and very small files.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-03-at-20.07.28.webp)

Hyper Backup job as DS25+ being the destination device

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-03-at-20.06.09.webp)

Presentation of the network transfer during the Hyper Backup job

As observed, throughput was typically in the high 150–200 MB/s range, dropping to about 30–120 MB/s when encountering a large number of very small files. Pushing the same sample of files in the same direction—from the RS2423+ to the DS225+—produced a markedly different result. Unlike the database-like format of Hyper Backup, which includes versioning, **Snapshot Replication** relies on rsync to perform a fast network copy of the data without any background deduplication.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-04-at-19.39.01.webp)

Snapshot replication task pushing the same amount of content to the DS225+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-04-at-19.47.30.webp)

Presentation of the network transfer during the replication job

Consequently, the **task finished in 9 minutes at an average speed of 144 MB/s**, about 25% faster due to the different backup method. Visual inspection of the network-transfer graphs shows throughput remained largely consistent, even when dealing with many small files. This is because, unlike Hyper Backup with its versioning, Snapshot Replication performs a pure data copy, avoiding background deduplication and maintaining speed throughout the process.

This comparison shows that, even with identical hardware and network conditions, selecting the most appropriate tool for the intended outcome does not necessarily guarantee the fastest transfers, particularly for mixed-size data.

### :: Active Backup for Business (Windows 11 > DS225+)

Moving now with one final backup tool, the ABB. Considering that ABB backs up image-like data with deduplication, compression, and versioning, the transfer rate will vary. 

The endpoint is a Windows 11 machine with a quad-core CPU, 8 GB of RAM, and a 100 GB SSD (about 70 GB in use). Network capability is 10 Gb/s, though this is not expected to be a major benefit over the course of the test. The initial run completed in just under 12 minutes, transferring 60.3 GB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-04-at-20.30.02.webp)

Active Backup for Business task completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-04-at-20.30.25.webp)

Network graph clearly much different compared to the Snapshot Replication task

As observed, ABB behaves quite differently from Hyper Backup or Snapshot Replication. The network transfer for this task paused twice as expected due to the backup mechanics. Nevertheless, an overall average of 85 MB/s represents solid throughput, and CPU utilization remained at about 20% throughout.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-04-at-20.29.43.webp)

Overall data transfer was 60GB for this task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-04-at-20.29.50.webp)

But thanks to deduplication the actual used space is just over 40GB

Another advantage of employing ABB as a backup solution across multiple endpoints is its compression and deduplication capabilities, which help conserve disk space and shorten backup times.

As a summary of all the speed tests so far, we can see that it depends on the actual hardware, platform, and direction in which the DS225+ will perform. So far, **the added 2.5GbE has proven a nice and welcome addition** to the overall same configuration as the previous model, offering enough performance and features for the price point.

## 
  
  
## : Virtualization, containerization, and iSCSI

Beyond its backup tools and productivity apps, the DS225+, as a Plus model, offers virtualization and containerization for hosting applications outside the official DSM Package Center. With a Celeron CPU and 2 GB of base RAM, these specifications represent the primary constraints for virtualization on this model. Given its positioning as a SOHO NAS, **the virtual machine experience is unlikely to be exceptional**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-12.30.48.webp)

Installation of the VMM package is already reporting memory issues

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-12.44.04.webp)

Ubuntu server with 512MB is not even possible to boot with the stock 2GB of RAM

A Linux-based, headless OS may be more feasible than Windows guests—for example, a command-line server instance. Running Windows 11 will almost certainly be unviable without upgrading memory with the optional SO-DIMM. In any case, provisioning virtual machines on the DS225+ without additional RAM can be problematic, and if your goal is to use the device as a virtual host, consider using it primarily as a backup or storage destination rather than as a compute/hypervisor platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-12.53.45.webp)

Docker support has been present on the DSM since 2015, and presently it is called "Container Manager"

Containers, however, are a different matter. While they still depend mainly on CPU and RAM, a container runs directly on the host without emulation, so you pay only for the resources the container actually uses. 

Even with a modest amount of stock RAM, the DS225+ can function well as a Docker host for a broad range of solutions—from password managers and download managers to monitoring tools, document management, and more. Last year, Synology rebranded its Package Center Docker package as "**Container Manager**," adding a refreshed interface and newer capabilities, including Docker Compose support. This change has made deploying more complex solutions easier without SSH or other third-party UIs, though some users also rely on tools like Portainer for management.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-16.18.37.webp)

Example of docker compose being used via Container Manager

The benefit of Docker support has grown over the past decade, enabling low-power NAS devices to be more than a simple network destination for data hoarding and backups. Docker support is one area where Synology has invested time and effort, streamlining third‑party app support by moving away from a cluttered Package Center toward container sandboxing, while keeping the OS layer free of unnecessary dependencies. This win‑win dynamic helps explain Docker's popularity and its special status within Synology DSM. 

In addition to potentially serving as a hypervisor or Docker host, most Synology models can host iSCSI LUNs as well. iSCSI remains a widely used IT protocol today, which is why Synology has separated it into its own DSM package called SAN Manager.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-13.11.56.webp)

DSM SAN Manager

The SAN Manager has been available since DSM 7, and it provides a straightforward, fast workflow for creating iSCSI targets and LUNs for any compatible server or client OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-13.11.44-1.webp)

Adding an iSCSI data LUN inside VMWare ESXi

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-13.13.26.webp)

iSCSI LUN connected and ready to be used inside ESXi environment

The DS225+ offers iSCSI capabilities consistent with its peers, supporting up to two iSCSI targets and four LUNs per the technical specifications. This does not preclude larger configurations, as the image below may suggest. It appears to be a business decision by Synology to advertise iSCSI support on the smaller Plus models more conservatively, unlike higher-end devices such as the FS6400.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-16.53.49.webp)

Thin-provisioned LUNs on the DS225+

To recap: while the **DS225+ can run virtual machines, containers, and host iSCSI LUNs, this does not guarantee strong performance, particularly for virtualization workloads**. The mere presence of a feature in DSM is a benefit, but real-world performance will vary depending on the NAS model and its hardware configuration.

## 
  
  
## : PLEX

Media handling is another area where performance matters. Aside from the 2.5 GbE network upgrade, the DS225+ is largely identical to its predecessor, the DS224+.

All X25 models also ship with Linux kernel 5.10\. Why is that important for Plex? Like the DS224+, the current model runs an Intel Celeron J4125 CPU, but unlike the DS224+, it can't utilize Intel Quick Sync hardware transcoding. Plex can leverage this hardware acceleration to perform transcoding more efficiently.

Hardware transcoding enables Plex clients to downscale large video files to lower bitrates and resolutions while also handling subtitles more efficiently. It is a CPU‑intensive process; on CPUs without Intel Quick Sync, the processor can reach 100% utilization within seconds, effectively preventing smooth streaming.

Of course, while the DS225+ is fully capable of running Plex, hardware transcoding has not been functioning as intended for the past four months since the X25 models were released.

🚨

****UPDATE**: Based on official information from another Synology user, Synology Support has confirmed that ****hardware transcoding is not available by design on the DS425+ and DS225+**.

> Thank you again for your patience.
> 
> I would like to sincerely apologize for the confusion caused by my earlier reply. In my previous message, I incorrectly mentioned that DS425+ and DS225+ support Plex hardware transcoding. **After reconfirming with our development and product management teams, I must clarify that hardware transcoding is not supported on these two models.** This is also why it is not listed in the official specifications.
> 
> We understand how disappointing this must be, especially since you’ve invested significantly in your new setup and have had positive experiences with Plex hardware transcoding on other Synology models in the past. I am truly sorry for the incorrect information previously shared and the inconvenience it has caused.
> 
> Plex has also confirmed this limitation in their compatibility list, and we will coordinate with them to ensure the information is clearly reflected in their release notes.
> 
> Your feedback has been filed as a feature request to our development and product management teams. While we cannot guarantee immediate changes, your case will help us evaluate possible improvements in future DSM updates or product planning.
> 
> If you would like to share more suggestions directly, please feel free to use our feature request form:  
> Feature Inquiry | Synology Inc.
> 
> Once again, I sincerely apologize for the earlier miscommunication, and thank you for bringing this important matter to our attention.

While Synology and the Plex development teams are working on this, DS425+ and DS225+ users who rely on Plex hardware transcoding are currently unable to activate it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/image.png)

ChuckPa, one of the main Plex developers dedicated to Synology platform is coordinating with Synology DEV side to resolve the issue

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-17.46.27.webp)

An official ticket reply on the same subject (September 2025)

🚨

Plex runs fine and with no issues at all on the DS225+. Simply be aware that ****HW transcoding is no longer supported!**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-17.52.50.webp)

Plex installed with no issue on the DS225+ (September 2025)

### 4K direct play (multiple clients)

When we test direct play, meaning no need for any transcoding on the server (NAS) side, as well as the clients can process everything on their end, we can see that there are no issues at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-18.01.38.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-18.01.55.webp)

With CPU utilization well below 20%, there are no streaming problems when playing multiple streams. However, performance degrades quickly once hardware transcoding is initiated, such as when transcoding 4K video down to 1080p.

### 4K to 1080p transcode

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-18.11.42.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-18.12.02.webp)

4K to 1080p downscale with no HW transcoding support will push the CPU to the breaking point

As we can see, the stream is constantly buffering, while reporting a standard non-HW transcoding, and immediately reflects negatively on the CPU utilization.

### 1080p to 720p transcode

To be clear, the DS225+ can transcode without maxing the CPU or causing buffering, but only for smaller, lower‑resolution files—such as 1080p or 720p.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-18.26.39.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-09-07-at-18.26.52.webp)

DS225+ performing non-HW transcoding with no issues during playback

As shown above, 1080p-to-720p transcoding pushes the CPU high, but the spikes are not sustained. The system handles it more gracefully, and playback remains free of buffering. Note that CPU usage can still spike occasionally, and any additional NAS load can cause issues.

Bottom line, if transcoding is required, it would be wise to choose a dedicated machine that can support it, and use the NAS as a pure storage device. Also, use Plex in Direct Play mode to avoid playback issues and minimize NAS load.

Although Plex was the only platform we tested, users have reported similar issues with other media platforms as well, pointing to kernel changes as the likely cause.

💡

****UPDATE**: 23/09/2025 - Thanks to the efforts of ****the** RROrg team and X25 testers, ****we presently have a workaround that unlocks the Plex HW transcoding on new models**.

[Unlocking PLEX HW transcoding on X25 Synology modelsBring #Plex hardware transcoding back to #Synology #X25 models with some custom modules, courtesy of the RRorg team.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-238.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/x25_plex_transcoding-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/unlocking-plex-hw-transcoding-on-x25-synology-models/)

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

What can be said about the DS225+? First, it is not new. It is effectively a replica of the DS224+ with a few twists. These twists—a faster network interface and a Synology-only disk policy—might not be enough to make it the go-to device for existing users. Newcomers to the world of NAS will likely find it more than satisfactory. At a price point of around €320, this dual-bay model offers a lot. It delivers the benefits and features of the DSM OS, including all the apps in the Package Center, allowing users to tailor the setup to their needs. From a warranty standpoint, the DS225+ comes with a three-year warranty that can be extended to five years via Synology's Extended Warranty Plus service.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-224.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

Here in Croatia, with 25% VAT, an additional two years will cost €40\. This service will also offer advanced RMA, which might come in real handy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/09/Screenshot-2025-08-31-at-16.24.33.webp)

Price for extended 2 year warranty (Croatia; September 2025)

Just as an example, advanced RMA offers up-front sending of the model, before the faulty one needs to be returned, minimizing time to recovery.

[Synology Extended Warranty Plus & Advanced RMAIs investing in the extended warranty plus service by Synology a good idea?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-225.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_rma-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus-advanced-rma/)

DS225+, combined with the Synology HAT3300 series drive,s is essentially a turnkey appliance. Once set up, it provides peace of mind and rock-solid security and stability for backups, or for hosting a wide range of services and users.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-226.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hat3300_review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

[Complete Synology NAS system 1 year later - RS2423+ with HAT3300 HDDsIs a full-Synology system the right choice for you or your business? Read this 1-year later article on the new RS2423+ and HAT3300 drives. #Synology #HAT3300 #RS2423 #DSM72![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-227.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs2423_hat3300_1ylater-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/complete-synology-nas-system-1-year-later-rs2423-with-hat3300-hdds/)

The device’s power consumption is an impressive 16.98 watts in active use and 6.08 watts in hibernation, with a noise level below 20 dB. If you plan to keep the NAS on your desk, note that you will hear it and the drives during operation, but overall, it remains quite quiet. With any additional noise source (such as playing music or conversations), there should be no concern that the NAS will be audible. 

So, should you get the DS225+ or stick with the two-year-old DS224+? It depends on your needs and expectations. On one hand, a more up-to-date model will be beneficial in the long run for better and longer DSM support, as well as 2.5 GbE network speeds. On the other hand, we are locking ourselves into Synology-branded disk territory, which may not sit well with some customers, but then again, is that really such a bad thing? 

A closed ecosystem has many benefits, and as an advocate of such setups, I see no issues with using dedicated drives, especially since the HAT3300 series costs roughly the same as some competitive models.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-228.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds224plus-1-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

Sticking with an older model is not a loss, by any means. The DS225+ was a bit of a surprise, though it was originally slated to be named the DS226+. Arriving in the first half of 2025, it carried the X25 designation. From a hardware perspective, there are advantages to opting for a newer model, but even if this proves to be a leap forward, you won’t lose much. 

The DS225+ remains the smallest of the Plus models in every sense—size, capabilities, and scope—but buying one now will still deliver ample backups, preserved memories, and important documents at your fingertips for years to come.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Solution Day 2025
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2025/
Last updated: 2025-08-11T19:55:06.000Z
As with every year, the time has come for the next installment of Synology Solution Day 2025! This year's event is particularly significant for the company as it marks the **25th anniversary of Synology's business**. Additionally, it represents their official entry into the Tier 1 market with several new high-end products.

Commencing on **September 17th in Taiwan**, the company will spotlight multiple segments, featuring several new products and services, some of which made their debut at this year’s Computex 2025 expo.

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-213.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

All global events will be free and open to everyone, featuring an all-day agenda with multiple presentations, panels, and discussions. In addition, there will be a showroom showcasing both current and upcoming products.

> ## Join us and experience the Future of Data Management with Synology. Discover how cutting-edge solutions in data storage, protection, surveillance, productivity, and AI can elevate your operational efficiency to new heights.

![Synology C2 Surveillance announcement](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2025/05/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement.webp)

[Synology C2 Surveillance announcementDuring Computex 2025, #Synology also introduced the upcoming new scalable cloud-based surveillance platform called C2 Surveillance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-214.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-announcement/)

The surveillance product line will feature both existing and upcoming Synology-branded cameras, including on-premise and cloud-only models, as well as the new **C2 Surveillance cloud service**. 

A significant portion of the day will focus on two major new systems, one of which is already available, specifically emphasizing data storage and protection. The existing system, introduced last year and launched to the market at the beginning of 2025, is the new **data protection platform** named **ActiveProtect**.

![Synology DP7400 review](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2024/08/dp7400_review.jpg)

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-215.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-9.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-216.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-10.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

This specialized solution supports backup operations for endpoint devices, virtual environments, and cloud tenant services. 

Alongside it is the forthcoming **data storage solution** for high-end customers, the first of its kind for Synology, the **PAS7700**.

![Synology PAS7700 overview](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2025/05/pas7700_overview.webp)

[Synology PAS7700 overview#Synology active-active NVMe storage solution for mission-critical enterprise workloads, #PAS7700 announced and revealed at Computex 2025![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-217.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pas7700_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-overview/)

This active-active mission-critical solution is designed to meet the high workload demands and redundancy requirements of enterprises. 

Additionally, the event will highlight upcoming productivity solutions. With several "office" solutions currently in beta, such as Calendar 3.0 and Drive Server 4.0, Synology will unveil its forthcoming **Chat Plus** and **Meet** platforms. These platforms are intended to offer private, on-premise chat, audio, and video capabilities, providing an alternative to existing commercial solutions.

[Synology Calendar 3.0Experience the #Synology Calendar 3! Redesigned for intuitive scheduling, enhanced task management, and seamless sharing to boost teamwork and productivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-218.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_calendar_3_announcement.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-calendar-3-0/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/synology_chatplus_meet_announcement.webp)

Register for nearly 20 locations worldwide using the following link.

[Synology Solution DayJoin our Solution Day to learn about Synology’s latest solutions and products, gain more knowledge and skills about how they work, and take this opportunity to talk with us. Choose a session in your region and reserve your time now!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-6.png)Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_og_image-3.jpg)](https://event.synology.com/en-uk/synology-solution-day-2025?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-11-at-20.29.25.png)

If you are near or at those locations, be sure to claim your seat and enjoy first-hand experiences with Synology experts and guests.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology HAT3320 Plus series NAS drives
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3320-plus-series-nas-drives/
Last updated: 2025-08-01T14:38:08.000Z
With summer in full swing, Synology has, for the moment, completed its [**X25 NAS rollout**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/x25/). Over the past few months, a total of eight new "plus" models have been refreshed, although few significant upgrades have been made.

All models have had their outdated 1GbE LAN interfaces upgraded to 2.5GbE. However, most retain the same specifications as their predecessors, with the exception of a few models.

In addition to these NAS models, which have been effectively restricted to work exclusively with Synology-branded drives, the company is also continuing to update its disk lineup. This includes the "plus" HAT3300 series.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-209.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hat3300-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

[Synology HAT3310 Plus series NAS drivesSynology HAT3310 drives have arrived with 8 and 12-TB capacity options, faster RPM, and increased data transfer speeds.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-210.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hat3310-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3310-plus-series-nas/)

[Complete Synology NAS system 1 year later - RS2423+ with HAT3300 HDDsIs a full-Synology system the right choice for you or your business? Read this 1-year later article on the new RS2423+ and HAT3300 drives. #Synology #HAT3300 #RS2423 #DSM72![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-211.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs2423_hat3300_1ylater-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/complete-synology-nas-system-1-year-later-rs2423-with-hat3300-hdds/)

Specifically, the **HAT3320** model. The inaugural model of this series is the popular 8TB version (HAT3320-8T).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-01-at-16.01.55.webp)

Current HAT3300 series lineup (2025, August)

When compared to the HAT3310-8T model, the HAT3320 has received several upgrades. While it **remains a 7200 RPM drive**, its **maximum transfer speed has increased** from the 260 MB/s of the HAT3310 model **to 281 MB/s**, aligning it with the 12TB and 16TB models.

The new HAT3320 model is not Helium-sealed like the larger models. However, it stands out as the **first in the 3300 lineup to feature a workload rating of 300 TB per year**. For reference, all current HAT3300 or HAT3310 models are rated at 180 TB per year, marking a **40% increase in annual data read and write capability**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/hat3320_hdd_specs.jpg)

HAT3320 8TB specifications

The warranty for the HAT3320 remains unchanged at 3 years. A notable change, however, is in power consumption. As anticipated, there has been a slight increase compared to the previous 8TB generation. The drive's power consumption in idle mode has risen from 5.61 W to 5.74 W, and during average read/write operations, it has increased from 8.41 W to 9.07 W. This represents a 2% to 7% difference, which is minimal but still present.

The price and availability of the HAT3320 are currently unknown, as it is not yet listed on major retail sites or the official Synology Store. However, we can expect a rollout in the near future.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Calendar 3.0
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-calendar-3-0/
Last updated: 2025-07-30T18:15:43.000Z
During June of 2025, Synology started releasing beta versions of their popular office and productivity apps in preparation for the Q4 official release.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-204.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

[Synology Office 3.7.0 beta with AI support is out nowThe new #Synology #Office 3.7 beta is finally introducing #AI capabilities to the platform, following the same implementation pattern as #MailPlus![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-205.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_37_beta_ai.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-7-0-beta-with-ai-support-is-out-now/)

[Synology Office Suite meets AI#Synology is finally bringing the power of #AI to their productivity suite of apps, including Drive, Office, ChatPlus, MailPlus, and Synology Meet.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-206.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_meets_ai.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-suite-meets-ai/)

[Synology Office Suite API#Synology introduced its Office Suite #API which allows for seamless data management and business automation![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-207.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_office_api.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-suite-api/)

While the majority of the new features focus on AI implementation and bug fixes, a few applications are still awaiting updates. These include Synology Drive, which is set to release version 4 soon, and Synology Calendar 3.0\. The latter has been in beta testing since mid-June, featuring a significant number of updates.

> ## Synology Calendar 3.0.0 Beta introduces a redesigned, intuitive interface for faster scheduling and clearer calendar management. Streamline event and task creation, match your focus with detailed and summary task view, and easily share your calendar to optimize teamwork and productivity.

In its current beta, version 3.0-21388, the new Calendar platform introduces a refreshing interface redesign. While not drastically different from the current version, the update aligns with the modern aesthetics that users anticipate in 2025\. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-20.20.11.webp)

Synology Calendar 3.0 interface - the agenda view

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-20.28.12.webp)

The agenda view with focus on events and tasks

It's commendable that Synology is keeping its productivity apps relatively current. We can only hope that Note Station will undergo the much-needed functional and aesthetic enhancements it requires. Additionally, reconsidering the legacy naming convention might be beneficial; a straightforward title like 'Synology Notes' would suffice, in my opinion.

### Release notes - Synology Calendar 3.0-21388

**Important Note**

1. This is a beta program.

**Compatibility & Installation**

1. Synology Calendar 3.0.0 requires Synology Application Service 1.8.1.

**What's New**

1. Redesigned the interface to improve usability.
2. Streamlined the event preview and creation process for a more intuitive experience.
3. Enhanced the calendar's color scheme and added more color options for events.
4. Added an option to display task due dates in the main calendar view.
5. Reorganized the interface to feature Package Settings and Manage Account as separate sections.
6. Updated the Ctrl + J keyboard shortcut to jump to a specific date.
7. Adjusted event times based on the calendar's time zone settings.
8. Supports sharing My Calendar publicly via a share link.
9. Added options to display tasks in detailed or summary view in the calendar.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where completed tasks were not shown when viewing tasks by due date.
2. Removed the guest list from notification emails for canceled events.
3. Minor bug fixes.

Before pushing forward with this version, be sure to note that this is still a beta, and things might not work as intended.

🚨

****For evaluation only** \- This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed on critical equipment or in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the [Release notes](https://www.synology.com/beta/2025%5FCalendar%5F3%5F0%5F0%5FBeta?ref=blackvoid.club#package%5FCalendar%5Frelease%5Fnote) section before installing it. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damages, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.

🚨

****Not downgradable** \- After installation of this beta application, you ****will not be able to downgrade to a previous official version** of this software.

Regarding the beta version and its potential issues, let's begin with those. Overall, this current version functions well, but there is a minor bug that will become apparent to anyone utilizing the web format of this platform.

The issue concerns sorting. Although this is not a critical problem, as adding new events and tasks, along with refreshing the interface, are standard operations, it is still worth addressing. 

The crux of the issue arises when adding new events. Selecting the date is crucial, and while the event correctly positions itself within the designated month, complications arise if the "agenda" view is being used. In this view, if there are pre-existing events in the month, the newly added event is placed at the end of the list, rather than in the correct order according to its date.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-20.44.21.webp)

Adding a new event seems to respect the date sorting

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-20.44.35.webp)

Unless the event needs to be added in a month with preexisting events. Than it is listed at the bottom, regardless of its date. Once the page is refreshed, the list is correctly sorted

This issue can be easily resolved by simply refreshing the browser. Although it's not a major concern, it likely represents a minor bug that can be fixed, especially given that the Calendar already positions events correctly within the month initially.

This issue does not appear in any other view. Furthermore, it offers a visually appealing presentation of the event or task pop-up box, which is aligned either to the left or right of the date, depending on the specific day of the month. This feature is particularly useful when there are multiple entries for the same day.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-21.02.51.webp)

Entering events or tasks will be easy with the pop-up window being adjacent either left or right of the actual date, listing all other existing entries

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-21.02.58.webp)

The events and tasks entry window can be accessed in multiple ways, depending on the current calendar view selection. The event entry is available in two designs: a simple and a more detailed version. The detailed version includes additional functions such as **repeat**, **reminder**, and **attachment** options, alongside the default settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-21.13.02.webp)

 A detailed version of the event entry window

The entry process can be completed entirely using the keyboard, utilizing the TAB key to enable quicker completion and seamless navigation.

The task entry window retains its simplicity, enabling essential information to be added; however, unlike the event window, it does not support attachments—an enhancement that would be beneficial. On the right-hand side, the task pane allows users to add tasks, choose specific task inboxes, and view or check off completed ones.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-27-at-21.18.23-1.webp)

The task entry can be done via the main window or the task pane on the right hand side

While it's advantageous to have the option to use the calendar in any compatible web browser, it performs poorly on mobile devices. The platform lacks support for a mobile progressive format; thus, for Android or iOS devices, integrating it via the CalDAV protocol would be more effective.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-30-at-19.16.22.webp)

Connecting to the Calendar platform via CalDAV protocol is supported on all major OS versions and apps

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-30-at-19.45.38.webp)

Settings to further configure each calendar as well as export it to ICS format

This also applies to the desktop versions of any calendar app. Creating a dedicated app for a specific operating system is unnecessary when existing default or third-party platforms function perfectly. Like its predecessor, Calendar 3.0 seamlessly presents any custom-created calendar in native apps and allows configuration of the sync period back to the Calendar server side.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-30-at-18.52.00.webp)

Creation of a calendar now allows for a much larger selection of colors

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-30-at-18.52.11.webp)

Import of default ICS formatted calendars as well as Google Calendar is still supported

Regarding custom-created calendars, version 3.0 now offers a significant upgrade with 20 colors to choose from, compared to the previously limited palette. During calendar creation, we can choose to share it both locally and publicly (which is not supported in the current version of the Calendar platform), allowing easy access for non-DSM users.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-30-at-19.04.16.webp)

Calendar sharing options

A frequently used feature on the Calendar platform is its search functionality. Aligning with other Synology apps and industry standards, the search bar is prominently displayed at the top, accompanied by its settings options button on the right-hand side.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-30-at-19.15.00.webp)

Calendar search bar doubles as a menu for some advanced options like date, calendar selection and color

It's important to note that if we don't utilize the additional search features from the menu, the platform defaults to searching from today to one year in the future. Consequently, if we wish to search for previous events and tasks (which are displayed in a light dimmed color by default), we won't find them unless we modify the start date parameter.

In conclusion, version 3.0 of the Calendar app has received much-needed attention, and the redesigned interface is indeed a refreshing update. The expanded color palette is more aesthetically pleasing—it looks more professional and is more minimalist than the previous version. Tasks now receive greater visibility, appearing in the main calendar view in either detailed or summary formats. Additionally, the public share feature is a welcome addition with clear utility.

On a personal note, one aspect not yet mentioned is the font. This version of the Calendar app has undergone a significant facelift, with the font being part of the update. Compared to the current Drive and Office apps, the new font enhances the redesign positively. The change from the sharp "vintage" fonts present in other apps is promising, and we can hope that Synology will apply similar updates across the board. Although the new [Office 3.7.0 (currently in beta)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-7-0-beta-with-ai-support-is-out-now/) focuses on functional aspects like AI incorporation without major visual changes, there is potential for future updates to unify the UI and UX across Synology's productivity app portfolio.

Speaking of Synology Drive, the upcoming version 4 is anticipated to debut in beta soon. We look forward to discovering the changes it will introduce to one of the most popular DSM apps to date.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Beestation Plus review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/
Last updated: 2026-01-30T19:06:43.000Z
A year and a half ago, Synology introduced the original 4TB Beestation model, just six months after the successful launch of their DAS BeeDrive. The Bee series of devices was a surprising shift for a company known for larger NAS devices and enterprise solutions over the past five years. Nonetheless, the Bee lineup targets home users, teams, and professionals seeking speed on the go or a cloud replacement without hefty expenses or requiring advanced technical skills.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-196.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-12.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

The initial in-deph review of the original 4TB Beestation

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-197.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Review of the BeeDrive DAS USB device

[Synology BeeDrive Deep SearchThe new #AI supported #Synology #BeeDrive #DeepSearch beta feature lands as an exclusive for #AppleSilicon and #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-200.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement-copy-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-deep-search/)

Latest BeeDrive v2.0 brings new AI capabilities for photos and documents

These pre-populated models are equipped with Synology HAT3300 drives, providing end users with a turnkey solution ready within minutes of unboxing. The introduction of the new Plus model highlights the company's commitment to this product segment, offering advanced features such as increased storage and enhanced media management for more demanding users.

> ## BeeStation Plus is designed for data-intensive professionals, households, and small studios seeking a cloud alternative

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/f-BeeStation_45.png)

The new Beestation Plus from the outside is identical in every way apart from a slightly more gray color

First unveiled at the CES 2024 expo, the Beestation Plus was showcased again last month during the Computex 2025 event, just a month before its official global launch.

[Is the new Synology Beestation coming soon?The new #Synology #BeeStation might be coming! The BST170-8T could be a new single or dual-bay 8TB SOHO NAS for the non-tech savvy.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-198.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst170_-announcement-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-beestation-on-the-horizon/)

First public appearance of the new Beestation Plus

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-199.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

While the focus of this event was more on the new X25 lineup and enterprise segment, the Beestation Plus was also presented

## Table of Contents

: [Specifications](#specs)  
: [Packaging](#packaging)  
: [Beestation vs other Synology models](#value)  
: [Beestation vs "public cloud" solutions](#cloud)  
: [Configuration and setup](#setup)

- :: [System settings](#settings)

: [Backup options](#backup)  
: [BSM, BeeFile, and BeePhotos](#bsm)  
: [PLEX - private media server](#plex)  
: [Mobile BeeFiles and BeePhotos apps](#mobileapps)  
: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Specifications

While the exterior of the Beestation Plus retains the single-bay enclosure and port configuration of the original 4TB version (apart from the new **Graphite Silver** color), the significant changes lie within its interior, thanks to hardware upgrades and software feature enhancements. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/beestationplus_intro_cover.webp)

In this iteration, the Beestation switches from an ARM-based Realtek CPU with 1GB of RAM to an **Intel Celeron J4125** quad-core CPU with **4GB of DDR4 RAM**. Additionally, the internal storage has been upgraded: the new **8TB HAT3310 7200 RPM** drive replaces the previous 4TB HAT3300 5400 RPM drive, providing a performance boost and doubling the storage capacity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7612.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7611.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7613.webp)

Hard plastic with a bit of a rough finish and zero fingerprints. The bottom is elevated by rubber feet that will leave enough space for the hot air to circulate

> ## Experience high-performance, cloud-like workflows while keeping full privacy and control

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_beestation_plus_specs-1.webp)

Beestation Plus specifications overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestation_comparison-3.webp)

Beestation specification comparison

The new Plus model has an additional upgrade: **active cooling**. This enhancement is necessitated by the larger and faster drive, as well as the more capable CPU, which directly impacts power consumption and weight.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7617.webp)

Cooling mesh is also present just as on the previous model but at the top of the device there is also a small vent in the middle of the case

The device's compact format and design suggest it be placed on a desk or in a working environment. However, depending on usage scenarios, the noise—though minimal—might be a consideration. Additionally, the noise from the faster drive may be noticeable alongside the fan, so planning the device's placement accordingly would be wise.

Beestation Plus 1 meter away

0:00

/8.874666666666666

1×

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7616.webp)

Depending on the lighting, the color of the device may change. Unlike the previous images, this represents the true color of the new BeeStation Plus, called ****Graphite Silver**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7615.webp)

The back side of the device has all the buttons and ports

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7620.webp)

Power button, reset, USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, 1GbE LAN port and the power port

The backside of the Plus model remains unchanged, featuring a **single 1GbE network port** and **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports**, available in both **Type-A and Type-C**. This configuration allows for connecting external devices to back up the BeeStation or transfer data.

## 
  
  
## : Packaging

The contents of the BeeStation Plus package remain unchanged from previous versions. Besides the unit itself, you'll find a **single CAT5e network cable** and an **external modular PSU adapter**. The internal drive is fixed, and there are no tools provided to open the device or replace the drive, as doing so would void the warranty.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7610.webp)

Compact box with only Beestation, PSU and network cable

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7608.webp)

Regarding warranty, the Plus model includes a fixed **3-year Synology warranty** due to the hard drive. If any issues arise, the entire unit is replaced rather than just the drive. Therefore, if the unit malfunctions and requires RMA, we ship it as it is and receive a replacement.

> ## Bring data from computers, tablets, phones, external drives, and cloud services to one place and access them anywhere, anytime

Given this setup, it's prudent to ensure there is a reliable backup of the device (more on this later) to maintain access to data in case anything happens to the Beestation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/IMG_7621.webp)

The power connector is modular so it can be replaced with another standard if needed

## 
  
  
## : Beestation vs other Synology models

The launch of the original Beestation marked a shift away from the value-oriented "J" NAS models. Similarly, the introduction of the Plus model raises the question of whether to invest in a comprehensive DSM NAS model or stick with the new Beestation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/beestationplus_vs_other_syno.webp)

Comparison of the Beestation Plus with older model as well as a similar DS224+ NAS

Presently, while Synology continues to offer the original Beestation, it seems impractical to purchase it. Although it costs 50% less due to storage differences, the Plus model provides four times the RAM and a much more capable CPU, delivering new features in the same form factor.

> ## Up to 2.6x the original speed for mobile photo backup, 3.8x for web uploads, and 4.8x for desktop sync compared to Beestation 4TB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-13.36.26.png)

Beestation Plus compared to the original Beestation 4TB

Purchasing an 8TB single-drive device might seem insignificant by 2025, but even today, not all users are data hoarders. Some prefer using a remotely accessible NAS for essential data access across multiple platforms.

A relevant comparison would be with the popular DS224+ (or the upcoming DS225+) DSM NAS. This 2-bay model features the same CPU and half the RAM initially (upgradable to 6GB), with a starting price of around €356.00 (including VAT). Adding two 4TB or a single 8TB HAT3310 disk brings the total cost to just under €600.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-202.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds224plus-1-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

[Synology DS225+ overviewDS225+ the 2-bay member of the #Synology + lineup for 2025 is here. It might be a humble update, but it still offers a lot and now with 2.5GbE network![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-203.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds225_overview.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds225-overview/)

Financially, this does not appeal to those seeking a turnkey solution for essential backup, sync, and sharing operations. However, the DS225+ and similar models offer significantly more features and services. Thus, a direct comparison may not be entirely fair, as both devices cater to distinct audiences.

Ultimately, while the new Plus model may appear to challenge some of the other DSM Plus models, this is not the case, even with the integration of the popular PLEX service. The DS lineup offers flexibility, expandability, and support for a wide range of first- and third-party services. This level of versatility and service implementation is not yet achievable with the second iteration of the Beestation, nor is it expected to be, based on Synology's current plans.

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-201.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

There are still several features that the BSM (Beestation OS) lacks compared to DSM, which might influence more users to opt for a DS-type NAS. Notably, the Beestation currently cannot serve as a Hyper Backup destination. While it can back up to another DS NAS, the reverse is not possible. If this capability becomes available in the future, more users would likely consider the Beestation as their primary or secondary backup destination, given its relatively low price point. This limitation is primarily software-based. Just as BSM 1.3 introduced some compelling features to the Plus version of Beestation, there's no reason why future updates couldn't expand on these missing features.

## 
  
  
## : Beestation vs "public cloud" solutions

With the rise of public cloud services over the past decade, the question of whether it is worth investing in local storage frequently arises. While self-hosting our own services and data has become much simpler and more accessible due to the availability of high-speed fiber bandwidth, some still consider public cloud services as an option.

Certainly, self-hosting isn't for everyone. However, at some point, utilizing public cloud services can become expensive, and often quite rapidly. This leads to the dilemma of deciding what actions to take: do we continue using the cloud, do we downsize our data, or do we opt for a personal, local cloud solution such as a NAS?

This conundrum inspired the Bee series, which aims to bring personal cloud functionalities to everyone—not just tech enthusiasts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/beestationplus_price_comparison_cloud.webp)

When comparing costs, a single Beestation Plus will likely pay for itself by the third year of using any popular cloud service. Not to mention, you'll receive 3-4 times more storage right from the start. Privacy? Absolutely! Large cloud services are significant targets for hackers and anyone seeking to exploit that vast reservoir of private data.

Maintaining personal or business content on personally owned devices, with appropriate backups, will undoubtedly pay off in the long run.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-00.06.47.webp)

Beestation's BSM OS offers iCloud (or Google) photos backup functionality to help users migrate more easily

Synology has made significant efforts to give Beestation users, both current and future, the option to migrate from popular cloud photo services. They provide a direct connection to well-known cloud photo repositories, enabling users to download data all at once or gradually over time. This way, the Beestation can handle all the heavy lifting on its own, eliminating the need for IT assistance while ensuring private and secure access to our most cherished memories.

Setting up and using the Beestation is as straightforward as opening a public cloud account. The added advantage is gaining **private, personal storage that not only offers more space but is also more cost-effective in the long run**.

## 
  
  
## : Configuration and setup

Regarding setup, the new Plus model, unlike its predecessor, **takes only 6 minutes to configure from the initial boot—twice as fast as the original Beestation**. This includes configuring the operating system, setting up the QuickConnect name and certificate, and installing the main apps, BeeFile and BeePhotos, even though half a dozen apps are operating in the background.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-10.03.18.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-10.03.33.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-10.03.58.webp)

To get the device up and running, the **only physical tasks required are plugging in the power and Ethernet cables, entering the serial number, and holding the power button**. Once the Beestation initiates its process, it's just a matter of minutes before the main interface screen appears, allowing us to start using it immediately.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-11.08.30.webp)

Beestation Plus preparing to run the BSM installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-11.08.47.webp)

With Internet access the new up-to-date version of BSM will download

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-11.08.57.webp)

While the timer mentions 15 min, the actual time was 6 min start to finish

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-22-at-11.39.25.webp)

Beestation portal presenting all accessible devices registered under the appropriate Synology Account (notice the slight variation in color of the Beestations, left is the Plus model, and right is the original 4TB version)

That is it, the setup is completed. Nothing special or complicated. The next screen we will see will be either **BeeFiles**, **BeePhotos**, or the **System** **Settings** page, depending on the choice made using the **portal.bee.synology.com** web page.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-00.32.59.webp)

The main System Settings page for configuration of the Beestation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-00.32.50.webp)

BeeFiles - the main file manager but also the interface to utilize and external devices, cloud services and more

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-00.32.55.webp)

BeePhotos - the Bee version of the Synology Photos app

## 
  
  
### :: System settings

The primary feature of BSM 1.3 is undoubtedly its applications, which offer a range of functionalities for both file and photo management. However, the system settings are equally important. These include user and **system configurations**, **data protection and recovery**, along with **updates** and **third-party integrations**—available exclusively with the Plus model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-23.33.42.webp)

New addition since the BSM v1.0 is the "recommended setup" menu listing three main things that should be done. All are configured right inside the System settings

The BSM has significantly evolved over the past 18 months since version 1.0\. The inclusion of the "recommended setup" window offers substantial assistance, particularly for novice users, by emphasizing three initial settings: **automatic updates, data protection (backup), and local access** options in case of issues accessing the Beestation via the official Bee portal webpage.

Although I am generally not a fan of automatic updates on any system, regardless of its size or complexity, I understand Synology's rationale for incorporating this feature in a SOHO-targeted turnkey device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-23.48.33.webp)

Update settings including the auto-update switch

To access the Beestation Plus, users initially navigate to the Bee portal page, which then redirects to a custom-registered QuickConnect URL unique to each device. However, this process requires a continuous Internet connection. If the connection is lost, access to the device will be completely disrupted.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-23.50.44.webp)

To prevent such a scenario, access to the Beestation can be achieved using the local Beestation account, which is created as soon as the "local access" switch is activated. This setup allows users to access their Beestation through its local IP address using the created local account until the Internet connection is restored.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-24-at-23.55.19.webp)

Creation of a local Beestation account

Finally, let's talk about backup. We will delve into this topic in the next section, as it is a critical aspect of data management. Before we explore that, it’s worth mentioning that the system settings allow you to **create and invite up to 8 additional users to a single Beestation**. Using a straightforward wizard, you can have these users connected to the device within minutes, without requiring advanced configuration or network and port forwarding steps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-25-at-00.04.12.webp)

User creation section were we can create up to 8 additional users

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-25-at-00.05.50.webp)

💡

Each user will have unique and ****sandboxed access to their content** on the Beestation that ****even the main administrator account will not be able to have access to**.

## 
  
  
## : Backup options

Even though we haven't yet moved any data on the Beestation itself, configuring a backup is a task better configured sooner rather than later.

Compared to the v.1.0, the latest BSM version offers a bit more options when it comes to data backup, including Synology's dedicated **BeeProtect cloud service**, specifically designed and priced for the Beestation device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-25-at-22.51.53.webp)

Data Protection section for backup and internal restore points configuration

One of the features available is the ability to create internal restore points, often referred to as "snapshots," in addition to traditional backups. These snapshots are both automatic and optional, though they are enabled by default. They have a retention period of up to 14 days, which can be adjusted anywhere between a shorter duration and a maximum of 30 days. 

It is important to note that snapshots are not to be considered backups. While they offer an additional layer of protection against accidental file changes or deletions, they do not guard against physical damage to the Beestation itself. Therefore, maintaining a valid backup stored off the device is always recommended.

Speaking of backup, BSM offers a total of four methods: **BeeProtect** (cloud service), **C2 Storage** (another Synology cloud service), **Synology NAS**, and a traditional **USB device**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/beeprotect.jpg)

The BeeProtect cloud backup is the latest Synology service offered exclusively for the Beestation line of devices

[BeeProtect | Privacy-first cloud backup for BeeStationBeeProtect, an affordable, privacy-first cloud backup specifically for BeeStation.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-5.png)Privacy-first cloud backup for BeeStationSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/og-2.jpg)](https://bee.synology.com/en-global/BeeStation/BeeProtect?ref=blackvoid.club)

BeeProtect is prominently advertised as a key feature within the System settings, and for good reason. At a fixed price of $150 per year, the entire Beestation, encompassing 8TB of data, can be backed up. In contrast, using Synology's standard C2 Storage service for the same backup capacity would cost approximately $680\. Although Synology's service does offer additional features, when examining purely the cost of storage space for backups, BeeProtect is nearly 78% cheaper.

> ## No matter how much data you have on your Beestation, it’s one subscription, one price. You won't need to upgrade for more storage later on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-25-at-23.13.04.png)

BeeProtect annual pricing (June 2025)

🎁

****NOTE**: Synology provides the ****first three months of BeeProtect at no cost**, after which the annual subscription fee will be applied.

Aside from setting up the subscription and payment method, there's little else to configure with BeeProtect. The backups and their timing are automated and non-adjustable, making it an ideal solution for end-users. This user-friendly approach ensures that less tech-savvy individuals can still maintain a secure and reliable environment.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-14.45.10.jpg)

Once the BeeProtect service has been confirmed, the Beestation will start preparing settings and data for backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-14.45.40.jpg)

Daily backup will be triggered automatically with no option to change it

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.10.35.jpg)

Backup to BeeProtect in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.56.28.jpg)

Depending on the speed and the size of the content backup can take minutes or days

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.13.33.jpg)

Dropdown menu will allow for browsing and access of the backup up data

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.56.06.jpg)

BeeProtect web explorer can be used to look up and download content. Note there is no option to restore in place, so once the data is downloaded it needs to be moved 

As already mentioned, there are three more backup options that BSM can be configured with.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-25-at-23.26.36.webp)

Alternative backup methods to protect Beestation data

Synology C2 Storage is part of Synology's C2 platform and serves as a cloud-based service. It's designed to be a compatible cloud storage destination for DSM's and BSM's Hyper Backup platform, providing end users with a straightforward solution to back up their on-premises content. Like BeeProtect, C2 Storage is a commercial service offered in two main tiers and requires a valid Synology Account.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-28-at-20.26.48.webp)

Beestation Plus configuration with Synology C2 Storage

Once the subscription is established, configuring it is simple. The service provides a limited set of options, including the backup schedule, time, and frequency. By default, backups can be scheduled daily or on preselected days along with a specified start time. While daily frequency is standard, users can also choose intervals of 12, 6, or 1 hour.

In terms of speed, the C2 backup depends on the data type, the specific data center, and the upload speed. However, compared to local network or USB transfers, this method will undoubtedly be the slowest.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-12.54.07.webp)

Synology C2 Storage presenting all Hyper Backup jobs

A sample backup of approximately 17GB, consisting of mixed file sizes (large and small), took about 11 minutes to complete, with an average speed of around 26 MB/s.

💡

****NOTE**: Only one backup method can be configured at a time. This means that simultaneous backups to both a local USB drive and a remote location are not possible. We also can't configure multiple jobs via the same backup channel.

Backing up to a remote Synology NAS is as straightforward as using the C2 Storage method. The primary difference lies in the need to initially connect to the Synology NAS device intended for use as our remote backup destination.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-28-at-20.28.55.webp)

Configuring Beestation Plus with a remote Synology NAS for backup purposes

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-28-at-20.32.29.webp)

Root folder location on the destination NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-28-at-20.32.52.webp)

Setting a backup schedule

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-10.17.03.webp)

Encryption of data while option is highly recommended!

Once configured, the backup will start according to a predefined schedule. While this process involves more steps than the C2 configuration, it is expected due to the flexibility we have to target any compatible Synology NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-10.19.25.webp)

Encryption setting can't be enabled once the job has been configured, so the whole process needs to be repeated

The USB method is the simplest of all. Once the drive is detected, the same schedule window will appear, allowing us to start backing up immediately. The backup process meets all expectations except for the data transfer speed. Although this is typical for an SOHO device, it would be beneficial to have a real-time display to gauge the progress and speed of the data transfer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-10.27.25.webp)

Backup in progress. Clean interface with all the settings immediately accessible

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-10.27.38.webp)

Backup log

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-10.33.24.webp)

While backup speed transfer is not visible or part of the UI, we can get a sense of the speed on the destination side in real time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-10.33.58.webp)

Backup job completed

The network backup speed is capped at 100 MB/s due to interface limitations. However, the speed may fluctuate depending on the composition of the data. In a backup test involving the same 17GB backup sample, Beestation took around 8 minutes to complete with an average speed of about 36 MB/s.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-10.13.07.webp)

Example of SMB transfer speeds

One last aspect of backup configuration that wasn't previously mentioned is versioning. Similar to the Hyper Backup configuration on DSM, BSM also supports versioning. Although there aren't any version configuration settings available during job creation, we can manage them afterward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-11.40.52.webp)

Backup version settings

By utilizing the advanced settings options in the backup job, we can specify the maximum number of versions retained to better manage disk space on the Beestation itself.

### :: Backup restore

The restore process for C2 or remote Synology NAS involves using the Hyper Backup Vault application on your desktop (or on the actual NAS) or the C2 cloud version. Unless recovery is being done from a USB drive, the process will require data to be copied rather than restored directly to the original location.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-11.52.35.webp)

A KB article will be presented to guide the user how to recover the data

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-11.54.11.webp)

Hyper Backup Vault listing all the backup jobs on that NAS including the Beestation Plus one

Accessing the Vault application, we have the option to choose between backup versions and select any data that we want to copy to the NAS device or download on any device that we are using the Vault application from.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-11.56.19-1.webp)

Download or copy data are the options that we can use once we have access to the backup archive

Restoring a single file using the above method is faster than restoring the entire Beestation, which is also an option. Depending on what needs to be restored, we can choose either the former or the latter.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-12.58.22.webp)

C2 Storage Hyper Backup explorer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-12.58.26.webp)

Downloading files from a specific job and version

Comparing the C2 and Synology NAS restore methods reveals a different yet similar approach. While both utilize the same "software," the C2 platform has a slight edge in presentation and execution. The advantage lies in its simplicity; the restore process involves simply clicking on the job name and selecting the data to be downloaded. There is no need to install a desktop client to access the data; a valid C2 login suffices. Just like with the local NAS restore process, data cannot be restored to its original destination and is instead downloaded to the device accessing the C2 Storage Explorer page. Consequently, the imported data must be transferred again using appropriate Bee apps (details to follow) or via a simple SMB transfer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-29-at-13.13.25.webp)

2/3 recommended tasks completed

As evident, there are numerous options to backup the Beestation, and while data loss can occur for various reasons, restoring it should be just a few clicks away. Configuring a backup of the unit, as indicated by the top three tasks in the UI (mentioned at the beginning of the article), should indeed be prioritized, as we never know when disaster might strike.

## 
  
  
## : BSM, BeeFile, and BeePhotos

Now that we have covered the external elements, settings, configuration, and backup, it would be a good time to see just how well the Beestation handles data, followed by the new supported feature, PLEX.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/beestationplus_apps.webp)

Beestation Plus apps offered by the current BSM 1.3

The software platform powering Beestation is encapsulated by a singular operating system called BSM. This OS comes bundled with all necessary features and "apps," distinct from the DSM system that powers their NAS lineup. In the current version 1.3 of BSM, there are still two major applications along with their mobile counterparts. These are **BeeFiles** and **BeePhotos**, which serve as comprehensive, all-in-one platforms supporting various functions. They essentially incorporate the well-known features from the versatile DSM into this simplified yet powerful BSM environment.

On top of that, for the first time, BSM now supports "**integrations**". Unlike DSM's Package Center with over 50 apps, here we have the first officially supported integration, the **PLEX** media server platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-18.53.44.webp)

PLEX as an official and optional BSM integration

While we'll delve into this specific feature later, it's important to note that Plex is an **optional integration** and is not installed by default. The installation process is streamlined and can be completed with a single click, reinforcing that BSM is designed to provide a straightforward user experience for everyone.

### :: BeeFiles - a versatile all-in-one file manager

It's reasonable to begin with the more complex of the two applications, BeeFiles, as it offers extensive features and is likely to be utilized in a wider range of scenarios than BeePhotos. Naturally, this will vary depending on the individual user, but generally speaking, BeeFiles provides a broader scope of use.

Available as both a web and desktop application, BeeFiles offers several key functionalities. Beyond **file and folder management**, it includes **synchronization** features, **backup to external devices**, USB backups, and **connectivity with third-party public cloud platforms** like OneDrive, Google Drive, and Dropbox.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/beestation_social_features_backup.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/beestation_social_features_sync.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/beestation_social_features_share.webp)

A significant advantage of the Beestation experience, accessible through BeeFiles, is the ability to quickly share files not only with local users but also with remote guests.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-19.18.46.webp)

BeeFiles web interface

The main interface of BeeFiles is user-friendly, with primary functions and sections located along the top and left columns. The center displays content in two view formats: lists and thumbnails. Users can upload content using the "+Add" button or through a simple drag-and-drop method, consistent with modern web-based platforms. BeeFiles supports basic copy, paste, and move operations, as well as labels and "favorites" options to help users quickly identify and search through large amounts of similar data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-19.56.15.webp)

BeeFiles search section

Regarding search functionality, the simple search field can be expanded with multiple options that help users quickly locate specific content. These options include searching by label, date, size, or file type.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-20.03.40.webp)

Context menu is available as part of the navigation or as a simple mouse right-click action

The clean and fast interface, distinct to BSM and not merely a replication of the popular DSM, presents all functionalities through a top action button bar that expands into a drop-down menu. These actions can also be accessed with a simple right-click on a single or multiple selected files. It provides basic functions such as the previously mentioned copy, move, and labels, as well as version history, preview, and download options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-20.11.13.webp)

Part of the interface is also a large activities list offering information regarding data copy, move, or deletions

BeeFiles supports all popular file formats for viewing directly in a web browser, including MOV, WEBP, HEIC, and HEVC-coded files. The web viewer also offers simple features like 90-degree rotation, as well as options to share, print, and download files. Although BeeFiles doesn't support slideshow viewing, users can navigate through files using the arrow keys on a keyboard or by tapping/swiping on a tablet or mobile phone.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-20.13.46.webp)

BeeFiles file web preview feature

### :: Sync functionality

While most users will primarily use Beestation as a file manager for copying and storing data, others may utilize it for automated backup and sync tasks. As Beestation is promoted as a device for backup, sync, and sharing, it makes sense that BSM could be a commercial cloud alternative for the likes of Google Drive, OneDrive, or Dropbox.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-20.28.19-1.webp)

Beestation desktop app can be downloaded from the Synology Download Center page

As mentioned earlier, both sync and backup features are available through the desktop app, while cloud services can be configured using the web interface. The client app can be downloaded from the Synology Download Center and installed, followed by a quick sign-in, users are given the option to connect to any accessible Beestation linked to the registered Synology Account.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled.webp)

Once the install has been completed, we log in using the Synology Account

The wizard guiding the initial connection is straightforward. Aside from selecting a different local destination for storing synced data, the rest of the settings are self-explanatory.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-4.webp)

From the list of available Beestations we can choose to which one we will connect to

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-5.webp)

Local path were the data synced from the Beestation will be located

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-23.04.54.webp)

macOS menu bar Beestation icon will show recent changes by default

Similar to the Synology Drive server on the DSM OS, the Beestation for Desktop app uses "streaming" data by default. This means that upon connecting to the Station, the client does not download the entire content to the desktop machine. Instead, it displays a list of all content, indicating that the files are still "in the cloud." On macOS Finder, this is marked by a small cloud icon next to the file name. A local copy will not occupy space on the computer until the content is accessed or pinned.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-6.webp)

The data is not synced but rather "streamed". Only accessed or pinned content will occupy space on the computer side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-7.webp)

Connection configuration complete. The Beestation Desktop main interface

The process is easy, fast, and straightforward, providing a local sync engine that maintains bi-directional synchronization with the Beestation, occupying space only with requested files. For users focused on syncing or backing up local computer content with the NAS, it's also possible to configure the Beestation for the desktop to accommodate these needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-8.webp)

We have the option to sync up local data to the Beestation using BeeFiles for general content or photos and videos to be uploaded as part of the BeePhotos experience

It's noteworthy that this functionality supports either bi-directional or one-directional sync. The bi-directional option is known as the "sync" function, while the one-directional is referred to as the "backup." The reason for this distinction is that the backup task does not provide the option to schedule the actual task; it immediately syncs new content from the computer to the Beestation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-9.webp)

Beestation desktop can create sync or backup tasks

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-10.webp)

Unlike a bi-directional sync, "backup" is actually a one-directional sync from the desktop to the Beestation (it is not on a schedule, but rather an instant upload!)

Data being backed up can be viewed both through the desktop app and the web interface. This approach allows for the creation of multiple backup or sync tasks, depending on how organized or separate you want the data to be.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-23.25.44.webp)

Backed up content visible via a Beestation web interface

What if we have multiple Beestations—one with a larger capacity and another for different purposes, such as personal backups and business needs? Fortunately, the desktop app supports switching between Beestations. In this scenario, any configured job remains tied to its respective Beestation, allowing new jobs to be configured via the desktop app once it connects to the new device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-11.webp)

Connecting multiple Beestations to a single desktop device is possible

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Untitled-12.webp)

Presentation of active and available Beestation connections

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-01-at-23.41.04.webp)

Switching to another Beestation unit will retain backup and sync jobs to an already configured one

This way, we can easily switch from one device to another, clearly maintaining all configured tasks for a specific Beestation, ensuring there is no possibility of mix-up. It may seem that this task could be confusing or complex, but it's quite the opposite. Like the rest of BSM, swapping Beestations is as straightforward as any other configuration step we've encountered so far.

### :: Cloud services

The same straightforward process can be applied when connecting the Beestation to any of the three major cloud services: **Dropbox**, **Google** **Drive**, or **OneDrive**. Over time, BSM has introduced additional team and business options from these providers, increasing the total number to six.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-03-at-19.20.55.webp)

Three major cloud service providers with two variations each

Each provider utilizes the same method for connecting with the BSM. This involves authenticating with the provider, selecting the sync direction, and choosing the designated local folder where the content will be saved. By default, the sync direction is set to two-way, but there is also an option to select a one-way sync from the cloud to Beestation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-03-at-19.23.54.webp)

Dropbox offers both one-way and two-way sync options

Multiple connections with the same provider can be initiated; however, each must terminate in a unique local folder. The progress of the sync process will be documented in the log file. Additionally, we have the option to pause and resume the sync as needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-03-at-19.24.07.webp)

Dropbox connected to the Beestation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-03-at-19.27.32.webp)

Option to resume or pause the sync process

Once the sync is complete, all data will be accessible through the BeeFiles interface under the cloud services section. From there, we have the option to generate public links, add tags, and apply all the settings that were mentioned previously.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.20.10.webp)

Dropbox sync complete. All data is accessible using the dedicated Dropbox folder under the Cloud services submenu

If there's ever a need to terminate the connection with any cloud service, we have two options: **Unlink** and **Delete**. The Unlink option will terminate the connection with the cloud provider but retain the local content that has been synced. The Delete option, on the other hand, will terminate the connection and delete all local content. This setup provides a straightforward method to maintain a local backup of your cloud data. The cloud services location, along with all synced data, is also included in any local or remote backup procedures discussed earlier, making the Beestation a crucial component of the entire process.

In a sentence, Beestation can be both a cloud sync alternative and connect to them to allow the user access to the same data via the BSM web UI. Also, it provides backup options along the way.

### :: BeePhotos - AI-powered photo station

Unlike the BeeFiles app, BeePhotos is a more focused application designed specifically for viewing, collecting, and sharing photos and videos with Beestation users and guests. While it compares closely to DSM's Synology Photos app, BeePhotos lacks a few features, such as the folder view and sorting options when viewing all photos. However, it is largely similar in functionality.

Simplicity is key for users, as populating the app can be achieved in multiple, nearly one-click methods. On a computer, we can use a web browser with its drag-and-drop feature or the Beestation for Desktop app. Likewise, the BeePhotos mobile app offers options to manually upload photos and videos from the gallery, as well as automatically back up the device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.38.38.webp)

BeePhotos web interface

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.42.16.webp)

Files can be transferred via a simple drag and drop method, copy from BeeFiles, or even import from iCloud Photos

The timeline view is the default and sole viewing option, represented by a descending list of years on the far right side of the window. The app is best utilized for searching, tagging, or filtering the extensive list of photos and videos.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.49.08.webp)

The classic timeline view. The only thing missing here is the folder view as well as sorting option

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.51.28.webp)

Search will return all photos and videos based on the user input. BeePhotos will search the name of the file as well as any tags associated with the item

Due to the absence of a folder view—unlike the Synology Photos app on the DSM side—BeePhotos provides equivalent functionality with a quick filter. This feature allows us to efficiently locate the necessary files without the need to scroll through an extensive list. In addition to default filter conditions like file type, date, geolocation, and people, additional filter options can be activated to further refine our search scope.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.52.17.webp)

Quick filter option offers many parameters to help out limit the results to exact content needed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.55.00.webp)

Closer view of the quick filter feature

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.56.50.webp)

Depending on the image or video metadata we can add additional attributes as filter options

Of course, all of this functionality depends on the presence of metadata within the file, which varies based on the device used to create it. Even with search and filter options, the most effective way to group images is by using virtual albums. These are termed 'virtual' because the content is not duplicated; instead, it is virtually organized into a specific album, making it more easily accessible under a designated name.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-19.52.37.webp)

Full browser view offers several tools, like sharing, more info, download, delete and zoom

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-20.29.48.webp)

BeePhotos will advocate for the use of the "albums" feature a lot due to it lack of folder view

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-20.37.05.webp)

Album selection interface

BeePhotos utilizes several predefined virtual albums, such as People, Subject, and Places, in addition to those we can create ourselves. The albums include a sort function, although they lack filtering and other features like sharing, renaming, and a photo request option. With the photo request feature, we can send a link to anyone, enabling them to upload images directly into the specified album.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-04-at-20.37.30.webp)

While the sort function is missing in the timeline view, the album view does offer it

This feature is particularly useful for collecting content from multiple sources without the hassle of individual coordination and curation. It allows multiple users working on the same project to combine images or videos in a single, easily accessible location, eliminating the need for one person to manage everything.

Speaking of sharing, BeePhotos offers a public share link option, enabling recipients to access specific albums. An added benefit is that the link can be protected with both a password and an expiration date.

## 
  
  
## : PLEX - private media server

So far, we have covered many elements of the system settings section of the BSM. However, one feature is both new and unique to BSM 1.3 on the new Beestation Plus model. With the Plus model's internal hardware upgrades, the BSM has evolved, introducing a new option to expand existing features through "**integrations**." Although the BSM lacks the traditional DSM Package Center, integrations extend its capabilities beyond BeeFiles and BeePhotos.

Interestingly, Synology's first integration choice is the third-party app, PLEX.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-18.56.19.webp)

BSM 1.3 on Beestation Plus offers a unique "integration" section that offers 3rd party apps to be installed

> For those unfamiliar with why Synology is promoting Plex on this device rather than their own Video Station, the reason is straightforward: Video Station was deprecated with DSM 7.2.2\. While BSM is a separate OS, it still has DSM roots, and given Plex's popularity, it made sense to support a more polished and widely supported media platform rather than pushing their own.  
> Additionally, the BeeStation Plus runs on an Intel-based CPU with QuickSync, offering a budget-friendly device with media streaming capabilities. These capabilities were removed from several NAS units following their transition to AMD-powered CPUs. While those devices can still run Plex, they do not offer the same full-feature set as an Intel Celeron-based unit.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-18.58.31.webp)

Typical install options when installing a Plex server

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-18.58.53.webp)

After 20 seconds, the Plex platform is ready to be used

Anyone who has installed a Plex server before is aware that the process involves more than simply installing the server. However, with BSM, the only additional step is uploading your content. Unlike other systems, BSM comes pre-configured with all the necessary libraries for Plex, including Movies, TV Shows, and even personal home movies or photos. Indeed, Plex can also serve as a media server for photos.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.01.39.webp)

Upon install, Plex has already created libraries that are mapped to a specific crawl agent

When we say "pre-configured," it means that BSM automatically opens and creates the necessary folders, displaying them within the BeeFile interface. By simply uploading your content, we can start populating the root folders. Once Plex is configured to monitor these specific folders, the content will begin to appear.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.07.42.webp)

Configuration wizard that will be used to map the local folders with virtual Plex libraries

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.08.31.webp)

Until the content is not uploaded and scanned, the libraries will be empty...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.20.15.webp)

Scanning and intro detection are underway

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.21.59.webp)

CPU and RAM utilization during detection. The quad-core CPU has its hands full

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.37.06.webp)

Populated Plex library

It's important to note that this device operates with the same CPU found in several NAS devices. The **Intel Celeron J4125** model provides ample power to handle any library size and supports multiple concurrent streams. 

Plex users should aim for "direct play" to minimize the performance impact on the Beestation. In this mode, the NAS streams the content while the Plex client app handles the heavy lifting of audio and video decoding.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.30.54.webp)

Two parallel direct play 4K streams on two separate devices

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.31.07.webp)

In this test, the impact on the Beestation is minimal at best

Testing with an iPhone 15 Pro using the official Plex app and through Safari with the Plex web client, Beestation effortlessly handled playing two parallel 4K Dolby Vision and HDR10 files. The **impact on CPU and RAM was minimal**, leaving ample capacity for other NAS operations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.34.48.webp)

Hardware transcoding (Plex Pass feature) is also supported with this model as it features Intel's Celeron J4125 with QuickSync

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-07-at-19.36.10.webp)

CPU utilization during a single 4K > 1080p transcoded stream

With a Plex Pass subscription, the Plex server gains **access to hardware transcoding capabilities**. The Celeron CPU natively **supports QuickSync technology**, enabling minimal CPU utilization during transcoding processes, such as converting 4K content into a 1080p stream. 

As expected, Beestation Plus handled this process seamlessly, with playback continuing smoothly from 4K to 1080p after a brief transition.

Additionally, features like "**Skip Intro**" and "**Skip Credits**," available with Plex Pass, worked flawlessly, making Beestation an excellent choice for binge-watchers and a worthy Plex media server device.

While this is great news, some might question the practicality of using such a device as a Plex server, given its single 8 TB drive. Beyond redundancy issues, 8 TB might not be sufficient for an average movie or TV show enthusiast today. 

BSM, as an operating system, specifically through BeeFiles, does not offer the same functionalities as DSM's File Station, particularly the remote mount feature. This feature allows access to remote storage devices (like other Synology NAS) via SMB or NFS network protocols by presenting that content as part of the local folder structure. 

With this in mind, we could create local BeeStation folders and then mount remote SMB shares to them, allowing the Plex server to present content stored on a different device than the actual BeeStation Plus.

🚨

****WARNING**: This process is ****not officially supported** by the BSM system while it can be set up via SSH command line. Do not attempt to use this method unless you 100% understand what it requires. ****The author of this article takes no responsibility for any issues that might arise from these actions!**

### :: Local access and remote shares

Before proceeding, note that the following steps are unnecessary unless there is a need to pull in Plex content from a remote location. Additionally, access to the root account and SSH on the BeeStation is required. This is supported and can be enabled via the BSM System Settings.

Under **Advanced Settings > Synology Technical Support**, toggling the **Remote Access** switch will generate a temporary SSH username, password, and port. With these credentials, we gain command line access and, using `sudo` elevation, actual `root` permissions.

At this point, we can begin the unsupported process of mounting remote folders to present them as Plex sources on the BeeStation. Why is this considered unsupported, even though we are using official Linux command lines? While it is possible and does not involve making system file changes at the BSM layer, it can only be performed via the command line and not through the BeeFiles web interface. Due to this limitation, it is best treated as an unsupported feature within a bit of a grey area.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-10-at-18.56.19.webp)

Close to 30TB of content visible, but the Beestation capacity remains intact due to remote folder mount

Once we have SSH access elevated to `root` (using `sudo -i` command), we can simply use the following command line to create a remote folder mount point.

`mount -t cifs //server_address/share_name /volume1/PlexMediaLibrary/remote_movies -o username=your_username,password=your_password`

The `//server_address/share_name` is the network address or IP address of the device hosting a shared folder of choice, while `/volume1/PlexMediaLibrary/remote_movies` is the location and name of the local Beestation shared folder that will host the remote mount path.

`username` and `password` parameters are the remote account credentials that are needed to pass the authentication.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-10-at-19.05.14.webp)

Any created folder will have `root` user and group ID unlike the rest of the Plex defined folders. This can be configured via SSH after the fact if needed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-10-at-19.06.02.webp)

The remote mapped folder listing the content

Browsing through BeeFiles or accessing the Plex UI to set up a new library will display the remote content without any issues. Once the library is configured, BeeStation enables streaming content from a remote location using the local Plex server instance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-10-at-19.16.59.webp)

Adding a remote storage as a Plex library

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-10-at-19.33.32.webp)

Streaming a remote content makes no difference to the Plex instance running on the Beestation Plus

Having the option to run a Plex server on a $440 device that also supports multi-user environments, backup, and sync operations is quite a good deal, especially if we expand its capabilities in this manner.

In a word, Beestation Plus is a more than capable Plex server, and while it lacks disk redundancy and capacity, it can deliver a great media streaming experience.

## 
  
  
## : Mobile BeeFiles and BeePhotos apps

A complete Beestation experience would not be whole without a mobile app, or in this case, two. While editing and configuring Beestation through the web interface or desktop app is a given, accessing the content itself is optimally done via a mobile device. Over the past eighteen months, BeeFiles and BeePhotos have received some updates; however, these updates have not been substantial, as most functionalities are carried over from the existing mobile versions of Synology Drive and Synology Photos.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/beestation_plus_ios_01.webp)

Mobile version of BSM is presented via two mobile apps, the BeeFiles and BeePhotos

The apps provide all the expected features to manage general file formats, as well as images and videos with BeePhotos. However, they are not yet capable of configuring all the settings and features available through the web interface.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/beestation_plus_ios_02.webp)

Both apps are focused on content management. BeeFiles (left) more towards various type of files, and BeePhotos (right) with images and videos

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/beestation_plus_ios_03.webp)

Viewing, sharing, casting as well as editing certain files is possible using the mobile apps

Based on the user's needs, one can **browse**, **search**, **share**, and **stream** any file. The entire **experience is modern, streamlined, and distinctive** in visual presentation compared to other Synology mobile apps. As anticipated, the mobile apps align with the visual theme of the BSM system.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/beestation_plus_ios_04.webp)

Both apps support compatible file upload as well as image and video backup (with BeePhotos)

Regarding performance, the overall look and feel are satisfactory, though there's a slight issue with the BeePhotos browsing experience. Viewing photos and videos is not problematic, but quickly flipping through a large section of items results in a delay as thumbnails take time to generate.

While this might be anticipated, revisiting the same content often results in thumbnails being regenerated, which negatively impacts the user experience. To be clear, there is no significant lag, but it is noticeable enough to detract from a completely smooth experience. 

It's important to note that the album view, unlike the timeline, does not encounter the same issues, so browsing through them provides a great user experience.

The following video will provide a clearer insight into this experience. For context, all images are in WEBP format with an average size of approximately 500KB.

0:00 

/0:45 

1× 

Demo of BeePhotos performance

A similar experience can be observed when using the upcoming BeeDrive Deep Search interface, which I hope will see performance improvements, as a comparable visual browsing experience is evident there. Although this is not a deal breaker, it could be a concern for those expecting to swiftly browse the timeline view.

🚨

****IMPORTANT**: Do keep in mind that a data ****copy of the same content** via BeeFiles vs BeePhotos ****will not complete in the same amount of time**. The reason is that, unlike BeePhotos, BeeFiles needs to ****calculate the** ****file's hash value** in preparation for "versions". As the file size increases, the calculation process also lengthens.

While BSM only offers two mobile apps, the previously mentioned Plex server effectively acts as a third app for consuming content hosted on the Beestation. This is, of course, contingent on having Plex integration enabled on the Beestation, but it is worth mentioning. 

Plex is not a Synology app, as you're likely aware, and, therefore, it is not part of the BSM update cycle. The mobile Plex experience is undergoing changes as Plex Inc. rolls out a new UI and UX from the ground up. Although the interface is not yet available on all platforms, it has been released for mobile devices. 

Any issues in this regard should be attributed to the mobile Plex app rather than BSM or Beestation. Having tested it for some time, I can confirm that bugs persist, regardless of the Plex server device in use.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

With BeeFiles, BeePhotos, and Plex, users effectively have a $400 device that **transcends basic sharing, backup, and sync capabilities**. It also streams a wide array of media, including movies, TV shows, music, audiobooks, and more. **This makes the Beestation Plus an ideal device for home and prosumer users seeking a simple, turnkey solution**.

The Beestation Plus stands out with its simple three-step setup, out-of-the-box configuration, multi-user support, and backup capabilities, making it a central choice among solutions, including some offered by Synology. While it may lack an additional drive for redundancy or more storage, it compensates for this with its simplicity and feature set.

However, Beestation Plus isn't for everyone. Tech enthusiasts seeking to tinker with installations or explore various apps may need to consider other solutions, as this closed, proprietary platform might not meet their long-term needs. For example, while the Intel Celeron J4125 could theoretically support Docker capabilities, as seen in other Synology NAS devices, that would contradict the core philosophy of the Beestation.

Potential users should be aware of the Beestation's features and limitations. Although there are limitations, the Plus model has advanced the series in the right direction, likely leading to positive feedback from future customers. Built on the tried and true DSM NAS platform, the BSM offers a streamlined user experience with a plethora of features, packed into a **compact**, **silent**, **fast**, and **secure** **self-hosting solution**.

While the "cloud" may be the future for many scenarios, the Beestation Plus offers a platform for a modest price that anyone can utilize without extensive IT skills, ensuring your personal and private data remains exactly that—yours and private.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeDrive Deep Search
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-deep-search/
Last updated: 2025-10-28T13:52:48.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 28/10/2025: Officially, ****BeeDrive 2.0.1-20194** has been released, ending the beta.

### Version: 2.0.1-20194

(2025-10-28)

Supports Deep Search, an AI search engine that runs entirely on the computer to find your BeeDrive documents and images using natural language. For details, check out the [software specifications](https://sy.to/bd%5Fai%5Fspec?ref=blackvoid.club).

#### Windows

Supports using Deep Search on Windows computers that have an NVIDIA RTX 2060 or newer GPU (or any NVIDIA CUDA GPU with computing capability 7.5 or above) with at least 6 GB of VRAM.

#### macOS

System requirements: macOS 15 or above with Apple silicon and at least 16 GB of RAM.

#### Fixed issues

- Enhanced the user interface.
- Fixed an issue where Deep Search might fail to index images smaller than 240×240 pixels.

---

💡

****UPDATE** ****09/09/2025**: New ****beta 2.0.0-20176 version** for macOS and Windows has arrived. Release notes are below.

The main addition with this update is the introduction of Windows OS support with the right GPU. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/10/Screenshot-2025-10-12-at-15.15.51.png)

BeeDrive 2.0-20176 beta install

## Release Notes

- Supports Deep Search, an AI search engine that runs entirely on the computer to find your BeeDrive documents and images using natural language. For details, check out the [software specifications](https://sy.to/bd%5Fai%5Fspec?ref=blackvoid.club).

#### Windows

- Supports using Deep Search on Windows computers that have an NVIDIA RTX 2060 or newer GPU (or any NVIDIA CUDA GPU with computing capability 7.5 or above) with at least 6 GB of VRAM.

#### macOS

- System requirements: macOS 15 or above with Apple silicon and at least 16 GB of RAM.

#### Fixed issues

- Enhanced search experience with the ability to switch tabs and pause during searches.
- Increased the file size limit for Deep Search previews.
- Enhanced the user interface.

---

💡

****UPDATE** ****29/07/2025**: New ****beta 2.0.0-20085 version** for macOS has arrived. Release notes are below.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/07/Screenshot-2025-07-29-at-17.19.57.png)

## Release Notes

#### macOS

- Supports Deep Search, an AI search engine that runs entirely on the computer to find your BeeDrive documents and images using natural language.
- For further details, check out the [software specifications](https://sy.to/bd%5Fai%5Fspec?ref=blackvoid.club).

#### Fixed issues

- Supports macOS 26 Tahoe.
- Improved UI display.
- Fixed an issue where search language selection might not be correctly applied.

---

As it was announced a few weeks ago, the new 2.0.0-20082 **BeeDrive** desktop app version has arrived as the latest beta.

[Synology’s BeeDrive AI Search Engine announcement#Synology #BeeDrive desktop app is getting some deep search #AI power! Search text, images, and documents, with natural input, location and metadata![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-194.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synologys-beedrive-ai-search-engine-announcement/)

Announcement of the new Deep Search functionality with 2.0 version of BeeDrive desktop app for macOS

The new BeeDrive with Deep Search is currently supported only on Apple Silicon Macs running macOS 15 or newer. It requires M-architecture CPUs and 16GB of RAM. It is expected to become available on select Windows PCs with specific hardware later this year.

### What is Deep Search?

For anyone not familiar with the BeeDrive desktop app or the BeeDrive device in general, be sure to read up on it in the following review that was published two years ago when the model was first released.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-195.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Full review of the BeeDrive

This is the first major new version of the software since its release, and Synology decided to pack it with some AI functionalities, like the rest of the DSM productivity apps.

The idea behind Deep Search was an offline\* search AI engine that would allow for a fast search capability utilizing "intelligence" as well as text recognition. Taking into account that the BeeDrive is a 10G capable DAS device, paired with an M-architecture Mac machine, there is much to desire in terms of speed and result presentation.

Deep Search is a new feature in an already interesting set of possibilities that the BeeDrive desktop app offers.

### Installation

As with any desktop app, the whole process starts with an installation. Presently, Deep Search is currently in beta, so the BeeDrive app needs to be downloaded from the Synology beta channel page.

[BeeDrive betaWelcome to BeeDrive beta. Get early access to the latest features on BeeDrive.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-4.png)Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/og-1.jpg)](https://bee.synology.com/en-eu/BeeDrive/downloads/beta?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-19.54.29.webp)

The installation will use just a little under 700MB of disk space but that is not all

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-19.58.28.webp)

Deep Search as a dedicated section inside the new BeeDrive 2.0 beta

The installation alone will not be enough to get the Deep Search up and running. The macOS needs to allow full disk access permission for the BeeDrive before it can be utilized.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-19.59.24.webp)

Allow full disk access for the BeeDrive on the macOS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.01.48.webp)

BeeDrive detected

Upon successful installation, we can now start and configure the Deep Search feature using the BeeDrive main UI.

With a simple "enable" button, the macOS will start downloading and configuring the Deep Search tool. Downloading it means the needed AI models will be pulled from the Internet to maintain the "off-grid" functionality.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.02.15.webp)

Once the BeeDrive has been detected and allowed full disk access we can now start the Deep Search

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.03.27.webp)

Download of AI models in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.04.04.webp)

BeeDrive Deep Search being configured

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-15-at-23.18.35.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-15-at-23.17.53.webp)

The AI models downloaded on the Mac device

In case anyone is wondering, BeeDrive uses several models that cover both semantic search and indexing, as well as image and text recognition. As we can see, inside the macOS Application Support/BeeDrive folder structure, there is an additional 2.6GB of occupied space.

1.4GB of those is dedicated to the AI models by Alibaba NLP, as well as Microsoft Florence 2\. The rest goes against three BeeDrive apps for photo recognition, indexing, and document analysis.

Looks like Synology decided to utilize Chinese as well as US models to power this new feature, so make use of that information at your discretion.

### Deep Search settings

Now that we have Deep Search up and ready, we have a few configuration settings that can be set up. Nothing fancy, but still, it offers the end user some flexibility.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.02.40.webp)

It will be up to us to allow document and/or image search

🚨

****WARNING**: searching photos by ****GPS data location** will require Internet access as well as in the case of ****search query translation**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.03.07.webp)

Multi-language search is possible on selected languages (in some cases search query might use the Internet beyond a pure macOS native translation service

Primarily, we have the document and image search capabilities, which will, in some cases, if explicitly allowed, utilize the Internet to assist in translation and GPS data comparison. Speaking of translation and supported search languages, Deep Search supports twelve (12) of them, including Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Polish, Russian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish, and Traditional Chinese.

As expected, the initial indexing will be the most intensive and longest. Depending on the number and size of the files, it can take from a few minutes to days before it can be completed.

As a comparison, the M3 MacBook can process between 30.000 and 40.000 in 24 hours, or about 100 documents in 30 minutes, depending on the complexity and content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.09.34.webp)

Indexing is a taxing process for the Mac, so choose when it will happen

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.03.18.webp)

Indexing warning, keeping the Mac charged (notebook) and awake will expedite the whole process

Before we get carried away, there are certain limitations to this search feature. While the software is not supported on mobile devices, it also does not support face recognition, tagging, or video and audio files. This does not mean it will not be supported in the future, but presently, that is not the case.

 The focus is on a wide range of image and document file formats, including the following.

**Images**: jpg, jpeg, png, gif, heic, heif, bmp, tif, tiff, ico, raw, dng, nef, cr2, arw, raf, orf, sr2, rw2, pef

**Documents**: .pdf, docx, pptx, xlsx, ods, odt, odp, csv, txt, markdown, md, mdown, mkdn

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.08.08.webp)

Indexing in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.08.23.webp)

Activity logs will allow us to follow the indexing progress and even the option to search it

In my testing, this process was the first time that I was able to hear the Mac Mini (M4 Pro) vent turn on. It was nothing loud or long for that matter, but it will spring up during the indexing phase for sure, depending on how much content there is.

### Searching images with Deep Search

The search process with Deep Search can be executed using either an AI-based descriptive method or a text-recognition method (OCR). Depending on the desired result, users can toggle between these methods through the user interface for both document and image searches.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.04.38.webp)

Yep Search main screen and search options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.04.48.webp)

The interface also supports search filters based on type, folder destination, date, and time. These features help narrow down and accelerate the search process, thereby providing an enhanced user experience.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-15-at-19.17.58.webp)

AI-descriptive search example

Despite testing being conducted on a Mac Mini M4 Pro, the expectation of a faster generation of image thumbnails was not met, as it can take up to 20 seconds for them to display. Initially, the images that most accurately match the semantic input are shown first. However, Deep Search may continue to list numerous images related to specific keywords, populating the grid with images that might not align with what was initially sought.

⚡

****UPDATE** ****29/07/2025** \- with the new beta, ****20085**, there are ****no more performance issues present,** as well as the ****thumbnail generation that is now almost instant**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-19-at-18.56.47.webp)

While the first few images are dead on, the rest are an input related approximations 

With semantic image search, we can type descriptive phrases to find results that better match our intent. In fact, using four or more words may improve the quality of matches, as one- or two-word queries often return too much noise.

In the world of semantic search (example above), partially matched results are also shown, ranked by relevance.

While the example here is "islands", we can see that the first few images are spot on and do indeed present an island. The other images are in some way relevant to the search keyword or phrase to help when our memory is fuzzy or when the AI interprets visual elements broadly.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-19-at-18.57.36.webp)

A single word search phrase will sometimes give a lot of options

The speed of thumbnail generation depends on both their quantity and the window size. Once enough "pages" have been scrolled, the thumbnails stop displaying, and revisiting them requires re-rendering. This process can appear sluggish; however, reducing the size leads to faster rendering. Similar to Synology Photos, users can manipulate the size or switch to a "list view" for a quicker experience. This may be a beta version aspect, with likely optimizations forthcoming. The following video showcases the current look and feel.

0:00 

/1:35 

1× 

Deep Search image search demo

Another observation is the delay of several seconds for images to enlarge in the right-hand "preview" pane. However, when using the open image command, the image is presented at full resolution immediately. This disparity is likely because the full view is rendered by the macOS Preview app, whereas the thumbnail and preview are generated by the BeeDrive/Deep Search window, which might require its speed optimizations.

⚡

****UPDATE** ****29/07/2025** \- With the new beta, ****20085**, the preview function is also no longer suffering from any performance issues.

In addition to images inside documents (more on that later), OCR is also applied to everyday photos—making it easy to find pictures of tickets, menus, slides, or even memes. Typing a phrase will allow Deep Search to locate the image for us, even if the words appear only in fine print or if it's blurry.

For students and professionals alike, especially those with folders of screenshots, it’s a powerful asset.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-19-at-19.16.30.webp)

Text detection in images - BLACKVOID phrase detected as part of the image logo

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-19-at-19.13.05.webp)

The description under the image explains how and why AI and OCR matched the image

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-19-at-19.14.36.webp)

The level of detection "detail" is impressive. The "BeeStation" phrase was detected on an out-of-focus screen

### Searching documents with Deep Search

Leveraging AI to find images is remarkably powerful; similarly, document searching, while not revolutionary, proves invaluable when necessary. Locating an exact phrase or paragraph across thousands of pages and documents can be a daunting task. With Deep Search, users are equipped with a tool that delivers extremely fast results across a vast number of pages.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-19-at-19.17.51.webp)

Locating a phrase across multiple pages, and multiple documents in seconds

0:00 

/0:54 

1× 

Example of using document search capabilities of Deep Search

A notable feature is the ability to jump directly to the exact document page where the phrase is detected with a single button. This significantly reduces the time needed to locate the document, open it, and scroll to the precise spot.

A limitation of the document search is its inability to present documents based on questions. Although AI powers the tool, we cannot simply ask it, for instance, about warranty options for the DS925+. Instead, it provides results and links to document sections mentioning warranties. Essentially, this is not an AI "chatbot" but rather a search engine, and this distinction should be kept in mind.

Comparing the search speed for documents versus images is noteworthy. As demonstrated in the clip above, obtaining results and accessing the document to land on the exact page takes just a second. For those considering BeeDrive and Deep Search for handling large document collections, the performance is impressive. After the initial scan and indexing, BeeDrive transforms into a powerful yet lightweight portable knowledge base, capable of searching images using OCR as well as indexed text.

Currently in beta, the 2.0 version of BeeDrive delivers even more features. The major addition is the new Deep Search, which, while promising, could improve in areas like image presentation speed. However, I am confident that these current shortcomings will be addressed over time.

Available in 1, 2, and 4TB versions, the BeeDrive 10G DAS device now includes a valuable new feature, undoubtedly beneficial for many Mac users. With Windows support expected later this year, we anticipate further updates and enhancements, making this practical device even more versatile.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS225+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds225-overview/
Last updated: 2025-06-11T01:00:30.000Z
Last month, Synology began rolling out several X25 models as part of its refresh campaign. Most of these were unveiled during this year's Computex 2025, featuring models like the DS725+ and DS925+, which are equipped with AMD CPUs. However, some models continue to utilize the Intel Celeron J4125 processor.

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-193.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

[Synology DS725+ overviewAnother #Synology X25 model is here! The DS725+ is a 2-bay NAS solution that adapts to growing storage demands, now featuring 2.5GbE network support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-191.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds725_overview-1-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-overview/)

[Synology DS925+ reviewThe brand new #Synology #DS925+ has arrived. While this popular 4-bay model may not be groundbreaking, its CPU upgrade and dual 2.5GbE ports offer more than enough for many users![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-192.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-review/)

One of those is a 4-bay DS425+ being a sweet-spot model in terms of performance but also features and services.

[Synology DS425+ overviewThe #Synology DS425+ delivers powerful functionality in a compact 4-bay, design. 2.5GbE networking provides excellent network speeds out of the box.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-190.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds425_overview-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds425-overview/)

Today, the **DS225+**, the smallest "+" model in the 2-bay lineup for years, is being launched in APAC countries.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/ds225-_side.webp)

The new DS225+

> ## The Synology DiskStation DS225+ is a compact 2-bay NAS solution designed to centralize data management, offering a comprehensive suite of tools through Synology DiskStation Manager (DSM) for managing, sharing, and protecting files and photos, backing up devices and data, and serving as the core of a smart surveillance system.

Given the presence of the DS224+ model, released in 2023, the new DS225+ revision does not introduce significant advancements, consistent with the other X25 models so far. In terms of hardware specifications, the DS225+ is identical to the DS224+, with the exception of a singular key update: LAN speed. Equipped with the same **Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core processor** and **2GB of RAM**, the successor leaves somewhat of a bitter aftertaste.

As with all 2025 models, **the DS225+ supports 2.5GbE speeds**. Notably, while the device features a dual LAN connector, only one port supports 2.5GbE, while the other remains at 1GbE, similar to the DS425+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/ds225-_front.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/ds225-_back.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_ds225_specs.webp)

> ## With a suite of robust data storage and backup solutions and capable performance, the compact 2-bay DS225+ is ideal for use in homes, home offices, and as edge storage

While the hardware update side of the DS225+ is not overly exciting, the new hard disk 2025 policy announced in April has raised certain questions moving forward. To make it all absolutely clear, here is the information in detail.

## : Synology and 3rd party drive support

Based on the official information that was announced on April 16th, the following changes are in effect.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”  
> **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.**  
> There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from the existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they have passed the certification. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_disk_lineup.webp)

The DS225+, Synology supports all 3.5", 2.5", and NVMe drives. Additionally, due to recent policy changes, drives migrated from an earlier model will also function, although they may operate with limited features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-19.png)

Another note to point out is that this new policy is affecting the **HDD** lineup of drives, not SSDs. **Meaning that while 3rd party SSDs will be unverified they will** **still be usable**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-28-at-12.33.51.png)

The up-to-date 2025 policy is also explained in more detail in the Synology KB article on the following link.

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/touch-icon-152-5.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo_white-4.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

If you're in the market for an efficient 2-bay NAS and are new to the world of self-hosting, the DS225+ presents itself as an excellent option. It offers sufficient power for everyday tasks, along with additional capacity, making it a valuable part of your daily operations. Although its only upgrade from its predecessor is the 2.5GbE LAN speed, this feature, even if not immediately needed, makes the updated model worth considering for its extended DSM support and security updates.

The DS225+ is supported by a three-year warranty, which can be extended to five years in selected markets. It is expected to be globally available by the end of July 2025.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Office 3.7.0 beta with AI support is out now
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-7-0-beta-with-ai-support-is-out-now/
Last updated: 2025-06-09T11:54:38.000Z
Following this year's Computex 2025 expo when Synology also announced some new productivity apps, namely ChatPlus and Meet, this week we got a chance to test out their long-announced AI integration with the very popular Synology Office suite.

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-188.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

Computex 2025 recap

The release of the beta **version 3.7.0** on June 3rd, along with the updated beta version of **Synology AI Console 1.1**, enables customers to integrate AI capabilities with popular Large Language Model (LLM) platforms, enhancing the functionalities of all three Office applications.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-189.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

Synology AI Console - platform for AI integration with Synology packages

Both the AI Console and Office 3.7 are available in the beta section of the Package Center within DSM 7.2.2-compatible NAS devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-04-at-10.45.17.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-03-at-17.23.30.png)

All beta accessible apps listed in the Package Center beta channel

Speaking of compatibility here is the release note along with the list of compatible NAS models that support the new Office version.

### Synology Office 3.7.0 release notes

#### Applied Models

- FS-series:FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018
- HD-series: HD6500
- SA-series:SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400D, SA3400, SA3200D
- 25-series:DS925+, DS425+
- 24-series:DS224+, DS124
- 23-series:RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, DS223j
- 22-series:RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- 21-series:RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- 20-series:RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j
- 19-series:RS1619xs+, RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DVA3219
- 18-series:RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118
- 17-series:RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, RS217, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517
- 16-series:RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS116

Release notes

**Compatibility and Installation**

1. Synology Office 3.7 Beta requires Synology AI Console 1.1 Beta and above.

**What's New**

#### Document

1. **Added AI assistant features, including revision, proofreading, translation, and generating customized responses with document references.**
2. **Added support for one-click AI-powered translation for entire documents.**
3. Add support for moving associated comments when cutting and pasting texts.

#### Spreadsheet

1. **Added AI assistant features, including formula generation and intelligent function explanations.**
2. Added support for displaying right-to-left (RTL) languages.
3. Added support for previewing function descriptions while editing formulas.
4. Added support to include hidden worksheets in keyword searches across all worksheets.
5. Improved filtering functionality for merged cells.

#### Slides

1. **Added AI assistant features, including revision, proofreading, translation, and generating customized responses with document references.**
2. **Added support for one-click AI-powered translation for entire slides.**
3. Added support for zoom adjustment in the left preview bar.
4. Add support for moving associated comments when cutting and pasting texts.

**Fixed Issues**

#### General

1. Fixed an issue where the built-in Korean input method on Windows could produce duplicate characters in the composition box.
2. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Socket.IO (CVE-2024-38355).
3. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding ws (CVE-2024-37890).
4. Fixed various compatibility issues and improved overall stability.

#### Spreadsheet

1. Fixed various function issues.

While the release includes a few security fixes, the main focus of this version is AI support. As already announced this past week, AI features are pretty common and nothing to write home about. All three apps except Spreadsheets got the usual rewrite, change tone, outline summary, and translation features, while the spreadsheet app got AI-assisted writing and explanation of formulas.

---

As it was announced that the new AI features are not supported on all Synology models—a fact confirmed by the release notes—it is **important to note that the de-identification functionality requires Docker support on an 8GB or more RAM NAS model**.

This feature is expected to narrow the list of compatible NAS devices due to its mentioned requirement. Some '+' models officially support up to 6GB of RAM (despite being capable of operating with more), likely leaving them unsupported for this specific functionality.

### Activating the AI feature for the Office package

To activate the AI assistant in the Office package, same as with MailPlus, single check box in the AI Console interface.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-04-at-14.18.36.png)

Synology AI Console 1.1 with support for Synology Office

Upon that action, all three Office apps will have the AI assistant feature active and ready to be used.

### Spreadsheets

Beginning with Spreadsheets, this application represents one of the least exciting utilizations of AI capabilities—almost limiting, one might say. The assistant is confined to offering only a list of functions and usable formulas based on the input provided.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-05-at-23.35.52.webp)

Synology Office 3.7 Spreadsheets with AI Assistant dialog

Although the creation of solutions based on existing data and specific inputs is lacking, we can still utilize it manually. Ideally, the Spreadsheet app should be able to perform calculations based on precise inputs without requiring users to enter the formulas.

Multilanguage support and translation are advertised, and while translation is not available in Spreadsheets as a button rather than as a menu, the AI Assistant can indeed be used in any language, as expected. Although examples are presented in English, communication with the engine is possible in any global language.

Interestingly, while the Office platform utilizes external LLMs, some customizations have been made. For instance, any explanation of a function or formula begins with an emphasis on the Synology Spreadsheet name.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-05-at-23.52.58.webp)

Example of AI usage in multiple languages

As can be seen, the same steps have been translated with a simple query to rewrite the steps in Croatian.

The bottom line is that AI features in the Spreadsheets app are only accessible through a dedicated dialog box, providing a convenient all-in-one workspace without needing a separate app or browser for AI operations. Beyond this, it functions similarly to any external AI platform, lacking the capability to leverage existing data from saved files or active ones to build solutions based on user input.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.02.10.webp)

Basic 4 functions to manipulate the existing generated results

Unlike Documents and Slides, the Spreadsheets input box provides four tools: **Insert**, **Copy**, **Refine**, and **Regenerate**. Unfortunately, the Insert function merely copies the content from the AI window into a single cell within the spreadsheet. One can only imagine how that appears in a spreadsheet app, right?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.07.21.webp)

Refine menu offers several features such as translation to predefined languages (but any will work as an input), change of tone, or making the solution more or less detailed

While it appears to offer a nice set of tools, being a spreadsheet app, the Refine Tone option does not effectively work when explaining a formula or the steps needed to accomplish a task; in fact, it remains unchanged.

### Documents

On the other hand, the Documents app has a few more features and options to play with.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.21.44.webp)

The default AI Assistant kick off examples

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.27.12.webp)

Classic summarize function works with option to point to an existing or current file

Whether we need to summarize or outline text, translate it, or refine it for a more casual or professional tone, AI performs these tasks effectively. With the integrated AI Assistant dialog box, results can be easily copied or used to replace existing content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.33.17.webp)

Tone change from professional to casual

An additional method of invoking AI within the Documents app, unlike Spreadsheets, is by selecting a single letter, word, or section of text. This action results in a floating AI icon on the far left side of the text, which, when clicked, offers various options including an input box for any custom prompt.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.35.38.webp)

Flowting AI icon will appear as soon as part of the text is selected

In terms of translation, it can be typed in as an input, selected as an option using the same flowting AI button, or called from the Tools menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.41.38.webp)

Translate the entire document feature is only accessible via the Tools menu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.43.32.webp)

Typing in the new name, location and selecting the translation language

This feature automatically takes an entire document, translates it, and saves it immediately as a new file in the selected Drive folder on the NAS. Unlike a translation input command, it can translate a complete document without additional steps. However, reviewing the final result is still highly recommended!

Also, unlike manual translation into any language using the AI dialog box, the translation document feature works only with predefined languages offered by the drop-down menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-00.51.49.webp)

Italian translation of the whole document with 5 takeaways. Unless specified, the AI results will always come out in the input used language 

Although the AI model used supports image generation, the prompt within these apps does not create an image that can be inserted into any file type. Instead, it provides a detailed written description of the image concept, but nothing beyond that.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-06-at-20.48.12.webp)

Image generation is not supported even if an AI model being used can generate one. A text based concept will be used instead

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-08-at-18.48.23.webp)

AI assistant can also do comparison of documents and list key differences

### Slides

Synology's Slides app, serving as its presentation tool, provides the same set of features previously mendtioned by the Documents app. It facilitates content creation, allows modification of tone and length, and ultimately supports translation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-08-at-18.56.37.webp)

Example of Synology Slides application using the AI assistant tool

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-08-at-19.11.16.png)

How the generate content looks when inserted

In my opinion, the main issue with Synology's Slides app lies in its content generation. While it can produce content rapidly, users require additional time to effectively utilize it. The generated responses, intended for individual slides, are instead combined into a single block of text. Using the AI inset tool results in the entire content being pasted as one block, rendering it ineffective for generating an entire presentation.

Additionally, formatting capabilities using AI are limited (this is true for all Office apps). Although the tool responds to commands for bold and italics, it cannot format the background of a particular slide or the entire presentation, nor can it set the color palette, for example.

One notable strength of the Synology Slides app is its ability to translate entire documents into a selected language efficiently, addressing multi-language needs swiftly. This feature significantly saves time, as it enables the production of the same presentation with all formatting intact in a different language with minimal effort.

For users who frequently encounter such tasks, this capability will be a valuable addition to the entire Synology Office suite.

### De-identification

De-identification functionality is available as a feature within the AI Console, but not without certain prerequisites. As previously mentioned, de-identification will not be supported on any NAS that is not equipped with an x86 CPU and at least 8GB of RAM. Furthermore, it will also require Docker, commonly referred to as the Container Manager.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/deidentification01.webp)

Activating the De-identification feature inside the AI console

Once Docker, also known as the Container Manager, is installed, the feature will become available in the AI Console and can be activated. Configuration will enable a centralized platform, eliminating the need for individual setups across various applications. Additionally, it allows for the selection of languages and customization of settings related to de-identified data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/deidentification02.webp)

Selected predefined languages that will be used. Note that each additional language will consume 1GB or RAM, so plan accordingly

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/deidentification03.webp)

Parameters that can be selected for de-identificication are separated by region

🚨

****Note**: Only check the languages that require de-identification. Each language package uses approximately ****1 GB of RAM**, so please monitor the available memory on the device to avoid performance and stability issues

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/deidentification04.webp)

Be sure to test out how de-identification works

Upon completion of the process, a "playground" text box will appear on the de-identification page, enabling test runs. Depending on the supported languages, countries, and regions, some elements may not be accurately detected. It is essential, as always, to double-check any results produced by AI systems.

### Recap

In summary, the introduction of AI into Synology Office delivered most of the expected capabilities common in today's environment. While some applications take greater advantage of these features, others are more limited in their practical use cases. Overall, Synology Office and MailPlus, when combined with AI features, provide a noticeable boost in productivity. However, there remains room for improvement in the long run.

One notable aspect is the forthcoming integration of AI into the Synology Drive platform, which will enable more advanced semantic search features compared to the current capabilities. As the foundation of the Synology Office package, the Drive is expected to significantly enhance day-to-day operations with AI advancements.

Depending on users' needs and their specific roles, some may find AI features highly beneficial, while others may see limited utility due to existing implementation gaps. However, as this is the beta phase, it is anticipated that Synology will continue to refine and expand AI integration within this productivity ecosystem and develop features that can fully benefit from such synergy.

For now, the Office, MailPlus, and soon-to-be-enhanced Drive platforms have finally earned the "AI checkmark." While this provides a certain productivity boost, there is still room for further improvement and enhancement in some areas.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Pocket ID - passkey OIDC provider
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/pocket-id-passkey-oidc-provider/
Last updated: 2025-06-04T06:00:07.000Z
It's been a while since I explored **passwordless** or **single-factor authentication** **methods**, especially in the context of Synology's DSM OS. Although the **Secure SignIn platform** has been available for some time (introduced with DSM 7), I haven't utilized it due to its limitation to just DSM.

[DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignInSee how you can use the new Synology Secure SignIN feature to log into your NAS using your mobile device![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-184.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/DSM7_secureid.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)

Passwordless login is not a new concept, with hardware keys still being the most secure option. In the realm of software-based systems, solutions like Keycloak are frequently mentioned. A while ago, I experimented with the Authelia platform, which is primarily used to add login functionality (with 2FA) to applications that lack it inherently. However, I eventually chose not to adopt it.

All applications running via reverse proxy have some form of authentication (with 2FA added on top), which was more than adequate. The remaining systems are accessed exclusively via VPN.

Despite this, logging into all these applications and systems is necessary—whether through a simple password, a password with 2FA, or biometric methods. This can become cumbersome when dealing with multiple systems.

In essence, it boils down to **convenience versus security**. Passkeys have been available for a few years as a passwordless login method, yet the support depends on the systems we intend to use. While adoption is reasonable, not all platforms have incorporated it as their primary login mechanism.

### The idea behind PocketID

Enter [**Pocket ID**](https://pocket-id.org/?ref=blackvoid.club), a lightweight and user-friendly **OIDC (Open ID Connector) provider**. It leverages **passkey methods to facilitate login** for any service or platform that supports the OIDC standards. 

[Pocket ID![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/logo.png)![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo.png)](https://pocket-id.org/?ref=blackvoid.club)

So, what is the ultimate goal? Logging into Synology DSM can be achieved through various SSO methods, with OIDC being one of them. The objective is to configure and deploy Pocket ID as the passkey provider, **enabling DSM login without a username, password, or any 2FA method**.

By definition, passkeys offer greater security compared to the traditional username/password method, even with the addition of 2FA. Let's explore the steps to set up Pocket ID, configure it behind a reverse proxy, and ultimately use it to configure DSM to utilize the OIDC connector for **faster and more secure logins**.

### Setting up PocketID via Docker

Pocket ID as a platform has been around for a year, but it only reached version 1.0 last week. Though I had been monitoring its development, I awaited this milestone before considering it for "production" use.

The [**documentation**](https://pocket-id.org/docs/introduction/?ref=blackvoid.club) for the platform is exceptional—highly detailed and easy to follow—so be sure to review it for more information.

This platform can be deployed entirely internally or externally through a **reverse proxy with HTTPS**. For this example, we will use the latter approach. The solution will be deployed via Docker with a Postgres database, behind an NGINX proxy.

While there are various methods to use Docker, I will opt for the **docker-compose** approach through the Portainer platform.

[Portainer - Docker container management made easyHow to run the new Portainer 2.0 CE on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-185.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/portainer-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)

[Portainer 2.6 - using STACKSHow to use docker-compose with Portainer 2.6 and it’s STACKS feature![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-186.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/portainer_26-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/)

Portainer's usage of docker compose can be utilized under the "**stacks**" section.

```yaml
services:
  pocket-id:
    image: ghcr.io/pocket-id/pocket-id
    container_name: pocketid
    restart: unless-stopped
    ports:
      - 1411:1411
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/pocketid:/app/data"
    environment:
    - APP_URL=https://pocketid.domain.com
    - TRUST_PROXY=true
    - PUID=1000
    - PGID=1000
    - DB_PROVIDER=postgres
    - DB_CONNECTION_STRING=postgres://username:password@ip_address_of_postgres:5432/pocketid_database_name
    # Optional healthcheck
    healthcheck:
      test: "curl -f http://localhost:1411/healthz"
      interval: 1m30s
      timeout: 5s
      retries: 2
      start_period: 10s
```

Example of Pocket ID docker compose YAML file

Depending on your needs and deployment options, the YAML file may vary. For instance, Pocket ID supports SQLite, eliminating the requirement for an external Postgres instance.

Additionally, all environmental variables can be stored in a `.env` file instead of embedding them in the compose file. The choice depends on your deployment preferences.

Reviewing the documentation is advantageous and recommended. However, if that's not an option, let's briefly go over several key variables based on this example:

`APP_URL=https://pocketid.domain.com` this is the URL where the Pocket ID instance will be accessible. If the instance needs to be used globally, ensure it operates behind a reverse proxy under a secure HTTPS FQDN. In such a setup, use the `TRUST_PROXY=true` variable.

Regarding reverse proxy options, many are available. If you use one, I run an **NGINX instance as part of an NPM solution**. For configuration details, please refer to this article before proceeding down that path.

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-187.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

Article on how to configure and use NGINX proxy manager (NPM)

Finally, consider the **PUID** and **PGID** variables. Ensure that you configure a DSM account to run this instance, securing its PUID and PGID values by accessing DSM via SSH. This involves logging into DSM with the relevant DSM account using an SSH client and executing the `id` command to list user and group values. In DSM, user IDs typically start from 1026 and onwards, so make sure to enter the correct one.

Alternatively, you can use an existing DSM account and retrieve its values following the steps outlined above.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-01-at-20.15.14.png)

Pocket ID instance login. Passkeys only!

Once the Pocket ID instance is operational inside Docker and accessible via its URL (whether private or public), it's time to **set up the primary "admin" account**. The appealing aspect here is the absence of a password, **relying solely on passkey configuration**. Notably, multiple passkeys can be configured for the same account.

Access the setup page by using the following URL: `https://pocketid.domain.com/login/setup`

After completing the setup and creating the admin profile, the URL becomes inaccessible to unauthorized users, and the only way to access the Pocket ID instance is through a valid passkey option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-01-at-20.15.52.webp)

Passkey saved inside Bitwarden

To save and use the passkey, you need an OS that supports it, a password manager, or a hardware device. In this case, the Bitwarden password manager is used to store the Pocket ID passkey.

### Pocket ID features

Upon logging into Pocket ID, you'll encounter a clean user interface, which also supports dark mode. Within the UI, you can access the audit log that predominantly displays two actions: client authorization and sign-in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-02-at-00.25.50.webp)

Pocket ID account settings in dark mode

Additionally, the **User and Group** section enables the creation of more user accounts and groups, which can later be integrated into OIDC client configurations for more granular access control. Although Pocket ID is primarily an OIDC provider, it also **offers LDAP functionality for syncing users and groups**.

### Creating an OIDC client for Synology DSM usage

With Pocket ID up and running and passkey login functioning, we can begin creating new OIDC client connectors. These connectors can then be configured on the Synology DSM OS to enable a truly passwordless login experience, eliminating the need to type in any credential elements.

💡

****NOTE:** If the Pocket ID account matches the local DSM username, it will automatically be used to log into the NAS upon successful authentication via passkey.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-02-at-00.39.14.png)

Create OIDC client connector

When creating a connector for Synology's DSM, the key parameter to focus on is the **Callback URLs**. You can add any HTTPS endpoint you choose, whether it has valid SSL termination or not (the client browser will handle that aspect). For DSM, you could enter URLs such as `https://nas.domain.com/` or `https://10.20.30.13:1156/`.

🚨

Do note, that when setting up a call-back URL make sure to not add `/#/signin` and the end to properly initiate the action. While it will not make any issues with a single entry, using it with multiple redirect URLs it will always terminate to the last one in the list!

Once saved, Pocket ID generates the client ID, secret, discovery URL, and more. These details will be essential in the next step when setting up the SSO OIDC on the DSM side.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-02-at-00.47.40.webp)

Created OIDC connector

### Setting up OIDC SSO on Synology DSM

Now that we have the OIDC in place ready to go, it is time to log into the DSM and configure it. 

First we need to use the **Control Panel > Domain/LDAP > SSO Client** section. There under **Services** we activate the **Enable OpenID connect SSO service** and click the **OpenID Connect SSO Setttings** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-02-at-00.53.31.webp)

SSO client configuration inside DSM control panel

1. For the `Profile` we choose the `OIDC`.
2. The `Account type` will be `Domain/LDAP/local`.
3. `Name` will be the same as your Pocket ID instance by default `Pocket ID`
4. Next we use the `OIDC Discovery URL` from Pocket ID into the `Well-known URL` field.
5. Followed by `Client ID` into the `Application ID`, and `Client Secret` into the `Application secret` field.
6. The `Redirect URL` will be configured with the same callback URLs configured in Pocket ID. So for example: `https://nas.domain.com/`
7. For the `Authorization scope` field we will use `openid email profile`parameter, and finally `preferred_username`value for the `Username claim`

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/Screenshot-2025-06-02-at-01.02.11.webp)

Example of DSM SSO client profile configuration

**Save** and **apply** the settings, and test out the loggin.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/pocketid_01.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/pocketid_02.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/pocketid_03.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/pocketid_04.webp)

Single click and passkey will do the rest

If we are already logged into Pocket ID, simply clicking the blue login button will suffice. If not, a passkey challenge will occur, and successful authentication will log us into DSM.

In summary, we have a simple, self-hosted OIDC platform that provides a seamless single-authentication login option for numerous platforms, including Synology's DSM, thanks to the official implementation of this open authentication protocol.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Office Suite meets AI
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-suite-meets-ai/
Last updated: 2025-05-31T22:01:53.000Z
Synology, a company often characterized by its delayed adoption of innovations in both hardware and software, is similarly behind in integrating artificial intelligence (AI) into its offerings. Despite the transformative impact of large language models (LLMs) on our daily lives, jobs, and creative processes for several years now, there remains significant potential for AI to enhance productivity, particularly in automating mundane and repetitive tasks.

This summer, and continuing through 2025, Synology intends to advance its AI strategy. This initiative will begin with the June release of an enhanced BeeDrive deep search feature for macOS.

[Synology’s BeeDrive AI Search Engine announcement#Synology #BeeDrive desktop app is getting some deep search #AI power! Search text, images, and documents, with natural input, location and metadata![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-182.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synologys-beedrive-ai-search-engine-announcement/)

The upcoming BeeDrive deep search AI implementation for macOS and Windows

Concurrently, **Synology is debuting its long-anticipated AI integration into Synology Office**. The journey began in April with the release of the **AI Console** platform for DSM and **Synology MailPlus**. The remaining components of the Office suite will soon follow suit, enhancing the overall package with AI capabilities.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-183.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

AI Console, the new DSM platform for AI integration with Synology Office suite 

### Synology Office meets AI

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_01.webp)

For several years, Synology has been dedicated to enhancing the functionality and usability of its productivity applications, aiming to rival commercial alternatives. Their on-premises approach emphasizes independent solutions, bolstering security while reducing reliance on public commercial offerings. This is particularly advantageous as many commercial solutions have been steadily increasing their monthly fees.

As mentioned, **Synology already started with AI implementation in their MailPlus platform** bringing many well-known functions to the platform.

Summary of emails, spell check, or casual rewrite and reply are all already supported in the current beta version of the MailPlus package.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_02-1.webp)

AI Summary feature inside MailPlus 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.17.53.png)

AI assisted mail compose based on a Star Wars input

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_03.webp)

Casual or formal smart reply with will be one of main AI usage in MailPlus

With AI Console and MailPlus currently in beta, **the next version is expected to extend support to Drive and Synology Office**. However, not all AI features will be integrated into every application, as some lack a practical need. 

The **Synology Drive platform will prioritize AI-enhanced search capabilities**, enabling users to conduct file searches **using descriptive input queries**. This approach offers a more intuitive and natural search process compared to traditional single or multi-word parameters.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_05.webp)

A concept of the upcoming Synology Drive AI search

The upcoming **deep search capabilities of the new BeeDrive** desktop solution reveal some similarities. Although not identical—since the AI Console leverages third-party AI engines for integration (and Internet connection), while **BeeDrive employs an on-device engine**—the overarching concept and anticipated outcomes remain largely consistent.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_06.webp)

Example of Synology Drive search results based on an AI assisted input

For those unfamiliar, the Synology Drive package is a prerequisite for Synology Office; thus, discussing one inherently involves the other. It would be short-sighted to expect AI features in the Drive platform without their integration into Office, given that Office forms the core of Synology's productivity suite.

The separation of Office from individual apps coincided with the introduction of the Drive platform. **Synology Office offers web-based alternatives to traditional document, spreadsheet, and presentation tools**, like Google Docs and, to some extent, Microsoft Office. These solutions are robust enough to meet the needs of most customers and users.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_07.webp)

What can be expected in terms of AI enhancements will also depend on the actual app. **Classic, and already mentioned, summarize, translations, rewrites, and outlines, are all present here** as well just like with MailPlus.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_08.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_09.webp)

**Spreadsheets will help users write better functions and formulas** to extrapolate and manipulate large quantities of data faster and more easily. The unified view of the AI Assistant in both Document and Spreadsheet does not apply to the Slides app, however.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_10.webp)

The presentation app will feature several AI enhancements, with **slide translation being a definite inclusion**. This feature will enable **on-the-fly translation of slides**, facilitating the rapid creation of multilingual presentations using a single template. On top of that, it will also support **file reference, text generation, tone change, and refinement**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_12.webp)

AI assisted multi-language translations

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_11.webp)

Among Synology's suite of veteran productivity apps, only the upcoming **Synology Meet is currently advertised as AI-assisted**. This doesn't imply that apps like ChatPlus or Calendar will be devoid of AI enhancements, but their future integration remains speculative.

Synology Meet, an upcoming app, aims to compete with established audio/video collaboration platforms such as Zoom and Microsoft Teams. Likely to extend from the new ChatPlus platform, Meet is expected to offer features like transcription.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_13.webp)

This **feature will provide real-time closed captions in selected languages**, aiding participants in overcoming language barriers during calls. Additionally, similar to other platforms mentioned earlier, **Meet will offer a written "meeting minutes" summary**. This functionality saves time and allows attendees to focus more on contributing to the discussion during meetings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_14.webp)

Real-time closed caption translation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_15.webp)

AI-assisted meeting minutes summary

In today's AI landscape, privacy is a major concern. **Synology's new AI Console and AI-supported apps will emphasize both privacy and control**. Through the use of **de-identification**, users can establish **filters to mask sensitive data locally** before it's sent to any connected AI provider. After receiving the response, the masked data is restored locally, thus preventing any leaks of sensitive information.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_office_16-1.webp)

De-identification is one feature that will prevent sensitive data leaving the NAS

The hardware and software requirements for these AI features remain uncertain, though DSM 7.2.2 or later will likely be necessary, alongside new forthcoming versions of selected apps and platforms as they integrate AI capabilities. On the hardware side, it's possible not all NAS models will be supported, given the currently unknown CPU and RAM requirements.

**ARM-based models, like the Realtek1619B, will not be supported**, unlike x86 Intel and AMD CPUs, and **some features (like de-identification) will also have a specific RAM requirement of at least 8GB**.

> ## Due to the high computational demands of AI, only x86-64 systems are supported. Additionally, de-identification requires significant memory, with at least 8GB of RAM needed to activate the feature, driven by the language model's processing needs

With the imminent launch of AI-capable apps, a complete specification and hardware compatibility list will soon be available. This list will clearly outline which current and upcoming models and series will support these features.

[Synology Inc.Centralize data storage and backup, streamline file collaboration, optimize video management, and secure network deployment to facilitate data management.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-3.png)Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_og_image-2.jpg)](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/dsm/feature/productivityai?ref=blackvoid.club)

Synology official productivity AI page

Further details on the AI integration with Office and other Synology apps will soon be available in a dedicated article. This article will provide an in-depth look at all the features.

Official YT video on the topic of upcoming Synology Office AI features

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology's BeeDrive AI Search Engine announcement
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synologys-beedrive-ai-search-engine-announcement/
Last updated: 2025-06-05T11:44:56.000Z
🚨

****UPDATE**: 05/06/2025 - the ****BeeDrive Deep Search beta for macOS is now live** with the following release notes below. There is a specific system specification requirement, so be sure to use the BeeDrive with a compatible Mac computer!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/06/synology_beedrive_ai_search_announcement-copy.webp)

BeeDrive 2.0 Deep Search macOS beta [****download link**](https://bee.synology.com/en-global/BeeDrive/downloads/beta/2025%5FBeeDrive%5Fmac%5F2%5F0%5F0%5FBeta?ref=blackvoid.club)

## Release Notes

#### What’s new

#### macOS

- Supports Deep Search, an AI search engine that runs entirely on the computer to find your BeeDrive documents and images using natural language.
- Supports searching for content using OCR (Optical Character Recognition) techniques to detect visible text in both standalone images and those embedded in documents.
- Supports searching for photos using natural language (e.g., “sunrise at the beach”), as Deep Search generates AI image descriptions based on photos’ scenes, objects, themes, etc.
- Supports indexing and processing of documents and photos entirely on the computer, keeping your personal data secure without sending it online.
- **System requirements: macOS 15 or above with Apple silicon and at least 16 GB of RAM.**
- For further details, check out the [software specifications](https://sy.to/bd%5Fai%5Fspec?ref=blackvoid.club).

Regarding software specifications, here are the current beta ones:

- **Deep Search, the AI search engine (Beta)**:
  - Requires **macOS 15 or above** with **Apple silicon and at least 16 GB of RAM**
  - Supported languages: Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Polish, Russian, Simplified Chinese, Spanish, Traditional Chinese
  - Supported file formats:
    - Documents: PDF, DOCX, PPTX, XLSX, ODS, ODT, ODP, CSV, TXT, Markdown (.md, .markdown, .mdown, .mkdn)
    - Images: JPG, JPEG, PNG, GIF, HEIC, HEIF, BMP, TIF, TIFF, ICO, RAW (DNG, NEF, CR2, ARW, RAF, ORF, SR2, RW2, PEF)
  - Indexing limitations:
    - Microsoft Office (DOCX, PPTX, XLSX, ODS, ODT, ODP, CSV): Files exceed 2 GB, notes, and comments will not be indexed
    - Images: Length or width shorter than 10 px or size smaller than 64x64 will not be indexed
    - **Encrypted files will not be indexed**

---

As this year's Computex expo concludes, Synology is already looking forward to introducing its upcoming **AI integrations**.

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-178.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

Two years ago, Synology announced that its **Office suite would be receiving AI enhancements** across the board. Just last month, a beta version of their **AI Console for DSM was released**.

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-179.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

AI Console - a central AI management platform for Synology Office Suite integration

What was not mentioned is that their Bee lineup product, specifically the BeeDrive, will also receive AI integration.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-180.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

[Synology BeeDrive now with macOS supportOfficial support for macOS has arrived! The BeeDrive platform now supports both Intel and Apple SOC Mac models (M1, M2...)![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-181.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-now-with-macos-support/)

**Releasing in June for the Apple macOS system** (with a Windows version to follow later), the desktop version of the BeeDrive software will be enhanced with AI deep search capabilities.

Although the **BeeDrive is a DAS** (Direct-Attached Storage) device designed for computer backups, mobile transfers, and file synchronization, it is also **notable for its 10G capability** (USB 3.2 Gen 2), offering high speed and up to 4TB of storage.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_02.webp)

Deep Search functionality as part of the desktop BeeDrive app

Due to its lightweight and compact design, the BeeDrive can store a significant amount of data for use on the go. Searching through that data can sometimes become challenging, so Synology will introduce AI power to the device for deep search methods across both existing and indexed content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_03.webp)

Off-line indexing

A bonus is that all actions can be performed **offline, with no need for internet connectivity**. By invoking the deep search feature, users will receive an app-like AI prompt that can be used to search using keywords, full descriptive sentences, or multiple keywords for a more precise search of the content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_04.webp)

Deep Search UI inside the BeeDrive desktop app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_05.webp)

Results in paragraph

Searching both document and image file types, the deep search feature will list results based on specific input, locating anything related to the search parameters. It will also have the ability to search and detect the given keyword(s) in other languages, listing those results as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_06.webp)

Search results in different languages

For documents that contain images, such as PDFs or presentations, the deep search will return results when the r**equested parameter is detected within an image** inside a specific document. Additionally, users will have the option to open the exact file and be positioned directly on the correct image from the search results.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_07.webp)

Searchable images inside documents

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_08.webp)

Opening the document on exact search result location

Similar to document searches, the BeeDrive deep search will detect words, phrases, and sentences within an image. With a quality image, users will have the option to search for a specific image not by its name, but by the text content within the image.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_09.webp)

Search for specific words of phrases inside images

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_10.webp)

Searching for specific images using a general description as an input

For those who are more visually inclined, BeeDrive will allow users to input a general description of an image or images they are searching for, such as an event, a specific time and date, or a geolocation. This feature enables users to quickly locate images when content organization is insufficient or when the exact details of when and where the image was taken are forgotten. By providing multiple inputs, users will receive a more narrowed scope of results, which can be viewed in thumbnail mode to quickly identify the needed images.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_11.webp)

Searching by metadata such as location or date and time

Video inspection is not supported—at least, it hasn't been advertised—so it may be introduced at a later date, if at all. Once again, **the search functionality operates using 'local intelligence,' with no internet connectivity required**. This suggests that the upcoming BeeDrive desktop version will have all the necessary capabilities to perform such operations, but proper hands-on testing will provide further insights soon.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_12.webp)

Search works completely off-line

Watch the official Synology AI Search engine video 

Given that new X25 products are set to launch this summer, it's encouraging to see that the software side is also progressing. **Arriving in June**, the BeeDrive will receive an additional feature that elevates it beyond a standard USB disk device. A full hands-on review of this feature will soon follow as part of a separate article.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_search_beedrive_13.webp)

Arriving on macOS first with Windows to follow

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS925+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-review/
Last updated: 2025-05-25T23:03:01.000Z
## 
  
  
## : Intro

Just as April was coming to a close, Synology decided to release its very first X25 model this year. Similar to the 2023 rollout, this time we also got the very popular 4-bay model out first, the **DS925+**.

[Synology DS925+ overviewThe new #Synology DS925+ has arrived with a slight upgrade to the previous generation as a popular AMD 4-bay #NAS model that offers a lot![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-95.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-2-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/)

A quick overview of the DS925+ for those that do not want to read the whole review

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/ds925--1.png)

The first 2025 model, the DS925+

While there is a lot of talk about the 2025 models and the new disk policy (more on that later), this is the first of seven devices that will be coming by the end of the first half of this year. Synology is unlikely to continue with their "J" or "value" models as those are being replaced by the [**BeeStation**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/beestation/) lineup, so all models will be from a dominating "plus" segment.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Synology-DS925-NAS-1-1_edit-2.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Synology-DS925-NAS-2-2_edit-1.webp)

Front and back side of the new DS925+ NAS

The new model follows in the footsteps of its predecessor, the DS923+, and significantly resembles not only the 2023 model but also the DS918+ from 2018\. Though this similarity is mostly based on the initial impression of the exterior chassis, enough has evolved over the past seven years to make this version stand out.

Was the wait worth it? Will the X25 lineup make a difference or will the new disk policy significantly change the customer base and Synology as such? Let's dive into the review and find out.

---

## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: Packaging**](#packaging)  
[**: Specifications**](#specs)  
[**: Branded and 3rd party disk support**](#disks)  
[**: DSM setup and apps**](#dsm)  
\> [:: Reactivating the DSM update notifications](#dsmnotifications)  
[**: Speed tests**](#speed)  
[**: Virtualization and containerization**](#vm)  
[**: Plex**](#plex)  
[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Packaging

I usually like to start with the packaging and the exterior, as there are certain readers out there who will appreciate it.

🙏

A big thank you first of all to ****Synology GmbH for providing the new DS925+ as well as all the Synology drives** for testing 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7119.webp)

Brand new DS925+ with several SAT5210 and HAT3300 disks

The test package included the brand new DS925+ unit, accompanied by two Synology SAT5210 SSDs and two HAT3300 4TB disks (5400 RPM). It's worth mentioning that the SSDs aren't on the official compatibility list, but we'll delve into more specifics about this later in the review.

As for the DS925+ package is concerned, apart **from the unit itself**, we got the usual **dual CAT5e ethernet cable**, as well as a slightly **bigger and more powerful power adapter**. This is due to several hardware changes that we will touch on in the following section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7120.webp)

A familiar Synology packaging also got a slight and subtle facelift of the box label

The unit itself still has that **rough metal finish of the case**, while the disk caddies are plastic as in previous versions. The NAS sits on four rubber legs to prevent any major vibrations and the same can be said about the screw holes that hold the drives in place. 

This proven formula has been used in all Synology desktop devices for years now and it has helped to minimize overall noise and vibrations very successfully.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7123.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7127.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7122.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7121.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7125.webp)

All Synology NAS models come in a black coating finish for years now, and DS925+ is no exception

The only remaining item in the box is the bay door keys. The **DS925+ features hot-swappable drives**, allowing for replacement without shutting down the NAS. Due to this capability and security standards, all Synology Plus models include a lock feature on individual bay doors to prevent theft, accidental removal, or potential ejection of the drive during transport.

While on the subject of drives, it is worth mentioning that the 3.5" disks can be installed without the use of any tools thanks to the plastic stripes along the side of each disk caddy, but in the case of a 2.5" installation the included screws need to be used to secure the drive in place before installation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7139.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7140.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7143.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7142.webp)

The 5400 RPM 3.5" HAT3300 4TB HDDs along with 2.5" SAT5210 SSDs

## 
  
  
## : Specifications

The DS925+, this time around, has had a bit of an "upgrade" by **switching from the R1600 AMD CPU to the V1500B**. This is a jump from a 2-core to a 4-core/8-thread CPU that is a logical choice for a device of this caliber. With the **same 4GB amount of ECC RAM** (up to 32GB) and **two NVMe slots** on the bottom, the main difference is the network support.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7130.webp)

The two NVMe M.2 slots are available on the bottom of the unit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/synology_ds925_specs.jpg)

General DS925+ specifications

This type of model always had a dual LAN port, and up until now, those were 1GbE interfaces. For the X25 devices, **Synology finally decided to step up and upgrade them to 2.5GbE**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7128.webp)

DS925+ features a new USB-C type of connector for its new expansion unit, the DX525 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7137.webp)

Long time coming but we got there in the end. Dual 2.5GbE network capabilities

As can be seen from the images above, there are several changes on the back side of the new NAS model. First off, the **10G expansion slot is completely missing** (unlike the DS923+), while the same **USB 3.2 Gen 1** slot was reallocated to the left-hand side.

Finally, the expansion slot, which was once eSATA, has now been replaced with USB-C. This change indicates that the **new DX525** expansion device will not be compatible with older models, similar to the situation with the DX517.

While it's somewhat disappointing that the optional 10G port was removed, Synology likely determined that the **dual 2.5GbE option, when combined with SMB-multichannel** (on supported OS), will provide customers with a satisfactory **combined 5GbE speed**. It's worth noting that this CPU, paired with a dual SSD RAID0 setup, can achieve pure 10G speeds, but this capability will be reserved for larger DS and RS models going forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7131.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7132.webp)

DS925+ comes with 4GB of RAM just as the previous model with a possible upgrade to 32GB using the two SODIMM slots

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_7134.webp)

The memory slots are located on the right hand side just next to the 4th disk bay 

## 
  
  
## : Branded and 3rd party disk support

Now we come to the part of the new X25 models that has been a bit of a curve ball recently. On April 16th, 2025, Synology released an announcement regarding its new disk policy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/synology_disk_policy_2025.webp)

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-97.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

The article linked above provides more details, but here's a summary: using disks that aren't on the compatibility list can lead to issues. This means you won't officially be able to install DSM or create volumes. While migrating existing drives is possible, there are limitations, such as the ability to expand the array or replace a faulty drive with another incompatible disk.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-09-at-20.33.35.png)

DS925+ disk compatibility list (May 9th 2025)

Presently, no 3rd party vendor drive has been deemed officially compatible. This means that anyone in the market for this model at the time of this article should not consider using any other disk apart from Synology's own branded drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-09-at-20.36.11.png)

List of none-enterprise compatible drives (May 9th 2025)

Given that the DS925+ is not marketed as an enterprise NAS when excluding enterprise-class drives like the HAT5300 or SAT5200 series, you're left with nine "plus" drives, offering a maximum capacity of up to 16TB.

For some current users and potential customers, this might be a concern, given that competitors offer a more versatile range of models and capacities. However, this is what Synology currently provides. With the new policy, it is quite likely that we will see larger drives soon, but the question is when. If the company chooses to pursue this direction, it will probably introduce at least 18TB and 20TB models for now.

To clarify the implications for third-party models and vendors: For the past 25 years, Synology has not enforced the use of any specific models. However, recent company policy shifts towards a more "appliance-like" business model have resulted in stricter regulations concerning RAM, add-on cards, and now, the drives themselves.

As mentioned before, the **package arrived with two SSDs that are not on the DS925+ compatibility list**, the SAT5210, both 2 and 4TB versions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-13.20.02.png)

DS925+ with both verified and unverified Synology drives

If we refer to the images above, only **the 7TB version of the SAT5210 series is supported**, which also **requires the latest SCEMH 5.0 firmware**. Thus, we are technically not compliant with DSM's new 2025 disk policy. 

However, since these are Synology drives, they are not flagged as incompatible. This is why the **DSM installer permitted us to proceed with the installation process and volume creation without any issues**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-13.34.40.png)

Storage Manager overview also presents a visual volume warning due to unverified drives

These warnings do not hinder the user's ability to use certain tools within the Storage Manager, such as data scrubbing, scheduling, setting RAID sync speeds, and more. Moreover, there are no issues with creating new folders, including encrypted or WORM-based, as well as installing packages.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-13.41.21.png)

Installing packages and creating encrypted or WORM shared folders, works just fine with the "unverified" volume

Using drives not on the verified list can lead to issues starting from installation and initialization. For customers considering the new 2025 lineup, **it's highly recommended to adhere to the official compatibility list**. Currently, this means only Synology drives are available to customers, but this will change as third-party vendors begin to pass official certification and validation.

The [compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) is the definitive resource, updated as new drives become available and certified.

### External drives and compatibility

Focusing for a moment on **external drives and their compatibility**, we find that **there are no strict rules** in this area. In fact, every drive tested passed without any issues and was detected correctly by DSM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/925_external_usb01.webp)

OWC Elite Mini with a 3rd party SSD detected just fine

Some drives were formatted as exFAT, prompting DSM to request the **installation of the now free exFAT package**. Once installed, the partition mounted successfully and was ready for use. 

For insights on speeds, delve deeper into how the external drive and DS925+ perform during basic file operations and the Hyper Backup process.

## 
  
  
## : DSM setup and apps

Regarding the compatibility list, the DS925+ model was supplied exclusively with Synology drives, both SSDs and HDDs. For testing purposes, **I requested Synology SSDs that are not on the official compatibility list** for this model, aiming to observe the onboarding process and day-to-day usage.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-07-at-08.50.55.png)

DSM installation on the DS925+ started off just as with any previous model

The installation of the DSM OS was identical to older NAS models. Despite using two "unverified" Synology branded drives, **the installation proceeded without issues and was** **completed successfully**. This indicates that the initialization process detected all installed drives as Synology branded, which prevented them from being considered "incompatible," unlike some third-party options, allowing us to complete the setup without any problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-07-at-08.55.03.webp)

All X25 and later model will have only these two options regarding DSM updates upon initial setup. Be sure to follow the steps below to activate the notification option!

During the setup, there's a unique difference between the 2025 models and DSM installation. The DSM wizard traditionally included a step allowing users to select how the NAS behaves regarding new updates. Previously, there were always three options: install important updates, install the latest updates, and notify me of available updates without installing them. However, **with the 2025 models, this has been reduced to a two-option screen, removing the notification-only option**.

Fortunately, this setting can be adjusted later once DSM is configured, either for the first time or post-factory reset.

### 
  
  
### :: Reactivating the DSM update notifications

🚨

****ATTENTION**: The following steps involve SSH access and running the Linux command line. While the steps are completely safe and supported by the [****Synology KB article**](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/stop%5Fsystem%5Fpackage%5Fauto%5Fupdate?ref=blackvoid.club), please proceed carefully!

Because the whole DSM install process is the same as with any other model, let's quickly see what needs to be done to change and reactivate the notification option for DSM's upcoming updates.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-07-at-08.59.08.webp)

New DSM update policy just after the installation process offers only two options

💡

Also of note, this step is ****completely optional** and should be only attempted if the user does not want their NAS systems to perform automatic updates and reboots.

Before going further with this process we first need to activate the SSH setting inside the DSM's **Control Panel > Terminal** section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-12.57.12.png)

Enable the SSH service on the NAS

Next, using any SSH-compatible tool, log into the NAS (macOS Terminal, Linux Terminal, PUTTY for Windows, etc) using your default DSM credentials.

To execute a command of this significance we also need to elevate to `root` account by using the `sudo -i` command.

Once the command prompt indicates that it is using the root credentials we need to run the following command (as per Synology KB):

```bash
/usr/libexec/syno-update-settings --set-autoupdatetype-notify

```

Reloading the DSM interface and visiting the update and restore settings we can see the **notification option being offered once again**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-07-at-09.32.36.webp)

The notification is back as one option inside Update Settings

One more time, this is a completely optional step and, if anyone likes to have their system on auto-update, do not do any of the above steps.

Once the DSM has been installed, and the optional update notifications settings configured, we can move on to the apps themselves. The Package Center remains the only method of installing either official or any 3rd party supported apps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-14.06.44.webp)

Official or 3rd party apps installed via the Package Center

For testing purposes, all applications were intentionally installed on the "unverified" SSD volume, and no issues were detected at any time. Several of these applications will have their own dedicated section later on. Thanks to the CPU upgrade and the SSD RAID0 setup, the overall experience of working with the apps was smooth and free of any performance issues.

## 
  
  
## : Speed tests

The "plus" lineup has always been regarded as offering the best performance and features, irrespective of specific needs. Depending on the model, this lineup provides more bays, additional memory, and faster network connectivity, which is consistent with the DS925+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-09-at-08.48.44.png)

DS925+ by default will negotiate on 2.5GbE network speeds

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-09-at-08.45.20.png)

The local network latency as well as public one are as expected

As mentioned, this revised version of the popular 4-bay model features a faster CPU and dual 2.5GbE network capabilities, **enabling up to 5GbE transfer rates through SMB-multichannel support**. Each network port now offers up to 250MB/s transfer rates by default. While Synology is a few years late to this enhancement, it's nonetheless a welcome addition and represents a significant speed upgrade that will be beneficial on numerous occasions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-09-at-08.39.45.png)

iPerf 3 - testing the new 2.5GbE network adapters on the DS925+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/smb_ds925_single_2_5G.webp)

Example of a single 2.5GbE macOS SMB3 transfer against the DS925+

### :: SMB multichannel

For SMB multichannel, there are prerequisites concerning the client operating system. As of now, DSM does not support (client) SMB multichannel, making it impossible to use this method for faster transfers between two Synology NAS units. However, macOS and Windows OS (both desktop and server editions) function well with it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/smb_multichannel.webp)

SMB multichannel utilising both 2.5GbE network interfaces on the DS925+

During the **multichannel transfer test**, the maximum speed of 625MB/s was not fully utilized, with a **peak speed of 613MB/s** achieved on the RAID0 SSD volume. It is safe to say that the DS925+ performs admirably even without a 10GbE option, although these speeds are only attainable with SMB transfers. Nevertheless, using both LAN connections in parallel provides users with a dedicated 2.5GbE connection each, confirming the unit’s capability to deliver without any issues.

### :: File Station (local copy)

Occasionally, there may be a need to perform a local copy operation on the NAS itself, such as copying to an external disk. For example, the previously mentioned OWC Elite Mini enclosure with an older SSD inside copied approximately **52GB of data** (consisting of two large files) **in just under 9 minutes**, achieving an **average speed of about 100MB/s** (SSD RAID0 > external single SSD). This limitation was due to the drive inside, as the enclosure can support the **full USB 3.2 Gen 1** port speed that the DS925+ offers. Thus, theoretically, with an adequate drive, we can expect speeds up to 5Gbps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-14.11.27.webp)

Local file copy from the DS925 to an external SSD during a dual parallel Active Backup for Business backup over network

This test was performed during a dual parallel Active Backup for Business Windows 11 backup process. It is interesting that the CPU and RAM utilization remained very low and hovering between 1% and 7% 

### :: 2.5GbE SMB (NAS <> NAS)

In testing a pure non-multichannel SMB transfer for both read and write operations, Synology RS2423+ NAS was used with an HDD RAID6 configuration. The results for transferring both a single large file and a large number of small files are as follows:

> ## TEST1: 2.5G SMB copy 29GB single file

---

RS2423+ HDD RAID6 > DS925+ SSD RAID0 3min 165MB/s (avg)  
RS2423+ HDD RAID6 > DS925+ HDD RAID1 2min **247MB/s** (avg)

DS925+ SSD RAID0 > RS2423+ HDD RAID6 2min **247MB/s** (avg)  
DS925+ HDD RAID1 > RS2423+ HDD RAID6 3min 165MB/s (avg)

---

In the above testing, it was observed that the read and write operations were completed simultaneously. Interestingly, the maximum speed occurred during the write operation to the DS925+ HDD RAID1 array and during the read operation from its SSD RAID0\. Thus, the SSD array was not the fastest in both read and write scenarios, even with the same single large file.

> ## TEST 2: 2.5G SMB copy 20GB 2112 files

---

RS2423+ HDD RAID6 > DS925+ SSD 2,5min **137MB/s** (avg)  
RS2423+ HDD RAID6 > DS925+ HDD 3,0min 113MB/s (avg)

DS925+ SSD RAID0 > RS2423+ HDD RAID6 2,5min **137MB/s** (avg)  
DS925+ HDD RAID1 > RS2423+ HDD RAID6 3,0min 113MB/s (avg)

---

In the second test, the content consisted of a single folder filled with various files totaling approximately 20GB across 2112 files. This time, the results were the same regarding time and speed for both read and write operations. Notably, the SSD array consistently outperformed in both tests.

### :: Hyper Backup (NAS > NAS)

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-161.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hbvssrvsabbvscs-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

The most common reason for using a NAS is undoubtedly for backups, which includes backing up your NAS data. Using the Hyper Backup tool with the DS925+ as a client in this scenario, the average transfer speed for a single task involving a large file was between 40-60MB/s. This is Hyper Backup's default behavior, so even in a multi-gig network setup, the task will max out at approximately 60% of a 1GbE connection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-22.05.54.png)

Hyper Backup task for a single large file with no compression or transfer encryption

The task was **completed in exactly 10 minutes for a 29GB file**, resulting in an average **transfer speed of 50MB/s**. However, when repeating the test with the same exact file and hardware, but using a pure single-version rsync task with Hyper Backup, the results were significantly different.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-22.15.03.png)

Hyper Backup via rsync running much faster

This time around, the **whole backup was completed in 3,5 min** with an **avearage speed of 141MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-22.19.14.png)

Side-by-side comparison of the same Hyper Backup 29GB task using the default HB format vs a pure single version over rsync

To clarify, the same exact speeds occur even on much more expensive and faster setups, including models like ActiveProtect. The key takeaway is that regardless of the setup, the overall experience will largely depend on the software, hardware (disks and raid setups) as well as protocols utilized.

### :: Hyper Backup (NAS > external USB)

Continuing with the Hyper Backup (HB) tool, another common scenario for its use is backing up the NAS to an external USB drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-14.39.53.png)

For this test, the same external USB drive with an older SSD was used to set up a single file rsync task. Reaching the drive's limit within the external enclosure, we observed a speed of approximately 100MB/s, completing a 52GB backup task in 10 minutes.

Of note here is that this was done while the NAS was also running two Active Backup for Business tasks in parallel.

### :: Snapshot replication (NAS <> NAS)

Another popular tool for backup—and perhaps more accurately, business continuity—is Snapshot Replication. It offers active/passive data setups and read-only replicas, effectively combating the growing problem of ransomware. Additionally, it serves as an excellent benchmark tool.

[Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery toolsnapshot replication synology nas backup disaster recovery package center![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-160.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/snapshot-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-22.30.27.png)

Snapshot replication task running between two Synology NAS units

Simply put, compared to Hyper Backup, Snapshot Replication (SR) is significantly faster. This is because it operates on a completely different level, making data transfer seamless in a multi-gig setup. For example, **replicating a 71.5GB shared folder took exactly 5 minutes**, resulting in an **average transfer speed of 244MB/s**—nearly 80% of the speed of a single 2.5GbE connection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-22.43.02.png)

Snapshot replication over 2.5GbE connection on a remote 10G capable NAS

### :: Active Backup for Business

Last but not least is Active Backup for Business (ABB), undoubtedly one of Synology's premier platforms that competitors don't offer. Notably, ABB laid the groundwork for last year's introduction of a new lineup of devices called the Active Protect Appliance.

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-162.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp_apm_cover-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

For these reasons, and considering that a NAS is an ideal example of an endpoint backup device, let's explore how well it performs in various scenarios using the new DS925+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-12.53.07.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-12.53.25.webp)

Preparing the Active Backup folder along with creating a template to be used

Without delving too deeply into the workings of Active Backup for Business (ABB) (as there are numerous articles on this site covering that topic), the test here was conducted slightly differently than usual. To evaluate both the HAT3300 drives (with the backup performed against the RAID1 HDD array) and the platform itself, **both backup tasks were initiated simultaneously**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-13.48.41.webp)

Windows 11 machines added to the Active Backup for Business platform

Both machines were identical in specifications, operating over a 10GbE network interface each. They ran **Windows 11 OS**, equipped with **4 virtual CPUs (vCPUs) and 8GB of RAM**, with approximately **60-70GB of used space** on a 100GB partition.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-15.07.23.webp)

ABB task took a while to complete the initial backup while running in parallel

Overall, **it took 1 hour and 17 minutes to complete both tasks**, with the first backup finishing in 1 hour and 5 minutes. The reason for the 'slow' backup of both machines was due to them running in parallel. Since ABB was performing the initial backup of both machines on an HDD array (HAT3300), the **deduplication process was active throughout the entire backup process**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-13.52.15.webp)

One of the two tasks having clear lead even though both started at the same time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-14.11.27-2.webp)

Second tasks started to pickup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-15.18.43.png)

Deduplication and compression saved 64% of storage space within those two tasks

In the end, **ABB saved around 64% or nearly 82GB of total space through deduplication and compression**, given that the machines were nearly identical except for 8-10GB of data differences. Could this have been completed faster? Simply put, yes. 

The same size reduction would occur if we completed one machine before starting the second task. This approach would save additional time, avoiding the nearly 1 hour and 20 minutes for both tasks to finish.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-13.51.05.webp)

Single Active Backup task in progress. Clearly the client and NAS can both perform faster than 1GbE

Nonetheless, this demonstrates that the DS925+ performs very well in similar situations, with **CPU utilization not exceeding 8% during the entire process**, and typically completing a single backup of these machines in 15 minutes.

### 
  
  
### :: Synology Photos

When considering common reasons for owning a NAS, photo, and video management, alongside backup, ranks high on many people's lists. As mobile devices with larger capacities are released each year, their increasingly capable camera systems lead to significant capacity utilization. Consequently, backing up this content can quickly become problematic, especially when using cloud solutions. Due to rising costs, users are once again favoring on-premise solutions, particularly for backup purposes.

Synology decided to capitalize on this trend with the rollout of DSM 7 and a revamped photo suite called **Synology Photos**, which merges the Synology Moments and Photo Station packages.

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-137.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/photos-1.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

Since its launch, this platform has received numerous updates and new features, making it an opportune time to review it with new models to assess how it performs under substantial data loads.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-14.58.28.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-14.58.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-14.58.55.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-14.59.18.png)

Synology Photos supports face and object detection as well as stacking similar items

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-19-at-14.59.58.png)

These settings can be turned on or off as required

The DS925+ is an excellent device for media storage, backup, and processing. Thanks to its upgraded CPU and specific SSD configuration, it handles content uploads very rapidly, and background processes like face and object detection do not significantly impact performance.

Occasionally, depending on the image, the system may inaccurately detect objects—resulting in, for example, hard drives being categorized under the car section, or a staircase being identified as an animal. Such inaccuracies are simply part of the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-13.01.16.png)

The staircase as part of the Devil's Pass somehow got detected as an "animal"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-13.02.26.png)

Same with hard drives and cars. Sure those are "parked" but come on!

Additionally, following a fresh upload, it may take some time for all content to be accurately detected and indexed. Consequently, while playback will typically function smoothly, certain videos and images may initially lack thumbnails, even if they were captured using the same camera.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-13.08.25.png)

Missing thumbnails on certain images and videos upon upload is normal and will be created after a certain amount of time

The point is that this particular model is more than capable of handling any amount of video and photo content from any number of both local or remote users including mobile backup functionality.

## 
  
  
## : Virtualization and containerization

As with other AMD-driven models, the **DS925+ may not be the ideal choice for virtualization**. The primary challenge is that, unless augmented with more than the stock RAM and an SSD array, the CPU is still a bottleneck. While it's a quad-core processor, using just two of those cores for a single **VM can significantly impact the NAS's overall performance**.

To put it bluntly, for virtualization needs, it's advisable to use the NAS primarily for storage and allocate the computing tasks to a more specialized device like a mini-PC. Most modern mini-PCs are more capable and cheaper than the DS925+ for this purpose.

When comparing the DS925+ to its predecessor, the DS923+, there hasn't been much change in the end-user experience. Although there are slight improvements in CPU specifications, there is still no significant advantage for permanent virtualization on the NAS itself.

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-169.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds923review-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/#vm)

DS923+ predecessor and VM operations

A basic installation of Windows 11 (version 23H2) took approximately 8.5 minutes to reach the network configuration stage, followed by another hour to reach the first desktop. This hour included the update to version 24H2 as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-20.36.33.webp)

DS925+ performance under a single Windows 11 machine with 2-core and 2GB of RAM of usage

With 2 cores and 2GB of RAM, the DS925+ is significantly taxed without any other major operations in progress. So, can it be used to run VMs? Yes, it can. However, should it be used for this purpose long-term? Probably not.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-20.36.52.webp)

Overall performance as well as network speed of a Windows 11 VM running under VMM (DS925+)

This particular VM was running on RAID0 SSDs, and the CrystalMark disk speed results are as follows. The read and write speeds align with expectations for a RAID0 array, as the speed of individual drives is combined. The SAT5200 series specifications clearly state 500MB/s speeds, so the performance is right on target.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-20.53.23.png)

DS925+ CrystalMark disk test for a Windows 11 VM machine (2vCPU, 2GB RAM, RAID0 SSD)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-21.00.07.webp)

Network copy via 2.5GbE (single large file 43GB)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-25-at-21.03.40.webp)

43GB file took 4 min to copy (NAS RAID6 > VM RAID0 SSD)

The same holds true for LAN transfers of large files, where even under virtualization, the 2.5GbE connection performed reasonably well, maintaining speeds around 200MB/s. **Expecting more than basic operations such as browsing or office tasks would be pushing it**, as the sluggish desktop experience is quite apparent. Running the VM on an NVMe volume wouldn't improve this, since the disk is not the bottleneck.

With a more powerful Ryzen processor, a snappier experience could be expected. However, in this setup, it is best suited for 'core' VMs or VMs without a desktop environment. Anything beyond this will experience a significant performance impact, particularly at 2.5GbE speeds, as evident during a simple file transfer (image above).

While pure virtualization may not be the primary reason to acquire this NAS, **containerization, on the other hand, aligns perfectly with its capabilities**. Like all "+" models, the DS925+ supports Docker (or Container Manager, as Synology calls it), providing a means to run various commercial or open-source solutions. Microservices are exceedingly popular, perhaps even more so than VMs, making it excellent to see Synology offering the Docker platform since its introduction in 2015.

[How to run Synology DSM via Docker?Run an official Synology DSM OS as a Docker container on any compatible host.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-171.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ddsm.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/how-to-run-synology-dsm-via-docker/)

You can even run DSM inside Docker using official Synology virtual DSM installation

Containers tend to be memory-intensive, but this isn't an issue for the DS925+, as its memory can be easily expanded up to 32GB. It is recommended to leverage the NAS for container solutions and microservices as much as possible and avoid running VMs altogether. **One scenario where running VMs might make sense is with VirtualDSM (VDSM)**.

[vDSM - DSM Multi-tenant solutionHow to run and configure VDSM (virtual Disk Station Manager) by Synology. Turn your NAS into a multi-tenant solution. When and why you would use VDSM? Check it out.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-170.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/DSM7_vdsm.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/)

Another way to run another DSM instance is using VMM 

Running a separate DSM instance on the same NAS as a completely isolated sandbox is highly beneficial. It can be useful for testing purposes, running older Synology packages, and more. Such an instance requires a minimum of 1GB of RAM and exerts minimal CPU impact. Operating it is non-intrusive on resources, while the benefits are numerous.

## 
  
  
## : Plex

Speaking of solutions that can run inside a container or be installed directly through DSM's Package Center, one noteworthy option is Plex. This media manager, which has been around for over 15 years, is one of the few third-party solutions officially supported by Synology. Plex is extremely popular due to its extensive capabilities, numerous implementation options, and broad support for client platforms.

Interestingly, with the introduction of DSM 7.2.2, Synology recently discontinued their own Video Station, a move not warmly received by all Synology customers. However, Synology continues to support Plex on their NAS devices wholeheartedly. They have further extended this support to their newly launched BeeStation Plus model. Thanks to its Intel Celeron J4125 CPU and QuickSync feature, this single-bay device can function as a very capable Plex server.

[Synology BeeStation Plus overview#Synology #BeeStationPlus is coming soon! This upgraded SOHO model now features #PLEX support, a better CPU, 4x more RAM, and double the storage space!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-172.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_overview-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-overview/)

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-173.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

BSM 1.3 brings PLEX support for the new BeeStation Plus 8TB model that just came out

Unlike the BeeStation and other Intel-equipped Synology NAS models, the DS925+ may not be the best choice if media streaming is your top priority. While it can support Plex as a platform, anything beyond direct play of media will quickly become problematic. Anyone familiar with the term 'transcoding' will understand the implications. 

In other words, unless you can rely on the Plex client device to handle 100% of the audio/video decoding during playback, expect a challenging viewing experience. If the NAS is required to perform any transcoding (be it video, audio, or subtitles), the CPU could be heavily taxed, potentially exceeding 90% utilization.

To clarify, the more complex the transcoding task, the higher the CPU usage. Since the AMD Ryzen CPU inside this NAS lacks the GPU capabilities that Plex can utilize to offload such operations, the CPU attempts to manage those tasks 'the hard way,' which is unlikely to end well. 

Some light transcoding is possible, but don't expect smooth 720p remote playback from a 4K remux copy—that would be too demanding for this CPU.

To substantiate these points, we can examine how well the DS925+ performs in various scenarios with different clients and video formats.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-26-at-00.06.36.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-26-at-00.09.54.webp)

1080p multiple examples. Left hand side running smooth with both direct playing with no transcoding interaction from the NAS. On the right side we can see one stream already taxing the CPU over 90% with a single 720p transcoded stream

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-26-at-00.13.45.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-26-at-00.16.59.webp)

4K playback has the same direct play experience as with 1080p (left), but only a single transcoding attempt to 1080p will put the NAS in a buffering state every few seconds

The examples above illustrate common scenarios of local or remote streaming. In the images on the left side, both 1080p and 2160p local 'direct play' scenarios demonstrate minimal CPU utilization. During multiple simultaneous playbacks, the NAS doesn't perform any major CPU-intensive operations, as the Plex clients handle most of the processing.

However, the images on the right tell a different story. When a **single 1080p stream is requested to stream at a lower quality (720p)**, it enters a transcoding state, causing CPU utilization to exceed 90%. **Notably, both streams continued smoothly without buffering or playback stuttering**, but expecting the NAS to handle additional tasks at that moment would be unrealistic. It’s also important to note that the Windows 11 VM was turned off during these tests.

**The situation worsens with 4K transcoding**. As seen in the bottom right image, only a single stream persisted, yet CPU utilization was maxed out, leading to **buffering every few seconds**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-26-at-00.14.25.png)

The second stream failed to withstand the transcoding request entirely, resulting in a playback error, as depicted in the image above.

This again demonstrates that AMD-powered models are not the best choice for transcoding streaming, particularly with Plex. To be clear, any platform—not just Plex—will face challenges when transcoding is involved.

In conclusion, the **DS925+ can undoubtedly serve as a media storage device** and even function as a media server. However, for the best possible streaming experience, it's essential to customize your media to be compatible with Plex clients and meet bandwidth requirements.

If you're seeking a Synology NAS as an all-in-one device for storage, media playback, and transcoding, **the upcoming DS425+ or DS225+ models might be better suited**. These models feature Intel-based CPUs capable of QuickSync, which Plex can utilize for transcoding. Keep in mind that transcoding is a Plex Pass feature, so some additional expense should be expected.

[Synology DS425+ overviewThe #Synology DS425+ delivers powerful functionality in a compact 4-bay, design. 2.5GbE networking provides excellent network speeds out of the box.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-174.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds425_overview-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds425-overview/)

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-175.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds224plus-1-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

The same applies to the older DS224+ two-bay model, which has been on the market for nearly two years. If 2.5GbE networking isn't a priority for you, as offered by the new x25 models, the DS224+ could be a suitable alternative. The CPUs in these models are identical, so the main difference lies in network speed.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

As with any "plus" model, the DS925+ comes with a **standard 3-year warranty** that can be **extended to up to 5 years** in total using the [Synology Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/) program (where available).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-09-at-08.27.57.png)

DS925+ EWP price (May 2025; Croatia)

I highly recommend this option if available, as it also unlocks the **advanced RMA** feature, which can be invaluable in the future. This feature proved beneficial during my second year of owning the RS2423+, with the entire process being seamless and highly professional.

[Synology Extended Warranty Plus & Advanced RMAIs investing in the extended warranty plus service by Synology a good idea?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-135.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_rma-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus-advanced-rma/)

Article on the topic of Synology's Advanced RMA experience

When considering the price of nearly €95 for two additional years of support, some might argue that it's a significant expense for something you might never need. However, **at approximately €4 per month**, having the peace of mind that comes with full Synology support readily available seems well worth it to me.

With an extended warranty being an option, the DS925+ still has a lot to offer for its price point.

The CPU upgrade and dual 2.5GbE ports are the most notable changes compared to the previous model, offset by the loss of a 10G option. These upgrades offer **ample power for typical NAS tasks such as file sharing, video and photo hosting, backups, Docker, media hosting**, and more. 

While the **DS925+ is capable of running VMs, it’s advisable to minimize or avoid this if possible, along with advanced media transcoding**. In general, the DS925+ is not a significant leap forward from the DS923+, but it does hold advantages in certain scenarios. **For those seeking a fast and capable SMB NAS, the DS925+ with its combined 5GbE throughput and SMB multichannel could be a suitable choice**.

Other productivity apps like Drive, Office, and Chat will operate seamlessly on this model, likely without users noticing any impact on resource utilization during other tasks. Despite its 2.5GbE speeds, backup performance will still depend on the application used and client-side speed, so it's crucial to manage expectations.

Ultimately, the DS925+ may not be groundbreaking, but if you’re in the market for a compact, quiet NAS with the ability to expand to nine drives, it’s worth considering. With a mature OS like DSM, combined with its extensive package offerings, **it represents a solid investment for creators, teams, or small businesses**.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology PAS7700 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-23T18:16:31.000Z
While many new Synology products were announced, refreshed, and showcased at this year's Computex expo, the highlight of this 3-day event is undoubtedly Synology's latest and greatest storage system, the **PAS7700**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR02.webp)

An impressive current line up of Synology products

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR.webp)

The new crown jewel, PAS7700 massive active-active all NVMe storage solution

> ## "PAS7700 is the culmination of Synology’s 25 years of engineering experience in data management and storage. By combining our deep software and hardware development expertise with close collaboration with partners and enterprise customers, we’ve engineered PAS7700 to deliver ultra-high performance at a price point previously unseen in the enterprise storage market."

Positioned at the top of Synology's portfolio, the PAS series is a mission-critical lineup intended for intesive workloads. The current PAS7700 model has some impressive hardware specifications to support those.

Designed as an active-active 4U appliance, the PAS7700 consists of **two separate 2U controllers**, each featuring an **AMD EPYC 7443P 24-core CPU** running at **2.85GHz** with a maximum **boost of up to 4GHz**. The controllers start with **64GB of DDR4 ECC** RDIMM memory, **scalable up to 1TB each**. In terms of storage, the PAS7700 can accommodate **up to 48 U.2/U.3 NVMe SSDs**, and with an additional s**even expansion units, a total of 216 drives**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR03.webp)

The network capabilities of the PAS7700 are equally impressive. It features a built-in **dual 10GbE interface and a 1GbE management port**, and supporting a range of PCIe expansion options. With a **single PCIe x16 Gen4** and **dual PCIe x8 Gen4 slots**, the setup can support a total of up to **four 100GbE, twelve 25GbE, and 16 GFC network options**.

Specifically this means that **each controller** will support up to **two 100GbE** and **six 25GbE** ports (QSFP28), as well as **six 16GFC** (FC SFP+).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR06.webp)

Alongside the main unit, Synology introduced the **PAX224 expansion** unit. This dedicated **2U rackmount** expansion **features 24 bays**, compatible with U.2/U.3 NVMe SSDs, and connects via **dual mini-SAS HD**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR05.webp)

Synology SPU7200D - a U.3 NVMe SSD coming out in 7680GB version specifically for use in the new PAS7700

Synology also unveiled a **new U.3 NVMe SSD**, designed specifically for use with the PAS7700 unit. The new **SPU7200D series** is a dual-port SSD offering up to **140,000 4K write IOPS**, with the first model available in a **7680GB** version. 

Consequently, with a full complement of 216 drives, the **PAS7700 provides 1.65 petabytes of raw storage**, which, with an **estimated 5:1 data reduction**, can achieve an **effective capacity of up to 8.25 petabytes**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR13.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR14.webp)

Up to 216 drives for a massive 1.65 petabytes of raw storage

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR07.webp)

The PAS7700 system is designed for both **file and block storage operations**, supporting all known protocols, including both NVMe-FC and NVMe-oF, to fully leverage its all-NVMe architecture.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR08.webp)

The primary goal of the PAS7700 system is to provide businesses with a **non-disruptive environment**, spanning from hardware to networking and protocols. It emphasizes multi-layered data security, starting from the ground up, including **hardware encryption**, **MFA**, **volume encryption**, **immutability**, and **monitoring** services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR09.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR10.webp)

Setup of this scale has some massive performance along with it. The PAS7700 offers up to 2Mil IOPS of 4K random read and 30GB/s 64KB sequential read. To put this in perspective, it can perform a boot up of up to 1000 VDI machines in 1 minute time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR11.webp)

Effectively challenging some of the top brands in the industry, the Synology PAS7700 is poised to be a worthy competitor, especially if its pricing will be competitive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR12.webp)

While the performance of this new lineup is impressive, **Synology is also focusing on storage efficiency**. The previously mentioned 8.25 petabytes of storage is **achievable through smart tiering**, as well as **both inline and offline deduplication**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR16.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR15.webp)

### What will drive this new PAS lineup? Well PAM of course!

For all this hardware to be usable in the best possible way, and to be able to deliver said speeds Synology has appliend a custom "operating system" called **Parallel Active Manager** or **PAM**.

This is nothing new, as Synology is no stranger in building custom OS for a specific platform. Just last year they released the ActiveProtect Manager to handle their DataProtection lineup. Also, we have SRM driving their routers, and of course, DSM for the entier lineup of small and large NAS devices.

PAM supports multipathing with Fibre Channel, and with the **new Continuous Availability Manager**, it supports server-side storage path failover for iSCSI LUNs and IP services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas_series_05.webp)

PAM will support popular Synology apps that we know from DSM including some new ones

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR18.webp)

The new Continuous Availability Manager part of the new Parallel Active Manager

For this system, customers can expect availability of popular packages like Snapshot Replication, File Station, and Storage Manager. Additional offerings such as Hyper Backup and productivity apps like Drive, Calendar, and MailPlus will follow in 2026.

The system ensures **ultra-high availability** by combining active-active architectures with flexible storage path failover, guaranteeing absolute service availability. It is **performance-tuned** with optimized storage and network layers, offering **ultra-low latency and maximum throughput** for primary storage workloads. **Live updates for software and firmware** are applied without system downtime, ensuring continuous service availability. 

It also **features advanced data reduction and integrity**, utilizing inline and post-process deduplication with compression to minimize data footprints, and employs next-generation Btrfs for data accuracy. Furthermore, it supports **advanced RAID, including RAID-TP** and a wide range of RAID configurations, to deliver maximum versatility and data availability.

### Zero downtime policy

Another benefit of the new PAS7700 system is its **zero-downtime policy**. This design ensures that block, file, and application service availability are maintained during software, firmware, or OS updates. **Updates are performed one controller at a time**, with **workloads seamlessly transitioning from one controller to the other** during the update process. The same policy applies to drive firmware and application updates.

### Rollout

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/PAS7700_PR17.webp)

The PAS7700 is scheduled for release in the second half of 2025, with a smaller model, the PAS3600, set to roll out in Q1 of 2026\. As previously mentioned, we can anticipate updates to the PAM system over the coming year, with additional features being introduced over time.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology C2 Surveillance announcement
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-announcement/
Last updated: 2025-05-23T08:52:39.000Z
At this week's Computex 2025 expo, Synology showcased an array of new hardware, including both updated existing models and entirely new ones. From Tier 1 active-active enterprise-grade systems to the latest X25 DS NAS models, Synology also highlighted its cloud products and services.

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-164.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

This years Computex expo has a lot to offer

Over the past two years, the company has begun developing and releasing its proprietary surveillance cameras while also rebranding its existing surveillance web services, such as C2 Backup for Surveillance.

[Synology C2 Backup for SurveillanceSynology C2 Surveillance becomes C2 Backup for Surveillance. An easy and secure way to backup surveillance footage to the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-163.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2backup_surveillance-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-surveillance/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/C2_Surveillance_PR_2.png)

The new Surveillance eco-system

The rationale for this was outlined last year with the announcement of the **new C2 Surveillance platform**. Later this year, Synology plans to roll out these services to the masses, starting with today's official announcement.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/C2_Surveillance.webp)

C2 Surveillance presented at Computex 2025

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas16.webp)

Array of branded Synology cameras

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-165.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-166.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

> ## "Our goal has always been to build a comprehensive surveillance ecosystem that enables seamless integration and management for our customers. With the addition of C2 Surveillance, customers now have the flexibility to deploy their surveillance solutions entirely on-premises or in the cloud, depending on their unique requirements"

C2 Surveillance is a new VSaaS (Video Surveillance as a Service) platform crafted to offer a **pure cloud monitoring solution** with **multi-site scalability**. It requires **no device licenses** and accommodates an **unlimited number of Synology cameras**. The platform centers on key elements like **effortless setup**, **continuity-first architecture**, and **scalability**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas02.webp)

## End-to-End Surveillance Ecosystem

Synology has been a player in the surveillance market for decades. However, with its new "business" approach, it's evident that as advancements are made in its storage lineup, similar progress is also necessary in surveillance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas01.webp)

The new platform is designed to enhance three key areas: **setup**, **continuity**, and **scalability**. With a simple plug-and-play approach, everything can be up and running in minutes. According to Synology, the c**omplete initial setup takes just 3 minutes**. Like the on-prem Surveillance Station, the C2 Surveillance platform offers a straightforward, **unified management interface** for monitoring, user and camera management, site configuration, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas03.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas05.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas06.webp)

With cloud-based systems, concerns about network disruptions and continuous recording often arise. In response, Synology introduced its cameras over the past two years and supports third-party models with its Surveillance Station platform. The company also announced upcoming branded microSD cards, ensuring safe on-device recording in case of local or remote network communication failures.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/synology_sd_card.webp)

Along with their cameras, Synology is also rolling out branded microSD cards for offline recording feature

Synology cameras support **local SD card recording**, which is advantageous in similar situations. Additionally, the C2 Surveillance platform includes a **failover offline mode** that allows for local monitoring during network interruptions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas07.webp)

To support organizations operating across multiple locations, C2 Surveillance utilizes cloud infrastructure for centralized management of cameras across sites. Seamless **integration with Windows Active Directory** enables centralized identity and access management. Role-based access control allows administrators to easily delegate specific permissions across teams or locations.

Additionally, C2 Surveillance supports a **low bandwidth mode** to **reduce bandwidth consumption by up to 50%**, with minimal impact on video quality, making it ideal for environments with bandwidth constraints.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/C2_Surveillance_PR_1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas08.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas10.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas09.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas11.webp)

Synology is strongly positioning the C2 Surveillance platform as one of its main C2 cloud services. Built on the decade-old C2 platform, the new Surveillance service offers customers a fast, smart, and scalable full-cloud solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas12.webp)

The pricing details are still unknown, except for compatible Synology cameras. Synology aims to position itself competitively in the market with this new service, offering cloud backup licenses as an optional add-on. This means that the cost of C2 Surveillance will depend on the number of cameras and sites required.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas13.webp)

### Synology Surveillance future?

With two robust surveillance solutions—Synology's DSM OS-powered on-prem **Surveillance Station** and the upcoming C2 Surveillance platform—what does the future hold for Synology surveillance? 

Although not detailed extensively during the Computex expo, more hardware in this department is anticipated. Specifically, new network switches, including both PoE and non-PoE models, and the **new rack-based DVA model**, the **DVA7400**, are expected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas18.webp)

The upcoming DVA7400 rack-based NVR model coming soon

This new model is a **16-bay rack-based AMD system** equipped with a **dedicated GPU**, capable of supporting **up to 100 camera streams and 40 simultaneous AI video analysis tasks**, such as motion detection, facial recognition, and people counting.

The DVA7400 will feature multiple LAN connections, including **dual 10GbE ports** for video and data manipulation and a **single 1GbE port for local and remote management**. Its dedicated GPU boasts an AI CPU capable of over **190 TFLOPS, supported by 16GB of VRAM**.

Regarding camera licensing, like other DVA and NAS devices, the **DVA7400 will have a limited number of included licenses for third-party cameras**, with **no such restrictions on Synology-branded models**. Disk compatibility for this model has not been finalized, but with the new 2025 disk policy, we may see future surveillance-optimized drives, or Synology might permit the use of both their own drives and third-party surveillance-optimized drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas14.webp)

Synology surveillance setup across on-prem and cloud platforms

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas17.webp)

Surveillance platform features comparison

With all of this, we can also expect, as it was announced, that the future model might include a hybrid version of the surveillance platform as well bringing the best of both worlds together.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas15.webp)

Future Synology surveillance lineup

Overall, Synology's new hardware, software, and surveillance service lineup clearly indicates its commitment to investing in and developing solutions for both small and large-scale surveillance needs.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DP7200 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7200-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-21T08:44:18.000Z
During Computex 2024, Synology showcased its new backup appliance, ActiveProtect, for the first time. By the end of that year and into the first half of 2025, the company released a total of three models.

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-156.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-9.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Full review of the 12-bay DP7400 backup appliance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/dp7400_annoucement.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/dp320_annoucement.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/dp340_annoucement.jpg)

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-157.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-8.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

Along the rack-based models, Synology also offers desktop versions of the DP series in a two and four-bay format. This is the DP320 2-bay version review

At Computex 2025, Synology, alongside other refreshed and new products, introduced the upcoming **second rack-based ActiveProtect model**, the **DP7200**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/dp7200_side.webp)

DP7200 is another 12-bay rack backup appliance coming from the ActiveProtect Appliance lineup

With no visible changes externally, the DP7200 uses the same enclosure as the DP7400\. The primary differences are in price and specifications, with the **DP7200 offering more conservative capabilities**.

> ## Cyber-resilient Data Protection Solution for Data Centers

Synology will once again employ an **AMD CPU**, likely from the **V1000 series** rather than the EPYC, while the rest of the configuration is expected to remain nearly identical to that of the DP7400.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/dp7200_front.webp)

DP7200 looks identical as the DP7400 apart from the front name sticker

This means the unit **will feature 12 bays**, prepopulated (assembly required) with a **pair of SAT5200 SSDs for caching** and **ten HAT5300 drives in a RAID6** configuration, with one serving as a hot spare. Given the **advertised maximum capacity of 84TB** and the **recommended 56TB of usable space**, it can be deduced that the drives are 12TB versions, as opposed to the 20TB standard with the DP7400.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-21-at-10.04.17.png)

HAT5300 - 12TB version are used with the DP7200

For a quick comparison, the **HAT5300-12T disk models** are also 7200 RPM SATA drives, like the HAT5310-20T in the DP7400, and come with a **5-year Synology warranty**. The differences lie in a **slightly slower data transfer** speed (254 MB/s vs. 281 MB/s) and **lower power consumption** (approximately 4.25W vs. 4.38W for the HAT5310).

> ## To prevent ransomware attacks, the DP7200 protects data backups and backup copies with immutability and write-once-read-many (WORM) storage to ensure that no one can modify data that has been backed up during the specified retention period

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/image-7.png)

DP7200 back side, again has an identical port layout as DP7400

The 2U model will **support up to 2500 servers in its APM cluster**, offering single-point dashboard control through the new **ActiveProtect Manager OS**.

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-158.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-8.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

ActiveProtect Manager OS, the heart of the new ActiveProtect Appliance lineup

The unit is similar in many respects to the more powerful model, particularly when looking at the port setup on the back. The **DP7200 features a dual 10GbE** network interface and an **additional 1GbE management port**. It also includes **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports**, one COM port, and **a PCI slot for further upgrades such as 10 or 25GbE network cards**. Like the DP7400, the DP7200 is backed by a 5-year warranty, which also covers the drives. 

The price point remains unknown, but since the unit is 90% identical in specification to the DP7400 and can back up 40% less data, the price might also be 40% lower. Given that the DP7400 costs €39,000, this would be a considerable discount for smaller businesses seeking a turnkey backup appliance that can manage smaller DP and Synology NAS devices. 

However, this is speculative; the **actual price will be determined by Synology or an official reseller**. ActiveProtect models are not available through usual retail channels, so the final price will vary by project.

With the DP7200 joining the ActiveProtect Appliance lineup, the total number of devices rises to four, offering a balanced selection of desktop and rack-based models for smaller and larger businesses based on their backup needs.

More detailed information will be posted in a separate article or a review should this model arrive for testing this year.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology FS200T overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-fs200t-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-21T06:48:29.000Z
At the opening day of the 2025 Computex Expo, which began today, Synology unveiled a lineup of upcoming new devices, models from existing series, and some brand-new products.

[Synology at Computex 2025The 2025 Computex is soon here and #Synology will be there to present new hardware, software, and services.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-143.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/computex2025.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/)

Although most of the SOHO, prosumer, and mid-range models are familiar, we also had the chance to see another announced model that received a certain 'promotion' this year, if we can call it that.

In addition to the popular two, four, five, and eight-bay devices, Synology has also refreshed and rebranded the smallest member of their DS lineup, the DS620slim.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/fs200t_side.webp)

Successor of the DS620slim, here is FS200T, the smallest member of the FlashStation lineup

Named the **FS200T**, this 2.5" **6-bay device** has advanced in the world of Synology, transitioning from a desktop DS series to the distinguished **FlashStation lineup**. Indeed, the smallest member of the entire portfolio is here to stay, now with a new name, category, and several upgrades.

> ## All-flash design for quiet operations at home or in compact workspaces

While the FS-series presently only has four rack-based models, the FS200T is about to change this.

### : Specifications

Apart from its new name, the FS200T received several upgrades compared to its predecessor. While it still **features an Intel Celeron CPU** instead of an AMD Ryzen, Synology has upgraded from the J3355 to the popular **J4125 quad-core** CPU. The addition of two extra cores is a welcomed enhancement, and additionally, the RAM has been upgraded from DDR3 to DDR4, starting with double the amount, at 4GB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/fs200t_front.webp)

The new FS200T all-flash desktop version of a NAS that is highly portable if needed

The FS200T maintains its compact size with a **depth of under 18cm**, identical in external appearance to the DS620slim model. It **continues to support only 2.5" drives**, but it's important to note that the new 2025 disk policy applies here as well. As a result, due to its new name and disk policy, the FS200T is compatible only with Synology's officially supported drives. For now, these are the SAT5200 series enterprise drives, with the list expected to expand to include more third-party vendors over time.

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-149.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

The device allows for hot-swapping of drives in all six bays. Although this model is designed to be super silent and cool, the minimal noise (around 20dB) will come only from the single 80mm vent at the back.

Regarding the back of the unit, the FS200T retains the exact port setup: **dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 and LAN ports**. There is one notable upgrade though: like all other X25 models, the **FS200T now features a 2.5GbE port** alongside the standard 1GbE port, similar to the configuration on the DS425+ and the DS725+.

[Synology DS425+ overviewThe #Synology DS425+ delivers powerful functionality in a compact 4-bay, design. 2.5GbE networking provides excellent network speeds out of the box.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-147.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds425_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds425-overview/)

[Synology DS725+ overviewAnother #Synology X25 model is here! The DS725+ is a 2-bay NAS solution that adapts to growing storage demands, now featuring 2.5GbE network support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-148.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds725_overview-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/fs200t_back.webp)

The FS200T got a few upgrades including a 2.5GbE network connectivity

> ## Miniature all-flash storage for enthusiasts

Thanks to its compact size, the FS200T is an **ideal desktop solution or even a portable device**. With an all-flash setup, it eliminates concerns about data damage during transport and can even be used on the go, such as in a mobile home.

Its **low heat**, **minimal** **noise**, **compact** **form**, **enhanced** **performance**, and **improved** **network** **connectivity** make this little NAS a prime choice for home users, small office content creators, and other enthusiasts.

The price point of this new model could be a challenge due to its disk compatibility. It supports only the Synology SAT5200 models, and depending on the number and capacity of the drives, the total setup cost might deter some users until more drives become officially available.

The price range for these drives spans from €160 for the 480GB version to €1900 for the 7TB version. For optimal use, **it might be advisable to employ this model as a NAS for on-device editing with smaller disks**, while using a larger model with 3.5" drives for backup and archiving.

In any case, the new FS200T will be available in the second half of 2025\. We'll strive to obtain one for testing, but considering its CPU, RAM, and network upgrades, it's comparable to existing or upcoming models. For instance, the DS224+, DS225+, and DS425+ all feature the same CPU, RAM, and/or 2.5GbE network. If you're considering a compact NAS and are unsure about its performance, reviewing these alternatives can provide you with a solid understanding.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-146.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds224plus-1-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

Naturally, it's important to consider the all-flash setup. Therefore, be sure to check out reviews of similar models like the DS723+ or DS923+, which were tested with full-flash configurations and 10G network connectivity.

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-144.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds723review-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-154.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds923review-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

The FS200T will deliver excellent performance, and with a **maximum network speed of up to 250MB/s**, it provides ample power to support users in a **wide range of creative and collaborative tasks**.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS2825RP+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2825rp-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-20T14:04:08.000Z
The DS1825+ serves as a successor to the DS1821+ introduced four years prior, and similarly, the new RS2825RP+ follows the RS2821RP+. Part of the H1 2025 refresh, the **16-bay RS2825RP+** (with "RP" indicating redundant power) is the first rack-mounted 3U model to join the existing X25 lineup.

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-125.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

Overview article of the new 8-bay DS1825+

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-126.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

Overview article of the new 5-bay DS1825+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/RS2825RP-_45_side.webp)

The RS2825RP+ new 16-bay rack model

> ## The RS2825RP+ (redundant power) is a versatile and cost-effective 3U 16-bay storage system for central data storage and sharing, endpoint and server backup, surveillance management, and other business applications

With more than half a dozen new X25 models releasing by mid-June, this is the sole RS model among them. Synology opted to update one of their more affordable 16-bay models, last refreshed in 2021\. The second model is another 16-bay RS, offering the option to attach two 12-bay expansions, accommodating a total of 40 drives, the RS4021xs+.

### : Specifications

With most of their RS lineup featuring up to 12 bays and a height of 2U, the RS2825RP+ stands as an exception. It is generally regarded as a robust unit, offering ample power and abundant storage space.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/RS2825RP-_front.webp)

The RS2825RP+ front side

Similar to other X25 models so far, the RS2825RP+ has not undergone significant changes compared to its predecessor. The model appears identical externally, and its internal specifications offer little novelty. 

Synology upgraded the CPU to an **AMD Ryzen V1780B** (from the V1500B in the 2021 model), running at 3.35 GHz base and 3.6 GHz turbo. Additionally, **the RAM has been doubled to 8GB of DDR4 ECC** as standard, with a maximum capacity of 32 GB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/RS2825RP-_back.webp)

The RS2825RP+ back side

At the back of the unit, the redundant power supplies remain on the left-hand side, characteristic of the RP+ model, alongside a few port changes. Compared to its predecessor, the RS2825RP+ now features only **two 1GbE ports**, reduced from four, but **includes a copper-based 10GbE network adapter** by default.

This upgrade mirrors the enhancement made with the RS2423+ two years ago, eliminating the need to upgrade using the **single Gen3 x8 (x4 link) PCIe slot**.

The **number and generation of USB ports remain unchanged**, with both being **USB-A 3.2 Gen 1**. Additionally, the **single expansion port** on the back is now compatible with the **new RX1225RP 12-bay expansion**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/rx1225rp.webp)

The new RX1225RP 12-bay power-redundant expansion unit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/rx1225rp_back.webp)

RX12125RP back side

> ## Designed for small businesses and remote office deployments, this system features up to 560 TB of raw storage, providing ample throughput and storage capacity to power business workloads.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/synology_rs2825_specs.webp)

The RS2825RP+ specification overview

Similar to the DS1825+, this model also offers additional 10GbE or 25GbE upgrade options via compatible PCI cards, along with M.2 SSDs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/E25G30-F2.webp)

Synology E25G30-F2 low-profile dual 10/25GbE SFP28 add-on card

This unit also falls under the new 2025 **strict disk compatibility policy**, so be sure to check the compatibility list for both the RS and RX devices.

## : Synology and 3rd party drive support

Based on the official information that was announced on April 16th, the following changes are in effect.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”  
> **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.**  
> There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from the existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they have passed the certification. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_disk_lineup.webp)

For the RS2825RP+, Synology supports all 3.5", 2.5", and several NVMe drives. Additionally, due to recent policy changes, drives migrated from an earlier model will also function, although they may operate with limited features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-19.png)

Another note to point out is that this new policy is affecting the **HDD** lineup of drives, not SSDs. **Meaning that while 3rd party SSDs will be unverified they will** **still be usable**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-28-at-12.33.51.png)

The up-to-date 2025 policy is also explained in more detail in the Synology KB article on the following link.

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/touch-icon-152-4.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo_white-3.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

The RS2825RP+ is expected to be priced similarly to the previous generation, around **€3100**, depending on the region and VAT. It comes with a **standard 3-year warranty**, which can be extended to 5 years through the [Synology Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/) program.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-134.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS425+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds425-overview/
Last updated: 2025-09-22T23:15:10.000Z
The month of May has been very dynamic in terms of the rollout of the new X25 NAS devices. This week alone, Synology has released three updated models on top of the previous three in the past thirty days.

[Synology DS925+ overviewThe new #Synology DS925+ has arrived with a slight upgrade to the previous generation as a popular AMD 4-bay #NAS model that offers a lot![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-85.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-2-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/)

The overview of the new 4-bay model the DS925+

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-90.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

The overview of the new 5-bay model the DS1525+

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-91.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

The overview of the new 8-bay model the DS1825+

Today, Synology rolled out a new 4-bay NAS device that resembles the DS925+ in appearance but differs in specifications. It's tailored to meet the needs of mid-range customers seeking adequate power and features for backup, synchronization, and collaboration.

Here is the new 2025 **DS425+**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds425_side.webp)

The new 2025 DS425+

> ## The DS425+ provides intuitive and comprehensive file management, media organization, and backup capabilities

For those that do not require a lot of horsepower or expandability, but still want a rock-solid solution with a decent amount of storage for their SOHO or small business environment, the DS425+ might be just the right choice.

## : Specifications

Of all the models that we have seen so far in the 2025 lineup refresh, the DS425+, compared to its predecessor, has the fewest upgrades; in fact, there is only one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds425_front.webp)

DS425+ front side

The NAS still comes with the same **Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core CPU**, and **2GB of DDR RAM** (up to 6GB), as well as **two NVMe slots** on the bottom for caching or storage pool needs (with compatible disks!).

> ## An ideal edge device for branch offices or retail locations for small firms or large enterprises

The only noticeable change that we have seen so far on all the models this year is the **2.5GbE network upgrade**. While the DS425+ has two LAN ports, unlike the DS925+ with a dual 2.5GbE port, **the DS425+ has only one**. The other port is still running on 1GbE speeds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds425_back.webp)

DS425+ back side

Another thing that has also not changed is the **3-year warranty period** that can be extended to up to 5 years via the [Synology Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/) program.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/synology_ds425_specs-1.webp)

The DS425+ specifications

> ## Versatile all-in-one solution for data sharing, synchronization, backup, and surveillance

The DS425+ should globally be available start of July with a suggested price of **around 500€** (tax included), depending on the market.

## : Synology and 3rd party drive support

Based on the official information that was announced on April 16th, the following changes are in effect.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”  
> **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.**  
> There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from the existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they have passed the certification. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_disk_lineup.webp)

The DS425+, Synology supports all 3.5", 2.5", and NVMe drives. Additionally, due to recent policy changes, drives migrated from an earlier model will also function, although they may operate with limited features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-19.png)

Another note to point out is that this new policy is affecting the **HDD** lineup of drives, not SSDs. **Meaning that while 3rd party SSDs will be unverified they will** **still be usable**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-28-at-12.33.51.png)

The up-to-date 2025 policy is also explained in more detail in the Synology KB article on the following link.

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/touch-icon-152-5.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo_white-4.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

While not the most exciting in terms of updates, this model has its customer base. However, this might also change because Synology decided to terminate its capability for hardware transcoding, afeature provided by **Intel's QuickSync CPU feature**, which is not present in all other AMD models.

This effectively means that anyone looking forward to running this machine as a dedicated media platform (with Plex or Jellyfin) will have to look into other solutions on the market.

💡

****UPDATE**: 23/09/2025 - Thanks to the efforts of ****the** RROrg team and X25 testers, ****we presently have a workaround that unlocks the Plex HW transcoding on new models**.

[Unlocking PLEX HW transcoding on X25 Synology modelsBring #Plex hardware transcoding back to #Synology #X25 models with some custom modules, courtesy of the RRorg team.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-239.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/x25_plex_transcoding-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/unlocking-plex-hw-transcoding-on-x25-synology-models/)

A hands-on review will be up on the site as soon as possible once the model becomes available—maybe sooner than that—so be sure to check it out.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS725+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-20T14:03:11.000Z
Exactly two weeks after the APAC release of the new five- and eight-bay models, Synology is releasing three more updated devices today.

[Synology DS925+ overviewThe new #Synology DS925+ has arrived with a slight upgrade to the previous generation as a popular AMD 4-bay #NAS model that offers a lot![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-121.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-2-5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/)

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-122.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-123.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/DS725-_45side.webp)

The new DS725+ 2-bay NAS

> ## The Synology DS725+ is a capable 2-bay NAS solution that can adapt to growing storage demands

Starting with the popular **DS725+**, this 2-bay model (expandable up to 7 bays with the new DX525 expansion unit) closely complements its larger 4-bay version, the DS925+. With this revision, it has almost become identical to the aforementioned model. 

While the exterior of the device remains unchanged from the previous generation, except for a few changes at the back, the internal components have only seen minor updates. 

This compact yet powerful NAS will undoubtedly offer various usage options for the end user while providing both internal and external expansions to enhance its versatility.

### : Specifications

The 7-series dual-bay model has always been regarded as a device for customers seeking the best that Synology NAS has to offer while minimizing power consumption and delivering **maximum performance in a small and compact enclosure**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/DS725-_front.webp)

DS725+ front side

As mentioned earlier, there isn't much that has changed since the last 2023 model, the DS723+, but several hardware upgrades are a welcome addition compared to its predecessor.

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-124.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds723review-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

Starting with this model, unlike the DS925+, the CPU remains unchanged. The **AMD R1600 2-core still powers the machine**. However, the weakest element of its specification, the RAM, has received an upgrade. The **DS725+ now comes with 4GB of RAM** (expandable up to 32GB).

Like the previous edition, it **includes two NVMe slots on the bottom for caching and/or a usable storage pool** (with selected drives). On the back, there are several modifications or upgrades.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/DS725-_back.webp)

DS725+ back side

Consistent with other X25 devices, **the DS725+ has replaced one of its 1GbE ports with a 2.5GbE port**, though not both, as seen in the 4-bay versions. The **eSATA expansion port has been swapped out for USB-C** across all models to **support the new DX525 5-bay expansion** model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/synology_ds725_specs.jpg)

DS725+ specification overview

The DS725+ still **maintains a single USB-A 3.2 Gen 1 port on the front** for connecting external devices. An upgrade would be beneficial if a customer wants to connect both a local backup disk and UPS communication to the NAS itself. Keep in mind that Synology does not officially support USB hubs, so if a similar setup is needed, it would be advisable to consider a different model altogether.

## : Synology and 3rd party drive support

Based on the official information that was announced on April 16th, the following changes are in effect.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”  
>  
> **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.**  
>  
> There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from the existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they have passed the certification. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_disk_lineup.webp)

DS925+ officially supports the Synology drive series

Looking at the actual supported Synology drives for the DS725+, all 3.5", 2.5", and a complete list of NVMe models are supported. On top of this, with the aforementioned changes to the policy, drives that are being migrated from an earlier model will also work, but potentially in a limited feature capacity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-19.png)

As per KB article, migration of existing pools from older system will be possible

Another note to point out is that this new policy is affecting the **HDD** lineup of drives, not SSDs. **Meaning that while 3rd party SSDs will be unverified they will** **still be usable**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-28-at-12.36.36.png)

Given that the model launches today in the APAC region, we'll soon receive firsthand, solid insights on its compatibility both immediately and over time.

The up-to-date 2025 policy is also explained in more detail in the Synology KB article on the following link.

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-1.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_synology-1.jpg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

Blackvoid will certainly get this device in for testing as soon as possible, so be sure to visit back for a full review soon.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeStation Plus overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-20T13:02:18.000Z
It's already been a year and a half since the first BeeStation announcement, and today we find ourselves eagerly awaiting its successor, the **BeeStation Plus**. The new Plus model, with the model number **BST170-8T**, looks identical on the outside but offers several specification upgrades. These enhancements are likely to make it even more **appealing to** **non-technical consumers**.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-120.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-11.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

Full hand-on review of the initial BeeStation 4TB model

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/f-BeeStation_45.png)

The BeeStation Plus, much like the 4TB version, maintains the same look and feel.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_4609.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_4610.webp)

The new model was presented earlier this year at CES in Las Vegas in January. Now, **seven days before the Computex 2025 expo**, it is once again in focus as its imminent arrival has been announced. In October 2024, BSM packages and some SPKs were detected on Synology's download site, indicating a new upcoming model featuring an Intel CPU, as opposed to the existing 4TB version that operates with a Realtek CPU.

### So what's new?

The new BST170-8T features the same **single-bay enclosure** and identical port configuration at the back. The major **upgrades include an enhanced CPU, increased RAM, and double the storage capacity**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-16-at-13.38.23.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_02-1.webp)

The Plus model now features an **Intel Celeron CPU**, specifically the popular **J4125** found in multiple 'Plus' NAS models offered by Synology. It also boasts **four times more RAM**, with a total of **4GB of DDR4**, and the previously mentioned **8TB capacity**. Notably, the drive inside the new Plus is no longer the slower 5400 RPM HAT3300 4TB but has been **upgraded to the 7200 RPM HAT3310**.

[Synology HAT3310 Plus series NASSynology HAT3310 drives have arrived with 8 and 12-TB capacity options, faster RPM, and increased data transfer speeds.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-116.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hat3310-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3310-plus-series-nas/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-16-at-17.35.41.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestation_comparison-3.webp)

BeeStation model comparison

The **USB and LAN ports remain unchanged from last year**, featuring a single **USB-A 3.2 Gen 1**, a **USB-C 3.2 Gen 1**, and a standard **1GbE LAN** interface. The device's weight has increased due to the drive swap and the addition of **active cooling** to accommodate the CPU and disk upgrades. Additionally, these changes result in a 100% increase in power consumption during both idle and active operations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_03.webp)

BeeStation Plus now comes with 8TB HAT3310 7200 RPM drive

With the CPU upgrade, several software updates have followed. Another indicator of its imminent arrival is that the **new BSM 1.3 OS** version is already available.

![Synology BSM 1.3-65644](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2025/05/bsm_13.webp)

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-117.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

Apart from various optimization and security features, this **version introduces PLEX support** as its first integration. Reserved exclusively for the Plus model, this move aligns with Synology's history of supporting PLEX as a third-party package on the DSM OS. Offered as an **optional, one-click install solution**, PLEX will perform exceptionally well on the Plus model thanks to the CPU upgrade, which supports **Intel's QuickSync feature for on-device hardware transcoding**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_05.webp)

> ## With built-in support for Plex Media Server, BeeStation Plus makes it easy to store, organize, and stream your personal media. Enjoy your entertainment anytime, anywhere, whether on your TV at home or your phone and tablet on the go

This is a welcome addition for many current and future customers, and it is reassuring to see that Synology has not entirely abandoned offering devices with multimedia capabilities. This comes despite their recent discontinuation of the Video Station package and support for on-device processing of H.264 and H.265 content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_04.webp)

With the introduction of BSM 1.2, Synology also began offering their **cloud backup solution for BeeStation customers, called BeeProtect**. After all, while the BeeStation can serve as a backup device, the question remains: what will its own backup destination be?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/beeprotect.jpg)

[Synology BSM 1.2-65586The NEW #Synology #BSM 1.2 beta is here with new features including #BeeProtect, and the official support to use #DSM as a backup location for the #Beestation![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-118.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_12-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/)

This is why BeeProtect has been designed specifically for the BeeStation and BSM platform, ensuring simple configuration and **off-site backup in the event of any minor or major disaster**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/image-4.png)

BeeProtect annual price for the 8TB BeeStation Plus model

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-16-at-13.40.10.png)

Apart from BeeProtect, BeeStation can be backed up using alternative destinations

Due to the larger drive in the Plus model, the price of BeeProtect is also higher—by 50%, to be precise. With a **3-month complimentary offer**, each subsequent **annual subscription will cost $119.99**. This is a **flat rate** **irrespective of storage utilization**, meaning whether you use 8TB or 1TB, the cost remains the same.

When comparing BeeProtect with C2 Storage's advanced plan, it is notably **more cost-effective for the end customer**. The flat rate of $119.99 per year for 8TB would cost $559 per year with the C2 Storage advanced plan. Although C2 Storage offers features like choosing a data center location, a customizable backup schedule, and more than 8 retained versions allowed by BeeProtect, the **78% price difference is significant and worth considering**.

### How does BeeStation Plus compare with DS224+?

Considering its specifications, some users might start to question how the Plus model compares against a similar DS224+ 2-bay NAS.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-119.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds224plus-1-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

Review of the DS224+ 2-bay NAS solution

To start, the DS224+ is a 2-bay model that offers redundancy, ensuring continuity in case one of the two drives fails. In contrast, the BeeStation, despite its upgraded drive since the first revision, remains a single-drive device. This means if it fails, all services and data on it will be inaccessible or lost without a backup.

Additionally, the DS224+ runs on DSM OS, offering a broader range of features and apps compared to the limited features and two dedicated apps available with the BSM OS. Those seeking more options in terms of services and apps might not consider the BeeStation lineup.

On the other hand, the BeeStation Plus has certain advantages over the DS224+ if the previously mentioned considerations are not a priority. First, while both models feature the same CPU, the **BeeStation has double the RAM and a more modern USB-C 3.2 Gen 1 port, which supports fast external 5GbE storage**.

From a pricing perspective, the **BeeStation Plus is nearly $100 less expensive** compared to the DS224+. It runs a single 8TB HAT3310 drive, similar to the one in the BeeStation. With a **recommended retail price of $369.95**, compared to $498 for the DS224+ with a single drive, the Plus model also **offers one extra year of warranty (3-year warranty)**, a benefit Synology typically reserves for their mid-range DS 'plus' models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/image-5.png)

Price for Croatia with VAT included (20.5.2025)

As mentioned earlier, the cloud backup via BeeProtect costs $120 per year for the entire 8TB of space, which is a significant advantage compared to $70 per year per 1TB for C2 Storage—a service used for DS/RS models as their cloud backup option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-16-at-13.41.29.png)

[BeeStation Plus | A Private Cloud for Home and TeamBeeStation Plus is a private storage solution for homes and teams, offering iCloud Photos and Google Drive backup and sync, AI-powered photo organization, built-in Plex for seamless streaming, and easy setup to simplify file management.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180-2.png)A Private Cloud for Home and TeamSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/og.jpg)](https://bee.synology.com/en-us/BeeStation/Plus-8TB?ref=blackvoid.club)

The new Plus model offers enough new features and better hardware to make it **appealing for both NAS beginners and experienced users**. Whether you are a family, movie collector, freelancer, or SOHO worker looking to transition away from commercial cloud services like iCloud, Google Photos/Drive, OneDrive, Dropbox, or others, the **BeeStation Plus model could be a perfect starting point for your private cloud journey**.

A hands-on review will be covered in a separate article once the model hits the market.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology at Computex 2025
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-at-computex-2025/
Last updated: 2025-05-25T23:07:29.000Z
The time has come for this year's **Computex** also known as **Taipei International Information Technology Show**. One of the largest tech shows in the world is held annually in Taipei, Taiwan, hometown of Synology.

While we can be sure that this year most exhibits will be AI-driven, Synology on the other hand will take the opportunity to present some upcoming new high-end systems, as well as upcoming products and services.

Among those, there will also be talk about AI, but more on that later on.

### : PAS7700 - new active-active NVMe storage system

Just as the end of 2023 and the whole of 2024 was focused on the new **Active Protect appliances** such as [**DP7400**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/), and a few desktop versions, running the latest ActiveProtect Manager, this time around Synology will present their new **PAS series** starting with a brand new **PAS7700** model. The PAS system was already announced and presented last year during the 2024 Synology Solution Exhibition but looks like another year was enough to polish out all the details and present it on this year's Computex.

Dubbed a **new active-active NVME** storage system, the PAS7700 is a brand-new **four-unit two-node** product. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas7700_overview-1.webp)

[Synology PAS7700 overview#Synology active-active NVMe storage solution for mission-critical enterprise workloads, #PAS7700 announced and revealed at Computex 2025![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-168.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pas7700_overview.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-pas7700-overview/)

A quick overview of the new NVMe active-active storage solution

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/active-active.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas_series.webp)

The upcoming Synology PAS7700 a brand new active-active NVMe storage system

This system will have each 2U node equipped with an **AMD EPYC 24-core CPU** and **64GB** **of RAM** (with up to 1TB). It will have a copper 1GbE management port and dual 10GbE Aquantia connectors. Added to that, it will be running an **AMD EPYC native PCIe NVMe controller**, as well as **another one from ASMedia Technologies**. A total of **48 drives across both nodes**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas_series_02.webp)

PAS7700 supported protocols

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas_series_03.webp)

Redundant on every level

This new system will be redundant on each layer starting from the physical all the way to the protocol one ensuring mission-critical workloads are not interrupted on any level.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas_series_04.webp)

There is a chance it will be using a dedicated version of DSM just as the UC models do, but that remains to be seen. It will leverage popular business and collaboration applications offering speed and efficiency for a large number of users and data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/pas_series_05.webp)

PAS system will be utilising popular backup and collaboration tools that we are familiar with

### : GS-series - long-term data storage and archiving

Presented last year during **Synology Solution Exhibition 2024**, the **GridStation** lineup will be getting a new, smaller 48-node model, **GS3400**.

[Synology Solution Exhibition 2024Synology Solution Exhibition 2024 in Taipei at Computex expo. The upcoming ActiveProtect Manager, new data protection, and GridStation lineups as well as new C2 Surveillance Station.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-99.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_exhibition_2024-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-exhibition-2024/)

2024 Exhibition - GridStation lineup was presented

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/scale_out.webp)

Just like the GS6200 96-node version, this smaller model will also be primarily focusing on long-term archiving, making it an ideal candidate for **distributed file and object storage** solutions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/scale_out_02.webp)

The new GridStation model - 48-node GS3400

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/scale_out_03.webp)

While almost half in size, the GS3400 will probably allow about 10 petabytes of raw storage, which will be more than enough for any demanding system that will be utilizing it.

### : Active Protect Appliance - prepopulated backup solutions

As already mentioned, 2024 was mainly dominated by two new products, the **BeeStation**, as well as **ActiveProtect Appliance**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/apm.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/apm_02.webp)

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-101.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-7.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

ActiveProtect Manager is the new operating system controlling the DP lineup of backup devices

Both of these will be getting some attention this time around again with new models coming out in 2025.

Starting with the DP lineup, the DataProtection models **will probably introduce a new rack version of their DP7000 series**. Last year Synology rolled out their top model the DP7400, a 12-bay turn-key backup solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/dp7200_overview-2.webp)

DP7200 - new 12 bay ActiveProtect appliance is coming in 2025

[Synology DP7200 overview#Synology is boosting its #ActiveProtectAppliance portfolio with a new 12-bay turn-key backup appliance, the #DP7200![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-159.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7200_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7200-overview/)

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-102.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-7.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Review of the DP7400 backup appliance

These backup appliances are built on top of the success of the DSM ActiveBackup for Business package in this new **ActiveProtect Manager** version has evolved into a proper **centralized** **backup management platform**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/apm_03.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/apm_04.webp)

Along with this single rack model, Synology also introduced two desktop versions of the DP family. The **DP340**, and **DP320**. A four and two-bay version with less capacity but still an all-in-one backup appliance that will satisfy any small to medium business demand.

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-103.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

DP320 - a two bay ActiveProtect Appliance

DP systems come pre-populated with Synology-branded hard drives both HAT3300 and HAT5300, as well as their SSD SAT5200 series.

### : BeeStation Plus - private cloud faster and bigger

Speaking of pre-populated systems, an already mentioned system from last year is getting some upgrades in terms of a new model. A very successful **BeeStation**, a family or small team-oriented **backup**, **sync**, and **share** system has been upgraded to **BeeStation Plus**.

![Synology BeeStation Plus overview](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2025/05/beestation_plus_overview.webp)

[Synology BeeStation Plus overview#Synology #BeeStationPlus is coming soon! This upgraded SOHO model now features #PLEX support, a better CPU, 4x more RAM, and double the storage space!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-139.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_overview-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-overview/)

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-115.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-10.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

BeeStation BST150-4T, a new turn key 4TB backup solution for the home

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus.webp)

Presented for the first time during this year's CES in Las Vegas, the new BeeStation Plus has all the right upgrades in all the right places. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_02.webp)

BeeStation Plus - same on the outside, more capable on the inside

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestation_comparison-3.webp)

BeeStation comparison

The BeeStation Plus will come with **more RAM**, **a better CPU,** and more storage space that will also be running with a **faster HAT3310 8TB** 7200 RPM disk. Unlike the 4TB version, the new Plus model will come with some active cooling to help out with heat management due to an Intel 4-core CPU and a faster drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_03.webp)

Double the storage, 4x more RAM, and a more powerful and capable CPU

Considering that it will be running a popular Intel Celeron J4125 processor, the **Plus version will have the option to support the PLEX media server** platform as well in its latest BSM 1.3 OS version that just came out.

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-104.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

BSM 1.3 mainly focuses on BeeStation Plus support and its new PLEX support

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestationplus_05.webp)

BeeStation Plus will be Plex compatible!

This comes as no surprise as the BeeStation Plus model almost equals in specifications as the DS224+ two-bay NAS.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-105.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds224plus-1-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

Review of the DS224+

DS224+ is a home and small-business NAS device that is powered with DSM OS and offers a lot of possibilities for its users, including support for PLEX transcoding thanks to **Intel's QuickSync** technology that is part of this particular Celeron lineup. 

There is no doubt that this BeeStation version will become more appealing to customers compared to last year's model due to its specification upgrades.

### : VSaaS - Synology Surveillance Station in the cloud

One more platform that was also glimpsed at the 2024 Exhibition show was Synology's new upcoming **C2 Surveillance** (VSaaS). A cloud-hosted video monitoring built on top of their popular on-prem **Surveillance Station** platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement-1.webp)

[Synology C2 Surveillance announcementDuring Computex 2025, #Synology also introduced the upcoming new scalable cloud-based surveillance platform called C2 Surveillance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-167.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2_surveillance_2025_announcement.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-announcement/)

The new upcoming C2 Surveillance platform announcement

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas_02.webp)

With the introduction of their branded on-prem and cloud surveillance cameras that will also be presented this year, it was logical to have a cloud version of their surveillance system.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas_05.webp)

Both on-prem and cloud versions of Synology's popular surveillance system

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-106.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

PoE-powered on prem surveillance cameras the BC500 and TC500

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-107.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

Another on-prem version of their first wifi surveillance camera the CC400W

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas_03.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/vsaas_06.webp)

Looks like there will be a new rack-based DVA/NVR model along with a new PoE switch

To make all this work not just for the cloud but on-prem as well, **Synology will introduce a rack-based NVR model** to expand on the existing 2021 DVA3221 and the DVA1622\. Along with that, a **new PoE network switch** and a few more cameras both for on-prem and cloud. 

Just like the hard drive lineup, **Synology will come out with its branded MicroSD cards**. It is still unclear if these will be exclusive, or will Synology cameras continue to work with other "third-party" cards.

Considering how valuable this line of products is to the company it comes as no surprise that it wants to expand its portfolio with both new hardware and C2 services.

### : AI productivity suite

About a month ago, Synology rolled out (currently still in beta) their upcoming integration with AI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_console.webp)

[Synology AI Console#Synology #AIConsole beta is here. A new management tool for 3rd party AI tool integration into MailPlus and Office packages.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-108.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/aiconsole.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/)

Called **AI Console**, this integration will allow Synology to integrate popular AI LLMs into all their productivity and collaboration tools. **They have already started with MailPlus, and next up will be Synology Office**. That means that soon we will have AI support inside all office apps that Synology offers.

This was first announced back at Computex 2023, but still no working beta until a month ago.

[Synology & generative AI support in Synology Office and MailPlus#Synology presenting their AI-supported Office and MailPlus platforms as part of the Computex 2023 expo.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-109.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_ai-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-generative-ai-support-with-synology-office-and-mailplus/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_02.webp)

Another addition to the whole Office suite is a new version of their popular [Synology Chat](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-chat-self-hosted-and-private-chat-platform/) platform, called **Synology ChatPlus**. Just as Chat was Synology's answer to SLACK, Discord, and other channel-bassed platforms, so will ChatPlus try to be the answer to Microsoft Teams.

[Synology Chat - self-hosted and private chat platformAre you looking for a fast, light, functional self-hosted, and private chat solution for growing teams? Synology Chat might be just the platform!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-110.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyChat.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-chat-self-hosted-and-private-chat-platform/)

Review of the Synology Chat platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_03.webp)

Synology ChatPlus - on-prem alternative to Microsoft Teams

With a clear focus on better team collaboration, the new ChatPlus also has an upgraded UI with a new feature focusing on on team management and a **new video platform** called **Synology Meet**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_06.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ai_05.webp)

The current Chat solution already offers a decent amount of features, including audio and video. While those are using Jitsi as their backend, it will be interesting to see how the new Synology Meet will work and what prerequisites and features will it have.

### : X25 lineup refresh

Last but not least, the X25 model refresh. Synology will be coming out with about half a dozen new models in the first half of this year. Their plus 4-bay model, the DS925+ has already been released, as well as their new five and eight-bay.

[Synology DS925+ reviewThe brand new #Synology #DS925+ has arrived. While this popular 4-bay model may not be groundbreaking, its CPU upgrade and dual 2.5GbE ports offer more than enough for many users![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-177.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-review/)

[Synology DS925+ overviewThe new #Synology DS925+ has arrived with a slight upgrade to the previous generation as a popular AMD 4-bay #NAS model that offers a lot![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-111.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-2-4.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/)

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-112.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-113.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/x25_h1_models.png)

New 2025 models coming in the first half of the year

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/fs200t_overview-1.webp)

Smallest member just got a promotion, meet the new FS200T all-flash 6-bay NAS

[Synology DS425+ overviewThe #Synology DS425+ delivers powerful functionality in a compact 4-bay, design. 2.5GbE networking provides excellent network speeds out of the box.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-150.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds425_overview-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds425-overview/)

[Synology DS725+ overviewAnother #Synology X25 model is here! The DS725+ is a 2-bay NAS solution that adapts to growing storage demands, now featuring 2.5GbE network support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-151.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds725_overview-1-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-overview/)

[Synology RS2825RP+ overviewThe first 2025 rack model from #Synology has arrived. The RS2825RP+ 16-bay data management solution for business workloads![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-152.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs2825_overview-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2825rp-overview/)

[Synology FS200T overviewThe new FS200T #Synology all-flash NAS is coming! Better performance, 2.5GbE network, same 6-bay compact design![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-153.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/fs200t_overview.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-fs200t-overview/)

What needs to be mentioned when it comes to X25 models is that Synology changed its disk policy moving forward. Looking at all the announcements for the upcoming period it is clear that the company is moving to a more straightforward direction towards business and enterprise market segment.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/synology_disk_policy_2025-1.webp)

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-114.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-3.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/x25.webp)

As a result, the new policy is important to consider if you're planning to purchase a new NAS with third-party disks. Drives not included on the compatibility list will be unverified or potentially incompatible. For X25 devices, if you wish to maintain technical support and warranty, it's crucial to use only drives from the compatibility list. 

This doesn't imply that third-party drives won't work with new models, but it may take time for them to receive Synology's approval. In the meantime, ensure you use the listed drives only.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/end.webp)

That about covers the upcoming Computex 2025 event and new hardware, software, and services from Synology. More detailed articles and review articles will follow up once all the details are known and presented, and selected models delivered.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BSM 1.3-65644
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/
Last updated: 2025-05-20T12:33:14.000Z
Today Synology released the latest version of their latest BeeStation operating system, the BSM 1.3.

💡

****UPDATE**: ****20/05/2025** \- a new version ****1.3-65645** is out today in parallel with the official rollout of the new BeeStation Plus model. It covers only some minor changes listed below

(2025-05-16)

#### Fixed issues​

1. This version includes system stability optimizations and minor bug fixes.

---

💡

****NOTE**: the new ****1.3-65644 version is for the upcoming BeeStation Plus only**. The version for the 4TB model is still pending at the moment.

The new version has only several updates, but apart from that it is also announcing the soon to be released upcoming new BeeStation model, the **BeeStation Plus**.

[Synology BeeStation Plus overview#Synology #BeeStationPlus is coming soon! This upgraded SOHO model now features #PLEX support, a better CPU, 4x more RAM, and double the storage space!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-138.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-overview/)

Overview of the upcoming new BeeStation Plus model

### Version: 1.3-65644

(2025-05-08)

## BeeStation OS 1.3

This version includes the following applications:

- BeeFiles 1.3.0-10921
- BeePhotos 1.3.0-10110

#### What's new

1. Added an option to configure the retention period for internal restore points, helping balance storage usage and data protection. Make sure to enable internal restore points to protect your BeeStation.
2. Added support for selecting BeeProtect backup time slot. The system automatically schedules the backup within the selected slot to optimize performance.
3. **Added support for Plex Media Server**, allowing users to organize and stream personal media collections across various devices. (**BeeStation Plus only**)

#### Fixed issues

1. This version includes system stability optimizations and minor bug fixes.

---

Apart from a few fixes, the main new feature that is coming with both the BSM 1.3 and exclusively on the upcoming Plus model, is PLEX support!

This is the first for Synology in terms of their Bee devices and with good reason as well. The upcoming new **8TB Plus model will be run by a very capable and familiar Intel Celeron J4125 CPU**.

This is the same CPU that is present on multiple existing "plus" Synology NAS models, like DS224+ or even the upcoming DS225+ and DS425+.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-93.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds224plus-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

Unlike the DS devices, with multiple bays, the **BeeStation Plus is still a single bay packed with Synology HAT3310 8TB 7200 RPM drive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestation_comparison.webp)

BeeStation vs BeeStation Plus - hardware comparison

Regardless of that the fact that unlike its predecessor with Realtek RTD1619B, 1GB of RAM, and a 5400 RPM 4TB disk, the **Plus model will now have 4GB** of memory on top of the CPU and disk upgrade.

All this is more than enough to turn the new Plus model into a fast and capable home media center server thanks to the **Intel QuickSync feature** that will allow for **on-device hardware transcoding** in case the Plex client is unable to stream the content and decode it correctly.

### Will BSM have its app store??

So what method of installation will we be using on the upcoming Plus model to get Plex running? Well, unlike the DSM NAS devices that are running with the Package Center to install and extend the functionalities of the device, BSM presently has no similar function.

With BSM 1.3, the BeeStation Plus will have a new **Settings** section called **Integration** that will come prepopulated with the option to install a PLEX media server.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/Screenshot-2025-05-08-at-18.56.43.webp)

BSM 1.3 integration example

We can guess that the version of the PLEX server will be the same as it is on the DSM side, which means version 1.41.9 or better (by the time the Plus model arrives).

This means that the "app store" as such will not be an option, but it also means that Synology will not stop there as well. This is a welcome addition, as one of the top three requests after the initial rollout of the BeeStation, was **more capacity, media manager, and redundancy**.

The last option is still missing, but considering how BSM is being developed as well as the fact that just one year after the unveiling of the 4TB BeeStation we got a much more capable version both in hardware and software, only shows that Synology will not let go of this platform any time soon.

### BeeProtect changes

BeeProtect also got some new options with this new version of BSM. For anyone unfamiliar with the BeeProtect service, it is Synology's paid cloud backup solution for the BeeStation.

[Synology BSM 1.2-65586The NEW #Synology #BSM 1.2 beta is here with new features including #BeeProtect, and the official support to use #DSM as a backup location for the #Beestation![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-94.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_12-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/)

BeeProtect was first presented in the previous 1.2 version of the BSM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beeprotect.webp)

BeeProtect - cloud-driven backup solution for BeeStation

While the BeeStation has other backup options such as backing up to a USB drive or Synology NAS, the BeeProtect is there for users who want a hassle-free solution that is also off-site.

With BSM 1.3 we now get the option to configure when the backup will be triggered which is a small but welcome configuration setting. While "daily" backup towards the BeeProtect cloud is fine, it is also great to have the option when we want the content to be backed up.

The BSM 1.3 version is available for download now, with the PLEX feature only reserved for the soon-to-be-released Plus model.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS1525+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-07T08:19:35.000Z
Not two weeks ago, Synology started to release their new X25 series of NAS models starting with the new DS925+ (4-bay version).

[Synology DS925+ overviewThe new #Synology DS925+ has arrived with a slight upgrade to the previous generation as a popular AMD 4-bay #NAS model that offers a lot![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-79.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/)

Overview article of the new DS925+ 4-bay NAS

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-88.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

Overview article of the new DS1825+ 8-bay NAS

Today, we got not one but two new X25 models. The 5-bay version, **DS1525+**, and the 8-bay larger brother, the DS1825+.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/ds1525-_side.webp)

The new DS1525+ 5-bay compact powerhouse

The global launch of this model is scheduled for the end of the month, beginning today in the APAC regions. Unlike the DS925+, which

 surprised some users with the removal of the 10G expansion option, the DS1525+ includes all features. 

> ## Its capable performance, compact size, and versatile configuration options make it ideal for IT enthusiasts, creative professionals, and businesses of various sizes

Before we dive into a comprehensive review later on (separate article), let's quickly explore this model and identify the changes compared to the previous version, the DS1522+, of this 5-bay NAS.

## : Specifications

Similar to the DS925+ and its predecessor, the DS923+, which had minimal differences in hardware specifications, this model appears to follow the same pattern—at least initially.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/ds1525-_front-1.webp)

DS1525+ front side

The most significant change is again at the rear of the device, similar to the DS925+, with the upgrade from a dual-core to a quad-core AMD CPU. 

The new DS1525+ is equipped with a familiar **AMD Ryzen V1500B quad-core CPU @2.2GHz**, retaining the same **8GB of ECC RAM** as before (expandable to 32GB), but features fewer network ports than its predecessor. 

While the DS1522+ had four 1GbE ports, the DS1525+ aligns with the other X25 models by including a **dual 2.5GbE network interface**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/ds1525-_back-2.webp)

DS1525+ back side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/10Gcard.webp)

E10G22-T1-Mini 10G expansion card

As before, the NAS includes a **single proprietary PCIe expansion slot**, allowing for an upgrade with Synology's **10GbE network interface**. Being a DS1525+, it can accommodate up to 15 drives (either 2.5" or 3.5") through new **dual USB-C expansion ports**, which can be utilized with the new **DX525 5-bay expansion unit**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/dx525_side.webp)

The new DX525 5-bay expansion unit

---

****RETROSPECTIVE**\> 

The following links are 2023 reviews of the DS723+ and DS923+ and their 10G speed test

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-80.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/#speed)

For more 10G speed results be sure to visit the DS723+/DS923+ reviews on how well these small NAS boxes running the same CPU and 10G adapter perform

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-81.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/#speed)

10G speed tests with DS923+

---

Beyond these updates, the rest of the specifications remain unchanged from the previous version. Weighing around 2.7 kg without drives and offering a **3-year warranty** (extendable up to 5 years with [Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)), this revision of the popular 5-bay model provides a range of features suitable for home, enthusiast, and business use.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_ds1525_specs.webp)

Full DS1525+ specifications

> ## The DS1525+ offers intuitive and comprehensive file management, media organization, and backup options right out of the box

As previously mentioned, the DS1525+ will be available worldwide by the end of the month, priced similarly to the current DS1522+, at approximately €730 (including tax), although this may vary by region.

## : Synology and 3rd party drive support

Based on the official information that was announced on April 16th, the following changes are in effect.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”  
> **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.**  
> There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from the existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they have passed the certification. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_disk_lineup.webp)

For the DS1525+, Synology supports all 3.5", 2.5", and a comprehensive list of NVMe drives. Additionally, due to recent policy changes, drives migrated from an earlier model will also function, although they may operate with limited features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-19.png)

HDD scenarios and combinations

Another note to point out is that this new policy is affecting the **HDD** lineup of drives, not SSDs. **Meaning that while 3rd party SSDs will be unverified they will** **still be usable**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-28-at-12.33.51.png)

SSD scenarios and combinations

The up-to-date 2025 policy is also explained in more detail in the Synology KB article on the following link.

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/touch-icon-152-3.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo_white-2.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

Unlike the two and four-bay versions of the latest 2025 models, this all-encompassing device is an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput, particularly with 10G capabilities. 

A more detailed review will be provided once the device becomes available, if not sooner.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS1825+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-07T08:19:59.000Z
The rollout of the new X25 models is ongoing. A few weeks ago, we saw the release of the latest version of the 4-bay NAS, the DS925+. Today, we have two more popular models: the DS1525+, a 5-bay model with 10G capability, and **the new powerhouse, the** **DS1825+**, the 8-bay version.

[Synology DS925+ overviewThe new #Synology DS925+ has arrived with a slight upgrade to the previous generation as a popular AMD 4-bay #NAS model that offers a lot![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-84.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-2-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/)

Overview of the new 4-bay 2025 model, the DS925+

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-89.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

Overview article of the new DS1525+ 5-bay NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/DS1825-_right_45_add.webp)

The new 2025 8-bay DS1825+

> ## The DS1825+ is a versatile storage solution that seamlessly integrates with your existing infrastructure. It offers scalable capacity, flexible network connectivity, and robust data protection

Since it's launching simultaneously with the 5-bay model in the APAC region, we can anticipate a global rollout for both on the same date, likely by the end of the month. The DS1825+ has always been a favorite model, offering substantial value for its price, with features such as an ample number of bays, upgraded RAM, and improved networking capabilities.

Let's explore how much it has changed since its latest revision.

## : Specifications

Due to its popularity, the desktop 8-bay version is typically available as either a "+" or "XS+" model. The XS+ model was refreshed during the X23 cycle. This time, we are seeing a new version of the "+" model, following its last release in 2021 with the DS1821+.

The current DS1825+ is positioned between these two revisions. It still **uses the same V1500B AMD Ryzen CPU** as the 2021 model but now features **upgraded RAM to 8GB** (with a 32GB maximum, as before), similar to the XS+ model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/DS1825-_front.webp)

DS1825+ front side

Like most X25 models, the DS1825+ has undergone more internal changes that are most noticeable on the back of the unit, specifically in the port setup. 

Compared to the 2021 version, the DS1825+ replaces its four 1GbE ports with **two 2.5GbE ports**, as well as the total **number of USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports is now three** (two on the back, one on the front) with one less on the back of the unit.

Alongside these LAN changes, the device's support for two expansion units has **shifted from eSATA to USB-C** to support the **new DX525** (5-bay expansion). As before, on the far-right side of the device, there remains **the same Gen3 x8 slot (x4 link) for various expansion cards**, including three 10GbE cards and a single 25GbE one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/ds1825-_back.webp)

DS1825+ back side where most of the changes are present (2.5GbE LAN ports, and new USB-C expansion ports as well)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/dx525_side.webp)

The new 5-bay DX525 expansion unit

The DS1825+ also features dual M.2 NVMe slots, which can be used for caching or creating storage pools (with compatible drives). With several upgrades distinguishing it from the X21+ version and bringing it closer to the existing X23xs+ model, it's noteworthy that the **DS1825+ now supports a single volume size limitation increased to 200TB** (up from the standard 108TB) with upgraded RAM to 32GB. 

Previously, this was an option available for the XS+ model, but it seems Synology has decided to bring this feature from the XS+ tier to the "+" version. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_ds1825_specs.webp)

DS1825+ specifications

> ## Ideal for businesses and creative professionals with demanding storage requirements

Priced at **around €1000** (including tax), this 6 kg model offers significant value for anyone seeking a serious long-term NAS solution. Backed by a **3-year warranty** (**extendable to 5 years** with the [Synology Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)), the **DS1825+ is indeed a high-capacity, flexible solution for professionals and businesses alike**.

## : Synology and 3rd party drive support

Based on the official information that was announced on April 16th, the following changes are in effect.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”  
> **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.**  
> There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from the existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they have passed the certification. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_disk_lineup.webp)

For the DS1825+, Synology supports all 3.5", 2.5", and several NVMe drives. Additionally, due to recent policy changes, drives migrated from an earlier model will also function, although they may operate with limited features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-19.png)

Another note to point out is that this new policy is affecting the **HDD** lineup of drives, not SSDs. **Meaning that while 3rd party SSDs will be unverified they will** **still be usable**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-28-at-12.33.51.png)

The up-to-date 2025 policy is also explained in more detail in the Synology KB article on the following link.

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/touch-icon-152-4.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo_white-3.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

A more detailed review will be provided once the device becomes available, so be sure to check here from time to time, in the near future.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS925+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/
Last updated: 2025-05-07T08:18:55.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 07/05/2025: the new 5-bay ****DS1525+** and 8-bay ****DS1825+** models have been released today.

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-86.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-87.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

---

It has been ten years since the first 4-bay model that offers an expansion on top of the initial bays, and that is exactly what we have here with a brand new, yet very familiar **DS925+** NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/ds925--1.png)

Brand new DS925+ 4-bay NAS

Released **today in APAC countries** and following along the steps of its predecessor, the DS925+ looks exactly like the DS923+ with some changes to the internal specifications that directly reflect its port layout as well. It is also worth mentioning that the current model now has the same exterior look third generation in a row. It seems that Synology has become fond of this professional design, and truth be told, I have nothing against it.

With their focus on enterprise and large business devices (the [ActiveProtect Appliance](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/activeprotect/) lineup) throughout most of 2024, the time has finally come to update the *enthusiasts and prosumer* models.

How will DS925+ fill in that role? Here is a quick overview of the new model.

## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: Specifications**](#specs)  
[**: Synology and 3rd party drive support**](#drives)

---

## 
  
  
## : Intro

For anyone who waited for the new model, the time has come. Now, was the wait worth it? Well, you will be the judge of that. To be clear, anyone using the X23 model can rest assured that no upgrade is needed because the DS925+ arrived with the same 2020/2021 AMD CPU, and while a different SOC is indeed being used in the current edition, there will not be much difference.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Synology-DS925-NAS-1-1_edit.webp)

DS925+ 4 bay NAS (front)

The biggest and only change is on the inside, while we can also see certain modifications on the back of the NAS in terms of its ports.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Synology-DS925-NAS-2-2_edit-1.webp)

DS925+ (back)

This is still a powerful device that can, with a few upgrades, offer a lot of various features and different deployment scenarios.

## 
  
  
## : Specifications

The DS925+, this time around, has had a bit of an "upgrade" by **switching from the R1600 AMD CPU to the V1500B**. This is a jump from a 2-core to a 4-core/8-thread CPU that is a logical choice for a device of this caliber. With the **same 4GB amount of ECC RAM** (up to 32GB) and **two NVMe slots**, the main difference is the network support.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-16-at-20.01.55.webp)

This type of model always had a dual LAN port, and up until now, those were 1GbE interfaces. For the X25 devices, **Synology finally decided to step up and upgrade them to 2.5GbE**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-20.png)

2x2.5GbE LAN ports have finally made it to the Synology NAS models

While this was a long time coming, compared to the previous generation, Synology also decided to completely eliminate the 10G support using their mini 10G adapter.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Synology-DS925-NAS-2-2_edit-2.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-16.png)

DS925+ (left) vs DS923+ (right) backplane comparison

As can be seen from the comparison images above, there are several changes on the back side of the new NAS model. First off, the mentioned **expansion 10G slot is completely missing**, while the same **USB 3.2 Gen 1** slot was reallocated to the left-hand side.

Finally, the expansion slot that was eSATA for a long time is this time replaced with USB-C. This also confirms that the **new DX525 expansion device** will not be compatible with older models, as was the case with DX517, for example. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-1.jpeg)

DS925+ specification overview

Why Synology decided to eliminate the 10G support remains to be seen. Maybe there will be some support via the expansion USB-C port? That is highly unlikely as the port is clearly marked as "expansion". What is more interesting is that the upcoming DS725+ (2-bay model) also lost the 10G support, while both X23 predecessor models had this option. Considering that the CPU has not changed in terms of the new SoC, and the RAM amount is the same, makes this decision even more peculiar.

Perhaps the upcoming DS1525+, along with some other 1U RS devices, will still have this option?

---

****RETROSPECTIVE** 

The following links are 2023 reviews of the DS723+ and DS923+ and their 10G speed test

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-82.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds723review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-83.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds923review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

---

Nevertheless, the new DS925+ is here, and we will have to use it as it is. For many users out there, the upgrade of the networking interface will be just enough reason to upgrade, as both ports in combination with SMB multi-channel capabilities (on supported OS) will allow for a 5G throughput.

10G speeds, while today not something that is enterprise-only due to accessible hardware at decent pricing, might still be a bit of an overkill for some. It still requires an end-to-end upgrade of cables, interfaces, switches, and routers (for web access), so it is a certain investment. The same can be said for a 2.5GbE upgrade, but pricing on that level is marginally more expensive than 1GbE, and makes for a logical choice today, as it did already 4-5 years ago.

DS925+ is covered with a usual **3-year factory warranty** that can be extended to a **total of 5y** via [**Extended Warranty Plus**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/). Depending on the country**,** it will be around **€65 (+tax) for the extra 2y**.

Speaking of price and depending on the geographic location, the model will cost about 550€ (with tax, diskless), as it was the DS923+ model.

The datasheet for this new model is available [here](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/25-year/DS925%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS925%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-66.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

## 
  
  
## : Synology and 3rd party drive support

Based on the official information that was announced on April 16th, the following changes are in effect.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.”
> 
> **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.**
> 
> There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from the existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they have passed the certification. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/synology_disk_lineup.webp)

DS925+ officially supports the Synology drive series

Looking at the actual supported Synology drives for the DS925+, all 3.5", 2.5", and a complete list of NVMe models are supported. On top of this, with the aforementioned changes to the policy, drives that are being migrated from an earlier model will also work, but potentially in a limited feature capacity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-19.png)

As per KB article, migration of existing pools from older system will be possible

Another note to point out is that this new policy is affecting the **HDD** lineup of drives, not SSDs. **Meaning that while 3rd party SSDs will be unverified they will** **still be usable**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-28-at-12.36.36.png)

Given that the model launches today in the APAC region, we'll soon receive firsthand, solid insights on its compatibility both immediately and over time.

The up-to-date 2025 policy is also explained in more detail in the Synology KB article on the following link.

[Drive compatibility policies FAQs for Synology storage systems starting from 2025 - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/touch-icon-152-2.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo_white-1.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Drive%5Fcompatibility%5Fpolicies?ref=blackvoid.club)

🚨

****UPDATE 23/04/2025** \- Here is the current compatibility list of drives for the DS925+ on day one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-17.png)

Presently, only Synology branded disks HDDs/SSDs are on the compatibility list

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-18.png)

Same applies for the M.2 NVMe drives

Blackvoid will certainly get this device in for testing as soon as possible, so be sure to visit back for a full review soon.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### What does Synology's future look like - 2025 changes and beyond?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/what-does-synologys-future-look-like-2025-changes-and-beyond/
Last updated: 2025-05-16T13:28:09.000Z
Due to recent upcoming changes and announcements, a lot of talk and comments were posted online in the past week. A similar article to this one, I wrote about three years ago on the same topic that had its origin back in 2021.

[What does Synology’s future look like?How do you see Synology in 5 years? Will cloud services dominate? Will local NAS storage die out? Will we have to use Synology HDDs?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-72.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pastpresentfuture.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/what-does-synologys-future-look-like/)

2022 article based on the changes in terms of Synology drives, AMD CPUs, and future predictions

While the title might indicate future predictions, I have no crystal ball and have no idea how anything will pan out, but still, I would like to try and comment on how I see certain decisions that might shape the future of Synology and its customers. 

Back in 2021/2022, the biggest change that stirred up a lot of comments (most of the time negative) was similar to the actual one, only this time around, some might say it is even worse (for the customers).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_01.webp)

In case anyone has missed what all the talk is about, it was the official announcement that went public on the 16th of April 2025\. The topic, just as before, revolved around Synonlogy's hard disk compatibility, specifically with the upcoming X25 models.

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-73.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

2025 HDD compatibility policy changes that were announced on the 16th of April 2025

In short, the main takeaway from that announcement was this:

> ## "...For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support."

Before we go further, it is important to state that Synology has a business **relationship with Toshiba** in terms of using their hard drives, on top of which **Synology applies custom firmware** to be compatible with their NAS models and DSM operating system. What that actually means is hard to say, and I doubt there are any major changes against Toshiba's firmware or industry standards.

This is not something that happened overnight, because Synology and many other companies, started by implementing tighter compatibility on their higher-tier NAS models and gradually pushed the policy down the line. With the introduction of non-enterprise drives as well, the time has come to apply the same policy on their most popular and most widespread DS lineup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/synology_disk_lineup.jpg)

Current 2025 Synology disk lineup

To take this relationship to the next level, **Toshiba and Synology also signed a memorandum of understanding** (MOU) back in March of 2025.

[Synology and Toshiba Strengthen Strategic Partnership with MOU | Synology Inc.Centralize data storage and backup, streamline file collaboration, optimize video management, and secure network deployment to facilitate data management.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/icon-180x180.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_synology.jpg)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/company/news/article/Synology%5FToshiba%5FMOU/Synology%20and%20Toshiba%20Strengthen%20Strategic%20Partnership%20with%20MOU?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_07.webp)

![](https://www.synology.com/cgi/img?action=getImage&o=news&pic_id=680)

Toshiba and Synology signed an MOU in March 2025, solidifying their long-term strategic partnership

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_08.webp)

Why is this important? Well, for one, it is a clear message that **Synology will continue to use Toshiba drives** and modify them in line with their hardware and software.

Another reason is that hard drives also present a nice profit for the company as another product to sell, which also now, with the new compatibility policy, will be almost a prerequisite. Not a 100% prerequisite, but we can't blame them for pushing their brand drives first, even if they are not producing the hard drives themselves.

## The top reasons why Synology made this decision

First and foremost, Synology is a company like any other, regardless of the actual business they are in. As a company, they are driven by the same force. Make the biggest profit in the shortest possible time, while having the smallest number of problems, and minimal expenses. Not sure anyone can blame them for trying right?

### Profit

Now, profit might seem like the most obvious reason for this change and policy coming into effect, but I think it is not the only one or for that matter the most important one.

With their latest DataProtection, and BeeStation announcements during 2024 and rollout in 2025, the company is clearly sending a message that they want to cater to small and large businesses as well as enterprises, but also SOHO users.

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-74.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp_apm_cover-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-75.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-76.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-77.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-78.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-8.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

But to make this happen, and **to be competitive on tenders**, Synology needed a way to vouch for the whole hardware and software by making their devices more "appliance"-like. This means that they had to have their own NAS devices, their own "branded" memory, add-on cards, and now finally the hard drives.

Sure, it makes a lot of sense to push this idea on the more expensive and more business devices, but why now "force" this idea on the enthusiasts and SOHO devices and customers?

The way I see it, profit might be one reason for sure, but ok, Synology is not a charity organization so it does make sense, but still, there should be more to it.

### Testing and compatibility matrix

One other reason that in my humble opinion could be the top one, is the **disk testing and compatibility matrix**. For decades, Synology has been offering their devices with almost no restrictions in terms of hard drives that can be used.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_04.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_02.webp)

Sure, some 3rd party disks were on the official compatibility list, some were not, and that had certain benefits. It is important to state that even with the changes in the disk compatibility policy, **X25 models will be compatible with 3rd party drives along with the official Synology branded ones**.

💡

The upcoming X25 (2025/2026) models will need to mandatory use officially compatible disks. This ****does not mean** that only Synology/Toshiba drives will be supported, but rather a whole list of 3rd party drives that are verified and certified following Synology's requirements.

But going back to the testing matrix, we can only imagine how many tests and retests, days, and months are needed to validate and verify each brand and all of their drives. This must be a huge effort that requires a lot of manpower and person-days.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_10-1.webp)

My guess is that **Synology might offload this task to the drive vendors** themselves, eliminating the need to do all this in-house, apart from their Synology-branded disks. So, shrinking the testing matrix from around 80-90 drives (or more) across all vendors and all Synology NAS models to just 20 drives (Synology SATA, SAS, and NVMe combined) will definitely save time and money in the long run.

Using a specific set of drives to work with their devices, Synology is also eliminating the need to be more compatible on the OS level. While this will cause issues with users who want to use non-verified drives, on the other hand, it will bring better support and stability for those who use only certified ones. Also, on-the-fly firmware updates can be pushed via DSM after the drives have already been in use should such a need arise. 

### Streamlining the support line

This also guides us towards support improvements. For years, Synology has required that NAS devices (or routers, for instance) be registered in the customer’s Synology Account portal to offer support. When opening a ticket, users must select the device needing assistance from a dropdown list of their registered personal devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_06.webp)

Furthermore, Synology started to change its policy that revolved around other hardware elements that went inside the NAS such as RAM, add-on cards, and now finally, the hard drives.

By "removing" the users that are not compliant on the hardware level, Synology is again saving time and money, and at the same time offering more attention to customers who do use the devices and adhere to hardware requirements and EULA (users that are making modifications to the OS).

The company also began using AI as the initial line of response for tickets, alleviating pressure on the support line. Additionally, the revamp of their knowledge base portal positively impacts users by providing numerous hints, tips, and know-how that might otherwise result in support tickets.

## Old hardware, apps, and OS changes

Everything said so far might be a short list of reasons why the company is doing all of this. It could be wrong, could be right, we will see, but what makes the whole situation strained at this point is also the fact that certain decisions that happened overnight, so they say, pushed users away from Synology products and might continue to do so in the future.

What I'm referring to are software changes that happened in August and September of last year, with the depreciation of H264/H265 decoding support, as well as the complete termination of their Video Station platform with the release of DSM 7.2.2.

Users who were unfortunate and didn't read the release notes carefully ended up being stuck with no functionalities that they were expecting, and on top of that, due to the downgrade of DSM not being a supported action, it escalated the whole situation further.

Now, the sunset of apps, life-cycle management, call it what you want, is expected with any software, and any company that makes one, but there are always ways to do it, and ways of how not to do it. Packing such an important change into a DSM security release, for the most part, and sticking it as a one-before-last bullet point is not the way to do it for sure.

Customers who are familiar with the company and their products and services will tell you that while Synology has been a long time (25 years) in business, **they were never the ones who pushed for the latest and greatest, especially when it comes to hardware**.

Up until recent years, one could argue that having the best hardware is only half the story, and for the most part, it is still true, but it is also the fact that every once in a while, you need to make changes to stay competitive. Unfortunately, with the upcoming 2025 refresh of products, **it feels as if Synology is buying itself a few more years** by reusing the same CPU from the X23 and X24 generations, and making network upgrades that are already late to the party. It is also worth mentioning that they are taking away some hardware choices that were noticeable and welcomed a few years back, yet now, we won't even have the option to choose them (10G option, for example).

The competition never sleeps, as just as Synology decided to take the shot at a SOHO segment with their BeeStation and BeeDrive, so did others by attacking the most popular and wide segment of their portfolio, the DS Plus lineup.

Several new players, some with a turn-key solution, some with pure hardware offerings, and others offering the best of both worlds are showing Synology that customers want more. They want more power, more speed, more options, and fewer restrictions. By the looks of it, with the X25 series, we won't get any of that. For the enthusiasts out there, this will not sit well, and they will explore other solutions, but on the other hand, some won't mind this change.

## Better control, fewer problems

I have no idea how big the Synology market is or how many customers are buying specific devices, but I'm also sure that Synology has done its homework and taken a calculated step (dare I say risk?).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_03.webp)

While some will find this decision and the latest changes that we mentioned in this article as a clear red flag and action to abandon ship, others will continue and look at this from another angle. Having an almost turn-key solution that works is more than just a piece of mind. It is a guarantee that we have support to turn to, that we have a way of replacing that device in case something happens during warranty, and above all, years of experience behind that product.

Sure, that comes with a price tag, but that is to be expected as we are not buying just a box; **we are buying an experience that includes hardware, software, and services**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_05.webp)

People who are accustomed to closed ecosystems will have no issues with these or similar changes. Without going into anyone's pocket, there are alternatives out there, and the best part of a competition is that they all force themselves to be better and offer better products for the customer.

**Synology has obviously wanted to simplify things across the board**, and this started years ago when 3rd party apps from the Package Center were eliminated. Back then, it was not a big deal as Docker support was always the way to bring an almost infinite number of apps to this closed system. Now, the story continues with hardware. While its hardware lacks the modern punch that the competition always had and still has, Synology is moving along its own pace, following its agenda.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/hdd_policy_09.webp)

Presently that looks like a slap in the face for the customers that made this brand what it is today, and while Synology is not what it was 15 years ago, it is also not a guarantee that these decisions will backfire. Again, **every company is making changes to primarily benefit itself**, and this is a fact, whether we like it or not.

Underdog competition that has half a dozen devices, targeting specific customers, is still a threat, but not something that Synology is willing to battle every time a new player enters the market. With so many Synology products, versions of OS (for multiple classes of products), and a whole portfolio of free and commercial cloud services, many things need attention.

## The risks

Closed systems are nothing new. They existed decades before Synology even became a company. **There are many benefits to it, like security, stability, support, and the fact that if configured and executed correctly, things just work**. Synology seems to be on a path that follows some of the biggest names in the tech industry, and while they have their problems, wrong decisions over the years, success, and their ups and downs, closing oneself off is something that could end up being problematic.

> ## "People who are really serious about software should make their own hardware,"  
> Alan Kay

Many companies tried to do the same, but few succeeded. That doesn't mean it is not possible; it simply means the risks are even greater.

If we simply translate this to the current hot topic of "HDD lockdown" (again, **Synology is not abandoning 3rd party vendors**), one of the risks should sales take off is the availability of hard drives. By selling more and more of their drives, the company will have to have a clear and present supply to be able to support their various customers. From SOHO to enterprise customers, some will require replacements within 24 hours, and this is where the greatest risk currently comes from.

One might argue that because Synology has already a five-year presence on the market with their enterprise drives the supply line is covered and meets the demand. But, with the DS Plus lineup now primarily favoring Synology's Plus series of drives, this might be something that raises an eyebrow.

I don't see it that way, as the HAT3300 series has already been on the market for several years, and the **supply line was surely prepared to comply with this new compatibility policy**. Checking the Synology Store today (21/4/2025), every region that supports it **has all the drives in stock available** for web purchases.

## The future?

So are we looking into more enterprise-like Synology in the next five years? Will they completely abandon the "enthusiasts" lineup? These are all valid questions, and while I have no definitive answers to them, I can say that the evolution of a company is more than apparent.

More control over hardware components, more control over apps and the OS, and fewer new hardware upgrade milestones. This is what Synology currently looks like. Some will be fine with it, others won't, some will adapt, and some will find alternative solutions.

Because we are creatures of habit, who don't like change, especially when it involves less control and more money out of our pockets, it is expected that customers will not find these changes to their liking, but it is what it is. Synology has made its move, now it's up to us.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/
Last updated: 2025-05-16T13:29:14.000Z
🚨

****UPDATE 22/04/2025** \- NAScompares.com has got some clarification on the matter of the new compatibility policy. Full reply posted below:

"Synology’s storage systems have been transitioning to a more appliance-like business model. Starting with the 25-series, DSM will implement a new HDD compatibility policy in accordance with the published Product Compatibility List. Only listed HDDs are supported for new system installations. This policy is not retroactive and will not affect existing systems and new installations of already released models. Drive migrations from older systems are supported with certain limitations.

As of April 2025, the list will consist of Synology drives. Synology intends to constantly update the Product Compatibility List and will introduce a revamped 3rd-party drive validation program.”

**Reason for the new Synology HCL Policy:**

Each component in a Synology storage solution is carefully engineered and tested to maintain data security and reliability. Based on customer support statistics over the past few years, the use of validated drives results in nearly 40% fewer storage-related issues and faster issue diagnostics and resolution.

Each validated hard drive on the compatibility list undergoes over 7,000 hours of comprehensive compatibility testing across platforms to ensure operational reliability.  
Technical support data shows that validated drives result in a 40% lower chance of encountering critical disk issues.  
For models that have adopted the new hard drive compatibility policy, severe storage anomalies have decreased by up to 88% compared to previous models.  
By adhering to the Product Compatibility List, we can significantly reduce the variances introduced by unannounced manufacturing changes, firmware modifications, and other variations that are difficult for end-users and Synology to identify, much less track. Over the past few years, Synology has steadily expanded its storage drive ecosystem, collaborating with manufacturing partners to ensure a stable and consistent lineup of drives with varying capacities and competitive price points. Synology intends to expand its offerings and is committed to maintaining long-term availability, which is not available with off-the-shelf options. We understand that this may be a significant change for some of our customers and are working on ways to ease the transition. Synology is already collaborating with our partners to develop a more seamless purchasing experience, while maintaining the initial sizing and post-install upgrade flexibility that DSM platforms are renowned for.” – Senior Synology Representative on the record.

---

Today, Synology published an official statement on the matter of disk support in their upcoming 2025 models that are about to hit the market in Q2 of this year.

[Synology DS725+ & DS925+ announcement#Synology new 2025 NAS models are coming soon! DS725+ and DS925+ specifications have been revealed.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-67.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds725_925_announcment-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-ds925-announcement/)

[NEW x25 Synology model lineupMid-year means new Synology NAS models with the x25 suffix. What models can we expect in the next year?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-68.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/NAS_x25_models-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x25-synology-model-lineup/)

Most of the X25 models are already known, at least on paper, as there are not many changes compared to the previous generations.

What has changed was something that was already in a way announced back in 2021 with the first revision of the disk compatibility policy, as well as the introduction of Synology's official HDD/SSD/NVMe drives.

[Synology HDD compatibility policy explainedBeginning in 2021, Synology rolled out their HDD HAT5300 series of drives, and following that they have changed their HDD compatibility policy. Now I did write about those drives and those policy changes a bit back in January and March of 2021, but I wanted to reflect on this a![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-69.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hddcompatibility.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/)

[What does Synology’s future look like - 2025 changes and beyond?What is the future of #Synology? Are we looking into a more enterprise-like company, or will the customers that made it what it is today see the change in their favor?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-133.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pastpresentfuture_v2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/what-does-synologys-future-look-like-2025-changes-and-beyond/)

Now we have a new update on that same policy, as Synology has decided to prioritize their drives above 3rd-party ones, starting with the X25 upcoming devices.

> **Düsseldorf – April 16, 2025** – Following the success of the High-Performance series, the company is now increasingly relying on Synology’s own storage media for the Plus series models, which will be released starting in 2025\. Users will thus benefit from higher performance, increased reliability, and more efficient support. “With our proprietary hard drive solution, we have already seen significant benefits for our customers in a variety of deployment scenarios,” said Chad Chiang, Managing Director of Synology GmbH and Synology UK. “By expanding our integrated ecosystem to the Plus series, we aim to provide all users—from home users to small businesses—with the highest levels of security and performance, while also offering significantly more efficient support.” **For users, this means that starting with the Plus series models released in 2025, only Synology’s own hard drives and third-party hard drives certified according to Synology’s specifications will be compatible and offer the full range of functions and support.** There will be no changes for Plus models released up to and including 2024 (excluding the XS Plus series and rack models). Furthermore, migrating hard drives from existing Synology NAS to a new Plus model will continue to be possible without restrictions. The use of compatible and unlisted hard drives will be subject to certain restrictions in the future, such as pool creation and support for issues and failures caused by the use of incompatible storage media. Volume-wide deduplication, lifespan analysis, and automatic hard drive firmware updates will only be available for Synology hard drives in the future. Tight integration of Synology NAS systems and hard drives reduces compatibility issues and increases system reliability and performance. At the same time, firmware updates and security patches can be deployed more efficiently, ensuring a high level of data security and more efficient support for Synology customers.

### So what does this mean?

This means that on day one of the release, no official 3rd-party drive will be supported unless they are on the official compatibility list. How the certification of 3rd-party drives will go remains to be seen, but we can see that **Synology drives will not be, in fact, exclusive**.

Will Synology or the disk vendor go through the certification process, will probably dictate how fast the whole process will last, and in the end, what drives and NAS models will be supported?

2024 models are excluded from this new policy, but it is also important to know how this control and validation will be implemented. All of this will be known once the actual new devices arrive on the market.

More news on this will be added as confirmed information will be disclosed.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology AI Console
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ai-console/
Last updated: 2025-08-28T11:23:46.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: ****28.08.2025**. - The upcoming new version of the **AI Console 1.2** will bring new features like connecting to the on-prem OpenAI compatible API, no limit for de-identification memory, and support for the new GPT-5 models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/aiconsole12_01.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/aiconsole12_02.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/aiconsole12_03.webp)

New GPT-5 OpenAI are supported with AI Console 1.2

---

As of yesterday, Synology has rolled out several new beta packages. Mainly, Synology MailPlus Server 3.4 and Synology MailPlus 3.4 (client). 

On top of those, we also got access to **Synology AI Console** **1.0**.

> ## Synology AI Console 1.0 is a powerful new AI management tool that enables admins to integrate third-party AI into supported Synology packages to boost productivity. It currently supports MailPlus 3.4.0, with more productivity solutions coming soon.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-7.png)

The installation of said platform is accessible via the DSM Package Center under the "beta" section, just like all other beta apps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-8.png)

Synology AI Console is accessible inside the beta section of the Package Center

Several things that are worth mentioning before going down this road. Primarily, this is still a **beta** version of the software, and it is intended for evaluation only. Secondly, there will be no going back once this platform is upgraded. Meaning, like any other DSM package, the **AI Console will not be downgradable**.

While at the moment this integration works only with the Synology MailPlus app, nevertheless, here are the current release notes.

## Synology AI Console v 1.0 release notes

#### Important Note

1. This is the initial beta version of Synology AI Console. For this initial beta version, AI features are only supported in Synology MailPlus 3.4 and later.
2. **Synology does not charge for sending AI requests**; these charges are determined by the AI providers. For billing inquiries, please contact your AI provider directly. To optimize AI-generated outputs across Synology packages, the input token count includes user inputs, system prompts, and, when applicable, context from prior requests. Learn more about AI usage costs.

#### What's New

1. Supports connecting to AI service providers via APIs to leverage AI capabilities. Currently supported providers are **Amazon Bedrock, Azure OpenAI, Baidu AI Cloud, Google AI Studio, Google Vertex AI,** and **OpenAI**.
2. Supports configuring permissions for supported packages and setting rate limits for each API integration.
3. Supports de-identification by masking selected sensitive data before sending it to external AI service providers. Note that the de-identification feature is only available on devices with 8 GB or more memory.
4. Supports transaction logs and admin logs for monitoring and tracking AI requests and configurations.

#### Applied Models

- FS-series: FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018
- HD-series: HD6500
- SA-series: SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400D, SA3400, SA3200D
- 24-series: DS224+
- 23-series: RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+
- 22-series: RS822RP+, RS822+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- 21-series: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- 20-series: RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+
- 19-series: RS1619xs+, RS1219+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219
- 18-series: RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+
- 17-series: RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1517+
- 16-series: RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416play, DS216+II, DS216+

As we can see, presently only six (6) AI platforms are supported according to the release notes:

- Amazon Bedrock
- Azure OpenAI
- Baidu AI Cloud
- Google AI Studio
- Google Vertex AI
- OpenAI

This platform will be given free of charge by Synology, but that doesn't mean it will be free. Depending on the AI of choice, it will come down to the subscription plan that we have with said platform and how much it will be charged upon usage.

### What can Synology AI Console do?

Once installed, we will be given several options. DSM admins will be able to:

- Configure AI access permissions for supported Synology packages.
- Enable de-identification features to protect data privacy.
- Monitor and track AI usage, including transaction and admin logs, for comprehensive control and enhanced data protection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-9.png)

Synology AI Console web interface

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-10.png)

Log section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-20.05.11.png)

Transaction log for each use of the AI provider, listing the user, provider, model as well as combined and separate token cost

Once configured with a specific DSM app, like Synology MailPlus server at the moment, we will get several features that can be configured. Any other app that will be integrated in the future will have its features and options listed on the following Synology KB link:

[Which Synology packages support AI integration and what features may incur costs from AI providers? - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/touch-icon-152-1.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/logo_white.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Synology%5Fpackages%5FAI%5Ffeatures%5Fcosts?ref=blackvoid.club)

MailPlus currently can support **AI Assistant** and **AI Summary** features with about a dozen options altogether.

**AI Assistant options**:  
Improve writing, Check grammar, Make shorter, Make longer, Sound casual, Sound formal, Translate, Reference, Smart draft, Smart reply, Custom prompt

**AI Summary options**:  
Brief, Detailed, Next steps

### Activating AI Console

Before we can configure anything, the AI Console needs to be activated via the Synology Account portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-11.png)

Once activated, we will have the option to configure our AI Console with one of six AI providers. Depending on the choice, there will be a number of settings that need to be configured, like API keys, models, or various endpoints. Also, advanced settings will offer, for example, token limitations per user.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-12.png)

AI Console API integration wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-13.png)

We can see that the MailPlus, as well as the Office package have/will have access to this AI integration. We can expect the Office beta package soon, by the looks of it

The AI Console is pointing out that MailPlus and Office packages have access to this AI integration, and while the beta version of Office is yet to come, we can expect it soon, by the looks of it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-14.png)

Setting permission for Synology MailPlus is the only one currently available

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/image-15.png)

Synology MailPlus 3.4 has the AI Assistant feature

As we configure the DSM app to have access to the AI provider, those options will start to show up as part of the user interface. Using the Synology MailPlus client, we can see that the AI Assistant options are active and the user has even option to disable them should they choose to do so.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.03.24.png)

AI Assistant options inside the Synology MailPlus app

Once we start writing a new email, we will be offered a "**Help me write**" button in the lower left corner that we can use to invoke the AI prompt and start our input.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.05.08.png)

"Help me write" button that triggers the AI provider input field

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.12.24.png)

AI prompt field

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.16.02.png)

Example of a prompt

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.17.53.png)

A proper Star Wars team-building invitation, done!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.19.07.png)

As stated, the AI assistant includes several options to modify the reply if needed, including translation to 17 languages in total

Expected, the AI provider (OpenAI in this case), gave a fast response that we can then alter or use in an email. Similar to writing an email, we can also use AI to **summarize emails** for us in order to reply to them again using the AI assistant.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.46.23.png)

The AI summary button is located in the MailPlus window in the upper right corner

By clicking the summarize button, we can generate a concise or detailed response, with an additional option to display a follow-up to-do list in an email format.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-19.57.06.png)

Example of the AI summary feature inside the MailPlus app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/Screenshot-2025-04-09-at-20.00.39.png)

Another example on a different topic

Currently, this feature is only supported on the web version of MailPlus, as the mobile beta version 2.7.1 is still not AI-ready. We can expect the said app to be updated soon, as the last change was in February.

All in all, while these features were announced some time ago, during the 2023 Computex expo, it seems that Synology is finally ready to update its apps with AI power.

[Synology & generative AI support in Synology Office and MailPlus#Synology presenting their AI-supported Office and MailPlus platforms as part of the Computex 2023 expo.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-65.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_ai-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-generative-ai-support-with-synology-office-and-mailplus/)

Initial article announcing the implementation of generative AI in Synology apps

For users who are using either MailPlus or Office, or both, this will be a welcome addition, if nothing else, to boost a bit of productivity and save time in the long run. Nothing ground-breaking, but nowadays, having the AI checkmark seems to be mandatory, and Synology is finally making that step.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeFiles 1.3 & BeePhotos 2.2 mobile apps are here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beefiles-1-3-beephotos-2-2-mobile-apps-are-here/
Last updated: 2025-04-06T11:00:15.000Z
While we are awaiting new Synology DSM updates and patches, here are some quick updates on the upcoming new mobile versions of the BeeStation's apps, the **BeeFiles 1.3** and **BeePhotos 2.2**.

# BeeFiles Mobile App 1.3.0

## Release Notes

## What’s new

### iOS & Android

1. Added support to configure BeeStation system settings, including viewing system information, shutting down, and restarting.
2. Added support to invite and manage BeeStation users.
3. Added support to receive BeeStation system notifications via push notifications (Requires BeeStation OS 1.2 or later).
4. Added support for software updates through the app, including updates for BeeStation OS, BeeFiles, and BeePhotos.

## Fixed issues

### Android

1. Fixed an issue where an unexpected error might occur when resuming music playback after pausing on Android 14 and later.
2. Fixed an issue where canceling a download could cause the app to malfunction on Android 14 and earlier.

# BeePhotos Mobile App 2.2.0

## Release Notes

## What’s new

### iOS & Android

1. Added support to configure BeeStation system settings, including viewing system information, shutting down, and restarting.
2. Added support to invite and manage BeeStation users.
3. Added support to receive BeeStation system notifications via push notifications (Requires BeeStation OS 1.2 or later).
4. Added support for software updates through the app, including updates for BeeStation OS, BeeFiles, and BeePhotos.

## Fixed issues

### Android

1. Fixed an issue where the mobile app might crash when downloading items.

### iOS

1. Fixed an issue where sharing photos to WeChat might not be successful.
2. Fixed an issue where backed-up items might not be displayed when the network connection is unstable.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/beefiles_beephotos_beta_01.png)

New beta versions are accessible in both the Apple and Google app stores

Currently accessible via both Apple and Google Store (test flight mode), the new version will also require **BSM version 1.2** or better for certain features to work.

[Synology BSM 1.2-65586The NEW #Synology #BSM 1.2 beta is here with new features including #BeeProtect, and the official support to use #DSM as a backup location for the #Beestation![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-64.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_12.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/)

So far, the mobile apps were focused on the BeeStation content management, but with new versions we can see that both apps **allow navigation and configuration inside the BSM's settings** features. Now, we will be able to **view system information**, **perform reboots or shutdowns**, **invite and manage existing users**, as well as **update the device and its apps**, and **receive notifications via push**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/beefiles_beephotos_beta_02.png)

Adding new users and managing existing ones is now possible using either of the mobile apps

Nice additions that many users will find welcome. Not that there was nothing wrong with using the desktop approach, but considering that these settings already are part of the BSM OS, it was expected to make its way into the mobile apps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/04/beefiles_beephotos_beta_03.png)

All of the new features are, for the most part, accessible via the Settings menu inside the apps or using the "more" menu

The fact is that most of us nowadays use mobile device more often that any desktop or table device, or having all the settings under our fingertips is a welcome addition.

The only setting that is missing now is setting up the BeeStation backup and configuration of external devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/beeprotect.jpg)

BeeProtect, the dedicated cloud-driven backup platform for your BeeStation (part of [****BSM 1.2 version**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/))

We probably won't see those features on the mobile platform any time soon, but then again, those are settings that are rarely accessible or need changing to justify being part of a mobile app to begin with.

Expect these beta app versions to roll out soon as new major versions in the respective Stores.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### World Backup Day 2025
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/world-backup-day-2025/
Last updated: 2025-03-31T06:32:40.000Z
It always surprises me how time flies quickly when people get caught up in their everyday tasks, obligations, and just life in general. Because of that, we generate a huge amount of digital data thanks to technology and ease of use. It is also the reason why getting unauthorized access to that same bucket of information is a simple task for someone in a position of knowledge, and on top of that, even easier if we, as owners, do not take the **needed steps to safeguard our personal information and data**.

[World Backup DayBe prepared against data loss and data theft. March 31st is the day to backup and better protect your data.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-53.ico)World Backup DayWorld Backup Day, helloworldbackupday.com![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/opengraph-1200x630-crop-1-q80.png)](https://www.worldbackupday.com/en?ref=blackvoid.club)

Finally, because of all the bad things that are happening in the digital world today (not to mention in the world in general), on **March 31st**, we celebrate **World Backup Day**!

> ## "I solemnly swear to backup my important documents and precious memories on March 31st. #WorldBackupDay"

The definition of backup includes an additional copy of data outside the original one. This could be a simple data copy on an external USB drive, another device such as a computer, NAS*,* or a very popular choice, the *cloud.*

Whatever the choice, it is better than not having a copy at all. **Ignoring the fact will cost you at some point in time**. The only thing that will be a factor is just how much data you will lose as well as patience, money, and time.

Synology, over the years, has established itself as the top manufacturer of SOHO and business DAS, NAS, and scalable network storage solutions for large demands, with their famous DSM (Disk Station Manager) OS, and a vast array of devices ranging from single to massive 60 bay storage solutions.

Just last year, Synology was even more present in the entry-level segment with their very first **turn-key** device, the **BeeStation**.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-54.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-7.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

Full review and hands-on of the new BeeStation

The idea behind this product was in fact to offer the end user a worry-free, simple-to-set-up, backup solution for the whole family with no technical knowledge needed, and almost non-existent maintenance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_price_comparison_v2.jpg)

BeeStation vs. the cloud

Priced as a very competitive product, even against some popular cloud services, the BeeStation landed positive feedback with a decent acceptance. Powered with a super easy and simple user interface, as well as a few mobile apps, there is not much this platform can't do. It offers the user speed, security, privacy, and simplicity in an elegant and silent device.

> ## TIP 1# Regular Backups: Schedule regular automatic backups for your data, ensuring that you always have a recent copy available.

So having an excuse to not have a backup is really not an option with the BeeStation. Apart from turning it on and connecting it to the local network the rest of the process is almost fully automatic. In case this device still sounds a bit complicated or over the top for a few of those important spreadsheets and pictures, maybe a smaller **BeeDrive** device will be a better fit.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-55.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Full hands-on review of the new BeeDrive USB device

## Why would I back up if I have all my data in the cloud?

Talking about local devices might sound strange in 2025 with the *cloud* dominating the industry for the last decade. Well, that's just it. By default, the *cloud* is not backed up. No commercial cloud service offers an additional backup at no cost.

> ## TIP 2# Use Multiple Locations: Back up your data to multiple locations, such as external hard drives, cloud storage, and other offsite locales.

Having data in the "cloud", simply means that your data lives on "someone else's server". What happens to that data, who has access to it, is it being used to train AI, siphon data that can be sold forward, etc, are all valid questions that should be asked before putting data anywhere. 

On top of all that when we talk about backup, that **"cloud" data is not backed up at all**, and it is up to the end user to make sure that the copy of that data is secure and accessible. 

> ## TIP 3# Verify Your Backups: Periodically test your backups to ensure that the data can be restored successfully without corruption.

If on the other hand, the cloud is used as a secondary copy for your data, then fine, we can consider that a backup, but some of the initial questions remain. Who is in control, where the data actually is (geographically for example), is the service free or not, will the price hike occur, and so on?

The more data there is to back up, the more expensive it will be to safeguard it in the cloud. Also, data recovery time will increase even more so if the destination Internet speed is not high-end fiber. All of these are **valid reasons to invest in a local backup storage, such as a NAS**. The initial investment up front is much higher than the cloud, this is true, but looking over 5-10 years (the average lifetime of a NAS product before end-of-life support), the monthly cost will be almost nothing and the **storage size as well as service offering will be monstrous compared to any commercial cloud** provider.

Speaking of prices, the cloud was always appealing because of it, but over time, the price goes up, quality goes down, and all of a sudden, there is a huge bullseye on your data. Why? Well, because your data, as well as everyone else's, is in the same "bucket" asking to be hacked, broken into, encrypted for ransom, or simply deleted.

> ## TIP 4# Update Software: Keep your backup software and systems updated to protect against vulnerabilities and improve compatibility.

On the other hand, running a local device in the basement or closet could be seen as unsafe or unprofessional. With certain skills needed on top of it all, self-hosting a personal device with data being safely stored on it could be in the eyes of many, a much safer and more secure option than any cloud. Sure, you are the one responsible for every single element to make this happen, but this is a common **convenience vs. security scenario**.

## Small, medium, large. The NAS models for every occasion

Being responsible for the hardware, software, apps, backups, disaster recovery scenarios, backup for your backups, and more, self-hosting could be seen as a bit much for most. This is exactly why Synology has started making a much simpler device category to cater to those who are less tech-savvy, but still want a stable backup solution with little to no additional overhead.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/synology_2024_timeline_social_part1.jpg)

BeeStation device and BeeProtect backup service are both turn-key solutions that will give you a piece of mind knowing your data is safe, secure, and private

Based on the amount of data that needs to be backed up, the number of users, and the complexity of backup scenarios (3-2-1, 3-2-1-1-0...), going past the new entry models and back into the default Synology lineup, we will find plenty of existing and upcoming devices as well as some brand new ones.

The still current x23/x24 lineup of devices offers many models powered by the DSM 7.2.2 version of the OS. These devices are the core of Synology's offer, and many individuals and businesses will have experience with them so far. Now, while Synology does keep things up to date, for the most part, the hardware element of things is not one of them.

Sticking to the more traditional "true and tested" rather than "latest and greatest", the company usually refreshes its models slowly and with minimal changes. The soon-to-be-announced X25 lineup can attest to this, as the CPU architecture across the board is still from 2018/2019.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/ds725_925_announcment-1.jpg)

A few of the upcoming popular "+" models, DS725+ and DS925+

> ## "From a backup standpoint, this is a good thing. Devices are known to be rock solid and stable, and that is the most important role of the backup itself."

While the Bee and the existing DS/RS lineup of models will be plenty to choose from, last year Synology also heavily shifted its efforts to combat the modern threats by rolling out a brand new class of devices, the **ActiveProtect Appliance**. Part of their DP (Data Protection) series, these devices are designed for one thing only. Backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/synology_2024_timeline_social_part3.jpg)

ActiveProtect models running the brand-new ActiveProtect Manager OS

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-61.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-62.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-63.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

These pre-populated appliance devices are the first of their kind, combining the best of both worlds of hardware and software that Synology has to offer. With a heavy focus on **data backup and recovery, low RPO/RTO, air-gap backups, and a central management platform** that will allow control and coordination of thousands of end-point devices, the APM is the perfect backup solution for small to large businesses and enterprises.

> ## TIP 5# Encrypt Sensitive Data: For sensitive or confidential information, use encryption to keep your backups secure from unauthorized access.

## Synology as a backup solution

Considering that Synology has so many options in terms of backup it might be a bit overwhelming to choose from. Still, starting small and building from there is a start. Better than doing nothing at all.

![What can you do with multiple NAS devices?](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2022/09/multipleNASsetup-1.png)

Example of what a multi-NAS setup can look like

[What can you do with multiple NAS devices?If you have or are thinking about getting multiple Synology NAS devices, here are a few scenarios in which you can utilize them.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-56.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/multipleNASsetup-1.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/what-can-you-do-with-multiple-nas-devices/)

### Key features of Synology solutions

- **Flexible deployment options**

Protect your data in minutes. Flexibly choose between storing a wide variety of workloads in clusters via a purpose-built backup appliance or safeguarding backups directly to the cloud.

- **Automate your data protection**

Schedule your backups regularly with time-based or event-based backups to protect against accidental data loss, hardware failure, malware attacks, and more.

- **Protect against ransomware**

Perform immutable backups and store air-gapped backups off-site to meet regulatory compliance.

- **Role-based access control**

Implement access controls to maintain control over business data, delegate admin rights to select employees only, and authenticate users for secure access to data.

- **Scale as your data grows**

Implement an on-demand, scalable data backup solution to meet evolving data needs. Store your data with a purpose-built backup appliance or in the cloud without disrupting or transforming your existing backup infrastructure.

When we talk about tools that Synology offers in terms of backup and ransomware protection, there are more then a few.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/hbvssrvsabbvscs-1.jpg)

Top 4 Synology backup tools that offer many backup scenarios depending on the need

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-57.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

The most common and popular ones are **Hyper Backup**, **Snapshot Replication**, **Active Backup for Business**, and **Cloud Sync**. Each packages offers a very specific set of possibilities and as such not all are suitable for every occasion.

Be sure to search the site for each of these packages and see multiple articles on the topic of each of them to better understand how they work and should they be the right tool for your backup.

> ## TIP 6# Create an Emergency Recovery Plan: Have a documented recovery plan that outlines steps to restore your data in case of a disaster, ensuring minimal downtime.

This implies that ensuring the safety and protection of your data requires the combined efforts of several tools working together, guaranteeing that you have done everything possible to safeguard against corruption or any other negative impact on your valuable memories.

While we are on the subject of backup and Synology, we have to mention that the company also offers its **commercial version of backup *cloud* services**, the **BaaS** (Backup as a Service).

Called **C2**, Synology presently has three worldwide data centers, with the 4th one in the works as well. The C2 set of services has been largely expanded with the roll out of DSM 7 some years back.

In terms of backup services, there are the popular **C2 Backup**, **C2 Object Storage**, as well as **C2 Backup for Business**, to name the few.

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-58.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

[Synology C2 Backup for Business - backup on-prem devices and SaaS platforms5TB of space and up to 250 users for a price of one cup of coffee per day? Synology C2 Backup for Business could be a solution for your needs.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-59.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2backup_business-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-business-backup-on-prem-devices-and-saas-platforms/)

[Synology C2 Object StorageNEW Synology C2 service is here. C2 Object Storage offers you a way to backup any unstructured data with no egress fees at all. Starting at $6.99![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-60.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2objectstorage-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)

> ## TIP 7# Stay Informed About Threats: Keep abreast of new threats such as ransomware and other cyber attacks that can jeopardize your data, and adjust your backup strategies accordingly.

Considering that we have named more than several reasons against the commercial cloud, it is important to note that Synology C2 services while they can function as independent platforms, were in fact initially designed as complementary backup locations for the local storage.

C2 Storage for example is one of the services that is used as a backup for your backup. Meaning it can be used to offload the NAS content inside the C2 infrastructure in case something happens with the device or data on it.

For those who don't want to use on-prem backup hardware, the C2 Backup or C2 Backup for Business would be a perfect "direct backup to the cloud" method.

Whatever piece of hardware or backup software you use, it will be better than risking not having anything. Drives fail, hardware can break down, and the number of threats online today is at an all-time high. Keeping your data and private information safe if key, so be sure to "take the pledge" and revisit your backup procedures, test your backups, and spread the word. Don't be part of a statistic, take control, and backup your backups!

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS725+ & DS925+ announcement
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-ds925-announcement/
Last updated: 2025-04-18T12:54:41.000Z
On March 13th, we had an interesting announcement from Synology that was somewhat unexpected. Images from an apparent Synology event presenting upcoming 2025 models started showing up on various web sites.

Now, whether this was planned or not remains uncertain, but one thing is for sure: It's out there now.

While 2024 was completely dominated by the new BeeStation models and ActiveProtect devices, Synology looks ready to refresh its most famous segment of products: the popular "+" and "XS+" series.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-43.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-6.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-44.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-45.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-46.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

A total of **9 models were announced** that will get a refresh in the upcoming quarters, **starting from 2-bay up to 16-bay rack models**.

[NEW x25 Synology model lineupMid-year means new Synology NAS models with the x25 suffix. What models can we expect in the next year?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-47.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/NAS_x25_models.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x25-synology-model-lineup/)

The complete list of devices is available on the link posted above, but among all of these, a few have had most of their specifications listed as well. Starting with one of the **most popular ones, the DS725+ and DS925+**. These are by far the most often mentioned and desired devices as they present the fastest 2/4-bay desktop models.

Often expandable, but mainly powerful and compact, both NAS models support all the features and applications that the DSM has to offer, and with Docker capabilities, open up room for many open-source and 3rd party solutions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/ds725-.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/ds925-.png)

DS725+ (left) and DS925+ (right) concept images

Presently, from the information available we know that most of these devices will be AMD-driven in terms of the CPU, while some will remain on the Intel Celeron platform.

Make no mistake, all of the CPUs in the upcoming refresh are already used by current models and are old as far as 2018\. While this might come as a surprise to some, this is Synology's way of doing things. Sticking with proven architecture, to better support current and future DSM versions as well as application packages.

The downside of this is, of course, unlocking the potential of a new CPU, less power consumption, better support, and so forth. By sticking with "true and tested" CPUs, Synology is playing it safe when it comes to compatibility, stability, and fewer issues for the end user, by turning their NAS models into more of an appliance device than ever before.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/synology_ds725_specs.jpg)

DS725+ specification (March 2025)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/synology_ds925_specs.jpg)

DS925+ specification (March 2025)

Speaking of an "appliance-like" device, we can't help but mention disk support and compatibility. Since the 2021 models, especially in the "XS+" and rack-based "+" models or better, Synology has started to push their brand of SATA and SSD/M.2 drives.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-49.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hat3300.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/synology_disk_lineup.jpg)

Synology drive categories

By push we mean that only Synology-branded drives were supported in terms of warranty and compatibility, and by extension Synology ticket support. Some devices also supported 3rd party disk models such as lower end "+" models, and of course the "value" and "J" series. 

However, it has been four years since the campaign started, andwith each passing year, Synology has started to trim down the 3rd party supported list with the new model refresh. On top of this, last year, with the introduction of the BeeStation model, we got the very first pre-populated consumer device.

This was sort of an announcement that Synology is not going to let this campaign go, and it actually might mean that **all x25 models could be compatible only with Synology-branded drives**.

🚨

****UPDATE 16/4/2025** \- New official information on the disk compatibility policy. 

[New 2025 Synology disk compatibility policyNew 2025 Synology disk compatibility policy regarding disk support in upcoming new NAS models![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-71.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_disk_policy_2025.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-2025-synology-disk-compatibility-policy/)

New 2025 updated disk compatibility policy

If so, this could be proven problematic, especially for the upcoming DS625slim model, which only supports 2.5" drives. While Synology does offer their SAT5200 series of 2.5" SSDs, those are enterprise-grade drives and come with a 5-year warranty, but also with a higher-than-normal price.

In any case, it makes sense for Synology to retire the 3rd party drive support altogether and focus solely on their drives, as this will have a huge effect on their production, support, testing, and DSM development in the long run.

Circling back on the specifications that we know about the DS725+ and DS925+, especially when we compare them with their respective predecessors.

Several changes are important to mention when we compare the upcoming devices with the current models. The DS725+, compared to the DS723+, has **double the initial RAM** from 2 to 4GB (up to 32GB), 2x1GbE network was **replaced with 1x 2.5GbE and 1x 1GbE**, and the **expansion slot** that used to be eSATA has finally been replaced with a **modern USB-C** (6Gbps).

This will allow both the DS725+ and the DS925+ to accommodate the new **DX525** expansion unit.

The most **apparent loss from the previous version** is the **lack of PCIe support** that allowed the DS723+/DS923+ a **10GbE addon card**. Whether this is missing or is Synology simply limiting access to it remains to be seen. So while both new models will arrive with a single or double (in case of DS925+) 2.5GbE interface, **neither of these will have the 10GbE support**.

One might partially understand that the 2-bay DS725+ will be lacking the 10G support (considering that the V1500B has double the PCIe bandwidth compared to the R1600), but the DS925+ with a faster CPU could surely afford it if nothing else in the same add-on configuration as it did on the DS923+. Sadly, this is not the case.

Speaking of CPUs, we can see that the **DS725+ has retained the 2-core (4-thread) AMD Ryzen R1600** from 2019, while the **DS925+ has moved from that very same one to a quad-core AMD Ryzen V1500B** from 2018.

Also of note, is that both devices will have the support for **dual NVMe drives** (mostly likely on the bottom of the device) that should allow for both caching support, as well as an option to **create storage pools**. Currently, a total of 8 models support it (from x21-x22-x23), including DS723+ and DS923+. It is safe to assume that the X25 series will follow along, but it is important to mention that **only Synology-branded models are officially supported for this particular scenario**.

The Intel supported x25 models will be the DS225+, DS425+ and the DS625slim running Intel Celeron J4125 CPU. The biggest update there that we know of, is the 2.5GbE network adapter that will mostly benefit the 6-bay DS625slim model.

Consider that particular device uses only SSDs in various RAID configurations, a limiting 1GbE from the previous DS620slim model will arrive as a welcome upgrade.

### Price and release date

Apart from the limiting specifications at this moment, we have no price or release date in mind. It is clear that neither of these will arrive in Q1, considering the date, so the earliest we can expect them is Q2 or later.

In terms of pricing, following Synology pattern, the new models will cost the same as the current ones, if nothing else than since most of the hardware remains identical to the previous generation.

If the upcoming update is not something that you are looking forward to, it is worth mentioning that Synology has been running their "refurbished" program for a number of years via their Synology store.

[Synology Store - 2024 stock and offersNeed a broken Synology NAS part? Looking to buy a router, HDD, or maybe a refurbished older model? Visit the Synology Store for more details.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-50.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_store_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-2024-stock-and-offers/)

[Synology Store - now open!Today #Synology has opened its official Synology Store! A easy way to buy routers, add-in cards, memory and more. Free shipping over 200 ($/€)!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-51.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologystore.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-now-open/)

The older models will be available there as well, fully refurbished with warranty once the current stock runs out, so getting an older model will also be an option in a way.

Once the models become available, we will have them in for review, hopefully before they hit the market, so be sure to come back and follow along. 

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DP320 review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/
Last updated: 2025-03-09T17:18:18.000Z
Last year, the rollout of new products was less abundant compared to previous years, primarily because Synology was deeply focused on preparing for 2025\. Aside from the Bee series, 2024 was marked by significant **DataProtection** announcements, culminating in a Christmas Eve rollout of the new lineup in Taiwan. Just two weeks later, the global release was made official on January 8th, introducing three DataProtection devices.

These included the flagship model, the **DP7400**, and two desktop models, the **DP320** and **DP340**. If you missed the review of the notable 12-bay model or the new **ActiveProtect Manager OS**, be sure to check those out via the provided links.

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-36.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Full hardware review of the new DP7400 backup appliance

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-37.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

In-depth review of the new ActiveProtect Manager operating system driving the new DP lineup of devices

This time, let's delve into the DP320, the smallest member of the three new models. Externally, it resembles familiar 2-bay devices, yet it possesses a unique character, primarily due to the APM OS running under the hood. We’ll explore whether its **suggested price of €1499.99** aligns with its capabilities and ultimately determine if this device meets your business needs.

## Table of Contents

: [Introduction](#intro)  
: [Price and licensing model](#price)  
: [Unboxing and specifications](#specs)  
: [Setup](#setup)  
: [Tests](#tests)  
: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Introduction

Before we go any further, make no mistake, this is not an SOHO device or something that was intended to be purchased from a retail store. In fact, if you search any major online store, you won't find the DP series anywhere.

These devices are designed to be sold through official Synology reseller and partner channels, typically as part of project implementations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/dataprotection_lineup_position.jpg)

Current position of the DataProtection devices in the whole Synology lineup

Now, that might seem odd for some, that a **prepopulated device** of this size, and a reasonable price for what it offers is not accessible via retail channels, but it only goes to show that **Synology is specifically targeting businesses and enterprises** focused on purchasing a **backup appliance** and not a general use NAS device.

> ## ActiveProtect appliance is designed for all business which streamlines the data protection process for an entire organization, from deployment to recovery, through a unified and intuitive management interface, no matter where the backup tasks occur

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/dp320_small.png)

DP320 - the new 2-bay DataProtection backup appliance

Without reiterating too much from the [DP7400 review](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/) intro, Synology's DP320 device is intended to offer customers a backup appliance that is **pre-sized and pre-configured**. It comes with the necessary capacity, CPU, memory, and network ports, eliminating the need for a custom-built setup.

> ## DataProtection is all about ease of use, speed, and efficiency

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_dp_tower_product_name_320.jpg)

The new DP lineup naming convention

Some key highlights of the DataProtection products:

**Simplified management**: easy procurement, with initial setup completed in 10 minutes`*`, automatic protection mechanism combined with on-demand expansion cluster architecture, truly simplifying management on a single platform

**High Performance**: Reliable software and hardware integration with source-side deduplication technology, saving 99% of duplicate data transmission, significantly improving backup speed, and saving 70% of storage costs.

**Reliable recoverability**: Synology's native immutable storage technology, combined with data verification and automatic repair, provides one-stop management of off-site backup copies, ensuring high reliability of data restoration

Compared with the large DP7400 model, the DP320, apart from the hardware element, won't have certain features and options, but the out-of-the-box experience and initial setup are identical. This means that getting those initial backups configured and running will indeed be within 10 minutes as advertised.

## 
  
  
## : Price and licensing model

The **suggested retail price for this DP320** is **€1.499,00**.

💡

Unlike the DP7400, ****DP320 can't be a cluster host**, only a node inside an existing cluster up to 2500 servers. Still, ****DP320 can be configured as a standalone backup device**.

The DataProtection series comes with a licensing model. **Any additional cluster node** (another DP unit) will cost **€1.800,00 for 3 years** (each node).

One thing important to note here is that the **additional licenses will only apply to the third (3rd) additional node** (and any other after that) in the cluster.

💡

****NOTE**: Additionally, any ****license that will be applied will cost the same** regardless of how big or small the additional node is. So be it another DP320, DP340, or DP7400, the ****3y license is flat rate**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/APM_license.png)

So, for the first three devices in a single cluster, we only pay for the actual appliance. This being a business/enterprise-driven platform, the pricing comes as no surprise, but it is more than an average Synology DS+ setup similar to the DP7400 compared to the XS+ or SA lineup.

[ActiveProtect License Pack | Synology Inc.Synology ActiveProtect license packs are designed for users looking to create a backup cluster. It ensures that enterprise data and backup infrastructure can be safeguarded and managed via a single console.![](https://static.ghost.org/v5.0.0/images/link-icon.svg)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_og_image-1.jpg)](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/ActiveProtect-License-Pack?ref=blackvoid.club)

While these prices are simply suggested, it is best to consult with either Synology or any reseller partner and look into specific needs, and finally the exact pricing. For that, it might be useful to use the following link.

[ActiveProtect Appliance | Synology Inc.Secure your data and scale your business with a purpose-built backup appliance.![](https://static.ghost.org/v5.0.0/images/link-icon.svg)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_og_image.jpg)](https://sy.to/apdpblv?ref=blackvoid.club)

## 
  
  
## : Unboxing and specifications

Since the last encounter with the DP lineup, there have been several changes. Truth be told, the DP7400 model came to testing during an internal beta test, and the DP320 a month after the official roll out.

During that time, Synology changed the name of the devices from Active Backup appliance to **ActiveProtect appliance**, to be more in line with the ActiveProtect Manager OS, as well as to not overlap with the Active Backup for Business DSM package (regardless that it shares many features with it).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6909.jpg)

Synology DP320 packaging

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6911.jpg)

Is this DS723+ or...?

The content of the box now includes everything that we expect from a backup appliance (the unit, cables, adapter, keys, etc), and **it comes with two (2) 8TB HAT3310 SATA drives** as well.

The drives are packed in static bags, unlike the ones with the DP7400 model, and secured inside a block of foam.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6927.jpg)

HAT3310-8T are new Synology SATA 7200RPM drives

As before, the drives are not installed because of protection, but unlike with a rack model, the installation in DP320 is identical to any DS NAS (using the screwless method) resulting in a much quicker overall process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6928.jpg)

Synology DP320 with installed HAT3310 drives

The exterior of the unit is identical to some other 2-bay models like the latest DS723+. With the obvious **lack of NVMe slots** on the bottom and **no 10G adapter slot** on the back, the DP320 from afar can be easily mistaken for a similar DS NAS model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6916.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6924.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6913.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6914.jpg)

The real difference when compared to the DS723+ model is on the bottom and the back (no NVMe or 10G slots)

Looking closely also on the back of the unit we will see **two ethernet 1G ports**. Again, unlike some other dual-port models, the DP320 comes with a **single management and data port** that are clearly labeled as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6926.jpg)

LAN ports on the back are dedicated to unit management and data transfer

Without a 10G option, unlike the DP340 model, the **DP320 is limited to 1G network speeds**. This indicates that its **target audience is businesses and individuals** who do not require frequent or intensive data transfers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6922.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/IMG_6923.jpg)

DP320 comes with two Synology branded SODIMM 4GB sticks

Moving inside the unit we can see that the RAM slots are both occupied with **dual 4GB ECC DDR4** memory, marked as **D4ES03-4G**. Synology sells this model at about 90$ per module. With HDDs and RAM, Synology now has a complete set of HW elements to call this an "appliance".

The only thing not visible is the CPU on the bottom side of the unit's internal case, which we know is an **AMD R1600 dual-core processor**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/synology_dp320_specs.jpg)

Complete DP320 specifications

Like all the other models from the DP lineup, DP320 was designed to be automatically configured, in this case as RAID1 configuration mirroring the two 8TB drives with a recommended total backup size of up to 5TB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/83bd20f000656ca6.jpg)

Read/write performance of the HAT3310 drive using the built-in Storage Manager tool

Speaking of HAT3310 drives that come with DP320, the internal Storage Manager tool offers a simple benchmark tool that reveals these drives are on par with expected speeds for a SATA drive. With an **average speed of 230MB/s**, they will be more than enough to accommodate any data transfer over that limiting 1G network connection. Of course, a real-life test will provide a much better and more realistic result than a simple synthetic one, but more on that later.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-07-at-19.30.38.jpg)

Performance tests will be visible inside the ActiveProtect Manager UI

## 
  
  
## : Setup

This article will focus on the tests and not on all the possibilities that ActiveProtect Manager offers. For more in-depth details on that, consider going over the dedicated article, as it applies to the entire DP lineup.

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-39.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

In-depth review of the DP's new ActiveProtect Manager OS

Still, saying this, the initial setup is worth mentioning as we reflect on the "10-minute" marketing quote by Synology. With this model, we can be certain that including unboxing and APM installation, **we will be able to hit our first backup at a 10-minute mark**.

As already said, the drives, unlike in the DP7400 model, do not require any screws (unless we are using 2.5" drives), and the fact that there are only two, and not 12, expedites the process significantly.

APM installation process is identical to that on the DP7400 model, and nearly identical to the already known DSM setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-02-at-13.33.47.jpg)

APM's business grey color is the main difference compared to the DSM's blue

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-02-at-17.28.46.jpg)

Specific step that is not part of the DSM wizard configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-07-at-19.24.39.jpg)

APM's default login screen

Accessing the OS will be using the HTTPS/443 of the appliance management port/IP address (ActiveBackup for Business functionalities), while using the same IP address on port 5001 will give access to the Management Console interface (DSM-like interface)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-20-at-19.21.30.jpg)

ActiveProtect Manager dashboard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-20-at-19.23.22.jpg)

ActiveProtect Manager Console showing a well-known DSM side

The split between the console and the dashboard has its advantages, and considering that we are using a backup appliance, it makes sense to separate the backup tool frontend, from the configuration and metric backend.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-16.00.03.jpg)

Comparison of APM (left) and ABB (right) - the evolution is visible, but many AMP features make it what it is today, and those all came from ABB 

With this, the dashboard will provide a more familiar Active Backup user interface, that will be used for setting up jobs, plans, connecting various endpoints, cloud tenants, etc. The console interface is a familiar DSM UI that has only few "packages" available including Control Panel, Resource Monitor, and Storage Manager. Most of these are not fully featured as they are on the DSM side, but the reason is again the same. DP device is not a full-fledged NAS, but a backup appliance. Because of this, it has limited options and features, and that's more than fine for the job it needs to perform.

The rest of the configuration will not be covered by this article as already noted, for more details refer to the APM-dedicated article. Moving forward with testing. Let's see what this dual-bay device can do, and just how much we can push its CPU and network before things get complicated.

## 
  
  
## : Tests

One of the most common backup scenarios that this device, or any backup device for that matter, will be used, is backing up a computer. Be it a Mac, Linux, or any of the many PC variants out there running Windows. 

On APM, everything starts with two main steps:

- installing the **APM client agent**
- configuring the **connection key**

For the following tests, we will use two identical Windows 11 VM computers. Both are 10G capable, with a quad-core CPU, 8GB of RAM, and SSD storage. While the machines are 10G wired, the fact that the DP320 only has 1G network capabilities makes no difference in the end.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-17-at-20.11.41.jpg)

APM test VM PC running Windows 11

### Windows 11 backups

Unlike Active Backup for Business, APM OS requires us to create a **connection key** that will be used when connecting a specific computer with APM. So, what is a connection key? It is used to map a specific **protection plan** with a unique key.

This way, once the key is entered as part of the client configuration on the computer device, the APM will know what exact plan to execute and when. More details on the actual plans in the [APM article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-17-at-19.03.34.jpg)

APM connection keys

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-17-at-19.03.38-1.jpg)

Windows 11 Active Protect agent being configured

Entering the IP address of the DP320 as well as the backup plan connection key, we will complete the configuration, and the endpoint device will show up in the dashboard list

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-17-at-19.08.05.jpg)

Both Windows 11 VMs are connected and listed inside the APM dashboard

By default, the backup will be triggered based on the actual plan, but of course, we can execute it manually at any point. 

💡

Keep in mind that ****the backups will not be executed in parallel** but rather in a series, one at a time. This way the network bandwidth is at its max possible speed, and the ****deduplication** mechanism will kick in after the first backup, ****minimizing data transfer and storage space needed**.

The first VM is a **49GB-used space** machine that completed the backup in **17 min** with an average **speed of about 50MB/s**.

The second VM with identically the same specifications, took **only 5 min** to do the initial first backup. Now that would mean that the backup speed on average was close to 170MB/s. While the client machines are 10G capable, the DP320 is not.

What happened was the **deduplication** process that APM supports.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-17-at-20.32.45.jpg)

The second VM did the initial backup in just 5 minutes thanks to deduplication

> ## Deduplication is the process of identifying and eliminating duplicate copies of data to reduce storage space and improve data efficiency. It can ensure that only unique instances of data are maintained, thereby optimizing storage usage and reducing costs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-18.11.08.jpg)

Deduplication ratio after both backups are completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-18.11.17.jpg)

Quick overview of the actual capacity used vs how much data has been backed up

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-18.15.10.jpg)

A detailed overview of the capacity for every DP/NAS device will also confirm the actual occupied space

So to sum up this first set of tests. For a total of **22 minutes of backup time** (17 +5 for both machines), the actual space used is a little under **38GB of storage** while having **98.5GB of data backed up**.

For a moment let's imagine this setup in real life with an **office of about 10 "identical" machines** (give or take user data difference) and a DP320 as their backup device. Assuming that the first machine completes in 17 min, and the rest do indeed have about 5 minutes of backed-up data difference each, that brings us just over **1 hour of backup time for the whole office**.

Any subsequent backup after the initial one will probably be very fast, depending on the size of the delta. But even a daily backup will be completed in a matter of minutes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-18.48.48-1.jpg)

Delta backup was completed in 30sec upon boot-up

### Windows 11 bare-metal restore

With backup completed, it is time to see how well a bare-metal restore process will go. Unlike the single file restore via the **Recovery Portal**, the **bare-metal** restore implies that the whole machine will be restored including OS and data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-19.08.27.jpg)

APM's Recovery Portal - single point to restore individual files and start the "restore entire machine" process also known as "bare-metal" recovery

The first step will be to create a recovery media device (either a USB version or an ISO file that can be booted via network or any VM hypervisor) using the **ActiveProtect Recovery Media Creator**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-18.54.36.jpg)

Windows 11 Recovery Media Creator wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-19.15.28.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-22-at-19.17.57.jpg)

Choosing to make an ISO file for more restoration possibilities

💡

****Windows ADK** and ****WinPE** need to be ****installed before the recovery media can be created**. If those are not installed beforehand, the wizard will download them automatically.

The process once completed will produce an ISO image of a bootable ActiveProtect environment that will allow us to connect to the DP device and restore any backup needed from any of the versions that are listed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-23-at-15.43.03.jpg)

ActiveProtect Recovery tool booted off a USB or ISO image

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-23-at-15.43.30.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-23-at-15.43.25.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-23-at-15.43.47.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-23-at-15.43.59.jpg)

The process of bare metal recovery includes choosing the correct device and version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-24-at-20.32.02.jpg)

Restoration completed

Depending on the size and the speed of the computer, backup and restore can take some time to complete. For the actual case above, a **used space of about 30GB** (100GB of total partition size) **took only 4 min to complete the restore**. This was done over a 1G network, on a quad-core computer with 8GB of RAM and an NVMe drive.

### File Servers - Synology NAS backup

One backup in particular that we were unable to complete at the time of the initial DP7400 testing was the "**File Servers**" option. The APM did not offer it back then, but now we have several protocols.

Located under the **Workload** menu, the **File Servers** section will offer a simple four-step wizard and **four server types** to choose from.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-03-at-20.33.45.png)

One of four options will be a Synology NAS device

Starting with a default **SMB** protocol, all the way to **Synology NAS**, we are also able to choose **NetApp** and **Nutanix** as server types.

By identifying in the second step, we are offered the content of the destination NAS using a standard tree format.

🚨

****IMPORTANT**: One note is that if the account that is being used to authenticate on the destination NAS does have 2FA, ****we will not get a challenge before getting access to the content**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-03-at-20.39.39.png)

The Synology NAS content selection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-03-at-22.38.04.png)

Select the protection plan that best fits the needs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-03-at-22.42.20.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-03-at-22.43.07.png)

Backup speed (left) and backup activities (right) during the Synology NAS content being backed up to the DP320

Upon selecting the protection plan, and thedata, the only thing left to do is to run the backup. This particular task is about **582GB in size**, consisting of large files. The transfer rate is consistently **around 120MB/s** maxing out the 1G port on the DP320.

As far as the overall saturation of the device during this task, we can say that it is moderately in use both CPU and RAM-wise. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-03-at-22.58.49.png)

DP320 resource utilisation during a file backup process of a Synology NAS

With an average speed of about 110MB/s, this **task completed in 93 minutes** as expected for the amount of data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-06-at-19.03.19.png)

File Server (Synology NAS as the source) backup task completed

With two out of four cores maxed out at 100%, only 2.5GB of RAM in use, and the network fully saturated, it's clear that the DP320 has ample power to handle additional tasks. Even in a RAID1 setup, this configuration feels capable of supporting a 2.5G interface for data transfer. The question of why this apparent DS723+ clone lacks this feature, especially since the actual DS723+ came with the same CPU and only 2GB of RAM but included an optional 10G slot, remains a mystery.

In terms of restore, the use of the Recovery Portal is the only way to access the data and download it. Yes, only download data is possible with no in-place restore option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-06-at-19.07.59.png)

The Recovery portal is how we access the data and download it

While in-place restore would be a great addition, doing so against a remote source seems to be a bit of an issue, so only download is possible. Also, the search field above the content, as already mentioned in the original APM article, is still a simple filter. Meaning that using it as a deep search tool in the Recovery Portal will not be of use.

The **restore process** of the same content took longer. With an **average speed of about 77MB/s** for the same 582GB of content, it **took 2h:15min** to complete the task. As usual, the content is zipped into a one large file to maximise the overall transfer speed. So regardless if the restore is a million small files, or 10 large ones, the end result will be a ZIP archive.

Interestingly, the speed was about 25% slower on average in this test as opposed to when the data was written onto the DP320, while the drive speed tests in both read and write were about the same at about 230MB/s. Still, the read results were with lower IOPS and more latency, which might explain the difference. 

To be clear, the restore target was again a 10G capable device with NVMe drive, with more than enough throughput to accommodate a full 1G transfer that DP320 can offer. So the issue could be on the drive side of things and the fact that the array is RAID1 configured. Finally, this was the only task running at the time, and no other load was present on the device.

### Multiple backup and restore tasks

As seen before, APM does not perform parallel backups when it comes to devices of the same type. While it makes sense due to deduplication and the fact that it maximizes the network utilization, the question is how does it behave with both backup and restore tasks happening concurrently?

For this test, we started both the backup and restore process at the same time, followed by another backup on top of that.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-09-at-13.53.20.png)

One backup task and...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-09-at-13.53.23.png)

... one restore task happening at the same time

A simple Windows 11 machine backup along with a VM restore back to an ESXi hypervisor do indeed kick off at the same time and are performing in parallel as well. The interesting thing here is that the restore process is utilizing almost 75% of available bandwidth, and continues to do so for the whole duration of the restore.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-09-at-13.53.52.png)

Network utilisation during the backup and restore process

We can also see from the image above, that the CPU is not tasked more than 25-30% during this process.

While it makes some sense to have a faster restore process than the backup, the odd thing is that at some point in the process, the backup has halted completely (this is with no additional backup task running in parallel). It can be seen from the following image that the backup transfer (green) has halted and resumed several minutes later.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-09-at-13.57.42.png)

The backup process has stopped, or better to say paused for several minutes before resuming later on

Why this has happened is unknown, but it is important to note that there was no error or network disruption, nor did the task report any issue, it simply "paused" for a while.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-09-at-14.01.10.png)

Activating another backup process into the mix

About 8 minutes after the initial backup and restore have started, another backup task was activated. This new task soon started to pick up speed, and with backup task No.1 pausing periodically during this time, the second task soon overtook the lead.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-09-at-14.04.37.png)

The restore process has completed, and both backup tasks have resumed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/Screenshot-2025-03-09-at-14.06.53.png)

The second backup job (top one) completed while the initial one only jumped about 20% in the meantime

During the 100% process time of the second backup, the initial one only completed about 20% of the backup before resuming to full speed once the second task finished. Now, with backups of the same type, it makes sense that one task will be faster than the other due to the deduplication process. Also, the second task was only about half the size of the first one, and completed in half the time as well.

So to summarize these processes:

- Backup task 2 started 8 min after the initial one
- Backup task 2 completed in 9 min compared to 20 min for the first task
- The restore process had no pauses with an average speed of about 78MB/s (11 minutes for 50GB VM restore)

While APM is adept at multitasking through its internal logic and deduplication processes, operational planning is limited to scheduled plans only. One key feature that seems absent is a unified overview of all concurrent activities, specifically backup and restore actions. Currently, these actions are separated into distinct sections, requiring users to either switch between web browser sessions or click between the two.

Although viewing both types of activities simultaneously may not be universally desired, a unified activities pane with filtering options would be highly beneficial. This is especially important considering that the existing sections for backup and restore activities feature a "search" box, which functions more as a filtering tool rather than a true search utility.

This is something that could arrive with next version(s) of APM, but at the moment, we will have to be satisfied with separate panes for these activities.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

Just like its bigger brother, the DP320 delivers a lot to the table. A pure backup appliance with a dedicated new OS, while similar with DSM's Active Backup, still offers more than a few new features and options.

True, it might not have a multi-gig network interface or 10G option like DP340, or the DP7400, but with **deduplication**, and maximizing the network throughput, it will be more than enough for a small office or business setup. 

The mirror configuration provides up to 7TB (with a 5TB recommendation) of backup space, utilized efficiently and optimally, particularly in a corporate setting with multiple "identical" machines. With APM OS supporting local endpoint backups, VMs, and MS365 tenants, **there's very little this device can't back up**.

When outlining the pros and cons, it's notable that the **setup process is fast and straightforward**, offering a **turn-key solution** that quickly enables you to start running backups. Configuring against a VM hypervisor or an M365 tenant is simplified to just a few steps within an easy-to-navigate wizard.

Conversely, although the **device boasts considerable power and resources**, it's unfortunate that a faster network interface wasn't included. This omission limits its potential in multi-gig network environments and could affect its long-term usability.

This model occupies the same footprint as any Synology DS two-bay model but isn't available through retail channels. It's unfortunate because, despite its recommended price being slightly above that of a comparable DS723+, it would be a **valuable addition to a small SOHO setup**. Notably, this model can operate independently without needing to be connected to a cluster. However, regarding clustering capabilities, it's important to mention that the DP320 isn't designed to function as one, aligning with the overall concept behind the DP lineup.

DP320 **comes with a 3-year warranty** by Synology, including the unit and the drives inside it.

If you're seeking a straightforward yet **robust and versatile backup solution** for both on-premises and cloud endpoints, the ActiveProtect lineup is worth considering. Synology has significant plans, including new models and additional APM features, ensuring these products will continue to evolve. In the face of threats like ransomware, **prioritizing data safety** is crucial. The DP320 offers exceptional value, providing far more protection than the cost of a potential ransom if your business were to be compromised.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Office Suite API
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-suite-api/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:47:10.000Z
In anticipation of new Synology products for 2025, as well as their already announced changes to the Synology Office Suite (mainly the integration of AI tools) it seems that the company has decided to provide their users and customers with a **free REST API for their Synology Office** line of products.

> ## Synology® Launches Office Suite API for Seamless Data Management and Business Automation

On February 18, 2025, Synology officially launched the new Synology Office Suite API, which will **enable seamless integration between its data management applications and 3rd party services**, according to Rex Huang, Director of Enterprise Application Group at Synology.

> "Industry leaders are integrating data management and productivity applications with third-party services to streamline operations," said Rex Huang, Director of Enterprise Application Group at Synology. "Synology Office Suite API results from close collaboration with our customers. It significantly reduces the time and cost required for system integration, empowering businesses to accelerate transformation and maximize efficiency."

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-19-at-22.25.03.jpg)

With a total number of seven apps that fall in the Synology Office Suite, the company decided to start with four of them in terms of REST API support, with more sure to follow in the future.

Those are **Synology Drive, Synology MailPlus,** and **Synology Calendar**. Additionally, the **Spreadsheet** app has received special recognition in terms of API documentation, while essentially being an app that is part of Synology Office package supported on top of Synology Drive.

In a sentence, each of these four platforms benefits from this API support in its way.

- Synology Drive API – Upload and manage files directly from Synology Drive within BPM, CRM, or project management tools.
- Synology Spreadsheet API – Automate data collection and integrate with platforms like Survey Cake and Grafana for real-time insights.
- Synology MailPlus API – Automatically assign sales tasks via email through CRM and workflow SaaS.
- Synology Calendar API – Sync attendance and leave data with HR platforms like BambooHR and ADP Workforce.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/office_api_benefits.jpg)

Key features and benefits of the new Office Suite API

As mentioned, this is a free API complete with detailed documentation, guides, examples, and even Python sample code, all available at the [**office-suite-api.synology.com**](https://office-suite-api.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)**.**

Access will require a valid Synology Account, that will give access to web-based documentation, identical to their popular knowledge base.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-19-at-22.46.45.png)

Synology Office Suite API web guide

### Requirements, testing, and ChatGPT

Specific requirements to get started with the API platform are the following versions of DSM as well as needed Synology packages:

- **DSM 7.2.2** nano3 or above
- **Synology Drive 3.5.2** version or above
- **Synology Office 3.6.0** version or above
- **Synology MailPlus 3.3.1** version or above
- **Synology Calendar 2.5.3** version or above

The testing will require a compatible platform such as **Postman** for example to allow for the import of API specifications for each of the listed apps (in JSON format).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/postman_api_import.jpg)

Postman with a completed import of the Synology Drive API

On top of testing the APIs via Postman, Synology has also made it possible to **enable Synology Office Suite API** functionality **in Chat GPT through a plugin** to generate sample code and get things done faster.

The main functionality is of course the ability to search the API documentation, and based on our inputs, extract relevant parameters and generate code on the fly.

By using the [**chatgpt.com**](https://chatgpt.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) web page, we can open up the **Explore GPTs** library and **search for the Synology Office Suite API** to start chatting immediately.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-19-at-23.04.17.png)

Synology Office Suite API accessible via ChatGPT

Here is an example of `"How to list files in Synology Drive that use a specific tag?"`

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-19-at-23.08.09.png)

ChatGPT response querying Synology's Office Suite API

Going back to the web documentation for a moment, in case anyone is not interested in LLM's assistance, there is indeed a step-by-step explanation of how to configure, authorize, and finally start using the API to test and integrate into any 3rd party solution that you use.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/02/Screenshot-2025-02-19-at-23.13.42.png)

Synology Office Suite API documentation is very extensive and covers all basic and advanced elements

One thing of note here while we are on the subject of Office feature expansion and AI integration, is that back in May of 2023, during the Computex Expo, Synology announced that they are moving with AI support in their Office and MailPlus solutions.

[Synology & generative AI support in Synology Office and MailPlus#Synology presenting their AI-supported Office and MailPlus platforms as part of the Computex 2023 expo.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-38.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_ai.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-generative-ai-support-with-synology-office-and-mailplus/)

So far this has not yet been implemented, but this API might be an indicator that Synology has been working on this in the background ever since, and while AI tools are growing in number each day, it would be interesting to see how the company will eventually implement this. We might get integration with multiple LLMs instead of a single one, but regardless, it is clear that Synology wants to raise the profile of its office platform and bring it closer to what the commercial competition already has.

Just how well will the integration look in the end, and can this make Synology Office more popular and used, time will tell. It is good that there is continuos development on this set of tools, and the introduction of APIs will only make it more appealing moving forward.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Container Manager 24.0.2-1535
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/container-manager-24-0-2-1535/
Last updated: 2025-03-06T18:40:51.000Z
🚨

****NOTE**: 06/03/2025 - Some users are reporting that with this version of CM update ****the user interface is not working as intended**. Some are reporting that the complete web interface freezes. While Docker engine and the containers under it, do work as intended, the UI is unstable. ****One way to try and mitigate the issue is to remove the unused images on the system and then trying to use it again**.

The way to clean up the unused images if the CM interface is unresponsive is to use SSH and the Docker command line.

To log into your NAS using SSH, enable it in the DSM Control Panel > Terminal. Then use the SSH client such as macOS or Linux Terminal app or any other on the Windows OS, like PUTTY.

Log into your NAS using `ssh username@NAS_IP_address` and enter the DSM credentials. Once logged, elevate to the `root` account by using the `sudo -i` command, followed by the default account password used in the previous step.

💡

Once the command prompt is `root` use the following command to prune all unused Docker images: `docker image prune -a`. Once completed, try to reload the Container Manager UI via the web browser.

---

We have waited for it for a long time, but here it is. A "new" version of Docker engine has **finally been updated** from very old and unsupported 20.10, to the **24.0.2 version**.

Still, it is worth mentioning that this version is already 8 months out of support since it was released in May of 2023\. While Synology is known for staying on solid ground, it probably wouldn't hurt to be a bit closed to the current v.27.5.

Here is the current release note, with several fixes as well as new changes towards their Container Manager app.

### Version: 24.0.2-1535

(2025-02-11)

**Important Notes**

1. Starting from this version, if you perform a clean install of the package, the "docker" shared folder will not have the "Hide this shared folder in My Network Places" setting selected by default.
2. As of this version, settings for containers—including ports, volumes, environments, and links—cannot be modified post-creation. To modify the settings, duplicate a desired container and make the change to the newly created one.

**Compatibility & Installation**

1. Starting from this version, Aliyun Hub will no longer be a default registry in the package.

**What's New**

1. Updated Docker Daemon to version 24.0.2.
2. Supports duplicating container configurations to easily create new containers.
3. Supports displaying the container's status and error details upon hovering over an unhealthy container.
4. Supports resizing the terminal interface window for containers.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where container ports connections might fail when multiple gateways were enabled on DSM.
2. Fixed an issue where IPv6 configurations might not be correctly applied.
3. Fixed an issue where the image status might not display correctly after downloading the image again from the registry.
4. Fixed an issue where certain container log text might be garbled.
5. Fixed an issue where the status of containerized web service might not be properly updated in Web Station.
6. Fixed an issue where the system might not show a reminder message when the URL for registry mirror was incorrect.
7. Fixed an issue where the container settings tab might not correctly display volumes specified with long syntax in a docker-compose file.

**Limitation**

1. Restricted the "Enable resource limitation" option to be unmodifiable once it was enabled for the container.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

After a long beta test period, let's hope there will be no major issues with this release, as many Synology users depend on this particular package to expand NAS capabilities outside the usual Package Center offerings.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology 2024 retrospective
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2024-retrospective/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:47:39.000Z
Unlike 2023, this past year was not so product-rich, but it did introduce some interesting new devices that are both new for Synology, as well as an evolution of their existing models and services.

[Synology 2023 retrospectiveRead up on all the main Synology milestones in this past 2023\. From HAT3300 drives, new BeeDrive as well as some familiar NAS models.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-21.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_2023_timeline.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-retrospective/)

Last year's retrospective article

One of the biggest surprises we might say of this past year was the introduction of a brand-new type of device. A NAS device, but not in Synology's conventional way. The new **Beestation** is a turn-key solution for non-tech-savvy users.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-22.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-5.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

BeeStation full review

Featuring DS124 specifications, with a **prepopulated HAT3310 4TB** hard drive, this new device is a perfect **backup**, **sync**, and **share** **network** **device**. Paired with a brand new OS, the **BSM** offers up to nine users to use it as their backup storage point with hassle-free share and sync capabilities.

[Synology BSM 1.2 betaThe NEW #Synology #BSM 1.2 beta is here with new features including #BeeProtect, and the official support to use #DSM as a backup location for the #Beestation![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-31.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_12_beta-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/)

BSM 1.2 the latest version that is coming soon out of beta

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_2024_timeline_social_part1.jpg)

The "Bee" series got a new NAS model, as well as updates to the OS and a brand new cloud-backup solution for it

The latest version of the said OS also introduced support for the new BeeStation-only backup platform called **BeeProtect**. It is a C2 cloud-supported service that allows an easy way to back up the BeeStation appliance in case there is no other local or network device present.

The whole Bee topic has been one of the most frequent ones in terms of major hardware and software changes in 2024\. Speaking of changes, the NAS lineup has got no new device in the past year but work on the DSM OS has continued forward with new changes in the 7.2 version

[DSM 7.2.2-72806 updateSynology DSM 7.2.2-72803 has arrived. With a lot of security patches here are a few important changes in terms of audio and video support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-32.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm722-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-2-72803-update/)

Unfortunately, while new security updates and patches have made the OS and devices by extension more secure, Synology also dropped the ball in the latest 7.2.2\. update.

**Elimination of Video Station support** across the board, as well as **no support for local H264 or H265 on-device processing**. This update has made a lot of end users angry and with good reason, but while Synology is no stranger to sunsetting or depreciating their apps, this radical removal with no previous announcement was a bit much, to say the least.

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-23.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/cc400w_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

New wifi CC400W Synology camera review

On top of their NAS devices and services that are connected to them, Synology also offers surveillance solutions. Both in hardware and software, the 2024, continued from the previous year with the introduction of one new WiFi camera model. The **CC400W** is the first Synology device that is fully wireless (apart from the power source) unlike the two PoE-powered models introduced in 2023\. This small, magnetic, and AI-assisted model offers a lot for the price point.

[Synology C2 Surveillance StationSynology C2 Surveillance Station paired with new upcoming C2 Cameras will offer a fast, secure, and scalable direct-to-cloud surveillance solution.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-24.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2surveillancestation-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-station/)

[Synology C2 Backup for SurveillanceSynology C2 Surveillance becomes C2 Backup for Surveillance. An easy and secure way to backup surveillance footage to the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-25.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2backup_surveillance.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-surveillance/)

With new camera models, we also got a few changes in the C2 Surveillance department. All current cameras will get a "cloud" version as well, accompanied by some more models coming in 2025\. Synology also rolled out the **C2 Surveillance Station** cloud platform. For users that do not have any Synology NAS running the on-premise version of the Surveillance Station, now there is a cloud-assisted version offering users direct cloud backup of their footage in any of the three worldwide accessible C2 data centers.

[Synology C2 Backup for Business - backup on-prem devices and SaaS platforms5TB of space and up to 250 users for a price of one cup of coffee per day? Synology C2 Backup for Business could be a solution for your needs.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-27.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2backup_business-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-business-backup-on-prem-devices-and-saas-platforms/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_2024_timeline_social_part2.jpg)

New surveillance hardware and services as well as new HDD models

[Synology HAT3310 Plus series NASSynology HAT3310 drives have arrived with 8 and 12-TB capacity options, faster RPM, and increased data transfer speeds.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-26.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/hat3310.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3310-plus-series-nas/)

Getting back to on-premise updates, Synology has continued to develop and expand its hard drive segment with the **new HAT3310 series** of drives. These 7200 RPM models now come **up to 16TB in size** with a very competitive price compared to other 3rd party vendors.

It is now clear that the company does not intend to back out of the hard drive segment, and in fact, it has intensified both production and support across its entire portfolio. The upcoming 2025 models will for sure be only officially compatible with Synology drives, eliminating 3rd parties moving forward, for the upcoming new NAS devices.

On a personal note, I can't say anything special or negative regarding the drives. I have had them running inside my RS2423+ models for over a year and there have been no issues whatsoever regarding the drives themselves.

[Complete Synology NAS system 1 year later - RS2423+ with HAT3300 HDDsIs a full-Synology system the right choice for you or your business? Read this 1-year later article on the new RS2423+ and HAT3300 drives. #Synology #HAT3300 #RS2423 #DSM72![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-33.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs2423_hat3300_1ylater-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/complete-synology-nas-system-1-year-later-rs2423-with-hat3300-hdds/)

One year look back on using the new RS2423+ with HAT3300 drives

One final, and I might say, huge addition to the Synology whole setup, has been the brand new **DataProtection** lineup powered by an entirely new OS, the **ActiveProtect Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_2024_timeline_social_part3.jpg)

This is Synology's **backup appliance solution** designed for heavy business and larger enterprise usage. While it comes in desktop versions as well, the whole idea and pricing behind it will give a clear intention that this is not a SOHO device.

[Synology Solution Exhibition 2024Synology Solution Exhibition 2024 in Taipei at Computex expo. The upcoming ActiveProtect Manager, new data protection, and GridStation lineups as well as new C2 Surveillance Station.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-30.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synology_exhibition_2024.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-exhibition-2024/)

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-34.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

Complete review of the new APM OS

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-29.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Review of the 12bay DataProtection unit

The company has big plans with these prepopulated and license-based devices while staying true to their SOHO and enthusiast-level products as well. By refining their DSM code as well as hardware compatibility over the years, the time has come to move forward with a Synology-only philosophy.

Again, while 2024 didn't bring much for the average user, Synology has used it to place some interesting products and platforms on the market, giving clear intentions of its direction moving forward. This will be the year when we will start seeing updated models that most users are waiting for. Let's hope that many wishes and complaints have reached Synology and that the next retrospective article will be more like 2023, and less 2024.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeStation Plus
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus/
Last updated: 2025-05-12T11:48:42.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: **08/05/2025** \- New ****BSM 1.3 is out today** that also introduces the new ****upcoming BeeStation Plus model that will have also PLEX media server support**

### Version: 1.3-65644

08-05-2025 

## BeeStation OS 1.3

This version includes the following applications:

- BeeFiles 1.3.0-10921
- BeePhotos 1.3.0-10110

#### What's new

1. Added an option to configure the retention period for internal restore points, helping balance storage usage and data protection. Make sure to enable internal restore points to protect your BeeStation.
2. Added support for selecting BeeProtect backup time slot. The system automatically schedules the backup within the selected slot to optimize performance.
3. **Added support for Plex Media Server**, allowing users to organize and stream personal media collections across various devices. (BeeStation Plus only)

#### Fixed issues

1. This version includes system stability optimizations and minor bug fixes.

[Synology BSM 1.3-65644#Synology #BSM 1.3-65644 version comes as the initial OS for the upcoming BeeStation Plus offering #Plex support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-98.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_13.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-3-65644/)

The BeeStation OS version with new feature

---

With this year's CES in full swing, looks like Synology is moving forward with its Bee lineup.

Just at the end of October 2024, we got a glimpse of a potential new BeeStation model dubbed **BST170-8T**.

[Is the new Synology Beestation coming soon?The new #Synology #BeeStation might be coming! The BST170-8T could be a new single or dual-bay 8TB SOHO NAS for the non-tech savvy.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-35.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst170_-announcement.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-beestation-on-the-horizon/)

Announcement article on the new Intel-powered BeeStation 8TB model

Synology has decided to unveil this new model today during CES's opening days. As suspected a few months ago by the BSM packages flagged as "geminilake" it was suspected that the new model might arrive with an **Intel Celeron J4125** **CPU**. That information turned out to be true.

We also discussed that, unlike the current BeeStation, this **BeeStation Plus** as it's called, might come with more RAM. This is also true, as the Plus model now comes with **4GB of DDR4 RAM** making it a nice upgrade.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-09-at-19.08.16.jpg)

BeeStation Plus at 2025 CES - screen from [Lon.tv CES Dispatch #2](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NWSURNIifx4&ref=blackvoid.club)

The new BeeStation Plus comes has **8 TB of storage**. This is double the amount from the previous generation and while still in a single drive configuration, another welcome hardware boost. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestation_comparison-1.webp)

BeeStation Plus vs BeeStation - hardware comparison

The enclosure is identical, hence there is no room for another drive inside it, and this also means that the ports on the back are a **single** **USB 3.2 Gen 2 type-A** and **one type-C port**. Finally, the device still has a **1GbE network adapter** and **no wifi capabilities**, unlike the BeeDrive portable device.

The price and arrival date are still unknown, but it is safe to say that we will see it before the end of the first quarter of 2025.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeStation for Desktop 1.3
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-for-desktop-1-3/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:46:21.000Z
With the start of the new year, Synology is rolling out new software updates for their Bee lineup, including the BeeDrive and BeeStation.

The BeeStation's OS, BSM, is currently in the [1.2 beta version](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/), coming with a brand new **BeeProtect** cloud-backup platform for the BeeStation device.

However, alongside this update, the desktop version of the BeeStation client, we are getting more new features and tricks that this device can do.

### Version: 1.3.0-0437

(2025-01-02)

#### What's new

- Added a **photo transfer method for iCloud**, allowing direct login to your iCloud account on BeeStation for desktop without downloading ZIP files.
- Added support for transferring photos from cloud services (e.g., **iCloud Photos or Google Photos**) or other storage devices to BeePhotos while preserving their original album structures.

#### Fixed issues

- Fixed an issue where photos taken before the year 1970 might fail to upload.
- Fixed an issue where users could not select "Always keep on this computer" by right-clicking a file in File Explorer after enabling sync in BeeStation for the desktop's Settings > BeeFiles.
- Fixed an issue where devices in the China region could fail to connect properly.
- Enhanced connection stability with BeeStation.

#### macOS

- **Fixed an issue where installing BeeStation for desktop on Apple Silicon devices required Rosetta for translation**.
- Fixed an issue where macOS 15 could fail to generate preview thumbnails for photos of specific sizes.

---

Starting with the macOS-enhanced feature, the desktop client no longer requires the Rosetta platform, as it has been rewritten to be a native Apple Silicon app.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-19.49.53.png)

BeeStation for Desktop 1.3 is a native Apple Silicon app

Apart from that, we can see that Synology is trying to pull users away from the commercial cloud platforms, and back to on-premise and their own devices. With the 1.3 version of the desktop app, we **now have support for both Apple iCloud and Google Photos direct download from the cloud to the BeeStation**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-18.19.01.jpg)

Select a specific BeeStation that we want the desktop client to work with

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-18.21.52.jpg)

New transfer features are now offered. Google Photos and iCloud Photos

The process is simple. Selecting the cloud vendor will guide us to connect and authenticate to start a simple download process.

💡

****NOTE**: This is a ****one-way (cloud > BeeStation) transfer** option that will pull all non-duplicate files retaining their structure (albums for example)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-18.22.28.png)

Authentication with Apple iCloud

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-18.24.22.jpg)

While the release notes do not mention that this feature is in "beta" the dropdown menu does

Apart from the ZIP file transfer method that included feeding BeeStation a downloaded ZIP file from the cloud provider, the "**connect with...**" option will ask us to authenticate to grant access and start the download.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-18.24.42.jpg)

Once the handshake has been completed, the download will start

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-18.25.53.jpg)

The log will show in detail what files (images and videos) have been downloaded or skipped

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-18.27.35.jpg)

The macOS status menu icon will also present us with a notification message when the transfer has been completed

The process will take some time depending on the number of files, Internet speed, etc, but once it has been completed we will have the content accessible via the **BeePhotos** web app (part of the BeeStation interface).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-20.03.29.png)

Content visible inside iCloud Photos...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/Screenshot-2025-01-06-at-20.04.58.png)

...same content visible inside the BeePhotos app

A nice added feature with the intention **not to sync** but to pull data from the public cloud locally onto the BeeStation. It would be wise not to repeat this process and the transfer will each time scan the whole content, find the duplicates, and then download only the missing files. Still, the fact that it will process the whole content over and over again, it would be best to do this as a one-time action and continue using the files on the BeeStation.

While on the subject, the BeeDrive update on the other hand did receive also iCloud only (for now) support, but unlike the BeeStation it can be automatic and it will periodically check for changes that have happened on the iCloud end and download the files missing.

```bash
Version: 1.4.1-13931
(2025-01-06)

Supports backing up iCloud Photos automatically and checking updates every hour.
```

BeeDrive for desktop release notes on the topic of iCloud Photos support

Maybe the same feature will arrive in the next update for BeeStation, maybe it won't but in any case a welcome addition never the less.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology ActiveProtect Manager review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/
Last updated: 2025-03-09T17:37:40.000Z
While this is a standalone article on the topic of the new Synology **ActiveProtect Manager** operating system, in case you have missed the hardware and installation part of the [**DP7400 backup appliance**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/) that this OS is driving, be sure to check out the review [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/).

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-16.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Also the review of the smallest two-bay model, the DP320, can be found here:

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-42.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

## Table of Contents

: [**ActiveProtect Manager overview**](#overview)

: [**Protection plans**](#plans)

: [**Infrastructure management**](#infrastructure)

- :: [Backup servers](#backupservers)
- :: [Remote storage](#remotestorage)
- :: [Hypervisors](#hypervisors)

: [**User management**](#users)

: [**Workloads**](#workload)

- :: [Mac, PC, and server operations](#computers)
- :: [VM operations](#vm)
- :: [Cloud tenants - M365 operations](#cloud)

: [**Conclusion**](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : ActiveProtect Manager overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/apm_dashboard_features.jpg)

So what is ActiveProtect? If anyone is familiar with Synology's DSM eco-system and more to the point, with their [**Active Backup apps**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/activebackup/) (Business/M365/Google Workspace), as well as [**Snapshot Replication**](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/) and **VMM** (Virtual Machine Manager), then using ActiveProtect will be very familiar.

> ## View your entire backup infrastructure, including primary backups, backup copies, tiered data

ActiveProtect is a **license-based single hybrid platform** combining multiple DSM packages and their features and functionalities into one. Using a single dashboard, we will be able to configure, protect, monitor, and more, all of the endpoint devices, be it local desktop devices, servers, virtual machines, or cloud tenants.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-04-at-20.07.51.jpg)

ActiveProtect Manager overview dashboard

Some of the benefits of this all-in-one backup solution would be:

- Deploy your server in only 10 minutes
- Detect and restore corrupt data, verify backups, and test your disaster recovery strategy in a sandboxed environment with built-in VMs
- Secure your data with native immutability and isolate your data with air-gapped backups
- Leverage bare-metal or file-level restoration to restore data or perform P2V or V2V restoration to instantly recover data
- Scale your data with ease to meet changing business requirements

To be able to deliver all of these benefits to a business, Synology needed to make the whole experience as easy as possible and scalable for future deployments as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/apm_hq_and_branch_2160.png)

Large-scale DP deployment example

Speaking of future deployments, presently, APM can run on the following DataProtection devices:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/synology_dp_comparison.jpg)

Current DataProtection lineup (January 2025)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/dp7400_review.jpg)

DP7400 - currently the top of the DataProtection line 12-bay model

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/dp320_annoucement-1.jpg)

DP320 - 2-bay DataProtection model perfect for small-scale deployments

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/dp340_annoucement-1.jpg)

DP340 - 4-bay model and also the first desktop size 10G capable unit

While these appliances are targeted at businesses, for local implementations, they can be used with Synology's C2 cloud platform as its backup destination as well. Of course, a **C2 Object Storage** subscription will be needed regardless of the configuration and appliance in question.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-19.12.16.jpg)

Small-scale deployment including C2 Object Storage as one potential backup destination

ActiveProtect offers data protection of various systems and devices with both local and remote backups (to a distributed node), all configured and monitored through a single dashboard. Having the option to **recover a server to a remote or local VM hypervisor**, will allow for low RTO periods and quick recovery scenarios with minimum downtime.

One of the benefits of ActiveProtect as well as the BTRFS file systems under the hood is that we can take advantage of **global**, **source-site**, and **cross-site deduplication**. This means that duplicate data will be eliminated in a cross-platform or cross-device configuration, **eliminating unnecessary transmissions**, **saving storage space**, and thus **shortening backup times** overall.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-07-at-20.27.53.jpg)

Example of APM deduplication in action

To avoid a general overview of all the various elements of this new operating system, let's move into a more in-depth overview of its functionalities, and see just how well it performs in different scenarios.

## 
  
  
## : Protection plans

Staying on topic with a fast deployment of the DataProtection device, such as DP7400, before starting any backup at all, we will need to have a certain **protection plan** in place. Just as Active Backup for Business has several plans upon installation, so is true with ActiveProtect Manager.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-23.39.30.jpg)

List of available protection plans inside ActiveProtect Manager

Along with the main backup plan for endpoint devices such as PCs, Macs, and servers, we will also have a single backup plan for the M365-supported cloud tenant. Plans can be deleted, changed, and duplicated to give us a nice boost in creating a new one if we choose to do so, but on top of default and in general, plans that are created under APM, we will also see imported plans from other DP models as well as Synology NAS devices.

The APM has an option to incorporate and take control of the Active Backup for Business package on a Synology NAS, and with it, control over its protection plans as well. As can be seen in the image above, the K-2SO example plans are Synology NAS plans from its ABB package list. More on that integration later on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-23.47.49.jpg)

ActiveProtect protection plan details. We can set retention policies, schedules, and customize scope per machine type

A familiar grandfather-father-son retention set is available if we do need a specific set of rules on top of a strict schedule. Of course, we are in a position to alter the options per device type and also define a **backup copy** destination, be it C2 Object Storage or another Synology NAS/APM (more on this later).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-23.54.28.jpg)

Plan can include an option for a backup copy, be it another APM device, or remote storage such as a compatible Synology NAS or C2 Object Storage

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-23.57.00.jpg)

Depending on the plan category, we have options on how the backup will behave with a particular end-point device

The point of the plan is that it can be applied on the fly to any type of device or service that is supported via APM, and any changes will apply to both existing and future backup versions.

As expected, we are unable to apply more than one protection plan per device, so again, if there are any particular needs for a single or a group of devices, we can duplicate any plan, alter it, and apply it in a matter of moments.

One more thing that is also a nice addition to the plan details is the **included workloads** tab. It can show what device is currently using what exact plan.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-00.04.59.jpg)

List of devices already configured with a particular plan

While the same can be visible from the list of protected devices (see infrastructure management below) it is practical to know what end-point machines will take an immediate effect upon the changes made in that particular plan.

Another element that the plan section supports is **archive plans**. These are specific types of plans that can be applied to any device once it no longer needs active backup protection. So for example, an old server is being put out of commission and we no longer need an active protection of it, but we do want to keep the backups for a certain period.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-00.14.45.jpg)

Archive plans can also retain the latest version even after all others were deleted as per the specified plan

With an option to keep or not to keep the very latest version of the backup, the archive plan will allow administrators to not worry about any old server and its backups occupying the appliance storage needlessly.

Once the plans are set, and as mentioned, can be added or altered at any point, there is still some configuration to be done in terms of the DataProtection appliance and devices, as well as platforms it can talk to, to provide a robust and versatile backup solution.

## 
  
  
## : Infrastructure management

By reading so far one might start to question when we gonna back up something. True, once we have access to the APM, we can indeed back up right away. The default plans are there and can be altered later on, the DP device is up and running, so the only thing left to do is to install a client and start the backup.

But before we get into that, let's see how we can manage the DataProtection device via APM, as well as how we can connect it to another device in the network and cloud to get the best possible protection for our data we can.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-00.31.29-1.jpg)

The general overview of the DataProtection device with a data usage overview

The infrastructure management section is divided into four main sections: **site management**, **backup servers**, **remote storage**, and **hypervisors**. To be fair, the site management and backup servers are linked in terms that the device under site management is also a main backup server. So by going into its details, we will immediately find ourselves inside the backup server section.

In any event, the site management section, as its name suggests, gives the user the option to configure general settings for a particular DataProtection server as well as configure its failover device for maximum uptime.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-00.46.23.jpg)

In case there are other local or remote DataProtection devices, those can be configured as failover servers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-00.49.16.jpg)

Options for the main site server

## 
  
  
### :: Backup servers

As said, any further details on the site's main device will launch us into the backup servers section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-00.52.45.jpg)

List of all APM and connected Synology NAS devices

Here we can see a general overview of all added and linked devices, be it DataProtection ones or Synology NAS (virtual DSM is also an option!). A simple hover over the storage progress bar will also give a useful table of total, used, and unused storage space.

Unlike the DSM operating system, which has the dropdown menu in the upper right corner with reboot and shutdown settings, and a dedicated section in the control panel for updates, APM has all of these options as part of a single dropdown menu for each available backup server (not including connected Synology NAS devices).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-13.43.01.jpg)

APM options for update, reboot, and shut down are all part of a single drop-down menu

 Speaking of DSM-like user interface, the APM OS uses several interfaces. The main interface is called the **management center**, and it is the default one that is presented when we start working with APM. On top of that, there is also an **appliance console**. 

Now those familiar with DSM will immediately recognize the "old" DSM desktop, but without all the functionalities that they are accustomed to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-13.49.29.jpg)

APM appliance console - a familiar DSM look with stripped functionalities

The purpose of the appliance console is what one would expect. Any number of configurations can be done via the Control Panel and a limited Storage Manager. Anything from certificate management, users, connection to a domain or LDAP, regional options, UPS, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-13.55.27.jpg)

APM's Storage Manager - apart from a nice table overview, secure erase, and firmware update, there is not much this version of the console offers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-13.57.50.jpg)

The APM's menu has preinstalled options and no Package Center at all

This is a backup appliance and even though there is a DSM-like console, **APM has no Package Center** option to install additional Synology or 3rd party apps. The only other element that we can see from the image above is the **recovery portal**, but more on that later when we start to create backups and test restore options.

Moving back into the **management center** and getting more details on a particular backup server, we get access to information that only APM will be able to present. Storage trends, data transfer size, and data reduction, to name a few. Also, we will see general server information such as internal and external IP address, APM version, status, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-14.27.33.jpg)

Some details on the general information of the DP7400

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-09-at-14.33.07.jpg)

Bandwidth control settings and rules are part of the server information section and not the Control Panel via the application console UI

Interestingly enough, the **bandwidth control** options are also part of the management center and not the application console, so we might say that coming from a DSM environment, one might need some time to locate all the options that were previously part of the DSM Control Panel.

As mentioned already several times, the ActiveProtect Manager, while advertised as a new product, is DSM Active Business suite combined into a new platform or OS if you will. Because of this, the integration with said packages is more than apparent, but APM goes one step further into something that we have not seen so far with DSM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-13.31.09.jpg)

APM will support ABB v3.0 and will allow centralized management of a Synology NAS device via the DP appliance

By installing **Active Backup for Business version 3.0** (currently not available yet), we will have the option to give control of a particular ABB instance over to the DP device running APM. This means that **all templates, jobs, and tasks will be handled by APM**, while the storage capacity of any backup jobs using NAS plans will be saved on the NAS, and not the DP unit. Moreover, the ABB templates will be visible inside the APM OS and available as plans that we can alter any way we want.

💡

Before we get ahead of ourselves, there is one caveat here. The Synology NAS in question that we want to connect to the DP appliance has to support Docker, or better to say the Container Manager. The reason for this is that to get the said functionality of centralized management, the ****NAS has to be able to run a Docker** stack (or project) that includes a ****total of five (5) different containers** with individual roles.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-13.56.53.jpg)

Part of the installation process to connect NAS ABB with DP APM (view from Portainer)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-13.57.40.jpg)

The same stack of containers visible inside Container Manager

Dubbed **apm-cms**, this Docker project is handled by the Package Center with the installation of Active Backup for Business. The installation will configure it, but binding and finishing the process on the APM will start the Docker stack.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-14.05.30.jpg)

Active Backup for Business 3.0 with APM Centralized management option

While the process is automated, it will take some time because the NAS has to run the whole docker-compose script in the backup, including the download of all the images and configuration of the stack. So bear in mind that the ABB 3.0 installation will take some time to install because of this integration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-15.50.55.jpg)

Binding the DSM ABB with DP APM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-15.51.10.jpg)

Joining a Synology NAS on one end and the DP appliance on the other will require us to fill in the correct information such as an **FQDN** value of the DP device and the **connect key** that it will generate. Once that is all done, the process will be complete and we can start using the Synology NAS as a backup server destination while controlling all the tasks and plans via APM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-15.53.04.jpg)

Upon a successful bind, the docker stack will start

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-15.54.40.jpg)

Active Backup for Business will state it is under the management of the APM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-15.55.24.jpg)

Each category is flagged as being controlled by the APM server

❗

Even though APM will take control of the task, jobs/plans, and backup processes, there are a few points to consider that will not be handled by the DP/APM side:

- PC, Mac, and physical server will continue using Active Backup for Business agent with accounts on Synology NAS for backup.
- Bare-metal restoration in Active Backup for Business will continue to be performed via Active Backup for Business Recovery Wizard using an administrative account.

❗

Due to structural differences, ActiveProtect Manager ****can't manage "Synology NAS** " workloads. Backups and restores for these workloads will continue to be managed via Active Backup for Business.

What this last remark means is that APM will not be able to handle tasks such as the Synology NAS backup process that ABB supports. This particular task will still be possible using the DSM ABB console.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-15.55.17.jpg)

The only element of the ABB that will not be passed onto the APM side is the Synology NAS workloads, those will still be handled on the DSM ABB side, as well as all the mentioned exceptions above

So this means that even if we do have a DP appliance, a **backup of any Synology DSM NAS that we want to keep as a bare metal backup, will still have to be handled by another NAS with ABB support**. Will this change in the future version of APM it is hard to say, but at the moment, this is not an option.

The way the NAS will be utilized is by connecting the agent installed on the end-point device and selecting the plan that correlates to this particular connected NAS. More on installing the agent and running the tasks later on.

## 
  
  
### :: Remote Storage

Connecting other devices to the DP/APM setup might include Synology NAS or other DP models. When we talk about Synology NAS devices, we need to go through a process of preparing them by installing the **ActiveProtect Vault** package. Similar to the HyperBackup Vault app, the AP Vault will allow for communication and control of the NAS via the DP appliance, utilizing the NAS as one potential remote storage.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-28-at-18.16.37.jpg)

Installing ActiveProtect Vault on Synology DSM

The purpose of remote storage targets (as opposed to the backup server section) is that these destinations can be utilized as additional backup destinations on top of the DP itself. This means that once the backup of a certain device has been completed, another backup can run (even on a schedule) to a preconfigured unit such as a **Synology NAS**, **C2 Object Storage**, or another **S3-like bucket destination**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-28-at-18.22.54.jpg)

Remote Storage target types

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-28-at-18.25.33.jpg)

Installation of ActiveProtect Vault will by default create a new WORM folder that will be the destination of any additional backup copies coming toward this particular NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-28-at-18.31.03.jpg)

After the APM/DP has been successfully connected to the NAS, the vault management will be registered inside the Vault app (DSM side)

The same rules apply if we want to connect the DP device with Synology's C2 Object Storage.

[Synology C2 Object StorageNEW Synology C2 service is here. C2 Object Storage offers you a way to backup any unstructured data with no egress fees at all. Starting at $6.99![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2objectstorage.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)

As part of their C2 cloud platform, Object Storage is a freemium service (up to 15GB free) that is S3 compatible. It means that we can connect it to various applications and services that know how to talk to S3 buckets. As a result, we get a cloud destination that is fully compatible with DP and APM and can serve as a destination for a secondary backup if local backup devices are not an option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-23-at-13.40.04.jpg)

Wizard that will connect us to the C2 Object Storage

💡

****NOTE**: Using C2 Object Storage as a destination for APM, has to have the ****object lock** option activated!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-23-at-13.46.30.jpg)

If the C2 Object Storage bucket is not ready for APM, we can create one, but be sure to have the ****object lock** option active. This is mandatory!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-23-at-13.47.09.jpg)

The wizard on the APM side at one point will require an object lock-compatible bucket

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-23-at-13.48.22.jpg)

C2 Object Storage destination visible and ready inside APM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-28-at-18.30.08.jpg)

Synology NAS and C2 Object Storage both present as remote storage destinations inside APM

Once the destinations have been configured, we can use the existing or new protection plans to enable and configure backup copy options. The copy in a single plan can go either to a local device (another APM or NAS device) or toward a C2 bucket.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-23-at-13.58.37.jpg)

Configuring a protection plan with an additional backup copy

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-23.54.28-1.jpg)

Selecting C2 backup as a backup copy destination

The schedule can be configured as well, depending on whether we want to run the backup immediately after the device has been backed up onto the DP, or later at a specific time. It is worth noting that a **backup copy will be scheduled as a daily task**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-23-at-14.05.35.jpg)

A server backup copy pushed into the C2 Object Storage bucket

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-23-at-14.21.28.jpg)

The status of a device being protected by APM will also list the protection plan as well as main and copy backup destinations. In this case the DP7400 device and a "dp7400" C2 Object Storage bucket

## 
  
  
### :: Hypervisors

One final element of the supported infrastructure features is APM's support of **hypervisors**. Before any excitement about potential Proxmox support starts, there is none. Just like with ABB, ActiveProtect does not (at the moment) support Proxmox in any way (KVM or LXC)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.34.26.jpg)

On the list of supported hypervisors are the usual suspects, VMWare and Microsoft with their ESXi/vCenter, and Hyper-V solutions. Due to recent events of Broadcom buying VMWare and shutting down ESXi as a product, we might hope that Synology will take this opportunity to finally support Proxmox as yet another hypervisor**,** especially one that has been present for over 15 years.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.34.35.jpg)

List of supported hypervisors

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.35.47.jpg)

The usual pre-connection VMware check

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.36.47.jpg)

 Connected ESXi host inside APM

The principal is identical to Active Backup for Business, and a simple wizard guides us through the connection process. 

💡

****NOTE**: As always, when connecting VMWare ESXi host, ****shell** and ****SSH** services need to be enabled on all hosts to be able to communicate with APM!

Once the connection has been established, all VMs will be visible and ready for backup (more on that later on). 

From an infrastructure standpoint, we can say that **APM, unlike ABB, goes a few steps further,** offering connectivity with remote storage destinations and devices, thus allowing for a more versatile and secure backup environment.

With a central management point controlling all the tasks, plans, devices, and jobs, ActiveProtect will for the most part be a single backup point for any administrator using this platform.

## 
  
  
## : User management

Managing such a feature-rich platform might require the need of multiple users and administrators. APM offers several options when we talk about **user management**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Untitled-4.jpg)

A simple version of the Control Panel does offer two main sections related to user management, ****admin accounts**, and ****Domain/LDAP**

The ActiveProtect solution lets us add users and grant them administrative permissions, such as **backup**, **restoration**, and **server** **monitoring**. With robust access control, we can collaborate with team members to protect workloads while ensuring security.

Apart from **local user and group support**, APM also supports **domain** and **LDAP** **accounts**, as well as **four SSO protocols**: **OpenID Connect**, **SAML**, **CAS**, and **Synology** **SSO**.

Regardless of the protocol and users being local or remote, ActiveProtect supports **permission delegation**. Similar to DSM's delegation for its local users, APM has three levels of partial delegations. **Backup**, **restore**, and **monitoring**.

💡

****NOTE**: ****Full access** is automatically granted to the ****main APM admin account** (the one created upon installation). Only that account will have access to the ****appliance console** and ****OOB service**, while ****delegated accounts with full access** will be ****limited to the Management Center and the Recovery Portal**.

The partial delegation access (as opposed to the full access) is divided into three permission tiers with the following actions.

**Backup**

- Can implement and cancel manual backups.
- Can view details about protected workloads.
- Can view backup activities.

**Restore**

- Can perform a bare-metal restore
- Can perform instant/full restore to hypervisors added in the site and built-in hypervisor.
- Can restore files and folders.
- Can download backup versions.
- Can view details about protected, archived, and unmanaged workloads.
- Can view restoration activities.

**Monitoring**

- Can view all features on AEM (except the Appliance Console and OOB)

It is worth mentioning that delegation can be applied to both individual users and groups alike.

So far, we have seen the overview of APM's features, and what it can do. Now, let's see how well it executes those tasks by configuring backup tasks for desktop devices, as well as servers and VMs.

## 
  
  
## : Workloads

Before continuing**,** it needs to be said that not all features of the APM were available at the time of these tests. Considering the closed beta version of the system**,** some elements might change in the future.

Saying this, what will be covered in this section is macOS, Linux, and Windows client backups, as well as VMs over ESXi, and finally data restoration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-23.29.39.jpg)

Partial overview of the APM workloads covering macOS, Windows, and Ubuntu systems

## 
  
  
### :: Mac, PC, and server operations

The most obvious and most common backup endpoint will be a client device backup, be it either a Windows or macOS machine. 

💡

****NOTE**: ****Linux desktop OS is not supported** for backup at this time. The only Linux-compatible machines are physical servers of VMs

Adding a machine to the backup will start from the workload section, and as with ABB, we will need to install a compatible APM client to connect and communicate with the APM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-23.09.28.jpg)

Start of the client installation process 

Unlike ABB, the APM will also require something called a **connection key**. This means we will not authenticate on the client side with a username and password, but rather with a defined connection key that will be bound to a particular protection plan.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-23.10.03.jpg)

Creation of the connect key

During the client installation, actually, right upon completion, the wizard will ask us for the APM destination server address as well as the connection key. Once that is done and the communication has been confirmed, the client will pull down the protection plan and backup can start.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-23.07.26.jpg)

Installation of the Windows APM backup client

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-23.08.02.jpg)

Connecting to the APM server using its address and connection key

As expected, the backup can be manually triggered or on a schedule set by the protection plan.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-23.20.06-2.jpg)

Windows 11 backup is in progress on 

In terms of speed, DP7400 performed well. As we will see later on, depending on the OS in question as well as if the machine is virtual or physical (local or remote), the speed will vary.

While performing the initial **Windows 11 machine backup** (physical) the task took **10 minutes** for the **23GB** with an average speed of **40MB/s in LAN**. On top of that, **another Windows 11** (also physical) task, only this time remote (WAN), **lasted 7 min** for its **26GB** with an **average of 63,3MB/s speed**.

The difference between just these two machines is about 11GB in deduplication data as the secondary machine was almost 37GB in size with a backup size of only 26GB, so it is good to see that APM handles compression and dedup well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-23.26.37.jpg)

Completed task visible inside the APM workload console. The menu on the right side opens up several options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-23.26.41.jpg)

The recovery portal will give access to backed-up data inside the archive

Opening a recovery portal for the machine will allow us to go over multiple versions over time and recover/download data that is needed. What needs to be said here, yet again, is that **Synology has still not fixed the search function**. 

In case anyone is unfamiliar with this "issue", it is that the search itself does not search at all but rather filters the current location that is visible inside the portal. This is unfortunate as it makes locating a particular file much more difficult. While on the subject, the C2 Backup cloud service suffers from the same fate when backing up on-prem devices, but not in the case we are searching for M365 backed-up data. A bit of an odd situation, but it is what it is. Hopefully, this will get unified and sorted down the line.

Full **bare-metal recovery over WAN** was about the same time, just **under 10 minutes** with an **average speed of 47-50MB/s**. Executing a full backup restore also means that the initial backup after restoration will be full as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-29-at-20.41.16.jpg)

Version list presenting several large and small incremental backups (blue), followed by another full backup 10 days later as a result of a full bare-metal recovery

So far Windows OS machines, both local and remote perform more or less the same in terms of backup and recovery speed. macOS on the other hand behaves a bit differently.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-13.56.50.png)

APM macOS client installation wizard

The usual install process is needed just like on the Windows OS, with several exceptions and additional steps. These steps are identical for most Synology or any other 3rd party apps because of the macOS protection mechanism (the Gatekeeper).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-13.57.07.png)

Full disk access will be needed before the APM client can work as it makes use of the Apple Software Restore mechanism

The rest of the wizard process is identical to the Windows OS. Once the backup started, several interesting things happened. First off, the speed was better than with the Windows machines but the overall time was longer. Why? Not sure, but it has something to do either with the macOS or APM on macOS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-14.20.13.png)

macOS activity monitor - network speed while performing backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-14.24.17-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-14.25.36-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-14.28.18-1.png)

macOS backup process. There are visible gaps from 3 to 5 min in length

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-14.43.37-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-15-at-14.44.13-1.png)

While the backup was successful, it took almost 30min to complete (the initial one)

As can be seen from the images, the process was completed with no issues at all, but unlike the Windows OS, macOS was backing up in increments with gaps between three to five minutes each. A **total of 60GB of data** was backed up in **28 minutes** with an **average speed of 40-70MB/s**.

With this beta version of APM, the currently supported physical Linux OS is only "server" editions or backups of Linux-based VMs. So far the client installation for both Windows and macOS has been done via installers, but with Linux, the installation is done via the command line (same as for the ABB agent).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-19.57.58.png)

APM client installation on the server edition of Ubuntu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.22.53.png)

Ubuntu client installed and connected to the APM appliance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.23.39-1.png)

Ubuntu server presented inside APM

💡

****IMPORTANT**: while backing up a physical or virtual Linux device, be sure to ****turn off** the ****Secure Boot** option on a hypervisor or BIOS level to prevent the `fffffffffffffffe` error code

```
2024-08-19 20:49:17,Error,Backup failed.

2024-08-19 20:49:17,Error,Error code [fffffffffffffffe]: Failed to take a snapshot of [/].

2024-08-19 20:49:17,Information,Taking a snapshot of [/]...

2024-08-19 20:49:17,Error,Error code [fffffffffffffffe]: Failed to take a snapshot of [/boot].

2024-08-19 20:49:17,Information,Taking a snapshot of [/boot]...
```

Similar to macOS, there was an interesting moment performing backup and restore for the Ubuntu system (both physical and virtual) as well. The bare metal Ubuntu server backup with only **15.3GB of used space** took five and a half minutes (**5:28 min**) with an **average speed of about 25MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-12.51.07.png)

Backup of an Ubuntu server (physical appliance)

On the other hand, the same Ubuntu OS as a virtual machine but with **50GB in size took** only five (**5 minutes**) to complete with an **average speed of over 170MB/s**. For comparison, the **restore of that same VM** against an ESXi host lasted about **15 minutes** in total (**speed of about 57MB/s**).

I guess the general rule that applies to most Synology backup tools, is also valid with APM and DataProtection devices. Depending on the size, type of machine, and the backup mechanism under the hood, the backup speeds will vary.

## 
  
  
### :: VM operations

One final workload category remains and that's **virtual machines**. A popular category, no doubt, and something that most businesses will mostly utilize with this new backup appliance.

Picking up where we left off earlier in the article, once DP has been connected to a compatible hypervisor, we will have the option to back up any number of VMs that have been detected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.37.11-1.png)

APM listing all visible virtual machines ready to be backed up

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-19-at-20.47.04.png)

VM backup process ongoing

With this common operation, anyone familiar with Active Backup for Business or even some alternative platforms will have no problems following through. The result is a full VM backup that can be then used to either access the data via the **Recovery portal** or in this particular case, do a **full** or **instant VM restore**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-12.13.51.png)

Process to restore a backed-up VM to the hypervisor

💡

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the ****DP appliance and its APM OS** ****do not have support for Synology's own VMM** (Virtual Machine Manager) typer 2 ****hypervisor** in this version. This might change down the line!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-12.16.02.png)

Summary of the VM restoration wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-12.35.38.png)

Recovered the Ubuntu server as an additional VM on the same hypervisor

While the recovery of the server in this example, as said earlier, took about 15 min, the instant restore will get the machine up and running in under 30 seconds. Of course, the restored machine will have limited performance until it has been completely migrated back to the hypervisor host.

Speaking of recovery, in case there is no need to restore the whole machine, the recovery portal for the VMs as well as macOS will offer the same experience as the one for the Windows OS devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-12.53.09.png)

The Recovery portal offering access to Ubuntu...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-20-at-13.03.18.png)

... and macOS file system

## 
  
  
### :: Cloud tenants - M365 operations

Anyone working with any commercial cloud provider offering PaaS, SaaS, or any similar service will almost always be reminded that the **content in the cloud is not backed up**. One obvious example of this is Microsoft 365\. As mentioned many times in the EULA, M365 offers some great tools, but by default, backup is not one of them.

This is where Active Backup for Business package comes in, or in this case, ActiveProtect Manager.

APM as its final separate category lists **Cloud Applications** offering at the moment, multiple M365 tenant backups.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-22-at-08.21.47.png)

APM supports M365 backup

The process of connecting to the tenant is straightforward as it has been for some time on the ActiveBackup platform as well. There is **no need to run separate Powershell scripts** to generate the needed IDs and keys. 

A short 4-step wizard will allow you to complete the registration with APM and immediately offer **manual** or **automatic** **workload** rules.

Again, same as ABB, APM will offer **activation of the user self-service portal** to allow non-admin users to restore their data. This will apply to the **Exchange and OneDrive content**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-22-at-08.25.51-1.png)

Summary of the M365 tenant registration

One additional option when working with a M365 is the usage of **archive plans**. As a mandatory feature, those plans will determine the retention period for data that is no longer being actively backed up but kept as an archive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-22-at-08.34.28.png)

Configuration of M365 auto-backup rule

M365 backup as a turn-key option that allows for the automatic addition of new items, sites, and users, will allow for peace of mind when we talk about a consistent backup policy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-22-at-08.38.51.png)

Exchange backup for a single account...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-22-at-08.39.53.png)

...or Sharepoint backup of multiple sites at the same time

With no account number limitations, APM could become a number-one backup platform for many small or large businesses. Without too much repeating, the M365 recovery options are again offered via the same APM recovery portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-08-22-at-08.35.02.png)

Each backed-up M365 object can be recovered using the recovery portal feature accessible from the context drop-down menu

[Synology C2 Backup for Business - backup on-prem devices and SaaS platforms5TB of space and up to 250 users for a price of one cup of coffee per day? Synology C2 Backup for Business could be a solution for your needs.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-9.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/c2backup_business.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-business-backup-on-prem-devices-and-saas-platforms/#cloud)

The C2 Backup for Business platform offers the same features as an on-prem NAS or DP device with APM

Those same similarities can also be found in [Synology's C2 Backup for Business](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-business-backup-on-prem-devices-and-saas-platforms/#cloud) cloud platform, which allows backing up on-prem devices and M365 tenants alike.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

If you got to the end of this article, congratulations! For those that jumped to the end, here is the summary.

The new APM can be described as a standalone operating system, but to be honest, a very limiting one in terms of what an OS usually stands for. Because of that, I would rather call it a "platform" than an OS considering it powers a specific hardware lineup.

As such, we can immediately see that Synology has decided to capitalize on one of its most popular (if not the most popular) DSM packages, the Active Backup for Business.

> ## The ActiveProtect Manager is not just a simple rebrand of the said package but rather an upgrade in many aspects.

Combined with one massive hardware appliance, we now have a **very competitive backup device** that will for sure find its customers.

**Deployment time, ease of use, and versatile backup options allow for many practical scenarios** in which the DP device can be utilized. There is always room for improvement, and without a doubt, Synology will continue to develop this platform in the future. 

The fate of the Active Backup for Business might also come into question, but time will tell just what the company has in store for it. Is this the beginning of a commercial version of the ABB service? Maybe, maybe not. One thing is for sure, and that is that APM will take the lead moving forward, but as we can see from the feature set, there is still room for ABB in this new setup.

 APM is a familiar, yet new platform that will be appealing to both novice and experienced users, regardless of their Synology experience. Guided with the new Synology-only policy, we finally have an **end-to-end device** that both from a hardware and software side of things is **100% Synology**.

This as a result will offer a **stable, optimized, and focused backup platform** that many have been waiting for. If the success of this platform goes according to plan, we can be certain that APM and DP models will shrink from rack models to desktop versions in the future.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DP7400 review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/
Last updated: 2026-02-02T12:09:13.000Z
Back in June of this year, Synology presented a new line of products during the Computex expo, known as **Data Protection**.

Specifically, one of the first models from this line was the DP7400 model. A 12-bay AMD EPYC pure backup appliance running the newest and latest custom Synology OS called APM, **ActiveProtect Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/dp7400_front.png)

The new DP7400 front side with decorative mask

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/dp7400_back.png)

DP7400 from the back

> ## Pre-configure hardware for backup purpose with dedicated operating system for backup, recovery, instant restore, replication, and deduplication.

Blackvoid was fortunate enough to get the very first DP7400 in Europe for testing, thanks to the efforts of both Taiwan HQ and Synology Germany, and this article series will go over all the HW and SW elements of this device and its platform. 

Presently the DP line comes in a single rack-based version and two desktop ones. For now, we will focus on this DP7400 to see what it offers and who the intended audience is for this particular model.

## Table of Contents

: [Introduction](#intro)  
: [Price and licensing model](#price)  
: [Unboxing and specifications](#specs)  
: [First setup](#setup)

## 
  
  
## : Introduction

First, let's take a few moments to discuss the whole idea behind the Data Protection product line and its naming convention before we get into the actual intro on the DP7400 unit.

So why create a completely new product line when the company already has a vast variety of rack-based devices ranging from four up to sixty bays (with no expansions)?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/dataprotection_lineup_position.jpg)

Current position of the DataProtection devices in the whole Synology lineup

All of the current models in Synology's portfolio are DSM-driven NAS devices that can be customized to do any number of tasks. Pure backup to virtualization, containerization, multimedia, and any other service that a Linux-based machine can do.

With a clear vision to go **more business or enterprise-oriented** forward, Synology has decided to build a more **appliance-like backup device**, pulling the best of both SW and HW. With a rock-solid hardware foundation and a completely new operating system, the **ActiveProtect Manager** (based on their award-winning Active Backup software), Synology managed to create an even **faster**, **dedicated**, **turn-key backup solution**.

> ## ActiveProtect appliance is designed for all business which streamlines the data protection process for an entire organization, from deployment to recovery, through a unified and intuitive management interface, no matter where the backup tasks occur

Some key highlights would be:

**Simplified management**: easy procurement, with initial setup completed in 10 minutes`*`, automatic protection mechanism combined with on-demand expansion cluster architecture, truly simplifying management on a single platform

**High Performance**: Reliable software and hardware integration with source-side deduplication technology, saving 99% of duplicate data transmission, significantly improving backup speed, and saving 70% of storage costs.

**Reliable recoverability**: Synology's native immutable storage technology, combined with data verification and automatic repair, provides one-stop management of off-site backup copies, ensuring high reliability of data restoration

`*` 10 minutes **after assembly** into the rack, and the installation of all the drives

The conclusion is that with DataProtection devices**,** Synology is looking to give the customer an appliance **specifically designed for backup**, **pre-sized** **and** **configured** with all necessary capacity, CPU, SSDs, memory, and network ports. Meaning, that assembly of a custom (DIY) setup with various parts will not be needed, and with that **minimizing compatibility issues down to zero**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_dp_rack_product_name.jpg)

The new DP lineup naming convention

## 
  
  
## : Price and licensing model

Finally, we come to the price and licensing for the whole DP lineup. While there was a lot of debate about what approach to take, Synology landed on the following.

The **suggested retail price for this DP7400** with specifications that are listed at the top of the article, is **€39.999,00**.

💡

Just for reference, the DP7400 as an APM cluster controller can ****handle up to 2500 nodes or 150.000 workloads**. Also, the suggested usable 84TB of storage equals ****about 350 machines or 3300 SaaS users**.

On top of this, there is also a **licensing model for any additional cluster node** (another DP unit). The price for it is **€1.800,00 for 3 years** (each node).

One thing important to note here is that the **additional licenses will only apply to the third (3rd) additional node** (and any other after that) in the cluster.

💡

****NOTE**: One additional note is that any ****license that will be applied will cost the same** regardless of how big or small the additional node is. So be it another DP7400 or any smaller unit, the ****3y license is flat rate**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/APM_license-1.png)

So, for the first three devices in a single cluster, we only pay for the actual appliance. This being a business/enterprise-driven platform, the pricing comes as no surprise, but it is more than an average Synology XS+ setup.

For a simple comparison, the Synology SA6400 as it sits is about €10-11.000 alone (running the same basic 12-core CPU and 12 bays). The DP7400 has almost the same amount of money in drives and RAM, bringing the price up to about €20.000 in hardware alone. So 50% of the suggested price is bare metal. The rest is, of course, the APM software platform, and profit.

While these prices are simply suggested, it is best to consult with either Synology or any reseller partner and look into specific needs, and finally the exact pricing. For that, it might be useful to use the following link.

[Simplified cyber-resilient data protectionFortify your business by implementing ActiveProtect appliances to streamline data protection with a single console.![](https://static.ghost.org/v5.0.0/images/link-icon.svg)SynologySynology Inc.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/img_fb_share.jpg)](https://sy.to/apdpblv?ref=blackvoid.club)

Get in contact with Synology and discuss the whole DP platform as well as the pricing

## 
  
  
## : Unboxing and specifications

In the past rack models were always packed the same way, and that is no different in the case of the DP series. A double-packed card box with plenty of foam protection and in the middle, the device itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5764.jpg)

The DP7400 specification and box content summary

But this time around, this being a prepopulated device, unboxing revealed that the drives are not prepopulated but presented as part of the package and need to be installed by the user.

The test unit that we got in for testing was packed with ten HAT5310 20TB, as well as a pair of SAT5220 4TB drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5766.jpg)

Under the first protection foam, we get a drive setup as well as the decorative Synology 2U mask

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5767.jpg)

So much storage in a single unit thanks to 20TB SATA Synology HAT-5310-20T drives

In the middle of the package was also a 2U Synology branded decorative mask that can be applied once the drives are installed. If you suffer from any type of OCD, you probably won't apply it as it makes the DP unit stick out from the default edge of the rack, especially if you have no other device like that. Still, it is good to know that it is optional.

The hardware setup of the DP unit as said, will depend, but the maxed-out version would have the following specifications:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/synology_dp7400_specs.jpg)

Specification of the DP7400 model

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/synology_dp7400_acc_compatibility.jpg)

Accessory compatibility list for the DP7400

As indicated by the naming image above, the 2U DP models will come with either AMD or Intel CPUs dictating the unit's name. So the AMD v1000 series will be DP7200, Intel D-1541 DP7300, and AMD EPYC the DP7400.

The exact CPU in DP7400 is a **12-core** **AMD EPYC 7272** backed up with **64GB of ECC** memory (2x32GB D4ER02-32).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5779.jpg)

Synology D4ER02-32 RDIMM memory module

Each of the two modules is around 640€ similar to the R01 series, and at the time of this testing**,** still not present on [Synology's Store site](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/products/DDR4?ref=blackvoid.club). It is the same memory that will probably be part of the DP, SA, HD, and FS lineups.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5780.jpg)

The memory module in bay D01 is zip-tied as it is custom for Synology rack models

Going into the belly of the beast we will see a very familiar and somewhat minimalistic setup. Starting from left to right we have the HDD bays, followed by **four 80 mm intake modular 3-pin vents**. From there the motherboard takes full real estate of the case with only a **dual 550W power supply** in the lower right corner.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5777.jpg)

Modular 80 mm vents (38mm deep) can be easily replaced and can't be installed incorrectly due to its design

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5773.jpg)

Top overview of the DP7400 internals

The majority of the motherboard is occupied with the CPU, its cooler, and tunnel as well as a total of **16 memory slots** divided into two groups for a total of 512GB or ECC memory.

Speaking of memory, we will see a note and schema on top of the CPU cooler on how and where the modules need to be installed for the DP to boot up. Luckily there is no need to move the DIMM around as the indicated D01 and C01 slots are already occupied with each of the 32GB sticks.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5774.jpg)

Make sure the RAM slots are occupied as indicated by the schema

Just adjacent to the RAM along the edge there is a **CPLD module** (Complex Programmable Logic Device) with a simple "DP7400 v1.0" sticker on it. It is hard to say what the exact role of the module is**,** but it is probably for any number of tasks. From control logic for data transfers, power management distribution, security features, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5781.jpg)

The first iteration of the DP7400 CPLD module

The motherboard also has **two Gen3 x8 slots** (x8 link) for expansion needs. Anything from NVMe drives, as well as 10 or 25G network cards, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5783.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5782.jpg)

Two Gen3 x8 expansion ports

One last visible thing inside the case is the **dual-10 G network card** in the middle. Alongside it is the 1G network port attached to the motherboard directly that is usable only as an OOB (out-of-band) management port.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5775.jpg)

The dual 10G network card placed right in the middle of the case is the only "data" transfer pre-installed card out of the box

The back of the unit is meshed from left to right for much-needed airflow apart from the sections that are occupied by ports or future utilized ports via PCIe cards. From left to right we have **the dual 550W power supply**, followed by a **COM port**, **one 1G management RJ54 port**, and **two USB 3.2 Gen 1** (max of 5G transfer speeds) ports for direct external device attachment. The middle and far right side is occupied by the **dual-10G** as mentioned above **network ports** and PCIe slot 2 protection mask.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5769.jpg)

Dual redundant 550W PSUs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5770.jpg)

COM port, single RJ45 Management port, and dual USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports as well as a reset button are the main elements on the back of the DP7400 unit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5771.jpg)

Unlike some older RS rack models, the DP7400 comes with a dual 10G network card offering those ports to be configured and used for data transfers only

While Synology is advertising the DP lineup as a 10-minute deployment setup, it is important to note that it will take more than that to assemble and install the drives as well as the unit itself, let alone install it and get it up and running. To be fair**,** once the unit boots up**,** it will be that much time until we can start with backup tasks**,** but including the manual labor and all the things before that, it would be fair to say we are looking at closer to 20-30 min from unpacking to **the** first backup.

The DP7400 uses Synology's type 10 3.5" disk tray that can accommodate both 2.5" and 3.5" SATA drives. Just like previous generations of these rack trays, we are required to screw in the drives from the bottom. The package includes both types of screws for 2.5" and 3.5" disks.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5784.jpg)

Type 10 drive tray ready to be installed with either 2.5" or 3.5" drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5786.jpg)

Two SAT5220 4TB drives are part of the deal

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5787.jpg)

Only 40 screws until all ten drives are ready to be used

The DP7400 is compatible with **Synology RKS-02 rail kit** (sold separately) as any other rack model from their lineup, so installing it in the rack will not be difficult. While it can be done by one person, the total weight of the unit with drives is just shy of 30 KG. Inserting it in the rails will take some strength and precision, so if possible, call another person to aid you just to make your life easier.

Once all the drives are installed, be sure to a) **connect both power supplies**, b) the **management network** as well as c) a minimum of **one out of two 10G** data network ports, and fire up the unit.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5794.jpg)

Fully loaded DP7400 fired up and ready to be used. I like the new design of type 10 trays. Notice 4U down the RS2423+ from last year using the previous generation of trays. In the middle, we can see trays from RS3614 (10y old design)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/IMG_5797.jpg)

DP7400 with the decorative mask. It is not that visible in the image but the mask ****does** stick out

DP7400 noise level under load

0:00

/12.714667

1×

Just a quick remark on the noise level. Compared to a regular non-power redundant rack model, like the RS2423+ for example, the DP7400 will make significantly more noise. The two 550W power supplies have their own small vents that are loud, but also the four intake vents from the front side will contribute to the overall noise level. The PSU vents are taking a large part of the blame, as this is similar to any power-redundant model, be it the DP, RS, or SA for example. A fully loaded RS unit that has a standard single large 500W PSU and the same four intake vents is already much less noisy than this model. Still, do not plan to keep any Synology rack models inside any living area, including this DP lineup, as you will quickly realize that was a mistake.

With ten 7200 RPM drives inside it, we are unable to hear any disk activity due to the noise level as expected. The only thing the F series (all-flash) of this lineup will bring is less power consumption and less heat.

From an HW standpoint, the DP unit doesn't deviate too much from your average RS or SA unit with its familiar design, internal setup, and backside layout. What is new are the type 10 drive bays and a decorative mask that is a nice cosmetic and protective touch, but again, completely optional. The real difference will be what lies ahead.

The unit is unpacked, installed, and ready to be configured. Next, let's see **how to install and configure the new ActiveProtect Manager** operating system that will control and drive this new backup appliance.

## 
  
  
## : First setup

For anyone familiar with the DSM setup process, the same applies in this case as well. Some slight changes will be visible in the images that follow in regards to configuration, but other than that, let's see if we can make the advertised "10-minute" start-to-finish mark.

Once the device is detected on the network via the Synology Assistant desktop app, or find.synology.com (or any other network tool for that matter), we can connect to the web UI and begin the installation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.21.36.jpg)

APM install wizard, familiar yet different

The main difference that will be visible right away is the fact that the color palette is different. Moving away from the usual "bluish" screen, the APM has a more "pro" vibe to it with a mix of white, black, and grey colors. Nothing major, but from a personal point of view, I like the change and it does sit well with the design of their rack units, to be honest. Still, the next few steps will be the common ones that are part of any Synology NAS DSM installation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.23.16.jpg)

We can see that the wizard has detected all 12 drives and a classic wipe warning will be presented as part of the process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.23.26.jpg)

Same as with the DSM, the APM will be installed across all the drives

Unlike with a NAS setup, the DataProtection will configure the drives automatically in the most compatible array possible depending on the number and type of drives. So with ten 20TB drives and two SSDs, we will get a RAID6 array with a hot-spare, while the SSDs are configured as read/write cache. So that gives us 140TB (+/-) of usable space.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.23.35.jpg)

Considering that this unit was accessible before the actual roll-out, the APM version did not support Internet installation, so manual APM upload was needed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.28.19.jpg)

Following the installation, the usual 10-min timer will start while the device reboots

The installation was done very quickly, as well as the reboot that didn't take 10 minutes. After that, we are asked to create the default admin account, but this is where the familiar setup of the DSM ends and we get into stage two of the APM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.31.45.jpg)

Creating the default admin account for the ActiveProtect Manager

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.53.22.jpg)

Network configuration

The DP7400, as noted before, has by default three network adapters. One OOB management port (1G), and dual 10G for data. We will be able to configure static (or DHCP) IP address settings during the setup, as well as select whether we want the 10G data port to be used for application console and management center access (more on those later on).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.55.02.jpg)

Final configuration step before the APM is ready to be used

While the step might indicate another 15-minute configuration, again it was shorter and completed in about 7 minutes. After this, the ActiveProtect Manager installation and configuration process is complete, and DP7400 is ready to be used.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-08-13-at-18.56.33.jpg)

Another "first for Synology" wallpaper and a login screen following the color palette of the APM

Going back on the whole install process and the fact that you indeed can be up and running in a matter of ten minutes or so from the time the device is ready and waiting on the network, the testing has confirmed this firsthand. With an already familiar turn-key installation process, the APM only interrupts it with a few network settings that need to be configured up front, but apart from that, no objection to APM so far.

With this being just the end of part one, it is maybe not expected to do a conclusion, but we can share a few just to wrap up. 

With the presentation of the DP models and the new APM, Synology is moving forward with its idea to create a more **clean**, **controlled**, and **business-oriented** backup product. A product built on their tested hardware design, and a well-known Active Backup suite of products that will allow IT personnel to deploy a quick, robust, and stable backup platform catering to many on-prem and cloud needs regardless of the business case. ActiveProtect will also allow for a faster recovery in day-to-day case errors that will help users quickly fix mistakes without the need to even contact support.

With such a closed environment, there will be no room for mistakes or situations in which anyone can make too many customizations while providing the tools, both manual and automatic, to stay on top of all the backup and recovery needs in case of a ransomware attack or full-blown disaster recovery.

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-17.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

Going forward, **part two will focus on the** [**ActiveProtect Manager**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/) and all available features that it offers, starting with the overall **Management Center** overview, as well as **Application Console**, and **Recovery Portal** web interfaces.

If the DP7400 is too large for your needs, you might find the smallest member of the lineup to be a better fit. Consider the **DP320**, a compact two-bay model from the DataProtection lineup.

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-40.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BSM 1.2-65586
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/
Last updated: 2026-04-21T16:22:24.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 15/01/2025 - ****Synology released BSM 1.2-65586** today with no changes to the features and fixes introduced in the beta version. However, the ****BeeProtect** 1-month free period has been ****extended for an additional 3 months** for anyone who signed up for it during the beta.

It looks like Synology wants to end this year strong regarding the BSM and BeeStation lineup. Just a few months after beta 1.1, today we have BSM beta 1.2 with some exciting new features and one new cloud service specifically for the BeeStation owners.

## Release Notes

### Version: 1.2-65586

(2025-01-15)

## BeeStation OS 1.2

This version includes the following applications:

- BeeFiles 1.2.0-10893
- BeePhotos 1.2.0-10083

#### What's new

This version introduces newly upgraded features for data protection and recovery.

1. Added support for internal restore points, a built-in, zero-configuration method that utilizes snapshots to safeguard BeeFiles and BeePhotos. This feature simplifies data recovery in cases of accidental file deletion or modification. Restore points are stored in BeeStation, with the latest 30 versions retained. To manually delete restore points and free up space, go to Storage > Internal restore points.
2. Added BeeProtect as a new backup location. BeeProtect is a cloud backup solution designed specifically for BeeStation. [Learn more](https://sy.to/beeprotect?ref=blackvoid.club)
3. Added Synology NAS as a new backup location. Synology NAS requires Hyper Backup Vault version 4017 or later.

#### Fixed issues

Fixed an issue where recipients of files from deleted users could only access the files via SMB service. Transferred files can now be accessed directly through BeeFiles.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

### Version: 1.2.0-10893

(2025-01-15)

## BeeFiles 1.2.0

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. BeeFiles 1.2.0 requires BeeStation 1.2 and above.

#### What's new

1. Added support for backing up and syncing with Google Shared Drive in the "Cloud services" page.
2. Added support for backing up and syncing with Dropbox Team Space in the "Cloud services" page.
3. Added support for copying photos and videos to BeePhotos using right-click.
4. Added support for editing the display name of connections in the "Cloud services" page for easier identification.

#### Fixed issues

1. Fixed an issue where reauthenticating connections to OneDrive for Business in the "Cloud services" page might fail.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

### Version: 1.2.0-10083

(2025-01-15)

## BeePhotos 1.2.0

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. BeePhotos 1.2.0 requires BeeStation 1.2 and above.

#### What's new

1. Supports previewing VC-1 and AVC formats by generating compressed MP4 videos with Synology Image Assistant.

#### Fixed issues

1. Enhanced loading efficiency for browsing photo libraries of over one hundred thousand photos.
2. Fixed an issue where VP9 videos with Opus or Vorbis audio format might not be played.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

As with any BSM version update, both BeeFiles and BeePhotos apps are updated with features and/or fixes. This time around it is no different, but to kick off this release let's first talk about three new main features that will make the whole platform even better than before.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/intro.JPG)

Key new features in BSM 1.2

The new release is all about data security, so BSM now has support for **local snapshots**, an option to use the **new BeeProtect cloud backup service**, and finally to utilize **Synology DSM NAS as another backup location** for the BeeStation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/01restorepoints.JPG)

The local snapshot feature will focus on data living on the BeeStation be it files or photos accessible via dedicated Bee apps, but unlike the current file version restore option (that is the existing feature supported by the Synology Drive engine under the hood), the snapshot will allow for an entire BeeStation restore from a specific point in time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-22.png)

The internal restore option is part of the new ****Data Recovery** section in the System Settings menu

There are two restoration methods at our disposal, **restoration**, as well as **external backups**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-1-1.png)

Restoring the BeeStation from either internal or external sources

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-2-1.png)

Restore points are automatic and daily snapshots of the whole system

BeeStation **automatically creates internal restore points daily** and retains versions for up to 30 days. If the space on the BeeStation is getting low, we have the option to manually delete and restore points by using the **System Settings > Storage** menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-3.png)

Delete snapshots to free up space

On the other hand, restoring data from external sources is with version 1.2 expanded from Synology C2 and local USB to two new sources, the **BeeProtect** and **Synology DSM NAS**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-4-1.png)

BSM 1.2 brings two more external backup sources to the table. BeeProtect and Synology NAS (DSM)

Speaking of new locations, let's see how we can first utilize and configure them to back up to them in the first place, and later on go through the process of restoration.

## BeeProtect - BeeStation dedicated cloud backup

With the rollout of BSM 1.2, and during the beta period (plus three months after the initial month), the new BeeProtect cloud service is free for all BeeStation users.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/beeprotect.jpg)

BeeProtect - BeeStation dedicated backup platform (free during the beta)

Priced at $7.49 per month or **$74.99 per year**, the BeeProtect will support **automatic backup for the entire BeeStation**, with **up to 8 versions** (daily backup and one weekly). These **backups will be encrypted** with a password before uploading to the cloud.

💡

****NOTE**: BeeProtect ****automatically schedules backup times** to optimize upload bandwidth to the cloud. ****The backup schedule cannot be edited**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-6.png)

BeeProtect is free during the BSM 1.2 beta (until ****Jan 8th**, **2025**)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2026/04/Screenshot-2026-04-21-at-18.19.31.png)

BeeProtect pricing for both the 4TB and 8TB version (April 2026)

> ## No matter how much data you have on your BeeStation, it’s one subscription, one price. You won't need to upgrade for more storage later on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-7.png)

Keep your data safe with BeeStation and further on with BeeProtect

To configure the BeeProtect service, we need to once again go to **System Settings > Data Protection** new menu section and start the process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-8-1.png)

Start the configuration and register for the BeeProtect backup service

Part of the Synology C2 cloud, the BeeProtect will require a Synology Account, but as one is already needed to use the BeeStation, an automatic single sign-on will simply jump forward with the registration process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-9.png)

Price includes VAT

💡

****NOTE**: BeeProtect by default will be activated in the ****US Synology C2 region**. This is probably due to the free beta period.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-14.45.10.jpg)

One-click on the Enable button and the process will be automatically configured

Unlike other backup destination options, the BeeProtect is simply configured by pressing the **Enable** button. Once the registration process has been completed, the BeeStation will automatically prepare itself for the first backup job.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-14.45.40.jpg)

As noted, the backup schedule can't be changed and the manual option does not exist

The BeeData web portal is accessible on a specific URL, as all other Synology C2 platforms. While not listed under the c2.synology.com web portal, BeeProtect can be accessed using the following link: [http://bee-protect.us.c2.synology.com/explorer/target](http://bee-protect.us.c2.synology.com/explorer/target?ref=blackvoid.club) or by simply opening the main BeeStation portal page and selecting the **Browse and download files** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.13.33.jpg)

The "shield" icon can be used as a drop-down menu to access the BeeProtect web UI

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-14.46.35.jpg)

BeeProtect web explorer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.10.35.jpg)

Backup using BeeProtect is in progress

🚨

****IMPORTANT**: If we skip the encrypt data process during the BeeProtect configuration, we need to **disable the currently configured task and repeat the whole process** while entering the backup password.

Due to the limiting option regarding the number of versions as well as the time of execution, the good information is that we can enable **bandwidth control**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-14.47.17.jpg)

This will for sure help out anyone having any kind of ISP data caps or slow Internet speeds, so have a backup work in the background while not affecting the rest of the services in the household. Considering that the first backup will also be the longest, depending on the daily delta size, maybe it won't even be needed to implement any throttling at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.56.28.jpg)

Backup completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/Screenshot-2024-12-14-at-18.56.06.jpg)

BeeProtect Explorer listing available data

The web explorer will allow us to list all the backup versions, and it will offer data download. Restoring individual files using an in-place recovery is not an option, like it is with Hyper Backup on DSM.

💡

****NOTE**: While users are unable to see each other's data using BeeFiles and BeePhotos apps, (including the main admin of the BeeStation), accessing the data using the backup explorer the ****main admin is able to see all the content for all registered accounts**.

The overall initial backup of **33GB of used space** took **45 minutes** to complete with an **average speed of 12,5MB/s**. Not the fastest backup in the world, but then again, for anyone running even a moderate Internet service, this will be more than enough to complete a daily backup with not too much interference or impact on any other online services.

## Backing up to Synology NAS

Another highly anticipated feature is the option to back up BeeStation content to a Synology NAS running DSM and Hyper Backup. 

A while back, I wrote an article that turned the BeeStation into a "Hyper Backup" compatible destination. This is, of course, an **unofficial solution**, but with BSM 1.2, the fact that we can now back up BeeStation files to an existing NAS could be an indication that Synology will implement the backup process in another direction as well.

[Synology BeeStation as a HyperBackup destinationHow can we utilize #Synology #BeeStation as a working #DSM #NAS #HyperBackup target?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-14.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_hyperbackup.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-as-a-hyperbackup-destination/)

Turn BeeStation as a Hyper Backup target

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-12-1.png)

Synology NAS as a possible BeeStation backup location is now an option with BSM 1.2

The configuration process is identical to setting up a classic Hyper Backup between two Synology NASs. This means that the destination NAS will need to be targeted via its public IP address, domain name (or DDNS), or a simple LAN IP address (if configured using the local access method).

Both the **DSM portal port** and **TCP/6281** (Hyper Backup default port) will need to be open to configure the job and later on, allow for the backup job to work. As usual, after setting up the job, we can close the DSM portal port as it is no longer needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-13-1.png)

BeeStation backup to Synology NAS prerequisites

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-14-1.png)

Configuration wizard includes identical Hyper Backup parameters 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-15-1.png)

Selecting a destination backup folder on Synology NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-16-1.png)

Backup frequency

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-17-1.png)

Encrypting the backup with a password would be vise

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-18-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-19-1.png)

Manual or scheduled backup will be an option

The backup advanced settings allow for altering the number of versions that can be configured.

Backup speed depends on the number and size of files, and it will fluctuate with an **average speed of about 30-35MB/s**.

💡

With the new included backup destinations the same rule applies. ****As soon as one destination is configured and used, no other backup location can be used** until the previous job is removed and a new configuration is set.

The final backup archive is the default Hyper Backup HBK file that can be accessed via the Synology NAS, or the desktop app version of **Hyper Backup Explorer** in order to get specific files, or, as shown before, use the BSM **Data Recovery** setting that will allow for complete BeeStation restoration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-20-1.png)

Selecting an HBK from a remote Synology NAS to restore from

This means that using the BeeStation UI, we can only restore the entire BeeStation, if there is a need to restore a specific file from the backup while the destination is a Synology NAS, we will have to use Synology DSM UI and its Hyper Backup Explorer or use the same desktop app.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/image-21-1.png)

Hyper Backup Explorer will be the only way to extract single specific files and versions

The same principle applies when we use a USB drive connected to the BeeStation. In case the BeeStation fails, the only way to get to the backup is to use a desktop computer with the **Hyper Backup Explorer** app.

A very good update to the BSM OS with three great backup additions that will further protect our data. The BeeProtect service was almost expected, considering that DSM also has multiple C2 cloud offerings to protect on-prem data using commercial Synology cloud platforms.

For anyone who does not want to back up to the cloud, but also already owns a Synology NAS (locally or remotely), the addition of backup BeeStation using a fully compatible Hyper Backup mechanism is a welcome addition indeed.

Once again, Synology is showing that the Bee platform was not a one-off, and with further development of the BSM OS (and potentially with bigger models), **it is almost certain that the age of the DSM "J" and "value" NAS models has come to an end**.

How will the 2025 look in terms of new models, both DSM and BSM alike, remains to be seen, but it is clear that Synology has not abandoned the SOHO segment with all its focus on the enterprise lineup, and that's a good thing indeed.

As a final reminder, currently (during December of 2024), there is an ongoing giveaway here on Blackvoid, and the main prize is indeed a brand new 4TB BeeStation! This giveaway has a geographical limitation, so be sure to read the rules and notes, and if you apply, sign up!

[Synology BLACK Friday 2024 Giveaway!#Synology #BlackFriday2024 giveaway is open! Enter and win a brand new 4TB #BeeStation, plus 500GB of #C2 storage for a year!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-15.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_blackfriday.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-black-friday-2024-giveaway/)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BLACK Friday 2024 Giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-black-friday-2024-giveaway/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:02:23.000Z
💡

****ANNOUNCEMENT** ****24/12/2024:** \- With all the entries now closed, we have a winner! ****Congratulations to "Tino"** for being our lucky winner! Thanks to everyone who participated and best of luck in the next giveaway!

0:00 

/0:16 

1× 

BeeStation giveaway winner! Congrats to Tino!

While this year was less exciting in terms of refreshed models by Synology, it was a year of brand-new devices. Starting with BeeDrive last year and the BeeStation at the start of 2024.

Because of this, we will finish this year with a Black Friday giveaway event, that will allow one lucky single winner a chance to take home a brand new 4TB BeeStation along with 1 year of 500GB C2 Backup service! So welcome to the **"Synology BLACK Friday 2024 Giveaway"!** 

This year we are fortunate enough to be **sponsored by Synology GmbH** (Germany). Big thanks for providing this capable new device that offers much more then it meets the eye.

💡

****DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure, this is a ****giveaway**, not a lottery, so ****no fee or charge is needed to participate**. This is not a worldwide giveaway, but limited to following countries: ****Slovenia, Croatia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Serbia, Montenegro,** and ****Bulgaria**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/beestation_bst150.jpg)

In case anyone is not familiar with this device, be sure to check out the full review.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-10.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/IMG_4602.JPEG)

> ## Designed for people who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos with minimal setup, BeeStation centralizes your data from phones, tablets, computers, external drives, and cloud services, allowing you to access them anywhere—without any subscription fees.

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from today **November 29th** till **December 23rd**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, **subscribe with a valid email account, and log in** (it will be used to contact you).
2. **Comment as a registered member** and tell me how you see this device being beneficial for you. **Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!**

🗒️

****NOTE**: Empty comments, or "+1", or "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double-post. Once you are ready to post, ****click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1sec longer for your comment to become visible.

3\. That's it! You are in!

🗒️

****NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit**, **or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

‼️

****IMPORTANT**: Any HW or SW issues with the device ****will need to be managed by Synology and its support channels**. Of course, you can always use community methods of solving any problems, but the warranty is still with Synology.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after December 23rd, 2024, **will not be taken into consideration** as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be **chosen randomly** using [https://wheelofnames.com](https://wheelofnames.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) (comments that meet the **criteria of step 2**) and contacted on their registered email.

The **winner** **will be contacted** using this email address: **`info@blackvoid.tech`** on the 24th of December.

**The winner will have 48 hours** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner does not respond within 48 hours, another winner will be chosen and given another 48 hours to respond.

If there is no response in the second wave **by Dec 28th**, the **giveaway will be void**.

The official, public announcement of the giveaway winner will be announced as an update in this current article at the top.

**I wish you all good luck and hope that this prize will be a fine addition under your Christmas tree!** Thank you in advance for participating and for your visit!
### Synology BeeStation as a HyperBackup destination
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-as-a-hyperbackup-destination/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:45:20.000Z
Since its rollout, the BeeStation has had a decent acceptance rate, but the main reason users have an issue with this device is its limiting functionality. To be fair, the BeeStation was always designed as a **sync**, **backup**, and **share** device with a turn-key principle in mind.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-11.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-3.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

Full review of the BeeStation

While the device can back up mobile and desktop devices and its data onto an attached USB drive, it can't be combined with a Synology DSM NAS as a HyperBackup target—not officially.

[BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?BSM 1.0-65078 is the new upcoming OS by Synology that will control a brand new line of devices that are yet to be announced.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-12.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_initial_release-1-2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/)

As it was uncovered early this year, the BSM OS that is running this new device is essentially DSM with only a few main functionalities. Those functions are presented by utilizing DSM packages that existing users might be already familiar with. One of those is unfortunately not HyperBackup in shape and form as it exists on the DSM OS. This means that we can't use the BeeStation as a potential backup target for our existing Synology DSM NAS devices.

What is fortunate, is the fact that BSM, as was said, is a tone-down version of DSM, and that means that **rsync** is installed on the BeeStation. The exact version is 3.1.2\. at the time of this article. Why is this important? Well, HyperBackup can also be used via rsync protocol as well and not just via the dedicated HyperBackup platform that is proprietary to the Synology eco-system.

## Prerequisites

🚨

****WARNING**: The following steps will require unlocking ****advanced settings of the BeeStation**, as well as ****navigation and use of SSH** and the command line. Before moving forward make sure to read the whole article to completely understand what needs to be done. ****The author of this article takes zero accountability for any problems that might occur as an outcome of this procedure!**

Before going forward what needs to be done to make this work?

First, we need to activate the **local access** setting inside BSM, then **remote access** to activate SSH access, and finally confirm that `rsync` is up and running.

Both local account and remote access configuration can be done inside BSM **System Settings > Advanced Settings** menu.

### STEP 01

The local account option is located under the **Local Access** tab, while remote access is under **Synology Technical Support** 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-13.36.04.png)

Activating the local account option on the BSM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-13.45.30.png)

Activating the SSH access to the BeeStation

By design, the BeeStation works via QuickConnect URL and uses a Synology Account to log in, but for this local backup operation, we need to use a local BSM account. This is the main reason these settings need to be activated.

The remote access feature will unlock the `SSH` access and will generate a temporary **user account**, **password**, and **port number** that we need to use to gain access.

💡

Make a note of the username and password as those ****will not be visible once the generation screen is closed**. 

To make an SSH connection to the BeeStation, we need to use SSH-compatible applications like PUTTY (Windows), Terminal (macOS/Linux), or any other platform for that matter. I like to use the ShellNGN web SSH solution, but that is really up to the user.

[ShellNGN - web-based SSH clientShellNGN is a web-based platform that you can use for all your SSH, SFTP, VNC, or RDP needs. Protected by 2FA, it supports an unlimited number of hosts, teams, and users…![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-13.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/shellngn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn/)

### STEP 02

Connecting via SSH is the same as connecting to any other system using the same method.

`ssh <generate_beestation_name>@<beestation_IP> -p <custom_generated_port>`

Replace the generated name with the value that BeeStation gave you for the remote access, as well as the custom port. The local IP address of the BeeStation will also be presented on the same screen and of course, the password will need to be entered as a follow-up on this SSH command.

This is how the command prompt will look like after login `synologysupport_oawi3CLuOz8Nw6E@BEESTATION:~$`. Now we can move to the next step. 

### STEP 03

Next, we need to start up `rsync`. While it is installed it is not running by default, the same as with DSM. In DSM, we can activate it via UI, but that is not the case here in BSM. This is another reason why we need SSH access.

To start up we need to elevate to `root`, by using the `sudo -i` command, and repeating the generated password that we got. Now that we have root access, we will use the same DSM CLI command to start the package because as it was said, under the hood, the OS for the most part is the same.

Running `synosystemctl start rsyncd` will start rsync in the background. To confirm that we have started it with no issues, and to see what port is being used we can run another Linux command line to get the output.

`netstat -tulpn | grep LISTEN` will output all processes and their ports that are listening and ready on the BeeStation. One that we are looking at is the **tcp/873**. That is the default rsync port.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-14.16.43.png)

Processes and their ports on the BeeStation that are in "listening" mode. Rsync is present with the default 873 port

Now we are ready to to move over to the Synology DSM NAS side, and try and configure the device to target the BeeStation via rsync as a backup destination.

### STEP 04

Now we can start using Hyper Backup on a Synology (DSM) NAS to backup its data onto the BeeStation via rsync protocol.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-19.20.42.png)

Select rsync in the HyperBackup window

We can use both **single** or **multiple versions** depending if we need versioning or not.

The main element here is that the backup will not have its transfer encrypted, because in order to use the aforementioned 873 port we need to turn off the transfer encryption. Considering that this setup will only work in LAN (or via VPN) pushing for transfer encryptions is not a high priority.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-19.31.57.png)

Selecting the ****home** folder is important!

Once the BeeStation's IP address and credentials have been entered, we will have a choice of shared folders where we want the backup to end up. At this point, we will see that we are offered only the main "root" folders, and none of the user-created subfolders (part of the profile). 

Unlike the DSM, here we can't see the subset of folders inside the "profile". So in order to get the backup inside the user's home folder, we have to select **home** from the list. 

💡

Later we will see how to retrieve the backup archive because ****even with this selection the backup material will not be visible inside the BeeStation interface**!

The following steps are identical HyperBackup steps that involve, selecting the content, and task settings (logs, schedule, data encryption, versions, etc). Once all is set and done the backup can be started. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-19.43.14.png)

Hyper Backup rsync task in progress towards the BeeStation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-19.46.32.png)

View of the user's home folder on the BeeStation

After the backup has been completed the content will end up in the user's **home** folder. We can see that the content of that folder along with the backup archive called **Important.hbk** has several root share folders that were created by the BSM OS for each BSM account. These files are not visible via the UI, and the HBK archive will not be as well. 

The reason for that is that the BSM OS uses either BeeFiles or BeePhotos web apps to show the content. The BeeFiles app can only present the content of the root **Files** folder that we can see in the image, but because the HBK file is outside of it, we can't download the file that way.

One way to do it is to copy the archive into the **Files** folder and then download it via the BeeFiles web app.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-19.51.52.png)

BeeFiles web app displays the content that is part of the ****Files** folder and nothing else

### Recovery of data

To recover the data we then have to either move (or rather copy the archive) into the Files folder, use the Hyper Backup app on the source NAS, or activate SMB protocol on the BeeStation in order to get to the backup archive in case any disaster hits your main data source.

While the source NAS is working we can of course use the said Hyper Backup interface to recover individual files or all of them, as well as download them if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-19.56.37.png)

The Hyper Backup backup explorer view will access the archive on the BeeStation, and list all the versions and files that it contains.

Because BeeStation does not have the option to install the Hyper Backup or Hyper Backup Vault app, we are unable to access the backed-up data directly on it. This means that in case the source data is damaged, or the NAS itself is inaccessible, we will have to recover the archive from the BeeStation and move it to a new working Hyper Backup device or use the desktop version of Hyper Backup Vault.

The easiest way would be to **activate the SMB protocol** **on the BeeStation** (using the System Settings > Advanced settings section as before), and extract the data that way.

Using any OS compatible with the SMB protocol we can get the overview of the **home** folder for the specified user and copy the archive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-20.09.47.png)

BeeStation ****home** folder

We can notice that the HBK "file" is in fact a folder when not accessed by the Hyper Backup, and that is true. This proprietary "database-like" format contains a lot of elements and not just raw data.

Once we download the file, we can **compress it into a ZIP archive** and upload it to a compatible DSM system where once decompressed, it will be presented as a single HBK archive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-28-at-20.15.03.png)

Compressed HBK archive uploaded to DSM and then decompressed

Opening the HBK in question, will invoke Hyper Backup Explorer, and offer the same working window as before. The only difference is that this time, the archive is being accessed "locally" and not remotely from BeeStation.

There we go, simple. Apart from activating the rsync protocol, the rest of the process is straightforward for anyone already using Hyper Backup. Does this mean that BeeStation and BSM might one day support this officially? Maybe. But, until then, at least there is a working tweak to better utilize this new device from the Synology lineup.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BSM or DSM?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-or-dsm/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:45:13.000Z
This year was quiet for Synology in terms of new and refreshed devices, routers, and NAS alike.

There are several reasons for this. First, 2024 is not the year for updates as most new and refreshed models came out last year or at the end of 2022\. Of course, this is not true for the whole lineup, but then again refresh cycle is between 2 to 3 years.

The second reason is that this year, the company has released and announced some completely new products and a brand new tier of devices that will likely roll out by the holiday season or early in 2025.

## BSM and APM

While the new Beestation device and BSM OS have been out for the better part of the year, in case anyone has missed that info, here is a quick update on this new product.

Following the release of a small [BeeDrive](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/), a 10G capable USB DAS device, at the start of 2024, Synology released a brand new single-bay **BeeStation** product.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-4.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

The BeeStation review

Stepping away from their well-known DSM OS, the **BSM**, and **BeeStation** represent a new class of devices specifically targeting novice and home users with this **turn-key and zero-configuration** NAS.

[Is the new Synology Beestation coming soon?The new #Synology #BeeStation might be coming! The BST170-8T could be a new single or dual-bay 8TB SOHO NAS for the non-tech savvy.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/beestation_bst170_-announcement.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-beestation-on-the-horizon/)

As if that was not enough, just a few weeks back we also got a glimpse of a potential **new Beestation, the BST170-8T**. While not a lot is known about this new upcoming model there are indications that Synology could release an Intel-based version that could be a dual-bay as well. 

Alongside this new arrival in their portfolio, Synology has also presented (soon to be released) a whole new class of products mainly targeting businesses and large enterprises with their upcoming **DataProtection** series.

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-5.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp_apm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

Powered by a new OS, called **ActiveProtect Manager (APM)**, Synology wants to deliver yet another **fully assembled appliance device** specifically **designed for backup**. Building on top of their ActiveBackup platform, APM will allow IT staff to quickly set up and configure backup for physical or virtual endpoints, as well as cloud services, such as M365.

## BeeStation vs the rest!

The fact that APM and DataProtection series are devices in their tier (with more similar devices coming as well), let's focus on the NAS-type spectrum of Synology's pallet and see if the new BSM and BeeStation can compare or even compete with a NAS such as the DS class model.

### The obvious differences

When comparing a device such as a BeeStation with a multi-bay DS NAS, it becomes quickly clear that just from a hardware standpoint BeeStation can't complete let alone win this competition.

BeeStation is a replica of one current Synology NAS model, the DS124\. It uses the same **Realtek RTD1619B quad-core CPU** and **1GB of DDR4 RAM**. Comparing the price of the two, the difference is 129€ (with 4TB HDD). 

Any other, better or bigger model, will only have more horsepower and options in terms of raid types, larger volumes, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/image-1.png)

BeeStation compared to other 1-bay models

There is only one more Synology device in this single-drive configuration that can be compared to the BeeStation, and that is the DS120j. This particular device did not receive a refresh last year or in 2024, and with BeeStation here, we can say that this is the last time we will see a single-bay "J" series device.

Will BeeStation replace the whole "J" lineup remains to be seen, but if there will be a dual-bay version, then the current DS223J (a dual-bay DSM NAS) might also be the last of its kind.

In any event, comparing the BeeStation from a hardware standpoint with worthy alternative devices, it is a clear winner, as well as being a best-buy option for the price-point.

### Should I get a BeeStation or a DS/RS Synology NAS?

The only thing that remains now is the software comparison, and what are the exact user needs when we talk about a home NAS device. As already mentioned, the BeeStation is running its version of the operating system, the BSM, which under the hood is essentially a stripdown version of DSM.

[BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?BSM 1.0-65078 is the new upcoming OS by Synology that will control a brand new line of devices that are yet to be announced.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-6.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_initial_release-1-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/)

Intro article on the BSM system

[Synology BSM 1.1 betaNew #Synology #BSM 1.1 beta is live with performance and feature upgrades for the #BeeStation including #BeeFile and #BeePhotos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-7.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_11_beta.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-1-beta/)

Some changes coming with the BSM 1.1 version

For a novice, or an individual buying a NAS for the first time, it might be a bit confusing what Synology NAS model to get that will cover all the needs. Because of that, let's start with some basics that should be considered that will hopefully help in choosing the right NAS, be it a DS or BeeStation model.

When buying, it is important to **make a list of features** that we want accomplished by using the said device, because that will also be a factor throughout the whole process.

BeeStation as well as all other Synology NAS models can do the basic three tasks, **backup, sync,** and **share**. 

If there is any further need beyond those, like virtual machines, containers, surveillance, streaming, VPN, or something similar, we can immediately take BeeStation off the board. The DSM OS running on all the various Synology models can provide all those features (some will do them better than others, depending on the hardware configuration) while the BeeStation remains (presently) locked with those three main features.

Another difference between the BeeStation and the rest of the DS/RS models is the number of bays. NAS devices are usually considered multi-bay devices that support various RAID configurations, while the BeeStation is a single HDD device, and as such, can't offer any type of redundancy. Still, we can use another external HDD, or cloud destination to back up the BeeStation, but in terms of drive failure and data uptime, it can't provide any solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/bsm_dsm_features.png)

A quick comparison of the BSM vs DSM pros and cons

So far, **data and service uptime**, as well as a number of services are two main categories that need to be considered when making a decision. If uptime is not high on the list, and backup, as well as sharing data is something that would satisfy the needs, then BeeStation could be a viable candidate. In any other case, consider looking into the DS/RS model.

Finally, the actual **knowledge and skill needed to configure and maintain a NAS** device is also something that needs to be taken into consideration. As already said, the BeeStation is a turn-key solution that **only needs to be plugged in, and turned on** and the rest of the process is automated. Compared to this, the DSM NAS will be just as easy, but after the initial installation, we will have a lot of elements that need to be configured and set up. For more details be sure to check the Syno 101 section here on the site.

[Synology 101 - Intro: Setup your NAS for the 1st timeSyno 101 - a 5 part series on how to start with your new Synology NAS. From setup and RAID creation to users, services, and security. All you need to get you started running your own personal “cloud”![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-8.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/101series_all.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-setup-your-nas-for-the-1st-time/)

The start article on how to configure your Synology DSM-powered NAS

Comparing the BeeStation with a similar Synology DS NAS does indeed revolve around services and features that are part of their operating systems. So what can BeeStation's BSM do compared to the DSM, and how well does it perform?

## BSM vs DSM

Without going too much into repeating the content of the initial BeeStation article, let's see the practical difference across BSM's two major apps (BeeFiles and BeePhotos).

### Overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/image-2.png)

As previously stated, BSM under the hood is a stripped-down version of DSM. This also means that several "apps" are part of the system. About **half a dozen apps** have been optimized for the BeeStation, taking the major DSM SOHO packages and converting them into BeeFiles and BeePhotos.

To offer backup, share, and sync features, the BSM uses the following DSM packages:

- **File Station**/**Drive**
- **HyperBackup**
- **CloudSync**
- **USBCopy**

On top of those apps, a recent new addition to DSM (that came with DSM 7) **Synology Photos**, is providing support for photo and video management.

Now, as a long-time DSM user, I have to say that I do like the idea of an all-in-one app that offers multiple features, like the BSM's BeeFiles. This will be especially beneficial to novice users, as BSM will offer two major apps to perform 5-6 common tasks instead of using 5-6 different apps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-19-at-19.19.17.png)

BeeFiles interface - File operations, computer and cloud sync, and external USB backup, all accessible via a single UI

Simplicity is the most appealing factor of this device. It allows for uploading, syncing, and sharing, as well as backing up files to another USB device all within a single UI.

### Initial file management similarities

All of the listed DSM apps above are part of the BeeFiles interface, some more than others, but Synology Drive is the one visually dominating.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-19-at-19.41.26.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-19-at-19.41.41.png)

BeeFiles (left) compared to Synology Drive web UI (right) - apart from the font and color pallet differences, it is clear where the inspiration came from

The user interface is almost identical except for some font and color differences. Still, anyone who has experience with Synology Drive will feel right at home. The web interface has many similarities, but the mobile version is also not far behind. Again the changes are visible, but from a functional standpoint, it is clear that the Drive app is "hiding" in the background of this new mobile solution. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/beefiles_vs_drive_01.jpg)

iOS mobile app comparison between BeeFiles and Drive

Speaking of differences, there are a few features missing in BeeFiles that are present on the Drive mobile app, and on top of that, they are also not available on the web platform. One that comes to mind is adding a **new file via scanning**.

This is a recent addition to the Drive platform, that is still not implemented on the BeeStation device (and maybe it won't be at all).

Alongside that, sharing is also slightly different. While both platforms do allow for multi-user setup, BSM is limited to a total of eight additional members on top of the initial administrative account. Now, with Drive, there is an option to create a shared link and limit it to DSM accounts only, or allow for it to become a public link. 

So if there will ever be a need to limit access to non-public accounts, a DSM device will be the option to go for. While on the topic, Drive also allows for a nice QR code option when generating shared links, which might also come in handy at times. It is not ruled out that BSM and BeeFiles will not get this feature at some point, but presently that is not the case.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/beefiles_vs_drive_02.jpg)

Sharing features are also not 100% identical with some functions missing on the BeeFiles app

The most common usage of the BeeFiles app will be uploading files, applying labels, deletion, and similar activities. There are no visible changes on that front when we compare it to the Drive app, but the question of performance might come into question.

Because BeeStation has no "Resource Monitor" of its own, (unlike DSM), seeing just how much the BeeStation is being tasked while uploading data in real-time can be visible via the `htop` command line app. For this, we need `ssh` access that is off by default.

To activate it we need to access the **System Settings > Advanced Setting > Synology Technical Support**. From there we will have the option to activate **Remote Access**.

This action will temporarily activate SSH on a custom port with credentials. Now, using any SSH-compatible app, we can gain shell access.

0:00 

/0:19 

1× 

Example of 20G upload task (single machine) and BeeStation's performance

The example video is a 20-second sample when BeeStation was receiving about 20GB of various data, mostly small files. The list is sorted by CPU utilization and we can see that several Synology Drive processes are utilizing and taxing the device. Keep in mind that this was a single device/user upload and no other parallel upload or download was happening at the time. 

Some might say that the utilization is high for a simple data upload but do keep in mind that this is no ordinary network transfer over SMB (or a simple BeePhotos upload). The Drive engine needs to calculate its hash value for various purposes, such as **preparing file versions** that could be restored in the future when necessary. Because of this, the CPU utilization is high even for a quad-core processor. 

0:00 

/0:34 

1× 

Example of a 2G upload task happening from two separate devices

The second example shows a 2G upload (small files) coming from two separate clients. As can be seen, the CPU and RAM utilization is not that much different with an occasional drop of a single core into 70-90% utilization. So an increased load is noticeable, but nothing too much that will brand this device as slow for multi-user setup.

On top of this running a device with a single drive loses the potential speed bump that would happen in a RAID configuration (like RAID0, or RAID5/6), but that will probably never happen as the BeeStation was never intended to replace the DSM/NAS segment. As previously mentioned we might get a multi-bay BeeStation down the line, but anything more than two (2) bays would be highly unlikely.

### Local and cloud backups

File management either via browsers or mobile apps is nothing to write home about in terms of major differences but that is where the story ends. Moving forward with other functionalities will for sure introduce complexity on the DSM side and simplicity on BSM.

There are two major ways the BSM and BeeStation can work when we talk about backups. That would be a **local backup**, on an external USB-attached device, and a **cloud backup** (Dropbox, Google Drive, One Drive, etc). All of this can be achieved using the web UI, as the mobile BeeFiles app does not support the configuration of such tasks, only usage.

For these tasks to work, the BSM uses two separate features that are familiar from the DSM side. **USB Copy** for local USB backups, and **CloudSync** for one or two-way sync towards previously mentioned cloud providers. The said packages are embedded parts of the BeeFiles app as well as the BSM system, while on the DSM NAS device, those need to be installed separately.

While the DSM apps do offer more features and options in general, the BSM BeeFiles is much simpler in both aspects as well as execution. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-01-at-18.49.38.png)

BSM version of the USB Copy package originally part of the DSM Package Center

💡

Keep in mind that ****only the owner of the BeeStation** (initial account) ****has the option to perform USB Backup** operations!

The benefit of the BSM backup process is that it is a single-button solution. Once the external USB has been detected, and accessible by BeeStation, the only thing that a user has to do is configure the backup and let it run. This of course means there is **no way to selectively schedule a partial backup** of some critical data.

Some would appreciate a more user-friendly approach, but keep in mind that this does mean that the external device has to be able to accommodate the entire capacity of the BeeStation. While that will guarantee a 100% backup of all the data, in some cases it might also not be needed.

Because of that, users have the option to copy data from the BeeStation to an external drive using the Copy To function that will allow for a kind of selective backup. What is still missing is scheduling in this case, but that just goes to show how BSM, even for a single user, was not envisioned as a complex system, but rather a simple one.

Cloud and local USB backups can also be configured only by the owner of the BeeStation. The difference between a local USB Backup using the BeeFiles app (essentially a USB Copy option) vs the System Settings one is that the latter allows for setting up **encryption** and **scheduling** while also backing up the whole content without any selection options at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-01-at-19.00.01.png)

BeeStation backup options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-01-at-18.58.43.png)

The backup option from a system standpoint will allow for a scheduled and encrypted backup of the whole device.

Compared to the HyperBackup package found on the DSM NAS devices, there are more than a few options, too many to count.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/#hb)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-01-at-19.22.39.png)

DSM 7.2 Hyper Backup wizard

As mentioned before, the BSM offers Synology C2 as its remote/cloud location backup, while HyperBackup presently offers eight cloud platforms on top of C2 as compatible backup destinations, along with local USB devices, and of course other DSM-compatible NAS devices.

So, if anyone is looking for a more versatile backup platform, DSM takes a clear win over BSM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-01-at-19.42.21.png)

BSM 1.1 compatible public cloud destinations 

Now, when we talk about sync services BSM and DSM both utilize the CloudSync package. With an option to sync with Dropbox, Google Drive, and OneDrive, we can in a sentence say that both platforms offer the same experience.

One thing that is worth mentioning here is that just like multiple users are unable to see each other files on the BeeStaion, they can also create independent sync tasks as well that will not be visible to any other BeeStation user.

### Photos, photos, and more photos

Finally, a major element of the BSM is photo management. Well, not just photos but videos as well. Not to copy the content on the matter that was already in detail explained in the [initial review](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/#photos), it can be said that BeePhotos is identical to Synology Photos for the most part.

What is missing, is a multi-user setup as well as restricted access while sharing. Considering that BSM does allow for up to eight additional users when using BeePhotos it is unfortunate that we are unable to share albums with specific users, but rather with everyone or no one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/Screenshot-2024-11-01-at-20.44.29.jpg)

BeePhotos share options (limiting compared to the Synology (DSM) Photos)

Also, the shared space feature which is accessible on the Synology (DSM) Photos platform, is not implemented as well. In a way makes sense considering that we are unable to grant or deny access to local BSM users for a particular photo or album.

This also means that multiple users in the same household are unable to have a shared space of photos and videos but rather individual or "public" albums which in a way raises some privacy concerns.

To make matters most puzzling, any shared album will not by default be accessible to all users of the BSM. Accessing the content is possible via a public link, whether or not an individual has a BeeStation account or not. So in a way, the lack of security elements and control are missing, but the general idea is still here. Easy access, sharing, and backup for the non-tech savvy.

## Is the BeeStation for me or not?

It all comes down to this question, really: Does one go with DSM or BSM, standard Synology NAS or BeeStation? With the more than obvious differences that were mentioned, it will be an easy choice for users who know what to expect and what they actually need in their daily setup.

Others who are just starting in the world of network-attached storage might say that starting off small is the way to go, but they have to be aware of the shortcomings and limitations. It is a common issue that once they start using the device, they might soon find out how a simple limitation could have been avoided should they have chosen a "better" model.

In terms of the BeeStation, the device couldn't be more straightforward. It features an easy and super quick setup, two major apps with mobile support that cover half a dozen operations, a small footprint, and, finally, it's silent.

On top of this, the BSM OS provides an easy way for any users to start using it, invite others, and enjoy a configuration-free environment.

If anyone is looking for anything beyond a simple setup, with support for Docker, VMs, and backup to third-party systems, the BSM and BeeStation are not for you. While it might look like the BeeStation could replace the Synology "J" series device, that is currently not the case, as BSM lacks so much that DSM offers, even if we are to consider it as a small remote backup destination.

Synology's idea behind this device and its OS is plain simple. Unbox, plug in, and enjoy a private cloud of your own. With more models coming in the future, we can only hope that BSM will mature in certain elements, but even if that will not be the case, it will surely have an audience of its own.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Is the new Synology Beestation coming soon?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-beestation-on-the-horizon/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T22:59:49.000Z
A few days back on Synology's [**archive**](https://archive.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) site there was a new **BSM** package under the name **BSM\_BST170-8T\_65371**. Shortly after Synology removed the PAT file and I was not quick enough to download it and inspect it as last time to try and decipher a bit more about this new potential model.

[BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?BSM 1.0-65078 is the new upcoming OS by Synology that will control a brand new line of devices that are yet to be announced.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/bsm_initial_release-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/)

Original article about the new BSM OS that told a lot

No matter what, the name alone can help us to get at least some indications of the new device that Synology wants to push forward.

So far we have the **BeeDrive** (in three capacities) and the **4TB BeeStation** as two representatives of the Bee lineup. The current BeeStation device model number is BST150-4T, so let's see what we can pull from the model name alone by comparing the two.

By using the already announced and soon-to-be-released **DataProtection** tier of products, Synology has changed the naming a bit to better accommodate the new lineup. 

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/dp_apm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

Announcement article on the upcoming APM OS and Data Protection lineup

The naming of the DP models follows this pattern:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_dp_rack_product_name.jpg)

Naming pattern of the upcoming DataProtection line

As we can see the numbers following the DP letters, unlike with the DS and RS devices represent different **product levels**, **CPU**, and **generation**. Taking the **first three numbers** of the BST model into consideration and comparing them, we can see that the **second number is different** (BST150 vs BST170).

This could **indicate that the CPU in the upcoming BeeStation is indeed different** and that the product level and generation are the same.

The first/current BeeStation came with a **quad-core RTD1619 CPU** that Synology uses in several NAS models. Following that logic, the question now is what exact CPU (and the rest of the specs) can we expect from the upcoming model?

Looking over the archive site a bit more we can also notice that some packages have now **BSM as part of its name including the x86\_64 label**. Specifically, packages that are bundled inside the BSM PAT file, as part of its turn-key installation and multiple BeeFiles app functionality.

To name a few, that would be Bee-AdminCenter, HyperBackup, SMB, SynologyPhotos, Bee-Photos, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-22-at-23.23.10.png)

SynologyPhotos package is the only one that has the BSM and CPU architecture as part of its name

Upon inspecting some of the packages there was no trace of the CPU architecture name apart from x86\_64, but one SPK file that has been labeled as a BSM package had it. SynologyPhotos file with a GeminiLake as part of the name.

Full name **SynologyPhotosBSM-BSM-geminilakemango-1.7.0-0828.spk**, can tell us a bit more, and maybe start a guessing game as well.

Synology has had more than a few NAS devices in the past four years (since x20 models) using the GeminiLake architecture, specifically the **Intel Celeron J4125** CPU.

So, is the current Celeron being used in the upcoming BeeStation, and is the new model a single-bay 8TB version, or a dual-bay one (2x4TB)?

Based on the internal model name, I would say we will get a **single-bay** **8TB** version with the said Celeron CPU. What we might also get is double the RAM, going from 1 to 2GB.

All x24 and x23 NAS devices with the same CPU started with 2GB of RAM, and DS920+ for example had 4GB. While 2GB would be a great boost to accompany the CPU, it might start to pose a threat to some DS models like the DS224+. Of course that is only from a hardware standpoint, and even then, not a 100% replica of that model. Finally, we mustn't forget the software side that is a whole different story altogether.

The BST170-8T in my head will be a **single-bay Intel Celeron J4125 with 1GB of RAM** (hoping for 2GB). Now, I could be wrong and we might get a dual-bay model, that would be even better. One of the main negative sides of the BeeStation was that it lacked redundancy. The backup options are not an issue as the BeeStation supports both C2 and local USB backup, but redundancy is not an option, period.

So what would an ideal Synology "J" replacement BeeStation look like? **A dual-bay NAS with an Intel-powered CPU, and 2GB of RAM, for about €300**. Will we get such a device I'm sure we will soon find out, but it is great to see that the BeeStation is still on Synology's mind. A turn-key device that can do a lot for SOHO customers, and if the BSM OS gets even more potent and feature-rich, it might be a more than decent NAS for the non-tech savvy.

One final question remains. Why did Synology start to roll out BSM packages as separate installations outside of the BSM OS? The current BSM OS in its 1.1 version that came out of beta just last week, still has BeeFiles and BeePhotos as its main two apps with about half a dozen DSM functionalities.

[Synology BSM 1.1 betaNew #Synology #BSM 1.1 beta is live with performance and feature upgrades for the #BeeStation including #BeeFile and #BeePhotos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/bsm_11_beta.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-1-beta/)

There is no trace of any kind of "Package Center" in the BSM, and the BST170 BSM version was also labeled as 1.1\. So that means that, at least momentarily, we can't expect any app store options on this platform. Will that change, time will tell, but before that happens it might just be easier and more "clean" for Synology to unlock new features using the current packages. For example, open up BeeStation as a DSM Hyper Backup destination. Whatever the case might be, this sneak peek is telling us that a new model is coming, but in what shape, and configuration, remains to be seen. 

Blackvoid will for sure get it for testing when the time comes, and until then, let's see if there will be any more hints that might give us more info on this new upcoming model.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BSM 1.1 beta
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-1-beta/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:00:39.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 05/11/2024 - ****BSM 1.1-65374** has been released following the #PWN2OWN 2024 event and detected exploits.

### Version: 1.1-65374

(2024-11-05)

#### Important Note

1. Fixed security vulnerabilities [Synology-SA-24:23 BeeStation (PWN2OWN 2024)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F24%5F23?ref=blackvoid.club).

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 17/10/2024 - BSM 1.1 beta has completed. The official ****1.1-65373 has been released**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/image.png)

The main reason to update is that Synology security team has detected and patched a **critical vulnerability** registered as [**SA-24-15**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F24%5F15?ref=blackvoid.club).

> ## A vulnerability allows remote attackers to execute arbitrary code via a susceptible version of Synology BeeStation Manager (BSM).

Apart from this fix, the rest of the release notes are identical to the beta version discussed below.

---

Just over a year ago, we saw the new Synology operating system as somewhat of a surprise appearing on their download site under the name **BSM**.

[BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?BSM 1.0-65078 is the new upcoming OS by Synology that will control a brand new line of devices that are yet to be announced.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-1.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_initial_release-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/)

Article on the subject of the new BeeStation Manager OS

While it was unclear what BSM is or what it will power up, by unpacking the PAT file it all became clear very quickly. On top of the new BeeDrive that was released just a few months before, BSM was here to announce the new upcoming **BeeStation** line of devices, as Synology's second **Bee** product.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-03-at-14.58.34.png)

The Bee lineup. BeeDrive and BeeStation (Oct 2024)

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-3.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

BeeDrive initial review

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-2.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

BeeStation initial review running BSM 1.0

With a complete overhaul of how a NAS device should be used and set up, compared to the DSM system, the BSM was always envisioned as a turn-key solution in just a few steps.

With its initial BSM 1.0, it was already clear that Synology has managed to create a user-friendly device that supports all the major elements expected from a device such as the Beestation, offering multiple users a place for all their photos and files with a push of a button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/beestation_social_features.png)

The key features of the BeeStation

Providing a platform that offers **backup**, **share**, and **sync** capabilities it is no wonder that Synology is looking into pushing further with an all-in-one solution for €200 (HDD included).

## BSM 1.1 is here

With that being said, Synology has just announced a **new 1.1** **beta** version of BeeStation Manager offering security fixes, performance upgrades, and a few new features. Also, following the new [**DSM 7.2.2-72803 update**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-2-72803-update/) and [**deprecation of H264, and H265 support**](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/status/eol-video-codec-support?ref=blackvoid.club), the same is happening on the BSM OS. Here are the full release notes:

## Release Notes

This version includes the following applications:

- BeeFiles 1.1.0-10552
- BeePhotos 1.1.0-10051

## BeeStation OS

#### Important Notes

💡

To enhance the browsing experience and ensure that other applications continue to run smoothly while BeeStation processes a large number of photos and videos, ****certain resource-intensive system tasks will be offloaded to computers and mobile devices** starting with this version.

With this change, you will need to install Synology Image Assistant when uploading new HEIC photos or HEVC (H.265) videos via web browsers or SMB. Otherwise, these files may not display correctly in BeeFiles or BeePhotos. Note that HEIC and HEVC files uploaded or backed up through the BeeFiles and BeePhotos mobile apps will remain unaffected and will display as usual.

Synology Image Assistant generates smaller JPEG previews (for BeePhotos and BeeFiles) and MP4 preview videos (for BeePhotos) for these formats, making them viewable across browsers and devices. For more information, refer to [this tutorial](https://sy.to/beeswcheck?ref=blackvoid.club).

Synology Image Assistant is available on:

- Windows/macOS: As a browser extension and as a desktop app. Both must be installed together.
- iOS/Android: As an added feature in the BeePhotos mobile app. It resolves display issues for HEIC and HEVC files uploaded via SMB or web browsers without using the desktop version of Synology Image Assistant.

Note: For Windows users, depending on your setup, you may need to update to Windows 11 version 22H2 or purchase the HEVC Video Extensions from Microsoft.

#### What’s new

- Added support for configuring the “Maximum versions retained” when BeeStation backs up to C2 Storage Advanced Plan and external drives. Once the maximum is reached, older versions will be automatically replaced by new backups.
- Added support for including thumbnails in BeeFiles when creating backups or restoring through System Settings > Backup & Restore.

#### Fixed issues

- Fixed an issue where BeeStation notification emails were not updated after changing the Synology Account email address.
- Enhanced the connection speed from the BeeStation web portal to BeeFiles, BeePhotos, and System Settings.
- Fixed an issue where the backup status message was inaccurate when BeeStation experienced network disconnections or authentication failures during backups to C2 Storage.
- Fixed an issue where, if the backup process was unexpectedly interrupted and only a partial file was backed up, the status was displayed as “Not backed up yet” instead of “Partial success”.

## BeeFiles 1.1.0

#### Important Notes

- This is a beta version of BeeFiles.
- BeeFiles 1.1.0 requires BeeStation OS 1.1.0 and above.

#### What’s new

- Added support for backing up and syncing with OneDrive for Business.
- Added support for displaying video thumbnails in the browser. Some formats may require Synology Image Assistant for thumbnail generation, depending on browser compatibility.
- Added support for playing additional video formats in the browser (e.g., MOV), with compatibility depending on the browser.

#### Fixed issues

- Fixed an issue where copying or moving files between BeeFiles and an external drive was incorrectly marked as “Completed” in “Background Activities”, even though the process was not finished.
- Fixed an issue where files in two-way syncing on the “Cloud services” page were not updated promptly.
- Fixed an issue where changing the local access username could cause USB backups and syncs created via BeeStation for the desktop to disappear.
- Fixed an issue where files on external drives could not be sorted by time.
- Fixed an issue with one-way downloads on the “Cloud services” page, where files deleted from the original cloud folder were incorrectly deleted from BeeFiles.

## BeePhotos 1.1.0

#### Important Notes

- This is a beta version of BeePhotos.
- BeePhotos 1.1.0 requires BeeStation OS 1.1.0 and above.

#### Fixed issues

- Fixed an issue where previews might not display properly when BeeStation is busy for a while.
- Fixed an issue where the album page might not display the latest status immediately after photos are uploaded from a computer and added to the album.
- Fixed an issue where browsing a People album containing a large number of items might result in an error.
- Fixed an issue where a public sharing link was not available when accessed through Kakao.
- Fixed a security vulnerability regarding [Socket.IO](http://socket.io/?ref=blackvoid.club) (CVE-2024-38355).

---

## BSM 1.1 beta update process

Before going down the beta road, understand that as with the official versions, **there is no way to roll back**, so backup is advised.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-19.20.45.png)

Instructions on how to install the beta. No minimal version requirement is specified. Notice the roll backup warning

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-18.47.47.png)

The BSM tip section will also inform us of an optional beta participation

Starting with the beta version has a single prerequisite, the BSM version number. While the instructions on how to install the beta tell us where to click and what to do, it does not say that **BeeStation has to be on the latest version** before the **beta version** section will show up.

The update itself is executed via the **System Settings > Update** section which will automatically have the beta version section visible at the bottom.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-19.07.43.png)

The BSM update section is the place to update official and beta versions

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-19.07.58.png)

The update to the beta version is manual only

After downloading the beta PAT file from the beta page, a simple upload of the file will start the wizard process. Similar to the official updates (including the DSM) there will be a summary before the actual process. After about 10 min (including installing, rebooting, and post-install), the BeeStation will be on the latest beta version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-19.08.42.png)

Upload the beta PAT file to start the update process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-19.10.13.png)

The final checkpoint before the update will include the entire release log. Be sure to read it!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-19.12.45.png)

Post-install reboot

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-04-at-19.44.06.png)

BSM on beta 1.1

## BSM 1.1 changes and usability

Importing 535 images (300MB) took about 8 minutes total including thumbnail generation. As a result, the content was immediately ready and accessible.

The changes that came with this 1.1 beta version are mostly noticeable in the change that followed from DSM 7.2.2, the support of the H264 and H265 being shifted over to the client side.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-14.08.41.png)

The new Synology Image Assistant is also present inside BSM as it is on the DSM side, but installing it might not be needed depending on the OS in question

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-14.08.32.png)

While the upload was initiated from the macOS side and thumbnail generation did work with no issues, BeePhotos is still informing us that we might need to install Image Assistant

Depending on the client device in question for some users, there will be certain changes while with others there will be none. For example, **if you are a macOS/iOS user**, this new update and lack of support for managing those file formats on the BeeStation side **will have zero effect** (as it did on the DSM side as well).

Importing from a macOS device over the Safari browser or using an iOS device with **the** BeeFiles/BeePhotos mobile app, **all popular formats are supported including HEVC and HEIC**.

Thumbnail generation is working as expected, and the MOV-type files can be played inside the web interface.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-14.23.42.png)

Upload of HEIC and HEVC files via Safari on macOS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-14.24.57.png)

Support for MOV files and thumbnails in a web browser via BeeFiles is here

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-14.24.38.png)

Playback of video files (MOV for example) via browser is supported

What continues to lack, if we are comparing BeeFiles/Photos with their obvious origin inside DSM's Photos app, is the **photo request** option. While it can make sense to not include something like that inside BeePhotos considering it is geared towards a smaller number of users, it would still be beneficial to have this feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/beefiles_beephotos.png)

Comparison of the same content presented via BeeFiles (left) and BeePhotos (right). Folder view is present by default in BeeFiles while it is missing in BeePhotos that supports only timeline and albums

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/beephotos_synophotos.png)

Comparison of Synology Photos folder (left) and BeePhotos album view (right)

Another element that is also present on both mobile and desktop versions of BeePhotos is the **lack of folder view** that Synology Photos supports. BeeStation is sharing this feature across both BeeFiles and BeePhotos, making a clear cut between the two, but sometimes using a folder view instead of a timeline or albums could come in handy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-14.03.25.png)

Synology Photos on a macOS as PWA (progressive web app)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-14.03.54.png)

BeePhotos on a macOS via Safari browser (album view)

Over the past year since BeeStation came out, Synology has published multiple patches for both the OS and mobile apps fixing some user-reported errors, but this is the first release that will step up in terms of new features.

One of those is support from **Microsoft OneDrive for Business**. OneDrive was supported on the release day, but the business variant will be supported with this 1.1 BSM version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-15.34.02.png)

Microsoft OneDrive for Business support is coming with BSM 1.1

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-15.36.19.png)

Nothing has changed so far in terms of the underlying engine that will communicate with OneDrive. **Synology CloudSync** is still the package responsible for either a **one or two-way sync** with all public clouds, including OneDrive for Business.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-05-at-15.38.48.png)

As expected we have the option to use one or two-way sync

Synology is making an effort to elevate BeeStation as a potential replacement for their "J" NAS series, and with more features coming, it looks like that might happen. One particular option that might prove this case is BSM support to become a DSM Hyper Backup destination. Considering it already uses HyperBackup under the hood and the fact that we can access BSM backup vaults using HyperBackup Explorer, it might only be a matter of time.

While that is not the case with this BSM 1.1 version, we look forward to this and other new features in the future.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Extended Warranty Plus & Advanced RMA
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus-advanced-rma/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:44:56.000Z
Buying an appliance device of any kind, let alone a NAS that holds millions of personal or business files is expected to last for a long time and to arrive with a certain warranty period. 

Most Synology devices come with a factory warranty of up to two (2) years or three (3) if the device is from a higher end of the spectrum, but on top of that, in April 2022, Synology introduced its EW+ or **Extended Warranty Plus** service.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/synologyextendedwarrenty-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

Synology Extended Warranty Plus service article

💡

[Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.synology.com/dsm/solution/extended-warranty-plus?ref=blackvoid.club) is ****only available in Europe and North America**.

> ## Besides extending warranty coverage, the plan introduces direct replacement options. Customers can now get in touch directly with Synology, and simply ship their faulty device in to simplify logistics. Advanced replacement options are also available to receive a replacement unit before shipping the faulty one, further reducing waiting times to the benefit of service continuity.

With EW+, customers can add two (2) years of warranty as well as unlock direct and advanced RMA options. As already stated, advanced RMA allows customers to get a replacement unit before returning the faulty one to Synology. This speeds up the whole process dramatically, and there is no middleman in the entire chain, so end-to-end communication is done directly with the company.

Just a little over a year ago I introduced a new RS2423+ unit in my setup, as a replacement for one of my RS3614xs+. On top of that, just last month, I published an article about the whole experience of running with a Synology device and Synology hard drives.

[Complete Synology NAS system 1 year later - RS2423+ with HAT3300 HDDsIs a full-Synology system the right choice for you or your business? Read this 1-year later article on the new RS2423+ and HAT3300 drives. #Synology #HAT3300 #RS2423 #DSM72![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs2423_hat3300_1ylater.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/complete-synology-nas-system-1-year-later-rs2423-with-hat3300-hdds/)

One year with RS2423 and HAT3300 drives

Well as luck would have it, about two weeks ago I detected a potential issue with the device that eventually put me on an ARMA (advanced RMA) course with Synology. What follows is my experience throughout the whole process.

💡

****NOTE**: While Blackvoid is Synology's media partner, the whole process was handled from a regular customer perspective with no shortcuts or exceptions

## : The problem

The RS2423+ in question is an excellent, rock-solid device including the drives, so what happened was in no relation to that specific series of devices but something that is known to happen and needs to be addressed.

The device is one of my main production devices and as such has a lot of data on it, as well as a fair amount of services. Replacing it is not something that will go unnoticed, let alone be cheap (around €3000 at its current setup). The device has 3y warranty, but I have activated an additional EW+ to unlock two extra years of support and warranty, as well as advanced RMA.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-14-at-14.17.34.png)

EW+ activated for the RS2423+

With a price close to €500 (including local tax) for two years, it seemed like a good option for a device that can accommodate up to 200TB per volume.

Considering what happened a week ago, it was a good call in the end. 

[DSM 7.2.2-72803 updateSynology DSM 7.2.2-72803 has arrived. With a lot of security patches here are a few important changes in terms of audio and video support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dsm722.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-2-72803-update/)

Following the events of the recent release of DSM 7.2.2\. version, after about a week it was time to update the RS2423+. While no issues happened at any point in time for the past year it was a bit of a surprise. The device had an uptime of about 363 days (the last reboot was to apply the 7.2.1-UP1 patch) considering it is a production device and reboots are not common. Also, it is under UPS protection.

Other devices were already updated to the 7.2.2 patch, so what could go wrong right? To get to the 7.2.2 version from 7.2.1-UP1, I first had to update to UP5 before moving to 7.2.2\. Simple enough. Not really.

In the past 15y of using Synology devices starting with DSM 3.x I have never experienced the update progress bar (the "ring") being stuck at 1%. After about 10 minutes and a single refresh of the page, I noticed that the NAS did not reboot at all and the DSM was reporting a "**The system is being upgraded**" message.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-12.52.45.png)

10 minutes into an update the DSM was still in the upgrade process, very suspicious

What was interesting, is that the whole "shutdown" process has started. The containers started to shut down, other processes were turning off, and then the next moment started to boot up back without a usual DSM reboot.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-13.12.04.png)

RS2423+ Grafana RAM graph. Green = free; red = used; yellow = inactive

The upgrade process started at 1 PM and for the next four minutes, it was turning services off, as indicated by the red graph falling and green rising (releasing used RAM). As soon as that was completed, the processes reversed and the same services started to boot back up. After about 12 minutes total from the start, I got a warning from Active Insight that the process failed, and DSM was back to its old self.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-14-at-14.56.24.jpg)

Active Insight notification

[DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and moreNew feature coming with DSM7 is Active Insight. Always wanted to have a platform for all your NAS metric needs? This is it.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/DSM7_activeinsight.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)

The process was repeated once again as I was still not sure what happened, and of course, everything played out exactly the same. Time to dig up the logs. The main and first log that I wanted to check out was the `messages` file inside `/var/logs` folder. For anyone unfamiliar with it, we can access the said file via `ssh` as `root`. Another way to do it is via various log parsers, such as **Loki** by the Grafana team.

[Loki - log aggregation platform from the creators of GrafanaFast and light log aggregation platform that works with Promtail agent and presents logs in Grafana. Tutorial for Docker running on Synology NAS.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/loki.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/loki-log-aggregation-platform-from-the-creators-of-grafana/)

Loki, log aggregation platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-14-at-15.05.20.png)

Example of Loki reading out Synology's DSM **messages* file via Grafana

Checking the said file, resulted in the following error:

```bash
2024-09-08T14:11:23+02:00 D-0 updater[4054]: updater.c:5977 Start of the updater...
2024-09-08T14:11:23+02:00 D-0 updater[4054]: updater.c:6283 ==== Start flash update ====
2024-09-08T14:11:23+02:00 D-0 updater[4054]: updater.c:6287 This is X86 platform
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 updater[4054]: boot/boot_lock.c(259): failed to mount boot device /dev/synoboot2 /tmp/bootmnt (errno:2)
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 updater[4054]: updater.c:5577 Failed to mount boot partition
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 updater[4054]: updater.c:3191 No need to reset reason for v.69057
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 updater[4054]: updater.c:6897 Failed to accomplish the update! (errno = 21)
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 smallupd@ter[4049]: proc_service/exec.cpp:30 exec '/var/tmp/flashUpd@teTempFolder.Qbt7Os/updater' failed: [0x0000 (null):0]
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 smallupd@ter[4049]: private/encrypted/smallupdate_updater.cpp:52 failed to exec updater at '/var/tmp/flashUpd@teTempFolder.Qbt7Os/updater', with args: -qir, /, [NULL] and [NULL]
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 smallupd@ter[4049]: small_update.cpp:219 Failed to apply smallupdate (flash)
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 update-entry[4023]: proc_service/exec.cpp:30 exec '/smallupd@te/smallupd@ter' failed: [0x0000 (null):0]
2024-09-08T14:11:24+02:00 D-0 update-entry[4023]: private/encrypted/smallupdate.cpp:204 update phase 'flash' is failed
```

Error output from the **messages* log

The main takeaway from the log was the `failed to mount boot device /dev/synoboot2` line. While it was odd that it was unable to mount the said boot partition, checking the actual file structure of the `/dev` path, explained why this was happening.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-16.40.11.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-08-at-16.40.37.png)

Side-by-side comparison of the `/dev` path between the RS2423+ (left) and DS918+ (right)

The entire "synoboot" stack was missing. This was unfortunate as this means that a simple reboot would probably end up with a "blue light" blinking and the NAS not being able to boot up at all.

Contacting the support via a ticking platform and writing up all the information, the whole process began.

## : The RMA process

The first responder was within 24 hours since the ticket was open. It was obvious that the Synology support line has started to implement AI assistance in their process, but this was not the case with this particular ticket just yet, but rather a support engineer using a publicly accessible platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-15-at-11.34.51.jpg)

Initial Synology support AI-driven (DeepL) reply

It was also clear that the case was not read carefully, so after pointing out the actual problem again, the communication forwards went in the right direction.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-15-at-11.39.44.jpg)

The second reply already suggested the start of the RMA process

Without delay, the support clearly stated that this type of error qualifies as an RMA, and the process was initiated immediately. What followed was a proof of purchase (invoice) and the Synology RMA team took over the support conversation from there. This was a nice seamless integration of the whole process as the entire communication is part of an ongoing ticket.

Up until that point, all was going well, but if there is a single issue that I have with this whole process is that there is a single payment method to make a deposit, and that is PayPal. The wizard offers a single payment button bound with PayPal, so no other options are available.

The reason for this is of course that the faulty device needs to be returned within 28 days or Synology will charge the PayPal account for the amount of the device in question.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/viber_image_2024-09-09_18-48-40-161.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-15-at-11.51.16.jpg)

The RMA deposit can only be done via PayPal

It only took a few hours since the start of the RMA process until the item was ready to be shipped, so I can't blame them for forcing the PP method, because the most important thing was to get the replacement unit as soon as possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-15-at-11.54.49.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-15-at-11.55.13.png)

The following day the RMA team confirmed the deposit and the UPS logistics picked up the new NAS. Three days later, the unit arrived.

## : The resolution

What followed was a simple disk migration process explained in Synology's KB article. In short, the steps include:

- Setting up and updating the new unit on the same DSM version as the defective one. In this case that meant installing DSM 7.2.1-UP1\. Because the unit came with DSM 7.1 (stock), this was not the problem
- Once the update has been completed, migrate the disks from one device to the other
- Follow the recovery process until it is completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-13-at-18.29.26.png)

The recovery process only offered a single-button solution that resulted in the NAS completely restoring every single setting, configuration, and app as it was

While I had the complete configuration exported including backup of critical systems and apps on hand, none of that was needed. The recovery process simply detected the drives were moved from one unit to the next, and required to align the settings with the new hardware model. After another update ring reaching 100%, the device rebooted and all was well.

Not a single file, setting, or configuration was wrong. The IP address was also recovered, including users, LDAP settings, etc. Docker stacks and containers booted with no issues at all. As if nothing happened. 

From a user perspective, this was exactly how the whole process was supposed to go. Opening the ticket, activating the RMA, migrating the drives, and boom, done.

**Total downtime from start to finish was 14 min** long including update to 7.2.1-UP5 and finally 7.2.2.

So, is Synology EW+ worth it? I would say, yes without a doubt. Especially with the more expensive or complex setup, it is good to know that for the following 4-5 years (depending on the model), you are entitled to an advanced RMA process. The whole proceedings, apart from the initial AI response, were quick, precise, and professional, and on top of it all, what arrived was a brand new, not refurbished device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-13-at-18.47.11.png)

The new RS2423+ with working bootable partitions 

It might seem like a steep price to pay for something that might never be needed, like the RMA, but sometimes having multiple backups will not save you from the fact that the unit itself is faulty. This is also a factor that needs to be taken into consideration, as it can affect your entire setup. Having a 30, 40, or 100TB setup not working because of a "simple" error like this is a reason enough to invest in an extended warranty plus service. If you are in North America or Europe, be sure to activate it within 90 days of the purchase, you can thank yourself later.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### DSM 7.2.2-72806 update
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-2-72803-update/
Last updated: 2025-07-24T16:08:20.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 24/07/2025 - Synology has published a new ****7.2.2-72806 Update 4** available today!

### Version: 7.2.2-72806 Update 4

(2025-07-24)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.2-72806-4?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. This update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding SDK library (CVE-2025-8024).
2. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-eu/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

  
💡

****UPDATE**: 07/02/2025 - Synology has published a new ****7.2.2-72806 Update 3** available today!

### Version: 7.2.2-72806 Update 3

Important Update

(2025-02-04)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.2-72806-3?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. This update will restart the device.

#### What's New

1. Added support for verifying LDAP server certificates when joining a directory. The following limitations apply:
  - Certificate verification for C2 Identity Edge Server is not supported.
  - This configuration cannot be backed up in DSM system configuration backup or Hyper Backup Entire System Backup.

#### Fixed Issues

1. **Fixed a security vulnerabilities (**[**Synology-SA-25:01**](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F25%5F01?ref=blackvoid.club)**)**.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 26/11/2024 - Synology has published a new ****7.2.2-72806 Update 2** available today!

### Version: 7.2.2-72806 Update 2

Important Update

(2024-11-26)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.2-72806-2?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. This update will restart the device.
3. To enhance product security, the following packages will require a manual update after this release. Please go to the Package Center and click Repair to install the latest versions:
  - Synology Drive Server 3.5.1-26102
  - Replication Service 1.3.0-0423

#### Fixed Issues

1. Minor bug fixes.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 05/11/2024 - Following the recent PWN2OWN event, Synology has published a new ****7.2.2-72806 Update 1** available today!

This update covers multiple security exploits listed on the following link:

[Synology\_SA\_24\_20 | Synology Inc.Synology Product Security Advisory![](https://static.ghost.org/v5.0.0/images/link-icon.svg)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/home/img_og_image.jpg)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F24%5F20?ref=blackvoid.club)

PWN2OWN 2024 detected exploits

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/11/image.png)

### Version: 7.2.2-72806 Update 1

(2024-11-05)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.2-72806-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. This update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities ([Synology-SA-24:20](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F24%5F20?ref=blackvoid.club)).

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 11/09/2024 - Today we got a ****new 7.2.2 update, version 72806**. The only difference is list item "****24\. - Minor bug fixes"**. Apart from that there are no changes.

---

It has been nearly a year since the last bigger DSM 7 update arrived with DSM 7.2.1 back in Sep of 2023\. Every 4-5 months there were smaller updated packages for it, but the **new 7.2.2-72803 update** is the latest version that arrived today.

[DSM 7.2.1-69057New Synology DSM 7.2.1 OS is our with some small changes to the system and a few security patches![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/dsm721.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-1-69057/)

DSM 7.2.1 update with all versions and changes

### Version: 7.2.2-72803

(2024-08-26)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. For the models below, you can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
  - Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS416, DS416play, DS216, DS216play, DS116, RS816, DS1817, DS1517, RS217, DS418play
  - J Series: DS416slim, DS416j, DS216j, DS418j, DS218j, DS419slim, DS119j
4. **Starting from this version, the processing of media files using HEVC (H.265), AVC (H.264), and VC-1 codecs will be transitioned from the server to end devices to reduce unnecessary resource usage on the system and enhance system efficiency**. These codecs are widespread on end devices such as smartphones, tablets, computers, and smart TVs. If the end device does not support the required codecs, the use of media files may be limited. Refer to this article for workarounds. In addition, please note the following exceptions:
  - Surveillance Station on DSM will continue to support server-side processing of AVC (H.264) streams, see the [release notes](https://sy.to/nzdxy?ref=blackvoid.club).
  - Deep Video Analytics (DVA) series models and VisualStation clients will retain support for AVC (H.264) and HEVC (H.265) codecs.
5. To ensure package compatibility, Advanced Media Extensions (AME), File Station, Media Server, Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, Universal Search, Synology Photos and Snapshot Replication will automatically update to the latest version.
6. **Video Station is not available on DSM 7.2.2\. Refer to** [**this article**](https://sy.to/vsdsmrn?ref=blackvoid.club) **for workarounds to stream videos to end devices.**
7. Updated Storage Manager to 1.0.0-00502 to fix issues. For more information, see the [release notes](https://www.synology.com/releaseNote/StorageManager?ref=blackvoid.club).

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. The following third-party packages are currently incompatible with DSM 7.2.2\. Compatible package versions will be released in the future, and this list will be updated accordingly:
  - BRAVIA Signage
  - TeamViewer

#### What's New

1. Added support for selecting whether to verify response or assertion signatures for SAML SSO clients.
2. Supports customization of package installation, upgrade, and uninstallation wizards for third-party package developers. [Learn more](https://help.synology.com/developer-guide/synology%5Fpackage/wizard/WIZARD%5FUIFILES%5Fv2.html?ref=blackvoid.club)

#### Fixed Issues

1. Enhanced protection against deletion of immutable snapshots.
2. Enhanced file system error recoverability.
3. Fixed an issue where backing up WriteOnce shared folders in Hyper Backup might occupy extra space.
4. Enhanced the performance of Thick Provisioned LUNs when the volume is nearly full.
5. Enhanced file search performance when there are a large number of files with the same name.
6. Fixed an issue where restarting the system during an entire system backup could prevent volumes from mounting properly.
7. Fixed an issue where scheduled tasks of emptying recycle bins might fail to delete folders only containing the "desktop.ini" file.
8. Fixed an issue where triggering Adaptive MFA or entering incorrect account credentials might cause the auto block function to count login attempts abnormally.
9. Fixed an issue where users might not be able to set up OTP for login.
10. Fixed an issue where uploading IdP metadata might fail when setting up SAML SSO clients.
11. Fixed an issue where users might not return to DS cam or DS finder after using OIDC SSO login.
12. Fixed an issue where users might not receive emails with emergency codes when using 2FA for DSM login.
13. Fixed an issue where data synchronization might fail when creating backup or replication tasks to a remote target server via Snapshot Replication, Hyper Backup, or other packages.
14. Fixed an issue where login might fail when creating backup or replication tasks to a remote target server via Snapshot Replication, Hyper Backup, or other packages.
15. Fixed an issue where OpenVPN might fail to disable gateways.
16. Fixed an issue where using SAML SSO for DSM login might fail if the IdP's response was too long.
17. Fixed an issue where the system might become unresponsive when setting up OIDC SSO clients.
18. Fixed an issue where Resource Monitor might display abnormal connection times in Connections > Connected Users.
19. Fixed an issue where users might not be able to use a hardware security key for DSM login.
20. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding ghostscript (CVE-2024-29510).
21. Fixed security vulnerabilities regarding netatalk (CVE-2024-38439, CVE-2024-38440, CVE-2024-38441).
22. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Terrapin Attack (CVE-2023-48795).
23. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding glibc (CVE-2023-4911).

As we can see this is a **major** update in terms of some critical changes that will affect many users and a clear representation of what direction Synology is heading. Starting with the first bullet and the fact that "**Starting from this version, the processing of media files using HEVC (H.265), AVC (H.264), and VC-1 codecs will be transitioned from the server to end devices"** is saying a lot.

In a word, "we don't want to be a multimedia NAS vendor". We also see that with this version **Synology is also killing any further support for Video Station** as well. Any users who want to continue with VS will have to stay on DSM 7.2.1 (meaning do not update to 7.2.2\. as there is no official downgrade), or they will have to run VDSM (Virtual DSM) instance of DSM on their 7.2.2 NAS and install an older DSM that does support Video Station.

This is similar to what some users are still doing with Photo Station which is not supported on DSM 7 when it was replaced by Synology Photos a few years back.

🚨

****UPDATE**: 28/08/2024 - Due to ****many complaints** about the Video Station's recall, ****Synology is considering returning support for this platform**. This is ****still unconfirmed**, but the information will be updated as this matter develops.

Users are redirected to this [KB article](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/how%5Fto%5Fstream%5Fvideos%5Fstored%5Fon%5FSynology%5FNAS?ref=blackvoid.club) to review other options of steaming their content, using the likes of Plex, Emby or Jellyfin. It is clear that Synology has not invested as much over the years into video streaming from a software standpoint, so they have decided to terminate it.

One more thing following the new deprecation of media codecs are also **Synology Photo changes**.

### Version: 1.7.0-0794

(2024-08-26)

#### Important Note

1. As support for media codecs is widespread on end devices such as smartphones, tablets, computers, and smart TVs, Synology Photos will offload media processing of HEIC photos and HEVC (H.265) videos from Synology NAS to the client devices starting from this version.

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. Synology Photos 1.7.0 requires DSM 7.2.2 and above.
2. Starting from this version, to view newly uploaded HEIC photos and HEVC (H.265) videos in Synology Photos, you will need to:
- **Install the desktop app and browser extension of Synology Image Assistant**\*; or
- **Enable the Image Assistant feature** in the Synology Photos mobile app 2.1.0 or above Otherwise, these file formats may not be properly displayed. Synology Image Assistant generates previews or compressed videos that are compatible across web browsers and end devices, offloading these tasks from Synology NAS so that the process doesn't interfere with the applications' normal usage. \*For Windows users: Depending on your computer environment, you may need to update the system to Windows 11 22H2 or above version, or purchase the HEVC Video Extensions from the Microsoft Store. [Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/Quick%5FStart%5FSynology%5FImage%5FAssistant?ref=blackvoid.club)

#### What's New

1. Supports reading and writing XMP and IPTC metadata.

#### Bug Fixed

1. Fixed an issue where the metadata of HEIC photos might not display properly.
2. Fixed an issue where photos taken with Google Pixel devices could display the upload time instead of the correct capture time.
3. Fixed an issue where signing in to the Synology Photos web portal via SAML SSO might not be successful.

Because of this, Synology has released a brand new **Synology Image Assistant for desktop** app, as well as a **Synology Image Assistant browser extension** (Safari).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/image.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/image-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/image-5.png)

Warning that will be part of the Synology Photos 1.7 version regarding HEVC and HEIC files while not using the latest macOS or Windows 11 22H2 or newer version

More info on Synology Image Assistant here:

[Synology Image Assistant Quick Start Guide - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://kb.synology.com/img/logo/logo_white.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Quick%5FStart%5FSynology%5FImage%5FAssistant?ref=blackvoid.club)

While testing on macOS Sonoma (14.5), Photos via Safari work just fine with no need to install anything.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-26-at-11.24.06.png)

Synology Photos 1.7 via Safari (macOS Sonoma 4.5, August 2024)

⚠️

****IMPORTANT**: If the content is ****being uploaded by any other means than the Synology Photos mobile app or the web UI** (using a supported client), the thumbnails will not be generated and installation of Image Assistant will be needed! For example ****uploading via File Station**, or over SMB ****directly into the /home/<username>/Photos** folder

💡

While these browsers support Synology Image Assistant, we recommend ****using Chrome, Safari, and Edge on macOS to browse the Synology Photos web portal**, as they can also ****display HEVC videos and other formats in original format and quality**.

💡

Windows 11 22H2 or later version supports HEVC Video Extensions. For earlier version, we recommend installing [the free HEVC codec](https://apps.microsoft.com/detail/9n4wgh0z6vhq?ref=blackvoid.club) or [purchasing it from the Microsoft Store](https://apps.microsoft.com/detail/9nmzlz57r3t7?ref=blackvoid.club) if your manufacturer does not provide the codec. ****macOS 10.13 High Sierra and above versions have native HEIF and HEVC supports**. If your macOS is too old, the desktop app will have limited support for HEVC and VP9 codecs. We recommend using a newer computer or using the Synology Photos mobile app to generate image previews instead.

So **modern Windows and macOS systems will have no issues with HEIC and HEVC**. In case you are on an older version install the needed extension and app to continue using Photos with no issues.

As with the initial DSM 7.2 release, this version will also not be automatic for devices from 2016-2019\. So if you want this update, do it manually via the Download Center.

After the initial update and reboot, the DSM will go over the process of automatically updating some of the packages listed in the notes if any are detected on the system. Those will include **QuickConnect**, **Drive** Server, **Photos**, and **Snapshot Replication** to name a few.

Testing of this new version will start today, and we will post back our findings, especially on the streaming element that has the greatest effect. More info soon!

❗

****UPDATE**: 07/09/2024 - Synology will not allow ****Video Station** to be part of DSM 7.2.2 or any future update and the ****end-of-life status will remain in effect**.

🚧

****UPDATE**: 27/08/2024 17:30 (CET) - ****918+ model has been updated to version 7.2.2 with no issues** on Docker side, Plex side (apart from updating to the latest version) or any problems with any packages 

🚧

****UPDATE**: 26/08/2024 10:30 (CET) - The initial update has been ****completed with no issues** on the Virtual DSM version. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/image-2.jpg)

VDSM on 7.2.2

All **Synology packages have been updated**, but one example of a package that has issues is Plex. Any version below v.1.41.0.8911 will not work, this includes Synology supported Plex package. 

To mitigate this issue, best to use the plex.tv downloads if you plan on running Plex on the Synology NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/image-3.jpg)

Plex not working on DSM 7.2.2 below version 1.41

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/image-4.jpg)

All working after an update to the latest version from August 22nd

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-27-at-17.56.30.jpg)

Bare metal Plex install still supports HW transcoding on selected models as before DSM 7.2.2

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology C2 Backup for Business - backup on-prem devices and SaaS platforms
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-business-backup-on-prem-devices-and-saas-platforms/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:00:22.000Z
##  Table of Content

: [Introduction](#intro)  
: [General information & price](#info)  
: [On-premise features](#onprem)  
: [Cloud features](#cloud)  
: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Introduction

The "introduction" might set the wrong tone about **Synology C2 Backup for Business** platform, considering that it was introduced three years ago along with C2 Backup (the non-business model). The review of that service can be found on the following link:

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

Considering that up until now we have not done a review of the Business version of this service, let's continue with this "intro" just in case anyone is unaware of what C2 Backup is, and is this the backup platform for your needs?

So what is C2 Backup in a sentence? It would be best described as "**Backup as a Service**", or **BaaS**.

> ## A Backup as a Service (BaaS), is a cloud backup solution that allows you to store your data remotely in the cloud, without the need for hardware. By storing data off-site, users can scale their data on demand, without worrying about increasing costs as data needs evolve.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/cloud_security_made_simple_1@2x.jpg)

With C2 Backup for Business, we can backup on-prem devices as well as M365 for Business services

So, C2 Backup, as opposed to Synology's **Active Backup for Business** package (part of the NAS DSM OS), or the upcoming **DataProtection** line of products and its **ActiveProtect Manager**, requires no hardware but stable Internet connectivity and a paid subscription.

[3-2-1 > Active Backupactive backup pxe boot bare metal restore nas synology![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/abb.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/)

Active Backup for Business package is a free backup platform offering lots of options to backup various endpoints

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/dp_apm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

Data Protection models based on the new ActiveProtect Manager OS is a new upcoming lineup of devices based on Active Backup for Business packages

This is an ideal solution for businesses that have problems storing and maintaining local infrastructure, and what a hassle-free backup solution that is also on top of everything in a remote location covering disaster recovery scenarios (more on this later).

## 
  
  
## : General information & price

Just like C2 Backup for individuals, the Business edition comes with certain features and two available paid tiers. Synology prides itself on an **80% reduced cost of ownership** compared to some competitors. This was possible because, unlike some other vendors on the market, Synology calculates its service on storage occupancy alone.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/cloud_security_made_simple_3@2x.jpg)

Comparison of how C2 Backup price and reduced cost compare to some other vendors on the market

Speaking of prices, since its rollout in September of 2021, the initial price jumped from €99,99 to €499,95 in November of 2021, to its current price of **€624,94/y for the Business** and **€6.249,69 for the yearly Enterprise** tier.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-13.08.20.png)

Current C2 Backup for Business pricing and features (August 2024)

An increase (20%) in price in three years is a decent hike, but considering the economics in the past years it comes as no surprise considering that other cloud providers have done the same.

As noted before, the platform allows for on-prem as well as cloud SaaS backup features. This includes **Windows** and **macOS** (no Linux support) as well as **M365 for Business** support.

⚠️

****NOTE**: ****M365 for individuals is not supported** by C2 Backup for Business and we will have to sign in with an organizational account to start the process!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.23.37.jpg)

M365 for individuals is not supported by the C2 Backup for Business

It is also important to note that **C2 Backup for Business is a multi-tenant** backup platform, meaning that we have the option to **connect various M365 subscriptions simultaneously**.

Right after the subscription has been paid the configuration process will begin. The first step is to create the C2 Backup unique domain inside one of three worldwide C2 data centers. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-03-at-19.06.22.png)

Configuration of the C2 Backup domain is the first step

Upon domain creation, a unique C2 Backup portal and user principal name will be created that can be used to directly access and manage the backup platform. After that, we can immediately start to configure both on-prem endpoints and cloud tenants.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.01.36.png)

C2 Backup for Business portal

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-03-at-19.22.24.png)

Begin by adding either an on-prem device or connecting to the first M365 tenant

Unlike the Active Backup for Business platform running on the NAS itself, this is pretty much in terms of the initial setup and configuration. In a matter of minutes, we can have our device configured to be backed up to the cloud thanks to already existing and configured policies. Of course, **we can add new policies and configure them as we see fit**, but if we want to get off the ground as soon as possible, we only have to configure the client side and that is it. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.07.53.png)

Example of existing on-prem policies that are pre-configured and ready to be used

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.07.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.08.22.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.08.51.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.09.09.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.09.32.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.10.14.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.10.21.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.11.04.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-12.12.55.png)

Options that will allow the configuration of a custom on-prem backup policy

Other than all the expected default options when it comes to policy creation, it is nice to see that we also have the "**data upload speed limit**". It allows us to create a custom speed and time policy when the backup will be using limited bandwidth parameters to maximize or minimize the network impact. This is especially useful if we are on a limited upload link, and we want to prevent any service disruption that might occur due to link saturation.

## 
  
  
## : On-prem features

The first option that we are offered is the on-prem endpoint backup. This means the option to back up computers and servers based on either **macOS** or **Windows** OS (Linux distros are not supported). C2 Backup is a client-based backup solution that as a requirement has an installation of said client as its prerequisite.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-03-at-19.22.41.png)

Adding a new on-prem device means we have to install the backup agent (Windows or macOS)

Supported backup host OS (August 2024):

**Personal Computers**

**Windows**

- Windows 7 SP1
- Windows 10
- Windows 11

**macOS**

- macOS Catalina 10.15.7 or later

**Servers**

\*Windows Server backups are only supported on the **C2 Backup Business plan**.

- Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1
- Windows Server 2012
- Windows Server 2012 R2
- Windows Server 2016
- Windows Server 2019
- Windows Server 2022

The install process is very straightforward and includes a single wizard steps to complete on the Windows side. With macOS, several more steps are included as on-time actions to allow the C2 Backup agent full control of the device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.02.05.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.03.20.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.10.33.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.10.42.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.11.33.png)

macOS C2 Backup agent install with some additional steps

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-07-28-at-16.05.20.jpg)

Before the C2 Backup agent can work properly we have to allow its kernel extension using macOS Startup Security Utility

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.39.02.png)

C2 Backup for Business is ready

Installing the agent is just one out of three that are needed. Creating a backup policy is optional, and it can be done later on if we so desire and continue to use the built-in one. The only thing that is now left, is to sign in and connect this endpoint device with our C2 subscription.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.41.41.png)

After a successful login against the C2 Backup platform we are ready to backup

The backup will start immediately if we allow it, or leave it on a backup policy schedule. It is expected that the initial backup will take some time. Depending again on data upload limitation, general bandwidth, and the size of the overall data.

**C2 Backup backups everything**. The OS, apps, data, configuration, the works. So choosing elements to backup is not an option (other than external devices), but we will have the option to selectively recover or download bits and pieces unless we are not going for a full bare-metal restoration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-13.47.03.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-14.19.55.png)

C2 Backup for Business client-side notifications (progress and completion)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-15.13.22.png)

All the on-prem devices presented inside the C2 Backup portal

To put some numbers in perspective, the initial backup of about **65GB of data** took **33 minutes** with an average **speed of 34MB/s**. Subsequent backups/versions lasted about 2-3 min depending on the data difference.

Of course, the speed will also depend on the C2 utilization and the type of backup/restore (as we will see later on), so in another example of **36GB of data** the backup was completed in **16 minutes** with **close to 40MB/s upload speed**.

The C2 Backup platform just like its on-prem Active Backup for Business alternative, has a user-accessible **Recovery Portal**. This portal allows for a selective download of data from each device across multiple versions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.09.49.png)

C2 Backup for Business Recovery Portal

The recovery portal works as expected by listing the versions across the right-hand side and upon its selection we can look for that single particular file on the left-hand side.

💡

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the search field across the top of the screen will not actually search but rather filter the visible data of the selected folder. This is only valid for the on-prem devices, while cloud tenants can utilize it as a full search regardless of where the user is positioned.

### :: Bare-metal recovery

With a single/multiple file restoration offered by the Recovery Portal, the C2 Backup platform offers also entire device recovery, also known as bare-metal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-15.38.05.png)

Selecting a bare-metal recovery can be invoked from the backed-up device dropdown menu

💡

****IMPORTANT**: It is recommended to ****create a recovery USB or ISO** as soon as the backup has been completed and have it on hand in case there is a need to recover specific devices.

The whole process is divided into two main steps. Downloading the **C2 Backup Recovery Media Creator**, and making a bootable device (USB) or an ISO file that can be used with PXE or virtual hypervisors to create new VMs from existing VMs or perform physical to virtual recovery.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.06.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.08.10.png)

The Windows-based C2 Backup Recovery Media Creator

We have to keep in mind that to make a bootable setup, we will have to install **Windows ADK** and **Windows PE** **in advance**, before running the actual creator wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.09.59.png)

Be sure to install Windows ADK and Windows PE before running the creator

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.12.31.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.15.05.png)

Windows ADK and PE installations need to be performed before the recovery creator wizard can run

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.08.25.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.27.30.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-00.32.26.png)

The recovery creator wizard process

Restoring the actual machine is easy and follows a straightforward wizard. Booting the machine from a USB or ISO file will soon land us in a C2 Backup Recovery wizard that will allow for partial or full machine recovery.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.12.05.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.12.28.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.17.29.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.18.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.18.43.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.19.01.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.19.17.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-10-at-23.22.47.png)

C2 Backup recovery wizard steps

While we can make certain changes along the way, for the most part, if we want to restore the machine as is there will be no need to make any. While the **process went with zero issues**, it is worth mentioning that the restoration of a 150 GB Windows 11 machine (with 36GB of usable space), took almost four hours to complete. **3h 49 min** to exact with an **average speed of 3.5MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-09.40.18-1.png)

Full device restoration completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-11-at-11.23.28.png)

Restoring the device is also possible in virtual form on any compatible hypervisor

Now someone might say that is more than fine and again, it will depend on the local network speeds, but if you are looking for a fast recovery of multiple devices, this speed might be an issue. Personally, I think a cloud backup destination should be considered as a last resort, and I don't mean disaster recovery (those usually need to be resolved quickly), but rather a location from which we can recover over some time if all else locally fails.

## 
  
  
## : Cloud features

As already mentioned as opposed to on-prem device backup, C2 Backup for Business supports one cloud SaaS platform that it can connect to, and that's **Microsoft 365 Business**. Using a private account will not work (as indicated at the start of the article), so the minimum that we have to use is an M365 Business Standard subscription.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.29.29.png)

M365 Business Standard

The process is once again wizard-based and there is no wrong turn anywhere as multiple controls are in place to ensure everything completes with no issues. Once the authentication against the tenant is complete, C2 Backup will immediately start to crawl for all users, sites, and team channels. Of course that will include individual OneDrive destinations as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.22.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.41.33.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.47.21-1.png)

The successful connection between C2 Backup and M365

The C2 Backup portal using the "**Cloud**" tab will present the connected tenant information divided into three sections. **Users**, **Sites**, and **Teams**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.49.45.png)

C2 Backup portal with a connected M365 tenant

By default, the **auto-protection** option is activated during the configuration of a particular tenant, and that means that all of those three elements will automatically add all "visible" and new elements to the backup.

Just as with on-prem, the cloud has its own default policy that will backup all services daily, and keep all versions. However, unlike the said on-prem section of this platform, the cloud side of things will not allow for the creation of a new backup policy. We are welcome to alter it, but that is about it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-12-at-21.42.35.png)

Cloud policy is unique and allows for modifications only

That being said, the backup process will either start automatically or we can invoke it using the portal. Each of said sections can be manually started and will back up only those tenat elements. For example, backing up specific users, and not all of them, or all Sharepoint sites, and nothing else.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-15.21.14.png)

Example of the backup progress for user(s) accessible inside the tenant

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/c2_backup_progress.jpg)

While the logs are not as detailed inside the portal, a nice visual representation of the backup progress is helpful (green=completed; blue=in progress; grey=pending)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-15.21.36.png)

Completed user backup (mail, OneDrive, and Teams content)

Going back a bit on the numbers and speed, the cloud backup/restore scenarios vary a lot depending on the size and type of data. As before, the **Recovery Portal** will be the go-to place to perform any recovery actions needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-09-at-23.50.10-1.png)

The cloud section presentation of the Recovery Portal

For example, a **single mail item** with an attachment (about **3,5 MB** in total) took only **2 seconds to restore**.

At the same time, recovery of the OneDrive content gave a completely different output. 

**14 MB** recovery (18 files in total) took **70 seconds** to restore with an average speed of **200 KB/s**. Restore of a **1.6 GB single file** lasted **2 min and 14 seconds** with an average speed of **12.2 MB/s**. Finally, downloading that same file to a computer (not restoring it to the tenant), lasted **80 seconds** with a speed of about **20.6 MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-15.45.42.png)

The Exchange recovery view for a particular user. The options offer restoration or preview of an item.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-15.46.28.png)

Preview of an email will offer a simple download of an attachment if needed. It's a nice touch that does not require restoring an entire mail item, saving time, space, and bandwidth

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-15.25.42.png)

Restoring OneDrive content can be achieved within the same view using the dropdown menu in the upper right corner that will switch between users' content

Keeping track of the restoration process is not presented in real-time but the log and notifications will arrive momentarily upon completion. There is no option for push notifications, but still, be it a successful or failed attempt the action will be registered.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-12-at-22.15.52.png)

Cloud log section. Restorations will have more detailed information such as this one

Searching for what to restore is an important element for anyone. As said, the on-prem part of the portal is actually filtering not searching, making it more difficult to find the file inside the backed-up machine, unless we know where to search for and then filter it out.

When it comes to searching inside the tenant content that has been backed up, the experience is much better. Here we can locate ourselves in the root of a OneDrive folder or a Sharepoint site and just start typing what we are looking for, using either the full or partial name of the file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-12-at-22.29.50.png)

Sharepoint site in recovery portal view

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-12-at-22.24.19-1.png)

The same Sharepoint site uses the search bar to present the files inside a subfolder located in a "Documents" library

There is one caveat here though. Once again if we compare the one-prem recovery portal options against the cloud section, we will see in the images that the on-prem recovery allows for a drill-down option inside the folders. This allows for a manual location of the particular file or set of files before recovery.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-08-at-14.09.49-1.png)

On-prem vs cloud manual content searching option

Looking at the cloud recovery, for example, a Sharepoint site, there is no option to enter a specific object, such as a document library, and expand on its content. This leaves the users dependent on the search option unless a complete library object restoration needs to be done. Considering that the size of a document library can be in TB with millions of files, this is something to be aware of. 

This would be a good time to give an example of data recovery speed when we are talking about Sharepoint sites. Using the same sample of data as before, a single **1.6 GB file and 18 small files 14 MB in total** as a document library content, it took **4 minutes for the process to complete** with an average **speed of 6.8 MB/s**.

Just for comparison that is **double the time** **and speed** needed for the same content that was restored as part of the OneDrive section. Considering that SharePoint Online is the backbone of all files in M365 (be it OneDrive, Sharepoint, or Teams) it does raise the performance question. This could be very well an "Azure thing", but what matters is that the recovery was successful with no data corruption.

To summarize so far, with the on-prem recovery portal we can manually drill down and find what we are looking for and we can use the search bar as a filter once we are located in the correct folder where the target file is. With the cloud recovery portal, we can't drill down Sharepoint sites but we can use the search bar properly.

A bit of a give-and-take I would say, but it is what it is. In the end, the main thing is that we can actually recover everything that is needed.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

So, who would benefit from C2 Backup for Business as it stands right now? Looking at the on-prem element, if businesses depend on Linux-based endpoint devices, this is not the platform of choice. While **Synology has confirmed that said OS is on the roadmap**, at the moment only Windows and macOS systems are supported as such.

Backing up a SaaS platform **we only have the option to use Microsoft 365 Business** edition and while it might be the most spread version in the world, no other competitive solutions are supported, like Google Workspace with Active Backup for Business for example.

Looking at some recovery speeds for both on-prem and cloud items, considering C2 Backup as a backup solution that we have to depend on in situations such as disaster recovery, it might prove challenging a bit due to speed. Of course, this depends on the business in question, RPO and RTO times, and the overall SLA. If those for a particular case are measured in days, or even half a day, and there are not many devices that need to be recovered at the same time, **C2 Backup can be considered a great solution** that will help businesses recover from all sorts of scenarios. Everything from **accidental deletions**, **user error**, **ransomware attacks**, and (again depending on the size and complexity) disaster events.

User experience via Recovery Portal is very simple and something that we have seen in Active Backup for Business, C2 Backup for Individuals, and will probably be used in the upcoming ActiveProtect Manager. It does need a bit more work when it comes to searching/filtering items be it with on-prem endpoint content or cloud, but knowing the limitations business IT and its customers can plan accordingly when and how to use C2 Backup should they need to recover anything.

Some Sharepoint limitations that were mentioned could very well be Azure/Microsoft's "fault" and something that couldn't have been done any other way, but again, we need to be mindful of those to ensure data recovery can be executed. Rarely will there be a need to recover entire sites or entire libraries, and most times users request the recovery of specific items. In those cases, C2 Backup with its root search functionalities will deliver the expected results just fine with no need from IT support to handle such tasks.

**Data recovery for both single files and full machines works as advertised** with no issues, and as a long-term C2 user, I can say that **the quality of recovered data was never an issue** while performing disaster recovery drills and tests. The same can be said while testing C2 Backup for Business, but that makes sense because we are talking about the same three (soon to be four) worldwide data centers. Speaking of which, **C2 Backup is supported in the US, EU, and TW data centers**, so we can choose the closest based on our needs.

Returning to the conclusion question. C2 Backup would definitely be a turn-key, go-to backup solution for smaller startups, just as much as it could be for large businesses or enterprises. Keeping in mind what was already said several times, with the right planning, this platform will give that piece of mind knowing that critical data is safe and sound. Should you be using just C2 Backup is something that needs to be determined depending on the size of the IT sector, number of devices, and potential downtime. 

Preferably, **consider using C2 Backup as the second or third backup option in the 3-2-1 scenario**. Due to its dependency on a decent Internet link, fast recovery may not be its strength when a large amount of content needs to be recovered quickly. It is advisable to use it as a "last resort" or backup location for non-critical data recovery. In those cases, it is a reliable platform.

For its **price point of about 2€ per day** (August 2024), we get **5TB of backup space for any number of devices, and up to 250 users**. In my humble opinion, any business of that size can support this, knowing that they have a **secure**, **established**, and **proven backup platform** they can rely on. Because of that, C2 has been **chosen as a leader by G2.com** based on 4.6/5 overall customer reviews.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/badge_high_performer@2x.png)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Store - 2024 stock and offers
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-2024-stock-and-offers/
Last updated: 2024-10-22T22:11:15.000Z
In case it has gone unnoticed, at the beginning of 2023, Synology officially opened its very own (web) [**Synology Store**](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/store?ref=blackvoid.club).

[Synology Store - now open!Today #Synology has opened its official Synology Store! A easy way to buy routers, add-in cards, memory and more. Free shipping over 200 ($/€)!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/synologystore.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-now-open/)

A web front that allows anyone to purchase items and spare parts directly from Synology including PSU, RAM, drive bays, all the way up to routers, expansion units, and NAS devices.

In September 2023, they started offering refurbished NAS units for certain lineups promoting their "green" **Love Our Earth** campaign.

[Synology Certified RefurbishedSynology Store offers official accessories, expansion units, cameras and more, while offering even more refurbished NAS models that are still more then capable.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/refurbished.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-certified-refurbished/)

Depending on the geographical location, we can have more or less options from the store. For example, the US region at the moment has no option to select a refurbished NAS, while some other markets might have a higher price due to currency and VAT.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-14.03.59.png)

Synology Store 2024 front (UK region)

So what does the 2024 lineup look like presently? Following the menu at the top, the store starts with the **Bee series** models. Now, these include the new addition from the start of this year, the new **BeeStation**, as well as several **BeeDrive** devices, the 10G portable USB-C drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-14.08.30.png)

Bee lineup inside the Synology Store

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Following along we have another well-established category that kicked off in 2015 with Synology's first **router**. Offering four out of their five ever models, these routers while not being Wi-Fi 6E or 7 ready, still have a lot to offer.

Built on the foundation of Synology SRM OS, these routers are packed with features that are very user-friendly while offering high *mesh* speeds as well as many security and parental features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-14.14.33.png)

Synology router lineup

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

Just as the BeeStation entered the list, so have the new Synology **surveillance cameras**. About a year ago, Synology presented its first two branded surveillance PoE cameras that can be purchased via the Store. While those models do not require any Surveillance Station licenses, those are optional as part of the inventory as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-14.27.09.png)

Surveillance cameras are a new arrival to the store, and this lineup will only grow over time

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

During this year's [Synology Solution Exhibition 2024](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-exhibition-2024/), we had a preview of several more cameras that will be launched in the future, one of which is the new **CC400W** model. Since it is still not officially released outside Taiwan, it is not present in the Store but that will probably change very soon.

[Synology CC400W camera reviewFollowing the two PoE cameras from 2023, Synology is rolling out its first wifi-only license-free indoor model, the CC400W #Synology #surveillance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/cc400w_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/)

Skipping over the expansion units for the moment, seeing as there are only two older models, we come to a brand new section that occupies the biggest part of the store. **Synology branded drives**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-14.34.16.png)

Various Synology-branded drives

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

[Complete Synology NAS system 1 year later - RS2423+ with HAT3300 HDDsIs a full-Synology system the right choice for you or your business? Read this 1-year later article on the new RS2423+ and HAT3300 drives. #Synology #HAT3300 #RS2423 #DSM72![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/rs2423_hat3300_1ylater.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/complete-synology-nas-system-1-year-later-rs2423-with-hat3300-hdds/)

The branded drives are Toshiba-made disks for both **HAT5300** (enterprise) and **HAT3300** (NAS) models that Synology has started to push via their official compatibility list and with some already mentioned devices, like the BeeStation.

While on the topic, the recently announced **Data Protection** line of devices (powered by **ActiveProtect Manager OS**) will also come prepopulated with Synology drives.

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/dp_apm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

What is also new in the store inventory, are also **refurbished NAS models** that now come with two Synology drives of selected capacity (customer can choose). This is another campaign that will over time ensure the Synology NAS market is associated less and less with 3rd party drives and more with Synology-branded ones. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-19.01.45.png)

Some refurbished models come with a pair of HAT3300 drives 

Finally, as it has been since day one, there are various accessories that anyone can buy, such as **add-in cards**, **RAM**, **rail** **kits**, or **spare** **parts**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-19.03.17.png)

Spare parts section

Considering the longevity of some of these devices and the fact that some have even **up to 5y warranties**, it is reassuring to know that there is an option to buy some spare parts for models that are even over 10y old.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-19.08.29.png)

Spare parts for DS412+

As always, there are several reasons to buy directly from the store, and in cases where appliances are in question, there is no better option than to buy from the vendor.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-05-at-19.10.51.png)

Synology offers **free shipping** for over €200 with a **30-day moneyback** option, and **tech support** as well as an **RMA service**. In the past year and a half, we can see that Synology is continuing to expand the inventory of their store, and with being more focused on their own hardware, it does make sense. We can expect more items in the future that will for sure benefit the growing number of their customers.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Complete Synology NAS system 1 year later - RS2423+ with HAT3300 HDDs
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/complete-synology-nas-system-1-year-later-rs2423-with-hat3300-hdds/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:44:23.000Z
Life cycle management is an essential part of any eco-system including an IT-oriented one. Back in 2019, I started to build upon my existing Synology system for my personal needs comprised of brand new models, as well as some large 5-year-old RS models, like a couple of the RS3614xs+.

Last year I decided to put one of those RS3614xs+ out of commission and replace it with a new RS2423+, and recently released HAT3300 series HDDs.

[Synology RS2423+ reviewSynology RS2423+ review. A refreshed 12-bay NAS for business workloads. A series of articles covering the overview, installation, services, and more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-review/)

Full series review of the RS2423+ rack NAS

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

This article will reflect on the past year of usage, we will see if there are any benefits to this setup and if Synology's decision to lock down on their own branded drives will be a good one in the long run.

💡

Before moving forward, I would like to remind you that BLACKVOID is the official Synology media partner, all material on this site is written by me, and me alone. 

Also, on top of that, my personal computer platform of choice is macOS and with it the entire Apple eco-system. Why am I saying this? Because I want it to be perfectly clear, that I have zero issue with being sandboxed into a specific brand. To expand just a bit on that last sentence, I have zero issues being sandboxed as long as the system allows me to use it the way I want to, and utilize solutions upon it that I need. 

If that means that I have to use specific HW, such as branded cards, drives, etc, I am ok with that.

So let's start with the actual decision to get the RS2423+ and populate it with HAT3300 drives. The main choice of that particular NAS was because it had **10G out of the box**, it wasn't as expensive as the XS+ models are and to be honest, it offers more than enough power, storage, and features for what it is intended.

On top of that, it has 12 bays that allow for future upgrades and new drives, and the fact that it sits in a rack away from the personal/living area made it the obvious choice.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-19-at-23.14.45.png)

RS2423+ sitting nice and calm

On the topic of drives, well that was easy. I do not need ultra-high-capacity drives. I prefer to use multiple smaller drives than a few large-capacity ones. With that, there are multiple benefits. Faster rebuild time, less density per plate, less heat, noise, and so on.

As for the choice of going with Synology drives, it was **compatibility and future migration**. Considering the list of supported 3rd party drives goes thinner and thinner with each new model/series, it is only a matter of time before we will not have any choice at all. Sure, we can use 3rd party drives and ignore or eliminate the warnings in DSM, but for a setup of this size, I really can't be bothered.

I can't be bothered to think will this new update make my volume explode due to some changes in the OS, will the new HDD DB update make things worse, will I be able to use those drives in an upcoming model, and so forth?

My rebel days are behind me. I want **stability, security, and longevity** (support). I do not want to tinker, I want it to work. I want those free 30 minutes to watch some funny videos with my kid that are stored on the NAS via any device that I have at that moment and not worry about "why is it not working now!!".

Sure, things break down. Even top-of-the-line computers, cars, etc, they broke down. But playing by the book should give that peace of mind and a turn-key solution we paid for.

These are the main reasons I decided to get 6 HAT3300 8TB (5400rpm) drives last year and to see how long and well this new setup will last.

## : One year has passed

When the RS and the new drives were installed, due to the fact this was a replacement for the existing 3614xs+, I had it sit and work with no load, and no data for a month. I wanted to make sure that there will be no issues in idle, and that all works fine and stable.

[Synology RS2423+ - Part 1 Installation and configurationPart 1 of the Synology RS2423+ review focuses on installation and general configuration using HAT3300 drives and 10G network![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review_1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-1-installation-and-configuration/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3617.jpg)

[RS2423+ ](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-review/)in full production

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3616.jpg)

[HAT3300](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/) 8TB being installed into RS2423+

After that month, data migration started. This took a few days to complete and at that time stress tests proved that this machine could handle anything just fine. Once the data was copied, it was sitting there with minimum usage for another two weeks. Following those two weeks, was one week of service and app migrations and configurations from the old RS, when finally at the end, the 2423+ was put in the production status.

So, almost two months after the initial installation the NAS became the daily driver and hasn't stopped since.

With close to 9K working hours, how is this system overall so far in terms of reliability, speed, and general usability?

I have to say as with any Synology system that I have owned and used so far, the experience is no different. In a word, it works, period. It has been super stable and reliable, as one would expect from a storage system, and all the apps and platforms that I have running on it, **have had zero issues**.

Considering that I use it as one of my **Docker hosts** along with some main Synology native apps (like [**Photos** ](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)and [**ABB**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/activebackup/)), the RS2423+ is a rock-solid machine. Paired with the HAT3300 drives, and [**extended warranty**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)I think for the next 5y I can relax and not think about it.

## : The benefits of a full Synology setup

This is the first Synology-only system that I have and use, simply because the previous models were not so restrictive in terms of HDD/RAM usage. Do I have any regrets? Not at all. As I said, I enjoy the benefits that this kind of setup offers, and that feel of service and support is more than welcome.

If we want to emphasize these benefits we first have to look at some challenges that come with using mixed-vendor solutions. To start, those would for sure be **resources**, **maintenance**, **compatibility**, and various **risks**.

Resources is a general term, but what that means is **potentially high management and implementation fees** with a mixed setup that in certain cases could run up a large bill in terms of upkeep and support.

This directly involves **maintenance and separate handling**, which in the case of a DIY setup (from a business point of view) again drives the price, coordination, and in some cases manual updates. One example of this would be **HDD firmware updates**. 

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/HAT3300/img_systems@2x.jpg)

[DS923+](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/) with [HAT3300](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/) series drives

Now, personally, I have never updated the firmware on an HDD after I bought it, but with DSM and Synology-branded drives, this is a feature that allows individuals and businesses to **be up to date with no downtime** in terms of access to the data and services being served on a Synology system. Would I use this? If it's needed and I have the benefit from it, sure. This is one way Synology can bring better features and security elements to the system, as well as increase the overall experience.

The risk of using any system is always present, no matter what vendor or setup we use, but an appliance-like setup that has all hardware and software elements from a **single brand significantly increases the usability, stability, and said experience** while at the same time minimizes risks. Shuffling various vendor parts and software adds complexity, and raises security issues, as well as compatibility problems. It can ultimately lead to configuration issues or even data loss.

Now, nothing is bullet-proof of course, but using multiple vendors and software solutions requires **constant compatibility evaluation** to prevent or mitigate potential problems.

> ## Powerful combination of Synology NAS and drives ensures reliable data management, enhancing data integrity and security

This is one of the reasons Synology in recent years has started to shift towards their solutions being a full-blow appliance rather than an 80% experience that we as consumers can tailor to our needs the rest of the way. Now, some might want that, others enjoy the freedom. As I said before I like control, I like a closed system, and because of this, and the fact that I have had no issues with these types of devices (not speaking about Synology as this type of appliance is a recent addition to their portfolio), I am certain that I will enjoy the platform even more.

Sure, it might feel like a prison or an expensive prison, but just like with cars for example you can customize it a little bit but the majority of it you can't. You can go and buy a different brand (with a better engine, more features, colors, etc), and the same goes with Synology. Competition is present on the market and that is a good thing for everyone, and luckily we can all choose from a wide range of DIY options, more or less appliance-type devices, or full appliance systems, as we might expect in the future with Synology.

> ## Experience effortless integration as Synology NAS and Synology HDD Plus Drives seamlessly work together, ensuring a harmonious and efficient system.

### :: Compatibility

With a combined system such as this one, compatibility is at the top of the list. Taking into account that DSM (Disk Station Manager OS) is an ever-changing operating system it is extremely reassuring to know that minor or major changes will not have any negative effect on the overall stability of the appliance and as such, any application solution running on it.

Looking at this even from a single-user perspective, let alone from a business one, I think anyone saying that they can't be bothered if some services that they use will have a small downtime or something worse, is simply lying to themselves or indeed has no "production" value from this type of device.

**/**, as time will come when NAS needs to be replaced and maybe the drives are still worth migrating to the new unit. In that case, not wondering if there will be any compatibility issues is for sure one less (important) burden that many will appreciate. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Plus-Series-HDD_1200-x-628-1.jpg)

Apple's influence has been more apparent at Synology in recent years. By the looks of things, Synology wants their devices to be full-blow appliances.

> ## "People who are really serious about software. Should make their own hardware."  
> \-Alan Key

Quoting Alan Key back in 2007, Steve Jobs announced the iPhone, and their closed ecosystem has worked for them very well I might say. It is no wonder that many tech companies are trying to copy the formula, and Synology is no exception. For a company of their size, they might succeed in this if they take their time and transition carefully. 

For the past few years, they have been on this path, and while it has stirred the water in certain cases, the overall picture is clear.

### :: Performance

At about 60% utilization of the array, the performance of the RS2423+ has been very satisfactory so far. While at the start of its utilization, the SMB transfers were maxing at about 450MB/s, now those speeds are between 350-400MB/s per single large file. Let's keep in mind these are not HAT3310 (7200 rpm) drives but the original HAT3300 (5400 rpm). 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-23-at-22.59.31.jpg)

Mac Studio to RS2423+ SMB transfer over 10G interface (60% RAID6 utilization; Jul. 2024)

Still, the overall speed is on par as one can expect from a 5400 rpm array and the number of services that it provides at the moment. One more reason for having a unified system is that Synology can better optimize it for performance in the long run to bring more responsive results.

[Synology RS2423+ - Part 2 Backup and restorePart 2 of the Synology RS2423+ review focuses on backup tools and the overall performance of this NAS in various scenarios.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review_2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-2-backup-and-restore/)

Various speed tests on the RS2423+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/test_of_time_hat3300.jpg)

From a personal standpoint, I am very satisfied with how the drives are holding up considering the amount of data already written.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-24-at-00.08.55.png)

With over 8200 hours of power-on time, the HAT3300 drives are so far spot-on

**Heat is also a factor** if we look at the overall system and drives as well. These being 5400 rpm ones, they really do not tend to get too hot, but then again this will depend on the actual location of the NAS and ambient temperature. Noise is not something that I can talk about as the RS unit is part of a single 42U rack mount with other noisy devices, but I can say that 8TB drives, even the 5400 ones will make enough noise that you will wish to keep them as far away as possible from any living or work area.

### :: Setup and support

While I have already mentioned this at the beginning, it is important to emphasize that a streamlined setup will allow for **fast deployments saving time and money** in the process. From a personal point of view, this is something that matters greatly to me, as it lets me focus on work without worrying about what could go wrong.

Also, if something does go wrong, Synology support is there to assist. Now, due to this "full appliance" transition that the company is on, it is also affecting its internal resources and procedures. While on the topic of support, opening a ticket with them will not end well if there are 3rd party elements detected in the system.

This is extremely important to understand before going into this venture, as spending thousands might backfire in certain cases if there are aftermarket upgrades on the system. The support line has been liberated by eliminating support tickets that reference those cases to prioritize with customers who are using their systems as envisioned by this new policy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-23-at-23.36.25.jpg)

Various Synology systems that are out-of-the-box compatible with the HAT3300 drives

Again, this will not sit well with some customers, but this is the new order of things, and to better manage their resources and stay the course with their future strategies, Synology has decided to support only supported parts and configurations. This also means, that with older systems (before 2021), we can have certain 3rd party brand upgrades, but anything recent coming from them will for sure have a very narrow compatibility list. Because of that, always make sure to [check the list](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) beforehand, so as to not get in a tricky situation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/synology_disk_lineup-1.jpg)

Synology drive line up - HAT5300, HAT3300, SAT5200, and SNV3500

With that, what more can one say? It's **powerful, stable, fast, and it just works**. I can only recommend Synology as a brand to begin with, but with their new "mindset and ideas" I can either agree or disagree as a consumer. My humble opinion is that in the long run getting a closed appliance system has both advantages and disadvantages, but it will be up to you to decide what will tip the scale in the end. 

**PROS**:

- Compatibility
- Fast streamlined setup
- Support
- Reduced resource drain

**CONS**:

- Vendor lock
- No support for various 3rd party HW

Locking yourself with a brand can be tricky for sure, and right off the bat if this is something that you don't favor, simply walk away and get something else. However, if you want a turn-key solution, a rock-solid OS with lots of features, stable (yet a bit older) hardware platforms, and more than a few license-free apps and services, Synology might be just what you need. Be it for personal or business use, there is something for everyone.

So would I recommend getting an all-Synology system? Absolutely. My upgrades moving forward will for sure be the same. For the past 15y the brand has proven to me that I can depend on it, and with a more closed and focused environment I'm sure it will get only better.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology CC400W camera review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-camera-review/
Last updated: 2026-01-25T11:44:39.000Z
## Table of Contents

If you happened to have been in India or Vietnam during Synology's Solution Day back in November of 2023, you probably spotted the elusive new, upcoming Synology surveillance camera, the **CC400W**.

:: [Specifications](#specs)  
:: [Packaging](#packaging)  
:: [Installation and hardware setup](#setup)  
:: [Configuration with Surveillance Station](#config)  
:: [Features and test](#features)  
:: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5244.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5243.jpg)

The new Synology CC300W WiFi camera

While the model is yet to officially see the light of day, there are a few reviewers out there from people who got their hands on this new wifi-only camera.

Joining in the current and growing lineup of surveillance cameras under the Synology banner, the CC400W, being a pure wifi model, will be the 3rd device following the BT500 and TC500 PoE versions back in May of last year.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Full review of Synology's BC500 and TC500 PoE cameras

What this little camera can do, and does it deserve your time and money will hopefully be answered in the following article. Let's start with specifications to get an idea of what can be expected from such a small and compact surveillance device.

> ## AI-Powered Wi-Fi Camera for Flexible Installation

Official Synology CC400W video

## 
  
  
## : Specifications

The CC400W provides **4MP** **2560x1440 resolution at 30 FPS** and includes a **125° wide field of view**, wide dynamic range exposure functions, and high-power **infrared LEDs with a 10-meter range**. These features ensure effective monitoring in various lighting conditions, even in high-contrast environments. It emphasizes efficiency through H.265 codecs and intelligent bit rate control, which optimizes bandwidth and storage without sacrificing image quality.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5239.jpg)

Rated IP65 - while not intended to be an outside camera, the CC400W has a decent dust and water rating

### Optical technical specifications

- **Lens**: 2.12 mm (125° H, 72° V, 145° D)
- **Aperture**: F2.0
- **Night vision**: 10 meters
- **Maximum AI detection distance**: 7 meters
- **Shutter speed**: 1/16000 s\~1/30 s
- **DORI**: D: 45m, O: 18m, R: 9m, I: 4.5m

Just like the BC and TC500 models, this camera **features AI capabilities** that will allow for accurate **people and vehicles as well as intrusion detection**, Instant Search (via Surveillance Station), and automatic tracking. If combined with Synology's dedicated DVA models**,** we can utilize **facial recognition**, **license plate detection**, and **people counting**.

On top of that, the compatibility with **Surveillance Station offers regular firmware updates** that ensure the camera is equipped with the latest security fixes. This being a wifi camera**,** it comes in handy that the **CC400W is equipped with an SD card slot** (up to 128GB capacity) that will guarantee access to images and videos regardless of the network conditions.

One thing to note here is the camera body. Unlike the 500 models, the CC400W is made **completely of plastic** apart from the metal joint that connects the camera and the magnetic stand. This is not something that will be of any importance for indoor usage, but if there are plans to use this camera outside it would be best to provide cover from the elements (heat and water in particular). More details on that later.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5240.jpg)

SD card slot along with the reset button are located on the bottom side of the camera protected by a thick piece of rubber. The rest of the body is made out of plastic 

### Wireless technical specifications

- **Wireless standard**: IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac
- **Wireless frequency**: 2.4 GHz/5 GHz
- **Wireless security**: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA3-PSK

## 
  
  
## : Packaging

Due to the compact size of the camera, its box is nothing spectacular. Following the familiar recycled and minimalistic design, the CC400W comes in a very small card box with only **a** several more pieces inside. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5231.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5223.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5224.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5226.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5225.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5245.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5222.jpg)

The camera, the USB-C power adapter**,** along with a UK/US or EU power connector**,** are the only things that we will find on the inside.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5235.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/IMG_5234.jpg)

Synology CC400W, the USB-C power brick, and a power adapter

Considering there is nothing else to do once the camera is out of the box**,** it is time to plug it in and configure it. 

## 
  
  
## : Installation and hardware setup

One of the first things that we have to do is make sure there is a location where we can place the camera to bring power to it. Since this is **not a PoE model**, a fixed power cable has to be used.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/IMG_5436.jpg)

The magnetic base of the CC400W allows for an easy installation at most unexpected locations

Apart from drilling the wall or ceiling and securing it that way, the CC400W has a magnetic base that will allow for easy ad-hoc installations without too much mess. Its 2-meter-long cable will provide for decent maneuver possibilities.

The CC400W, being the wifi only camera, has no other way to be set but using **Synology's DSCam mobile app**. 

To configure the camera version, DSCam 5.9.0 (iOS) has to be installed because it will offer a new **select camera type** window, allowing us to choose between wired and wireless cameras.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/cc400w_setup01.jpg)

iOS version of DSCam 5.9 will allow for a configuration of the new CC400W camera

Following a simple four-step wizard, we will be able to **choose the wifi**, **configure** the **username** and **password**, and finally decide **where the recordings will be stored**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/cc400w_setup02.jpg)

A quick wizard to configure the camera with Synology Surveillance Station 9

Upon successful configuration, the camera will appear in the camera list with all the other already configured cameras in the default continuous recording.

If we want to change the behavior, time, or recording, camera orientation, or any other setting, we will have to open up the Surveillance Station and do it from there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/cc400w_setup03.jpg)

Configured CC400W camera visible inside the DSCam mobile app

## 
  
  
## : Configuration with Surveillance Station

In case you are unfamiliar with Synology's Surveillance Station product, be sure to read up on the following articles that cover the latest major version 9 in combination with their top NVR device, the **DVA3221**. Explore all the options, including deep-learning and AI-driven features, possible with the utilization of the on-board GPU.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

Because the SVS needs to be configured in the first place before the camera can even be installed and configured via the wizard presented above, I will not go into any details, as all that has been covered within the linked articles.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/Screenshot-2024-06-19-at-18.46.37.jpg)

The 125° H field of view offers a nice wide shot (LED lightning)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/Screenshot-2024-06-22-at-15.21.50.jpg)

Natural lightning

What needs to be done now is simply to adjust the camera settings, resolution, type of recording, etc. All that can be configured using the SVS **IP Camera** module.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-12-at-22.57.33.jpg)

Surveillance Station edit camera options

This being a "native" Synology camera, there is no shortage of options that can be configured. From video and audio formats, WIFI, image quality, recordings, as well as people, vehicle, and intrusion detection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-12-at-23.00.49.jpg)

Options to reconfigure the wifi as well as all the expected network details

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-12-at-23.04.41.png)

As per specs, the camera supports H264 and H265 formats with up to 1440@30fps

The actual configuration is no different than any other detected camera and can be optimized to satisfy any number of scenarios depending on the location, lightning, power options, and more. 

> ## Low power consumption, magnetic installation, seamless license-free integration with Surveillance Station, and 2y-warranty. That's CC400W!

**This is an indoor camera** and as such, it will work fine under artificial light with the option to configure the exposure to eliminate LED flickering. On top of this, if the camera is positioned outside but shielded from the elements, it can work as an outside version as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-12-at-23.41.47.png)

Depending on the location of the camera and lighting, we can configure the exposure for the optimum image quality

Speaking of outdoor usage, CC400W can provide a decent outside quality. Still, the image is not as crisp and sharp as the one provided by the BC500 or TC500 models, but those cameras have better specifications to start.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/CC400W-001-07132024-1918012982.jpg)

The image captures a very good quality and amount of detail. This is the original 1440p image. The distance to the gate is 13m from the camera with an elevation of 6m from the ground

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-13-at-19.39.16.png)

Above image at 300%. At this distance, the image quality is still very crisp considering the specs of the camera

## 
  
  
## : Features and tests

The camera, like many others, **supports all of the Surveillance Station features**. From basic to "AI" ones. Of course, the most advanced one will be possible when the CC400W is paired with the NVR system that can utilize them, such as Synology's DVA lineup.

With a normal NAS device, face and plate recognition, as well as counting, are not supported, but people and vehicles, as well as intrusion detection, are.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-13-at-13.27.33.png)

Vehicle detection at work. The CC400W camera is very fast in detecting passing cars

0:00 

/0:04 

1× 

CC400W detecting a moving van

The clip shows how fast this compact camera is, and the speed of the detection is impressive considering the van is coming from "out of nowhere" and it's being captured in under 1 second, as well as "classified" as a vehicle.

0:00 

/0:11 

1× 

Another example of a person being captured in a very narrow space and short time window

**People detection is equally impressive and fast** regardless of whether the individual is an adult or a small child. Night vision and detection of slight light changes are also noticeable. The following clip shows a complete pitch-black situation with a slight light movement two rooms over.

0:00 

/0:16 

1× 

The video shows light from a cell phone being used in the room across the hall reflecting off the glass door

The camera managed to detect the difference in the image using the default SVS settings without any issues. The distance is about right on the edge of the specifications for the night vision mode (about 8m from the camera).

The quality of the camera, especially in night vision, is not superb, but it does the job well. The overall visual side of things, I would say ,is right on the money.

An interesting info while on the topic of night vision is that the "clicking" sound of IR sensors being turned on is barely noticeable. Something that other cameras of the same size do not try to hide, so it was a welcome surprise.

> ## AI support on the CC400W works as expected with more options to unlock with Synology's NVR models such as face detection and plate recognition.

If time-lapse footage is your thing, you will not be disappointed. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-14-at-00.14.39.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-14-at-00.15.05.png)

Configuration of time-lapse test that took a 20 min footage down to 20 sec

0:00 

/0:19 

1× 

The video has been resized from 1440p to 1080p to shrink it from its original 220MB size to 30MB. Time-lapse example based on the above settings

The camera can pick up sunbeam details passing through and keep up the quality of the footage with the change of lighting conditions. I do have to note that while the camera was in the shade for all outdoor footage with no direct sunlight hitting it, it got pretty hot very quickly.

In all fairness, the outside temperature was close to 35C so that didn't help, but this is another reason why this camera should not be used outside unless properly shielded from all the elements. As mentioned at the beginning, this is an all-plastic device, so if outside capture is expected, plan accordingly. Also, **CC400W is not rated for vandalism**, so that is another thing to consider.

Another AI-driven feature is also **Auto-tracking**. Just as it is fast while capturing people and cars, the CC400W does a decent job of auto-tracking as well. While this is not a PTZ camera, its 125-degree FOV will track a decent amount while the person is inside its view.

0:00 

/0:28 

1× 

For demonstration, this video has been scaled down to 720p considering the details are not important as it's the auto-track feature provided by the on-device AI capabilities

Granted, the zoom option at close range is not as smooth, considering how fast the camera is, but you get what you pay for. The zoom-in/out will jump here and there depending on the sudden moves. However, **the tracking results are much better with objects at a distance**.

Finally, one more feature that is present with all Synology models is **edge recording**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-15-at-23.48.11.png)

The usage of an SD card will allow for continuous recording in case there is a disconnect from the Surveillance Station (wifi blackout).

The idea behind this is that if the camera loses connectivity with the Surveillance station, it will continue to record on the micro SD card that has been installed. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-16-at-00.15.49.jpg)

SD card recordings are presented on the timeline with a light grey color

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-16-at-00.29.35.png)

Several recordings that were captured on the SD card along with the log reporting the connection was lost

While the Surveillance Station does this job fine, it will take some time to transfer the recordings and sync them with the timeline. Also, the log is not registering the connection lost status in perfect sync with the actual recordings. 

A few times, the logs registered the connection being lost several minutes after it happened, but **the recording started the second the camera lost the Wi-Fi connection**. On occasion, if the reconnect is fast enough, the Surveillance Station would not even register the drop in the logs. This has nothing to do with the camera, but the SVS itself, so there is nothing to worry about in that regard.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

With all that was said, personally, I would say the CC400W is a decent camera that delivers **above-average image quality**, very good results with the AI features, and a super-easy **setup**. For the average user, this will be more than enough. With **low power consumption**, **magnetic installation**, and **seamless integration with Surveillance Station**, this compact indoor camera will offer a lot.

Once again, the camera is targeted as an indoor model, but it can be used as an outdoor one as well. Installation should include shielding from elements due to IP65, and no anti-vandalism protection. The quality of the image from an optics standpoint is crisp, especially with good lighting, and as a result, object detection will be very fast and precise.

Night vision could do some more work, but even in that department, anything up to about 8m will be very visible.

A small issue some might have is the **limited 2y-warranty** (unlike the 3y on the PoE models), but for **140€ (MSRP+VAT)** that this camera will be selling for, it is acceptable.

So who should get this camera? Well, any type of indoor usage will benefit from such a small yet well-built camera that can **elevate the security of any home** or small business. It can be used as a baby cam, surveillance for any around-the-house needs, and can be used as part of some automation with outside services via Surveillance Station features. The number of usable scenarios is high, and it will depend on several elements, but one thing is for sure: for a small wifi camera, the CC400W brings a lot to the table.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### DSM 7.2.2 update announcement
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-2-update-announcement/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:00:52.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 26/08/2024 - Update ****7.2.2-72803 has been released** today, more into in the [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-2-72803-update/).

The last DSM 7.2 update was 7.2.1 back in September of 2023\. In the meantime, five incremental updates have arrived.

[DSM 7.2.1-69057New Synology DSM 7.2.1 OS is our with some small changes to the system and a few security patches![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/dsm721.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-1-69057/)

What is expected is the new version of 7.2, specifically the **DSM 7.2.2**. With no official date as of yet, the new version **should arrive sometime in Q3**, and the latest by the end of the year.

Following their usual **stage rollout process**, we can expect the new version to hit first in the East (TW, HK, JP, etc), while the US, EU, and the rest of the world follow about a month later. 

Of course, we will all be able to manually update to the new version on day 1, but it would be **best to wait and see what exact changes are coming** and how will this affect us as users.

While on the topic of changes, there is no official news apart from some Synology support feedback that the **new Docker version** will arrive to replace the deprecated and unsupported one that is currently part of the DSM 7.2.1.

Also, we **might see some package changes/updates**, as usual as well as functional and security fixes. Speaking of packages, since DSM 7, Synology has been known to deprecate or combine some functionalities (especially 3rd party apps), so with each "minor" or "major" version it is always recommended to not rush with DSM updates.

As always, be sure to **read the release notes carefully** before hitting the update button. The official downgrade is not supported, and while it might be possible it is always the last resort.
### Synology C2 Surveillance Station
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance-station/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:01:11.000Z
Summertime is usually a downtime period for many businesses, the same with Synology. That doesn't mean that they are not working on new products, services, and platforms.

Following their Computex expo in Taiwan last month, the company has announced many new products for the upcoming period (some will be released probably in 2025), and with them some new platforms.

[Synology Solution Exhibition 2024Synology Solution Exhibition 2024 in Taipei at Computex expo. The upcoming ActiveProtect Manager, new data protection, and GridStation lineups as well as new C2 Surveillance Station.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_exhibition_2024.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-exhibition-2024/)

[Synology C2 Backup for SurveillanceSynology C2 Surveillance becomes C2 Backup for Surveillance. An easy and secure way to backup surveillance footage to the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/c2backup_surveillance.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-surveillance/)

While they have rebranded their C2 Surveillance platform to C2 Backup for Surveillance the functionality remains the same. Offering NAS/DVA capable Surveillance Station models to backup recordings to the C2 cloud, it is more than obvious that Synology is ready to publish yet another C2 platform.

> ## C2 Surveillance Station is the new upcoming direct-to-cloud VSaaS solution, offering cloud-managed surveillance with new dedicated lineup of C2 compatible cameras

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/c2_camerasetup.jpg)

Upcoming C2 Camera lineup

The upcoming **C2 Surveillance Station** will be a new C2 module that Synology will offer commercially. At what time and price, remains to be seen, but there are several information that are available at the moment.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-10-at-00.17.10.png)

C2 Surveillance Station features

> ## A new C2-powered Surveillance Station and a companion lineup of C2  
> cameras enables secure direct-to-cloud video surveillance. C2 cameras  
> deploy in mere minutes, making it fast and simple to monitor challenging  
> environments that prevent the installation of local recording servers.

This new platform will offer certain advantages over classic on-prem surveillance solutions including Surveillance Station, by offering **easier deployment**, **lower** **maintenance**, and **better** **scalability**.

Of course, this is not for everyone, but in case there is no local IT or technical staff that can maintain a surveillance platform, a turnkey option such as this will be more than welcome.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-09-at-23.52.58.png)

C2 Surveillance Station will come with its **own mobile C2 Surveillance app**, that will allow for both configuration and usage of the platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-07-09-at-23.55.10.png)

Concept of the upcoming C2 Surveillance Station platform

As mentioned before the platform will be powered by a new **direct-to-cloud camera** portfolio. Fully compatible and already familiar models have gotten new names, so the new **CS500B**, **CS500T**, and **CS400CW** will be the first C2 Surveillance compatible cameras.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/07/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.05.34.jpg)

Concept of the upcoming C2 Surveillance Station web platform

The **end-to-end encrypted** VSaaS platform will be **license-based**, and suitable for various deployments and scales.

Offering such a solution is an expected and reasonable move by Synology, but it will not be for everyone. While it will be a great solution for those who do not want or cannot support an on-prem surveillance platform, others who require keeping the video footage outside of any public cloud solutions will probably not find it viable. 

Also, on top of that, a stable and decent internet connection will be needed at all times, but in case of failure, an SD card-supported camera will take care of that.

When the service is offered we will for sure test it out and see just how well it works, and find out if this is the turnkey solution you were waiting for.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology C2 Backup for Surveillance
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-for-surveillance/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:01:03.000Z
At this year's Computex expo, Synology has presented more than a few products, including the new upcoming **Data Protect** devices with a brand new **ActiveProtect Manager**, as well as the new **GridStation** lineup.

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/dp_apm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

[Synology Solution Exhibition 2024Synology Solution Exhibition 2024 in Taipei at Computex expo. The upcoming ActiveProtect Manager, new data protection, and GridStation lineups as well as new C2 Surveillance Station.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_exhibition_2024.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-exhibition-2024/)

On top of that, the new upcoming C2 Surveillance Station and the new C2-only cameras were also discussed. Because of the new Surveillance Station platform soon to be officially rolled out, Synology also decided to rebrand the already existing surveillance footage backup platform.

[Synology C2 SurveillanceNEW Synology C2 service is here! C2 Surveillance is here to secure your local footage with the help of the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2surveillance-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)

> ## C2 Surveillance becomes **C2 Backup for Surveillance**

The commercial functionality of Synology Surveillance Station DSM package offers the option to backup footage to their C2 cloud platform. Considering that there will now be both Synology Surveillance Station (platform running on the NAS and DVA devices) and C2 Surveillance Station, the backup surveillance platform got a new name, **C2 Backup for Surveillance**.

Like C2 Backup, a platform used to back up endpoint devices to the cloud, C2 Backup for Surveillance will continue to serve as a backup for our NAS/DVA surveillance footage if we choose to do so.

![](https://c2.synology.com/media/img/surveillance/extra_v2.png)

Example of C2 Backup for Surveillance being configured with a local NAS or DVA unit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/image.png)

Pricing and plans for the new C2 Backup for Surveillance platform

While prices for the **basic** plan have not changed, the **advanced** plan jumped by about 16% for the same resolution and number of retention days. A new plan was also introduced and that would be the **professional** one. It offers **24/7 continuous recordings** as well as up to **180 days of retention** if needed.

Along with the three subscription plans, there are multiple combinations within each depending on the resolution and number of retention days. For more exact details and values be sure to [check the pricing on the official page](https://c2.synology.com/en-global/pricing/surveillance?ref=blackvoid.club).

The web interface and integration remain as it was while the platform was running under the old name, so no major changes have happened on that front.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/06/image-1.png)

The web UI for C2 Backup for Surveillance

Today Synology also released an official YT video as a quick introduction.

C2 Backup for Surveillance introduction video

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect Manager
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:02:06.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 05.06.2024 - Added ****FAQ section on the bottom** provided by Synology team on the topic of APM and DP

Following the latest reveal during this year's Computex expo in Taiwan, Synology has presented several new upcoming products as well as new platforms and services.

One of the biggest news was the introduction of another new product line in 2024 (following the BeeStation rollout earlier this year), the **DataProtection**. DP for short, these rack models will be a separate line of products on top of Synology's existing DS and RS units.

Advertised as **pure backup appliance** units, the DP devices are exactly that in every way. **Prepopulated with an HAT3300 series drive**, and **upgraded with more RAM**, as well as a **familiar CPU architecture** that we can find in their NAS lineup.

Synology will surely expand on this lineup of devices by looking at the new naming that follows the DP units. Unlike the current DS and RS devices that just by name can be identified if those are desktop or rack models, the new DP series will keep all models under one umbrella.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/dp7400_annoucement.jpg)

The new DP7400 2U rack model has the same DP prefix as the desktop units

Because of this, Synology has decided to abandon the usual naming convention that follows almost all of its current lineups and go fresh with a different nomenclature for both desktop and rack DP models.

> ## Pre-configure hardware for backup purpose with dedicated operation  
> system for backup, recovery, instant restore, replication, and deduplication.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_dp_rack_product_name.jpg)

The rack DP series naming convention

Just from the CPU and product level, we can see that there will be several combinations and models that will emerge from this series with both AMD and Intel-powered CPUs. The drive type suffix also indicates the option of HDD and all-flash combinations, so there will be something for everyone.

> ## Storage configurations are automatically set based on each model. (RAID, SSD cache, hot spare, etc.)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_dp7400_specs.jpg)

Hardware specification comparison of the DP7400

As already said, these appliances are specifically designed for backup, so their configuration and sizing are designed for **stable performance** and **reliability**.

One nice feature is that for example, DP7400 comes with a **dual 10G network** adapter out-of-the-box, and a separate management port, a setup that is also new for Synology models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/dp7400_back_1080.png)

The back side of the new DP7400 - redundant PSU as well as dual 10G connection out of the box

DP devices will also have a very unique feature in terms of their configuration. Depending on the setup, the **storage configurations will be automatically set** for each model. So, RAID, SSD cache, hot spare, and more will be configured automatically to utilize the entire appliance as best as possible. So, it looks like that even from a software side, this will be a real-turn key solution. 

## : ActiveProtect

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/activeprotectmanager_logo.png)

These DP devices will be known as **ActiveProtect** appliances. Designed for all businesses which streamlines the data protection process for an entire organization, from deployment to recovery, through a unified and intuitive management interface, no matter where the backup tasks occur.

Some of the key highlights of ActiveProtect devices include:

- **Simplified management**:  
easy procurement, with initial setup completed in 10 minutes, automatic protection mechanism combined with on-demand expansion cluster architecture, truly simplifying management on a single platform
- **High Performance**:  
Reliable software and hardware integration with source-side deduplication technology, saving 99% of duplicate data transmission, significantly improving backup speed, and saving 70% of storage costs
- **Reliable recoverability**:  
Synology's native immutable storage technology, combined with data verification and automatic repair, provides one-stop management of off-site backup copies, ensuring high reliability of data restoration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/apm_dashboard_features.jpg)

ActiveProtect Manager - a new all-in-one platform for backup administration

So what is ActiveProtect? If anyone is familiar with Synology's DSM eco-system and more to the point, with their **Active Backup apps** (Business/M365/Google Workspace), as well as **Snapshot Replication** and **VMM** (Virtual Machine Manager), then using ActiveProtect will be very familiar.

> ## View your entire backup infrastructure, including primary backups, backup copies, tiered data

ActiveProtect is a **subscription-based single hybrid platform** combining multiple DSM packages and their features and functionalities into one. Using a single dashboard, we will be able to configure, protect, monitor, and more, all of the endpoint devices be it local desktop devices, servers, virtual machines, or cloud tenants.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/apm_dashboard_2160.png)

The new ActiveProtect Manager dashboard - a one-stop platform for all backup and management tasks

Some of the benefits of this all-in-one backup solution would be:

- Deploy your server in only 10 minutes
- Detect and restore corrupt data, verify backups, and test your disaster recovery strategy in a sandboxed environment with built-in VMs
- Secure your data with native immutability and isolate your data with air-gapped backups
- Leverage bare-metal or file-level restoration to restore data or perform P2V or V2V restoration to instantly recover data
- Scale your data with ease to meet changing business requirements

To be able to deliver all of these benefits to a business, Synology needed to make the whole experience as easy as possible and scalable for future deployments as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/apm_hq_and_branch_2160.png)

An example of large-scale distributed deployment

While these appliances are targeted at businesses, for local implementations, they can be used with Synology's C2 cloud platform as its backup destination as well. Of course, a C2 Storage subscription will be needed regardless of the configuration and appliance in question.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-19.12.16.jpg)

An example of a small deployment with C2 Storage as a backup location

Active Protect will offer data protection of various systems and devices with both local and remote backups (to a distributed node), all configured and monitored through a single dashboard. Having the option to **recover a server to a remote or local VM hypervisor**, will allow for low RTO periods and quick recovery scenarios with minimum downtime.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/apm_machines_all_2160.png)

ActiveProtect presents various endpoints and their backup status and location at a glance

> ## Create custom protection plans to manage and view thousands of workloads on one platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/apm_protection_plans_2160.png)

A protection plan will allow for a detailed backup setup depending on the type of endpoint, its services, and the target SLA

> ## Set up multiple backup servers, with a intuitive interface to scale at any time to meet evolving data needs
> 
> ## Automatically protect new VM and SaaS accounts to your specified protection plan as your data grows

One of the benefits of ActiveProtect as well as the BTRFS file systems under the hood is that we will be able to take advantage of **global**, **source-site**, and **cross-site deduplication**. This means that duplicate data will be eliminated in a cross-platform or cross-device configuration, **eliminating unnecessary transmissions**, **saving storage space**, and thus **shortening backup times** overall.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/image-3.png)

With the introduction of the **W.O.R.M. protection mechanism** in DSM 7.2, it is no wonder that ActiveProtect will also benefit from this. **APM will support immutable protection plans** that can be activated to provide zero change policy to any data configured in such a manner as well as three (3) layers of **air-gapped backup options**. 

> ## Detect and backup only modified data to reduce data transfer and leads to faster backup completion
> 
> ## Deduplicate data at the source and reducing transmission requirements, shortening backup times

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/image-4.png)

Immutable options - to note, it looks like ****APM will also support backup to standard Synology NAS models as well** and not just towards other DP devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/image-5.png)

Air-gapped backup options

> ## Detect and restore corrupt data, verify backups, and test your disaster recovery strategy in a sandboxed environment with built-in VMs
> 
> ## Leverage bare-metal or file-level restoration to restore data or perform P2V or V2V restoration to instantly recover data
> 
> ## Flexible recovery allows for unified control of restoration from off-site repository, even restoring to built-in virtual machines, for restoration testing to ensure data recoverability.

Just as other Active Backup DSM solutions, **ActiveProtect will include** an **APM recovery portal** as well. Using it, administrators and users will be able to do **file-level restorations** for quick data set recovery. On top of this **full bare-metal and P2V or V2V restoration** will be supported as well. So systems and applications can be fully restored, recovering the most critical elements in a business environment. The **instant restore feature** will allow for data from physical or virtual machines to be instantly restored to either **VMWare or Hyper-V** environments as well as onto built-in **Virtual Machine Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/image-6.png)

Example of ActiveProtect Manager Recovery Portal

To conclude, what are the benefits of the DataProtection series and ActiveProtect platform from what has been said so far:

- Built-in **all backup functionalities**
- Model selection by the size of the source data
- Billing based on usage capacity, with a **single fixed price**
- Software and hardware integration, initial setup completed in 10 minutes
- **Easy maintenance**

All in all, looks like Synology is not afraid to capitalize on one of their best selling points in the entire DSM OS, the Active Backup packages. ActiveProtect Manager is the best of all that Active Backup packages offer with the addition of virtual hypervisor support as well. These appliances will offer a **fast**, **robust**, **tested backup solution** to anyone looking for a **one-time cost** investment.

With its simplicity and ease of use, a prepopulated backup-only appliance by Synology could be a real hit for many in both SOHO and large business sectors.

Be sure to keep an eye out here on Blackvoid for an in-depth review later this year when this lineup of devices will start to ship.

## : FAQ

Here are some questions and official answers from Synology on the topic of this brand new ActiveProtect Manager system as well as DataProtect devices:

#### Will there be an upgrade in the hardware specifications of the DP series? What are the differences in hardware between DP and NAS?

The hardware specifications of the DP series are designed specifically for backup purposes, unlike the NAS design philosophy. The DP series is a dedicated machine tailored for backup applications with optimized sizing. It comes with built-in components required for backup and is complemented by the integration of the APM dedicated backup operating system, aiming for optimal backup and restoration performance. On the other hand, NAS belongs to the realm of all-in-one/DIY usage, catering to mixed applications based on individual scenarios (e.g., Data Management, VM Storage, SVS, etc.)

#### Why not just install ActiveProtect Manager on a NAS? Why introduce dedicated hardware?

Optimizing the DP series isn't solely dependent on hardware; it also requires the integration of APM's underlying technology logic, specifically the accelerator and dedupe engine.

#### Why does ActiveProtect DP have to limit the size of the hard drive used?

Because our goal is to pre-configure everything for the user, making the device selection process simpler, users won't need to DIY, and communication will be clearer.

#### What are the differences in functionality compared to Active Backup, and what are the main features of ActiveProtect?

The design concept of ABS is from five years ago (standalone, data doesn't move, all local), but in recent years, both users and regulations have adjusted their concepts of data protection. Although the trend of moving to the cloud is high, enterprises still require services to run locally. Therefore, it's not necessary to move entirely to the cloud but rather to achieve mobility, scalability, and visibility.

#### After the launch of ActiveProtect, will the product positioning target a specific market?

We've observed that achieving a 'complete' backup requires too many resources and is overly complicated for enterprises. Therefore, we aim to create the ultimate simplified, efficient, and secure backup appliance through ActiveProtect Appliance, catering to all markets.

#### After the launch of ActiveProtect, will Active Backup be discontinued (EOL)?

Existing Active Backup for Business users can still extend their usage through APM + DP to fulfill new functionalities at the software level, such as visibility, scalability, long-term retention, and more.

#### When is the ActiveProtect DP series expected to be launched?

Q4 2024

#### Why charge by storage and not workload?

The reason for adopting storage-based pricing is simplicity.

Workload or instance-based pricing can be overly complex. In the past, most backup vendors charged by instance. However, in such cases, different instances may have different pricing mechanisms. For example, three PCs may be considered as one instance, but one VM counts as another instance, and if it's a SaaS service, it's priced based on the number of accounts.

Moreover, we use storage-based pricing or the deduplicated figure, which allows for even greater cost savings.

#### Can you provide a specific scenario where the DP series would be a better fit than NAS + ABB?

DP series outperforms ABB on NAS in all aspects. In terms of security, the DP series supports immutable backup and air-gapped solutions. Regarding management, the DP series utilizes plan-based management, allowing unified management of all workloads, while ABB operates on a per-platform, per-job basis, which is relatively complex.

#### Why is Synology charging a subscription fee for one backup software, while also selling a separate backup software license-free? What additional benefits do the users get by paying a recurring fee?

If we charge recurring fees, it's essentially a commitment to users that we must continuously maintain and update our products.

#### In the future, will there be any (adverse) changes to Active Backup Suite features or functionality?

For ABB, we won't have any adverse effects. Existing Active Backup for Business users can still extend their usage through APM + DP to fulfill new functionalities at the software level, such as visibility, scalability, long-term retention, and more.

Additionally, for updates to the ABB platform, we will still update our agent.

#### Who are the biggest competitors when it comes to the DP Series? 

Our main competitors are currently defined as Veeam or other purely software-based backup solutions. This is primarily because we specialize in all-in-one integrated solutions, which, compared to Veeam or other software backup solutions, require DIY and sizing on the user's part. We provide pre-configured and pre-sized solutions, offering an extremely simplified backup experience.

#### What customer requests or insights motivated Synology to create the DP product line? (Who is asking for this?)

Many existing customers are looking for solutions like ActiveProtect Appliance. They desire a more secure backup, centralized management, and higher efficiency. Additionally, we've been asked in several markets about our previous package-based Active Backup, and some potential customers considered it insufficiently professional, so they excluded us without trying. This is also a significant reason for us to launch a dedicated backup solution because we want the market to see our determination and expertise in the backup field.

#### According to the price comparisons page, Synology is charging a much lower price than many leading enterprise competitors. What additional benefits are those competitors offering that justify charging 5x or more of Synology's cost? If you are creating a product that can compete against their products, why are you charging so much less? 

When it comes to on-premises backup solutions, we currently outperform many tier-1 competitors. Through ABB alone, we've seen many customers switch from solutions like Veeam, Veritas, and Dell to ours.

Furthermore, out of our total of 10 DP series enterprises, 7 are looking to replace competitors like Veritas and Veeam with our DP series.

The reason we're more affordable isn't because we lack competitive advantages, but because we want to convey to the market that we offer a complete backup solution that is still affordable.

#### Is there a possibility that the DP series becomes available without the subscription or are you entirely set on it already?

Our current pricing mechanism involves licensing fees, which is typical in the backup market. In fact, all solutions in the backup market require payment of licensing fees.

#### In an instance where someone is on the fence between a DP unit and an RS unit with a wide array of packages available, why should that customer still lean to the DP unit despite the subscription fees and limited packages?

DP series is purpose-built for backup, pre-configured, and pre-sized, offering more robust backup capabilities than Active Backup.

On the other hand, RS comes in various form factors, but the biggest issue currently is that customers are unsure about selecting the most suitable model for their backup needs. Additionally, they need to handle memory or storage upgrades themselves. In contrast, with the DP series, users can simply choose the model based on their backup capacity requirements.

#### What industries or sectors are you primarily focusing on with DP series & ActiveProtect? 

Any organization with a need for backup is our target market. Because whether it's SMBs, SMEs, or large-scale and multinational enterprises, data protection is always crucial. We've observed that achieving a 'complete' backup requires too many resources and is overly complicated for enterprises. Therefore, we aim to create the ultimate simplified, efficient, and secure backup appliance through ActiveProtect Appliance, catering to all markets.

#### Comment on the retention lock feature?

This approach simplifies the setup and enhances security by eliminating potential human errors during configuration. Some vendors, like Veeam, allow separate settings for retention and immutable periods. This can lead to vulnerabilities if the user sets the period too short, or inefficient use of storage if set too long.

#### What are the data deduplication ratios?

Basically, it can be said to reduce errors by at least 50%, but the improvement can be even higher depending on the platform or device. Our existing customers have seen improvements as high as 70%.

#### How can clients monitor their current data usage? Is there a way for them to estimate potential backup storage capacity for the following year? Will they receive alerts before their storage is full?

The storage system already has an event notification mechanism. Currently, our APM allows you to view storage usage and growth trends over the past month, but it does not proactively predict future data volumes.

💡

****UPDATE**: 01/07/2024 - added a YT discussion panel on the topic of these new products as well as a that burning new question, "is Synology going too enterprise?". The host is Robbie from NASCompares, as well as Will aka SpaceRex, and Frank from WunderTech!

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Solution Exhibition 2024
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-exhibition-2024/
Last updated: 2024-10-22T22:10:57.000Z
Next week, Synology will attend the **Computex** expo in Taipei to present their new upcoming products and services.

We can expect business-oriented and large-scale products as well as some new C2-driven cloud services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.01.57.jpg)

[NEW Synology Data Protection models and ActiveProtect ManagerBrand new prepopulated devices from Synology are coming! Powered by ActiveProtect Manager, these models will offer a turn-key backup solution for a one-time cost![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/dp_apm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-data-protection-models-and-activeprotect-manager/)

More details on the new upcoming ActiveProtect Manager and DP series of products

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/DP_series_social.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.02.26.jpg)

Synology will open up with new upcoming rack-based product line that is focused on data protection in the form of an appliance-driven with a custom platform called **ActiveProtect Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.02.55.jpg)

ActiveProtect Manager offers a familiar ActiveBackup look and feel

The new appliances (1U and 2U) will be controlled from a single ActiveProtect Manager interface, offering the **best of Active Backup apps** that are already familiar to DSM users. On top of this the platform with feature new **W.O.R.M. technology** familiar with DSM 7.2 to help the growing issue of ransomware and bring **immutable protection** across any user data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.03.27.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.05.56.jpg)

On top of these new products, Synology will be presenting its previously announced **ultra-scalable** **GS** lineup, which will allow for up to a massive 96-node configuration offering over **20PB** of storage per cluster.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.03.40.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/gs_series_social.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.03.58.jpg)

Compatible with almost all known platforms today, the GS lineup will be a backbone of any mid to large enterprise for virtually any need.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.03.11.jpg)

Along this, the GS line will offer also a scale out of Synologys collaboration suite. So Drive, spreadsheets, documents, and presentations will benefit from this new growing lineup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.04.19.jpg)

Speaking of collaboration tools, Synology will be rolling out their already announced support for AI in the aforementioned office tools for a more modern and faster work process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.04.37.jpg)

Finally, Synology will also present its **new upcoming C2 service** focusing on its **surveillance products**, both software and hardware. The upcoming C2 Surveillance platform will offer an all-in-one user experience that will allow connection and management of local **C2-compatible cameras** without the need to use or own a Surveillance Station capable NAS or NVR device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.04.56.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/c2_camera_series_social.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.05.13.jpg)

We can expect that their existing BC500/TC500/ CC400W cameras and possibly some new upcoming models (CS500B/CS500T/FC600/BC800Z) will be compatible with this new platform. The idea behind this is similar to C2 Backup, a service that allows for endpoint backup of any device directly to the C2 cloud.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-31-at-16.05.34.jpg)

With AI-powered cameras and the features behind the new C2 Surveillance platform, we can expect a lot of possibilities already known and used by the DVA lineup of on-prem devices, such as DVA3221 or DVA1622.

All in all, the **expo starts on June 4th**, and more info will be know then. Keep up with the upcoming dedicated articles on the products and services presented at the expo.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### NEW x25 Synology model lineup
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x25-synology-model-lineup/
Last updated: 2026-04-01T23:05:14.000Z
🚨

****NOTE**: This article will contain ****upcoming new information on some popular devices** (and the rest of the hardware) that Synology will release by the end of the year and well into 2025.

Time sure flies fast, and considering that we are already in May of 2024, it is only a matter of time before the new upcoming device with an x25 model number will start to show up.

At the moment, there is not a single device that has the X25 mark, and most of the two and four-bay models have been refreshed in 2023\. In the following year, we can expect some six and/or eight-bay models to show up, as well as some rack models that are in high demand.

Will we see the new RS1225? It is hard to tell (not likely by the looks of it at the moment), but if there will be a new model, we will surely have it for review as well as any other interesting new or refreshed device.

For now, let's wait and see, and this article will be updated as new information starts to come to light.

---

💡

****UPDATE 20/05/2025** \- Today at Computex 2025 more upcoming X25 models were presented. Including, ****DS725+**, ****DS425+**, ****RS2825RP+**, as well as the new rebranded ****FS200T**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds725_overview.webp)

[Synology DS725+ overviewAnother #Synology X25 model is here! The DS725+ is a 2-bay NAS solution that adapts to growing storage demands, now featuring 2.5GbE network support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-140.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds725_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds425_overview-1.webp)

[Synology DS425+ overviewThe #Synology DS425+ delivers powerful functionality in a compact 4-bay, design. 2.5GbE networking provides excellent network speeds out of the box.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-141.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds425_overview.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds425-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/rs2825_overview.webp)

[Synology RS2825RP+ overviewThe first 2025 rack model from #Synology has arrived. The RS2825RP+ 16-bay data management solution for business workloads![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-142.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/rs2825_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2825rp-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/fs200t_overview-2.webp)

[Synology FS200T overviewThe new FS200T #Synology all-flash NAS is coming! Better performance, 2.5GbE network, same 6-bay compact design![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-155.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/fs200t_overview-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-fs200t-overview/)

---

💡

****UPDATE: 13/05/2025** \- The new ****BeeStation Plus** has arrived and will be presented on the upcoming Computex 2025 expo

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/beestation_plus_overview-1.webp)

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-212.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

---

💡

****UPDATE: 07/05/2025** \- Several new X25 models are already on the market. Namely ****DS925+**, ****DS1525+**, and the ****DS1825+**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds925_overview.webp)

[Synology DS925+ reviewThe brand new #Synology #DS925+ has arrived. While this popular 4-bay model may not be groundbreaking, its CPU upgrade and dual 2.5GbE ports offer more than enough for many users![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-176.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-review/)

[Synology DS925+ overviewThe new #Synology DS925+ has arrived with a slight upgrade to the previous generation as a popular AMD 4-bay #NAS model that offers a lot![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-127.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds925_review-2-6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds925-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds1525_overview.webp)

[Synology DS1525+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1525+ has arrived as an ideal starting point for those seeking enhanced on-device power and increased network throughput![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-128.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1525_overview-1-6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1525-overview/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/ds1825_overview.webp)

[Synology DS1825+ overviewThe new 2025 #Synology high-capacity 8-bay NAS is here. DS1825+ offers power, storage space, and fast network connectivity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-129.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds1825_overview-1-6.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1825-overview/)

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 12/3/25 - ****New x25 models have been spotted** by what looks like a Synology event and presentation.

![IMG_3480.webp](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/03/IMG_3480.png "IMG_3480.webp")

New upcoming x25 models, RAM, and disks (source ChipHell.com)

What we can see are the following new models:

- **RS2825RP+** (AMD V1780B, 10GbE)
- **DS1825xs+** (AMD V1780B, 10GbE)
- **DS1825+** (AMD V1500B, 2x 2.5GbE)
- **DS1525+** (AMD V1500B, 2x 2.5GbE)
- **DS925+** (AMD V1500B, 2x 2.5GbE)
- **DS725+** (AMD R1600, 1x 2.5GbE)
- **DS425+** (Intel J4125, 1x 2.5GbE)
- **DS225+** (Intel J4125, 1x 2.5GbE)
- **DS625slim** (Intel J4125, 1x 2.5GbE)

These models will be compatible only with Synology-branded drives (unlike the previous generations, where only XS+ or better were locked into that policy), and that is the expected trend.

Some models have had their CPUs changed compared to the previous generation, but for the most part, there is no major change happening. The biggest (finally!) **change is the LAN speed, which is now 2.5G across the board**. We can **expect a bump in RAM** as well (in some cases, double or more), and that will do it for the most part.

[Synology DS725+ & DS925+ announcement#Synology new 2025 NAS models are coming soon! DS725+ and DS925+ specifications have been revealed.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-52.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/ds725_925_announcment.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds725-ds925-announcement/)

For all the home/enthusiasts users out there, we can see that several **units will retain the Intel QuickSync** capable CPU for those **video transcoding tasks**. 

Alongside the refreshed DS models, there are a pair of expansion units coming as well.

- **RX1225RP**, a new 12-bay expansion unit compatible with the rack x25 models
- **DX525** a new 5-bay desktop unit compatible with the DS x25 models

RAM modules are also getting some new models from 4 up to 32GB versions, as well as new models of NVMe, SATA SSDs, and SATA HDDs.

In terms of HDDs, we will get new **HAT5310** 3.5" models in both **12 and 16TB** versions, a new **HAT5320 series in 4/8TB** options, and the new **HAT3320 8TB** drive as well.

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 24/12/2024 - A whole new lineup of DataProtection devices was introduced along with a brand new ActiveProtect Manager OS

Announced already in 2023, the new DataProtection backup appliances debuted on the 24th of December 2024.

> ## Pre-configure hardware for backup purposes with a dedicated operating system for backup, recovery, instant restore, replication, and deduplication

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-19.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

Full review of the new 12-bay DataProtection backup appliance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/dp7400_review.jpg)

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-131.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-8.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/dp320_annoucement-1.jpg)

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-132.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-7.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/dp340_annoucement-1.jpg)

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 12/07/2024 - Potentially ****new 8-bay DS1825+ refresh** is upon us this year around

While no official information is available now, it looks like, following the presentation of new DP models and APM, Synology might start to refresh certain DS models.

Mainly from some [**reddit**](https://www.reddit.com/r/synology/comments/1e196n0/leak%5Fds1825%5Fis%5Fgoing%5Fto%5Fbe%5Freleased/?rdt=51972&ref=blackvoid.club) leaks, it looks like **DS1825+ could be coming out by the end of this year**. If it has the x25 mark, that means that it could also arrive sometime in 2026 as well. 

Speaking of DS1825+ and its refresh, this could also mean that **DS1625+** might arrive as those models usually are identically specced, apart from the number of bays. 

Specifications are still unknown for the DS1825+, but we could see another **AMD-packed NAS** as its predecessor, the DS1821+, just in a newer version. Considering it has been over 4 years since its refresh, it could mean that maybe new expansion units will arrive, as well as the last compatible one is DX517.

While the DX517 still supports X23 models, maybe that will not be the case, but pushing 8 years of support for an expansion model does seem a bit too much, even for Synology (and we know how they like to repurpose CPU architecture).

In any event, we will keep our eyes open for any new news and hands-on tests soon.

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 04/02/2024 - New ****BeeStation BST150-4T 4TB** single bay model has arrived

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-18.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_bst150-1-4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

Full review of the 4TB BeeStation

Considering that this article covers new models in 2024 and 2025, and while the BeeStation is not your usual DS/RS NAS, it is still worth mentioning.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/f-BeeStation_45.png)

Designed for people who want to **store**, **sync**, and **share** personal files and photos with minimal setup, BeeStation centralizes your data from phones, tablets, computers, external drives, and cloud services, allowing you to access them anywhere—without any subscription fees.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Which Synology NAS model is right for you?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/which-synology-nas-model-is-right-for-you/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:44:14.000Z
This is probably one main burning question for anyone looking to jump down the NAS rabbit hole. With the changes happening on the commercial cloud side of things and streaming platforms, it is no wonder that users are moving away from publicly hosted services. It is not just the price hikes but also security and exploits hitting major players in various segments, from password managers, to email providers and general hosting platforms.

Substituting those services with an on-prem solution has again started to become very popular. For those who have been doing it for decades, this is nothing new, but for someone not familiar with the concept this can quickly become a daunting task that could eventually fail if wrong choices are made.

> ## Choosing the right NAS is the very first step!

Because of that, this article will try and focus on all the questions that one might have and help newcomers make the first few important steps into the network-attached storage universe.

Before we go further on this topic let me say who is the target audience for this particular article. 

💡

If you are coming into this IT space for the first time, if you are switching from one NAS brand to Synology, or if you have had similar experiences before but not with this type of device, then this is the article for you.

Of course, anyone is welcome to read on, just saying that this material will be focusing primarily on beginners and people who have never used a NAS, self-hosted before, or are in general stumped about what would be the next best thing while moving away from the public cloud services.

In case you are familiar with this site, or if you are not, I would like to remind you that there is already a section of the site called "[**Syno 101**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/101/)" that has a series of articles when it comes to setting up the NAS, users, services, and more. 

[Synology 101 - Intro: Setup your NAS for the 1st timeSyno 101 - a 5 part series on how to start with your new Synology NAS. From setup and RAID creation to users, services, and security. All you need to get you started running your own personal “cloud”![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/101series_all.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-setup-your-nas-for-the-1st-time/)

Syno 101 starter article

This article will touch on some of those elements but it will mainly focus on the thing that the series mentioned above lacks, "**what exact model is the right one for me and my needs**".

## : Synology NAS portfolio

As a company, Synology has many network-attached storage products across their lineup ranging from small 1-bay to 60+ bay models. Just to be clear we are talking about devices that are not meant to be directly connected to any endpoint device that we have in our home or business, but rather to have it accessible over the network (no wifi support on the NAS as well!) from any compatible desktop or mobile device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/ds1522review.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/ds224plus.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/ds723review.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/beestation_bst150.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/ds923review.jpg)

From 1-bay turn-key models like the BeeStation to more advanced 4,5, or 8-bay models

Depending on the use case, we might want to look up the current Synology product line but also to understand it and see what model would benefit us for a particular scenario.

In the last 20 years, Synology has evolved, and while in recent years they have started to fill in some gaps in the mid-range of the business market, it has not forgotten its roots. There is still a large offering of models for individuals, pro and creative enthusiasts as well as small to mid-range businesses.

To better understand the life cycle of their products as well as their current lineup, let's see their categories first and demystify the nomenclature.

### The product line - Synology *multiverse*

There are nine (9) major product lines in the Synology NAS portfolio at the moment. 

- **BeeStation** \- new turn-key NAS product for the non-tech savvy
- **DS** \- desktop NAS
- **RS** \- rack NAS
- **UC** \- iSCSI and FC SAN
- **SA** \- high scalability
- **HD** \- high-density
- **FS** \- all-flash
- **DVA** \- deep learning NVA
- **DP** \- DataProtection business backup appliance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/01/synology_product_line.jpg)

Visual presentation of Synology product line (Jan 2025) by number of devices and model class (number of devices defines the size of the bubble)

Each line is dedicated to a specific category and type of use case. The dominant "DS" lineup counts the most models above all and covers several series. Starting with "J" and "value" that are targeting mostly SOHO users and needs (basic backups, sharing, and some light usage of DSM applications), all the way to the most popular "+" series. These models will offer a great balance of power and capabilities while utilizing all the packages that DSM has to offer. 

Most models from this series also feature expandability in terms of adding more expansion units, RAM, or various cards that will allow faster 10G networking for example.

Looking at the above diagram, all but the red bubble can be considered for home or business use cases. The red bubble is focused on large businesses regarding the number of users as well as the supporting infrastructure needed to run those kinds of devices.

Presently, Synology has over forty (40) devices across its entire portfolio, so it can be sometimes hard to choose the exact model. Even their naming convention needs a bit of explaining as well so we can better understand just by looking at it what type of device it is, what form it is, as well as what features might be supported, and finally the price range. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_product_name.jpg)

Example of Synology naming convention

There are four main parts in the name of each NAS (except the models in the Bee lineup). Starting with the **product line**. The first two letters (or 3 for the DVA models) will tell us what class of product this is. DS, short for desktop, is the class that has usually the largest number of models from one to twelve bays. These units are designed to stand on a desk, closet, or even a network cabinet due to their compact form factor. Of course, the 8 and 12-bay models might not be so compact as they do take a decent amount of space, but still, you won't need to place them inside a server rack as they are by definition, standalone models.

All other models are rack-based models (again, apart from DVA) and those do require a half or full-size rack to accommodate.

Following the product line section of the name, we get to the second part, the **maximum number of hard drive bays**. These numbers (either one or two digits) will tell us just how many drives the NAS can accommodate (including all possible expansions). 

⚠️

Now there are exceptions to this nomenclature as there are models in the HD and FS product lines that do not follow this standard.

For example, number 24 in the image above will tell us that a particular 12-bay model can support up to 24 drives considering that we can attach another 12-bay expansion to it, bringing the total number to 24.

> ## "DS923+ is a true compact powerhouse delivering 10G speeds and 4K editing experience directly of the NAS itself"

![Synology DS923+ review](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)

DS923+ - Currently the top 4-bay model for pros/creators/enthusiasts. With optional 10G networking and SSD array it offers true on-device editing possibilities. [****More info in the review**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)****.**

The following pair of numbers will mark the **year of production**. Again, as an example, 23 will mean this model has been produced between June 2022, till June 2023\. This means that all models that leave production in the second half of the current year will get the number associated with the following year. Currently, all models in 2024 have the 24 number as their production year, but in the second half of the year, new upcoming devices will start getting the number 25 as part of their name.

While on this particular topic, it is worth mentioning that not all devices are on a yearly refresh. Certain models have about 18-24 months refresh period, some even longer. Because of this, it is always best to get the latest possible model considering the DSM OS support period. It is also, if possible, good to wait for a potential update, before getting the current model. One example is the RS1221+ NAS. Released in 2021, this particular device is still waiting for its successor three years and counting.

Finally, the **series suffix**. Most models have a suffix be it "j", "+", or "XS+" for example. The suffix usually helps to differentiate similar models of the same size and product line by giving the user information about what kind of model it is. As an example, certain releases can overlap in their name like the DS220 models. In that particular 2020 year, we had several 2-bay models. DS220j as well as DS220+. Both desktop classes, both 2-bay. So to set them apart, Synology uses suffixes to give the customer a clear definition between an entry model such as DS220j, versus a more capable one, the DS220+.

> ## "DS224+ is the latest 2-bay desktop model that will quickly become a file management hub for compact teams and organizations"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/ds224plus-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/image-7.jpeg)

Example of two identical NAS models the DS223 and DS224+. The difference is one came several months later (in the second half of 2023) and belongs to a higher-tier series. But their outside appearance and number of bays are identical

For most of us, the price difference will already be a reason enough to question why one is more expensive than the other, but as said before, in time it will become clear that just by looking at the suffix we will be able to detect more expensive and capable model without looking at the specifications.

## : The hard questions

Buying a NAS might look like a simple task, and once one gets familiar with all the options, it is, but until then it might be something that needs to be carefully considered. Why? Well because there is a lot that depends on this one particular decision.

First off, let us look at all the factors that usually come into play when buying a NAS. 

- Price and budget
- Why and what do you need a NAS for?
- Storage size
- Placement and power consumption
- Number and type of users and services

These are just some of the questions and categories that need to be answered before we can make the final decision and spend some money.

> ## "Want to have a private space for your whole family but with near-zero configuration and maintenance? BeeStation is a perfect turn-key product!"

![Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutes](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)

The ****BeeStation** \- a new class of NAS product for Synology. A true turn-key solution for the non-tech savvy users. [****More info in the review**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/).

The price and budget will for most be the driving factor but it shouldn't. Getting a NAS is a long-term investment, and getting the cheapest model is not always the best way to go.

Personally, my first NAS was also my first mistake. Sure it works to this day (13+ years now) but that's not the point. The fact is that I have underestimated what these devices are capable of, and today, they are more capable than ever. Because of this, my initial decision-making didn't account for several things simply because I was not aware of them, and as a result, one year later, I got another bigger NAS from a different series.

![Synology DS223j overview](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2023/06/ds223joverview.png)

The ****DS223j** \- Small, silent, and energy-efficient NAS. It can do a lot, but not everything. You will not pay a lot, but in return, manage your expectations. ****More info in the overview**.

This is the reason why price should not be the driving factor in this case but rather **what we want NAS to be capable of**, as well as **how much space will we need** in the long run. In some cases, predicting the storage space is difficult. We can under or overprovision it resulting in either spending too much on the drives or going for an upgrade sooner rather than later.

Putting extra thought into what the NAS can provide for us as users will pay off in the end. Being strict about your needs will help you choose the best possible model with no regrets. Synology NAS devices are essentially Linux-based servers that offer a lot of features thanks to its operating system, the DSM. Its [**lists of applications and packages**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/packages?ref=blackvoid.club) allow for a unique setup and configuration based on the user's needs.

![What are Synology's top 10 apps?](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2022/07/top10apps.png)

With nearly 40 apps to choose from (plus Docker support), there will be a Synology NAS for every occasion and use case. [****Check out the top Synology apps**](https://www.blackvoid.club/what-are-synologys-top-10-apps/).

For most, the main role of a NAS will be backup, for others, surveillance. Some users might be looking for a Google Photos alternative or a collaboration platform. Whatever the case might be, knowing all the features this solution offers will make for an easier decision in the end.

While buying a NAS is only half the story, the other half for sure would be the **storage capacity**. Hard drives or SSDs will depend on the actual needs of the individual as well as the expected performance and user experience. Buying the drives can give a bit of a headache not just because we have to decide what exact model to buy but also how much space we need. Sure, initially we can say we will need a certain amount of space but the yearly growth is something that needs to be addressed as well, especially if we are talking about smaller NAS models (2-bay for example).

> ## "Even a 12-bay rack model can be used by users looking for lots of space and extra power without spending a huge amount of money."

![Synology RS2423+ review](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2023/08/ds2423review-1.jpg)

The RS2423+ is the latest 12-bay model that is a perfect prosumer model offering both power, speed, and fast network connectivity for growing teams as well as demanding individuals. [****More info in the review series**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-review/).

The main problem with underprovisioning is that if the NAS has no available slots for additional drives, we will have to do an in-place upgrade of the existing drives or buy a new, bigger NAS.

> ## Asking yourself what drive is compatible with what Synology model can be easily avoided by using the new HAT3300 pro series or HAT5300 enterprise drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_lineup.jpg)

Synology HAT3300 lineup of drives will give you a 3-year warranty and 100% compatibility. [****More info in the review**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/HAT3300_Images_3.jpg)

In recent years, Synology's stand on drive compatibility has started to cause problems for certain customers, especially those who are used to using specific brands of drives. With the introduction of Synology branded drives (both mechanical and SSDs/NVMes), so has changed the policy in terms of support for non-Synology brands. While Synology is using Toshiba branded drives with their own custom firmware, that might not be the best option for certain users, but in the long run, using officially supported drives will guarantee Synology support in case of any issues with the appliance.

Going back to the capacity question, Synology drives range from 4 to 16TB for the mechanical drives, so there will be something for everyone. Sure it does not support over 20TB drives, yet, and that might or might not change, but the fact is that we will have to do a rough calculation of just how much raw space we expect from the box such as Synology.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/Screenshot-2024-05-06-at-19.21.46.jpg)

[****Synology RAID calculator**](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/support/RAID%5Fcalculator?ref=blackvoid.club) will be a great tool to give you an idea of just how much space will each NAS and drive combination provide

Paired with the number of users and services that we expect to run on these devices, we can also calculate the expected raw space of the future NAS.

As already mentioned buying the NAS is sometimes not a problem. **The real problem is deciding if that exact combination is the right one**. As one example, getting multiple NAS units vs one larger one has both negative and positive sides. If we compare a single 12-bay unit like the RS2423+ and on the other end for the same price point three DS923+ (each with 10G add-on cards) we will see several points right out of the gate.

Three DS923+ will give us the same amount of bays as a single RS2423+ and consume slightly less power but potentially utilize more space than a single rack NAS. The upside is that we can keep them in a quiet room without the fear of making too much noise whereas the RS model will produce a lot of it because of the number of intake vents and PSU. Finally, the RS will allow us to make a huge 12-bay volume, where that same setup will not be possible with three DS923+ models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/DS224_1600x1600_1.jpg)

Synology NAS models are very silent by default. Paired with a few SSDs like this DS224+ they will offer a fast, silent, and private cloud that we can be placed almost anywhere

So, it all comes down to what we expect out of the NAS, how much data needs to be presented, in what form, and **sometimes spending more upfront will save you from spending even more in the long run**.

## : Ok, I want a NAS, now what?

Now that we have touched on Synology's product line, explained the nomenclature, seen some of the apps and possibilities, and learned that not any NAS will do in just about any situation, it is time to narrow down to the actual steps when buying a new NAS.

When I consult someone on getting the NAS these are the main questions that I ask and in return, help decide what the best possible model would fit the requirements.

- What do I want the NAS to be capable of?
- How much space will I need now and in the next 3-5 years?
- How many users will utilize it?
- How big should the NAS be and where will it reside?
- Is noise a factor?
- What's the budget?

Let's go down the list and give a bit more context.

#### What do I want the NAS to be capable of?

Put every single thought on paper what you want and need the NAS to be capable of. ****Do not make any compromises up front**, those will come later on when you start looking into the packages that are supported.

Sometimes official packages will not be able to offer a solution that is needed, but with the support of [Docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/) (as a package), a huge number of commercial and open-source platforms could be a replacement for a specific use case.

#### How much space will I need now and in the next 3-5 years?

As said before, getting the NAS is only half the story. The other half (as well as the majority of the budget) will be down to the drives inside. Make no mistake, getting a 4-bay NAS will cost you less than what you will pay for 4 drives to populate the said device. Of course, this will depend on just how much space you need now and in the near future.

****Plan accordingly and use the RAID calculator** to get a general idea of just how much space you will get with a specific combination of drives.

![Synology DS1823xs+ overview](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2023/02/ds1823.jpg)

****DS1823xs+** \- an 8-bay desktop powerhouse. This model can do it all out of the box and has room for customization and expansion. If you are a pro user or a small team in need of a multipurpose NAS, this is the one. [****More info in the overview**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1823xs-overview/).

![Synology DS723+ review](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)

****DS723+** \- looking for the most powerful 2-bay device from Synology with 10G capability, and on-device editing (with SSDs), that does not take too much room and supports all the packages? The DS723+ is that NAS. Built for individuals as well as growing teams, there is little this NAS can't do. [****More info in the review**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/).

#### How many users will utilize it?

Multi-user environment vs a single user will make a difference, especially on a low-end model from the J series for example. If there is a plan to utilize multiple packages (and which ones), and on top of that utilize multiple concurrent users it will be ****important not to underestimate the technical specifications of a particular NAS**.

Multi-user use cases can vary, so using a NAS as a simple SMB device will be much different than running multiple backups of the endpoint devices while in parallel those same users are streaming and transcoding certain media content from it, or trying and do an on-device editing.

Best to be true and honest than to underprovision.

#### How big should the NAS be and where will it reside?

This is a question that many skip over, but it is an important one. First off, keep in mind that most HDDs nowadays (anything over 4TB) are not silent. The NAS (DS lineup) is silent, the drives are not.

****If you want no noise, best to either have an isolated space** or if it will be in a working/living area, go with SSDs. True, sometimes that will not be possible if lots of space is needed, so plan the location of the NAS carefully and of course consider its size.

Isolating a larger unit like a 5-bay or bigger NAS inside a closet will probably not be a good idea in the long run. The ****higher-than-normal temperature of the drives will significantly lower its lifetime**, so be sure to keep the NAS in a well-ventilated space!

#### Is noise a factor?

Picking up on the previous question. Noise for some users will be a huge factor, and that's a fact. If this is indeed your case, try not to do anything to the NAS to eliminate the noise because (on DS models) ****99% of the noise will come from the drives**.

The only way to combat that effectively is either using an SSD setup or simply placing the NAS further away. Any manipulations inside the NAS (velcro tapes, rubber stripes, etc) can lead to certain issues, so again, isolate the NAS and plan where the unit will reside.

#### What's the budget?

I always leave this as the last question. Sure, it will be the first for most, but ****getting a NAS is a long-term purchase**. Long-term usually doesn't mean cheap (especially when buying a turn-key appliance), and considering what should go into making a final decision, be prepared to spend more than when buying a simple USB HDD.

Considering how many models Synology offers, anyone will be able to fit a certain budget to get what they want but also keep in mind that running a Synology appliance will cost more than a DIY NAS from spare parts.

****Focus on what you want the unit to do, not on getting a slower or less capable model to do more** just so you can save on the budget. This tactic usually backfires very quickly.

The more one gets into the idea of a NAS, the more questions will arise. Be sure to ask around for advice, read up, look at some videos, and if possible, get a hands-on unit for testing before making a final decision.

While this article was focused on the more novice audience, these questions can be followed for any installment on any scale.

Again, be sure to contact anyone you know for more info, including here on Blackvoid, to get the best possible answers to any questions. Once the NAS has arrived, Synologys knowledgebase is great but not organized as a follow-through article to get everything configured and set up.

Because of that, be sure to visit the rest of the [**Syno 101 section**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/101/) here on the site, specifically starting with the [**intro article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-dsm-installation-raid-array-type/) on how to set up your new Synology NAS.

Welcome to #selfhosing!

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### dasKeyboard MacTigr - mechanical keyboard for Mac users
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/daskeyboard-mactigr-mechanical-keyboard-for-mac-users/
Last updated: 2024-04-20T18:58:07.000Z
Writing a blog and writing in general does have its toll. But, with a good enough keyboard, it is much easier, faster, and comfortable. This is the reason, why I have started using mechanical keyboards by dasKeyboard since 2019.

My very first one was the 4 PRO model, and I love it, I do. 

[Time to go mechanical - dasKeyboard 4 PROdasKeyboad 4 PRO Mac edition. Professional MX brown switch heaven![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/dasKeyboard4.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/time-to-go-mechanical-daskeyboard-4-pro/)

I have it running on my secondary workspace but being a bit of a keyboard junky and in need of a bit more silent version than the 4 PRO (running with brown switches), I have decided to give last year's new dasKeyboard a go.

The MacTigr version is the latest Mac-focused 100% metal keyboard offering several features that any Mac user needs or wants.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/daskeyboard_mactigr_features.jpg)

The dasKeyboard MacTigr features

As already stated I wanted a more silent mechanical version, so MacTigr comes with **Cherry MX red switches**, that are noticeably more silent than the brown version. Also**,** it features **low-profile keycaps** making typing much faster.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5100.jpg)

The low profile setup and lack of height adjustment might not be for everyone

The keyboard is essentially flat on the desk with a low-key travel and it might not be something that everyone will enjoy, so be sure to test it out if you can to see how well it feels.

Even though it is significantly smaller than the 4 PRO it still features a full 102 layout, and the weight of it is another plus side. Being **100% metal**, this keyboard will not move an inch. You will have to make an effort to move it once it has been laid down. Of course, this will also depend on the surface, but there is no fear of it moving no matter how hard one types on it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5101.jpg)

Factory plate on the bottom of the keyboard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5091.jpg)

dasKeyboard 4 PRO vs the new MacTigr (bottom)

From a feature standpoint, **this is a Mac keyboard first and foremost** so there are dedicated Mac keys like the command/options/control, as well as brightness and multimedia dedicated section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5099.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5098.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5093.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5095.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5092.jpg)

One thing that needs to be mentioned here is that the play/pause and next/previous buttons are much harder than the ones on the 4 PRO. You have to push down on them and as a result, they do have a noisy clicky sound. Not a dealbreaker for me, but something that will take some time getting used to.

Like the 4 PRO version, MacTigr has a very generic connectivity cable but unlike the 4 PRO that comes with a USB-A connector, this time around USB-C is the name of the game.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5097.jpg)

The keyboard will need a compatible USB-C computer (no USB-C to USB-A adapter)

Any Mac device that has no USB-C compatible port will not be compatible with this model. Speaking of USB-C, just like most other models, this one also has a **two-port USB-C hub** that will allow connecting various compatible devices to it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5096.jpg)

USB-C hub is built in and located at the top side of the keyboard

It is obvious that the vendor is staying on track with IT trends, Apple in particular considering that for the last few years, Apple has started moving away from Lightning ports on all their mobile devices, and started adapting USB-C across their entire lineup, mobile and desktop.

Considering that I just got this keyboard it will take some time to notice any issues, but for the past few days, I have none apart from what was already mentioned. One final thing is that this model also has a single row "return" key that will also take some time to get used to. Nothing more than muscle memory that will take some practice. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/IMG_5102.jpg)

dasKeyboard MacTigr

For **€200 retail price**, this is a great keyboard for casual or pro users for sure. If it will be just as good as the 4 PRO before it, I can say for sure this keyboard will stay with me for a long time.

## **SPECIFICATIONS**

PRODUCT INFORMATION

- Low-profile mechanical keyboard
- 100% metal
- Aluminum unibody
- Stainless steel plate
- USB-C connector
- Built-in 2-port USB-C hub
- Double shot PBT keycaps - US only
- Full-NKRO: press FN and Play/Pause button to toggle on/off

**SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS**

- One USB-C port

**WARRANTY INFORMATION**

- 1-year limited hardware warranty

**PACKAGE CONTENT**

- Das Keyboard MacTigr

**AVAILABLE LAYOUTS**

- 105 US
- 106 UK
- 106 DE
- 106 NO

**PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS**

- Length: 17.16 in
- Width: 5 in
- Height: 1.06 in
- Weight: 2.43 lbs

**SWITCHES**

- Cherry MX Low-Profile red switches
- Feel: Linear (soft, smooth, silent)
- Lifetime: 100 million actuations
- Actuation force: 45 cN (45.9 gf)
- Pre-travel: 0.047 in
- Total travel: 0.125 in
- Spring: Aluminum
- Contacts: High-quality gold alloy

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Chat - self-hosted and private chat platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-chat-self-hosted-and-private-chat-platform/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:38:52.000Z
Since this blog started there were many articles on Synology apps, but never one about their Chat platform. Why that is and is this the right platform for you, keep reading.

## : Intro

When we hear someone mentioning a chat platform each of us has at least one brand that pops into our mind. Be it Whats Up, Viber, Telegram, Mattermost, Discord, Skype (what??), Teams, etc.

Today, more than ever, texting and IM is by far the most popular way of communication. It's easy, fast, full of various features, and accessible on most devices and their platforms. Even coworkers text using some IM platform instead of calling or sending emails.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/social_platforms-1.png)

Social platforms that have some chat and audio/video capabilities

Talking about coworkers and work communication in general, there have always been chat apps, and if we focus on the big ones that have dominated this segment that would have to be the likes of ICQ, Skype, MSN Messenger, and AOL Instant Messenger (AIM). Maybe you used some of these, or maybe you haven't but yes, we did chat before Teams, TikTok, and Instagram.

The problem with a chat platform is that it is rarely a private one, especially if it's publicly hosted. While the benefit of IMs is unparalleled, privacy and data protection come into focus very quickly when we look at things from a security standpoint. In 2024, security in IT and business in general has reached new heights. Because of this, using a chat platform for personal or business needs that is secure as well as functional is crucial.

Since COVID-19, working from home (or remote work in general) has increased exponentially giving new meaning to team collaboration. Microsoft Teams, Zoom, and a few other platforms became top collaboration platforms for the masses during that period and continue to do so.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/channel_platforms.png)

Collaboration platforms with channel and team support as well as IM, audio, and video support

But what of the underdogs? What about the platforms that are not even commercial, and on top of that can be self-hosted and completely private and severed from the rest of the Internet while still providing the benefits of video and audio calls, chats, file shares, and more?

Synology has many apps in its portfolio for various use cases, and office tools are no exception. On top of **Synology Office**, **Synology Drive**, and **Synology Calendar**, there is also **Synology Chat**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/synology_collaboration_apps.png)

Synology collaboration platforms (Office, Calendar, Chat, and Drive)

> ## Synology Chat is a web-based platform that provides a safe and secure place for audio and video conversations as well as real-time chats.

## : Synology Chat - SLACK alternative

Focusing now just on the collaboration and communication platform, Synology has had one for some time now. Released back in 2016, Synology Chat was the company's answer to a very popular platform SLACK, that offered channel and team-based conversations as well as audio and video support (over time). Unlike the mentioned solutions, the Chat is hosted on the Synology NAS as one of the DSM native apps, providing privacy and security above all.

![](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Package/img/Chat/2.4.1-22111/chat_1606713944_3.png)

Synology Chat web-based interface with a single button access to other native apps

Once installed via the DSM Package Center, the Synology Chat Server will also double as a web-based client while it can also be used via dedicated mobile and desktop apps (iOS/Android, macOS, Linux, and Windows).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-13-at-19.00.54.png)

Installation of the Chat platform starts with DSM Package Center as any other supported app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-13-at-19.12.08.jpg)

Synology Chat default login screen

💡

****NOTE**: The Chat ****platform supports encrypted channels**. If this setting is enabled on the server level, the platforms will also ****have to be configured via a valid HTTPS connection**!

By default, only DSM accounts will be allowed to sign in, so we can use standard credentials to get access to the platform by entering a username and password as well as any active MFA security measures.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-13-at-19.22.05.jpg)

Synology Chat user interface after the initial login

## : General features overview

Like many, Chat got better over time. Truth be told it is not the most often used or mentioned platform in Synology's portfolio (and we will get to that later), but compared to some other similar channel-based platforms out there it has a decent amount of features to make it a worthy competition.

Starting with the basics, there is support for both **public** and **private** **channels**, as well as **private conversations** that can be encrypted if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-13-at-20.54.18.png)

The Chat platform supports public and private (lock icon) channels as well as conversations for those 1:1 chats and discussions

Channels can be **created**, **edited**, and **archived**, as well as **renamed** at any time. The good thing is that users can also change the **notifications per channel** or globally for both desktop and mobile platforms.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-13-at-20.58.16.png)

Channel settings and options

⚠️

****WARNING**: Be aware that there is ****no option to limit user's permissions per channel**. It means that all users that are part of the platform/channel have full permissions. This means even archiving the channel.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-13-at-21.05.32.png)

Be careful who you invite to a private channel. All members have full permissions!

One major thing that needs to be addressed here is that all chat members will have maximum permissions on the platform. Apart from several system channels, every single public or private channel can be archived/closed by any member.

This is extremely dangerous and it is also a reason to make sure that the backup of this platform is in place should we need it at any point (more on this later). Now, depending if this platform is used by a closed, and private group of users or if we have outside members as well, it will be very important to make sure who has permission to what channels at all times.

### :: User type

While we are on the topic of users and permissions, the Chat platform supports several types. From default local **DSM users**, **LDAP** and **domain users**, as well as **guest accounts**.

Like any other DSM app, if the NAS is configured to work as part of the domain, or has access to an LDAP account we will be able to log into the chat with those credentials.

The **Chat admin console** is one place where DSM admins can alter certain server-wide settings including activation of guest accounts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-14-at-13.49.42.png)

Synology Chat server once installed has two major apps, the Chat and Chat admin console

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-14-at-13.51.11.png)

Part of the Chat admin console and its settings

If the registration of guest accounts is enabled and allowed (SMTP needs to be configured on the DSM before the guest account option can be activated), outside users will be able to join the Chat platform. The way this works is individuals will essentially create a guest DSM account with permissions for the Chat app.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-14-at-13.56.01.png)

Activating guest account support

To clarify the guest account behavior a bit further, even when this feature is enabled, that doesn't mean that the main landing page will have a "create guest account" option. No, it means that only the guest manager DSM account will be able to send email invitations for specific channels.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-14-at-14.00.41.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-14-at-14.00.52.png)

Inviting an outside user to the chat platform starts with a guest manager sending the invitation 

Once the recipient of the invitation creates a guest (DSM) account she/he will be able to log into the platform and have access to all the channels based on set permissions.

Focusing once again on the fact that all chat members do have full permission inside a particular channel, it is very important to note that sending invitations to individuals that we do not know can be extremely dangerous.

This is why the mindset behind this particular chat platform was to create a collaboration environment for teams of coworkers that work closely and not so much as an accessible chat for anonymous accounts. Still, a bit of user granular permissions would be welcome, but it is what it is.

### :: Chat features (thread, bookmarks, schedule messages, Jitsi, search...)

In terms of features, Synology Chat has all the major ones that you would expect but also a few that might not be so common among other platforms out there. Typing the message also supports invoking emojis and special functions using keyboard shorts like `:` or `/` for a fast and distraction-free experience.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/image-2.png)

Classic use of keyboard shortcuts will help speed up the process of typing a message

This being a Synology NAS-hosted solution, we also have the option to upload files from the device by use of simple drag and drop, or by using the upload function that offers several options. Apart from an upload from the device itself, we also have the option to upload directly from Synology Drive or the NAS. This will however depend on the device and the client, as not all combinations are supported.

For example, "upload from NAS" will be a one-button option only via desktop clients, but it will also be possible to upload using a mobile device, only with a few more "taps".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/image-3.png)

File upload options using the Synology Chat dedicated app

With multiple channels and user support, the content can quickly get overwhelming so support for **threads** is a welcome one. While it is nice that Chat offers a side panel with threads, bookmarks, reminders, and other features, it is a bit tedious that access to a particular thread has to be upfront and center with no option to have it open in parallel while discussing in the main channel.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-17.16.36.png)

Thread discussion will overlay the main window with no access to the rest of the channels

This way there is no question that the focus will be specifically on that topic/thread, but it would be nice to have it accessible in the side panel. Speaking of the side panel, the threads are visible there but only as a list with links to each thread, not as a separate chat window.

The side panel while not very effective with threads, does a great job of listing channel-shared **files**, **links**, or **pinned messages** for **quick access** and navigation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-17.26.24.png)

Conversation side panel with a focus on links

One thing that might be interesting and not very common on other chat platforms is a feature called **schedule a message**. This option will allow us to send a message we typed in a channel at the exact time and date, or use one of the preconfigured "after xx hours" settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-17.30.37.png)

Schedule a message feature will allow for a delayed message post

While it might not be something that many would use in an IM message, there are scenarios that this might be more handy than sending an email. The other platform that I have seen using this similar feature is an email solution by Proton. In their Proton Mail app, sending a delayed email is a feature that will allow for sending an email at 11 PM (the time when you typed it), with a delivery configured at 9 AM. Some might not see the benefit of this but I for one don't want to be one of "those" that send emails at 11 PM.

Several final options that Synology Chat offers when we talk about chatting with someone are **polls** and **snippets**. Running a quick poll can come in handy at times when a decision has to be made on the fly, or you simply want to get an opinion on what will be on today's menu for lunch.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-17.44.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-17.45.26.png)

Create an on-the-fly poll with no need for 3rd party integrations

Unlike some other chat platforms, Synology Chat supports polls as a built-in feature so there will be no need for any 3rd party integrations.

For those IT-focused users, **snippets** are a great way of sharing code with a wide range of supported formats that are color-coded depending on the language.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-17.48.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-17.48.41.png)

Adding snippets will allow for a clean presentation and format preservation inside the main chat window

At the beginning, we mentioned the option to have audio and video support inside this platform and while this is not a built-in option per se, Synology Chat does work with the **Jitsi** platform (8X8 company) or **JumpChat**.

With a simple `/jitsi` command (`/jumpchat`)in the chat, we can invoke an immediate creation of a free conference session. The link will be presented inside the chat for all members to see and join.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-15-at-19.22.36.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-14-at-13.28.52.jpg)

Invoking Jitsi conference with a single command (support for audio and video is by default)

Again, as with polls, this integration is built in and does not require any configuration of any custom or self-hosted Jitsi version from the user side. This also means that any potential private Jitsi version can't be used as there is no way to configure it with this Chat platform. A combination of another private chat solution and Jitsi will be the only way.

### :: Apps

As mentioned before, Synology Chat supports desktop and mobile apps for all major platforms. The mobile app as all other Synology apps is the most interesting one, as the desktop app is essentially an encapsulated web view.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/synochat_app_05-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/synochat_app_01-1.jpg)

Synology Chat iOS mobile app supports light and dark modes as well as a secure 4-pin unlock option

There are no elements that are missing from the mobile app compared to the web or desktop version, and that is a major plus for this platform. Usually, mobile apps tend to miss some functions that are reserved for more versatile platforms, but with Chat, there are no compromises.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/synochat_app_02-1.jpg)

Multimedia support, polls, video and audio calls, everything is supported on the mobile app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/synochat_app_03-1.jpg)

Threads, bookmarks, links, and all the other features are accessible as well

In case there is a need to create a new channel of any type or add a member to one, we can do it on the fly with no need to log on to the web version. The app is fast and responsive and the option to manage media in original or compressed format will add to the experience in case multimedia is being used for the most part.

Speaking of multimedia, the Chat has integration with all compatible apps and other services depending on the device and its OS. On iOS, we can pull files from almost any location or "device" that is configured on the mobile device, as well as share files hosted inside the Chat with other 3rd party apps, users, or services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/synochat_app_06-1.jpg)

Importing and sharing files is possible with many supported Synology apps and devices as well as other 3rd party platforms

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/synochat_app_04-1.jpg)

Channel creation and management is possible as well

One last thing when we talk about apps is notifications. As with all mobile apps, the Chat notifications depend on the platform notifications system that optionally extends to other desktop, mobile, or wearable platforms. Specifically, on Apple devices, the Chat will send notifications on all devices that have dedicated apps installed as well as via desktop browser. Apple Watch is no exception as it will receive notifications if configured with an iPhone.

Nothing special one might say, but the Synology Chat mobile app utilizes all that the platform can offer, with no exceptions, and executes it well.

### :: Integrations

Compared with some other solutions out there, Synology Chat is not overly integrated with 3rd party features, but it is also not completely left in the dark as well.

One of the main compatible apps would be Synology DSM productivity apps mentioned at the start of the article. How each of these apps communicates with one another depends on those individual platforms and their purpose.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.26.34.png)

By default, the Chat platform will integrate with all installed Synology productivity apps (Mail, Office, Drive, Photos or Calendar and Contacts)

One particular example with Chat would be the Drive and Photos app. Apart from the fact that we can invoke them and open them up in a separate browser window/dedicated app, we can also get access to their content using the appropriate button or command inside the Chat app.

Adding a photo or file from those apps will be as easy as pushing a single button in the chat input area.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.33.13.png)

Insert files from Drive or Photos is possible with the use of a dedicated "Add" command

As of recent, the Photos folder has been moved and incorporated as part of the Drive structure, we can access all that content from a single window pane.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.35.40.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.35.57.png)

Accessing Drive (left) and Photos (right) content from a single window pane

One would expect that we would have an easy option to import files from the Chat into these other Synology apps but while it can be done (on mobile for example) we will have to jump through several hoops to get to the destination we want. This is not of course completely Synology's fault, but the mobile device manufacturer's as well. Apple in this example is one of those.

If we step outside the Synology eco-system for a minute and explore integrations further we will also see that the chat platform has support for webhooks and bots. The major shift towards these options happened in DSM 7 as that major OS version brought webhook features on both the OS layer as well as into some of the apps themselves.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.43.42.png)

Custom integration options are possible with the use of webhooks or bots

The Chat platform has the option to ingest as well as make use of some outside services and manipulate them through bots or simple slash commands. Webhook support is indeed a welcome one, as it can help to automate certain things, or simply provide a nice way to keep a history of specific events happening in the outside world.

One example would be monitoring DSM/NAS events by configuring incoming webhook notifications instead of getting an email. Webhooks are instant JSON payloads that can be configured to drop in any Chat channel, be it private or public. On top of this, those messages will trigger as notifications, so it can be a convenient way to get important messages in real-time on any device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.50.50.jpg)

Configuration of an incoming webhook inside Synology Chat

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.53.06.jpg)

Configuration of DSM notifications via a webhook channel

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-18-at-13.55.24.png)

Example of a test DSM notification coming in via a webhook into the Chat channel

Similar to any other webhook-supported platform, we can do many things with these features and in the end have Synology Chat as sort of a central hub for all actions happening in some outside systems.

Unlike some other competitive platforms, Chat does not have any custom or native "AppStore" for custom integrations, so apart from webhooks and bots, we will not be able to enhance it too much. Still, for the most part, it already offers a decent amount of features that make it a solid chat platform that if nothing else is private and self-hosted.

## : Conclusion

Speaking of competitive platforms, Synology Chat has room for improvement. If we look at the good vs bad, all solutions occupy both sides. Same here. Synology Chat is a nice all-around chat platform that can be created in a matter of minutes and utilizes very little in terms of resources.

It offers a collaboration of internal and external users but lacks fine permission settings that would in certain cases be more than welcome. If those are of no concern, then looking in the direction of another platform could be considered a waste of time especially if other office and productivity apps by Synology are being used.

The closed-off approach here towards Synology DSM ecosystem is more than apparent and has its advantages for sure, however, other than webhooks, this solution has no way of being open to 3rd party platforms that some might find a bit restrictive.

If that is something that you strive towards, then maybe an alternative self-hosted solution might be a better choice. With an increasing number of Docker running platforms, chat solutions are no exception, and [**Mattermost**](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/) for one is a great candidate if Synology Chat can't satisfy all the requirements.

Major support and development for Synology Chat is not something the company can be proud of, but still as said before, it does offer a **stable**, **private**, and **functional platform** that can in specific cases offer a lot out-of-the-box. With dedicated apps for all major devices and operating systems, Synology Chat is a worthy candidate for modern collaboration needs.

**POSITIVE**:

- Fast deployment
- DSM integration with other apps
- Support for local, domain, LDAP, and guest users
- Mobile and desktop apps
- Jitsi and JumpChat support out-of-the-box

**NEGATIVE**:

- At times it can feel too closed off
- More integration options could be beneficial
- Lack of user/group permissions settings

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology CloudSync & C2 Object Storage
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cloudsync-c2-object-storage/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:38:43.000Z
One of the oldest sync tools in Synology's DSM is by far Cloud Sync. Unlike the Synology Drive Server that offers personal device (desktop and mobile) backup and sync options (Dropbox, Google Drive, and One Drive alternative), Cloud Sync focuses exclusively on maintaining data synchronization with 3rd party cloud destinations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/image.png)

Synology Cloud Sync - connecting to various public cloud destinations

> ## Easily connect your Synology NAS to cloud services including C2 Object Storage, BackBlaze B2, Dropbox, Google Drive, and Microsoft OneDrive to combine the different advantages of public and private cloud.

Some of the most popular destinations that Cloud Sync can connect to are Dropbox, Google Drive, Microsoft OneDrive, and Sharepoint, as well as some Backblaze, AWS S3, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.15.50.png)

Some of the cloud destinations Cloud Sync can connect to

Depending on the provider, several steps need to be configured inside the wizard to establish the connection.

### Synology C2 Object Storage

With the introduction of DSM 7 several years back, Synology also rolled out new C2 platforms, one being **C2 Object Storage**.

[Synology C2 Object StorageNEW Synology C2 service is here. C2 Object Storage offers you a way to backup any unstructured data with no egress fees at all. Starting at $6.99![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2objectstorage.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)

Introduction to C2 Object Storage

In the past, I have already written about several ways Object Storage can be utilized, especially for services that support various S3-like storage destinations such as this one.

[Backup Portainer with Synology C2 Object StorageA short tutorial on how to configure #Portainer to #backup its configuration to #Synology #C2 Object Storage. #Docker management![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/portainer_backup_c2os.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/backup-portainer-with-synology-c2-object-storage/)

Using Object Storage as Portainer backup destination

[Synology C2 Object Storage as Veeam repositoryAdd #Synology #C2 Object Storage bucket as a Veeam backup repository, for all your backup and restore needs.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/c2object_veeam.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage-as-veeam-repository/)

Object Storage as Veeam Backup repository

On the heels of World Backup Day (March 31st), it is also good to point out that for the past year, Cloud Sync officially supported C2 Object Storage as its destination. Of course, it was possible to connect with Object Storage before using the S3 connection wizard, but it is appreciated that Synology made it much clearer and faster this way, on top of trying to sell the service as well by placing it at the top of the list.

C2 Object Storage is a freemium service meaning it is free but it also comes as a paid option. The free account allows for 15GB of space while going above that will require a paid subscription. Unlike the C2 Storage pricing, Object Storage opens up at 1TB for the paid plan.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.32.07.png)

C2 Object Storage paid plan

Compared with the C2 Storage 1TB plan the price is identical, **€87.49 annual**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.33.32.png)

C2 Storage pricing for 1TB is identical to the C2 Object Storage

So looks like that C2 1TB per month will cost €7.29 (going for the annual plan) or €8.74 if we opt for a month-by-month payment method.

While it might look redundant to have both C2 Storage and C2 Object Storage those two services are not alike, nor do DSM packages have support for both as well as 3rd party platforms and apps. So, depending on the need, we will either configure the connection towards Object Storage or C2 Storage.

C2 Storage is the default cloud destination if we use Hyper Backup for example, while in this article we will see how we can configure another DSM package to utilize Synology's C2 Object Storage.

💡

****NOTE**: ****Hyper Backup** can also be configured to back up into Object Storage by using the ****S3 Storage wizard option**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.42.41.png)

Hyper Backup just like Cloud Sync can use the S3 Storage wizard to be configured against Object Storage as its storage destination

For users that utilize the Cloud Sync package, C2 Object Storage might be an easy and free (if 15GB is enough) location to keep their local NAS data in sync with the cloud.

### Creating a C2 Object Storage bucket and key

After registering with C2 Object Storage and getting the account, we need to configure as always, two things. A **bucket**, and a **bucket key**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.47.13.png)

C2 Object Storage portal (April 2024)

Using the **create bucket** button we can create a unique bucket by giving it a name and (if we have not done it before) create an access key for it as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.51.12.png)

Giving the bucket a name

Each bucket will also have **data protection** options such as **versioning** and **object lock (W.O.R.M.)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.53.08.png)

Setting data protection options for the bucket

If the option for **create and access key** has been selected, the portal will automatically create a new key for us presenting them in a separate window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.55.21.png)

Bucket-specific access key

### Connecting Cloud Sync with C2 Object Storage

Now, that we have our destination ready, it is time to connect the DSM Cloud Sync app with this specific bucket.

Aside from installing Cloud Sync via the Package Center, all that we have to do is make sure that there is a local folder on the NAS that will be a repository for the configured Object Storage repository.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-13.59.35.png)

Starting Cloud Sync with no prior connections will initiate a new wizard selection

As can be seen, **Synology C2 Object Storage** is at the top of the list. Selecting it we will start a simple 2-step wizard and connect to the bucket created in the previous step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.02.18.png)

We need to enter the access and secret key that will allow us to select all the buckets associated with those credentials

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.03.06.png)

Mapping the Object Storage bucket with our local NAS folder and setting other parameters as needed

Cloud Sync allows for several options during this wizard and those are **sync direction** as well as **data encryption**. It is important to note that encryption will encrypt the content in the bucket and decrypt it when accessing it via Cloud Sync/NAS. This means that the encrypted data will be useless while accessing it via the Object Storage as well as any downloaded on a 3rd party device such as a computer.

This means that any encrypted data via Cloud Sync will only be accessible using the NAS device that has a connection to the bucket in question. This is also the reason why by default, the option is not turned on.

💡

****IMPORTANT**: Sync direction is also one setting that can be configured in this case. ****Bidirectional** is the default one, but it is worth saying that with this configuration ****any data uploaded via the Object Storage did not sync back to the NAS**, only from the NAS towards the cloud was data successfully synced.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.19.12.png)

Successful Cloud Sync and Object Storage connection

Using any means to place the data in the configured folder on the NAS will push that same content to the cloud in a matter of seconds (depending on the size and Internet speed)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.22.30.png)

Data in a local NAS folder configured via Cloud Sync as an Object Storage task root folder

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.23.01.png)

The same content visible inside the Object Storage portal

Because of bucket settings that were selected during its creation, we now have version control as well for each file that is synced. Also, this being a bidirectional connection will mean that any changes on the NAS side will reflect in the bucket as well, such as the deletion of one or multiple files.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.27.02.png)

File versioning is supported with C2 Object Storage

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.29.13.png)

Example of a file deleted on the NAS and its current version no longer being accessible. Older versions of the file, are however still accessible for download

To see all the versions including those of deleted files, we need to make sure that the **show versions** check box is activated, otherwise deleted files will not be visible as well as the option (dropdown menu) that will list all of its versions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/04/Screenshot-2024-04-07-at-14.32.35.png)

The "show versions" checkbox in the upper right corner of the interface

Deleting the Cloud Sync task on the DSM side will not automatically delete the bucket on the C2 side. To delete the bucket we first have to empty it and that means all active and deleted files and their versions. This is a good thing if there is an accidental deletion on the Cloud Sync package side.

So there we have it. A quick and easy way to push data to the C2 cloud utilizing syncing. If an old-fashioned scheduled backup job via Hyper Backup is not your cup of tea, then maybe Cloud Sync with its syncing options will do the trick. 

The truth is that Hyper Backup does offer more features compared to Object Storage, such as retention policies, complete DSM system backup, data deduplication, as well as an option for Hybrid Share folders if needed.

Also, price-wise, C2 will cost the same regardless if we use the C2 Storage or Object Storage but only for the 1TB option. If less than that is needed, C2 Storage with Hyper Backup will be the only Synology cloud option.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### World Backup Day 2024
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/world-backup-day-2024/
Last updated: 2024-04-20T19:00:06.000Z
New year, new World Backup Day. From an IT perspective as well as Synology's, WBD would be the single **most important awareness day** when we talk about **safeguarding user and business data**.

While backup is important, so is the safety and security of the systems providing that same backup and platforms responsible for access. Because of that, looking back on 2023, Synology has had several low, moderate, and critical security patches across its system, packages, and products.

Just a few numbers that are available on their official security advisory page, Synology tackled and resolved about 25 security exploits, 8 of which were critical, and 6 were flagged as important. These issues covered their DSM and SRM operating systems as well as several application packages.

[World Backup DayBe prepared against data loss and data theft. March 31st is the day to backup and better protect your data.![](https://www.worldbackupday.com/favicon.ico)World Backup DayWorld Backup Day, helloworldbackupday.com![](https://www.worldbackupday.com/media/site/1dcd09d421-1641652730/opengraph-1200x630-crop-1-q80.png)](https://www.worldbackupday.com/en?ref=blackvoid.club)

Word Backup Day's official website

If we focus now on backup and data protection, with each year we can see the number of threats as well as their complexity growing which makes backup awareness even more important.

### New players

In the past year apart from Synology's regular life-cycle of certain devices, the company has also introduced a completely new line of products focused mainly towards mainstream users.

The **Bee** line also because of it, rolled out with a new dedicated operating system called [**BSM**](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/).

![BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2023/10/bsm_initial_release-1.jpg)

BSM - BeeStation Manager powering the Bee line of Synology's products

The first product is also the company's first DAS (direct attached storage) device called the [**BeeDrive**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/). This highly portable 10G USB device is an ideal combination of speed and capacity (up to 4TB) allowing some basic "NAS" operations in case a full-blow NAS device is not an option.

![Synology BeeDrive - personal backup hub](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2023/05/beedrive.jpg)

The BeeDrive - directly attached unit that offers speed and capacity in a highly portable case

The second device in the same product line is a device that was announced last year but rolled out in March 2024\. The [**BeeStation**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/) is also the first device of its kind for Synology, offering a toned-down version of their NAS models but maintaining the most important functions.

![Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutes](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)

The BeeStation - a mainstream user-focused 1-bay NAS

Focused toward mainstream and not-so-tech-savvy users, the BeeStation could be the perfect starting device for anyone looking to have a very capable backup solution with minimum to zero maintenance.

It offers a lot of features from client endpoint and mobile device backups, sharing and syncing, as well as USB device data copy, and more. Having one of these devices will for sure give anyone a piece of mind knowing that those precious memories are safe and sound. True, it is only a single-drive device, but it will be more than welcome if something happens to that specific computer or mobile device, keeping your data secure and backed up.

For a full review be sure to have a look at a dedicated article.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

The BeeStation full review

Regardless of whether our choice of a backup device is a small BeeDrive or a BeeStation, it is already a step in the right direction. With the rising number of malicious threats today, it is imperative to have a backup solution in place in case something bad happens like a ransomware attack or hardware malfunction.

### True and tested

Considering Synology is a 25+-year-old company with a large number of rolled-out devices across multiple lineups there will be something for everyone. In case there is a need for more robust and complex backup scenarios then a NAS with DSM OS will for sure cover all the needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image.jpeg)

[****DS923+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/) \- a 10G capable 4-bay NAS will be the perfect combination of compact and powerful

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-1.jpeg)

[****DS723+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/) \- another 10G capable 2-bay NAS for those looking for the same amount of power in an even more compact solution

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/ds224plus.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/ds423.jpg)

[****DS423+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-review/) and [****DS224+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/) offer the true and tested Intel-based solutions perfect for any SOHO or small business

These are just a few of the popular 2023/2024 models that support a complete list of Synology packages, many of which are [**backup-focused**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-4.jpeg)

The main four backup packages that cover all potential backup solutions, including NAS backup and various endpoint backups alike

While most devices do support all the listed packages, it is important to note that will not always be the case. In the past year, some of these packages have gotten certain feature upgrades, like Hyper Backup and Active Backup with an **entire NAS system** backup support. An excellent addition to an already versatile platform now includes a complete backup and restore option for the entire NAS in case of migration or major system failure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-5.jpeg)

Hyper Backup "[****entire system**](https://www.blackvoid.club/full-bare-metal-backup-with-hyper-backup-and-dsm-7-2/)" feature as part of the version 4.0 update

Also worth mentioning is the latest [**Active Backup for Business macOS support**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-macos-1-year-later/). This finally completes the support of all major desktop platforms while making ABB a more complete and all-around backup solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-8.jpeg)

macOS OS support is now inside Active Backup for Business

### Backup as a Service (Synology C2)

In case on-prem is not our cup of tea, Synology offers cloud backup services via their C2 platform. While there are several options, looking just at those that focus on data protection we get a short list of three popular solutions.

[**C2 Backup**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/), **C2 Storage**, and a recent addition [**C2 Object Storage**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/c2backup_v2.jpg)

[****C2 Backup**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/) \- a platform that will allow for a direct client-to-cloud backup without the need to have any Synology NAS device

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/c2objectstorage.jpg)

[****C2 Object Storage**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/) \- a platform to backup a large amount of unstructured data

While C2 Backup is targeted for client endpoints (like computers for example), the Object Storage on the other end will be usable as an AWS S3-like destination for unstructured data, usually communicating with various applications that will use the storage as a reference for the actual data.

C2 Storage is the initial service that the platform offered and its focus remains the same today as it did initially. Offering the off-site backup destination for NAS-stored data will usually serve in disaster recovery scenarios. Still, unlike some other cloud-based backup services, Synology C2 does not explicitly charge for egress traffic, so it can be used as a day-to-day platform and not just as cold storage. 

With no maintenance overhead and competitive pricing, C2 will for sure be a valid solution even if we are not a Synology-NAS user. Also, the benefit of a cloud-driven backup will allow for a turnkey solution that includes setting up an account and installing a client.

### Backup, the last line of defense against ransomware 

Whatever the case might be, one thing is certain. **Backup has to be in place and working** before any issue occurs if we expect to have a positive recovery of lost or corrupt data.

> ## "Synology provides comprehensive data protection, ensuring your data receives the most complete security."

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/multipleNASsetup.png)

3-2-1 backup example of a multi-NAS setup including cloud destination for off-site backup

One of the most feared and dreaded terms in IT security is by far **ransomware**. While it has been around since 1989, in recent years, ransomware has quickly become the No.1 threat for both home and business users.

> ## Synology's data protection solution adheres to best practices, defining the optimal "Ransomware Recovery Plan" for businesses.

With its primary objective of infecting systems and encrypting files, a robust backup is the last line of defense against it. Nowadays all levels of industry and agencies depend on computers and digitally stored data, so protection is of utmost importance.

Because of that, using computer or storage systems such as **Synology DSM 7.2** will allow for various combinations of backup and data protection including the use of **W.O.R.M technology and volume encryption**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/dsm721.jpg)

DSM 7.2 features [****W.O.R.M. technology**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/#worm) for extra protection against ransomware attacks

Prevention is the first step to safeguard our data, so using the latest features in data protection is key. DSM also features a very popular **Snapshot Replication** package that allows for **read-only snapshots**, both local and replicated to a compatible Synology NAS, for those short RTO scenarios that are in place by a specific SLA.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/snapshot-2.jpg)

[****Snapshot Replication**](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/) \- ransomware protection platform

A common 3-2-1 backup setup will also help restore from a compromised scenario by allowing access to the backed-up data from off-site locations in case there is an issue with the original content or main backup copies. Whether this is a case of document files or virtual machines, Synology has a way to protect all sensitive information using various packages.

If we talk again about short RPO/RTO cases such as protection and recovery of vital virtual machines, using **Active Backup for Business** will help in both situations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/esxi8_part2.jpg)

[****Active Backup for Business**](https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-synology-use-active-backup-for-business-to-backup-and-restore-esxi-vms/) \- a license-free platform for all virtual backup and restore needs

The Active Backup package allows for endpoint device backup that can later be deployed as a virtual device for common P2V (physical to virtual) or V2P (virtual to physical) restore scenarios.

Because ransomware ranks so high on the threat list here are some key elements when it comes to the ransomware recovery plan covering three major pillars of data protection (**safeguard of data**, **backup protection**, and **data restoration**):

- Enterprises should avoid data silos and **include all data in backups** to prevent exposing the organization to ransomware risks.
- Enterprises require a system for efficient and fast backups to **manage expanding data volumes** and **reduce Recovery Point Objective** (RPO) time.
- Backup data should be securely stored to handle modern ransomware threats with a latent **period of 30 to 90 days**.
- Regular **testing of backup restoreability is essential** to ensure quick recovery from ransomware attacks.
- Backup architecture needs to be **secure, tamper-proof, and isolated** to maintain clean copies of data.
- Quick and flexible restoration processes are crucial for minimizing downtime after ransomware attacks, requiring **cross-platform restoration capabilities**.
- Centralized backup management with user-friendly interfaces is necessary to prevent human errors and oversights in backup operations.

Ransomware attacks have surged at an alarming rate in recent years, causing significant damage to businesses and organizations. Data protection and continuous operation have become top priorities for enterprises. Synology's data protection solution adheres to best practices, defining the optimal "Ransomware Recovery Plan" for businesses. It strengthens an organization's defense against ransomware attacks, effectively assisting enterprises and home users in achieving uninterrupted operations.

Remember how much your data is worth to you or your organization, so be sure to invest in a system that will safeguard it from all the threats, both internal and external. 

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### UniFi 10G LAN & WAN upgrade
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/unifi-10g-lan-wan-upgrade/
Last updated: 2024-04-07T12:52:23.000Z
A few years ago, my family moved into a new house. That brought several opportunities including having a garage and underground space that could house many things, like a 42U rack for example.

Ever since there were (and still are) several Synology devices with 10G capabilities, there was a need to share data among them utilizing those speeds, so a **US‑16‑XG** by UniFi made its way into the setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-15.27.51.png)

Over the last few years, the client side of things has changed as well. Mainly devices with 10G capabilities, like Mac Studio, or any other Mac connected to an OWC Thunderbolt 4 10G capable dock that could finally enjoy the benefits of high LAN speeds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/tempImageQziy85.gif)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/tempImagembmcnz.gif)

Mac Studio 1st a 10G-capable device in the household

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/IMG_4693.jpg)

OWC Thunderbolt 4 dock - 10G network via a single cable, and much more

Along with those upgrades, WAN communication was also a factor. As a self-hoster, there was also a need for a fast and stable Internet connection. Luckily, that was achieved by the **RUNE project** (RUral NEtworks) and **Fenice Telekom** (Croatia), which delivered FTTH in the region.

[RUNE - fiber broadband for the forgottenfiber broadband EU project that will bring high speed Internet to rural parts of Croatia![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/rune-cover-image.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rune-fiber-broadband-for-the-forgotten/)

Intro article on FTTH implementation

[Synology RT2600AC running gigabit fiberCan Synology RT2600AC run gigabit Internet speeds? Yes it can.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/RT2600ACgigabit.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rt2600ac-running-gigabit-fiber/)

Article focusing on Synology routers and gigabit speed compatibilities

These articles tell a bit of a story regarding FTTH implementation as well as Synology router support of gigabit speeds.

While this setup was more than stable and working fine for the past 4-5 years, with increasing access to multi-gig Internet speeds, and the internal 10G LAN speeds, it was time for an upgrade.

Back in 2022 (May/October), Synology released an updated pair of routers that were targeting multi-gig speeds. Still current to this day, the **RT6600ax** and **WRX560** models were released.

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

RT6600ax review

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

WRX560 review

The new routers were a great upgrade bringing better wifi speed with wifi6 support as well as 2.5G WAN speeds. The main issue for my case was that they had still multiple 1Gbit LAN ports, meaning that any single communication LAN-connected device was unable to utilize those 2.5G speeds.

Building on the 10G LAN premise, I have decided to then step up, and get a 10G WAN and LAN capable router that could tackle those challenges and provide a long-term solution for any 10G capable client.

Because of that more Unifi gear was acquired. Mainly those were the **UniFi DreamMachine PRO SE** edition, as well as the **UniFi Flex XG** switch.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/IMG_3012.jpg)

UniFi DreamMachine PRO SE and Flex XG switch being installed on a custom shelf

The idea behind this was to bridge the Flex XG switch with the rack-mounted US-16-XG while also connecting to the DreamMachine via a 10G WAN port allowing for fast access for all connected devices in the network (wired ones).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-21-at-17.54.40@2x.jpg)

The current setup offers 10G speeds for both LAN and WAN 

The benefit of this new LAN setup, allowed for some high speeds using devices such as a Macbook Air (2020). Paired with the OWC dock, getting 5G speeds was no problem at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/IMG_4704.PNG)

Flex-XG provides a 10G connection to all the clients

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/IMG_4703.PNG)

Two Apple computers both on 10G

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/IMG_4701.PNG)

SMB transfer from MacBook Air maxing at 500MB/s

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/IMG_4702.PNG)

The MacBook 10G network capabilities over the OWC dock

### FiberNET - the underdog multi-gig provider

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-21-at-22.42.51.png)

Fibernet - one of the smaller providers in Croatia but with currently unique offers

Having the LAN speed in the 5G to 10G range, depending on the device, it was time to focus on multi-gig WAN speeds. In 2023, [**FiberNET**](https://fibernet.hr/?ref=blackvoid.club) started offering 2.5/2.5G services before any other major ISP in the state. With very competitive pricing, this was a great way to speed up and upgrade the WAN access to accommodate the new LAN setup.

> ## Fibernet is the ISP for your average techy

To make it happen, the PPPoE setup had to be deprecated and a direct/static IP setup was implemented. It took some time to get there but as a result, much higher speeds than 2.5G were possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/IMG_20240312_164526.PNG)

Maximum achieved speed via DreamMachine PRO SE - Fibernet (March 2024)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-21-at-23.01.42@2x.jpg)

Current Fibernet Internet package offerings

Thanks to **great tech support** and **transparent communication** with their users, Fibernet is the ISP for your average techy. With no need to utilize their own network devices, fast speeds, and responsive tech support, **they offer a service like no other competitive ISP**.

This new setup allows for a significant upgrade in download and upload speed that has a direct impact on self-hosted services as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-07-at-19.10.24.png)

Mac Studio 10G usenet download test with 100 connections (March 2024)

One final touch in this whole network upgrade was wi-fi. Considering that the DreamMachine PRO SE does not offer any wifi capabilities as a router, a **UniFi U6 Pro** was added to the mix.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/u6-pro.png)

UniFi U6 Pro

This being an AX-compatible access point as well as 1G-limited on its ethernet port, wifi speeds max out at 1G as well depending on the location of the client.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/0C3D53BA-F1FC-4F47-981E-AF4A1487EB03..png)

iPhone 15 Pro over U6 Pro

So there we have it. The everchanging need to keep both hardware and software updated and upgraded, both for security and performance. Considering that this blog is now five years old, let's hope that this upgrade will allow it to survive the next five as well for the benefit of all visitors and members.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology CC400W WiFi camera announcement
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-wifi-camera-announcement/
Last updated: 2024-09-15T10:56:08.000Z
Back in November of 2023, during the **Synology Solution Day** event, the company started showing their upcoming new WiFi-only camera, the **CC400W**.

[Synology CC400W Wi-Fi cameraA new Wifi camera by Synology is coming soon. The CC400W model will join the growing lineup of branded models compatible with Surveillance Station![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/cc400w.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-wi-fi-camera/)

As a follow-up to their 2023 PoE-only models, the BC500 and TC500, this little camera should be the first model aimed at SOHO and small business users in mind that do not have the option to mount a PoE camera or have any need for such a capable device.

**Michelle Chan**, the product manager for Synology Cameras had this to say:

> ## Thanks to its ease of installation, superior video quality and powerful AI features, the CC400W is an exceptional solution for small businesses, SOHO environments and retailers looking to strengthen their security measures with a minimum of complexity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/CC400W_R2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/CC400W_L2.png)

Official specifications are now known and they cover all that we might expect from such a compact camera:

### The new Synology CC400W camera in brief:

- Support for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies
- IP65 Waterproof
- Integrated bidirectional audio
- 2560x1440 at 30 FPS and exposure at a large dynamic range Wide viewing angle of 125°
- High-power infrared LEDs for night vision at 10 meters Wall/ceiling/magnetic mounting solutions
- Intelligent search for people and vehicles
- Edge storage on a micro SD card
- Intelligent control of bit rate
- Complies with NDAA and TAA standards

As indicated the CC400W can be mounted on a ceiling, a wall, a flat surface, and even by magnetic fixation. This will for sure allow many users to place the camera at almost any position and location inside their home or business without the need to pass along an ethernet cable. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/CC400W_L4.png)

Synology CC400W offers to be mounted on almost any surface and position

The CC400W provides **4MP** **2560x1440 resolution at 30 FPS** and includes a **125° wide field of view**, wide dynamic range exposure functions, and high-power **infrared LEDs with a 10-meter range**. These features ensure effective monitoring in various lighting conditions, even in high-contrast environments. It emphasizes efficiency through H.265 codecs and intelligent bit rate control, which optimize bandwidth and storage without sacrificing image quality.

### Optical technical specifications

- **Lens**: 2.12 mm (125° H, 72° V, 145° D)
- **Aperture**: F2.0
- **Night vision**: 10 meters
- **Maximum AI detection distance**: 7 meters
- **Shutter speed**: 1/16000 s\~1/30 s
- **DORI**: D: 45m, O: 18m, R: 9m, I: 4.5m

Just like the BC and TC500 models, this camera **features AI capabilities** that will allow for accurate **people and vehicles as well as intrusion detection**, Instant Search (via Surveillance Station), and automatic tracking. If combined with Synology's dedicated DVA models we can utilize **facial recognition**, **license place detection**, and **people counting**.

> ## Synology CC400W does not require a license when paired with Surveillance Station platform running on a compatible NAS or DVA device

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/CC400W_F3R.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/CC400W_F3L.png)

On top of that, the compatibility with **Surveillance Station offers regular firmware updates** that ensure the camera is equipped with the latest security fixes. This being a wifi camera it comes in handy that the **CC400W is equipped with an SD card slot** (up to 128GB capacity) that will guarantee access to images and videos regardless of the network conditions.

### Wireless technical specifications

- **Wireless standard**: IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac
- **Wireless frequency**: 2.4 GHz/5 GHz
- **Wireless security**: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA3-PSK

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/CC400W_F4.png)

SD card slot located on the bottom of the camera

CC400W will soon arrive on the market (end of April for the EU) so we can expect in the next month to get one of these devices for a first-hand experience and testing.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### How to run Synology DSM via Docker?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/how-to-run-synology-dsm-via-docker/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:38:29.000Z
Synology introduced Docker support back in May 2015\. It was the start of a brand new era for Synology NAS users. This was when DSM was in its fifth major version.

Soon after the proprietary Docker package included a DSM option inside it, allowing the users to run one additional instance of DSM free of charge. This was a great way to test out new updates, packages, and configurations without needing to update the host device first, especially because DSM does not support downgrading.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-09-at-18.58.04.png)

Docker package back in the day. Notice the ****DSM** section in the upper left corner

The requirement was an Intel-driven NAS with enough RAM (1GB additional was needed for the Docker DSM instance) and we had to be mindful of the host DSM version. The catch was that the DDMS (Docker DSM) instance had to be on the same version as the host NAS.

If that was not something we wanted, we had an option just like today, to run an additional instance inside Virtual Machine Manager (VDSM).

At the end of 2019, Synology started to sunset some 3rd party apps and functionalities, so in Docker package version 18.9-0506\. DDSM was removed altogether after the update.

1. Docker DSM will reach End-Of-Life on December 31, 2019\. This will not affect activated Docker DSM licenses, and you can check their expiration date in the package.
2. The DDSM tab is removed and no longer supported if there is no running Docker DSM in Docker.

After that Synology started to push with its VMM package and continued to offer DSM instances as part of its feature. VMM included one free license for an additional DSM but any other instance has to be purchased.

[vDSM - DSM Multi-tenant solutionHow to run and configure VDSM (virtual Disk Station Manager) by Synology. Turn your NAS into a multi-tenant solution. When and why you would use VDSM? Check it out.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/DSM7_vdsm.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/)

For a detailed overview of the VDSM deployment, check this article

## DDSM is back (sort of)!

In April of last year, April 1st, 2023 no less, a user **kroese** announced the development of a **Virtual DSM** setup that can run inside Docker. To not mix up VDSM (Virtual DSM) and Docker DSM, from this point forward I will be addressing this solution as DDSM.

The reason why it was called Virtual DSM is that it uses Synology's official VDSM package and runs it inside Docker.

[GitHub - vdsm/virtual-dsm: Virtual DSM in a Docker container.Virtual DSM in a Docker container. Contribute to vdsm/virtual-dsm development by creating an account on GitHub.![](https://github.githubassets.com/assets/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40.svg)GitHubvdsm![](https://repository-images.githubusercontent.com/619260050/e5926123-a5a8-49e1-be9f-4b0afc275136)](https://github.com/vdsm/virtual-dsm?ref=blackvoid.club)

Virtual DSM (or DDSM) Github page by Kroese

The Docker image is also hosted on the official **hub.docker.com** page under the [**vdsm/virtual-dsm**](https://hub.docker.com/r/vdsm/virtual-dsm?ref=blackvoid.club) name.

The GirHub page is well documented, so anyone with some Docker knowledge will have no issue using this setup.

Before going with the actual setup and testing, Synology has confirmed via an official reply, that this project is completely safe and legitimate:

> ## We've confirmed that the release of Virtual DSM on GitHub is known by SIRT and for now we are not going to take actions to have it removed since it does not lead directly to any security concerns.

💡

****NOTE**: ****SIRT** is short for ****Security Incident Response Team**. This is ****Synology's PSIRT** team that manages the receipt, investigation, coordination, and public reporting of security vulnerability information regarding Synology products.

Now that we know Synology is ok with it, let's move forward with the actual deployment.

## Deploying Virtual DSM via Docker (compose)

With the release of Synology 7.2, their Docker support has finally got some love as well in the shape of a new and improved Docker client for DSM, called **Container Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_containermanager-1.jpg)

New name, new logo, Container Manager is still Docker under the hood

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/#container)

Container Manager announced in DSM 7.2 beta (March 2023)

This solution can be deployed on any number of Docker hosts, not just Synology NAS machines, and that means that we can use docker-compose to deploy it using the Container Manager, pure command line, or any other Docker management solution, like **Portainer**.

I am a Portainer user, but regardless of what we chose as our deployment platform, the compose file is the same.

```yaml
version: "3"
services:
  dsm:
    container_name: dsm
    image: vdsm/virtual-dsm
    environment:
      DISK_SIZE: "16G"
    devices:
      - /dev/kvm
    cap_add:
      - NET_ADMIN
    ports:
      - 5000:5000
    volumes:
      - /var/dsm:/storage
    restart: on-failure
    stop_grace_period: 2m
```

The default compose code as listed above will get us started with no issues at all. DDSM instance will be in the end again presented on port 5000 using the Docker host IP address. 

If we are running this on a Synology NAS that by default runs on 5000 port, we will have to change the `ports` parameter to some other value like `5500:5000` to avoid conflict.

The `volumes` parameter also needs to change to accommodate the location of the "storage pool" and its volume.

The image supports all sorts of changes, from network to ports, adding more storage volumes, CPU and RAM, and more. As mentioned before, the GitHub page is very well documented, so edit and modify the compose code to your liking.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-1.png)

The log file as the DDSM process begins

The current version of the image will by default use the `DSM_VirtualDSM_69057.pat` file that will load up the DSM 7.2 version. Automatic or manual updates are fully supported and work as expected.

In case we want to use a specific version, we simply need to alter the `URL` variable and point to the exact PAT file of our choice:

```yaml
environment:
  URL: "https://global.synologydownload.com/download/DSM/release/7.0.1/42218/DSM_VirtualDSM_42218.pat"
```

🚨

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the supported version of the ****host needs to have all the prerequisites to run with no issues**. Here is an example of running the DDSM version 7.2 on Synology 7.1.1 host:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-2.png)

Trying to run DDSM 7.2 on a 7.1.1 Synology DSM host

Following the same install and post-install setup (setting up the name, account, etc), we are allowed to log in and use the new DDSM instance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-3.png)

The Docker DSM instance is up and running

The location of all data saved inside the DDSM's "volume" will be part of a single `data.img` file saved in the configured location on the host.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image-4.png)

List of all the files that make up the storage content of a particular DDSM instance

## Why would I use a DDSM instance instead of a VDSM (via VMM)?

Just as the situation back in the day was with models in 2015, the same rule applies today. Certain models (like the DS223) simply do not support VMM (Virtual Machine Manager), but Container Manager (aka Docker) on the other hand works and is supported.

[Synology DS223 overviewOne of the new #Synology value series models has arrived. The new #DS223 is here bringing more than meets the eye. Lots of features in a compact 2-bay design![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds223overview-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223-overview/)

One of the current 2-bay model that doesn't support VMM but does support Container Manager, the DS223

Considering that the CPU and RAM utilization will be the same in either case (DDSM vs VDSM) there is no winner there. The only reason that was already mentioned was that if we run an instance inside VMM we can run any compatible and supported version of DSM that we want, whereas with Docker we can only run the host-supported version (in the case of a Synology NAS that is).

Also, some might just find it easier and more "natural" to run a container than a full-blown VM. Considering that this instance can be run on any Docker-compatible host (not just a Synology NAS), like an Ubuntu machine running on Proxmox, the scenarios are endless.

Finally, it is nice to have a choice if nothing else. For someone who already has DSM running inside VMM, this will allow for any number of additional DSM instances running with no licenses needed.

A **well-documented**, **tested**, and **agile solution** using clean Synology PAT files and Docker standard deployment will allow anyone looking into Synology DSM to have all the benefits of the OS without the need to buy the NAS. Still, saying that there are two things that this deployment will not support. The Virtual Machine Manager package is not available, and the Surveillance Station will not include any free licenses.

Application for this implementation will for sure find a home with many self-hosters and homelab enthusiasts as well as anyone not having a spare Synology NAS that could come in handy for testing that new version of DSM or Synology package. 

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Should I get a Synology NAS in 2024?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/should-i-get-a-synology-nas-in-2024/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:01:29.000Z
While the title of this article could be considered an opening question, for the moment, let's start with a different one. When was the last time you bought a phone? Maybe not a phone, maybe a tablet or a computer? Any of those devices are almost mandatory in today's way of living and functioning without some or all of those devices is practically unthinkable.

It is clear that the number of services, apps, platforms, and all the other things that make today's life what it is, have transformed the way we live, the way we work, and the way we define what is important to us and what is not.

Getting a new device every few years has almost become a standard, as well as paying a premium for it, but **what about a backup solution**? Even in 2024, with all the IT threats that are happening daily, backup for most is still taboo.

All the content that we all generate, private or business-oriented, needs to live somewhere but it also needs to be backed up. The illusion of today's commercial "cloud safety" is also not something that should be taken for granted or considered as a place that in return does not require us to have a backup just because of its sheer size and monthly cost.

Cloud players are not 100% immune and that is a fact. Not immune to hacks, exploits, fire, or earthquakes, and that is why the idea of a backup especially today is so important. Some individuals like to keep things close to heart, others just don't care as long as there is a copy of their data in case there will ever be a situation that will require some sort of recovery. That mindset is already better than not caring about the safety of said content, but two other elements quickly arise to the surface while commercial clouds are in question, **privacy and price**. 

The convenience of a public cloud solution is no maintenance, and no worries about infrastructure, utilities, and many other elements that are behind the scene. So it is clear why many users prefer putting their data into public cloud locations for a fee. Over time that might become an issue. Higher prices, less storage space, and various terms of use changes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-01-at-14.28.38.png)

Some of the Synology NAS models from their desktop form factor lineup (March 2024)

Let's see if something like a **Synology NAS is the solution that will solve problems** for users who are not backing up at all, as well as those who are maybe considering going back to an on-prem platform instead of a commercial cloud. If we focus on a household alone and not businesses, what options are there that can offer that piece of mind knowing our data is safe, secure, and private? Also, above all **completely under our control**.

### Synology and World Backup month

There is another reason for this article at this exact moment and that is **the world backup month**. March 31st is World Backup Day and throughout March many companies start with advertising of all their products and services that focus on data protection.

As it happens, Synology will publish its latest product on March 6th, targeting mainstream users, and exactly the majority of users that were mentioned in the introduction of this article. The **BeeStation** is their new single-bay 4TB NAS product that eliminates the need to be tech-savvy, while still offering major three functions a NAS should do. Backup, share, and sync.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

The BeeStation full review - the brand new mainstream NAS for the less tech-savvy

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/f-BeeStation_45.png)

The Synology BeeStation NAS

For some, the NAS of this size and complexity might still be too much, so it is worth mentioning another device from the Bee lineup that could solve the aforementioned backup taboo while offering safety and data privacy for the end user.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

The BeeDrive - small, portable, DAS unit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/beedrive_concept.jpg)

The BeeDrive - a small USB device that can backup up to 5 devices at the same time including mobile phones

The **BeeDrive** was introduced in the second half of last year and offers the simplicity of a USB device with the power of the NAS functionality in regards to multi-device backup, including the backup of mobile devices over wi-fi. Coming in three capacities (1/2/4TB), and 10G speeds, the BeeDrive might be the exact thing many are looking for as their backup solution without any overhead of maintaining a full-blown NAS solution.

### Software through hardware, hardware through software - Synology philosophy

Staying on the topic of this article, and talking about the devices that are dominating the Synology portfolio, for most users looking into NAS solutions, the Synology brand would be in the top 5\. While most consider their **turn-key solutions best in class**, the competition in this niche exists nevertheless.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/image.png)

Disk Station Manager (DSM) - Synology NAS OS

Still, Synology has for the past 20+ years kept the same philosophy. **Deliver great OS and software through custom-built hardware**. It is that same software that is driving the sales of their hardware because users want the polished functionality and stability of DSM with the many features that it offers. At the same time, they get a low-power and silent device that can be fit almost anywhere.

[What are Synology’s top 10 apps?Just entered the world of Synology NAS? Wondering what the most used apps are? Here is the top 10 list.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/top10apps.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/what-are-synologys-top-10-apps/)

If the class of device such as the BeeStation is not something that would satisfy household needs, then maybe a NAS device driving the DSM OS on top of it will.

Offering many backup options for various endpoint devices including mobile, virtual capabilities, sharing, video surveillance, multimedia streaming, and more. 

[Synology RS2423+ reviewSynology RS2423+ review. A refreshed 12-bay NAS for business workloads. A series of articles covering the overview, installation, services, and more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/rs2423_front.png)

The new RS2423+ 12 bay Synology rack NAS

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/ds124_front-1-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/f-DS223j_front.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/f-DS224-_front-1-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/ds923_front-2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/DS723-_front-2.png)

From single-bay to multi-bay models, there will be something for anyone

The same idea of **top-of-the-line OS** on every device is something that is part of Synology's ideology. Their DSM is available on every single NAS model with almost all the features across the whole lineup, regardless if we are talking about a 2-bay or 12-bay device.

**Synology NAS is the type of device that each household should have**. It is not only for the tech enthusiasts, and as much as it might seem like it off the bat, each setup can be different. We can configure the NAS to simply be used for backup, while on the other hand, it can do 50 different apps at the same time.

What this means is that investing in a NAS is not just "securing a backup", but bringing a proper low-power NAS into the environment allowing for everyone to enjoy the benefits of this little box.

So why is a 20+-year-old company not part of every home in 2024? Because as it was said before, **backup is taboo**. Many think that backup is not something that is needed as nothing will happen with their devices, and investing 500€ or more is not something that justifies the idea of a "potential disaster". If we look at the fact that most Synology NAS units are **supported for at least 7 years**, and last even longer even when the OS support is no longer an option, dividing that 500€ across that period with all the features that the NAS brings, it comes down to about 0,15€ per day. Of course, this is not the only price that needs to be paid when we are self-hosting a NAS solution in our home, but still, the overhead of having such a functional device (not just for backup) for that amount of money is something to think about.

### Closed eco-system

While having and using the Synology NAS system has many benefits, there is also one more. Even though in the beginning, this was not the case, in recent years, the company has started to close off more and more. Specifically, this means that on top of the NAS units and the OS, other elements have started to be sold under the Synology label. The most obvious ones are the HDDs and SSDs. 

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

Synology branded drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/hat3300_lineup.jpg)

Current NAS-class lineup of hard drives

From a user perspective, this will indeed be a turn-key solution that in case of any issues, will be sorted by a single entity, Synology. When buying a NAS it is also sometimes frustrating to think about what drives should be or could be used inside that system. With Synology branded drives as an option, that problem is mitigated by the user, and the focus can shift to actually using the NAS and configuring its services and apps.

A direct result of such a business model also means fewer complications for the company and a focus on the RND for both software and hardware. For Synology that is very important as almost 65% of its employees are developers.

Speaking of research and development, keeping up with all the changes happening in the world of tech requires a great workforce to drive all the ideas and implementations. Generative AI is also something that is on Synology's radar so we can expect that any NAS units will learn new tricks over the years.

[Synology & generative AI support in Synology Office and MailPlus#Synology presenting their AI-supported Office and MailPlus platforms as part of the Computex 2023 expo.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/synology_ai.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-generative-ai-support-with-synology-office-and-mailplus/)

Last year's announcement of generative AI coming to some Synology productivity apps

### Synology cloud, C2.

At the beginning of the article, there was several time mention of commercial cloud. Just as Synology is following tech trends and adapting and innovating in terms of its on-prem NAS solutions and DSM OS, they are also working to satisfy the cloud segment of the market.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-01-at-14.38.07-1.png)

Some of the Synology C2 services

What does that mean for the end user? Well in the spirit of World Backup month, it would be good to know that if one does not want to buy or invest in a NAS, for whatever reason, Synology also offers several services via their C2 platform.

[Synology C2 - A Cloud for Safe DataSynology C2 - a cloud for safe data. DSM 7 is out but with it, we have gotten a much more powerful and capable C2 platform with the introduction of new features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_C2_new_features_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)

Synology C2 - overview article of all services 

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

Synology C2 Backup article

[Synology C2 Object StorageNEW Synology C2 service is here. C2 Object Storage offers you a way to backup any unstructured data with no egress fees at all. Starting at $6.99![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2objectstorage.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)

Synology C2 Object Storage article

Focusing mainly on the backup segment of services, **Synology C2 Backup** and **C2 Object Storage** will offer off-site backup options without the need to have a Synology NAS in the first place. This could be the option for anyone who has an issue maintaining a NAS solution, or simply has no room and knowledge to support such a platform.

The **synergy between on-prem NAS devices and the C2 cloud is stronger each year**, so while the NAS could be a backup for that critical data, the C2 could be a "natural" extension of this setup, providing further backup of that same content inside a Synology compatible cloud. This service has been tailored specifically for Synology devices and software with fair pricing that does not treat it as the competition, for pure cold storage, but in fact as a day-to-day offsite backup platform.

The expansion of C2 also comes from the fact that on top of the three current worldwide data centers, Synology will open two more, one in China and another one in the USA.

### What's the verdict?

Going now back to the question in the title. Should we get a Synology NAS in 2024? Well, I do hope that the mindset has changed for some of you and that the idea of a backup is something that needs to be implemented.

Should this be a Synology NAS, a C2 backup solution, or any other platform will depend on many elements, but **from a security, feature, and privacy standpoint**, **going with a Synology product will for sure pay off in the long run**.

Considering all the threats, and the growing number of private data, there should be no doubt whether or not one should get some sort of backup. It is not a question of if something will happen, but rather when it will happen. When it does, the level of stress is high enough, so having a backup will give that extra piece of mind knowing that every piece of data is safe and sound.

In short, yes, **you should get and have a backup solution in 2024**, and if you can, do yourself a favor, and go with Synology.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Drive 3.5 new upcoming features
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-drive-3-5-new-upcoming-features/
Last updated: 2024-04-07T12:52:33.000Z
Synology Drive is one of the most important packages in Synology's portfolio, so the upcoming 3.5 version and its focus on the mobile client side show their commitment to bringing more new features and elevating the user experience.

With an update on the DSM Synology Drive Server side, as well as the client, here are the new upcoming changes that are currently in the beta stream. The client-side version of Drive is already live, but to utilize it we need to update the Drive server component that is at the moment, still available only via the **beta** stream inside the Package Center.

## What’s New

Jan 23, 2024 

Version 3.5.0

Compatibility & Installation:

1\. Please update the server to Synology Drive Server 3.5.0 to use the new mobile features.

**What's New**:

1\. Supports sending **push notifications** for changes in permissions or user comments on Synology Office files.

2\. Supports the **conversion of files** from various Microsoft Office formats, including .xlsx, .xlsm, .xltx, .xltm, .csv, .xls, .xlt, .ods, .ots, .docx, .odt, .rtf, .doc, to Synology Office format.

3\. Supports previewing files in OpenDocument Format (.odt, .ods, .odp) via Universal Viewer.

4\. Added speech recognition for easy transcription of uploaded audio content into text. Note that long audio files are more likely to experience recognition failure.

5\. Supports displaying recently shared invitees when sharing files.

6\. Supports categorizing photos by "year" when backing up photos.

7\. Supports retaining the last viewed sub-tab when switching tabs or relaunching the app.

8\. Supports setting independent sorting rules and display preferences for each folder.

9\. Supports configuring passcode lock and re-authentication time in the Synology Drive app. These are security features for Synology Drive folders in the iOS Files app.

**Fixed Issues**:

1\. Fixed an issue where Synology Drive folders in the iOS Files app could not be opened in offline mode.

2\. Fixed an issue where Focused Backup and Sync might not run properly when there are too many sync tasks.

These release notes for the mobile version of Synology Drive offer several fixes but also almost a dozen new features including **push notifications**, and **file conversion** from MS Office formats to Synology Office format.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-26-at-18.52.50.png)

Synology Drive Server version 3.5 inside the Package Center beta stream

While both the desktop and mobile versions of the **Drive client will preview the listed file formats** there were some issues with 1MB or larger ODS files on the mobile Drive app. A smaller size file was accessed with no issues, so this might be a beta issue for the time being.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/drive35_01.jpg)

iOS Drive client 3.5 version - previewing the file is possible as well as keeping tabs on the background conversions

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/drive35_03.jpg)

ODT file preview, conversion, and Synology Document after conversion

The conversion using the mobile client works with no issue at all and comparing the original format with the compatible Synology Office format shows **no formatting issues** at all.

The **change in size is on the other hand noticeable** depending on the format. For example, a 3KB ODS file will turn into an 800KB Synology Spreadsheet, while a 1MB ODT file will become a 1.5 MB Synology Document.

XLSX file will also grow almost five times in size from about 200 KB to 900 KB. Not that those file sizes are extremely large but just something to keep note of.

Once the file has been converted to Synology Office format and shared with other DSM users, permission changes as well as comments will be sent to the mobile device via push protocol.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/drive35_02.jpg)

Push notifications are being sent by the Drive client based on the new comment

Taping on the notification will launch the user inside the Drive app and into the file that was commented on.

These are the top changes in this release of Drive 3.5 client that will as stated in the notes require the update of the Synology Drive server to the compatible 3.5 version as well. A nice little bump from Synology in bringing new features to their very popular productivity package.
### Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutes
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/
Last updated: 2025-05-16T15:48:04.000Z
## Table of Contents

: [BeeStation - personal cloud for the mainstream users](#beestation)

- :: [Specifications](#specs)
- :: [Packaging and design](#packaging)
- :: [BeeStation vs "J" and "value" models](#value)
- :: [BeeStation vs other "personal cloud" solutions](#cloud)

: [Configuration and setup](#setup)

- :: [System settings](#settings)

: [BSM, BeeFile, and BeePhotos](#bsm)

- :: [BeeFiles - BSM Swiss knife](#swiss)
- :: [BeeFiles - Sync and Backup features](#sync)
- :: [BeeFiles - Cloud services](#cloudservices)
- :: [BeeFiles - USB Backup and external drives](#usb)
- :: [BeePhotos - Synology Photos Reloaded](#photos)

: [Mobile BeeFiles and BeePhotos apps](#mobileapps)  
: [Backup tasks - local USB and C2](#backup)  
: [BeeProtect - dedicated BeeStation cloud backup platform](#beeprotect)  
: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

At the end of last October, Synology surprised us with a sneak peek into their new **upcoming OS, the BSM** (BeeStationManager). At that point, we had no idea what was behind that door until a few days later when the PAT file was examined, and information on the upcoming new line of products was revealed.

[BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?BSM 1.0-65078 is the new upcoming OS by Synology that will control a brand new line of devices that are yet to be announced.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/bsm_initial_release-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/)

The initial article on the BSM, the new OS powering the brand-new BeeStation

Before we get into this new device, be sure to read up on another Bee product that was also introduced in May of 2023, the **BeeDrive**. While not quite the same as the **BeeStation** or any NAS models that Synology produces, with the BeeDrive Synology wanted to compete with similar devices from other vendors by elevating the experience beyond the standard USB storage device.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Synology BeeDrive review. A brand new USB-C powered DAS device

On March 6th, Synology will be rolling out a brand new device from their Bee lineup, **aimed at mainstream users**, who want a **turn-key solution** that will allow them to **store**, **share**, and **sync** **files and photos** without the need to have any NAS or network experience whatsoever. Introducing, the **BeeStation**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/f-BeeStation_45.png)

The new Synology BeeStation

## 
  
  
## : BeeStation - personal cloud for the mainstream users

So what is BeeStation and who is it for? These are the main questions that most might be asking themselves when looking at this product.

> ## Designed for people who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos with minimal setup, BeeStation centralizes your data from phones, tablets, computers, external drives, and cloud services, allowing you to access them anywhere—without any subscription fees.

Synology has noticed for a while that there is a gap in the market that could be solved with a device that is not a full-blown NAS device but rather a **plug-and-play unit** that anyone can set up in minutes and start using. The main points that this device will try and solve are **situations that most common users face** when using similar devices with inferior operating systems or on the other end **usage of commercial cloud services such as Google Drive, One Drive, Dropbox, or iCloud**. 

Using those services, we often end up needing more space for our content. The problem is that commercial cloud providers are capitalizing on these situations leading to high prices for the end user.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_price_comparison_v2.jpg)

BeeStation vs the commercial cloud

On top of this, users who store photos or files on their phones or computer, and are running low on storage space as a direct result of that. Alongside that, some might just be looking for a **backup solution for their phone or mentioned computer**.

Another example would be the need to work with large files over the web but **Internet speed or privacy concerns** are an issue.

To try and solve these particular situations, Synology has been working since 2019 on BSM as a separate OS that is driving the new BeeStation. We have had a taste of this OS even with the BeeDrive, but not in this shape or form as is the case with this new product.

### 
  
  
### :: Specifications

This unit has arrived with an already familiar hardware configuration, running with a **Realtek RTD1619B** CPU and **1GB of DDR4** RAM. This exact setup is a match to the latest 1-bay unit, the DS124, but the CPU can be found on multiple 2 and 4-bay units as well. This is nothing out of the ordinary, as Synology is known to hold a certain CPU architecture for a long time and drive multiple products with it.

Looks like the said CPU has proven to be stable, affordable, and compatible with all the features the new BeeStation needs to perform. The back of the unit has all the ports including the power button, and there we can see a **single 1GbE ethernet port** for network connectivity, as well as **two USB 3.2 Gen 1** ports. Unlike on the NAS lineup, the USB ports here are type A and C, so there is a way to connect various devices. For example, the new BeeDrive is USB-C, so there will be no need to use an adapter if we want to connect it to the new BeeStation as a backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/f-BeeStation_45_front_left.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/f-BeeStation_45_back_left.png)

The BeeStation (front and back view)

These ports are Gen 1 meaning **5 Gbps maximum speed of transfer**. This is half of the BeeDrive speed, but also BeeDrive is running with an NVMe drive as opposed to a mechanical HAT3300 5400 RPM HDD that is inside this device. Expecting more than 240MB/s will be an illusion for a single-drive setup such as this one.

BeeDrive is only **820 g** **in weight**, and most of it is coming from the HDD. Considering it is **fanless**, it can sit on a desk or any place without the fear of being too noisy. Saying that, the HDD inside it will be heard, so if access to the ports in the back is not needed, and over the network is all that matters, the BeeStation can be safely tucked away somewhere to not hear the HDD itself.

With its physical size of an average lengthy novel and smooth elegant design, the BeeStation will look nice in any setup without occupying too much space.

BeeStation is **priced at €199,95** \+ local VAT and it comes with a **3-year fixed Synology warranty**. This unit is **not a candidate for the Extended Warranty program** as the NAS lineup is.

### 
  
  
### :: Packaging and design

The BeeStation is a very light product, so the whole package is also nothing special in terms of size and weight. Along with the device, there is a single CAT5e network cable, and also a small power adapter with a short power cable.

Packed in a familiar minimalistic and eco-friendly box, the BeeStation is well protected from any usual damages. If possible, it would be best to keep the box somewhere safe as it is a well-designed and practical box in case there is a need to transport or safely keep the unit while it is not being used.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4606.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4605.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4608.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4607.jpg)

The BeeStation package

The finish of the BeeStation is a characteristic one for Synology products, so if you ever owned their product you will know what to expect. A compact, clean, and professional design is apparent the second you pull the unit from the box.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_4609-1.webp)

The BeeStation (front view)

The hard black plastic is the same one used in many of their devices, especially the DS lineup, so you can be sure about two things. One, it will not bend, break, or squeak, and of course, it will track fingers, but it can be cleaned very easily. As can be seen in the images, the unit is not glossy at all, and I for one prefer the matte finish to begin with.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/05/IMG_4610-1.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4613.jpg)

The BeeStation back side (power button, reset, USB A and C port, 1GBe LAN port, and a power port)

The bottom is reinforced with two semi-circle rubber feet to give it enough elevation from any surface (in case of a liquid spill) as well as to not transfer any vibrations from and to the unit itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4611.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4612.jpg)

The top and bottom of the BeeStation are protected with meshed ventilation openings along the entire length of the device 

As mentioned already, the BeeStation has a single 4TB HDD inside it, so the ventilation is passive with no active cooling on board. Because of this, the unit is well-ventilated from both the bottom and top side utilizing the grid protected with a meshed frame on the inside to minimize dust collecting.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4614.jpg)

The BeeStation bottom side (rubber feet for stability and vibration mitigation)

Placing this device even in a closed cabinet will probably not cause any issues, but it would be best to have it standing in a well-ventilated space. In terms of noise, the device will make it under the HDD activity but not as much as one would expect. This will depend on concurrent tasks as well as over time as the drive becomes more fragmented. If there is a need to have a silent environment, it would be best to keep the device further away from the work area.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4615-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/IMG_4616.jpg)

The BeeStation with a connected BeeDrive

### 
  
  
### :: BeeStation vs "J" and "value" models

The arrival of the BeeStation might put into question the existence of both "J" and "value" models. Priced less than a full-blown NAS, but on the other hand, with fewer possibilities, the BeeStation could still be looked at as a threat to some existing models. To start, those would have to be the current 1-bay NAS models, the DS120j, and an already mentioned, DS124.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_vs_value_j.jpg)

BeeStation compared to other 1-bay models

While the DS124 is an identical device in terms of hardware specifications as the new BeeStation, the "J" class and DS120j on the other hand might be in trouble. Running with the Armada 3700 and half the RAM, this device and its successors could be at the end of the line if BeeStation takes off in the future. With its price point of €99 (diskless) and a 4TB HAT3300 inside for another €100, we are getting the identical price point of the BeeStation.

Sure, some might say that the NAS with its DSM can do more than the BeeStation with BSM, but in time that might also change. Still, the BeeStation is here to fulfill three major elements. **Backup, sync, and sharing** (files/photos). The DS120j can do a fine job with all of those, but comparing the internals of the new BeeStation that is better in every way for the same price point, it will be hard to justify a purchase of a "J" unit in the future.

The only thing that might maintain the "J" line are some packages and scenarios that only DSM will offer. In that case, those devices will still be a viable solution for some 3-2-1 backup (them being the "1" in this case), or some light tasks that are usually part of a 2nd or 3rd NAS unit in a single setup.

Considering that the BeeStation is, comparing specifications, identical to DS124 the price difference will play a key role. For anyone looking for a backup, sync, and storage device that has almost no configuration at all, again, the BeeStation will be a better choice than the DS124\. Of course, at any point, if we need more features, more packages, and more options, almost any DSM-driven NAS will be the only option.

### 
  
  
### :: BeeStation vs other "personal cloud" solutions

While the competition in its ranks exists, the BeeStation's real challenge will be 3rd party devices of the same or similar class.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_vs_3rd_party.jpg)

Some similar 3rd party devices comparison with BeeStation

There are several competitor models on the market at the moment, and all are either underpowered or lacking features that BSM has introduced. Being that this class of devices is targeting primarily mainstream users several key elements need to be satisfied.

First, the user interface. It has to be simple, easy to use and requires nothing more than to log in. Second, features. While more features might sound cool, sometimes the more the device can do, the more issues it is for the user in the long run. So less is more in this case. If this type of device can do several key tasks, and do them well, stable, and secure, it will be more than enough for anyone.

Finally the price. Let's make no mistake about it, mainstream users will focus on the price as one of their top three requirements. If the device is too expensive for several key tasks it will be skipped by most even at the cost of getting the less attractive alternative model. If it's too cheap, it might come off as a subpar device that can't do enough even when it comes to basic tasks.

The BeeStation when compared to some similar devices is, for the most part, more modern, faster, and has better features. True in some cases it is also more expensive, but not to a degree that a customer will dismiss it for an alternate model. For a turn-key solution, the balance of price vs. feature is just right.

## 
  
  
## : Configuration and setup

One thing that comes inside the box along with everything already mentioned, is a small instruction pamphlet. Following it we can see that we have to do some basic tasks like plugging the BeeStation on our network as well as connecting it to a power source.

Once that is done, we need to point our browser to **portal.bee.synology.com** and away we go.

💡

****NOTE**: To detect the BeeStation on the network, we can also use the ****Synology Assistant** desktop app. It should list all the key information like MAC address, IP address, serial number, and version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.19.17.jpg)

Synology Assistant is not mandatory, but it will detect the BeeStation and give all the usual information that we might expect

Once we land on the portal site, we need to either login or initially create a valid **Synology Account** profile beforehand. Alongside the SA account, we can use Apple ID as well as another example.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.20.38.jpg)

Bee Portal by Synology. This is where it all starts

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.20.47.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.20.58.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.21.04.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.21.14.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.22.47.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.23.45.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.24.08.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.25.13.jpg)

Following the four major steps that are listed in the wizard, we will soon find ourselves waiting for the BeeStation to "do its thing". Now, this process might take some time, (it took around 12 minutes to complete) before offering the end user to start using it. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.36.58-2.jpg)

Time to name our BeeStation and start using it

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.39.20-2.jpg)

The BeeStation main window. It offers two apps and access to system settings

Considering that the setup includes the download of new software, installation, certificate setup, as well as app installation and configuration, it might look like it takes longer than setting up a NAS, but keep in mind that DSM install does not include all those steps automatically.

Effectively, after the setup, Drive, Photos, Hyper Backup, and similar tools are installed, and on a Synology NAS, all those are installed after the initial setup by the user.

The overall experience so far is very user-friendly with almost no interaction needed apart from turning the device on and tying in a serial number.

### 
  
  
### :: System settings

One of three major elements that BSM offers once the BeeStation is configured is **system settings**. While the system is very user-friendly with no need to configure anything, certain options can be turned on as well as configured if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.43.44-2.jpg)

BeeStation system settings general overview

The overview page allows for some general information in terms of used space as well as separation based on files that are part of BeeFiles, BeePhotos, or deleted items. Each category is color-coded, for easy recognition.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.43.56-2.jpg)

User management will allow for up to 8 more users that can added

One of the most important elements here that users will visit the most is the **Users** section. As its name implies, it will allow for adding up to eight additional users. Inviting new users is as simple as entering their email address and sending a personalized 1:1 email invite. After the user accepts the invite they will use their own Synology Account email address to log into the BeeStation and continue to use it.

💡

****NOTE**: One thing to note here is that ****users will not be able to see each other files or profiles** no matter if one user is the owner of the BeeStation or not.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.44.02-2.jpg)

As the owner of the BeeStation, the **System** section will come in handy in case we need to make changes such as renaming the device, turning on hibernation or not, changing the time zone, or even performing a factory reset.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.44.17-2.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.43.19-2.jpg)

Along with system parameters, there will be options to do **backup and restore** as well as an occasional manual (or automatic) **update**. While the device will update to the latest version during the initial install and configuration, there is an option to leave the device on auto-update if we choose to do so.

⚠️

****IMPORTANT**: While the device does offer an "offline" mode of operation (local access only), ****it will not be possible to manually download the PAT file and upload it to the device for an update**. Update (at the moment) is only possible via a "live" over the Internet communication with the download site.

💡

****NOTE**: It can take ****up to 24 hours** until the new update is detected by the BeeStation once it is released by Synology!

The backup and restore process will be discussed later in the article in more detail.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.44.35-2.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.44.38-2.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.44.43-2.jpg)

Finally, there is the **advanced settings** section. Across its three tabs, here we will be able to do some "advanced" operations. Truth be told, these settings are considered default configuration parameters on the DSM, but this being a mainstream device, these could be considered advanced in a way. Apart from the option to invoke Synology support in case we need any assistance as well as the option to generate logs, we will also have the option to create a local BSM account and activate local SMB access.

Both options might come in handy if we simply do not want to access the BeeStation using the default Synology Account and QuickConnect public address, as well as access it using a simple SMB protocol via macOS Finder or Windows Explorer. The latter might come in handy if there is no Internet access and local access is our only option.

This is not mandatory to activate, but it is good to know that there is an option alongside the default "web" access. Speaking of web access, it is important to say that there is no way to disable access using the default QuickConnect access as it is on the DSM.

## 
  
  
## : BSM, BeeFile, and BeePhotos

🚧

****NOTE**: Testing of this product was performed ****using in-development software**. Images might be different on the release date as well as fixed from certain bugs and issues that might have happened during this testing. 

With system settings out of the way, the two remaining major features that BeeStation offers are **BeeFiles** and **BeePhotos**. Both are self-explanatory just by looking at their names, but while BeePhotos has a single major task of managing photos and videos (just like Synology Photos), BeeFiles is a combination of several popular DSM modules. So let's start there and see how Synology managed to bundle five major Synology DSM apps into a new one under BSM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/bsm_vs_dsm.jpg)

DSM vs BSM - all the apps and features that BSM has to offer that are coming from DSM

### 
  
  
### :: BeeFiles - BSM Swiss knife

Both BeeFiles and BeePhotos follow the clean white look and feel of the rest of the BSM that is exclusive to this system alone. We have not seen this type of interface on any other app by Synology so far. With slightly bolded elements throughout the UI, it is very easy on the eyes, but the dark mode is not an option, so in case there is a need for one, the 3rd party browser extension will have to be used.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-23-at-11.46.39-2.jpg)

The BeeFiles web interface

Users familiar with Synology Drive might detect certain overlaps here but as said before this is kind of an interface that combines about five major functions. To start, "File Station" and "Drive" will allow for presentation and main manipulation of files.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-1.png)

Drag-and-drop method will work from any desktop OS and supported browser

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-2.png)

In case there is a need to create a new folder or use the upload dialog box, we have those options using the "****\+ Add**" button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image.png)

Uploaded files can be tagged using labels that will visually 

In the main center area that is **drag and drop sensitive**, we will have the option to **add files**, and **folders** as well as **assign labels**, **duplicate**, and **delete** or share content. Everything one would expect in a list or grid file area.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-3.png)

Multi-select is also an option as well as using the contextual menu (right click) with various options

Just like in the Drive application on DSM, BeeFiles has several more important features when it comes to working with files. **Sharing** and **versioning**. While sharing can be invoked using the button in the upper right corner of the UI or using the context menu, version history on the other hand will only be possible using the latter option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-4.png)

The right-click the file that you want to share with others

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-5.png)

Easy to use sharing on/off button as well as a copy link button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-6.png)

Password protection and expiration are optional but possible

💡

Example of a shared link: [https://dup33gzpcbswwq1y6338ijfdlssbiws.quickconnect.to/sharing/WvgF6yX](http://dup33gzpcbswwq1y6338ijfdlssbiws.quickconnect.to/sharing/WvgF6yX?ref=blackvoid.club)

Similar to the rest of the UI, file version history is presented with a nice and clean menu with several options, including **download**, **restore**, and **copy to**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-7.png)

File version history options

While download and restore options are self-explanatory, copy to will open up a file navigation window that will allow us to copy the file to a new location on the BeeStation.

One final and I might add important element inside BeeFiles is the **search** functionality.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-8.png)

The search bar is located at the top of the UI as in most modern platforms including Synology's

Unlike some other Synology search tools inside their packages that act more like filters than a proper search, this Beefiles search is exactly as advertised. Invoking the bar itself will open up a drop-down menu with several file-type options that can be used as search input parameters. For example, if we need to list all video files we can use the dedicated button for it, similar to documents, and photos.

If typing in the name is still the main way we search that is also possible, including a partial entry. So entering part of the name will also list results but using the wildcard (\*) character is not supported. 

In case there is a need to search for a list of files using specific criteria, **advanced search** will come in handy. While it offers six parameters, only two can be combined at any given time to return results. This might be a current BeeFiles limitation, but we can still get results for example by searching a specific label and file size less than a few megabytes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-9.png)

Advanced search criteria with results present in the background

Searching for files inside a specific folder structure is possible and this is indeed a search tool, not a filter. So returning files buried inside multiple subfolders is possible and works well.

Finally, accessing the files will not by default download them but rather open them for viewing. Video files will start playing, PDFs will be presented in a web form, and images will overlay inside a viewer as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.24.11.png)

Video file (MOV) playing inside BeeFiles

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.25.25.png)

Image files can be viewed, downloaded, sent to print, as well as rotated. The only option that is missing here is moving forward and backward to the previous/next image (BeeFiles on mobile has support for this)

### 
  
  
### :: BeeFiles - Sync and Backup features

So far we have seen what the basic web file management can do. Along with that, the BeeFiles can also perform data **backup** and **sync** operations just as we can do on the DSM using Synology Drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.40.30.png)

A BeeStation desktop (macOS) client will be needed in order to sync or backup data with the BeeStation

One more option which is also a "Synology Drive" feature, is the option to "stream" data from the BeeStation on your computer. While this was a feature that macOS only got last year as part of the Drive package, it is nice to see that it is supported on day one as part of BeeFiles.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.43.03.png)

File "streaming" from the BeeStation to a computer is also an option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.43.24.png)

The content of the BeeStation presented inside the macOS Finder

The files will not be downloaded unless requested, as indicated by the "cloud" icon next to them. This is why this process is called streaming, so storage on the computer will be occupied only with the files that are requested and downloaded.

Back on the topic of backup and sync, anyone familiar with these functions from the DSM and Synology Drive world will tell you that those are two separate operations that can be configured side by side for any number of file sets. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.43.53.png)

Configuring BeeFile backup and/or sync task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.44.03.png)

We can either sync or backup data

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.46.12.png)

Selecting the folder we want to backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.46.32.png)

The backup process is in progress (notice the section is still referred to as syncing)

It is important to note that only a single path (including all its subfolders) can be selected. If we want to backup another folder (or root folder for that matter) we have to configure another task.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.47.06-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.49.28.png)

The process can be monitored either via the BeeStation client dropdown menu or using the Log section inside the client itself

Once the backup has been started, the computer will be registered under its default macOS name inside the BeeFiles computer section, where we can drill down into the folder structure and recover or view any content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.50.50.png)

Computer content accessible via BeeFiles web UI 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.51.03.png)

Each task will be listed under the computer account

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-15.51.37.png)

The entire backup content

When we are talking about restoring a single file or a complete set the process can be initiated via the BeeStation desktop app. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-16.22.51.png)

Restoring data from the BeeStation backup archive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-16.23.31.png)

The restore window with an option to download, or restore specific versions

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-16.35.24.png)

Content being restored

As expected the restore will copy data from the BeeStation to the original destination or save it to a specific location if we choose to do so. Worth mentioning is that we can of course download or restore the content using the BeeFiles web UI if we choose to do so.

The sync process is identical in almost every way, apart from the fact that it is a bidirectional task when additions, modifications, and deletions are in question. 

### 
  
  
### :: BeeFiles - Cloud services

So far we have seen BeeStation in action in terms of some popular and expected scenarios. From basic file operations to backup and sync. All of those might be very familiar to DSM NAS users, but one more operation has been implemented into BSM that is often used by many users.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.12.34.png)

Three major cloud providers can be linked with the BeeStation

Cloud services are what BSM is calling syncing our BeeStation with so far three popular commercial cloud providers. **Dropbox**, **Google Drive**, and **One Drive** have cut pretty much in the same way as they are implemented in the Cloud Sync package on the DSM platform.

Starting a link wizard with any of those platforms will initiate a familiar Cloud Sync login popup window asking us to authenticate against that chosen provider.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-18.52.05.png)

Cloud Sync login window when authenticating to Dropbox

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-18.53.24.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-18.54.53.png)

Choose the folder and sync the direction

Once the connection has been established we will be presented with simple two options (Dropbox example) to select the sync direction, two-way or one-way, as well as what folder on the Dropbox side will we be syncing from/to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.14.35.png)

Dropbox two-way sync configured

This being a sync task, the process will be up and running at all times but we have the option to pause it as well using the button in the upper right corner of the UI

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.15.41.png)

Sync job can be paused at any point by using the button in the upper right corner

### 
  
  
### :: BeeFiles - USB Backup and external drives

The BeeStation as we can see can do a lot, but being a multi-platform that it is, it would be odd that it can't work with external drives. The back of the unit, as said before, has two USB ports (type A and C) that allow plugging in various external drives. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.31.42.png)

The BeeDrive is connected via a USB-C port on the back of the BeeStation. Access to the content via the BeeFiles interface

What that will offer apart from a seamless browsing of content, is also a backup of said devices.

⚠️

****WARNING**: The BeeFiles ****will not playback ProRES videos** from either a connected USB device or from the BeeStation itself. The ****BeeFiles platform** will show the progress bar but ****will freeze up at some point and it will need to be reloaded**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.32.41.png)

USB Backup function is similar to the DSM's USBCopy package

By selecting the device and the folder to backup, the BeeStation will make sure that the content is saved every single time the external device is plugged in, or on demand.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.34.42.png)

USB Backup in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.36.42.png)

BeeDrive is presented as a task inside BeeFiles with an option for manual backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.38.06.png)

Several options regarding a particular USB backup drive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-19.43.04.png)

Options and settings for a particular backup task on a connected external disk

The backup task will start with a dual beep sound as it will be the completion of the same, so if we have decided to auto-backup (without the UI interaction), we know when it is safe to unplug the drive. These options can be configured and changed after the task has been created and even executed.

Removing the connected device should be ejected correctly, so to do that be sure to use the "eject" option under the external drives section. Right-click on the item will present the eject function as part of a shortlist.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-10.png)

The proper way to eject the connected USB device

The restore process of the backup from the external drive can be executed via the Backup and Restore section inside the System Settings, but another way to do it is also utilizing the **Synology Hyper Backup Explorer** app (both inside DSM or as a desktop version).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-27.png)

The restore option inside BeeStation will offer a short wizard

The BeeStation restore wizard will just like the backup method offer all or nothing, but in case we need to restore individual files and the BeeStation is not in working order we can then connect the backup external device to a computer or a working Synology NAS, and access the HBK archive that way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-28.png)

The BeeStation HBK archive opened via Hyper Backup Explorer via DSM

This method will allow to access all BeeStation backed-up content in worse cases such as HDD or BeeStation failure.

Nevertheless, that is for the first half of BeeStations features. Some might say that is more than enough for a mainstream device, but BeeStation has one more major functionality to offer, the BeePhotos.

### 
  
  
### :: BeePhotos - Synology Photos Reloaded

Many times people will say they got a Synology device so they can consolidate all their photos, videos, and various memories under a single platform accessible from anywhere, and with any device. Well, that was exactly the idea behind the new Synology Photos solution that came with DSM 7 several years ago. 

Building on Photos, Synology implemented it into BSM as well under the commercial name, the BeePhotos. Working very much in the same manner, the BeePhotos is exactly what many will look for in a photo management solution. An easy-to-use, fast, and accessible platform that offers enough features and the fact you can have all of those vacation images backed up from your phone to the BeeStation the minute you take them.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-20.32.10.png)

BeePhotos - all your memories in one place

While Synology Photos offers certain features like local user **sharing**, **people and object recognition** (on selected models), **backup**, etc, BeePhotos follows along by supporting most of those options but some are missing. The reason behind this is that the BeeStation is not as powerful as some of Synology's NAS models, and it does not support multi-user setups in the same way as DSM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-20.42.50.jpg)

BeePhotos - main album overview

Some small elements that certain users are accustomed to would be for example changing the size of the thumbnails or switching to folder view. Considering that the BeeStation holds content on a file/folder level a bit differently than NAS running DSM, we might not see these features implemented at any point in time. Again, the idea behind this is to interact with the BeeStation using an account and the BSM user interface. Because of this, some elements are missing or better to say simplified for an average user.

While bits and pieces are not the same as with Synology Photos, many others are. Search and filter options are present, so we can quickly list only images and videos from two years ago that have those selected few individuals that we are looking for.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-20.55.53.png)

Filters in action

The sharing and **upload photo function** also made it into BeePhotos, so if we are looking to create a public share link to show off our latest work to a customer or allow others to upload photos onto the BeeStation, we can do that in a few easy steps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-21.00.15.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-21.00.53.jpg)

Photos request and public share features are part of BeePhotos

Also worth mentioning is if there are any pictures or videos on the BeeStation already, but those are not part of the BeePhotos platforms, we simply do not have to reupload them, but rather copy them over from the BeeFiles.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-03-at-21.04.48.png)

Uploading images and videos from a device, or copying from BeeFiles

While this operation will make duplicate files on the BeeStation itself, once the content has been migrated over to BeePhotos we can simply delete it from BeeFiles to save room. This might look a bit silly, but again, keep in mind that this whole solution was designed for an average user in mind, not a tech-savvy enthusiast.

BeePhotos, the desktop version, does a decent job of organizing and sharing uploaded content but apart from viewing and rotating images, there is not much more it can do. The platform can also do mobile device backup, but more on that in a dedicated section of the review (later on).

It should also be mentioned that the **BeeStation has people and object detection** but considering it is running a Realtek CPU, we need to manage our expectations as it will take some time to go over the whole content recognizing people, places, animals, and other objects. So if that is what you are expecting from this photo platform I would suggest grabbing one of the NAS units from the "+" range instead, especially if there will be a lot of new content daily from multiple users.

## 
  
  
## : Mobile BeeFiles and BeePhotos apps

Speaking of users, it is hard to find an individual not to have at least one mobile device if not more, it is 2024 after all. Because those devices are constantly with us and can shoot some amazing photos and videos, it is expected to have complementary BeeStation mobile apps available. 

Synology has a lot of apps already, and BeeFiles and BeePhotos are two more that have joined the growing lineup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/mobile_beefiles_beephotos.jpg)

The mobile version of BeeFiles and BeePhotos (iPhone 15 Pro)

While the mobile app will be someone's daily driver, compared to the desktop web UI, keep in mind that not all features will be accessible over the phone app. Setting up **computer backup, USB backup, or cloud services are only accessible once configured**, but setting up a new task, or connecting to another OneDrive, will only be possible using the desktop UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/mobile_beefiles_beephotos_02.jpg)

Viewing PDFs and other office documents is possible with the most common operations at our fingertips

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/mobile_beefiles_beephotos_03.jpg)

Photo and video playback is supported in both BeeFiles and BeePhotos

The good side of BeeFiles (and BeePhotos) is that on a mobile device, they do behave as one would expect when it comes to browsing photos for example. The desktop/web version of BeeFiles is unable to list through a set of images while BeePhotos can, as well as both mobile versions. Not sure if this is a bug or a missing "feature" but this review was covered using an "in development" version of BSM and its apps, so some of those quirks might get fixed in the future.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/mobile_beefiles_beephotos_04.jpg)

Cloud services, USB backup, and access to external devices and content are possible once configured using the desktop interface

From a usability standpoint, for anyone already familiar with Synology Drive and Synology Photos mobile app, nothing much is different. The color pallet follows the BSM design, but functions and features are identical. Viewing, downloading, uploading, and photo backup are all default operations that exist on these apps, as well as some unique features for each app.

⚠️

****IMPORTANT**: Do keep in mind that data ****copy of the same exact content** via BeeFiles vs BeePhotos ****will not complete in the same amount of time**. Reason is that unlike BeePhotos, BeeFiles needs to ****calculate files hash value** in preparation for "versions". As the file size increases, the calculation process also lengthens.

The BeeFiles just like Synology Drive is geared towards file management, sharing, and getting access to various content from multiple backed-up devices, connected USB drives, and the BeeStation itself. The BeePhotos on the other hand is focused on photo and video playback, backup, and sharing. An even split I might say, and a "natural" separation of what one app can or can't do.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/mobile_beefiles_beephotos_05.jpg)

BeePhotos - overview of albums as well as a yearly presentation of photos and videos

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/mobile_beefiles_beephotos_06.jpg)

BeePhotos mobile backup feature - keep all your photos and videos backed up

Probably the most often used feature of BeePhotos will be photo backup, just like on Synology Photos. It allows for a remote or wifi-only backup of all our photos and video to be backed up to the BeeStation. This will not only secure the content itself but also allow for more room on the mobile device for new upcoming content.

Considering that the BeeStation's main goal is to allow users to have their own private, 4TB "cloud" for content access and backup, this feature will quickly become the main reason why one would buy this particular device. With the prices of commercial cloud platforms on the rise (and them lowering the usable space), moving back to on-prem backup is something that many are looking for.

With this hybrid model, having an on-prem device accessible over the Internet, many users in a single household can have that piece of mind while not paying a premium for monthly or yearly cloud storage.

## 
  
  
## : Backup tasks (local USB and C2)

While the system operations of the BeeStations were mentioned in the first half of the article, there is one particular element that needs mentioning, and that would be the BeeStation backup. This might come as a surprise to some as much as it won't to others, but the BeeStation and its single drive might also fail at some point.

Putting all our content on this single device, with no backup is risky, so having one up and running should be taken into consideration once we decide to buy a network storage device such as this one.

BSM as a platform, has several options when it comes to backing up the BeeStation. One is putting all the content on a connected USB device (on top of using the same USB as a source of data), and the other is pushing the content into Synology's very own C2 cloud service.

[Synology C2 - A Cloud for Safe DataSynology C2 - a cloud for safe data. DSM 7 is out but with it, we have gotten a much more powerful and capable C2 platform with the introduction of new features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_C2_new_features_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)

Synology C2 - a set of free and commercial cloud services

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-17.45.24.png)

Two options to backup the BeeStation, cloud, or local drive

The local backup process is almost a single-button option. The settings include only days in a week and start time as well as optional password-based encryption. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-17.46.56.png)

Settings for local USB backup

Unlike on DSM using Hyper Backup or Active Backup for Business, the option for the number of versions does not exist, apart from the information that the most 256 recent versions will be kept. This means that versioning is on by default, as well as potential deduplication.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-17.51.48.png)

Settings when using the C2 Backup (subscription required)

Unlike the local backup, targeting C2 Backup as our backup destination will show up same settings but with a clear note that only up to 11 versions of the backup will be kept. C2 Backup is a commercial option, so if we plan on backing up the BeeStation to the cloud, we will have to have the subscription configured ahead of time.

Regardless of what destination we might choose it would be wise to have a backup in place just in case, especially if the BeeStation is the only location holding the data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-18.04.43.png)

Once the backup is in place we can leave it on a schedule or run it manually

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-18.05.49.png)

Backup in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-18.06.45.png)

Backup log

When and if we need to restore the content of the BeeStation, the same can be initiated via the restore button also present inside the system settings section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-17.57.40.png)

The restoration process begins with a warning

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-18.45.51.png)

Select a backup we want to restore from

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-18.46.19.png)

Specific version from that backup, and we are good to go

As was seen in previous images, a backup of specific accounts and data is not possible. So it's either all or nothing. This will reflect the restore process in a way that we will have to again invite all the users back as before if they want to access their data following the successful restoration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-04-at-18.02.53.png)

Select the device and version from which to restore from

The configuration of backup is very simple and while it is tucked inside the system settings section it will be a real salvation in case anything goes wrong.

## 
  
  
## : BeeProtect - dedicated BeeStation cloud backup platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/12/beeprotect.jpg)

With the rollout of BSM 1.2, and during the beta period (plus three months after the initial month), the **new BeeProtect cloud service is free** for all BeeStation users.

For more details, including how it works, how much it costs, etc, be sure to check the BSM 1.2 beta article.

[Synology BSM 1.2 betaThe NEW #Synology #BSM 1.2 beta is here with new features including #BeeProtect, and the official support to use #DSM as a backup location for the #Beestation![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-20.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/bsm_12_beta.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bsm-1-2-beta/)

The new BeeProtect is coming with BSM 1.2 in early January of 2025

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

From a personal standpoint, I don't see myself as a BeeStation user. Why, well it's simple. This device, as advertised, is targeted towards a mainstream user, individuals who are looking for a **simple**, **low**\-**maintenance** **device** that can be, for the most part, administered and used via a mobile device.

For those who need access to their files, photos, and videos from within the **privacy of their own home or office** with the look and feel of a public cloud **without any monthly fees**. That is what the BeeStation is all about.

Has Synology managed to deliver us a NAS device for non-tech-savvy users? In my humble opinion, yes. With its **easy setup**, **dedicated apps** with multiple operations, **small footprint**, and **multi-user options**, this 200€ device will be just what many are looking for.

If you are looking to abandon the commercial cloud and move to a bigger, more private environment, Synology's BSM might be the move in the right direction. Considering that this is the second Bee device in less than a year, we can be sure that Synology has plans for this type of device. Will we see bigger models in the future, time will tell, but for now a 4TB BeeStation is here to stay, and this could be the **solution for most modern households**.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Rallly - self-hosted meeting schedule platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rallly-self-hosted-meeting-schedule-platform/
Last updated: 2024-01-14T16:02:15.000Z
Ever needed to get together with someone, schedule a meeting, or a support call but not sure if the next person will be or is available at some point in time? Yeah, we've all been there.

In a corporate environment, many platforms offer that kind of functionality. Exchange, O365, and the like, but for a small team those kinds of systems might not be needed, as they are an overkill to simply get a slot in the calendar.

If we want to step away from the commercial segment altogether, and maybe self-host a solution, things get even more complicated. For some time I have been looking into a nice, easy, and quick way to set up a poll to book a calendar date.

While there are many options out there, just recently have I stumbled upon [Rallly.co](https://rallly.co/?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://rallly.co/_next/image?url=%2Fstatic%2Fimages%2Fhero-shot.png&w=3840&q=100)

Rallly - meeting schedule platform that can be self-hosted as well

In this article, we will cover how to get Rallly up and running in Docker, as well as how it works, and whether this is the next Doodle alternative for you.

## Setting up Rallly in Docker

Rallly is indeed a light and simple platform from a configuration standpoint, and personally much easier to set up than for example Cal.com (another similar app, same as the beforementioned Doodle).

Built with a solid foundation of both Next.js and Prisma, Rallly is fast, stable, modern, and functional.

[GitHub - lukevella/rallly: Rallly is an open-source scheduling and collaboration tool designed to make organizing events and meetings easier.Rallly is an open-source scheduling and collaboration tool designed to make organizing events and meetings easier. - GitHub - lukevella/rallly: Rallly is an open-source scheduling and collaboration…![](https://github.githubassets.com/assets/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40.svg)GitHublukevella![](https://opengraph.githubassets.com/e3b9a0f031082a6d0172510407227f10c7ff96c31688ec2356611687040c6cf1/lukevella/rallly)](https://github.com/lukevella/rallly?ref=blackvoid.club)

Rallly official GitHub repository

Created by [**Luke Vella**](https://twitter.com/imlukevella?ref=blackvoid.club), this is a platform that can be up and running in a matter of minutes, configured behind a reverse proxy, and pushed into the world to be used on any modern desktop or mobile device. The users of this platform don't even have to register to confirm a meeting.

Like most things today, Rallly is officially supported on Docker, and Luke maintains the image hosted on [hub.docker.com](https://hub.docker.com/r/lukevella/rallly?ref=blackvoid.club). It is this exact image that we will use to get started as well as the Postgres instance (an already running one will work as well) for database operations.

The [documentation](https://support.rallly.co/introduction?ref=blackvoid.club) for Rallly is very well done and can provide all the steps needed to get going. However, it is based on running docker-compose from a command line, so if that is not your cup of tea, and would like a different approach, keep reading.

For those familiar with how I like to run Docker deployments, you know that [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) is my No.1 method, but of course not the only one. In case anyone wants to use any other docker-compose compatible solution or the command line, you are welcome to it.

### docker-compose

To run this solution using docker-compose we can either clone the Github repository, alter the `env` variable and run it (as suggested via the documentation), or in case we already have Postgres running as a separate container, use the following compose to create Rallly instance. 

```yaml
version: "3.5"
services:
  rallly:
    image: lukevella/rallly
    container_name: rallly
    network_mode: bridge
    environment:
      - DATABASE_URL=postgres://username:password@IPADDRESS:PORT/db_name
      - NEXT_PUBLIC_BASE_URL=https://rallly.example.com
      - SECRET_PASSWORD=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
      - ALLOWED_EMAILS=me@example.com
      - SUPPORT_EMAIL=me@example.com
      - SMTP_HOST=smtp.gmail.com
      - SMTP_PORT=587
      - SMTP_USER=me@example.com
      - SMTP_PWD=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
      - SMTP_TLS_ENABLED=true
    ports:
      - 3000:3000
    restart: unless-stopped
```

Rallly docker-compose example

All of the variables used in this compose file are from the official documentation found [here](https://support.rallly.co/self-hosting/docker-compose?ref=blackvoid.club), but here are just a few pointers for some of those.

**`NEXT_PUBLIC_BASE_URL`** \- use the domain name including the protocol (http or https) with no **trailing slashes or URLs with paths/subfolders**.

**`SECRET_PASSWORD`** \- A random 32-character secret key used to encrypt user sessions. To generate it we can use the following command: 

```bash
openssl rand -base64 32
```

**`SUPPORT_EMAIL`** and **`SMTP_HOST`** are also two remaining mandatory variables, that need to be configured. The email address and the host don't have to be from the same domain but are needed for this platform to work.

💡

****NOTE**: Any account created will use email as the "username" but there will be no password. Instead, a message will be sent with either a magic link inside it or a 6-digit verification code.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-14-at-14.52.03.png)

Using an external Postgres DB as in this example we need to have it running as well. Below is an example of a docker-compose.

```yaml
version: '3.8'
services:
  postgres:
    image: postgres:latest
    network_mode: bridge
    container_name: postgres
    ports:
      - "5432:5432"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/postgresql:/var/lib/postgresql/data
    environment:
      - POSTGRES_PASSWORD=xxxxxxxxx
      - POSTGRES_USER=xxxxxxxx
    restart: always
```

Postgres docker-compose example

Following the Postgres instance, we could use another container to manage the said instance by running pgAdmin web UI.

```yaml
version: '3.8'
services:
  pgadmin:
    image: dpage/pgadmin4
    network_mode: bridge
    container_name: pgadmin
    ports:
      - 80:80
    environment:
      - PGADMIN_DEFAULT_EMAIL=user@domain.com
      - PGADMIN_DEFAULT_PASSWORD=SuperSecret
    restart: always
```

pgAdmin docker-compose example (web UI for Postgres administration)

### How it works?

By starting a poll, with Rallly we will be able to create an event of any kind and set up various dates and times that we would like the participants to vote on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-14-at-15.09.34.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-14-at-15.10.08.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-14-at-15.10.40.png)

By default, comment section will be allowed, so participants can also post suggestions and other various comments regarding the poll.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-14-at-16.12.26.png)

List of active and finalised polls

Another great feature that this platform offers is on the fly time zone change. This can come in handy if we want to verify how the meeting will be presented to other participants in their time zone.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-14-at-16.13.50.png)

Clock preferences can be changed on the fly

Once the meeting has been booked an email notification will be sent to all the participants with a confirmation and an ICS file so all the information can be imported into a calendar.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-14-at-16.29.16.png)

Confirmation with an attached calendar file

In terms of compatibility, the title, location, and description fields will be correctly populated in the calendar (iOS and macOS), but there will of course be no option to get alerts unless we set one in the cal app ourselves.

Personally, so far I am very pleased with the solution, as it is fast, mobile-friendly, and gets the job done. What I would like to see is maybe an option to implement webhook or push notification options. At the moment, any new comment, date choosing, etc, gets sent via an email, including the login process as stated above. 

To minimize the number of emails it might come in handy for this platform to support some sort of method of notifications that does not include an email, and that way only login and confirmation emails would arrive.

Another feature that Rallly does not have is integration with other services, such as Zoom, Teams, and the like. From a user perspective, it would come in handy to have service-linked URLs, but then again, nothing prevents the organizer before finalizing the event from adding a Zoom link URL based on all the dates and times that work for all the participants. 

Not a deal breaker for me, but these are some features that might come at a later date to further enhance the overall experience.

With all that said, Rallly is a well-built platform that will get the job done, and maybe this is the self-hosted alternative you were looking for.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeStation announcement - personal cloud in minutes
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-announcement-personal-cloud-in-minutes/
Last updated: 2024-03-10T13:58:58.000Z
🚨

****UPDATE**: a ****full review of the device and its features** has been posted as a separate article!

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

Full review of the BeeStation has been published

---

At the end of last October, Synology surprised us with a sneak peek into their new **upcoming OS, the BSM** (BeeStationManager). At that point, we had no idea what was behind that door until a few days later when the PAT file was examined, and information on the upcoming new line of products was revealed.

[BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?BSM 1.0-65078 is the new upcoming OS by Synology that will control a brand new line of devices that are yet to be announced.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/bsm_initial_release-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/)

The initial article on the BSM, the new OS powering the brand-new BeeStation

This week, Synology officially announced a new product from their Bee lineup, the **BeeStation**!

Presented at CES 2024, **the BeeStation will see the light of day on** **March 6th** of this year.

In case you are unfamiliar, be sure to read up on another Bee product that was also introduced in May of 2023, the **BeeDrive**. While not quite the same as the **BeeStation** or any NAS models that Synology produces, with the BeeDrive Synology wanted to compete with similar devices from other vendors by elevating the experience beyond the standard USB storage device.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Synology BeeDrive review. A brand new USB-C powered DAS device

**Aimed at mainstream users**, who want a **turn-key solution,** the BeeStation will allow them to **store**, **share**, and **sync** **files and photos** without the need to have any NAS or network experience whatsoever.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/f-BeeStation_45.png)

The new Synology BeeStation

### :: Specifications

This unit will arrive with an already familiar hardware configuration, running with a **Realtek RTD1619B** CPU and **1GB of DDR4** RAM. This exact setup is a match to the latest 1-bay unit, the DS124, but the CPU can be found on multiple 2 and 4-bay units as well. This is nothing out of the ordinary, as Synology is known to hold a certain CPU architecture for a long time and drive multiple products with it.

Looks like the said CPU has proven to be stable, affordable, and compatible with all the features the new BeeStation needs to perform. The back of the unit has all the ports including the power button, and there we can see a **single 1GbE ethernet port** for network connectivity, as well as **two USB 3.2 Gen 1** ports. Unlike on the NAS lineup, the USB ports here are type A and C, so there is a way to connect various devices. For example, the new BeeDrive is USB-C, so there will be no need to use an adapter if we want to connect it to the new BeeStation as a backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/f-BeeStation_45_front_left.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/f-BeeStation_45_back_left.png)

The BeeStation (front and back view)

These ports are Gen 1 meaning **5 Gbps maximum speed of transfer**. This is half of the BeeDrive speed, but also BeeDrive is running with an NVMe drive as opposed to a mechanical **HAT3300 5400 RPM HDD** that is inside this device. Expecting more than 240MB/s will be an illusion for a single-drive setup such as this one.

With its physical size of an average lengthy novel and smooth elegant design, the BeeStation will look nice in any setup without occupying too much space.

BeeStation will have a **3-year fixed Synology warranty**, and the unit is **not a candidate for the Extended Warranty program** as the NAS lineup is.

Be sure that a **full first-hand review will be available here on March 6th**, covering the unboxing, tests, BSM, and everything else that this new product has to offer.
### Synology HAT3310 Plus series NAS drives
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3310-plus-series-nas/
Last updated: 2025-08-01T13:50:56.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 13/03/2024 - The ****16TB 7200 RPM** model has joined the HAT3310 lineup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-13-at-19.10.17.jpg)

HAT3310 16TB SATA drive (March 2024)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-13-at-19.09.45.png)

Compatible NAS models for the HAT3310 16TB SATA drive (March 2024)

---

Just last year in May, Synology announced their HAT3300 series of NAS-class drives as a counteroffer to their more expensive HAT5300 enterprise series. Today, we have some changes in this particular 3300 lineup with some new models.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

Review of the initial HAT3300 drives

**HAT3310** is the new sub-class of NAS drives that will cover capacities of **8, 12, and 16TB**.

Officially called **HAT3310-8T** and **HAT3310-12T**, these new drives will be, unlike the 4 and 6TB models, **shifting from Seagate to Toshiba** brand, same as their HAT5300 models.

The reason for this is Synology's cost optimization strategy in response to the global price increase from hard drive vendors. Speaking about the cost, the price will depend on the region, but the new HAT3310 drives will be a bit more expensive than the previous models, about 10-12€.

### Specifications and compatibility

There are some **slight changes** when we talk about specifications for both 8 and 12-TB models. The 8TB model has been moved **from 5400 RPM to 7200**, and following that the **speed has jumped to 260MB/s**. Similarly, the 12TB model has more cache, and higher speed as well.

These models are also using CMR technology, offering consistent performance over time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/hat3310_hdd_specs.jpg)

Specifications for the new HAT3310 models

Same as before, the HAT3310 will include the benefits of **seamless firmware updates directly from DSM**, and full support and new changes that might be implemented over time by the said OS.

In terms of compatibility, the drives will be compatible with the following NAS models with new ones coming at a later date:

- **24 series:**DS224+, DS124
- **23 series:**RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, DS223j
- **22 series:**RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- **21 series:**RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20 series:**RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j
- **19 series:**RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS119j, DVA3219
- **18 series:**DS1618+, DS418, DS418j, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/image.png)

Current (Jan 2024) supported lineup of NAS models

⚠️

****NOTE**: Please note that to use these drives ****your NAS will have to be on DSM 7.2 or newer**! Some older models that support DSM 7.1.1 will not work with these drives!

While some x18 models are missing from the list, the official stance of Synology regarding the use of these drives inside models that are not listed is as follows:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-03-at-18.00.29.png)

Following the question of what would happen if a user still decides to use the drives on a NAS that is not on the list, the following response came from Synology:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-03-at-18.02.50.png)

If anyone wants to ensure that their model of NAS is included in the official list, they can submit an official **compatibility request** using the following [URL](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/form/suggest%5Fdevice?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-11.png)

Finally, same as the rest of the HAT3300 drives, these come with a **fixed 3-year warranty** from Synology.

The 8T and 12TB models are already available, with the 16TB model coming later in Q1 of 2024.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Active Backup for Business - macOS, 1 year later
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-macos-1-year-later/
Last updated: 2024-05-23T09:21:06.000Z
It has been three years since the initial announcement by Synology that they will bring both Linux and macOS support into Active Backup for Business. While Mac users had to wait until December of 2022 to get the initial invite-only beta access, Windows users on the other hand already enjoyed one of the most complete and versatile packages that Synology has to offer. Did we mention it is free? 

### One year has passed

A year ago (Dec 2022) was the first time that Active Backup for Business came out with Apple macOS support. That initial 2.5 version, supported file backup and restore with no bare-metal recovery, but that came in the recent version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-18.27.25.png)

As with all other packages, ABB can be installed using the Package Center

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

Full review of macOS as a supported OS with Active Backup for Business

ABB currently **supports all major macOS versions** going back to 10.15 (Catalina) with both Intel and Apple Silicon CPUs. This includes a wide range of configurations that will cover a majority of Mac users today.

Since its release, ABB for macOS, has been a backup substitution (and a welcome at that) for the built-in Time Machine that comes free with each macOS. 

[Synology 101 - Set up Apple Time Machine backupHow to configure macOS backup using Time Machine on your Synology NAS? Will it work? Are there any limitations? Let’s see.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/time_machine.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-set-up-apple-time-machine-backup/)

How to configure macOS Time Machine with Synology NAS

While most Mac users do use it as their go-to platform, there are other 3rd party solutions out there as well. Synology with their macOS ABB support came late in the game, but it was worth it. Considering that **ABB as a platform comes free with no restrictions** (other than it has to run on a Synology NAS) on selected models, it quickly became a favorite backup platform for many Mac users out there. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-18.29.12.png)

Time Machine - macOS default backup platform

The main reason for this is that **Time Machine does not offer so many options** unlike ABB, it can't do remote (over the Internet) backup, and it is much slower in both backup and restore.

### Install, configure, GO!

I have been using ABB on all my Macs since it came out during the beta version, and after a while, completely retired Time Machine as my No.1 backup solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-18.31.25.png)

All registered Macs are visible under the macOS section inside the Active Backup console

Running it in a mixed environment (Intel and Apple SOC CPUs), there have been **no issues in terms of functionality**, especially data backup and restoration. While there is a need for a one-time configuration step that might not sit well with some users, the **overall stability of the** **Active Backup client is rock solid**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-18.34.35.png)

Push agent updated to all Macs directly from the Active Backup console

It flawlessly survives macOS major and minor updates, as well as client updates that are seemingly pushed from the central ABB console on the Synology NAS. From a user perspective, once the agent has been configured, you can't even notice anything is happening in the background be it a successful backup or an issue of some sort.

> ## Active Backup for Business has no license requirements regardless of the number of backup objects that are configured

Main monitoring, configuration, restoration, and everything else related to a particular device is being executed either via a configured schedule or manually using the ABB central console.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-18.44.45.png)

Active Backup for Business main console

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-18.49.02.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-18.49.22.png)

Both calendar view and storage status will give an overview of task executions and occupied space

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-19.04.51.png)

Active Backup works great in terms of compression and deduplication

Just as a reference, for the past year I have not needed to restore any Mac files, but running a test disaster recovery scenario multiple times on all the Macs always resulted in 100% successful restoration of needed data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-31-at-19.27.10.png)

Backup task list showing last backup, status, etc.

The speed of backup is excellent compared to Time Machine. Apart from the initial backup that does take the longest, additional incremental backups are really fast, especially if the data delta is not too large. Another observation is that the Time Machine on Macbooks would from time to time cause the vents to spin up significantly. That is not the case at all with ABB. 

Truth be told on Apple SOC-driven Macs, not many things make them spin up if they have vents at all, but on an Intel-based Macbook that is also not the case. It's just a small bonus to know that the backup process will not be the one using a large amount of CPU power to execute this important task. A

The restore process, depending on the file size, will be executed at max LAN speed (and the speed of the destination Mac), so grabbing a file from the archive either by using a restore or download procedure, will be a breeze.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-01-at-10.47.11.png)

Schedule backup settings

Another small detail in terms of schedule backup is the option to have the backups triggered by events on top of the usual time-based mechanism. This is something that might come in handy when working on a Mac from time to time during a certain interval but we want to have the latest changes saved and backed up. Screen-locked events are great in that particular situation as they will allow for an up-to-date snap of any work without the need to wait for a time-based job.

While on the subject of scheduled backups, there is one element that would be nice to have. In case event triggers are not used, but rather just a classic scheduled backup, if the device is turned off at that precise moment, the ABB job will skip and try at a later scheduled event. This is something that might need improvement just to avoid the need to use a backup on startup events on top of it.

Not a huge issue, but something to be aware of for sure, especially if the device in question is often turned off during scheduled hours. Of course, there is a way around this. With before mentioned trigger events as well as a custom ABB template for that particular device to not clash with other Macs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-01-at-11.09.55.png)

Setting up Active Backup templates will allow for more precise and granular backups 

### Active Backup for Business user portal

When talking about restoring data, this is when ABB user portal comes into play. While I have not needed to restore any data in the past year, other than to test the backups and versions, the experience is very user-friendly, and most importantly, fast.

> ## The portal is clean, fast, and functional and allows for a simple restore or download of content

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/Screenshot-2024-01-01-at-11.20.51.png)

Active Backup for Business user portal

Though the UI itself is not complicated and covers all the elements that you might expect from a user-based portal, there is one element that I do wish to see implemented. Searching for files seems like a pretty basic functionality, and yet, the ABB portal still does not have it. 

It does have the filter option, but that requires the individual to know what they are looking for, and where, just so they can then filter out the file(s) before restoring or downloading. 

Other than that, **the portal is clean, fast, and functional** and allows for a simple restore or download of content depending if we want to restore the files to their original location, or simply download them to a custom location or machine. This is yet another feature that Time Machine does not offer, and makes ABB a much more versatile backup tool, especially for an environment with alarger number of Macs.

### Conclusion

With its introduction of macOS support in the past year, Synology has updated the platform focusing on the Mac element several times, but only to address certain smaller issues to provide for a much more accurate backup experience. In terms of new features, only a bare metal recovery option has been implemented. Let's hope that some of the mentioned "issues" will be covered in future releases as well, to make this great backup solution even better.

Apart from that, and on a personal note, I have to say that I am well pleased with ABB as a platform in general, and macOS support was indeed the final element that was missing to use for all my backup needs. Be it Macs, VMs, Windows, or NAS devices, we can now finally have a single platform to back up all of our endpoints.

I will for sure continue to use ABB in the future when Macs are considered especially because it works as a backup platform should. **Fast, silent, and error-free, that's what Active Backup for Business is**.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeDrive as a ProRes storage for Apple iPhone 15 Pro
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-as-a-prores-storage-for-apple-iphone-15-pro/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:38:09.000Z
While the BeeDrive has been around since May of 2023, the new current Apple iPhone 15, has been out only for a few months. On top of that, the Pro version model is still a hard buy in some parts of the world.

Regardless, the topic of this article is to see if and **how the BeeDrive will perform connected with the new iPhone 15 Pro when shooting ProRes** video content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_1017.jpg)

Apple iPhone 15 Pro with a 2 TB Synology BeeDrive 

Before we get into this, for anyone not familiar with the BeeDrive or what it is, make sure to read the full article review linked below.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Full review of the BeeDrive

[Synology BeeDrive now with macOS supportOfficial support for macOS has arrived! The BeeDrive platform now supports both Intel and Apple SOC Mac models (M1, M2...)![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/beedrive_review_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-now-with-macos-support/)

Short overview of BeeDrive working with recently supported macOS system 

### Prerequisites for ProRes

Before we can even shoot in ProRes on the iPhone Pro series, there are certain prerequisites. All of these are listed in the **Apple ProRes on iPhone** article here:

[About Apple ProRes on iPhoneLearn about Apple ProRes on iPhone. Apple ProRes enables multistream, real-time editing performance while delivering professional image quality.![](https://support.apple.com/favicon.ico)Apple Support![](https://support.apple.com/library/content/dam/edam/applecare/images/en_US/mac_apps/itunes/divider.png)](https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT212832?ref=blackvoid.club)

Just to clarify, the important element here is the fact that ProRes can be shot only on the **Pro** series of the iPhone lineup. Currently, those are the following models:

- iPhone 15 Pro Max
- iPhone 15 Pro
- iPhone 14 Pro Max
- iPhone 14 Pro
- iPhone 13 Pro Max
- iPhone 13 Pro

In terms of storage and supported frame rate, depending on the connected external storage, the iPhone will support better or lower video-quality recordings. Considering that the BeeDrive comes with either 1 or 2 TB capacity (for now) this will not be an issue. With such storage space users will be able to record ProRes in the following formats:

- ProRes support for 256 GB, 512 GB, and 1 TB storage capacity:
  - 4K at 60 frames per second (fps), iPhone 15 Pro and iPhone 15 Pro Max only, when using an external storage device that supports speeds of at least 220MB per second and maximum power draw of 4.5W
  - 4K at 30 fps, 25 fps, and 24 fps
  - 1080p HD at 60 fps, 30 fps, and 25 fps
  - Your external storage device must be formatted with APFS or exFAT. Password-encrypted drives aren't supported.

Enabling the ProRes format in the iPhone Camera app settings is also needed before we can start to use it as part of the user interface. For this, we need to go to **Settings** \> **Camera** \> **Formats**, then **turn on Apple ProRes** under Video Capture.

![An iPhone showing settings for Camera Formats](https://support.apple.com/library/content/dam/edam/applecare/images/en_US/iphone/ios-17-iphone-14-pro-settings-camera-formats-apple-pro-res-on.png)

The Apple ProRes video option needs to be enabled in the Camera app settings 

### Connecting the BeeDrive to the iPhone

The **BeeDrive is a USB-C 3.2 Gen 2** compatible device, meaning that it is capable of 10G speeds, so we can expect around 1GB/s+ transfers. Why is this important? Well, Apple ProRes has a requirement of a **minimum of 220MB/s transfer speed** when external storage is in question.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_1019.jpg)

Playback of content will be indicated by the LED light on the BeeDrive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4476.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4475.PNG)

Speed tests against a BeeDrive connected to the iPhone 15 Pro

While performing some on-device speed tests, we can see that the BeeDrive can deliver 1GB/s+ transfers, even faster when the data sample is smaller, but for the most part around 1GB/s for larger files (10GB sample).

The **BeeDrive and iPhone Pro, are 100% compatible** in terms of connectivity. While versions 13 and 14 have Lightning ports, they do come with Lighting to USB-C cable. Version 15 is the first model that has an actual USB-C port. One thing that is important to mention when the iPhone 15 is in question is that the USB-C port on the iPhone (non-Pro) is only USB 2 compatible, while the USB 3.2 Gen 2 is available on the Pro models. This is the reason why only Pro models are listed as ProRes compatible.

The **current latest iOS 17, works with the BeeDrive with no issues at all**. Connecting the drive with its included USB-C cable will get you started right off the bat. Using any 3rd party cable is not needed, so save your money. The truth is that the drive needs to be connected to the iPhone while recording, so unless the cable is too short, the official BeeDrive cable will do more than fine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4433.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4434.PNG)

Connecting the BeeDrive to the iPhone will automatically list it as a compatible device (iOS File app)

### Using the iPhone Camera app

Now that the BeeDrive is connected and the settings are in place, accessing the Camera app will allow us to change the video format to 4K/60fps with ProRes HDR.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4435.jpg)

Using the camera app with 4K ProRes settings ready

As can be seen, the USB-C has been detected, and we have **about 140 min of recording time** when using the **2TB BeeDrive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_1020.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_1021.jpg)

DCIM folder created on the BeeDrive to accommodate the new ProRes footage

Upon finished recording, the Camera app will create a **DCIM** folder in the root of the BeeDrive where after several subfolders, the files will be saved.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4438.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4439.PNG)

ProRes videos are being recorded on the BeeDrive. 15sec file is over 3GB in size

On-device editing using iPhone's iMovie, as well as pure playback of the files works without any issues. So, if anyone is wondering what type of device to get for their ProRes video capture, maybe BeeDrive would be a way to go. With its competitive price and much more versatile software than the competition, this device can be more than just a ProRes storage device for its price point.

💡

****NOTE**: While editing on the iPhone is possible when it comes to ProRes videos, it will ****not be possible to edit the versions that are on the BeeDrive directly**. Moving the content to the iPhone Photos app will be needed first before editing can begin.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4486.jpg)

ProRes captured video information

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/IMG_4484.jpg)

Editing in iMovie on the iPhone is possible

The quality of the USB cable and the fact that this 65 mm device is only 43 grams, means that it will not be an issue in terms of overall weight, and it will provide a fast and flexible 10G storage to move data from a shooting device to the editing station.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeDrive now with macOS support
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-now-with-macos-support/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:38:02.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 16/01/2024 - ****BeeDrive 1.2.0 Mac official version** has been released earlier today. This version ****includes the File Sync feature**, which was not available in the RC version, and the functionality is now consistent with the Windows version.

Back in June of 2023, Synology released a very interesting device, the first of its kind for the company, the BeeDrive.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

![](https://marketing-resources.synology.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/1200x800.jpg)

While it was nothing that we hadn't seen before in the shape of USB-C DAS (direct attached storage) devices, the BeeDrive did come with a few tricks up its sleeve that the competition did not have. For more details, be sure to read the full article in the link above, but today we have a new milestone for the BeeDrive, **the macOS support**.

### Some Apple love, finally

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.17.38.png)

Hello to all the macOS users!

Synology is known for its support for the macOS platform for sure, and all their apps and services support it, but what is expected, and happened this time around, is that it takes more time to develop and support the Apple OS than Microsoft products. We have seen this in the case of macOS support for the Active Backup for Business. Mac users have been waiting for years (and years!) for this to arrive, but in the end, it was worth the wait. 

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

For more details on macOS support inside ABB, read the following article

Let's see if the same can be said for the BeeDrive.

Out the gate on release day, the BeeDrive came with Windows support for its software, and while it was possible to use it as a plane USB device with any Mac over USB-A or USB-C connection, the lack of macOS support for the BeeDrive platform was lacking.

Synology then announced that macOS support is coming soon, and here we are, about half a year later, the **BeeDrive version 1.2 has been published with macOS support**.

To get the obvious out of the question, even though Macs for the past four years have been using Apple Silicon CPU (M1, M2,...), the BeeDrive software will support Intel-based Macs as well. So **regardless if we are using an older Mac or the latest and greatest, BeeDrive will be supported**.

### Installation on macOS

All the links for OS can be found on the BeeDrive site:

[BeeDrive | Your personal backup hubWhether it is school or work projects, vacation photos, or just to free up storage space on your phone, BeeDrive gathers all your data scattered across different devices.![](https://bee.synology.com/favicon.png)Your personal backup hubSynology Inc.![](https://gallery.synology.com/images/bee/home/backup_hub.jpg)](https://bee.synology.com/en-us?ref=blackvoid.club#download)

Considering that the above-linked article already contains all the information on the device itself as well as how it works in general with the Windows OS, we will continue to focus here on the macOS alone.

Once the installation package for the appropriate architecture of the Mac computer has been downloaded the installation can begin following a traditional macOS wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.10.52.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.11.01.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.11.07.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.11.31.png)

Due to increased security treatment inside macOS, by default, 3rd party system extensions will be blocked. This is nothing unexpected, and a simple System Preferences setting will allow the process to continue and complete.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.11.54.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.12.43.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.13.13.png)

Following the installation we will be asked to reboot the Mac to apply the loading of system extensions. Without it, the BeeDrive platform will not work, so best to do it before proceeding.

While the process is straightforward and fast, to be honest, this is just half the setup needed before we can start to use the BeeDrive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.17.20.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.17.38-1.png)

Just like with the BeeDrive platform on the Windows OS, here we will be also greeted with a Sign In option. Yes, to use the BeeDrive we have to have a valid Synology Account ready to go (or make one beforehand). 

While there is no apparent reason to use a Synology Account, the only way to interact with the software is by logging in with one. This does not mean that the Account is needed if it's meant to be used as a simple USB-attached device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.19.01.png)

A Synology Account is needed to use the platform software

One more thing needs to be done before we can start to use BeeDrive to its full potential on a Mac computer. Allow **Full Disk Access** option in System preferences. This step will be part of the configuration wizard that will conclude this entire process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.20.36.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.24.39.png)

Connect the BeeDrive and make sure that the software has detected it, then proceeded

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.24.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.25.36.png)

The full Disk Access option needs to be activated for the BeeDrive to work

Reloading the app after granting permission will finally start the app, and we will be able to use the BeeDrive on the macOS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.29.56.png)

As with any other USB-attached device be sure to eject it properly!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-08-at-20.30.23.png)

The BeeDrive running on macOS

### Testing, testing...!

For testing purposes, a 2TB BeeDrive along with a 2020 MacBook Air (Intel-based) and Mac Studio (M1 Max) will be used.

In the initial article, there were simple SMB tests done with a 1TB BeeDrive and the same Mac Studio, with results coming in over 8G. The same results were replicated here as well with a single large file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-09-at-20.08.38.png)

Nothing like copying a single 15GB file in about 20 seconds!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-10-at-19.50.52.png)

Blackmagic Disk speed tests

The Blackmagic Disk speed tests were also in line with the 1TB model and had about the same result during a simple SMB copy. With **830+ MB/s** transfers, anyone will be more than happy when using this little device at home, at work, or on the go.

While that is great, there is a question of using the actual software to backup, sync, or backup a mobile device. Setting up all those tasks is identical to the Windows OS scenario, so again, be sure to [**check the original article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/#software) for that, but what is to note here is the actual speed.

Testing with either a large or small sample of files both backup and sync tasks are much slower than expected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-10-at-13.45.04.png)

It is possible to execute multiple job types at the same time

One example is a **10MB sample task** that was done in both **backup** and **sync** scenarios (not concurrently). With no more than 100 files in total, it **took about 6 min for the sync task to complete**, and almost **12 min for the backup job** using the same sample.

While that task was done on the Macbook Air, the tests were similar on the Mac Studio. 

Testing further, while using two large files, with a **total of 6GB in size** the tasks were **done in about 12 seconds**. Still a bit slower than a raw SMB copy (that was completed in 8 seconds), but **much faster than a small file sample test**.

Another example is a **775MB in size sample with 584 items**. A simple **SMB task was completed in under two seconds**, while the **BeeDrive backup task took almost 30 min** for the same.

Now, this shouldn't come as a surprise, considering that a file sample with a lot of small files (under 500KB) will take much longer to backup or sync than only a few files that are massive in size. Still, it feels like there is room for improvement here. 

Not to end on a bad note here, the BeeDrive does work as expected when we look at the configuration side of things. Any task is monitored in real-time for any new files that need to be backed up or synced, and **that works with zero issues** while moving from one Mac to the other.

The good thing is that even though multiple Mac files can be seen on the drive when accessing it directly, by using the BeeDrive software platform (same principle as on Windows OS), we can only see configured tasks for that particular Mac.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-10-at-20.27.26.png)

Comparing the same BeeDrive connected to the Mac Studio vs the MacBook Air (image above). The computer backup tasks are Mac-specific

If we compare the last two images we can see that the **computer backup** task is unique to the machine. The name of the task, its path, and the selected folders (presented in the grey area) are different. We can however see that the iPhone backup task is presented in both images as that is a separate non-Mac device.

### Final notes...eject!

From all that was presented here, we can say that the BeeDrive behaves the same as it does on the Windows side, and the same rules apply. Apart from a bit longer setup and configuration wizard, everything else works much the same way.

**Support for both Intel and Apple SOC Macs** is more than welcome, and it's transparent (apart from installing the correct version) to the end user. **Speed is right where it is supposed to be with maybe the BeeDrive platform tasks showing room for improvement**.

What needs to be emphasized again is that **this is a USB device**, so no matter the OS you are using it with, **do not forget to eject it after usage**. This will include shutting down the app (not just closing the window one would do on Windows OS), and turning off any app that we have used with the BeeDrive device to manage files outside the official platform.

As an example, the Forklift file manager sometimes will not be able to eject the drive until we close it, and then eject the BeeDrive using the default macOS Finder app (or Disk Utility). 

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Again, here is a link to the full BeeDrive review covering Windows OS, as well as mobile backup. Be sure to have a read, and if you like the device but want more storage than 1 or 2TB, keep an eye out, you might just get what you wish for!

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology C2 & Passkeys
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-passkeys/
Last updated: 2024-03-01T14:07:19.000Z
Anyone using Synology devices as well as their services, certainly heard about **Synology C2**. If that is not the case, C2 is a collection of cloud-hosted platforms covering **password management**, **backup**, **identity** **management** as well as **metric** and **diagnostics**.

[C2 - BlackvoidSynology media partner IT & tech blog focused on Synology NAS, SRM, Docker, and other self-hosted solutions![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2tagcover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/)

Collection of all C2-related articles

To use Synology C2 services (both free and commercials) we need to have a valid **Synology Account** to be able to tie it with those selected platforms.

[Synology Account portalSynology Account portal. What is it, and what can it do for you?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyaccountportal.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/)

Synology Account - one place for all our Synology needs

The Account offers an overview of all the devices, services, and warranties, as well as subscriptions that an individual or a company uses.

To set up and use any C2 service we need to connect it to a valid Synology account and set up a **C2 encryption key**. 

⚠️

****This key is extremely important as it is used to encrypt all the data that is part of any C2 service!**

Because access to the C2 platforms requires entering the C2 encryption key it is no wonder that Synology has started to follow up in the steps of other bigger tech companies such as Apple, Microsoft, and Google with the implementation of **passkeys**.

> ## Passkeys are a new and efficient way to sign in or authenticate yourself on websites and services, providing a secure and convenient alternative to traditional passwords. At their core, passkeys leverage advanced cryptographic techniques to randomly generate a unique code for sign-ins.

The main benefit of the passkey is that it is broken into public and private keys. This makes them immune to hacking or phishing attacks. Paired with a hardware device that has any type of biometrics (fingerprint or face recognition), we no longer have to type in complex passwords (or even memorize them).

Using this user-friendly and seamless experience we get improved security and a much lower level of unauthorized access.

With **passkey support** on both **browsers and mobile applications**, signing in to your C2 accounts is now easier than ever.

### How to configure the passkey in C2?

Configuration of the new passkey method is done using the C2 service portal by opening the **Manage Account** option inside the account menu (avatar in the upper right corner).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/image.png)

Passkey authentication steps begin inside the account management

⚠️

Since an authenticator is just an alternative way to unlock your C2 services, ****you should still remember or keep your C2 Encryption Key in a safe place**. Changing your C2 Encryption Key does not affect your registered authenticators. However, resetting the C2 Encryption Key will delete all your registered authenticators.

In terms of both hardware and software requirements there are some prerequisites:

### Computer and operating system

- **Windows PC or Mac computer**  
Your device must have fingerprint or facial recognition features, or be connected with a FIDO2/WebAuthn-compatible hardware key.
- **Linux computer**  
Biometrics are not supported by Linux systems. You can still use a FIDO2/WebAuthn-compatible hardware key.

### Web browser

- Safari 15.4 and above
- Brave
- Chrome
- Firefox
- Microsoft Edge (Chromium-based)
- Opera

[Device SupportDetailed information about passkey support across devices and ecosystems![](https://passkeys.dev/apple-touch-icon.png)passkeys.dev![](https://passkeys.dev/pkdd-social-card.jpg)](https://passkeys.dev/device-support/?ref=blackvoid.club#matrix)

List of supported passkey devices and OS

Once we are on a compatible device **three major steps** are needed to make this work.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/image-1.png)

Start by entering the existing C2 encryption key

Entering the current C2 encryption key is a security measure and the only prerequisite step. As indicated before, be sure to not forget or lose the key as without it we can't configure the passkey method.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/image-2.png)

Enter a descriptive name of the device that will be used to generate the passkey

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-04-at-13.07.42.jpg)

Depending on the device the passkey generation steps might look a bit different. This is a macOS device with TouchID biometrics

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-04-at-13.07.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-04-at-13.08.26.png)

Process completed

Once the process has been completed the account management section will be slightly different.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/image-3.png)

The option to manage authenticators has been added

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/Screenshot-2023-12-04-at-13.08.59.png)

We will have the option to add multiple passkey devices as well as to change or delete existing ones from the list

Also, using the passkey can now be found anywhere where a C2 encryption key is needed. Instead of typing the key, we will have the option to log in using a device holding the passkey.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/image-4.png)

"****Use your authenticator to decrypt**" option is now listed as a way to unlock with a passkey

If the passkey is, for example, part of **iCloud Keychain**, any compatible\* device connected with the same Apple ID can be used to authenticate. One example is using a 3rd party computer to log in that will send a QR code challenge that in the end can be unlocked with an Apple iPhone holding the passkey.

Synology has not yet implemented login to DSM using passkeys, well not officially, but this might indicate that they will in the future. It would be excellent to have this option as an addition to their Secure SignIn feature. While on the subject of an unofficial method of DSM login, be sure to check the following article to see how we can use the Apple Safari browser to log into the DSM OS.

[Synology DSM 7 Passwordless sign-in with Apple Safari and PasskeysHow to access Synology DSM 7 using a passwordless method with Apple’s Passkeys feature in macOS 13 and iOS 16![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/macosventurapasskey.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-passwordless-sign-in-with-apple-safari-and-passkeys/)

In the end, it is great to see more secure methods being implemented, as today's need for extra security is higher than ever. Be sure to configure the passkey on your C2 profile as a faster and more secure authentication method.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology CC400W Wi-Fi camera
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cc400w-wi-fi-camera/
Last updated: 2024-03-10T13:58:42.000Z
In November of 2023, Synology held a one-day **Synology Solution Day** event presenting all the current products and services that they offer. 

While there was information and exhibits of all the known HW and SW options, there was one interesting bit of new information that was presented and announced. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/eavn-x-synology-solution-day-2023-trung-bay-001.jpg)

New CC400W camera spotted at Synology Solution Day 2023

The new upcoming **Synology CC400W** camera. While nothing much is known about it other than the presented datasheet specifications during the event, this is what we do know about it.

### CC400W features:

- 4MP@30FPS recording and 125 HFoV wide-angle lens, providing high-quality recording images.
- Wi-fi camera with no PoE support
- Integrated 2-way audio, including microphone and speaker.
- Achieved IP67 certification, making the camera resistant to dust and water.
- Meets the US NDAA/TAA Act, ensuring the security and confidentiality of recording data.
- Integrates AI features, helping you monitor more effectively.

AI features include:

**Detect people and vehicles**: Cameras can detect people and vehicles moving in the monitoring area, helping to early detect suspicious objects, thereby providing timely remedial measures.

**Intrusion detection**: Camera can detect intrusion in the monitoring area, helping users protect assets effectively.

**Instant search**: You can search videos by time, subject, or event. This feature helps you easily find the video you need to investigate when an incident occurs quickly and effectively.

CC400W will almost certainly be **100% compatible with Surveillance Station 9** as well as **licence-free** just like all other Synology models. 

The new model will join the existing lineup of Synology cameras announced last year in December and rolled out in May of 2023\. These PoE models will now have another Wi-Fi-only model as part of Synology's growing portfolio of branded cameras.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Review of existing Synology PoE cameras (BC500 and TC500)

More exact information will be added at a later date, as well as an upcoming hands-on test when the camera is officially rolling out.
### Synology 2023 retrospective
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-retrospective/
Last updated: 2024-03-10T13:58:33.000Z
As it is with every year, so do we move into 2024 in a month's time, leaving behind one of the most surprising years for Synology in a long time. Let's review the last twelve months in terms of new SOHO and small business hardware, software, and services.

### 2023, the year of the AMD

While Synology is known to stick with the same brand and architecture of the CPUs driving their hardware, it looks like the medal this time around goes to AMD. Synology has been using both Intel and various other ARM-based CPUs for a long time, but this past year (already starting in 2022), Synology upgraded and refreshed most of their mid to high-end range models with AMD Ryzen CPUs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/synology_2023_timeline_part1.jpg)

At the end of 2022, the new top 4-bay model was released as an upgrade to the current DS920+ at that time. The main change was that the new **DS923+** came with a new AMD CPU giving it more power, as well as network options, but losing some features that most users of that particular model were accustomed to.

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

[Synology DS223 overviewOne of the new #Synology value series models has arrived. The new #DS223 is here bringing more than meets the eye. Lots of features in a compact 2-bay design![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds223overview-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223-overview/)

In the same footsteps followed the smaller 2-bay version, the **DS723+**. While both models got 10G optional network connectivity, and support up to 32GB of RAM, they also lost a commonly used hardware transcoding via Intels CPU QuickSync technology. This was no surprise as it was expected due to the fact that Synology started to move models to AMD already the year before this, but many were hoping it would not come to this.

What followed were several refresh models that were expected. To name a few, the DS223 is a Realtek-Docker-capable 2-bay unit, as well as an RS2423+, a 12-bay, 10G capable rack NAS.

[Synology RS2423+ reviewSynology RS2423+ review. A refreshed 12-bay NAS for business workloads. A series of articles covering the overview, installation, services, and more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-review/)

Each presented model so far in 2023 would surely find its customer but the AMD shift was something that was still daunting as customers wanted also to have powerful and capable models without any sacrifices to existing services. While Synology was on a clear path to maximize the potential of this new CPU architecture, they also decided to throw in a first surprise of the year, a **Synology Store**.

[Synology Store - now open!Today #Synology has opened its official Synology Store! A easy way to buy routers, add-in cards, memory and more. Free shipping over 200 ($/€)!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/synologystore.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-now-open/)

The Store offers (depending on the location and country) many spare parts for older devices, routers, and new products that were presented later in the year as well as some older refurbished units for those who don't want the latest models or the fact they have to give up on some commodities that they were used to. 

Following the release of DS923+/723+, a few months later another refreshed 4-bay NAS arrived. The **DS423+** remained as an Intel-based model offering users to pick up where DS918+/DS920+ left off. This was a good sign for many as that meant that there is still hope that AMD will not take the complete portfolio with upcoming models.

### Proprietary, new Synology mindset

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/synology_2023_timeline_part2.jpg)

[Synology DS423+ reviewThe NEW #Synology DS423+ is here! 4-bay Intel-powered NAS for media and data management with video transcoding capabilities.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/ds423.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-review/)

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

> ## Synology Plus Series HDDs and can update drives seamlessly from DiskStation Manager (DSM) on their Synology storage system, eliminating the need for third-party tools and disk removal for firmware updates

Just as the Synology store was a surprise back in February, March followed with another one. Synology rolled out their very own NAS-grade hard drives. These new **HAT3300** models were their answer to the more expensive HAT5300 lineup of disks that many avoided due to their high price and the fact those were mostly targeted for the small business and enterprise NAS models. HAT3300 disks come in capacity from 4 to 12TB and are priced at almost the exact price as the competition. Offering live upgrades, and 100% compatibility with the rest of Synology hardware, this moment proves that the company is on a path to eventually close off to any 3rd party disk vendor. While no official information is present at this point in time, we can assume this will happen sometime in the future.

Mid-year was focused on several low-end devices that needed a refresh of their own as well as the presentation of new Synology cameras that were announced in December of 2022\. The new **BC500/TC500** are first in, what can be assumed, many PoE cameras that the company will roll out in the future. With no Surveillance Station license requirements and again, out-of-the-box compatibility, this new piece of hardware could also indicate certain restrictions in terms of future compatibility with the SVS platform should Synology roll out more models that are not just PoE dependet but also more WiFi friendly as well as somewhat cheaper.

> ## "...The BC500 and TC500 are designed to integrate seamlessly with Surveillance Station"
> 
> ## "...Synology cameras do not require purchase or activation of Surveillance Station device licenses"

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

[Synology DS223j overviewHere is the refreshed J series NAS model from Synology, the DS223j. Bringing more than the previous generation including BTRFS support and Snapshot Replication![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/ds223joverview.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223j-overview/)

[Synology DS124 overviewSynology DS124 is coming soon. This 1-bay NAS is a compact device from their value lineup, and it offers much for its low entry price![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds124overview.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds124-overview/)

### "Congratulations, it's a b...BeeDrive?!"

Just as the dust started to settle down from all the camera reviews and people were getting into the summer grove, Synology released one of its biggest new additions in many years. It's funny because it is only 43 gr in weight. A completely new category of device that, unlike all the current NAS units, this one was a pure DAS (direct attached storage) but with Synology's very own touch. The **BeeDrive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/synology_2023_timeline_part3.jpg)

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds224plus-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

The BeeDrive is a 10G capable USB-C type NVMe drive that comes in 1 or 2TB (at the moment) capacity and is targeted at users that need a lot of fast storage regardless of where they are or what they are doing. While this is the first of its kind for Synology, it will not be the last, if nothing else, we can expect new models of the BeeDrive starting with higher capacity in 2024.

Personally, I was very satisfied with this device, and while I am not the right customer for it, the BeeDrive offers more than just fast storage thanks to the well-built software around it. It is obvious that Synology wanted a more capable DAS unit than the competition, and in my personal opinion, they did it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/synology_2023_timeline_part4.jpg)

### BSM! Do you mean DSM? No, I mean BSM!

While some paid no attention to the BeeDrive, others couldn't stop talking about it, but as we come close to the end of the year so does Synology slow down with their releases. 

Getting ready for the holidays is just as important as inventing and refreshing models, but the company was working really hard to catch the 2023 winter holiday season because of their final surprise of the year.

Before we get to it, it is worth mentioning the start of their **Certified Refurbished** program as well as the continued upgrade of their cloud-based metric and monitoring platform, **Active Insight**.

[Synology Certified RefurbishedSynology Store offers official accessories, expansion units, cameras and more, while offering even more refurbished NAS models that are still more then capable.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/refurbished.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-certified-refurbished/)

[Synology Active Insight - new enterprise featuresA full set of Synology Active Insight features are now available for the free tier. With that, AI has got a new feature as well, the File Activity.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/activeinsight_2023.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-insight-new-enterprise-features/)

Here it is, the best for last. Well, we will see if it will be best, but it sure is another Bee bomb. Before the year was out, Synology pushed a brand new operating system called the **BSM** (BeeStationManager).

[BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?BSM 1.0-65078 is the new upcoming OS by Synology that will control a brand new line of devices that are yet to be announced.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/bsm_initial_release-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/)

With the introduction of a new system, there is sure to be a new product, and this was uncovered inside the BSM PAT file. Just as BeeDrive is a new class of DAS, so will be the new **BeeStation** in the upcoming year. A new version of NAS device comes as an alternative for certain cloud solutions as well as a better solution for some existing competition devices out there.

[Synology BeeStation announcement - personal cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation is a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/beestation_bst150_-announcement.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-announcement-personal-cloud-in-minutes/)

The BeeStation accouncement article

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

The BeeStation full review article

While the BeeStation should have been ready for the 2023 holiday season, this is not the case, and it will see the light of day early in 2024\. Regardless, considering how it is made, and who is it designed for, we can be sure it will be a success. The question is just how much, but time will tell.

There we have it. A short retrospective of some of the key milestones in 2023 as well as a few surprises along the way. As we can see, this was another big year for Synology with the introduction of the new hard drives, the BeeDrive, and the announcement of the upcoming BeeStation. On top of that, we have seen almost a dozen new devices both new and refreshed models as well as a new chapter with DSM 7.2.

Synology is on its own track that might not cater to everyone's taste, but the fact is that they are still the dominant NAS brand in the world, moving along strong and steady.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DSM 6.2 end of life announcement
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-6-2-end-of-life-announcement/
Last updated: 2024-03-01T14:06:50.000Z
It has been three years since the first public preview version of DSM 7 was available to the public and during that time DSM 6 has been supported by Synology in terms of security patches, functionalities, and package updates.

The life cycle is normal in both hardware and software, so **on October 1st, 2024, Synology will terminate support for DSM 6.2**. This version is currently in an extended life phase, meaning that after that date no more security updates or features will be developed for it.

[End-of-Availability notice for legacy DSM, Surveillance Station, SRM, and more#Synology will from 1 May 2023 remove certain #DSM installation files, firmware versions, and software packages. Files required to (re-)install old software and firmware will remain available from Synology Download Center until 30 April 2023![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/banner_1200x628@2x.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/end-of-availability-notice-for-legacy-dsm-surveillance-station-srm-and-more/)

Begging on year there was also an announcement that as of May 1st, the older version of DSM will be removed from the official Synology download site. This included all the versions older than 6.2.4\. On top of that older versions of their router OS, the SRM was also deprecated for versions older than 1.2.

The company is clearly cleaning house, and putting all their efforts into the future of new versions of DSM 7 as well as upcoming version 8 at some point. Along with sunsetting the 6.2 DSM, some apps will also be reaching end-of-life.

```bash
Synology Moments (DSM package and iOS/Android mobile apps)
Synology Photo Station (DSM package, iOS/Android/Apple TV/Android TV/ Fire TV apps, and Windows/macOS Photo Station Uploader)
Java8
DokuWiki
SVN
Tomcat 7
Moodle
Docker-Redmine
Docker-Gitlab
Docker-LXQt
GLPI
OrangeHRM
osTicket
MariaDB 5
Node.js v8
PHP Pear
```

Apps reaching the end of life in October 2024

### What models will be left out of the new DSM 7 and new features?

Users with devices that are 10y or older are already aware that they can't update to DSM 7 but just for reference here is the complete list of models that will be limited to DSM 6.2, and only that version.

**x11-x12 Series**

- XS Series : RS3412xs, RS3412RPxs, RS3411xs, RS3411RPxs, DS3612xs, DS3611xs
- Plus Series : RS2212+, RS2212RP+, RS2211+, RS2211RP+, RS812+, RS812RP+, DS2411+, DS1812+, DS1512+, DS1511+, DS712+, DS412+, DS411+II, DS411+, DS213+, DS212+, DS211+, DS112+
- Value Series : RS812, RS212, RS411, DS413, DS411, DS213, DS212, DS211, DS112, DS111
- J Series : DS413j, DS411j, DS411slim, DS213air, DS212j, DS211j, DS112j
- Others : NVR216, NVR1218, DDSM

### Models supporting new DSM 7 (7.1 and 7.2)

Considering that Synology NAS devices can last for a long time and perform just as well regardless of their age, it is no wonder that some users are not migrating to the latest model as soon as it arrives. Again, just for reference, the x13-x15 models will support only DSM 7.1 as its major version and no future versions will be accessible.

**x13-x15 Series (supporting only DSM 7.1)**

- XS Series: RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- Plus Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, DS214+, RS815RP+, RS815+, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+, DS215+
- Value Series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS214, DS214play, DS114, RS815, DS1515,DS715, DS415play, DS115
- J Series: DS213j, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214se, DS215j, DS115j, DS216se

Alongside those, any model from x16 all the way to the x21 series will support DSM 7.2\. This also means that any newer version of DSM could be limited only to x22-x24 models, but that remains to be seen.

**x16-x21 Series**

- XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+,RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPx, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, RS3618xs, DS3018xs, RS1619xs+, DS1621xs+, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs
- Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621+
- Value Series: RS816, DS416, DS416play, DS216, DS216play, DS116, RS217, DS1817, DS1517, DS418, DS418play, DS218, DS218play, DS118, RS819
- J Series: DS416slim, DS416j, DS216j, DS218j, DS218j, DS419slim, DS119j, DS620slim, DS420j, DS220j, DS120j
- Others : DVA3219, DVA3221

So, if you have a relatively new model that does support DSM 7, **consider upgrading to it in the next year**. This would be highly recommended if the unit is accessible over the Internet to mitigate any known security issues and exploits.

💡

Keep in mind that ****DSM 7 brings breaking changes** for some specific apps and scenarios so ****consult the entire DSM 7 release note history** before attempting this as ****downgrade is not officially supported!**

### Can I go back to DSM 6?

In case there are issues and an upgrade is successful but certain apps are no longer working, consider following this unsupported downgrade method. **Use it only as a last resort**.

[DSM 7 to DSM 6 downgrade (unofficial and unsupported)Jumped the gun on updating to DSM7? Want to go back to DSM6? This unofficial and unsupported method might help out.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_downgrade.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-to-dsm-6-downgrade/)

Unofficial and unsupported DSM 7 to DSM 6 downgrade (last resort!)

Enough time has passed that downgrade should be used only if absolutely needed, otherwise consider using the latest version of DSM. If apps are the problem, [**Docker**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/) might be a solution for a large number of officially unsupported apps and services, some of which might be alternatives to Synology's apps as well.

🆘

In case there is a need for a ****specific DSM 6.2.4 version of DSM for any supported NAS model**, feel free to ask in the comment section, and I will make sure to send you the link for it (including minor versions).

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Bitwarden biometrics & passkeys - new passwordless technologies
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-biometrics-passkeys-new-passwordless-technologies/
Last updated: 2023-11-26T19:43:52.000Z
This has been a great year for Bitwarden in terms of new features for both their commercial and self-hosted customers. While the need for a password manager has never been greater, the competition in this niche is tough.

Some major players in this field have had some data breaches this past year and many have fled to alternative solutions like Bitwarden for example, and with good reason.

For anyone not familiar with the platform, BW is a commercial platform that also offers free services as well as a self-hosted solution for anyone not willing to keep their data in a public cloud.

Personally, I have been using this solution in a self-hosted scenario for the past 5y with zero issues.

[Bitwarden - a self-hosted password managerHow to self-host Bitwarden password manager on your Synology NAS via Docker.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/bw.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/)

Docker example of how to run your own self-hosted Bitwarden solution using a popular VaultWarden fork 

While the official self-hosted version of Bitwarden is a complex one (with 11 containers), the upcoming two-container version is soon here. Under the name of **Bitwarden Unified**, it should provide a simple setup with all the features that this platform offers. Currently in beta, the Unified version should arrive soon.

[Bitwarden unified self-host deploymentA while back #bitwarden started to work on their single #docker container #selfhosted image to simplify running this password manager on your own![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/bw_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-unified-self-host-deployment/)

How to deploy the official Bitwarden Unified solution via docker

### Passwordless - the future login method

With the increased threat level nowadays, staying safe on the web can be a challenge, and using a password manager is a way forward in terms of using complex passwords for each service with the added protection of second-factor authentication (MFA).

Bitwarden Inc. is pushing its platform to secure the best possible security for its customers and with the recent acquisition of **Passwordless.dev**, we got a better product with much stronger protection and ease of use.

**Passwordless** is more than just a buzzword. Many major companies are working towards the implementation of this type of authentication as password management is becoming an issue, while again, the threat level is on the rise. Using anything other than highly complex passwords (lengthy and complex) exposes the client to brute force attacks and eventual hacks.

This is where new methods such as passkeys and biometric security can help by elevating security and lowering complexity for the end user.

One feature that Bitwarden implemented a while back was to allow the **usage of trusted devices to log into the application** without a master password. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/image.png)

This method allows login with no need to type in the password which greatly minimizes brute-force attacks, password stealing, and other potential exploits that are used when typing in a secure password. **Log in with device** feature will also streamline the user experience because using this method also allows for the **use of biometrics** that most modern mobile and desktop devices have. Fingerprint or face identification has almost become a standard not just on high-end models, so utilization of such secure options not just protects the individual, but also speeds up the authentication process when accessing sensitive data inside Bitwarden.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/image-1.png)

[Access Your Bitwarden Vault Without a Password | Bitwarden BlogLogging into your Bitwarden vault just got easier! A new passwordless experience enables you to access your Bitwarden vault with another device.![](https://bitwarden.com/icons/icon-192x192.png?v=1abf57d1154002a9fac426a2c5c04d85)Bitwarden![](https://bitwarden.com/_gatsby/file/5892fe8d7860c4b987ab1c630cae4371/Frame%20467.png?eu=8b8e02b5eb9ef4d5096ea4876f773338e23b54aefc5232d33f35e2a949fa988627f7190427c029e07f6f5f8ad5b517bd66942e601ce7d1dcc4e91cf1e231ae0e52d053ba61b0770f592995febaad420128851047beda9559f43831cab6f7e1215a13496feb64e6d4a8b63226eed06968ebe0ae7322c5b41ce56e260cad7b0eba05e6f0a06a40959db55bb4a6f1a108cdcdef2b05408ff73520734e195ceb25bbf1b10d23302a435a60caab09937ee0f46d41344c5a5904e9276487)](https://bitwarden.com/blog/access-your-bitwarden-vault-without-a-password/?ref=blackvoid.club)

On top of these methods that elevate the login process, we can still use MFA options to even further protect all the materials that are part of the protected vault. This step is still not replaced by the use of passwordless options, but then again, security vs. convenience is always something that an individual must choose.

This is why **passkeys** have started to become so popular and their implementation into Bitwarden as well. As much as username/password usage to log into a service or a system has been a standard for decades, even with 2FA it is still open to various exploits (but much harder), and above all it's a multi-step process.

So what are passkeys?

> ## Passkeys allow you to quickly create and sign into accounts – with no password needed. This single-step, secure login method replaces traditional authentication (typically, weak or reused usernames and passwords) as well as the cumbersome 2FA process. With passkeys, you’ll never create a weak password again, because you’ll never need to create a password again.

This means that we will use a single strong login that will replace the username, password, and 2FA while elevating security and making the login process faster and less complex.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/image-2.png)

Illustration of how passkeys work

[How do passkeys work? | Bitwarden BlogPasskeys will eventually replace passwords. They’re stronger, more secure, phishing-resistant, and best of all, easier to use. But how do they work? Read on.![](https://bitwarden.com/icons/icon-192x192.png?v=1abf57d1154002a9fac426a2c5c04d85)Bitwarden![](https://bitwarden.com/_gatsby/file/816f9c0fd06a579beb1b46686320e8c3/Social%20Media%20Cards%20Q2%202023%20(6).png?eu=d8da59b4ea99af83063aa8d66d23633cb56952f9aa5962d13560e5ad19a0cbd072a51e0127c072b77e38588ddbb211b834c32b651aecd8d991bb1ff7e860ab0e07d65aed63b12400042b90a8e3f202403dc41b5ef287cf0bf66d7185e2e1b3731a534a2fa129be85bdae6366b3852a3be0eee26a2581a167ff4b03059c4d32e237ffc68f705dbb8af301b1b3aab60e8fc2b46b5d418dfb686570531819ba78c7f8ce7c047e291f0460a6ae58b501c0b2480367270a0d55a46f38d155ae683392b5fba855da7e7be6adcc67758795ae82ea1fb34929b49676f5ed462f5a54fd7cdeed39a3910b670cee28fa974fdd6c035a5ec242de)](https://bitwarden.com/blog/how-do-passkeys-work/?ref=blackvoid.club)

A detailed explanation of how passkeys work

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/image-3.png)

Method of passkey authentication

Since November 7th, 2023, Bitwarden has rolled out **support for passkeys for all clients**, both free and commercial. 

[Bitwarden launches passkey management | Bitwarden BlogPasskey management is now available in Bitwarden! Users can store passkeys right in their vaults next to passwords and other logins. Read on to learn more.![](https://bitwarden.com/icons/icon-192x192.png?v=1abf57d1154002a9fac426a2c5c04d85)Bitwarden![](https://bitwarden.com/_gatsby/file/6b313773e79c78848353332ad50c0b39/Social%20Media%20Cards%20Q3%202023%20(9).png?eu=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)](https://bitwarden.com/blog/bitwarden-launches-passkey-management/?ref=blackvoid.club)

At the moment, passkeys are only implemented in the **Bitwarden browser extension** with mobile and desktop app support coming in the near future. What will also be possible is to **log inside Bitwarden itself using this method**. This will also significantly increase security while accessing Bitwarden Vault on less secure or foreign devices.

Why is passkey support in Bitwarden a big deal? Well while major companies behind some of the major mobile and desktop OS, like Apple, Google, or Microsoft, are rolling out their support for passkeys those will not be so cross-platform unlike when the **keys are saved in a cross-platform password manager** such as Bitwarden.

As a result, we have our **private keys with us all the time** on any BW-compatible OS or device with no worry about accessing them. Getting to them will also be possible soon using passkeys, or any existing method so far, like login with device, biometrics, and so forth.

## Using mobile or desktop biometrics

Now that we have seen what Bitwarden can do in terms of ease of use as well as security, let's see it in action.

Starting with **biometrics options inside the desktop app**. We first need to activate the available option on the computer in question. For this demonstration, it will be a Mac computer with a TouchID feature.

💡

****NOTE**: This feature will work on ****MacBooks with TouchID** as well as any desktop device paired with the ****official Apple Magic Keyboard with TouchID**

In Bitwarden's preferences, under the security section, we will find the **Unlock with Touch ID** check box that needs to be activated. Once the computer password has been entered and confirmed, the functionality is in place.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-19.32.35.png)

Activating the "Unlock with Touch ID" option inside the Bitwarden desktop app

Testing this is as simple as opening the app again which will in this case present us with an unlock screen. Offering us the option to enter the master password or the unlock with Touch ID solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-19.08.35.png)

Unlocking Bitwarden with the "Unlock with Touch ID" feature

Once a fingerprint scanner or the button is actually used, the app will invoke a security popup asking us to either place a finger on the Touch ID or in case a user has an Apple Watch configured and ready, authenticate with it instead.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-18.33.58-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/watch_unlock_touchid.PNG)

Apple Watch challenge in order to unlock the Bitwarden app

So what is the actual process here? Clicking once on the unlock with Touch ID on the Bitwarden app followed by double-clicking the Apple Watch button to approve, thats it. No typing, no passwords, and we have unlocked the vault.

Now that example was unlocking the vault with an already logged-in user. Let's see now how we can actually log into Bitwarden's extension (the same goes for the desktop app) to get access to the vault.

Unlike the unlock process, **the login process using biometrics will only save us from entering our master password**. We will still have to enter the username (email) and optional 2FA challenge.

Opening the browser extension will ask us to enter our email account followed by the master password screen. On that same screen, we will have the **Log in with device** option visible that will initiate a challenge towards a verified device (computer or mobile) with a one-time phrase.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-18.49.07.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-18.49.14.png)

Logging into Bitwarden extension using biometrics

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-18.49.21.png)

Desktop app configured to approve the login requests

As we can see, the identical phrase will show up on desktop or mobile (or both if we have configured multiple devices) Bitwarden app asks us to confirm the login. After that, the vault will either open up or intercept us with an option MFA method if one is configured for that particular account.

Again, a few clicks and we have access to our vault without typing the master password manually. Both are fast and secure ways of getting access to our secure data by using verified devices and biometrics that provide a significant security level.

## Using passkeys

The new **passkeys** feature goes one step further. 

> ## "...As a cryptographic method to verify your identity, **passkeys are naturally significantly stronger than passwords**. Comprising both a public and private component, passkeys leverage WebAuthn cryptographic protocols developed by the FIDO Alliance..."

As mentioned before, **passkeys eliminate the need to enter a username, password, and 2FA**. Some might challenge this and say, isn't having a complex password and 2FA on a separate device/app more secure than having a passkey?

Before we see passkeys in action, let's see the main benefits:

### **COMPLEX**

**Impossible to guess** \- passkeys are much longer than passwords and machine-generated. Trying to **guess a passkey would literally take eons**.

### **UNIQUE**

**Resistant to phishing** \- they can only be **used on the website that they’re made for**, so a fake website can’t try to trick a user into giving it away.

### SAFE

**Immune to data breaches** \- passkeys are made up of a public key and a private key that work together to log you in. If the public key that a website stores is leaked, your account is still safe because the private key is secure on your device.

Bitwarden now offers the option to save passkeys (private keys) as an entry in the vault so they can access it from anywhere. 

Using the passkey feature is very easy. 

In most cases registering onto a site that supports passkey authentication, we will need to enter a username or an email. This is just a usual initial registration process. Following that, we can then complete the process by using a passkey. In that moment Bitwarden extension will pop up with a question. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-20.20.57.png)

Bitwarden extension asks to create and save a passkey for a particular site

Now, in case we do not want to use Bitwarden as our passkey destination, but rather macOS Keychain for example, we can use the **Use browser** option in the lower left corner.

In case we do want Bitwarden to be our host for the passkey, we can choose   **Save passkey as new login** and that is it. The new passkey is now part of the vault.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-20.23.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-20.23.25.png)

Passkey inside Bitwarden vault. Editing the entry will not present any username, password, or 2FA

With the passkey safely inside the vault, visiting the website that has a unique passkey will invoke a Bitwarden extension question once we want to log in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-20.21.58.png)

The website was detected by Bitwarden and it offers a unique passkey for logging in

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-08-at-20.21.46.png)

All we need to do is click confirm

Selecting the passkey will automatically log us into a website or app with zero interaction in terms of username, password, or any form of 2FA. **Complex**, **unique**, **safe**.

There we have it. **Passkeys are a new, more secure, and more streamlined method of authentication**. Again this f**eature is available to any free or paid customer of Bitwarden** as well, as of version 1.30, in VaultWarden self-hosted fork. Be sure to give it a go, and further elevate your security, as well as the security of your most sensitive data.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Visual Station VS600HD
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-visual-station-vs600hd/
Last updated: 2024-02-22T16:38:52.000Z
Today Synology released a new version of their surveillance client, the **Visual** **Station**. This time around it is called **VS600HD**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/vs600hd_4.png)

The new VS600HD Video Station - compact Surveillance Station client

In case anyone is not aware of what this Synology device is, it is a **desktop client** much like a SFF PC that **connects to existing Synology Surveillance NAS or DVR** products as well as to a **dual 4K display**, keyboard, and a mouse.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4718.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4719.jpg)

The VS600HD - a small surveillance client

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

Part 1 of the Surveillance Station 9 and DVA3221 review

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

Part 2 of the Surveillance Station 9 and DVA3221 review

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

New Synology cameras review

With a setup like that, businesses can set up a monitoring station to get the most out of the Surveillance Station solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-14.04.09.png)

Concept of how VS600HD can be integrated into the environment

This 15W power device is very compact, as well as light, and has the option to be mounted using a VESA mount to any compatible monitor.

## Packaging

The device is packed in a compact eco-friendly box with all the needed elements apart from the HDMI cable. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4708.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4709.jpg)

VS600HD packaging

Along the device itself, there is a **single LAN cable**, **power adapter**, and **VESA kit** in case we want to mount it on the back side of a monitor or TV.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4720.jpg)

The VS600HD comes with its own VESA mount kit that will allow for easy installation on a compatible monitor or TV

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-14.08.00.png)

VS600HD has the option to be VESA mounted if needed

💡

The mounting place, as well as the VESA mount, are ****included in the packaging**, so no additional purchases are necessary.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-14.10.38.png)

Connecting the VS600HD to the rest of the hardware equipment

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-14.34.03.png)

VS600HD mounted on the VESA mount

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4721.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4722.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4723.jpg)

The VESA adapter installed on the VS600HD. The gap between the device and the metal plate is enough to allow for air ventilation

Once the device is in place (as a standalone or mounted) we can connect it to using the ports on the back of the unit. As stated before, this device can connect up to **two 4K displays** along with having a network connection to our Surveillance Station NAS or DVR.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/vs600hd_3.png)

Back of the VS600HD

## Specifications

Along the back side of the unit, two HDMI ports support 4K@30Hz, or 1080p@60Hz, a **single 1GbE LAN port**, **two USB 3.0 ports**, and a **3.5 audio jack** for audio in and out.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/vs600hd_2.png)

The new VS600HD

Power and reset buttons are also located on the backside. This 15 x 15 cm large device **weighs only 0,36 kg**, so even if VESA installation is not an option, it will probably not take up too much space.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4712.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4713.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4714.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4715.jpg)

The bottom of the device is protected with rubber feet giving it enough elevation for ventilation as well as a decent grip even on very slippery surfaces.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4716-1.jpg)

The bottom side of the VS600HD has small modular ventilation, VESA mount holes, and rubber feet for elevation and grip

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/IMG_4717.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-14.34.56.png)

VS600HD key features

VS600HD comes with a **fixed Synology 3y warranty** that can't be extended using the Extended Warranty Plus program.

In terms of its software features, this device supports up to a **maximum of 50 IP cameras**. With support for both **H.264** and **H.265** that number can change. So depending on the resolution and FPS, these are the supported combinations:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-14.32.40.png)

H.264 codec

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-14.33.10.png)

H.265 codec

Along with video codecs, VS600HD supports **PCM, G711, G726**, and **AMR** as its audio codecs as well.

The VS600HD will allow for easier usage of all elements that the Surveillance Station offers, from **watching live feeds** and **scrubbing** existing footage to **getting alerts** and allowing for **accurate security mappings**.

If we combine the unit with one of the DVA series devices like the **DVA1622** or **DVA3221** as well as new **Synology cameras**, we can leverage **AI-powered analytics** to boost overall security and response time. Finally, the VS600HD can be centrally updated and controlled from any location in case there is more than one location inside our business or home.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/VS600HD/monitoring/remote@2x.jpg)

While all Surveillance Station operations can work over a web browser or a desktop client (even some operations can be executed and used on a mobile client as well), the VS600HD can be an asset in locations where space is limited and does not allow for a full-blown PC to be installed while still providing up to 50 video stream on a video wall.

The model will be available **worldwide** **on** **December 6th**, and it is already available in Australia since November 1st.
### BSM 1.0 - New Synology OS is coming?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bsm-1-0-new-synology-os-is-coming/
Last updated: 2024-03-10T13:58:26.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 29/02/2024 - ****new BSM update - 65162** has been added to the download site. BeeFiles and BeePhotos also got updates as well as their mobile apps.

### Version: 1.0-65162

(2024-02-29)

#### The latest function

1. This version contains the following applications:
  - BeeFiles 1.0.1-10409
  - BeePhotos 1.0.1-10015

#### Correction of problems

1. Fix the problem that the system may not be able to create storage space on specific BeeStation.
2. Improve the display fluency when switching pages in the system settings.
3. Fix other problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/03/Screenshot-2024-03-02-at-13.52.02.png)

The new BeeStation update has arrived

Just four days before the global launch Synology pushed out the latest version of BSM and complementary apps (BeeFiles and BeePhotos). Over the last month of testing, I have had several reported bugs and performance issues with these solutions, all of which were solved. It is good to see Synology is on top of things to make the BeeStation as stable as possible and ready for the global launch.

💡

****UPDATE**: 29/11/2023 - ****new BSM update - 65109** has been added to the download site. Some packages have certain changes but nothing in terms of new features.

💡

****UPDATE**: 08/11/2023 - added new information on a **new BeePhotos domain detected online** thanks to "John Doe" (identity withheld). Information on [the bottom](#08112023).

💡

****UPDATE**: 01/11/2023 - added ****new BeeFile and BeePhotos logo**/icon found in the new ****BSM update - 65087**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/Screenshot-2023-11-02-at-09.53.12.png)

New BSM OS 65087

With this new update, there are some slight changes to some packages, and a new one focusing on the **BeePhotos** functionality.

```shell
root    2206999 Oct 30 06:48 bee-AdminCenter-armv8bee-1.0.1-0051.spk
root    4849939 Oct 30 06:48 bee-Fonts-armv8bee-1.0.1-0001.spk
root      13486 Oct 30 06:48 BeePhotos-armv8bee-1.0.0-10002.spk
root    5464010 Oct 30 06:48 CloudSync-armv8bee-2.6.2-2520.spk
root    1016185 Oct 30 06:48 CodecPack-rtd1619bmango-3.1.2-3020.spk
root     143527 Oct 30 06:48 exFAT-Free-armv8bee-7.2.0-0354.spk
root    6226616 Oct 30 06:48 FileStation-armv8bee-1.3.5-1527.spk
root   14901523 Oct 30 06:48 HyperBackup-armv8bee-4.1.0-3430.spk
root    3923612 Oct 30 06:48 MangoDrive-armv8bee-1.0.0-10223.spk
root   14014546 Oct 30 06:48 Node.js_v18-armv8bee-18.16.1-1009.spk
root   12261105 Oct 30 06:48 PHP7.4-armv8bee-7.4.33-0130.spk
root    5378327 Oct 30 06:48 Python2-armv8bee-2.7.18-1004.spk
root    3193326 Oct 30 06:48 QuickConnect-armv8bee-1.0.3-0070.spk
root    8762296 Oct 30 06:48 SMBService-armv8bee-4.15.13-0852.spk
root    3050758 Oct 30 06:48 SynologyApplicationService-armv8bee-1.7.5-20612.spk
root   27185066 Oct 30 06:48 SynologyDrive-armv8bee-3.4.1-25756.spk
root  125423740 Oct 30 06:48 SynologyPhotosBSM-rtd1619bmango-1.6.0-0634.spk
root    7858022 Oct 30 06:48 SynologyUniversalSearch-armv8bee-1.7.0-0703.spk
root   11398411 Oct 30 06:48 UniversalViewer-armv8bee-1.1.0-0156.spk
root    1386810 Oct 30 06:48 USBCopy-armv8bee-2.2.1-1306.spk
```

Packages inside BSM revision 65087

💡

****UPDATE**: 29/10/2023 - added a new section on the bottom covering some potential "****Bee AdminCenter and BeeStation features**"

You have read it correctly! Looks like a new Synology operating system is coming on top of DSM and SRM covering their NAS and router lineup.

Named **BSM**, this new OS will likely be a result of a brand-new product line that we have yet to see. The install file (PAT) is already accessible on the **archive** site, under its own version, **1.0-65078**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-16.png)

New Synology BSM OS under its initial version, 1.0-65078

## What kind of product is it?

It is clear that this is a brand-new product line that deserves its own new OS. Some more information can be found inside the PAT file so let's see what's under the hood.

```shell
majorversion="7"
minorversion="2"
major="7"
minor="2"
micro="0"
buildphase="GM"
buildnumber="65078"
smallfixnumber="0"
nano="0"
base="65078"
productversion="1.0"
os_name="BSM"
builddate="2023/10/16"
buildtime="12:21:38"
```

VERSION file information for the new BSM OS

As it can be seen, the new OS will be based in some way on the DSM 7.2 by the looks of it, even though it is advertised as version 1.0 in the name. 

Looking further, we can see the supported packages as well:

```shell
FileStation,
SynoFinder,
SMBService,
Python2,
exFAT-Free,
QuickConnect,
Node.js_v18,
SynologyApplicationService,
UniversalViewer,
CloudSync,
PHP7.4,
USBCopy,
HyperBackup,
SynologyPhotos,
SynologyDrive,
MangoDrive,
bee-AdminCenter,
bee-Fonts,
CodecPack
```

BSM supported packages

From this list, it is clear that it is some sort of a network device, that can work with some familiar apps, such as **Hyper Backup**, **CloudSync**, **Photos,** and **Drive**. We can also see File Station indicating it will not be a DAS (direct-attach-storage) but in fact some class of NAS.

Now speaking of packages, we can also reflect on the size of the PAT file. It is much larger than an average DSM install, almost double in some cases. The reason for this is that all of these **packages are part of the OS installation**. This indicates that this might be some sort of **turn-key** device that will be preinstalled with the OS and possibly with the apps as well.

```shell
root    2206999 Oct 16 06:22 bee-AdminCenter-armv8bee-1.0.1-0051.spk
root    4849939 Oct 16 06:22 bee-Fonts-armv8bee-1.0.1-0001.spk
root    5464010 Oct 16 06:22 CloudSync-armv8bee-2.6.2-2520.spk
root    1013925 Oct 16 06:22 CodecPack-rtd1619bmango-3.1.0-3011.spk
root     143527 Oct 16 06:22 exFAT-Free-armv8bee-7.2.0-0354.spk
root    6226616 Oct 16 06:22 FileStation-armv8bee-1.3.5-1527.spk
root   14901523 Oct 16 06:22 HyperBackup-armv8bee-4.1.0-3430.spk
root    3911945 Oct 16 06:22 MangoDrive-armv8bee-1.0.0-10214.spk
root   14014546 Oct 16 06:22 Node.js_v18-armv8bee-18.16.1-1009.spk
root   12261105 Oct 16 06:22 PHP7.4-armv8bee-7.4.33-0130.spk
root    5378327 Oct 16 06:22 Python2-armv8bee-2.7.18-1004.spk
root    3193326 Oct 16 06:22 QuickConnect-armv8bee-1.0.3-0070.spk
root    8762296 Oct 16 06:22 SMBService-armv8bee-4.15.13-0852.spk
root    3050758 Oct 16 06:22 SynologyApplicationService-armv8bee-1.7.5-20612.spk
root   27095599 Oct 16 06:22 SynologyDrive-armv8bee-3.4.0-25713.spk
root  124491050 Oct 16 06:22 SynologyPhotosBSM-rtd1619bmango-1.6.0-0631.spk
root    7858022 Oct 16 06:22 SynologyUniversalSearch-armv8bee-1.7.0-0703.spk
root   10978029 Oct 16 06:22 UniversalViewer-armv8bee-1.1.0-0123.spk
root    1386810 Oct 16 06:22 USBCopy-armv8bee-2.2.1-1306.spk
```

Packages are part of the initial BSM PAT file

The interesting bit that we can see here are names of two packages at the top. The **bee-AdminCenter**, and **bee-Fonts**. This could mean this is a brand new "Bee-like" device, that, unlike the recent official DAS model, the BeeDrive, is a bigger and more capable **NAS version**.

Regarding the BSM name, if we look at this [URL](https://uspto.report/TM/98133115?ref=blackvoid.club), we can see that Synology registered back in August a new name, "**BeeStation**". A pretty easy guess is that BeeStationManager stands behind those three letters. 

One last thing that the packages reveal is the CPU architecture being used, the **ARM v8**. Now at the moment, Synology is using **Realtek RTD1619B** as their v8 ARM chip, so the new device could be running the same one, especially if it's based on a DSM 7.2 as indicated by the VERSION file. On top of that, the VERSION file also references that same CPU with this parameter `unique="synology_rtd1619bmango_mango"`.

Finally, checking the `synoinfo.conf` file inside the PAT package we find one more evidence of the Synology BeeStation name:

```shell
upnpdevicetype="Synology BeeStation"
upnpfriendlyname="Synology BeeStation Device"
```

The same file has a few more clues starting with the PAT name itself. While the BeeDrive comes in either 1 or 2 TB configuration, in their marketing name they use 1T or 2T lettering. If we follow the same logic, this new BeeStation has 4T in its model name `upnpmodelname="BST150-4T"`, indicating that this might be a 4TB device. Considering that the `support_raid_disk_replacement="no"` parameter is set to `no` might mean that this device will be a single bay device, and to back it up the number 1 in the model name could also indicate the same.

DSM 7.2 brought volume encryption support but this device will not support it on its BTRFS file system, but it will support share folder encryption on the other hand.

```shell
support_share_encryption="yes"
support_volume_encryption="no"
```

## Bee AdminCenter and BeeStation features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/beeadmin_logo_512.png)

Bee Admin Center the heart of BeeStation

Digging further into the SPK files that are part of the BeeStation PAT, there is more information to uncover. Looking into the Bee Admin SPK, we can learn a few details about the new upcoming platform.

Right off the bat, there is information that points to the usage of both **local and remote accounts**. The supported remote accounts are **Synology Account**, **Google**, and **Apple ID**. In order to be able to log in, the BeeStation will use local 6600/6601 (HTTP/HTTPS) ports, and to access it from outside our local network we will need to use (not sharing the URL) specifically created public portal for the BeeStations, and that leads us to one more discovery, the BeeStation itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-29-at-15.59.33.jpg)

BeeStation web portal

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-29-at-16.24.13.jpg)

Upcoming BeeStation unit

As indicated by the information inside the PAT file itself, this does indeed look like a **single-bay device** that is not directly attached to a computer, but visiting the portal we can get some more information on the back of the unit as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-29-at-15.56.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-29-at-15.57.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-29-at-15.57.17.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-29-at-15.57.33.png)

From the images above, we can clearly see **it is in fact a NAS device**, but it also has USB ports on the back. That information with the fact that it has a **HyperBackup** package installed, tells us that **we will be able to backup this device to an external device**. On top of that, it will also **support Synology's C2 as a backup destination**.

Bee AdminCentral files tell us also that there will be several apps/modules that will be accessible from the user interface.

```shell
[app]
bee_admincenter	=	"System Settings"
bee_drive	=	"BeeFiles"
bee_photos	=	"BeePhotos"
```

Main BeeStation apps

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/img_welcome_intro02.png)

**BeeFiles** and **BeePhotos** are listed here which correlate to the two packages that are present inside the PAT. Looks like we will have the option to work with files as well as photos using these main apps. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/bee_files_512-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/bee_photos_512.png)

BeeFiles and BeePhotos using the new upcoming logo (the colors following the BeeDrive palette) 

Not much can be derived from the packages as those are not functional without the device but from the images above we can already see the direction this is going.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/wizard_import_source.png)

> ## BeePhotos provides a series of smart and flexible features, allowing both photography lovers and home users to manage photos with ease.

Going back to the Bee Admin Center, we learned that with BeeStation there will be an option, as said before, to backup data both locally and using C2, but it looks like this device might also **support multi-user configuration**.

There is a whole section of strings that suggests **email invites can be used to include new members** and even share data among them. **Transfer of ownership** will also be an option. It is not clear if these users will need to be Synology Account official accounts or any 3rd party accounts, but my guess is the latter.

A large section of strings under the `backup_restore` section also indicates all possible operations when it comes to backup and restore operations. While there is no point in listing them all, and the main was already said, there are several stings that do suggest **end-to-end encryption** **of backups** will be supported. This comes as no surprise, as again, the presence of Hyper Backup already guarantees it. HB supports client-side encryption and this is most likely that.

Finally, the rest of the sections reveal that there will be certain options that NAS users are accustomed to:

```shell
[hibernation]
[notification]
[storage]
[support]
[system]
[unlink]
[update]
```

These are not all the sections as some were already mentioned, but it is clear that the BeeStation with its BSM OS will have some of the functionalities that the NAS lineup with its DSM OS already has.

### 
  
  
### **UPDATE 08/11/2023:**

I was privileged to this information today by a friend of the site, John, that a new domain has been spotted that could point to more upcoming features with BeeStation, specifically with BeePhotos.

A simple site with a BeePhotos logo that has "BeePhotos" text, that's it. While that is nothing special to be excited about, the information in the name of the URL as well as its HTML document is.

This new URL references to **Chromecast support** for the BeePhotos platform. The means we will be able to access our photos and videos not just by using the BeeStation but also by casting its content onto a Chromecast device.

```html
<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
	<head>
        <link rel="stylesheet" href="photos.css" type="text/css">
        <title>Synology Photos</title>
	</head>
    <body>
        <div id="photo_slider">
            <div id="slider"></div>
        </div>
        <div id="video_player" class="player hide-item">
            <cast-media-player></cast-media-player>
        </div>

        <div id="error_block" class="hide-item">
            <img id="error_image" />
            <p id="error_info"></p>
        </div>

		<div id="idle_screen" class="standby">
            <img class="standby_logo" src="images/ic_beephotos_cast.png"></img>
			<div class="standby_main">
                <div id="title">
                    <div id="title_synology">Bee</div>
                    <div id="title_photos">Photos</div>
                </div>
            </div>
		</div>
		
		<!-- Chromecast -->
        <script src="//www.gstatic.com/cast/sdk/libs/caf_receiver/v3/cast_receiver_framework.js"></script>

        <!-- Synology Photos -->
        <script src="photos.js"></script>

	</body>
</html>
```

HTML code for the BeePhotos/Chromecast web URL/service

As it can be seen there are reference to both photo and video capabilities.

---

While there are no official images at this moment (other than the one above), this information is enough to get us going. The **price or release date is also not known at this present point** in time, but with the OS being already ready it could mean that the device is imminent.

Check out this half-hour prediction discussion about this new OS and the BeeStation hosted by Rob Andrews over at NASCompares

Considering that the holidays are close, we might see a new product very soon. Any new information on this product will be covered by BLACKVOID as well as hands-on, when it hits in the future.
### Five reasons for Synology's surveillance system
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/five-reasons-for-synologys-surveillance-system/
Last updated: 2023-12-27T14:41:11.000Z
While Synology as a brand is usually recognized as one of the leading NAS brands in the world, along with a very extensive portfolio of those devices, they also have several other categories that have some powerful solutions.

One of those is their **surveillance category covering both hardware and software products**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-4.png)

From dedicated DVR/NVR systems, cameras, and both local or cloud surveillance platforms, Synology has you covered

Let's see one of the top reasons why many businesses as well as individuals choose the Synology system as their surveillance platform of choice. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/top5reason_01.jpg)

.

## All-in-one surveillance system

As already mentioned, Synology has been present on the market with their **all-in-one surveillance platform** for many years and this is for sure one of the top reasons customers choose it over competition in the same price range.

Speaking about price, it is important to note here that **many users choose the Synology NAS** lineup as their surveillance host because with that they get all the other benefits of Synology's DSM operating system, **saving money in the process**. With a functional NAS, surveillance can be one of the primary services but it also gives the user the opportunity to use many other features of the DSM and its packages.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/DVA/heading@2x.png)

Synology DVA devices - DVA1622 and DVA3221 - with a maximum of 16 or 32 IP cameras and 8 free licenses

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-22-at-23.43.39.png)

DVA1622 vs DVA3221

While on the subject of the surveillance aspect and an all-in-one for that matter, Synology offers both **hardware devices, disks, and cameras** (including support for 3rd party ones), as well the **operating system and surveillance software for a full turn-key solution** in a single box. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-22-at-23.38.46.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-22-at-23.46.10.png)

Synology drives for maximum compatibility

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

Synology HAT3300 Plus series drives review

The best part about this system is its **fast deployment and multi-platform support**, be it desktop browser or app, as well as mobile platforms, for monitoring on the go.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/top5reason_02.jpg)

## Surveillance Station

While hardware is an extremely important aspect of any surveillance system, its software has at least the same amount of weight if not more. That is why Synology has invested a lot of time and R&D into making its **Surveillance Station platform** as best as possible. 

![](https://www.synology.com/img/surveillance/live_view_alert/ss90/be_the_first_a@2x.webp)

The Surveillance Station's Monitoring Center module

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-23-at-00.00.50.png)

The Surveillance Station's main features

> ## Protect your business, home, and other environments with reliable, intuitive Surveillance Station, delivering intelligent monitoring and video management tools to safeguard your valuable assets.

In the current version 9.1, there are so many features that it would be best to read up on the linked articles to get a better understanding of what the SVS is capable of.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

The strongest point that SVS has going for it apart from all of its features is also **support of over 8300+ cameras** across 140 brands meaning that it will be really hard not to find a supported model that can work with this platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/top5reason_03.jpg)

## Synology cameras

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-3.png)

New Synology PoE cameras

> ## "...The BC500 and TC500, versatile all-weather bullet and turret cameras for smart surveillance"

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Review article covering new BC500 & TC500 cameras

Speaking on the number of supported brands and models of cameras, Synology has also released two **new Synology-brand cameras** that are fully integrated into the Surveillance Station. These AI-driven PoE models apart from their features also are **SVS-license free**. This means using these models with the aforementioned DVR units running the Surveillance Station will not count against the number of free licenses. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-5.png)

> ## Reliability and security you can depend on

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-6.png)

Combining on-camera AI features with Surveillance Station we can unlock some powerful scenarios, like **people and vehicles** as well as **intrusion detection**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-7.png)

Also, in case of network failure, these cameras can failover to a MicroSD card increasing system reliability and ensuring continuous recording.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/top5reason_04.jpg)

## AI features

Following along with the Surveillance Station and the new AI cameras, another top point in this whole eco-system would be already mentioned AI features. Combining the surveillance station platform as well as the new Synology cameras we can unlock even more AI-driven features like **face recognition** or **license plate detection**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-23.png)

Synology DVR device with a Surveillance Station and a decent enough camera will unlock some powerful AI features, like ****face recognition**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-15-at-16.03.51.png)

Deep Video analytics options are exclusive to the DVA devices

These features enhance surveillance efficiency by creating pre-defined watchlists. When a person on the list is detected, an event notification is sent to alert officials for prompt action. Another use of face detection is executing photo searches within videos to identify persons of interest.

> ## Use Synology Surveillance Station video management system combined with facial recognition tools in schools, businesses, and other industries to improve the overall level of security through a new monitoring method.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-8.png)

Various action rules can increase security by implementing automation

All of these operations can tie into various **automation rules and policies** that SVS can execute to speed up the process and make it more autonomous. Like unlocking doors upon detection or raising the ramp when a plate is recognized.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/top5reason_05.jpg)

## Continuity - on-prem meets the cloud

As with any other modern platform today, Synology has also turned to cloud solutions as part of its services, and Surveillance Station can have a direct option to back up to Synology's very own **C2 Surveillance cloud service**.

[Synology C2 SurveillanceNEW Synology C2 service is here! C2 Surveillance is here to secure your local footage with the help of the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2surveillance-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)

Synology C2 Surveillance service intro review 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-9.png)

Safely back up video footage both locally and into the C2 Surveillance cloud

> ## Add an additional layer of protection to your critical footage with C2 Surveillance. In the event your server is stolen or destroyed, your videos will remain accessible in the cloud.

For as low as 10$/y we can save 7 days' worth of content with a daily rotation. This is perfect in case the NAS gets stolen but also to allow for a **remote viewing** of content while connecting back to the DVR/NAS is not an option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-07-at-09.02.08.png)

Synology C2 Surveillance web portal

This service while purely optional is also important to note that it can't be used without being connected to a Surveillance Station platform. This means that C2 Surveillance is an exclusive Synology service for Synology surveillance solutions.

## Adria Security Summit 2023

Every year **Adria Security Summit** event happens, and for the past four years, it has been held each year in a different location. Last year the host was Zagreb (Croatia), while this year this conference will be in Ljubljana (Slovenia) on the 25th and the 26th of October.

![](https://www.geutebrueck.com/fileadmin/corporate-site/events/LOGO_SUMMIT.png)

Ljubljana (Slovenia), 25-26 October 2023

> ## Adria Security Summit Powered by Intersec serves as a platform for exchanging knowledge, discussing important topics, networking, and fostering collaboration among attendees. It fosters change and innovation, sparking new ideas and encouraging attendees to embrace change and adapt to new circumstances.

[Adria Security Summit 2023 - Adria Security Summit 2023![](https://www.adriasecuritysummit.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/favico.png)Adria Security Summit 2023Leo Levit,![](https://www.adriasecuritysummit.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/adria_downloads.jpg)](https://www.adriasecuritysummit.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)

Synology as a **silver sponsor** is also attending and if anyone wants to see all the security features, both HW and SW be sure to visit their booth in **exhibition hall 2, 17-2**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-14.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-15.png)

Synology Adria Security Summit booth (17-2)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/IMG_3906.JPG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/IMG_3903.JPG)

Synology booth at 2023 Adria Security Summit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/IMG_3904.JPG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/IMG_3905.JPG)

Synology will for sure continue to grow its surveillance platform, and with everything said it will elevate and follow new security standards. Regardless of how small or big anyone's needs are, Synology can meet the demands and requirements while saving money in the process.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Obsidian - running sync engine via Docker
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/obsidian-running-sync-engine-via-docker/
Last updated: 2023-10-20T09:12:25.000Z
![Obsidian](https://obsidian.md/images/screenshot-1.0-hero-combo.png)

It's been a while since I looked into a self-hosted platform focused on building a knowledge base of some sort using personal, work, or any other type of note. There is a vast number of commercial and free note-taking platforms but in terms of having a single solution that will allow creating, linking, adding media, and even expanding its features with plugins, there are not a lot of them.

## Obsidian - the hidden gem from the deep

Obsidian is a personal knowledge base and note-taking application that is based on manipulating Markdown files. This means that there is no proprietary format so export (or import) of data is possible at any time from various sources. No platform lock of any kind.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-19-at-20.00.29.png)

Current options that allow import from other apps and file formats

![Obsidian Importer now converts Apple Notes to portable, durable files](https://obsidian.md/images/blog/convert-apple-notes.png)

Apple Notes is the newest addition of supported formats in Obsidian (Oct 2023)

The platform supports all major desktop and mobile platforms today, from macOS and iOS, to Linux, Windows, and Android.

While the app itself is free to use, it does come with some premium features such as **Obsidian Sync** or **Obsidian Publish**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-19-at-20.06.57.png)

Obsidian premium services

To effectively manage multiple devices and access important information such as **personal notes, school work, or project documentation**, it is crucial to establish a reliable sync system. Without proper synchronization across devices, the availability and usefulness of this information may become limited.

While Obsidian does offer this as a commercial service, there are **supported plugins** as well that can be installed and configured to completely **have this on your own infrastructure**, separated from the official Obsidian "cloud".

With the use of Docker, we can run a small "sync engine" that will be pushed behind a reverse proxy and configure it on all devices running Obsidian to keep them in sync.

## How to run an Obsidian sync engine using Docker?

This article will not focus on all the options and functions that Obsidian as a platform offers as well as its 1200+ plugins, but rather on how to utilize one of those to keep your *second brain* with you on all your devices at all times.

### Obsidian sync prerequisites

This setup will require some prerequisites in terms of hardware, software, and configuration knowledge as well as Docker skills.

To make this work we will need:

### A Docker host with a running LiveSync container

### Configured reverse proxy

### A valid and working certificate

### About 20 min

---

## A Docker host with a running LiveSync container

For this case, Synology NAS with Docker (aka Container Manager) will be used. While the said package can run this container just fine, as a personal preference I will be using **Portainer** platform to deploy the said sync engine.

[Portainer 2.6 - using STACKSHow to use docker-compose with Portainer 2.6 and it’s STACKS feature![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/portainer_26-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/)

In order to get the sync engine running a specific Github hosted repository will be used that is part of the officially supported Obsidian plugins.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image.png)

Self-hosted LiveSync Obsidian compatible plugin

[GitHub - vrtmrz/obsidian-livesyncContribute to vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync development by creating an account on GitHub.![](https://github.githubassets.com/assets/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40.svg)GitHubvrtmrz![](https://opengraph.githubassets.com/08e9509af9aa4720532e8fbf65535c99c1a07eac3c37bd61f89024b036e62ace/vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync)](https://github.com/vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync?ref=blackvoid.club)

Obsidian LiveSync solution

This solution will depend on the CouchDB instance running inside the container. To configure it and have it up and running a single default INI file will need to be prepared and mapped inside the container.

```INI
[couchdb]
single_node=true
max_document_size = 50000000

[chttpd]
require_valid_user = true
max_http_request_size = 4294967296
enable_cors = true

[chttpd_auth]
require_valid_user = true
authentication_redirect = /_utils/session.html

[httpd]
WWW-Authenticate = Basic realm="couchdb"
bind_address = 0.0.0.0

[cors]
origins = app://obsidian.md, capacitor://localhost, http://localhost
credentials = true
headers = accept, authorization, content-type, origin, referer
methods = GET,PUT,POST,HEAD,DELETE
max_age = 3600
```

Create a `local.ini` file

The file will be named `local.ini` and used in the following docker-compose.

```yaml
version: "2.1"
services:
  couchdb:
    image: couchdb
    container_name: obsidian-livesync
    user: 1000:1000
    environment:
      - COUCHDB_USER=admin # enter the desired CouchDB admin username
      - COUCHDB_PASSWORD=password # enter the desired CouchDB admin password
    volumes:
      - ./data:/opt/couchdb/data
      - ./local.ini:/opt/couchdb/etc/local.ini
    ports:
      - 5984:5984
    restart: unless-stopped
```

Obsidian LiveSync docker-compose YAML file

Depending on the Docker host we are running this container we will need to change the `user: 1000:1000` parameter. If Synology NAS is in question, we can completely remove the line, or set the corresponding user and group ID if we want to run it under a dedicated DSM account.

For example, `user : 1028:100` can be used for a user ID: 1028, and group ID 100 (default DSM `users` group). To get these IDs, we will need `SSH` access to the Synology NAS.

Using and `SSH` compatible app like macOS Terminal once we log into the NAS (`ssh username@NAS_IP_address`) we can use the `id` command line to list the current ID values of the logged-in account.

As it is obvious, no database name has been defined inside the compose file. That is because this will be defined from the Obsidian client side, and used on each device that we want to sync the same data.

## Configured reverse proxy

The following step is completely optional if there will be no need to use this setup on a mobile device using the official Obsidian app (iOS for example). But, if this platform is also included in the whole sync process, we will need a valid HTTPS URL towards the previously configured sync database in order to successfully connect from a mobile device.

Let's assume that this device is needed, one way to get it up and running is to put this container behind a working reverse proxy. Considering this is a completely separate topic that includes running another container, and a separate public domain, consult the following article on how to get it up and running.

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

Article on how to configure and run a dedicated reverse proxy using NGINX

Again this is an optional step, so running Obsidian on a non-mobile device inside a local network, the process will not be needed.

## A valid and working certificate

In case the previous step was needed, we will also need a valid certificate covering the public name of our LiveSync engine inside the container. This can be acquired from any CA that we want and used alongside our public DNS record.

One example is using CloudFlare as a domain hosting provider. CF also offers DNS record proxy options that will secure any public DNS records with their own certificate. This means that any device accessing the container behind that kind of record will get a secure and verified confirmation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-1.png)

Example of Cloudflare proxied DNS records

The whole point is that we need to be able to access the container using a valid HTTPS URL for example `https://obsidiansync.domain.com`.

Accessing that URL over a browser will initiate an authorization pop-up asking for the username and password (those were defined inside the compose file for the LiveSync container).

Upon successful login, we will be presented with a simple page presenting some default configuration parameters for the CouchDB instance:

```json
{
    "couchdb": "Welcome",
    "version": "3.3.2",
    "git_sha": "xxxxxxxx",
    "uuid": "xxxxxxxxxxx",
    "features": [
        "access-ready",
        "partitioned",
        "pluggable-storage-engines",
        "reshard",
        "scheduler"
    ],
    "vendor": {
        "name": "The Apache Software Foundation"
    }
}
```

Example of the initial CouchDB instance inside the browser

If we have this page listing over a valid HTTPS URL we are ready for the next step. On the other hand, if this is displaying but over an HTTP URL, meaning not to be used on a mobile device with an official Obsidian app, this is also good news that the container is running but we will not be able to configure a mobile device with a sync feature.

## Configuration of endpoint device using the LiveSync plugin

One final step is needed to get all this wrapped up, configuration of the LiveSync plugin on any Obsidian client that we want as part of the data sync process.

Installing the plugin inside Obsidian will be as simple as going to the plugin section looking for the **Self-hosted LiveSync** plugin and installing it. Once it has been installed and enabled, we need to configure it.

For those steps, there is a quick wizard on the GitHub page of the plugin that describes in detail what needs to be done.

[obsidian-livesync/docs/quick\_setup.md at main · vrtmrz/obsidian-livesyncContribute to vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync development by creating an account on GitHub.![](https://github.githubassets.com/assets/pinned-octocat-093da3e6fa40.svg)GitHubvrtmrz![](https://opengraph.githubassets.com/08e9509af9aa4720532e8fbf65535c99c1a07eac3c37bd61f89024b036e62ace/vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync)](https://github.com/vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync/blob/main/docs/quick%5Fsetup.md?ref=blackvoid.club)

Configuration steps for the Obsidian LiveSync plugin

The main element of this wizard will be the configuration of the **Remote Database configuration**. This is the actual Docker container that was configured and either accessible over HTTP or HTTPS address depending on the desired setup.

![](https://github.com/vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync/raw/main/images/quick_setup_3.png)

Obsidian LiveSync remote database configuration

As we can see in the image above, the **URI** parameter will be a web-accessible address towards the CouchDB container. The example above shows access using the local address and a default DB port. Replacing that with an HTTPS URL behind a reverse proxy is also something that will be accepted as a valid parameter.

The **username** and **password** are again parameters defined in the docker-compose file, while the **database name** is a user-defined name of the sync database name. This means that we can enter whatever we want as the DB name. The obsidian client will either use the existing name of the DB or initially create a new one with the provided name.

E2E encryption of the database is also supported and recommended, so be sure to configure that element as well.

![](https://github.com/vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync/raw/main/images/quick_setup_4.png)

Configuration of E2E DB encryption

This process needs to be replicated on all included devices and it will be as stated a live sync configuration. This means that any change on any device will be replicated automatically towards the sync DB container, and then forwarded to any other Obsidian client included in this configuration.

If all is working well in the upper right corner of the app we will see the status of the sync.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-2.png)

Sync status inside Obsidian client

This will make a completely fast and stable Obsidian self-hosted solution that works really well. Do keep in mind the hat maintenance will be on the end user as well as an update of both the plugin and the LiveSync Docker container.
### Synology Active Insight - new enterprise features
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-insight-new-enterprise-features/
Last updated: 2023-12-27T14:40:55.000Z
Synology today announced changes to their 3-year-old NAS monitoring service, the Active Insight with a new business model, and paid features that are now unlocked for the initial complimentary licenses.

[DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and moreNew feature coming with DSM7 is Active Insight. Always wanted to have a platform for all your NAS metric needs? This is it.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/DSM7_activeinsight.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)

The initial article on the Active Insight platform

In case this is the first time anyone is reading up on Active Insight, it was introduced back in 2020 when DSM 7 was rolled out. It is a cloud-only (Synology-hosted) metric and management platform that allows registered Synology users the option to connect their NAS systems to the AI and have access to various options and features that this solution offers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-13-at-10.24.49.jpg)

Active Insight host dashboard (Oct 2023)

AI is a both free and commercial platform that at the moment includes up to three hosts that can be registered free of charge.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-13-at-11.29.44.png)

Connect up to three (3) Synology hosts for free with full AI features

So far the free tier of AI did not offer full features of the platform such as **Hyper Backup** task monitoring as well as unusual or abnormal sign-in activity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-13-at-11.35.51.png)

Active Insight features (Oct 2023)

Starting today, Oct 12, 2023, Synology has made changes to this platform to **allow all these features even for the free tier**.

> ## Taipei, Taiwan—12 October 2023—Synology today launched a significant update to Active Insight, its cloud-powered deployment monitoring platform. Aimed at managed system providers (MSPs) and large-scale business clients, the update incorporates a more streamlined interface, ransomware detection capabilities, and a simplified pricing structure, all intended to enhance the monitoring and management of large-scale deployments.
> 
> ## "In large-scale deployments, it's difficult for IT teams to consistently stay on top of potential performance and security issues," said Hanna Yeh, Product Manager for Active Insight. "Our latest update to Active Insight provides new visualization options that spotlight critical deployment metrics and introduces advanced monitoring and protection features. With updated pricing plans, we're making it even more accessible for organizations to try out Active Insight today."

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-13-at-11.39.40.jpg)

Hyper Backup tasks and status view inside Active Insight

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-13-at-11.45.39.png)

The new ****File Activity** feature inside the AI

While most of these features already existed, one new feature was introduced along with these changes, the **File Activity**.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/dsm/active-insight/see_more_respond_faster@2x.jpg)

AI's new feature, File Activity

With this new real-time file monitoring, Active Insight can **detect and respond to suspicious access patterns**, such as those **generated by ransomware attacks**. When an incident is detected, Active Insight will immediately notify administrators and can further minimize data loss by taking a system-wide snapshot.

In the following days and weeks, Synology will start the AI user plan upgrades, so some features might still not be available. The information should be visible at the top of the web page.

💡

****We're upgrading your previous plan for full functionality. There might be a short delay in displaying data during this time. Your patience is greatly appreciated.**

As always, the AI platform might come in handy in case there is no other local system covering all the NAS units that we want to keep monitoring. The main advantage of the Active Insight might be registering issues when the NAS is no longer accessible especially if it's in a remote location. So, using the AI, we can see the logs, and behavior of the NAS that lead to a specific point in time.

Using the mobile AI application and its notifications options we can get critical information almost instantly.
### Cybersecurity Awareness Month - October 2023
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/cybersecurity-awareness-month-october-2023/
Last updated: 2023-10-27T13:21:12.000Z
It's October, and that means it's "**Cybersecurity Awareness Month**"! As always, this is the time to reflect on what we can all do to increase security and overall safety while using various public and self-hosted services.

[Cybersecurity Awareness Month - October 2022October is cybersecurity month and like any other, it is time to be aware of all the dangers. See how Synology can help individuals or businesses protect themself better.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/cybersecurity2022.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/cybersecurity-awareness-month-october-2022/)

Last year I wrote a bit of a lengthy article covering various Synology products, apps, and services that all focus on increasing cybersecurity for an individual or businesses. Without repeating all of that, be sure to read up on the **Awareness 2022 article** in the link above.

In this article, the primary focus will be on Synology products and the advancements made in 2023 concerning security. Additionally, we will explore the practical benefits of incorporating these features and products into our daily routines.

## : New DSM 7.2

To begin with, let's focus on the main element of Synology products, their NAS operating system, the DSM. During the last several years DSM has evolved quite a bit, and in its latest version 7, learned a few new tricks.

However, it was not until June of 2023, that version 7.2 of the DSM OS brought us some new, and much-wanted/needed, features.

### :: W.O.R.M.

The most obvious one is the new W.O.R.M. feature. Protecting shared folders with WriteOnce, which adopts WORM (**Write Once, Read Many**) technology allows us to avoid unauthorized changes to data. WriteOnce provides Enterprise mode  
and Compliance mode to best fit our needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-11-at-18.15.26.png)

WORM compliance vs. enterprise options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.40.17.png)

Protecting a folder with WriteOnce

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.40.44.png)

WriteOnce enterprise options

Not every folder will be a candidate for WORM, but it is nice to have this option be it as a protection against ransomware or simple user mistakes on files that should not be altered once created.

### :: Volume encryption

While WORM has its purpose, so does another requested feature, the **volume encryption**. Encryption up until DSM 7.2 was possible only on a folder-by-folder basis, but now we have the option to encrypt the whole volume during its creation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.05.09.png)

One step of the volume creation wizard will allow us to encrypt it

Applying the encryption will prevent any unauthorized access to the entire volume without a valid decryption key. While on the topic of the volume decryption key, DSM also now offers the option to save this key locally on the NAS or use **KMIP** settings and configure a remote NAS as the key management server.

This setup will certainly prevent any data risk in case the NAS is physically stolen, as it will not be able to mount the volume without a valid key on a remote NAS.

### :: Immutable snapshots

Finally, the Snapshot Replication package has also got a new feature. While already a popular ransomware prevention tool, Snapshot can now implement a new immutable snapshot option to safely store immutable copies of your data. This will help to defend against compromised administrator credentials if there is an attempt to delete or alter the snapshots.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-11-at-18.39.05.png)

Snapshot settings include now immutable option to further protect our data

These are just some of the more popular and most visible security features that were introduced with the new DSM version, but there is much more coming with every new cumulative update to this current release.

[DSM 7.2-64570The new Synology DSM 7.2 64570 update is here due to a recall of the previous 64561, bringing several fixes and one new feature.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/dsm72_final_live_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64570/)

DSM 7.2 main feature, updates, and security patches

## : Hyper Backup v4

Staying on the software side of things, one package, in particular, has also got a great new feature that will for sure elevate data safety. **Hyper Backup** in its version 4, can now **backup entire DSM system and NAS data**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-17-at-15.07.00.png)

The Entire System backup option is now part of Hyper Backup

[Full bare metal backup with Hyper Backup and DSM 7.2How to do a full bare metal backup using Synology Hyper Backup and the new DSM 7.2![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hyperbackup_baremetal.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/full-bare-metal-backup-with-hyper-backup-and-dsm-7-2/)

Full review of Hyper Backup full system backup feature

So far this feature was reserved for the Active Backup for Business package, but now we can use it with Hyper Backup as well. The main difference in this case is that HB can push this content into Synology's C2 cloud platform for that extra off-site backup step without the need to be first backed up to another Synology NAS and then pushed to the cloud as is the case with ABB.

## : SRM

Stepping now away from the DSM and NAS lineup, Synology has had a big year in 2022 with the release of their **new routers and the new version of SRM 1.3**. While the development of the SRM platform is not as aggressive as the DSM, it is still worth noting that every few months there are smaller or bigger patches that address primarily security issues as well as new features.

[Synology SRM 1.3 - new features and changesSynology SRM 1.3 has new features and changes with every new upcoming version![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/srm13-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-srm-1-3-new-features-and-changes/)

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

Currently, a total of five (5) security issues affecting the SRM are active in 2023\. One of those was resolved in May and it was the only one critically flagged, while the rest are moderate severity with three in an ongoing status. From this, it is clear that the SRM platform is very stable, secure, and in active development. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-11-at-19.21.41.png)

Single SRM critical issue in the past three years

## : Synology cameras - new security product

Just as much as the RT6600ax and the WRX560 routers were the new highly anticipated products of 2022, so were the new Synology branded surveillance cameras now in 2023.

Announced late last year and released in May of 2023, the new **BC500 and TC500** by Synology are the latest Surveillance Station-compatible and AI-powered PoE cameras.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Read the full review of the brand-new Synology cameras

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3241.jpg)

BC500 Synology camera

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3255.jpg)

TC500 Synology camera

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

These Surveillance Station license-free models bring a quality and sturdy design with a lot of on-device AI features as well as out-of-the-box compatibility with the latest Surveillance Station 9.1\. On top of this, if paired with one of the current DVA Synology devices, such as DVA3221 or the DVA1622, we can unlock even more AI features for improved security as well as streamline our private or business operations.

## : Synology BeeDrive

Finally, we have another brand-new product that is new to the whole Synology portfolio. In June of 2023, Synology announced the **BeeDrive**. A personal backup drive that is not a NAS, but also not a pure USB-C powered DAS (direct attach disk).

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

Full review of the BeeDrive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/beedrive_concept.jpg)

Advertised as a **mobile backup device**, the BeeDrive is a perfect on-the-go device that can backup up to 2TB of data from any device, including mobile ones. A real surprise by Synology but for its decent price, fast 10G speed, and great software, it really offers that extra bit of security, and flexibility that we are all looking for nowadays.

Well, there we have it. A quick overview of all the new Synology security-focused updates in 2023 that left a mark. On top of those, we have to remember that **cybersecurity is an everlasting process**, so be sure to follow the latest security guidelines, especially those focusing on Synology products.

> ## Do not underestimate anyone and any situation as you might end up spending more than you saved by choosing to self-host your pictures and videos as well as any other precious data.

From **backups** to **complex passwords**, regular **patching**, and **security best practices**, make sure to protect yourself, your family, and your business. With the benefit of owning your own cloud, comes the task of making sure you are protected and secure as best as possible.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS2423+ - Part 3 Virtualization and containerization
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-3-virtualization-and-containerization/
Last updated: 2024-01-01T10:54:06.000Z
Now that we have seen the general performance of the backup tools that DSM provides, it is time to move into a more intensive area, virtual machines, and containers.

[Synology RS2423+ - Part 2 Backup and restorePart 2 of the Synology RS2423+ review focuses on backup tools and the overall performance of this NAS in various scenarios.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review_2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-2-backup-and-restore/)

Part 2 of the RS2423+ review focuses on backup platforms

## Table of Content

: [Docker](#docker)

- :: [Docker containers using Container Manager](#containermanager)

: [ESXi and iSCSI](#esxi)

- :: [Windows 11 VM using an iSCSI LUN](#win11iscsi)
- :: [iSCSI as an ESXi datastore](#esxidatastore)

: [Virtual Machine Manager](#vmm)

## 
  
  
## : Docker

For anyone not familiar with containerization, here is a quick explanation. 

> Unlike conventional virtualization, containerization is a technology that allows for the packaging and isolation of software applications and their dependencies into portable and self-contained units called containers. These containers encapsulate everything needed to run an application, including code, runtime, system tools, and libraries, ensuring consistency and reproducibility across different computing environments. With containerization, applications can be easily deployed, scaled, and managed in a streamlined manner, as containers can run on any operating system or infrastructure without compatibility issues. This approach improves efficiency, facilitates faster deployment cycles, enhances resource utilization, and enables easier collaboration across development and operations teams.

Because of this, from a resources standpoint, containers are much more lightweight than a full virtual machine running that same application in the end.

DSM's Docker implementation has been called **Container Manager** since DSM 7.2\. but apart from that marketing name, it is still Docker under the hood.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_containermanager-1.jpg)

Container Manager - new name and new features are part of DSM 7.2

The Docker platform has been supported on DSM since 2015, and while it was exclusive to the "+" series of NAS models, in 2023 Container Manager was made officially available on selected "value" and "j" series as well.

The CPU and RAM are the main resource elements from a hardware standpoint, so if we are running a low-end device we need to be aware of potential limitations that come with such models. Still, plenty of solutions can be run via Docker with a low impact on the host resources.

BLACKVOID blog on occasion writes about Docker and solutions that can be deployed, and for the most part, those apps and services will not require a massive amount of resources, while still elevating the use of the NAS itself. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2022/05/bvdownbg_light.jpg)

[docker - Blackvoiddocker hub synology![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/bvdownbg_light.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/)

BLACKVOID Docker-related articles

When we talk about the RS2423+ and Docker support there is little that this machine can't support. With up to 32GB of RAM and a modern AMD CPU, we can expect to run any platform via Docker that we need.

From a lightweight note-taking app, and a password manager to any type of database environment.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-04-at-23.21.26.png)

DSM Container Manager overview

For anyone starting in the world of Docker, it is important to note that this platform is mainly oriented to be used via the command line. Saying that Synology has over time kept updating its Docker/Container Manager app to provide a more user-friendly experience for those who are not comfortable in the shell.

The Container Manager provides those essential tools to maintain and control any number of containers running on the Synology NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-04-at-23.14.06.jpg)

Portainer - Docker management platform

On top of the Container Manager, there are 3rd party solutions (free or commercial) that go beyond the basic functionalities. Some of them actually run inside Docker itself, like **Portainer**. 

[Portainer - Docker container management made easyHow to run the new Portainer 2.0 CE on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/portainer-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)

See how to run Portainer on your Synology NAS and elevate the container experience

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-04-at-23.30.28.jpg)

Docker container CPU utilization on the RS2423+ (Grafana view, also running in Docker)

With currently **15 containers running on the RS2423+** we can see that the **utilization is very low** until an operation kicks in and starts to push the NAS. The green spike is actually a download that happened in a short amount of time. Considering it was a 100MB/s transfer the host spiked in order to accommodate it. 

> ## Monitoring the running processes and executions is essential for maintaining optimal performance of the NAS, especially for beginners in the world of containers.

### 
  
  
### :: Docker containers using Container Manager

As with any other application or service, be it installed via Docker or directly on the NAS, its role will result in different performance and in return, demand more or fewer resources. With that in mind, we have to plan accordingly when deploying any number of containers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-11.55.06.jpg)

Container statistics using Container Manager

As can be seen in the screenshot above, with a constantly running application inside a container the CPU and RAM utilization is minimal but constantly present due to the fact that there is a constant data exchange, and on a NAS model such as the RS2423+ this type of app will have zero to none impact on the overall workload.

Deployment of containers can be executed using several options in this current version of Container Manager. As before, we are able to deploy containers manually using a wizard process, or, part of a project (docker-compose) which is a new method introduced recently.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-12.12.43.png)

Creating a container via the Container Manager wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-12.14.35.png)

Creating a container via the Container's Manager project feature (docker-compose)

In any event, the result is the same, a Docker container running on the RS2423+. Without getting into too many details, as there are millions of apps and services that we can run via Docker, this NAS will have no issues running a simple app or a complex database platform. With its 32GB of RAM, any software that is needed will probably work with no problem at all. Again, it is important to manage expectations as every host has its limitations.

As an example, a multimedia platform such as PLEX will have no problem running inside Docker, as well as a SQL or Postgres instance in parallel.

It is safe to say that **running Docker on a machine such as this has only benefits** considering that it unlocks access to a large number of software solutions outside the official Package Center, with little to no impact towards the DSM OS itself.

While Docker might not be the best platform to demonstrate the power (or weakness) of this NAS, virtual machine(s) on the other hand will have no problem on that front.

## 
  
  
## : ESXi and iSCSI

For this next part, an ESXi 1Gbe host will be used with a Windows 11 virtual machine configured over iSCSI protocol against the RS2423+.

### 
  
  
### :: Windows 11 VM using an iSCSI LUN

As with any other NAS that has support for DSM's SAN Manager package, comes with support to use said NAS as an iSCSI target device. Provided that there is enough network throughput, the NAS large storage pool can be attached as an additional local drive to a compatible computer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-18.14.17.png)

SAN Manager - DSM package for FC and iSCSI support

In order to use any storage space on the NAS via iSCSI protocol, we first need to make an iSCSI target and a LUN. After that, using an iSCSI initiator on the client side we can configure and attach the storage space.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-18.18.20.png)

A 20GB iSCSI LUN is ready on the NAS side

Depending on the client OS of choice, we might have to install an iSCSI initiator as a separate driver/app, however with Windows OS, this support comes built-in. After a successful connection to the iSCSI target, the LUN(s) are then presented inside the Disk Management console and ready for configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-18.20.48.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-18.21.06.png)

iSCSI LUN about to be configured on a Windows 11 virtual machine

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-18.23.18.jpg)

20GB iSCSI LUN connected, formatted, and ready to use as a local disk

Considering that the Windows 11 machine in question was only on a 1GbE connection, not 10GbE, the speeds will not exceed 125MB/s of network transfer. The SMB transfer over iSCSI of a single large file came **close to 100MB/s during the whole duration** of the test.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-18.56.18.png)

SMB transfer on the iSCSI LUN

Performing a CrystalDiskMark test on the same Windows 11 machine provided with a similar image maxing the 1Gbe connection in both read and write tests.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-19.16.16.png)

CrystalDiskMark iSCSI test

During this test, the RS2423+ CPU utilization had no significant impact averaging at about 11%.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-19.17.02.png)

RS2423+ CPU utilization during the CrystalDiskMark iSCSI test

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-19.12.18.png)

RS2423+ LAN utilization during the CrystalDiskMark iSCSI test

### 
  
  
### :: iSCSI as an ESXi datastore

For the next ESXi and iSCSI test the same host will be used only this time, the iSCSI target will be used as an ESXi datastore hosting the Windows 11 virtual machine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-19.39.59.png)

100GB VMFS6 formated datastore hosted on the RS2423+ via iSCSI

The first task was to move the VM from an NVMe disk over to the iSCSI one. This took about 20 minutes as the transfer was about **80-90MB/s with about 10-15% CPU utilization** for the whole duration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-20.09.52.png)

RS2423+ CPU utilization during the ESXi datastore migration (NVMe to iSCSI)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-06-at-20.10.17.png)

RS2423+ LAN utilization during the ESXi datastore migration (NVMe to iSCSI)

After the transfer was complete, the boot-up of the Windows 11 VM took about 45 seconds. Longer than desired, but expected due to several reasons. First, the hypervisor is 1GbE limited, and the drives inside RS2423+ are HAT3300, so HDDs, not SSDs.

As a result, the experience of using such a Windows 11 machine with its drive on the NAS accessible via iSCSI will not be great taking into consideration the mentioned limitations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-12.50.39.png)

RS2423+ CPU utilization upon Windows 11 machine booting over iSCSI

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-12.50.46.png)

RS2423+ HDD read/write operations during Windows 11 machine booting over iSCSI

The CPU and HDD activity is noticeable in the images above. While booting this was the only active task on the NAS. CPU was usually over 20%, but there were situations when it exceeded 50% as well. Because this was the only intensive operation at this time, and a single VM on top of that, **it is hard to suggest using this setup for daily production**.

The graph also shows that the **IOWait** is the main cause of this high CPU usage, meaning the disk array is to blame. Again, with a 10G connection and SSDs inside the NAS, this would be a much different situation. For reference, a better user experience was achieved on a DS923 with SSDs and 10G. 

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/#vm)

VM testing on a DS923+ NAS with SSDs and a 10G connection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-12.51.32.png)

High HDD utilization as well as CPU due to CPU ready/wait time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-13.02.49.png)

About half of the expected speed inside the Windows 11 VM (over iSCSI)

**Disk and network latency will be the main issue in this kind of setup**, so using any NAS, including an RS unit, do consider running with the fastest possible drives, and a 10G network interface.

## 
  
  
## : Virtual Machine Manager

With the above scenario running the hypervisor end of this concept on a dedicated machine, let's see how the RS2423+ will perform if that task falls on its shoulders as well as hosting the VM's storage.

For this, we will use DSM's Virtual Machine Manager platform Running the same Windows 11 VM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-13.59.03.png)

Virtual Machine Manager running on RS2423+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-14.03.08.png)

High CPU utilization of the RS2423+ even while the single VM is booting

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-14.04.27.png)

The obvious issue here is the disk array. Running a VM on a Synology NAS on anything other than an SSD array will result in poor performance

Now to be fair, using this kind of VM over RDP is relatively okay (depending on what the tasks are), just don't expect a bare-metal experience when working with such a setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-14.20.17.png)

After some time of usage, the CPU utilization will still be close to 40% for even the basic tasks

Any intensive operation, like opening Photoshop or installing O365 will push the VM over 60% CPU for sure because as soon as there are some read/write operations the HDD array will show its weak side. Of course, once the apps have been set up and we simply use them (browsing, writing, etc) the overall experience will be usable, but again, in the long run, best to not use this as a daily production scenario.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/Screenshot-2023-10-08-at-14.35.13.png)

HAT3300 drives are not doing 3-digit transfers (because they can) but the overall performance and experience inside a VM will still feel slow

As a simple reference, **the installation of the default O365 package took 17 min** to complete with nothing else running on the VM or on the NAS itself to disrupt this operation.

0:00 

/2:01 

1× 

Short demo of a VM running inside VMM on the RS2423+

So can RS2423+ be used as a virtual machine host? Sure. Will it work well? Depends. As we can see depending on the needs and expectations it might work well for some tasks while not at all for others. Anything beyond basic "office" usage will already be a struggle while also in those scenarios it will stress the NAS, as well as users' patience.

It would be best to manage one's expectations if the end goal here is VM usage. In both cases, as a hypervisor, or a pure iSCSI target for a dedicated hypervisor, the **RS2423+ will deliver, but be prepared to invest in a** **faster network (10G), as well as a dedicated SSD array**.

The RS2423+ in its default setup can do a lot, and I mean a lot. Backups, Docker, network transfers, multiple users, surveillance, the works. What it can't do well is virtualization. At least not without some investment in faster drives and definite usage of the 10G network. On top of this, an SSD cache card might come in handy if SSDs are not to be used as main drives. Expecting a lot from this machine is not fair considering that it is a 12-bay "plus" model. Meaning, even that if it is meant to be fitted inside a rack, that doesn't mean it is a beast of a machine.

This machine is not much faster or more capable than an AMD 4-bay unit with an identical setup. Sure it can accommodate a lot more space, but that's it. Anything over that might be a disappointment if expectations are too high.

> ## RS2423+ - Efficient storage for centralized data management

Considering it is marketed as an "Efficient storage for centralized data management", it is best to use it as a large SMB or iSCSI target for data management as well as a central surveillance hub. Again, virtualization is not its primary function, and while it can perform in this area, without any additional investment it will leave a bit of a bitter taste.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology Certified Refurbished
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-certified-refurbished/
Last updated: 2023-11-21T18:46:30.000Z
In February of 2023, Synology officially opened its web store, called **Synology Store**. The idea behind it was to offer customers official spare parts as well as specific hardware such as routers, cameras, or the recently released **BeeDrive**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-28-at-14.08.56.png)

Synology Store - single place to buy certain official Synology equipment

[Synology Store - now open!Today #Synology has opened its official Synology Store! A easy way to buy routers, add-in cards, memory and more. Free shipping over 200 ($/€)!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/synologystore.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-now-open/)

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

[Synology routers - for faster and safer networks#Synology routers, making advanced #network functionality available to everyone.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/syno_routers_fast_safe.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-routers-faster-and-safer-networks/)

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

On top of this, the Store has started to offer a new line of devices that can be purchased directly from Synology. These devices are NAS-class hardware that have been **refurbished** by Synology.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-28-at-14.18.52.png)

This process includes 5 major steps, **inspection**, **hardware** and **software** check, **functional** **test**, and finally **packaging** and **shipping**.

The **units are cleaned**, broken **parts are** **replaced**, and the **firmware has been reset to factory settings**. Also, thepackaging **includes new accessories** as part of the refurbished process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-28-at-14.26.18.jpg)

Synology refurbished process

> ## Receive the same product warranty\* and great customer service as with any new purchase. Enjoy direct technical support and RMA, as well as 30-day returns\* for added peace of mind.

While Synology will offer the same warranty period as the device had when it was released as well as a 30-day return policy, it will not qualify for **extended warranty plus**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-28-at-15.57.30.png)

Synology Store benefits and features

### What refurbished NAS models are in the store at the moment?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-28-at-16.04.49.png)

Refurbished models in Synology Store (Sep 2023)

The pricing and offering will depend on what country we have selected while visiting the store. For the most part, prices will be full retail, so **as an example**, **a DS918+ model will cost around 450€** (VAT included) with **free shipping** and before-mentioned 30-day return policy, while DS220j will come to about 175€.

It is nice to see that we are able to get some older, yet new, models that can still offer a lot for many users while being over 5y old. All current devices are DSM 7 capable and supported, so if there is no need for the latest and greatest version, and we want to help save our planet a bit, maybe a refurbished model is just what we need.
### DSM 7.2.1-69057
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-1-69057/
Last updated: 2024-04-08T07:29:05.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 8/4/2024 - The ****new UP5** for the DSM 7.2.1-69057 has arrived. Release notes below.

### Version: 7.2.1-69057 Update 5

(2024-04-08)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.1-69057-5?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where upgrading from DSM 7.2.1 to later versions could fail.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

💡

****UPDATE**: 16/1/2024 - The ****new UP4** for the DSM 7.2.1-69057 has arrived. Release notes below.

### Version: 7.2.1-69057 Update 4

(2024-01-16)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.1-69057-4?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where Cloud Sync and Drive ShareSync couldn't function properly when Active Insight was running on Synology NAS.
2. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

💡

****UPDATE**: 24/11/2023 - The ****new UP3** for the DSM 7.2.1-69057 has arrived. Release notes below.

### Version: 7.2.1-69057 Update 3

(2023-11-24)

### Important notes​

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.1-69057-3?ref=blackvoid.club)to update it manually.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues​

1. Fixed an issue where updating to DSM 7.2.1 nano 2 caused Task Scheduler to be unable to create or edit tasks.

💡

****UPDATE**: 15/11/2023 - The ****new UP2** for the DSM 7.2.1-69057 has arrived. Release notes below.

### Version: 7.2.1-69057 Update 2

(2023-11-15)

#### Important notes​

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.1-69057-2?ref=blackvoid.club)to update it manually.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues​

1. Fixed an issue where certain models might experience abnormal shutdown after updating to DSM 7.2.1.
2. Fixed an issue where files deleted locally might still exist on the Hyper Backup destination server.
3. Fixed an issue where file access failed due to errors during soft link creation in Btrfs file systems.
4. Fixed an issue where deleting a snapshot of a WriteOnce shared folder in Hyper Backup might fail.
5. Fixed an issue where SSD read-write cache might cause unexpected restarts of DSM on [SA3200D](https://www.synoforum.com/resources/sa3200d.83/?ref=blackvoid.club) and [SA3400D](https://www.synoforum.com/resources/sa3400d.197/?ref=blackvoid.club).

Notes:  

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

💡

****UPDATE**: 12/10/2023 - The ****new UP1** for the DSM 7.2.1-69057 has arrived with some critical fixes reported by many users!

### Version: 7.2.1-69057 Update 1

(2023-10-12)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2.1-69057-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
  - Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
2. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where errors might occur when NFS clients accessed information on shared folder.
2. **Fixed an issue where enabling OVS might affect the performance of 10Gb network interface controllers.**
3. Fixed an issue where volumes containing SSD caches might not be mounted properly after updating from DSM 7.0 to DSM 7.2.1.

---

Today a new DSM 7.2 update has arrived with a version mark **7.2.1.-69057**. Nothing major in this update apart from a few security patches and some preparations to separate the Storage Manager package into smaller modules in the upcoming version.

As of this version, the Storage Manager will be a package that we will be able to update via the Package Center as opposed to via a DSM upgrade. Synology has now moved a number of its services like the File Station, SMB service, SAN Manager, and now the Storage Manager.

⚠️

Starting with this version, the ****Storage Manager will no longer track or display S.M.A.R.T. attributes!** Also, Western Digital's ****WDDA is no longer supported**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-26-at-10.41.40.jpg)

Storage Manager with 7.2.1 version has become a package

⚠️

As with the previous version of DSM 7.2, some models will have to manually get an update as ****this version will not automatically announce or install itself**.

### Version: 7.2.1-69057

(2023-09-26)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. For the models below, you can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
  - FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
  - XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
  - Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
  - Value Series: DS416, DS416play, DS216, DS216play, DS116, RS816, DS1817, DS1517, RS217, DS418play
  - J Series: DS416slim, DS416j, DS216j, DS418j, DS218j, DS419slim, DS119j

#### What’s New

1. NFS clients can now access information on shared folder quotas.
2. **Storage Manager has been modularized into a package to provide better system maintenance and update flexibility.**
3. Supports password setting by new users via links provided in emails.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where Synology Account could not be signed out.
2. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Ghostscript (CVE-2023-36664).
3. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Sudo (CVE-2023-22809).
4. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding OpenSSL (CVE-2023-1255).
5. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Zlib (CVE-2023-37434).

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

On top of this, the **SMB** package, **Secure SignIn service**, **Storage Manager**, as well **SAN Manager**, have also been updated as part of this upgrade the following changes:

### Version: 4.15.13-0871 (SMB Service)

(2023-09-26)

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where certain clients could cause a continuous increase in SMB memory usage.
2. Fixed an issue where some users were unable to access "home" folder snapshots.
3. Fixed an issue where SMB Service prevented Synology Directory Server from migrating domains from Windows Server 2003.
4. Fixed an issue where SMB durable handles were unexpectedly disabled and caused Time Machine backup to fail.
5. Fixed an issue where some users were unable to manage Synology Directory Server domains after installing the Windows July 2023 security update.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

### Version: 1.1.4-0341 (Secure SignIn)

(2023-09-26)

**Fixed Issue**

1. Fixed an issue where users couldn't set up Windows Hello as a DSM sign-in method on Windows 11.
2. Minor bug fixes.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

### Version: 1.0.0-0017 (Storage Manager)

(2023-09-26)

**Important Notes**

1. **S.M.A.R.T. attributes are no longer recorded or displayed.**
2. **Removed support for Western Digital Device Analytics (WDDA).**
3. Creating ext4 volumes is no longer supported for the listed rackmount models, but existing ext4 volumes remain fully functional.
  - FS series: FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018
  - HD series: HD6500
  - SA series: SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400, SA3400D, SA3200D
  - 23 series: RS2423RP+, RS2423+
  - 22 series: RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+
  - 21 series: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+
  - 20 series: RS820RP+, RS820+
  - 19 series: RS1619xs+, RS1219+, RS819
  - 18 series: RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+
  - 17 series: RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs
  - 16 series: RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+
4. Adjusted the notification mechanism for SSDs that are nearing the end of their lifespan and renamed the feature to "SSD Estimated Endurance Notification."

**Compatibility & Installation**

1. Storage Manager 1.0.0-0017 requires DSM 7.2.1 and above.

**What's New**

1. Storage Manager has been modularized into a package to provide better system maintenance and update flexibility.
2. NFS clients can now access information on shared folder quotas.
3. If a firmware update is required for Synology drives, it will be automatically performed during the DSM update. (Please note that the Synology NAS must be connected to the internet for the firmware update to take place.)

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where manual updates to the drive database may not be successful.
2. Added a log entry to record errors that may be encountered during the Secure Erase process.
3. Improved the mechanism for detecting drive statuses to provide more accurate and reliable information about installed drives.
4. Fixed an issue where power supply information of expansion units might not be displayed on the Storage Overview page.
5. Fixed an issue where auto-unlocking of encrypted volumes might not work when a Synology NAS is configured as both a remote key server and client using KMIP.
6. Fixed an issue where, after a DSM update, the NVMe SSD caches of a high-availability cluster might stop working.

### Version: 1.0.10-0314 (SAN Manager)

(2023-09-26)

**Compatibility and Installation**

1. SAN Manager 1.0.10-0314 requires DSM 7.2.1 and above.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue that allowed a factory reset despite having immutable snapshots.
2. Fixed an issue where removing an ESXi-based datastore via FC connection could cause a system reboot.
3. Fixed an issue where replication tasks for LUNs on Btrfs volumes could fail or halt due to time-outs.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

Initial tests show that all packages are stable and working including Plex, Wireguard, and the like. I will post back if there will be any new information or issues with this release.
### Synology RS2423+ - Part 2 Backup and restore
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-2-backup-and-restore/
Last updated: 2024-01-01T10:54:00.000Z
Continuing on with the series, in part two we will focus on **backup and restore** tools provided by Synology's DSM.

[Synology RS2423+ - Part 1 Installation and configurationPart 1 of the Synology RS2423+ review focuses on installation and general configuration using HAT3300 drives and 10G network![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review_1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-1-installation-and-configuration/)

Part 1 of the RS2423+ review focuses on the initial installation and configuration

## Table of Content

: [Backup tools overview](#overview)

: [Hyper Backup](#hyper)

- :: [NAS to NAS](#hypern2n)
- :: [NAS to C2](#hypern2c2)
- :: [NAS Full system (Hyper Backup)](#hyperbaremetal)

: [Active Backup for Business](#abb)

- :: [Windows and macOS client](#abbwin)
- :: [ESXi VM backup](#abbesxi)
- :: [NAS Full System (Active Backup for Business)](#abbbaremetal)

: [Snapshot Replication](#sr)

- :: [SR as a client](#srclient)
- :: [SR as a server](#srserver)

: [SMB](#smb)

## 
  
  
## : Backup tools overview

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

Article with a general overview of popular Synology backup tools

While Synology NASs are mainly used as destination devices for backing up various endpoints like computers, laptops, servers, and virtual machines, there is also a time when data that lives on the NAS needs to be backed up as well. This is particularly important if the data is unique and lives only on the NAS itself.

As with most tests, there are several major backup tools in the DSM package arsenal. The main ones are **Hyper Backup**, **Active Backup for Business**, and **Snapshot Replication**.

Each of those tools is unique and has various options, so depending on what we want to achieve in terms of keeping our data safe, we will use a specific tool, or a combination of multiple ones if needed.

## 
  
  
## : Hyper Backup

The tool most often used as a NAS data backup platform is **Hyper Backup**. This particular piece of software has been part of DSM for a while now, and its new version 4 (that came with DSM 7.2) even learned a few new tricks. With its constant evolution and new features, many users have recognized it as the No.1 backup platform for their NAS data.

In terms of this RS2423+ unit, it has no special features, but we will focus on its new version 4 feature a bit later. For now, let's start with the basics, and see how well this NAS performs while performing simple NAS-to-NAS, or NAS-to-cloud tasks.

### 
  
  
### :: NAS to NAS

This is one of the most common scenarios in which HB will be used, apart from backing up to an external disk. Considering we are testing an RS unit in this review, backup to another NAS makes sense as it will be done over a 10G network, and it will also simulate some local and possibly remote data transfers onto another RS unit in the branch office (as an example).

These test cases will cover two LAN scenarios in which the RS unit will be both a server and a client. The reason for this is to test how well the RAID array will behave while reading and writing. Now in case anyone is unaware, Synology backup tools perform differently in terms of speed as their method of backup is different. Also, using encryption, or backing up over the Internet will have a certain penalty while performing tasks.

The second NAS in this test will be another RS model, the RS3614RPxs+ with 7200 RPM enterprise drives while being connected to the same 10G network switch.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-14-at-19.44.40.png)

Hyper Backup LAN backup task (RS2423+ as a server - large files)

The backup task had two (2) large files with a total backup size of about **138GB**, with no compression and encryption on it. With an average speed of over **300MB/s**, the task was completed in 9 minutes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-14-at-19.52.38.png)

Hyper Backup LAN task network speeds

As we can see the speeds were on average consistent with what the HB platform was reporting, but it is interesting to see that the speed was lower than over a pure SMB transfer in [PART 1](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-1-installation-and-configuration/#speed) of this series where the speed was in the same direction and same hosts were over 400MB/s. This is exactly what was mentioned before, about specific tools and protocols behaving differently using the same NAS and network hardware.

Due to its possible 10G throughput, the speeds will depend on the network but for the most part on the drives in use. With an SSD setup on both ends, we would be looking at about 500-700MB/s on the same hardware/network.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-17-at-19.19.43.png)

Hyper Backup LAN backup task (RS2423+ as a client; large files)

In the reverse roles, the speeds are a bit slower but on **average close to 200+MB/s**. In this particular scenario, the RS2423+ with its RAID5 setup is sending data onto another RAID5 array (with 7200 RPM drives). The destination NAS is a bit utilized as well at the time of this particular transfer, so we could expect higher speeds overall.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-17-at-19.32.26.png)

Hyper Backup LAN task presenting network speed (RS2423+ on the bottom is the client and the RS3614RPxs is the server)

The same data sample as before, this time around **took 14 min to complete** for the same 138GB.

Sending the same data over using a simple **SMB transfer** (via File Station mount) was significantly faster, and while the speed was a bit sporadic (the destination NAS as said has a certain load of services and apps), it was **mostly over 300MB/s** peaking over 600MB/s at times. Total complete time was again **around 7 min**. Another reason for this is that HB packs data in its proprietary format, while SMB does not, and that will be a huge factor as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-17-at-19.45.03.png)

Same sample only this time around SMB transfer instead of Hyper Backup. Completion time was twice as fast, 7 min in total

In any event, the speeds will vary depending on the drives, RAID configuration, backup type, and network configuration. As a destination, the RS2423+ is more than enough to handle concurrent backups from multiple locations as well as provide various services and platforms as the CPU and RAM utilization during backups, are very minimal.

### 
  
  
### :: NAS to C2

Synology offers a number of *cloud* services and most of them arrived only a few years ago with the introduction of DSM 7\. Synology **C2 Storage** is one service that offers various tiers of cloud space that can be used for both direct endpoint backup as well as a Hyper Backup destination.

When backing up to the *cloud*, the main issue will not be our upload speed as much as C2 speed. The task transfer is encrypted (default) and even with a single large file the average upload speed is about 5MB/s. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-14-at-20.36.17.png)

Hyper Backup task towards Synology C2 (September 2023)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-14-at-20.37.34.png)

The fluctuation of upload speed towards the C2 cloud is noticeable

Even a 1Gbit/s upload link will not help as the destination side in this case is the choke point. Obviously, the RS2423+ can perform much faster than these speeds, it is good to show that the backup platforms perform very differently depending on a specific scenario. 

Hyper Backup in general can't do concurrent tasks, only sequential ones, so with multiple tasks lined up it can take some time for them to complete, especially if the destination is C2.

With RS2423+ there were three tasks that were executed with various numbers of files and the total file size. These are the results:

## TEST 1

Number of files: 11724  
Total size: 103GB  
Total backup time: 12 hours  
Average upload speed: **2,5 MB/s**

## TEST 2

Number of files: 16365  
Total size: 8GB  
Total backup time: 23 minutes  
Average upload speed: **6 MB/s**

## TEST 3

Number of files: 16226  
Total size: 3.5GB  
Total backup time: 7 min  
Average upload speed: **8,5MB/s**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-20-at-19.49.24.png)

NAS to C2 backup speeds for all 3 tests. Far left, test 1 ending, in the middle, is test 2, and far right, test 3 completed at 10:50

All tests were executed one after another and the speed was more or less consistent for the whole 13h duration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-20-at-19.55.26.png)

RS2423+ CPU utilization during Hyper Backups towards C2

In terms of CPU utilization, it was practically non-existent. As the graph shows, there were periodic spikes during tests 2 and 3, but those were short and quick operations probably executed by Hyper Backup considering that both tasks had a large number of small files.

These tests are maybe more a testament to how fast C2 is at this moment (Sep 2023.) than how RS2423+ can perform, but still, it might come in handy to know that this particular operation will have no stress on the NAS regardless of the number of files or the duration of the backup.

### 
  
  
### :: NAS Full system (Hyper Backup)

Full NAS system and data backup is a new feature of Hyper Backup version 4\. Depending on the number and size of files, the backup process will vary. In this test, with a sample of about 7.6GB of data (1700+ files), the **average speed was about 60MB/s**, while the task lasted about **5 minutes total**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-14-at-20.56.20.png)

The recovery was long, but that is due to the current process of the HB restore process. Data transfer was saturating the 1GbE connection this time around, but the overall recovery was well over an hour.

[Full bare metal backup with Hyper Backup and DSM 7.2How to do a full bare metal backup using Synology Hyper Backup and the new DSM 7.2![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hyperbackup_baremetal.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/full-bare-metal-backup-with-hyper-backup-and-dsm-7-2/)

Dedicated article for full system recovery process using Hyper Backup

Now, while RS2423+ can perform full system backup restore with no issues in terms of resource and network utilization, it is also worth mentioning that at the moment it is one of the devices that support this particular feature. It is also important to emphasize that the overall process is still in its first release, so Synology might be looking into doing some performance upgrades in this regard.

## 
  
  
## : Active Backup for Business

Unlike Hyper Backup, Active Backup for Business is a master of its own domain. Backup of endpoint devices like computers, VMs, servers, and more is its specialty. With no licensing model attached to it, ABB quickly jumped to the top of everyone's wish list when local backups were in question. An RS unit such as this one would be a perfect candidate for such a role as it allows for concurrent endpoint backups, with plenty of resources to go around for other various apps and services.

As mentioned, ABB supports various endpoint devices and operating systems, so moving along, let's see how RS2423+ will behave when paired up with Windows, macOS, or backing up a VM running on ESXi. Finally, the full NAS system backup that Hyper Backup offers was first offered by ABB, so we will test that as well to see if there are any major differences.

### 
  
  
### :: Windows and macOS client

For this particular test, the Windows 11 machine is in fact a virtual machine running on an NVMe drive on the ESXi host. 

The Windows 11 machine CPU, as can be seen in the following images, is running between 25% - 70% with almost no hard disk activity at all. At the same time, the RS2423+ is also in the one-digit range at about 8% more or less.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-20-at-20.19.05.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-20-at-20.20.14.png)

Utilization of the Windows 11 machine as well as the RS2423+ during the Active Backup for Business backup process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-20-at-20.21.38.png)

ABB network backup speed

Again, the speed of the backup in the Synology world will depend on the tools as well as the data type being backed up. The **average backup speed** of this particular task was **30MB/s** give or take and it **took 30 min** to create an **initial 57 GB backup** over 1GbE network interface.

This is consistent with ABB backup speeds, but it will also depend on the type of OS and the actual method of backup, be it a full initial backup or an incremental one. In some cases, the backup process for an incremental backup can take just as long for significantly less data being transferred. 

macOS in this case is a Mac Studio currently also connected via a 1GbE connection. For its initial backup, it **took 9 min** to complete a **58 GB data transfer** utilizing the maximum 1GbE speed. Now, while that is significantly faster than the Windows example above, it is important to mention that already on the following incremental backup, the **delta was 3 GB** in size and it **took 2,5 min** to copy it over with an average **speed of 20 MB/s**. 

So from these two examples, we can see that the performance of the RS2423+ is not in question here but rather again, the tool and the method of the backup that are being executed.

### 
  
  
### :: ESXi VM backup

Probably one of the slowest ABB backups is the VM one. For this test, the same Windows 11 machine from the example above was used only this time a full 100 GB image was the amount of traffic. Still, while that is only about 40% more than the occupied space of the Windows machine, it took much longer to back up the whole VM.

While the Windows 11 machine took around 30 min to back up with its 57 GB, the whole VM with its **100 GB capacity took 3 hours** in total with an **average speed of about 10 MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-21-at-19.57.48.png)

The thin red line represents the ESXi VM backup process. Slow is steady

Now just to be on the safe side a short SMB copy was initiated towards the RS2423+ during this test just to see if the network throughput can be more than that.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-21-at-20.00.59.png)

An SMB transfer during the ESXi VM backup

As we can see the file being copied over was transferred with the speed of over 400MB/s, and that shows that the ABB VM backup process is simply that slow. Again, the VM was on an NVMe drive with a dedicated 1GbE interface but unfortunately, the transfer was very slow.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-21-at-20.03.50.png)

RS2423+ CPU utilization during the ESXi VM backup

Just like in most cases, the CPU utilization was minimal at best while the backup process lasted with a slight jump to about 35% during the 400 MB/s transfer. This goes to show that this NAS is **more than capable of being a dedicated backup machine** above anything else.

### 
  
  
### :: NAS Full System (Active Backup for Business)

One final ABB feature is the full NAS backup. While this requires two Synology NAS units on either side (just like with Hyper Backup), the process is almost identical to Hyper Backup.

The point that needs to be made here is that ABB was the platform that initially introduced this feature, with Hyper Backup just recently getting it in the latest version 4\. With that in mind, and the fact that we already did this test with Hyper Backup, with ABB this experience was much faster.

A total of 8TB volume was in question with only about **10.6 GB of used data** on the NAS. The backup **took 2.5 minutes total** while saturating the 1GbE network. The restore process, unlike Hyper Backup which took over 1.5 hours to complete, was also done in the same time frame. The longest time was the 10-minute reboot window that followed but of course, it didn't last that long at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-21-at-19.26.56-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-21-at-19.32.42.png)

Full NAS backup (left) and restore (right) performed via Active Backup for Business

The takeaway from all this is that again, the RS2423+ had plenty of resources to go around while backing up and restoring the secondary NAS regardless of whether it using Hyper Backup or Active Backup in any backup scenario.

## 
  
  
## : Snapshot Replication

Unlike the previous tools, Snapshot replication is not really a backup tool, but a proper snapshot tool. Compared to off-site backups, or backups that are deployed on other devices, local or remote, snaps are usually on a device or in this case, on a remote Synology NAS.

Snaps offer a very fast recovery when human error is in question or a malware attack, because any snap is read-only, so in case of any issue, we can restore the state from a snap that can be only 5 min old.

SR platform has prerequisites when remote replication is needed, to that end, we need to have another compatible SR Synology NAS, be it local or remote (over the Internet). Replication tasks are very fast, and the whole package was designed around low RTO/RPO and business continuity in terms of disaster recovery.

### 
  
  
### :: SR as a client

In this example, the data will be sent from the RS2423+ to another 10G-capable NAS. The sample is only **33GB in size** and it took **3 min to complete**. The speed was not stable and as it is visible in the image below traveled between 1GbE and 3GbE. The destination server in this case was under load so periodic drops were probably the result of such a test. In any event, once again we can see that each tool performs a bit differently than the other, with particular types and sizes of data being backed up on top of it all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-22-at-19.29.13.png)

10G LAN communication between RS2423+ and another RS unit

### 
  
  
### :: SR as a server

Using RS2423+ as a destination server paired with a 1GbE NAS will result in a flat **100+MB/s transfer from start to finish**. The **CPU utilization** will hover in the **10-15%** utilization. Nothing unexpected here, and we can once again see that the NAS has no issues operating with almost no visible effort. The test data was once again the same as in the previous example, 33GB, and it took 5 min to complete.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-22-at-19.19.42.png)

Data coming to the RS2423+ from a remote NAS over a 1G network

## 
  
  
## : SMB

As a final test of this article, is a pure SMB transfer. In order to test the maximum potential, a 10G transfer was used again, and the RS2423+ was both the source and the destination of this 67GB file.

Reading the data of the NAS and writing it to faster 7200RPM drives was a bit more hectic than when the same file was written back onto the NAS and its array of HAT3300 5400RPM drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-22-at-19.48.00.png)

Sending the data from the RS2423+ to another RS unit with 7200 drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-22-at-19.55.43.png)

Writing the data on the RS2423+ NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-22-at-19.56.15.png)

RS2423+ CPU utilization; left while sending the data, and right while writing the data

The whole process was between **3.5 and 4 min** total with an average speed of about **400MB/s** in either case. This would probably be a bit higher with 7200 drives on both sides, or SSDs of course, but for 5400 drives this was more than fine.

After this long number-crunching article, we will be moving into the world of virtual machines and containers. I can already tell that this machine will have no issues running anything that I throw at it in this department and the only "slow" element will probably be the drives. But, more on this in the upcoming article.

## Coming soon...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/ds2423review_3.jpg)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS2423+ - Part 1 Installation and configuration
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-1-installation-and-configuration/
Last updated: 2024-01-01T10:53:49.000Z
In the introduction article of the series, we talked about the new RS2423+ in general. About its specifications, internal setup, as well as how to install it inside a rack, and how to add the drives.

[Synology RS2423+ reviewSynology RS2423+ review. A refreshed 12-bay NAS for business workloads. A series of articles covering the overview, installation, services, and more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-review/)

Intro article to the whole RS2423+ series

With this article we will be moving a step forward, starting with DSM 7.2 installation and configuration. Further along, we will see how to configure the RAID array using the new HAT3300 Synology NAS drives, install packages, and configure some other services that come with this whole ecosystem.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

A short review of the new HAT3300 drives

## Table of Content

: [DSM install](#install)  
: [DSM configuration](#config)  
: [Active Insight](#ai)  
: [RAID configuration](#raid)  
: [Package Center](#package)  
: [Disk and network speed test](#speed)

## 
  
  
## : DSM install

If anyone has never installed an operating system on the Synology NAS before, the process is identical on all the models, regardless of their size. After the NAS has been turned on and detected on the network, the process moving forward can happen in one of two ways.

Use the **Synology Assistant desktop app** or **find.synology.com** web assistant. In any event, those will assist in locating the NAS on the network so we can continue with the installation. 

If in some cases, the NAS is not detected there are several potential reasons, starting with no network visibility due to faulty cable, or wrong network configuration to name a few. If that happens be sure to ask for Synology support to assist.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-01-at-23.36.08.png)

The web assistant was unable to detect any NAS devices in LAN (this is to be expected as the options for this have been disabled). Synology Assistant is the only way

Once the NAS has been detected, we will be able to use a wizard-like process that will install the latest DSM version and allow us to use the NAS and configure it further. The RS2423+ installed it in a matter of minutes from start to finish in part thanks to a solid configuration and horsepower, as well as a stable and fast DSM 7 version (in its 7.2 major version at the time of this article). 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-08-12-at-15.24.52.png)

The RS2423+ detected on the network, ready for the DSM installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-08-12-at-15.25.05.png)

DSM can be installed using the automatic or manual process. In any event, a compatible version will be installed

## 
  
  
## : DSM configuration

As soon as DSM is installed, we will be launched into a familiar (or unfamiliar if this is the first time someone is doing an installation) desktop-like web interface where DSM 7.2 will offer some of its new features like **adaptive MFA**, **WORM**, and **volume encryption**, as well as some already "new" additions like **Synology Photos**, or **Active Insight** services.

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/)

Some highlights of the new DSM 7.2 features

[DSM 7.2-64570The new Synology DSM 7.2 64570 update is here due to a recall of the previous 64561, bringing several fixes and one new feature.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/dsm72_final_live_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64570/)

DSM 7.2 - 64570 updates

If we do not want to activate those options now, we can always come back to them at a later date. DSM configuration is a personal process, and deciding on the services and apps running will also be a personal preference depending on the needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-06-at-19.18.14.png)

DSM desktop - a user-friendly multi-app work environment

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-06-at-19.23.03.jpg)

DSM control panel on RS2423+

There are many options that can be configured after the DSM installation but staying on point here and focusing on the RS2423+ there is one element that can be explored early on and that might be beneficial in the long run.

DSM 7 introduced a number of new features that may not be advertised as much but could come real handy at certain points. One such option is the **automatic backup**, configuration backup that is. DSM has a large number of options that can be set, and in some cases, it might take a long time to redo them if there is a need to reset the device, or if there was a specific issue either with the DSM or the NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-06-at-19.30.40.png)

Automatic configuration backup is part of the DSM update and restore module

Once set up using a free **Synology Account**, the configuration backup will periodically check and backup the latest configuration of the whole system. This does **not include the actual DSM installation or the NAS data**, just the configuration, but sometimes this is all that is needed to get up and running without wasting time setting all the parameters just the way we want them or need them.

In case we do want to back up the whole DSM and/or NAS data, the new DSM 7.2 and **Hyper Backup** v.4 (or better), do include this option, but more on that in part two of this article series.

[Full bare metal backup with Hyper Backup and DSM 7.2How to do a full bare metal backup using Synology Hyper Backup and the new DSM 7.2![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hyperbackup_baremetal.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/full-bare-metal-backup-with-hyper-backup-and-dsm-7-2/)

A dedicated article on the topic of Hyper Backup and full bare metal backup and recovery options

Another Synology service that is not immediately visible, but is offered as part of the initial DSM installation is an extended warranty. Now as mentioned in the intro article, the RS2423+ comes with 3y warranty that can be extended up to a total of five years using the **extended warranty plus** service.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyextendedwarrenty-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

For this NAS model, the extended warranty in Croatia comes out at about **€470** (incl. VAT, 25% in Croatia), which might look like a steep price, but for this model, it really is not that much on top of its initial price. For **about €20/month for those two extra years**, we get a **total of 5y of Synology warranty**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-06-at-19.44.58.png)

Two extra years of warranty for the RS2423+ (September 2023/Croatia)

## 
  
  
## : Active Insight

DSM 7 has brought a number of new services, apps, and features that cover both older and latest NAS models. Some of those are free, some are commercial, and one that sits in the middle (both free and paid service) is **Active Insight**.

[DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and moreNew feature coming with DSM7 is Active Insight. Always wanted to have a platform for all your NAS metric needs? This is it.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/DSM7_activeinsight.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)

Active Insight - new cloud-based metric and troubleshooting platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-06-at-20.36.41.jpg)

Active Insight - one place to monitor all your compatible NAS systems

The RS2423+ being compatible with DSM 7, is a **candidate for Active Insight**. Apart from having a Synology Account, there are only two things that need to be done in order to get all the metrics into Active Insight.

First, we need to register the NAS under our Synology Account (Control Panel > Synology Account option), and then using the main menu open the Active Insight app.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-06-at-20.41.26.png)

The DSM Active Insight app

Selecting a checkbox that we want to register the NAS with AI will be enough to complete the configuration on the NAS side. One last thing is to apply for the license on the AI portal for a particular model, and the process will start automatically.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-06-at-20.44.18.jpg)

Active Insight subscription and licenses

AI offers up to three NAS devices for the free plan, so best to make use of it.

In case that cloud-driven platform is not preferred, maybe a self-hosted solution would be better. Running Docker, or as they call it now, **Container Manager** we can run our own monitoring platform of choice.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.47.48.png)

Grafana presenting RS2423+ metrics

The list of configuration elements inside DSM can go on for a while, but one last thing that is worth mentioning here for the actual RS2423+ is the fact that the onboard 10G network adapter can be used for the initial installation of DSM (and NAS detection) and continue to use it as the main network connection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/IMG_3740.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/IMG_3739.jpg)

White light means 10G. The RS2423+ built-in copper 10G option will allow for fast network transfers via a compatible cable and switch

Unlike some other models that support 10G via an add-on card where this is not possible, this use case is a nice addition to this particular RS model.

## 
  
  
## : RAID configuration

One thing that is absolutely needed if we want to run and use any NAS is to create pools and volume(s) before any data can be stored on it. Within DSM, the **Storage Manager** is the app that will provide the tools for these tasks.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3616.jpg)

Using the Synology HAT3300 8TB drives with this particular RS2423+

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

Review of the HAT3300 drives

Opening the Storage Manager we will need to make the initial pool and volume (or more, depending on the needs) using the available drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/image.png)

Synology HAT3300 drives detected inside Storage Manager

RAID volume creation is a matter of preference, so we need to make sure we know what we need and want in the long run. The pool and volume creation is a matter of minutes, but the optimization will take some time, again, depending on the configuration. With this amount of drives, the **RS unit completed the full-size volume optimization little under 11 hours** with **raid resync settings set to low impact**.

Nothing unexpected in terms of speed and time, with the final volume being very stable with no issues or errors. In terms of temperature, the RS unit is between two additional RS3614 units and the HAT3300 drives are normal considering other environmental parameters.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/image-1.png)

HAT3300 temperature inside RS2423+

Now that the volume has been created the next step is to further configure and install specific apps that we want to run on the NAS. For that, we need to use the **Package Center**. 

## 
  
  
## : Package Center

Coming in from the Synology "+" lineup, the RS2423+ **can install any application from the package center** including some 3rd party apps via **Synocommunity** as one outside repository example.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/image-2.png)

DSM's "App Store", the Package Center

Another important thing to mention here is Docker, or as DSM presents it in version 7.2, the **Container Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_containermanager-1.jpg)

Docker support in DSM 7.2 under a new name, here is ****Container Manager**

Docker support is nothing new in the world of Synology devices, and on that note, even some "value" lineup devices have gotten support for it. Until recently this privilege was only reserved for the "plus" or higher lineup. Container Manager is a way of running apps and services on the NAS that are not officially supported via the Package Center.

On a NAS like the RS2423+ with 8GB of RAM, there are plenty of resources to run various solutions via Docker making the NAS even more feature-powerful. One example is the image above showing the metrics via Grafana. That platform is running on a Synology NAS using Docker.

While we are on the subject of custom apps and services as well as Docker, there is one more solution worth mentioning DSM still does not support out-of-the-box, **Wireguard VPN protocol**. Being an RS unit, the RS2423+ is a perfect candidate to run various server-side solutions. An incoming VPN server solution would be one of those. Now, DSM does have a **VPN Server** package but apart from OpenVPN and IPSec no other protocols are supported. 

[Wireguard SPK for your Synology NASHow to build your Wireguard Synology SPK for DSM 6.2 or 7.1 using Docker to get support for the new VPN standard![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_spk.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/)

3rd party Package Center compatible package that will add support for Wireguard VPN protocol

[Wireguard VPN for your Synology NASHow to run your private Wireguard VPN server on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/)

Thanks to Docker support, we have a way to bring a modern, fast, and secure VPN feature onto almost any compatible Synology NAS.

Stepping away from custom solutions, RS2423+ is also a great device to host official apps covering various scenarios. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-07-at-20.12.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-07-at-20.33.35.png)

Apart from the usual office apps like Synology Office, Drive Server, Mail Server, and other team-related services, the RS2423+ is also a robust and stable **backup**, **data** **protection** **and recovery** NAS.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/RS2423plus/consolidated_backup_server@2x.png)

Backup solutions for both on-prem and cloud platforms

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/RS2423plus/advanced_deployment_and_analysis_options@2x.png)

Data protection and recovery using Synology solution or 3rd party cloud option

Finally, the RS2423+ will also leverage scalable surveillance to secure home or business environments.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/RS2423plus/simple_to_deploy_local_surveillance@2x.png)

These are just some of the examples but more will be covered in the follow-up articles of this series.

## 
  
  
## : Disk and network speed test

The RAID setup in RS2423+ combined with a10G network adapter will be capable of 1GB/s transfers depending on the device on the other end. Almost all tests that will follow will include 10G capable devices but none are running NVMe setup, but rather HDDs.

As expected the speeds will not be 1GB/s but this will also be limited by certain tests using Synology apps. Some of those are maxing out at about 400MB/s even on SA class models with enterprise drives. 

To start, and to get a general idea of the **HAT3300** speeds, we can use the built-in tool inside Storage Manager that will test a single drive speed. In the case of these 8TB models, the **average speed** was as advertised around **204MB/s.**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-15.52.20.png)

Single HAT3300 drive speed using Storage Manager

On the other hand, network speed (as seen in the image above) is 10G over a CAT7 cable and a compatible switch. Running **iperf** test against another 10G-capable NAS we can confirm that the RS2423+ is indeed capable of those speeds on the network layer.

```bash
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr  Cwnd
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec  1.10 GBytes  9.42 Gbits/sec    0    677 KBytes       
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec  1.09 GBytes  9.32 Gbits/sec    0    864 KBytes       
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec  1.07 GBytes  9.23 Gbits/sec    0   1.02 MBytes       
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec  1.09 GBytes  9.35 Gbits/sec    0   1.15 MBytes       
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec  1.10 GBytes  9.42 Gbits/sec    0   1.15 MBytes       
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec  1.10 GBytes  9.42 Gbits/sec    0   1.15 MBytes       
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec  1.07 GBytes  9.18 Gbits/sec    0   1.33 MBytes       
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec  1.09 GBytes  9.37 Gbits/sec    0   1.39 MBytes       
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec  1.07 GBytes  9.20 Gbits/sec    0   1.39 MBytes       
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec  1.09 GBytes  9.40 Gbits/sec    0   1.53 MBytes       
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr
[  5]   0.00-10.00  sec  10.9 GBytes  9.33 Gbits/sec    0             sender
[  5]   0.00-10.52  sec  10.9 GBytes  8.87 Gbits/sec                  receiver
```

iperf network speed test (10G to 10G capable NAS)

Testing a generic SMB transfer from one NAS to the other over 10G we can see a sustained rate of about 400MB/s in this current RAID5 configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-12.26.21.png)

HAT3300 in a RAID5 configuration over 10G. 400+MB/s transfer

These speeds would probably be faster against an SSD/NVMe-configured device, but taking all settings and configurations into consideration, these results are expected. 

That will do it for this article. In the next one, we will see just how well this NAS can perform when using various backup solutions both as a server and client. 

## Part 2 - Backup and restore, up next >

[Synology RS2423+ - Part 2 Backup and restorePart 2 of the Synology RS2423+ review focuses on backup tools and the overall performance of this NAS in various scenarios.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review_2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-2-backup-and-restore/)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology RS2423+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-review/
Last updated: 2025-01-06T23:01:39.000Z
Most Synology's devices have a 1-3 year update lifecycle, depending on a specific model. Regardless if we are talking about DS (desktop) or RS/SA/UC (rack) units, for the most part, users will have an option to buy or update their existing NAS with a successor at one point in time.

In February of 2023, Synology rolled out an updated 12-bay RS NAS as their follow-up of the RS2421+/RP+, called **RS2423+RP+**. Just like the previous generation, this particular model is designed as a versatile storage solution for business workloads.

> ## The RS2423+ and RS2423RP+ (redundant power) are versatile and cost-effective 2U 12-bay storage servers for central data storage and sharing, endpoint and server backup, surveillance management, and other business applications. With over 3,500/1,700 MB/s sequential read/write performance, up to 216 TB of raw storage, and the option to boost I/O speeds through SSD caching, the RS2423+ and RS2423RP+ provide flexible storage with strong built-in data protection capabilities.

The **RS2423+** sits right in the bottom of the whole "rack" segment, between the faster RS XS/XS+ units as well as the SA models, and the rest of the RS "plus" models. Being a **12-bay device**, this NAS can expand with another 12-bay expansion unit for a **total of 24 drives**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-27-at-14.45.35.jpg)

RS2423+ is part of the "plus" RS lineup targeted for medium business workloads

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/rs2423_front.png)

RS2324+/RP+ the current 12-bay NAS from the "+" lineup

Unlike some other brands, Synology included, a new model usually pushes out the older one, but in this case, the RS2421+ is still an option if anyone is in the market for a powerful storage NAS.

The main difference between the previous and the current generation is across several elements. To begin with, the most obvious one is the CPU, the **RS2423+** arrives with an **AMD Ryzen 1780B quad-core running at 3.35 GHz** versus the older Ryzen V1500B at 2.2GHz. The amount of initial **DDR4 ECC memory has been doubled and is now 8GB** with still one more slot available up to a maximum of 32GB for both models.

Looking at the back of the unit, we will not see many differences in specification, other than the fact that the **x23 model arrives with a built-in** **10G** **network adapter** and two 1G ports less than the x21 model (that has a total of 4x 1GbE ports and no 10G out of the box).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/rs2423_back.png)

RS2423+ back side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/rs2423RP_back.png)

RS2423RP+ back side (model with redundant PSU)

One final comparison between both generations is the noise and power consumption. Because of the CPU and 10G, the **x23 model will use a bit more power on average**, while **making a few more dB(a) of noise** as well (50-54 for the x21 vs. **53-56** for the x23).

> ## Solid Performance - Over 3,500/1,700 MB/s sequential read/write throughput supports office-wide applications
> 
> ## On-Demand Expansion - Scale up to 24 drive bays and 432 TB of raw storage with one Synology RX1223RP Expansion Unit

As mentioned before, the RS2423+ offers a single expansion port to allow a connection of an RX1223RP 12-bay unit. With it, a total of 24 disk setup can be used, but of course, the expansion will depend on the main RS unit in order to function properly.

As with the previous generation, the RS2423+ offers also a **single PCIe Gen3 x8 slot (x4 link)** expansion slot that can be used with various PCI cards like more 10/25G network cards, or maybe an M.2 SSD card for the cache. Do note that **this model does not support the creation of storage pools using M.2 SSDs installed via the PCI card**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-29-at-19.10.48.png)

The packaging of the unit is a common double card box (transport+product) to prevent almost any poor handling until its delivery.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3606.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3599.jpg)

After opening the product box, we can see that the NAS is hovering in the middle being supported by four large pieces of hard foam in order to absorb any hits and transport shocks. 

RS2423+ arrives with a small card box that contains only a **single power cord**, instructions, and **two sets of screws** for both the 2.5" and 3.5" drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3615.jpg)

52 screws for both 2.5" and 3.5" drives

⚠️

****NOTE**: The ****packaging contains no ethernet cables** of any sort unlike the DS models, so keep in mind that those will need to be purchased separately.

As expected with any RS/SA/UC/HD model from Synology, network cables are intentionally excluded from the package to cater to individualized installations. This allows end users the freedom to select the most suitable category, length, and even color for their specific needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3614.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3613.jpg)

Front view of the drive bays as well as internal SATA connector

The installation of twelve drives using the bays on the front side, is very simple. With a simple push of a button, the caddy will pop out and we can begin with the drive installation. There is no wrong way to install the drive, as the position of the SATA connector on the backplane is unique. Make sure to align the drive properly before installing it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3616.jpg)

HAT3300 drive installed inside an RS caddy

One thing that is not visible from the front or the back is the actual insides of this RS unit. With the removal of just a few screws as well as the middle panel, we can get take a peek and see how this RS unit is organized.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3607.jpg)

The top middle panel needs to be removed first in order to get access to the insides of this NAS

Upon removing the middle panel we get immediate access to four modular intake vents. By modular it means that they can be removed from the slot without any tools, but also replaced by disassembling the housing and replacing the actual vent inside it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3611.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3610.jpg)

Replaceable intake vents

These vents are behind the SATA housing section but before the motherboard and PSU. They will intake all the heat from the drives and push it towards the back through the meshed backplane of the NAS. The visible vent on the back is a dedicated PSU vent and it will have the task of keeping it cool completely separate from the rest of the NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3601.jpg)

PSU vent on the back

The **internal layout of any RS unit is very minimalistic and optimized for airflow**. Apart from the motherboard, a CPU (with its wind tunnel to cool the CPU), and some RAM, there is nothing much to look at here. On the side of the MB is a PSU with decent cable management.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3608.jpg)

RS2423+ internal overview

As can be seen, there is a dual RAM slot and the PCIe slot that can be still utilized as an expansion on the existing setup. The major part of the left-hand section of the NAS is reserved for the PSU. One more note on the **RAM is that it is zip-tied**, so keep that in mind in case there will be a need to replace or upgrade it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3609.jpg)

Zip-tied RAM slot

As mentioned before, the whole back side of the unit is hollow to allow for the hot air to leave the NAS and keep it cool. Starting from the PSU all the way to the PCIe slot. The other section that is not hollow is the area around the actual ports.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3600.jpg)

Back side of the RS2423+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3602.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3603.jpg)

Lots of holes that will allow for the hot air to leave the NAS and keep it cool

This being an RS unit means that it is intended for rack installation. Just as with ethernet cables, no rack unit will arrive with a rail kit. That is also a separate purchase. The RS2423+ is compatible with Synology's **RKS-02 kit**, so installation is needed before the NAS can be placed inside a rack.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3598.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3612.jpg)

Installation of the rail kit on the RS2423+ is needed before it can be installed inside the rack itself

Once everything is in place, the drives installed, and the power and network cable plugged in, we can boot up the NAS and start with its configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3617.jpg)

RS2423+ installed inside a rack between two RS3614xs+ veterans

The whole process shouldn't take more than 20 min or so from start to finish as there is nothing special to get the NAS going. Probably the most time will be securing the drives with screws, and in the case that all twelve drives need to be installed it will take some time to secure all 48 of them.

The next part of this series will be about **installation and configuration**, so let's see how well this RS model works with new HAT3300 drives and DSM 7.2.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

## Part 1 - Installation and configuration up next > 

[Synology RS2423+ - Part 1 Installation and configurationPart 1 of the Synology RS2423+ review focuses on installation and general configuration using HAT3300 drives and 10G network![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/ds2423review_1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-part-1-installation-and-configuration/)

## Sign up for free, today!

### Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:37:46.000Z
## : Overview

During the last days of May of 2023, Synology officially released the new "home and small office" lineup of their drives, the **HAT3300**. These drives, unlike already available enterprise-class **HAS5300** or **HAT5300**, are the first from what Synology calls the **plus series**.

> ## Reliable Drives for Home and Small Office Systems

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3584.jpg)

Official Synology HAT3300 8TB SATA drive

These 3.5" SATA 6 Gb/s disks come in four capacities from **4TB up to 12TB** (4,6,8,12) spinning at **5400 RPM** apart from the **12TB one that is running at 7200 RPM**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_lineup.jpg)

HAT3300 lineup

Compared to the before-mentioned HAT/HAS5300 series, the new HAT3300 is designed for **24/7 operation** in **small** and **medium-sized storage systems**. These drives are in the same class as Western Digital RED or Seagate Ironwolf, in fact, they are based on the Ironwolf drive with a custom Synology firmware optimized for their Synology-compatible systems.

HAT3300 drives are based on **conventional magnetic recording** (**CRM**) technology with **180TB per year of workload** rating and **MTBF** (mean time between failures) **of 1 million hours**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_hdd_specs.jpg)

HAT3300 specifications

Apart from their solid endurance stats, the drives also have custom firmware that allows for a very **convenient firmware update process**.

> ## Synology Plus Series HDDs and can update drives seamlessly from DiskStation Manager (DSM) on their Synology storage system, eliminating the need for third-party tools and disk removal for firmware updates

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-13.44.14.png)

DSM's Storage Manager will provide a way to update the disk firmware

From a compatibility standpoint, the disks will be compatible with the following NAS and expansion units, with more probably to come at a later date:

**24 series**: DS224+, DS124  
**23 series**: RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, DS223j  
**22 series**: RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622  
**21 series**: RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621+, DVA3221  
**20 series**: RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j  
**19 series**: RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS119j, DVA3219  
**18 series**: DS1618+, DS418, DS418j, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-13.50.25.png)

Current HAT3300 compatibility (August 2023)

As can be seen, the J and + models are included as well as the value lineup models. This gives a clear picture that future devices might come and be exclusive to the HAT3300 segment, but that remains to be seen. **The high-end range models** from FS, HD, SA, and UC, as well as RS XS/XS+, **will not be compatible** with this lineup. At the moment only some RS+ models are compatible, like the new RS2423+. The x23 NAS series are not only locked to Synology models so these new HAT3300 drives will only expand on the existing compatibility list.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-11.png)

This series of drives is **covered by a fixed 3-year warranty** by Synology and it can't be expanded under the warranty plus program. When we talk about pricing, the suggested retail price (MSRP) is more than fair and competitive when compared with the same class of drives coming in from WD or Seagate. Starting from $89 all the way up to $249 for the 12TB model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_price.jpg)

Suggested MSRP pricing for HAT3300

## : Packaging

The packaging of the drives is a little above the average that we might experience in the store or when buying online. Coming in a familiar eco-friendly and minimalistic card box, the HAT3300 has plenty of protection from the outside elements.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3580.jpg)

Official Synology HAT3300 packaging

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3577.jpg)

It will take some time to get to the drive inside, as apart from the box itself, the drives are then additionally protected by two pieces of hard foam, followed by a standard 3.5" plastic "box", and finally placed inside an anti-static bag.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3581.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3582.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3583.jpg)

The reason I am mentioning this is that from the nine (9) drives that I got, not a single one was damaged or in a non-working order. So from a protection and packaging standpoint, A+.

## : Stats

Once the drives are connected to a compatible NAS system they will show up inside Storage Manager, and be ready for pool/volume creation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-14.30.33.png)

HAT3300 detected by a Synology NAS (Storage Manager view)

### :: Temperature

Before going into all that, the Manager will allow us to check some basic information about the drive(s), in terms of temperature, firmware version, and general drive status. The operating temperature range is from 0-65C degrees (32-149F) but on average in testing that was about **32C-40C** depending on the NAS systems, and their location.

Just as a comparison here are two Synology NAS units that are part of the same rack with a difference of about 1,5 meters in height. The RS2423+ is on the bottom of the rack stuck between two additional working RS units, while the DS224+ is on the very top of the rack with plenty of airflow around it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-14.41.07.png)

RS2423+ with 6 HAT3300 drives (August 2023)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-14.41.20.png)

DS224+ with 2 HAT3300 drives (August 2023)

As can be seen, the DS224+ is running much hotter than the RS unit even though it has a better airflow around itself, but being in a higher position is causing it to be surrounded with more hot air. Now take into consideration that it is August and it is very hot. So even though that rack is underground, it will still be very important to position the NAS (especially for a longer period of time) in an adequate location to minimize the temperature on the drives as much as possible.

⚠️

As a general rule, please avoid closing the NAS inside a closet or any closed-off environment that will prevent a decent airflow.

### :: Noise

Moving on from temperature to noise. Now, noise is also a factor for many users, especially when it comes to smaller DS units that are usually lying around the room, or on a desk.

In a word, the **HAT3300 is not a silent drive**. Regardless of the capacity, on average, the noise level will be from **23-30 dB(A) per drive** (depending on the idle/seek operation). If we incorporate that with a recent 2-bay model, like the DS224+, and its 22dB(A) coming from the fan in the back, we can see that we will hear this particular setup inside an average room and working conditions. 

So, unless the NAS is populated by SSDs, **the drives will be noisier than the NAS fan** when we are talking about the DS units. With RS units, the fans are making a lot of noise so the drives will be heard only when a person is very close to the unit itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/IMG_3563.jpg)

HAT3300 secured inside a DS224+ caddy

As with any 3.5" drive over 3TB, the noise will be present. Trying to minimize it with some more rubber under the NAS, or inside the drive caddy might help, but be aware that in doing so the temperature could also come in as a factor. Also, the drives will be secure inside the caddies that have rubber holes along the side to prevent noise distribution to the rest of the NAS unit. So, inside a 2 or 4-bay NAS most of the noise will come from the drive itself, not the fan or the vibrations.

With all said, if silence is what we are going for, due to work, or just a piece of mind, keeping the NAS in the same room will probably be an issue for most when paired with the HAT3300, so make sure to plan the location of the device accordingly.

### :: Specifications

The DSM Storage manager will give us only so much information about these drives, so a bit of SSH operations will be needed to get the most out of this firmware.

Using default Linux commands we can get to a lot more details, so for starters here is some general information:

```yaml
=== START OF INFORMATION SECTION ===
Vendor:               Synology
Product:              HAT3300-8T
Revision:             PL01
User Capacity:        8,001,563,222,016 bytes [8.00 TB]
Logical block size:   512 bytes
Physical block size:  4096 bytes
LU is fully provisioned
Rotation Rate:        5400 rpm
Form Factor:          3.5 inches
Logical Unit id:      0x5000c500e6f1dfdd
Serial number:        ZPV01Z64
Device type:          disk
Local Time is:        Wed Aug  9 15:19:16 2023 CEST
SMART support is:     Unavailable - device lacks SMART capability.

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
Current Drive Temperature:     0 C
Drive Trip Temperature:        0 C
```

It is odd that the unit is registering the temperature or flagging the SMART support as "unavailable" as those are clearly accessible using the DSM Storage Manager UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-15.41.53.png)

SMART stats for the HAT3300 drive via Storage Manager

Running a slightly different command inside SSH we can see even more details including the supported and enabled features:

```yaml
ATA device, with non-removable media
        Model Number:       Synology HAT3300-8T                     
        Serial Number:      ZPV01Z64
        Firmware Revision:  PL01    
        Transport:          Serial, ATA8-AST, SATA 1.0a, SATA II Extensions, SATA Rev 2.5, SATA Rev 2.6, SATA Rev 3.0
Standards:
        Used: unknown (minor revision code 0x006d) 
        Supported: 10 9 8 7 6 5 
        Likely used: 10
Configuration:
        Logical         max     current
        cylinders       16383   16383
        heads           16      16
        sectors/track   63      63
        --
        CHS current addressable sectors:    16514064
        LBA    user addressable sectors:   268435455
        LBA48  user addressable sectors: 15628053168
        Logical  Sector size:                   512 bytes
        Physical Sector size:                  4096 bytes
        Logical Sector-0 offset:                  0 bytes
        device size with M = 1024*1024:     7630885 MBytes
        device size with M = 1000*1000:     8001563 MBytes (8001 GB)
        cache/buffer size  = unknown
        Form Factor: 3.5 inch
        Nominal Media Rotation Rate: 5400
Capabilities:
        LBA, IORDY(can be disabled)
        Queue depth: 32
        Standby timer values: spec'd by Standard, no device specific minimum
        R/W multiple sector transfer: Max = 16  Current = 16
        Recommended acoustic management value: 128, current value: 128
        DMA: mdma0 mdma1 mdma2 udma0 udma1 udma2 udma3 udma4 udma5 *udma6 
             Cycle time: min=120ns recommended=120ns
        PIO: pio0 pio1 pio2 pio3 pio4 
             Cycle time: no flow control=120ns  IORDY flow control=120ns
Commands/features:
        Enabled Supported:
           *    SMART feature set
                Security Mode feature set
           *    Power Management feature set
           *    Write cache
           *    Look-ahead
           *    Host Protected Area feature set
           *    WRITE_BUFFER command
           *    READ_BUFFER command
           *    DOWNLOAD_MICROCODE
                Power-Up In Standby feature set
           *    SET_FEATURES required to spinup after power up
                SET_MAX security extension
           *    48-bit Address feature set
           *    Device Configuration Overlay feature set
           *    Mandatory FLUSH_CACHE
           *    FLUSH_CACHE_EXT
           *    SMART error logging
           *    SMART self-test
           *    Media Card Pass-Through
           *    General Purpose Logging feature set
           *    64-bit World wide name
           *    WRITE_UNCORRECTABLE_EXT command
           *    {READ,WRITE}_DMA_EXT_GPL commands
           *    Segmented DOWNLOAD_MICROCODE
                unknown 119[6]
           *    unknown 119[7]
           *    Gen1 signaling speed (1.5Gb/s)
           *    Gen2 signaling speed (3.0Gb/s)
           *    Gen3 signaling speed (6.0Gb/s)
           *    Native Command Queueing (NCQ)
           *    Phy event counters
           *    READ_LOG_DMA_EXT equivalent to READ_LOG_EXT
           *    DMA Setup Auto-Activate optimization
                Device-initiated interface power management
           *    Software settings preservation
                unknown 78[7]
           *    SMART Command Transport (SCT) feature set
           *    SCT Write Same (AC2)
           *    SCT Error Recovery Control (AC3)
           *    SCT Features Control (AC4)
           *    SCT Data Tables (AC5)
                unknown 206[7]
                unknown 206[12] (vendor specific)
                unknown 206[13] (vendor specific)
                unknown 206[14] (vendor specific)
           *    DOWNLOAD MICROCODE DMA command
Logical Unit WWN Device Identifier: 5000c500e6f1xxxx
        NAA             : 5
        IEEE OUI        : 000c50
        Unique ID       : 0e6f1xxxx
Checksum: correct
```

### :: Speed test

The speed of these drives is nothing out of the ordinary considering their specifications. The official Synology specification lists the drive speed around **202 MB/s** (4-8TB model) to **240MB/s** (12TB model).

Testing the drive in real life using DS224+ gave exactly those speeds across multiple tests using the built-in tool inside Storage Manager.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-16-at-15.52.20.png)

Single HAT3300 speed test using DS224+

Compared to the HAS5300 (SAS) model inside an SA3400 NAS, these are not bad results at all for a single HAT3300 disk.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-21-at-14.54.36.png)

Results of a HAS5300 inside SA3400 NAS

Here are also some results of running a standard `dd` Linux command:

```bash
-------------------
WRITE
-------------------
dd if=/dev/md2 of=/volume1/temp/test.txt bs=1M count=5000 conv=fdatasync
5000+0 records in
5000+0 records out
5242880000 bytes (5.2 GB, 4.9 GiB) copied, 62.9118 s, 83.3 MB/s
-------------------
dd if=/dev/md2 of=/volume1/temp/test.txt bs=1M count=1000 conv=fdatasync
1000+0 records in
1000+0 records out
1048576000 bytes (1.0 GB, 1000 MiB) copied, 11.6813 s, 89.8 MB/s
-------------------

-------------------
READ
-------------------
dd if=/volume1/temp/test.txt of=/dev/md2 bs=1M count=1000 conv=fdatasync
1000+0 records in
1000+0 records out
1048576000 bytes (1.0 GB, 1000 MiB) copied, 12.6448 s, 82.9 MB/s
-------------------
dd if=/volume1/temp/test.txt of=/dev/md2 bs=1M count=5000 conv=fdatasync
5000+0 records in
5000+0 records out
5242880000 bytes (5.2 GB, 4.9 GiB) copied, 58.4909 s, 89.6 MB/s
-------------------
dd if=/volume1/temp/test.txt of=/dev/null bs=1M count=5000 conv=fdatasync
5000+0 records in
5000+0 records out
5242880000 bytes (5.2 GB, 4.9 GiB) copied, 23.1191 s, 227 MB/s
```

With any non-10G NAS, it will be difficult to test anything beyond 1G speeds, as these drives as we can see are capable of at least 2G transfers. Now with DSM's official support for **SMB multichannel**, it will come in handy knowing that those speeds can be met on supported systems.

However, these drives stack up nicely in a 10G setup as well. For a very common **RAID5** **configuration of HAT3300 drives**, the network transfer was continuously over **400MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-12.26.21.png)

HAT3300 in a RAID5 configuration over 10G. 400+MB/s transfer

The image shows almost 2TB (1.8 to be exact) of data being transferred over 10G in just a little over 1 hour. Considering that on the same system but with SAT5200 (SSDs) those speeds are about 570-630MB/s, these "plus" spinning **drives are providing a decent and above all, continuous speed while transferring data**.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds224plus-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

For more speed tests on various apps and services using HAT3300 check out this DS224+ review

Another test that will confirm results from the DSM benchmark and the one that might come in handy if anyone is open to investing in these drives for virtualization, here are a few tests from the **Crystal Disk Mark** test as well as the **ATTO Disk benchmark** tool under a **Windows 11 virtual machine**.

A few notes. The virtual machine had **4 x vCPU**, and **4GB of RAM**, running on an **RS2423+** Synology NAS with **6 x HAT3300 in RAID 5 configuration**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-23-at-19.04.10.jpg)

ATTO Bytes/s results with a 4GB sample files

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-23-at-19.04.19.jpg)

ATTO IO/s results on the same 4GB sample files

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-23-at-19.16.05.jpg)

Crystal Disk Mark 4GB file results

Keep in mind that the presented results might be different on a different hypervisor as well as with a different array configuration, but probably not by much.

As a comparison, feel free to check the SA3400 tests with both Synology HAS5300 (SAS drives) and Seagate EXOS drives in a VM setup using the following link.

[Synology SA3400 - Part 3 - virtualizationThe third part of the SA3400 series of articles talks about virtualization via VMM and ESXi platforms and contains tests of Win 10 virtual machines as well as 10G network transfers.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/sa3400_03.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)

SA3400 VM tests using HAS5300/Seagate EXOS disks

## : Conclusion

While there are no real surprises here, the HAT3300 drives perform as expected regarding their specifications. With custom firmware and **full DSM support**, we can expect a **smooth experience** inside any compatible system.

Their **power consumption and noise are well within the parameters** and will provide an excellent choice for anyone looking for a **decent-priced drive** that is **fully compatible with Synology systems**.

During the past month that I have had these drives (9 of them in total) **I have had no issues whatsoever** in terms of speed, performance, or configuration. Testing will continue on, and if there are any other elements that you want me to test out, let me know in the comment section below.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Full bare metal backup with Hyper Backup and DSM 7.2
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/full-bare-metal-backup-with-hyper-backup-and-dsm-7-2/
Last updated: 2023-12-27T14:40:43.000Z
It's been nearly two years since DSM 7 came out and brought many new features across both old and new devices in Synology's lineup.

The current version of DSM, 7.2, pushes the initial version 7 with some new options **focusing on security**, as well as **data protection**, alongside some new app-specific features.

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/)

[DSM 7.2-64570The new Synology DSM 7.2 64570 update is here due to a recall of the previous 64561, bringing several fixes and one new feature.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/dsm72_final_live_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64570/)

One particular feature that is coming, is the expansion of the **Hyper Backup** app. In case you are unfamiliar with the product, HB is a backup solution that will allow for NAS data backup to another compatible location. This can be another Synology NAS, a local USB device, or one of several 3rd party cloud destinations. It is also compatible with Synology's own C2 cloud service as well.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

[Hyper Backup disaster recovery method via C2Hyper Backup disaster recovery method using Synology C2 platform and Synology NAS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/hb_disaster_c2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/hyper-backup-disaster-recovery-method-via-c2/)

In its **upcoming 4.1 version**, HyperBackup has learned a neat new trick previously reserved only for another package focusing on higher-end models, **Active Backup for Business**.

The feature in question is a **full bare metal** backup and recovery of the NAS unit and its data. This was possible until now, only in the ABB package that by default works only on mid to high-end models ("+", "XS", "XS+", etc). Hyper Backup on the other hand works across all models and devices, so providing this feature to more models in the lineup is more than welcome.

[Active Backup for Business - DSM 7.1 disaster recoveryHow to do a Synology NAS full bare-metal disaster recovery using Active Backup for Business and DSM 7.1? Read up!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM71_abb_disaster.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/)

While Hyper Backup does work on every single device, this new feature has limitations and prerequisites.

In order to have this bare metal recovery feature active, these are the requirements:

- **DSM 7.2 or better**
- **Hyper Backup 4.1 or better**
- **Hyper Backup Vault must be installed on the remote Synology NAS to store the backup data**.
- **The backup data of the entire system can only be restored on the same model or its successor**.

In terms of model support the list is extensive, but not all devices will support this feature. The "value" and "J" models are unsupported, as well as some high-end models. Also, considering that DSM 7.2 is a prerequisite, this means that no model older than x15 can't be used. But on top of this HB 4.1 has a minimum 2018 generation model, so taking all this into consideration the final list of supported models is this:

**FS** series: FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS2500, FS1018  
**SA** series: SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400  
**23** series: RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+  
**22** series: RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622  
**21** series: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221  
**20** series: RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+  
**19** series: RS1619xs+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219  
**18** series: RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+

Similar to ABB support, the models are starting with the "+" series all the way to all-flash units. UC and HD series are not supported as well.

## Installation and backup configuration

As stated above, we need to make sure that the DSM on the compatible NAS is on the latest 7.2 version. Depending on the NAS generation be aware that **not all models will get the automatic notification for DSM 7.2 update**. This is part of the DSM 7.2 release notes:

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2-64570-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.

Inside **Control Panel** \> **Update & Restore** \> **DSM Update** section there is an option to automatically or manually update the system or to simply check if there is any pending update.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/image-3.png)

DSM Update needs to be on 7.2 or better for this feature to work

Following the DSM update, next, Hyper Backup 4.1 needs to be installed using the Package Center. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-17-at-15.04.00.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-17-at-15.05.50.png)

Hyper Backup/Vault inside the Package Center

Locate both Hyper Backup and Hyper Backup Vault and install them. HB Vault will need to be installed if that NAS unit will be used as a target destination. If the NAS will only serve as a source point, there is no need to install HB Vault at all.

Once the apps have been installed, we are ready to start using this feature.

Starting a new backup task will present a familiar interface that has always allowed for folders and package backup as well as iSCSI LUNs. with HB 4.1, now we have a new "beta" option named the **entire system**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-17-at-15.07.00.png)

HB 4.1 full NAS backup option

Depending if we want to execute this backup towards a remote Synology NAS or Synology's C2 Storage, we need to select one of the two options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-17-at-15.08.20.png)

Select remote NAS or C2 backup as a destination

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-17-at-15.10.33-1.png)

C2 Storage Advanced Plan will be needed for this feature to work

💡

****NOTE**: In order to use C2 Storage as a destination we need to have a valid ****Advanced Plan** subscription. That plan supports the deduplication as well as the customizable rotation policy that HB uses.

In any case, regardless of what destination we choose, the following steps will be identical in terms of task settings, and backup rotations.

Entering a local IP or FQDN (QuickConnect is not supported by Hyper Backup) as an address, and all the credentials, we will then be able to select the destination shared folder.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-17-at-15.20.01.png)

Enter the target address, as well as credentials towards the destination NAS

On the following two screens, we will have the usual options regarding backup options (notification, schedule, compression, etc) as well as version rotations. All of these settings can be changed to fit our needs. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-17-at-17.36.26.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-17-at-17.37.35.png)

Once all is done the backup task will be ready. There might be a warning telling us to reboot the NAS before the task can start, but that will depend on the overall setup and configuration settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-17-at-17.39.10.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-17-at-17.39.32.png)

In any event, the backup on the destination side will be in **Hyper Backup's proprietary format (HBK)**, and accessing it and restoring from it will be possible using the Hyper Backup, HB Vault, or bare metal restore.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-14.40.58.png)

The full bare metal task will be done in turns by the looks of it

The initial backup will be the longest as expected, but considering that HB supports de-duplication, the delta backups will take less time and utilize the minimal space possible when it comes to newer versions.

Knowing that Hyper Backup is not the fastest method DSM has in its arsenal, the speed will not be great, in fact, it will be around 60-70MB/s as that is the usual HB task speed. Also, contributing to that will be the number and size of files that are part of the backup process. Large files will copy faster than a large number of small files.

## Restoring data from a bare metal archive

Once the backup has been completed we can access the HBK archive using the Hyper Backup/Vault app from either side (source or destination). By simply double-clicking the HBK file or using the task on the source side and clicking the **backup explore** button inside Hyper Backup, we get access to the folder structure inside it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-14.49.52.png)

Using Hyper Backup to access the full bare metal backup archive

The archive will not show any configuration or application settings just the volume data for any version at any point in time. In fact, **we will not be able to pick and choose to restore a particular app from this archive typer (entire system)** using the Hyper Backup restore option.

## Restoring the NAS with HyperBackup (the entire system)

💡

****INFORMATION**: Keep in mind that this process will ****not downgrade the DSM version or change the file format** (EXT4 to BTRFS or vice versa) in case the backup contains a different file format than the one that will be used after the restore!

⚠️

****IMPORTANT**: This ****process will NOT change the system file format**! Meaning if you are willing to restore the backup to a different file format (EXT4 or BTRFS) ****it will still use the same format that existed when the backup was created**!

Restoring a complete NAS from the HB archive starts off almost identically with the backup process. Using the HB **restore** option in the upper left corner of the app we will get the same screen as before. Selecting the **entire system** option will launch us inside the DSM Control Panel where the restore process will continue.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-14.57.38.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-14.58.34.png)

Restore process continues inside the Control Panel > System Recovery tab

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-14.58.56.png)

Once the process has been initiated, DSM will launch a **restore the system from a previous backup task** window. There we will be able to enter the port and address of the destination server keeping our backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.01.12.png)

Enter the destination server address/port, and after authentication get the list of tasks

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.03.18.png)

Select the task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.04.08.png)

A specific version of the backup needed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.04.42.png)

Review and continue

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.05.19.png)

One more security check before starting the process

Similar to the Active Backup for Business restore process the counter will be way off in terms of when the process will complete.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.05.51.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.07.06.png)

Don't be fooled by the time counter, as soon as the data copies over the progress and time will correct themselves

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.12.40.png)

It is interesting to see that the restore speed unlike the backup is much faster, maxing out the original NAS 1G ethernet speed

The process will take some time even if there is only a small data sample that needs to be copied over. As we can see in the image above, **only about 6.3GB of data** was in question and it got transferred very quickly over a 1G connection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-18-at-14.37.05.png)

CPU status of the DS224+ during the restore

Also worth mentioning is that the restore procedure is utilizing a single core for this operation at about 70%+/-. Maybe it will be faster if it was utilizing all the cores? Still, it took **45 min to get to the 56%** of the overall progress.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-15.52.03.png)

45min since the restore process started (only 6.3GB of space in use)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-16.28.54.png)

Wait for the reboot to complete

Once the process is complete the NAS will reboot into a working instance using all the settings and configurations as before.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-16.32.09.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-16.32.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-16.32.33.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-14-at-16.32.59.png)

Everything in its place, including Docker and its containers that are up and running

Existing users, 2FA settings, desktop background, apps, and configurations, are all in their place. The process in the end took about 1h 30min to complete for only 6.3GB of data, which was completed in a matter of minutes at the start of this process. What is DSM and Hyper Backup doing during the rest of the process is unknown. 

A question has been sent to Synology support and if there will be an answer this article will be updated.

All in all, the process worked just fine with no issues, apart from 1+ extra hour of "restoring".

Once again, this **process only works with Hyper Backup on both ends** or towards **C2 Storage** as a destination. Remember that C2 Storage will require an **advanced plan** for support of this feature.

## Restoring the NAS with HyperBackup after a DSM upgrade (the entire system)

Restoring the NAS via this method works fine as seen, but what happens when we upgrade to a new DSM version and want to restore back to a specific backup in time that is running on an older DSM?

This is a question that might come up in case we have a bad experience with a new version of DSM or something similar, and we want to restore back to a bare metal level, meaning the DSM version as well.

For all who are not familiar with this process, Synology does not support DSM downgrade, and it is not offered officially. So let's take an example of a minor DSM upgrade and restore process and see the result.

For this example, we will upgrade from DSM 7.2 to DSM 7.2.1, and then try and restore back to the backup state that was taken before the upgrade.

The process is identical to the one described in the previous section, so let's just confirm the version of the backup and the date before we continue forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-26-at-11.01.26.jpg)

Restoring via Hyper Backup to an older backup running an earlier version of DSM

Even on DSM 7.2.1 the Hyper Backup restore process still takes the same amount of time so after an hour we get the end result. The system has recovered as well as data and all services, but the expected result is not ideal.

First off, the DSM version has not been downgraded and is in fact the latest, 7.2.1\. for this test. So, no luck in using HB as a downgrade method to get to previous versions of the OS. Another issue is that some packages are incompatible after the restore. In this test, those were SAN Manager and Secure SignIN.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-26-at-12.29.51.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-26-at-12.30.09.png)

Both packages are stopped and flagged as incompatible

Comparing the versions of the packages indeed shows that because the DSM is on the latest version, these packages that are restored from the backup are at the moment incompatible. While maybe an upgrade button was expected on the right side of the apps, this is not the case, so a manual update would be needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-26-at-12.41.01.png)

The left side shows the restored version of the Secure SignIn, while the DSM 7.2.1 compatible version is needed in 1.1.4 (right side)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-26-at-12.41.27.png)

Manual updates will repair the packages

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-26-at-12.42.03.png)

After the update, all services are up and running

Once again, while the process is working, it is slow regardless of the size of the volume and its occupied data, and a downgrade is not possible. 

### What does bare metal offer and when should you use it?

We should use this process when maybe completely replacing all the drives in our existing NAS, maybe when a major DSM issue has happened (by accident or some other change), or similar situations, as long as we remain in the same DSM version. 

What this **process will not offer is a nice and easy DSM downgrade**, so we have to be aware that this is still unsupported by Synology and the only way is forward when we are talking about DSM versions. If the situation arises that there will be a need to recover to an older version, we have to be prepared that some packages will need to be fixed or upgraded in order to be compatible.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### "Back to Synology" Giveaway 2023!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/back-to-synology-giveaway-2023/
Last updated: 2023-09-08T07:27:37.000Z
📢

****UPDATE** ****03/09/2023**: Considering that our 1st winner did not respond to the email within 48 hours to claim his reward, today a new winner was chosen from the wheel. ****Congrats to Jacobo on winning the 1TB BeeDrive!** (hope you will claim the reward!)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/09/Screenshot-2023-09-03-at-09.17.48.png)

[Bts23 2nd winner 720p2nd spin of the wheel for the random winner of the Back to Synology 2023 givawaybts23\_2nd\_winner\_720p.mov20 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/09/bts23%5F2nd%5Fwinner%5F720p.mov "Download")

---

📢

****UPDATE 01/09/2023**: We have our random winner! ****Congrats to Bojan, on winning the 1TB BeeDrive!** I am waiting for his reply in the next 48 hours for the confirmation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-09-01-at-00.17.21.png)

[Bts23 winner 720pWheel of names random winner of the Back to Synology 2023!bts23\_winner\_720p.mov31 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/08/bts23%5Fwinner%5F720p.mov "Download")

---

It's that time of year again, and that means Blackvoid will be doing another giveaway!

So welcome to the **"Back to Synology 2023 Giveaway"!** 

This year we are fortunate enough to be **sponsored by [Tecom Trade](http://tecomtrade.hr/?ref=blackvoid.club) d.o.o.** (Croatia), **Synology's official distributor for Croatia**. Big thanks for providing this excellent new device that will for sure come in handy no matter who wins it.

After a very generous giveaway for [Blackvoid's 4th anniversary](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-4th-anniversary-giveaway/) back in March, this time around we are going for a more "all around" device that is new to Synology's lineup and a real gem in terms of its features.

💡

****DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure, this is a ****giveaway**, not a lottery, so ****no fee or charge is needed to participate**. This is a worldwide giveaway.

This year's back-to-school giveaway prize will be a brand new **1TB Synology BeeDrive!**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/beedrive.jpg)

In case anyone is not familiar with this device, be sure to check out the full review.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/image.png)

Synology BeeDrive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/EFA970BF-85A7-4903-B77A-7A621043FFB4.jpg)

Brand new BeeDrive 1TB for one lucky winner!

The BeeDrive is a compact USB-powered device designed for SOHO and professional individuals, that offers a moderate amount of data storage. It comes in **1 or 2 TB capacity**, with a **USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) connection**.

> ## Your personal backup hub

Whether it is school or work projects, vacation photos, or just to free up storage space on your phone, BeeDrive gathers all your data scattered across different devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/image-1.png)

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from today **August 14th** till **August 31st**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, **subscribe with a valid email account, and log in** (it will be used to contact you).
2. **Comment as a registered member** and tell me how you see this device being beneficial for you (maybe even in the spirit of back to school). **Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!**

🗒️

****NOTE**: Empty comments, or "+1", or "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double-post. Once you are ready to post, ****click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1sec longer for your comment to become visible.

3\. That's it! You are in!

🗒️

****NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any other activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

‼️

****IMPORTANT**: Any HW or SW issues with the device ****will need to be managed by Synology and its support channels**. Of course, you can always use community methods of solving any problems, but the warranty is still with Synology.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after Aug 31st 2023, **will not be taken into consideration** as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be **chosen randomly** using the [https://wheelofnames.com](https://wheelofnames.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) (comments that meet the **criteria of step 2**) and contacted on their registered email.

The **winner** **will be contacted** using this email address: **`info@blackvoid.tech`** on the last day, again, Aug 31st.

**The winner will have 48h** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner will not respond within 48h, another winner will be chosen and given another 48h to respond.

If there will be no response in the second wave **by Sep 5th**, the **giveaway will be void**.

The official, public announcement of the giveaway winner will be announced as an update in this current article at the top.

**I wish you all good luck and hope you will be interested in this small but capable prize**. Thank you in advance for participating and for your visit!
### Synology DS224+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:37:16.000Z
Today, Synology released the new refreshed version of their 2-bay NAS coming from their "plus" lineup, the **DS224+**. 

[Synology DS224+ overviewBrand new Synology DS224+ will arrive soon, and here is a quick overview of this newly refreshed 2-bay NAS that will provide video transcoding on top of all other Synology features and packages![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds224plus.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-overview/)

Intro overview article for the DS224+

This was expected as in February of this year we also got the new refreshed 4-bay version of this identical setup under the DS423+ name.

[Synology DS423+ reviewThe NEW #Synology DS423+ is here! 4-bay Intel-powered NAS for media and data management with video transcoding capabilities.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/ds423.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-review/)

The DS423+ review article

While the 2-bay version is officially x24, that is only because the DS224+ came out now, in the second half of 2023\. All models that will be coming out by the end of the year will have the x24 mark.

## Table of Contents

: [Intro](#intro)  
: [Packaging](#packaging)  
: [Disk support](#disk)  
: [Setup & DSM installation](#dsm)

- :: [Volume creation using 3rd party WD drives](#volume3rdparty)
- :: [DSM 7.2 encrypted volume](#encryptedvolume)

: [Speed tests](#speed)

- :: [Synology Photos](#photos)
- :: [Data transfer over network SMB - RAID1 WD4002FYYZ](#smb)
- :: [Data transfer over network SMB - encrypted RAID1 WD4002FYYZ](#smbencrypt)
- :: [Data transfer over network SMB - encrypted RAID1 HAT33008T](#smbencrypyhat)
- :: [Hyper Backup & Snapshot Replication LAN backup to a secondary NAS RAID1 > RAID6 WD4002FYYZ](#hbsr)
- :: [Hyper Backup LAN backup to a secondary NAS encrypted RAID1 > RAID6 WD4002FYYZ](#hbsrencrypt)
- :: [Blackmagic disk speed test - encrypted 5GB](#blmagicwd)
- :: [Blackmagic disk speed test - encrypted HAT3300 5GB](#blmagichat)
- :: [Active Backup for Business](#abb)

: [Surveillance Station 9.1](#svs)  
: [Media streaming and transcoding (PLEX)](#plex)  
: [Virtualization and containerization - Virtual Machine Manager and Container Manager - Docker](#vmm)  
: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Intro

If we are to compare this DS224+ with its larger brother, the DS423+, we will see there is almost nothing that sets them apart aside from the fact that there are two bays in total on the DS224+. This means minus two main bays as well as no NVMe slots on the bottom (unlike another 2-bay model, the DS723+).

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

The DS723+ 10G capable NAS review

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/f-DS224-_front-1.png)

The new DS224+

> ## File Management Hub for Compact Teams and Organizations

So who would be an ideal customer for this particular model? Well, if we look at it from Synology's perspective, the ideal scope of users would be small organizations and teams, as well as professional individuals that want a centralized data management solution but in a compact yet capable format. 

For anyone looking into making a private collaborative cloud platform, the DS224+ will offer a lot for its **€320 (plus VAT) price point**. It is covered with a **2-year Synology warranty** that can be extended to a total of 4 years using the extended warranty plus. The price for an **additional 2-year warranty** in Croatia comes out to **€33.99** (VAT excl.)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-09-at-09.33.27.jpg)

Extended warranty plus for DS224+ (Croatia)

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyextendedwarrenty-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/f-DS224-_back-1.png)

Back side of the new DS224+

The DS224+ is equipped with an **Intel-based Celeron CPU, the J4125**. This **quad-core is running at 2.7GHz** and isbacked up with **2GB of DDR4 memory** (up to 6GB). It also comes with **dual 1Gbe network ports** on the back and **two USB 3.2 Gen 1**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3522-2.jpg)

DS224+ SODDIM RAM slot

Considering this model is a direct successor of the DS220+ it has similar contact points like **memory upgrade** as well as the already mentioned, **lack of NVMe slots**. The memory upgrade will be possible using a single SODIMM slot inside the main bay area, bringing the total amount to 6GB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3523-1.jpg)

The front mask is a combination of matte and glossy surface

While four years have already passed, the design of the DS224+ remained identical with the name label being the only thing differentiating between models. This true and tested hot-swap design will accommodate compatible 3.5" and 2.5" SATA starting with Synology's own **HAT3300** series, as well as many 3rd party brands and models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3524.jpg)

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

The Synology HAT3300 overview article

The NAS arrived with this exact drive model, so all tests will run on an 8TB version of the HAT3300 3.5" drive as well as some 3rd party ones.

> ## Consolidate all your data for complete data ownership and multi-platform access.  
> Access, share, and sync data across different systems and devices using intuitive controls.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3512-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3515-1.jpg)

> ## Back up and restore critical devices and data using a host of intuitive backup tools.  
> Leverage built-in file and photo management, data protection, and video surveillance solutions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3513-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3514-1.jpg)

Background reflection is showing up in the glossy sides on the front mask cover

## 
  
  
## : Packaging

The DS224+ comes in very familiar and eco-friendly packaging that is both informative and compact. Alongside the **NAS itself**, inside the box, we will find a **pair of CAT5e ethernet cables** and an **external 60W PSU**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3508-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3509-1.jpg)

The weight of the unit (without the drives) is about 1.3 kg, so in total, we can expect it to be at about 2 kg in total when paired with a few 3.5" HDDs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3510-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3511-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3525.jpg)

DS224+ with its 60W PSU and two CAT5e ethernet cables

## 
  
  
## : Disk support

Behind the matte and glossy front decorative cover**,** we will find two caddies that can be used for both 3.5" and 2.5" drives. These caddies do not require any tool or screws (but Synology does ship them in the box) to mount the 3.5" drives, but using the 2.5" ones we will have to use the included screws to keep that drive format in place.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3517.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3518.jpg)

Removing the cover will reveal the drive bays

Unlike the DS723+ for example, this model has no way of locking the drives in place using a key but rather uses a secure knob on the top side of the bay that needs to be pushed in order to release the actual caddy.

Once out, we can remove the secure stripes on the sides before placing the drive inside it and using them again to lock the drive in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3519.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3520.jpg)

Placing the drive inside the NAS can only be done one way dictated by the SATA connector, so make sure not to push aggressively if there is any resistance. When the drives are out, we can see the SATA connector being on the bottom of the NAS so make sure to align the disk with it before sliding it in. Push all the way in until the secure "click" sound has not locked the drive in place.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3521.jpg)

While the drives have no lock on them, make a note that this NAS is still a **hot-swapped capable machine**, meaning that there is no need to shut down the unit if there is a need to pull the drive and replace it.

As with any "+" model, the **DS224+ has a huge list of compatible disks** from both Synology and 3rd party brands such as WD, Toshiba, Samsung, Seagate, and even Intel. Always check the official [**compatibility page**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) before going and getting just about any drive, to ensure there will be no issues while using the NAS or with official support in case there will ever be a need for one.

## 
  
  
## : Setup & DSM installation

The NAS came with DSM 7.1.1\. as its minimum version, so installing that version or better (the current latest is 7.2-64570) will be needed in order to start using it. The DSM installation has not changed much since DSM 7 came out, so we will be presented with a familiar white and blue wizard to go through the steps of installing and then setting up the OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.46.48.png)

Time to install DSM 7 onto the DS224+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.47.20.png)

The drives will be wiped following the DSM installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.47.53.png)

In case we have no local version of the DSM, one can automatically be downloaded

After a very speedy installation, the NAS reboots, and configuration steps follow. Initially, we will need to either configure it as a fresh NAS or restore it from a backup (the link at the bottom of the wizard page).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.52.57.png)

Configure it as new, or restore it from backup

[Active Backup for Business - DSM 7.1 disaster recoveryHow to do a Synology NAS full bare-metal disaster recovery using Active Backup for Business and DSM 7.1? Read up!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM71_abb_disaster.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/#full)

Use Active Backup for Business as a bare metal restore process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.53.34.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.54.10.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.54.28.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.54.41.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.55.07.png)

In case we are setting up the NAS as a new installation, a wizard will guide us and allow for user creation, updates configuration, Synology Account registration, etc. In any event after a few more steps, the main DSM desktop will load up and we will be ready for the next phase, volume creation.

[Synology Account portalSynology Account portal. What is it, and what can it do for you?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyaccountportal.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/)

Synology Account - a one-stop shop for administration, support, warranty, and device management

### 
  
  
### :: Volume creation using 3rd party WD drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.55.45.png)

Creation of the initial pool and volume is a process that needs to be done before we can utilize the NAS and install any apps or services on it. Depending on the number of drives this next step will offer more or less the same options, but in general, it will be up to us to decide what kind of volume setup we want and need.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.57.48.png)

Depending on the number of disk, we will have more or fewer options in terms of RAID

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.58.05.png)

This NAS will be using two WG gold 7200 drives this time around in a RAID 1 (mirror) setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.58.22.png)

As mentioned before, the compatibility of the disks will be very important. These old drives are not on the DS224+ official list, but they will still work

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.59.06.png)

Choosing the right file system for the volume is important. Once created the volume can't be converted without destroying the volume first!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.59.19.png)

With DSM 7.2 comes a new feature (optional), volume encryption, more on this in a dedicated article

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-19.03.28.png)

Finally, the volume and pool creation are underway

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-18.57.13.png)

HDDs in use are old, but work just fine in this current NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-04-at-16.44.18-2.png)

Brand new HAT3300 8TB drives inside the DS224+

## 
  
  
### :: DSM 7.2 encrypted volume

One of the new features of DSM 7.2 is also an option to encrypt the whole volume and not just individual shared folders. This is a process that **can't** be done after the fact, meaning that this option has to be selected during the storage/volume creation.

At this time, the DS224+ is not only the single x24 model on the market but also the only x24 that supports volume encryption as such. This will surely change in the future but best to keep an eye out on the [official list](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5Fencrypted%5Fvolumes?ref=blackvoid.club) if this feature is important.

The same steps apply as before only this time around we need to select the option to **encrypt the volume**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.05.09.png)

The creation wizard will encrypt the volume after the fact

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.06.35.png)

The password that will be used to encrypt the volume

By default, the location of the volume key will be on the device itself, but we do have the option to set a remote NAS as a key vault location for an added layer of security in case the whole unit is stolen.

⚠️

The only important thing that needs to be mentioned here is that ****upon boot, the key has to be present in order to auto-unlock the encrypted volume**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.10.08.png)

While the key will be present inside the key vault, it will also be downloaded onto a local machine from which the setup is being configured.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.11.51.png)

****DO NOT check the box** until you have the key!

⚠️

****WARNING**: At the time of testing this step ****was not working inside Safari 16.5** (macOS Ventura 13.4), so be sure ****not to check the box and click OK until you have the key**! Firefox browser had no issue.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.16.58.png)

Firefox browser had no issues downloading the rkey file

The storage and volume creation process will have no visible stress on the NAS or the volume and it will be completed just as fast as a normal volume would be.

In case we do want a remote NAS to be the key server, or DS224+ for that matter if the roles were reversed, we need to first set up **KMIP** settings inside the **Control panel > Security**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.43.17.png)

KMIP settings for both the client and server role

💡

Before going down this road be sure to check if the NAS model(s) is a supported one as the list is fairly short for this feature, including the volume encryption option.

[Which Synology NAS models support volume encryption? - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://kb.synology.com/img/logo/logo_white.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5Fencrypted%5Fvolumes?ref=blackvoid.club)

A detailed process on volume encryption will be part of a separate article at a certain point in time.

In the following section speed tests on both encrypted and unencrypted volumes will be presented.

## 
  
  
## : Speed tests

With DSM 7.2 support, the DS224+ has no compatibility issues when it comes to official packages provided by the Package Center. On top of it all, it also supports the beta channel that currently has several apps inside it, including the new upcoming version of Hyper Backup 4.1 that support full bare-metal backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-19.23.24.png)

Initial DSM packages setup with several apps installed on top of it

Installation of 3rd party apps is still possible and supported using the **Package Sources** option inside the **Settings** option of the Package Center.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-19.18.31.png)

Support for 3rd party app sources

The overall speed of the installation (this includes the DSM as well) was fast and fluent as expected considering this is the same CPU that powers a number of NAS devices including some of the higher-end models from the previous x20 generation.

In terms of utilization with no load or users currently on the NAS, the DS224+ with its 2GB of RAM **performs very well with about 500MB of used memory**. This includes certain apps that are already running.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-19.23.34.png)

DS224+ utilization with no users and activity (idle)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-26-at-19.23.44.png)

Around 500MB of memory is used with DSM 7 and some apps running

This much RAM will not be enough to get the Virtual Machine Manager running, but for all Synology packages, as well as Docker-driven apps and solutions it will be more than enough to begin with.

## 
  
  
### :: Synology Photos

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/photos.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

While on the subject, using **Synology Photos** as one example we can see that the import process (copy and thumbnail detection) will have no impact on the RAM as much as it will on the CPU and volume.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-20.02.35.png)

DS224+ performance while copying and importing images into Synology Photos at the same time

The example above is **transferring about 3000+** items for a **total size of about 30GB** over a 1G network.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-20.04.20.png)

Per core utilization - network transfer and Photo thumbnail generation

The whole process took 10 min total time with the transfer speed not going below 65MB/s.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-20.07.56.png)

Synology Photos **face recognition on about 2700 items** pushed the NAS on both the CPU and RAM front. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-20.19.27.png)

Synology Photos face recognition

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-20.20.33.png)

Per core utilization - face recognition

While the pressure on the NAS was intense, it took only **7.5 minutes to process and detect those 2700 images** which is a decent amount of images per second (about 6 images per second) for this particular CPU.

💡

****NOTE**: The new ****object recognition feature**, part of ****version 1.5.0**, will ****not work** on this NAS with only 2GB of RAM. An upgrade will be needed (to a minimum of 4GB) in order to unlock this option!

### 
  
  
### :: Data transfer over network (SMB - RAID1 WD4002FYYZ)

Taking into consideration that this NAS has no 10G option, but rather a dual 1G connectivity, one standard speed test would also include network transfers. In the following example, a single 72GB file is copied from one NAS to the DS224+ using a single 1G lane.

As expected the **transfer rate was consistent at 100+MB/s** with no issues at all, and took **12min to complete**. The **utilization on the CPU side was around 8-10%**, so unlike the 45% during copy and thumbnail test, this goes to show that if we plan on using this NAS purely as storage, the J4125 is more than enough.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-20.42.44.png)

CPU/RAM/NET utilization during an SMB transfer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-27-at-20.50.47.png)

12 min total to copy 72GB of data; the dotted line is a 100MB/s mark

### 
  
  
### :: Data transfer over network (SMB - encrypted RAID1 WD4002FYYZ)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.33.35.png)

SMB transfer over 1G connection onto an encrypted volume on the DS224+

From a performance standpoint, the **CPU utilization was about 11-16%** while RAM was not an issue at all. The network speed was consistent with an unencrypted volume **transfer going over 100MB/s** for the whole duration that it took to copy 72GB single file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-14.39.57.png)

Same as before, 12 min total time to transfer a single 72GB file onto an encrypted volume

### 
  
  
### :: Data transfer over network (SMB - encrypted RAID1 HAT33008T)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-04-at-16.56.37.png)

SMB transfer over 1G connection onto an encrypted HAT3300 volume on the DS224+

Repeating the same exact test using an encrypted RAID 1 volume using Synology's HAT3300 8TB drives, gave yet again, same results. 12 min for a single 72GB file with 100MB/s transfer rate going all the time. It is clear that these 5400 RPM will have no issues pushing the 1G connection to the max while being about 3-4C degrees cooler then 7200 enterprise drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-04-at-17.03.04.png)

### 
  
  
### :: Hyper Backup & Snapshot Replication (LAN backup to a secondary NAS RAID1 > RAID6 WD4002FYYZ)

Staying inside LAN, one common usage of a NAS device is backup. In this particular case, NAS data backup to another Synology NAS. This will be done using Hyper Backup 4.1\. 

It goes without saying that various Synology backup tools perform differently even in the same setup and same data sample. For example, the Snapshot Replication package will execute a remote replication faster than Hyper Backup using the same files as tests. This is nothing unusual as each tool also uses different methods to perform the task, but just be mindful that results will vary.

Following the same example as with the SMB transfer but this time with Hyper Backup we can see that while using the same hardware setup and data sample the result is significantly different.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hb_224_bb8_3tbwd.png)

Utilization during Hyper Backup test sample (unencrypted)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hb_224_bb8_3tbwd_task.png)

Hyper Backup task time execution

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hb_224_bb8_3tbwd_net.png)

Hyper Backup task network utilization

It took a **full 21 min for the same 72GB of data** to be backed up to another NAS using the proprietary backup format.

Comparing this scenario with the Snapshot Replication tool, again, using the same hardware and data sample, we can see that SR will perform almost as fast as a simple SMB transfer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/sr_224_bb8_3tbwd.png)

Utilization during the Snapshot Replication task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/sr_224_bb8_3tbwd_task.png)

SR task time execution

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/sr_224_bb8_3tbwd_net.png)

SR task network utilization

With an **average speed of 82MB/s, it took 14 min** to complete the task. We can also see based on the graph that each transfer platform/protocol is having specific spicks while reading/writing. SMB was the most consistent, followed by SR which had more controlled spikes during the whole process, and then finally Hyper Backup with its almost random speeds for the duration of the transfer especially over 50MB/s.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hb_sr_3tbwd_compare_net.png)

Hyper Backup (left) vs Snapshot Replication (right) network speed and time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/hb_sr_3tbwd_compare_disk.png)

DS224 disk utilization during Hyper Backup (left) vs Snapshot Replication (right) tasks

### 
  
  
### :: Hyper Backup (LAN backup to a secondary NAS encrypted RAID1 > RAID6 WD4002FYYZ)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-15.12.23.png)

Hyper Backup test using an encrypted volume

Looking at the results and comparing them with the previous unencrypted one, we can see that they are nearly identical in terms of utilization and speed. The task is completed again at about the same time, so there is no fear that the encryption will be a huge performance penalty should we choose to run a volume in that configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-15.25.04.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-15.25.25.png)

### 
  
  
### :: Blackmagic disk speed test (encrypted 5GB)

Using one more tool for speed test, here is the **Blackmagic disk speed test**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-15.30.38.png)

Blackmagic disk speed test - 3rd party drives

The test was executed using Mac Studio M1 Max over a single 1G network connection (SMB protocol). As expected, the test saturated the network connection with no visible performance issues on the NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-03-at-15.32.59.png)

Peaks are presenting network and volume utilization during reading and writing. CPU was below 10% in any case

### 
  
  
### :: Blackmagic disk speed test (encrypted HAT3300 - 5GB)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-04-at-17.06.00.png)

Blackmagic disk speed test - HAT3300 drives

Same as before, test against HAT3300 drives using an encrypted volume, maxed out on a single 1G connection.

### 
  
  
### :: Active Backup for Business

The DS224+ while being a great overall 2-bay unit has a benefit that some other units simply do not. This model supports Synology's license-free multi-end point backup platform, Active Backup for Business.

This means that the said model can be used to back up computers (macOS, Linux, Windows), as well as virtual machines, file shares, servers, and other Synology NAS units\*.

For this particular scenario, the endpoint in question was a Windows 11 machine running off an NVMe SSD over a 1G network. The machine was virtual but the backup was done on the OS/file level, not a VM backup.

Specs-wise the machine has 2 vCPU, 4GB of RAM, and a 60GB disk (but only about half is full).

During the backup, the active utilization was as follows:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-30-at-18.09.35.png)

Windows 11 VM running an Active Backup job

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/abb_win11_ds224.png)

DS224+ utilization during the Active Backup job

As we can see the speed is not all that great even though the Windows machine is not struggling at all, and the same NAS and drives are in use as were in the previous test cases.

This just goes to show again that the speed of the NAS will differ depending on what we are using it for and what tools are in question.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-30-at-18.15.10.png)

Network speed and duration of the Active Backup task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-30-at-18.16.14.png)

The Active Backup task of a Windows 11 machine

The whole process for this particular setup and initial ABB **backup took 15,5 min with an average speed of about 280Mbps (34MB/s) for a total of about 31GB**.

💡

Just as a side note, ABB can perform much faster given the hardware (endpoint and NAS) and network speed, but in this particular case, these were the results.

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/#utilization)

An example of macOS backup towards an RS NAS unit

## 
  
  
## : Surveillance Station 9.1

In case anyone is looking into this NAS for some surveillance operations, they will not be sorry. With a default of two (2) free licenses, the DS224+ supports a popular Synology **Surveillance Station** platform.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

With the support of a massive 3rd party array of cameras, as well as two brand new Synology PoE models (the BC500/TC500), DS224+ will offer a lot in terms of security. While it does not have any of the deep learning/AI features like DVA1622 or DVA3221, this NAS will still deliver in connecting with various cameras and over many scenarios that the SVS platform provides.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-30-at-18.42.13.png)

Surveillance Station 9.1 running on DS224+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-30-at-18.44.19.png)

3rd party Reolink C1 Pro WIFI camera detected and ready for configuration

There is no point in going too much into the setup of the SVS as it is the same as with any other NAS/DVA. For more details check out the links above, but be certain that the DS224+ will be more than enough when it comes to live or motion detection capture with any number of supported cameras. 

## 
  
  
## : Media streaming and transcoding (PLEX)

The DS224+ running with a true and tested **Intel Celeron J4125** will immediately become attractive to users looking for a **low-power Plex device**, capable of on-device **hardware transcoding** using Intel's QuickSync technology.

Installing Plex using the latest DSM 7 compatible package from plex.tv site is a simple wizard process using the Package Center. There are a few more steps that need to be done initially compared to the previous DSM version, but nothing that requires advanced IT knowledge. In the event of any issues, consult the following article for more information.

[PLEX migration with DSM 7With DSM 7 out one of the questions is will Plex work as a bare metal installed app? Yes, it will but you will have to follow the procedure.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_plex_migration.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-migration-with-dsm-7/)

Once that Plex has been installed and configured with content, let's see how well it can handle streaming, both FHD and 4K.

### 4K direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.34.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.34.41.png)

Direct play is never an issue when it comes to any Synology NAS, even the one from the J lineup, let alone from the "+", as DS224+. As long as the client supports the audio and video file, the pressure on the server side (NAS) is minimum at best.

### 4K > 1080p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.39.00.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.38.52.png)

Thanks to the Intel QuickSync feature built into this CPU, even hardware transcoding is possible without too many issues. Now, when it comes to hw transcoding, the Plex server needs to have Plex Pass subscription active in order to utilize it. With a single 4K to 1080p HW transcode stream the utilization is about 20%. 

### Double 4K > 1080p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client, Mac Studio Max Safari browser)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.59.33.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.59.43.png)

Now things can get complicated really fast when pushing more than one concurrent 4K to 1080p hw transcodes, as is seen in the images above. Both streams are buffering with no visible pressure on the NAS. The bottom line is, if we are expecting smooth playback, the suggestion is to simply use 1080p files, rather than pushing 4K down to 1080p. Playing multiple 4K direct play files will work just fine, but when this particular transcode is in question best to avoid it if possible.

### 1080p direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.42.29.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.43.06.png)

### 1080p > 720p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.44.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.45.14.png)

Multiple transcodes from lower resolutions, like 1080p to 720p will work without any issues and that just goes to show that 4K is still a bit too much for this CPU.

### Double 1080p > 720p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client, Mac Studio Max Safari browser)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-15.03.44.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-15.03.55.png)

### Mixed playback (transcode and direct play; iOS, iPhone 11, Mac Studio Max Safari browser)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.49.28.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/Screenshot-2023-08-01-at-14.49.41.png)

Stressing the NAS again with multiple streams that include 4K to 1080p along with anything else will probably cause problems as the image above will show. Direct play and 1080p to 720p transcodes are running fine but even though there is still CPU room, the 4K to 1080p transcode stream is struggling.

Transcode is something that should be considered as a last resort in any case. With that in mind, DS224+ is more than a capable media device that will offer multiple streams both in LAN and over the Internet, but if we are planning on pushing multiple streams, it would still be best to focus on direct play and on-client decoding. Also, do not consider using this NAS without Plex Pass and hardware transcoding feature as it will kill the CPU with a single transcode stream.

## 
  
  
## : Virtualization and containerization (Virtual Machine Manager and Container Manager - Docker)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/vmm_cm.png)

Virtual Machine Manager and Container Manager (aka Docker)

As mentioned before, the DS224+ comes with 2GB of RAM in its default configuration with a possibility for expansion. When we are talking about virtualization and container capabilities, this NAS will not disappoint in terms of support, but before we can use it as a virtual machine hypervisor we will have to upgrade the RAM. Even by just running a single VDSM instance on it, there will simply not be enough RAM to pull it off.

[vDSM - DSM Multi-tenant solutionHow to run and configure VDSM (virtual Disk Station Manager) by Synology. Turn your NAS into a multi-tenant solution. When and why you would use VDSM? Check it out.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/DSM7_vdsm.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/)

Containers on the other hand that are running via the Docker platform, under its new marketing name the Container Manager, will execute without any problem. That is to say until more RAM is needed. If we start to fill up more and more containers onto the box eventually memory will become an issue. Still, for running some small utilities and platforms the stock setup will be more than fine.

[docker - Blackvoiddocker hub synology![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/bvdownbg_light.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/)

List of some Docker solutions that can run on a Synology NAS

Coming back to virtualization, even with enough RAM we need to be mindful of what to expect this NAS can do when virtual machines are in question. With RAM out of the way, even with SSDs as drives, there is still one choke point that will prove to be a handful, and that would be the CPU. Running more than a single machine with multiple cores dedicated to it will prove to be a burden for this NAS, so manage your expectations.

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/#vm)

VMM performance with a Windows 10 machine on DS923+

Even a class stronger device, while fully capable of running a single VM, will still show it as a hefty task, let alone a few of them. Bottom line, if virtualization is a primary task for this NAS, it would be best to simply use it as a storage space for the VMs, and move the hypervisor role to a dedicated/separate device.

[VMware & Synology (part 1) - manage NFS & iSCSI storage on ESXi hostUsing Synology to provide additional storage via NFS or iSCSI to a VMWare ESXi 8 hypervisor![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/esxi8_part1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-synology-manage-nfs-iscsi-storage-on-esxi-host/)

Example how to use a Synology NAS with a dedicated hypervisor to offer the use of a virtual machine

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

Coming in three years after its predecessor, the DS224+ is nothing to write home about if anyone is considering it as an upgrade to the current DS220+. The J4125 CPU which can be found inside several x20 models, only confirms that it is a **solid processor with no issues** so far and offers great performance and features inside any model. If on the other hand, this would be a first purchase or as an upgrade to an older model (anything older than x18), then the performance jump will be noticeable.

With **3+2 years of warranty, and a €320 price tag** (plus tax and drives), this 2-bay "+" model brings a lot. From SOHO to small business use cases, the DS224+ will support quite a few users, with any type of **office usage**, **media** **streaming**, and of course **backup**.

It can serve as both a main NAS or a secondary unit utilizing a "backup of a backup" role. Dual ethernet and DSM 7.2 SMB-multichannel will push maximum network transfers to 2G and drives even in RAID1/SHR combination will provide more than enough bandwidth to allow for a smooth work experience. Combined with SSD disks, this NAS will still not be a solution for "on-device" editing so keep that in mind in case that was the plan.

[Synology DS223j overviewHere is the refreshed J series NAS model from Synology, the DS223j. Bringing more than the previous generation including BTRFS support and Snapshot Replication![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/ds223joverview.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223j-overview/)

DS 223j, entry 2-bay model

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

DS723+ high-end 2-bay model

**Synology has now completed the refresh cycle** of all of their 2-bay models, so for anyone **looking for the "latest" model, now is the time to go shopping**. For the next few years, these are the models that will be part of the Synology palette, and while this NAS lacks a 2.5G network, a better CPU, and a few other elements that the competition has, it does offer one thing that none of the others have, a great operating system.

While DS224+ has just been released it is a trusty setup that we have already seen in many other incarnations of other Synology NAS models. **Low-power, silent, compact NAS** that can do a lot, and will last for a long time. Covered with at least **5-7 years of DSM updates**, it will quickly become the center of any network no matter the tasks or number of users and devices.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### VMware & Synology (part 2) - use Active Backup for Business to backup and restore ESXi VMs
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-synology-use-active-backup-for-business-to-backup-and-restore-esxi-vms/
Last updated: 2023-08-14T13:55:12.000Z
In part 1 of this short series, we talked about using VMWare ESXi version 8 with Synology DSM to utilize its NFS and iSCSI features. That way we were able to present part of the NAS space as usable datastores.

[VMware & Synology (part 1) - manage NFS & iSCSI storage on ESXi hostUsing Synology to provide additional storage via NFS or iSCSI to a VMWare ESXi 8 hypervisor![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/esxi8_part1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-synology-manage-nfs-iscsi-storage-on-esxi-host/)

In this second article, we will see how can we further explore and use Synology NAS with ESXi to provide **space for the virtual machines** that will be hosted by the hypervisor, as well as use **Synology's Active Backup for Business** platform to **backup said VMs** onto the NAS. While backup is just one function, we will also see how we can **recover deleted VMs** back to the ESXi host, as well as deploy them onto Synology's very own hypervisor solution, the **Virtual Machine Manager**.

When we are talking about Synology Active Backup for Business it is important to note a few things about that particular package. Because there are a lot of elements to this platform it would be best to consult the official specification page using the [**following link**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/7.2/software%5Fspec/abb?ref=blackvoid.club).

Here on the site, there are already several articles on the topic of ABB so feel free to read up on them as well.

[activebackup - BlackvoidSynology media partner IT & tech blog focused on Synology NAS, SRM, Docker, and other self-hosted solutions![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/blackvoidclub_banner.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/activebackup/)

All active backup articles on this site

As a license-free platform, ABB will serve in many situations and one of those is connecting to a compatible hypervisor such as ESXi. So with such a hypervisor up and running let's see how we can connect it to the ABB platform and start backing up the virtual machines that are hosted on it.

## : Connecting Active Backup for Business and ESXi

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-15.46.46.png)

Active Backup for Business overview

If this is the first time running ABB the overview will look a bit more empty but nothing to worry about, it will soon start to get some data. To start we first need to connect the ABB instance with our ESXi host.

To do this, we will go to the **virtual machine** section in the left column and then click the **manage hypervisor** button. This will open up an option to edit or **add** a new hypervisor to the ABB platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-16.00.31.png)

Connecting ABB with ESXi host

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-16.01.05.png)

ESXi hypervisor added to the ABB instance

As soon as the host has been added, we will get a populated list of virtual machines on that host with some initial information and any backup tasks that are configured with it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-16.03.44.png)

Detected VM that is maintained by the ESXi

Apart from this single wizard and network visibility, there is nothing else needed to get ESXi connected to ABB. What follows, is the VM backup configuration.

## : Creating an Active Backup for Business backup task

Using the **create task** button a wizard-like form will guide us in order to make a backup of the virtual machine. In this particular case, the VMDK content for a Win 11 VM is currently on the NVMe storage that is part of the hypervisor itself. The task will back up the content onto the NAS so if anything happens to that VM or that NVMe storage we will be able to restore from.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-18.59.11.png)

Select the VM to backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-19.02.40.png)

Select the NAS destination folder where the content will be saved

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-19.05.12.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-19.14.29.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-19.15.04.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-19.15.51.png)

Once the task has been configured (regardless of whether it's manual or scheduled) it will show up in the **task list** window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-19.19.02.png)

Any changes to the task are possible using the **edit** button as well as the **back up** and **restore** functions. Depending on the network configuration, the speed of the hypervisor and its drives, as well as the NAS, and the size of the VM it will take some time to complete the initial backup. Using the **details** button we are able to keep track of the backup progress.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-19.46.41.png)

VM backup task details

## : Accessing OS and data files inside a backup using Active Backup for Business Portal

Another benefit of using ABB as a backup platform is that users or admins can access individual content using the **ABB Portal** app. That overview will allow for complete file/folder access of the virtual machine, and either restore or download content as needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.02.49.png)

Active Backup for Business Portal - the way to access individual files inside a backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.03.35.png)

Options to ****restore** or ****download** the specific file

💡

****NOTE**: Bear in mind that the ****restore option will not work on** a ****free-licensed ESXi host or vSphere 5 or earlier**!

In case a free ESXi host is in question, we can always use the **download** option, to pull the content and then move it to its final location manually. The portal will help administrators to offload certain tasks to the end users in case they need to recover some data without asking the IT personnel to do it for them.

In case of a major issue that as a result has a catastrophic outcome for the VM, we can use the ABB restore feature to completely restore the VM from backup.

## : Restoring a VM back to the ESXi host using Active Backup for Business

Once again, using the ABB task list view, we can click the **restore** button which will offer several options to begin with. For example, we will have the option to choose the hypervisor we wish to restore to. ABB supports three hypervisors at the moment, one of which is Synology's very own **Virtual Machine Manager**. 

This might prove useful in case the main hypervisor is down, and we need to restore a VM in order for our users to continue working. If there is only a need to restore a VM due to some issues with it, or we maybe want to make a new VM from the existing backup, we can use the restore process and deploy the machine onto the originating hypervisor, in this case, ESXi.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.16.41.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.16.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.17.31.png)

Depending on the defined SLA and RPO/RTO policy in a company we will be able to do an **instant restore** or a **full VM restore**. Each has its advantages and disadvantages, but depending on the current situation, we can make the decision to restore it fast with limited performance or invest a bit more time to get the full performance out of it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.20.09.png)

On top of the option to do an instant or full restore, we can choose do we want to restore the machine to the **original** or **new location**. This will also include an option to select a new data store, network, VM name, etc.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.22.24.png)

Setting an optional name for the restored VM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.22.50.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.23.40.png)

We can choose the datastore pool to restore to

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.24.42.png)

Once the process is underway, monitoring the process can be done using the **restore status** inside the ABB application.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.25.53.png)

Full VM restore underway

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-23-at-20.32.01.png)

The ESXi host will also display the changes as the new VM restore begins.

After a successful restore, the VM will be ready on the ESXi hypervisor. This is just one example of how Synology and VMWare ESXi can work together to benefit both users and administrators using a **license-free backup solution**.

## Sign up for free, today!

### Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### VMware & Synology (part 1) - manage NFS & iSCSI storage on ESXi host
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-synology-manage-nfs-iscsi-storage-on-esxi-host/
Last updated: 2023-08-14T13:54:58.000Z
While Synology is not always associated with a hypervisor platform, even though it provides one, it can still be used with several world-known solutions. This short two-part series will show how we can **use a compatible Synology NAS with VMWare ESXi host**, as well as how to back up and restore virtual machines running on that same host. On top of that, we will see how **Active Backup for Business and Synology's SAN manager** packages work in this type of scenario.

## : Intro

Most self-host users, as well as people that like to tinker with their local hardware, will want to keep as much data as possible on their own hardware, and under their supervision. If we move past the regular images, videos, and media content, a NAS can be used in many other ways.

So what might those be exactly? Well, to start off, if we focus on virtualization and containerization alone, depending on the type of NAS we own (in terms of specifications and configuration), we can utilize it as a powerful hypervisor, or just as a storage for said hypervisor running on a different machine in the network.

In this article, we will focus on the latter. How can a Synology NAS be used in combination with a VMWare ESXi host running on a different device? In this particular case, the NAS will not be a hypervisor in terms that it will host a platform that runs and maintains virtual machines. No, this time around, it will be configured solely as a storage destination point that will be used with said virtual machines but only to store them and help them back up and restore them if needed.

## : ESXi - what is it?

Now before we move forward, it needs to be said what VMWare ESXi is, or rather what a hypervisor is. By definition, there are two types of hypervisors, type 1 and type 2\. A hypervisor Type 1, also known as a "bare-metal" hypervisor, is virtualization software installed directly on physical hardware. It runs directly on the host machine's hardware and manages the guest operating systems on top of it. Considered more efficient and secure than Type 2 hypervisors, Type 1 hypervisors are commonly used in enterprise virtualization environments. ESXi in this case is a Type 1 hypervisor.

For this particular case, we will be looking into ESXi version 8\. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-21-at-23.21.01.png)

VMWare ESXi v8 (update 1)

Getting the hypervisor up and running is nothing major. After downloading the ISO installation from the VMWare site we can boot into the installer and follow the wizard. Upon completion, ESXi will be accessible via a web browser on an IP address that was configured during the installation.

One of the main configurations that we need to do after the hypervisor is up and running is to **connect storage to it**. On top of its local storage, there are ways to get both NFS and iSCSI LUNs connected to it, so that those may be used as a place to keep the content of the virtual machines.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-21-at-23.46.27.png)

List of ESXi visible and configured datastores

Considering that this article will focus on the NFS and iSCSI access of content located on the Synology NAS, let's see how easily we can present network shares and iSCSI LUNs inside ESXi.

## : NFS configuration - Synology DSM settings

In order to get started with NFS support inside DSM, we will need to do two (2) major steps. The following will be an example of accessing content from a NAS running DSM 6.2 just to show that compatibility is there.

We start by opening the **Control Panel** \> **File Services**. On the first tab, **SMB/AFP/NFS** we need to locate the **NFS** section and **enable** it. For better compatibility, we can use NFS 4.1.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-21-at-23.57.29.png)

NFS settings inside DSM 6.2

As indicated by the note at the bottom of the image, **Shared Folder** is where we will need to go for the second step.

**Control Panel > Shared Folder** will list all the root folders that exist on the NAS. Selecting the ones that we want to be visible when accessing this NAS via NFS protocol will be done by editing each root folder manually, so no bulk operation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-00.01.30.png)

Selecting the folder, we then need to **Edit** the permissions in such a way that we will add NFS access to it. This needs to be done for each folder. A faster way to do it (and if you know what you are doing) would be doing it all via SSH and editing the `/etc/exports` file, but do not go there unless you are certain you know what you are doing.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-00.06.24.png)

Adding NFS permissions to the folder

Using the **Create** button we can add the client IP address (or subnet) that has permissions for this particular folder when using NFS.

Now that we have activated NFS and given permissions, we can finish up the process inside ESXi, and try and connect to this destination folder.

## : NFS configuration - ESXi datastores

Configuration on the ESXi side is fast and simple, involving a single form and a few parameters. If all else is in order (network visibility, firewall, etc), the connection will be established with no effort.

Using the **Storage** section of the ESXi interface, we can add a new datastore by clicking the **New datastore** button. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-19.10.50.png)

Adding new NFS datastore

The wizard will present all the options including the **Mount NFS datastore** on the bottom. Clicking next, will open up a form that we need to fill out in order to connect to the Synology configured NFS mount points.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-19.14.08.png)

Entering the IP address of the NAS as well as the username and password of the account that has permissions, there is one more thing that needs to be entered exactly. The NFS share path.

⚠️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the ****NFS share parameter** needs to contain a full path, ****including the volume name**, not just the root folder!

Entering only the root name of the folder will not be enough and an error indicating permission issues will pop up. This has nothing to do with permissions in terms of username or password but the fact that the path is incomplete.

Once the datastore is visible and in the list, we can use the **Datastore browser** button to access and view the content of that path via the NFS protocol.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-19.21.07.png)

Datastore browser

Now that the store is visible it will be possible to use it as a source for any virtual machine deployment in the future.

## : iSCSI datastore configuration - Synology DSM SAN manager

iSCSI option has been part of the DSM for a long time. It has evolved over time as most packages have, and in the current version of DSM, version 7, it has been pulled out of the Storage Manager into its own separate one, the **SAN Manager**.

[NEW SAN manager in DSM 7With DSM 7 comes the new SAN manager. With some new tricks like Fiber Channel support\* (on selected models), LUN migration, and more, all your iSCSI needs will be met.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/DSM7_san_manager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-san-manager-in-dsm-7/)

For more details on the SAN manager and how it works with a Windows OS as its target as well as some recovery options, do read up on the article linked above. 

Moving forward with the topic at hand, we will see how to configure a **target** and **LUN** and present them inside ESXi, as a datastore, similar to NFS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-19.56.13.png)

DSM 7 SAN Manager

Inside the **iSCSI** section of the SAN Manager, we can begin with a wizard that will allow us to create a target or also a LUN connected to that particular target in one go.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.03.21.png)

Created iSCSI target with mapped LUN

Naming the LUN and defining its size will also be possible using the **LUN** section of the Manager in case there is a need to alter its specifications.

So, apart from installing the SAN Manager, with DSM 7 it comes preinstalled, we only need to configure the target and LUN(s), and we are ready to go. The next bit is configuring and presenting the LUN inside ESXi, as an additional datastore.

## : iSCSI datastore configuration - ESXi datastore

Starting as we did with NFS the **Storage** section inside ESXi will offer alongside the Datastores tab, a few others as well. One of them is **Adapters**. There we first need to configure the iSCSI default adapter by turning it on and pointing it to the target configured in the previous step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.25.30.png)

Configuring the iSCSI adapter inside ESXi

By enabling the iSCSI adapter we will have the option to add both static and dynamic targets by simply entering the IP address of the iSCSI target, in this case, the IP address of the NAS.

Once the **save configuration** has completed its process, moving back to the **datastore** tab we can use the same storage wizard to add any "visible" LUNs that are presented on the configured target.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.34.32.png)

Creation of a new VMFS datastore

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.35.42.png)

The configured iSCSI target is scanned and it has detected a new LUN

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.36.10.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.36.29.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.37.00.png)

Once the partition has been added to the host it will be listed as a usable datastore. Also, the SAN Manager will register the LUN as healthy and in use regarding its capacity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.41.02.png)

Two iSCSI LUNs are available inside the ESXi host

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-22-at-20.41.57.png)

The LUNs as visible inside the SAN Manager

So there we have it. A simple and painless way to use DSM 6 or 7 with ESXi v8 in order to offer NFS or iSCSI as storage. The **creation of a VM**, as well as its **backup/recovery using Synology's Active Backup for Business**, will be presented in the following **part 2 article**.

[VMware & Synology (part 2) - use Active Backup for Business to backup and restore ESXi VMsUsing Synology Active Backup for Business to backup and restore virtual machines hosted on a VMWare ESXi 8 hypervisor![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/esxi8_part2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-synology-use-active-backup-for-business-to-backup-and-restore-esxi-vms/)

## Sign up for free, today!

### Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Portainer & ChatGPT
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-chatgpt/
Last updated: 2023-07-17T07:41:26.000Z
The fact is that ever since ChatGPT has taken the world by storm, it keeps popping up everywhere. All the tech giants are using it, open-source as well, even all of us for pretty much everything. Is this good or not, it's a different topic, but now, let's see how ChatGPT and Portainer can help beginners and professionals get things done faster when it comes to Docker or Kubernetes management.

[Portainer - Docker container management made easyHow to run the new Portainer 2.0 CE on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)Luka ManestarBlackvoid![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/portainer-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)

I have written a few articles on the topic of Portainer here on the site, and it is my personal No.1 tool for all Docker-related operations. The link above will give a general overview of what this platform is, as well as how to get it up and running on a Docker host.

With Portainer **version 2.18.3+** from a few weeks ago, the team has started to include ChatGPT functionality as an experimental feature. What this does, at the moment, is that Portainer invokes ChatGPT based on the input from the user and processes that query to a working docker-compose that we can then use as a template inside Portainer's stacks feature. This is just one example, of course, and depending on what kind of setup is being managed by Portainer it will allow for more complex results as well.

[Portainer 2.6 - using STACKSHow to use docker-compose with Portainer 2.6 and it’s STACKS feature![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)Luka ManestarBlackvoid![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/portainer_26-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/)

The speed at the moment is not the fastest one, as the underlying operations are complex, but the simpler the query, the faster the response will happen.

In order to get this up and running there are only several steps that need to be executed. 

## STEP 01 - Register with the OpenAI platform

To start with ChatGPT we need to have a free account open with the [openai.com](https://openai.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) platform. Open an account by registering and then log into the platform itself to make an **API Key**.

## STEP 02 - Create an API Key

Once the account has been set up, we need to log into the [platform.openai.com](https://platform.openai.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) and make an API key that will be used inside the Portainer to pass on the queries and get replies.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-10-at-01.34.05.png)

The OpenAI platform

Using the profile menu in the upper right corner we need to select the **View API Keys** option. This will land us on the key management page and here we can make any number of API keys that we want to use with various apps and platforms that will talk to ChatGPT.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-10-at-01.37.07.png)

Create the key using the **Create new secret key** button, and write down the value. This is the key that will be used inside the Portainer. Once the window is closed the key will no longer be visible, so if we forget it, a new one will have to be created.

Now we are ready to move over to the Portainer steps.

## STEP 03 - Activate the experimental features

Once logged inside the Portainer UI, we need to head to the **Settings** section and scroll down to the **Experimental features**. Simply activate the **Enable OpenAI integration** button, and **Save settings**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-10-at-01.41.57.png)

Portainer OpenAI integration option under experimental features

## STEP 04 - Entering the OpenAI Key

Now one more thing remains. With the OpenAI feature active, we now need to paste the API key from step 02 into Portainer. To do that, open the **My Account** section using the profile dropdown menu in the upper right corner.

Under the OpenAI integration section, paste in the value and **Save**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-10-at-01.45.39.png)

OpenAI API key

That's it! We now have a direct line to ChatGPT from within Portainer. Connecting to the Docker host, will present the Portainer/ChatGPT button in the bottom right corner of the Portainer UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-10-at-01.48.36.png)

ChatGPT active inside Portainer - button in the lower right corner

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-10-at-01.49.26.png)

Portainer - ChatGPT chat window

## How to use ChatGPT with Portainer?

We can now use the chat for example to ask it whatever we want in regards to any operation that Portainer can do. For example, building a compose file for a Docker solution.

Here is one example of a query and response from ChatGPT that took about 5 seconds.

`Q: Build a docker compose for running mysql and phpmyadmin`

The reply was the following:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-10-at-01.54.51.png)

As we can see, the result includes an introduction, a docker-compose file, configuration parameters, and instructions. But, to take it a step further, there is a **Deploy in Portainer** button on the bottom that will automatically, copy the compose file inside a new "stack". The only thing left to do is to alter the settings to our liking and deploy. 

A very cool way to get things going, especially if we are getting into the world of Docker and have no knowledge of it. Also, for any errors that might happen during the deployment, we can ask ChatGPT again to try and fix them and propose a different solution. Apart from beginners, this method is a fast way to get things going without actually writing the code, so it will be useful to anyone running Portainer.

Once again, **this feature is in Portainer 2.18.3 or later**, so make sure to update it first. Also, **ChatGPT is not free**, so a paying channel will be needed if you intend to use it in the future.

## Sign up for free, today!

### Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology BeeDrive review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/
Last updated: 2024-07-12T09:37:35.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 17/01/2024 - as of today, Synology has included **BeeDrive with 4TB**. Available from Synology Store.

💡

****UPDATE**: 30/08/2023 - new ****BeeDrive update 1.1** has arrived with several fixes as well as new features! More details in the [****release notes**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/releaseNote/BeeDriveOnlineInstaller?ref=blackvoid.club).

## Table of Contents

: [Design and packaging](#design)  
: [Connectivity, compatibility, and speed](#connectivity)  
: [The BeeDrive sofware (Windows OS)](#software)

- :: [The BeeDrive configuration](#configuration)
- :: [Computer Backup](#backup)
- :: [File Sync](#sync)
- :: [Mobile Transfer](#mobile)

: [The BeeDrive software (macOS)](#macos)  
: [Conclusion and final thoughts](#conclusion)

🙏

Big thank you goes to [****TECOM TRADE d.o.o.**](http://tecomtrade.hr/?ref=blackvoid.club), Zagreb for providing this unit for testing. They are both Synology partner and authorized reseller for Croatia.

It is more than clear to anyone using Synology products that the company's core business is NAS devices (network-attached storage). While they have also moved into the networking segment since 2015, with five routers that hit the market so far, one thing that was never in their focus was DAS (direct attached storage).

A month ago, everything changed when Synology announced its first device from that segment, the **BeeDrive**.

[Synology BeeDrive - personal backup hubStarting in June, Synology will present the BeeDrive. A DAS device designed for individuals that want a simple but robust solution with minimal setup and upkeep needed![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/beedrive.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive/)

Overview of the new BeeDrive device

In this review article, we will have a look at the device itself and all the features that it offers. 

💡

****NOTE**: at the time of writing this article ****macOS was still not supported** in terms of BeeDrive software. The ****drive is compatible and detected on the macOS system as a single external disk**!

## 
  
  
## : Design and packaging

The BeeDrive is a compact USB-powered device designed for SOHO and professional individuals, that offers a moderate amount of data storage. It comes in **1 or 2 TB capacity**, with a **USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) connection**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/beedrive_concept.jpg)

> ## BeeDrive is designed for individuals who handle important data on their computers or mobile devices. These individuals  
> probably understand the importance of backups, but don’t want to dabble in complex setup processes or continuously pay for cloud subscriptions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_02-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_03.png)

Its small form factor and high speeds will make it an ideal candidate for anyone on the go looking for a large amount of storage and maximum portability and compatibility.

The BeeDrive is **65mm in size and only 15mm thick and weighs only 43 grams**. The **USB-C to USB-C cable** that comes with it is about **30cm long**, so don't expect to hook it up too far from the actual port. 

Due to its weight, as expected the case is pure plastic, with a hollow-like sound to it. While I have not personally tested how durable it is, I would suggest keeping it inside a case of some sort and making sure you don't drop it to prevent any damage to it.

One more thing that could also be a bit better is the connection of the USB-C cable with the USB-A adapter. It has no secure mechanism to protect it from falling off, and while it will not fall off on its own, it's not the most secure connection. The upside is the light enclosure that can basically hang off the cable with no issue at all. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3446.jpg)

The BeeDrive hooked to a Mac Studio

The package it comes with is again very minimalistic as expected from Synology with more than enough information on it to give us the general overview of the product itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3434.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3435.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3437.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3436.jpg)

Apart from the unit itself and the USB-C cable, the package contains a USB-A to USB-C adapter and that is a nice touch by Synology just so one doesn't have to go and buy one in case it is needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3439.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3442.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3445.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3444.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3438.jpg)

## 
  
  
## : Connectivity, compatibility, and speed

Currently, BeeDrive supports Windows OS and macOS in terms of its dedicated BeeDrive software app. Saying that we can still use the BeeDrive with any PC, Mac, or Linux-based computer. 

Connecting the drive to a macOS device will work just fine as it will be detected as any other exFAT formatted storage device. The content of the drive will already contain an EXE file for the BeeDrive Windows platform. A nice out-of-the-box experience, especially if we run the said OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-06-at-13.05.46.png)

The BeeDrive as detected by macOS (Ventura)

Alongside macOS, Linux-based OS will behave the same way. As an example, connecting the drive to a Synology NAS, will populate it inside the Control Panel > External device section and allow for usage inside the DSM OS. One piece of information that is immediately visible inside DSM is that the **chipset of the BeeDrive is Kingston**, something that is not advertised anywhere, but a nice info nevertheless.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-11.51.37.png)

The BeeDrive as seen when connected to a Synology NAS (DSM 7.2)

Considering that DSM works with exFAT formatted storage, BeeDrive will be accessible as one under the usual `usbshare1` or similar name inside File Station or via the command line.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-11.47.17.png)

The BeeDrive as visible inside Windows 11

Finally, on a Windows OS-based device, BeeDrive will also initially present itself as a mass storage unit, but apart from a simple storage destination for copy-paste operation, installing the BeeDrive software platform will unlock it for all the advertised features that come with it.

Maximum data transfer speed will directly depend on the speed of the USB port the device is connected to. The **drive is advertised to support 10G speed using the USB 3.2 Gen 2**, but the actual test show that 1GB/s transfers are not possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-06-at-13.15.36.png)

Blackmagic speed test (macOS Ventura; Mac Studio M1 MAX)

Truth be told, the speeds are not that far off from that declared maximum, **achieving about 700-800MB/s** on both read and write. Of course, it will also depend on what device is in question, as well as the fact that transfers are happening over the wire or wifi.

Data transfer over SMB, both locally and over the network is as expected. In the examples below, Mac Studio was used as a computer that the BeeDrive was attached to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-06-at-13.24.24.png)

Transfer from Mac Studio to the BeeDrive using SMB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-06-at-13.27.56.png)

Copying the same file over the network with the BeeDrive attached to the Mac Studio

With **speeds over 8G locally**, this device is more than capable of being used in various scenarios be it on the go, at home, or work. 

## 
  
  
## : The BeeDrive software (Windows OS)

The drive itself out-of-the-box has the setup ready for installation, but it can be downloaded from the Synology website as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.26.23.png)

The BeeDrive installation is ready on the drive itself

Running the executable will start the wizard that will install the BeeDrive platform on the computer and allow us to use the full potential of this device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.28.43.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.29.30-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.31.57.png)

Once the setup has been completed, as instructed the File Explorer will be restarted so expect your desktop to be the only thing you will see for a few seconds. Following the successful installation, the BeeDrive platform will load up.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.33.10.png)

Once the setup completes the platform starts up

Clicking the **Sign In** button, we will have to log into a free **Synology Account**. In case we don't have one, we can create it. A dedicated article on the Synology Account can be found using the link below.

[Synology Account portalSynology Account portal. What is it, and what can it do for you?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyaccountportal.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/)

Logging in with a Synology account will also register the BeeDrive with that particular account. **Be sure to remove it and unlink the device in case of sale or transfer to another user**. They will be unable to use the device until it is associated with their Synology account.

### 
  
  
### :: The BeeDrive configuration

Once we have logged in with our Synology Account, we will be greeted with the BeeDrive main window. Here are multiple settings and tasks that we can do.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.42.07.png)

BeeDrive's main window

The main tasks that the platform offers are **computer backup**, **file sync**, or **mobile transfer**. Along those, we can use the drop-down menu in the upper left-hand corner to access the **settings**, **updates**, and **history**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.45.03.png)

BeeDrive's dropdown menu from where we can access settings, updates, and history

It is nice to see that multilanguage is supported with BeeDrive software as well as desktop push notification. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.46.32.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.47.48.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.48.01.png)

Configuration elements for settings and updates as well as a history list

### 
  
  
### :: Computer Backup

By default one of the most common operations that users of this device might want or need, would be to backup data from the computer the BeeDrive is connected to. The computer backup feature will allow us to backup data from some default profile folders, or from a custom source on the PC. In any event, the backup is not scheduled but rather starts each time the BeeDrive is connected to the computer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.55.38.png)

Computer backup content selection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.57.52.png)

Click ****Back up now** and relax

The user interface has a minimalistic look to it, and it is very fluid, with settings and options showing up exactly where you want them and when you need them. Once the backup progress starts we can follow along using the progress menu in the upper right corner of the main window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.58.14.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.58.29.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.58.47.png)

After the task has been completed, a small history link can be clicked from the progress window unless we want to invoke the history overview from the main menu. In any event, we can get a detailed list of file transfers that have happened as well as when those events occurred.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.58.58.png)

History list of events

Once all is done, the main screen of the app will list all the functions and details, again in a very modern and slick way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-13.59.53-1.png)

The main BeeDrive platform window

One tiny element in this UI is the fact that we can see the backed-up data by calling the **three little dot menu** bar to **invoke the Windows File Explorer** and see the content for the backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.15.24.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.10.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.12.00.png)

The backed-up folder structure

Unlike Synology's Hyper Backup proprietary format that requires HB or HB Vault client to access, **BeeDrive saves data in a file/folder format** so it can be accessed from any compatible OS. It is nice to see that things are not too complicated in this case.

If there is any reason to make changes to the current backup task we have the option to do it using the computer backup section in the main window. It will present all the details needed such as when the backup was last completed, what data is included, as well as the option to pause, edit or delete the task.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.21.31.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.22.02.png)

One thing that might not be obvious to start with is the **advanced** **settings** section in the bottom part of the backup task window. This is also the location where we will find the **stop backup** option that will delete the current task. Speaking of tasks, there is no way to set up multiple tasks for a single PC. The only thing we can do is select multiple folders (or remove them), from the current task.

Computer backup advanced options include **versioning**, **deletion of archived files**, and **exclusion of files depending on their name, extension, or size**. A nice set of options that will for the most part cover the majority of user's needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.27.53.png)

Option to edit the current backup task by adding or removing specific folders

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.28.32.png)

Advanced settings for the backup include versioning, archiving, and exclusion based on size, name, or extension

If we need to exclude certain files not just by extension, we can do that as well. Entering the name and the extension, for example, `file_001.log` the backup task will skip that file completely. Versioning is also present with certain limitations. We can use the one version option (current version), or select from a fixed drop-down menu. The maximum number of versions is five (5).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.34.14.png)

The maximum number of file versions that are part of the backup is 5

The interesting bit of information on the subject of versions is that BeeDrive will handle the version for both the backup and file sync tasks. The maximum number of versions will always be five, regardless of how many versions we have selected for the backup or file sync task.

Also, the backup job will be **active** all the time. This means that, unlike a conventional scheduled backup job, a computer backup task is sort of a one-way sync task. There is no start button, to begin with, so if the BeeDrive is plugged in all the time, any changes will reflect as they happen. One example is adding a new file inside a backed-up folder on our PC. The BeeDrive will detect the change and update accordingly.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.42.26.png)

Adding a new file to the target backup folder. The BeeDrive is backing up the file in real-time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.47.48.png)

The top three rows show changes. One new version and a new addition with rename

Versions of the existing files can be seen using the Windows menu that can be called up with the right mouse button for a specific file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.51.06.png)

"Browse previous version" option inside a menu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.51.20.png)

List of file versions

Getting to a previous version will not be possible before it is restored. So reviewing changes in real-time is not possible, but having the option to download and restore one is good enough for this platform. This might be a bit of an issue regarding space with larger files, as no apparent information of any deduplication usage is present.

Finally, restoring deleted files is also an option with BeeDrive. With **Archive deleted files** set to **on**, we have the option to browse backed-up files that are deleted on the source.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-14.59.51.png)

Windows OS notification from BeeDrive about deleted files being archived

Using the computer backup section inside the BeeDrive UI, we can use the **open archive files** link that will open up Windows File Explorer and position us inside the root of the **Deleted files** folder on the BeeDrive device. From there, we can navigate to the file and restore it.

As we can see, the computer backup task has a lot of options and yet it doesn't look that overwhelming or complicated. 

### 
  
  
### :: File Sync

The second functionality that BeeDrive offers is **file sync**. As the name suggests, it will allow for the syncing of data on a selected destination on a computer and the BeeDrive, and that will extend to any other computer it is connected to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.28.00.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.29.22.png)

So unlike the computer backup task, the sync task will allow for a single host folder to be synced with the BeeDrive. The principle is identical to the likes of Dropbox, or Google Drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.32.45.png)

Select or create a single sync folder on the computer and the BeeDrive

The advanced options will allow for **versioning**, and **direction**, as well as **excluding** files, based on the name, size**,** or extension.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.33.41.png)

File Sync advanced option

The sync direction can be two-way or one-way, depending on the direction needed. Once the settings are in order, the sync task will start and show up in the main BeeDrive window.

Unlike the backup task, we can **create up to 10 tasks**,and on top of that, **each task can have its own version and direction rules, as well as exclusions**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.37.57.png)

Once the tasks are created, we can pause them, delete them or change settings and folders

The main screen will after setup give the overview of the task that a particular BeeDrive has been configured with. So even with multiple tasks, the main view will show that file sync is active with not many details.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.46.58.png)

The BeeDrive main window shows backup and sync configurations in place

### 
  
  
### :: Mobile Transfer

On final feature that the BeeDrive offers is mobile transfer. This will allow for **photo backup** or transfer of files to the BeeDrive using **BeeDrop**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.52.47.png)

Mobile transfer - way to backup photos or send files to the drive using BeeDrop

The whole process starts with downloading the app from the mobile store (AppStore or Google Play), and using the QR code to pair the mobile device with the BeeDrive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.54.09.png)

Scan the QR code to begin pairing

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-08-at-20.59.31.png)

The device is paired in seconds and the rest of the process is done via the BeeDrive mobile app

This way we can **pair up to 5 mobile devices** that can run concurrent backup transfers towards a single BeeDrive. Opening the mobile app will include a few initial steps to pair with the device after scanning the actual QR code.

💡

****NOTE**: There is no need for the computer that the BeeDrive is connected to, to be on wifi. It can be ****connected to the same network subnet** as the mobile device and the process of pairing and backup will still work just fine!

💡

****UPDATE**: BeeDrive software ****version 1.1** now ****supports photo backup and file transfer via BeeDrop** when your mobile device and computer are ****on** ****separate networks** (e.g., cellular data, guest Wi-Fi, public Wi-Fi, and other networks with wireless isolation enabled).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3448.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3449.PNG)

As soon as the pairing is complete, we can start to back up mobile content to BeeDrive. This can be done in several ways. **Backup task**, or **BeeDrop** method. The difference is that the backup task will give the option to back up all images and videos from the mobile device or just new ones if we want to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3450.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3451.PNG)

Content can be sent over in JPEG or original format depending on what the user wants. All settings can be changed on the fly, including pausing the task or stopping it altogether. Depending on the size of the content, the BeeDrive mobile app also supports **focused backup**. This function will keep the app active in the foreground to allow for a faster transfer without iOS pushing it in the background while some other app is being used. This might come in handy while performing the initial backup that has a lot of objects to copy over.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3452.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3455.PNG)

The backup task will also offer **free up space** function to delete the content from the mobile device for all the files that were already copied over.

The BeeDrop will allow us to select manual content to backup be it multiple images, a fresh image that we are about to take with the camera, or a 3rd party file, like a PDF.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3454.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3458.PNG)

This process works really well and the files are again transferred to the BeeDrive in a typical file/folder format, so the **data is immediately accessible on any compatible computer** that we hook the BeeDrive to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-09-at-00.22.26.png)

File and folder structure on the BeeDrive

One more thing of note is that the files being transferred to the BeeDrive will retain their properties, and creation date. So there is no fear that some old images will be tagged with the time stamp when they are copied over to the drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3456.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3457.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/IMG_3459.PNG)

The BeeDrive app will again have essential details on all mobile transfers happening as well as log all of it in its history section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-09-at-00.32.48.png)

## 
  
  
## : The BeeDrive software (macOS)

The support for macOS arrived on Dec 19th, 2023 with some challenges due to changes in macOS version 14.2\. More details on this are inside a separate article below.

[Synology BeeDrive now with macOS supportOfficial support for macOS has arrived! The BeeDrive platform now supports both Intel and Apple SOC Mac models (M1, M2...)![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/12/beedrive_review_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-now-with-macos-support/)

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion and final thoughts

I have to say that when I first heard of this device coming out I said to myself, "Why?". Well, now that I have had some time with the unit I can say that it definitely has an audience, and Synology has made a **functional**, **practical**, and **easy-to-use** product.

The BeeDrive is more than just another USB DAS device. Sure, it can be used that way, but for someone looking for a **portable backup device** that can instantly change to a **fast 10G storage** with a decent amount of space, they should consider the BeeDrive.

> ## It will allow for 4K on-device editing, concurrent mobile device backup, multiple file sync tasks, and a single computer backup, all happening at the same time.

The lightweight device is powered by **minimalistic**, **neat**, and **organized** **software** that elevates this ordinary USB to some form of NAS. While it is not a NAS by definition, it will allow for several roles that are usually associated with network-attached storage units.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/image-1.png)

BeeDrive comes in 1, 2, or 4TB capacity

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/01/image-2.png)

Current prices (January 2024)

Just to put it in perspective, this whole testing that I have done was executed using a virtual Windows 11 machine. That machine had the BeeDrive presented via a hypervisor connected to the network over ethernet, with no wifi. What that means is that all the backups, syncs, and mobile transfers in particular were executed using a network that both the virtual machine and mobile devices (those were on wifi of course) were a part of. The BeeDrive was not connected to any particular notebook, or PC to make it work.

So essentially, mobile transfers were in a way pushed to the BeeDrive presented on the network using a virtual machine similar in a way as Synology Photos works on a NAS via DSM.

Considering that I have only positive comments on this whole platform, there might be one issue with it that users will notice. **Lack of native encryption**. The fact is that no data is encrypted in any way at any point. The reason for this is that under Windows OS **we can use BitLocker to setup and encrypt the drive** and its data before using it. Now, selective encryption might be better than everything or nothing, but still, keeping track of what is encrypted and what is not might get a bit overwhelming over time.

In order to apply BitLocker encryption on the BeeDrive be sure to follow the KB article on it, listed below.

[How do I encrypt BeeDrive on my Windows computer? - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://kb.synology.com/en-us/BeeDrive/tutorial/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://kb.synology.com/img/logo/logo_white.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-us/BeeDrive/tutorial/How%5Fto%5Fencrypt%5FBeeDrive%5Fon%5FWindows%5Fcomputer?ref=blackvoid.club)

That demonstrates how the BeeDrive can in some scenarios be used in more ways than an external USB. With a **price tag of about €150 for a 1TB model**, this device has much to offer, and it **will serve both casual users and professionals**. Synology will, depending on the success of this device, expand and continue development, but if this debut has shown anything is that this was not a miss, not by a long shot.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS124 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds124-overview/
Last updated: 2023-12-27T14:40:26.000Z
Just yesterday we got some new x24 news with the new refreshed upcoming version of the DS224+, but that is not the only model that will be available this summer. One more addition to Synology's "value" lineup, this time around we got the new **DS124**.

This 1-bay NAS is identical in design to its predecessor the DS118\. While it follows its design, in terms of hardware specifications it is again identical to the DS223j that was presented just two weeks ago.

[Synology DS223j overviewHere is the refreshed J series NAS model from Synology, the DS223j. Bringing more than the previous generation including BTRFS support and Snapshot Replication![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/ds223joverview.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223j-overview/)

The guts of this new single-bay model are very modest but again more than enough someone might need to start their venture into the world of NAS. The CPU, as mentioned, is identical to the DS223j, and it's the same **quad-core 1.7GHz Realtek RTD1619B**. The RAM capacity has not changed from the DS118 model, and it is still only **1GB of DDR4**.

[Synology DS423 overviewToday, #Synology officially launched the DS423 NAS. Coming just a few months after its 2bay counterpart, this value series model has a lot to offer![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/ds423overview.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-overview-2/)

The same CPU runs inside a 4-bay version, DS423 also from the value series. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds124_front-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds124_back-1.png)

The new DS124

Unlike the back of a 2-bay unit, the DS124 is equipped with a **single modular 60mm vent**. There is a **single 1GbE network port**, a power adapter port, and **two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports**.

In terms of upgrades, this NAS has none. RAM can't be upgraded, and HDD/SSD inside it is not hot-swappable as some "+" series models. Also, no NVMe slots on this particular unit, but that is to be expected for this price point and series.

While this is a single-bay unit, do not mistake it for an external USB HDD. Unlike a classic DAS unit, this NAS supports DSM 7.2 and most of the packages that Synology offers in their Package Center. 

While it will not run some more demanding solutions, it will offer maximum network speeds of 1GbE, and more than enough power to serve as a central backup platform even for multiple users.

As with all new models, the question of HDD support is very common. It is safe to say that DS124 will support the new HAT3300 NAS drives and a huge list of 3rd party ones from popular brands out there.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

This 700-gram heavy unit comes with a **2y warranty** that can be extended to a total of 4 years via the [Extended Warranty Plus program](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/).

Expected refresh, as well as hardware specifications with this NAS. No surprise there, but it's good to see that Synology has decided to upgrade its value lineup with a very capable CPU. Would a faster network in this or all models be welcome? Sure. But with this particular model, a faster network would mean stressing the rest of the internals for not a lot of gains. The DS124 will certainly find its audience and if you are looking for a super light NAS, be sure to look for this model in a few months when it hits the market.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS224+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-overview/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T18:01:42.000Z
A full review of the new DS224+ can be found here:

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds224plus-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

DS224+ hands-on review

---

Just a few weeks ago Synology released their latest refreshed J-series model, the DS223J. While small compact units such as that one, can offer a lot for its price point, most were expecting another 2-bay NAS refreshed from the +-series.

[Synology DS223j overviewHere is the refreshed J series NAS model from Synology, the DS223j. Bringing more than the previous generation including BTRFS support and Snapshot Replication![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/ds223joverview.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223j-overview/)

Well, today we have good news. Following in the footsteps of its larger 4-bay brother that arrived in February of this year (DS423+), the new **DS224+** is the first NAS from the new 2024 lineup.

[Synology DS423+ reviewThe NEW #Synology DS423+ is here! 4-bay Intel-powered NAS for media and data management with video transcoding capabilities.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/ds423.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-review/)

Review of the 4-bay version, DS423+. A larger version of the new DS224+

As expected the new DS224+ is also equipt with an **Intel-based Celeron CPU, J4125**. This **quad-core is running at 2.7GHz** and isbacked up with **2GB of DDR4 memory** (up to 6GB). Considering that it is in every way identical to the 4-bay version, apart from the number of bays, it also comes with **dual 1Gbe network ports** on the back and **two USB 3.2 Gen 1**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/f-DS224-_front.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/f-DS224-_back.png)

The NAS other than having **two HDD slots** (for both HDD or SSD drives) to house the disks, **does not come with NVMe ports** for either cache or usable storage. This should be no surprise as DS224+ is a direct successor of DS220+ NAS from four years ago.

[Synology DS220+ overviewOn the track of this year’s “Back to Synology” giveaway, here is a quick overview of the prize itself, the DS220+ NAS. This particular model while small in size is an entry unit in what Synology calls the “Advanced Data Management” range. What that means is that all of Synology’s![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/ds220review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds220-overview/)

DS220+ overview

Similar to its predecessor, it does **allow for a memory upgrade** using the slot located inside the main disk bay area. From the design standpoint, the enclosure is identical to the DS220+ that includes a **single large 92mm vent on the back**, as well as the before-mentioned USB ports, one on each side.

Probably one of the bigger questions on everyone's mind is disk compatibility. With Synology's campaign to enforce their own branded drives, either SATA, SAS, or SSD/NVMe, and the fact that certain lineups are only limited to those types of drives, will the same be with DS224+?

Considering that DS224+ is identical to the DS423+ in almost every way, apart from the number of drives, we can safely say that the drive support will be close if not identical. 

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

Synology **HAT5300**, **HAT3300**, or **SAT5200** series are supported, but also a decent number of **Toshiba**, **Seagate**, and **Western Digital** drives as well. For the exact model, it is always best to consult the [drive compatibility page](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) on Synology's website.

While this NAS is following in the steps of the DS423+ as well as its predecessor, apart from a moderate CPU upgrade, the good news is also that while most were worried that Synology will go full AMD range for the x23 and x24 models, it looks like that is not going to be the case.

What this means is that we get a very versatile NAS unit that can do a lot, including **video transcoding** with ease, unlike some of the more expensive and more powerful AMD models. This will indeed be good news for users that want a low-power device that can handle video and audio transcoding while using media platforms such as Plex or Jellyfin.

Finally, as with all other +-series models, the **DS224+ will support the entire range of Synology's official packages**, including Hyper Backup, Active Backup, or Synology Drive and Photos. Along those, **Docker is also supported** under a new marketing name, the Container Manager.

The DS224+ will arrive soon with a price point similar to the DS220+, around **€320 + VAT**, and with **2y warranty** that can be [**extended to a total of 4 years**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/). Hopefully, when the NAS becomes available I will have some time with it to make a review and some testing as part of a separate article.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Synology DS223j overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223j-overview/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T18:01:31.000Z
Summer is here and with it, most tech companies slow down as we all do to be fair, and plan our vacation time. But, even so, new Synology models are arriving, with more in August as well, and this time around a new refreshed "J" is here. Let's see what **DS223j** is bringing to the table.

[Synology DS223 overviewOne of the new #Synology value series models has arrived. The new #DS223 is here bringing more than meets the eye. Lots of features in a compact 2-bay design![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds223overview-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223-overview/)

Just a reminder that in February, Synology released their refreshed DS223 NAS targeted as an office and SOHO device, so if anyone is looking for a bit more power but still wants to stay in a 2bay segment, that model might be a better choice. Also, it supports Docker, unlike the DS223j, even though they are running the same CPU.

Speaking of specifications, the new DS223j is equipped with a **quad-core 1.7GHz Realtek RTD1619B CPU** and **1GB of DDR4 RAM** (non-ECC). Compared to its predecessor, the DS220j from three years ago, it is a bump in both CPU and RAM that has doubled.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/f-DS223j_front.png)

The new DS223j

The back side of the unit, considering it is using the identical enclosure as the previous model, has a single 100mm wide vent, backed up with side ventilation ports that is visible under the Synology logo.

Below the vent are the usual suspects. A **single RJ-45 1Gbe network port**, **two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports** (so no 10G connection on those), a Kensington lock, and a power connection port.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/f-DS223j_back.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/f-DS223j_left.png)

This being a two-bay NAS, we can populate it with either 2.5" or 3.5" HDDs and SSDs. Be sure to check the compatibility page when it comes to drives, as Synology has become increasingly picky in that area.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

While some other NAS series tend to lean more towards Synology-branded drives, the J lineup is not so strict. Yes, they do support the new HAT3300 HDDs from Synology, but also a wide range from Seagate, Toshiba, and Western Digital. Again, it would be best to check the [DS223j compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?search%5Fby=products&model=DS223j&category=hdds%5Fno%5Fssd%5Ftrim&ref=blackvoid.club), to make sure there will be no issues in terms of drive and DSM operations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/f-DS223j_right-45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/f-DS223j_left-45.png)

While on the subject of drives, this new NAS, unlike the DS220j version has support for the popular file system that DSM uses, BTRFS. Indeed, alongside EXT4 for internal drives, the **DS223j now supports BTRFS**, and that directly unlocks some new features that this class can offer.

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/)

[DSM 7.2-64570The new Synology DSM 7.2 64570 update is here due to a recall of the previous 64561, bringing several fixes and one new feature.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/dsm72_final_live_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64570/)

In combination with the latest **DSM 7.2 (64570 or above)**, the DS223j can use the **Snapshot Replication package**, previously reserved for the "plus" segment only with a few exceptions.

[Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery toolsnapshot replication synology nas backup disaster recovery package center![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/snapshot.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/image-7.png)

So for who is this NAS for then? Well as always the "J" series is an entry model offering many features and options for light usage and a smaller number of users. That being said, make no mistake, this model will offer a lot for its price point.

Apart from being a backup platform using **Hyper Backup** or mentioned Snapshot Replication for data stored on the NAS itself, the DS223j can also be a **central backup device for macOS, Linux, and Windows-based devices**. With **Synology Drive**, users will have the option to keep data safe, and in sync across multiple devices and operating systems.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/#hb)

Content sharing is also offered with Synology Drive but when it comes to image and video, DS223j also delivers. With the support of the new DSM 7 comes also a new **Synology Photos** platform that will turn this NAS into a multi-user cloud photo platform. 

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/photos.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

Finally, one more major app in Synology's portfolio is the support for **Surveillance Station**. In its current version (9), SVS will allow the DS223j to be a low-power NVR system that comes with two (2) free licenses. Unlike some dedicated NVR devices, the DS223j will not be able to utilize all features of the platform, but for the most part, it will be more than enough.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

In terms of camera support, there are about 150 brands that are working with SVS platform, including the latest Synology-branded models as well.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

The DS223j is a versatile device as all of them are, but for such a small and compact device (**around 16W of power consumption**) it is surprising how much it can deliver. The unit comes with a **standard 2-year warranty**, that can be **extended to 4 years** in total using the **Extended Warranty Plus**.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyextendedwarrenty-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

The **price point will be around €219** depending on the market. A fair price for an entry model in the world of NAS, and with its increasing feature set over each generation it will be hard to resist them no matter if you are an existing user or a newcomer in this field.

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### DSM 7.2-64570
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64570/
Last updated: 2023-09-28T14:20:10.000Z
📢

****UPDATE**: 03/08/2023 - a ****new UP3** has been released for DSM 7.2-64570\. Release notes below.

### Version: 7.2-64570 Update 3

(2023-08-03)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2-64570-3?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where, after DSM 7.2-64570 Update 2, the NVMe SSD caches of a high-availability cluster might stop working.
2. Fixed an issue where Synology Account might not be properly signed out.

---

📢

****UPDATE**: 24/07/2023 - a ****new UP2** has been released for DSM 7.2-64570\. Release notes below.

### Version: 7.2-64570 Update 2

(2023-07-24)

#### Important notes​

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2-64570-2?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues​

1. Fixed an issue where deleting snapshots through Snapshot Replication on the destination server might cause unused memory to not be released properly.
2. Fixed an issue where certain models might experience unsuccessful replication with Snapshot Replication after updating to DSM 7.2.
3. Fixed an issue where users signing in to DSM through Synology SSO might be unable to open Synology Office files.
4. Fixed an issue where the system might be unable to send test emails when Synology Account is configured to receive notifications.
5. Adjusted the suggestions generated by Western Digital Device Analytics (WDDA).
6. Fixed an issue where certain models might not display the corresponding storage pool after creating a volume.
7. Fixed an issue where the warning for checksum mismatch did not provide the file path for the files containing the error.
8. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Ghostscript (CVE-2023-36664).

Notes:  

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

📢

****UPDATE**: 19/06/2023 - a ****new UP1** has been released for DSM 7.2-64570\. Release notes below.

### Version: 7.2-64570 Update 1

(2023-06-19)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.2-64570-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where Btrfs volumes might not be able to run volume optimization successfully.
2. Fixed an issue where drive replacement might not work properly for SHR storage pools.

---

Just two weeks ago Synology released the final version of DSM 7.2 marked as 64561\. On the 8th of June 2023, they recalled that version due to the following issue:

> ## This update has been recalled on June 8, 2023, because of an issue where updating to DSM 7.2 might fail if users' Synology NAS were not connected to the Internet. The issue is fixed in version 7.2-64570

The new 64570 version is identical to the previous revision with two additions and changes (bold below)

### Version: 7.2-64570

---

(2023-06-08)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. Starting from this version, logs for drives will no longer appear in Storage Manager > HDD and will be available only in Log Center.
4. Removed the "Automatically create port forwarding rules" option from QuickConnect advanced settings to increase network security.
5. Users can now create a Btrfs volume of up to 1 PB on specific Synology NAS models. This update automatically converts existing volumes that use the Btrfs (Peta Volume) file system to Btrfs. However, to create a volume larger than 200 TB, a RAID 6 storage pool and at least 64 GB of system memory are still required.[Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fis%5FBtrfs%5FPeta%5FVolume?ref=blackvoid.club)
6. The maximum single volume size supported by RS2423+​/​RS2423RP+ has been adjusted to 200 TB (with a minimum system memory requirement of 32 GB).
7. Starting from this version, only Windows Server 2008 R2 and above versions will be supported. After installing this update, the current Windows Server 2008 domain and earlier versions will be unavailable.
8. **This update includes fixes to the below issues mentioned in 7.2-64561:**
- **Fixed an issue where updating to DSM 7.2 might fail if users' Synology NAS weren't connected to the Internet.**
- **Fixed an issue where, when the Encryption Key Vault of encrypted volumes was set on a KMIP server, the system would not be able to auto-unlock these volumes after a restart.**
- **Fixed an issue where, if Web Station was installed on an encrypted volume, resetting the system would cause the volume to crash.**
- **Updated C2 Identity Edge Server to version 1.52.0-0186 to ensure its availability and functionality.**

9\. For the models below, you can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.

- FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
- XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
- Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
- Value Series: DS416, DS416play, DS216, DS216play, DS116, RS816, DS1817, DS1517, RS217, DS418play
- J Series: DS416slim, DS416j, DS216j, DS418j, DS218j, DS419slim, DS119j

#### What’s New

1. Added support for WriteOnce shared folders. This feature is based on the Write Once, Read Many (WORM) technology and can be enabled to prevent files from being modified, deleted, or renamed for a specified period.
2. Added support for volume encryption. All volume encryption keys are stored in the Encryption Key Vault, which can be set up on a local Synology NAS or via KMIP on a remote Synology NAS.
3. Added more Synology NAS models to support M.2 NVMe SSD storage pools. [Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5FM%5F2%5FSSD%5Fstorage%5Fpool?ref=blackvoid.club)
4. Added more Synology NAS models to support the M2D18 adapter card: RS822RP+, RS822+, RS1221RP+, and RS1221+.
5. Added more SSD cache group management options, including changing the RAID type and replacing a drive.
6. Added support for inline zero-block removal to increase the efficiency of data deduplication.
7. Adjusted how drive information is presented in Storage Manager. Users can now quickly check the condition of their drives by looking at the "Drive Status" field.
8. Users can now view the amount of used and free space for each storage pool and volume in Storage Manager.
9. Added a warning notification for when the available shared folder quota is low.
10. Supports deleting individual desktop notifications.
11. Supports sending DSM notifications via additional webhook providers, including LINE and Microsoft Teams.
12. Supports creating custom notification rules for system events, giving users greater control over what notifications to receive.
13. Supports exporting a list of users and of groups.
14. Added support for SAML to integrate DSM with external SSO servers.
15. Added the option to allow non-admin users to safely eject USB devices.
16. Users can now manually input the IP addresses or FQDNs of one or more domain controllers in the trusted domain. This allows Synology NAS to sync domain data directly with the specified domain controllers.
17. Users can now enable Synology's email server to send DSM notifications directly to their Synology Account.
18. **Added support for Auto Block, which restricts SMB login attempts from abnormal IP addresses.**

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where adding drives to a JBOD storage pool did not expand its capacity.
2. Updated Mbed-TLS to version 2.28.2 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-36647, CVE-2022-46392, CVE-2022-46393).
3. Updated Libksba to version 1.6.3 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-3515).
4. Updated SQLite to version 3.40.0 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-46908).
5. Updated Certifi to version 2022.12.07 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-23491).
6. Updated Node.js to version 14.21.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-43548).
7. Updated cURL to version 7.86.0 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-27774, CVE-2022-27775, CVE-2022-27776, CVE-2022-27781, CVE-2022-27782, CVE-2022-32205, CVE-2022-32206, CVE-2022-32207, CV E-2022-32221, CVE-2022-35252, CVE-2022-42915, CVE-2022-42916).
8. Updated PHP to version 8.1.9 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2019-11043, CVE-2021-21705, CVE-2022-31625).
9. Updated Sysstat to version 12.7.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-39377).
10. Updated OpenSSL to version 3.0.7 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-2068, CVE-2022-2097, CVE-2022-2274, CVE-2022-3358, CVE-2022-3602, CVE-2022-3786).
11. Updated Expat to version 2.5.0 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-43680).
12. Updated Libtirpc to version 2.87 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-46828).
13. Updated GnuPG to version 2.2.39 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-34903).
14. Updated OpenVPN to version 2.5.8 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-0547).
15. Updated libxml2 to version 2.9.14 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-23308).
16. Updated GMP to version 6.2.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-43618).
17. Updated ImageMagick to version 6.9.12-61 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2020-25664, CVE-2020-25665, CVE-2020-25666, CVE-2020-25667, CVE-2020-25674, CVE-2020-25675, CVE-2020-25676, CVE-2020-27560, CVE-2020-27750, CVE-2020-27751, CVE-2020-27752, CVE-2020-27753, CVE-2020-27754, CVE-2020-27755, CVE-2020-27756, CVE-2020-27757, CVE-2020-27758, CVE-2020-27759, CVE-2020-27760, CVE-2020-27761, CVE-2020-27762, CVE-2020-27763, CVE-2020-27764, CVE-2020-27765, CVE-2020-27766, CVE-2020-27767, CVE-2020-27768, CVE-2020-27769, CVE-2020-27770, CVE-2020-27771, CVE-2020-27772, CVE-2020-27773, CVE-2020-27774, CVE-2020-27775, CVE-2020-27776, CVE-2020-29599, CVE-2021-20176, CVE-2021-20224, CVE-2021-20241, CVE-2021-20245, CVE-2021-20246, CVE-2021-20309, CVE-2021-3574, CVE-2021-3596, CVE-2021-39212, CVE-2021-4219, CVE-2022-1114, CVE-2022-1115, CVE-2022-28463, CVE-2022-32545, CVE-2022-32546, CVE-2022-32547).
18. Updated FFmpeg to version 4.1.9 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2020-20892, CVE-2020-20902, CVE-2020-21688, CVE-2020-21697, CVE-2021-3566, CVE-2021-38114, CVE-2021-38291).
19. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Netatalk (CVE-2022-45188).
20. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Python3 (CVE-2020-10735, CVE-2021-28861, CVE-2022-45061).
21. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding iproute2 (CVE-2022-3527, CVE-2022-3529, CVE-2022-3530).
22. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding D-Bus (CVE-2022-42010, CVE-2022-42011, CVE-2022-42012).
23. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding syslog-ng (CVE-2022-38725).
24. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding inetutils (CVE-2022-39028).
25. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding DNSmasq (CVE-2022-0934).
26. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding BusyBox-udhcp (CVE-2019-5747).
27. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Linux Kernel (CVE-2021-22600, CVE-2021-38209, CVE-2021-4037, CVE-2022-0168, CVE-2022-1016, CVE-2022-1729, CVE-2022-1786, CVE-2022-20141, CVE-2022-20368, CVE-2022-2078, CVE-2022-2639, CVE-2022-2905, CVE-2022-29581, CVE-2022-32250, CVE-2022-3524, CVE-2022-3566, CVE-2022-3567, CVE-2022-36879, CVE-2022-36946, CVE-2022-42703).
28. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Nginx (CVE-2022-3638).
29. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding ghostscript (CVE-2023-28879).
30. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding curl (CVE-2023-23916).

#### Limitation

1. S.M.A.R.T. testing for M.2 NVMe SSDs is no longer supported.
2. Starting from DSM 7.2 Beta, Virtual Machine Manager will no longer support creating clusters with older DSM versions. Please update each host in the cluster to the same DSM version or above versions for the Virtual Machine Manager cluster to operate properly.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

So the changes are the following (compared to the previous version):

This update includes fixes to the below issues mentioned in 7.2-64561:

- Fixed an issue where updating to DSM 7.2 might fail if users' Synology NAS weren't connected to the Internet.
- Fixed an issue where, when the Encryption Key Vault of encrypted volumes was set on a KMIP server, the system would not be able to auto-unlock these volumes after a restart.
- Fixed an issue where, if Web Station was installed on an encrypted volume, resetting the system would cause the volume to crash.
- Updated C2 Identity Edge Server to version 1.52.0-0186 to ensure its availability and functionality.

A few more points than what the recall message is reporting. It is clear that Synology has decided to use this recall to implement a fix for a few more bugs. On top of these key fixes, there is also one more addition to the DSM.

1. Added support for Auto Block, which restricts SMB login attempts from abnormal IP addresses.

As with the previous version there is a list of models that will not support automatic upload so manual download and install will have to be done.
### Synology & generative AI support in Synology Office and MailPlus
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-generative-ai-support-with-synology-office-and-mailplus/
Last updated: 2025-04-09T18:28:53.000Z
This week Synology is attending the Computex 2023 expo in Taipei, Taiwan. Along with the presentation of some new x23 NAS solutions that came out in the past six months, Synology is also presenting some new devices and a brand new lineup of hard drives, the HAT3300.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

Brand new HAT 3300 drives are presented during the Computex 2023 expo

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_seq_perf-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_hdd_specs-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_random_perf-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_lineup-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_price-1.jpg)

One device in particular that has a hands-on demo as well is the upcoming BeeDrive.

[Synology BeeDrive - personal backup hubStarting in June, Synology will present the BeeDrive. A DAS device designed for individuals that want a simple but robust solution with minimal setup and upkeep needed![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/beedrive.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive/)

New DAS 1/2TB SSD powered drive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-10.png)

The NEW BeeDrive

[Synology DS423+ reviewThe NEW #Synology DS423+ is here! 4-bay Intel-powered NAS for media and data management with video transcoding capabilities.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/ds423.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-review/)

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

One particular feature that Synology is also presenting during the expo is an improvement to its business line of apps and solutions. Particularly the **Synology Office** and **MailPlus**.

Both of these **platforms are getting generative AI support**. Now, at the moment Synology is not saying what AI is being used exactly, but the demo of this feature clearly shows off support for AI assistance when it comes to generating content, such as emails.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.03.13.jpg)

The platforms will have a single button that will allow us to invoke the AI in order to trigger the response based on the app that is being used. In the case of an email using MailPlus, users will have the option to use certain predefined template responses, or the option to insert a query that will generate an email reply.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.01.26.jpg)

An email that needs a reply

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.01.37.jpg)

The new AI invoke tool

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.01.44.jpg)

Typing in the AI input parameter and generating the response 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.01.50.jpg)

AI-generated reply

While it can't be seen in the image, the response can be modified in several ways. We will be able to make it **shorter or longer**, **change the tone of the text** to be more professional, casual, or for example friendly, and **there will be translation options for several languages**. Currently supported languages are **English**, traditional and simplified **Chinese**, as well as **German**, **French**, and **Spanish**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.01.59.jpg)

The AI Writer tool can be used with Synology Office files as well, like a **document** or a **presentation**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.02.10.jpg)

Using AI to write a short blog post based on another document file

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.02.17.jpg)

Give the AI a document, and wait for the generated content

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.02.26.jpg)

AI-generated content inside the Synology Office platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.02.33.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.02.48.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-30-at-15.02.54.jpg)

Using AI to translate and convert text to presentation bullet points

At the moment it is not clear when this preview will arrive inside the current versions of these apps, as well as whether will there be a minimum version requirement for this feature. One thing is clear, and that is that Synology is following the AI train along with everyone else. How well will this benefit the users remains to be seen as well as what kind of requirements it needs in terms of network communication with the outside world.

While many Synology users are used to their privacy, in the case of AI it will almost not be possible to have this functionality on the device itself. It will certainly have the need to communicate with Synology branded or 3rd party services like ChatGPT for example.

Hopefully we will not wait too long for these features to arrive so we can all test them and benefit from them.
### Synology in an Apple environment
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-in-an-apple-environment/
Last updated: 2023-06-03T13:49:42.000Z
## : Intro

While network attach storage devices are generally made to be compatible with all major OS platforms to date, some favor one more than the other. In the case of Synology's support of Apple products, it has been present for years if not decades, but since DSM 6 version there is much more love coming from Synology than ever before. Is this because the line of products Apple has moved beyond the default desktop and mobile computer form factor? Could be, but the point is that if you are an Apple user, Synology could be the brand you are looking for regardless of your Apple device of choice.

Also, worth mentioning is that since Synology has made a move to expand its portfolio of services to cloud services with their [C2 platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/), support for Apple products has also been included. Truth be told, the macOS system was not always the platform that had 100% support since day one, but Synology is not always to blame here, Apple can take some of that credit as well.

This article will cover some of the products and services that are supported for the Apple eco-system in order to demonstrate where the focus is, as well as to give an overview of what does work when Apple and Synology are combined and what doesn't, or needs more work. 

## : The basic services

Talking from my personal experience as a full-time Apple user since 2008, there were a handful of options that, back then, DSM supported for the Apple/macOS platform.

Initially, anything more than **AFP and SMB protocol** as well as **Time Machine backup** was not needed, as for the most part file sharing and data protection was the main demand. Again, personally, I wanted to secure my single-drive Mac device with a backup, and apart from an external USB drive (or using Time Capsule by Apple), there was nothing but a NAS-type device.

[Synology 101 - Set up Apple Time Machine backupHow to configure macOS backup using Time Machine on your Synology NAS? Will it work? Are there any limitations? Let’s see.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/time_machine.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-set-up-apple-time-machine-backup/)

A short tutorial on how to configure Time Machine with a Synology NAS

For the most part, not much has changed since then if using those protocols and platforms is still the main intention. While Apple has retired AFP server services in their macOS, AFP protocol is still supported from the client side, and DSM still supports it in the current DSM 7.2 version along with SMB 3\. Time Machine support is also present with multiple client/device setups, so if we want to continue using TM as a method of backup for any supported Apple Mac device, we can do it. 

### :: Active Backup for Business

During the initial announcements of the current DSM 7 major OS upgrade, one element was very popular among the Mac users that had only recently completed its implementation into DSM and its backup apps. Support for macOS backup using the **Synology Active Backup for Business** platform.

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

Active Backup for Business 2.5 introduced support for macOS

Active Backup for Business is a huge success for Synology as it offers backup of any number of endpoint devices from **Windows** and **Linux** OS (both desktop and server version), **VMs**, **file servers**, and now finally **macOS**. It took a long time for this implementation to get released but now that it is here, it is indeed an upgrade compared to Apple's TM. Truth be told TM does offer a unique view and experience while working with your live and backed-up data, something that ABB can't offer, but on the other hand, there is a number of benefits to moving to the ABB platform.

To begin, **speed vise, ABB has the upper hand** here as backups are really fast compared to TM. Also, the way the backups are executed, corruption of the backup volume is not happening as often as it is known to happen while using TM. Another benefit is that **Synology will also offer methods and tools to back up your ABB archive** in case anything happens to a Synology NAS performing the task. Finally, **ABB offers remote backups**, so unlike TM, we can utilize the Internet backup and restore process to always have access to the backed-up data. Finally, just like TM, **ABB offers bare-metal recovery** with the new 2.6 version.

In short, a great benefit for all macOS users is that are finally getting a much better backup solution that is completely **free**, **self**\-**hosted**, and **private**.

Considering how long the [list of supported NAS models](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/packages/ActiveBackup?os%5Fver=7.1&ref=blackvoid.club) is for this platform only proves how important it is to Synology. From personal experience, with multiple Mac devices backing up at the same time, it would be best to have a solid "+" range NAS device like DS923+ or similar, but realistically any supported model will do more than fine. 

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

Restoring the data for any backed-up Mac using the recovery portal is easy and straightforward, and while it is missing the Apple-like tight integration with native apps, it does more than a decent job when you need it.

## : C2

While on the subject of Active Backup for Business and on-premise data protection, it is important to emphasize that for this to work we do need a compatible and supported Synology NAS model. Synology has also recognized that some users might find maintaining a device such as a NAS a bit overwhelming. While DSM is currently considered very user-friendly with a lot of options, some might simply want an easy solution to back up their data without the overhead of having a NAS in the first place. 

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

### :: C2 Backup

This is where C2 Backup comes into play. Initially, a backup of macOS was not possible, but in June of 2022, it was introduced to all C2 Backup users. Presented as a backup for your device without the need for a NAS, this **platform offers direct cloud backup** of all the data running on any compatible device, macOS included. With a decent Internet connection, **it is now possible to back up a Mac computer to any of the three world C2 data centers**. With no egress fees and no limitations other than the cloud storage pool size, C2 Backup is a turnkey solution that many have been waiting for.

On a personal note, I can say that all services that Synology is offering via their C2 platform have worked well so far for me, and I have been using most of them since the first beta wave, almost seven years ago to date.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/apple_synology_c2_abb_mac_backup.jpg)

Macs can now backup both to the cloud and on-premise using both C2 Backup and Active Backup for Business package

So far, it is clear that when it comes to direct backup of our Mac data, **Synology does offer multiple ways to protect it with both cloud and local methods**. Whether it's Active Backup for Business package on a NAS, or C2 Backup, a fully supported and compatible solution can also be used in parallel. We can use ABB and C2 Backup to add multiple protection to those critical data for extra piece of mind. 

### :: C2 Password

Staying in the cloud segment of their services there is also one more that has been offered with the introduction of DSM 7 as the rest of the C2 services. While not directly an Apple/Mac service, C2 Password is one of those services that is much needed in 2023 (and even sooner). **Supported for both mobile Apple platforms, iOS/iPadOS as well as on macOS**, the password manager is one of the modern tools that will come in handy regardless of what your main OS of choice is.

[Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secretsSynology’s NEW C2 service, Password, is here! What is it and how well done it compare to some other free solutions out there?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2password_v2-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)

Synology does not offer an on-premise version of this platform and it is exclusive to the C2\. Now this might rub some users the wrong way, especially with the fact that you need to place all the "secrets" in the cloud. Considering all the exploits happening left and right with other major providers who offer these types of services as their core business, it is understandable that not many will rush and upload their data even to a free tier that C2 Password offers. Would an on-device offering be more attractive for the end user? Not sure, but it would be much more secure in the eyes of anyone considering it. Perhaps Synology will eventually bring this service as a package inside their DSM lineup of apps.

With support for three major Apple OS, C2 Password is another service that shows how Synology is recognizing Apple users and their needs when it comes to data protection and general security.

## : The rest of the Apple-compatible solutions

In case you are not aware, Synology's DSM OS powering all their NAS systems offers much more than just backup and file share options when we talk about Apple support.

In the past three major revisions of the DSM (since version 5.x), Synology has slowly started to introduce new platforms and solutions, while cannibalizing some of the old ones in the process. Now, this has affected both Apple and other users alike, so let's see what the current situation is when it comes to some of the most popular packages in their lineup.

### :: Synology Drive

Probably **one of the most common and most popular** ones is coming from their productivity line of apps, the **Synology Drive**. As a product of evolution, Drive is a client-server platform that offers several tasks for both desktop and mobile Apple devices. With its main tasks such as end-point backup and syncing it is presented mainly as a Dropbox or Google Drive alternative.

[Synology Drive 3.2 betaNew Synology Drive 3.2 beta is here with native Apple Silicon support as well as macOS on-demand sync feature!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/drive_beta32_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-drive-3-2-beta/)

As mentioned before, Synology was not always the fastest when it comes to Apple-supported features, and one that has been elusive for a long time was the **on-demand sync** as well as **native Apple Silicon** support. It took 3.2 versions to make Windows and macOS platforms equal in terms of features but since the summer of 2022, we can now operate the same way on both operating systems.

Back to the start of the article and backup functions, in case there is no need to backup the entire system and all the data, the Drive package will offer segmented and selected backup of particular folders and files on your macOS or iOS/iPadOS systems. If on the other hand backup is not something that is needed but sync on the other hand is, Drive will deliver on that as well. Having an on-premise platform that is private and syncs all needed devices, it will be appealing to many users that are looking to move away from expensive and exposed cloud solutions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-6.png)

Synology Drive server concept

While the Drive platform is directly responsible for the backup or sync of a particular set of data, with its installation we also get introduced to the **Synology Office** as another platform. The Office is a web-based alternative to Google Docs if you will, and as such can't be used other than via a web browser or a mobile Drive app. This means that we will be able to generate, alter and delete documents, spreadsheets, or presentations using an Apple mobile device all from the Drive interface. 

Unlike a dedicated sync task that will sync the data from the NAS to all the clients, all manual changes to the files will be directly visible inside the Drive interface on any linked device under the same DSM account. Another benefit of the Drive/Office platform is a multi-user model of collaboration. It allows for multiple DSM users to access and edit a single file in real-time using the platform via a browser or before-mentioned mobile apps. Added bonus to this is the fact that each user can add comments to better collaborate with other members of the team, and everyone will have access to multiple configured versions of the file in case there is a need to revert to a previous one for any particular reason.

### :: Synology Chat

Expanding on the team collaboration in real-time provided by Office and Drive platforms, Synology also offers several more solutions that will complete the "office-like" functionality that some other commercial brands offer. Just like Microsoft Teams are the dominant communication and collaboration platform with integration into MS Office as well as Sharepoint, Synology has its own dedicated option that can be hosted on the NAS without the need to have any interaction with the outside world or any cloud provider.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/chat_1606713944_3.png)

Synology chat web app

**Synology Chat** is a SLACK, Teams, or Discord alternative that is also mainly a web-based platform but it also has a mobile dedicated app. Just like Google Android, it also runs on Apple iOS and iPadOS platforms. It offers chat with other DSM and non-DSM users, file sharing, and seamless transition from one app (Chat) to the other (for example Drive) especially when working in a web-based environment.

### :: Synology Calendar

Just like Chat, Office, and Drive, **Synology Calendar** is also an app that supports Apple macOS and iOS platforms and allows for direct integration inside the default macOS/iOS Calendar app. Unlike other platforms presented so far, Synology Calendar has no need for a dedicated app, as it already provides all that it needs with the default Apple apps while allowing the user to maintain its calendars on the NAS itself without the need to sync them up to iCloud in order to have them visible on all devices.

Calendar works over a default and compatible CalDAV protocol, so other than configuring public access to the Synology Calendar platform and a valid account, not much more is needed to have this up and running in no time. Active usage of the Apple Calendar app on any configured device or web usage of Synology Calendar will allow for a smooth sync and presentation of all the entries on any device at any time.

### :: Synology Photos as iCloud and macOS Photos alternative

Moving a bit away from the "office" side of Apple-supported platform, Synology with the introduction of DSM 7 also presented one "new" platform that was a product of their existing apps up until that point. **Synology Photos** is a combination of the late Photo Station and Moments, all deprecated with the current major DSM version 7.

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/photos.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

As with all other platforms in Synology's portfolio, Photos is also web-based but does offer a dedicated mobile app, in this case, Apple AppStore. Even though it had a bit of a bumpy start, Photos today offers a decent list of features that allow the end user almost all of the best elements from Photo Station and Moments.

One of the main features, if we are going back to the roots, is backup. In this case, backup of videos and images that are dominating today's mobile devices, and forcing users to backup to proprietary cloud destinations, like iCloud or Google Photos. With Synology Photos, we now have the option to back up that type of content to a private NAS, clear local device storage, and still have access to all the content using a dedicated app, or a web interface if that is the case.

Photos also work on Apple TV using tvOS dedicated app that connects to the NAS running Photos server-side platform and its content. So no matter where we are, getting to that specific album or video is possible with just a few clicks.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-17-at-22.07.22.jpg)

Unlike tvOS and iOS/iPadOS, macOS has no dedicated app, and the use case is limited to a web browser only. This is not a major problem, because the features that Photos offer so far have no direct need for a desktop app.

### :: Surveillance Station

Unlike the Photos app, Surveillance Station, Synology's NVR/DVR solution, does offer both desktop and mobile apps, and in fact, users are encouraged to use them as compared to the web-based interface.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as ut uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Using an Apple device to manipulate and administer their surveillance solution is fully supported. Certain elements are not an option using the mobile version of the app, especially when it comes to the configuration of some features, but that has more to do with complexity and the number of windows needed than anything else. It would be simply too complex to perform such tasks on any mobile device, not just an Apple one, then it is using a desktop or web client.

## :: Mobile apps

More than once so far there was mention of mobile apps. Most solutions do actually have one, be it Apple or Google compatible, but just to put it into perspective, Synology at the moment has close to 20 various mobile apps. Some of them were mentioned here and some were not.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image.png)

Current list of supported mobile apps 

Certain solutions that also work on Apple mobile devices have a specific focus on security. As many other companies have started to harden their platforms, so has Synology with a new introduction of the **Secure SignIN** app. An alternative to other 2FA/Passwordless solutions out there, offering ways to log into the DSM OS with an added layer of security utilizing a mobile Apple device.

[DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignInSee how you can use the new Synology Secure SignIN feature to log into your NAS using your mobile device![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/DSM7_secureid.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)

They are yet to adopt the new Apple's Passkeys standard but unofficially it can be utilized to log into the DSM using an Apple computer or mobile device and a compatible web browser.

[Synology DSM 7 Passwordless sign-in with Apple Safari and PasskeysHow to access Synology DSM 7 using a passwordless method with Apple’s Passkeys feature in macOS 13 and iOS 16![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/macosventurapasskey.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-passwordless-sign-in-with-apple-safari-and-passkeys/)

Staying in the security range of mobile apps, there are two more that come to mind in terms of monitoring and access. **Active Insight** and **VPN Plus** are mobile apps that extend from their web version. AI app is part of the solutions used by Synology C2 cloud platform for monitoring and management of NAS devices by means of a decentralized system hosted by Synology.

[DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and moreNew feature coming with DSM7 is Active Insight. Always wanted to have a platform for all your NAS metric needs? This is it.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/DSM7_activeinsight.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)

**VPN Plus** is a mobile application that allows for a nearly identical set of features as the VPN Plus server on SRM (Synology Router Manager) offers, allowing the user to activate and reconfigure VPN settings as well as monitor the traffic while on the go.

On top of these security-focused apps, as mentioned before on several occasions, there is a large number of mobile apps that are part of the productivity and media category. Among those are DS Audio, Synology Photos, DS Cam, and Synology Mail Plus to name a few. All of those can't work without their respective "server" elements and in most cases that would be a platform running on the NAS, but it can be a C2 cloud-based one as well.

## :: Apple Watch & tvOS

Continuing from desktop to mobile apps just now, there are a few more systems that Synology supports. Those would be the watchOS on the Apple Watch, and tvOS powering the Apple TV.

Both platforms are directed more towards multimedia than anything else, so that is why only a selected few apps are available on these types of devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-2.png)

watchOS supported apps

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/300x0w.jpg)

Secure SignIn watchOS example

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-3.png)

watchOS supported apps

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-4.png)

Synology Photos with Apple TV support

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-5.png)

DS Video on Apple TV

Some of these apps were not mentioned before because of several reasons. **DS Note** hasn't had an update in years and looks like it has been deprecated (or will be soon), while **DS Video** does have a list of active users, there are better solutions, both commercial and open-source that are compatible with Synology NAS devices.

As it can be seen from the mobile list, C2 Password as one more possible candidate for the watchOS platform is still not present, and while that might happen, it is clear that these two Apple systems are not on the priority list. Truth be told there's not much sense in running most applications on the mentioned systems, but still, there are some candidates that might make use of both watchOS and tvOS.

While not perfect, most apps and services do work well with compatible systems, including macOS and iOS/iPadOS. In the end, it is encouraging to see growing support for Apple platforms, that will allow users to use the Synology platform for a **private**, **secure**, and **on-premise**\-**focused** setup. 

YT video on the topic Synology in Apple environment
### DSM 7.2-64561 is LIVE
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64561-is-live/
Last updated: 2023-06-09T08:06:11.000Z
⚠️

**UPDATE**: 08/06/2023 - Version **7.2-64561 has been recalled** in favor of the new version, **[7.2-64570](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-64570/)**.

🗒️

**UPDATE**: 22/05/2023 12:00 CEST - **upgrade to the existing RC version went with no issue**. Wireguard, Plex, and a few other apps work as expected. Docker (Container Manager) is working fine with Portainer. On top of all that, all DSM **apps are also up-to-date and running with no overall issues**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-22-at-11.54.39.png)

DSM 7.2-64561 running with no issues with several custom apps as well

---

As expected, the final version of DSM 7.2 is LIVE as of May 22nd. With the RC version being released last month, it was expected to have a final version pushed if there were no major showstoppers.

[DSM 7.2 - 64551 release candidate (RC) is LIVE#Synology #DSM72 64551 release candidate has arrived with a long list of new features as well as a large number of security fixes.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/dsm72_RC_live.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-release-candidate-rc-is-live/)

So here are the release notes for the 7.2-64561 version:

### Version: 7.2-64561

(2023-05-22)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. Starting from this version, logs for drives will no longer appear in Storage Manager > HDD and will be available only in Log Center.
4. Removed the "Automatically create port forwarding rules" option from QuickConnect advanced settings to increase network security.
5. Users can now create a Btrfs volume of up to 1 PB on specific Synology NAS models. This update automatically converts existing volumes that use the Btrfs (Peta Volume) file system to Btrfs. However, to create a volume larger than 200 TB, a RAID 6 storage pool and at least 64 GB of system memory are still required.[Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fis%5FBtrfs%5FPeta%5FVolume?ref=blackvoid.club)
6. **The maximum single volume size supported by RS2423+​/​RS2423RP+ has been adjusted to 200 TB** (with a minimum system memory requirement of 32 GB).
7. **Starting from this version, Windows Server 2008 domains will no longer be supported. After installing this update, current Windows Server 2008 domains will be unavailable**.
8. **For the models below, you can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM**.
- FS Series: FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
- XS Series: RS18016xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3018xs
- Plus Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS216+II, DS216+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+, RS1219+
- Value Series: DS416, DS416play, DS216, DS216play, DS116, RS816, DS1817, DS1517, RS217, DS418play
- J Series: DS416slim, DS416j, DS216j, DS418j, DS218j, DS419slim, DS119j

#### What’s New

1. Added support for WriteOnce shared folders. This feature is based on the Write Once, Read Many (WORM) technology and can be enabled to prevent files from being modified, deleted, or renamed for a specified period.
2. Added support for volume encryption. All volume encryption keys are stored in the Encryption Key Vault, which can be set up on a local Synology NAS or via KMIP on a remote Synology NAS.
3. **Added more Synology NAS models to support M.2 NVMe SSD storage pools**. [Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5FM%5F2%5FSSD%5Fstorage%5Fpool?ref=blackvoid.club)
4. Added more Synology NAS models to support the M2D18 adapter card: RS822RP+, RS822+, RS1221RP+, and RS1221+.
5. Added more SSD cache group management options, including changing the RAID type and replacing a drive.
6. Added support for inline zero-block removal to increase the efficiency of data deduplication.
7. Adjusted how drive information is presented in Storage Manager. Users can now quickly check the condition of their drives by looking at the "Drive Status" field.
8. Users can now view the amount of used and free space for each storage pool and volume in Storage Manager.
9. Added a warning notification for when the available shared folder quota is low.
10. Supports deleting individual desktop notifications.
11. Supports sending DSM notifications via additional webhook providers, including LINE and Microsoft Teams.
12. Supports creating custom notification rules for system events, giving users greater control over what notifications to receive.
13. Supports exporting a list of users and of groups.
14. Added support for SAML to integrate DSM with external SSO servers.
15. Added the option to allow non-admin users to safely eject USB devices.
16. Users can now manually input the IP addresses or FQDNs of one or more domain controllers in the trusted domain. This allows Synology NAS to sync domain data directly with the specified domain controllers.
17. Users can now enable Synology's email server to send DSM notifications directly to their Synology Account.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where adding drives to a JBOD storage pool did not expand its capacity.
2. Updated Mbed-TLS to version 2.28.2 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-36647, CVE-2022-46392, CVE-2022-46393).
3. Updated Libksba to version 1.6.3 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-3515).
4. Updated SQLite to version 3.40.0 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-46908).
5. Updated Certifi to version 2022.12.07 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-23491).
6. Updated Node.js to version 14.21.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-43548).
7. Updated cURL to version 7.86.0 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-27774, CVE-2022-27775, CVE-2022-27776, CVE-2022-27781, CVE-2022-27782, CVE-2022-32205, CVE-2022-32206, CVE-2022-32207, CV E-2022-32221, CVE-2022-35252, CVE-2022-42915, CVE-2022-42916).
8. Updated PHP to version 8.1.9 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2019-11043, CVE-2021-21705, CVE-2022-31625).
9. Updated Sysstat to version 12.7.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-39377).
10. Updated OpenSSL to version 3.0.7 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-2068, CVE-2022-2097, CVE-2022-2274, CVE-2022-3358, CVE-2022-3602, CVE-2022-3786).
11. Updated Expat to version 2.5.0 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-43680).
12. Updated Libtirpc to version 2.87 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-46828).
13. Updated GnuPG to version 2.2.39 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-34903).
14. Updated OpenVPN to version 2.5.8 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-0547).
15. Updated libxml2 to version 2.9.14 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-23308).
16. Updated GMP to version 6.2.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-43618).
17. Updated ImageMagick to version 6.9.12-61 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2020-25664, CVE-2020-25665, CVE-2020-25666, CVE-2020-25667, CVE-2020-25674, CVE-2020-25675, CVE-2020-25676, CVE-2020-27560, CVE-2020-27750, CVE-2020-27751, CVE-2020-27752, CVE-2020-27753, CVE-2020-27754, CVE-2020-27755, CVE-2020-27756, CVE-2020-27757, CVE-2020-27758, CVE-2020-27759, CVE-2020-27760, CVE-2020-27761, CVE-2020-27762, CVE-2020-27763, CVE-2020-27764, CVE-2020-27765, CVE-2020-27766, CVE-2020-27767, CVE-2020-27768, CVE-2020-27769, CVE-2020-27770, CVE-2020-27771, CVE-2020-27772, CVE-2020-27773, CVE-2020-27774, CVE-2020-27775, CVE-2020-27776, CVE-2020-29599, CVE-2021-20176, CVE-2021-20224, CVE-2021-20241, CVE-2021-20245, CVE-2021-20246, CVE-2021-20309, CVE-2021-3574, CVE-2021-3596, CVE-2021-39212, CVE-2021-4219, CVE-2022-1114, CVE-2022-1115, CVE-2022-28463, CVE-2022-32545, CVE-2022-32546, CVE-2022-32547).
18. Updated FFmpeg to version 4.1.9 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2020-20892, CVE-2020-20902, CVE-2020-21688, CVE-2020-21697, CVE-2021-3566, CVE-2021-38114, CVE-2021-38291).
19. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Netatalk (CVE-2022-45188).
20. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Python3 (CVE-2020-10735, CVE-2021-28861, CVE-2022-45061).
21. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding iproute2 (CVE-2022-3527, CVE-2022-3529, CVE-2022-3530).
22. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding D-Bus (CVE-2022-42010, CVE-2022-42011, CVE-2022-42012).
23. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding syslog-ng (CVE-2022-38725).
24. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding inetutils (CVE-2022-39028).
25. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding DNSmasq (CVE-2022-0934).
26. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding BusyBox-udhcp (CVE-2019-5747).
27. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Linux Kernel (CVE-2021-22600, CVE-2021-38209, CVE-2021-4037, CVE-2022-0168, CVE-2022-1016, CVE-2022-1729, CVE-2022-1786, CVE-2022-20141, CVE-2022-20368, CVE-2022-2078, CVE-2022-2639, CVE-2022-2905, CVE-2022-29581, CVE-2022-32250, CVE-2022-3524, CVE-2022-3566, CVE-2022-3567, CVE-2022-36879, CVE-2022-36946, CVE-2022-42703).
28. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Nginx (CVE-2022-3638).
29. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding ghostscript (CVE-2023-28879).
30. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding curl (CVE-2023-23916).

#### Limitation

1. S.M.A.R.T. testing for M.2 NVMe SSDs is no longer supported.
2. Starting from DSM 7.2 Beta, Virtual Machine Manager will no longer support creating clusters with older DSM versions. Please update each host in the cluster to the same DSM version or above versions for the Virtual Machine Manager cluster to operate properly.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

Compared with the RC version, the 7.2 final has a few more fixes in place as well as a few important notes. So running and supporting Windows 2008 as of this version is no longer supported, so be mindful of that, as well as the increase in total volume size to 200TB for the RS2423+ models. 

It is also important to note that while 7.2 will be supported on the x16-x19 models, all of them will not get DSM update notifications from within the system itself, the update needs to be executed manually.
### Synology BeeDrive - personal backup hub
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive/
Last updated: 2023-08-24T13:55:43.000Z
📢

A **REVIEW** **of the BeeDrive is available** on the following link. Be sure to read it to get the full idea of the potential of this compact new product by Synology.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

---

Coming in early June, here is something that we have not yet seen from a global NAS company like Synology. A compact, ultimate personal data backup solution, as it's being called. Here is the **BeeDrive**.

This **DAS** (direct attached storage) device is a compact USB-powered device designed for SOHO and professional individuals, that offers a moderate amount of data storage. It comes in **1 or 2 TB capacity**, with a **USB-C 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) connection**, offering more than enough speed for any type of data backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/beedrive_concept.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/beedrive_01.png)

The new BeeDrive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/beedrive_02.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/beedrive_03.png)

> ## BeeDrive is designed for individuals who handle important data on their computers or mobile devices. These individuals  
> probably understand the importance of backups, but don’t want to dabble in complex setup processes or continuously pay for cloud subscriptions.

## Overview

Unlike their NAS lineup, Synology has developed the BeeDrive as a solution that is designed for individuals that want a **simple but robust solution with minimal setup and upkeep**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-20-at-14.36.47.png)

With BeeDrive users will be able to do several common operations without the trouble of owning a full-blow NAS or using a commercial cloud platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-20-at-14.38.33.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-20-at-14.38.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-20-at-14.39.08.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-20-at-14.39.20.png)

**Computer backup** \- it will allow for an automated backup of selected folders on a PC

**Mobile backup** \- wirelessly backup up photos from a compatible iOS or Android device

**File sync** \- sync filed between computers

**BeeDrop** \- transfer files from a phone to a PC over Wi-Fi

Upon its debut, the BeeDrive **will support Windows OS**, with **macOS** coming soon, as well as **iOS** and **Android** mobile operating systems. Unlike the Synology NAS lineup, BeeDrive will have **no proprietary backup file formats** and users will have the option to simultaneously backup both a computer and a mobile device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-21-at-23.12.33.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/screen_real_time_backup@2x.png)

It will also feature a **real-time backup** for the targeted files and folders, and keep **up to five versions per file** with an automatic resume when plugged into a device. All the data will be stored in its original format, allowing access to it from any computer with a compatible OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-21-at-23.25.48.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/screen_beedrop@2x.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/screen_phone_backup@2x.png)

When it comes to mobile content backup, once the device and the mobile phone are on the same network, photos and videos will be backed up to the BeeDrive. It will auto-increment depending on the current state of the files and the content of the camera roll on the phone itself. It will support **up to five concurrent device backups** allowing for original, JPEG, or a combination of both formats to be copied over.

The **BeeDrive will not operate under any subscription plan**, and just as with a NAS, the data stays local on the device alone.

One of the features of this device is **BeeDrop**. Similar to Apple's AirDrop, this method will allow for files, photos, and videos to be sent from the phone to the BeeDrive over Wi-Fi. The benefit of the BeeDrop is that it works on any combination of supported operating systems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-21-at-23.32.22.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/image.png)

Finally, the file sync feature. As expected, the BeeDrive will sync up specific folders between different computers. It will support both **bidirectional** and **one-way** sync.

> ## Synology understands the market well, and identified a need for a solution that is designed for individuals that want a simple but robust solution with minimal setup and upkeep needed

## Specifications

The device itself will come in two capacities, **1 or 2TB**. On top of that, it will be an SSD-driven device with a USB-C type connector. The interface, as mentioned before is a **USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps)**. It will come with a **USB-C-C cable** and a **USB C-A adapter**.

BeeDrive will have a 3y warranty and is expected to be priced at about **$120 for the 1TB model, and $200 for the 2TB one**.

The BeeDrive is available over most common retailers as well as Synology's very own web Store.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-08-at-14.07.32.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-08-at-14.07.23.png)

BeeDrive prices (June 2023) via Synology Store

[Synology Store - now open!Today #Synology has opened its official Synology Store! A easy way to buy routers, add-in cards, memory and more. Free shipping over 200 ($/€)!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/synologystore.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-now-open/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/image-4.png)

In terms of specific operating system requirements, the BeeDrive will be compatible as follows:

**BeeDrive for desktop**

- Windows 10 (version 1809) or above
- macOS (coming later this year)

**BeeDrive mobile app**

- iOS 15 or above
- Android 10 or above

**Other key specs**

- Default file system: exFAT (for compatibility between Windows & macOS)
- Max. mobile devices that can be backed up: 5
- Max. file syncing tasks per computer: 10

**Resistance**

- Drop resistance up to 2m (6.5ft)
- No water resistance

The BeeDrive is a clear competition to some other already existing devices on the market like the Qubii, SanDisk iXpand, SanDisk Extreme v2, or Samsung T7, but while it shares some features or even price range, it does offer unique functionalities that others do not. Still saying that, **keep in mind that BeeDrive does not support AES 256 encryption**. Not sure why this is the case, but something to be mindful of if security is the main reason for getting this type of device.

## FAQ

#### Will BeeDrive work with my computer, phone, or tablet?

BeeDrive requires a computer with one of the following operating systems:

- Windows 10 (1809 or later)
- Windows 11
- macOS (coming soon)

For mobile and tablet photo backup and BeeDrop, BeeDrive requires:

- iOS 15 or later
- Android 10 or later

#### Can I back up multiple phones or tablets to BeeDrive?

Yes, BeeDrive can back up up to 5 mobile devices over Wi-Fi.

#### Can I back up multiple computers to BeeDrive?

Yes, you can back up multiple computers to BeeDrive. To back up a computer, you need to connect BeeDrive to it using a USB cable. If you want to back up another computer, you'll need to unplug BeeDrive from the first one and plug it into the second one. 

Don't worry if you made any changes to your files when BeeDrive wasn't connected; these changes will be automatically backed up the next time you plug it in.

#### Do I need an Internet connection to back up my computer or mobile device to BeeDrive?

Yes, an internet connection is required for the initial installation and setup. After that, it depends on the type of backup you're doing.

- For computer backup and file sync, you don't need an internet connection.
- For photo backup and BeeDrop, you'll need an internet connection on both your computer and mobile device.

If your computer and mobile device are on the same local network, the mobile app will try to connect to BeeDrive directly instead of going through the internet, which can help speed up the process.

#### Can I view the photos or files backed up to BeeDrive without extra software?

Yes, you can plug BeeDrive into any computer and open the files using the computer’s default file browser (e.g., Windows File Explorer or macOS Finder). This applies even if you need to access those backup files on other people's computers without the BeeDrive software installed.

For photos taken in the [proprietary HEIF format](https://support.apple.com/HT207022?ref=blackvoid.club), BeeDrive software includes the option to back them up in a more common format (JPEG) so they can be easily viewed on non-Apple devices.

#### Can BeeDrive back up my iCloud photos?

Yes, simply enable the photo backup feature in the BeeDrive iOS app. The app will then download the photos from iCloud to your iPhone or iPad before backing them up to BeeDrive. Just make sure that your phone has enough storage space during the process.

#### Does BeeDrive automatically skip already backed up photos and files?

Yes, BeeDrive will only transfer newly created photos or files that have not already been backed up. BeeDrive also uses Delta Sync technology to speed up the syncing process of files by only backing up modified parts of a file rather than the whole file, to save time and storage space.

This device will be ideal for a wide range of users for example:

- People who manually move their photos to an external drive to free up phone storage or are considering doing so as they're reaching their cloud storage limits
- Students or professionals who need to back up school or work projects and personal photos but do not wish to subscribe to cloud storage for various reasons
- Vloggers, photographers, designers, field staff, or anyone who regularly uses their phone to capture photos for work and often find themselves transferring photos to their computer
- SOHO workers or freelancers whose work involves important (and sometimes sensitive) data from clients, but don’t have an IT admin to provide them with a backup solution
- Privacy-minded professionals who just want a local solution to back up all their data

As mentioned already, it will be **arriving in June of 2023**, when many will run it through its paces to see how it holds up. A surprise device no question about it from Synology but not an unexpected one. If the software will prove to be stable and reliable like DSM is on their NAS lineup, there is no question that BeeDrive will find its customer base very quickly.

For more info on this device, be sure to visit the official BeeDrive website.

[BeeDrive | All your work and memories in one placeAll your work and memories in one place![](https://bee.synology.com/favicon.png)All your work and memories in one placeSynology Inc.![](https://gallery.synology.com/images/bee/home/data_privacy.svg)](https://bee.synology.com/en-global?ref=blackvoid.club)
### Synology DS423 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-overview-2/
Last updated: 2023-05-17T13:31:58.000Z
As was [mentioned back in March of 2023](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x23-synology-model-lineup/), the upcoming refresh of Synology's 4-bay "value" series will be coming, and today officially the **DS423** is here.

> ## Taipei, Taiwan— 17 May 2023—Synology today launched the 4-bay DiskStation DS423, its newest addition to the Value Series, designed as a multipurpose storage solution for homes and small businesses.

> ## "As a compact data storage solution, the DS423 comes with everything users need," said Michael Wang, Product Manager at Synology Inc. "From backing up data, and managing files and other media, to setting up a surveillance system to protect physical assets, the DS423 comes with a host of useful features right out of the box."

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/ds423_front.png)

The DS423

Same as its smaller counterpart, the DS223, the new DS423 is as expected, equipt with the ****Realtek RTD1619B quad-code 1.7 GHz CPU** and ****2GB of DDR4 RAM.** This NAS will be a perfect model for anyone not looking for a lot of horsepower but enough to run almost all the DSM packages.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/ds423_back.png)

DS423 back side - dual ethernet and dual USB will be more than enough to provide network redundancy and connectivity options

It has ****two USB 3.2 Gen 1** ports and a ****dual 1Gbit network** in the back with a dual 80 mm vent.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-17-at-15.17.40.png)

Unlike some more expensive models, the DS423 is aimed at a basic user looking for a decent amount of storage but not a lot of performance. Because of this, this particular NAS supports a wider list of SSDs and HDDs. Be sure to check the [compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/compatibility?search%5Fby=products&model=DS423&category=hdds%5Fno%5Fssd%5Ftrim&p=1&change%5Flog%5Fp=1&ref=blackvoid.club) beforehand to make sure to get a compatible and supported drive.

The NAS supports both BTRFS and EXT4 file formats for the main (internal) drives, and all the expected file formats for externally connected drives, like BTFS, HFS+, or exFAT to name a few.

While on the subject of supported file formats, **DS423 supports all RAID types** including SHR (Synology Hybrid RAID), as well as the conventional RAID 0,1,5,6, and 10.

The list of supported packages is impressive, and apart from Active Backup for Business and a few other "business" focused platforms, DS423 will support all the other packages coming in via the Package Center, including the new **Container Manager** (Docker).

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/photos.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/#container)

The main use case scenario for this model besides data storage is sharing (**Synology Drive**), **VPN**, **video and photo access**, and **surveillance**. While this is only a 2GB of RAM device it can still offer a lot of services for a decent number of concurrent users.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-17-at-15.31.19.png)

DS423 supports Synology Drive and Synology Photos for data sharing and backup for all supported desktop and mobile devices

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-17-at-15.31.48.png)

Hyper Backup and Snapshot Replication packages are also supported for that much-needed NAS backup towards any cloud destination or another compatible NAS

The DS423 is covered with ****2y of warranty** with an additional 2 via [****extended warranty plus**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)program.

Anyone that wants a bigger DS223 for not a lot more money will see the value in this model. While it might not be the fastest NAS out there, its ARM v8 CPU and decent HW, as well as SW support, will make it a worthy candidate for any NAS beginner, or as an offsite backup unit for more experienced users.
### Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/
Last updated: 2025-10-28T22:30:12.000Z
## Table of Contents

:: [Specifications](#specs)  
:: [Packaging](#packaging)  
:: [Installation and hardware setup](#setup)  
:: [Configuration with Surveillance Station](#config)  
:: [Features](#features)  
:: [Tests](#tests)  
:: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

While for some, Synology is only a NAS manufacturer, others know that on top of NAS devices, they also produce routers, DVR and NVR systems, Synology-branded disks, and, as of recently, network cameras.

[Synology 2023 and beyond recap and newsSynology 2023 and Beyond event recap. New WRX560, DSM 7.2, upcoming x23 NAS models like DS923+ and DS723+, and much more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/2023andbeyondnews_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/)

[Synology BC500 & TC500 camerasBC500 and TC500 are the new edge-recording capable #Synology PoE 5MP cameras with decent specs and no license requirements.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/synocameras_tc500_bc500.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras/)

Back in October of 2022 and in March of this year we already had a glimpse of the two new PoE-powered models, the **TC500** and **BC500**. Well, today, Synology is officially rolling them out, and in this review, we will have a first-hand overview of both models, how they work, and perform, and do they deserve the **€200+ price tag**. Let's begin.

> ## "...The BC500 and TC500, versatile all-weather bullet and turret cameras for smart surveillance"

## 
  
  
## :: Specifications

Glancing over the overall technical specifications of these cameras, it is clear that Synology has made a decent pair of models that will start to represent a new line of devices for the company.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_f.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_b.png)

Front and back of the new BC500 Synology camera

These **IP67-rated 5MP** cameras can be used for both **indoor and outdoor** use. Both are using a 2.8 mm lens with a 110-degree horizontal wide-angle view and **night vision** thanks to 30 meters of IR LED capabilities.

They have an **F1.8 aperture** and multi-exposure HDR that will provide low-light performance without overexposure. Their **shutter speed is also declared between 1/16000s and 1/30s**.

> ## "...The BC500 and TC500 are designed to integrate seamlessly with Surveillance Station"

In terms of video, the models are running at **5 MP (2880 x 1620) at 30 FPS** as their max resolution, and 1920 x 1080 @ 15 FPS or 1280 x 720 @ 3o FPS. The captured video will have compression support with both H.264 and H.265.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_l4.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_s1.png)

The BC500 model can be mounted on a wall or ceiling

Along with the weather resistance, cameras are **rated IK10 in terms of impact**. The main way of power source is over **PoE,** or if that is not an option, via a 12V DC at about **4.8W**. The network speeds are 10/100 Mbps using a single RJ45 Ethernet port.

Considering these are "**edge recording**" capable devices, thanks to **up to 128 GB SD card support**, in case of network failure or any AI detection scenarios (people and vehicle detection, intrusion, motion, etc), the cameras will failover recording from the network device onto microSD.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_l5.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/tc500_l5.png)

Both models have on-device microSD card support using slots on the bottom or the back of the camera

Like many devices in Synology's lineup, the models are **covered with a 3-year warranty**.

> ## "...Synology cameras do not require purchase or activation of Surveillance Station device licenses"

Pairing these models with Synology NAS or DVA devices will allow for a quick and simple single or batch camera installation process using Surveillance Station or the DS Cam mobile app. The very good news is that **neither BT500 nor TC500 will require any licenses or activation** in regard to the SVS platform.

While there will be an overview of the Surveillance Station and usage of the new cameras as part of this article, for more details on the platform itself and how it works, read up on the following two-part article.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as it uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

Now, let's see take a deeper look into the actual cameras themselves.

## 
  
  
## :: Packaging

The packaging is very compact and light, considering the size of the devices, even more so in the case of the TC500 model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3220.jpg)

Coming in an already familiar "environment-friendly" box, Synology has also started to use a light version of the yellow color of the box, making it fresher and cleaner.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3227.jpg)

The new BC500

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3221.jpg)

The new TC500

The boxes themselves reveal all the key features of the devices inside. From the main sticker on the front all the way around and the back, giving more details without even opening it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3259.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3245.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3230.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3226.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3225.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3224.jpg)

With its minimal design, Synology is still giving the customer all the important info right on the box

Considering the cameras are PoE powered, the content of the box other than the actual camera itself, contains the screws, anchors, and cable cap cover set, along with a short manual.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3246.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3247.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3232.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3231.jpg)

Compact packaging has all that we need to get started

The cameras are of decent build quality and weight. They don't feel cheap to the touch as some of the other brands do, but for their price point, as well as the IK10 rating, one would not expect them to. 

In the case of the BC500, the body of the camera itself is made of hard plastic with no movable parts and has a compact and solid feel to it. The camera extends to the mount body, which is solid metal connected with a steel joint. The overall weight is obviously on the mount side as it should be, and allows for the camera to not feel too heavy or too light, making it stay in the desired position.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3241.jpg)

The front side of the BC500

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3238.jpg)

The difference in material and finish is visible when comparing the camera and the mount itself

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3240.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3237.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3236-1.jpg)

Both cameras are coming with a fixed cable for both DC power (if needed to connect to the regular switch and external power), and an RJ-45 network connector that can be connected to a PoE-compatible switch/router. The DC jack is rubber-protected with a cap in case we don't need it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3239.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3234.jpg)

The mount base has a notch that can be used to move the cable through it if there is a need to wire it that way.

The bottom of the BC500 also has a sticker with several information about the model, a QR code with the serial number, as well as access to the SD card and reset button. To access them both, we need to unscrew the little bracket, so there is no fear of the SD card falling out or someone resetting the camera without actually interacting with it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3242.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3235.jpg)

The bottom of the camera is where we access the SD card slot and the reset button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3243.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3244.jpg)

We do have to make an effort to get to either the SD card slot or the reset button next to it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3261.jpg)

The turret model, TC500, shares similar features with the bullet camera. Its base, as well as the mount base, is made of the same hard plastic as the BC500 model camera housing, while the actual camera is enclosed in the same metal material as the BC500 mount. Again, very good and solid build quality with the right balance of weight.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3255.jpg)

The TC500

Considering that the camera can be mounted on any flat surface, table, ceiling, or wall, it can be utilized in many different scenarios. The dome of the camera has a good 90-degree movement and enough rotation for some corrections after the installation. Still, be sure to initially install it in such a way that will allow for coverage of the expected area, as it can't move 360 after all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3254.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3253.jpg)

On the bottom of the camera base, there is a detachable mount element that will be screwed in, and then the camera is again connected to it with a double motion to lock it in place. Same as with the BC model, the cable is fixed and can be either completely hidden inside a drywall, for example, or routed to the side of the base to allow for a flat installation in case that is needed. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3251.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3252.jpg)

The mount is detachable and once installed the camera can be locked back in place using a specific two-step motion

This turret shape camera has an SD card slot and a reset button as part of the camera body that can be accessed with two separate screws.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3257.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3256.jpg)

In the case of the TC500, the safety bracket is metal just as the rest of the camera housing

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/IMG_3260.jpg)

So far, a very good first impression of both models, even though they don't have PTZ functions and require manual alignment. Each camera feels very solid, compact, and secure. With the IP67 and IK10 standards, you can mount them almost anywhere and for all weather conditions.

## 
  
  
## :: Installation and hardware setup

The actual installation and hardware setup of these two cameras are fairly similar, considering the content of the package is the same. **Both models can be mounted onto a wall or ceiling**, although the TC500 model might suggest that it should be fixed on the latter, while the BC500 should be on the former.

⚠️

Be sure to ****not position them close to a reflective surface** such as a window, ****or allow for direct sunlight** in order to avoid problems during recordings.

One thing to note here is that the cameras **have to be manually adjusted once fixed** on both axes, so be sure to install them in the correct spot! 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-09-at-21.05.48.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-09-at-21.05.26.png)

The instructions are simple to follow, and just as with any other device of this type, we will need to first anchor the base or the camera itself onto a position of our choice. If we have plans to use the LAN cable that needs to be weatherproof, we need to first put on the included cap cover onto the cable before crimping the cable onto an RJ-45 connector.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-09-at-21.11.57.png)

Be sure to put the cap cover over the cable before crimping it to the RJ-45 connector

Once the camera has been attached to the cable, depending on the switch/router behind it, it will either get power over that same device (**PoE 802.3af**) or, if there is a non-PoE device, we will need to use an additional 12V DC power adapter.

In any event, if the camera and Synology NAS/DVA running Surveillance Station are on the same network (subnet), starting the "**Add Camera**" wizard will detect it, and we can start using it once the process is complete.

## 
  
  
## :: Configuration with Surveillance Station

To use these cameras, we will need to be on the SVS 9.1\. version and one benefit of that is that SVS will autodetect the cameras that are compatible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-12-at-20.38.25.jpg)

Surveillance Station 9.1 autodetecting new Synology camera

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-12-at-20.38.33.png)

Clicking the ****Add Now** will start the wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-12-at-20.38.58.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-12-at-20.39.36.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-12-at-20.43.06.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-12-at-20.43.21.png)

In order to use the camera we have to initialize it first and complete the configuration setup

The wizard process that follows will ask us to initialize the camera by creating an account that will also be used later on for any future authentication. Finally, a configuration (quick or complete) setup needs to be completed as well. 

All settings during that configuration can be altered later on, and some are also not accessible as part of the wizard, so we will have to manually configure them at a later time anyway.

As with any other camera, once they have been added to SVS, we can start using them. Usually, adding them to the Monitor Center is one way to do it, but depending on their positions and possible roles, we need to configure them further.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-16.08.06.jpg)

SVS Monitor Center presenting new BC500 (left) and TC500 (right) cameras

Unlike other 3rd party models, Synology cameras have more options and features inside the SVS platform. Some are also placed inside different sections and menus, but in general, keep in mind that the camera edit screen will look different depending on the model/brand.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-16.19.41.jpg)

Edit camera comparison BC500 (top) and Reolink C1 Pro (bottom)

Initial settings for the camera under the **General** tab offer more network settings and parameters than 3rd party models. From the network IP address, ports, and protocols, all the way to IP filtering and auto-block. DSM users will be familiar with these settings as they come as standard with DSM OS on any Synology NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-18.47.20.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-18.49.31.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-18.49.53.png)

As with any other camera, BC or TC500 can be configured in terms of video and audio format as well as image quality and live stream settings. One option that can come in handy with these models and their settings is exposure control. Meaning that if the cameras are under LED-powered illumination, we can control the settings to avoid flickering of the stream and recordings due to the LED.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-18.57.58.png)

Exposure controls to help with LED-illuminated space

Without going into each setting and section, it is clear that these models in combination with Surveillance Station 9, offer a lot of options that some might not need, but it is good to know that they are there.

## 
  
  
## :: Features

Certain elements among these options are not standard to all models and brands, but in the case of these new cameras, there are a few specific features that they do offer.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/camera-500/depend/grade_tab1@2x.png)

Example of Edge Recording feature

First is the usage of before mentioned SD card slot that both cameras support. With up to 128GB of storage, the **edge recording** feature is here to assist when and if cameras lose connectivity with SVS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-19.08.13.png)

Once the SD card has been installed and configured it will offer a fail-safe recording feature in case we need it

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-19.09.17.png)

While the default setting for failover recording is an interrupted connection with the SVS platform, there are also options that can be configured for specific events when we want data to be recorded on the SD card and not the NAS itself. Some examples are motion or audio detection, as well as people, vehicles, or intrusion detection events.

Speaking of those types of detections, be sure to configure the cameras for those specific cases if a continuous recording is not already in effect. What this means is that by configuring the camera to record motion events or event detection, we need to further configure the settings unless we want a single 1-second record each time a leaf moves or a bird flies in the corner of the lens.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-19.17.04.png)

Event detection sensitivity and threshold settings

**Event detection** settings are standard to the SVS platform and can be configured for any camera, but considering these cameras are very sharp and fast, tweaking the sensitivity and threshold settings will be essential to minimize those false-positive motion recordings.

One final detection category worth mentioning is **tampering**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-20.48.23.png)

Settings for tampering sensitivity

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-20.50.09.png)

Recorded events based on both motion and tampering detection

The red sensitivity bar at the bottom of the tampering settings will allow the user to configure the sensitivity to avoid false-positive tampering settings and record only those that really qualify as such.

Both TC500 and BC500 models have certain **AI capabilities** that are about halfway from a full-blown feature set that the Synology DVA models offer (DVA1622 or DVA3221). While face and license plate recognition is not supported without the help of before mentioned DVA devices, **people and vehicles, as well as intrusion detection**, are.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-19.25.46.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-19.26.15.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-13-at-19.28.27.png)

People detection will be presented with a red square

These on-device options will allow for some advanced features and detections that some other 3rd party cameras do not offer at all. In the case of detecting a person or a child, even with night vision on, these cameras are very fast in detecting, and that includes a child sitting 10m across in another room, hidden behind a chair for the most part.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-14-at-14.03.02.png)

With night vision on, even a child sitting behind a desk almost 10m away can be detected

Intrusion settings are also possible with these cameras and can be set up for each camera individually. The way it works is that we can draw a path that will trigger the alarm or a push notification when someone crosses it. Be it a one-way or a two-way direction detection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-14-at-14.13.08.png)

An example of a one-way direction detection setting

This is useful for larger areas that have a protected zone that is off-limits or any other variation of it.

That's it in terms of specifics for these cameras. As it was already mentioned before, without a compatible DVA device, face and plate detection is not possible. This also means that searching the existing recordings, it will not be possible to use a people database as well as a license plate one, to quickly filter and search specific records involving a person. However, the **instant search** feature will allow for a fast people, vehicle, or motion result list inside the Monitor Center. With this tool, it will be possible to quickly locate "action" for any specific zone that the camera is recording.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-14-at-14.23.37.jpg)

Instant search results on the far right focusing on people detection

With the default max resolution of 2880 x 1620 at 30 fps, the file size will be about 1,25MB/min, so be sure to have enough storage depending on how often the recordings are being triggered. Time-lapse test video confirms this with the default settings at max quality, 1 minute of video records 4 hours of real-time, and comes to 300MB of the total size. So a full-day-length video will be 6 minutes long and 1.8GB in size.

All in all, so far, the quality of the images and video is very good both indoors and outdoors, including night vision. Cameras are working over the PoE **NETGEAR GS308P** switch, but were also tested using the **Unifi Dream Machine SE router** with no issues in both cases. There were no detected interrupts, image issues, or disconnects of any kind.

One final feature that comes out of the box when combined with Surveillance Station 9 is the **firmware update**. As part of the camera maintenance options, the firmware update tab will provide up-to-date settings (both manual and automatic), similar to the DSM updates.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-14-at-14.41.56.png)

The firmware update will make sure the cameras are always up-to-date

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-14-at-14.43.49.png)

Automatic or manual download from Synology Download Center

Now, in May of 2023, the current version was 1.0.3-0147 and no new version was available at the time of testing.

## 
  
  
## :: Tests

Over the past few days, tests have been done on both cameras. One was indoor and one was outdoor in two locations. The idea was to see how the cameras work under low light with night vision on, as well as during the day. 

While the indoor one was very good at people detection even in a very narrow space and short amount of time, so was the outdoor one that was testing and recording ongoing traffic, and people.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-15-at-21.09.31.png)

Vehicle detection results using the BC500 camera

The outdoor model was placed at an elevated position of about 12 meters from the ground and about 20 meters from the road/main gate. With an average speed of about 30-40km/h, the camera was able to capture every single passing car and person walking in a very narrow space (the width of the gate) as it is shown in the video below. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-15-at-19.22.43.png)

Detection of a passing car, less than 1 second window time

0:00 

/0:09 

1× 

Detection of people and passing traffic, both triggered and captured in this short clip

Night vision of the same spot was picking up people walking up to the gates as well with no issues at all. In the following clip, while obviously, it is a woman in question, the distance was simply too great for a positive ID, still, all considering the detection was made.

0:00 

/0:11 

1× 

So that's when my catalogs are being delivered! (The dog barking is my neighbor's across the street. Yes it's very annoying)

During the day, **recordings are also very clear**, colors are vivid and sharp even on default settings. So overall picture quality is very crisp and reviewing the footage on a big screen (27" or larger) will reveal a lot of details.

0:00 

/0:11 

1× 

It was trash day, yes.

It is a bit unfortunate that I was not able to test the deep analytics features (face and plate recognition) with these cameras, but I didn't have any DVA model on hand. Considering how well the results were with inferior cameras last time, I can only imagine how well the results would be with these ones in the right conditions.

The TC500 was an indoor test camera, and it also worked really well. At any time of the day, with night vision on, it performed as expected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-15-at-21.42.58.png)

People detection - walking into a dark room with a camera detecting me in seconds

0:00 

/0:18 

1× 

Night vision detection

By default settings, the camera can capture and detect people with no issues at all. Here are a few more examples of video quality coming from the TC500 model.

0:00 

/0:12 

1× 

Decent light test - It might look like I was busy, but I really was!

0:00 

/0:12 

1× 

Medium-light test

0:00 

/0:31 

1× 

Low-light test

The audio from both models is decent, as much as can be expected. The conversation will be detected, and the camera will react and record clips based on sound detection. As can be heard in some of the above clips (indoor and outdoor), both BC500 and TC500 can detect audio from a great distance. My neighbor's dog is about 40 meters away, and it still sounded like it was coming from my front yard.

## 
  
  
## :: Conclusion

Well, I can say that personally, I wasn't hyped about these devices, but during the 2023 and Beyond event, when Synology first introduced them, I have to say I was curious. The main thing to take away from all this is that **both models are identical in performance and build quality**. They also come with **no license requirements for Surveillance Station**, and obviously are designed to best work with said platform.

If you have ever had a Synology NAS experience before and set up its DSM operating system, then you know how it feels to set up these cameras inside SVS. Thanks to the batch option of setting up multiple devices at the same time using the same profile and settings, we can be up and running in minutes. **The turn-key solution** that cameras, along with SVS, provide will be appealing to many looking for a working, solid, and stable surveillance solution.

The **price on these will be about 200€** (plus tax), and while not targeted to compete with some high-end PTZ models with some serious optics and features, the TC500 and BC500 at this price point will deliver a very **quality build product** compatible with a recognized surveillance platform.

For those of you who are in the market for some deep AI features (like face detection), Synology's DVA lineup has several models to offer. Combined with these PoE cameras, you will be on your way to having **more than a decent surveillance platform** for that well-deserved peace of mind.
### DSM 7.2 - 64551 release candidate (RC) is LIVE
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-release-candidate-rc-is-live/
Last updated: 2023-05-22T07:12:56.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: **25/04/2023 9:00 CEST** \- In-place update has gone with **no issues** in terms of the DSM and package updates.

In-place update has gone with no problems and all packages were patched with no data loss (Plex, Synology Photos, Container Manager, Hyper Backup, etc...)

---

After a short [beta of DSM 7.2](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/) that was released at the beginning of March, today, Synology announced the new **DSM 7.2-64551 release candidate**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-25-at-08.37.37.png)

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/)

Short overview of the DSM 7.2 beta

Here are the full release notes as of April 25th, 2023.

### Version: 7.2-64551 Release Candidate

(2023-04-25)

#### Important Note

1. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. Starting from this version, logs for drives will no longer appear in Storage Manager > HDD and will be available only in Log Center.
4. Removed the "Automatically create port forwarding rules" option from QuickConnect advanced settings to increase network security.
5. Users can now create a Btrfs volume of up to 1 PB on specific Synology NAS models.. This update automatically converts existing volumes that use the Btrfs (Peta Volume) file system to Btrfs. **However, to create a volume larger than 200 TB, a RAID 6 storage pool and at least 64 GB of system memory are still required**. [Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fis%5FBtrfs%5FPeta%5FVolume?ref=blackvoid.club)

#### What’s New

1. Added support for WriteOnce shared folders. This feature is based on the Write Once, Read Many (WORM) technology and can be enabled to prevent files from being modified, deleted, or renamed for a specified period.
2. Added support for volume encryption. All volume encryption keys are stored in the Encryption Key Vault, which can be set up on a local Synology NAS or via KMIP on a remote Synology NAS.
3. **Added more Synology NAS models to support M.2 NVMe SSD storage pools.** [Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5FM%5F2%5FSSD%5Fstorage%5Fpool?ref=blackvoid.club)
4. Added more Synology NAS models to support the M2D18 adapter card: RS822RP+, RS822+, RS1221RP+, and RS1221+.
5. Added more SSD cache group management options, including changing the RAID type and replacing a drive.
6. Added support for inline zero-block removal to increase the efficiency of data deduplication.
7. **Adjusted how drive information is presented in Storage Manager. Users can now quickly check the condition of their drives by looking at the "Drive Status" field**.
8. **Users can now view the amount of used and free space for each storage pool and volume in Storage Manager**.
9. Added a warning notification for when the available shared folder quota is low.
10. Supports deleting individual desktop notifications.
11. Supports sending DSM notifications via additional webhook providers, including LINE and Microsoft Teams.
12. Supports creating custom notification rules for system events, giving users greater control over what notifications to receive.
13. Supports exporting a list of users and of groups.
14. Added support for SAML to integrate DSM with external SSO servers.
15. Added the option to allow non-admin users to safely eject USB devices.
16. Users can now manually input the IP addresses or FQDNs of one or more domain controllers in the trusted domain. This allows Synology NAS to sync domain data directly with the specified domain controllers.
17. Users can now enable Synology's email server to send DSM notifications directly to their Synology Account.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Updated Mbed-TLS to version 2.28.2 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-36647, CVE-2022-46392, CVE-2022-46393).
2. Updated Libksba to version 1.6.3 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-3515).
3. Updated SQLite to version 3.40.0 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-46908).
4. Updated Certifi to version 2022.12.07 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-23491).
5. Updated Node.js to version 14.21.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-43548).
6. Updated cURL to version 7.86.0 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-27774, CVE-2022-27775, CVE-2022-27776, CVE-2022-27781, CVE-2022-27782, CVE-2022-32205, CVE-2022-32206, CVE-2022-32207, CV E-2022-32221, CVE-2022-35252, CVE-2022-42915, CVE-2022-42916).
7. Updated PHP to version 8.1.9 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2019-11043, CVE-2021-21705, CVE-2022-31625).
8. Updated Sysstat to version 12.7.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-39377).
9. Updated OpenSSL to version 3.0.7 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-2068, CVE-2022-2097, CVE-2022-2274, CVE-2022-3358, CVE-2022-3602, CVE-2022-3786).
10. Updated Expat to version 2.5.0 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-43680).
11. Updated Libtirpc to version 2.87 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-46828).
12. Updated GnuPG to version 2.2.39 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-34903).
13. Updated OpenVPN to version 2.5.8 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-0547).
14. Updated libxml2 to version 2.9.14 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2022-23308).
15. Updated GMP to version 6.2.1 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-43618).
16. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Netatalk (CVE-2022-45188).
17. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Python3 (CVE-2020-10735, CVE-2021-28861, CVE-2022-45061).
18. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding iproute2 (CVE-2022-3527, CVE-2022-3529, CVE-2022-3530).
19. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding D-Bus (CVE-2022-42010, CVE-2022-42011, CVE-2022-42012).
20. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding syslog-ng (CVE-2022-38725).
21. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding inetutils (CVE-2022-39028).
22. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding DNSmasq (CVE-2022-0934).
23. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding BusyBox-udhcp (CVE-2019-5747).
24. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Linux Kernel (CVE-2021-22600, CVE-2021-38209, CVE-2021-4037, CVE-2022-0168, CVE-2022-1016, CVE-2022-1729, CVE-2022-1786, CVE-2022-20141, CVE-2022-20368, CVE-2022-2078, CVE-2022-2639, CVE-2022-2905, CVE-2022-29581, CVE-2022-32250, CVE-2022-3524, CVE-2022-3566, CVE-2022-3567, CVE-2022-36879, CVE-2022-36946, CVE-2022-42703).
25. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Nginx (CVE-2022-3638).
26. Updated ImageMagick to version 6.9.12-61 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2020-25664, CVE-2020-25665, CVE-2020-25666, CVE-2020-25667, CVE-2020-25674, CVE-2020-25675, CVE-2020-25676, CVE-2020-27560, CVE-2020-27750, CVE-2020-27751, CVE-2020-27752, CVE-2020-27753, CVE-2020-27754, CVE-2020-27755, CVE-2020-27756, CVE-2020-27757, CVE-2020-27758, CVE-2020-27759, CVE-2020-27760, CVE-2020-27761, CVE-2020-27762, CVE-2020-27763, CVE-2020-27764, CVE-2020-27765, CVE-2020-27766, CVE-2020-27767, CVE-2020-27768, CVE-2020-27769, CVE-2020-27770, CVE-2020-27771, CVE-2020-27772, CVE-2020-27773, CVE-2020-27774, CVE-2020-27775, CVE-2020-27776, CVE-2020-29599, CVE-2021-20176, CVE-2021-20224, CVE-2021-20241, CVE-2021-20245, CVE-2021-20246, CVE-2021-20309, CVE-2021-3574, CVE-2021-3596, CVE-2021-39212, CVE-2021-4219, CVE-2022-1114, CVE-2022-1115, CVE-2022-28463, CVE-2022-32545, CVE-2022-32546, CVE-2022-32547).
27. Updated FFmpeg to version 4.1.9 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2020-20892, CVE-2020-20902, CVE-2020-21688, CVE-2020-21697, CVE-2021-3566, CVE-2021-38114, CVE-2021-38291).

#### Limitation

1. S.M.A.R.T. testing for M.2 NVMe SSDs is no longer supported.
2. Starting from DSM 7.2 Beta, Virtual Machine Manager will no longer support creating clusters with older DSM versions. Please update each host in the cluster to the same DSM version or above versions for the Virtual Machine Manager cluster to operate properly.
3. If your Synology Directory Server domain has been migrated from Windows AD, we recommend not updating to this version as this may cause start-up failure of your Synology Directory Server. We will fix this issue in the upcoming release.

---

Most of the new features we have already seen in the beta version, like WORM and volume encryption, but this version brings a huge list of security patches and updates that are a welcome sight for any user.

Testing of this version will start soon and I will post any major breaking changes or issues that I might experience.
### NEW x24 Synology model lineup
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x24-synology-model-lineup/
Last updated: 2024-05-04T08:36:52.000Z
🗒️

****NOTE**: This article will contain ****upcoming new information on some popular devices** (and the rest of the hardware) that Synology will release by the end of the year and well into 2024.

📢

****UPDATE**: 04/02/2024 - the ****new BeeStation has been officially released**. Find more details about it in the full review.

[Synology BeeStation review- your own cloud in minutesSynology BeeStation review - a new preconfigured product for mainstream consumers who want to store, sync, and share personal files and photos.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/11/beestation_bst150-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-review-your-own-cloud-in-minutes/)

📢

****UPDATE**: 09/06/2023 - the ****new BeeDrive has been officially released**. Find more details about it in the full review.

[Synology BeeDrive reviewReview of the new Synology DAS device, the BeeDrive. This compact USB is more than meets the eye. Packed with powerful software it will deliver in more ways than one.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/beedrive_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beedrive-review/)

📢

****UPDATE**: 08/08/2023 - the ****new DS224+ has been officially released**. Find more details about it in the full review.

[Synology DS224+ reviewBrand new Synology DS224+ has officially been released and here is a full review, including some of the DSM 7.2 features, speed tests, and more!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds224plus-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-review/)

📢

****UPDATE**: 07/07/2023 - The upcoming ****DS124** has been spotted. A super light and compact NAS from the value lineup is coming this summer.

[Synology DS124 overviewSynology DS124 is coming soon. This 1-bay NAS is a compact device from their value lineup, and it offers much for its low entry price![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds124overview.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds124-overview/)

📢

****UPDATE**: 06/07/2023 - ****upcoming DS224+** has been spotted. This refreshed 2-bay NAS will be available during the summer of 2023.

[Synology DS224+ overviewBrand new Synology DS224+ will arrive soon, and here is a quick overview of this newly refreshed 2-bay NAS that will provide video transcoding on top of all other Synology features and packages![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/ds224plus.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds224-overview/)

On the following link, there is a quick overview of the upcoming 2-bay NAS from the "+" lineup, the **DS224+**. Nothing major in terms of new hardware features compared to its predecessor, but also a welcome refresh with an existing stable CPU, Intel Celeron J4125.

---

Considering that 2023 is moving into the month of May already, it will be only a matter of time before new models and services for the second half of 2023 as well as 2024 will start to arrive.

It is very common that any device coming in the second half of the current year has the number of the following year as part of its name, we can expect any new devices in the coming months to have x24 markings on them.

One of the first devices that might arrive would probably be the **new refreshed 2-bay model from the plus lineup**, along with **"NAS-graded" HAT3300 HDDs**, and already **announced Synology cameras**.

Current info on those devices is in their separate introduction articles below.

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drivesNew SATA #Synology NAS drives are coming as part of the new #HAT3300 series. 4, 6, 8, and 12TB disks with a 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/)

[Synology BC500 & TC500 camerasBC500 and TC500 are the new edge-recording capable #Synology PoE 5MP cameras with decent specs and no license requirements.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/synocameras_tc500_bc500.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras/)

New information will be added here as a short overview, and some items will have a dedicated article in the future as well, which will be linked back here.

📢

You can find out more about Synology and their plans for their 2024 series by visiting our friends over at [****NASCompares.com**](https://nascompares.com/news/synology-2024-nas-confirmed-releases-rumours-predictions/?ref=blackvoid.club)!
### Synology C2 Object Storage as Veeam repository
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage-as-veeam-repository/
Last updated: 2024-04-07T09:42:12.000Z
For those who are not familiar with Synology C2 Object Storage service, it is Synology's new cloud-based S3-like service that was introduced following the roll-out of DSM 7.

Object Storage offers a 15GB-free tier as well as other commercial plans, and for more options as well as how the platform functions, be sure to read up on it in the following article.

[Synology C2 Object StorageNEW Synology C2 service is here. C2 Object Storage offers you a way to backup any unstructured data with no egress fees at all. Starting at $6.99![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2objectstorage.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)

On top of this, not long ago I wrote about how the platform can be used as a Portainer backup destination. More info on that is in the next article.

[Backup Portainer with Synology C2 Object StorageA short tutorial on how to configure #Portainer to #backup its configuration to #Synology #C2 Object Storage. #Docker management![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/portainer_backup_c2os.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/backup-portainer-with-synology-c2-object-storage/)

In this article, the focus will be on a recent change that happened before the end of 2022 in terms that Synology's Object Storage is now **officially compatible** with the **Veeam Backup & Replication** solution.

So let's see how we can use Veeam to backup data from our endpoint devices directly to C2 Object Storage.

### Installing Veeam Backup & Replication v12

After making sure that you have the needed prerequisites, install the Veeam Backup & Replication. 

💡

****WARNING**: To be able to choose C2 Object Storage as a backup destination, a ****Veeam Enterprise license will be needed**! Community Edition will not work!

💡

****NOTE**: Just to be clear, the server component of Veeam can be installed on a Windows OS only and only on x86 or x64 architecture. No ARM support.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-22.14.42.png)

Beginning of the installation

The ISO file will offer several install options depending on what we want and need. Starting with a full install, all the way to Veeam Backup Manager or Console.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-22.15.19.png)

For the most part, we will need the first option to get Veeam installed and configured with C2 Object Storage

After the installation has been chosen, the license agreement and license file steps will follow. As mentioned before, in order to run the community version there is no need to provide the license file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-22.16.49.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-22.17.11.png)

Simply accept and skip to the next step

Depending on your system prerequisites, Veeam will try and install all that is needed while performing the system configuration check. In case there are some elements missing, like the Powershell version, or ASP.NET Core, the installer will flag it and allow you to install it manually before moving to the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-22.17.37.png)

Veeam installation checking if all is in order to continue

Once all the prerequisites have been installed the process can continue with the actual installation process. There is an advanced step here (Customize settings options) that we can choose in order to change certain elements like a database (Postgres or MS SQL), service account as well as Veeam ports that are needed. Finally, we can choose the folder destination also.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-23.07.16.png)

Make sure all is in order or choose Customize settings to make changes

Finally, once we have configured it all, clicking the Install button will continue with the actual setup and configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-23.07.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-03-at-23.09.30.png)

Starting with the DB platform install all the way to the Veeam backup and replication till the end

After the process has been completed, we will be ready to use Veeam Backup & Replication platform.

Creation of the destination C2 Object Storage bucket can be done following the guide posted at the start of this article. After the **bucket has been created** and the **access and secret keys are written down**, it is now time to configure and connect Veeam with C2 Object Storage.

### Configure Object Storage as a Veeam repository

Once the installation of Veeam has been completed as well as the creation of the C2 Object Storage bucket, these are the steps to connect the two.

After opening Veeam Backup and Replication console we need to select the **Backup Infrastructure** section on the left-hand side and then **Backup Repositories**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image.png)

Click the ****Add Repository** button in the top left side

As the image above shows, we need to select **Add Repository** button to start the wizard.

In the wizard, we select the **Object Storage** option at the bottom of the list, following the **S3 Compatible** option in the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-1.png)

Select ****Object Storage...**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-2.png)

... and then ****S3 Compatible**

Next, a new wizard starts that will be used to actually configure the compatible S3 destination. Start by giving the name of the future repository. This parameter is optional, so enter what you want.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-3.png)

Give your future repository a name

The following step is the most important one and there are several parameters that need to be entered here.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-4.png)

Enter the C2 Object Storage parameters

**Service point**: enter the C2 object Storage **endpoint** URL, similar to this [https://eu-002.s8.synologyc2.net](https://eu-001.s3.synologyc2.net/?ref=blackvoid.club)

**Region**: this parameter will be prepopulated with `us-east-1` and leave it as it is

**Credentials**: click the **Add** button on the right side to open the **access key** and **secret key** input fields and enter the values that correspond to the C2 Object storage bucket.

We need to wait for the bucket connection to complete and once that is done we will be presented with a bucket step where we need to select the bucket that we want to use, as well as the folder inside the bucket.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-5.png)

Bucket and folder selection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-6.png)

Select the backup Veeam server (in case there is more then one) and click next

Once Veeam creates all that is needed the process will complete and the repository will be configured.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-7.png)

Everything checks out

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-8.png)

C2 Object Storage, ready as a backup repository

There we have it, C2 Object Storage registered as a Veeam repository.

### How to backup to C2 Object Storage using Veeam?

Before you can use C2 Object Storage as a backup destination, as was already noted before, we need Veeam to run with an Enterprise license. The process of the backup is straightforward and includes only a few steps.

The following example will demonstrate how to back up a single ISO file.

Using the **Home** button in the lower left corner will present the following toolbar, and the option to select **Backup job** options. From the list, we can then select **File Share** to start the backup wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-10.png)

Select File share from the Backup job menu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-11.png)

Start of the backup process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-12.png)

Select the content that needs to be backed up

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-13.png)

Make sure to choose C2 Object Storage as the backup repository and configure any advanced settings needed (versioning, compression, encryption, etc...)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-14.png)

Set an optional scheduling

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-15.png)

and finally, complete the wizard to start the backup

Once the backup has started, we can use the console to follow along with the backup process. For this particular job a backup of 1.5GB of data, took about 12 min to complete. 

The speed will depend on the client, the Veeam server as well as the upload network speed, so results might be different in most cases.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-9.png)

The console will report on the progress of the backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-16.png)

C2 Object Storage is also registering the data being backed up

Data in the C2 cloud will be broken down into smaller blobs (extension will be .vblob), so restoring from C2 by a simple download will not work in this case. Just like the backup, the restore process needs to be initiated from the Veeam Backup & Replication platform.

### How to restore data from C2 Object Storage using Veeam?

Using again the **Home** tab, unlike before when we used the Backup job function, this time around we will use the **Restore** \> **File share**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-17.png)

Click ****Restore > File Share** to start the process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-18.png)

Select ****Restore individual files and folders**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-19.png)

Select the object that we want to restore files from

After we have selected the device that has damaged or missing files that we need to recover, Veeam will mount its backup after contacting C2 Object storage and present it in a new **Backup Browser** window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-20.png)

Backup Browser - use it to browse the already backed up data that needs to be restored

Once the file has been located, we can **restore** it or **copy** it to a new location by using the appropriate options in the toolbar at the top.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/image-22.png)

Restore process completed

Again, depending on the size of the data, as well as the speed of the Internet, files should be restored with no issue at all.

There we have it. A simple process of adding C2 Object Storage as a repository inside Veeam and a straightforward process of backing up and restoring. One more time, keep in mind that for this to work, Veeam needs to have a valid **enterprise license**.

Let me know in the comments below if you have any questions or suggestions on the topic at hand.
### Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras/
Last updated: 2023-10-27T13:20:55.000Z
Back in Oct of 2022 during the "2023 and beyond" event, Synology has already announced many new things that will come during this year. From DSM 7.2 (currently in beta), a new Scale-Out line of hardware, and on top of it all, new **surveillance cameras**.

[Synology 2023 and beyond recap and newsSynology 2023 and Beyond event recap. New WRX560, DSM 7.2, upcoming x23 NAS models like DS923+ and DS723+, and much more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/2023andbeyondnews_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/)

2023 and beyond event recap

The two models presented were **TC500** and **BC500**. From the limited information, these will be the first two models coming in the first half of 2023, specifically by May. Well, looks like that now we have some more information on these specific models just as they are about to make their official debut.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/bc500.png)

The new Synology BC500 PoE camera

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/tc500.png)

The new Synology TC500 PoE camera

### Technical specifications

These **IP67-rated 5MP** cameras can be used for both **indoor and outdoor** use. Both are using a 2.8 mm lens with a 110-degree horizontal wide-angle view and **night vision** thanks to 30 meters of IR LED capabilities.

They have an **F1.8 aperture** and multi-exposure HDR that will provide low-light performance without overexposure. Their **shutter speed is also declared between 1/16000s and 1/30s**.

In terms of video, the models are running at **5 MP (2880 x 1620) at 30 FPS** as their max resolution, and 1920 x 1080 @ 15 FPS or 1280 x 720 @ 3o FPS. The captured video will have compression support with both H.264 and H.265.

Along with the weather resistance, cameras are **rated IK10 in terms of impact**. The main way of power source is over PoE or if that is not an option via a 12V DC using at about **4.8W**. The network speeds are 10/100Mbit using a single RJ45 ethernet port.

Like many devices in Synology's lineup, the models are **covered with a 3-year warranty**.

### Features

Official introduction video

The **on-camera AI** will help with people and vehicles as well as intrusion detection, and Instant Search with high accuracy. On top of that, if paired with a Synology DVA device like the DVA3221, or the DVA1622, it will offer more intelligent analytics such as face and license plate recognition, and people counting.

More on those features in this two-part article series:

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

c

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as ut uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

Considering these are "**edge recording**" capable devices thanks to **up to 128 GB SD card support**, in case of network failure or any AI detection scenarios (people and vehicle detection, intrusion, motion, etc), the cameras will failover recording from the network device onto microSD.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/sdcard2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/sdcard-1.png)

Both models have on-device microSD card support using slots on the bottom or the back of the camera

Paring these models with Synology NAS or DVA devices will allow for a quick and simple single or batch camera installation process using Surveillance Station or the DS Cam mobile app. The very good news is that **neither BT500 nor TC500 will require any licenses or activation** in regard to the SVS platform.

During the setup, camera settings and maintenance features will be available directly in Surveillance Station or DS Cam. Just as DSM allows for HDD and SSD firmware updates, it will be possible to provide **continuous updates for both security and feature enhancements**.

HTTPS and SRTP protocols will allow for encrypted network and video transfer, authentication, and integrity protection. On top of this, privacy masks are supported for both live and recorded footage.

It remains to be seen how well these cameras work in real life, but from the specification side of things, both models should meet the standards of many individuals and businesses.

For more details be sure to check the [official page](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/camera-500?ref=blackvoid.club).
### Synology DS423+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-review/
Last updated: 2024-03-01T14:06:06.000Z
## Table of Content

: [Intro](#intro)  
: [Packaging](#unbox)  
: [SSDs, 3rd party HDDs and NVMe storage pools](#ssd)  
: [Setup & DSM installation](#setup)  
: [Compatible packages & apps](#apps)  
: [Speed tests](#speed)  
: [Media streaming and transcoding (PLEX)](#plex)  
: [Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Intro

Back at the end of February, we had more than a few new Synology model announcements, and of them was the refresh for one of the 4-bay models, the **DS423+**.

[Synology DS423+ overviewBrand new Intel-powered #Synology #NAS is here, the DS423+. Offering the best balance for data and sharing as well as media management.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds423.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-overview/)

While the most important details were discussed in the overview article, in this one we will take a deeper look into, what looks like, the last **Intel-powered** plus device of this generation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image-13.png)

DS423+

Synology marketing is advertising this unit as "data and media management", meaning that unlike its bigger and stronger 4-bay counterpart, the DS923+, this NAS will focus on a multi-user setup with enough power to drive any official package and on top of it all, satisfy the users that are expecting a media-friendly server with transcoding capabilities.

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

DS923+ full review - another 4-bay NAS built for performance

> ## An all-in-one data management and sharing platform

The DS423+, unlike the before mentioned DS923+, is powered by a well-known **Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core with up to 2.7GHz, and 2GB of DDR4 memory** (up to a total of 6GB). On top of this, it has **two UBS 3.2 Gen 1**, as well as **two 1GbE network ports** on the back.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image-14.png)

DS423+ backside

On the back of the unit, there is a **pair of 92 mm vents** to keep it all cool and silent as possible inside this **2.18 kg heavy machine**. As with all models in this class, the DS423+ comes with an external power adapter, two RJ-45 network cables, and a **3-year warranty** that can be [**extended to 5y via Extended Warranty Plus program**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/).

As it was with the previous model, the **DS423+ supports four 2,5" or 3.5" drives inside the main bays**, as well as **two additional M.2 NVMe drives on the bottom of the unit for cache or user-manageable volumes** (only with Synology SVN3400 series drives) that is a new feature with all x23 models so far.

The NAS is powered with a 90W PSU, and in terms of power consumption it will use about 28W while accessing the NAS, all the way down to about 8W while in hibernation. This will depend on the actual drives being used, so the values could go up or down depending on the actual setup. On top of this in an idle state with four Synology drives, the noise level is just below 20 dB(A).

Full data sheet specs are [**here**](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/23-year/DS423%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS423%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

> ## Centralized Data Storage - Store up to 72 TB of data in one place, maintain 100% data ownership, and enjoy multi-platform access
> 
> ## Dependable Performance - Up to 226/224 MB/s sequential read/write throughput supports stable data transfers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/DS423-_left_new.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/DS423-_right_new.png)

Left and right side view - ventilation openings as part of the Synology logo

## 
  
  
## : Packaging

Similar to all other 4-bay packagings, the DS423+ is no exception. Apart from the NAS the content of the package comes with an external power adapter, two RJ45 ethernet cables, as well as a pair of keys for locking the drive bays.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2979.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2980.jpg)

The NAS is compatible with both 2.5" and 3.5" drives that can be mounted inside the trays without any screws. This applies to the 3.5" models. With 2.5" ones (typically SSDs), those will have to be secure in place with screws from the bottom side as the trey side brackets are not designed for that drive format. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2982.jpg)

DS423+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2983.jpg)

DS423+ back side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2985.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2984.jpg)

True and tested familiar design

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/ds423_sliced_01.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/ds423_sliced_02.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/ds423_sliced_03.png)

## 
  
  
## : SSDs, 3rd party HDDs and NVMe storage pools

If we look at the compatibility side of this NAS in terms of HDDs and SSDs, we can see that just like all the rest of the non-plus and plus models for the previous generations, the DS423+ is following in the same footsteps.

Over at the [compatibility page](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/compatibility?search%5Fby=products&model=DS423%2B&category=hdds%5Fno%5Fssd%5Ftrim&p=1&change%5Flog%5Fp=1&ref=blackvoid.club) for this model, it is obvious that there is a long list of supported drive models from both Synology as well as most 3rd party vendors.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-09.07.27.png)

Always be sure to check the list before buying the NAS or the drives to avoid any potential issues with compatibility as well as any support problems that might arise from it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-09.15.11.png)

NVMe support is here, but Synology SVN3000 series drives will be needed for a user-usable volume!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2987.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2989.jpg)

NVMe slots on the bottom side of the NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2986.jpg)

RAM upgrade is placed as a single SODDIM inside the housing on the right-side panel

The DS423+ supports M.2 2280 NVMe slots on the bottom of the unit and those can be used for both caching and **usable volume space**. However, if we plan on using the drives for storage, keep in mind that in that case, **we will have to use Synology SVN3000 series drives**, as 3rd party models will not work. Those will work for caching, but not for user-usable volume. 

## 
  
  
## : Setup & DSM installation 

After the NAS has been connected and powered on, with the help of the Synology Assistant desktop app it was detected on the network. The DSM version it came with was 7.1.1.-42933 at the time of this article.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.27.52.png)

Time to install and configure the DS423+

That is the minimum version that it came with, but the NAS still needs a fresh DSM installation considering that the drives inside have no OS installed. Because of that, the next version we can install is in fact DSM 7.1.1-42962 which can be downloaded from the Synology website, or as a manual upload.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.30.24.png)

Once the OS is loaded the installation will begin

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.30.54.png)

After the installation is complete, a reboot will occur and DSM will spring into action

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.32.41.png)

Waiting for the reboot

The whole process (without the reboot) took less than 2 min, so even with 2GB of RAM, the DS423+ is a nicely balanced device that will feel very fast.

Configuration of DSM in terms of accounts and initial settings will take a few more minutes after which the NAS will be ready.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.36.41.png)

DSM 7.1.1 running on DS423+

Before we can continue forwards with configuration and package installation, a storage pool and volume need to be created.

For testing I have used a **WD 4TB enterprise drive (gold)**, just to see if the DS423+ will accept it and work with it. While that was not the issue, I was hit with a warning that the drive is not on the official compatibility list for this particular NAS, but that is the risk that at the moment I am willing to take.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.39.39.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.39.52.png)

The drive is not on the compatibility list and DSM will give us a warning about it

As on any other device in this class, DS423+ supports both BTRFS as well as EXT4 partition, but considering what I would like to test on this device, BTRFS will be needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.42.21.png)

Volume with a single drive has been created with no issue other than the warning about the drive not being on the compatibility list

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.44.05.jpg)

DS423+ basic information

## 
  
  
## : Compatible packages & apps

Being one of the "plus" models, the DS423+ comes with a lot of perks. Upgradable RAM, network redundancy, more capable CPU, and finally, package support. Specifically, apps that are compatible with this particular model as part of the DSM itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.46.52.jpg)

All of Synology's packages are compatible with the DS423+

The NAS works with DSM 7 and onwards, as well as a whole list of DSM apps. Mainly those will be very popular Synology Photos, Drive, Active Backup, Hyper Backup, Snapshot Replication, and Surveillance Station to name a few.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/423_private_cloud.png)

Example of using DS423+ for media and file management as well as client backup

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/photos.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image-15.png)

Surveillance Station 9.1 with multiple backup locations including C2 Surveillance

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as ut uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

[Synology C2 SurveillanceNEW Synology C2 service is here! C2 Surveillance is here to secure your local footage with the help of the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2surveillance-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/423_multi_layered_backup.png)

Popular Hyper Backup and Snapshot packages are supported as well

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/#hb)

[Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery toolsnapshot replication synology nas backup disaster recovery package center![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/snapshot.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)

It is clear that this model can be used in a wide variety of cases, from document and media management to backup and security.

One particular package trio that is worth mentioning here is also **Active Backup**. Supported only on the "plus" models or better, these license-free packages are fully supported on the DS423+ further unlocking it and putting it as a front-runner for SOHO and small business setups and needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image-17.png)

The Active Backup lineup of packages will turn DS423+ into a real backup central for both on-premise and cloud backup needs

[3-2-1 > Active Backupactive backup pxe boot bare metal restore nas synology![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/abb.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/)

[Active Backup for Microsoft 365 and DR scenariosHow to configure Active Backup for Microsoft/Office 365 and what to do when disaster hits?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/abm365.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-microsoft-365-and-dr-scenarios/)

On top of all the various proprietary packages, the DS423+ **supports Docker** as well as 3rd party media management platforms, like **PLEX**.

In the upcoming DSM 7.2, the Docker package has been rebranded into **Container Manager**, but it is still Docker under the hood.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image-16.png)

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/#container)

The media side of things is something that many have been waiting for from the new x23 lineup. So far, all x22 and x23 models have arrived with AMD CPUs or the new Realtek one, but non (until DS423+) had an Intel-based CPU. This is important for those that want to run PLEX-like platforms in order to take the advantage of the **Intel QuickSync feature** that this Celeron CPU has. It allows for **hardware transcoding options** that unlock great potential for such a compact and low-power device.

More on the actual PLEX testing later in the review. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-13.50.04.png)

The current latest 1.31.2 version of Plex running with no issue on the DS423+

It is great that **Synology has decided not to skip on this support** as this particular model (and maybe the upcoming DS223+) is the only one that will allow for video and audio transcoding that will not kill the CPU with software-based one, and rendered the device useless for anything else. As much as this feature, on previous models, was part of the DS9 and DS7 series (DS920+ or DS720+), that is no longer the case, so it is great to still have a model that is very capable and versatile, while maybe not offering the 10G and more horsepower as some of the new x23 NAS devices do.

## 
  
  
## : Speed tests

In terms of speed, this NAS can deliver enough when it comes to network transfers with 1GbE (100MB/s) or with the use of the new SMB multichannel option up to 200MB/s between compatible platforms. Do note that multi-channel is still not supported via DSM's File Station and remote share, so to utilize it there will be a need to run it against a compatible OS like Windows, or macOS that support it.

```
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec   107 MBytes   898 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec   112 MBytes   942 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]  10.00-10.05  sec  5.43 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec                  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate
[  5]   0.00-10.05  sec  1.10 GBytes   937 Mbits/sec

```

Standard iPerf test will prove that the NAS is capable of utilizing its 1GbE speeds to their full potential, while SMB transfers with large files are resulting with similar speeds (at about 100MB/s).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-16-at-20.53.17.png)

SMB3 transfers over a single 1GbE connection

An example of a mixed transfer of about 57GB of data, took just under 10 min total to complete while having a mostly sustained transfer rate of 100MB/s.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-16-at-21.09.28.png)

About 57GB of data in about 10 min time via a simple SMB protocol

While doing an HB task for the same content (and size), the speed is for the most part consistent.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image-18.png)

Hyper Backup process

Considering that I have had no SVN Synology NVMe drives on hand I was unable to create a user-usable NVMe volume in order to see the performance of those drives in this particular machine, but even so, in the DS923+ model, the best-case speeds that were tested came in around 1GB/s. So anything close to that, due to the fact that here we have a slower CPU, might be considered a win.

Without any additional RAM, VMM (Virtual Machine Manager) was also not an option, so VM speeds were also not an option, but the DS423+ does indeed support that particular hypervisor and will give a decent one-VM machine experience if needed. Personally, I would not recommend using this NAS as a VM machine, as it will be an "expensive" hypervisor with not much to offer in that department. Also, running a VM will take quite a big performance hit on any other service that might be running on the same device. 

## 
  
  
## : Media streaming and transcoding (PLEX)

Just a reminder, this NAS has the same CPU as the DS920+ meaning that it is capable of hardware transcoding using Intel QuickSync which Celeron J4125 has support for.

That means that DS423+ is a very capable PLEX server. By default, it can serve any content needed, but if a particular PLEX instance has a PLEX Pass feature activated, that will then change this NAS into a transcoding station if needed. Any need for remote streaming using a client that does not support the native resolution or codec (audio or video) will require some sort of transcoding on the part of the server.

PLEX Pass will unlock the ability to use the Intel QuickSync tech and transcode the content without too much strain on the CPU and the NAS.

### 4K content

Using multiple clients and streaming the same content has resulted in the following performance:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-22.56.14.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-22.56.34.png)

This test (as all the others as well) included an iPhone 11, a Macbook pro (Safari), and a Samsung 65" TV all using the official Plex app (apart from the Macbook as it streamed via a browser).

As can be seen from the performance chart, the CPU was consistent at about 20% utilization with zero issues in terms of playback.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-23.00.20.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-23.00.40.png)

When manual transcoding was activated (4K down to 1080p) for only a single stream, a total of two out of three streams started to buffer out and playback was not pleasant at all. While the CPU still had some breathing room it was enough to cause problems for the clients streaming the content.

### 1080p content

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-23.03.13.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-23.03.35.png)

Moving into 1080p content we again see that with no transcoding at all, the CPU utilization is almost none existent. Considering how much CPU is left, this NAS has a lot to offer.

Staying with 1080p but pushing them down to 720p will still result in a great performance and show how this machine is more than a capable media server.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-23.04.52.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-15-at-23.05.06.png)

We can see that forcing transcode is at about the same CPU utilization as with three 4K streams, 20-30%.

All in all, as expected considering this is a true and tested CPU, **the DS423+** with Plex Pass and hardware transcoding is a **very good media server device**, and it will allow for a great multi-stream experience across multiple devices and clients.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

While many were already aware of the potential of this NAS device just by looking at its CPU and RAM, the DS423+ brings more to the table than its predecessor. Especially in regard to NVMe support for user-usable volumes, as well as better USB speeds. The main thing for most is the fact that Synology chooses to stay on the Intel-based CPU for this class of devices, giving the option to continue using it as a media center device.

Being priced lower than the DS923+, and with no expansion or 10G options, if anyone is in the market for a low-noise, low-power device with lots of features and enough bays to offer a huge amount of space, the DS423+ is a perfect choice!

With a wide range of drives and essentially complete Package Center app support, this NAS will be a great addition for any small team or a home setup of any size and demand.

Let me know in the comment section below how you find this NAS, and do you see it as your next device!
### Surveillance Station 9.1 & DSCam 5.6
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/surveillance-station-9-1-dscam-5-6/
Last updated: 2023-04-04T12:28:16.000Z
Last year in May Synology published the new Surveillance Station 9.0 with a long list of new features, options, and hardware compatibility. Everything was updated from security, maps, device management, and deep video analytics to name a few.

For a more in-depth overview of some of those features be sure to read the two-part article on them

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as ut uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

Another new feature that SVS 9 brought to the table was support for one of several new C2 cloud services that came with DSM 7, the C2 Surveillance.

[Synology C2 SurveillanceNEW Synology C2 service is here! C2 Surveillance is here to secure your local footage with the help of the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2surveillance-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)

Today, Synology published a **new SVS 9.1** as well as a **new version of DS Cam** (versions will depend on the mobile platform).

What is visible in the release notes, the main new addition is **support for previously announced Synology camera models BC500 and TC500**. This is clear evidence that Synology is ready to start to unveil the models to the market, while the timetable, as well as pricing, is still unknown.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/bc500_rightside_angle.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/tc500_leftside.png)

New upcoming models. BC500 (left), TC500 (right)

Detailed release notes are following:

### Surveillance Station version: 9.1.0-10660

(2023-03-14)

#### What's New

1. Added support for Synology Camera models BC500 and TC500\. Configurations including image adjustment, People and Vehicle detection, and firmware updates are available in the IP Camera application.
2. Added support for the Synology Camera Instant Search function in Monitor Center, allowing users to find previously recorded clips of people, vehicles, or motion in specific areas.
3. Added support for attaching a GIF file of Synology Camera-detected events to email notifications on Synology x86-64 server models.
4. Added support for the Bookmark Panel on the right side of Monitor Center, allowing users to view and manage bookmarks.
5. Added support for displaying People and Vehicle Detection results with accurate screenshots in the Recording application.
6. Added support for displaying Motion Detection results in the Recording application on Synology server models with 2GB RAM and above.
7. Added support for the following types of Hanwha analytics: Object Detection, IVA (Intelligent Video Analytics), Shock Detection, Defocus Detection, and Fog Detection.
8. Added support for displaying camera names when sending event logs to syslog.
9. Added support for an option to determine whether to continue using Dual Recording when the system enters Home Mode.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where Action Rule might not execute properly when multiple rules are triggered at the same time in a very short period of time.
2. Fixed an issue where H.265 streams of certain cameras might lag.
3. Fixed an issue where push notifications might not be sent normally.
4. Fixed an issue where Monitor Center might not display Axis Motion Guard events correctly.
5. Fixed an issue where camera configuration files exported from Surveillance Station 9.0.2 or before cannot be imported.
6. Fixed an issue where the Alert Panel might wrongly show recordings that have been rotated.
7. Fixed an issue where the Monitor Center window might not resize correctly after exiting full-screen mode.
8. Fixed an issue where Surveillance Station might not be able to be installed or uninstalled.
9. Fixed an issue where recordings might be deleted when the camera recording storage is changed.
10. Minor bug fixes.

---

### DS Cam version: 3.7.0-995

(2023-03-14)

#### New Features (Surveillance Station 9.1)

1. Added support for Synology Camera BC500 and TC500\. Easily add new cameras and configure functions such as image adjustment and People and Vehicle detection.
2. Added support for Synology Camera Instant Search in the video display page to quickly find clips of people, vehicles, or motion in specific areas.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed the issue where two-way audio might have volume issues for certain devices.
2. Fixed the issue where encrypted recordings might not be decoded and viewed when the encryption key contains the backslash symbol.
3. Fixed the issue where DS cam might continue to consume mobile data when in the background after specific actions.
4. Fixed the issue where the menu might be covered by the status bar of the phone and becomes untappable.
5. Minor bug fixes.

#### Limitation

1. Synology Camera is only compatible with both Surveillance Station 9.1/DS cam 3.7.0 and above.

It should be noted that the new camera models will work only on the new SVS 9.1 and DS Cam.

While I still haven't gotten the camera for testing, it remains to be seen how those will work out and perform. This will be material for another article.

In any event, any problems or issues with this release will be published in this article, and feel free to comment on the subject in the comment section below.
### Mattermost & ChatGPT
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-chatgpt/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:23:03.000Z
In November 2022 OpenAI launched their AI-driven chatbot called ChatGPT. It swept the world fast and started to be implemented via API into anything that it can be used with.

From websites, search engines, chat platforms even personal assistants, everyone wants to be able to elevate current solutions with some AI power. On that note, the Mattermost chat platform is also a perfect candidate for this implementation.

💡

**INFO**: all credit for this integration goes to [yGuy over at GitHub](https://github.com/yGuy/chatgpt-mattermost-bot?ref=blackvoid.club) for making the repo that can be built into a Docker image in order to run the container needed to connect with a Mattermost instance.

Considering that I use Mattermost as my Synology support platform I have decided to give it a go.

One of the first things needed in order to make this happen is to have a Mattermost instance up and running. I'm self-hosting it using Docker, and more details on that can be found on the following link.

[Mattermost - (free) open-source messaging platformHow to run Mattermost collaboration platform on your Synology NAS using Docker - a short tutorial![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/mattermost_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/)

How to run Mattermost via Docker

### Prerequisites for ChatGPT and Mattermost integration

In order to get this running there are several steps that need to be executed. I will follow through and list them all. First, prerequisites.

- the Mattermost token for the bot user **@chatgpt**
- the **OpenAI API key**
- a Docker container for continuously running the service

These are the three elements needed so let's see how to configure each of them, starting with creating the Mattermost chatgpt bot.

### Create a Mattermost bot account

Once there is a functional Mattermost instance up and running it is time to make the bot. Like with any other bot, the process is the same. 

In the upper left menu of Mattermost we choose Integrations > Bot Accounts > Add Bot account.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-09-at-23.59.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-10-at-00.00.46.png)

Fill in the needed information, add a bot icon (not mandatory), and make sure to configure the **username** of the bot as **chatgpt**. If you want to use a different name then that will need to be changed inside the `src/botservice.js` file inside the repo before pulling it and making it into a Docker image!

💡

Once the bot has been created **be sure to grab the bot ID value** as we will need it later as a value for one of the Docker variables.

### Create an OpenAI API key

1. Next, go to [Open AI](https://platform.openai.com/account/api-keys?ref=interesting-soup) platform, register/log in, and in the API Keys section, click **Create new Secret Key**.
2. Save the **OpenAI API Key** that is generated, and store it safely as it will also be used as one of the Docker variables.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-10-at-00.08.58.png)

Create a new key

⚠️

**WARNING**: Be sure to **copy the secret key value before you close the window**. This parameter will be also used as a Docker variable.

### Deploy the ChatGPT container

Finally, we need to run the Docker container. To do that we first need to a) build the image from the GitHub repository, or use the image that I have already built and uploaded to the official HUB.

If you want to use the already-built image then just use the following `docker-compose` either via the Docker command line or using [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) and its stacks feature.

```yaml
version: "3"
services:
  chatgp:
    image: blackvoidclub/chatgpt-mattermost-bot:latest
    container_name: chatgpt
    environment:
      - MATTERMOST_URL=https://mattermost.server
      - MATTERMOST_TOKEN=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
      - OPENAI_API_KEY=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
    restart: always
```

`MATTERMOST_URL` variable needs to have a valid Mattermost instance URL. `MATTERMOST_TOKEN` will have the ChatGPT bot ID that was generated upon creation. Finally, `OPENAI_API_KEY` needs to have the value of the secret key generated on the OpenAI website.

There are several optional variables as well, so add them if you want.

```
# Set this if using a custom username for the bot, default = @chatgpt
MATTERMOST_BOTNAME: "@chatgpt"

# Console logging output level, default = INFO
DEBUG_LEVEL: TRACE

# Node environment, default = production
NODE_ENV: production

```

If on the other hand, you want to build your own image before running it using the same compose as above, just a different name of the image, do the following on your Docker-capable machine.

1. Clone the repo `git clone [https://github.com/yGuy/chatgpt-mattermost-bot](https://github.com/yGuy/chatgpt-mattermost-bot?ref=interesting-soup)`
2. Go into repo directory `cd chatgpt-mattermost-bot`
3. Create docker image `docker build . -t yguy/chatgpt-mattermost-bot`

⚠️

In step three you can change the name of the future image to anything you want, just be sure to use the correct name in the docker-compose as part of the `image:` parameter!

That's it. Everything should be up and running and if all the parameters are set correctly we should be able to have chatGPT running inside Mattermost.

### How to use ChatGPT bot in Mattermost?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-10-at-00.26.03.png)

Private conversation with ChatGPT via Mattermost 

Interact with the ChatGPT bot in Mattermost, as with any other member of the chat platform. Be sure to **tag** its name in order to initiate a response.

In case you want it to work in any channel, first, add it as a **member** **of your Mattermost team**. Then, add it to the specific channels that you want.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-10-at-00.30.15.png)

Add the ChatGPT bot as part of your team if you want to add it to specific channels

There we have it. Mattermost instance using a ChatGPT AI bot to enrich the experience. The GPT is a separate docker container, and any updates to it will require a rebuild of the image as the source code changes.
### DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVE
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/
Last updated: 2023-05-22T07:12:48.000Z
## Table of Contents

: [Install process](#install)  
: [New notification options](#notifications)  
: [WORM folder protection](#worm)  
: [Container Manager (Docker)](#container)  
: [Secure SignIn new features](#signin)

---

📢

**INFO**: 08/03/2023 10:00 CEST - the DSM 7.2 beta page is back online and working. Use the [link below](https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm72%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club).

📢

**INFO**: 07/03/2023 18:00 CEST - The DSM 7.2 links at the moment are redirected to the 7.0.1 landing page.

As of today, 07/03/2023, the new DSM 7.2 BETA is available, as it was announced during the 2023 and Beyond event at the end of last year.

[Synology 2023 and beyond recap and newsSynology 2023 and Beyond event recap. New WRX560, DSM 7.2, upcoming x23 NAS models like DS923+ and DS723+, and much more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/2023andbeyondnews_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image.png)

The installers are listed on the beta portal accessible on the following URL.

[https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm72\_beta](https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm72%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club)

⚠️

**WARNING**: **This is beta software**! Do not install this on your production environments! Rollback is not officially supported. **Make sure to have a backup in place before using this version!**

The current version is **DSM 7.2 - 64216** and the following release notes are below.

⚠️

**IMPORTANT**: There are certain limitations with this version in terms of device and package support! **Be sure to read the notes before moving forward with the installation!**

#### Important Note

1. This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed in production environments. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damage, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.
2. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
3. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
4. Starting from this version, logs for drives will no longer appear in Storage Manager > HDD and will be available only in Log Center.
5. Removed the "Automatically create port forwarding rules" option from QuickConnect advanced settings to increase network security.

#### Known Issues

1. Users of Surveillance Station should keep their current DSM version. The package update compatible with this DSM version is currently in development. Once the package update is officially released, it will be available for download in the Package Center.
2. This DSM update is not applicable to the following models: DS418, DS218, DS218play, DS118 and HD6500\. The update compatible with these models is currently in development and is scheduled to be available in the next release.

#### What’s New

1. Added support for WriteOnce shared folders. This feature is based on the Write Once, Read Many (WORM) technology and can be enabled to prevent files from being modified, deleted, or renamed for a specified period.
2. Added support for volume encryption. All volume encryption keys are stored in the Encryption Key Vault, which can be set up on a local Synology NAS or via KMIP on a remote Synology NAS.
3. Added more Synology NAS models to support M.2 NVMe SSD storage pools. [Learn more](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5FM%5F2%5FSSD%5Fstorage%5Fpool?ref=blackvoid.club)
4. Added more SSD cache group management options, including changing the RAID type and replacing a drive.
5. Added support for inline zero-block removal to increase the efficiency of data deduplication.
6. Adjusted how drive information is presented in Storage Manager. Users can now quickly check the condition of their drives by looking at the "Drive Status" field.
7. Users can now view the amount of used and free space for each storage pool and volume in Storage Manager.
8. Added a warning notification for when the available shared folder quota is low.
9. Supports deleting individual desktop notifications.
10. Supports sending DSM notifications via additional webhook providers, including LINE and Microsoft Teams.
11. Supports creating custom notification rules for system events, giving users greater control over what notifications to receive.
12. Supports exporting a list of users and of groups.
13. Added support for SAML to integrate DSM with external SSO servers.
14. Added the option to allow non-admin users to safely eject USB devices.
15. Users can now manually input the IP addresses or FQDNs of one or more domain controllers in the trusted domain. This allows Synology NAS to sync domain data directly with the specified domain controllers.
16. Users can now enable Synology's email server to send DSM notifications directly to their Synology Account.

#### Limitation

1. S.M.A.R.T. testing for M.2 NVMe SSDs is no longer supported.
2. Starting from DSM 7.2 Beta, Virtual Machine Manager will no longer support creating clusters with older DSM versions. Please update each host in the cluster to the same DSM version or above versions for the Virtual Machine Manager cluster to operate properly.
3. Virtual DSM running DSM 7.2 Beta requires Virtual Machine Manager 2.6 or above.

---

### 
  
  
### Install process

The installation process is almost identical to all the current DSM 7 installations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_01.JPG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_02.JPG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_03.JPG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_04.JPG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_05.JPG)

The usual configuration wizard steps

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_06.JPG)

A friendly reminder to enable the 2FA for the account

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_07.JPG)

DSM 7.2 - 64213 beta is up and running

### 
  
  
### New notification options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_notifications-1.jpg)

One of the first things that we can see is the notification on the DSM desktop that is inviting us to set up a new notification setup. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.38.25.png)

DSM 7.2 notification section

The notification section has been remapped compared to 7.1.1\. version with the removal of the **SMS** tab (it is now part of the webhook provider), and separating the **Push** and **Webhooks** options. One of the biggest changes here is the ability to change the actual event option and their values. This means an option to change two variables and any event messages.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.38.55.png)

Only two variables can be altered

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.39.39.png)

But on the other hand, we can now change any message body for any message

This will for sure help out to bring out localized errors for your users in case the DSM itself does not support your language.

As seen in the first image, the email notification channel still exists and now uses Synology's email server (`sns@synologynotification.com` as the sender's email address) to send all notifications that are generated in DSM.

We need to log in to an existing Synology Account for all this to work, but other than that, there is not much to configure here if we choose this method.

Push services on the other hand are quite simple in configuration, there is just a simple requirement to download and install DSFinder mobile app and activate the Push service options inside it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.59.04.png)

On top of device push notifications, we have the option to choose a browser-based notification that will again be coordinating with Synology's notification.synology.com web service

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-01.00.38.png)

Just confirm to grant the browser permissions for Synology's notification service

Last but not least, webhook options. Now, in DSM 7.2 webhooks have had a bit of an update in terms of providers. So no longer do we have Synology Chat and the rest of the world. Now there is official support for Microsoft Teams, as well as LINE.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-01.02.40.png)

Webhook providers in DSM 7.2

One example of a custom webhook integration would be with [Mattermost](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/). Configuring incoming webhook on the Mattermost side we can use that URL in the configuration wizard. The result would be that all notifications (or rule categories that were chosen) are shipped to the desired channel.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-01.09.36.png)

Choosing the rule category, and entering the destination webhook URL

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-01.10.38.png)

Depending on our webhook provider there might be a need to configure more headers, as well as select a specific content type and edit the body of the payload

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-01.11.55.png)

As a result, any notification that has been sent from the DSM side will land a push notification inside Mattermost, thanks to the webhook integration

What notifications are being delivered will depend on the rules chosen for the webhook or email channel of communication (push notifications have no option to select specific rule categories).

On top of the three predefined rule categories (those can't be deleted or changed), we can make our own. This option in a combination with editing the events themselves is indeed a breath of fresh air when it comes to notifications.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-01.16.58.png)

Build rules that match your needs

### 
  
  
### WORM folder protection

The new **WriteOnceReadMany** folder protection is part of the shared folder creation wizard. As compared to the 7.1.1 version, the second step in the wizard will offer both encryption and WORM security features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.40.17.png)

WORM settings

💡

**INFO**: The **WORM feature will work only on BTRFS volumes**, so be sure to create the folder on a compatible pool/volume

WORM works in two modes, **enterprise,** and **compliance**. The former will allow only **administrator class** users to delete the shared folder while the latter **will not allow anyone to do the same**.

On top of this, the **auto lock** settings will further protect the data with the use of lock and retention options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.40.44.png)

WORM mode options and settings

In case we select the creation of a folder in **compliance WORM** mode, there will be a final warning, sort of a "point of no return" telling us that we will not be able to delete the folder once it is created.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.41.08.png)

WORM compliance folder - no option to delete it

The created folder will have its settings listed in the control panel as expected, and any additional modification on the WORM side of things will **not be possible**.

⚠️

**WARNING**: If the setting was not activated during the creation of the folder **we will not have the option to activate it at a later date**, the same as with the data checksum option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.41.53.png)

WORM settings are locked and can't be changed once the folder has been created

### 
  
  
### Container Manager (Docker) 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_containermanager-1.jpg)

The new Container Manager (Docker) app as part of the new beta stream

While most beta versions of various DSM apps are updated to accommodate the new 7.2 version, some of them have had new features in them. One example is the Snapshot Replication which needs to be updated in case we want to replicate WORM folder.

Out of all packages, one package, in particular, has had a lot of love in the recent version, and that would be Docker, or as they call it in the latest version **Container Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.42.22.png)

The Docker package in DSM 7.2 has a new name and look, meet the Container Manager

  
**Important Notes**

1. Container Manager is the successor of Docker and will be available for updates in Package Center.

**Compatibility & Installation**

1. Container Manager 20.10.3 requires DSM 7.2 and above.
2. Added support for the following models with the ARMv8 architecture: DS223, and DS420j.

**What's New**

1. Revamped the package icon and user interface for a better container managing experience.
2. Supports Docker Compose on the Project page.
3. Supports displaying the health status of containers.
4. Updated to be compatible with Docker Compose 2.5.1.
5. Supports automatic update detection for images with the "latest" tag.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where the package might not be able to run after a DSM update.
2. Minor bug fixes.

**Limitation**

1. Docker Swarm is not supported on the following models with the ARMv8 architecture: DS420j, DS223.

As we can see in the release notes, apart from the look and feel, the CM has added support for docker-compose (Projects) and a big deal for many users, **support for ARM8 CPUs**. This means that some J models as well as value series are becoming Docker-capable, nice!

The main addition here is the mentioned **docker-compose** functionality. The editor includes syntax check and correction, so anyone not willing to use [Portainer ](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/portainer/)or pure command line, to run compose files, can use the webUI in the new Container Manager.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.43.33.png)

Docker-compose support with Container Manager

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.44.37.png)

The process of the docker-compose will show up as soon as the creation of the container has been completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-07-at-23.44.58.png)

The compose project will have YAML configuration as well as statistics options but no option to change the compose unless the container stops beforehand

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/image-12.png)

Container details also got more information and options in terms of statistics and settings

As expected we can't edit settings until the container has been stopped, but that is to be expected. All in all a nice surprise I have to say, and a great effort from the Synology team that goes to show that they do support micro-services and containerization in general.

### 
  
  
### Secure SignIn - new features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_securesignin-1.jpg)

I have written about Secure SignIn in the past when it was first got released as part of the new DSM 7\. This time around there are several new features that will make use of your biometric-capable device as well as the new **Passkey** (Apple macOS/iOS feature).

[DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignInSee how you can use the new Synology Secure SignIN feature to log into your NAS using your mobile device![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/DSM7_secureid.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)

Initial Secure SignIn article

In order to configure and use Secure SignIn, we need to have DSM access configured over HTTPS and that excludes the QuickConnect option. So, DDNS or custom and valid 3rd party domain have to be in place before we can continue with the configuration.

As always, 2FA options are under **Personal** settings in the main user menu (upper right corner). Under the **Security** tab, there are now some new features when we select the 2FA option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.04.31.jpg)

Sign-in method options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.10.22.png)

On top of Synology's Secure SignIn mobile app, or a 3rd party app (like Authy) we now also have more hardware-based login options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.10.47.png)

New Passkey and FaceID options

In DSM 7.1, USB and TouchID were the only options, so for example, Mac users that didn't have computers with biometric readers were unable to use this feature. Now, however, we can log in using a FaceID device like an iPhone.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.13.10.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.13.51.png)

Alternative method setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.14.20.png)

Bitwarden, Authy, or any other TOTP support platform will work just as well

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.15.13.jpg)

Scan it and enter the 6-digit one-time verification number to complete the setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-08-at-00.20.52.png)

Configure a valid email address

Finally, the setup process is completed.

In order to log into DSM with the help of passkey and biometrics as our 2FA method the process is following.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2955.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2956.jpg)

Start by entering the username and password as normal

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2957.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2958.jpg)

On the 2FA screen select the "Try another sign-in method" and select the "hardware security key" option

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2959.jpg)

Finally, just click "Continue" on the prompt and you will log in

This way, our 2FA step was substituted by using the passkey option that in the end got verified with the on-device biometrics, FaceID in this particular case.

As a side note, both **PLEX and Wireguard work fine with DSM 7.2**, and for more info on running Wireguard on your NAS read up in the following article

[Wireguard SPK for your Synology NASHow to build your Wireguard Synology SPK for DSM 6.2 or 7.1 using Docker to get support for the new VPN standard![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_spk.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/)

---

Testing will continue and I will post any issue in this article. If anyone wants anything specific tested let me know in the comment section and if I am able to test it I will to the best of my abilities.
### Blackvoid's 4th anniversary giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-4th-anniversary-giveaway/
Last updated: 2023-04-04T12:27:26.000Z
💡

**UPDATE**: 31/03/2023 - We have our winners! Sorry about the abrupt ending on zoom for an unknown reason the time was cut from 40 min to less than 30, but we managed to get all four winners!

The winners are:

1. **Dean Friganovic** (DS723+)
2. **Ari Kahan** (DS223)
3. **Nichlas** (C2 Backup 500GB subscription)
4. **Chris Percival** (C2 Backup 500GB subscription)

Thank you all for attending and congrats to the winners!

---

💡

**UPDATE**: 26/03/2023 - added more info on **the rest of the prizes** that will be part of this giveaway!

Happy 4th birthday! Who would think that this site would still be alive and active even though four years is nothing, but here we are!

Another year, another giveaway, and this year it will be the biggest so far! So be sure to participate and follow the simple rules explained below.

⚠️

****DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure, the prized device has been bought with my own funds, nobody is paying or sponsoring it. This is a ****giveaway**, not a lottery, so ****no fee or charge is needed to participate**. This is a worldwide giveaway.

## What is the prize this time around?

Considering that this past year has had an increase in visitors over 2021 by about 36% I can't state enough how happy that makes me. I do hope that the content both in quality and quantity is the reason for that nice bump in visitors!

On top of that once again a **huge thank you** to all active members, supporters, and visitors that are giving me the motivation to continue forward, and of course a very **big thank you to Synology GmbH** for promoting BLACKVOID to **Synology media partner** status, as well as their help in delivering precise and up to date information on everything Synology related. 

On top of it all, they are also an occasional sponsor here on the site when it comes to giveaways, however, they are not sponsoring the main prize this year around.

Saying that, considering that this **giveaway is called "4 for 4"** all I can say is that **Synology has participated as a sponsor in this particular giveaway**, but as I want it to be a surprise, I will withhold what that might be, and all of you will just have to participate and see what else is after door number 1\. 

Because of all these reasons, I have decided to give back to the growing community of Synology users (old and new), something special, something new, and I think a very good gift that everyone should have.

So this time around (like last year) the main prize is one of the brand new refreshed models from Synlogy's "+" lineup range, which had quite a bit of tweak over the previous generation, and a device that imho is a spot on device for both beginners and enthusiasts alike.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/4thanniversarygiveaway_723.jpg)

This year's main prize is a brand new **DS723+** 2-bay NAS!

All of you that are following the Synology scene, know that this model has just been released in January of 2023, so in terms of getting a brand new model, you can't get a better and more "fresh" 2-bay model.

If you are unfamiliar with this device I have done a review just about as it was expected to launch, and you can read a full review here:

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

The DS723+ is a proper machine that in its compact design has a lot to offer. With expandable memory (up to 32GB), two M.2 NVMe slots for both cache and user-accessible volumes, and an optional 10G network connectivity (1st model that supports it!), there is little this device can't do.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2427.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/IMG_2428.jpg)

I do hope that you will find this device worth your time to participate in this giveaway, but in case you do not win it, there are a few more prizes to collect!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/4thanniversarygiveaway_223.jpg)

A brand new DS223 will be the 2nd place prize for one lucky winner to take home

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/4thanniversarygiveaway_c2.jpg)

Finally, two more winners will get a one-year 500GB C2 Backup subscription!

You can get more details on both the DS223 and the C2 Backup by reading their articles.

[Synology DS223 overviewOne of the new #Synology value series models has arrived. The new #DS223 is here bringing more than meets the eye. Lots of features in a compact 2-bay design![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds223overview-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223-overview/)

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from ****March 1st (00:00 CEST)** till ****March 26**th, 2023 **(23:59 CEST)**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, ****register with a valid email account** (it will be used to contact you in case you win)
2. ****Comment as a registered user** and tell me how you keep your data safe so far, as well as how you see this device being beneficial for you. ****Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!** **Only members that have made a valid comment can attend the ZOOM live event! If you have not made a comment and have joined the event you will not qualify to win!**
3. That's it! You are in!

🗒️

****NOTE**: Empty comments, or "+1", "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double-post. Once you are ready to post, ****click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1sec longer for your comment to become visible.

🗒️

****NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any other activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after March 26th ****will not be taken into consideration** as part of the giveaway.

Unlike the previous years, this time around the winners will be announced as part of a **LIVE event** that will be **held on the 31st of March at 7 PM (CEST time)** via ZOOM. The details for the meeting are as follows:

Join Zoom Meeting  
[https://us05web.zoom.us/j/84053387627?pwd=RnBmSUZwT0p4eEJPaWNMRWRpZG9Fdz09](https://us05web.zoom.us/j/84053387627?pwd=RnBmSUZwT0p4eEJPaWNMRWRpZG9Fdz09&ref=blackvoid.club)

Meeting ID: **840 5338 7627**  
Passcode: **A5bxv3**

The winner will be picked from the list of participants (those that have registered and commented on this article as stated in the rules) using the **wheelofnames.com** site for all the prizes!

Regardless if the winner is part of the live event or not, she or he will be contacted via `info@blackvoid.tech` email address to exchange the needed information in order to receive the prize.

📢

**NOTE**: **Live event attendance is mandatory** **in order to get the main prize** but in case you do not have time to participate, you will still be able to win the prize behind door number 2! **You need to have a valid comment in the article in order to qualify! Those that join but do not have a comment on the article will be removed before the event starts!** **Keep in mind that the number of zoom slots is limited to 100\. First, come first serve rule applies!**

📢

**Please use your registered blackvoid.club name as part of the ZOOM call for easier identification!**

Considering that the main prize has a condition of attendance if the chosen winner is not on the ZOOM call, another will be picked until a valid participant is selected.

Another prize will go to the next random winner regardless if she or he is on the actual ZOOM call. ****The winner will have 48h** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize. If the winner will not respond within 48h, another winner will be chosen and given another 48h to respond (outside of the ZOOM call).

The official, written public announcement of the giveaway winners will be posted after all have replied back as an update in this current article at the top.

****I wish you all good luck and hope you will be interested in this year's prize**. Thank you in advance for participating and for your visit!

---

P.S. - Along with this giveaway there is an ongoing **[50% discount offer for the first 3 months on an XS+ subscription](https://www.blackvoid.club/4th-birthday-3mo-50-off)** here on the site! Use the link to activate it, and thank you for your support!
### Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives/
Last updated: 2024-10-30T13:25:25.000Z
💡

UPDATE: 30/10/2024 - The new 2TB version of the HAT3300 drive has been added. This is another 5400 RPM model joining the existing 4 and 6TB versions

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-30-at-14.19.26.png)

HAT3300 2T (Oct 2024)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/10/Screenshot-2024-10-30-at-14.24.27.png)

Compatible NAS models for the HAT3300 2TB drive (Oct 2024)

📢

****UPDATE: 30/05/2023** \- The HAT3300 drives are here! Specs, speeds, and prices as well as compatibility are listed below

A full review of these drives can be found on the following link:

[Synology HAT3300 Plus series NAS drives reviewSynology HAT3300 hard drive review. Brand new SATA drives for home and office usage with 3y warranty.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/08/hat3300_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hat3300-plus-series-nas-drives-review/)

Since Synology moved into the HDD/SSD segment of the market with their HAS5300/HAT5300 and SVN5200 lineup drives, it was only a matter of time before we will get the non-enterprise drives targeted for the entry and mid-range NAS models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_lineup.jpg)

The new HAT3300 lineup (SATA 3.5")

> ## Reliable hard drives purpose-built for Synology systems in home and small office environments.

Today we get the first glimpse of those drives under a new series name, **HAT3300**. These 3.5" SATA disks are NAS grade Seagate Ironwolf based with a **3-year warranty** on them. Clocked at around 1 - 1.2 million hours MTBF this series will come in **sizes of 4, 6, 8, and 12TB at 5400RPM except for the 12TB that will be running at 7200RPM**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-31-at-11.13.56.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_hdd_specs.jpg)

HAT3300 specifications

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-31-at-11.14.48.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-31-at-11.14.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-31-at-11.15.14.png)

From a compatibility standpoint, the disks will be compatible with the following NAS and expansion units, with more probably to come at a later date:

- **23 Series**: DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, RS2423+, RS2423RP+
- **22 Series**: RS822+, RS822RP+, RS422+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622, DS2422+
- **21 Series**: RS1221+, RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621+, DVA3221, RS2421+, RS2421RP+, RS2821RP+
- **20 Series**: RS820+, RS820RP+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+, DS420j, DS120j, DS220j
- **19 Series**: DS119j, DVA3219
- **18 Series**: DS1618+, DS418, DS418j, DS218, DS218play, DS118
- **Expansion Unit**: RX418, DX1222 , DX517, RX1223RP, RX1217, RX1217RP

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/Screenshot-2023-05-31-at-11.09.21.png)

As can be seen, the J and + models are included as well as the value lineup models. This gives a clear picture that future devices might come and be exclusive to the HAT3300 segment, but that remains to be seen. **The high-end range models** from FS, HD, SA, and UC, as well as RS XS/XS+, **will not be compatible** with this lineup. At the moment only some RS+ models are compatible, like the new RS2423+. The x23 NAS models are not locked to Synology models only so these new HAT3300 drives will only expand on the existing compatibility list.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/image-11.png)

[**Official datasheet link**](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/Hard%20Drives/23-year/HAT3300/enu/Synology%5FHAT3300%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

In terms of price, these models are competitive and well-placed with a reasonable price tag compared to some other brands out there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_price.jpg)

The suggested price for the HAT3300 drive

Finally, performance per device. Until some actual drives arrive for some real-life testing, here are the performance results that are officially published.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_seq_perf.jpg)

Sequential read and write performance compared with Synology HAT5300

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/hat3300_random_perf.jpg)

IOPS read and write performance compared with Synology HAT5300

As expected, a lower speed and IOPS than the current HAT5300 lineup, but more than decent performance due to the class and specification of the drives. As said, the real-life tests will start to happen soon, as HAT3300 disks are gonna start to fall into owners' hands. Considering that they will be available from the 31st of May it is safe to say we can expect them real soon.

A proper test will hopefully happen here on BLACKVOID as well, and I will be sure to link up any articles about it in the future.
### Synology RS2423+ and RS2423RP+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-and-rs2423rp-overview/
Last updated: 2023-08-24T13:56:01.000Z
For those looking to upgrade or acquire a new NAS that is not in a desktop (DS) form but rather a rack version, good news! The new refreshed general-purpose 12-bay NAS has arrived. As a successor to the current RS2421+/RP+ model with a few new tricks and changes, let's see what the new **RS2423+/RP+** has in store.

> ## The RS2423+ and RS2423RP+ (redundant power) are versatile and cost-effective 2U 12-bay storage servers for central data storage and sharing, endpoint and server backup, surveillance management, and other business applications. With over 3,500/1,700 MB/s sequential read/write performance, up to 216 TB of raw storage, and the option to boost I/O speeds through SSD caching, the RS2423+ and RS2423RP+ provide flexible storage with strong built-in data protection capabilities.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/rs2423_front.png)

RS2423+/RP+ - the new 12-bay mid-range NAS

The new 2U device is an upgrade to the previous model in terms of CPU, RAM, and I/O, as well as overall performance and speed. Designed with small and medium-sized businesses in mind, the RS2423+ will provide more than enough performance with the built-in **quad-core AMD Ryzen V1780B CPU and 8GB of ECC DDR4** (up to 32GB). Upgraded from the previous generation (v1500B and 4GB of RAM), the new model also now has the **built-in 10G along with dual 1GbE network adapters**.

10G connectivity has become very important for Synology as they continue lacking 2.5 or 5G ports in all their mid-range devices (or any devices for that matter). In this particular one, the 10G built-in port replaced two out of four 1GbE resulting in the final setup that we have now.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/customize_to_01.png)

PCIe-compatible cards for network and cache upgrade options

Along the back on top of the network ports, there are **two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports and a single expansion port** that will allow **connecting one more 12-bay RX1223RP** for a total of 24 bays. Finally, **one Gen 3 x8 slot (x4 link)** will allow for connecting up 10 or 25GbE network adapters, as well as an M.2 NVMe card for expanding the setup with needed cache considering that the RS unit does not have direct M.2 slots.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/rs2423_back.png)

RS2423+ back side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/rs2423RP_back.png)

RS2423RP+ back side

> ## Solid Performance - Over 3,500/1,700 MB/s sequential read/write  
> throughput supports office-wide applications
> 
> ## On-Demand Expansion - Scale up to 24 drive bays and 432 TB of raw storage  
> with one Synology RX1223RP Expansion Unit

This being a 12-bay unit by default it **supports both 2.5" and 3.5" hot swap drives** with a very limiting compatibility list. At the moment, the list is dominated by Synology-branded disks, with several Seagate, WD, and Toshiba models as well. As with any purchase, be very careful when it comes to buying the drives as support might be withheld from you in case the setup is run with unsupported or incompatible models.

The main difference between RS2423+ vs the RS2423RP+ is the power management element. The former is running with a single 500W while the latter is using two 350W PSUs. Power consumption will of course depends on the setup, the model of the disks, and the services running, but we can expect it to be from around 35W in hibernation all the way to 90W+ during access. Certainly, a more powerful CPU, more RAM, and the introduction of a 10G network by default will bring a better experience but also a slightly bigger power bill as compared to the previous generation.

> ## Comprehensive Backups - Protect your IT infrastructure with license-free solutions  
> for backup, replication, and recovery
> 
> ## Availability Safeguards - Hot-swappable drives, online volume expansion, dual  
> power supplies (RS2423RP+), and high-availability clustering help keep services online

From RAID and file system support no actual surprises. Unlike the XS+ lineup, the + models do **support Synology's SHR RAID type along with all the default ones (RAID 0,1,10,5,6...)**, and RS2423 models are no exception. BTRFS and EXT4 file systems are supported as well by default. This means that migration from older models or similar models will be possible, but keep in mind that the drive support might be a showstopper, so again, check the drive compatibility list on the Synology site. 

As with most devices in this segment, the RS2423+ is covered with a **three-year warranty** with the possibility to extend it to five years via **[Extended Warranty Plus](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)** program.
### Synology DS423+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-overview/
Last updated: 2023-03-15T05:54:21.000Z
Just one day after the DS1823xs+ saw the light of day, looks like we are not done with refresh models. Today we got a glimpse of the upcoming (expected), x23 unit from the plus lineup, and here are bits and pieces of info on the new **DS423+**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/DS423-_front_new.png)

DS423+ a new 4-bay Intel-powered NAS

Considering that back in November, Synology released their 4-bay flagship model, the [DS923+](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/), it was only a matter of time before the DS423+ came out. Expected by many as the last device that will run with an Intel CPU, and because of that be able to support Intel QuickSync (that unlocks video hardware transcode), looks like the wait paid off.

As we know the DS923+ came with an AMD CPU and a much more powerful configuration than the previous generation, but it lost the support for said HW transcode, leaving many users disappointed because of it.

> ## An all-in-one data management and sharing platform

The DS423+ is now here to hopefully satisfy that need, and to offer enough power and features for less money than the DS923+. Focused on media and sharing, the DS423+ is an all-around NAS powered by a familiar **Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core with up to 2.7GHz, and 2GB of DDR4 memory** (up to a total of 6GB). With **two UBS 3.2 Gen 1**, as well as **two 1GbE network ports** on the back, this model has enough to connect a few external USB devices as well as offers network LAG capabilities or high availability.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/DS423-_back_new.png)

DS423+ back side

In terms of drive bays, as it was with the previous model, the **DS423+ supports four 2,5" or 3.5" drives inside the main bays**, as well as **two additional M.2 NVMe drives on the bottom of the unit for cache or user-manageable volumes** (only with Synology SVN3400 series drives) that is a new feature with all x23 models so far.

> ## Centralized Data Storage - Store up to 72 TB of data in one place, maintain 100% data ownership, and enjoy multi-platform access
> 
> ## Dependable Performance - Up to 226/224 MB/s sequential read/write throughput supports stable data transfers

This model **supports all conventional RAID types including Synology's SHR** (unlike the DS1823xs+ for example), with either BTRFS or EXT4 file formats.

On the back of the unit, there is a **pair of 92 mm vents** to keep it all cool and silent as possible inside this **2.18 kg heavy machine**. As with all models in this class, the DS423+ comes with an external power adapter, two RJ-45 network cables, and a **3-year warranty** that can be **[extended to 5y via Extended Warranty Plus program](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)**.

 The DS423+ **supports a wide range of drive vendors and models**, not just Synology branded ones, so **be sure to check the compatibility list** before purchasing, just in case you don't get locked out of support for using unsupported or incompatible ones.

When it comes to software support, the **DS423+ can be used with all Synology packages** including Active Backup for Business, Drive, Synology Photos, and Hyper Backup to name a few. Also, the quad-core CPU has enough power and features to offer decent video surveillance options using the Surveillance Station 9 platform, as well as **serving as a media station device** with any compatible platform like **Video Station or 3rd party Plex**.

This model will become **available sometime in March** with a price of about €450 (plus tax).
### Synology DS1823xs+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1823xs-overview/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T18:00:56.000Z
Following the recent release of the new x23+ models, the [**DS723+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/) as well as its 4-bay version, the [**DS923+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/), now we got the successor of the 2021 8-bay. Here is the **DS1823xs+**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/DS1823xs_front.png)

DS1823xs+ - the new 8-bay powerhouse

Targeted at small and medium-sized businesses, this NAS has it all. With up to 144TB of raw storage potential without expansions and a **built-in 10G card** with an option for expansion, there is little this monster can't do.

The insides of this 6.2 kg machine are powered by **AMD Ryzen V1780B quad-core CPU at 3.35Ghz and 8GB of DDR4 EEC memory** (up to 32GB). It has **two M.2 (NVMe) slots** for both cache and usable volume storage as options (with Synology SVN3400 drives), and main bays can house both 3.5" and 2.5" HDDs or SSDs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/performance02@2x.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/performance01@2x.jpg)

Built-in M.2 slots and a PCIe expansion slot

On the back of the unit, there is a number of ports. Including a **1GbE management port, two 1GbE network ports, a single 10G port, three USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, and two eSATA ports**. eSATA ports can be used in combination with DX517 expansion units for a total of 18 usable drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/DS1823xs_back.png)

DS1823xs+ back side

The last thing that this NAS has is a **single Gen3 x8 slot (x4 link)** PCIe slot compatible with a variety of expansion cards. From NVMe to 25GbE network if the built-in options are not enough.

The DS1823xs+ is cooled with a pair of 120 mm vents considering its size, number of drives, and an internal 250W PSU.

The noise level as stated in the specifications is at about 23.6 dB with a power consumption of 88W while accessing the NAS and about 28W in hibernation.

This device is covered by a **5y warranty** with a price of about €830 (plus tax).

Due to its powerful capabilities, the DS1823xs+ can allow from 2000 all the way up to 8000 concurrent network users and that is an impressive number for such a compact device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-24-at-23.33.25.png)

One thing to note with this model is the **lack of support for the SHR RAID type**. Supported types are Synology RAID F1, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10, so if you are planning on migrating from a device running with SHR, keep in mind that this model does not support it.

Finally, disk compatibility. At the moment, the official drive list shows only Synology-branded drives, both HDDs and SSDs. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-24-at-23.16.25.png)

As of Feb 24th, 2023, the DS1823xs+ is compatible only with Synology-branded disks

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-24-at-23.25.56.png)

M.2 NVMe slot compatibility

While this is not strange considering this model is from the XS+ lineup, don't be fooled by its DS (desktop) size when it comes to compatibility. Always be sure to [check the list](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) before buying the drives for any model, let alone from a higher end of the lineup!

More details on this new 8-bay addition are on its [official page](https://www.synology.com/en-eu/products/DS1823xs+?ref=blackvoid.club) or in the [official datasheet](https://global.synologydownload.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/23-year/DS1823xs%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS1823xs%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).
### How to use Synology NAS with MEGA cloud?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/how-to-use-synology-nas-with-mega-cloud/
Last updated: 2026-03-14T18:00:01.000Z
## Table of Contents

[Why use MEGA?](#why)  
[MEGA CMD with "MEGA on NAS" packages](#package)

- [MEGA commands](#commands)
- [Logging into MEGA from the command line](#cmd)
- [Using the MEGA commands](#usage)
- [Uploading, downloading and public links](#links)
- [Backup task](#backup)
- [Sync task](#sync)
- [DSM scheduled task](#dsm)

---

With popular clouds popping up here and there all the time sometimes it is hard to keep track of them all, and on top of that as a NAS user, one might ask why to use a commercial when we have a private one.

While that is a valid point and one that I usually reference, the use of commercial large cloud platforms does have its advantages. This is the same reason that for the past 8y or so, Synology has been investing in its own cloud infrastructure and platform, the [Synology C2](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-5.png)

Synology C2 offers various free and commercial solutions

Still, before Synology started to go down this path, Google, Dropbox, and Microsoft have already had their versions of cloud storage solutions up and running. While the big three there are not the only ones, they do have a certain integration with Synology's DSM operating system today.

This article will focus on one of the underdogs when it comes to DSM's presence. MEGA.io (or MEGA.nz) is a platform that has been around for the better part of a decade. Founded in 2013 as a follow-up of the MEGAUPLOADS platform with a focus on privacy, security, and large storage offerings, MEGA now has a large following, stable service, and provides a good enough environment to host your data.

While I will not go into the MEGA features, I will say that I have not used it actively since I opened an account with them mainly because of two reasons. First, at the time, my upload speed was practically non-existent, and second, I already owned two NAS units at that point, so using a paid cloud service just didn't make any sense. Fast forward to today, with broadband speeds, and the need for some sort of off-site backup, cloud destinations are more and more becoming interesting to users.

Let's see if and how MEGA can work with Synology's DSM platform and does it provides enough user-friendly platform to become a standard part of someone's routine.

## 
  
  
## Why use MEGA?

While I am always a bit skeptical when it comes to any cloud provider and storing a large amount of data in it, when it comes to periodic backups, temporary uploads, and shared links, I see the potential of using public platforms. For anyone not willing to also directly expose their NAS to the public, uploading some amount of data that needs to be shared or downloaded might be worth presenting to a platform like MEGA. One more example would be for users that have a slow upload speed on their NAS location for continuous upload or download. Offloading such content to a temporary high-speed location would be a valid reason enough.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-6.png)

MEGA benefits at a glance 

Mentioning this, Synology also offers a similar option with [**Hybrid Share**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/) built-in feature, but only as a clear commercial service.

[DSM 7 - Hybrid Share, expand your NAS to Synology C2See how you can use the new Hybrid Share feature in the new DSM 7 NAS OS that will allow you to access your data in C2 using your NAS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/DSM7_hybridshare.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/)

Staying in MEGA's backyard, the initial 20GB free account gives enough room for some temporary file hosting and sharing options with room to grow in case the services are useful.

MEGA is supported on all major desktop and mobile platforms, as well as in the form of web browser extensions. On top of all that MEGA also offers its services utilizing communication via the MEGA CMD tool set. These are the exact tools that will be used in this article to show how Synology NAS can directly work with the MEGA cloud without the need for an intermediary device such as a computer or a mobile device.

## 
  
  
## MEGA CMD with "MEGA on NAS" packages

The first thing that needs to be done to get this going is to **install the MEGA official package to get support for its commands**. The MEGA CMD Synology package is listed in the Package Center and is compatible with almost any device to x13 models. More details are [here](https://www.synology.com/en-nz/dsm/packages/MEGAcmd?ref=blackvoid.club).

💡

In case there are issues with the Package Center install version, try and use the packages accessible from the [official MEGA download site](https://mega.io/nas?ref=blackvoid.club): [https://mega.io/nas](https://mega.io/nas?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-20-at-23.40.27.png)

MEGA CMD tools are installed using the Package Center

Unlike other packages that get installed, **MEGA CMD will just add support and install the actual CLI commands**, meaning that there will be no web UI interface to interact with the MEGA cloud.

This also means that we need to know how to operate in a shell environment via SSH as well as issue Linux commands.

⚠️

****WARNING**: using MEGA CMD will require SSH access! If you are unfamiliar with Linux commands and don't know your way around the command line, best to familiarize yourself before moving forward!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-20-at-23.42.13.png)

Enable SSH access on the NAS

**Allowing SSH access on the NAS is done via the Control Panel > Terminal** and opening the default 22 port (that can be changed if needed). Once that is done, use any SSH-compatible application like the macOS Terminal or PUTTY (Win) to access the command line via SSH protocol.

My personal favorite way to access the NAS via SSH is using the **ShellNGN** platform. For more details be sure to check the following article to find out more about how to use and configure it. Bear in mind this is a commercial app and it is not mandatory for this process to work, any SSH app will do just fine.

[ShellNGN - web-based SSH clientShellNGN is a web-based platform that you can use for all your SSH, SFTP, VNC, or RDP needs. Protected by 2FA, it supports an unlimited number of hosts, teams, and users…![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/shellngn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn/)

One potential SSH platform to access the NAS.

So, now that the CLI commands are installed and is enabled SSH access, we are ready from the NAS side to start using the MEGA platform. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-20-at-23.45.05.png)

Create a free MEGA account over at MEGA.io

The only thing left now is to make a free account on MEGA.io, and we are done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-20-at-23.47.06.png)

MEGA user interface (February 2023)

Once in the past, MEGA was more generous with its users. Notice the 50GB storage bar in the lower left corner, as opposed to the 20GB that you get now for the same free account.

### 
  
  
### MEGA commands

Before getting into the whole MEGA+Synology deal we need to know what commands we can use and how those can be executed.

Following the GitHub repository on MEGA CMD, we can learn all about them.

[MEGAcmd/UserGuide.md at master · meganz/MEGAcmdCommand Line Interactive and Scriptable Application to access MEGA - MEGAcmd/UserGuide.md at master · meganz/MEGAcmd![](https://github.com/fluidicon.png)GitHubmeganz![](https://opengraph.githubassets.com/e93b5089738f59e4964b9f94beebed3779c23dd83d5153ff35c7ba45611255cd/meganz/MEGAcmd)](https://github.com/meganz/MEGAcmd/blob/master/UserGuide.md?ref=blackvoid.club)

The following URL will display more than enough information and samples to allow for a full understanding of all the inner workings of this platform.

There are two ways that we can use the commands. **Interactive** and **scriptable**.

> ## Interactive refers to running the MEGAcmd shell which only processes MEGA commands. You invoke commands by typing and pressing Enter. MEGAcmd shell provides a lot of feedback about what it's doing. You can start the MEGAcmd shell with mega-cmd (or MEGAcmd on Windows).

So, once we are in the SSH command line, running `mega-cmd` will put us in interactive mode, and allow running any command (MEGA or Linux) without explicitly needing to use the `mega-` prefix.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-20-at-23.58.16.png)

Running \`**mega-cmd*\` will start the interactive mode

Now we use any number of commands to get started like `help` for example, or `login`.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-21-at-00.00.15.png)

**help* command will list all the MEGA CMD commands

Unlike interactive mode, the scriptable way does not require to use of the MEGA CMD, but rather a simple invoke of the full command with `mega-` prefix.

> ## Scriptable refers to running the MEGAcmd commands from a shell such as bash or the windows powershell. If the PATH to the MEGAcmd commands are not yet on the PATH in that shell, you'll need to add it. You can then issue commands like ls by prefixing them with the mega- prefix

One example would be to use `mega-help` to list all the helpful details about the help command. Also, if we want to log into MEGA we would use `mega-login` command.

### 
  
  
### Logging into MEGA from the command line

Regardless if we will use the interactive or scriptable method, the first thing that needs to be done is to create a session with MEGA using the before-created account.

To login into MEGA run the following command using `mega-login` or simply typing in `login` at the MEGA interactive prompt:

`login [--auth-code=XXXX] [email [password]]`

💡

In case 2FA has been set on the account the command line prompt will ask you for it!

`login yourMEGAemailaddress` and hit return. After that enter a password and optional 2FA.

```
MEGA CMD> login user@email.com                                                                                      
Password:                                                                                                                
Enter the code generated by your authentication app: 572837
[API:info: 07:57:07] Fetching nodes ... 
[API:info: 07:57:11] Loading transfers from local cache
[API:info: 07:57:11] Login complete as user@email.com
user@email.com:/$ 

```

The above is an example of logging in using the MEGA CMD interactive mode. Once we land on the `user@email.com` `:/$` command prompt we can continue using the MEGA command with no `mega-` prefix.

💡

****INFO**: running this package on a Synology NAS will require having home services active that will as a result create a home folder for the DSM user. Inside that folder, there will be files that megaCMD requires

Once the session has been created in the folder `.megaCmd` will appear inside the user home folder at the following location: `/volume1/homes/<username>/.megaCmd` 

```
excluded
lockMCMD
megaclient_statecache12_b0djOU1LcE1XVEVriLHUkHpENj0pCsGsKsre.db
megaclient_statecache12_b0djOU1LcE1XVEVriLHUkHpENj0pCsGsKsre.db-shm
megaclient_statecache12_b0djOU1LcE1XVEVriLHUkHpENj0pCsGsKsre.db-wal
megaclient_statecache12_syncconfigs_oGc9MKpMWTE.db
megaclient_statecache12_syncconfigs_oGc9MKpMWTE.db-shm
megaclient_statecache12_syncconfigs_oGc9MKpMWTE.db-wal
megaclient_statecache12_transfers_b0djOU1LcE1XVEVriLHUkHpENj0pCsGsKsre.db
megaclient_statecache12_transfers_b0djOU1LcE1XVEVriLHUkHpENj0pCsGsKsre.db-shm
megaclient_statecache12_transfers_b0djOU1LcE1XVEVriLHUkHpENj0pCsGsKsre.db-wal
megacmd.cfg
megacmdserver.log
megacmd.version
session

```

### 
  
  
### Using the MEGA commands

What remains now, is to start using the commands in the shell. From basic ones like creating a folder, `mkdir` or `ls` to specific ones like `put`, `export`, `backup` or `sync`.

For each command, we can invoke more help by adding the `--help`. 

```
user@email.com:/$ mkdir -p /test1/ /test2/ /test3/                                                                  
user@email.com:/$ ls                                                                                          
test1
test2
test3
user@email.com:/$ 

```

As can be seen, default Linux commands and formats can be used. Creation will directly (and in real-time with no need to refresh the MEGA web UI) affect the status presented in the web UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-7.png)

Results of the command line are immediately visible in the web UI

In the next section lets see how to use this solution in several common situations like uploading and downloading files, generating a public MEGA link, as well as creating backup and sync tasks. Finally, we will see how these commands can be executed in a scriptable mode and deployed using the DSM Task Schedule tool to eliminate the SSH and shell altogether.

### 
  
  
### Uploading, downloading and public links

The most obvious case when using MEGA with DSM would be to upload or download files directly between these two points. A simple example includes uploading a NAS local file(s) and generating a URL from it that can be then shared.

```
user@email.com:/$ put /volume1/temp/*.* /test1/

TRANSFERRING ||#....................||(1/37 MB:   4.08 %)  
Upload finished: /test1/Screenshot 2022-12-05 at 17.43.15.png
TRANSFERRING ||##...................||(3/37 MB:   8.59 %) 
Upload finished: /test1/Screenshot 2022-12-05 at 17.43.26.png
TRANSFERRING ||##############......||(25/37 MB:  69.19 %) 
Upload finished: /test1/IMG_2512.jpeg
Upload finished: /test1/IMG_2513.jpeg
TRANSFERRING ||###################.||(34/37 MB:  93.44 %) 
Upload finished: /test1/IMG_2511.jpeg
Upload finished: /test1/invoice_2411-2022.pdf
Upload finished: /test1/ds923_back.png
Upload finished: /test1/ds923_front.png
Upload finished: /test1/Screenshot 2022-12-05 at 17.42.48.png
Upload finished: /test1/WireGuard-avoton-1.0.20220627.spk
Upload finished: /test1/Invoice_template_HR_dvojno.dotx
Upload finished: /test1/Invoice_template_ENG.dotx
TRANSFERRING ||####################||(37/37 MB: 100.00 %) 
Upload finished: /test1/WireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spk
Upload finished: /test1/WireGuard-bromolow-1.0.20220627.spk
Upload finished: /test1/Synology DS723+_Data_Sheet_enu.pdf
Upload finished: /test1/Bug 358 rujan 2022.pdf
TRANSFERRING ||####################||(37/37 MB: 100.00 %) 
user@email.com:/$

```

The example above can be used to upload multiple files to a specific destination using a simple syntax: `put /local/location/ /MEGA/destination/location`.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-8.png)

Test1 folder populated with the files

If there is a need to download data from the cloud to the NAS then the example would be like this: `get /MEGA/source/ /local/destination/`

```
user@email.com:/$ get /test1/*.jpeg /volume1/temp/jpeg/                     
TRANSFERRING ||######............||(193/591 KB:  32.69 %)  
Download finished: /volume1/temp/jpeg/IMG_2511.jpeg
TRANSFERRING ||##################||(591/591 KB: 100.00 %) 
Download finished: /volume1/temp/jpeg/IMG_2513.jpeg
Download finished: /volume1/temp/jpeg/IMG_2512.jpeg
TRANSFERRING ||##################||(591/591 KB: 100.00 %) 
user@email.com:/$

```

As it can be seen, similar to uploading, downloading data works in the same manner. This example shows how to download all JPEG files to a specific location.

While uploading and downloading files (or folders) is simple enough, if we go a step further creating a public URL for an uploaded file would be the next logical step.

Creating any public link uses the `export` command with some optional options. 

`export -a --password=PASSWORD --expire=TIMEDELAY -f remotepath`

Both `password` and `expire` are optional parameters and the end result would be a unique URL similar to this one:

```
user@email.com:/$ export -a -f /test1/ds923_back.png                                                           
Exported /test1/ds923_back.png: https://mega.nz/file/KBhQmaSK#tCtDlFw8TM-QP2lzu2E90CxNJjYQ5R1vgfIJug4mc                
user@email.com:/$

```

The `-f` option is to automatically accept copyright terms that would be presented each time the URL is about to be generated`This means`.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-9.png)

Opening the URL will land use on the content that is being shared

The same principle applies to folders as well, which will result in a URL showing the content of that same folder.

Removing or deleting a public link can be performed with the `export -d nameOFfile` command:

```
user@email.com:/test1$ export -d ds923_back.png                                                                    
Disabled export: /test1/ds923_back.png                                                                                   
user@email.com:/test1$

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-10.png)

Result of a terminated public link

💡

****NOTE**: Using the `export -d` command does not delete the content! It simply disables the public URL!

### 
  
  
### Backup task

The backup functionality is a recent addition to MEGA (November of 2022) and at the moment of writing this article it is still in beta, but works well with no visible issue that I have noticed.

The backup syntax has several mandatory parameters and some optional ones, but the minimum example would look similar to this:

`backup /local/path/ /remote/MEGA/path --period="PERIODSTRING" --num-backups=N`

`--period="0 0 4 * * *"` \- variable accepts a typical `cron` like expression to be configured in any way needed. This example would trigger a daily backup job at 4 AM UTC

`--num-backups` \- variable to define the maximum number of backup versions with a classic FIFO rotation policy (first in, first out)

Once the task has been created it will be triggered immediately to make the initial backup, with the follow-up triggering by the `--period` variable parameter.

```
user@email.com:/$ backup /volume1/temp/jpeg /test2/ --period="0 0 4 * * *" --num-backups=2                     
Backup established: /volume1/temp/jpeg into /test2/ period="0 0 4 * * *" Number-of-Backups=2
user@email.com:/$

```

Running a `backup` command will list all current jobs and their status:

```
user@email.com:/$ backup                                                                                            
TAG   LOCALPATH            REMOTEPARENTPATH    STATUS 
1553  /volume1/temp/jpeg   /test2              ACTIVE
user@email.com:/$

```

Once the backup has been completed inside the destination folder, a version subfolder will be created for each new version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-21-at-23.24.15.png)

Example of a backed-up data living inside its own backup subfolder

Removing a backup task (but not the actual data) can be executed using the following command: `backup -d TAG`.

This will delete the backup task under a specified TAG number but the data has to be removed using a separate set of commands.

### 
  
  
### Sync task

Unlike the backup task, sync in the case of MEGA is a **two-way** one. This means`one-time` that setting it up will establish a connection and periodically upon the change on either side, make the change to the content. 

So, adding, deleting, or changing data on the NAS side or the MEGA side will mirror both ends.

Configuration of this task is simple enough and a typical example would be like this: `sync /local/path/ /destination/MEGA/path/`.

Using `-s` and `-d` will stop or delete the sync task. Just like with backup, the content itself will remain intact on both sides.

### 
  
  
### DSM scheduled task

The above examples were all in interactive MEGACMD format, but all can be used in a scriptable format as well. This means that if for whatever reason there is a need to configure one-time`the ` actions or tasks without the need for SSH, DSM offers a way to execute them using the UI.

The DSM **Task Scheduler** (inside the `for`Control Panel) will allow the creation of user-managed tasks to run any script including any MEGA-like commands.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-17.png)

Task Scheduler inside DSM Control Panel

Creating a script is very straightforward, and includes selecting a few settings, and writing the command(s). We can do a **scheduled** or **triggered** type of task depending on the need.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-18.png)

In both cases, the main element here is the **Task Settings** tab. Inside the **Run command** box is where we place our user-defined script.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-19.png)

DSM user-defined task

In the example above, a simple upload command has been given with an additional `-c` option to create the destination folder in case it is missing.

`mega-put /volume1/temp/images/ /docker/ -c` will upload all files from the `images` folder into the MEGA `/docker` folder and create the folder in case it is not already there. 

Considering that this method does not involve the MEGACMD interactive mode, all commands have to have `mega-` prefix for this to work. 

Upon completion (or any issues), we can use the **View Results** section to see when and how the task is executed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-20.png)

Action > View Result to view how the process completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-21.png)

Results of a particular task

## Conclusion

There we have it. MEGA support with DSM while not visually focused, it is still very functional and powerful in terms of its options. With no integration with Hyper Backup, it might not be desirable for most users but do give it a chance as a backup option. 

If nothing else it could be a good solution for one-time or periodic uploads to an end-to-end encrypted cloud for generating public URLs that will eliminate the need to publish the NAS to the Internet. With that, we are eliminating potentially large transfer rates and bandwidth saturation, while increasing security.

Let me know in the comment section what you think about this solution, and do you see yourself using it at all?
### Synology Store - now open!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-store-now-open/
Last updated: 2023-05-17T13:33:45.000Z
Starting today, Synology has unveiled its first web store, called **Synology Store**. Focused on essential Synology products, the store offers various spare parts, rail kits, memory modules, and add-in cards.

On top of it all, **the network lineup** of their products is also a purchase option, but HDDs, as well as NAS devices, are not, at least not at the moment.

💡

**NOTE**: keep in mind that the store will list **purchase options depending on the geographical location**. For example, the EU store has no router products listed, unlike the US store.

[Synology Store | Synology Inc.Easily find and purchase compatible accessories and spare parts for your Synology devices. Enjoy free shipping on orders from $200 along with a 30-day moneyback guarantee.![](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/img/products/store/add_in_cards.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/store?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-11.png)

Synology Store is now open

The Store will offer **free shipping** on orders over $200 (or €200) but be sure to read the FAQ for more details and check if a certain country is covered by this option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-12.png)

Synology Store benefits

Once the item has been selected and processed in the cart, a usual shopping wizard will allow for an easy purchase experience.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-13.png)

Checkout process

**Synology Account** will be needed in order to make a purchase using the Store, so be sure to have it created ahead of time. More details on the Account and its option can be reviewed in the [following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/).

While shipping is free as mentioned before, for purchases over 200, if we need a speedy delivery, that will still cost a bit extra.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-14.png)

Synology Store shipping method

Payment options include debit or credit cards issued by Visa, Mastercard, American Express or using a SEPA Direct Debit

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-15.png)

Synology Store payment options

All purchases and orders will be visible using the Synology Account portal and its new Synology Store section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-16.png)

Keep up to date on any purchases using the Synology Portal

While not all items are available to be bought via the Store it is interesting and welcome to see that Synology has made this move. There will be certainly customers that will welcome an informative and easy-to-use platform to buy any additional supported items for certain devices and models. 

Time will show if this will be a long-term option and how the catalog of services and devices will expand, but for now, a welcome addition nevertheless.
### Backup Portainer with Synology C2 Object Storage
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/backup-portainer-with-synology-c2-object-storage/
Last updated: 2024-04-07T09:42:27.000Z
## Table of content

: [Preparing C2 Object Storage](#prep)  
: [Portainer backup configuration](#config)  
: [Portainer backup restoration](#restore)

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 07/07/2023 - C2 Object Storage started to ****support both versioning and WORM protection** for buckets.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/image.png)

⚠️

****NOTE**: The process explained below ****will work only with Portainer Business (EE) edition**, and not with the community one (CE)!

Using Docker nowadays has become very popular but is also useful for both SOHO and enterprise users and businesses. For that reason, there are many platforms that will help in both host and container management.

One such example is **Portainer**. As a fan of the platform, I have done [several articles here on the site](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/portainer/) on that topic.

[Portainer - Docker container management made easyHow to run the new Portainer 2.0 CE on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/portainer-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)

Get started with Portainer on Synology NAS using Docker

Those articles will cover most of what is needed to get started, but in this one, I would like to point out how can we utilize a **compatible S3 platform to backup Portainer's configuration**.

For this particular case, I will be using Synology's very one (and new) C2 service, **Object Storage**.

[Synology C2 Object StorageNEW Synology C2 service is here. C2 Object Storage offers you a way to backup any unstructured data with no egress fees at all. Starting at $6.99![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2objectstorage.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)

Synology's C2 Object Storage platform

The article above explains in detail how the platform works and what is it for, so I will skip that for the moment and focus on using it as a destination for Portainer's configuration backup.

## 
  
  
## : Preparing C2 Object Storage

Before we can configure Portainer to use OS as its destination we need to make several preparations. First, make sure you have a valid account with Synology using their **Synology Account** platform.

[Synology Account portalSynology Account portal. What is it, and what can it do for you?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyaccountportal.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/)

Next, activate at least a **free** Object Storage service by going to the [**Object Storage portal site**](http://object.eu.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) and registering. The free tier will give you **15GB** of space which is more than enough for Portainer config backups.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-09.54.21.png)

C2 Object Storage portal

### Creating buckets and access key

Once inside the portal, there are two things that we need. A **bucket** and an **access key**. Clicking on the **Create Bucket** button a short wizard will guide you through the process of creating both elements.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-09.56.27.png)

Give the bucket a name and set the access key permissions

For this to work, we need an access key that has **read and write** permissions, so be sure to configure it as such.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-09.57.45.png)

Make sure you keep this information safe and accessible! You will need it!

As we can see OS has presented us with an **access key ID** as well as a **secret key.** Make sure to write them down as you will need those in the configuration and restoration steps later on!

⚠️

****WARNING**: ****Copy and save the data before you click the close button!** Once you do, you will not be able to get the ****secret key** code, and a new access key will be needed!

One last thing will be needed from the portal before we can go into Portainer and configure the backup process. Going back to the OS main page where the buckets are listed we need to grab the **endpoint** address (URL) to that specific bucket that will be used as a destination.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-09.58.24.png)

Copy the endpoint address of the bucket, it will be needed in the Portainer configuration

Alongside the endpoint address, we will also need the **bucket name** so make sure you know it.

So, a short recap. Four elements in total are needed to make this work and the previous steps have produced them:

1. Bucket name
2. Access Key ID
3. Secret Key
4. Endpoint URL

Now we can move into Portainer and start the backup configuration.

## 
  
  
## : Portainer backup configuration

With the previous elements in place, let's log into Portainer and go to the **Settings** portion.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-11.22.00.png)

Portainer's backup section

At the bottom of the Settings, there will be a **backup portainer** section. As we can see at any point we can manually make and download a backup using the **Download backup file** option on the left. While this is fine, we want to prepare for any possible disaster scenario so backup has to be configured as a task to be triggered automatically and saved on a remote location.

This is where the **Store in S3** option comes in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-10.16.30.png)

Portainer S3 compatible form for off-site backup

Filling in the form will allow for exactly that, and creating a backup file that we can use at any time in case something happens with the Portainer platform itself. Another example would be to simply migrate the Portainer instance and restore it from this same backup.

Make sure to fill in the following:

```
Schedule automatic backup > ON
Cron rule: enter a valid cron job timer format depeding how often the task will run (0 2 * * * will give you 2AM backup for example)
Access key ID: enter the access key from Object Storage
Secret key: enter the secret key from Object Storage
Region: this can be skipped when using the Synology C2 OS platform
Bucket name: enter the bucket name created before
S3 compatible host: enter the C2 OS endpoint URL

Password protection: optional so use it or don't depending on the use case

```

Finally, click the blue **Save Backup settings** button to save the configuration.

Once that backup has been completed, visiting the bucket content on the Object Storage portal, will list all available backup configuration files that can be used in the restore process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-11.35.16.png)

Portainer configuration backups listed inside C2 Object Storage

## 
  
  
## : Portainer backup restoration

As said before, this method can be used on any number of occasions but the two that are most obvious would be disaster recovery and migration. In both cases, if we cant to get up and running with our management platform asap, it would be best to simply spring a new Portainer instance and restore from the backup.

Users, hosts, settings, etc, all will be restored and ready to go in seconds So let's see how the process goes.

Once the new Portainer instance is up and running, visiting the main page we will have two options. Configure it as a clean instance, or restore it from backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-10.05.40.png)

Restoring the Portainer instance from a backup

Restore can be done using the local backup file that we have on hand (if we do), or connecting to Object Storage and pulling the actual backup from there. The configuration of the restore form is identical to the settings in the backup configuration section with one exception. We need to enter the actual **backup filename** that we want to restore from. 

Be sure to get the name of the file using the Object Storage portal when filling in the needed information.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-10.12.49.png)

Data entered

Once the information has been entered click **Restore Portainer** and wait for the process to complete. After no more than 10 seconds if all is well, we will be redirected to the login screen and allowed access back to the "old" Portainer environment. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-10.22.39.png)

The restoration process was successful

So there we have it. A quick, easy, and free way to have a piece of mind knowing that your Portainer setup is safe and sound in case you ever need to restore it.

A few notes on the actual migration in certain cases. Now let's assume that the setup includes already deployed containers, either via the stack option or simply as a single manually configured one. In any event, these steps will **not** migrate the actual **containers**, **images**, or **mounted volumes** to the new host. This is something that needs to be done by hand.

So in order to actually have a fully working backup/restore process, **be sure to backup the content of the mounted volumes**, and be prepared to **redeploy the containers on the new host**.

What this backup covers is all the rest. The whole Portainer configuration, from **teams**, **users**, **settings**, etc. It will also backup the **actual compose files** and this is important!

Assuming you have a container deployed via a compose (stack feature), after a backup restore, **if the compose file is missing on the destination host, we will not be able to edit the compose file** as Portainer will flag it as something deployed outside of the actual Portainer setup. The reason for this is that the compose file is missing and the actual container and its deployment are not registered in the Portainer database. This is why we have to use the backup/restore feature in order to have all the configurations in order.

This scenario is particularly important if we have multiple docker hosts connected via the **portainer agent**. All deployments will be registered with the main Portainer instance, so again, its backup and restore are crucial for getting access and actually usage of the compose files.
### Synology DS223 overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds223-overview/
Last updated: 2023-05-26T11:42:58.000Z
As it was announced back in January in the "[NEW x23 Synology model lineup](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x23-synology-model-lineup/)" article, the **new Synology DS223 has arrived**! The new 2-bay "value" grade NAS is here as a long overdue successor of the DS218.

With an already familiar look, this model without checking the label on the front could be mistaken for the DS220+. The smooth, and very professional design has followed over to this model as well as the fact that the drives are hot-swappable as they are on the plus lineup.

This NAS with its **price of about €245** (plus tax) and **2y warranty** (extendable to 4 via the [Extended Warranty Plus program](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)), is a real compact gem in Synology's long list of devices. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-09-at-00.28.20.png)

Equipped with a **quad-core 1.7GHz ARM v8 Realtek RTD1619B** CPU and **2GB of DDR4** (non-ECC) the DS223 is a very capable model offering enough performance for very little power consumption. With an external PSU, Synology is stating around 17W of usage under load and as low as 4W in hibernation or standby.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds223_front.png)

The DS223 front side with all the LEDs and a single USB 3.2 Gen 1 port

The beforementioned RAM is fixed and can't be upgraded or extended unlike on the DS220+, but 2GB will be more than enough for the list of possibilities and apps that this device is targeted for.

The back of the unit, again unlike the DS220+, has only a **single 1Gbit ethernet** port as well as **additional two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports** (5Gb), for a total of three (one on the front as well). The lack of a 2.5 or 5G ethernet port might not come as a shock on this particular device but considering its bigger brothers didn't get those as well (DS723+ or DS923+), no surprise here.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds223_back.png)

The back side of the DS223 shows additional two USB ports and a single 1Gbit LAN port

It is clear that DS223 was not intended for uptime or redundancy in terms of network or performance for that matter (no optional 10G either), but running with an RTD1619B CPU and a total of 2GB or RAM it might be considered pushing the envelope a bit. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-09-at-00.13.25.png)

The use of Hyper Backup and Snapshot Replication will allow for various on-prem and cloud backup scenarios with DS223

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

More info on various backup tools that DS223 supports including Hyper Backup and Snapshot Replication

Advertised as the "home and small office" device, the DS223 supports almost all of the DSM official packages apart from Active Backup for example. The good news is that it **does support Snapshot Replication** so users can benefit from great on-device or off-device replications of NAS data.

On top of this the latest (upcoming) **DSM 7.2 version** along with a **new Docker version (Container Manager app)**, will be **supported on this model**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_containermanager-2.jpg)

DSM 7.2 and the new Container Manager will be supported on DS223

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-09-at-00.15.23.png)

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/photos.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

Synology Photos, a new photo and video solution

Along with HB and SR packages, DS223 supports a very popular **Synology Drive** and **[Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)**, allowing any user to access files, images, and videos on the go using any compatible desktop, or mobile device.

Finally, it also supports a popular video surveillance solution by **Synology, Surveillance Station 9**. With two included licenses for any of over 8000 cameras supported models, the DS223 can be just the NVR solution you were looking for.

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

A bit of in-depth review of the SVS 9 covered in this 2-part article series

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as ut uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

> ## *Designed with both leisure and work in mind, the entry-level 2-bay DS223 has all the tools you need to create an intuitive and secure platform to centralize, organize, and share your data. Leverage the license-free, built-in solutions available in Synology DiskStation Manager (DSM) to create your own private cloud, access files from any device, and work efficiently on business projects with clients and collaborators.*

In terms of HDD/SSD support, the DS223 will, unlike some bigger and stronger models, [support a decent amount of brands and models](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?search%5Fby=products&model=DS223&category=hdds%5Fno%5Fssd%5Ftrim&p=1&change%5Flog%5Fp=1&ref=blackvoid.club) from Synology, Toshiba, Seagate, and WD. It is always good to check the current list before getting any drives from any vendor just to be on the safe side that the drives will have no compatibility issue with the NAS or the DSM version.

It is also nice to see that the value series continues with its support of the BTRFS file systems as well as EXT4 in multiple supported RAID types (SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, RAID 1).

One final note, for all the PLEX users out there. Since the release of this model there were issue when it comes to running the PLEX server component on this NAS, but as of PLEX server version 1.32.3.7089, this is no longer an issue:

💡

Version **1.32.3.7089** \- Add support for DS223 family models (rtd1619 & rtd1619b processors)

---

All in all a nice upgrade to the previous generation that will be versatile enough to allow for almost any use case scenarios while leaving room for more than the J lineup of models can offer. Value models like the new DS223 are great starting models for anyone looking to get a bit more power and features without spending too much on a device they are not familiar with. DSM 7 will work great with 2GB of RAM providing a smooth and seamless experience in a multi-user setup. Like with most models, DS223 will pay off in the long run as a capable NAS capable of performing more than just your basic backup tasks.
### Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/
Last updated: 2023-05-10T22:30:04.000Z
💬

This is the **second part** on the topic of the Synology surveillance solution. It will cover **Surveillance Station 9 and its features**. The focus will be on general usage, as well as some advanced elements and also features that are possible by using DVA devices like face detection and the like. **[Part 1 can be found here](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)**.

---

## Table of Contents

[**: Deep Video Analytics**](#deep)  
[**: Face recognition**](#face)  
[**: Smart Search**](#smart)  
[**: Action Rules**](#action)  
[**: Home Mode**](#home)  
[**: Time Lapse**](#time)  
[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

---

In the [**first part**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-1/) of the review we have talked about the general setup of the DVA3221 unit and some of the general, most frequently used features. Now, we continue with some more advanced elements that are only accessible on the DVA lineup models as well as some that can be utilized on the NAS lineup models.

To start, those features will be **Deep Video analytic**s, **Face Recognition**, and later on **Time Lapse** and very handy **Home Mode**.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Synology branded cameras bring better integration with SVS9 as well as offer on-device AI functions

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-22.png)

## : Deep Video Analytics

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-29-at-15.25.30.jpg)

Deep Video Analytics reviewing the captured footage

One reason anyone would get a DVA3221 or DVA1622 is because of their exclusive features. One of those is the **Deep Video Analytics.** This module allows for both the **counting** and **detection** of **vehicles and people**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-15-at-16.03.51.png)

Choose the Deep Video analytics task

Each configuration has a unique wizard that will allow for a custom setup in terms of camera, the fact that we want to detect people and vehicles at the same time, as well as other specific parameters.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-15-at-16.05.35.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-15-at-16.04.30.png)

Setting up a Deep Video license plate task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-15-at-16.08.58-1.png)

Configuration of the capture zone

The people and vehicle detection works really well including in low-light environments with a sub-par camera. Depending on the light source, camera position, and quality we can expect better or worse results.

⚠️

**NOTE**: Even if the cameras were configured to record on a schedule or motion detection, **Deep Video Analytics, Face Recognition, Transactions, and Live View Alert will always be recorded when triggered**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-15-at-16.46.54.jpg)

Results of the license plate recognition process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-15-at-16.47.10.jpg)

Video playback of detected and allowed license plate 

The reason deep analytics tasks are great is that they can further trigger various configured **Action Rules** (more on those later) to streamline the whole process. For example, upon license plate recognition a ramp can allow for a vehicle entrance or exit.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-29-at-16.09.12.png)

Action rules that can be configured for various cases such as unknown license plate detection

Similar to vehicles, people counting and detection works the same way, and with very good results on top of that.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-29-at-15.59.04.png)

People detection results

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-29-at-15.59.46.png)

Deep analytics detecting a person walking into a "hot zone"

Similar to vehicle detection, people detection works very much the same way. Once we have configured the zones and other parameters, the integrated GPU will do all the heavy lifting when it comes to detection or counting. Cameras with night vision mode on in low light will also capture people moving about as well as capture their faces if detected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-29-at-16.15.22.png)

Deep Video Analytics tool offers label management as well as various formats of reports

The Analytics part of this solution is feature rich and easy to use. With numerous filters to help us narrow down our search, the DVA module also offers label management, and reports to give the user a better and easier overview of the captured footage. Reports can be web-based (HTML files) or comma-separated values that can be imported into a spreadsheet. License plate reports include the actual plate number, a snapshot of the plate itself as well as the vehicle.

If I could say one thing that bothers me with this is that the downloaded footage is in MP4 format but with no "detection" overlay that can be seen using the Surveillance station player. It would be nice if there was a choice to download the footage with and without the overlay.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-23.png)

## : Face recognition

Similar to the Deep Video Analytics module, **Face Recognition** is another intelligent, DVA-model-only feature. Configured as a separate task, it will allow for people's face recognition on configured cameras. Depending on the device itself, its position, environmental lighting, and so on, the results will vary. This module like the vehicle one allows for the creation of a user database based on their image profiles.

The matching percentage can be determined by the SVS admin starting with the default 80% value. Also, just like with license plate detection, action rules can be configured to follow up in case of specific detection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-30-at-19.47.15.png)

Face detection results

In my testing, the recognition was working really well unless it was in a completely dark room with a person moving fast. This would not be a problem for a camera with a high resolution and specifications matching that kind of scenario.

In any decent or very good lit test, the recognition was 100% successful in matching the person with the threshold set to 80%. 2K, 1440p camera was very quick in terms of face capture, with recognition happening just as the subject entered the "hot zone" even for a second.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-30-at-19.50.45.png)

Recognized face from a non-direct angle

As with Deep Video Analytics, the Face Detection module allows for all sorts of filtering and searching as well as corrections in case the face has not been detected correctly. It will also allow for color detection and recognition name display so that visually any person that is recognized (or not) will be presented with their registered name in the SVS database.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-30-at-19.52.40.png)

Color-identified event configuration

The usual, **playback**, **download**, **delete** and **lock** functions are present here as well in case there is a need to extract a specific video file from the archive.

The task creation process for Face Recognition will involve a specific camera, zone selection, and an optional color assignment of a particular group, so all in all, almost identical in options as the people and vehicle creation wizard. In case there is a need to temporarily disable the task without deleting it there is an option to do it as well. The disabled task will retain all the settings and configurations, so when it is again needed it can be enabled with a push of a button.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-24.png)

## : Smart Search

While SVS 9 has a lot of ways to trigger an event and depending on the camera it will detect the slightest change, there will be a need to go over footage and find a missing object outside of the configured "hot zone". Imagine for a moment that something has gone missing and the camera footage captured it but you are unable to find it by just looking over hours of recording.

This is where **Smart Search** functionally comes in handy. As one of the built-in modules, it will allow for a "smart" review of the footage allowing for detection in a fast-forward fashion of any objects missing from a specific area of the video. This way it is possible to find and detect an object without looking over hours of continuous recording in real time.

📢

**INFO**: This feature works only when using the SVS desktop client not the web browser version!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-30-at-19.57.36.png)

SVS 9 Smart Search module

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-30-at-19.58.06.png)

Possible settings to be used with Smart Search

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-30-at-20.02.50.png)

Results are listed on the right-hand side based on the door handle moving

As an example presented above, we quickly got the results of three moments when the door handle movement was detected during the selected time and date. The overlay grid allows for an easy "drawing" of multiple hot zones in case there is a particular need for such a scenario. Finally, the result videos on the far right side can be downloaded, and even enhanced in terms of image quality if needed.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-25.png)

## : Action Rules

As can be seen, there is a lot that SVS can do automatically in terms of detection and recognition. But, that is not all that it can do. With its option to integrate with various other devices (bells, doors, ramps, etc) it has become apparent that there is a need to connect SVS in some way to a certain external device or other platforms.

This is where **Action Rules** step in. A simple but powerful set of configurable rules that can be used in any number of situations. A simple example would be that upon detection, an alarm goes off, or we receive a snapshot of the situation. Another would be to get an alert sent to an outside system. Maybe we want an alert when the camera has been disabled, the fact is that there are a lot of options depending on a specific situation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-30-at-20.24.09.png)

Action Rules creation wizard

Another great thing about the rules is that we can add multiple actions and events to create a single rule that will trigger another event, send an alert, and take a snapshot all at the same time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-18.27.53.png)

Example of a multiple-action rule

Face detection and Deep Video Analytics also have a built-in method that can be activated. For example, using a webhook POST method to detected unknown license plate and send it to an external system (Surveillance Station version 9.1.1-10728 needed!). In general, the mechanism works really well, and fast, and will satisfy most needs. Externally connected devices are also supported but will they work as expected will depend on actual testing, so be sure to get a proper test done before committing.

## 
  
  
## : Home Mode

Creating action rules ahead of time will also be needed if we want to use them with some other elements of the SVS platform. One example would be **Home Mode**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-18.48.25.jpg)

Home Mode - an easy way to change how SVS works while you are away

Home Mode allows customization of recordings, notifications, stream profiles, and action rules settings to match the needs of various environments. One example would be that we want internal cameras to stop recording during certain hours, or completely as well as stop sending notifications while an event is triggered. So when we arrive home the cameras will still function in a live mode, just no recordings will occur.

There are three ways that HM can be turned on or off. One, by simply logging into SVS and flipping the switch, another by schedule, or by geofence location using the mobile DS cam app. This last method will allow for a more precise profile switch as it will detect a mobile device leaving the wifi area and arm Home mode. The same will happen when we arrive back and enter the wifi area again. At that point, the Home mode will be turned back on and all the applied settings will take control over the configured cameras.

So let's see what needs to be done in order for Home Mode to work effectively. First off, we have to understand that **all the settings inside the Home Mode module are in effect when Home Mode is active**. While it is turned off, the settings that are configured on the SVS level will be used.

With that in mind here is one simple example. While I am home I don't want my office camera to record motion events. In fact, I don't want it to have any recording at all. But, when I leave my house and Home Mode turns on, I want it to do motion detection records each time they happen.

To configure this we first need to edit the actual camera settings and schedule it to record motion detection all the time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.05.35.png)

Settings for the office camera to trigger recording for each motion detection

These settings need to be configured for each camera that will be affected by Home Mode, as we can configure HM to work with some cameras and not all of them.

Next, in the HM module under **Settings,** we need to configure the following.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.08.01.png)

Enable all the settings and configure cameras that will be included in HM

Each of the tabs inside the HM window needs to be activated first using the **General** tab. The reason is that we might not want to configure specific notifications or stream changes when HM is turned on. So, depending on the needs tabs need to be activated.

As the above image shows, only the office camera will be included when HM is turned on, leaving the garage camera to run under its predefined settings. Now are I said before, I wanted to stop all recording and notifications when I am at home that relates to the office camera.

Jumping over to the **recording** tab in HM we will have the same grid setup as we did while we were configuring the default camera settings. What we need to do here is turn off all motion detection events.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.13.08.png)

Record-setting for the office camera while HM is armed

This means that once HM is turned on, meaning while I am at my house, we don't want SVS recording anything over the office camera. These settings will take control over the default settings (1st image) until the HM has been turned off, meaning I have left my house.

While recording will stop I also want any type of **Notifications** to not be sent. For that simply disabling all the settings under the notification tab will do.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.16.35.png)

Turning off all notifications events across all channels

Finally, I would like to have certain action rules triggered when Home mode has been turned on or off. For this example, I have chosen to send a simple notification using a webhook to an outside chat platform (Mattermost).

When an event is triggered (entering or leaving home) a notification will appear in and outside chat channel like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.20.13.png)

Example of Home Mode event being sent via a webhook to Mattermost channel

In the above image, we can see that I arrived home at 17:17, then left the house at 18:43 thus arming the cameras, only to arrive back home one minute later and activated home mode again. My setup has been configured and tested using the geofence mode that will be explained below, but I can say that it works great, is fast, and very precise.

So, in short, that is how the Home mode works and as a single-button solution, we can change the way our entire surveillance system works while we are both home and away from it.

### Configuring a mobile device to be part of the geofence Home mode operation (optional)

Setting our mobile device to be an approved device when it comes to Home mode geofence, there are certain hoops that we must jump through before this can work.

First, on the mobile device, we need to install the **DS Finder** app. The app is present both in the App Store as well as in the Google Play Store. Once installed and paired with the DVA3221 we can activate the push notification option as it will be useful when getting notifications.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/IMG_2883.PNG)

DS Finder app on a compatible mobile device

Next, the notification platform inside SVS will not work until a mobile device has been detected, but in order for that to happen we **first have to pair the device on the DSM level** inside the **Control Panel > Notification** settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.40.16.png)

A detected mobile device

As can be seen in the image, the device was detected automatically because we installed DS Finder in the previous step. 

Next, the **DS Cam app is what we need**. Specifically the **Notifications section.** Inside it u**sing the three dots in the upper right corner** we open the **Settings** section and **enable the Push service**. This will register the mobile device with DS Cam as it will be needed as a prerequisite for Home mode.

Now, we can move inside the SVS where the rest of the setup will happen.

Opening now yet again the **Notification module inside SVS** we can verify that the mobile device is paired via DS Cam and test a test message.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.48.14.png)

Notification module inside SVS

Once we have a confirmation that push messages are coming over to the mobile device we have a working and ready-to-be-used as a Home mode geofence device.

Opening Home mode, on its overview tab we can configure and **set the location** that will be configured as our home, as well as review all the mobile devices that will trigger Home mode on and off by leaving the configured area or returning to it.

Not the most straightforward configuration, but it does work very well in my testing using the iPhone 11 model as a mobile device.

⚠️

Once again, be sure to **configure all the steps** as without a paired device on the DSM level we can't register it inside SVS, and in order to register it on the DSM level we need the DS Finder app.

Leaving the geofence (the wifi network) Home mode will arm itself and all the recording, notification, stream, and action rules will be activated.

### Webhook Action rules with Home mode (optional)

Here is another optional step that can be configured with Home mode and previously described Action rules. This example will push a simple notification once the Home mode is on or off towards a configured channel to an outside Mattermost instance.

Using the Action rules module we create a new rule with the following settings:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-19.59.52.png)

Home mode off - action rule

Giving it a name, rule type, and action type to start off. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-20.01.00.png)

Configuring an event

As the event, in this case, will be leaving home (meaning arm the office camera as I am no longer home), we will choose "leave home mode" as the event.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-20.03.10.jpg)

Action that will trigger upon the event

The action that will happen at that point will be a **webhook POST method**. The payload will have to be entered manually (the body) as webhook are still not supported to use any defined SVS variables but for this example a simple text "Home Mode - OFF" will do.

Considering that the URL has been defined on the Mattermost chat platform, any event trigger will send the text message each time HM has been armed. The same process can be configured when the Home mode is no longer armed, and that way each transition will result in a simple message with a time stamp.

This was just a simple example of utilizing Action rules and webhooks as part of the Home mode process but sending notifications using the built-in notification platform will log them inside the SVS log center or DS Cam app.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-1.png)

## : Time Lapse

One of the last features that might come in handy would for sure be the ability to create time-lapse videos. If we want to make a short video of a sunset or a simple fun video while cleaning the garage, well that's what this module will offer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-22.52.50.png)

Time Lapse module

Creating a new task will involve choosing the camera and stream quality, as well as framerate, truncate, and compression ratio.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-22.55.07.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-22.55.31.png)

The size of the video in default settings will be about 200-500MB for about 6h of footage ending with about 1.5 min in length. Of course, this will depend on the compression ratio for the most part as well as FPS and resolution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-01-at-22.56.07.png)

Just as with any other recording in SVS, a time-lapse one can be viewed and downloaded using the recording section inside the module window. Depending on the actual need it might be something that users will never have the need to use, but it is nice to know that it is there if needed.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

The DVA3221 is a great piece of hardware for what is advertised. True, it is on the pricy side but it does offer a lot and it is more than just an NVR device. It can offer all the benefits of a NAS on top of its primary usage and with a dedicated GPU capture a lot of footage at the same time.

With 32 concurrent video streams being handled by a single device, as well as 12 real-time deep video analytic tasks, this model can do what no other in the lineup can. Its ports on the back will offer both expansion options and network redundancy making it also very resilient in terms of any potential downtime.

Hardware was always useless without the software and while DSM plays an essential role, it is Surveillance Station 9 that takes the win here. Even if it will be used in personal protection and security setup, the SVS offers a lot of features. In these two articles, I have covered a fraction of its possibilities but still managed to touch on all the major ones. These features and many more would come to even more light if used in a corporate and professional setup, but these tests were not focused on that.

It is good to see that some advanced features like face recognition and people counting for example are also possible on much smaller and cheaper devices like the new DVA1622, but if you are in a marker for a device offering a lot more horsepower, more concurrent streams, as well as more bays (with possible expansion), then DVA 3221 is still the best Synology can offer.

In the next half of 2023, new Synology cameras will arrive so it will be interesting to see if SVS will evolve with those as well.

In the meantime, I hope the articles were interesting and informative, so let me know in the comment section below if there are any questions on this or any other topic!
### Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 1
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/
Last updated: 2023-05-10T22:28:06.000Z
💬

This is the **first part** on the topic of the Synology surveillance solution. It will cover the **DVA3221 device as well as 3rd party cameras** used for testing. The article will also **include DSM installation and Surveillance Station 9 initial configuration**.

---

## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: DVA3221 unboxing and drive installation**](#unbox)  
[**: Installing DSM and Surveillance Station 9**](#install)  
[**: Surveillance Station 9 initial configuration and camera setup**](#configuration)

- [: Monitor Center](#monitor)
- [: Event detection configuration](#event)
- [: Recordings](#recordings)
- [: C2 Surveillance](#c2)

[**: Setting up cameras in a separate VLAN (SRM 1.3 VLAN feature)**](#vlan)

---

## 
  
  
## : Intro

For those who are unfamiliar with Synology's hardware lineup, alongside their popular NAS units as well as a number of network routers, there is also one more segment worth mentioning.

Video surveillance and monitoring is something that Synology has invested in for a long time with dedicated devices and a specific platform that runs the whole solution. Their current and latest unit would be a small **DVA1622** (2-bay) device **capable of capturing up to 16 camera streams** via the Surveillance Station 9 platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/1622-2.png)

DVA1622

But, in this two-part article, we will discuss its larger brother, the **DVA3221**. As a successor to the DVA3219, the x21 model while already may be ready for a refresh, is more than a capable device considering what it has under the hood in terms of specifications. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/3221.png)

DVA3221

DVA3221 is a 4-bay NVR that offers deep learning-based algorithms for a fast and accurate video solution. With the help of a **built-in GPU (NVIDIA® GeForce® GTX 1650)**, it has the ability to do **face detection**, **people** and **vehicle counting**, as well as **license plate recognition**.

The DVA3221 is equipped with **Intel Atom C3538 quad-core CPU** running at **2.1Ghz** and **8GB of DDR4 SODIMM (2 x 4GB up to 32 GB)**. On the front of the unit, there are **four main drive bays** for 2.5" or 3.5" disks (HDD or SSD) as well as a **single 3.2 Gen 1 port**.

On the back, there is a **large 120 x 120 mm vent** because unlike other DS models (with 92 mm vents), this DVA has disks, the GPU, and PSU all internally. So space for a double vent was not an option, and a single large vent is the only working configuration for this model.

On top of the cooling, the back side also accommodates a number of ports. Mainly **four 1 Gbit ethernet ports**, and **two more USB 3.2 Gen 1**, as well as a **single eSATA** for an optional expansion unit. Finally, as the PSU is internal there is a power port and a 9-pin console port for directly connecting to the DVA device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/3221_back-2.png)

DVA3221 back side

Due to the fact that all that is bundled inside the chassis, the DVA 3221 is a bit on the heavy side. Without any drive inside it **weighs almost 5 kg** alone. 

DVA is **protected with a 3-year Synology warranty** and is **priced at around €2400** for the unit alone. That price also **includes eight (8) licenses for the Surveillance Station** with an option to buy and install additional ones in case there will be a need for more cameras up to a total of 32.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Synology BC500 and TC500 come with a license included. More details in their dedicated review

## 
  
  
## : DVA3221 unboxing and drive installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2758.jpg)

As always clean and simple packaging with enough information on the box itself

The DVA3221 single box packaging is both on the heavy and large sides. The unit itself is bigger than your average 4-bay NAS (looks more like a 5/6-bay NAS) so the box is also larger than expected but the main difference is the weight. As said before, the unit itself is close to 5 kg with no drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2760.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2759.jpg)

Inside the box apart from the DVA is a single box with a power cable, two network cables, and security keys to lock down bay doors.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2774.jpg)

Apart from the device, there are two LAN cables and a power cord

The rest of the package follows a standard recycled box, lots of protective foam, and a nylon sleeve that the DVA is placed in. All in all, unless the box falls off a roof (don't do it!) it does provide enough protection and reason to keep it safe in case there will be a need for any future transports.

### HDD or SSD installation

When it comes to installing the drives, the four bays can accommodate both 3.5" SATA HDDs and 2.5" SATA SSDs. As with any other drive installation, the individual bays have brackets on both sides so no screws are needed if 3.5" disks are in question.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2773.jpg)

Internal view of the DVA3221 (drive bays)

With SSDs, those will have to be screwed in from the bottom side in order to stay in place inside a larger caddy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2775.jpg)

Synology SAT5200 4TB SSDs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2776.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/IMG_2777.jpg)

Installed SSDs

Following the installation of drives and connecting the device to the network, the only thing left is to install the operating system and configure the device with Surveillance Station 9 package.

## 
  
  
## : Installing DSM and Surveillance Station 9

While this is targeted as an NVA device, the DVA3221 just like any other Synology NAS **runs on DSM (Disk Station Manager)**. After the initial boot, we are asked to install and configure the device by first installing the compatible version.

Automatically after that installation (and a reboot), by default DSM will install the latest compatible **Surveillance Station 9 package**. This doesn't mean that we will not be able to install any other package from the Package Center. Quite opposite. DVA3221 is a fully compatible model with any number of apps and solutions just as any other NAS (it is running an Intel CPU after all). We can even install Plex on it!

Installing DSM on any device happens in one of two ways. Using the **Synology Assistant desktop app** (which can be downloaded using the Synology Download Center page), or by using the **find.synology.com URL**. In any event, once the device has been detected, visiting the local IP address will present the installation wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.16.53.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.17.03.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.17.12.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.17.49.png)

Stage 1 of the DSM install process

As it can be seen the process is fairly straightforward, and on average it will take about 2-4min. Once DSM has been installed another setup process will start that will allow for the configuration of the profile before allowing access to the DSM itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.21.26.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.21.35.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.22.03.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.22.12.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.22.22.png)

Initial DSM configuration of DSM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-06-at-14.22.52.png)

Considering that the DSM is ready to be used, we can go ahead and start using it while Surveillance Station installs in the background

As noted before, Surveillance Station 9 package should already be installed allowing for quick access and configuration of the platform and various settings, as well as the installation of cameras.

⚠️

Keep in mind that if this device will be in any way accessible to the outside world for whatever reason, be sure to harden the security of the device such as port changes, 2FA for all the accounts, firewall, etc.

This will for sure look like a nice out-of-the-box experience, but as noted we can install any compatible app from the Package Center. Same as any other device, the Package center will offer a lot of options for this particular model considering that it is running a powerful Intel CPU.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-23-at-20.05.55.png)

DSM installed with Surveillance Station 9 up and running

In case the Surveillance Station did not install after the DSM, we can manually initiate the process using the Package Center.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-21.png)

## : Surveillance Station 9 initial configuration and camera setup

Getting started with Surveillance Station will depend on how big or small the environment in question is. Running with several cameras we can get SVS 9 up and running in a matter of minutes. Also, in the case of extra features it can take some time to set them up so again, it will be down to what Surveillance Station features are needed to have it all running as expected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-10.png)

Surveillance Station 9 main user interface

One of the first things that we need to configure are the cameras. SVS supports a vast number of models and brands (8000+ models across 140 brands), so be sure to use the [official compatibility page](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility/camera?ref=blackvoid.club) to get the latest updated entries.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-11.png)

Synology IP camera compatibility list

As of May 9th, Synology has officially rolled out its own cameras. More details on them are in a dedicated review.

[Synology BC500 & TC500 cameras reviewToday #Synology officially released the new BC500 and TC500 POE cameras starting a new line of devices for the company.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/05/bc500_tc500_review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-bc500-tc500-cameras-review/)

Adding a camera after it has been connected to a network can be done using a simple and quick wizard just like any other configuration in SVS. One nice element of this platform is auto-searching the available network subnet for compatible network cameras. This way, it will be much faster and easier to install the camera and get it up and running, but in case there is no camera detected we have the option to enter its manual IP address and port in order to connect to it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-17.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.03.00.png)

Adding a camera manually

Most of the vendors and their models will require an authentication account in order to get connected to the camera and video stream, so that is something that will need to be entered before completing the wizard and adding the camera itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.01.03.png)

List of added cameras

Once the camera has been added we are ready to start using it and adding it to various elements and features that SVS offers.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-16.png)

### Monitor Center

One of the first modules after the cameras have been added will probably be the **Monitor Center**. The idea behind it is to allow the users a birds-eye view of all the cameras available to the system, as well as create new and custom layouts that can be tailored to specific needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.07.08.jpg)

Monitor Center - the main element of the Surveillance Station platform

This includes creating a layout just for certain cameras, or for example a focused view towards a single camera that is located in an important location. Another example of a useful layout is a so-called **Alert layout** that SVS will switch upon certain events triggered.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.04.58.png)

Creating an alert layout based on already created layouts

This will allow for viewing other layouts and automatically switching to an alert one in case of any active alerts.

While viewing in real-time is a feature that most will use, Monitor Center allows for sync view as well as **reviewing recorded footage using the timeline on the bottom** of the screen. This is the real power feature of Monitor Center as it allows for a concurrent synced overview in any selected and presented layout.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-15.png)

Monitor Center timeline

What this means is that we are able to r**eview the footage across all cameras in sync** and get a picture of what happened at the exact point in time in multiple locations.

Any recorded events are marked with a yellow bar in the timeline that can be zoomed in for a better and more precise overview. Timeline allows for **bookmarking**, **filtering,** and the classic **date and time selection**, and eventually a **password-protected download** of any footage needed.

If maximizing the view is a priority, hiding both sidebars and the timeline will allow for a nearly 100% screen real estate for maximum visibility.

## 
  
  
### Event detection configuration

Once the cameras are in place and the layout of the Monitor center is set, we have the option to fine-tune the behavior of the cameras in terms of recording schedule and event detection. Depending on the need SVS can record any configured stream quality from 24/7 to motion-triggered events.

This will in return, have a penalty towards the space occupied on the unit itself. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.44.52.png)

Camera recording schedule configuration

💡

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that even if the cameras are **configured with motion detection** settings, they **will still stream toward the NVR all the time**. Only this way will we be able to capture and retain the motion detection event as it happens.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.48.13.png)

DVA3221 network graph showing a constant write "stream". At about 220kB/s the device is capturing 1440p at 30fps

With a constant stream and motion detection settings the SVS will cut and save the event as it happens and preserve the HDD space by keeping only triggered events.

In order to complete this setup we have to configure the **motion zone(s)** that will be a hot spot for the event trigger. SVS offers a grid-like setting that can be configured for each camera individually.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.53.15.png)

Event detection settings

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-19.54.02.png)

Configuring the motion zones

Combination of stream quality, motion detection rules, and the number of cameras, SVS will start filling up. The average size of a capture clip will depend on the resolution, framerate, and compression so in some cases a 3,5 min video could be as low as 12MB, but also a 1,5 min video can reach 30MB. Specific testing of settings will be something that the end user will have to test out and eventually configure.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-18.png)

### Recordings

In order to get to all the saved recordings there are two main methods. One is using the before mentioned Monitor Center and its timeline, and another is using the **Recordings** module.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-20.05.15.png)

Recordings module - one place for all saved clips

The recordings module is a central place that can be used to get to all the saved events and clips. Here it is also possible to **play**, **search**, **delete**, **label**, and **download** any saved recording.

 In case there is a need to connect a remote repository of video clips, we have the option to present to the SVS a remote location and mount it as a local destination.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-20.10.16.png)

Present and mount a remote or custom local folder 

This is **useful in case of a disaster scenario** where we can restore the material from a remote location, or simply mount it after a local restore following multiple HDD failures for example. 

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-20.png)

### C2 Surveillance

While we are mentioning backup options, all data can be backed up using the **Hyper Backup** tool that can be installed via the Disk Station Manager Package Center.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/#hb)

Hyper Backup example of backing up and restoring data

Hyper Backup is a tool that will allow for all sorts of possible destinations and options. From locally attached USB drives to remote NAS locations, even S3 buckets. This is all happening "outside" the SVS eco-system, but with the release of DSM 7, Synology also introduced several cloud platforms along with it. One of those is **C2 Surveillance**. 

[Synology C2 SurveillanceNEW Synology C2 service is here! C2 Surveillance is here to secure your local footage with the help of the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2surveillance-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)

C2 Surveillance - safeguard SVS recording in Synology-powered cloud

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-20.23.07.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-20.23.56.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-20.24.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-25-at-20.24.28.png)

C2 Surveillance offers an automatic backup solution for all of the local recordings depending on the subscription tier. With this service, Synology is offering a hassle-free solution in case of any physical damage to the NVR device, or its drives.

Another advantage to C2 Surveillance is **access to all the uploaded clips from anywhere in the world** using the C2 Surveillance portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-28-at-23.47.22.png)

C2 Surveillance portal

Quick search and filter will allow for easy access to the footage we need in order to **play** it, download it, or create a **share link**.

## 
  
  
## : Setting up cameras in a separate VLAN (SRM 1.3 VLAN feature)

💡

**NOTE**: **VLAN separation is an optional step** and not needed as a mandatory element while using Surveillance Station!

Usually, network cameras are considered a network security problem unless those types of devices are not isolated to a network subnet of their own with specific rules that allow communication from and towards them.

In this particular case, communication from the DVA towards the cameras and vice versa would be more than enough to make them work without any other device having access to the live feed. This is the main reason why in most cases it is recommended, on top of hardening the security of the camera by means of resetting the account access information.

Adding any device to a separate network includes the use of **VLAN functionality**. As of version 1.3, Synology's very own router operating system, SRM (Synology Router Manager), offers just that.

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/#vlan)

Configuring a new VLAN is nothing more than following along in a wizard-like manner while setting up the ports and wifi network name and its VLAN tag. After that, in the **firewall** section, we can lock down the communication from and towards that VLAN network using a single device IP address (DVR being the example in this case).

In the linked review of the brand new router, the WRX560, we can see how to set up a new VLAN network, so that information will not be copied here. Bottom line is, it is recommended to isolate the camera devices as best as possible, safeguarding the rest of the network in the process.

Once the SRM firewall and VLAN configuration have been set up, the cameras will still be accessible from the DVA, and all the configuration parameters stated before can be achieved.

---

In the **[next article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)**, we will explore more features that SVS 9 offers as well as some that are exclusive to the DVA lineup models.
### DSM 7.2 BETA news
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-beta-news/
Last updated: 2023-03-14T09:40:36.000Z
💡

This article will be updated with new info on the beta as they come to light, with specifically dedicated articles for new DSM 7.2 versions and features at a later date.

💡

**UPDATE**: 07/03/2023 - the **new 7.2** **BETA is now LIVE**! All the details about it are over at a dedicated article. Link below!

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/)

---

As the new year has started Synology has rolled out a few new devices, and on the heels of late last year's keynote "2023 and Beyond" we got glimpses of the upcoming DSM 7.2 features as well.

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

[Synology 2023 and beyond recap and newsSynology 2023 and Beyond event recap. New WRX560, DSM 7.2, upcoming x23 NAS models like DS923+ and DS723+, and much more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/2023andbeyondnews_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/)

One of the upcoming features is already in beta and accessible to beta users if they choose to test it out. The feature in question is the new **SMB multi-channel** support. At the moment, this feature is **part of the upcoming SMB 4.15 package version**, and it will be most likely part of the official 7.2 once it comes out.

Read more about it in the following article.

[Synology SMB 4.15.9 is hereThe latest version of #synology #SMB package now supports #multichannel via SMB3![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/smb_multichannel.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-smb-4-15-9-package-brings-smb-multichannel/)

As was mentioned in last year's keynote, **volume encryption** and **WORM** are two of the most anticipated features regarding DSM itself. We can also expect **new features for the existing packages and platforms** that will be part of this update as well as new services coming along. More details are in the previously linked [2023 and beyond recap](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/).

### When will DSM 7.2 arrive?

While there is still no official news on this, Synology made it pretty clear that we can expect the new version to hit before the summer of 2023\. That means that beta and potential RC (release candidate) could be coming out as soon as the **end of Q1 of 2023**.

As the date closes in we will know for sure how fast and how many versions of beta/RC there will be. There might be also a private preview as it was on the rollout of DSM 7, but considering that this is an update to the existing major version I wouldn't hold my breath.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-18-at-19.16.11.png)

DSM 7.2 toolchain and toolkit on the official Synology download page

Also on the topic of DSM 7.2, we can see that **the toolchain and toolkits have already started to be publicly accessible**. At the moment DSM 7.2 is marked as **version 7.2-63134**, but that remains to be seen if that will be the actual version in the end.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-18-at-19.24.18.png)

Some of the DSM 7.2 toolchains that are already available

This means that 3rd party developers can start making their apps ready for the new upcoming version without any delay.

### What else can be expected?

As was said before there will surely be new features inside the DSM but also some connected services, platforms, and packages should learn new tricks. **Synology** **Drive client remote wipe** and AD integration, upcoming **Synology Backup Cloud** service, **ABB to ABB instance backups** just to name a few.

Staying a bit closer to DSM built-in packages, **Hyper Backup will have support for immutable backup as well as full DSM backup** that was up until now, an exclusive Active Back for Business feature.

I'm sure that Synology also has a few features that are well hidden and will be known once we get access to the beta and the release notes, but 7.2 should elevate DSM 7 to new heights with better security and new features.

What do you expect and would like to see in the new version? Let me know in the comments below.
### End-of-Availability notice for legacy DSM, Surveillance Station, SRM, and more
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/end-of-availability-notice-for-legacy-dsm-surveillance-station-srm-and-more/
Last updated: 2023-01-31T11:20:32.000Z
🗒️

**INFORMATION**: In case there is a need for any PAT file for **any model (including critical updates) from version 6.2.x - 7.0 onwards**, feel free to post in the comment sections and the link will be posted.

In case you have missed the official news on the Synology site, or their email newsletter, **as of May 1st 2023**, certain **legacy DSM**, as well as **Surveillance Station**, **SRM**, and some **other smaller packages** will **no longer be supported** and as such their installations will no longer be available on the download support site.

## What Does That Mean?

- DSM 6.2.3 and older will be removed from official download servers
- You need to do download them now as you will not be able to download them later on

## Why?

- There are some/one (AAC) license in DSM6.2.3 and below which we are not allowed to use/offer anymore
- Therefore Synology is no longer allowed to offer those DSM Versions.

## Is this critical? How many useers are affected?

- Actually no. DSM 6.2.4 will be still available.
- DSM 6.2.4 is available on 11-series and up. 10-series support stopped with DSM 5.2
- Only users with models from 2009 (13 years old) can not download DSM5.X or older

Full info is accessible on the [**following link**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/status/EOL-announcement-for-legacy-dsm?ref=blackvoid.club) as well as below.

---

Due to changes in our licensing agreements, Synology will from 1 May 2023 remove certain DSM installation files, firmware versions, and software packages from our official website and from distribution. This change may impact owners of Synology systems that have reached end-of-life (EOL) status, as those **devices will no longer be eligible for upgrades**.

Please note that the following Synology software will not be available from 1 May 2023:

| NAS/SAN (DSM)   | Video Station   | Audio Station     | Media Server  | Surveillance    | Networking (SRM)                    |
| --------------- | --------------- | ----------------- | ------------- | --------------- | ----------------------------------- |
| 6.2.3 and below | 3.0.2 and below | 7.0.0\. and below | 1.4 and below | 8.2.8 and below | Version 1.1 - 1.1.7 and 1.2 - 1.2.5 |

💡

Files required to (re-)install old software and firmware will remain available from Synology Download Center **until 30 April 2023**.

## NAS/SAN (DSM)

**DSM 6.2.3 will be removed from the website**/from distribution and will be superseded by DSM 6.2.4 and above.

💡

For admins of devices that can be upgraded to DSM 6.2.4, but are currently using DSM 5.0 or below, we **recommend scheduling an upgrade before 30 April 2023 and archiving the files required to upgrade to DSM 6.2.4**.

### Example:

Current version: DSM 5.0-5055 (5/2015)

- Step 1: Upgrade to DSM 5.2-5967 (4/2016)
- Step 2: Upgrade to DSM 6.0.3-8754 (5/2017)
- Step 3: Upgrade to DSM 6.2.4

💡

For admins of older devices that cannot be upgraded to DSM 6.2.4, we **recommend you download and archive the latest software available for your device**, in case re-installation is ever required.

### Video Station

Version 3.0.2 and below will be removed from the website/from distribution and will be superseded by 3.0.3 and above.

### Audio Station

Version 7.0.0 and below will be removed from the website/from distribution and will be superseded by 7.0.1 and above.

### Media Server

Version 1.4 and below will be removed from the website/from distribution.

Please see the following table for the Media Server version that will be available for the DSM version you are currently using.

| Media server version | DSM version |
| -------------------- | ----------- |
| 1.8.4                | 6           |
| 2.0.0                | 7           |
| 2.0.2                | 7.1         |

### Surveillance Station

Version 8.2.8 and below will be removed from the website/from distribution and will be superseded by 8.2.9 and above.

### VisualStation

Legacy VS240HD, VS80, VS60: All versions will be removed from the website/from distribution.

We recommend downloading and archiving the latest firmware available for your device, in case re-installation is ever required.

## Networking (SRM)

All versions between 1.1 - 1.1.7 and 1.2 - 1.2.5 will be removed from the website/from distribution and will be superseded by 1.1.7 Update 4 and 1.2.5 Update 8.

No recommended actions are necessary for any device owners.

---

It is clear that Synology is cleaning house of their legacy devices and platforms, so be sure to patch up if possible, or **download** the installations for archive purposes! This is not a big surprise, as life cycle management happens on HW level just as well as it does on software. By deprecating old models, it is expected that complementary software follows as well.
### Synology DS723+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T18:00:43.000Z
## Table of Contents

[**: Intro & specifications**](#intro)  
[**: Packaging**](#packaging)  
[**: SSDs and NVMe storage pools**](#ssd)  
[**: DSM setup and apps installation**](#dsm)  
[**: Speed tests**](#speed)  
[**: Virtualization and containerization**](#vm)  
[**: Plex**](#plex)  
[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

---

## 
  
  
## : Intro & specifications

Following the recent update of the 4-bay model with the new **DS923+**, Synology has just released the smaller member of the same lineup, the brand-new **DS723+**.

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

Read up on the new 4-bay DS923+ with 10G support and NVMe usable storage pools

This was expected as these two models usually follow each other or tend to be released at the same time. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/DS723-_front.png)

DS723+ - brand new 2-bay model with 10G support is here!

Looking at this revision of this particular model, there are no visible changes as compared to the DS720+ in terms of the overall design. With one USB 3.2 Gen 1 on the front and two slots for both SSD or HDD (2.5"/2,5"), the label of the model is the only thing that will tell you that this is the DS723+.

The back of the unit tells a different story. With one **eSATA** port for the expansion unit, a **single 92 mm vent**, and **two 1Gbit ethernet ports**, the DS723+ is identical in that regard to the previous generation as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2432.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2433.jpg)

M.2 slots on the bottom of the DS723+ can be used as both cache or for the 1st time, as user-accessible storage pools

On the bottom of the NAS are two M.2 slots that can accommodate NVMe drives. Those drives can be used as both cache for the drives in the main bays, or, **for the first time (on DS923+ as well), as user-accessible storage pools**. 

⚠️

****NOTE**: only Synology SNV3000/3100 drives are supported when making a user-accessible storage pool. 3rd party drive while being detected will only be used as a cache disk.

Following again in the steps of the [DS1522+](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/#10g) as well as the [DS923+](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/#10g), **10G optional support has made its way to this 2-bay model as well**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/DS723-_back.png)

DS723+ back side has accommodated the custom 10G card as well

This is indeed great news, as the E10G22-T1-mini card opens up DS723+ to any speed from 100Mbits all the way to 10G. This also **includes 2.5 and 5G speeds** as well. While the expansion card is proprietary and costs about **€125 (plus tax)**, it will be a great addition to this model as well as offer some previous setups and configurations that were not possible on a NAS this size.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2412.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2413.jpg)

10G port on the back of the DS723+ for an optional E10G22-T1-mini card

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2479.jpg)

Installation of the E10G22-T1-mini 10G card

⚠️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the ****10G addon card will NOT be detected BEFORE you install DSM on the NAS**. This means you will not be able to detect the NAS on your network in order to set it up without the use of the built-in 1G port(s). Once the DSM is up and running, the 10G card will become visible and usable.

Separately from any compatible NAS, this card is on a fixed **3y manufacturer warranty**, which is also a decent time period to consider. As mentioned before it supports multiple speeds following the standards listed below:

- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control
- IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3bz 2.5Gbps / 5Gbps Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3an 10Gbps Ethernet

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-5.png)

E10G22-T1-mini 10G optional card

DSM will detect the card as a default LAN 3 interface (after the default two 1G ports). This also means that booting a fresh device and installing the DSM using the 10G port will not be possible.

The DS723+ just like its bigger brother the DS923+ is equipt with an **AMD Ryzen R1600 dual-core (4-thread) CPU at 3.1GHz**, but unlike that model, this one has only **2GB off SODIMM DDR4 ECC**  memory. This can be upgraded using the two RAM slots for a total of 32GB if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2439.jpg)

DS723+ (right), next to the DS923+ (left)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2431.jpg)

SODIMM slots that can accommodate up to 32GB of RAM

This NAS will offer a lot for its price range but do keep in mind that unlike the previous generation, it will not be suitable for certain operations such as video and audio transcoding. Considering that the CPU choice this time around was AMD and not Intel, there are certain upsides (as noted above), but also some downsides.

The DS723+ alone (with no add-on card or drives) will cost about **€429** (plus tax), depending on the market.

[**Full datasheet specification**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/23-year/DS723%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS723%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/ds723_sliced_01.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/ds723_sliced_02.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/ds723_sliced_03.png)

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/ds723_banner_packagaing.jpg)

## : Packaging

The packaging of the DS723+ is compact as can be expected from Synology. The NAS is accompanied by 2x Cat5e ethernet cables, a power cord, and an adapter. Also included in the box, are two keys that can be used to lock or unlock the drive bays.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2423.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2424.jpg)

DS723+ box that presents certain main features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2427.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2428.jpg)

Just as a note, the package also contains a bag of HDD/SSD screws that are welcome in case SSDs are being installed. While installing SSDs the caddy secure bracket on one side needs to be removed in order to accommodate the installation of the drive while securing it from the bottom with said screws.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/IMG_2470.jpg)

Example of HDD caddy and side bracket with rubber-protected holes (DS923+)

This is not the case with 3.5" drives that use secure brackets instead of screws. Noise and vibration will be minimized with the help of rubber protection around the holes that hold the bracket in place.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/ds723_banner_ssd.jpg)

## : SSDs and NVMe storage pools

The NAS arrived with Synology enterprise-branded **SAT 5200 4TB SSD drives**. While these are supported drives for this particular model, those are not the only ones. Unlike some high-end models that require these drives, or the HAT/HAS spindle lineup ones, the DS723+ will work with a wide range of drive vendors.

The **Synology HDD policy** explains that users of certain models will need to mindful going forward when it comes to buying drives for your NAS.

[Synology HDD compatibility policy explainedBeginning in 2021, Synology rolled out their HDD HAT5300 series of drives, and following that they have changed their HDD compatibility policy. Now I did write about those drives and those policy changes a bit back in January and March of 2021, but I wanted to reflect on this a![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/hddcompatibility.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/)

The best thing that can be done, is to check [the compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) for a particular NAS before buying the drives.

⚠️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the ****drives that are NOT on the compatibility list could still work just fine**, it only means that those drives were not officially tested!

This particular NAS came with the official Synology branded **SAT5200 4TB SSDs** drives. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-6.png)

Synology SAT5200 SSD

The DS723+ will not force the use of Synology branded drives, but if using 3rd party drives is the preferred way, **make sure to consult the official compatibility [support site](https://www.synology.com/en-us/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-7.png)

SSDs need to be secure in place with screws on the bottom

Placing the drives is extremely easy and quick, and on top of it all, each can be locked in place using the small lock on the front pane. In case the drive is not locked in place and pulled out, **the DS723+ supports hot-swap**, so no major damage will be done in case that happens. Saying that, do keep in mind that pulling multiple drives are the same time, depending on the array configuration, could result in data loss!

Once the drives are in place and DSM installed (more on this later), we can use the **Storage Manager** application to monitor and update the drive's firmware, as well as configure pools and volumes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-24-at-00.23.36.png)

Storage Manager detecting both drives in the main bays

DSM in a combination with Synology branded drives will allow for on-the-fly firmware updates without any downtime. This is one of the perks when using their branded disks on top of a sustained transfer rate over a longer period of time and 5y warranty.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-8.png)

SAT5200 series SATA SSD main features

### M.2 NVMe user-usable volumes

As mentioned before, DS723+ supports the creation of **user-usable volumes using the M.2 NVMe drives** (if installed). Now, this was a highly expected feature for years. With 10G support and an NVMe storage pool, the DS723+ is breaking out of its usual 2-bay enthusiast shell and moving into a new category for sure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-9.png)

Samsung 970 EVO drives detected by DS723+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-10.png)

Unable to make a storage pool in DSM 7.1.1

What was once reserved only for the XS+ lineup will now be possible on a smaller and less expensive device. Editing on the fly via a 10G network will no longer require a dedicated DAS device or a Thunderbolt external drive, as DS723+ will be able to do it all on its own.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-11.png)

M.2 user-usable volume (RAID1 configuration) using Synology SVN3400 series drives

Official info on the supported models that will benefit from this feature are listed on the [**following link**](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5FM%5F2%5FSSD%5Fstorage%5Fpool?ref=blackvoid.club).

⚠️

****DISCLAIMER**: The new ****NVMe storage pool feature is reserved only for Synology NVMe drives**! The tested Samsung 970 EVO drives, while detected, were only usable as cache drives, not storage pool drives.

The NVMe drives can be used as single drives in order to make a storage pool and cache (read-only) a single volume at the same time. Finally, it is not possible to boot off the NVMe volumes/drives, and the max transfer speeds will not go over 1GB/s (10GbE).

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/ds723_banner_setup.jpg)

## : DSM setup and apps installation

There are multiple methods as to how to begin installing the OS, but some common methods would be using the **Synology Assistant** desktop app (downloadable via the Synology Download Center page) or using **find.synology.com** web URL via the desktop browser.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-26-at-00.55.30.png)

Detecting NAS and routers using the Synology Assistant desktop app

Also, we can use any network detection tool, or the router interface to detect any newly assigned IP addresses from the DHCP pool, and connect to it directly. If the NAS will have Internet access the setup will be pulled from the official site automatically. On the other hand, if that is not an option, the setup can be again downloaded from the Download Center page and installed manually at one point of the setup wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1600/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.13.29.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.14.01.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.14.10.png)

DSM OS install process

In any event, no matter what method is chosen, within a few minutes, the DSM (Disk Station Manager) OS will be installed. In its current version 7.1.1\. it will offer the latest features as well as security fixes. The speed of the installation will depend on the drives inside the NAS (HDD vs SSD), but even on spindle drives, the installation is quick and straightforward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.17.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.17.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.17.53.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.18.26.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.18.35.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.18.51.png)

Final wizard before we are allowed to start using the DSM

⚠️

****NOTE**: The ****device analytics step** might look like the user has to click the checkbox in order to continue, but that is not the case. ****If you don't want to share any analytics data, just click the submit button to continue**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-29-at-10.01.00.png)

DS723+ general information

### Volume creation

Before we can do anything on the NAS itself, there is a need to **create a storage pool and volume**. While the DSM itself has already been installed on all the drives that have been detected, the user volume needs to be configured by us.

This is where most of the packages will be installed, as well as where the user data will live.

To get started opening the **Storage Manager** app we will be greeted with yet another wizard, helping us along the way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-18.png)

Storage pool and volume creation wizard

Depending on the size, type, and user's needs, we can create all sorts of pools and volumes. From Synology's own SHR (Synology Hybrid Raid) to basic ones or conventional RAID 1, 5, 6, 10.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.25.08.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.25.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.25.49.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.26.15.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.26.23.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.26.45.png)

Steps will include, drive and RAID type as well as file system format

During the setup, we will have the option to pick and choose (in a multi-drive setup), what drives will be part of what volume, as well as what RAID options to use, and finally **file system preference**. In terms of the mentioned file system, **BTRFS** or **EXT4** are the current options. This will also be important to choose wisely, as **conversion without data loss is not possible**.

⚠️

Keep in mind that most packages will have ****BTRFS as a prerequisite** so before choosing be sure to double-check what apps you are planning on using, to not be surprised that you are unable to install it due to the wrong file system format!

After the wizard pool and volume creation will start. It will take some time depending on the size of the drives and the usable space, so be patient.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-29-at-10.03.21.png)

Pool and volume comprised from two Synology SSDs

Finally, one more app alongside the Storage Manager that will be of use when it comes to NAS health and utilization is the **Resource Monitor**. With it, we can monitor in real-time the CPU, RAM, and volume performance as well as network transfer speeds.

On top of its overview, Resource Monitor has a list of active connections and a task manager for a better understanding of what is happening inside the OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-29-at-10.06.41.png)

Utilization while sitting idle

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-29-at-10.05.01.png)

2GB of RAM is stock, but this device supports up to 32GB (2x16)

### Application installation

Installing apps onto the NAS itself is a trivial process. Like installing it via an "app store" the same goes for Synology products. Part of the DSM OS is the **Package Center**. Inside it, there is a number of apps that can be installed depending on the NAS model. If the app is not listed, it means it is not supported on the specific device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-19.png)

DSM7 Package Center - a single place for all supported apps and platforms (including 3rd party)

On top of the official app, there are also a number of 3rd party apps that can be added. While their number has gone down since the DSM 7 release in 2021, there are those that are still maintained and working fine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-20.png)

3rd party apps supported by Synocommunity

Adding a 3rd party repository is done using the **Settings** button in the upper right-hand corner of the Package center.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-21.png)

Adding custom repositories to the Package center

💡

****NOTE**: ****Only compatible packages** inside the Package Center will be listed. Those that are not, will not appear.

Finally, again on selected models, there is also support for the Docker platform. For those not familiar with it, **Docker** allows for the containerization of apps and essentially opens NAS to a world of[ officially unsupported apps](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/). Those solutions are maintained by the developers themselves who have no connection to Synology whatsoever.

In the spirit of the recent LastPass major incident and user vault leak, one example would be to use [**Synology's C2 Password**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/) as a free password manager alternative or host a 3rd party solution on the NAS via Docker.

[Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secretsSynology’s NEW C2 service, Password, is here! What is it and how well done it compare to some other free solutions out there?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2password_v2-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)

One alternative that comes to mind, and I personally use it as well, is Bitwarden. This is an open-source solution that can be used as a remote commercial solution, or on dedicated hardware that is owed.

There are currently several versions of this implementation. One is a 3rd party VaultWarden, based on the official code, and the other is the official Docker implementation (currently in beta at the time of this article).

[Bitwarden - a self-hosted password managerHow to self-host Bitwarden password manager on your Synology NAS via Docker.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/bw.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/)

VaultWarden alternative based on the official Bitwarden code

[Bitwarden unified self-host deploymentA while back #bitwarden started to work on their single #docker container #selfhosted image to simplify running this password manager on your own![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/bw_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-unified-self-host-deployment/)

Bitwarden Unified (single container) implementation from Bitwarden company

In any event, this was just an example of alternative solutions that can be configured and run on dedicated hardware such as a NAS without the need to solely rely on the built-in apps.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/ds723_banner_speed.jpg)

## : Speed tests

This section will cover some network speed tests using 1G and 10G transfers (SMB and backup apps), and also some direct attach 10G scenarios.

### Direct attach test

To start off, this model just like DS923+ or the DS1522+ supports a 10G addon card. Alongside its 1G port, this gives the option to have 10G connectivity with a device that also has 10G without having the rest of the network on 10G speed as well.

This would be useful in case there is a need to access the data right off the NAS including editing for example without going over the network.

In order to set this up, the NAS and the computer's 10G card need to be configured in a separate network subnet from the rest of the main network. Connecting them physically together will allow direct 10G transfers.

What follows are tests conducted with DS723+ and Mac Studio both over 10G.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-29-at-13.31.25.png)

Read/write speed test using Blackmagic

NAS is configured with Synology SSDs in RAID0 (stripe) configuration, while Mac Studio is using the default built-in SSD drive. It is clear that depending on the direction it is possible to saturate the 10G connection with transfers hitting that mark.

Now when it comes to pure transfers like copy data, here are both directions utilizing SMB protocol and Forklift file manager app by Binarynights.com.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-29-at-12.46.09.png)

Transfer from Mac Studio to DS723+

The sample file was a VMDK file just under 64GB in size. The **speed was over 8G** while copying data from the Mac to the NAS itself. Not bad at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-29-at-12.49.06.png)

Transfer from DS723+ to Mac Studio

Once the roles were reversed, the speed picked up some more completely **saturating the 10G adapter with 1.1GB/s speeds**.

Impressive speeds for such a compact device with a 2-core CPU and 2GB ram. The 10G card investment would be worth it for sure, so consider it if you have the slightest need.

### 1G iPerf test

Classic iPerf test compared to the above speeds is not even worth mentioning, but in the spirit of testing, there were no issues on that front as well. With speeds over 110MB/s on average.

```
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr  Cwnd
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec   115 MBytes   963 Mbits/sec    0    475 KBytes       
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    475 KBytes       
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    475 KBytes       
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    527 KBytes       
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec   111 MBytes   933 Mbits/sec    0    583 KBytes       
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    612 KBytes       
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    612 KBytes       
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    612 KBytes       
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    612 KBytes       
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec   111 MBytes   933 Mbits/sec    0    612 KBytes       
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr
[  5]   0.00-10.00  sec  1.10 GBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0             sender
[  5]   0.00-10.06  sec  1.10 GBytes   936 Mbits/sec                  receiver

```

### 10G iPerf test

Looking at the above Blackmagic speed test as well as SMB transfers it is pretty clear that this machine is more than capable of saturating 1GB/s transfers in certain conditions with the appropriate hardware.

```
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr  Cwnd
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec  1.07 GBytes  9.20 Gbits/sec    0    905 KBytes       
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec  1.09 GBytes  9.41 Gbits/sec    0   1007 KBytes       
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec  1.09 GBytes  9.34 Gbits/sec    0   1.08 MBytes       
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec  1.10 GBytes  9.42 Gbits/sec    0   1.08 MBytes       
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec  1.10 GBytes  9.42 Gbits/sec    0   1.08 MBytes       
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec  1.09 GBytes  9.40 Gbits/sec    0   1.13 MBytes       
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec  1.08 GBytes  9.24 Gbits/sec    0   1.26 MBytes       
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec  1.10 GBytes  9.42 Gbits/sec    0   1.26 MBytes       
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec  1.10 GBytes  9.41 Gbits/sec    0   1.26 MBytes       
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec  1.09 GBytes  9.36 Gbits/sec    0   1.52 MBytes       
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr
[  5]   0.00-10.00  sec  10.9 GBytes  9.36 Gbits/sec    0             sender
[  5]   0.00-10.05  sec  10.9 GBytes  9.31 Gbits/sec                  receiver

```

### SMB 10G transfer (WD Gold ENT array <>SAT5200 RAID0 array)

This test was done using a simple SMB3 transfer test. With its close to **65GB in size** of mixed content (most large files with a set of small ones as well), the average speed was on the **400MB/s mark**. The red zone in the graph was DS723+ reading the data and sending it to the RS unit, while the green zone represents DS723+ writing the same data back.

RS unit runs with RAID6 (12 drives) of WD Gold ENT drives, and DS723+ with Synology SAT5200 SSDs. Both tests were done in about 3min +/- and the dip in the graph is the transfer hitting a segment of smaller files.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-11.46.50.png)

SMB3 data copy (read/write) over 10G

As always the weak link, in this case, are the HDDs on the RS side.

### SMB 10G transfer (SAT5200 RAID0 array <>SAT5200 RAID0 array)

Using the exact same sample and devices but this time around the RS unit is also using a RAID0 array combined with two SAT5200 drives. The red zone again shows reading the data of the DS723+ and this time around the speeds are close to **700MB/s** with a completion time of just under 2 min. Oddly, writing data back (green zone) to the DS723+ the speed was again in the area as in the previous test with maybe a 30MB increase, so close to **500MB/s**. Not sure why this was the case, but even on repeated tests, the speed was the same.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-12.00.10.png)

SMB3 data copy (read/write) over 10G

Now, DS923+ in a similar case, but not with the same sample did better in writing data back but worse reading it. Now both, DS723+ and DS923+ have the same CPU and used the same drives and 10G network, so it is interesting to see these kinds of results.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-12.02.43.png)

Both 10G tests (with WD Gold (left) and SAT5200 only(right)) are side by side.

Regardless it is more than obvious that with a 10G network and fast enough drives/arrays, it will be possible to reach 10G speeds or any other mark in between.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-12.12.01.png)

CPU utilization while performing 10G test

CPU utilization during 10G tests was about 25%-30% with some small periodic higher hits and RAM utilization at about constant 20% (out of 2GB total).

From a resource standpoint very stable and low utilization setup that will for sure be able to serve multiple users over various backup platforms.

### Hyper Backup (10G SSD RAID0 <> SSD RAID0)

In case one is not familiar with the Synology eco-system, there is a known fact that using the same hardware (NAS, network, disk, etc), even data, but simply transferring it using a different platform the speeds can vary.

Below we have the same DS723+ on one end and RS on the other, both on 10G and the same drives, so identical hardware that was used in the previous testing. In this particular test, **Hyper Backup** will be the app tasked with creating a remote backup over 10G. It will be **unencrypted** with **no compression**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-18.43.05.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-18.44.45.png)

Hyper Backup task results

The **task lasted exactly 128sec** (just over 2 min), with an **average speed of about 220MB/s**. These are identical test results as the DS923+ in identical situations (HW and sample size).

The **restore process** of this sample back to DS723+ was a bit faster (1,5 min) with an average **speed of 275MB/s** and **CPU utilization of about 5-6%**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-18.56.05.png)

Hyper Backup restore process

Obviously, the direction will dictate speed as well especially in cases when there is a different hardware configuration (DS vs RS model). The difference is not huge, but noticeable.

As it can be seen, these are not even 3G speeds while clearly device is capable of 10G comparing this test with previous ones. The point of these demonstrations is just so users are aware that speed will depend on the platform in question (mechanism and protocols) and not just raw power.

### Snapshot replication (10G SSD RAID0 <> SSD RAID0)

Comparing the Hyper Backup method with Snapshot replication using the identical data set as well as direction and devices, the results are following.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-19.15.34.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-19.17.03.png)

Snapshot Replication (remote) task details

Snapshot Replication transferred data from DS723+ to the RS unit in **just under 1min (48 sec)**, with an **average speed of almost 490MB/s** while peeking at about 562MB/s. The **CPU utilization was noticeably higher** than in the previous test coming **at about 36%** for the whole duration.

It is no secret that identical setup and data being backed up over Hyper Backup as opposed to Snapshot Replication will finish faster if used over SR, so bear that in mind. This is once again a confirmation that raw power is not the whole story.

### Active Backup for Business macOS backup

For a while, Synology said that macOS support for Active Backup for Business is coming and at the end of 2022 they delivered on this promise.

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

A long-awaited alternative to a stable but slow Time Machine backup method (default macOS backup platform) is finally here.

Now, this test was done over a 1G connection as at the time of this article there was no way to test this process over 10G. Still, it will be worth seeing how fast a complete backup (macOS + data) will last in the end.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-19.41.14.png)

Active Backup for Business macOS snapshot

Once the process started it took just **under 10 min** to complete for **almost 60GB of data**. Saturating 1Gbit speed at about **103 MB/s on average** was a lot faster than what the Time Machine platform usually does, and over 10G we can only assume that the speed will be faster.

### 4K video file editing from the DS723+

Now I am no video editor, and the example below is nothing compared to some RAW video editing because the app in question is Pixelmator Pro. An image editor that with its latest update got video editing options\*. 

Now file type is limited but just wanted to show that even over 1G, editing 4K files directly from the NAS (up to 100MB samples that I used) was possible with zero problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-20.05.25.jpg)

Pixelmator Pro editing two 4K video files directly from DS723+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-01-at-20.25.36.jpg)

Files are coming over SMB directly from the DS723+

Pixelmator Pro does not support major video editing tools and effects, so bear that in mind, but for **some light editing**, it will serve to prove a point. By this, I mean some color corrections, brightness, shadows, effects, etc.

The main result of fast work will mainly be the editing machine and not the NAS for the most part. While testing with larger files (close to 1GB) opening those took **about 12-13 seconds to load up**, and even longer to export/save, but this was over a 1G connection, so **with 10G it should be significantly faster**.

Any editing will be performed on your device running the software, not the NAS, so be sure to remember that **only accessing, saving, and exporting to a NAS is when we need to worry about speed**.

In my tests, 1G was saturated when working with 4K UHD 1G files but I guess with 10G that would not be the case. Depending on the work and type of files the results might vary, but with an SSD setup and 10G network, we can be sure that for some average files editing off a NAS would be possible with no issue.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/ds723_banner_vm.jpg)

## : Virtualization and containerization

When it comes to virtualization using the native Virtual Machine Manager, the DS723+ will not be able to offer that functionality due to a lack of memory (2GB). If we want to run any VMs on this device, a RAM upgrade will be needed first.

For more details on how this device would perform if it had enough RAM have a look at the DS923+ virtualization section for more details.

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/#vm)

While virtualization is not available out the gate, containerization is. **DSM officially supports the Docker platform** for this role. Installing any number of containers will be easy with this little beast. RAM might become an issue soon in this case if the containers are hungry, but in any case, be sure that DS723+ is a brutal Docker device.

[docker - Blackvoiddocker hub synology![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/bvdownbg_light.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/)

List of some docker solutions that can run on the DS723+

For easier management, I would suggest running the Portainer platform, as the built-in solution offered by DSM is somewhat limiting.

[Portainer - Docker container management made easyHow to run the new Portainer 2.0 CE on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/portainer-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/ds723_banner_plex.jpg)

## : Plex

As with most models in this class, one of the first questions is, "can it be a Plex server?". Just like DS923+ was a very capable Plex server, the DS723+ with the same CPU falls in the same category.

Yes, it can be a Plex server, but if hardware transcoding is something we are after, then this is not the best choice. Due to the fact that it is running an AMD CPU with no embedded GPU into it, nor does it support Intel QuickSync, DS723+ will have to transcode in software if the client device is unable to do it on its own.

### 4K direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-03-at-19.56.42.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-03-at-19.56.15.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-3.png)

As expected, the results are fantastic. With zero issues while playing 4K content towards a compatible Plex client, just goes to show that DS723+ can server content as the next NAS. CPU and RAM usage is almost non-existent as would be expected when direct play/direct stream is in effect. 

### 1080p direct play (Safari browser)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-03-at-20.02.03.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-8.png)

Like with 4K, 1080p direct streaming also works with no problems even in a remote scenario. This test was on purpose done using a web browser (Safari) just to see how the NAS will behave. With some light audio transcoding (particular case), the video was only undergoing container conversions (direct streaming not direct play). Playing was without any issues or buffering.

### 4K to 1080p transcode (Safari browser)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-03-at-20.05.24-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image.png)

Going into the transcode zone, things start to get problematic. 4K to 1080p conversion will require transcoding, and with no hardware support for it, the DS723+ will have to do it in software. As a result, CPU utilization will go into high 97% with RAM also almost at 40% for the Plex platform alone.

Not a great experience as it will results in buffering and stuttering while keeping the NAS pegged close to 100% CPU.

### 1080p to 720p 4Mbit transcode (Safari browser)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/Screenshot-2023-01-03-at-20.08.33.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/01/image-6.png)

On the other hand, transcoding 1080p to 720p content the situation is a bit different. While there was no buffering in this test, the CPU was again in high 90% for about one minute, after it came down to about 30% and maintained that utilization.

So, the DS723+ can in many cases be configured as a Plex server including some casual and light transcoding, but keep in mind that concurrent streams that involve transcoding will result in a poor experience overall.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion - DS723+ or DS923+?

While both the DS723+ and DS923+ are brand new models with the same specifications (apart from 2 bays less and some RAM when it comes to DS723+) there are some differences when we compare the two.

Personally, I like the idea that Synology has done no less than three DS models with the same specifications but offered them in different sizes and drive capacities. One of the main things that a future owner will look for is how much raw space can a NAS offer. That, combined with drive size, will produce a product that fits the desired setup.

So with DS1522+ (5 bay), the DS923+ (4 bay), and now the DS723+ the current top 2-bay model there will be something for everyone.

If we look at the x23 models alone, the question might be what to purchase. Is a more expensive 4-bay or the same 2-bay? Well, for the most part getting a NAS also revolves around budget. So depending on the budget one might say that DS723+ will be the model they can afford. On top of that, the type of drives will also dictate the budget with the option now going from spinning HDDs, over to SSDs, all the way to super-fast NVMe.

Considering that DS723+ can do all that DS923+ can (minus VMs until the RAM is upgraded), many might find it a perfect candidate for their new NAS. If one is entering the NAS eco-system for the first time it might be an idea to start "small" and get a 2-bay instead of a 4-bay model.

Another example would also be to get two DS723+ models for two locations offering certain remote disaster recovery options while giving both locations very powerful devices for almost any task needed.

Unless there is a clear need for a large data set, or specific RAID array (like RAID6), the DS723+ will be more than enough to cover a large array of options and requirements.

Synology has once again shown that while they are investing a lot into high-end enterprise solutions, they are still focusing on the small SOHO/enthusiast segment. The DS723+ is an absolute beast of a device when configured with SSDs (or NVMe) and 10G, and anyone going for that kind of setup will not fall short and feel disappointed. In case there is a need for a similar setup but with more bays, the new DS923+ will fit that role nicely as well.
### Synology-SA-22:26 VPN Plus Server
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa-22-26-vpn-plus-server/
Last updated: 2023-01-04T22:19:25.000Z
In the past week, a critical rating of 10 severity was detected on Synology's VPN Plus Server package, flagged as **SA-22:26**.

The exploit was referreing to the following:

> ## A vulnerability allows remote attackers to possible execute arbitrary command via a susceptible version of Synology VPN Plus Server.

**VPN Plus Server** for both SRM 1.2 and 1.3 is affected and **updated to version** **1.4.3-0534 or 1.4.4-0635**.

The exact details of this CVE are as follows:

- CVE-2022-43931
- Severity: Critical
- CVSS3 Base Score: 10.0
- CVSS3 Vector: [CVSS:3.1/AV:N/AC:L/PR:N/UI:N/S:C/C:H/I:H/A:H](https://www.first.org/cvss/calculator/3.1?ref=blackvoid.club#CVSS:3.1/AV:N/AC:L/PR:N/UI:N/S:C/C:H/I:H/A:H)
- Out-of-bounds write vulnerability in Remote Desktop Functionality in Synology VPN Plus Server before 1.4.3-0534 and 1.4.4-0635 allows remote attackers to execute arbitrary commands via unspecified vectors.

This issue was detected on 30.12.2022 and mitigated by Synology's internal PSIRT team on 03.01.2023.

It is highly advisable to install new versions in case this platform is in use to close this potential attack vector!

Official info is available on the security advisor page **[here](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F26?ref=blackvoid.club).**
### Bitwarden unified self-host deployment
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-unified-self-host-deployment/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:25:11.000Z
💡

**UPDATE**: 28/12/2022 - added the docker-compose for running Bitwarden against an **external MySQL database**.

Running your own services can seem a bit challenging for someone with no experience, but personally, I am a huge advocate of self-hosting. One of the main services that I self-host is a password manager. Being a fan of Bitwarden for years, I have my own instance of the open-source version of it running (**Vaultwarden**), and all I can say is I can't be happier with it.

[Bitwarden - a self-hosted password managerHow to self-host Bitwarden password manager on your Synology NAS via Docker.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/bw.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/)

The official Bitwarden solution can also be self-hosted via Docker but it is a bit much to maintain coming in with a **big stack of eleven (11) containers**. Now, that are a lot of images and elements to keep in sync just to provide a password manager solution. This is another reason that self-hoster for the most part use VaultWarden implementation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-25-at-23.04.10.png)

Standard self-host deployment of Bitwarden

Back at the start of December 2022, Bitwarden started to develop its own **single-image version** (well with a database as being a separate one) to concatenate all the different core, front-end, and back-end services under one container.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-25-at-23.06.51.png)

Single-container aka "unified" version of self-hosted Bitwarden

Dubbed a **unified** self-host deployment solution, this version of Bitwarden will be by far much easier to maintain as it has only two major moving parts. The BW container and an outside database. While this is also not the only version this solution can be run, if there is no way to connect to an external DB, it can be configured to use an internal SQLite DB. This will indeed make it a **single-container** deployment.

💡

Unified version support any combination of DB's including **Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, PostgreSQL,** and **SQLite**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-25-at-23.20.40.png)

Bitwarden deployment comparison

The **Bitwarden KB page dedicated to the unified deployment is very extensive and detailed** that copying anything from that page would be redundant, so make sure to visit it if this is something that is interesting to test out.

[Install and Deploy - Unified (Beta) | Bitwarden Help CenterThis article will walk you through installing and launching the Bitwarden unified self-hosted deployment.![](https://bitwarden.com/icons/icon-512x512.png?v=1abf57d1154002a9fac426a2c5c04d85)Bitwarden Help Center](https://bitwarden.com/help/install-and-deploy-unified-beta/?ref=blackvoid.club#run-bitwarden-unified)

The setup can be run using `docker run` or `docker-compose` method with any number of variables to tweak it to our liking.

At the moment of the current beta, any issues are reported to a specific subsection on [Bitwarden's GitHub page](https://github.com/bitwarden/server/issues/2480?ref=blackvoid.club).

⚠️

**WARNING**: Keep in mind that at present, this is **still a beta** version! So **do not run** this setup as a daily/production method. Rather choose the official **standard** Docker deployment or the alternative VaultWarden until this solution becomes more stable

### Bitwarden Unified with external MySQL

Below is the `docker-compose` code that will allow for connecting to the external MySQL instance. The first version runs with a `globalSettings__mysql__connectionString` variable that includes the **server name**, **custom port**, **database name**, **DB username**, and **password**. 

⚠️

**INFO**: Before running this container, if an external database is being used, be sure that there is a created **database**, **user**, and **password** in place as those parameters will be used in the compose below.

```yaml
version: "3.8"

services:
  bwuat:
    image: bitwarden/self-host:beta
    restart: always
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: "bwuat"
    ports:
      - "80:8080"
    volumes:
      - /local_path/:/etc/bitwarden
    environment:

      - "BW_DOMAIN=bitwarden.domain.com"
      - "globalSettings__mysql__connectionString=server=db_server;port=db_port;database=db_name;user=db_user;password=db_password"
      - "BW_DB_PROVIDER=mysql"
      - "BW_INSTALLATION_ID=xxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
      - "BW_INSTALLATION_KEY=xxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
      - "adminSettings__admins=email@mail.com"
      - "globalSettings__mail__replyToEmail=email@mail.com"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__host=smtp.mail.com"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__port=587"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__ssl=false"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__username=mail_username"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__password=mail_password"
      - "globalSettings__disableUserRegistration=false"
```

The second compose version uses the `BW_DB_PORT` variable. In case the SQL instance is running on a custom port, this variable can be used.

```yaml
version: "3.8"

services:
  bwuat:
    image: bitwarden/self-host:beta
    restart: always
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: "bwuat"
    ports:
      - `80:8080"
    volumes:
      - /local_path/:/etc/bitwarden
    environment:

      - "BW_DOMAIN=bitwarden.domain.com"
      - "BW_DB_PROVIDER=mysql"
      - "BW_DB_SERVER=10.10.10.71" #your SQL IP address or name
      - "BW_DB_PORT=3306" #enter the SQL port that the instance is running on
      - "BW_DB_DATABASE=database"
      - "BW_DB_USERNAME=db_user"
      - "BW_DB_PASSWORD=db_password"
      - "BW_INSTALLATION_ID=xxxxxxxxxxxx"
      - "BW_INSTALLATION_KEY=xxxxxxxxxxxx"
      - "adminSettings__admins=email@email.com"
      - "globalSettings__mail__replyToEmail=email@email.com"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__host=smtp.mail.com"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__port=587"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__ssl=true"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__username=mail_username"
      - "globalSettings__mail__smtp__password=mail_password"
      - "globalSettings__disableUserRegistration=false"
```

Along with all the rest variables, there are many that can be configured using the documentation link at the start of this article. In these examples, there are several regarding SMTP configuration (this needs to be in place for `admin` page access as well as password reset and registration), as well as one variable to disable user registration (after the initial one).

Presently, the SQL database will create 30 tables after the initial configuration has been completed.

Any troubleshooting will require looking into the `logs` folder that should be accessible via the volume bind listed in the example (part of the `etc/bitwarden` path).

```
-rw-r--r--    1 bitwarde bitwarde       414 Dec 28 00:39 admin.log
-rw-r--r--    1 bitwarde bitwarde       412 Dec 28 00:38 api.log
-rw-r--r--    1 bitwarde bitwarde       952 Dec 28 00:38 icons.log
-rw-r--r--    1 bitwarde bitwarde       417 Dec 28 00:38 identity.log
-rw-r--r--    1 bitwarde bitwarde         0 Dec 28 00:38 nginx.log
-rw-r--r--    1 bitwarde bitwarde       960 Dec 28 00:38 notifications.log

```

These are the files and each of them needs to have a clean log without any errors.

As an example, `admin.log` looks like this:

```
/var/log/bitwarden $ cat admin.log 

info: Microsoft.Hosting.Lifetime[14]
      Now listening on: http://[::]:5000
info: Microsoft.Hosting.Lifetime[0]
      Application started. Press Ctrl+C to shut down.
info: Microsoft.Hosting.Lifetime[0]
      Hosting environment: Production
info: Microsoft.Hosting.Lifetime[0]
      Content root path: /app/Admin

```

### Available features

Once the Bitwarden app is up and running, and the initial account has been created and verified, let's see what this unified version offers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.27.47.png)

Bitwarden Unified login screen (Dec 2022, version 2022.11.2)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.28.53.png)

Bitwarden Unified main UI (Dec 2022, version 2022.11.2)

If the SMTP parameter has been configured, we can **verify** the email address used to log into Bitwarden.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.30.22.png)

Verification email

In terms of features, adding new items, and creating new organizations are possible without any issues. What stuck out for me, was the lack of 2FA (TOTP) for a login item. Not so much a lack of it, but it is flagged as a **premium** feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.32.11.png)

TOTP feature is a premium one in this Unified version of Bitwarden

Alongside that, **reports** are all premium apart from the **data breach** one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.33.54.png)

Almost all reports are premium as well

To not list all the features that are locked, here is the list of all the **options that will be unlocked once the upgrade has been completed for a price of $10/year**.

```
Upgrade your account to a premium membership and unlock some great additional features.

* 1 GB encrypted storage for file attachments.
* Additional two-step login options such as YubiKey, FIDO U2F, and Duo.
* Emergency Access
* Password hygiene, account health, and data breach reports to keep your vault safe.
* TOTP verification code (2FA) generator for logins in your vault.
* Priority customer support.
* All future premium features. More coming soon!

```

Once the upgrade has been completed and paid for, a license file will be delivered and can be uploaded via the UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.36.25.png)

Subscription page to unlock all the current and future premium features

Personally, $10/y is nothing compared to what is happening to some of the competitors out there, let alone having all these features on a self-hosted setup. Well worth IMHO, and it will also provide support for the Bitwarden team to make the platform even better.

### Admin page access

Bitwarden also has an **admin page section** that is available using the following URL: `https://bitwarden.domain.com/admin`.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.42.41.png)

Bitwarden admin page

In order to log into it, the `docker` variable needs to be configured that will send an email that can be used to log in. The variable is used to list verified email addresses (one or more), that are authorized to unlock the admin page.

The variable needs to be configured like this `adminSettings__admins=email@email.com, email2@email.com`.

Login to the admin section is not done using an existing BW account, and the address in question does not has to be registered as a working BW account.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.50.46.png)

Bitwarden admin login page

Entering a valid email address (one of the listed ones in the admin variable) will send a timed email address. Clicking the link inside it will automatically log in to the admin user.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-13.52.22.png)

Bitwarden admin page login email

### Import from another premium Bitwarden instance 

Importing personal vaults from another Bitwarden instance is possible and works with no issue at all.

In order to import data use the **Tools** section with its **export vault** and **import data** options. By default, Bitwarden will use the JSON file format for the export.

Selecting the same format as well as the JSON file import will be done in a matter of seconds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-14.00.42.png)

Importing Bitwarden vault

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-14.00.55.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-28-at-14.02.35.png)

Completed import with no issues at all

Now, if the source instance was a premium one or the alternative VaultWarden any premium feature will not work if the unified instance is also not unlocked for premium features.

One example is the TOTP (2FA) feature. **Opening the item will not list a working TOTP code**, but it will show the authentication key so that it can be used once the features are unlocked.

⚠️

**WARNING**: **migrating from a premium** BW instance (or VW one) **will require a premium unified instance** as well!

Nothing unexpected I would say, but just something to keep in mind going forward.

Will some of the features make it in the initial unified version is hard to say (I would say no), so if you have your heart set on them be ready to pay less than $1/m to unlock them.

Speaking of features, the Unified setup will also support, currently exclusive to the official cloud only, **Log in with device** option.

With this feature we will be able to **log into the Bitwarden site passwordless**, that is without entering the actual password but instead, we will use an allowed device such as a mobile device or a computer with Bitwarden apps that support this feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-11-at-20.01.32.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/Screenshot-2023-07-11-at-20.02.03.png)

Log in with device option and a challenge that has been sent to a mobile device

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/4BF53F0D-1BAB-4D5A-8C85-E2A6BB0A7981-1.png)

Confirmation push notification on the mobile device

Once the login has been confirmed the user will be granted access.

⚠️

**NOTE**: if the account has 2FA active, **this method will still require the OTP to be entered**. Log in with device only replaces the need to enter the password!

---

Let me know in the comment section below if you have tried or are running this setup yourself, and also what your experience so far is.
### Synology 2022 retrospective
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2022-retrospective/
Last updated: 2025-01-03T14:10:06.000Z
If anything, this year flew by from the perspective of new Synology products and services, as well as for Blackvoid coming up to its 4th year of existence.

Let's review some of the key moments, products as well as platforms that were introduced this year, and how they in some way shifted Synology and its users to new directions.

## DSM

To start off, one of the biggest milestones was the **DSM 7.1** update. Following the long-expected DSM 7 release (one of the longest in Synology history), 7.1 was released to patch up the initial DSM 7 and bring some new features as well as prepare for the upcoming new version that will be coming along shortly.

[DSM 7.1-42661Following the beta and RC version of DSM 7.1, here is the final, official version under number 42661.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/DSM71_42661-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-1-42661/)

## Active Backup for Business

It is no secret that **Active Backup for Business** is one of the top Synology apps offering license-free backup software for any type of desktop, virtual, or server platforms, as well as Google and M365 cloud ones.

On top of that, ABB has been lacking several features to make it a complete package and both were delivered in 2022\. While ABB offers backing up almost any device, it lacked backup options for DSM and its data. With version 2.4, Synology opened up ABB and allowed for a full DSM and data backup of compatible NAS devices to another Synology NAS.

[Active Backup for Business - DSM 7.1 disaster recoveryHow to do a Synology NAS full bare-metal disaster recovery using Active Backup for Business and DSM 7.1? Read up!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM71_abb_disaster.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/)

This feature allows for a full bare-metal recovery of both the data and DSM/apps running on the NAS for a painless transition and migration as well as a potential disaster scenario.

The second missing piece was just recently announced and it is still in public beta, but nevertheless, it is here and while being one of the most anticipated features (for Mac users), it has not disappointed in current tests.

ABB always supported the Windows platform as its main endpoint OS. After a while, certain Linux distros were introduced, and now finally, macOS has been supported.

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

With the latest beta version 2.5, ABB has finally started to support some of the latest versions of macOS. Compared to an already supported Time Machine backup, ABB has proven to be both faster and smarter, while offering multi-user support for any number of Mac devices. As always, it is also license-free.

## Extended warranty plus

Moving along to April 2022, we have a new service offering from Synology in terms of an extended warranty. The **Extended warranty plus** program, offers (for selected models) buying additional 2 years on top of the current 2/3y that certain devices already come with.

[Synology Extended Warranty PlusSynology has introduced a new service for selected devices called extended warranty plus with up to 5 years of protection for your devices.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/synologyextendedwarrenty-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)

Considering that any NAS purchase is a long-term investment, and on top of that not a cheap one, buying additional years of support would be a smart choice. Depending on the model, the price will vary, but still, we are talking about €50 give or take for 2y which is well worth it IMHO.

## C2 services

While Synology was always focusing on on-prem devices and services, with time, certain changes are needed. Cloud has taken the world in the past decade, and Synology is following in those steps while still keeping its focus on NAS units and services.

With the release of DSM 7 new C2 services on top of the classic C2 Storage have been introduced.

[Synology C2 - A Cloud for Safe DataSynology C2 - a cloud for safe data. DSM 7 is out but with it, we have gotten a much more powerful and capable C2 platform with the introduction of new features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_C2_new_features_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)

Serving mainly as an extension of their bare metal devices, C2 services offer much that many alternative platforms do not. Especially being developed by the same company, it gives the upper hand when it comes to a certain "out-of-the-box" experience. 

Some services are also completely free and do not require an on-premise device at all, like C2 Password or C2 Backup to name a few.

[Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secretsSynology’s NEW C2 service, Password, is here! What is it and how well done it compare to some other free solutions out there?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2password_v2-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

Also worth mentioning is that C2 Backup support macOS just like the on-premise Active Backup for Business does.

Another big addition to the C2 ecosystem is C2 Surveillance. While a commercial platform, it offers cloud storage space for saving any amount of footage from Surveillance Station 9.

[Synology C2 SurveillanceNEW Synology C2 service is here! C2 Surveillance is here to secure your local footage with the help of the cloud.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2surveillance-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)

Synology is giving a clear indication that the cloud is not going anywhere and while they will probably never abandon the production of NAS devices, we can be sure that the hybrid model will continue to grow as well.

## New routers

Mid-year was also a time when Synology announced some new products that were expected as a refresh of some of their current products. One of the first that arrived was from their network lineup. It didn't replace any existing device but extended the lineup by bringing a completely new model.

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

In May, Synology rolled out the new flagship router the **RT6600ax**. This Wifi6 model is their most powerful router to date that also introduced the brand new SRM 1.3 operating system.

In October 2022, another router was also introduced as a complementary mesh device to the new RT6600ax. This model can also function as a standalone device but it is also obvious that Synology was targeting the new **WRX560** as a "smaller" wifi6 router/mesh point.

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

These two models are gonna replace the still existing Wifi5 mesh setup offered by using RT2600ac and MR2200ac.

## New AMD NAS models

This year was also very much AMD CPU-focused. With the release of a number of AMD-powered models in 2021, this trend has continued into 2022\. Almost all models there were refreshed were released with either V1500B or R1600 CPU. 

Among them were very popular 5 and 4-bay models. 

[Synology DS1522+ reviewThe brand NEW 5-bay NAS from Synology is here. The DS1522+. Powered by AMD Ryzen and an optional 10G network this is a real compact beast.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/)

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

The new **DS1522+** and **DS923+** both came with an AMD CPU but also with up to 32GB of RAM and a 10G network adapter as an option.

To make things even more sweet, the DS923+ is the first model that allows for the use of the NVMe M.2 slots as usable storage arrays, something that was not allowed on any other previous model.

While this momentum will not stop in 2023 with some other upcoming models, it remains to be seen where and how Synology will move next.

On that topic, Synology held a **2023 and Beyond** keynote just a few months ago, where we got a glimpse of some of the new products and services coming in the future, as well as the overall direction. 

[Synology 2023 and beyond recap and newsSynology 2023 and Beyond event recap. New WRX560, DSM 7.2, upcoming x23 NAS models like DS923+ and DS723+, and much more![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/2023andbeyondnews_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/)

This was just a segment of new products and services that made their mark during this year. What will Synology have in store for us all in the next year, remains to be seen, but it is clear that 2022 was very much active and productive for both the company and its customers.
### Synology SMB 4.15.9 package brings SMB multichannel
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-smb-4-15-9-package-brings-smb-multichannel/
Last updated: 2023-03-24T19:59:01.000Z
As of 29/11/2022, Synology has pushed a new update for their DSM 7 SMB package. This **4.15.9** version will include a previously announced **SMB multichannel** feature recently mentioned during the [2023 and beyond keynote](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/).

⚠️

This is a staged rollout! Not all parts of the world will get the option to install this package at the same time! EU should get it on the 15th of December!

This package is still in **beta** and will be accessible via the **Package Center beta channel**. While it was announced that this feature will arrive in DSM 7.2, the notes indicate that **it will work on DSM 7.1.1 version** as well.

Below are the release notes and compatibility list for this version, and in the future, I will add test results once those are completed.

⚠️

**IMPORTANT**: This is a beta version of the SMB package! There is **no downgrade option**, only **X86 models support SMB3 multi-channel** feature, and **File Station CIFS Mount does not support SMB3 multi-channel**

---

#### Please read the following before installing this beta software

1. **For evaluation only** \- This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed on critical equipment or in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the [Release notes](https://www.synology.com/en-global/beta/2022%5FSMB%5F4%5F1%5F15%5FBeta%5FDSM7/release%5Fnote?ref=blackvoid.club#package%5FSMBService%5Frelease%5Fnote) section before installing it. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damages, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.
2. **Not downgradable** \- After installation of this beta application, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous official version of this software.

#### To install the beta software on your Synology NAS

1. Log in to **DSM** using an account belonging to the **administrators** group.
2. Open **Package Center**.
3. Now you should be able to find and install packages that currently have a beta version available and compatible with your Synology NAS for public testing.
4. Remember to click from **Installed > Feedback** to help us out and report any issues or suggestions.

#### Applied Models

- FS-series:FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS3017, FS2017, FS1018, FS3410, FS2500
- HD-series:HD6500
- SA-series:SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D
- 23-series:DS923+
- 22-series:RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- 21-series:RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- 20-series:RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j
- 19-series:RS1619xs+, RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DS119j, DVA3219
- 18-series:RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118
- 17-series:RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, RS217, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517
- 16-series:RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS216se, DS116
- 15-series:RS815RP+, RS815+, RS815, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2415+, DS2015xs, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS1515, DS715, DS415+, DS415play, DS215+, DS215j, DS115, DS115j
- 14-series:RS3614xs+, RS3614RPxs, RS3614xs, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214play, DS214se, DS114
- 13-series:RS10613xs+, RS3413xs+, DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, DS213j

**Compatibility & Installation**

1. SMB Service 4.15.9 requires DSM 7.1.1 or above.

**Important Notes**

1. Please note that currently the SMB3 Multichannel function only supports x86 platforms. For models in x86 platforms, please refer to all models listed in [this article.](https://www.synology.com/en-us/dsm/packages/DirectoryServerForWindowsDomain?ref=blackvoid.club)
2. You cannot downgrade to a previous version once you have installed SMB Service 4.15.9.
3. If you have installed Synology Directory Server, it will be automatically updated to version 4.15.9 when you update SMB Service to version 4.15.9\. You cannot downgrade Synology Directory Server to a previous version once it has been updated.
4. The update is expected to be available in all regions and models within the next few days. The actual time of release may vary slightly depending on the region and model.

**What's New**

1. Updated Samba to version 4.15.9.
2. Added the SMB3 Multichannel function. This function allows users to take full advantage of the network bandwidth by using multiple connections between the client and server, providing increased throughput and network fault tolerance. Please note that currently the SMB3 Multichannel function only supports x86 platforms. You can enable this function at Control Panel > File Services > SMB > Advanced Settings > Others.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where Spotlight search on macOS 13 could not function properly.
2. Minor bug fixes.

---

### Configuration

Before going down this road, please note that this is still in beta at the time of writing so DO NOT deploy this on your production units! Read the notes above!

There are several prerequisites for this:

1. DSM 7.1.1\. or newer
2. SMB 4.15.9 package installed from the Package Center **beta** stream.

In order to be able to see the package itself, we first need to activate the beta stream inside the Package Center and then actually install the SMB package.

Open the **Package Center** and in the upper right-hand corner, there is the **Settings** button. Under the **General** tab on the bottom, select **Yes, I want to see beta version!** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-05-at-18.01.30.png)

Make sure the beta stream is selected

Click **OK** once you are done. Now, back in the Package Center, there will be a new **Beta** section. Inside it, we should see all the packages that are ready to be installed.

Locate the **SMB** package and install it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-05-at-18.05.46.png)

SMB 4.15.9 installed and ready

⚠️

**NOTE**: Installing this version of SMB **we will not be able to revert back** to the non-beta one!

Now that we have the package installed, it is time to configure it for **multichannel**. Go to **Control Panel > File Services**. Under the **SMB** tab, there should be an **Advanced Settings** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-05-at-18.09.57.png)

Open Advanced Settings for SMB

Make sure that the version is configured for SMB3, and on the **Others** tab, at the bottom enable the **Enable the SMB3 multi-channel** feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-05-at-17.43.15.png)

Check to enable multi-channel

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-05-at-17.43.26.png)

Activating it will give you a warning!

Checking the DSM SMB CONF files we can see that the setting is in effect:

```
root@DS923:/etc/samba# cat smbinfo.conf

[global]
        follow symlinks=yes
        server multi channel support=yes
        aio read size=1
        server signing=Disabled
        syno catia=yes
        smb2 leases=yes

```

Now make sure that you have multiple network cables plugged in, and that all sides participating in transfers have SMB multi-channel active.

### Testing

I have spent a better part of today (6th of Dec) testing this functionality. So far I can say that NAS-to-NAS transfers are **not utilizing** the benefits of multichannel.

With both DS923+ and DS723+ on the latest DSM version and SMB multichannel configured, testing was done over a managed 1G network switch, and other than a very fast 117+ MB/s single lane speeds, no multichannel kicked in.

The test was executed using **File Station remote mount**.

The same happened when testing a 10G capable NAS using a 10G switch. Again, no multichannel transfers.

💡

**UPDATE**: 8/12/2022 - Here is the official information on the File Station its support of SMB3 and the current state of multichannel support.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-2.png)

Synology Reddit post by Michael Wang

So, **File Station does support SMB 3 on DSM 7**, and SMB 2 on DSM 6 systems. At the moment, multichannel is **not supported** as a result of the current beta version.

Hopefully, this will be implemented at some point during the new beta version, or it will be available by the time the SMB package hits the production stage.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/image-3.png)

Example of regular 1G transfer (left), and SMB multichannel on the right

I was unable so far to test any "desktop" clients as my 10G switch works with either 1G or 10G speeds per port, so no 2.5G or 5G USB to ETH adapter was detected beyond 1G. At the moment I have no 2.5 or 5G switches as I run most of my setups in 10G mode. Unfortunately, the desktop that I currently have has no 10G (as the adapter is like 200€), and will soon be replaced with a 10G capable card anyways.

💡

**UPDATE**: 23/03/2023 - Did some multichannel tests with a 10G capable Windows device towards a DS423+ with a single disk

At the moment, DSM supports multi-channel features only with x86 CPUs. Considering that I only have Apple silicon devices, non are able to take advantage of this. For testing, I have used DS423+ with a single 4TB WD RED (WD40EFRX) drive and on the other end a virtual Windows machine running over a 10G network.

The test included a simple large file copy that was working as expected over both LAN adapters at the same time, hitting the drive max speed of 150MB/s.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-23-at-19.28.02.png)

Each LAN adapter was running with same speed at the same time and combining the end result transfer speed of about 150MB/s

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/Screenshot-2023-03-23-at-20.10.02.png)

150MB/s is the hard deck for this particular test disk
### Synology Cyber Monday 2022 flash giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cyber-monday-2022-flash-giveaway/
Last updated: 2022-11-29T07:09:55.000Z
As off today, **Friday the 25th up until Sunday the 28th** at 23:59 (UTC+8), Synology is having a **flash giveaway**!

All that will redeem this prize will get **1y of C2 Password Plus** subscription as well as **500GB of C2 Backup for 6 months**!

Read up on both of these C2 services in the following articles to find out more about them.

[Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secretsSynology’s NEW C2 service, Password, is here! What is it and how well done it compare to some other free solutions out there?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2password_v2-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

## How to get this giveaway prize?

> ## 1 - visit the C2 service [redeem site](https://sy.to/c2redeem?ref=blackvoid.club)

> ## 2 - sign in / create a Synology Account

> ## 3 - Enter the redeem code under your region:  
> Americas: **CYBERMONDAY2022**  
> Asia Pacific: **CYBERMONDAY2022APAC**  
> Europe: **CYBERMONDAY2022EU**

⚠️

**NOTE**: depending on the C2 data center that you use or will use, make sure to select the correct code!

Once you redeem the prize you will get the following confirmation screen.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-34.png)

> ## Offer ends 2022/11/28 23:59 PM (UTC+8)
### Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/
Last updated: 2023-12-31T15:05:49.000Z
## Table of Contents

[**: Installation of Active Backup for Business (DSM 7)**](#abbinstall)  
[**: Installation of Active Backup for Business macOS agent**](#abbagent)  
[**: Active Backup for Business macOS task configuration**](#config)  
[**: macOS bare metal restore**](#baremetal)  
[**: Migrating Active Backup backup archive to a new volume**](#migration)  
[**: NAS performance and utilization**](#utilization)

📢

****UPDATE**: 14/04/2023 - Active Backup for Business version 2.6 is out with beta support of macOS bare metal restore. Full notes are below.

### Version: 2.6.0-13032

(2023-04-13)

**What's new**

1. Added support for VMware vSphere 8.0.
2. Added support for backing up NetApp and Nutanix file servers.
3. **Added beta support for bare-metal recovery on Mac.**

**Fixed Issues (General Issues)**

1. Fixed an issue where the domain user might not be updated in the User Delegation page.
2. Fixed an issue where the Backup Destination page couldn't display properly.
3. Fixed an issue where Windows device backup verification might fail due to insufficient memory resources.
4. Fixed an issue where backups might be skipped when the EFI partition size exceeded 1 GB.
5. Fixed an issue where the percentage of free up storage space couldn't display properly.
6. Fixed an issue where file names couldn't display properly in the restore portal.
7. Fixed an issue where the backup task would occupy DSM memory resources when the deduplication command failed.
8. Fixed an issue where Windows devices equipped with the NIC model 1219-V might disconnect during backups with data transfer encryption enabled.

**Fixed Issues (Mac)**

1. Fixed an issue where the backup progress would get stuck.
2. Adjusted the backup mechanism to exclude volumes created by Time Machine.
3. Fixed an issue where incremental backups would fail due to referencing incorrect snapshot versions.
4. Fixed an issue where the backup agent would repeatedly attempt to establish a connection when the backup server's response time was slow.

**Fixed Issues (Virtual Machines)**

1. Fixed an issue where reconnected Hyper-V tasks backed up via Hyper Backup couldn't be restored to the Hyper-V host.
2. Fixed an issue where the backup reference point might impact the performance of virtual machines.

**Fixed Issues (File Servers)**

1. Fixed an issue where adding DSM to the domain service and using SMB Service 4.15 to add file servers could result in system crashes.

---

📢

****UPDATE**: 23/12/2022 - macOS ABB is out of beta. Today version ****2.5.0-12631 is out**!

### Version: 2.5.0-12631

(2022-12-22)

**What's new**

1. Added support for the following macOS versions:
- macOS Catalina 10.15.7
- macOS Big Sur 11
- macOS Monterey 12
- macOS Ventura 13
1. Added support for Windows Server 2022 Hyper-V.
2. Added support for automatically discovering new virtual machines and including them in backup tasks.
3. Added support for Linux kernel 5.15 and the following distribution:
- Ubuntu: 22.04

**Fixed Issues (General Issues)**

1. Fixed an issue where users could not power on the instantly restored virtual machine after a DSM restart.

**Fixed Issues (Virtual Machines)**

1. Fixed an issue where the connection information of virtual machines might not be updated after the ESXi certificate was changed.
2. Fixed an issue where the virtual machine restoration might fail if the restoration disk path included single quotation marks.
3. Fixed an issue where the restoration of virtual machines containing large amount of data might fail.

**Fixed Issues (Servers and Workstations)**

1. Fixed an issue where the agent might crash if the customized volume setting is configured more than once.
2. Fixed an issue where Linux backup tasks might keep restarting if the device contained a corrupted xfs file system.
3. Fixed an issue where the system might recognize a Linux device as a new device when it had no Internet connection and used MAC address as its UUID.

**Fixed Issues (File Servers)**

1. Fixed an issue where the system might incorrectly create an empty backup version of file server tasks.

**Limitations**

1. Mac devices that are boot from external devices are not supported.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

⚠️

****UPDATE**: 30/12/2022 - tested the new ****Mac Studio** (M1 Max) today. The ****backup was flawless** with no issue at all.

⚠️

****UPDATE**: 11/12/2022 - tested on an older ****Macbook Pro running macOS Catalina** version over wifi. Backup and restore went without any issues.

⚠️

****UPDATE**: 29/11/2022 - Added section about [volume migration](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/#migration) to test if there are any problems with the backup archive in that case as well as the backup tasks and data.

⚠️

****UPDATE**: 28/11/2022 - After correcting ****Full disk permissions for the ABB agent**, the backup started without any issues and was completed successfully.

Mark your calendars, the day has arrived! **Active Backup for Business 2.5 supports Apple macOS!**

⚠️

****LIMITATIONS**: Please note that Active Backup for Business 2.5.0 beta currently supports backing up entire devices for macOS devices. Users will be ****unable** to perform ****bare-metal restoration in this version of the platform**. However, ****file-level** restoration is available. Also, ****beta users will not be able to downgrade to previous versions** of Active Backup for Business after installing this beta package.

After years of waiting the day has finally arrived. ABB platform has finally got support for the macOS, following Windows and Linux distribution support for years.

##   
  
## : Installation of Active Backup for Business (DSM 7)

After downloading the package, the install process is run from inside **Package Center > Manual install**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.33.07.png)

One-step install process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.34.09.png)

Once installed the ABB will be accessible via the main menu.

Following the installation process, ABB needs to be activated. For this, we need an active internet connection but there is also a "manual" process if the NAS is unable to establish one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.36.34.png)

Start the activation process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.38.16.png)

Enter the given code

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.38.58.png)

and done!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.40.28.png)

Active Backup for Business is ready

##   
  
## : Installation of Active Backup for Business macOS agent

Once ABB is up and running, we will be able to use the macOS agent and get it connected to the ABB instance for a complete Mac-machine backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.42.18.png)

macOS tab visible inside ABB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.42.54.png)

macOS template inside the Settings section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.43.35.png)

macOS template settings

The default macOS template has the same settings configured as the one for Windows machines, and it also supports **data transfer compression** and **encryption**.

The installation of the macOS agent starts using the downloaded Active Backup for Business PKG file.

⚠️

****NOTE**: If you are using an Apple Silicon Mac, with either an M1 or M2 CPU, you will need to reboot the Mac mid-install to complete some ****system extension** activation using ****recovery mode**!

Step one, mount the installer and start it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.48.14.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.48.56.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.49.04.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.49.14.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.49.43.png)

Install process complete

Once the process has been completed, we need to allow for the **system extensions**. This can be activated inside **System Preferences.**

> ## In 2019, Apple informed developers that macOS Catalina will be the last macOS to fully support legacy system extensions, and we've been working with developers to transition their software.

[About system extensions and macOSSome system extensions aren’t compatible with current versions of macOS or won’t be compatible with a future version of macOS. Learn what to do if you see an alert about system extensions or kernel extensions.![](https://support.apple.com/favicon.ico)Apple Support](https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT210999?ref=blackvoid.club)

💡

****NOTE**: System extensions are something that Apple has started to slowly transition towards their complete elimination. This is not a good sign for Active Backup, and ****let's hope that Synology will customize the platform to be more compliant with the recent and future versions of macOS**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.50.42.png)

Under **Privacy & Security** simply allow the **Synology Inc** extension.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-24-at-23.51.56.png)

In order for the extension to be used, the macOS needs to reboot.

One final thing that needs to be done is to **give Active Backup for Business agent full disk access permissions** in order to execute the backup and not fail.

Go to **System Preferences > Privacy & Security**, and under **Full disk access** enable the setting.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.33.12.png)

Full Disk Access setting for the ABB agent needs to be enabled

##   
  
## : Active Backup for Business macOS task configuration

Now that the ABB server and client have both been installed, it is time to connect and back up the Mac.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-25-at-00.02.38.png)

Enter the ABB server parameters

Just like with a Windows machine, the ABB agent will ask for three input parameters. The NAS **address** (FQDN or LAN IP), **username,** and **password**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-25-at-00.04.41.png)

Wait for the agent to connect to the server

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-25-at-00.05.27.png)

Review that backup task summary

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-25-at-00.06.22.png)

ABB console is registering the Mac device

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-25-at-00.07.14.png)

The Mac device is registered and ready to be backed up

So far, there were no issues adding the Mac to connect to the ABB server side. Manual backup can be initiated using the ABB Task List view and progress can be followed from either the client or server (NAS) side.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-25-at-00.11.42.png)

Backup in progress...

In my initial testing, the first backup failed with the following error:

```
Error,"Error code -1: Failed to run asr (Apple Software Restore) on Macintosh HD - Data, Macintosh HD.",2022-11-25 00:14:52
Error,"Failed to read and upload the volume content of Macintosh HD - Data, Macintosh HD.",2022-11-25 00:14:52
Error,The backup task rusty-Default failed.,2022-11-25 00:14:54
Warning,Backups of Luka’s 5K iMac will not be backed up. (Reason: Unsupported disk bus type.),2022-11-25 00:10:35
Warning,Backups of Luka’s 5K iMac will not be backed up. (Reason: Unsupported disk bus type.),2022-11-25 00:10:41

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-25-at-00.16.26.png)

Error code -1

The following error will happen in case you have missed giving Full Disk Access permission for the ABB agent. Enable it and rerun the process.

If all was set as stated before, the backup will be complete without any issues.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.22.39.png)

Backup task completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.36.15.png)

Backup status from the Active Backup console

The initial backup of 110GB was completed in 15 min, over 1G ethernet connection maxing its speed most of the time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.23.18-1.png)

Final size calculation after deduplication

Considering that ABB uses deduplication it saved nearly 20GB of space after that initial backup.

Accessing the data using the Active Backup Portal will allow for file/folder restoration or download.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.40.34.png)

Overview of backed-up data using the ABB Portal

The Portal can be accessed as a separate icon inside DSM or via the ABB console using the **Restore** button. At the moment, only the file/folder option is possible, as there is no way to do a bare metal recovery. This will likely change in the future.

### UPDATE 14.04.2023

📢

****Version 2.6** of Active Backup for Business ****supports bare metal restore** as a beta feature!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-17-at-18.47.14.png)

ABB v.2.6 brings bare metal restore

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.43.09.png)

Initiate ABB Portal via the ABB console

Any subsequent backup was fast and was completed much faster as expected. The second backup after the initial one was just under 3 min in duration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.49.25.png)

Initial and second backups are presented in the log

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.50.26.png)

Both versions are visible and presented in the ABB Portal

The data can be restored from any backup version using the ABB Portal, and deduplication has again managed to save space as well as shorten the actual backup time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-28-at-17.51.37.png)

State of the particular Mac machine backup usage after multiple backups

As we can see, the process works really well with no error once configured correctly. The backup speed was maxed out depending on the network connection and the speed of the drives on both ends.

Restoring tests have revealed that data is readable and any additional backups are indeed incremental and **much** faster than Time Machine I have to say. More tests will continue with multiple concurrent backups from multiple Mac machines to stress the system some more. 

##   
  
## : macOS bare metal restore

As stated before, we will need to use Active Backup for Business version 2.6.+ in order to get the bare metal restore feature to show up.

Opening the ABB console and locating the Mac that we want to restore is the first step to get things going. Using the **Restore** menu, we can then select the **Entire device** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-17-at-19.04.46.jpg)

Select the ****Entire Device** option to get started.

A new window will pop up, giving us the option to download **Active Backup for Business Recovery Wizard** tool and the link to the [**knowledge base article**](https://kb.synology.com/en-br/DSM/tutorial/How%5Fdo%5FI%5Frestore%5Fmy%5Fentire%5FMac?ref=blackvoid.club) on how to execute the procedure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-17-at-19.13.28.png)

The recovery wizard tool can also be downloaded from the **Synology Download Center** on their website. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-17-at-19.15.32.png)

Unlike Windows OS bare metal restore, macOS will use **Apple Migration Assistant** as the actual migration tool. This means that we will have to have a working macOS installation running before we can continue with the restoration. 

Restoring from a broken install will not be an option as the following step, after downloading the wizard, is to configure the macOS and the Mac computer to work with it before we can run in.

Installation of the Recovery wizard also includes all the steps and security elements needed for the ABB backup agent, so be sure to read the sections of the article covering that (enable full disk access and allow 3rd party kernel extension).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-17-at-19.21.19.png)

Active Backup for Business Recovery Wizard installation

Once the installation has been completed, we have to use the Recovery Wizard and **log into the NAS** that has the backup we want to restore from. Once done, we will have a **list of potential devices and tasks** we can use to restore from. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/1.jpeg)

Volume mapping. Source (backup) on the left side, and Mac on the right

Next, we need to **select the exact backup version** and start with the volume selection that we need to restore. ABB wizard will automatically map volumes from the backup to the source but we can also make manual changes as needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/2.png)

If we also selected the system volume for restoration, the **Restore Now** button will launch **Apple Migration Assistant**. All apps will be closed during this process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/3.png)

Activate Migration Assistant to complete the restore

Following the usual Migration Assistant process, Select **From a Mac, Time Machine backup or Startup disk** option, and click **Continue**. After selecting the system volume, and the wizard has finished scanning the files, the restore process will start. We just need to wait for the procedure to complete at this point and the backed-up data will be restored.

##   
  
## : Migrating Active Backup backup archive to a new volume

If for any reason there is a need to migrate the ABB backup archive from one volume to the next, this is a short process on how to do it. This method will work even if migration will be on a separate NAS unit, but just for the sake of simplicity, this particular archive will be moved locally.

The idea is to see if the backup will continue forward and if there are any special steps on the client side that need to be considered.

The same steps apply regardless of the device that is being backed up inside a particular archive, and it involves only a single task if this operation is being performed on the same NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-18.37.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-18.37.42.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-18.37.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-18.38.13.png)

As can be seen in the images above, the single archive is being used and it is currently on volume 1.

By going to the **Control Panel > Shared Folders** and editing the settings of the **ActiveBackupforBusiness** shared folder, we have the option to change its location to a new volume on the same NAS. In this case, volume 2.

This process will only work if the archive is currently not in use (backing up some devices), and the speed will depend on its size and array speed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-18.38.47.png)

Final point before the actual migration of the shared folder

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-18.41.59.png)

Wait for the transfer to complete

There is no need to stop the Active Backup package prior to the migration, but it won't hurt either way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-18.48.21.png)

ABB archive on a secondary volume

Once the archive has moved, resume the backup using the Active Backup console. In this particular test case, there were no problems whatsoever, and while it took a good 5 min before the actual data transfer started, the delta backup was completed in 1 min.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-29-at-19.58.18.png)

Last backup (on the 29th) after volume migration

##   
  
## : NAS performance and utilization

In terms of performance impact, ABB will work on any device that it supports, but while the backup will execute really fast, it will also have a decent performance impact.

In the case of DS418play, the CPU will be in the high 90%+, while pushing it over to a more powerful NAS like the RS unit, it will still be from 45-50% of utilization.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-23-at-19.34.36.png)

DS418play while executing the ABB macOS backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-23-at-22.49.41.png)

RS3614RPxs running the same task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/12/Screenshot-2022-12-23-at-22.51.29.png)

RS3614RPxs network utilization during the ABB macOS backup

It is obvious that the speed of the backup will directly depend on the power of the NAS and its network throughput. Just keep in mind that running ABB along some other read/write-intensive tasks might cause some performance issues with the NAS if those tasks are overlapping.

Backing up took about 15min to complete the initial 110GB of data on the RS unit. Significantly faster than Time Machine.

---

ℹ️

****UPDATE**: 27.12.2022 - after some time with ABB running against ****multiple Macs** I can say that it is **working without any issues**. Increment backups are 5-8 min long, and they ****work while the devices are sleeping**. Very pleased with so far.

These days I will test the new Mac Studio device as well, as ABB supports Apple SOC as well. Wondering if the performance of the backup will be the same.

---

So far I am very pleased with the way this system works and I do hope it will prove to be a valuable and reliable backup for the macOS platform.
### Synology SRM Safe Access & Firewall - how to block torrent content using Synology router?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-srm-safe-access-firewall-how-to-block-torrent-content-using-synology-router/
Last updated: 2022-12-18T18:21:10.000Z
## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: Synology router lineup**](#lineup)  
[**: How to block specific sites and torrent traffic?**](#block)

- [:: Safe Access - overview and profile creation](#profile)
- [:: Safe Access - web filter](#filter)
- [:: Firewall](#firewall)
- [:: Firewall rules configuration](#config)
- [:: Real-time traffic overview](#traffic)
- [:: Special configuration for Chrome & Edge browsers](#doh)

[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

##   
  
## : Intro

As much as the Internet has contributed to the quality of life, the development of industry, business, and mutual relations in the last 30+ years, it has certainly (if not more) revealed its negative sides.

Theft and distribution of protected material, viruses, ransomware, malware, and other malicious software are at an absolute peak. Being disconnected from the Internet today is almost impossible both from the private and business side. Every aspect of our life depends to some extent on a quality connection with necessary services.

If we look a step further, the protection of children and young people is probably one of the tasks that the previous generation of parents did not have to face. Although there will always be a way to get to some prohibited content, protecting the home or business network, and therefore the computer and users, is something that is necessary today. Not so much for the purpose of banning and availability of certain material, but also because of the previously listed threats that mostly accompany such content.

The following will explain and show how Synology with its line of routers can help in scenarios that are very common today. Specifically, this article will focus on the two main elements of SRM (Synology Router Manager), **Safe Access,** and **Firewall**.

##   
  
## : Synology router lineup

Synology currently offers four routers. Two from the older Wi-fi 5 generation, and two new ones (this year's models) that support Wi-fi 6\. It is not so important which router will be used because they all support all the options explained below since they come with the new SRM 1.3 operating system.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-18.png)

Current (Nov 2022) Synology router lineup

If you wish, you can view two separate reviews for the RT6600ax flagship model as well as the recently released WRX560 router at the available links below.

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

In the mentioned articles, there is also a section of the SRM operating system with some of its important features. In the following, we will deal with a specific scenario, so the emphasis will be on some elements that are not explained in the mentioned reviews.

##   
  
## : How to block specific sites and torrent traffic?

So how do you block content on the Internet, specifically torrent sites, while not being able to use any torrent applications even if someone gets hold of the torrent file or magnet link in some other way?

This is a frequent question, especially in a corporate environment, where configuring and maintaining such scenarios is much easier by using enterprise network equipment and methods.

For the SOHO (small office, home office) segment, such equipment is certainly not, if nothing else, profitable, so the question arises as to how to solve this in the simplest way with the network device you have. If we look at ISP routers, this can't be done for the reason that some of them will not even have such capabilities, and those that do may block that particular configuration from the user.

Just to be clear. **Blocking torrent traffic is not a one-button solution** by any means, nor is it easy to achieve unless you go with very rigorous and precise settings that need to be maintained and monitored.

It is for this reason that the use of routers and other equipment that has **mechanisms for blocking and controlling network traffic** is necessary in order to ensure the quality and safety of all users and equipment.

##   
  
### :: Safe Access - overview and profile creation

The first step will certainly be to create a profile within the **Safe Access** application. SA comes installed with the SRM operating system and is one of the main icons on the desktop.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-21.png)

SRM with Safe Access

By starting the Safe Access application, we will be given the opportunity to create new user/device profiles or profiles that affect a specific configured network. Since SRM offers the creation of more than one network and VLAN support, we can also apply profiles to a specific network.

Regardless of what we choose, all settings and configurations are equally available in both cases.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-22.png)

Safe Access - current active profiles

As you can see from the images, Safe Access will display all available profiles as well as quick statistics of any inappropriate attempts and their times.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-23.png)

Safe Access quick view of blocked inappropriate attempts

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-24.png)

Date, time and blocked domains

Following next will be an example on how to create a profile that will effectively block torrent traffic and access to associated sites. The creation of a profile begins with the Safe Access wizard, in which a specific device (or several devices) is associated to the specified policy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-20-at-18.08.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-20-at-18.09.21.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-20-at-18.09.54.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-20-at-18.11.06.png)

Main steps for Safe Access profile creation

Now it's time to configure the web filter that will be associated with the profile, each of which will have a set of rules that will apply to all machines defined through that same profile.

Of course, if a computer or device was added incorrectly or was not added by mistake, changing the profile will enable subsequent corrections.

##   
  
### :: Safe Access - web filter

Safe Access has a number of pre-defined web filters ready for use, but if we wish, it is possible to define our own in order to more precisely determine the rules for accessing the content, as well as defining special black and white lists of allowed or blocked Internet destinations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-25.png)

Default Safe Access profiles

Profiles can be modified, deleted and cloned to become a template for a new profile.

Creating a new profile is also done through a wizard in several steps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-20-at-18.25.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-20-at-18.26.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-20-at-18.27.26.png)

Configuring new Safe Access web filter

In addition to the primary name and action (blocking and access permission), within the filter it is possible to select previously defined categories to which we want to allow or deny access (depending on the selection in the first step of the wizard). Finally, we can additionally define specific domains to which we explicitly want to prohibit/allow access.

After the filter is assembled, the last thing that needs to be done is to attach it to the initially created profile. For this, it is necessary to open it and configure which filter we want to add on the **web filter tab**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-26.png)

Select the configured web filter

It should be noted that other parameters can be defined within the profile in addition to the specified filter, but this is currently not necessary as part of this specific scenario.

After the defined profile and the applied filter, access from the device to the prohibited destination will look like in the image.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-27.png)

Safe Access blocked page after the user has triggered the web filter

This is only one part of the story about blocking access to sites with unwanted content such as torrents (and precisely defined sites), but this will not prevent the torrent file or magnet link from being downloaded via some other method (say via chat or email) and then placed into a torrent client.

To block torrents from the perspective of protocols and ports, that's a separate story and Safe Access can't help with that. But blocking torrents is also not that easy. Lately, clients have become more powerful and flexible to allow end user access using dynamic ports every time they launch, so this creates a problem when blocking them.

The only way to do it well on the Synology router is through the firewall function.

##   
  
### :: Firewall

The important thing to know when configuring the SRM firewall is that the rules defined within it are respected from top to bottom, i.e. the waterfall principle. This means that the first rule that meets the criteria (either allow or deny) will ignore all other rules that follow it.

💡

Ordering the rules is just as important as their specific configuration!

**Network Center > Security > Firewall** is the path that leads to the built-in firewall where rules can be defined.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-28.png)

An example of rules used to block all Internet traffic with the exception of traffic on ports 80 and 443

The example from the previous image shows two rules that in combination disable access to everything on the Internet (via TCP and UDP protocols) except for ports 80 and 443\. As a result, any torrent traffic will not be possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-29.png)

Example of blocked torrent traffic with more than one torrent tracker

It can be seen that even after almost 24 hours there is no traffic on the specific torrent.

Next, let's see how to arrange these rules that will perform this kind of blocking. The idea is to block complete traffic to the Internet on all ports and protocols. After that, allow traffic to any specific port that is needed. It would be best to allow only ports 80 and 443 (http and https) because torrent traffic does not work on them, while access to all valid pages will be possible.

This is the only way to effectively combat all private and public torrent servers operating on various ports and protocols.

##   
  
### :: Firewall rules configuration

This step shows the stacking of rules that will ban all Internet traffic by TCP/UDP protocols and all ports.

The rule is configured using the following parameters:

```
A rule to block all traffic

**SOURCE**
PROTOCOL: TCP/UDP
NETWORK INTERFACE: LAN (select the network that includes the devices we want to block)
IP ADDRESS: Specific IP (either a single address or the entire subnet is configured)
PORTS: All

**DESTINATION**
NETWORK INTERFACE: Internet
IP ADDRESS: All
PORTS: All

ACTION: Deny

```

After it, another rule is configured which will grant access to all destinations on ports 80 and 443 for the TCP protocol (so no UDP).

```
Rule to allow traffic on 80/443 ports

**SOURCE**
PROTOCOL: TCP
NETWORK INTERFACE: LAN 
IP ADDRESS: Specific IP (either a single address or the entire subnet is configured)
PORTS: All

**DESTINATION**
NETWORK INTERFACE: Internet
IP ADDRESS: All
PORTS: Custom (ports 80 and 443 are defined separated by a comma)

ACTION: Allow

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-30.png)

Example of successful access to a legitimate site and blocking of a prohibited one (combination of Safe Access web filter and firewall)

As a result of these two rules, it is now possible to access all destinations, while traffic to torrent sites is blocked by the SafeAccess policy, and torrent traffic (P2P) is blocked by the firewall.

Since the traffic towards torrent peers mostly goes through high dynamic ports as well as the UDP protocol, blocking this traffic on the firewall effectively closes the data transfer in all cases.

Even if a page is not caught by Safe Access or not added manually, it is the firewall that will prevent the Internet traffic itself.

##   
  
### :: Real-time traffic overview

If it is suspected that the devices on the network may be accessing some pages that they should not, and we want to add them to the prohibited list, this is possible by viewing logs or traffic in real time.

Using the **Network Center > Traffic Control > Monitor** option, it is possible to configure the traffic monitoring for a specific device by configuring the drop-down menus.

By selecting the device, the **domain** and **live traffic** options, we will get the display as in the following image.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-31.png)

Network traffic in real time

The list will show the domains and destinations that the network device accesses, and by using the icon on the far right end, it is possible to immediately add it to one of the Safe Access web filter rules to prevent its further use.

##   
  
### :: Special configuration for Chrome & Edge browsers

Although the mentioned process works properly, there are some exceptions when it comes to specific web browsers, such as **Google Chrome** or **Microsoft Edge**. Both of these browsers have a **DNS** setting in their configurations that can be turned off or on, thus completely bypassing the Safe Access settings and filtering. We are talking about DoH or **DNS over HTTPS**.

Specifically, within MS Edge, the setting is located in Settings > Privacy, and is called **Use secure DNS to specify how to lookup the network address for website**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-32.png)

MS Edge setting that must be **turned off** if we want the Safe Access filter to work as it should

Google Chrome on the other hand has a similar setting on a similar path. With that browser, the setting is in Settings > Privacy and security > Advanced, and it is called **Use secure DNS**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-33.png)

A Google Chrome setting that must also be **turned off** if the Safe Access web filter is to be used

Be sure to make sure that the settings are **turned off**, as they are automatically turned on in newer versions of the browser.

##   
  
## : Conclusion

As said, controlling torrent traffic is not a trivial thing to block, so the only effective way to do it is to block the traffic on the firewall. Banning complete traffic will mean that all permitted traffic must be explicitly approved after that, but if that's the price, so be it.

Synology SRM's combination of Safe Access and firewall modules are strong enough that with a little effort and carefully collected information, it is possible to block and have torrent traffic under control, without spending more money on even more expensive routers and/or IDS/IPS/firewall specific devices.
### Synology SA6400 - new high scalability 12-bay NAS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa6400-new-high-scalability-12-bay-nas/
Last updated: 2022-11-23T09:17:38.000Z
As off today, Synology has released a new 12-bay NAS from their *high scalability* range, the **SA6400**. With its **global launch on January 11th**, 2023, this model is **available today for the Asia/Pacific** region.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-19.png)

The new SA6400 (front)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-20.png)

SA6400 (back)

Advertised as the "Highly scalable storage for enterprise and studios", the SA6400 is designed for rapid data scaling. No wonder as it supports up to 108 drives after expansion using eight (8) additional RX1223RP expansion bays (Mini-SAS HD ports).

Overall this unit has an **AMD EPYC 7272** **12-core CPU** (24-thread) 2.9 GHz, with a max boost clock of up to 3.2 GHz, and **32GB of DDR4 ECC RAM** (up to 1TB using 16 memory slots). From the network side of things, apart from **4 x 1Gbit**, there are also **2 x 10Gb (RJ-45)** ports and 2 PCIe expansion slots that can accommodate **optional 25/40 GbE or FC** (fiber channel) cards. Said PCIe slots can be used for M.2 drives to be used as potential cache setup. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/advanced.png)

Compatible expansion cards for network and cache functions

With its default 2U height, the unit is around 16.5 kg and the classic 19" width. The dimensions are 88 x 430.5 x 692 mm. 

SA6400 comes with a redundant and modular 550W power supply setup, to reduce the possibility of power failure. 

The role of this unit can be from any **business application platform**, a **high-capacity backup solution**, or a **flexible file server**. All major Synology software platforms can be configured and run on this model, be it Active Backup for Business, Hyper Backup, Snapshot replication, Virtual machine manager, or Docker.

When it comes to RAID support, as with any high-end model, the SA6400 **does not support SHR array type**, but it does support all the conventional RAID configurations, including the Synology RAID F1.

With its massive capacity and high speed, the NAS can service up to 16000 local users, and up to 10000 concurrent SMB/NFS/AFP/FTP connections.

The SA6400 is covered with Synology's 5y warranty including technical support and hardware replacement services.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/modules/5year_warranty_02.png)

The complete datasheet of SA6400 can be downloaded [**here**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/SA/22-year/SA6400/enu/Synology%5FSA6400%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club), and the official model page can be found [**here**](https://www.synology.com/en-sg/products/SA6400?ref=blackvoid.club).
### Synology routers - for faster and safer networks
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-routers-faster-and-safer-networks/
Last updated: 2022-11-21T16:00:50.000Z
Having a stable and secure network at home or in a place of business has become more important than ever before. With the high threat of security risks, ransomware, and hacks, one of the first lines of defense is the routers and the software behind them.

Synology has been in the router business for the past 6 years and has released five models so far.

Just this year alone they have refreshed their current Wi-Fi 5 capable pair (RT2600ac and MR2200ac), with two new **Wi-Fi 6** routers.

In May of 2022, they released the new **RT6600ax** as their most powerful model to date, and in October another Wi-Fi 6 router, the **WRX560**. 

For a full detailed review of both of them, be sure to visit the dedicated articles linked below.

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

The RT660ax review

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

The WRX560 review

### Current lineup

Synology's current offer of routers is comprised of four models, each capable to be combined in a *mesh* network\* depending on the choice of the actual routers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/syno_routers_fast_safe_specs.png)

Synology router lineup and main specs

Mesh network will allow for the creation of a single large Wi-Fi network that will provide the users with a seamless roaming experience without interruptions while moving about.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-18-at-15.00.46.png)

Multiple routers create a single *mesh* network for full coverage

When it comes to configuration and flexibility, the new **DS router 2.0** mobile app will allow management of the network, devices, and advanced settings on the go.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/2x-3.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/2x-2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/2x.png)

Real-time monitoring, or setting permissions for kids and young ones can be configured from the mobile app as well. While on the subject of security, Synology routers will provide a powerful set of tools to limit or filter access to unwanted content, and help organize Internet access time as well as time quotas.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/srm/device_content_control/user_01@2x.jpg)

Safe Access - single point to administer network user security settings

### SRM - Synology Router Manager

At the center of any router, there is SRM. Synology Router Manager is the native OS running the whole show. For more details and an in-depth overview of it, be sure to read up on the previously linked RT6600ax and WRX560 articles, as they contain the current SRM 1.3 overview.

![](https://gallery.synology.com/image/G65O02f/2x)

SRM "desktop"

In short, SRM has all the settings and configuration elements to manage the network, its devices, port forward rules, firewall settings, and some dedicated packages.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/2x-5.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/2x-4.png)

SRM wifi overview and traffic reports

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-14.png)

SRM Package Center - install new options to unlock even more possibilities

One key element in SRM that might come in handy in these new times working from home while offering more security on top of it, is the VPN Plus Server package.

Apart from allowing connection back to a local network, the VPN Plus Server package offers **site-to-site connection** as well. This will allow for a stretched LAN scenario bringing more security while working with remote locations and minimizing complexity and exposure on the Internet.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-15.png)

Site-to-Site example using Synology routers

For a full detailed overview of this feature be sure to read the following article as well.

[VPN Plus Server - Site-to-SiteHow to configure site-to-site VPN using Synology router and VPN Plus Server package?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/vpn_sitetosite.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-plus-server-site-to-site/)

Network security, speed, and user management simplicity are key in today's households and businesses. With Synology routers and SRM, all of this is possible and more.

Synology has a [**dedicated site**](https://event.synology.com/en-eu/synology-routers?ref=blackvoid.club) ("Build a faster and safer  
digital world") covering all the routers in detail as well as links to all key elements of SRM and the models themselves. Be sure to visit it, and if you have any questions on the matter, feel free to write them down in the comment section below.
### Synology DS923+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T18:00:30.000Z
⚠️

****UPDATE**: ****23/11/2022** \- info on the [****M.2 NVMe storage volume usage in DSM**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/#m2) that is supported by DS923+

## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: Packaging**](#packaging)  
[**: Specifications**](#specs)  
[**: E10G22-T1-mini card**](#10g)  
[**: SSDs, 3rd party HDDs and NVMe storage pools**](#ssd)  
[**: DSM setup and apps installation**](#dsm)  
[**: Speed tests**](#speed)  
[**: Virtualization and containerization**](#vm)  
[**: Plex**](#plex)  
[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

---

## : Intro

It was 2016 when Synology started to roll out their popular 4-bay NAS models in a version that supported more potential bays and offered more power to the NAS. These models, starting with the DS916+, had an eSATA port on the back and support for more RAM than their previous 4-bay version (like DS412+ or 415+)

In 2018, Synology released the DS918+ model which had some visible changes to the previous model, and that look remained until today, with the brand new 4-bay version, the **DS923+**.

Many were expecting this version even sooner but here we are. Just as the new year is about to start, the very first DS device from the new x23 lineup is here.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_front.png)

DS923+ the new ("old") 4-bay NAS design made it to 2023

While there are not many surprises to this model for anyone following the Synology brand, there is one semi-expected surprise that is the first to be introduced to a 4-bay device such as this one.

With that, let's see what the new DS923+ can do for its customers and if this should be a NAS worth spending over **€530 (+ tax and drives)**.

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_packaging-1.jpg)

## : Packaging

For all "unboxers" out there, let's start with the package and its content first.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2391.jpg)

DS923+ main features presented on the box label

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2390.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2375.jpg)

Minimalistic yet informative packaging

The content of the box as expected contains the NAS itself, the power adapter, and two RJ45 CAT5e cables, along with a pair of bay door lock keys.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2377.jpg)

Everything needed to get up and running (DS923+, power adapter, and 2xCAT5e LAN cables

This type of packaging has been around for over five years now and incorporated across the whole of Synology's lineup. With a minimalistic and eco-friendly look and feel, let's see what this particular NAS model is made of.

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_specs-1.jpg)

## : Specifications

Following the AMD trend that Synology introduced with [**DS1522+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/), the DS923+ is also using the same CPU as well as RAM specifications as the mentioned 5-bay model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2379.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2380.jpg)

DS923+ front and back. A compact beast

This model is equipt with an **AMD Ryzen R1600 dual-core (4-thread) CPU at 3.1GHz**, as well as **4 GB or SODIMM DDR4 ECC** memory (upgradable to 32 GB). Four bays on the front side can accommodate 2.5" and 3.5" HDD/SSD drives, and **two M.2 2280 slots on the bottom**, as before, are reserved for NVMe SSDs for **cache purposes**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2387.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2388.jpg)

M.2 2280 slots for caching purposes

The big addition to this particular model is the fact that the slots will be usable **for both caching and storage pool creation**. This is a first for the DS lineup and a real shift from the DS1522+ that does not support this. Also, this feature will not be backward compatible so DS920+ will not support it as well.

This possibility has been at the very top of wishes for a long time, so it's certainly great that the DS923+ finally supports it.

Finally, this is a DSM 7.2 feature, so at the moment it is not possible to configure a working data volume.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2382.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2383.jpg)

In order to access the two SODIMM memory slots, first remove the drive bays

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2384.jpg)

Memory slots are located on the inside of the right-hand side panel

⚠️

****WARNING**: Be sure to check the ****HDD/SSD compatibility** for the DS923+ before buying any drives! ****Using unsupported drives will cause problems, as well as no support from Synology in case it will be needed!**

The DS923+ as compared to the previous lineup is no longer running with the Intel Celeron CPU, and that will also have an effect on the overall power usage. The Celeron TDP on average (by Intel specifications) is around 10 W of TDP, while this R1600 CPU is running between 12 W and 25W. Not a small difference, so be mindful of that. It will offer more speed and allows for some hardware elements that the Celeron was not targeted for, but the price has to come from somewhere, and power usage is one of them.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_back.png)

DS923+ back side has network and expansion ports, as well as the new 10Gmini slot for the optional 10G Synology network card

The backside of the unit has **two 92 mm fans** that will keep the NAS and the drives cool, while also housing **2x 1Gb RJ45J** connectors for network usage (separate or in LAG configuration), an **eSATA port** for connecting DX517 device (if there is a need to connect more drives), and **one USB 3.2 Gen 1 port**.

The main **new element** of this form factor is the **optional 10G port**. This was first introduced in the [DS1522+](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/) and RS422+ models but has also found a way onto the 4-bay segment. While expected, considering that the AMD CPU does support 10G speed, it was questioned whether or not Synology will be able to place the port on a smaller case.

Looks like that was not the problem and the proprietary 10G port is here. Compatible exclusively with **Synology branded 10G card (E10G22-T1-mini)**, which will be the only 10G card that will work with this model (at the time of writing).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/e10G22t1_mini01.jpg)

Synology E10G22-T1-mini 10G card

The **price of the 10G card is around 125€ + tax**, so if there will be a need for a 10G connection, be sure to calculate that into the NAS price as well. The good news is that the card is compatible with any model supporting this particular format, so if there will ever be a case that a card is needed inside a different NAS model, it will work out of the box.

💡

Do note that ****this card supports 1, 2.5, 5, and 10G speeds**. So using it inside a NAS that is in a non-10G network will also have benefits when it comes to faster than 1G transfers!

I think this will be one of the major selling points for this NAS going forward. With **added RAM**, a **faster CPU** than the previous generation, and a **10G option**, the DS923+ has become a real powerhouse just like its slightly larger brother, the DS1522+.

While some might say that this is no longer the device in the same price range, power consumption, or a model that can do everything the previous models could only do better, they will be right. The fact is that Synology is shifting the targeted audience with these setups and machines (AMD driven one), and while they will offer more for the end user, they will also cost a bit more (with added 10G), and lose some functionalities that previous generations had (like video and audio transcoding).

If this is not something that the user is willing to accept, there are several options. Buy an older version that will cover all the features needed, and have a smaller power footprint as well, or maybe get a different appliance device. One of the biggest issues is also the lack of 2.5G network interfaces. The reason for that is 10G was introduced which can offer far greater speeds than 2.5G, and on top of this, the upcoming DSM 7.2 will arrive with SMB multichannel support. In that case, and with proper network gear and configuration, we will have the option to utilize multiple 1G interfaces and get faster speeds towards a single device with a faster than 1G connection. So DS923+ or any other DSM 7.2 multi-nic compatible model, will be able to utilize greater speeds with no extra cost to the NAS. One thing that will be needed (in case that is already not the case) is a purchase of a compatible switch. This is also true if the NAS had 2.5G ports, as there would be a need for a 2.5G or better switch regardless.

In any event, DS923+ brings more to the table, and in some cases, it will require additional purchases, but still, as a long-term investment, it will be worth it.

There are no compromises between the 5-bay or the 4-bay model, and that is fair, so it will be up to the customers to decide what model best fits their needs.

The DS923+ form factor, size, and weight remained the same as the DS920+ version with ventilation openings on the side as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_right45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_side.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_left45.png)

NAS is covered with a **3y factory warranty** that is possible to extend to a **total of 5y** via [**Extended Warranty Plus**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/). Depending on the country it will be around **€65 (+tax) for the extra 2y**.

Full official specifications can be found in the datasheet [**here**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/23-year/DS923%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS923%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)**.**

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_10g-1.jpg)

## : E10G22-T1-mini card

During the summer of 2022, Synology also rolled out a new custom 10G network interface that first made it to the DS1522+ and RS422+ models. The same card is here as one of the main added features of DS923+.

It is a **copper-based RJ45 network adapter** that unlocks **1GB/s transfers** over a compatible network setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/e10G22t1_mini02.jpg)

E10G22-T1-mini 10G ****optional** card

With the beforementioned price of **around €125** and the fact that the card will detect 5G as well as 2,5G, or 1G network speeds, it might be well worth the extra investment as a futureproof step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image-1.png)

- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control
- IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3ab Gigabit Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3bz 2.5Gbps / 5Gbps Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3an 10Gbps Ethernet

Separately from any compatible NAS, this card is on a fixed **3y manufacturer warranty**, which is also a decent time period to consider.

In order to install the card, the first step is to remove the metal plate on the back side of the NAS, slide in the card, and secure it back with two screws.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2478.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2479.png)

E10G22-T1 mini card ready to be installed

DSM will detect the card as a default LAN 3 interface (after the default two 1G ports). This also means that booting a fresh device and installing the DSM using the 10G port will not be possible.

⚠️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the ****10G addon card will NOT be detected BEFORE you install DSM on the NAS**. This means you will not be able to detect the NAS on your network in order to set it up without the use of the built-in 1G port(s). Once the DSM is up and running, the 10G card will become visible and usable.

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_ssd.jpg)

## : SSDs, 3rd party HDDs and NVMe storage pools

The NAS arrived with Synology enterprise-branded **SAT 5200 4TB SSD drives**. While these are supported drives for this particular model, those are not the only ones. Unlike some high-end models that require these drives, or the HAT/HAS spindle lineup ones, the DS923+ will work with a wide range of drive vendors.

The **Synology HDD policy** explains that users of certain models will need to mindful going forward when it comes to buying drives for your NAS.

[Synology HDD compatibility policy explainedBeginning in 2021, Synology rolled out their HDD HAT5300 series of drives, and following that they have changed their HDD compatibility policy. Now I did write about those drives and those policy changes a bit back in January and March of 2021, but I wanted to reflect on this a![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/hddcompatibility.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/)

The best thing that can be done, is to check [the compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) for a particular NAS before buying the drives. 

⚠️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that the ****drives that are NOT on the compatibility list could still work just fine**, it only means that those drives were not officially tested!

This particular setup includes two types of drives. One is the official Synology branded **SAT5200 4TB SSDs**, while the other is 12y old **WD RED 3TB EFRX**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/sat52004tb.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/wdred3tb.png)

Synology SAT5200 (left) and WD RED (right)

The reason for this is to test out two separate volumes (both in RAID0) using fast SSD compatible and supported drives, and on the other end, unsupported 5400 RPM NAS drives. While DSM 7 will object to the use of these particular RED drives, it will allow a volume to be configured and installed.

RED drives are not **incompatible** just **unsupported**, meaning that any issue that might come out of using such drives will not be covered by Synology support.

It is a fact that this particular model of drives is indeed not on the official list, so be sure to always use supported drives. The DS923+ will not force the use of Synology branded drives, but if using 3rd party drives is the preferred way, **make sure to consult the official compatibility [support site](https://www.synology.com/en-us/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-13-at-11.24.13.png)

DS923+ compatibility list for WD RED 3TB drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.25.49-1.png)

Volume warning when using unsupported drives like the WD RED EFRX ones with DS923+ 

When it comes to installing the drives, like the full-size 3.5" there are no tools required, but the 2.5" SSD will need to be screwed using the bottom caddy holes. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2470.png)

Installing 3.5" drives with no extra tools

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2477.png)

SSDs need to be secure in place with screws on the bottom

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_2471.png)

WD RED 3.5" drives in place

Placing the drives is extremely easy and quick, and on top of it all, each can be locked in place using the small lock on the front pane. In case the drive is not locked in place and pulled out, **the DS923+ supports hot-swap**, so no major damage will be done in case that happens. Saying that, do keep in mind that pulling multiple drives are the same time, depending on the array configuration, could result in data loss!

Once the drives are in place and DSM installed (more on this later), we can use the **Storage Manager** application to monitor and update the drive's firmware, as well as configure pools and volumes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-12.27.29.png)

DS923+ Storage Manager detecting all the drives

DSM in a combination with Synology branded drives will allow for on-the-fly firmware updates without any downtime. This is one of the perks when using their branded disks on top of a sustained transfer rate over a longer period of time and 5y warranty.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/image.png)

SAT5200 series SATA SSD features

### 
  
  
### M.2 NVMe user-usable volumes

As mentioned before, DS923+ supports the creation of **user-usable volumes using the M.2 NVMe drives** (if installed). Now, this was a highly expected feature for years. With 10G support and an NVMe storage pool, the DS923+ is breaking out of its usual 4-bay enthusiast shell and moving into a new category for sure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-22-at-22.33.45.png)

Samsung 970 EVO drives detected by DS923+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-22-at-22.33.01.png)

Unable to make a storage pool in DSM 7.1.1

What was once reserved only for the XS+ lineup will now be possible on a smaller and less expensive device. Editing on the fly via a 10G network will no longer require a dedicated DAS device or a Thunderbolt external drive, as DS923+ will be able to do it all on its own.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/nvme_storagepool.png)

M.2 user-usable volume (RAID1 configuration) using Synology SVN3400 series drives

Official info on the supported models that will benefit from this feature are listed on the [**following link**](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Which%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5FM%5F2%5FSSD%5Fstorage%5Fpool?ref=blackvoid.club).

⚠️

****DISCLAIMER**: The new ****NVMe storage pool feature is reserved only for Synology NVMe drives**! The tested Samsung 970 EVO drives, while detected, were only usable as cache drives, not storage pool drives.

The NVMe drives can be used as single drives in order to make a storage pool and cache (read-only) a single volume at the same time. Finally, it is not possible to boot off the NVMe volumes/drives, and the max transfer speeds will not go over 1GB/s (10GbE).

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_setup.jpg)

## : DSM setup and apps installation

Anyone installing DSM OS onto a NAS for the first time will probably find it straightforward as there is little that can go wrong. There are multiple methods as to how to begin, but some common methods would be using the **Synology Assistant** desktop app (downloadable via the Synology Download Center page) or using **find.synology.com** web URL via the desktop browser.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-15.57.46.png)

Locate the NAS (or Synology router) using find.synology.com

Also, we can use any network detection tool, or the router interface to detect any newly assigned IP addresses from the DHCP pool, and connect to it directly. If the NAS will have Internet access the setup will be pulled from the official site automatically. On the other hand, if that is not an option, the setup can be again downloaded from the Download Center page and installed manually at one point of the setup wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-15.57.54.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-15.58.03.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-15.58.40.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.13.29.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.14.01.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.14.10.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.15.09.png)

The default DSM install wizard

In any event, no matter what method is chosen, within a few minutes, the DSM (Disk Station Manager) OS will be installed. In its current version 7.1.1\. it will offer the latest features as well as security fixes. The speed of the installation will depend on the drives inside the NAS (HDD vs SSD), but even on spindle drives, the installation is quick and straightforward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.17.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.17.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.17.53.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.18.26.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.18.35.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.18.51.png)

Final wizard before we are allowed to start using the DSM

⚠️

****NOTE**: The ****device analytics step** might look like the user has to click the checkbox in order to continue, but that is not the case. ****If you don't want to share any analytics data, just click the submit button to continue**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.20.56.png)

DSM installation completed. The general information is available in the Info Center

### Volume creation

Before we can do anything on the NAS itself, there is a need to **create a storage pool and volume**. While the DSM itself has already been installed on all the drives that have been detected, the user volume needs to be configured by us.

This is where most of the packages will be installed, as well where the user data will live.

To get started opening the **Storage Manager** app we will be greeted with yet another wizard, helping us along the way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.24.16.png)

Storage pool and volume creation wizard

Depending on the size, type, and user's needs, we can create all sorts of pools and volumes. From Synology's own SHR (Synology Hybrid Raid) to basic ones or conventional RAID 1, 5, 6, 10.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.25.08.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.25.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.25.49.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.26.15.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.26.23.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.26.45.png)

Steps will include, drive and RAID type as well as file system format

During the setup, we will have the option to pick and choose (in a multi-drive setup), what drives will be part of what volume, as well as what RAID options to use, and finally **file system preference**. In terms of the mentioned file system, **BTRFS** or **EXT4** are the current options. This will also be important to choose wisely, as **conversion without data loss is not possible**.

⚠️

Keep in mind that most packages will have ****BTRFS as a prerequisite** so before choosing be sure to double-check what apps you are planning on using, to not be surprised that you are unable to install it due to the wrong file system format!

After the wizard pool and volume creation will start. It will take some time depending on the size of the drives and the usable space, so be patient.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.27.16.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.27.41.png)

Pool and volume creation (left), and health status upon completion

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-12.34.53.png)

Single overview of the drives, volume, and system status

Finally, one more app alongside the Storage Manager that will be of use when it comes to NAS health and utilization is the **Resource Monitor**. With it, we can monitor in real-time the CPU, RAM, and volume performance as well as network transfer speeds.

On top of its overview, Resource Monitor has a list of active connections and a task manager for a better understanding of what is happening inside the OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.34.17.png)

Quick performance overview inside Resource Monitor

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-12-at-16.34.49.png)

A bit more detailed RAM overview

### Application installation

Installing apps onto the NAS itself is a trivial process. Like installing it via an "app store" the same goes for Synology products. Part of the DSM OS is the **Package Center**. Inside it, there is a number of apps that can be installed depending on the NAS model. If the app is not listed, it means it is not supported on the specific device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-13-at-12.11.07.png)

DSM 7 Package Center - one place for all supported apps and platforms

On top of the official app, there are also a number of 3rd party apps that can be added. While their number has gone down since the DSM 7 release in 2021, there are those that are still maintained and working fine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-13-at-15.37.37.png)

Some of the 3rd party apps provided by SynoCommunity

Adding a 3rd party repository is done using the **Settings** button in the upper right-hand corner of the Package center.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-13-at-15.39.34.png)

Form to add custom repositories to the Package center

💡

****NOTE**: ****Only compatible packages** inside the Package Center will be listed. Those that are not, will not appear.

Finally, again on selected models, there is also support for the Docker platform. For those not familiar with it, **Docker** allows for the containerization of apps and essentially opens NAS to a world of[ officially unsupported apps](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/). Those solutions are maintained by the developers themselves who have no connection to Synology whatsoever.

While on the subject of 3rd party support and Docker, one example would be running a **Wireguard VPN server support** off of this device. While DSM at the moment does not support WG VPN protocol, this can be configured using the custom-built package.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/wg_ds923.png)

WireGuard support package running on DS923+

More details on the whole WireGuard set up in the following two articles

[Wireguard SPK for your Synology NASHow to build your Wireguard Synology SPK for DSM 6.2 or 7.1 using Docker to get support for the new VPN standard![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_spk.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/)

[Wireguard VPN for your Synology NASHow to run your private Wireguard VPN server on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/)

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_speed.jpg)

## : Speed tests

This section will cover some speed tests including network as well as 1G and 10G transfers (SMB and backup apps). 

Starting with some basic [iPerf](https://iperf.fr/?ref=blackvoid.club) network speed tests on both 1 and 10G interfaces.

### 1G iPerf test

```
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr  Cwnd
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec   116 MBytes   973 Mbits/sec    0    469 KBytes       
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec   111 MBytes   933 Mbits/sec    0    516 KBytes       
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    540 KBytes       
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    540 KBytes       
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    540 KBytes       
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec   111 MBytes   933 Mbits/sec    0    540 KBytes       
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    568 KBytes       
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    568 KBytes       
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    568 KBytes       
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec   112 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    568 KBytes       
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr
[  5]   0.00-10.00  sec  1.10 GBytes   945 Mbits/sec    0             sender
[  5]   0.00-10.06  sec  1.10 GBytes   936 Mbits/sec                  receiver

```

### 10G iPerf test

```
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr  Cwnd
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.88 Gbits/sec    0   1.13 MBytes       
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.90 Gbits/sec    0   1.19 MBytes       
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.90 Gbits/sec    0   1.19 MBytes       
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.91 Gbits/sec    0   1.19 MBytes       
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.88 Gbits/sec    0   1.38 MBytes       
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.89 Gbits/sec    0   1.52 MBytes       
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.90 Gbits/sec    0   1.52 MBytes       
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.91 Gbits/sec    0   1.52 MBytes       
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec  1.15 GBytes  9.89 Gbits/sec    0   2.28 MBytes       
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec  1.15 GBytes  9.90 Gbits/sec    0   3.42 MBytes       
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr
[  5]   0.00-10.00  sec  11.5 GBytes  9.89 Gbits/sec    0             sender
[  5]   0.00-10.05  sec  11.5 GBytes  9.84 Gbits/sec                  receiver

```

As it can be seen, 10G connectivity is possible, and with the right equipment and drive configuration, speeds close to 1GB/s will be possible.

💡

File test transfers are going off an RS model with enterprise HDDs so those will be a bottleneck when it comes to 10G network tests, apart from the last test that will include an SSD array on both sides

### SMB 1G transfer (WD RED RAID0 array)

5.43GB in 1 min with an average speed of **111MB/s**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/1G_1080.png)

1G test transfer from a 10G capable NAS

22.9GB in 4 min with an again average speed of **111MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-13-at-14.47.10.png)

The transfer speeds look consistent with no problems in speed over a longer period of time.

### SMB 10G transfer (WD RED RAID0 array)

The same 5.43GB content over 10G with an average speed of **over 300MB/s** took about 20 sec to complete.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-12.52.54.png)

---

### SMB 10G transfer (SAT5200 RAID0 array)

Considering that testing 1G speed towards the SSDs array has no meaning, the 10G speed was done with the same 22.9GB file. As opposed to the HDDs, this 10G transfer towards the SSD array is faster and consistent with no drops. The speed was **350+MB/s** with 70 sec from start to finish.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-12.55.26.png)

### SMB 10G transfer (SAT5200 RAID0 array <>SAT5200 RAID0 array)

The following test included SAT5200 RAID0 arrays on both the RS unit and the DS923+ over 10G. Depending on the direction of the data flow the speeds were **higher than when using the HDDs on one end by almost 40%.**

The images below are recorded from the RS unit. On the left image, the DS923+ is **sending the data** over to the RS one **at about 630MB/s** on average, while the image on the right shows the **data being written back** to the DS923+ **at about 570MB/s**.

So **well into 6G speeds**. Truth be told the RS unit is a production one with ongoing tasks and some load, but still, the speeds of the DS923+ with SSDs are impressive for such a device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.09.11.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.09.22.png)

10G transfers using SAT5200 RAID0 arrays on both DS923+ and the RS unit

### Hyper Backup (10G SSD RAID0 <> SSD RAID0)

Another real-life scenario involving multiple NAS units and 10G transfers only this time using the Hyper Backup platform. **DS923+** is in the role of the **source device** sending about 23GB of data. The task is **unencrypted** with **no compression**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.31.14.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.32.05.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.32.25.png)

Hyper Backup task statistics

The **task lasted exactly 120sec** (2 min), with an **average speed of about 220MB/s**. Maximum CPU utilization at that point was about 14-16%.

### Snapshot replication (10G SSD RAID0 <> SSD RAID0)

Comparing the Hyper Backup method with Snapshot replication using the identical data set as well as direction and devices, the results are following.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.39.24.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.39.00.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-14-at-14.38.23.png)

Snapshot replication task statistics

Snapshot Replication task pushing data from DS923+ to the RS unit performed in **just under 1min (52 sec)**, with an **average speed of 450MB/s** while peeking at about 514MB/s. The **CPU utilization was noticeably higher** than in the previous test coming **at about 34%** for the whole duration.

It is no secret that identical setup and data being backed up over Hyper Backup as opposed to Snapshot Replication will finish faster if used over SR, so bear that in mind.

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_vm.jpg)

## : Virtualization and containerization

Synology "Plus" models were always advertised as devices that can utilize the Virtual Machine Manager app, and it is true. In many cases, you can indeed run various Linux and Windows-based VMs but you will have to maintain your expectations.

I have run VMs on more than a few plus models in various combinations, and always found that the CPU was the weak link in most cases, especially with entry plus models. Once you move up into the RS, or RSxs, or better models that stops being an issue.

Of course, the hard drives are a big factor as well, so running your VM on an HDD volume, vs an SSD volume you can expect a huge difference, but again, if the CPU is not already an issue.

I think it is clear that running a low-end CPU model with spindle drives and not SSD, you really have to manage your expectations.

So with all that, let's see how this dual-core (quad-threaded) CPU with a full SSD setup and 4GB of DDR4 RAM will perform for a basic Windows 11 installation.

### Windows 11 install process

Aside from configuring the VMM package, **installing Windows 11 instance took under 12 min of total time**, which I think was great overall.

The VM was configured with 4 vCPU and 2GB of RAM, as well as 100GB of storage and 10G capable LAN. This model unlike the DS1522+ arrives with 4GB of RAM stock, so only 2GB was available for this particular setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-00.11.11.png)

Windows 11 VM running

Installation was straightforward with no issues at all, but once the VM was installed and up and running, the DS923+ started to get into trouble. As can be seen in the images below even with some light tasks the CPU is all over the place. Bear in mind this is with the device running no other services at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-00.10.09.png)

NAS stats with VM running. CPU and RAM are already very high for the stock setup

Even just by starting a web browser and running a speed test, the CPU was running well above 80%.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-00.08.40.png)

Decent speeds but the CPU is still one of the main issues with this setup

### Windows 11 experience

Once the support tools were configured, we can access the machine using the RDP client as the web console is not the best for doing any tasks other than checking the status of the machine itself.

**Experience is smooth and fast** (but not as a bare metal machine, or on the DS1522+), for most **basic and light tasks**. I would advise maintaining the usage of this setup for some **basic browsing**, **office tasks**, and **general file management**.

**Utilizing this NAS with more apps** under a similar VM configuration will **significantly deteriorate the overall experience**. By this I mean the likes of **Photoshop**, **AutoCAD**, or similar.

Still, saying all this, if you do plan on getting this NAS with an SSD setup for the sole purpose of running some VMs, keep in mind that running more than one at a time, you will start to get problems with VMs running a full-blown visual UI.

Running some "core" VMs, or light Linux instances you could get away with a few of them in parallel. All of the above was done without any other "stress" on the NAS itself, so keep that in mind as well. With multiple concurrent users, apps, services, etc, running in parallel, your experience might vary.

### Docker support

Unlike a mixed bag when it comes to VMs, DS923+ supports the **Docker** platform as well. A much better experience for this kind of machine. Containers unlike VMs will not utilize that many resources needed to run the final product, an app for example.

With some more RAM, DS923+ can be a **brilliant Docker host** for a vast number of apps and platforms out there, so keep that in mind. Running any number of apps like a password manager, database instances, wiki, and web platforms will unlock the hidden potential of this excellent 4-bay device.

Considering Synology's Docker user interface is a bit limiting, installing some other management platform would be advisable. [**Portainer**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) would be one suggestion.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-00.37.45.png)

A fresh instance of Portainer running on DS923+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-00.40.06.png)

If you are looking for more details or examples, be sure to [**check my Docker section**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/) for some ideas.

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/ds923_banner_plex.jpg)

## : PLEX

DS923+ will be the 3rd NAS in line that arrived with AMD R1600\. Now, this is not the CPU that has an embedded GPU or Intel QuickSync support. That means that Plex as one of the most popular media streaming organizing and streaming platforms out there will not work as expected.

Unlike its predecessors the DS920+ or DS918+ were equipped with Intel Celeron series CPUs with QuickSync support, the DS923+ falls short on that element. Without it, **hardware transcoding** will not be possible, meaning that any content being streamed from the NAS to an incompatible Plex client will be transcoded in software. This as a result will lead to high CPU usage and buffering of content.

Everything is not all bad as **DS923+ is a great Plex server regardless of its lack of hardware transcoding**. It will run fine on this machine, and **as long as the content will be handled by the client** in order to provide Direct Stream/Play, **there will be no issues on the NAS itself**. Now, this particular model might be an expensive Plex server-only device as there are other less expensive models that can provide the same level of service for less money. If on the other hand this NAS will be used for many other tasks it can provide and Plex will be an added bonus, then great. In any other case, avoid this model for Plex-specific roles, especially if transcoding is involved. 

Let's see some examples of where DS923+ will do more than fine as a Plex server and where it falls short.

### 4K direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.06.15.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.06.29.png)

As expected, playing 4K content from a device that is capable of handling it on its own, the pressure on the NAS side is non-existing. CPU, while Direct Play is in effect, is around 1%.

### 4K > 1080p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.12.41.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.14.09.png)

With no support for hardware transcoding, this time around the DS923+ had to convert the video and audio in software resulting in over 96% CPU utilization and buffering every 5-6 seconds.

### 1080p direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.18.40-2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.18.57.png)

With Direct Play streaming a 1080p is no problem for DS923+. CPU utilization was less than 1%.

### 1080p > 720p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.23.53.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-15-at-01.24.28.png)

Unlike the 4K to 1080p transcoding that was not playable, this scenario was working without any issue from the perspective of streaming and watching the content. As can be seen, the CPU utilization was still very high (over 96%) but there was no buffering during playback.

This will probably be the maximum that DS923+ will be allowed to be pushed before giving up.

Any other resolution below this also played with no issue but transcode will be a high price to pay if it kicks in often. So again, DS923+ is a stable and worthy Plex server, but not when it comes to transcoding.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

There we have it, the new DS923+. A long-awaited successor in one of the most popular Synology lineup. Just like its bigger brother, the DS1522+, the "biggest" problem users will have is the lack of media transcoding features.

Synology has spoiled us all with the low-power Celeron that handles hardware transcoding with ease in the previous models of this format, so the new DS923+ and all the rest of the AMD R1600-driven NAS leave a bit of a bitter taste.

Still, all of those devices including **DS923+ provide a faster CPU**, **up to 32GB or RAM**, **an optional 10G** network connectivity, and **M.2 storage pools** (YES!). The truth is that this €530 (+ tax device + 10G card) is a kind of a new category unlike its predecessors in terms of price and features for this form factor. This opens a question what can we expect from yet-to-be-announced DS423+ or DS223+? Also, if those two devices arrive with the same R1600 CPU, will we see maybe a new category of models in the future? Maybe we will, time will tell.

In any event, if the DS923+ was not the model you were hoping for the DS920+ will still be available for some time. On the other hand, as a long-term investment, this particular model brings a lot to the table, and while it does consume more power than the Celeron-based models before it, it also offers much more.

Be sure to use drives of its compatibility list to avoid any issues when it comes to DSM and Synology support, and I am sure the DS923+ will grow on you with all its features and the potential that it has to offer.

If on the other hand, this 4-bay device was just what you were looking for, but you want more bays, have a look at [**DS1522+**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/#vm). Also, coming soon, a 2-bay version of this identical setup will arrive as the DS723+ will follow along shortly. 

I hope this review was informative and interesting, and as always, do let me know in the comment section below what you think about this particular NAS or if you have any comments, suggestions, or critics on the topic.
### Synology SRM 1.3 - new features and changes
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-srm-1-3-new-features-and-changes/
Last updated: 2023-11-21T19:08:29.000Z
While this article **will only cover SRM changes and new features**, as well as **any potential problems** of the new SRM 1.3.x, if you are looking for a more detailed overview of the actual SRM and how to configure its various functions, please use the following two links.

These links cover reviews of the new Synology AX router models, but also how to set up and configure SRM on both. 

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

RT6600ax review with SRM configuration

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

WRX560 review with SRM configuration

💡

****UPDATE**: 21/11/2023 - a NEW version of SRM is out: ****1.3.1-9346 Update 8**. Change log below

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 8

(2023-11-21)

**Important Note**

The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where the RT6600ax might not be able to complete the boot process.
2. Fixed the issue where the SRM web interface might be inaccessible.
3. Fixed the issue where the LED indicators of the RT2600ac might not display properly prior to the initial SRM installation.
4. Fixed the issue where the CPU utilization might reach 99% when IPv6 6rd was enabled.
5. Fixed the issue where SRM might display the wrong notifications when there were more than 32 MAC filter rules created.
6. Fixed the issue where SRM might not be able to automatically reconnect with VPN after rebooting the Synology Router.
7. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. ([Synology-SA-23:16](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F23%5F16?ref=blackvoid.club))
8. Fixed a security vulnerability. ([Synology-SA-23:08](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F23%5F08?ref=blackvoid.club))

💡

****UPDATE**: 21/09/2023 - a NEW version of SRM is out: ****1.3.1-9346 Update 7**. Change log below

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 7

(2023-09-21)

**Important Note**

The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where SRM might not automatically update the system according to the schedule.
2. Fixed the issue where the Map function in Threat Prevention and Network Tools was not functioning properly.
3. Fixed a security vulnerability. ([Synology-SA-23:13](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F23%5F13?ref=blackvoid.club))

---

💡

****UPDATE**: 27/07/2023 - a NEW version of SRM is out: ****1.3.1-9346 Update 6**. Change log below

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 6

(2023-07-27)

**Important Note**

The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. ([Synology-SA-23:10](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F23%5F10?ref=blackvoid.club))
2. Minor bug fixes.

---

📢

****UPDATE**: 04/05/2023 - a NEW version of SRM is out: ****1.3.1-9346 Update 5**. Change log below

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 5

(2023-05-04)

**Important Note**

The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where Internet connection speed might be slow after Threat Prevention was enabled.
2. Fixed the issue where the Default Policy in Traffic Control might not be enabled after rebooting the router.

---

📢

****UPDATE**: 23/03/2023 - a NEW version of SRM is out: ****1.3.1-9346 Update 4**. Change log below

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 4

(2023-03-23)

**Important Note**

The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**What's New**

1. Added support for Google Pixel 6a USB tethering.
2. Updated SRM to comply with current Wi-Fi connection laws in Thailand.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where Wi-Fi clients might become disconnected after a few days.
2. Fixed the issue where SRM might fail to retain the previous Wi-Fi settings after updating the RT2600ac or the MR2200ac from SRM 1.2.5 to 1.3.
3. Fixed the issue where region compatibility might not be enabled after enabling it through the web interface.
4. Fixed the issue where wireless clients might be unable to access the Internet when connecting to an additional Wi-Fi point.
5. Fixed the issue where additional Wi-Fi points might not automatically reconnect to the primary Wi-Fi point.
6. Fixed the issue where SRM might not generate logs when a mesh Wi-Fi network is established via Ethernet connection.
7. Fixed the issue where SRM might be unable to correctly save the LED settings on additional Wi-Fi points.
8. Fixed the issue where the RT6600ax might be unable to connect to the Internet through Frontier Fiber ONT Internet service.
9. Fixed the issue where the SRM might not be able to display the web interface.
10. Fixed the issue where the Network Tools are unable to show the map.
11. Minor bug fixes.

---

📢

****UPDATE**: 22/12/2022 - a NEW version of SRM is out: ****1.3.1.-9346 Update 3**. Change log below

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 3

(2022-12-22)

**Important Note**

The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. ([Synology-SA-22:23](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F23?ref=blackvoid.club), [Synology-SA-22:25](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F25?ref=blackvoid.club))

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

📢

****UPDATE**: 10/11/2022 - a NEW version of SRM is here: ****1.3.1-9346 Update 2**. Change log below

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 2

(2022-11-10)

**Important Note**

The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**What's New**

1. Updated the system to comply with UKCA Wi-Fi connection laws on RT6600ax in the United Kingdom.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where clients on 802.11ac Wi-Fi network might not be able to connect to Synology Router.
2. Fixed the issue where SRM might show the wrong LED status when a NAS with Wake-on-LAN enabled is connected.
3. Fixed the issue where the IPTV & VoIP page on SRM 1.3.1 might not work properly when SRM was configured with M1-Fiber.
4. Fixed the issue where the password rotation for the guest network might no longer work after restoring SRM settings.
5. Fixed the issue where firewall rules might not work properly.
6. Fixed the issue where Wi-Fi speeds might drop when a mesh system contains Wi-Fi points with older SRM versions.
7. Fixed the issue where the IPTV could not switch channels after a certain number of times.
8. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding dnsmasq (CVE-2022-0934).
9. Minor bug fixes.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---
### Synology DSM 7 Passwordless sign-in with Apple Safari and Passkeys
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-passwordless-sign-in-with-apple-safari-and-passkeys/
Last updated: 2022-11-25T22:48:03.000Z
With the introduction of macOS Ventura (v.13) as well as the new iOS 16, Apple has also rolled out the new **Passkeys** features first introduced at WWDC 2022.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-12.00.53.png)

Apple's introduction to Passkeys feature in macOS 13 and iOS 16

While Apple is not the only company going down the passwordless route, nor is it the first, it took a bit of time to bring this new password-free future to its customers. It is still not all there, and in order for this to work, many companies, platforms, and hardware need to become compliant with the technology behind it.

There is much to say on this matter, but this article will demonstrate how anyone can use this method to log into the Synology DSM 7 using the passwordless method.

Now it is worth mentioning that this is not the same as logging into your DSM using the new DSM 7 **[Secure Sign-in method](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)** and a proprietary app, but rather **utilizing Apple's iCloud Keychain and on-device end-to-end authentication**. 

### Enable Password & Keychain feature on your devices

In order for this feature to work there are two major steps that need to be done. First, there is a need to enable the **iCloud Password & Keychain** feature on macOS and/or iOS.

Going into System Preferences on a Mac (or iOS), and then into Apple ID > iCloud settings will allow for the feature to be turned on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.54.41.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/IMG_72170196BB19.png)

Enable Password & Keychain setting on macOS (left) and iOS (right)

Now that the devices are in sync, any account and its passkey will be exchanged and accessible on any device, no matter where you try and authenticate.

Passkey's private key for each login will always be stored on the device, so there will be no fear of exploiting the password in the first place. Also, in order to log into the site or services protected by passkeys, **TouchID or FaceID** will be used to authorize it. So with biometrics in place, and the fact that no password will be typed, the security aspect of login is increasing exponentially.

### Configure a passwordless login method inside the DSM profile

⚠️

Keep in mind that **this feature is not officially supported by Synology** and DSM and also the naming of the feature is not advertised as such, but it does in fact work.

In order to configure this method, first log into DSM as a user on which there is a need to activate a passwordless login. Next, go into the personal profile setting using the top right profile icon menu.

Under the **Account** tab, there will be a **Sign-in Method** section with several options. The first one is the **passwordless** one and the other is a "classic" **2-factor authentication**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.24.25.png)

Select the **Passwordless sign-in** option to start

⚠️

In order for this to work, the **DSM instance needs to be running over a valid HTTPS protocol and domain name** (custom or Synology-branded one).

Since DSM 7 came out there were already several ways to use this login method. Windows Hello, TouchID, or a 3rd party USB hardware key.

In any event, this is the method that will be used in this particular case.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.24.35.png)

The option for **hardware security key** needs to be selected

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.24.43.png)

Enter the current account password for verification

The next step will ask about the type of hardware key. With the latest version of DSM, there is now an option to use Face ID on top of Touch ID as a hardware mechanism. Select the second option and proceed forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.24.57.png)

Select the Touch ID/ Face ID option

The following step will offer us the option to save the credentials into the iCloud Keychain. Confirm that and move into the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.25.07.png)

Verify for the accounts credentials to be saved into iCloud Keychain

That's it! All done, and the account is ready to be accessed without the need to type in a password.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.25.24.png)

All done. Save the setting and test it out

### How to use Passkey on a Mac or iOS device?

In order to log into a site protected with the Passkeys mechanism, simply visit it and enter the username (depending on the site it might be an email address as well).

The browser will detect the passwordless method for the account and offer several options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.26.28.png)

Enter the DSM account and move to the next step

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.26.34.png)

Either continue or choose sing-in options

Depending on what device the site is being accessed, it might not have the credentials listed, so alternative sign-in options will be needed. For example, if we are accessing the site on a non-Apple device authorization via iPhone (or any iCloud-compatible device) will be needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.26.47.png)

If there is a need to use the passkey from another device select this option

The result of that will be a challenge that will be sent to a compatible device with a private key needed to sign the request. This will be a QR code that can be scanned with a camera. Finally, FaceID or any compatible biometrics on the device will sign the request and allow for the login to happen.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/Screenshot-2022-11-07-at-09.27.16.png)

Scan the QR code to log into DSM

There we have it. A valid passwordless login method without using a USB key, or Synology's own Secure SignIn option. Also, this process does not include 2FA as it is considered more secure, but it will include the need to use the iCloud Keychain feature.

### Problems using this unsupported method

⚠️

Be aware that this method **can't be forced** so make sure to always have a separate and complex password for your account in case you need to log into your NAS!

While this method works fine for a device that has iCloud Keychain active, in case that will not be possible, for example accessing the site on a computer that is not an Apple device or a Mac with no iCloud Keychain feature active, there will be problems logging in.

For one, the **popup for multiple sing-in devices will not appear**. This means that **it will not be possible to access the site using a mobile device** in order to scan the QR code.

To get out of this, DSM will offer to log in using just a password. This means that all the powerful and secret encryption will be worthless including any biometrics as well. What this means is **if an account will be brute-forced, the attacked will only have to get past the account's password to log in**.

As said before, **there is no way to force the passwordless method in DSM, be mindful of this fact**. That in combination with this mentioned issue means that the best way to log in for the moment will be to use the official supported methods. Secure SignIn, or 2FA method using any supported password/MFA manager.

---

If this is not something that anyone is willing to do, there is always a way of using [**3rd party self-hosted password manager**](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/) with its 2FA feature (like Bitwarden). In any event, anything more complex than 12345 as a password will do, but it all depends on how much anyone values their privacy and wants to protect access to their data.
### Synology 2023 and beyond recap and news
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond-recap-and-news/
Last updated: 2023-02-24T22:37:27.000Z
💬

**INFO**: this article will be updated with fresh information following the 2023 and beyond keynote.

Hot off the press of "2023 and beyond" event, Synology has announced a few new devices and services for the upcoming year.

Covering multiple categories, both hardware and software there is a lot to cover but the main elements are the **new WRX560 Wi-Fi 6 router**, as well as some **new DSM 7.2 upcoming features**. Also, along with DSM 7.2, there are some **new options for existing apps**, both desktop and mobile, and of course more new hardware in terms of **new NAS models from the upcoming x23 lineup**.

### WRX560 - NEW Wi-Fi 6 AX router

One of the main new devices that were announced today is the brand-new router. 5th in their lineup so far, the **WRX560 is a wi-fi 6 standalone router** as well as a mesh device that will work with all current mesh-capable models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/1.jpg)

The NEW WRX560 wi-fi 6 router

Following the recent release of the [RT6000ax](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/) router back in May, the **WRX560** is the awaited smaller device that will fill the role of a mesh AP node due to its size and design, but still deliver great performance for a large number of devices.

For an in-depth review of the WRX560, please read the following dedicated article.

[Synology WRX560 router reviewThe NEW WIFI6 Synology WRX560 router is here. A perfect companion to the recent addition. The RT6600ax.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/)

---

### X23 models

While the new x23 models were not presented during this event we can expect the **new DS723+ and DS923+ very soon** to hit the market. By the looks of it, DS923+ will be coming out first, with DS723+ following closely behind. Some limited info is listed on the x23 article, [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x23-synology-model-lineup/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_front-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/DS723-_front.png)

Highly expected DS923+ and DS723+ models

A review of the new DS923+ is live and accessible at the following link

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

---

### DSM 7.2 and package features

With a very stable 7.1.1 version of DSM, today we got a glimpse of the upcoming DSM changes as well as some new app features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-27-at-19.21.43-1.png)

DSM 7 performance points

In the new **DSM 7.2** we will be able to utilize a highly requested security feature, **volume encryption**. On top of the current folder encryption, this new feature will allow for full-volume encryption for anyone looking to implement this kind of protection or is required to do so. DSM 7.2 will also introduce WORM security feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-27-at-19.24.30.png)

WORM feature

**W**rite **O**nce **R**ead **M**any feature that will allow a shared folder to be locked down for a predetermined period of time, to be used in case data falls under specific regulations. WORM will also be beneficial as it will be able to shield content from ransomware attacks due to the nature of how it works.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-3.png)

SMB multichannel support coming in DSM 7.2

DSM 7.2 will also introduce an already advertised **SMB multichannel support**. For devices with multiple network adapters, it will be possible to aggregate them in order to provide better and faster throughput, even at combined speeds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-4.png)

Synology Drive 3.2 key enhancements

**Synology Drive 3.2** is officially out and has arrived with **mass deployment** support for the Drive client using AD. Along with that macOS users have finally got the **on-demand sync feature** that Windows users have had for a while now. Finally, Mac devices with Apple Silicon (both M1 and M2) are supported now without the need to use Rosetta 2\. Drive 3.2 will also introduce a **remote wipe feature** on devices that have the Drive client installed in case the endpoint device is compromised in any way.

While on the subject of **macOS** another highly anticipated feature will arrive. With the recent support for the macOS to back up using the [C2 Backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/) platform, we will be able to do the same with the **on-prem backup using Active Backup for Business** (on compatible models). A nice alternative to the Apple-native Time Machine feature will open yet another option to keep your Macs safe.

Active Backup for Business has also learned a few new tricks. With the latest option for a [full NAS backup and recovery](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/) (DSM OS and data), ABB will in the upcoming versions be able to backup data from one ABB instance to another. This will be part of the new **Synology Backup** **Cloud** service that will arrive in Q1 of 2023\. 

---

### Synology C2 cloud changes and new features

The hybrid solution is an important element to a lot of companies today, and Synology is following this trend as well. With the introduction of DSM 7 in 2021, the company also expanded its cloud portfolio with a number of [C2 platforms](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/), ranging from [simple backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/) to [password manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/) all the way to services like [Object Storage](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/) and [C2 Surveillance](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/).

Along those pure cloud solutions, there is also one commercial hybrid platform, **[Hybrid Share](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/)**. HS will soon get some new features like a **standalone web portal**, and **direct file sharing**. Both features will allow admins and users to better manage shared files even without exposing the connected NAS units to the web.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-5.png)

Hybrid Share overview of operation options in the upcoming version

Another hybrid solution that was mentioned before is the new **Synology Backup Cloud**. Focusing to bring **on-prem Active Backup closer to Synology C2 Backup platform**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-9.png)

Synology Backup Cloud will allow for a central location to deploy, monitor, and manage multiple clients and backups

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-10.png)

The upcoming Synology Backup Cloud dashboard overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-11.png)

Example of Backup Cloud platform to monitor both on-prem backups and tasks as well as direct C2 backups ones

The main goal of Synology Backup Cloud will be to bring a single interface to admins and users that will be able to monitor both on-prem and C2 Backup tasks, devices, and policies.

The platform development is ongoing and the solution will roll out in stages just like Active Insight has so far. The Backup Cloud platform will be coming at one point in 2023\. At the moment there is no information on pricing as well.

While not part of the cloud element, **Hyper Backup** is also getting some new end-user features. Synology will include options for **support for immutable backups** as well as **full DSM backup**, which is at the moment only possible via Active Backup for Business. This is great news, as the ABB package is not available on all models, while HB is, so **full DSM backup support on all devices** is great news indeed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-12.png)

---

### Scale out NAS 

Next year Synology is planning on delivering a brand new lineup of scale-out file and object storage servers to provide zero single point of failure scenarios, the **scale-out NAS**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-6.png)

Synology Scale Out

The key focus points of such devices will be **scalability**, **availability**, and **cost effectiveness**. These solutions will be for those situations when even the HD6500 model (that can hold 5PB of data) is not enough. Scenarios such as large amounts of raw data for AI training or infrastructure files for large construction works. These systems will be able to accommodate up to 12PB of data and up to 60GB/s transfer speeds\* in this first generation of clusters.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-7.png)

Scale Out solution target role

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-8.png)

Scale Out major features

---

### DSCam updates

Synology's Surveillance Station moved into a brand new version 9 a while back but the mobile app was always left behind in the process. This is about to change as the **new DSCam version** will **support editing motion detection zones, perform event searches, and scheduling**.

---

### NEW Synology-branded surveillance cameras

On top of this, 10 days ago during the Enterprise Data Management conference, Synology also announced the new upcoming **Synology surveillance cameras coming in the H1 of 2023**. 

These will be Synology-branded PoE surveillance cameras in form of bullet and dome models. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/tc500_leftside-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/bc500_rightside_angle-1.png)

Synology TC500 (left) and BC500 (right) new upcoming cameras

Designed specifically for Surveillance Station, and one-click adoption, these cameras will be configured and managed all via the SS user interface. Both models **feature onboard processing** like setting up AI-capable intrusion detection zones that as a result will **free up resources on the host** itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-13.png)

Synology cameras main features

On top of these two models, Synology will be expanding the offer with more types that are already in the works.

Finally, one more product was introduced that is also not a complete stranger to the Synology lineup of devices, the new **Visual Station VS750HD**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-14.png)

NEW VisualStation VS750HD

This device will be also coming in the upcoming 2023.

In case you want to catch all this in a video format, check out the following YT video by **Robbie from Nascompares.com** as we reflect and discuss the 2023 and Beyond event.

NASCompares feat. Blackvoid and the 2023 & Beyond discussion

So there we have it. A nice list of both hardware and software updates, and new features. While some will reflect the SOHO segment, other are targeting large organizations, but it is obvious that Synology intents to move into that segment from multiple fronts with both on-prem and cloud solutions, to better satisfy the evergrowing hybrid model.
### Synology WRX560 router review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-wrx560-router-review/
Last updated: 2023-05-17T13:34:21.000Z
## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: WRX560 - package & content**](#package)  
[**: WRX560 - specifications**](#specs)  
[**: Setup and configuration**](#setup)

- [:: SRM install](#srminstall)
- [:: SRM 1.3](#srm)
- [:: Network Center](#nc)
- [:: Mobile Internet connection](#mobile)
- [:: VLAN configuration](#vlan)
- [:: Security and protection](#security)
- [:: Packages](#packages)

[**: Wi-Fi support and speed tests**](#wifi6)

- [:: Mesh configurations](#mesh)
- [:: Speed tests](#speed)

[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

---

## 
  
  
## : Intro

This year has been very fruitful for Synology in terms of new devices coming to the market. On top of the new x23 models, back in May, we got a brand new **[RT6600ax](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)** router. Presented as a flagship model and with the introduction of wifi6 support, this was a clear indication that the age of AC standard has come to an end.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/imgpsh_fullsize_anim--2-.png)

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

This does not mean that we will not be able to use the current RT2600ac or MR2200ac devices (individually or in mesh), it simply means that it is time for an upgrade. So far Synology has delivered four router models starting with the RT1900AC to the current RT6600ax.

Just as much as the MR2200ac was a complementary (but it can function on its own) device to the main RT2600ac, the same goes for the **new WRX560** **11ax** and RT6600ax. These two models will present the new mesh setup option, while remaining compatible with the older ones as well, presuming that all devices inside the mesh are on SRM 1.3.1 or better.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/imgpsh_fullsize_anim.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/imgpsh_fullsize_anim--7-.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/imgpsh_fullsize_anim--3-.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/imgpsh_fullsize_anim--6-.png)

Let's see what the fifth router in line can bring to the table both as a stand-alone router or as a part of a larger mesh setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_banner_features.jpg)

WRX560 11ax key features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_router_lineup-1.jpg)

The current Synology network lineup

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_banner_package.jpg)

## : WRX560 11ax - package & content

With an already familiar design, the WRX560 comes in a single slim package that already speaks about many features and options this device has to offer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2222.jpg)

WTX560 11ax package with minimal yet very informative label on the front

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2224.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2225.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2226.jpg)

The sides of the packaging advertise many of the features that this router offers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2223.jpg)

Back of the box offers more detailed table of specifications

With less than 1.4 kg in weight, the inside of the box contains only three things. The router itself, power adapter, and a single LAN cable.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2228.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2229.jpg)

Inside of the box is devided into 2 compartments

The adapter is modular, so you can exchange the connector type with a different standard one if you have it or plan on buying it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2230.jpg)

The whole content of the package. Power adapter is modular!

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_banner_specifications.jpg)

## : WRX560 11ax - specifications

Looking at the specifications of this router it is following in the footsteps of its big brother with some changes here and there. To start, it is using a **quad-core 1.4Ghz CPU**, but with **half the RAM coming in at 512MB**. This is the same capacity that RT2600AC has.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2240.jpg)

The WRX560 router

Just like the RT6600ax, it has also two antenna types. 2T2R + 4T4R omnidirectional high-gain dipole (2.4 GHz/5 GHz) with a max speed of up to **600 Mbps for the 2.4GHz, and 2400 Mbps for 5GHz**. Just like the MR2200AC, this router has no visible antennas as expected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/imgpsh_fullsize_anim--5-.png)

Supported wireless standards are **802.11 b/g/n/ax** (2.4Ghz), and **802.11 a/n/ac/ax** (5 GHz) just like on the RT6600ax model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2232.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2233.jpg)

Side and back view of the router

On the side and the back, are all the ports and options that come with this router. A familiar 5-port RJ45 setup with one dedicated WAN port (1G), and 1+3 LAN ports. LAN1 port can also be configured as WAN2 and just like on the RT6600ax model **it is 2.5G capable**. The rest of the ports are 1G in terms of maximum speeds.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2235.jpg)

Ports and cable connectors are protected by being pushed inside the case.

The mentioned 2.5G LAN1/WAN2 port can be used with your ISP delivering multi-gig speed, or as a backhaul connection towards another RT6600ax/WRX560 device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2234.jpg)

WPS, Wi-fi and USB 3.2 connectors are all along a single side of the router

WRX560 also has a **single USB 3.2 Gen 1 port** on the side that can be used for connecting mass storage devices. The main use will be installing apps from the Package Center as well as holding the Threat Prevention database on it. This **port supports USB hubs** as well, so if you have one, and want to use an SD card instead, you can.

⚠️

****WARNING**: USB 3 port speed ****will be downgraded to USB 2.0** to not interfere with the ****2.4 GHz signal** in case you will be using it!

If we compare the WRX560 model to its previous generation, the MR2200ac (regardless of that WRX560 is advertised as RT2600ac successor) in terms of size and weight it is only about 80 mm taller than the MR2200ac model, weighing only 1 kg. **233 x 194 x 66 mm (H x W x D)** still makes it a compact router or a WiFi access point inside a *mesh* setup. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2231.jpg)

WRX560 - due to its depth the router is very stable

Just like the previous generation, the WRX560 is a standalone device that can't be wall-mounted so keep that in mind in case that is a requirement.

Considering it is a faster device with better hardware components it is noticeably better ventilated. With no active cooling, the router has plenty of airflow gaps on every side apart from the side ones. The biggest ventilation is coming from the bottom and the top side, so consider not placing the router in a tight space to allow for better bottom-to-top air flow circulation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2243.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2236.jpg)

Top and bottom airflow gaps. Make sure not to block those

The bottom side also has a total of four rubber feet that will hold the router in place and elevate it to allow air intake. With its 66 mm in depth, it is much thicker than the MR2200ac but that is the price for more air volume needed to cool the faster CPU and placement of wi-fi 6 capable hardware.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2239.jpg)

3 LEDs on the front for status, wi-fi, and WAN are the only lights on the whole router

The WRX560 has no visible lights on itself other than the three LEDs on the front of the unit. With its design, it will be possible to place it in some more visible areas of your household as it also has no visible antennas.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/2.png)

WRX560 in a living setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/3.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/1.png)

If the design is something that is also a factor, with its rugged enclosure, and minimal lightning with no active cooling, there will be no need to hide it out of sight and potentially cause heating issues along with it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2244.jpg)

WRX560 along RT2600ac

The size of the router as well as its default vertical orientation will make it stand out for sure, so if this is the device that anyone is considering, be sure to have a place for it, as well as maybe to see it in person before getting it, just to be sure it "works with the room". 

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_banner_setup.jpg)

## : Setup and configuration

The WRX560 comes with an SRM 1.3 version just like the RT6600ax. The device will be preloaded so the only thing left to do after it's powered on, is to connect to the router's interface (via its IP address) and finish the configuration.

### 
  
  
### :: SRM install

The router is preconfigured to use the 192.168.1.0/24 network range, specifically 192.168.1.1 IP address. Logging onto it, the initial SRM page will load up and the configuration process starts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-18.51.15.jpg)

Start of WRX560 configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-18.51.25.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-18.51.33.jpg)

Accepting the EULA

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-18.51.38.jpg)

Creating the initial administration account

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-18.51.54.jpg)

Configure the wi-fi network (it will be a combined 2.4 & 5Ghz)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-18.53.29.jpg)

Connect to the wi-fi network, or via the ethernet cable

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-18.54.27.jpg)

Time to configure the Internet connection

After the initial reboot and previous steps, SRM will allow you to configure your internet connection.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Do note that the initial connection will be configured (and can only be configured) on the **blue** **WAN** port on the back of the router. If you want to configure your connection using the LAN1 (2.5G) port, you will have to try and do it later inside the web UI.

Once you have completed the above steps, log into the router using the account configured during the setup process.

### 
  
  
### :: SRM 1.3

With SRM now up and running it is time to tweak and configure it. I will not go into all the details, and elements of the OS, but rather mention parts that are both important and interesting for a wider audience.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.00.55_new.png)

Synology Router Manager 1.3\. The new major version that came out in May of 2022

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.05.05_new.png)

Network Center and Wi-Fi Connect modules will be the most used elements of SRM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.05.11_new-1.png)

Safe Access is a great all around feature for protecting your LAN, devices and users

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.05.14_new.png)

With the new DS Router 2.0 we can administer almost all of the features on the go

The images reflect the main elements of the SRM that is the same across all routers that support it. In the following sections, there will be a focus on some of the major elements that SRM offers as well as how to configure them and what would be the benefit of running your own router instead of a generic ISP one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.06.47_new.png)

SRM "desktop" let the fun begins!

### 
  
  
### :: Network Center

After the initial setup, we are now left with a choice to configure all the settings that this device offers. From Internet connection to local security, Safe Access, or some of the dedicated packages that offer specific functions, like a VPN server.

For the most part Internet connectivity is high on everyone's list so it would be logical to start there. The Network Center module of SRM is where most of the functions live, so it is normal to start there, and the fact that most users will spend a great deal of time there setting up and configuring.

The module is divided into much the same sections as in the previous 1.2 version with some exceptions and new features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-10.25.24.png)

SRM 1.3 Network Center - the main module covering a lot of options

The **Internet** section will be the place to go and configure the needed settings in terms of Internet connectivity. This will also be a place where we can configure the LAN 1 port (WAN2), as a secondary WAN port in case we want to take advantage of the 2.5G port speed.

⚠️

****NOTE**: Using the LAN1 (2.5G) port as your ****WAN port is still not supported if you need to apply a custom VLAN ID to it**. This has been confirmed by Synology HQ as a pending SRM change in the near future.

In general, if the initial setup wizard was used when setting up SRM, the Internet connection should be all good to go. As I mentioned earlier, we will need to have the router connected to the ****WAN (blue)** port in the back to get this going as well as any custom ISP configuration that needs to be done.

By custom, I am referring to the usual VLAN ID value(s), especially if there is an option to directly connect the router to the ISP infrastructure without the need to use their router beforehand.

⚠️

At the moment of writing this article, setting ****custom VLAN IDs for WAN or LAN1 ports is not working as intended**. Setting a custom ID will apply to the WAN port, but once you activate the LAN1 port as your secondary WAN port, the value is not applied. It means that the ****LAN1 port remains untagged** with the default value of 0.

> ## "The WRX560 was released with the same SRM version as other models. The development of custom VID for LAN1/WAN2 is still ongoing."
> 
> Mike JJ Chen  
> Director @ Synology

So why is this a problem? Well for my particular case, my ISP has a custom VLAN ID value that needs to be applied and it works as I said for the WAN port. But, in order to test the new 2.5G port as a WAN port, I am unable to do it as the VLAN ID is not applied and because of it, I do not have access to the Internet. Finally, I am unable to test this multi-gig port in a multi-gig ISP setup.

With SRM 1.3 version and VLAN support for all ports, as well as the option to make multiple networks, we now have a visual presentation of the status and VLAN ID values.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-10.51.48.png)

VLAN tag table

As the image presents, a custom VLAN ID has been applied to the WAN port/network and Internet access works just fine. However, activating the 2.5G port (LAN1) as the WAN port will make the following change.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-10.57.18.png)

LAN1/WAN2 port and its VLAN ID value

For those not familiar with how WAN tagging works in SRM the [****official KB** ](https://kb.synology.com/en-in/SRM/tutorial/If%5Fmy%5FISP%5Frequires%5Fthat%5FI%5Fset%5Fa%5FVLAN%5Ftag%5Fbut%5Fdoes%5Fnot%5Fprovide%5FIPTV%5FVoIP%5Fservices%5Fhow%5Fshould%5Fmy%5Fsettings%5Fbe%5Fconfigured?ref=blackvoid.club)explains it.

What we need to take out of it is the following:

- If the secondary interface (LAN 1) is not enabled, the VLAN ID for outgoing interfaces will be applied to the primary one (WAN).
- If the secondary interface (LAN 1) is enabled, the VLAN ID for outgoing interfaces will be applied to LAN 1.

So bullet No1 (VLAN image 1) works as intended, while bullet No2 (VLAN image 2) does not. Activating LAN1 as your WAN port should apply the same tag ID to it and not leave it untagged (value 0). This matter has been reported to Synology, and hopefully, it will be corrected in the future.

So at the moment, while you can without any problem utilize your WAN port with full 1/1G speeds (more on that later) from your ISP those looking to utilize the 2.5G port as their ISP incoming WAN access will not be able to do it in case there is a need to apply custom VLAN ID values to it.

As said before, this is a ****pending update** to the SRM that will allow a custom VLAN ID to be applied to the LAN1 port then proclaimed as WAN.

**Port forward**

Depending on the services running inside your home or business, there might be a need to open some ports at some point in order to utilize those services across outside networks, like the Internet. For that to work, we need to be able to port forward specific ports and protocols.

With a general ISP router and the ISP choice, there are situations where some providers do not allow for such scenarios. In case that is not the case and we can indeed provide access to services from outside the local network, port forward is one thing that will need to be configured to make it happen.

Inside Network Center and under the port forward section there is a table of settings that will allow for the configuration of various rules covering specific ports or even a range of ports.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-20.17.53.jpg)

Port forward table

⚠️

**WARNING**: Be sure to **open only ports that are needed**. If there is any way to not open traffic from the internal network to the Internet, be sure to implement it. **VPN is a far safer way** to get to internal services so consider using it as the only way. More details on it later in the article.

**Security**

While controlling the network traffic, DHCP pools, and other elements is also possible using the Network Center, here is one more important element that could use some attention. 

Closely integrated with port forward, the **Security** segment will offer some general security features like **DoS** protection and **Auto-block**, as well as **firewall** settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-20.21.11.jpg)

SRM 1.3 firewall table

Keep in mind that while we are able to configure various firewall rules, there might already be some in case there is port forwards configured. The reason behind this is that any port forward rule will also become a firewall rule that is not possible to change from the firewall section, so just keep that in mind.

The interesting counter inside the firewall element is also a number of hits. This will show if and how often some port (or range) is being hit. Important to remember as with all firewalls is that rules are applied from top to bottom. So if we want to block or allow certain traffic the list needs to be sorted to pass over "allowed" rules first, and then move into blocked ones.

**Operation modes**

Another set of options in the Network Center is listed under **operation modes**. All Synology routers can operate in two major modes. Wireless router, or wireless AP (access point). Depending on the need the device can be configured or reconfigured as needed. As seen in the initial images in the article, SRM setup will offer the option to choose how the device will be configured. If for whatever reason there is a need to change the way the router needs to function, these are the options that will make it happen.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-14-at-20.23.21.jpg)

Operation modes

WRX 560 or any other model, will default to the router mode. In this mode, SRM will offer full services that it has unlike when the device is in AP mode. AP will not offer port forwarding or traffic control of any kind, and all ports will be trunk ports as members of the primary network.

### 
  
  
### :: Mobile Internet connection

Going back to the main section of the Network Center and Internet connectivity, there is also one thing that some users might find interesting. Mobile Internet connection. 

SRM on WRX560 offers the same feature as any other device in the lineup. In case there is a need to set up a failover or load-balance scenario when accessing the web, it is possible to configure such setup once the secondary Internet connectivity is detected.

In this case, a single USB port on the router can be used to connect a mobile 4 or 5G stick that will provide an alternate connection route in case the main link goes down. Also, it can be configured to balance certain traffic over the faster link, while pushing the rest over mobile.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-12.11.46.png)

As with previous models, WRX560 was tested with **Huawei E3372H-153** USB stick. ISP speeds, disconnects, and everything else that comes along with using a mobile internet provider will depend on your specific situation, but in the end, there were no issues in using a 4G connection.

### 
  
  
### :: VLAN configuration

Considering that the main feature of SRM 1.3 is VLAN support it is worth mentioning it in a bit more detail. While setting up custom ID tags for a potential WAN2 configuration towards a supported ISP, we might get in contact with VLAN tagging, the case in which we will be configuring it is when there is a need for a proper network separation.

With up to 5 separate networks (4xLAN ports + guest network) there are options to divide the network any way that is needed, allow or deny access between them, as well as assign WI-FI networks and DHCP pools to them.

Support for VLANs offers a way to make only wi-fi networks with no LAN ports attached to it, or the option to add one or more ports depending on the need.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.08.36.png)

Main overview of all configured networks in SRM 1.3

In order to further configure ports and tags for a specific network, there is a **VLAN Tag** button that will open and present the current state of VLAN tagging as well as offer configuration of trunk ports.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.13.32-1.png)

VLAN ID presentation

Each network by default has Internet access using the default NAT settings but all configurations can be changed at any point.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.19.40.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.19.49.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.19.57.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.20.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.20.15.png)

Configuration is straightforward, and in case there is any help needed on the matter [Synology's knowledge base](https://kb.synology.com/en-af/SRM/help/SRM/MainMenu/get%5Fstarted?version=1%5F3&ref=blackvoid.club) will offer all the needed help in configuring the exact setup.

### 
  
  
### :: Security and protection

In the previous sections there were some mentions of security elements that are a part of SRM by default, but here let's focus on those in a bit more detail, as well as see what else WRX560 and the OS can offer in terms of protection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/imgpsh_fullsize_anim--4-.png)

Basic elements that SRM offers in terms of security would be a firewall and auto-block options as main features of the Security section inside the Network Center. 

On top of those, by default SRM also comes with **Safe Access** (installed by default), as well as an optional **Threat Prevention\***. 

A firewall offers the main line of defense in terms of allowing or denying traffic to and from the internal network so be sure not to poke too many holes in it (zero if possible) to make communication with the outside world as secure as possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-17-at-19.07.03.jpg)

Safe Access main overview

Auto-block option will be there to prevent brute-force attacks and black-list the remote IP addresses that the attacks are originating. A blocklist can be exported and cleared and individual IPs removed as well in case there is a false positive case.

On top of those common tools, SRM offers a few proprietary tools such as Safe Access and Threat Prevention to further protect devices and LAN users from malicious websites and content, as well as to make sure that LAN users will not visit unwanted material or have Internet access outside curfew hours.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-17-at-19.09.12.png)

Website categories and blocked or allowed domains for custom profiles

With Safe Access, there will be options for web filtering using 18 categories of websites that can be active per profile (LAN or user), as well as safe search filtering with YouTube, Google, and Bing platforms. The platform also offers parents to keep tabs on their children's Internet use by monitoring their browsing in terms of what devices are used and what content the child is consuming.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-17-at-19.12.43.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-17-at-19.13.05.png)

Profile options and customizations

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-17-at-19.13.53.png)

**Threat Prevention** tool has been around since the first router model (the RT1900ac in 2016) and has evolved a bit along the way. The principle remains the same as the main task of this solution is IPS/IDS (Intrusion prevention/detection). While using a bit more resources than when the platform is not running, TP will increase the security of the networks while invoking a certain degree of speed penalty. This is to be expected as each network package is being inspected for both incoming and outgoing traffic. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-19.55.13.png)

Threat Prevention preparing to run for the first time

However, saying this, ****running this package had zero impact on the browsing speed, and the CPU/RAM of the router was also not affected**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-12.58.16.png)

TP settings options

In some cases, TP can behave "aggressively" but it can be configured to prevent such behavior in case access to certain resources starts to become problematic. With automatic updates of its database, it will be a valuable asset in the protection of internal resources.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-13.01.13.png)

Per device package filtering

One thing to note here is that while it is an optional package it will require an SD card (via USB hub) or a USB storage device attached to the router. The reason behind it is that its database and configuration parameters will need a place to be installed, and external devices will be it. It is worth noting that faster devices will be beneficial in this case as the inspection on its own has a speed penalty already. So make sure to use the fastest possible (and compatible) device to ensure adequate speeds.

💡

**NOTE**: activating TP will take some time so be patient. Keep an eye out for any rules that will be blocked, in case some traffic starts to become inaccessible!

Along those apps, there is also an option to use the VPN Plus package for secure and fast access to local networks over a secure Internet tunnel.

With the rise of hybrid and remote work, usage of VPN as a method of connecting back to LAN and its resources from a remote location has been in high demand. While being nothing revolutionary, there are some benefits of using the **VPN Plus** solution as an optional part of the SRM OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-19.58.50.png)

VPN Overview

VPN Plus offers configuration of some industry standards as well as some proprietary solutions by Synology to offer and cover all the possible scenarios when one might want or need to use a VPN connection.

With support for **SSTP**, **OpenVPN**, **IPSec,** and their own **Synology SSL VPN,** users will have the option to use any supported device in order to install a compatible VPN client and connect to their internal services. If that is not the option, a clientless version of a VPN connection is possible where users will land on a publicly accessible portal, authenticate and get access to internal resources via a secure connection. This is possible with the use of **Synology WebVPN** solution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.00.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.01.10.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.01.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.01.44.png)

Synology VPN settings and options including SSL VPN and WebVPN

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.02.56.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.03.09.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.03.25.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.03.59.png)

Conventional VPN protocol support

VPN connections over VPN Plus will also offer web-based remote desktop and platform-agnostic solutions using their web browser.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-20.05.06.jpg)

Site-to-site VPN (over IPSec)

Finally, VPN Plus also offers **site-to-site VPN** solutions in case there is a need to stretch LAN over the Internet and offer a protected secure tunnel with access to all local resources without any additional VPN configurations for the user. For more details on the actual implementation of this scenario be sure to check the **[following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-plus-server-site-to-site/)**.

### 
  
  
### :: Packages

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.51.47.png)

SRM Package Center - all apps and solutions that can be installed in order to enhance your setup

SRM offers the same principle when it comes to the installation of new apps and that would be to install them using the Package Center. There are a total of 8 apps and none are mandatory.

Safe Access as mentioned before is installed by default while others need to be manually initiated if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-18-at-19.47.56.png)

Detection of a USB mass storage device

Most apps will work directly on the router itself, but again, as said before, some will require external storage. Threat Prevention is one, while Download station is another.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-11.46.30-1.png)

Installed apps as visible via the SRM Package Center

From the listed apps it is clear that the router can be more than a simple web edge device. If needed it can be a simple NAS device with a large enough storage, a VPN server, and even a simple media streaming solution.

How the router will be configured is up to the user, but personally, I would advise using a specified device for any non-router/Internet-related tasks, so as to not burden the router itself and allow it to maximize its resources for its primary operations.

This way it will offer the best possible speed in terms of upload and download transfers as well as perform well when it comes to security layers as well.

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_banner_wifi6.jpg)

## : Wi-Fi support and speed test

With my personal limitation and access to Wi-Fi 6 capable devices, this time around I had **iPhone 11** and **iPhone 13** as test units.

As noted before, this is a Wi-Fi 6 router and as such (identical setup of antennas as RT6600ax) will have similar speeds in terms of usage.

Setting and administrating Wi-Fi networks on your Synology router is done using the ****Wi-Fi Connect** module.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-14.48.10.png)

The Wi-Fi Connect module is a single place to administer all your SRM wifi needs

Inside it, you can create, configure and edit your wifi networks in terms of names, radios, passwords, channels, and "smart" controls.

On top of that, each wifi network can now have options for ****Wi-Fi scheduling**, ****MAC filtering,** and a number of other advanced features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-14.52.54.png)

### 
  
  
### :: Mesh configurations

RT2600ac and MR2200ac routers introduced wifi **mesh* features in SRM back in the day. The same options are present now with WRX560 and RT6600ax routers, but be mindful of the combination of mesh configurations (table below).

In case you are not familiar, Synology mesh requires all devices in the mesh to be up-to-date and on the same SRM version. In fact, once you deploy a mesh, you can update it from a central (main) device that will push updates to any other wifi point in your network.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_mesh_combos.jpg)

The most powerful unit must be used as the primary router in the mesh configuration

💡

**NOTE** \- In case you are combining any older model or WRX with the RT6600ax model, keep in mind that the primary router in the mesh will have to be the most "powerful unit".

From the table, it is clear that there is a possibility to combine all four current routers but in a certain way. In short, the most powerful device should be the main device in the mesh, meaning that if anyone is running an older model, and also got either the RT6600ax or this WRX560, they will have to reconfigure the network in order to proclaim this device as the "main" one in the mesh.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-14.58.08.png)

Not really a move that makes sense to me, especially with the same SRM version prerequisite, but it is what it is. The upside is that older models (non-AX) are able to work with the new devices, so I guess a reconfiguration is the only thing that leaves a bit of that bitter taste.

### 
  
  
### :: Speed tests

Because the 2.5G WAN speed was still not an option for me to test out (reasons noted at the beginning) all Internet speeds maxed out at 1G without any problem, but of course, it will depend on the actual device and the type of connection (wi-fi vs ethernet).

As pointed out at the start of the section, the test devices will be wi-fi 6 capable (a pair of iPhones) in terms of Internet and wi-fi (LAN) speeds. 

On top of those tests, I have done a quick 4G test using a Huawei 4G stick. As expected the Internet speed was not that great but that will heavily depend on a number of factors. The 4G signal was not that great and reflected the speed results.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/wrx560_4g_test.png)

4G speed test using Huawei 4G USB as a mobile gateway device over WRX560

On the other hand, the wi-fi 6 connectivity using a fiber connection via WRX560, gave a different result that also varied depending on the test server in the background as well as the rest of the wi-fi traffic on the device at that time.

In an isolated scenario, with a single device on wi-fi (iPhone 11), the speed tests were consistent and in most cases were north of 700Mbits.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-2.png)

iPhone 11 speed test using WRX560 over a 1/500 Gbit fiber connection

Regarding local wi-fi transfers (via the iPerf3 tool), the speeds were various as well depending on the distance and the generation of the device.

**iMac (2017) Wi-Fi AC <> iPhone 11 Wi-Fi 6**

In this case, the transfers were in most cases similar and averaged about **290Mbits/s**.

```

Accepted connection from 192.168.1.54, port 57872
[  5] local 192.168.1.87 port 5201 connected to 192.168.1.54 port 57873
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bandwidth
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec  30.4 MBytes   254 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec  34.8 MBytes   292 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec  36.7 MBytes   307 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec  34.2 MBytes   286 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec  33.0 MBytes   277 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec  40.2 MBytes   337 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec  35.3 MBytes   296 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec  36.3 MBytes   304 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec  36.2 MBytes   303 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec  34.8 MBytes   293 Mbits/sec                  
[  5]  10.00-10.24  sec  1.82 MBytes  64.8 Mbits/sec                  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bandwidth
[  5]   0.00-10.24  sec  0.00 Bytes  0.00 bits/sec                  sender
[  5]   0.00-10.24  sec   354 MBytes   290 Mbits/sec                  receiver

```

**iPhone 13 Wi-Fi 6 <> iPhone 11 Wi-Fi 6**

When using two wi-fi 6 capable devices, the speeds are better but nothing groundbreaking. Around **30% better speeds** than when using AC Wi-Fi devices with an average of about **420Mbits/s**.

```

Accepted connection from 192.168.1.196, port 49664
[  7] local 192.168.1.54 port 5201 connected to 192.168.1.196 port 49665
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate
[  7]   0.00-1.00   sec  42.9 MBytes   360 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   1.00-2.00   sec  49.1 MBytes   412 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   2.00-3.00   sec  50.5 MBytes   423 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   3.00-4.00   sec  51.2 MBytes   429 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   4.00-5.00   sec  51.0 MBytes   428 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   5.00-6.00   sec  49.9 MBytes   418 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   6.00-7.00   sec  52.8 MBytes   443 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   7.00-8.00   sec  49.3 MBytes   414 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   8.00-9.00   sec  51.0 MBytes   427 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]   9.00-10.00  sec  51.2 MBytes   430 Mbits/sec                  
[  7]  10.00-10.04  sec  1.89 MBytes   402 Mbits/sec                  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate
[  7]   0.00-10.04  sec   501 MBytes   418 Mbits/sec                  receiver

```

With the growing number of wi-fi 6 capable hardware, both WRX560 and RT6600ax will definitely be an excellent future-proof purchase. Backward compatibility with AC and even older wi-fi devices will ensure that even if this model will become part of any environment not populated with wi-fi 6 devices, it will make good use of them.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

So is WRX560 worth getting? With a **price of about €209 +tax**, if this would be anyone's main device it would still be worth looking at, even with some small SRM hiccups. On the other hand as an extended device in a compatible *mesh* setup, it would make sense to get the feel of a big and stable network for all wi-fi needs.

Anyone that hasn't used a mesh system before has no idea what they are missing, so if the target environment is big enough it will be more than easy to mesh multiple devices in one large network for that feel of maximum speed and accessibility.

Again, keep in mind that this unit will have to be the main unit in a mesh setup if combined with older models, but on the other hand, it will be a *slave* unit if meshed with the new RT6600ax.

SRM will continue to evolve for sure and make the network more stable, secure, and future-rich. Investing in a good and quality router will for sure pay off in the end, and WRX560 alone brings a lot to the table for any type of SOHO usage.
### Synology 2023 and beyond
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2023-and-beyond/
Last updated: 2022-10-28T08:49:26.000Z
Today Synology announced this year's upcoming "and beyond" event that was also [held last year in December](https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-and-beyond-event-news/).

Titled "2023 and beyond", the online event will be held on **Oct. 27th, 2022 at 15 pm CEST time**.

Registrations for updates are [**open**](https://event.synology.com/en-us/annual%5Fevent?ref=blackvoid.club) and anyone can join.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/2023andbeyond-1.jpg)

Upcoming Synology "2023 and beyond" event

Not much is known at the moment about what we will see at the event, but considering there were rumors of numerous new NAS models, we might get some more information on that front.

Also, yesterday in Taiwan, Synology also **introduced and announced the upcoming line of their new PoE cameras** for the first half of 2023\. What most would be interested in are surely new x23 NAS models that should replace the current x20 or even some x21 models.

Some of the advertised categories that the event will be about are **data management**, **data** **protection**, and **infrastructure** **security**.

No doubt that Synology will advertise their recent HD6500 NAS series as well as some C2 cloud elements but there might be a surprise or too as well.

We can expect some new information on the **upcoming DSM 7.2 changes and some new features for existing apps**. 

With today's hybrid model of on-prem and cloud both for end users and businesses, there will be something for everyone. 

More details on the event itself as well as new services and hardware will be part of a series of dedicated articles.
### Apple Studio Display - more than a display
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/apple-studio-display-more-then-a-display/
Last updated: 2023-07-26T07:22:14.000Z
With Apple's trend to migrate completely away from the Intel platform onto their M SOC architecture picking up even more momentum in 2022, we got some new products this year that are either completely new or an evolution of some of their previous hardware.

Mac Studio and Studio Display are two such products. Apple always took care of their pro users with high-end products that could run for decades and monitors are no exception. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Apple-Cinema-Display-20-inch-Aluminum.jpg)

Apple Cinema Display

In the past, there was an Apple Cinema Display that some still use today. Following the iMac trend, Apple followed up with its Apple Thunderbolt Display in 2011\. Since then, at one point it looked like the company gave up on the display segment when they started pushing out LG's UltraFine 5K model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/mc914_av7.webp)

Apple Thunderbolt Display

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/UltraFine-5K_001.webp)

LG's UltraFine 5K

LG UltraFine 5K display, featuring a 5120 x 2280 resolution, a P3 wide color gamut at 500 nits of brightness as well as built-in stereo speakers with camera and mic. The monitor worked with Macs and iPads and had one TB3 (USB-C) port that delivered up to 94W of charging power. Apart from the TB3 port it also packed three (3) additional USB-C ports that functioned as downstream USB-C ports (up to 5Gbps) that could be used to connect other devices and accessories.

Then in December of 2019, Apple yet again showed the world that they still want to make a display with their best and biggest screen ever, the Pro Display XDR. A massive 32-inch 6K screen capable of running at 6016 x 3384 resolution with 218ppi. 1000 nits of XDR brightness, 500 for SDR, and a contrast ratio of 1.000.000:1.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/pro_xdr_display-1.webp)

Apple PRO Display XDR (32")

This monitor was following the release of the new Mac PRO desktop computer and it was the prosumer's dream come true. With a price tag of about $6.000, it is not cheap by any means but it will probably be the last display you will ever need (or what for that matter).

Obviously targeted at the pro customer, Apple knows that this display will not reach the masses, so three years later and with the release of the new Mac Studio desktop pc, we got another display model.

### Apple Studio Display

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/1_iiD2zcica8MWeR0U8SvR_Q.jpg)

Apple Studio Display (alongside the new Mac Studio)

The latest screen from Apple came out in March of 2022\. Following the familiar 27" format, this 5K Retina display offers a **maximum resolution of 5120 x 2880** at **218 PPI**, **600 nits** of brightness with a **P3 color gamut,** and **True Tone** support.

It comes with several configuration options including standard or nano-texture glass as well as tilt, tilt, and height or VESA mount options. Internally it has **64GB of storage** as well as an **A13 Bionic chip** with a **12MP Ultra Wide camera** with 122 deg field of view.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Apple-Studio-Display-MacOS-Monterey-220308.jpg)

Studio Display support Center Stage feature

Considering the A13 is inside it also **supports the Center Stage** feature first introduced with the new iPad generation.

This display also has **six high-fidelity speaker systems** with force-canceling woofers and wide stereo sounds. The same **support Spatial Audio** when playing music or video with Dolby Atmos. On the top, alongside the camera, there is a **studio-quality three-mic array** with a high signal-to-noise ratio and directional beamforming.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2191.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2192.jpg)

As with any display so far, Studio also has all the connection ports on the back. In total there are four. One Thunderbolt 3 (USB-C) and three USB-C ports. The TB3 port is an upstream one with up to 96W of charging power, while the remaining downstream ports support up to 10Gb/s speeds for connecting peripherals, storage, and networking.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2190.jpg)

TB3 and 3x USB-C 10Gb/s ports on the back of the display

The design is pure aluminum and glass with a great finish and a decent weight. The stand makes a solid foundation that will not make the screen move around if you start to shake the table a bit, and the tilt-adjustable stand can hold the display in any position of its -5 to +25 degree allowed angle.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2189.jpg)

The tilt-adjustable stand allows for up to +25 degree

The monitor can be set into both landscape and vertical positions but only with the VESA option. Also, each type of stand can't be replaced with another version, so be sure to order the one that you plan on using as it is a one-way street from there.

The packaging as well as the size and weight are as expected. To be honest I thought the box was a bit extra bulky but for an entry price of $1700 (plus tax), it better be protected than to move it around in a thin box.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2179-1.jpg)

Braided handle, no way this will break on its own

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2177-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2178-1.jpg)

A large box to provide security and protection of the content

Studio Display with the tilt-adjustable stand comes at 24.5 inches (62.3 cm) x 18.8 (47.8) x 6.6 (16.8) (W x H x D) and 13.9 pounds (6.3 kg).

It is further protected by a screen sticker and foil to prevent any scratches from happening.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2184.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2185.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2193-1.jpg)

Screen sticker on the Studio display

Another nice detail in this setup that is also like the stand itself non-replaceable is the power cable. While braided and long enough it is also fixed and can't be unplugged from the display itself, unlike the iMac's power cord.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2188.jpg)

The power cable is fixed and can't be detached

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2186.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2187.jpg)

High-quality braided power cord

The display has no power button on itself, and it will be controlled by the device that it is plugged into via a single (1m long), Thunderbolt cable. Apart from the screen and the TB cable, nothing else is in the box.

Depending on the device that it is being connected to it will also depend on what kind of max resolution you will get. Personally, I am in a transition from Intel iMac to a new M2 architecture, and the display was the first step. While testing it, I noticed that the iMac (2017 edition) is unable to push the native 5K resolution to the Studio Display but it also scales nicely to 2560 x 1440.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-09-at-16.57.16.png)

macOS display settings

While on the topic of the iMac and Studio display, it sits a bit lower than the iMac and moves into the iMac's chin, so if you are used to an iMac height and didn't order the tilt-hight model of this display, be prepared to shift your gaze a bit lower. It is not noticeable in everyday use and personally, I got used to it quickly.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/IMG_2194.jpg)

The difference in height compared to the iMac

While testing it just to see if it works (this will not be used with my iMac) I noticed quite a bit of improvement in sound quality compared to the iMac. The 6-speaker system is more powerful and delivers better sound overall.

Also, the 12MP camera gives a much better image quality compared to the 720p iMac one while also being the "worse" component by many. Personally, I have no need for it that much so it was not a deal-breaker. Still, the overall wide-angle center-stage driven camera is also an upgrade from whatever built-in option you currently have.

Overall, I am really impressed by the monitor in the short time I had with it. The quality is superb, the weight and finish are meticulous, and the display along with the speakers will provide a great studio-like experience. I will be adding some more comments later on when I get a chance to use it for a longer period of time, but for now, A+ to Apple for delivering a great display that will surely last for many years to come.
### Cybersecurity Awareness Month - October 2022
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/cybersecurity-awareness-month-october-2022/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T11:59:32.000Z
📢

****UPDATE**: 10/10/2022 - Reports on social media are ****indicating an elevated brute force attack against Synology NAS users**. More details in a [**dedicated article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-nas-devices-under-brute-force-attack/).

## : Intro

Since 2004, October is Cybersecurity Awareness Month, and this article will cover some of the elements that an individual might implement in order to better protect themselves, their data, and any other sensitive information while using today's devices and technologies.

While we all benefit greatly from the advancement of technology every day, it is important to be aware of potential threats that are present on the Internet in many shapes and forms. While there are whole branches of education and businesses dedicated to cybersecurity, the following text will focus on the end-user options that are available for the SOHO segment, and what Synology as a company has in its portfolio to help in said scenarios.

## : Cybersecurity and Synology

Security and protection of digital assets have always been a priority but even more so since a large number of the population are using today's devices and services to improve their quality of life. In return, this means that "our lives" are on those devices, *clouds,* and servers all across the globe. 

While for the most part that is great, as it helps us in a busy and fast-paced rithym of modern living, it is also a huge opportunity for those looking to get the advantage of precious data. Hack attacks, ransomware, data corruptions, and service downtime, are all real and present daily threats that are affecting not just large corporations or banks, but individuals as well.

Synology as a company has been focusing in the past 10y on hardening its security from a software standpoint as well as safeguarding our data on a physical level. The main route that can be achieved was to cut down 3rd party software as much as possible while focusing on their own proprietary OS and applications. Currently, **Synology is authorized as a CNA** (CVE Numbering Authority) by the MITRE Corporation, a world-leading security institute. This gives them the ability to assign CVE IDs to vulnerabilities affecting their own products, in order to further advance security solutions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-03-at-13.36.12.png)

PSIRT 24h event handeling

The company has also established **Synology PSIRT** (**P**roduct **S**ecurity **I**ncident **R**esponse **T**eam) responsible for reacting to Synology product security incidents. The PSIRT manages the receipt, investigation, coordination, and public reporting of security vulnerability information regarding Synology products.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-03-at-13.38.37.png)

Current Synology Security Advisory page listing severity, status, and update of threats

The information listed above can be configured as an email notification using the [**Synology Account portal**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/), or via an [**RSS link**](https://www.synology.com/api/rssfeed/security/en-global?ref=blackvoid.club) that can be downloaded via any compatible client.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-03-at-13.45.54.png)

Example of a **Synology Product Security Advisory** RSS feed inside a compatible RSS reader

While Synology is working to safeguard their apps and services as the next company, the main way to protect ourselves is to utilize the tools given to harden our devices as best as possible in order to prevent any incoming threats. In case we do get compromised in any way, there are platforms and apps in the Synology lineup that will help in recovering from such an event should it occur.

## : SRM

One of the main ways to protect your home or office from outside threats is your router or edge device. Running with an ISP router will get you out into the wild, but in terms of protection, it will not do much, if anything. If we look at the OS and its options from a standard security standpoint those are poor at best.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/rt6600ax_front.png)

RT6600ax - Synology's flagship router model

Using a custom aftermarket router from any brand will be a much better solution when it comes to security, as well as getting better wifi and WAN speeds, or some other features, like VPN for example. Since 2016, Synology has expanded its offering of products to include routers as well.

While the hardware element is important, the main benefit of running a custom router is its operating system. In the case of Synology routers, that would be the **Synology Router Manager** (SRM). The latest version 1.3 came with a new flagship model, the RT6600ax, and it offers even more ways to protect your network and assets behind it while offering greater connectivity and speeds across the board.

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

Review of the new RT6600ax router and SRM 1.3

Applications and configuration options of said OS are the foundation of network security, and SRM has more than a few of them at our disposal.

### :: Safe Access, VPN, Threat Prevention, and other security elements of SRM

On the previously linked URL, we can see many of the new and existing features that SRM brings in the new 1.3 version. In terms of security and protection along the already existing **firewall**, auto block, **DDoS protection** and IPS/IDS platform, **Threat Prevention**, SRM also comes preinstalled with Safe Access.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.40.12.png)

SRM Safe Access

**Safe Access** offers ways to protect your network, users, and devices from outside threats as well as offers administrators better monitoring, and Internet access schedule setup to limit usage in certain hours or over a certain quota.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.13.32.png)

SRM 1.3 brings VLAN support

The biggest feature request has managed to find itself in the new SRM version, **VLAN support**. With this feature users are able to create up to 15 individual networks in order to separate devices from each other or from the Internet completely if necessary. With this separation, both users, and the devices in question can be better protected from any threats, both external and internal.

On top of these SRM features, one frequent usage of managing external access back to your network is via VPN.

[VPN, or how to access your data securely, the right wayvpn ssl openvpn synology nas![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/)

Setting up a VPN server will allow for a secure and encrypted private tunnel and access to all the resources as the access is being executed internally, from within the local network. This is one of the safest ways to access any resources that are inside an internal network without exposing them directly to the Internet.

Most popular VPN protocols like **IPSec and OpenVPN** are supported, but SRM also includes some custom methods of connecting like clientless and over the browser, but it does not offer the new Wireguard protocol (at the moment).

There is a **way to utilize Wireguard protocol on a Synology NAS** if it's an option by installing support for WG and creating a Docker-driven WG server. More details on this method can be found in the following articles:

[Wireguard SPK for your Synology NASHow to build your Wireguard Synology SPK for DSM 6.2 or 7.1 using Docker to get support for the new VPN standard![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_spk.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/)

[Wireguard VPN for your Synology NASHow to run your private Wireguard VPN server on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/)

In any event, another point that is very important when we talk about routers is **port forward**. If there is a need for hosting any service or allowing for any incoming traffic towards a machine or a server in the network, opening port(s) will be needed. This will be the easiest way for any outside threat to brute-force your network in order to gain access.

Be extremely careful what and how is forwarded as well do you need it at all. Considering the router is in most cases an edge device, there is a lot that depends on it. Be sure to **make it as secure as possible** in order to protect the network, devices, and users behind it.

## : C2 Password

Another huge problem with identity safety as well as the safety of all virtual accounts for the growing number of online services is account management. Whether it's a bank account, streaming service, forum, or blog, in almost all cases those require some form of login method.

Remembering all various combinations of login accounts and passwords is near impossible, let alone using the same one for all services (do not do that!), so it would be best to **invest in a password manager** solution or **passwordless method if possible** (more on this later). While this is nothing new, many still do not use any password/account manager, but rather risk using the same or in the best case several permutations of frequently used passwords in order to mitigate the use of a custom tool.

The best password is the one that a) doesn't have to be entered or b) is very complex and unmemorizable. While there are many password manager solutions out there to date, some free, some commercial, almost all of them will be a much better solution than writing your passwords on a piece of paper "hidden" below your keyboard.

[Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secretsSynology’s NEW C2 service, Password, is here! What is it and how well done it compare to some other free solutions out there?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2password_v2-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)

Synology has also recognized this with the deployment of their **free password manager** as part of their C2 cloud portfolio, **C2 Password**.

C2 Password offers a number of features that will allow anyone to start with a secure password manager and use it in any situation via the web, desktop, or mobile device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image.png)

C2 Password feature comparison

In the event, that hosting confidential and private information on a remote vault is not an option (regardless if it's Synology or 1Password for example), one could also self-host such a platform. Running such a solution on a NAS device is also possible that will keep all data on-premise without giving it away to a *cloud* provider that is not under your control.

One such solution is Bitwarden that truth be told, also offers a commercial/cloud service. But on top of that, the solution is open source and can be self-hosted as well. For more info on that method, consult the following article and see how to host this solution using the Docker platform on a NAS device.

[Bitwarden - a self-hosted password managerHow to self-host Bitwarden password manager on your Synology NAS via Docker.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/bw.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/)

Regardless if we use one route or the other, it will be better and safer than using the same credentials for multiple identity profiles. The risk is just too high, so consider elevating personal security, without sacrificing too much convenience. 

## : NAS hardening

While everything said so far can apply to anyone having Internet access, moving inside a home or office network where we might have certain devices like a NAS, is a new layer of features and possibilities, but also another huge area that needs security evaluation and hardening.

A NAS offers a world of options in terms of self-hosted apps and services that we can access from anywhere and virtually from any device. This is all fine and great but just as before, here we also have a very desirable target for malicious attacks, data corruption, and ransomware.

### :: Best practices, Secure SignIn (Passwordless)/MFA, Ports, Reverse Proxy

If running a NAS device is something that is being done for the first time, pay close attention if external access is in question. Even if the device will not be exposed, there are still steps needed in order to change the default setting and configurations to avoid easy exploits.

[Synology 101 - Part 5: Security & accessPart 5 of the Syno 101 series. Learn how to harden your Synology security, protect access to it and see several ways to minimize the attack vectors on your NAS.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/101series_05.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access/)

In the listed link above are some of the initial settings that should be considered and taken into account when setting up a new NAS. Be sure to go over it as it describes what and how to change in order to move away from the default DSM configuration.

Building on the previous article there are more advanced elements that were also introduced with the recent major update to the DSM 7 OS. Those are focusing on user access protection as well as passwordless access to the OS itself.

Password manager was also mentioned in this article as one way to make sure not to use the same account and password for any online service, including NAS access. If however, access to the device is of importance, and shouldn't be included in the password manager platform, DSM offers a new **passwordless** method of authenticating, **Secure SignIn**.

[DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignInSee how you can use the new Synology Secure SignIN feature to log into your NAS using your mobile device![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/DSM7_secureid.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)

The passwordless method will allow DSM login using a Synology Secure SignIn mobile app (mobile device and the app are required\*) or a compatible hardware key. This way there is no fear of entering your password on a potentially harmful device or OS as the authentification is done on a mobile device. Furthermore, if the device has **biometric protection**, in order to authenticate, a person first needs to unlock the device using some biometric method before allowing the login process to complete.

If this process is not possible or complicated, DSM offers a more conventional way of utilizing **two-factor authentification** on top of the username and password of the account. 2FA can be managed with the before-mentioned password manager or any other 3rd party compatible platform for the role.

NAS in itself offers access to any number of services and apps for any number of users, both local and remote. In some cases, the configuration might be needed to allow access to those apps by opening specific ports in the firewall or the router. This is the moment where Internet exposure comes to light. As mentioned before **VPN would be the best solution** in this case, but if that is not an option, port forward using a public IP address or **DDNS** could be one solution. Another would be using Synology's **QuickConnect** method which will allow for a remote connection without the need for port configuration at all.

The point here is that default ports should always be changed, especially if the NAS will be exposed to the public network.

Another way to access any service or app on the NAS without exposing an array of ports and opening potential attack vectors is by using the **reverse proxy**. With reverse proxy access to internal resources will be possible using a public domain name over a port that is configured (usually that is HTTPS/443) without the need to push multiple ports to the Internet and that way expose the NAS to attacks.

[Synology Reverse Proxyreverse proxy synology nginx docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/nginx.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/)

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

An added benefit of a reverse proxy is that the public name of the service can remain the same (the one accessible to end users) while internally pointing to another port or even host inside the network. This will allow for a more transparent and seamless experience for the user as well as open the possibility of running a highly-available setup for a specific app or service.

DSM has a built-in version of NGIX as its reverse proxy platform, but if users find it somewhat limiting, there is an option to run a custom version inside Docker on NAS models that are compatible to run it.

## : Backup & Monitoring

While prevention is the best method of protection, relying on it alone is not a safe way to go. The main reason is that all devices might fail at some point, or there might be an exploit that was not considered or covered so the data still gets compromised. This is why **monitoring and backup** have a vital role when it comes to cybersecurity and protection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-06-at-10.10.47.png)

Synology's official backup platforms for various use case scenarios

Synology has a number of tools and platforms when it comes to backup and monitoring. From backing up endpoint devices such as a computer to cloning a complete NAS (including its OS). Also, most of the tools support a number of *cloud* providers as their backup destination as well as Synology's very own C2.

### :: ABB, HB, SR, AI

Due to increased threats from corruption and ransomware, Synology has a few backup tools to help you protect data on devices by backing them up to a NAS. This is also true for accidental deletion as a common user mistake.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

Both Active Backup for Business and **Synology Drive** will help in cases like that, as they offer backup and sync options that can be both used at the same time if that is a particular need.

[3-2-1 > Active Backupactive backup pxe boot bare metal restore nas synology![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/abb.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/)

**Active Backup for Business** is a new platform in Synology's portfolio and its main task is to provide users with a **free** option to back up any number of computers, servers, or virtual machines onto the NAS itself.

Windows, Linux (most distributions), and soon macOS are supported as well as the Windows Server platform, and two popular hypervisor platforms (Hyper-V and VMWare ESXi) when it comes to backing up virtual environments.

Following the release of DSM 7, ABB has gotten a new feature as well. One that has been long requested by the users, backing up the NAS and its OS. What this means is that with ABB we can now back up one NAS with its data and OS to another one for any type of worst-case scenario. Also, it will allow for a bare metal recovery on a compatible device.

[Active Backup for Business - DSM 7.1 disaster recoveryHow to do a Synology NAS full bare-metal disaster recovery using Active Backup for Business and DSM 7.1? Read up!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM71_abb_disaster.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/)

Everything mentioned so far will be beneficial in case there is ever a need to recover due to some major exploit, data corruption, or hack. On top of this, ransomware is also a very common threat nowadays that can cost a fortune to recover from unless there is no proper backup in place. Even then it will take time and money to get back on track, but at least there is a solution.

[Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery toolsnapshot replication synology nas backup disaster recovery package center![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/snapshot.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)

Another tool in Synology's arsenal is **Snapshot Replication**. This tool will allow for the creation of local and remote (on a secondary compatible NAS) snapshots that are in read-only mode, in order to protect against ransomware threats. While not being classified as a backup, local snapshots are the fastest way to recover from corrupted or encrypted data that can also be configured as a remote snapshot (on another device) in case something happens to the original one. An example of disaster recovery in case there is a NAS failure, and how to recover a service running on the NAS can be read in [this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/disaster-recovery-using-snapshot-replication-bitwarden-scenario-using-docker/).

As mentioned before, monitoring is also a key component when it comes to cybersecurity. Getting notified when there is an issue is very important, and DSM as well as SRM, both offer ways to alert when there is an issue. Synology has also rolled out a semi-free platform for NAS monitoring in terms of hardware, service, backup, and user activity called **Active Insight**.

[DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and moreNew feature coming with DSM7 is Active Insight. Always wanted to have a platform for all your NAS metric needs? This is it.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/DSM7_activeinsight.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)

As an off-premise monitoring solution hosted by Synology, AI offers ways to get to your metric, logs, and alerts from anywhere at any point in time in order to see what the possible problem might be. As the newest feature addition, AI offers login attempts monitoring and notifications in case there are any abnormal login patterns being detected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/image-1.png)

Login activity feature

The main benefit of this platform is the fact that it can monitor multiple devices at the same time so a single platform will offer a great overview of all activities happening on any number of NAS devices.

## : Updates

Finally, one absolutely important element when it comes to the security of any device or software platform. Updates. Keeping up to date with OS, app, or service updates is crucial. By doing so we are already eliminating a large number of security issues that could be exploited in order for an attacker to gain access and do further damage.

SRM and DSM both need to be patched to the latest update as well as any other application or platform being used on said devices. Also, follow the security advisor page (mentioned at the top) to stay current with any detected, ongoing, and resolved issues.

Patching and updating are sometimes tedious and problematic as it requires testing and downtime, but in the long run, it is worth it compared to the number of potential problems if neglected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/Screenshot-2022-10-07-at-12.04.05.png)

Make sure to check the internal Update and Restore sections or visit the **[Download Center](https://www.synology.com/en-ro/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club)** page for the latest version of OS and app updates.

## : Conclusion

Staying safe and secure in today's web of information, online services, and content can be challenging. Security of both home and business elements has reached new heights and education on the matter is mandatory at least to a degree. It is appreciated that Synology works on making complex security features, and platforms accessible to anyone without requiring too much technical knowledge on behalf of the user.

With both DSM 6 and the new version 7, Synology has focused on hardening its services, apps, and hardware to elevate security to a new level. With that, lack of comfort is usually the first thing that we will notice, but both are in a constant balance when it comes to choosing something that works best for us as opposed to how secure it actually is.

It will always be the user's effort and compromise that will determine how much we value our privacy, our data, and overall security. The main thing to remember here is that there is always more you can do when it comes to security and safeguarding your assets and data. However, when, why, and how to implement those elements will always fall on just one thing. You.
### Synology DS220+ overview
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds220-overview/
Last updated: 2022-09-24T14:01:01.000Z
On the track of this year's "[Back to Synology](https://www.blackvoid.club/back-to-synology-giveaway-2022/)" giveaway, here is a quick overview of the prize itself, the DS220+ NAS.

This particular model while small in size is an entry unit in what Synology calls the "[Advanced Data Management](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products?product%5Fline=ds%5Fplus%2Cds%5Fxs&ref=blackvoid.club)" range. What that means is that all of Synology's apps will work on the 220+ making it very desirable.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2132.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2102.jpg)

The packaging contains the unit itself, power cable, and adapter as well as two RJ45 LAN CAT5e cables.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2100.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2099.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2098.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2096.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2097.jpg)

Equipped with an **Intel Celeron J4025** dual-core processor and **2GB of DDR4** RAM (expandable to a total of 6GB), the DS220+ accepts two 2.5" or 3.5" HDD or SSD drives. Connection to the network can be made via **two 1Gbit network cards**, which can also be combined into an aggregation if necessary. Also, the device has **two USB 3.2 Gen 1** ports for connecting external USB drives.

From the dimensions point of view, as well as weight, and power consumption, Synology pays a lot of attention to all its models to really use the maximum potential with minimum consumption and noise. The 220+ is no exception, so with its **1.3KG** weight, and a single 92mm fan on the back side consumes a little **less than 15W of electricity**, while in hibernation that number falls **below 5W**. It should only be noted that this will absolutely depend on the services and the way of using the NAS itself, but considering its capabilities, these are really impressive numbers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2135.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2136.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2137.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2138.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2143.jpg)

On the front of the NAS, we will see a protective mask that once removed will reveal the drive bays. Nice detail are dots on the top presenting the bay drive number location. Left-hand side one is bay number one, and the righthand bay is number two. This will particularly come in handy when a drive requires attention such as replacement, so off the bat, it will be clear what exact bay needs to be addressed.

No tools are needed to mount the disks if 3.5" are in question, while with 2.5" we will need to use the included screws to secure the disks (SSDs) inside the bay tray before sliding it back into position. The 3.5" disks occupy the whole tray and are fixed and secure using the tray side brackets.

As noted before, this NAS comes with 2GB of DDR4 RAM but it is upgradable to a full 6GB. In order to reach the additional SODDIM RAM slot, drives need to be pulled out in order to get access to it. On the right side of the number two bay slot, we can see a RAM slot that can occupy a single SODIMM module.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2133.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2134.jpg)

A large 92mm vent dominates the back of the unit to keep it cool, while also being very quiet due to its size. Just below it are two 1GB LAN (RJ45) connectors that can be used separately or in a LAG/failover combination.

The second USB port is also on the back side that can be used for any number of external drives, or for the UPS connection cable for example. Considering its size, the power adapter is external (as with most DS units) so the back of the unit only has a power port. Finally, there is a Kensington lock port for that extra physical security in case the NAS is not located in a secure space.

The DS220+ is also covered by Synology's **two-year warranty**, which can be **extended to a total of four years** through their [**Extended Warranty Plus program**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/). In Croatia, the additional warranty on this (€380) model will cost €29.99 and should be taken into account, especially for a NAS machine which is a long-term investment. 

In terms of HDD/SSD compatibility, be sure to [check the table](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?search%5Fby=products&model=DS220%2B&category=hdds%5Fno%5Fssd%5Ftrim&p=1&change%5Flog%5Fp=1&ref=blackvoid.club) for the selected model, but DS220+ is not bound to the strict "Synology branded" drive policy. Alongside Synology, we can use any number of supported Intel, Seagate, Samsung, Toshiba, and Western Digital models from enterprise, NAS, and surveillance-class types.

DS220+ as said before is a versatile model, capable of running **[any available Synology package](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/packages?ref=blackvoid.club)**, as well as some 3rd party ones including [**Docker**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/). Considering it has an Intel QuickConnect capable CPU, it is also possible to use it in certain video and audio transcoding scenarios. So this device will be a more than **capable Plex** server if the need arises.

While being almost three years old it is still a compact and powerful model that supports the latest DSM 7 operating system. If you are in the market for a 2-bay NAS you should absolutely consider this model, but also if time is not a factor for a soon upcoming refreshed model coming out by the end of 2022\. Probably under the name "DS223+", this refreshed model might have some different hadrware elements, but that is yet to be seen.

In any event, a model from the "+" lineup is something I personally always recommend, and even if you can't wait for the new model, the DS220+ will still serve you for years to come.
### What can you do with multiple NAS devices?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/what-can-you-do-with-multiple-nas-devices/
Last updated: 2022-11-10T12:59:57.000Z
## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)

- [:: Prerequisites](#prerequisites)

[**: Local scenarios**](#local)

- [:: Multiple role assignments](#multiple)
- [:: Test environments](#test)
- [:: iSCSI storage](#iscsi)

[**: Remote scenarios**](#remote)

- [:: Site-to-site VPN](#s2svpn)
- [:: Snapshot Replication (SR)](#sr)
- [:: Hyper Backup (HB)](#hb)
- [:: Hybrid Share (HS)](#hs)
- [:: Disaster Recovery (DR)](#dr)

[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

---

## 
  
  
## : Intro

This article will cover some possible scenarios in which we can use multiple NAS devices (focusing on Synology models and packages) either in a single location or distribute across multiple ones. It will also include the Synology cloud platform (C2) as one of the potential sites. If you are a novice in the world of NAS or maybe the option of having multiple devices is not apparent, hopefully by the end it will become more clear as to why and how these scenarios can be configured, as well as how they might be beneficial.

💡

Running this type of setup will require some advanced management and knowledge in both networking and Synology eco-system. Also, some scenarios will require mid-range devices as the entry models will not support certain cases.

### 
  
  
### :: Prerequisites

Depending on the type of scenario, there might be a need for one or more NAS devices from a certain class, as well as stable and fast local and public network access.

Most Synology devices will be able to support various scenarios listed below, but in some cases, models from the "+" or better segment will be needed. So if we are using not necessarily an older device but from a lower end of the lineup, it might not be possible to configure some configurations.

In order to cover all the options listed below or to be able to run even more services and options that are not listed, it would be best to have:

- multiple devices from the "+" or better segment
- 1G or faster LAN (including devices with multiple adapters)
- fast public WAN link with as low as possible latency (50Mbit or more)
- stable and [powerful router](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

Everything written here can be scaled to fit specific needs. A household of four, or a company of 1000\. So with that in mind just be sure to get a strong enough NAS or to have a fast enough network. As an example, a device like **DS220+** or better would already be enough. 

Most of the scenarios that will be covered here can work both in local and remote implementation. The reason why those are separated is that local scenarios do tend to be tied to a local instance or a local host, while remote ones require a certain configuration towards a remote unit or service. This does not mean that they can't work locally as well, so for most scenarios that follow it is possible to use them in both setups.

## 
  
  
## : Local scenarios

Starting off with the most common cases and situations where multiple NAS units might have benefits. Right off the bat that would have to be back up. Better to say backup of a backup. While most users with multiple NAS devices do use it as a secondary unit, there is a lot more that you can do with your multiple NAS setup. In the next section, we will see what some of those scenarios are as well as how to set and configure them up.

### 
  
  
### :: Multiple role assignments

Roles that a NAS device can have in a configuration with another device of the same or similar class are many. Apart from a classic "additional backup" scenario (explained later on) here are some that some might not find obvious right out the gate.

### Reverse proxy

If in multi-NAS setup access to local services or resources is something that is needed, instead of exposing both devices to the Internet we can consider setting up a reverse proxy on one of them and keep all the rest behind the proxy. This way we are minimizing the potential attack vectors towards multiple devices as well as keeping your LAN that much safe. 

The way this works is that all of the needed resources are exposed to the Internet using a publicly accessible name(s), and redirecting all traffic towards the reverse proxy. There, the public name is configured and redirected to a local destination inside our LAN. So no direct access to the device hosting the content is given, and a secure route is established.

There are many ways to configure and use a reverse proxy. Synology DSM already has a **[built-in reverse proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/)** (NGINX) that we can configure to specific needs. If there is a need for a custom, more versatile solution or implementation of said platform, we can install and configure a custom version. One way to do it would be to use the Docker platform on selected and supported Synology NAS models ("+" lineup or better). For more details on using one of those implementations (like the NGINX Proxy Manager), feel free to read more in the following article.

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

How a custom NGINX platform can run inside Docker

### Incoming VPN server

The second scenario when one can use multiple NAS setups is hosting an [**incoming VPN**](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/) on one of them. For those that are unfamiliar with the terminology, VPN (or virtual private network), is a configuration setup that allows access to a local network from a remote location (while being outside of the local network) and interacting with services just like while being inside the network. What that means is that there is no need to publish services out to the Internet (like in the case of reverse proxy), or use any other methods (DDNS) in order to get back to your content and apps.

[VPN, or how to access your data securely, the right wayvpn ssl openvpn synology nas![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/)

There are many implementations of VPN today, and this is nothing groundbreaking, but why would one host an incoming VPN server on the NAS and not on the router? While routers can as well host such a role, not everyone has a capable router that can host or allow for multiple user VPN access (for example when using an ISP-driven router), or you are not allowed to do it (again, in most cases ISP's firmware will not support it). Another reason is that the router is just not powerful enough to handle VPN tasks.

Whatever the reason might be, there is no reason not to host it on the NAS. In most cases, even the entry model NAS is far more capable and stronger than a router, and because of it, it is possible to use it as a VPN server.

As said before there are multiple VPN implementations and protocols that are out there today, so using the right one will in most cases depend on what best fits a specific need. Some protocols require an endpoint (device), and compatible clients, others, on the other hand, don't. Some might work best to be compliant with your company policy. In any case, it is something to look at before deciding.

One of the most popular ones today would be OpenVPN, IPSec, and a relatively new player, **[WireGuard](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/wireguard/)**. The general rule is that most follow the same principle. Configure the server side, install the client, and connect. Depending on the chosen protocol some will offer different protocols, custom ports, DNS settings, and more. VPN while allowing for transparent use of your local resources even while outside your network has a penalty. The traffic is encrypted and in order to provide that security element to the whole VPN experience, your speed will not be at its usual max. To be fair, this is not true when using WireGuard, as it is really well balanced and speeds inside the tunnel are running at near maximum speeds same as with no active VPN session.

Synology DSM does not support WireGuard protocol at the time of this article but there is a way to get it running on a Docker-capable device. For more details on the process read the following article(s).

[Wireguard SPK for your Synology NASHow to build your Wireguard Synology SPK for DSM 6.2 or 7.1 using Docker to get support for the new VPN standard![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_spk.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/)

### Storage vs services

This is one category that I personally use in my multi-NAS setup when looking at local setup options. Running multiple NAS devices means that most of them can do the same tasks but in certain cases, those devices are more tuned to provide content to a large number of users rather than battle video transcoding. So, why not separate them, and use multiple devices as part of a single platform?

One example would be to host raw content on one device (maybe one with more space and faster drives) while having the client solution hosted on another unit that is maybe smaller but is running a "smarter" or more powerful CPU. In those situations, we are using the best of both worlds to have the best experience possible from the client's side of things. On top of this, we are not hosting both the content and the app on a single NAS which might be also beneficial from a troubleshooting configuration side of things or scaling vertically/horizontally.

This scenario can also be viewed from a security element, as we are again in a situation where access to a device that users need, is the one exposed closer to the edge, and not the content itself. 

Video streaming is one example of this kind of separation. Exposing the service (on one or more devices) to the users doesn't mean that there is a need to do the same for the unit housing the actual content. Separating the two also means that you can have multiple client-side exposed devices (or services) hosting the same content. So, clients can come from multiple directions via targeted devices for that particular task, while consuming the same content from a larger third unit deep inside your network.

### 
  
  
### :: Test environments

One final example (as there are many) would be to use a second unit as a test environment for apps, new DSM versions, or services not yet implemented. While it might sound expensive to have an additional NAS just for that, it is rarely the case. The NAS can serve as a test device but also on top of that it can host other services in parallel. DSM on selected models that can run **[Virtual Machine Manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-virtual-machine-manager-how-to-run-virtual-machines-on-synology-nas/)**, offers configuration of one additional (free of charge) DSM instance in a virtual setup (**[VDSM](https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/)**) that can also be a proper test environment for testing, leaving the actual NAS DSM (bare-metal one) intact.

This will also take the stress off the main NAS unit and allow it to run at full speed for the tasks delegated to it.

[Synology Virtual Machine Manager - how to run virtual machines on Synology NAS?How to use Synology Virtual Machine Manager to run Windows, Linux, or VDSM in a virtual environment?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/vmm.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-virtual-machine-manager-how-to-run-virtual-machines-on-synology-nas/)

[vDSM - DSM Multi-tenant solutionHow to run and configure VDSM (virtual Disk Station Manager) by Synology. Turn your NAS into a multi-tenant solution. When and why you would use VDSM? Check it out.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/DSM7_vdsm.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/)

### 
  
  
### :: iSCSI storage 

Similar to the previous scenarios we can also use NAS devices as pure storage destinations for various other devices that are better geared towards the specific roles. One that comes to mind is the virtual machine need. Unlike using the previously mentioned VMM, NAS can also be used in combination with much faster and more powerful (CPU and RAM) devices that can have the role of a virtual machine hypervisor. Because most NAS devices are optimized for low power consumption, and lots of storage, they usually lack the CPU/RAM power to become the full package. 

Using a custom or 3rd party hypervisor is a method of again using the best of both worlds. NAS will be a housing device tasked with holding the virtual machines and backups, while the hypervisor will provide the horsepower needed to run the VMs. If we scale that further, we can have multiple hypervisor machines all using a single powerful NAS to store the data. This can be done utilizing the iSCSI protocol that DSM supports as well as NFS, whatever fits your needs better.

One example can be reviewed in the following article as part of an overview of one NAS geared towards that kind of specific role.

[Synology SA3400 - Part 3 - virtualizationThe third part of the SA3400 series of articles talks about virtualization via VMM and ESXi platforms and contains tests of Win 10 virtual machines as well as 10G network transfers.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/sa3400_03.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)

This particular case also has many benefits that come with the separation of roles in case of maintenance, replacement, troubleshooting, as well as migration, and upgrades.

Local usage of multiple NAS devices has many other possible cases with specific apps and services in mind but for now, let's see how else you can use them in remote scenarios as well. It is important to note that some of these solutions can also be implemented in a local configuration as well.

## 
  
  
## : Remote scenarios

Local implementation of multiple devices has a lot of advantages, some of which were not mentioned (like high availability), but running a multi-NAS setup really shines when deployed across multiple locations. In the next few examples, we will see the type of deployments as well as the packages that would be needed to execute them. 

### 
  
  
### :: Site-to-site VPN

Just a quick mention of site-to-site VPN. While not something that can be implemented on a Synology NAS, it is a way to connect multiple locations where the devices might be located. This is the reason why S2S is popular as it allows for a "stretched" LAN setup over the Internet that once again minimized exposure, configuration, and firewall management while offering speed, ease of use, and security.

[VPN Plus Server - Site-to-SiteHow to configure site-to-site VPN using Synology router and VPN Plus Server package?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/vpn_sitetosite.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-plus-server-site-to-site/)

Prerequisites for such a setup do require supported routers on each site that we want to connect to, and most routers do support it. All Synology routers support this setup as well, including the latest RT6600ax model.

[Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 eraThe NEW Synology RT6600ax WIFI 6 router with SRM 1.3 is here!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/rt6600ax.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/)

While S2S is not mandatory it is one of the most secure ways to connect multiple sites. If this is not something that can be implemented it is not a problem in terms of using the following packages over the Internet. One thing to keep in mind is that port forward management will be needed in order to establish communication from both sides.

### 
  
  
### :: Snapshot replication

This is one of Synology's packages that is available on selected models (some "play" and all of the "+" and better units). It is comprised of two main functions, snapshots, and replication. Because of it, it can be used both in local and remote scenarios. Local root folders can be configured for local snaps, and on top of that those can be configured for remote replication as well.

Remote replication will require a compatible NAS with SR package support, so keep that in mind. Replication will also offer an active/passive method of configuration. That will offer a good disaster recovery option in case the active NAS is down for whatever reason. Switching to the passive unit will allow for all replicated folders to be accessible again.

[Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery toolsnapshot replication synology nas backup disaster recovery package center![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/snapshot.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)

In case a remote NAS is not an option, this package can be used to make local snapshots. These will not be useful as a backup solution in situations something happens to the NAS or drives, but they will be one of the fastest ways to restore from a user error, or in case of a ransomware attack. Because the snapshots are read-only, they make a great asset against a ransomware attack while offering an extremely fast way of restoration.

This might be one of the more obvious ways to use multiple NAS units, but it does come with some prerequisites as stated before. Be sure to read the article above for more details.

### 
  
  
### :: Hyper Backup

Unlike the previous solutions, Hyper Backup is one package that works with every single NAS model in the lineup. From the entry J to the massive HD units. The reason behind that is HB's use case. The main function is the backup of data already on the NAS itself. The main benefit is numerous destinations that HB can use as backup targets. From local NAS, remote Synology NAS, or any compatible rsync server to various "cloud" destinations including Synology C2.

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/#hb)

Hyper Backup comes also with its companion app, HB Vault. It can be used to browser any HB vault content using the NAS devices. Also, there is a desktop version of the app that will allow restoring data from a compatible backup if the NAS unit is down. This means that if the NAS data are inaccessible, but we can get to the backup (on a remote NAS), opening the content will be possible from any device running the Vault app.

[Synology 101 - Hyper Backup to a remote Synology NASHow to backup your Synology NAS data to another NAS while making sure that you are the only one that can access it? Hyper Backup encrypted task to the rescue.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/DSM7_hyperbackup_remote.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-hyper-backup-to-a-remote-synology-nas/)

The most often case that HB is used would be backing up to a cloud or against another remote NAS device. This task can be performed over the Internet using public names/IPs or configuring a previously mentioned site-to-site VPN to create a stretched LAN setup. In any event, using this method we can configure multiple locations (or units) to back up to each other, essentially becoming both source of data and backup destination at the same time. 

### 
  
  
### :: Hybrid Share

💡

**NOTE**: HS service **requires** a valid and **active C2 Storage Advanced subscription**!

A relatively new addition to the whole Synology cloud environment. Hybrid Share is a feature that is offered as part of their NAS lineup as well as their C2 cloud platform. Bridging the best of both worlds, HS is here to help in a multi-site setup offering local caching of frequent data and syncing it to the cloud for fast and redundant access from any other connected location (up to 5).

[DSM 7 - Hybrid Share, expand your NAS to Synology C2See how you can use the new Hybrid Share feature in the new DSM 7 NAS OS that will allow you to access your data in C2 using your NAS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/DSM7_hybridshare.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/)

Particularly useful when you need a large quantity of data accessible at a high rate but without the need to host all of it on the local device. HS offers a "streaming" feature that is useful when pulling a specific set of data is needed without the extra load of any other shared content. Also, it lives in the cloud so high download and upload speeds will be beneficial for locations where a limited bandwidth or speed is in effect. Mainly targeted at businesses with a price of €6.99/month for 1TB of space and HS feature, it is not something that an individual can't afford as well.

### 
  
  
### :: Disaster recovery

This is one of those things that we hope never to need but that needs to be set up or at least considered for a worst-case scenario. Disaster recovery is probably the best example of a multi-site/multi-NAS use case because it shows what needs to be done should something catastrophic happens to your main site(s). With multiple NAS devices on multiple locations, recovery doesn't just cover your data, but apps and services as well. With a well-placed plan, downtime can be minimal, and data loss as close to zero as possible.

[Disaster recovery using Snapshot & Replication (Bitwarden scenario using Docker)Disaster recovery for your BitWarden setup deployed via Docker using Synology Snapshot & Replication![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/dr_bw_sr.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/disaster-recovery-using-snapshot-replication-bitwarden-scenario-using-docker/)

In order to pull this kind of plan a specific NAS lineup might be needed, as well as some of the beforementioned packages, like Hyper Backup or Snapshot Replication. On top of this, the cloud can also present itself as a great asset in a difficult situation like DR.

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

One example can be the C2 Backup service, offering endpoint backup to the cloud. While there is an option to do the same locally on a NAS, using Active Backup for Business, in case that is not an option (due to any type of physical damage), the cloud restore can be that last resort. This can function either as a restore point to a secondary unit or directly from the cloud.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

While these are just a few scenarios, hopefully, it has helped to get some idea of whether or not it would be worth investing in multiple NAS setups. Personally, if you can, do it. Appliance devices such as Synology NAS are a long-term investment, and will surely pay off in the end. Using them in a single location or across multiple ones will provide a powerful and versatile setup for SOHO as well as business needs.

Offering redundancy, backup, high availability, multi-tier setup, and more, NAS has already become almost a necessary part of any household or business, regardless of the level of knowledge or the power of the commercial cloud. If you are still on the fence about getting one, or more, maybe this article helped you in some way with your decision. If not, ask and comment in the section below.
### "Back to Synology" Giveaway 2022!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/back-to-synology-giveaway-2022/
Last updated: 2022-10-24T22:25:14.000Z
💡

**UPDATE**: 30/09/2022 - With **63 total entries** in this giveaway we now have our **random winner**! Congratulation to **Nabil**! The random winning comment is as follows:

> Fingers crossed 🤞 this unit can be a huge relief for my backup and disaster recovery solution or the ability to have 2 Synology NAS to sync data to a passive server ... many options ..!! let's keep the fingers like that, crossed. Thank you, Luka, for this chance to win this nice machine but mainly I can't argue more than the site is gold mining .. let's all keep it running.. Thanks again.

---

Summer is finally over (yes not a fan), and it's that time of year again, "Back to School"! In that spirit, Blackvoid will be doing another giveaway!

**Back to Synology 2022 Giveaway** is the **third one** this year after the [3rd-anniversary one](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-3rd-anniversary-giveaway/) back in March, as well as the [June summer one](https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-summer-giveaway/).

So why this giveaway? Well, a while back (Nov 2021) I started official cooperation with Synology GmbH which is going really well so far, and I do hope that it will continue. Because of that, I was able (and will do so in the future) to deliver some content that would otherwise be impossible, as well as have a chance for an occasional giveaway such as this one.

💡

****DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure, this is a ****giveaway**, not a lottery, so ****no fee or charge is needed to participate**. This is a worldwide giveaway.

So what model will be the center of this "academic" giveaway? After DS720+ in March, and a DS120J in June, this time around you will have a **chance to win a brand new** **[DS220+](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/DS220+?ref=blackvoid.club)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/ds220plus.png)

"Back to Synology" giveaway prize!

This model is a very capable and versatile NAS that can perform and run any Synology package including the Docker platform as well. While not maybe being the most powerful device in the lineup, this 2-bay NAS is more than capable of holding on its own.

It can also serve as a secondary backup unit to an already existing one, or simply as a storage device for any type of data.

Running with a dual-core Celeron J4000 series CPU and 2GB of RAM (upgradable to a total of 6), as well as a dual 1G network interface, this little guy can even be used as a super low-power PLEX server for all your media needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2102.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2100.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2096.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2097.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2099.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/IMG_2098.png)

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from today **September 7th** till **September 30th**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, ****subscribe w**ith a valid email account, and log in** (it will be used to contact you).
2. ****Comment as a registered member** and tell me how you see this device being beneficial for you (maybe even in the spirit of back to school). ****Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!**

🗒️

****NOTE**: Empty comments, or "+1", or "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double post. Once you are ready to post, ****click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1sec longer for your comment to become visible.

3\. That's it! You are in!

🗒️

**NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any other activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

‼️

**IMPORTANT**: Any HW or SW issues with the device **will need to be managed by Synology and its support channels**. Of course, you can always use community methods of solving any problems, but the warranty is still with Synology.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after Sep 30th 2022, ****will not be taken into consideration** as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be ****chosen randomly** (comments that meet the ****criteria of step 2**) and contacted on their registered email.

The ****winner** ****will be contacted** from this email address: ****`info@blackvoid.tech`** on the last day, again, Sep 30th.

****The winner will have 48h** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner will not respond within 48h, another winner will be chosen and given another 48h to respond.

If there will be no response in the second wave **by Oct 5th**, the ****giveaway will be void**.

The official, public announcement of the giveaway winner will be announced as an update in this current article at the top.

****I wish you all good luck and hope you will be interested in this small but capable prize**. Thank you in advance for participating and for your visit!
### Synology DSM 7.1.1-42962
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-1-1-42962/
Last updated: 2023-06-05T07:13:10.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 20/02/2023 - on the topic of the potential **elimination of TRIM support in the latest UP4** I would like to just confirm that this is not the case. **TRIM is still supported for all compatible SSD drives including both Synology and other 3rd party brands** (WD, Samsung, etc). This has been confirmed with internal company testing! Any situation resulting otherwise should be reported using the official channels.

📢

**UPDATE**: 05/06/2023 - **Update 6** has been released for the current version. More details below

### Version: 7.1.1-42962 Update 6

(2023-06-05)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1.1-42962-6?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where, if the space reclamation process had encountered a heavy workload, the file system may be unable to mount after a system restart.
2. Fixed an issue where the system was unable to display an expansion unit's storage pools if the unit had not been properly connected during a restart.
3. Fixed an issue where the S.M.A.R.T. test results of NVMe SSDs could not be displayed.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

### Version: 7.1.1-42962 Update 5

(2023-04-12)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1.1-42962-5?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.
2. Users of HD6500 can now create a Btrfs volume of up to 1 PB. This update automatically converts existing volumes that use the Btrfs (Peta Volume) file system to Btrfs. However, to create a volume larger than 200 TB, a RAID 6 storage pool and at least 64 GB of system memory are still required.

#### What’s New

1. Updated OpenSSL to version 1.1.1t to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2023-0286, CVE-2023-0215, CVE-2022-4450, CVE-2022-4304).

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where users couldn't access DSM via the Bonjour service.
2. Fixed stability issue of QuickConnect connections.
3. Fixed an issue where Synology mobile apps remained signed in after users ended all connections following a password change.
4. Fixed an issue of space reclamation not running according to the set schedule.
5. Fixed a display issue concerning the notification about incompatible network interface cards.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 06/02/2023 - **Update 4** has been released for the current version. More details below

### Version: 7.1.1-42962 Update 4

(2023-02-06)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1.1-42962-4?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. The following drives will be updated automatically to the latest firmware version to fix an unexpected issue that may occur during repair or other read/write operations: HAT5300-4T (firmware version 1401 and 1402), HAT5300-16T (firmware version 1401), HAT5310-8T (firmware version 1401), and HAS5300-16T (firmware version 1401).

#### What’s New

1. Added support for E10G22-T1-Mini with an alternative source of hardware components.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where drives added to a RAID Group in a Synology High Availability cluster were not allocated correctly between RAID arrays.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 08/12/2022 - **Update 3** has been released for the current 42692 version. Details below.

### Version: 7.1.1-42962 Update 3

(2022-12-08)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1.1-42962-3?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. ([Synology-SA-22:23](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F23?ref=blackvoid.club))

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 20/10/2022 - **Update 2** has been released for the current 42962 version. Details below.

### Version: 7.1.1-42962 Update 2

(2022-10-20)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1.1-42962-2?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### What’s New

1. When users select Outlook as the system notification service provider, they will need to sign in with OAuth 2.0, which is a safer authentication method. Previously configured Outlook accounts will be migrated to "Custom SMTP server". We strongly recommend re-configuring the settings for authentication to ensure your Outlook account security.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where performing file system checks on ext4 volumes would stop the quota settings on DSM from functioning.
2. Fixed an issue where after HDD migration, users couldn't properly mount the SSD caches that weren't migrated to the new device.
3. Fixed an issue where Universal Search couldn't find the data in shared folders on volumes that were created on DSM 7.1.1.
4. Fixed an issue where users couldn't access DSM from certain devices.
5. Fixed an issue where users couldn't access DSM via the Bonjour service.
6. Fixed an issue where the E10G18-T1 network card couldn't be detected on the passive server when creating a Synology High Availability cluster with RC18015xs+.
7. Fixed an issue where models with the AMD Ryzen V1000 CPU platform couldn't adjust the fan speed automatically after a system reboot.
8. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Out-of-Band (OOB). ([Synology-SA-22:17](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F17?ref=blackvoid.club))

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 22/09/2022 - new **update 1** has been released for the 42962 version. Details below

### Version: 7.1.1-42962 Update 1

(2022-09-22)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1.1-42962-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to update it manually.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. Depending on your Synology NAS model, this update will restart the device.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where users might not be able to change the desktop background.
2. Fixed an issue where volumes might become read-only due to data block allocation problems.
3. Fixed an issue where LUN backup tasks in Hyper Backup might fail after updating DSM 7.1.1.

---

Today we got a new version of DSM, 7.1.1-42962\. Following [last month's release candidate](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-1-1-42951/) of this version, now we got the official one out.

It will be released in a staged rollout, so if you want it now, you need to do it manually using the **Download Center** page on the Synology website.

This is a **massive security release** so if your production system is running on DSM 7.1, it would be highly advisable to update to this patch level.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/Screenshot-2022-09-05-at-18.39.12.png)

Latest version patched

---

### Version: 7.1.1-42962

---

(2022-09-05)

#### Important Notes

1. Starting from this version, the bad sector count column will not be displayed along with hard drive information. Users should go to each drive's Health Info > History to view its complete bad sector information. To determine whether bad sectors are affecting the drive, see if there's a significant increase in the number of bad sectors over time.
2. Adjusted how the system calculates the estimated lifespan for M.2 NVMe SSDs to provide a more accurate estimation.
3. Support for AAC encoded audio is widespread across end devices like smartphones, tablets, computers, and the majority of other media playback devices. The need for AAC transcoding to achieve better compatibility has significantly diminished and will be removed starting with DSM 7.1.1.
4. Surveillance Station must be updated to version 9.0.1- 7673 or above to be compatible with this update.

#### What’s New

1. Added support for recipient profiles for email notifications, allowing users to add multiple email addresses under each profile and customize rules for the profiles.
2. Users can now enable the quota setting for shared folders that are located on volumes with data deduplication enabled.
3. Added support for RAID arrays with 16 and 20 hard drives when creating RAID groups.
4. Supports checking the 2-factor authentication status of user accounts at Control Panel > User & Group > Users.
5. Added support for SR-IOV on the following the Synology network interface cards: E10G21-F2, E25G21-F2.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where the "Enable UID/GID shifting" setting would be deactivated after modifying the time interval for updating the user/group list on an LDAP client.
2. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding CIFS-utils (CVE-2022-27239, CVE-2022-29869).
3. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding OpenLDAP (CVE-2022-29155).
4. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding cURL (CVE-2022-22576).
5. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Zlib (CVE-2018-25032).
6. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Freetype (CVE-2022-27406).
7. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding 802.1X (CVE-2021-30004, CVE-2021-30266).
8. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding GNU C Library(CVE-2021-43396, CVE-2022-23218, CVE-2022-23219).
9. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding YAML-cpp (CVE-2018-20573, CVE-2018-20574, CVE-2019-6285).
10. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Linux Kernel (CVE-2019-11477, CVE-2019-11478, CVE-2019-11479, CVE-2020-12770, CVE-2019-18282, CVE-2019-19527, CVE-2019-19532, CVE-2019-19537, CVE-2021-0605, CVE-2021-3732, CVE-2021-3739, CVE-2021-3753, CVE-2021-4149, CVE-2021-4203, CVE-2021-20317, CVE-2021-20321, CVE-2021-20322, CVE-2021-29154, CVE-2021-29650, CVE-2021-34556, CVE-2021-35477, CVE-2021-39633, CVE-2021-39698, CVE-2021-45868, CVE-2022-0185, CVE-2022-0330, CVE-2022-0617, CVE-2022-0847, CVE-2022-1011, CVE-2022-1048, CVE-2022-1055, CVE-2022-1353, CVE-2022-20008, CVE-2022-27666, CVE-2022-28893, CVE-2022-29582).
11. Updated OpenSSL to version 1.1.1o to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-1292, CVE-2021-3712, CVE-2022-0778).
12. Updated libarchive to version 3.6.1 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-36976, CVE-2022-26280).
13. Updated Mbed-TLS to version 2.28 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-44732, CVE-2021-45450, CVE-2021-43666).
14. Updated Python to version 3.8.12 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-3733, CVE-2021-3737, CVE-2022-0391).
15. Updated Redis to version 6.2.7 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-24735, CVE-2022-24736).
16. Updated ISC DHCP to version 4.4.3 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-25217).

Quite a long list of vulnerabilities so best not to skip it. I have updated several machines, including some virtual ones, and they all came up with zero issues.
### HedgeDoc - collaborative markdown editor (via Docker on Synology NAS)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/hedgedoc-collaborative-markdown-editor/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:26:41.000Z
For anyone not familiar with **Markdown** it is a markup language for creating formatted text. It's been around for close to 20 years now and it's very popular in various situations.

For example on blog platforms (like this one, Ghost), IM, forums, documentation software (like [**Bookstack**](https://www.blackvoid.club/bookstack-self-hosted-wiki-platform/)), and similar.

If for whatever reason you have the need to have a Markdown platform that you would like to self-host, share with others, or just use as a source of any kind of material that you need to share, **HedgeDoc** might be a solution for you.

[HedgeDoc - The best platform to write and share markdown.The best platform to write and share markdown.![](https://hedgedoc.org/icons/apple-touch-icon.png)HedgeDocThe HedgeDoc developers![](https://hedgedoc.org/icons/apple-touch-icon.png)](https://hedgedoc.org/?ref=blackvoid.club)

Pulling its roots from **HackMD**, HedgeDoc is really easy to deploy using Docker.

[HackMD - Collaborative Markdown Knowledge BaseBest way to write and share your knowledge in markdown.![](https://hackmd.io/favicon.png)HackMD![](https://hackmd.io/images/media/HackMD-og.jpg)](https://hackmd.io/home?ref=blackvoid.club)

HedgeDoc origins come from HackMD

The platform requires a database in order to function, and it supports MariaDB, MySQL, as well as PostgresDB.

In case you do not have a running DB platform it is always possible to run it as a single **Docker** **stack** and maintain it that way. 

The easiest way for me was always to use [Portainer ](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)as my docker management platform. With its [stack feature](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/), we can run the following docker-compose to get the whole solution up and running.

If Portainer is not something familiar, check the links above to understand how it works, before moving forward.

### Docker-compose example #1 (with MariaDB as a single stack)

```yaml
version: "3"
services:
  mariadb:
    image: lscr.io/linuxserver/mariadb:latest
    container_name: hedgedoc_mariadb
    restart: always
    volumes:
      - /path/to/mariadb/data:/config
    environment:
      - MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD=<secret password>
      - MYSQL_DATABASE=hedgedoc
      - MYSQL_USER=hedgedoc
      - MYSQL_PASSWORD=<secret password>
      - PGID=1000
      - PUID=1000
      - TZ=Europe/London
  hedgedoc:
    image: lscr.io/linuxserver/hedgedoc:latest
    container_name: hedgedoc
    restart: always
    depends_on:
      - mariadb
    volumes:
      - /path/to/config:/config
    environment:
      - DB_HOST=mariadb
      - DB_USER=hedgedoc
      - DB_PASS=<secret password>
      - DB_NAME=hedgedoc
      - DB_PORT=3306
      - PGID=1000
      - PUID=1000
      - TZ=Europe/London
      - CMD_DOMAIN=localhost
      - CMD_URL_ADDPORT=true #optional
      - CMD_PROTOCOL_USESSL=false #optional
      - CMD_PORT=3000 #optional
    ports:
      - "3000:3000"
```

The **docker-compose** is combined with **two separate services**. A MariaDB and HedgeDoc itself. Make sure to change all that is needed (like password, DB name, username, password, etc) before running the stack.

The HedgeDoc image used here is by LinuxServer.IO team, so if you are unclear about any of the commands and their values, be sure to [check the image documentation page](https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/hedgedoc?ref=blackvoid.club) as well.

Note that the compose file has several environment variables for the HedgeDoc app. There is a lot more in case you want to fine-tune your instance, and some of those I will explain later on.

For more details and additional variables and their settings, check out this **very detailed documentation page** (kudos to the team!):

[HedgeDocHedgeDoc Documentation![](https://docs.hedgedoc.org/images/favicon.png)logoHedgeDoc Developers![](https://docs.hedgedoc.org/images/hedgedoc_logo_black.svg)](https://docs.hedgedoc.org/?ref=blackvoid.club)

### Docker-compose example #2 (using an outside (existing) database instance)

```yaml
version: "3"
services:
  hedgedoc:
    image: linuxserver/hedgedoc:latest
    container_name: hedgedoc
    restart: always
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/hedgedoc:/config
    ports:
      - "3000:3000"
    environment:
      - DB_HOST=NAS_IP
      - DB_USER=username
      - DB_PASS=password
      - DB_NAME=hedgedoc
      - DB_PORT=3306
      - PGID=1000
      - PUID=1000
      - TZ=Europe/London
      - CMD_DOMAIN=public_domain_name
      - CMD_URL_ADDPORT=false #optional (set to false if using a public FQDN name)
      - CMD_PROTOCOL_USESSL=true #optional (set to true if going over reverse proxy)
      - CMD_PORT=3000 #optional
      - CMD_ALLOW_EMAIL_REGISTER=false #optional (set to false after you make your initial account to prevent other registrations)
      - CMD_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS=false #optional (set to false if you don't want to allow unregistered members to make changes)
```

This is an example of using the same image but with an outside database, which is an already running SQL instance. **Creation of the DB, user, and password should be done before running this compose** so that the HedgeDoc already has a DB to connect to.

In this example, I have used some additional variables (and commented on them) to give you an idea of what it can be done. For example, after registering my account with the instance, I have added `**CMD_ALLOW_EMAIL_REGISTER=false**` to close any further potential registrations with this particular setup. Also, **`CMD_ALLOW_ANONYMOUS=false`** has been added to not allow any anonymous editing.

While by default HedgeDoc works with email registrations it does in fact support a wide range of authentication systems that you can use and configure. The same goes for external storage platforms (for images for example).

To name a few authentication platforms like **LDAP**, **OAuth**, **Authelia**, **Twitter**, **Mattermost**, **Keycloak**, **SAML**, etc. In regards to supported external storage platforms, Hedge will work with both **MinIO** and **S3**.

More details on authentication and media backend can be found in the documentation in the following link.

[Mattermost - HedgeDocHedgeDoc Documentation![](https://docs.hedgedoc.org/images/favicon.png)logoHedgeDoc Developers![](https://docs.hedgedoc.org/images/auth/mattermost-enable-oauth2.png)](https://docs.hedgedoc.org/guides/auth/mattermost-self-hosted/?ref=blackvoid.club)

### HedgeDoc using OAuth2 (Mattermost) as an authentication platform

In case we have one of the compatible authentication platforms that HedgeDoc support we can configure the instance to use it as a login option (apart from the default email).

This will be a practical (almost) SSO setup, especially if the platform is already in use. Personally, I use **[Mattermost](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/)**, so the following will be optional steps that need to be configured in order to have your HedgeDoc use Mattermost as its OAuath2.

⚠️

**WARNING**: When using the OAuth2 services provider it is highly recommended to **use all services over HTTPS protocol** with a valid SSL certificate!

### STEP01 - activate OAuth2 service inside Mattermost

If OAuth2 is not active then it needs to be turned on first. To make it happen, open up Mattermost **System Console > Integration Management** and set the **Enable OAuth2 Service Provider** to **True**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/Screenshot-2022-09-03-at-14.28.43.png)

Enable OAuth2 service provider inside System Console

### STEP02 - configure OAuth2 application for HedgeDoc

Once the service has been activated, use the main Mattermost dropdown menu, and select the **Integration** item.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/Screenshot-2022-09-03-at-14.31.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/Screenshot-2022-09-03-at-14.31.55.png)

Open the Integration menu and select the **OAuth2** application settings

Next, click the **OAuth 2.0 Applications** button, to open that subsection. There will be any other existing OAuth configured application, but in this case, we need to click the blue. **Add OAuath 2.0 Application** button to create a fresh HedgeDoc connection.

Finally, fill in the form following the sample from the image (be sure to change your HedgeDoc domain name)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/Screenshot-2022-09-03-at-14.39.26.png)

Fill in your information and click the blue **Save** button

⚠️

**NOTE**: the callback URL needs to look like this: **https://<yourHedgesite.domain>/auth/oauth2/callback**

As a result, we will get two new parameters that will be needed in the next step, **Client ID**, and   **Client Secret**. Copy those as we will integrate them into the following docker-compose file.

### STEP03 - docker-compose with email and OAuth2 login options

Now that we have prepared Mattermost to be our authentication platform, it is needed to configure HedgeDoc to work over the said OAuth2\. To make that work, add the following docker variables to the compose file above.

```yaml
CMD_OAUTH2_BASEURL=https://your.mattermost.domain
CMD_OAUTH2_USER_PROFILE_URL=https://your.mattermost.domain/api/v4/users/me
CMD_OAUTH2_USER_PROFILE_USERNAME_ATTR=id
CMD_OAUTH2_USER_PROFILE_DISPLAY_NAME_ATTR=username
CMD_OAUTH2_USER_PROFILE_EMAIL_ATTR=email
CMD_OAUTH2_TOKEN_URL=https://your.mattermost.domain/oauth/access_token
CMD_OAUTH2_AUTHORIZATION_URL=https://your.mattermost.domain/oauth/authorize
CMD_OAUTH2_CLIENT_ID=ii4p1u3jz7dXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
CMD_OAUTH2_CLIENT_SECRET=mqzzx6fydbXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
```

Only change the `your.mattermost.domain` elements and the `CMD_OAUTH2_CLIENT_ID` as well as `CMD_OAUTH2_CLIENT_SECRET` with the copied values from the previous steps. That's it.

Once we get our HedgeDoc instance running, and we are logged into the Mattermost instance, the sign-in will work like this.

0:00

/

1×

Demo of HedgeDoc authentication via OAuth2 (Mattermost)

### HedgeDoc over Reverse proxy

Once the app is up and running, it can be accessed internally (inside LAN) over the NAS IP address on the default port 3000 (unless you have changed it). If on the other hand, there is a need to run the app over the Internet so that it is publicly accessible, it would be recommended to **push it behind a reverse proxy**.

While on the subject, the second docker-compose example shows some of the variables configured to support communication over a reverse proxy. For any steps on how to get reverse proxy up and running (in case the [built-in one by Synology](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/) is not an option), is to use a custom solution. Details on the whole process are covered in a separate article **[here](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)**. 

This will allow running any app (not just HedgeDoc) over the Internet via a secure protocol and a valid certificate. It might be needed to make a domain name if one does not already exist and it is under your control.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/image.png)

Self-hosted HedgeDock instance

In the image above it is visible that the only option is to sign in. So no signups or anonymous options, as expected considering how the instance is configured.
### Synology Virtual Machine Manager - how to run virtual machines on Synology NAS?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-virtual-machine-manager-how-to-run-virtual-machines-on-synology-nas/
Last updated: 2022-11-10T12:59:22.000Z
## Table of Contents

[: Intro](#intro)  
[: VMM Installation & configuration](#vmminstall)

- [:: Prerequisites](#prerequisites)
- [:: Licensing](#licensing)

[: VM creation and configuration](#vmcreation)

- [:: vDSM](#vdsm)
- [:: Linux VM](#linuxvm)
- [:: Windows VM](#winvm)

[: Tests & performance](#tests)

- [:: HDD vs SSD? What about the NVMe cache?](#hddvsssd)
- [:: VMM or external platform as a hypervisor](#vmmhypervisor)

[: VM & VMM backups](#backups)  
[: Conclusion](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## : Intro

Even if you are an experienced user or a novice in the world of Synology, you might be familiar with the fact that their selected NAS devices can run virtual machines or VMs. Considering that most hardware nowadays is becoming more powerful but on the other hand uses even less power to do it, it is only natural to be able to run multiple VMs on a small form factor device such as a NAS.

A task that once required a lot of power can today be performed without too much trouble on a device no larger than a shoebox. Of course, it is important to consider the hardware inside it and the number of machines you want to run, as everything has its limits, but nonetheless, it can be done.

This article will cover the basic setup and configuration of Synology's very own hypervisor, **Virtual Machine Manager (VMM)**, as well as the installation and configuration of various VMs including a virtual version of Disk Station Manager (DSM, Synology's NAS operating system).

There will also be links to already existing articles that cover some low and high-end models performing various tasks when it comes to virtual environments. Hopefully, by the end you will be able to conclude whether or not Synology NAS devices are able to cover certain VM needs or not, or should an investment be made into dedicated hardware.

## 
  
  
## : VMM Installation & configuration

💡

**NOTE**: **Virtual Machine Manager** package is **only accessible to devices from the "+" lineup or better**. If the app itself is not visible in the Package Center, the NAS itself is not compatible with it.

As with any other Synology NAS package, VMM can be installed using the Package Center on selected models\*. If the NAS has multiple volumes, it can be installed on any of them, depending on your choice and need. On top of that, the storage containers for the VMs can be placed on any accessible volume (more on this later), regardless of where the app itself is installed. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-11-at-00.01.14.jpg)

Package Center running the VMM app, as well as the VMM main UI

### 
  
  
### :: Prerequisites

At the time of writing this article, VMM can be installed on any of the listed models. For an up-to-date list, check the dedicated [VMM compatibility page](https://www.synology.com/en-us/dsm/packages/Virtualization?os%5Fver=7.1&search=virtual&ref=blackvoid.club).

#### Applied Models

- **FS series:** FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS3017, FS2017, FS1018, FS3410, FS2500
- **HD series:** HD6500
- **SA series:** SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D
- **22 series:** RS822RP+, RS822+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- **21 series:** RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20 series:** RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+
- **19 series:** RS1619xs+, RS1219+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219
- **18 series:** RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS218+
- **17 series:** RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1517+
- **16 series:** RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+
- **15 series:** RS815RP+, RS815+, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+
- **14 series:** RS3614xs+, RS3614RPxs, RS3614xs
- **13 series:** RS10613xs+, RS3413xs+

Depending on the number of VMs, more RAM might be needed, so plan accordingly. Also, make sure that you consult the **[KB article](https://kb.synology.com/en-us/DSM/tutorial/How%5Fmany%5Fvirtual%5Fmachines%5Fcan%5FI%5Frun%5Fon%5Fmy%5FSynology%5FNAS?ref=blackvoid.club)** on how many VMs can your specific NAS model run.

### 
  
  
### :: Licensing

Along with the specific model requirement, VMM is one of a handful of Synology packages that is license driven. While still being free, there is a **Pro** tier that needs to be covered by one.

The main difference when it comes to VMM vs VMM PRO is unlocking features related to backup, storage, and VM migration to remote host(s), HA (high availability), and VM live migration. On top of this, there are limitations to features that are accessible in the free tier but at a lower capacity. For example, maximum of 2x physical CPU threads, no more than 4 virtual switches, 32 max snapshots (per VM), etc.

When it comes to licensing plan, **VMM PRO comes in 3 or 7-node packs, each valid for one year**. It would be best to check the price point at the time of purchase, but they usually go for about $170 or more (for a 3-node version).

Every compatible Synology NAS is eligible for a one-time 30-day free trial for all PRO features that can be activated inside the VMM UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-11-at-00.10.09.png)

VMM licensing section. Here you can add your license or start your 30-day free PRO trial

The installation part of VMM is no different than any other app or service available inside the Package Center. If you have to option to install VMM, just click the install button and let the wizard do the rest.

What comes after that is a bit of configuration, before you can actually use the VMM platform. In a single instance scenario (one NAS), network and storage elements need configuring before the VMM platform can be used.

This includes **vSwitch settings**, as well as defining what NAS **volumes** will be used with the VMM platform as locations for your disk images and virtual machines.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-13-at-20.26.50.png)

Enable vSwitch - one prerequisite before you can use VMM

To activate vSwitch, open **Control Panel** \> **Network** \> **Network Interface** \> **Manage** \> **Open vSwitch Settings**, and check the **Enable Open vSwitch** option. Once the DSM configures the network settings needed VMM will be ready for use.

Before you can actually start creating a VM, there are still two elements that need to be configured ahead of time. Configuring VMMs **storage** and **network** elements.

Each has its own section inside the interface and the idea is to let VMM know what NAS volumes can and will be used for your VM and image storage needs, as well as a what network interface (if you have a NAS with multiple interfaces) will be allowed to be used and in the end configured on the VM level.

The reason is that maybe you have your NAS connected to a specific interface in a specific subnet/VLAN that you want your VMs to end up in as well. This way there will be a clear separation of network communication if that is needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-14.26.18.png)

VMM storage section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-14.27.03.png)

VMM network section

The same goes for storage. If the NAS is running with multiple volumes, VMM can be configured to use specific volumes for all of its needs without using space on any other delegated volumes. One example would be to not save VMs on a volume where your surveillance footage is being recorded, or maybe there is a dedicated SSD volume just for VMM needs.

Configuring an additional virtual switch will allow you to add more network interfaces that your NAS support. Also, you can assign specific VLAN IDs to separate the networks and allow the VMs to be segregated as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-14.34.15.png)

Create a new virtual switch

## 
  
  
## : VM creation and configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-14.54.11.jpg)

VMM virtual machine list and creation section

VM creation starts in the **Virtual Machine** section. There we can get an overview of all the already created machines, their status, the host that they are running on, as well as details of each machine.

Also, there are **create**, **connect**, **action**, and **power** **on** buttons/menus to control each machine individually.

When we decide on creating the machine, the whole process is run via a wizard in which you can select and configure various elements, from CPU and RAM to network, storage, and bootable devices.

Before starting the actual VM creation there is one last thing that needs to be done, adding the **image**. By image, VMM expects to have a working ISO file or vDSM file uploaded and accessible when the time comes. To upload the image to your NAS, use the **Image** section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-16.43.32.png)

Usable image section inside VMM

Depending on the actual type of the image we can choose from three possible tabs. Upload the image, select the storage that will be used for it (the reason why storage and network elements are configured ahead of time), and upload.

Once that is done, we can start with VM creation. Move back into the **virtual machine** sections, and click the **Create button**.

The create button actually doubles as a dropdown menu, so you can click it and select **import** if that is what you need. Creating a fresh VM will require the actual **Create** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-16.47.34.png)

Starting the VM creation

There are several options that we can choose from depending on the end result. Windows and Linux are standard supported platforms, as well as virtual DSM (vDSM). As seen in the image above, **macOS is not supported for virtualization**, and there are no future announcements for it. For the most part, VM creation is the same regardless of what option you choose, so in the following sections, we will see how each VM is created.

### 
  
  
### :: vDSM

Considering that Synology NAS does come with **one (1) free included vDSM license**, it would be a shame not to show it off and see how a virtual DSM can help organize apps, and services, or simply provide a better **[multi-tenant](https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/)** solution.

Following on the previous image, let's assume that we have selected **Synology Virtual DSM** in it. Next, storage. Where do we want to keep the VDSM instance and where will it live?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-16.56.53.png)

Select storage space

Depending on what storage was configured beforehand, here we can choose it and move to the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-16.58.22.png)

Name, CPU, and RAM

Delegating resources to your VM is one of the most important elements. Of course all those values can be altered later. 

🗒️

**NOTE**: RAM value for **vDSM** has to be a **minimum of 1GB**. You will be able to change it at a later date if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-17.03.46.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-17.04.04.png)

Select your image and configure the HDD space

After CPU and RAM, we need some storage space. If you have uploaded the DSM images, this is the place where you can select them and delegate HDD space. If needed, we can add multiple virtual disks that will be presented in the new virtual DSM instance in case we want to run it with multiple volumes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-17.07.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-17.07.17.png)

Network configuration

The final major element is networking. As said before, we can configure various network interfaces on the VMM level that will be accessible to VMs that are created. On top of that, network adapter configuration is possible just like within DSM on the NAS itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-20-at-17.10.04.png)

VM wizard complete

The summary page will present all the settings and by clicking the **done** button, the VM creation will begin. Within minutes there will be another virtual DSM instance ready to be used.

Now that the machine is ready, we can start it up and let the initial DSM boot complete. Following that, access to the new VDSM instance can be done using the conventional methods of detecting new NAS devices on the network. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-26-at-23.33.27.png)

Synology Assistant - desktop app for detecting Synology NAS and routers on your network

Using the **Synology Assistant** desktop app, accessing **find.synology.com** URL via any compatible web browser, or **accessing your router** and detecting a new network address that was allocated to the VDSM instance.

Whatever option we use the result will be the same. Landing on the new installation page after a few configuration steps, the setup will start, and DSM will be set up and ready to be used.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-26-at-11.56.08.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.46.31.png)

Installing DSM after detecting it using find.synology.com

Using VDSM is no different than running a bare metal DSM on your NAS. Apart from sharing the storage space with the host itself, everything else remains the same. From security to apps, web access, or any other element that you can think of. The good thing about **VDSM instances** is that they **are independent of your NAS DSM** version in terms that you can have them on different patch versions if you choose to do so for whatever reason.

### 
  
  
### :: Linux VM

The second scenario where we can use VMM is running a Linux-based virtual machine. When it comes to distro support versions, a lot of them work with little or almost no problems at all. From CentOS, Fedora, and Suse, all the way to Ubuntu, Red Hat, and [**more**](https://www.synology.com/en-us/dsm/feature/virtual%5Fmachine%5Fmanager?ref=blackvoid.club).

If we consider that the prerequisites are the same as with VDSM, the only real difference in the creation wizard would be selecting Linux OS as a virtual machine device. This also means that all the following steps are identical in terms of VM creation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-26-at-22.46.21.png)

Ubuntu VM ready to be started

Unlike VDSM, classic Linux and Windows VMs will have the option called **Connect** (button along the top) to initiate a VNC-like browser window that will allow for monitoring and interaction with the OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-26-at-23.18.jpg)

VMM console view that will open in your browser via the **Connect** button

Keep in mind that this will not give you performance and smooth interaction with the OS, so as soon as you can, use any RDP, or proper desktop VNC-like platform to interact with the machine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/rdp-1.png)

Microsoft RDP - use it to make a remote connection to your Windows or Linux machine

With an RDP app, the experience of the VM will still depend on the NAS HW running the machine itself, but it will utilize the mouse and keybord a lot better especially on Windows OS with installed VirtIO or VMWare Tools.

### 
  
  
### :: Windows VM

One of the most popular OS out there, Windows, is also the most common virtual platform around. It is because of that fact that VMM initially only supported this particular OS with Linux following close by.

Considering that ARM architecture is picking up in popularity, any HW device running with those CPUs will not be able to virtualize Windows OS that easily at the moment (Microsoft is working on getting Windows ready for ARM, but they are in no rush). That is why running VMs in an environment that requires Windows OS but computers are on ARM CPUs (like the new Apple Silicon), is in demand.

Another popular scenario for Windows virtualization especially on high-end Synology NAS models is offering a **virtual desktop experience** for remote work while being client-device agnostic. That means that if your computer or tablet is Apple, Samsung, IBM, or some 3rd party model, you will be able to remote to a Windows computer and continue your work from that particular OS. This has become even more popular in the past years with the whole COVID-19 situation as many can relate to it.

Creating a Windows OS follows the same principle and steps as making a VDSM or Linux VM, but one element that is different are **Synology Guest Tools**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-26-at-23.58.08.png)

Initiate Synology Guest Tool download

These tools will be installed once the Windows OS is up and running to give you better support in terms of support, compatibility, and performance. Be sure to download them using the **Image** section of VMM. Once downloaded, configure your Windows VM to mount the ISO file containing the tools so those will be ready for the post-install step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-27-at-00.04.03.png)

VM creation step where you can configure Synology Tools as an ISO file

The installation process of the VM is straightforward and it will depend on the NAS, available resources, and Windows version (Core, Pro, Enterprise, etc). On average the machine should be up and ready anywhere from 6 to 20 minutes since the start of the installation.

## 
  
  
## : Tests & performance

Now that we know how and what can be configured and run inside VMM, let's see how well those VMs perform in various combinations. Keep in mind that the performance will depend on your NAS, drives, network, clients, remote software, and more.

🗒️

As a general rule, using a NAS with all SSD storage might be a better option for VM needs, but it will also depend on your CPU power. A NAS with a very power-efficient processor and SSD array might in the end be much slower than a model with an i3, i5, or Xeon CPU and a full array of HDDs.

🗒️

**TL;DR** \- tests in my case have shown that if you are serious about running VM (or more than one) as your daily driver, it would be best to run it on the most powerful NAS (CPU-wise) regardless if it's running with HDDs or SSDs. Of course, if that model is also packed with SSDs, make it your first choice.

Below I will do several scenarios in terms of different VM machines running off different NAS models and disk arrays, as well as links to some dedicated articles that cover reviews of VMM and general VM performance.

### 
  
  
### :: HDD vs SSD? What about the NVMe cache?

The general idea of running virtual machines on the fastest possible infrastructure is clear as day. If the expected experience needs to be top-notch, the hardware layer of the hypervisor will have to be able to handle the load as best as it can, so that the end-user has a positive look and feel while using the virtualized environment.

In the Synology portfolio, there is a large number of devices that are potential candidates to run your VMs off, but not all of them will be able to run them as you might expect it. Of course, it will depend on the VM version, OS type, HW resources, number of users, etc, but one of the key elements will be the drives. On top of those, CPU, as well as RAM, are in the end the three pillars that will make it or break it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-28-at-13.52.30.png)

Synology's current "plus" lineup that supports VMM package

If any of those elements are "the weak link" it will reflect poorly by delivering subpar performance and in the end bad overall experience for the user.

Why am I not talking about CPU and RAM here but only HDD vs SSD? Well, it's simple. The CPU/RAM can't be, for the most part, upgraded in terms of better models, faster clock, etc, as the appliance simply doesn't allow it. The drives on the other hand, [**even with the new drive policy creeping up**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/), can still make a difference.

Some other NAS vendors do have a far superior NAS model in the same segment in terms of hardware components, so it is not surprising that many choose it as their first choice for a hypervisor device. Still, Synology does have models that can utilize a decent number of VMs with a great experience result. 

Does that mean that those models have to run SSDs? No. Would SSDs help, of course, but those are not mandatory. In fact, in my own test, I found out that a **well-balanced NAS (adequate CPU/RAM/HDD speed) will perform better than a brand new low-power NAS stocked with NVMe cache and SSDs**.

Here is one quick test that I did two years ago when I got **DS718+** and placed two SSDs inside it.

[DS718+ all-flash VMM speed testsWD blue 500GB Crucial 16GB RAM Synology Virtual Machine Manager![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/ds718_vmm_cover.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/ds718-all-flash-vmm-speed-tests/)

DS718+ with SSDs VMM comparison with an RS3614RPxs 

This might sound off a bit but, while SSD will bring that snappiness into focus and will not be a choke point, running that VM on a poor low-power CPU with a small amount of cache will still result in poor performance.

Would NVMe cache help in this case? Well, to be honest, it will, but just a little bit. The CPU in this type of device will still be the main piece of HW that will be something you will trip over. DS918+ with NVMe cache and SSD setup will not benefit that much as the cache is there to help out the spinning drives, not SSDs.

If running a NAS with SSDs is something that can be done (financially and storage space vise), then I would say go for it.

[Synology DS1522+ reviewThe brand NEW 5-bay NAS from Synology is here. The DS1522+. Powered by AMD Ryzen and an optional 10G network this is a real compact beast.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522review-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/#vm)

Brand new AMD NAS model, the DS1522+ with 10G networking

Here is another example from the SOHO/Enthusiast range of Synology series, the new **DS1522+**. This AMD-driven 5-bay model is a very well-optimized machine, that can do a lot, especially with an SSD array. This NAS also supports NVMe cache that was not used, but as I said before it would be little to nothing in terms of performance gain with an existing SSD setup.

On the other hand, as I said before if there is a need for some proper virtualization for multiple users, heavy apps, etc, then a more serious device needs to be considered.

[Synology SA3400 - Part 3 - virtualizationThe third part of the SA3400 series of articles talks about virtualization via VMM and ESXi platforms and contains tests of Win 10 virtual machines as well as 10G network transfers.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/sa3400_03.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)

Synology SA3400 virtualization part of the review series

In the linked article there are tests covering VMM as well as external ESXi hypervisor, both using the **SA3400** device as a hypervisor or a pure storage destination when we are talking about VMs.

Now that is about €5000 (diskless) worth of NAS device that has some serious horsepower. Users will not know the difference if they are using a bare-metal remote device or a virtual one considering how well the device performs. On top of that better networking needs to be considered, so anything below 10G (or better) will be an issue with more concurrent users.

### 
  
  
### :: VMM or external platform as a hypervisor

Some might be wondering what would be the best possible way to proceed with virtualization in terms of a hypervisor platform. Would Virtual Machine Manager be the one, or should an external platform be used?

In case VMM is not being used, the NAS itself will become a pure storage destination, while the hypervisor will need to be an external machine with enough RAM and CPU to support VM needs. VMware ESXi comes to mind as one platform.

While using your NAS and VMM package as your hypervisor does have its advantages like having it all on one device, portability, no dependency on any other device, and similar, unless that NAS (as previously presented) has a decent amount of horsepower, it will not be the smart choice.

Personally, **my vote goes to an external hypervisor** if you can afford it (from a perspective of power efficiency, price, and real estate), and leave the NAS as pure storage. This way your VMs will have the best of both worlds. A powerful hypervisor, and lots of storage. Another reason would be that not all elements needed for virtualization are part of the same device. It does have its advantages. While this is already disaster recovery talk, it is important to think about one as well as backup and restore (more on this in the following section).

While VMM is more than capable (on selected models) to run any number of VMs, delegating this task to a more world-famous platform that specialized in virtualization would be my personal choice. This will require you to have extra knowledge as well as before mentioned hardware components, but if your VM needs are above an entry-level, I would strongly advise moving forward in this direction.

However, saying this, make no mistake that VMM in PRO edition can serve you well even with multiple VMs, but when working with multiple NAS devices as part of a cluster, and other "enterprise" elements, a 3rd party solution might be a much better solution.

## 
  
  
## : VM & VMM backups

Regardless if your VMs will live inside the NAS that is also a hypervisor, or as pure storage for virtual disks, **backup** is something that needs to be taken into consideration.

Unlike static files, VMs are alive all the time, and backing them up requires a dedicated platform that can control how and when the backup will be taken in order to guarantee that the VM will be restored in a working condition.

Now, if VMM is the hypervisor of choice one major problem with it (even in the PRO version), is the fact that it can't do backups as expected, while the machines are "live". Ok, this is not completely true, as it **does support the snapshot mechanism**, but snaps are not really backups but restore points. Also, if those backups are local, then the risk of hardware problems puts those "backups" at risk.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/VM_backup_2.png)

VMM protection plan options. Left is the local snapshot (free), and right are VMM PRO options

With **VMM PRO, we can do a remote replication** to another Synology unit, and have the VMs in constant replication in case of a hardware failure. Still, these are just remote snapshots again, and that is not a proper backup method.

VMM does have a backup and restore option in combination with the **Hyper Backup** tool, but the catch is that those **VMs need to first be stopped, exported, and then backed up** using HB to a destination of our choice.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/VM_backup_1.png)

VMM export method, a prerequisite for Hyper Backup step

This will be for many a no-go scenario with the fact that VMs need to be stopped first, let alone then exported only to be then backed up using another tool. One can only imagine if you have let's say 100 VMs, in a word, a nightmare.

With all mentioned, this is one more if not the main reason why personally I like to use an external hypervisor. 

In case you are using an external hypervisor such as an ESXi to handle your VMs, backup of those machines can be done using Synology's **[Active Backup for Business](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/activebackup/)** platform. ABB supports ESXi, Hyper-V as well as Synology's VMM as hypervisors, but only the first two in terms of VM source hypervisors, VMM can only be a target restore destination in case we are restoring a backed-up machine as a virtual one.

What that means is that running, for example, ESXi, we can connect it to the ABB platform and let it control the backup of all visible VMs. **ABB is completely license-free no matter how many machines are in question**, which makes it a perfect backup platform for a small home setup or a large enterprise one.

For more information and example of how this works, including a restoration of a backed-up device as a virtual one, read the following article.

[DSM 7 - Active Backup for Business v2.2.0-11761 (BETA)New DSM 7 compatible Active Backup for Business is here! Lots of new features for both SOHO and enterprise setups and configurations!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/DSM7_activebackup4business-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-backup-for-business-v-2-2-0/)

Active Backup for Business - external hypervisor manipulation

Obviously, this combination is more potent if nothing else then because of the fact that VMs do not have to be stopped and then backed up, as ABB will do it all on the fly. This is one reason why the platform is so popular as an alternative to some other commercial solutions out there (like Veeam for example).

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

So what is the takeaway from all this? As said, VMM is a solid product and will be more than effective to get you up and running in no time when it comes to starting a VM machine.

The problem is, if the need starts to grow the first hurdle will be resources (unless you are running a more powerful device), and later on backup and recovery. Even with the PRO version, there are certain showstoppers for environments with a lot of VMs.

Taking all of this into consideration, again, it would be best to have your NAS as your VM storage destination as well as a backup one and leave the computing element on a dedicated device and platform.

With this separation, there is more flexibility, security, and performance, which will in the end translate to an overall better experience from both an administrative and user perspective.
### Synology Drive 3.2 beta
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-drive-3-2-beta/
Last updated: 2023-05-02T13:27:11.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: **26/10/2022** \- **Drive 3.2 beta has been completed**. All the features are now accessible as part of the final release version.

🗒️

**UPDATE**: **26/08/2022** \- Install on macOS 12.5.1 was successful, but **Drive was unable to start and configure**. The install process went fine, but connecting to the Drive server side (in LAN) forced the macOS client to "**beachball**". After a single reboot of macOS, all problems were resolved.

It looks like Synology is giving macOS users a lot of love this year, and we love it! Today a new version of **Synology Drive Server** and client has arrived, **v3.2.**

With recent support for **[Synology's C2 Backup for macOS](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)**, as well as announced support for their **Active Backup for Business** tool (later in 2022), the only element missing in their current lineup, is better support inside the Drive platform. That is until today.

Synology Drive 3.2 brings almost exclusively support and updates for the macOS platform. In the current beta state, it is almost certain that this will roll out as official support in the following months.

⚠️

**Please keep in mind these warnings before installing on your production setup!**

#### Please read the following before installing this beta software.

1. **For evaluation only** \- This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed on critical equipment or in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the [Release notes](https://www.synology.com/en-global/beta/Drive%5F3%5F2%5FBeta/release%5Fnote?ref=blackvoid.club#package%5FSynologyDriveClient%5Frelease%5Fnote) section before installing it. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damages, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.
2. **Not downgradable** \- After installation of this beta application, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous official version of this software.

Release notes for the current 3.2 beta:

**Compatibility and Installation**

1. Starting from this version, software installation or upgrade will **no longer be supported for macOS 10.13 and Ubuntu 32-bit**.

**What's New**

#### General

1. Added support to filter logs of files that were unsynced.

#### macOS

1. **Added support for the On-demand Sync function** on sync tasks to conserve local storage space. This function is **only supported on macOS 12.3 and above**.
2. **Added native support for Mac models with Apple Silicon** without the need to install Rosetta 2.
3. Integrated with Mac notifications to provide native user experience.

---

### Installation and configuration

While the server side of the installation went without any issues, as well as working with a mobile client, the macOS side of things didn't.

The setup was fine and the initial configuration screen, but after all that, the whole story stopped on the very final element, initializing and connecting to the server.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-22-at-20.10.55.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-22-at-20.11.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-22-at-20.11.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-22-at-20.12.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-22-at-20.12.20.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-22-at-20.13.02.png)

The reason for this problem is unknown in my case, but a single reboot of macOS fixed it and the connection was made.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-27-at-00.38.25.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-27-at-00.39.39.png)

As seen the Finder is just listing the content of Drive (server side). No local files have been downloaded yet. The on-demand sync works.

---

As we can see, Synology is pushing and listening to its users. Drive was also one of those platforms that were still 32bit driven, and run on Apple Silicon via Rosetta 2 support. This is no longer the case, and a lot of users will surely appreciate this.
### LinkAce - self-hosted link archive platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/linkace-self-hosted-link-archive-platform/
Last updated: 2022-08-25T11:16:47.000Z
## :Intro

Back in April, I did an **[article](https://www.blackvoid.club/self-hosted-start-page-alternatives/)** on self-hosted start page alternatives. In that article, I did mention more than a few solutions but only wrote about a few of them, as well as showed how to run them in a Docker container.

While star pages are not the same as bookmark solutions, I did mention a relatively new player called LinkDing. As I said, not a fan of bookmarks myself, but still wanted to mention yet another similar solution that can be considered as an alternative to LinkDing, **LinkAce**.

Advertised as a **self-hosted link archive** solution, LinkAce is exactly that.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-19.42.14-1.jpg)

LinkAce user interface supports dark mode as well

With support for **adding URLs either via its UI**, **import/export** feature, or using the **built-in bookmarklet**, you will for sure find a method that works for you.

LinkAce also supports **list**, and **tag** mapping, as well as a **powerful and fast search**, and a number of other features like **2FA**, **guest access**, **backup**, and more.

I guess the only "problems" that I have noticed so far were missing mobile platform, (but the app is mobile browser friendly), and the fact that after you add some URLs there is no support for bulk changes. For example, adding multiple links to the same list, or assigning them the same tag. In the current version 1.10.3 has to be done manually. Not a deal breaker but just saying.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-23.31.36.png)

Links, statistics, tags, and list

I won't get too much into the workings of the app but rather show how it can be run via Docker using and outside MySQL database platform.

## : Docker-compose

LinkAce as a solution requires a minimum of two containers. One for the app itself, and another for the database. While you can run it using Maria DB, in this example I will show it using the MySQL 8 instance, but the configuration of the app itself after that is the same.

There are three (3) steps that need to be done. First, the **database container**, and the actual database along with username and password. Next, we need to **prepare the `.env` file** that will be used by the app itself in order to locate the DB and connect to it, and finally, the **LinkAce app itself**.

🗒️

**NOTE**: All the steps that follow will be executed using the [**Portainer (stack) method**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/) of deploying the docker-compose code. While you can use the command line method just fine, this is just a personal preference of mine. If you are unfamiliar with Portainer, look at the [**start article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) on how to get it up and running.

### :: MySQL 8 docker-compose

The database container will be created using the official MySQL docker image. Make sure to create the local folder for the volume mapping ahead of time, before executing the compose code.

```

version: '3.1'
services:
  db:
    image: mysql:latest
    network_mode: bridge
    command: --authentication_policy=mysql_native_password
    container_name: mysql
    restart: always
    ports:
      - 3306:3306
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/mysql:/var/lib/mysql
    environment:
      MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD:changeme!23
      

```

So as it is noted the volume mapping can be any of your local paths just make sure to map them to the `/var/lib/mysql` destination. Another thing is the `MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD` variable. Be sure to change its value to any that you want.

One more container will be needed for the SQL side of things if you do not want to administer it via CLI, or some desktop solution, and that is the web UI. Specifically, the **phpMyAdmin** platform. For this, another container will be needed alongside the actual DB one.

Using the official phpMyAdmin image, the compose will look like this:

```

version: '3.1'
services:
  phpmyadmin:
    image: phpmyadmin/phpmyadmin:latest
    network_mode: bridge
    container_name: phpmyadmin
    restart: always
    ports:
      - 80:80
    environment:
      PMA_HOST:yourNASIPaddress
      PMA_PORT:yourSQLcontainerPort
      

```

Before running the container, change the `PMA_HOST` and `PMA_PORT` values to align them with the SQL instance. The host parameter will be the NAS IP address (as the SQL is running on the NAS itself), and the port will be the SQL port that was set (3306 by default).

Once running, use the `http://nasip:80` URL (or instead of port 80 any other port that was configured) to get to the phpmyadmin logon page. Use `root` as the account and `MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD` value as the password.

Configure the **database**, **user**, and **password** for linkace before moving forward.

🗒️

**NOTE**: be sure to configure the collation for the database to **utf8mb4\_bin** as instructed.

### :: The .ENV configuration file

Now that the SQL side is done, it is time to move to the `.ENV` config file. In order to make the file, use any plain text editor (Visual Code, notepad, notpad++, etc), and paste in the following code.

```
## LINKACE CONFIGURATION

## Basic app configuration
COMPOSE_PROJECT_NAME=linkace
# The environment is usually 'production' but may be changed to 'local' for development
APP_ENV=local
# The app key is generated later, please leave it blank
APP_KEY=someRandomStringWith32Characters
# Enable the debug more if you are running into issues or while developing
APP_DEBUG=true

## Configuration of the database connection
## Attention: Those settings are configured during the web setup, please do not modify them now.
# Set the database driver (mysql, pgsql, sqlsrv)
DB_CONNECTION=mysql
# Set the host of your database here
DB_HOST=db
# Set the port of your database here
DB_PORT=3306
# Set the database name here
DB_DATABASE=linkace
# Set both username and password of the user accessing the database
DB_USERNAME=linkace
DB_PASSWORD=ChangeThisToASecurePassword!

```

Do not change anything here as the app itself will make the changes in the configuration wizard later on. Even if your db name, user, and password are different, leave the file alone and follow along.

Now save the file as `.ENV` . Just to be clear, this file needs to only be saved as a file with extension ENV. **DO NOT IGNORE THE DOT (.)**. The file should be saved in a folder where it fits your needs and given `Everyone` group **read/write** permissions. This is important as the file needs to be modified by the app following the wizard settings that will be configured.

🗒️

**NOTE**: If you are using a **Synology NAS**, and are not comfortable with the command line, you can use the **File Station app** inside DSM to make the permission changes to the file itself.

Now that the file is created, saved as `.ENV` and has full permission on it for the `Everyone` group, it is time to move to the final element.

### :: LinkAce docker-compose

One final container will be the app itself. Using the official image, compose file looks like this:

```
version: "3"
services:
  linkace:
    image: linkace/linkace:simple
    container_name: linkace
    restart: unless-stopped
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/linkace/.env:/app/.env"
    ports:
      - "80:80"
      # Remove the hash of the following line if you want to use local backups
      #- ./backups:/app/storage/app/backups

```

Obviously, the port will need to be changed from 80 to some other value, as you will have already that port in use by now. The most important part here is the volume mapping for the `.ENV` file. As seen, the **dot** in the name is important so if a different location for the file will be in use than shown here, do not forget it.

When the container starts up, visit the page using the `http://yournasip:80` URL (adjust for port number if it's different), and the start page should open.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-19.39.38.png)

If you landed on this page, all is well so far

Follow the wizard forward and configure the app with the database.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-19.39.43.png)

Requirements look good

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-19.40.06.png)

Time to fill in the correct values for the DB

In this step, LinkAce needs to connect to the MySQL instance. Change all the values to match your setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-19.40.39.png)

If the connection to the DB was a success, Account setup will begin

As the image shows, if LinkAce and DB have connected, the account creation begins.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-19.41.03.png)

Finally, click the button to start using the app

That's it! Once the account has been created, it is time to use LinkAce.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-18-at-19.41.25.png)

Let the archiving begins

So there we have it. Yet another bookmark platform, covering all the needed basses but leaving room for improvement. Hope this will come in handy, and as always if you have any questions, or general comments, leave them down below in the comment section.
### NEW membership and comments changes
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-membership-and-comments-changes/
Last updated: 2022-11-05T15:49:26.000Z
🎁

During the month of November, there will be a **50% Black Friday discount** on a yearly subscription. [**Follow this link**](https://www.blackvoid.club/blvod-bf-50-xs-1y-sub/)!

🎁

**EARLY BIRD 30% discount offer** for a yearly subscription! Be sure to use the [**following link**](https://www.blackvoid.club/early-bird-30-off) to get it!

📢

**UPDATE**: 17/08/2022 - Since today, the Ghost docker image has been updated with comment support. This feature is **now LIVE on the site**.

For the past three years now, Blackvoid has relayed on the [**Commento++**](https://www.blackvoid.club/commento/) platform for its comment functionality. There were several reasons for it. The top one was that the **Ghost platform** that this site is running on, **didn't have that feature**. Also, **I wanted a self-hosted solution** that was **private** to make sure that many visitors that come here daily had no fear of being tracked, or made part of some reader's digest newsletter.

While I have no problem with Commento++ I always wanted a built-in solution just to make it cleaner and more compatible out of the box. On top of this, the development of the current solution seems to have halted for while now, so I was on the hunt for a new solution.

Luckily, some great news has come from the Ghost team following the brilliant and blazing fast **search** function just a few weeks ago. **Native comments are here**!!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-14.png)

The new native comment feature has arrived!

That's right, today the announcement of the official support for their built-in comments has finally rolled out in the 5.9 version.

Why am I so happy about it? Well, it will allow for a more feature-rich experience for Blackvoid members and visitors, and also knowing that this is now a built-in option, we can be sure that the development and support will be available.

This also means that once I deploy this on this site we will lose all current comments that have been posted in the past 3 years. This is maybe one of the things that pain me the most, but I will of course save them all as the **Commento++ platform will be archived not deleted**. The upside that comes with the new comment feature is just too great to pass on.

### What does this mean for Blackvoid and its visitors?

A built-in comment platform **will require a valid Ghost (Blackvoid) account** in order to participate in the discussion, and it **will not support anonymous comments**.

So far I had the membership option disabled on this site and the content was **accessible to everyone free of charge** regardless of the content. Now, this is important. **THIS WILL NOT CHANGE**!

Let me say that again. **The content on BV will not become exclusive** because of this new feature. I want visitors to still have access to all the content and to participate in discussions, ask questions, and comment in general.

Still, while I will activate membership on the site in the following days (after testing), I would like to mention some other changes that will be implemented and some that were already done but not communicated.

[**Membership**](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoid-membership-tiers/) will have **three** (3) **tiers**. **One free, and two commercial ones**. Once more, the free tier will allow you to continue to access all the site's content without any limitations but will also unlock the option to comment on the articles. So this means that even without registration, you will get access to everything, but if you want to comment you will have to register.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-15-at-23.23.39.png)

Example of free membership tier

So with that, the bottom line nothing changes. We will have the same site with the exception of a new comment section that will require you to register in order to participate.

🗒️

Members can **reply** to comments, **like** comments, and **edit** or **delete** their own comments. To help increase engagement, there are also built-in **email notifications** every time someone replies to a member's comment, which **can be toggled on or off**.

Alongside the free tier, I will offer two (2) commercial tiers that are **completely optional**. The reason for this is that while BV was always open and free for everyone, I have been accepting donations over time from visitors that wanted to donate. For this, **I am very grateful but money and donations were never the main reason why I maintain BV**.

So why implement the commercial tiers? Well, over the past years I was asked a number of times how people can donate or sponsor the work and effort that was recognized here, as well as to just say thank you for any support that they received. For most, **Paypal donations** (and as of recent **Ko-fi.com** as well, links are in the About section on the bottom) were not the option for whatever reasons, so I wanted to offer **another line of a secure and safe way** of sponsoring the site.

Ghost membership when it comes to commercial tiers works with [**Stripe.com**](https://www.stripe.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) service so if you do end up signing up for a monthly or yearly model, you will be able to do it that way using any payment method that fits you and is supported by Stripe.

The **commercial tiers will have some benefits** (that might change over time as well) over the free tier, just to give potential members some more motivation to signup if they want. Again, commercial tiers will be there just as options for anyone that wants to activate them, and will in no way affect access to any current or future content.

### FAQ

#### Is membership mandatory?

No. You will be able to access the content without any problem just as you did so far, but if you do want to comment on the articles, you will need to signup.

#### How many membership tiers will there be?

There will be 3 in total. One free, and two paid tiers. Details on all will be posted when the features will be live.

#### Will there be any exclusive content?

No. Regardless of what member tier you are, you will have access to all the published content. Even if you do not register, the content will not be exclusive.

#### Why would I signup for a paid membership?

You don't have to, but it is there if you want to. With it, you will support the site how you see fit, and it will have some perks that free tier members will not be entitled to.

#### Will there be any special offers and discounts?

For some regular members, this is nothing new, as here on BV I do organize occasional giveaways and free products in the end, as well as some services. While I have not yet set the price and perks I will be sure to make the subscriptions attractive from time to time with some special offers as well.

#### Can I switch subscriptions?

Yes. You will be able to terminate your subscriptions and for example, move to a free tier if you want to. The same goes with upgrading your account to a higher tier if you want at any point in time.

---

Well, there you have it all. The new comment feature is **now active** and membership tiers are listed [**here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoid-membership-tiers/). I do hope that this will not be something that will drive you away from BV, as realistically, nothing has changed with access to the content. The main motivation for this was activating a better tool for engagement with all of you who are the main reason for this site in the first place.

See you soon in the new fancy format down below!
### Synology C2 for education
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-for-education/
Last updated: 2023-11-23T21:29:56.000Z
With the rollout of DSM 7 last year, Synology has been very active with its [**C2 cloud platform**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/) and services. At the moment there is a total of seven (7) C2 services ranging from **backup** to **password** management, all the way to **surveillance** and **object** **storage**.

While some of these platforms have a free component, most are commercial for both individuals as well as businesses. With that comes a higher price tag but also more features and options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-11-at-20.06.12.png)

Current C2 service lineup

Now, Synology has opened its **C2 services towards education** as well in order to **provide educational institutions with better management and data protection**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-11-at-20.08.35.png)

Synology C2 for Education

Synology C2 for Education is **designed for non-profit educational institutions**, that will also **receive free credits** to be used for purchases of Synology C2 Business Plan subscriptions. On top of this, **members of the organization** will also have the option to **purchase individual subscriptions at a discount price**.

Like with any other C2 service, **institutions are provided with a 30-day free trial** during which all C2 features can be used and tested.

If you are not sure your institution is eligible for this program, [**fill out a form**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/form/inquiry/sales?utm%5Fcampaign=hq%5Fglobal%5Fc2%5Feducation%5Fprogram%5F20220811&utm%5Fmedium=Post&utm%5Fsource=LinkedIn) and get in touch with the sales team.
### Synology DSM 7.1.1-42951
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dsm-7-1-1-42951/
Last updated: 2022-09-05T16:42:27.000Z
⚠️

**WARNING**: **10/08/2022** \- New version of DSM is out, **7.1.1-42951**. At the moment **this is a release candidate**, so be sure **not to rush into installing it onto your main production units**!

🚀

**10/08/2022** \- Updated some devices to the latest version with no problems at all. All services are running fine.

Today Synology pushed out a new DSM version, **7.1.1-42951**. This release is covering a large number of security patches as well as a few new features, and small updates.

##  Version: 7.1.1-42951 Release Candidate

---

(2022-08-10)

#### Important Notes

1. Starting from this version, the bad sector count column will not be displayed along with hard drive information. Users should go to each drive's Health Info > History to view its complete bad sector information. To determine whether bad sectors are affecting the drive, see if there's a significant increase in the number of bad sectors over time.
2. Adjusted how the system calculates M.2 NVMe SSD'S estimated lifespan to provide a more accurate estimation.

#### What’s New

1. Added support for recipient profiles for email notifications, allowing users to add multiple email addresses under each profile and customize rules for the profiles.
2. Users can now enable the quota setting for shared folders that are located on volumes with data deduplication enabled.
3. Added support for RAID arrays with 16 and 20 hard drives when creating RAID groups.
4. Supports checking the 2-factor authentication status of user accounts at Control Panel > User & Group > Users.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where the "Enable UID/GID shifting" setting would be deactivated after modifying the time interval for updating the user/group list on an LDAP client.
2. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding CIFS-utils (CVE-2022-27239, CVE-2022-29869).
3. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding OpenLDAP (CVE-2022-29155).
4. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding cURL (CVE-2022-22576).
5. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Zlib (CVE-2018-25032).
6. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Freetype (CVE-2022-27406).
7. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding 802.1X (CVE-2021-30004, CVE-2021-30266).
8. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding GNU C Library(CVE-2021-43396, CVE-2022-23218, CVE-2022-23219).
9. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding YAML-cpp (CVE-2018-20573, CVE-2018-20574, CVE-2019-6285).
10. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Linux Kernel (CVE-2019-11477, CVE-2019-11478, CVE-2019-11479, CVE-2020-12770, CVE-2019-18282, CVE-2019-19527, CVE-2019-19532, CVE-2019-19537, CVE-2021-0605, CVE-2021-3732, CVE-2021-3739, CVE-2021-3753, CVE-2021-4149, CVE-2021-4203, CVE-2021-20317, CVE-2021-20321, CVE-2021-20322, CVE-2021-29154, CVE-2021-29650, CVE-2021-34556, CVE-2021-35477, CVE-2021-39633, CVE-2021-39698, CVE-2021-45868, CVE-2022-0185, CVE-2022-0330, CVE-2022-0617, CVE-2022-0847, CVE-2022-1011, CVE-2022-1048, CVE-2022-1055, CVE-2022-1353, CVE-2022-20008, CVE-2022-27666, CVE-2022-28893, CVE-2022-29582).
11. Updated OpenSSL to version 1.1.1o to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-1292, CVE-2021-3712, CVE-2022-0778).
12. Updated libarchive to version 3.6.1 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-36976, CVE-2022-26280).
13. Updated Mbed-TLS to version 2.28 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-44732, CVE-2021-45450, CVE-2021-43666).
14. Updated Python to version 3.8.12 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2021-3733, CVE-2021-3737, CVE-2022-0391).
15. Updated Redis to version 6.2.7 to fix multiple security vulnerabilities (CVE-2022-24735, CVE-2022-24736).
16. Updated ISC DHCP to version 4.4.3 to fix a security vulnerability (CVE-2021-25217).

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).
### What are Synology's top 10 apps?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/what-are-synologys-top-10-apps/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:43:44.000Z
This article is mainly for the new users that are coming into the Synology NAS eco-system. While most brands have a decent number of apps that can run on their devices, Synology is known to cannibalize some of its apps and services and roll out new ones over time.

Because of this life-cycle management, keeping up with new features, and options offered by new solutions can be a challenge for someone just starting fresh or on top of that, someone who is not well versed in the whole process of running their own server.

Just to be clear, **the list of apps is my personal top 10** and not something that will necessarily be on your list as well. Also, this **list will cover only Synology apps** and not any 3rd party platform.

Considering that most future NAS users are looking toward these kinds of machines for backup and storage space, let's start with that category first.

## \# 01 Active Backup for Business\*

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/ActiveBackup/2.4.1-12321/thumb_256.png)

\*requires a NAS from the "+" lineup or better

The top of the list here takes a relatively new addition to Synology's portfolio that has made its name with a **free licensing model** for an unlimited number of Windows, Linux, and soon-to-be, macOS devices. Alongside those platforms, it will offer the option to backup your **virtual machines** from popular hypervisors, like ESXi, Hyper-V, or Synology's very own Virtual Machine Manager. **Active Backup for Business**.

I have **[written a number of times](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/activebackup/)** here about this platform and for good reason. Anyone running a household or a company that needs an **endpoint backup solution for free** as opposed to some commercial solutions out there would be wise to check out ABB. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image.png)

The main Active Backup for Business dashboard

As of recent, ABB also supports full NAS/DSM (OS) backup and bare metal restore, so if you are looking for a disaster recovery solution for your NAS without the need to turn to any cloud provider, this platform can deliver on that as well.

For more details on this new feature have a look at the [**following article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/).

[Active Backup for Business - DSM 7.1 disaster recoveryHow to do a Synology NAS full bare-metal disaster recovery using Active Backup for Business and DSM 7.1? Read up!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM71_abb_disaster.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/)

On a final note, another addition to ABB is the ability to backup macOS. So, finally there is a way yo backup a Mac device without the need to use the Time Machine.

More details ahead.

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

---

## \# 02 Hyper Backup

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/HyperBackup/3.0.2-2517/thumb_256.png)

Following on the previous tool, here is another important backup tool. **Hyper Backup**. Unlike ABB, HB was designed with NAS data backup for various destinations. Those would be another NAS, a compatible rsync server, Synology's very own cloud, C2, or any other number of compatible platforms.

HB is another tool that can take advantage of **deduplication**, scheduled or manual backup, and of course, restores. It can also be used to back up any Synology DSM compatible application. This includes its data and configuration settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-1.png)

Hyper Backup

Restoring data backed up using HB can also be restored using the Hyper Backup Vault that is available for all major desktop platforms. This means that even if your NAS is no longer operational you can still get to your data from a backup location and access it.

If you ever needed to restore from one NAS to another either data, configuration, or both, HB is the tool to do it. More info on the inner working of this app, can be found in this [**comparison backup article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/#hb).

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/#hb)

---

## \# 03 Snapshot Replication\*

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/SnapshotReplication/7.4.0-1608/thumb_256.png)

\*requires a NAS from the "+" lineup or better

My personal need for NAS devices is running backups. This is the reason why high on the list is yet another powerful tool in the DSM portfolio, **Snapshot Replication**. Also a member of the backup group of apps, SR is advertised as a backup for your backups. Offering local and remote near instant snapshots of your data, it can allow for quick recovery as well as protect you from potential ransomware situations due to its read-only backup method.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-2.png)

Snapshot Replication

Many use it for data replication from one NAS to another (local or remote), to have it ready in case of a [**disaster recovery**](https://www.blackvoid.club/disaster-recovery-using-snapshot-replication-bitwarden-scenario-using-docker/) need. SR will allow you to continue accessing your data, and by extension your apps, if the main NAS is inaccessible for whatever reason. A dedicated [**article is available here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/) that describes how the SR platform works.

[Disaster recovery using Snapshot & Replication (Bitwarden scenario using Docker)Disaster recovery for your BitWarden setup deployed via Docker using Synology Snapshot & Replication![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/dr_bw_sr.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/disaster-recovery-using-snapshot-replication-bitwarden-scenario-using-docker/)

[Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery toolsnapshot replication synology nas backup disaster recovery package center![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/snapshot.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)

---

## \# 04 Synology Photos

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/SynologyPhotos/1.3.0-0317/thumb_256.png)

With the arrival of DSM 7 last year, Synology decided to merge their current photo apps at the time, Photo Station and Moments into a single all-in-one platform. So came **Synology Photos**. Bringing the best of both worlds, while leaving some features behind, Photos was a big success, and one of the main reason users are updating to DSM 7.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-3.png)

With support for multiple users, public and private sharing as well as face detection (on selected models), Photos also **offers the option to backup your mobile devices** to the NAS. With that, you will not have to worry about having an up-to-date backup of all of your favorite memories at any moment.

Another great feature of Photos is **albums** (virtual albums to be precise). With albums, you will be able to quickly make a compilation of various images and videos without duplicating them in a new physical location. Also, you can then share that album with others, and "teach" them to automatically update with new content based on tags, and other settings.

**[Synology Photos article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)** explains in detail how you can use it and how it functions in general.

[Synology PhotosQuick overview of the upcoming Synology Photos. A new platform for your image and video management that will replace PhotoStation and Moments![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/photos.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)

---

## \# 05 Virtual Machine Manager\*

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/Virtualization/2.6.0-12122/thumb_256.png)

\*requires a NAS from the "+" lineup or better

**Virtual Machine Manager** is one of those platforms that Synology offers on mid-to-high end models because of the fact that it has a certain CPU and RAM requirement in order to be able to run virtual machines.

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/Virtualization/2.6.0-12122/virtualization_1606715014_1.png)

Synology Virtual Machine Manager

VMM allows for running popular operating systems like Windows and Linux distros, in a virtual environment so the VMs can be accessed via terminal sessions or common remote desktop apps. Depending on your NAS specifications and configuration, you can run a number of VMs, ranging from a few to 30-40 per host. Keep in mind that VMs are CPU and RAM hungry, so the stronger the host the more VMs you will be able to run.

**[In the following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)**, you can see how a higher-tier Synology NAS operates and works as a VM hypervisor as well as just a pure storage element for your outside and dedicated VM host.

[Synology SA3400 - Part 3 - virtualizationThe third part of the SA3400 series of articles talks about virtualization via VMM and ESXi platforms and contains tests of Win 10 virtual machines as well as 10G network transfers.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/sa3400_03.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)

On a personal note, if you are serious about VM usage, get a dedicated host, and use Synology NAS as storage for those VMs. This would also be recommended even in the case that you use your NAS with a pure SSD setup.

---

## \# 06 VPN Server

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/VPNCenter/1.4.6-2892/thumb_256.png)

For those of you out there who need access to your stored data, Synology offers more than a few ways to accomplish this. From their proprietary QuickConnect, DDNS, and reverse proxy, there is also a more secure way to do it. Enter, **VPN Server**. 

This package will allow your NAS to become a central connection point for all your remote clients while you are away from your LAN (and your NAS). With a secure and private connection, you can access all your sensitive apps, documents, and services just as you would while inside your local network.

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/VPNCenter/1.4.6-2892/vpncenter_1606474131_1.png)

VPN server

For a more in-depth overview and configuration of the VPN server setup, try and read the **[following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/)**. 

While at the moment, Synology does not offer **Wireguard** VPN protocol, you can still configure it and use it. More on that in these **[dedicated articles](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/wireguard/)**.

[Wireguard SPK for your Synology NASHow to build your Wireguard Synology SPK for DSM 6.2 or 7.1 using Docker to get support for the new VPN standard![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_spk.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/)

[Wireguard VPN for your Synology NASHow to run your private Wireguard VPN server on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/)

---

## \# 07 Surveillance Station

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/SurveillanceStation/9.0.1-7673/thumb_256.png)

One of the most popular Synology apps and platforms is without a doubt **Surveillance Station**. The company even offers dedicated devices for DVA/DVR operations.

SS can be installed on almost any device from their lineup, as Synology wants everyone to have the option to use their NAS as their surveillance footage storage space. SS in its latest version 9 offers great features, but some are possible only on dedicated surveillance devices, or higher-end NAS models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-7.png)

Surveillance Station 9

All devices have 1 or 2 free camera licenses included with the purchase of the NAS and you can add more if the device supports it. If you already own some IP cameras there is a high chance that they will work out-of-the-box with SS considering Synology supports over 8300 various models.

For a piece of mind try it out and see how you can elevate your home or business security with this great surveillance solution.

SS 9 in its latest version also supports a new Synology service offered by their commercial cloud platform, C2, called C2 Surveillance. More details and examples of how you can backup your footage off-site in the **[following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)**.

For a more in-depth look of the platform including some advanced features be sure to read a two-part review here:

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 review (part 1)The first article explores the #Synology DVA3221 unit as well as how to configure #Surveillance Station 9 with cameras to get it up and running![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-review-part-1/)

[Synology DVA3221 & Surveillance Station 9 Review - Part 2The second article on the topic of #Synology DVA3221 and #Surveillance Station 9 as ut uses some advanced deep-learning features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/dva3221_p2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dva3221-surveillance-station-9-part-2/)

---

## \# 08 Synology Drive Server

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/SynologyDrive/3.1.0-22920/thumb_256.png)

At the beginning of the article, I did note that this is my personal top 10 list, and while **Synology Drive Server** is no.1 for some, for me it is not that high. Still, it doesn't mean that it is not something I use weekly, but let's say I do not use its full potential, hence, no. 8 on my list.

Drive is Synology's private and local answer to various public solutions in this area like Dropbox, Google Drive, and the likes. With Drive, you will have the option to **sync** and **backup** your devices that can use the drive client.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-8.png)

Synology Drive web UI

This platform is also a great team collaboration tool, as it offers live editing, sharing, and viewing of content, while also you get to keep your private data separated and isolated.

If you are looking for a sync tool, while also having the possibility to backup your endpoint device (like a desktop or laptop), Drive will deliver. On top of that, it will also offer versioning of data, so you can be sure that even if mistakes were made, it will be possible to revert to the exact version as needed.

---

## \# 09 Synology Office

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/Office/3.4.1-18337/thumb_256.png)

While back when Synology's DSM 5 version was the latest version, there were dedicated text and spreadsheet apps. Over time evolution happened and now we have **Synology Office**. If you decide to use this web-based alternative to the popular desktop office apps, be advised that the before-mentioned **Drive Server** will also install.

Drive and Office go hand in hand, and you can't have one without the other. Does it mean that you have to use Drive sync features? No, of course not, but all content that you do produce using text editor will be saved inside the Drive structure.

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/Office/3.4.1-18337/spreadsheet_1606383176_2.png)

Working with text, spreadsheets or presentations using Synology Office

Make no mistake these are just some of the "office" platforms that I have mentioned, as DSM offers a few more like **Chat**, **Mail,** and the likes. All of them are closely integrated inside Drive and Office, to allow better collaboration. 

Depending on what level of a power user you are, you might find this platform a bit lacking, but for the most, it will deliver. The Office offers multi-user concurrent collaboration on documents as well as versioning, thanks to the Drive features running in the back.

---

## \# 10 Synology MailPlus\*

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/MailPlus/2.3.4-11455/thumb_256.png)

\*requires a NAS from the "+" lineup or better

The last app on my list is **Synology MailPlus.** Following the previous two apps, Drive and Office, MailPlus is another "productivity" package from their portfolio of official apps.

While running your own mail server does require decent knowledge in order to work well with other worldwide mail providers, and to harden your installation, MailPlus is not that complicated.

If you want to have your own mail client and server to keep your mail data on-premise, MailPlus will be a great solution.

![](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Package/img/MailPlus/2.3.4-11455/mailclient_1638850293_1.png)

Mail Plus

Offering a web-based user interface as well as mobile apps (iOS and Android), you can be sure that you can get to your mail from virtually any device. MailPlus is compatible with the most popular free and commercial platforms (not all, like Proton for example), so if you want an all-in-one interface for multiple accounts across providers, MailPlus can make that happen for you.

It will require a minim of "+" model NAS or better and more additional client licenses if you need more than five users.

---

There we have it, my top 10 list of official Synology apps. Now while this list does indeed cover only official apps I have to mention that the absolute top platform that I run and use on all Synology NAS that I own is **[Docker](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/)**. It wouldn't be fair not to mention it and say that by introducing Docker in 2015, Synology started solving their [**3rd party app "problem"**](https://www.blackvoid.club/3rd-party-package-support-in-dsm-7/). With Docker, you can turn your NAS into virtually anything you want.

More and more developers and companies offer to run their products using container technology, and it will be very hard to ignore it in the future. If you are still unfamiliar with it, I encourage you to do it. Your NAS can do a lot, but with Docker, the sky will be the limit.
### Synology Next Business Day replacement support packs
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-next-business-day-replacement-support-packs/
Last updated: 2022-08-11T18:19:26.000Z
Many Synology customers are in fact home users, small businesses, enthusiasts, and such. While for the most part, Synology devices have a 2y warranty (that can be extended to 4 or 5y, depending on your model using the new [**Extended Warranty Plus service**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/)), there are those from the business to high-end range that offers a 5y warranty out of the box.

On top of that, for those models, you can acquire something called the **next business day replacement support pack**.

In Europe offered by **The Technogroup** (part of the Evernex company), you can have several packages to choose from in order to satisfy your SLA needs for your business.

Technogroup packages come in three different versions: **on-site**, **on-site post-warranty,** and **NBD replacement**. 

🗒️

**NOTE**: Unlike the first two versions, the **Synology NBD replacement support package does not include on-site service**.

Support packages are sold by local distributors depending on the price of your unit. There are 13 ranges starting with €500 all the way up to €45000.

€ 500 / € 1,000 / € 2,000 / € 3,000 / € 5,000 / € 10,000 / € 15,000 / € 20,000 / € 25,000 / € 30,000 / € 35,000 / € 40,000 / € 45,000

Synology NBD replacement support packages are **extended warranties for the original basic warranty** available for Synology’s NAS enterprise systems. The term is **always 60 months**.

After you make a **return merchandise authorization** (RMA) claim that is covered under the warranty, a **replacement device will be delivered on the next working day**.

Supported systems listed below are covered 5/13 (5 days/13hours):

```
DS1621xs+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
DS3622xs+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
FS2500 / Hardware NBD replacement Service
FS3400 / Hardware NBD replacement Service
FS3600 / Hardware NBD replacement Service
FS6400 / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS1221+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS1221RP+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS2421+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS2421RP+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS2821RP+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS3621RPxs / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS3621xs+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS4021xs+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS820+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
RS820RP+ / Hardware NBD replacement Service
SA3200D / Hardware NBD replacement Service
SA3400 / Hardware NBD replacement Service
SA3600 / Hardware NBD replacement Service
UC3200 / Hardware NBD replacement Service

```

🗒️

Only **original** **Synology** **components** are covered by the extended warranty and NBD service. So HDDs or SSDs that are 3rd party will not be included.

More details can be found on [**Technogroup's website**](https://www.technogroup.com/en/support-packs-synology/?ref=blackvoid.club), or at your local Synology partner/distributor.
### Wireguard VPN for your Synology NAS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/
Last updated: 2025-12-06T18:06:28.000Z
💡

This article is the ****second** one out of the ****two** Wireguard ones. This article is about running your Wireguard VPN server on your Synology NAS! For information on how to build an SPK package in order to give your NAS Wireguard support, use the article titled [****Wireguard SPK for your Synology NAS**](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/).

🚨

****IMPORTANT**: ****WG-EASY v15** version does not work with v14 setup and docker compose configuration! Make sure to follow the V15 steps below!

Following on from the [**previous Wireguard article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/) on how to give your Synology NAS support for this protocol, let's see now how you can actually configure your NAS to be an incoming Wireguard VPN server.

This means that you will be able to use the Wireguard server as your incoming point back to your LAN when you are out and about. With the use of Wireguard clients for any device out there (desktop, mobile, tablet, etc), you will have a way to get back into your local network, apps, documents, or services, safely and securely.

For this to work, you will need some prerequisites:

- You will need to open an incoming UDP port
- Have Docker running on your NAS
- Have some skill in running containers (not mandatory but it would help)

🗒️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that if you will need to connect back to your LAN from any current location (or network that you are on), that network ****will need to allow access to the Wireguard port over the UDP connection**. If this is not something that is allowed, you will not be able to connect successfully.

For this setup, I have decided to use a Wireguard implementation that has a web-based UI to help with monitoring connections, QR code generation, and the easy creation of new Wireguard client profiles.

The GitHub repository is [**WeeJeWel/wg-easy**](https://github.com/wg-easy/wg-easy?ref=blackvoid.club), and all credits go to **Emile Nijssen** for his work on this solution.

✅

****UPDATE**: 22/12/2023 - the issue with the new v8 image has been resolved. Use the ****ghcr.io/wg-easy/wg-easy:latest** image in both `docker run` or `docker-compose` setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/screenshot.png)

WG-Easy web UI example

### Running WG-EASY in Docker using Portainer (deprecated version 14!)

You can run the Docker version of this solution using the **ghcr.io/wg-easy/wg-easy:latest** image from the GitHub repository.

There are options to use the `docker run` command or run it via `docker-compose`method (personally, I prefer it over Portainer).

If you are looking to run it via `docker run` use the following block via `SSH` as a `root` user on your NAS.

```bash
docker run -d \
  --name=wg-easy \
  -e WG_HOST=YOUR_SERVER_IP \
  -e PASSWORD_HASH='<YOUR_ADMIN_PASSWORD_HASH>' \
  -v ~/.wg-easy:/etc/wireguard \
  -p 51820:51820/udp \
  -p 51821:51821/tcp \
  --cap-add=NET_ADMIN \
  --cap-add=SYS_MODULE \
  --sysctl="net.ipv4.conf.all.src_valid_mark=1" \
  --sysctl="net.ipv4.ip_forward=1" \
  --restart unless-stopped \
  ghcr.io/wg-easy/wg-easy:latest
```

Be sure to change the `WG_HOST` and `PASSWORD_HASH` to values that correspond to your needs. For the WG\_HOST enter your **public IP address or DDNS name**, and the PASSWORD is any password that you will use in order to access the web UI for this server.

To generate a password, run as `root` the following command:

`docker run --rm -it ghcr.io/wg-easy/wg-easy wgpw 'YOUR_PASSWORD'` As a result, the password will be listed. When using `docker-compose` make sure to replace the single `$` characters with double ones `$$`.

`PASSWORD_HASH=$$2y$$10$$hBCoykrB95WSzuV4fafBzOHWKu9sbyVa34GJr8VV5R/pIelfEMYyG` as an example

Unlike `docker run` you can run and maintain this container using `docker-compose`. I run it over **Portainer's** stack function. If you are unfamiliar with [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) or its [stack feature](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/), be sure to check the articles before moving forward. Of course, you can run the following docker-compose code via the command line as well if you do not want to use Portainer or some other Docker solution.

```yaml
version: "3.5"

services:
  wgeasy:
    image: ghcr.io/wg-easy/wg-easy:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: wgeasy
    ports:
      - "51820:51820/udp"
      - "51821:51821"
    cap_add:
      - NET_ADMIN
      - SYS_MODULE
    sysctls:
      - net.ipv4.conf.all.src_valid_mark=1
      - net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/wgeasy:/etc/wireguard
    environment:
      - WG_HOST=<public IP or DDNS address>
      - PASSWORD_HASH=YOUR_ADMIN_PASSWORD_HASH #double $$
    restart: always
```

After you have made your container and have it up and running, you can check its log. If they look something like this, all is well and running.

```
2022-07-23T11:15:17.553Z Server Listening on http://0.0.0.0:51821
2022-07-23T11:15:17.555Z WireGuard Loading configuration...
2022-07-23T11:15:17.567Z WireGuard Configuration loaded.
2022-07-23T11:15:17.568Z WireGuard Config saving...
2022-07-23T11:15:17.569Z WireGuard Config saved.
$ wg-quick down wg0
$ wg-quick up wg0

```

We can see that the server is running on port **51821** on your NAS local IP address. In order to access the web UI, go to the following URL (`http://yourNASIP:51821`) and enter the password you have configured.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-14.29.29.png)

Wireguard easy web UI. Enter the password you have configured and login

🚨

UPDATED: 29/11/2025 - with version 15, the old configuration is not working. There are breaking changes in the internal setup of the image that require a new setup of the Docker compose file, listed below

### UPDATE: running WG-EASY in Docker using Portainer (version 15)

```yaml
version: "3.5"
services:
  wgeasy:
    image: ghcr.io/wg-easy/wg-easy:15.1.0
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: wgeasy15
    ports:
      - "51824:51820/udp"
      - "51821:51821"
    cap_add:
      - NET_ADMIN
      - SYS_MODULE
    sysctls:
      - net.ipv4.conf.all.src_valid_mark=1
      - net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/wgeasy15:/etc/wireguard
      - /lib/modules:/lib/modules:ro
    environment:
      - INSECURE=true #when connecting without HTTPS
      - DISABLE_IPV6=true #make sure to set this if your host does not have IPv6 support
    restart: always
```

WG easy 15.x working compose version

```yaml
2025-11-29T19:54:35.866042495Z Migrating database...
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878237674Z ====================================================
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878319191Z     wg-easy - https://github.com/wg-easy/wg-easy    
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878349617Z ====================================================
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878427022Z | wg-easy:  v15.1.0                                |
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878493916Z | Node:     v22.17.0                               |
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878518010Z | Platform: linux                                  |
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878530145Z | Arch:     x64                                    |
2025-11-29T19:54:35.878663926Z ====================================================
2025-11-29T19:54:35.884345964Z Migration complete
2025-11-29T19:54:35.899169068Z Warning: Disabling IPv6...
2025-11-29T19:54:35.901073037Z Disabling IPv6 in Post Up hooks...
2025-11-29T19:54:35.901801909Z Disabling IPv6 in Post Down hooks...
2025-11-29T19:54:37.505915507Z Starting WireGuard...
2025-11-29T19:54:37.692220651Z Starting Wireguard Interface wg0...
2025-11-29T19:54:37.692279036Z Saving Config...
2025-11-29T19:54:37.692300469Z Listening on http://0.0.0.0:51821
2025-11-29T19:54:37.692326077Z Config saved successfully.
2025-11-29T19:54:37.692345963Z $ wg-quick down wg0
2025-11-29T19:54:37.695022603Z $ wg-quick up wg0
2025-11-29T19:54:37.826272982Z Syncing Config...
2025-11-29T19:54:37.826426983Z $ wg syncconf wg0 <(wg-quick strip wg0)
2025-11-29T19:54:37.851193136Z Config synced successfully.
2025-11-29T19:54:37.851275829Z Wireguard Interface wg0 started successfully.
2025-11-29T19:54:37.851292611Z Starting Cron Job...
2025-11-29T19:54:37.852604030Z Cron Job started successfully.
```

v15 log output

Make sure to use the following compose in order to get the new V15 up and running. Notice that there are no environment variables as before, apart from optional ones like `INSECURE` or `DISABLE_IPv6` in case you are running the container with no HTTPS access, or with a working IPv6 setup.

The major change in the new version is that the configuration file is saved inside a `.db` and no longer inside the `.conf` file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-29-at-20.42.17.webp)

The new v15 welcome wizard will be used to create a new admin account

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-29-at-20.43.26.webp)

We will also have an option to import the JSON file from v14 or start fresh

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/11/Screenshot-2025-11-29-at-20.46.00.webp)

If the container is running via HTTP be sure to configure the `INSECURE` variable in the compose file

### Accessing the WireGuard UI and configuring your clients

Now that you have the server side up and running, it is time to connect your clients using the official Wireguard client app. Depending on the device, visit the mobile or desktop stores and download them.

🗒️

****NOTE**: Be sure to ****open the Wireguard UDP port** (51820 in this case) ****on your router**. Without it, your clients will not be able to connect to your server!

One more thing that we need to do is port forward (open) the Wireguard port in order for our clients to be able to connect. This will depend on your router, but if you are running a Synology router, then do the following.

First, log in to your router's SRM UI, open the **Network Centre** app, and click on the **Port Forwarding** section in the left menu.

Click the **Create** button and configure the rule as follows.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-14.37.29.png)

Configure the port forward rule on your Synology router

As the image shows, enter a descriptive **name**, choose your **NAS IP address** from the menu, and finally e**nter the port and protocol**. Confirm your settings by clicking again on the **create** button.

Now we have everything ready to connect our Wireguard-compatible devices. Using the UI, click the **+New** button to create a new client configuration. Give it a name, and click **Create**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-14.42.58.png)

Creating a new Wireguard client profile

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-14.44.33.png)

New Wiregurad profile is ready to be used. Click the QR button to display the code

Considering that this is a client profile for a mobile device, we can use the **QR code** button to present the code and import the configuration that way to your mobile device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-14.51.01.png)

Scan the code to pull in the Wiregurad configuration on your mobile device

On your mobile Wiregurad mobile app, click the "+" button to initiate the creation of a new connection and select the **Crate from the QR code** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1903.png)

Select the second option on your mobile device to activate the camera and scan the QR code

Now just scan the QR code that was presented, and you are good to go.

Once you have the configuration ready, connect and check the UI to see if your server is registering a successful connection. Also, you are welcome to test access to your LAN resources and see if all is working well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-14.55.41.png)

Connection is successfully indicated by the red dot next to your profile avatar. Also, the upload and download indicators will show network traffic in real-time

If your devices are not mobile, you can use the **download** button next to the QR code to download the configuration and import it into your client Wireguard app.

There you have it, your very own Wireguard server running on your Synology NAS. If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, feel free to comment in the section below.
### Wireguard SPK for your Synology NAS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/
Last updated: 2026-07-25T12:57:49.000Z
💡

This article is the ****first** out of the ****two** Wireguard ones. This article is about building your SPK package for your Synology NAS using Docker in order to enable Wireguard support! For information on how to run your Wireguard server on your NAS use the second article, [****Wireguard VPN for your Synology NAS**](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/).

## Download sections

: [DSM 6.2 SPKs](#62)  
: [DSM 7.1 SPKs](#71)  
: [DSM 7.2 SPKs](#72)  
: [DSM 7.3 SPKs](#73)  
: [DSM 7.4 SPKs](#74)

## Building your own Docker image

: [Wireguard SPK Docker images](#build)

## Install and run the package

: [Install and start the Wireguard SPK](#install)

🔈

****INFO**: 15/07/2026 - ****A new 7.4 section** has been added with already built SPKs for the current DSM.

💡

****UPDATE**: 16/06/2026 - The new DSM 7.4 toolchains for all the NAS models (apart from the PAS lineup) are still not available. ****Still, the DSM 7.3 packages work fine with the new DSM 7.4**

💡

****INFO: 27/05/2026** \- All docker images have been updated with the correction in the `build.sh` file to accommodate the `netfilter.org/pub/libmnl/` URL path change

🔈

****INFO**: 10/02/2026 - ****New 7.3 section** has been added with already built SPKs for the current DSM

🔈

****INFO**: 03/12/2025 - SPKs under the 7.2 section ****work with the new DSM 7.3.2-86009** that has been released.

🔈

****INFO**: 09/10/2025 - SPKs under the 7.2 section ****work with the new DSM 7.3-81180** that has been released.

🔈

****INFO**: 07/07/2025 - New DS 7.2 ****X25 SPKs have been added** for DS225+, DS425+, DS725+, DS925+, DS1525+, DS1825+, and RS2825RP+

🔈

****INFO**: 26/08/2024 - SPKs under the 7.2 section ****work with the new DSM 7.2.2-72803** that has been released today.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/08/Screenshot-2024-08-26-at-20.08.08.png)

WG SPK running under DSM 7.2.2

🔈

****INFO**: 15/11/2023 - SPKs under the 7.2 section ****work with the new DSM 7.2.1-69057** that has been released today including UP1-UP5.

📢

****INFO**: 24/08/2023 - Added (finally) the ****DSM 7.2 Braswell** and ****RTD1619B** ****SPK** to the list! Many ****thanks to Orphee** for the help on this build!

---

## 
  
  
## SPKs for DSM 6.2

**Denverton models**:  
DVA3221, RS820+/RS820RP+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DVA3219, RS2818RP+, RS2418+/RS2418RP+, DS1618+

[WireGuard-denverton-1.0.20220627DSM 6.2 denventron WG supportWireGuard-denverton-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2024/10/WireGuard-denverton-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

---

## 
  
  
## SPKs for DSM 7.1

💡

In case you are getting into the ****error 93 problems described below**, or you ****do not want to build your own SPKs**, here are the ones that I have already compiled for the CPU architectures that were requested.

Use [**this page**](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fkind%5Fof%5FCPU%5Fdoes%5Fmy%5FNAS%5Fhave?ref=blackvoid.club) to identify your Synology CPU architecture.

**Apollolake models**:  
DS620slim, DS1019+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play\*, DS218+

[WireGuard apollolake 1020220627DSM 7.1 appollolake WG supportWireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/08/WireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Avoton models:**  
RS1219+, RS818+/RS818RP+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2416+/RS2416RP+, RS815+/RS815RP+, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+

[WireGuard avoton 1020220627DSM 7.1 avoton WG supportWireGuard-avoton-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/11/WireGuard-avoton-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Braswell models**:  
DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416play, DS216+II, DS216+

[WireGuard braswell 1020220627DSM 7.1 braswell WG supportWireGuard-braswell-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/08/WireGuard-braswell-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Broadwellnk models**:  
FS3600, FS1018, SA3600, SA3400, DS3622xs+, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, DS1621xs+, RS1619xs+, DS3018xs

[WireGuard broadwellnk 1020220627DSM 7.1 broadwellnk WG supportWireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/08/WireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Cedarview models:**  
DS713+, DS1513+, DS1813+ DS2413+, RS814+, RS2414+,

[WireGuard-cedarview-1.0.20220627DSM 7.1 cedar view WG supportWireGuard-cedarview-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/10/WireGuard-cedarview-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Denverton models**:  
DVA3221, RS820+/RS820RP+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DVA3219, RS2818RP+, RS2418+/RS2418RP+, DS1618+

[WireGuard denverton 1020220627DSM 7.1 denverton WG supportWireGuard-denverton-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/08/WireGuard-denverton-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Geminilake models**:  
DVA1622, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+, DS423+, DS224+

[WireGuard geminilake 1020220627DSM 7.1 geminilake WG supportWireGuard-geminilake-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/08/WireGuard-geminilake-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**R1000 models**:  
RS422+, DS1522+, DS923+, DS723+

[WireGuard r1000 1020220627DSM 7.1 r1000 WG supportWireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/11/WireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**v1000 models**:  
FS2500, RS822+/RS822RP+, DS2422+, RS2821RP+, RS2423+/RS2423RP+, RS2421+/RS2421RP+, RS1221+/RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621+

[WireGuard v1000 1020220627DSM 7.1 v1000 WG supportWireGuard-v1000-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/08/WireGuard-v1000-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**vDSM**:

[WireGuard kvmx64 1020220627DSM 7.1 Virtual DSM WG supportWireGuard-kvmx64-1.0.20220627.spk2 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2022/08/WireGuard-kvmx64-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

---

## 
  
  
## SPKs for DSM 7.2

⚠️

****NOTE**: After installing the package (following the steps below), ****be sure to reboot the NAS**, and then ****log in via SSH as root** to run the startup script! Also, if you are already running WG under DSM 7.1, be sure to uninstall it and reinstall it after you install DSM 7.2 if there is "****invalid file format**" error!

**Apollolake models**:  
DS620slim, DS1019+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play\*, DS218+

[WireGuard apollolake 1020220627DSM 7.2 appololake WG supportWireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/03/WireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Avoton models:**  
RS1219+, RS818+/RS818RP+, DS1817+, DS1517+, RS2416+/RS2416RP+, RS815+/RS815RP+, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+

[WireGuard-avoton-1.0.20220627DSM 7.2 avoton WG supportWireGuard-avoton-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2024/05/WireGuard-avoton-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Armada37xx models:**  
DS119j, DS120j

[WireGuard-armada37xx-1.0.20220627DSM 7.2 armada37xx WG supportWireGuard-armada37xx-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/12/WireGuard-armada37xx-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Armada38x models:**  
DS419slim, DS218j, RS217, RS816, DS416j, DS416slim, DS216, DS216j, DS116

[WireGuard-armada38x-1.0.20220627DSM 7.2 armada38x WG supportWireGuard-armada38x-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/11/WireGuard-armada38x-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Braswell models**:  
DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416play, DS216+II, DS216+

[WireGuard braswell 1020220627DSM 7.2 braswell WG supportWireGuard-braswell-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/08/WireGuard-braswell-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Broadwell models**:  
FS3400, FS2017, RS3618xs, RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs

[WireGuard broadwell 1020220627DSM 7.2 broadwell WG supportWireGuard-broadwell-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/06/WireGuard-broadwell-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Broadwellnk models**:  
FS3600, FS1018, SA3600, SA3400, DS3622xs+, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, DS1621xs+, RS1619xs+, DS3018xs

[WireGuard broadwellnk 1020220627DSM 7.2 broadwellnk WG supportWireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/04/WireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Denverton models**:  
DVA3221, RS820+/RS820RP+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DVA3219, RS2818RP+, RS2418+/RS2418RP+, DS1618+

[WireGuard denverton 1020220627DSM 7.2 denverton WG supportWireGuard-denverton-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/04/WireGuard-denverton-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Epyc 7002 models**:  
SA6400

[WireGuard epyc7002 1020220627DSM 7.2 epyc7002 WG supportWireGuard-epyc7002-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/08/WireGuard-epyc7002-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Geminilake models**:  
DVA1622, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+, DS423+, DS224+

[WireGuard geminilake 1020220627DSM 7.2 geminilake WG supportWireGuard-geminilake-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/03/WireGuard-geminilake-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Geminilakenk models**:  
DS225+, DS425+

[WireGuard-geminilakenk-1.0.20220627DSM 7.2 geminilakenk WG supportWireGuard-geminilakenk-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2025/07/WireGuard-geminilakenk-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**R1000 models**:  
RS422+, DS1522+, DS923+, DS723+

[WireGuard r1000 1020220627DSM 7.2 r1000 WG supportWireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/03/WireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**R1000nk models**:  
DS725+

[WireGuard-r1000nk-1.0.20220627DSM 7.2 r1000nk WG supportWireGuard-r1000nk-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2025/07/WireGuard-r1000nk-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**RTD1296 models**:  
DS420j, DS220j, RS819, DS418, DS418j, DS218, DS218play, DS118

[WireGuard-rtd1296-1.0.20220627DSM 7.2 RTD1296 WG supportWireGuard-rtd1296-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/09/WireGuard-rtd1296-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**RTD1619B models**:  
DS124, DS423, DS223j, DS223

[WireGuard rtd1619b 1020220627DSM 7.2 RTD1619b WG supportWireGuard-rtd1619b-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/08/WireGuard-rtd1619b-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**v1000 models**:  
FS2500, RS822+/RS822RP+, DS2422+, RS2821RP+, RS2423+/RS2423RP+, RS2421+/RS2421RP+, RS1221+/RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621+

[WireGuard v1000 1020220627DSM 7.2 v1000 WG supportWireGuard-v1000-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/03/WireGuard-v1000-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**v1000nk models**:  
DS925+, DS1525+, DS1825+, RS2825RP+

[WireGuard-v1000nk-1.0.20220627DSM 7.2 v1000nk WG supportWireGuard-v1000nk-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2025/07/WireGuard-v1000nk-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**vDSM**:

[WireGuard kvmx64 1020220627DSM 7.2 Virtual DSM WG supportWireGuard-kvmx64-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2023/03/WireGuard-kvmx64-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

---

## 
  
  
## SPKs for DSM 7.3

⚠️

****NOTE**: After installing the package (following the steps below), ****be sure to reboot the NAS**, and then ****log in via SSH as root** to run the startup script! Also, if you are already running WG under DSM 7.1/7.2, be sure to uninstall it and reinstall it after you install DSM 7.3 if there is an "****invalid file format**" error!

💡

****NOTE**: All ****installation steps described below still apply**. Be sure to **reboot the NAS after the Package Center installation**, before you ****run the startup script via SSH** (as `root`)

**Apollolake models**:  
DS620slim, DS1019+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play\*, DS218+

[WireGuard-apollolake-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 ApolloLake WG supportWireGuard-apollolake-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-apollolake-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Broadwellnk models**:  
FS3600, FS1018, SA3600, SA3400, DS3622xs+, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, DS1621xs+, RS1619xs+, DS3018xs

[WireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spkDSM 7.3 BroadwellNK WG supportWireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk.zip "Download")

**Denverton models**:  
DVA3221, RS820+/RS820RP+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DVA3219, RS2818RP+, RS2418+/RS2418RP+, DS1618+

[WireGuard-denverton-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 Denverton WG supportWireGuard-denverton-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-denverton-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Geminilake models**:  
DVA1622, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+, DS423+, DS224+

[WireGuard-geminilake-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 GeminiLake WG supportWireGuard-geminilake-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-geminilake-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**Geminilakenk models**:  
DS225+, DS425+

[WireGuard-geminilakenk-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 GeminiLakeNK WG supportWireGuard-geminilakenk-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-geminilakenk-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**R1000 models**:  
RS422+, DS1522+, DS923+, DS723+

[WireGuard-r1000-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 R1000 WG supportWireGuard-r1000-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-r1000-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**R1000nk models**:  
DS725+

[WireGuard-r1000nk-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 R1000NK WG supportWireGuard-r1000nk-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-r1000nk-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**RTD1619B models**:  
DS124, DS423, DS223j, DS223

[WireGuard-rtd1619b-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 RTD1619B WG supportWireGuard-rtd1619b-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-rtd1619b-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**v1000 models**:  
FS2500, RS822+/RS822RP+, DS2422+, RS2821RP+, RS2423+/RS2423RP+, RS2421+/RS2421RP+, RS1221+/RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621+

[WireGuard-v1000-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 V1000 WG supportWireGuard-v1000-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-v1000-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**v1000nk models**:  
DS925+, DS1525+, DS1825+, RS2825RP+

[WireGuard-v1000nk-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 V100NK WG supportWireGuard-v1000nk-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-v1000nk-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

**vDSM**:

[WireGuard-kvmx64-73-1.0.20220627DSM 7.3 Virtual DSM WG supportWireGuard-kvmx64-73-1.0.20220627.spk1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/02/WireGuard-kvmx64-73-1.0.20220627.spk "Download")

---

## 
  
  
## SPKs for DSM 7.4

⚠️

****NOTE**: Be sure to ****unzip the file** to get the needed SPK inside it. After installing the package (following the steps below), ****be sure to reboot the NAS**, and then ****log in via SSH as root** to run the startup script! Also, if you are already running WG under DSM 7.1/7.2/7.3, be sure to uninstall it and reinstall it after you install DSM 7.4 if there is an "****invalid file format**" error!

💡

****NOTE**: All ****installation steps described below still apply**. Be sure to **reboot the NAS after the Package Center installation**, before you ****run the startup script via SSH** (as `root`)

**Apollolake models**:  
DS620slim, DS1019+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play\*, DS218+

[WireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627DSM 7.4 Apollolake WG supportWireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627.zip "Download")

**Broadwellnk models**:  
FS3600, FS1018, SA3600, SA3400, DS3622xs+, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, DS1621xs+, RS1619xs+, DS3018xs

[WireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spkDSM 7.4 BroadwellNK WG supportWireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-broadwellnk-1.0.20220627.spk-1.zip "Download")

**Geminilake models**:  
DVA1622, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+, DS423+, DS224+

[WireGuard-geminilake-1.0.20220627DSM 7.4 Geminilake WG supportWireGuard-geminilake-1.0.20220627.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-geminilake-1.0.20220627.zip "Download")

**Geminilakenk models**:  
DS225+, DS425+

[WireGuard-geminilakenk-1.0.20220627DSM 7.4 GeminilakeNK WG supportWireGuard-geminilakenk-1.0.20220627.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-geminilakenk-1.0.20220627.zip "Download")

**R1000 models**:  
RS422+, DS1522+, DS923+, DS723+

[WireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spkDSM 7.4 R1000 WG supportWireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spk.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-r1000-1.0.20220627.spk.zip "Download")

**R1000nk models**:  
DS725+

[WireGuard-r1000nk-1.0.20220627.spkDSM 7.4 R1000NK WG supportWireGuard-r1000nk-1.0.20220627.spk.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-r1000nk-1.0.20220627.spk.zip "Download")

**v1000 models**:  
FS2500, RS822+/RS822RP+, DS2422+, RS2821RP+, RS2423+/RS2423RP+, RS2421+/RS2421RP+, RS1221+/RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621+

[WireGuard-v1000-1.0.20220627.spkDSM 7.4 V1000 WG supportWireGuard-v1000-1.0.20220627.spk.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-v1000-1.0.20220627.spk.zip "Download")

**v1000nk models**:  
DS925+, DS1525+, DS1825+, RS2825RP+

[WireGuard-v1000nk-1.0.20220627DSM 7.4 V1000NK WG supportWireGuard-v1000nk-1.0.20220627.zip1 MBdownload-circle](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/2026/07/WireGuard-v1000nk-1.0.20220627.zip "Download")

---

If you have ever tried to connect outside your LAN back into it in order to get to certain content or devices, you were probably quickly suggested to make a [**VPN connection**](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/) as a prerequisite.

While VPN is still the most secure way to do it, there are various methods, protocols, and solutions to do it. In the linked article above, you can find what methods Synology uses in its VPN package, but they have yet to support a new player in this field, **Wireguard**.

In short, Wireguard is a new standard and protocol that has made huge leaps in performance over the very popular OpenVPN or IPSec. While still not implemented out of the box like other protocols, it will be soon enough.

So what is this all about then? Well, if you want to use your NAS as a Wireguard **server** or **client,** you will need to have certain modules in place in order to be able to use it. As it was said, Synology still doesn't officially support it, but you can install 3rd party packages that will solve this problem.

⚠️

****WARNING**: This article contains steps that will require you to have root access to your NAS, knowledge of Docker, and ultimately install 3rd party package to your NAS. If you are not comfortable with this, best not get into it. Also, the ****author of this article takes zero responsibility** if any step will cause any problems with your NAS setup. ****You have been warned**!

This article will help you describe what you need to do (and how to do it) in order to get a valid Wireguard SPK (DSM Package Centar compatible installer) for your NAS CPU architecture, and if all else fails, build your own with Docker.

🗒️

****NOTE**: Even though Docker is used in this article, this does not mean that you will have to have a Docker-capable NAS in order to be able to install the SPK. Still saying this, both server and client Wireguard deployments out there are mostly in a container (Docker) form, but you can install them on your NAS in bare metal form as well, hence why you do not need Docker as mandatory.

First off, the credits go to **Andreas Runfalk** for making the effort to make this happen. His [**Github repository**](https://github.com/runfalk/synology-wireguard?ref=blackvoid.club) has all the info that I will cover in this article, but I will show the execution of it as well on a real-world device.

The already precompiled list of Wireguard SPK packages (for DSM 6.2) can be found [here](https://github.com/runfalk/synology-wireguard/releases?ref=blackvoid.club). If your device is not on the list, or you are looking for how to make this happen for DSM 7.1, keep reading.

Using the process described on the Github repository, you can make your own Docker images, and of course containers, that will be used to build the valid SPKs that you need.

I have already done that for both DSM 6.2 and 7.1\. So if you want to get into the action, just use them by following the process below.

## 
  
  
## Wireguard SPK Docker images (6.2, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 & 7.4)

All images are uploaded to [**hub.docker.com**](https://hub.docker.com/u/blackvoidclub?ref=blackvoid.club), so you are welcome to pull them and build your own SPK.

Each image is used identically, depending on the DSM in question, so make sure that you are using the correct one.

[blackvoidclub/synowgbuild](https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/synowgbuild?ref=blackvoid.club) \- Wireguard SPK builder for DSM 6.2

[blackvoidclub/synobuild71](https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/synobuild71?ref=blackvoid.club) \- Wireguard SPK builder for DSM 7.1

[blackvoidclub/synobuild72](https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/synobuild72?ref=blackvoid.club) \- Wireguard SPK builder for DSM 7.2

[blackvoidclub/synobuild73](https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/synobuild73?ref=blackvoid.club) \- Wireguard SPK builder for DSM 7.3

[blackvoidclub/synobuild74](https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/synobuild74?ref=blackvoid.club) \- Wireguard SPK builder for DSM 7.4

### How to build an SPK?

As with any Docker operation, you will need to use it with `root` account on your NAS via `SSH`.

Make sure that you have access to your NAS via SSH by enabling it via **Control Panel > Terminal and SNMP**, and **activating the SSH checkbox**.

Next, use any SSH-compatible application (like Terminal on macOS, or Putty on Windows), and log in with your default DSM user.

Once that is done, elevate to `root` by entering `sudo -i` command and repeat your default password. This will land you at the *root* command prompt, and you will be ready to move along.

Now that you have *root* access make sure to run the following command as a single line but before that change two (2) parameters needed.

```
sudo docker run --rm --privileged --env PACKAGE_ARCH=<yourNASarch> --env DSM_VER=7.1 -v /volume1/docker/synowirespk71:/result_spk blackvoidclub/synobuild71

```

The Docker run command takes `PACKAGE_ARCH` and `DSM_VER` parameters that you need to change depending on your NAS and its DSM version.

To get your NAS CPU architecture, consult the following [**Synology KB article.**](https://kb.synology.com/en-uk/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fkind%5Fof%5FCPU%5Fdoes%5Fmy%5FNAS%5Fhave?ref=blackvoid.club)

Examples of values that you can put in here are:

```
    apollolake
    armada38x
    avoton
    braswell
    broadwell
    broadwellnk
    bromolow
    cedarview
    denverton
    geminilake
    kvmx64
    monaco
    rtd1296
    x64

```

The `DSM_VER` parameter needs to be set to either to `6.2`, `7.1`, `7.2` or `7.3` depending on your need and, of course, what image you are using.

Finally, add the location that will be a volume bound to the container's `result_spk` folder by doing it like this:`/your_local_folder_path:/result_spk`.

Optionally, we can use this single-line command line that includes the local folder of the already downloaded toolkits, to improve the speed of the process:

```
docker run --rm --privileged --env PACKAGE_ARCH=<yourNASarch> --env DSM_VER=7.1 -v /volume1/docker/toolkit_tarballs:/toolkit_tarballs -v /volume1/docker/synowirespk71:/result_spk blackvoidclub/synobuild71

```

Again, make sure that the local toolkit location already exists at the mentioned location of your choice.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-21-at-15.11.52.png)

Executing the 7.1 build for Apollolake NAS (DS718+/DS918+)

You will have to be patient with the progress, as it can take a long time (about 10 minutes or so) to pull the corresponding toolkit, so just let it do its thing.

```
Cloning into 'pkgscripts-ng'...
[2022-07-21 13:10:49,508] INFO: Download... https://dataupdate7.synology.com/toolchain/v1/get_download_list?identify=toolkit&version=7.1&platform=base
[2022-07-21 13:11:18,372] INFO: Download... https://dataupdate7.synology.com/toolchain/v1/get_download_list?identify=toolkit&version=7.1&platform=apollolake
[2022-07-21 13:15:09,513] INFO: tar -xhf /toolkit_tarballs/base_env-7.1.txz -C /build_env/ds.apollolake-7.1
[2022-07-21 13:18:23,801] INFO: tar -xhf /toolkit_tarballs/ds.apollolake-7.1.env.txz -C /build_env/ds.apollolake-7.1
[2022-07-21 13:19:36,459] INFO: tar -xhf /toolkit_tarballs/ds.apollolake-7.1.dev.txz -C /build_env/ds.apollolake-7.1
[2022-07-21 13:21:12,766] INFO: All task finished.
--2022-07-21 13:21:12--  https://crt.sh/?d=8395
Resolving crt.sh (crt.sh)... 91.199.212.73, 2a0e:ac00:c7:d449::5bc7:d449
Connecting to crt.sh (crt.sh)|91.199.212.73|:443... connected.
HTTP request sent, awaiting response... 200 OK
Length: 1200 (1.2K) [application/pkix-cert]
Saving to: 'DSTRootCAX3_Extended.crt'

     0K .                                                     100%  608M=0s

2022-07-21 13:21:13 (608 MB/s) - 'DSTRootCAX3_Extended.crt' saved [1200/1200]

```

Once that is all done, the rest will go really quickly, generating a long (and I do mean long) log. The task of creating the SPK will be another minute or so, and you are done!

```
----------------- Time cost statistics -----------------
Time cost: 00:01:11 [Build-->WireGuard]

1 projects, 0 failed, 0 blocked.

```

The final project will be an SPK file that will have a similar name, depending on your CPU architecture, `WireGuard-apollolake-1.0.20220627.spk`.

## 
  
  
### Install and start the Wireguard SPK

Now that you know how to build any SPK needed, it is time to install it and run it so that your NAS will be ready for future Wireguard operations.

Log in to your NAS, and open **Package Center**. Use the **Manual** install button and locate the SPK in order to upload and install it.

‼️

****NOTE**: Make sure to ****uncheck** the option to ****run the package after installation**. You will run the package via SSH after the installation is complete.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-00.23.49.png)

Select the SPK for your NAS and move to the next step

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-00.24.56.png)

Click Yes to continue

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-23-at-00.26.23.png)

Uncheck the option ****Run after installation**, and apply

⚠️

****NOTE**: ****If you are on DSM 7.2 (or later), be sure to reboot the NAS before running the startup script!**

Next, jump back to the SSH prompt as `root` and run the following command to start the package: `/var/packages/WireGuard/scripts/start`.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-21-at-22.13.06.png)

Once that is done, a quick check inside the Package Center will also confirm that Wireguard support is running.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-21-at-22.13.50.png)

Wireguard support is ready!

That's it. Your NAS now has Wireguard support and is ready to be configured as a Wireguard server or client. 

🗒️

****NOTE**: the ****package will automatically start** after a NAS reboot for example following a DSM update

### ERROR: line 93: /dev/null: Permission denied

In case you have tried to follow this article and failed to run this on your own, one of the reasons might be the `line 93: /dev/null: Permission denied` error. There is an [**open ticket on GitHub**](https://github.com/runfalk/synology-wireguard/issues/162?ref=blackvoid.club) for this particular matter, so try to follow it in case there is development on that front.

Some users have found out that running this image on a different machine runs just fine, and in some other cases, it does not. At the moment, I have no idea why this is happening, as I am unable to reproduce the issue (on any of my 4 NAS boxes).

If you do get in a similar situation, let me know in the comment section below, or contact me over the support chat (upper right corner of the site, visible on desktop only), and I will gladly build you an SPK for your model.

---

In the [**follow-up article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/), we will see how you can configure an incoming Wireguard VPN server that will serve as your "access point" from outside your network as an alternative to popular VPN methods linked at the start of this article.

Comment on the topic in the section below if you have any questions or suggestions on the matter.
### trudesk. self-hosted task management platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/trudesk-self-hosted-task-management-platform/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:33:10.000Z
For a while, I have been looking for a task/ticket management solution that I could self-host on my own. Using Docker you can run a [huge number of apps](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/) and services on your hardware, and for the past 5 years now that is all I have been doing.

No matter if it's a [password manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/), [chat platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-slack-alternative-with-mongodb-as-backend/), [blog](https://ghost.org/?ref=blackvoid.club) (like this one), or [comment section](https://www.blackvoid.club/commento/), if you can configure it in Docker, you will be good to go.

Now, while having a self-hosted ticket platform does raise some questions, the main thing is that I found it :D. Sure there is a lot of them out there, and I mean a lot. But most of them are lacking some elements and none is 100% perfect (paid or open-source). The same goes with **[trudesk.](https://trudesk.io/?ref=blackvoid.club)**.

So why trudesk.? Well, it's **light**, it **doesn't require a lot of containers** to run and maintain, and it **supports multi-user** setup, and **notifications** (via email, but it is a start). Also, it is mobile-friendly, which puts it at the top of the list even over some well-established platforms like OSTicket.

Did I also mention that it supports themes and customizations? Well, it does.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/trudesk_themes.png)

Multiple themes to choose from and you can customize them further

Setting it up over Docker is a snap using the docker-compose file from the GitHub repository, but I will explain some details as well as some problems that you might run into.

Personally, I use [**Portainer**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) as my Docker management platform of choice. You can use it as well if you want, or use a pure command-line-based docker-compose. Either way, you will end up with a total of three (3) containers in the end.

### docker-compose for trudesk.

This is a slightly more customized compose file than the original one, but nothing to write home about.

```yaml
version: '2.1'
services:
  trudesk:
    image: polonel/trudesk:latest
    restart: always
    ports:
      - "8118:8118"
    dns:
      - "8.8.8.8"
      - "1.1.1.1"
    environment:
      NODE_ENV: production
      TRUDESK_DOCKER: "true"
      TD_MONGODB_SERVER: mongo
      TD_MONGODB_DATABASE: trudesk
      ELATICSEARCH_URI: "http://elasticsearch:9200"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/trudesk/uploads:/usr/src/trudesk/public/uploads
      - /volume1/docker/trudesk/backups:/usr/src/trudesk/backups
  mongo:
    image: mongo:latest
    restart: always
    ports:
      - "27017:27017"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/trudesk/mongo/var:/var/lib/mongo
      - /volume1/docker/trudesk/mongo/config:/data/configdb
      - /volume1/docker/trudesk/mongo/db:/data/db

  elasticsearch:
    image: elasticsearch:8.0.0
    restart: always
    environment:
      - xpack.security.enabled=false
      - xpack.security.http.ssl.enabled=false
      - node.name=estrudesk01
      - cluster.initial_master_nodes=estrudesk01
      - discovery.seed_hosts=estrudesk01
      - bootstrap.memory_lock=true
    mem_limit: 1073741824
    ulimits:
      memlock:
        soft: -1
        hard: -1
    ports:
      - "9200:9200"
      - "9300:9300"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/trudesk/elasticsearch:/usr/share/elasticsearch/data

```

The main changes here are volume mappings for the database element (MongoDB) and some Elasticsearch parameters.

‼️

**NOTE**: At the time of this article, **ElasticSearch support was still in beta**, and not working really well. In some cases, there is a problem with even configuring it correctly. Also, it is **completely optional**, so it is **not crucial to have it running** in order to use truedesk.

If you want, you can completely remove the elasticseach section from the compose file and still make it run just fine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-21-at-12.15.59.png)

CPU utilization with elasticsearch running

Also, if you consider running Elasticsearch, be sure to have enough CPU power to handle the task. The image above is from an RS3614XS model with an i3 CPU. As you can see, it is very hungry, so bear that in mind.

One thing to note here regarding email notification configuration. If you want to have that up and running you might have to change the `dns` variable to match your gateway (router) IP address in order to be able to send notifications.

‼️

**NOTE**: If you want to **send successful notifications** on new tickets being created as well as changes on them, then you **might have to change the DNS settings**!

This means that you can use these compose parameters instead of the one listed above:

```
    dns:
      - "192.168.1.0" #enter your router/gateway IP address
      - "1.1.1.1"

```

Using the Portainer **[stacks](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/)** feature, you can run the compose file, let Portainer download all the images, and create all the containers. Once completed, the result will be similar to this one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-19-at-12.07.59.png)

trudesk. stack up and running. The app, DB and Elasticsearch

Accessing the app itself, open up your browser and point it to the following address: `http://your_NAS_IP:8118` . This will open up the default landing page for truedesk. and allow you to configure the initial administrator account.

Once logged in, you will be ready to create new users, and groups, configure notifications, and customize your setup as you see fit. 

trudesk. as a solution offers full support for being run over reverse proxy in case you want to expose it to the web over an HTTPS secure protocol covered by a valid SSL. If you need any help with that, be sure to check my reverse proxy guides using either the [built-in Synology one](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/) or my personal preference, a [Docker-hosted NGINX one](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/).

### trudesk. functions and settings

Just wanted to show some of the options that are possible with this solution and to get a better overview of the UI itself.

Creating a ticket and getting the overview is probably the main thing that you will expect to work with as many options as possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-19-at-13.09.02.png)

trudesk. ticket overview

Opening and starting a new ticket will present the form that has all that you might expect initially. The description editor supports **markdown** so you can use it that way and if you have no idea what that is, just use the predefined function buttons to format your text.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-19-at-13.18.36.png)

truedesk. ticket form

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-19-at-13.21.37.png)

List of active tickets

The ticket detail form has much more information to display, and of course, both parties can use it to add attachments, change the status, comment, set a due date, tag, and much more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-19-at-13.24.03.png)

Detailed ticket form. Options are all over, including the comment section, due date, tags, and more

While out of the box trudesk. offers a lot, and it is pretty much a turn-key solution, you can use the **settings** section to customize it further.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-19-at-13.31.19.png)

Ticket settings and options

As you can see from the image above there is plenty of settings that you can configure like **new ticket types**, **priorities**, **tags**, and even **open the platform for public access** for users that are unregistered.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-19-at-13.37.41.png)

Public unregistered user ticket submission wizard

I could go on, but don't want to turn this article into a list of screenshots. Best to spin up this solution on your own and try it out. I am also evaluating it for now, and I like it for what it offers and what I need out of a platform like this.

The developer, **[Chris Brame](https://www.polonel.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)** is very active with this project, as well as with any open issues on [GitHub](https://github.com/polonel/trudesk?ref=blackvoid.club) and the overall development. Just like the **[Bookstack](https://www.blackvoid.club/bookstack-self-hosted-wiki-platform/)** app that I use as my wiki/KB platform of choice, I do hope that taskdesk. will also become a better and more trusted ticketing solution that I can advocate for.

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, let me know in the comment section below.
### NEW x23 Synology model lineup
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x23-synology-model-lineup/
Last updated: 2023-08-16T17:33:53.000Z
🗒️

**NOTE**: This article will contain **upcoming new information on some popular devices** (and the rest of the hardware) that Synology will release by the end of the year and well into 2023.

💡

**UPDATE**: 15/03/2023 - Just two months after the DS223 was reviled, we have gotten a 4-bay version of it, here is the **upcoming DS423**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/ds423overview.jpg)

Same as the 2-bay version, the DS223, the **new DS423** is the same identical device with more storage space and network redundancy.

Equipt with the **Realtek RTD1619B CPU** and **2GB of DDR4 RAM** this NAS will be a perfect model for anyone not looking for a lot of horsepower but enough to run almost all the DSM packages. 

It has **two USB 3.2 Gen 1** ports and a **dual 1Gbit network** in the back with a dual 80 mm vent.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/423_front.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/423_back.png)

It is covered with **2y of warranty** with an additional 2 via [**extended warranty plus**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/) program.

Considering that the DS223 as of DSM 7.2 support Docker package as well, it will be safe to assume, the DS423 will follow the same path. A great all-around box, for not a lot of money.

---

💡

**UPDATE**: 27/02/2023 - Another AMD-powered 12-bay refreshed device is here. An upgrade for a very popular rack device in this instance for the first time brings **10G connectivity out of the box** with more powerful specifications in terms of CPU and RAM. Meet the **RS2423+**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-24.png)

[Synology RS2423+ and RS2423RP+ overviewHere is a new refreshed 12-bay #Synology NAS from the plus lineup, the RS2423+, a versatile storage solution for business workloads.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds2423overview.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rs2423-and-rs2423rp-overview/)

---

💡

**UPDATE**: 26/02/2023 - Expected 4-bay plus model is here offering an Intel-powered model targeted for media and data management, let's see what **DS423+** can do.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-23.png)

The new model is coming out mid March of 2023, so at the moment here is just a quick and short overview of it.

[Synology DS423+ overviewBrand new Intel-powered #Synology #NAS is here, the DS423+. Offering the best balance for data and sharing as well as media management.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds423.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds423-overview/)

---

💡

**UPDATE**: 24/02/2023 - The new upcoming 8-bay model has started to surface. Here is **DS1823xs+**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-22.png)

A short overview of this upcoming device is available here:

[Synology DS1823xs+ overviewThe new #Synology DS1823xs+ 8-bay #NAS is here! Private #cloud solution built for performance.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds1823.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1823xs-overview/)

---

💡

**UPDATE**: 11/01/2023 - As of today new official info on the new **DS223** is out! More short info below.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds223overview-1-1.jpg)

The new DS223 is the latest revision of the "value" lineup bringing the best possible NAS for SOHO users.

Equipt with the **Realtek RTD1619B CPU** and **2GB of DDR4 RAM** this compact NAS will be a perfect model for anyone not looking for a lot of horsepowers but enough to run almost all the DSM packages. 

It has **three USB 3.2 Gen 1** ports and a **single 1Gbit network** in the back with a single 92 mm vent.

It is covered with **2y of warranty** with an additional 2 via [**extended warranty plus**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/) program.

The price is still not officially known but it could be **around €245 (plus tax)**, and the model **should be out next month**.

[**DS223 Datasheet**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/23-year/DS223/enu/Synology%5FDS223%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 09/01/2023 - The **NEW DS723+ has been officially released**. You can find the full review in a dedicated article below

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/ds723review.jpg)

[Synology DS723+ reviewNot long ago, #Synology released the brand-new DS923+. Today, here is its younger brother, the new top-of-the-line 2-bay #NAS, the DS723+![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds723review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds723-review/)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 23/11/2022 - The NEW SA6400 12-bay NAS has arrived. Targeted at businesses demanding lots of storage, scalability, and speed.

More details on this new NAS can be found in a short dedicated article.

[Synology SA6400 - new high scalability 12-bay NASThe new 12-bay SA6400 from Synology is here. Bringing more storage, speed, and network connectivity options with up to 108 drives setup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/sa6400.JPG)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa6400-new-high-scalability-12-bay-nas/)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 16/11/2022 - The **NEW DS923+ has been officially released**. You can find the full review in a dedicated article below

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/image-25.png)

[Synology DS923+ reviewBrand new #Synology #DS923 is here! A long-awaited 4-bay #NAS comes with an optional #10G, up to 32GB of RAM, and an #AMD Ryzen.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923review.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds923-review/)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 27/10/2022 - Some info on the matter of the new **DS923+** has been revealed.

The new upcoming DS923+ has been spotted in the wild! A long-awaited successor to the DS920+ will be coming with a few new tricks. In a word, it's [DS1522+](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/) with 4 bays. Packed with the same **AMD R1600 CPU, 4GB of DDR4 ECC** memory (up to 32), **dual 1G network**, and an **upgradable 10G** using the new [E10G22-T1 ](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/#10g)mini card.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_front-2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/ds923_back-1.png)

The new DS923+

The review of this device will be out soon to cover all the tests, but if you are on the fence to get DS920+ now or wait for the DS923+, read up on my review of DS1522, and take away one bay.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 18/10/2022 - **NEW upcoming Synology surveillance cameras** have been spotted.

Today during the Synology Enterprise Data Management conference, Synology announced the upcoming **new Synology branded surveillance cameras**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/tc500.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/tc500_back.png)

Synology TC500

**Synology BC500** (bullet) and **TC500** (dome) models are the marketing names that will have of course support for Surveillance Station software. Both are **PoE** **5MP** (**2880 x 1620 @ 30 fps**) cameras with onboard hardware integration. They will allow for a **110 deg viewing angle** and **IP67 weatherproof category**. Apart from their SS9 support, **both models have an SD card slot** for on-device recording options, and at the moment it looks like those will be also usable without the Surveillance Station platform (still not verified).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/bc500-1.png)

Synology BC500

Regarding internal specifications, the cameras are equipped with **Novatek NT98560** (ARM Cortex A9, 960MHz, 1 core) CPU and 128/256MB RAM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/tc500_leftside_down.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/tc500_leftside.png)

Synology TC500

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/10/bc500_rightside_angle.png)

Synology BC500

The models are expected to arrive in the first half of 2023, so more information will arrive in time.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 10/10/2022 - The **new piece of Synology HW has arrived** for review. This is one of those items that is yet to be seen. Review coming at the end of the month!

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 14/09/2022 - Some **first information** is starting to surface regarding the rumored follow-up router to the previous RT6600ax. This one might be called **RT3000ax**.

While **this information is not yet official**, there were some talks about an upcoming **complementary router model** to the recently released [RT6600ax](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/). This router would then complete the new **wifi 6** lineup, as the current RT2600ac and MR2200ac do right now.

Looks like the upcoming router will be called **RT3000ax**, which just from the name of it, indicates wifi6 support. More details on it will be posted in due time as there will be a review alongside the RT6600ax in a mesh configuration.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 06/09/2022 - Added some **Realtek RTD1619B** CPU information that will find its way into some of the new upcoming x23 models.

Looks like one new CPU architecture is coming soon (probably in some x23 models) to yet unlisted models. Looking at the **archive.synology.com site**, Synology has listed some packages, as well as a toolchain that advertises **Realtek RTD 1619B** processor.

| Microarchitecture | Lithography | Cores/Thread | Frequency | Max Memory |
| ----------------- | ----------- | ------------ | --------- | ---------- |
| Cortex-A55        | 12nm        | 6/6          | 1.3 Ghz   | 4GB        |

| GPU              | GPU execution units | GPU clock | TDP |
| ---------------- | ------------------- | --------- | --- |
| ARM Mali-G51 MP3 | 3                   | 650Mhz    | 5W  |

Considering this is an ARM-based CPU, it is likely that we will see this architecture in the new "J" and "play" models, and not as part of the upcoming "+" refresh. 

Will the new + models arrive with yet another CPU architecture or use the current AMD V1600 series, remains to be seen. Considering that this information is already public, we can expect some of the new models very soon.

Some of the packages that support this new CPU are Video Station, CodecPack, Media Server, Synology Photos, and even Snapshot Replication. With this information, it is almost clear that this will be a "value" lineup CPU. Expect more info on the matter of the + series in the near future.

---
### Synology DS1522+ review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds1522-review/
Last updated: 2023-08-16T17:33:45.000Z
## Table of Contents

[**: Intro**](#intro)  
[**: Packaging**](#packaging)  
[**: SSDs**](#ssd)  
[**: E10G22-T1-mini card**](#10g)  
[**: DSM setup and apps installation**](#dsm)  
[**: Speed tests**](#speed)  
[**: Virtualization and containerization**](#vm)  
[**: Plex**](#plex)  
[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## :Intro

Even though it was already known that this model was coming as a worthy successor to the awesome DS1520+, the **new DS1522+** is here with a few surprises of its own.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/ds155_front.png)

DS1522+ brand NEW 5bay device with up to 32GB of RAM and an optional 10G network

Packing a new heart inside, it was clear that just like all the rest of the x22 models, this one will also come with an **AMD Ryzen R1600 CPU**.As much as that was not a huge surprise, what is a welcome sight is the fact that this new **5-bay** NAS comes with **8GB of DDR4 ECC** memory and a total of 2 memory slots for a maximum of **32GB (2x 16GB)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1803.png)

Memory slots with the 8GB of DDR4 ECC 

It is a shame that the CPU is from the "embedded" lineup without the Vega GPU, so we can forget about some media server roles for this particular model, but more on that later.

On top of that, the bottom and back sides uncover more details. This model supports **up to two DX517 expansion** units for a total of 15 drives via its dual eSATA ports. In case you need more snappy performance, you can populate **two M.2 drive slots (2280 models)** with NVMe drives configurable as your volume cache array.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/ds1522_back.png)

2x eSATA, new 10G slot (optional), USB 3.2 and 4x1G LAN

Following along the back we can see that Synology is still holding on to the 1G LAN ports, and in this particular case, four of them. Most were hoping for some 2.5G ports, but that is not the case. One major reason for this is the fact that DSM7 in one of its updates will support **SMB multi-channel** support that will allow for a LAG configured setup to utilize multi-gig transfers between two clients instead of just maxing out at a single 1G lane.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1804.png)

DS1522+ backports

Of course, before you get upset there is one surprise with this model. **10G is optional**! Using a proprietary PCIe expansion card (Gen3x2) Synology is bringing 10G speeds now this particular model as well. So, along with over 400MB/s transfers using all 1G LAN adapters, you will have the option to push 1GB/s of data as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1813.png)

DS1522+ with built-in 10G card, the new E10G22-T1-mini

🗒️

**NOTE**: For 1GB/s network transfers you will have to have an appropriate drive/array setup, 10G network, and clients on the other end!

Finally, on the back, we can see **the USB 3.2 Gen1** port that you can use for connecting almost any storage device that you want. As always, most of the backside is utilized by two **92x92mm** fans that will keep you NAS cool, while also not producing a lot of noise. 

Keep in mind that you can replace them with some aftermarket models for even more silence in case you need it. From personal experience (not just on this NAS) the drives tend to be louder than the actual cooling.

While we are on the topic of cooling, this AMD will run a bit hotter than a previous model of Intel Celeron for example with its **12-25W TDP**. Still, with more RAM and 10G support, it will be worth it in case you will need to utilize it that way.

This 5-bay NAS on the front follows a very familiar look and feel with 5 bays capable of housing 3.5" HDDs or 2.5" SSD. (SATA).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1800-1.png)

DS1522+ - familiar 5-bay look

For this particular setup, I will be running with four SAT5210 SSDs (Synology brand) in various combinations to see how it performs.

DS1522+, depending on your overall configuration and drives will use from 16 to about 53W of power, and is covered by a 3-year hardware warranty that can be extended using the new [**Extended Warranty Plus**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/) program for a total of 5 years.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.15.52.png)

Once DSM is installed you will get a suggestion to sign-up for the extended warranty plus service

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-01-at-19.48.22.png)

Extended Warranty Plus price for the DS1522+ (Croatia)

Extended Warranty Plus for DS1522+ in Croatia costs about €79 (for additional 2 years of support). Personally, I think it's a great added value as well considering that it is about 10% value of the whole NAS.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522_01_packaging.jpg)

## :Packaging

All Synology devices have been using a very minimalistic packaging for years now, and DS1522 is again, no exception. With a sturdy and clean "eco" design there is something about unboxing these devices.

Not saying it's Apple grade, but very close.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1794-1.png)

Compact and clean

Inside the box apart from the obvious are two additional boxes for cables, a power adapter, and 2x LAN cables. Divided into 2 levels, there is little room for anything else.

Also, the NAS itself is floating in the middle of the box, so any accidental hits will probably not affect it at all, let alone damage it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1795-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1796-1.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1797-2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1798-1.png)

Everything in its place

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522_02_ssd.jpg)

## :SSDs

For testing with this NAS, I got four Synology branded SSDs from their SAT5200 lineup. A few 2TB as well as 4TB drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1814.png)

Synology SAT5200 series drives

Considering that the NAS has 10G capabilities, it would be best to test it with SSD drives to see just how well it can perform.

The drive installation is straightforward, and you can use the included screws that came with the NAS to secure the drives inside the caddies.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1815.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1816.png)

Of course, DS1522+ supports 3.5" drives as well, just be mindful of what models you will place inside the unit (both 3.5" and 2.5") considering the new HDD Synology policy. **Best to consult with the compatibility page** for the NAS itself before going out and buying them.

For DS1522+ the supported drive list (at the moment) covers a large array of drives, not just Synology ones, but Toshiba, WD, and Seagate alike.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-01-at-15.09.03.png)

DS1522+ WD (NAS) supported drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-01-at-15.08.49.png)

DS1522+ Seagate (NAS) supported drives

All four drives used in this particular configuration are running with the latest firmware version. You can use the Storage Manager to check the version of each drive and update it as necessary.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.20.27.png)

Using the **Action** menu inside the HDD section of the Storage Manager app will open the option to update the drives if needed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.20.34.png)

These particular drives are all patched up

In the following sections, I will talk about speeds and drive configurations, as well as their comparison to some of the non-Synology branded drives as well.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522_03_10g.jpg)

## :E10G22-T1-mini card

Alongside this NAS, Synology released also a new type of custom 10G (copper) network adapter called the **E10G22-T1-mini**. It is a bit of a mouthful, but never mind the name as long that allows us to get 10G in a small form factor case, right?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/e10G22t1_mini02.jpg)

Brand NEW 10G RJ-45 addon card

While on the subject of small form factor, this new card is not a standard low profile PCIe card, so you will have to buy this exact card if you want 10G capability inside this NAS. The same goes for the new RS422+ rack model. That NAS is essentially DS1522+ in rack format with one bay left and no NVMe slots.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/e10G22t1_mini01.jpg)

The proprietary format makes it unique and only compatible with selected Synology models

With a **price tag of €125 (plus tax)**, this add-on card will not break the bank and would be a valuable asset to future-proof your NAS.

The installation inside DS1522+ was particularly easy and the fact that you only have to take out 2 screws without disassembling the NAS itself, is also a nice bonus.

The back side of DS1522+, as said before, holds the upgrade port. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1804-2.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1805.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1809.png)

Exposed 10G port

Once the backplate is removed, you can clearly see the dual connector ports. The only thing left to do is slide the card in, lock it in place, and screw it in, that's it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1810.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1811.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_1812.png)

Installation of E10G22-T1-mini card

DSM will detect the card by default as LAN 5, and you can use it as a single interface, or in parallel with the remaining 1G ports.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.29.36.png)

E10G22-T1-mini detected as 10G

‼️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that the **10G addon card will NOT be detected BEFORE you install DSM on the NAS**. This means you will not be able to detect the NAS on your network in order to set it up without the use of the built-in 1G port(s). Once the DSM is up and running, the 10G card will become visible and usable.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522_04_setup.jpg)

## :DSM setup and apps installation

As with any other Synology NAS, the installation process is identical. First, we need to detect the device on the network either by using the **Synology Assistant** desktop app (you can download it from the **Download center** on the Synology website) or by using **find.synology.com** web location via your desktop browser.

In any case, once the device has been detected, you can access the DSM (Disk station manager web UI) to start the installation process. If you have Internet access for that device the setup process will be straightforward.

For this particular model, I have to say that the **boot-up process was super fas**t and the device was **visible on the network within the first minute**. What followed was a familiar setup process that included download of the latest DSM version, installation, reboot, and another boot-up.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-08.56.33.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-08.56.57.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-08.57.15.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-08.56.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-09.00.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-09.01.12.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-09.00.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-09.01.22.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screen-Shot-2022-07-02-at-09.01.33.png)

DSM 7.1 installation process. Took about 3 min to complete.

All that took about three (3) minutes, so I can say that the **DS1522+ was ready for further configuration within five minutes** since it was turned on.

What followed was the rest of the initial configuration. Mainly, volume creations and app installations from the Package Center.

Using the **Storage Manager** app you can create any number of volumes that will satisfy your needs depending on the number of drives that you have at your disposal.

For this testing, I will be using two separate RAID0 volumes. 2TB drives will be one volume, and 4TB will make the second volume.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.14.11.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.14.20.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.14.52.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.15.24.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.15.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.15.35.png)

Volume creation process. Two sets of drives for two BTRFS volumes

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.17.59.png)

Both volumes have been created and are ready for usage

Once the process has been completed we now have two separate pools, each with one RAID0 volume. As we can see from the image, the smaller BTRFS **volume with two 2TB drives allows us for about 3.3TB** of space, while the **larger one will give us 6.7TB**.

One thing that we can use Storage manager for, other than making changes to our volumes, and updating firmware for the drives themselves, is to get a quick overview of the drive's state, including their health, bad sector count, temperature, and more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-09.21.27.png)

Storage Manager HDD section in **list view** will give you a compressed overview of all the drives and their current state

So in total 10TB of SSD storage across both volumes.

Next up, app installations. Using the Package center we can pull in any app that we want or need and tailor the DSM setup as we see fit. For this test scenario, I will focus on the usual suspects like **Hyper Backup**, **Active Backup for Business**, **Snapshot Replication**, **VMM**, **Docker**, and more.

So mostly backup tools that will test the behavior of the drives and the NAS itself in typical situations, but also trying some virtual machine tasks, containerization as well as people image processing using **Synology Photos**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-14.15.43.png)

Installed apps and platforms. Took about 1,5min to install them all. Blazing fast setup

One thing that I would like to mention here is a platform that doesn't get too much attention but it is extremely useful for diagnostics and troubleshooting if you are unable to get to your NAS. Of course, to have all that information available to you when needed, you will need to configure it ahead of time. I'm talking about **[Active Insight](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)**. 

Coming as a preinstalled app on a compatible DSM 7 machine, AI simply requires to be activated on the DSM side, and you are done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-14.29.44.png)

Activate AI inside DSM and access the web portal using the presented link

Once DSM starts sending the metrics data (usually within minutes), you will be able to see them using the AI portal at, `insight.synology.com` link.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-14.35.23.png)

Active Insight portal - all your NAS metrics in one place and more

Finally, one more "in case I need it but not sure when" configuration parameter that I like to set up. **[Automatic DSM configuration backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration/)**. Now, with this setting, you will have a piece of mind when it comes to DSM OS configuration backup and restores needs, as well as your compatible DSM apps. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-02-at-14.44.36.png)

One check box and all your worries are gone

Mind you this is DSM 7 feature only, so any DSM 6 NAS will not have this particular option. Another thing that you need to be aware of here is that this feature **requires** that you have a valid **Synology Account**. This will be hard to avoid these days as most features require it, from registration of your NAS, DDNS, AI, etc, so just make one and give yourself peace of mind.

Any further steps that you would need to take when setting up a new NAS are mainly security hardening, so be sure to check [**this article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access/) if you need more info.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522_05_tests.jpg)

## :Speed tests

In this section, the focus will be on various tests from various apps, while some tests will have a dedicated section of their own, like PLEX and VMM/Docker.

### 10G iPefr

To begin with let's start with the obvious one, and see how well the new 10G card work when it comes to benchmark tests using the iPerf tool.

For this test, DS1522+ was the client and the trusty RS3614RP+ was the server. Both are connected with a 10G connection to the UniFi US‑16‑XG 10G switch. iPerf is running in Docker on both ends.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-10.52.54.png)

iPerf 10G test from the DS1522+ (client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-10.53.17.png)

iPerf 10G test from the RS3614RP+ (server)

No real surprise there. DS1522+ with its E10G22-T1-mini card performed excellent in 10G tests, so you can be sure that it will not be a weak link in any 10G transfers.

Next, let's see how well DS1522+ performs with read/write operations when it's both in the role of a receiver and sender

### SMB/CIFS (File Station single file) RS3614RP+ > DS1522+

The single sample file for this test was **17,5GB** in size and it **took 1 min** to transfer it with an **average transfer speed of 300MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-11.12.41.png)

17,5GB in 1 min transfer with an average speed of 300MB/s

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-11.13.45.png)

Transfer speed registred on the source side (RS3614RP+ reading the data)

Considering that this was an enterprise HDD volume transfer towards an SSD volume on the DS1522+ side, the slowest link here was the RAID6 array made of 12 HDDs 7200 RPM drives.

### SMB/CIFS (File Station single file) DS1522+ > RS3614RP+

In the reverse scenario using the same file, only this time we are reading off the RAID0 volume on the DS1522+ and writing back to the RS3614RP+ the results are much better.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-13.21.26.png)

Transfer speed registered on the destination side (RS3614RP+ writing the data)

The sample file took **32 sec** to transfer with an **average speed of 560MB/s** and a **peek at 744MB/s**.

Taking into consideration that these results might vary for you depending on the drives, array configuration, utilization, and other factors, it is clear that you can expect very high transfer speeds. I'm certain that with a full SSD setup on both ends, and of course the device that can handle it, you would get a full 1G/s transfer speed easily.

### SMB/CIFS (File Station multiple files) RS3614RP+ > DS1522+

For this test, the sample is larger with more files as well. Specifically, **47.5GB across 108 files** in total.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.23.03.png)

47.5GB in 3min with an average speed of about 275MB/s

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.23.40.png)

Transfer speed registered on the source side (RS3614RP+ reading the data)

In this scenario, the transfer was about **3min long** with an average speed of about **275MB/s**.

### SMB/CIFS (File Station multiple files) DS1522+ > RS3614RP+

When the roles were reversed using the same sample of 108 files the outcome was as follows.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.34.51.png)

Transfer speed registered on the destination side (RS3614RP+ writing the data)

With an **average speed of 405MB/s** and a **peek at 546MB/s** the transfer was completed in **just over 2 min time**.

### RAID0 to RAID0 volume copy (File Station)

Considering there are two separate volumes using the same drive series only with different capacities, let's see how long it takes for it to transfer the same single file from one to the other.

Using File Station again, the results are these.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-13.30.55.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-13.31.46.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-13.42.43.png)

17,5GB single file transfer from one RAID0 volume to the other

With a **peak speed of 813.3MB/s read,** and **711.8MB/s write**, the transfer was completed in **31 sec**. So close and similar to the advertised speeds on the DS1522+ page.

### Encrypted content transfers (File Station)

While the previous tests were all with non-encrypted folders let's how this NAS works while transferring data from a non-encrypted folder to an encrypted one(on the same volume), as well as from two separate encrypted folders.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-13.49.48.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-13.49.21.png)

Non-encrypted to encrypted folder transfer on a single RAID0 volume

In this case, as expected the transfer of that 17.5GB file **took about 120 sec** with an **average speed of 150MB/s** give or take.

When the same copy was executed from one encrypted folder to the other (two separate volumes), the speed and completion time was almost identical.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.08.12.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.05.09.png)

Encrypted to encrypted copy over two separate RAID0 volumes

Looks like this dual-core AMD has no problem following the demand of the transfers as it has barely managed to pass the 15% CPU utilization. Granted, no services are running just yet that will utilize it, but still, very impressed so far.

Even with these tasks happening the temperature on the drives remains the same with 2TB models at about 33-35C, and the 4TB ones running at about 37-38C.

### Hyper Backup (RAID0 to RAID0) non-encrypted backup

Let's continue with some Synology apps and tools. Starting with, Hyper Backup. For the first test, I will be transferring those same 108 files (47,5GB) from one volume to the other using the proprietary HB format. 

The reason is that you might be in a situation where you need to transfer some data from one volume to the next, so let's see if we will be close to these SMB transfers or not.

This test will **copy non-encrypted data** to another **non-encrypted folder on the second volume**, and the task itself **will not use client-side encryption**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.55.48.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.59.31.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-14.59.44.png)

Hyper Backup volume to volume backup task - 317MB/s average speed within 2,5 min

The task was completed in **just over 2.5 min** with an **average speed of 317MB/s**. This is nothing strange that we will not get consistent speeds depending on the protocol and app in question. It is common that the speed for pure SMB transfers is faster than HB, Active Backup, or Snapshot replication. Considering that all those apps work in a specific way as well as that there are many other factors in that exact moment that depends on the speed, the outcome will vary.

### Snapshot Replication (local volume folder replication)

Following on the previous test and taking the same sample again, let's see if a local volume folder replication is faster than Hyper Backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-15.14.31.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-15.16.55.png)

Snapshot replication task on the same file sample as a Hyper Backup task

The task was completed in just a **little over 2 min** (2 min and 7 sec) with an **average speed of about 402.7MB/s**. So as I said before, it will depend on what app and protocol you use, and depending on those the outcome will be different. Also, in the image above we can clearly see that the speeds for the last task are indeed faster than the middle graph (Hyper Backup).

### Snapshot Replication (remote volume folder replication)

Pushing the same task but this time to a remote NAS (RS3614RP+) over a 10G network connection resulted in the following.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-15.30.39.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-15.30.24.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-03-at-15.30.09.png)

Snapshot replication task over a 10G connection

With **2 min and 40 sec** and an **average speed of 308.4MB/s**, the task was done. As stated before the speed is different if we compare it to the SMB transfer on the same file sample and direction (and of course same hardware). With an average of 100MB/s slower speeds in the case of the Snapshot replication tool.

### Active Backup for Business (bare-metal Windows machine backup)

Considering that at the moment, ABB does not support macOS backup (yet), let's do a demo with a Windows-based machine.

With a bit over **50GB in size**, it took close to **14min** to do the initial machine backup over a 1G connection with an average speed of about **60MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-23.48.25.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-23.58.21.png)

Active Backup process running

The NAS utilization was not high at all on any element, so by running concurrent backup tasks on this model over a 10G connection, and fast drives, you can be sure that you will have no problems making quick work of your backups.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-23.49.41.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-06-at-00.02.40.png)

Almost 12% reduced size of the backed up data due to deduplication and compression by ABB

As always the data is accessible over Active Backup for Business Portal, which will allow you to download or restore any backed-up data in case you need it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-06-at-00.08.04.png)

Active Backup for Business recover portal

Finally, if you need a complete computer restore (bare-metal) you can do that as well. For more info on that process be sure to **[follow up here](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/)**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/image.png)

Also while we are on the subject of a full backup and restore, be sure to check how you can use this NAS as both a target and source when it comes to NAS backup and restores needs that include the whole DSM OS, apps, and its data. [**More info and examples are here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/).

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522_07_vm.jpg)

## :Virtualization and containerization

Synology "Plus" models were always advertised as devices that can utilize the Virtual Machine Manager app, and it is true. In many cases, you can indeed run various Linux and Windows-based VMs but you will have to maintain your expectations.

I have run VMs on more than a few plus models in various combinations, and always found that the CPU was the weak link in most cases, especially with entry plus models. Once you move up into the RS, or RSxs, or better models that stops being an issue.

Of course, the hard drives are a big factor as well, so running your VM on an HDD volume, vs an SSD volume you can expect a huge difference, but again, if the CPU is not already an issue. 

I think it is clear that running a low-end CPU model with spindle drives and not SSD, you really have to manage your expectations.

So with all that, let's see how this dual-core (quad-threaded) CPU with a full SSD setup and 8GB of DDR4 RAM will perform for a basic Windows 11 installation.

###  Windows 11 install process

Aside from configuring the VMM package, **installing Windows 11 instance took under 12 min of total time** (including me taking screens, answering secret questions, configuring the drives during the installation, etc), which I think was great overall.

The VM was configured with 4 vCPU and 4GB of RAM, as well as 100GB of storage and 10G capable LAN.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.22.02.png)

Windows 11 machine ready to be booted

The first stage of setting up, from the boot process until the first reboot took under 5 min.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.23.38.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.25.10.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.25.23.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.25.53.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.29.33.png)

The first stage of installation, under 5min

Here is the first time we see this CPU showing its dual cores getting hit with over 80% utilization in some cases.

The second stage was done little under 3 min, following the installation of support tools for better mouse and graphics handling.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.34.28.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.38.02.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.38.45.png)

The second and third stages, together with another 5min of total time

With all the installations and configurations as well as numerous reboots, we can see the NAS being pushed to its limits, and as expected, the CPU is the weak link.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.39.34.png)

All cores on deck!

### Windows 11 experience

Once the support tools were configured, we can access the machine using the RDP client as the web console is not the best for doing any tasks other than checking the status of the machine itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-04-at-22.47.33.png)

Accessing the Win 11 VM using the RDP client

**Experience is very smooth and fast** (but not as a bare metal machine), for most **basic and light tasks**. I would advise maintaining the usage of this setup for some **basic browsing**, **office tasks**, and **general file management**.

**Utilizing this NAS with more apps** under a similar VM configuration will **significantly deteriorate the overall experience**. By this I mean the likes of **Photoshop**, **AutoCAD**, or similar.

Sorry, your browser doesn't support embedded videos. 

> Here is an example of some basic window and app management just so you can get the feel of how it works in general.

Note, if you check the image above (or the video) you will see that the drive utilization (green squares in the task manager) is flat. As expected the drives themselves will not slow you down (SSDs that is), but rather the CPU. Even a full quad-core CPU from the lower segment like Celeron will start to show problems.

Until you get a NAS with some Intel i3 (or better), or an AMD alternative you should not think about any serious usage other than what was mentioned here or maybe for some lab testing scenarios.

Regarding **network speed**, the VirtIO drives turned this VMs network card into a "10G" detected interface. Speed vise, it was more **along the line of 5-6G** (around 600MBits top) getting about half my available bandwidth.

Still, saying all this, if you do plan on getting this NAS with an SSD setup for the sole purpose of running some VMs, keep in mind that running more than one at a time, you will start to get problems with VMs running a full-blown visual UI. 

If you plan on running some "core" VMs, or light Linux instances you could get away with a few of them in parallel. All of the above was done without any other "stress" on the NAS itself, so keep that in mind as well. With multiple concurrent users, apps, services, etc, running in parallel, your experience might vary.

Finally, I have to say that the **Win 11 experience in terms of installation speed, and usage, was more than I expected**, but still, this was done on a bare NAS with no other services or users utilizing it, so one more time, manage your expectations.

Along the VM element, as with any other "plus" model, DS1522+ offers **Docker support** as well. Containers are a new "hot" thing in the past decade, and they continue to grow. A **brilliant addition** to a very capable device, and if you are looking for apps to host on your NAS that are not in the official Package Center, Docker is a perfect platform for it.

The only thing that you will have to be mindful of with Docker is RAM. Be sure to have enough of it, based on the type of quantity of containers, and you will be fine.

I won't go into specific containers, but there is no platform that this device will not be able to host. Password manager, DBs, web hosting, smart device controllers, you name it, it will deliver. If you are looking for more details or examples, be sure to [**check my Docker section**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/) for some ideas.

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522_06_plex.jpg)

## :Plex

One of the most common roles that you might use in your NAS today, is local media storage, backup, and of course, streaming. My favorite platform of choice is Plex, even though Synology has it's own called Video Station.

The reason I use Plex is that it's been around since 2010 (way before VS came out), and it got better and better over the years. I won't go into details, but let's say that if you want to use your NAS as your media storage, you can't go wrong with any device, but if you want that NAS to be also a streaming server, well then more then a few factors need to be considered, the platform is just one of them.

So, can DS1522+ be served as a media storage device? No problem there, a file is a file, right? But can it be a Plex media server? It can, and it can't. Let's see what I mean by that.

### Plex server it can do, HW transcode, it can't

Considering the choice of the AMD CPU for this model, Synology was going for a device setup that can provide enough power to be a **fast multi-user device**, support **lots of RAM** (for docker and VM needs), and provide **near 1G/s transfers** both on the drive side of things and the network.

What didn't make the cut was the media streaming element, specifically transcoding from one format/resolution to the other. Because the beforementioned CPU has no GPU component inside it, and Plex doesn't officially support HW transcoding using the AMD platform (but it will work most of the time), **when it comes that you need to transcode your content, this NAS will have to accept defeat**.

I have tested some 4K, 1080p, and 720p content both in HDR10/H265 and regular H264 format.

As long as you have a compatible file format for your Plex clients, you will get what is called a Direct Play or Direct Stream stream, and the impact on the NAS will be nonexisting. But, as soon as you start to transcode, manually or automatically, depending on the scenario, the situation changes, drastically.

In the following images, you will see how much of an impact transcode has on this model, and what are its limits.

### 4K direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.21.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.22.14.png)

As we can see DS1522+ has no problem serving the file in DirectPlay (original format), and the playback was smooth while the CPU utilization was almost 0%.

### 4K > 1080p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

When I try the same file as before but want to push it down to 1080p, transcode kicks in, and with no QuickSync or NVIDIA GPU support, this AMC CPU has to do a software transcode operation that will have problematic results when it comes to presenting your content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.23.37.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.23.56.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.24.16.png)

The screenshots clearly show how the content is being transcoded from 4K native to 1080p, and in order to do it, the CPU utilization in this dual-core model skyrocketed to well over 96%. The stream was buffering every few seconds and was unplayable.

### 1080p direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

Stepping down from 4K territory into 1080p, again we have a smooth presentation of content with DirectPlay and zero problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.28.30.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.28.38.png)

Again, no surprises there. The file in this case was the same content but in a different bitrate and codec.

### 1080p > 720p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

It is known that the larger the file, and the more you want to transcode it (lower quality) the more the Plex server will have to work. In return, this will result in poor performance when you have no HW transcode capabilities.

While 4k to 1080p was a no-go, 1080p to 720p was a different story.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.29.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.30.03.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.30.12.png)

Even though the CPU again hit the high 90%+ it was able to play the content without buffering, unlike the example of the previous conversion. Still, this will soon prove to be a bit of a problem if you have any more services running or multiple users requesting anything from the NAS itself. With such a high CPU, it would be best to not utilize it more.

So, it works, but at a very high price.

### 720p direct play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

Finally the 720p samples. As you might expect, Direct Play all the way here as well with absolutely no problems at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.36.43.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.36.53.png)

For the final test in the Plex category, transcoding 720p to SD (480p).

### 720p > 480p transcode play (iOS, iPhone 11, official Plex client)

We can see that again transcoding is done in software, resulting again in very high CPU utilization, but granted not as high as the previous ones.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.37.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.37.57.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-05-at-18.38.05.png)

Utilization was at about 85-90% and played with no problems at all. Same as the previous transcoded example, it can work, but at a steep price.

So there we have it, DS1522+ yes or no as a media (Plex) server? I would say it depends. If you have compatible file formats and clients that can stream and handle them on their own, this NAS will be more than capable to be your media server. However, if you have even the minimum need for transcoding (video, audio, subtitles, etc), you will not have a good experience.

The price of the unit will be too high to justify any transcoding needs, that in the end can't be met.

## 
  
  
## :Conclusion

In a word, excellent. **Excellent device** for many things that it can do. Up to 32GB of RAM, 10G option, 2 NVMe slots for cache in case you are going for the spindle drives, 5 bays by default, and 15 with double expansion.

Capable CPU with decent TDP that in some cases ends up being the weak link, but you can't have it all can you. **Priced at about 650€ plus tax**, this is a worthy successor to the DS1520+ (or DS1019+ for that matter), but you have to make sure that you know what you are getting yourself into.

If you are looking for a media center device that can hold lots of content, and serve multiple local and remote users you might feel that bitter taste considering that it will cost you almost 1500€ to get this beast up and running with some average capacity drives today only to find out that it can't do what the previous models could. You can "thank" Synology for their choice of CPU but, on the other hand, if you want a **compact**, **fast**, **low-power device** that can offer some serious power when it needs to, and satisfy today's growing needs of editing 4K content right of the NAS, then you have a winner.

DS1522+ has a lot going on for itself, but it will be up to you to decide if that is the exact model you were looking for based on what you expect this device to do. In this short time with it, I can say that anyone starting off in the world of self-hosting, having a need to back up a decent amount of devices, or just hosting your favorite photos and videos for your family or business, will get their money's worth. 

Any NAS is a long-term investment, and **DS1522+ is definitely a worthy model that will keep you going for a long time**. It might not be the next "media center" device you were expecting, but then again not many devices can be low power, small in size, powerful, fast, 10G, and HW transcode, now can they?

In case this is the device with the specs you were looking for but the wrong format, you can also choose the rack station model, the **RS422+**. Identical in specs (CPU and 10G), only smaller amount of RAM initially, and one bay less (also, no expansions).

One last thing to touch on is the fact that you should **keep your eye on the drive compatibility list before you buy the NAS**, this one, or any other. Try not to deviate from it, if you don't want to potentially end up in a bad spot with Syno support if you ever might need their help.

I hope this review was informative and interesting, and as always, do let me know in the comment section below what you think about this particular NAS or if you have any comments, suggestions, or critics on the topic.
### Synology Cloud Engage 2022 event
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-cloud-engage-2022-event/
Last updated: 2022-07-24T22:30:06.000Z
Since the release of DSM 7, Synology has been pushing its [**C2 platform**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/) more and more with many new services both free and paid.

I have written about it in the past, and as one of the early C2 users, I can't really say anything bad about it. With competitive prices and **no egress fees** (brilliant), C2 has become my last line of defense in my entire setup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-01-at-09.38.21.png)

This time around Synology will host a virtual event called **[Synology Cloud Engage 2022](https://event.synology.com/en-us/c2-annual-event?ref=blackvoid.club)** during which they will showcase some of the C2 services, as well as have a live Q&A and quiz.

Youtube URL for the event is here:

The event will be held on **July 14th**, with multiple sessions listed below.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-01-at-10.05.56.png)

The agenda for all events will be as follows (with Q&A in three languages):

| 15 mins. | Part 1 - Personal data protectionWalk through how C2 Password and C2 Backup helps individuals to protect data.                                                                                         |
| -------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 3 mins.  | Quiz + Q&A                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| 20 mins. | Part 2 - Device & service security for businessDive into how C2 Identity, C2 Backup for Business, and C2 Transfer protect your organization’s critical assets, exploring the benefits of C2 solutions. |
| 3 mins.  | Quiz + Q&A                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| 15 mins. | Part 3 - Infrastructure for dataLearn strategies for building a modern infrastructure for the massive growth of data of your organization with C2 Storage and C2 Object Storage.                       |
| 3 mins.  | Quiz + Q&A                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| 15 mins. | Q&A                                                                                                                                                                                                    |

Finally, as you can see in the agenda, there will be a quiz and a **free** **C2 Password Plus for 1y!**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-01-at-10.14.09.png)

C2 Password Plus (1y) for free with a **chance to win C2 Backup 2TB for 1 year** as well

So if you got time and have interest in the C2 platform, be sure to register and see what Synology has for us in the future.
### What does Synology's future look like?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/what-does-synologys-future-look-like/
Last updated: 2022-08-06T13:10:58.000Z
In 2008, I began my Synology journey. My transition from Windows bases devices to macOS was asking for a more reliable backup system as well as the fact that local media streaming was also on the rise, was reasons enough to start looking into local storage solutions beyond a classic USB enclosure.

It took a while to look through all the competitors at that time but I realized that Synology was the one that ticked all the boxes for me back then. Still, it was not until early 2010 that I got my first model. Then DSM 2.2 was about to come out, followed by DSM 3.0 in September.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-25-at-15.45.21.png)

Synology DSM 3.2 - this was it!

Back then Synology was on a mission to allow you to use your NAS with as many apps as they could possibly throw at you. As you can see even then we had media streaming support, music, photos, mail, and download clients. Remember this was before the Package Center that arrived in v4.0 in 2012.

So, then we were motivated to try and emulate the DSM just because it was so neat and tidy, but not running on very powerful hardware. Xpenology was born, and tech nation started to run future DSM versions on bare metal PCs, old servers, and VMs as well.

**Synology's popularity grew**, and even though they had problems with fast support and responses, people still saw them as the best option when it comes to an appliance in that class. Sure, they weren't (and still aren't) the best when it comes to HW components (CPU, RAM, etc), but having a powerful device was nothing if you didn't have a software platform to drive it. In other words, **a stable, feature-rich device** that was capable of delivering multiple services while not using a lot of room in your household or office as well as not being hard on the power bill.

For a while, things were going along in a familiar tone until 2015\. **That was a tipping point for Synology on multiple fronts**, as the company started to push towards new devices and services in a big way.

Synology decided to roll out a new class of devices so the world was **introduced to their first router**, the RT1900AC. With a decent success in that category, just a month ago we got the fourth model in the lineup so it is clear that they are not backing up from them, and why would they.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_front.png)

The latest router in Synology's lineup, RT6600ax

With a **[great SRM OS that runs on the routers](…and on top of that, there will be a new unit coming out at one point that will be a sort of a successor to the RT2600ac. Potentially marked as #RT3000ax)**, Synology has created another stable and very functional piece of hardware that many SOHO and small businesses recognized.

Alongside a new hardware lineup, Synology also started to play catch up with some of the world's most desirable IT elements to date, the cloud. **[C2 platform was born](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/)**. Opening their first data center in Frankfurt (EU), Synology was sending a clear message that they want to extend their off-premise services even though they were in the business of giving their users a "private and local cloud".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/c2tagcover.png)

Synology C2, a growing platform of free and paid cloud services

But with C2, Synology also created a list of services that until today, have swarmed into seven major C2 platform elements. For the most part, C2 is targeted and advertised as an extension to your on-prem NAS setup, but also, some C2 apps are independent and can function on their own.

Still, one of the main reasons that users are leaning towards on-prem devices and not the cloud is the price that in the C2 case is very different when compared to the competition. With **no egress fees and a lower starting price per TB**, many have recognized C2 as their primary, secondary, or third choice when it comes to backing up their data.

One final element that marked 2015 is the major **release of DSM 6**. The sixth incarnation of the NAS OS brought many improvements over a rocky predecessor and many were eager to update asap. The quality of DSM 6 is also proven by the fact that it took nearly seven years until the new major version. [DSM 7 was released in 2021](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/) after the longest development and test period to date.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/DSM71tagcover.png)

DSM 7 - the latest version of Synology's NAS OS

But that leads us now to several big questions. **What is next for Synology and where will these new directions lead to?**

So what has been going on in Synology for the past few years and what will we as customers have to deal with in the future?

Well, the fact is that a few years back now, Synology has first **[started to clean up their own backyard when it comes to 3rd app support](https://www.blackvoid.club/3rd-party-package-support-in-dsm-7/)** on their devices. Of course that made sense as they will have more time to focus on their own products (both software and hardware), as well as minimize time spent on troubleshooting 3rd party solutions. With the **introduction of Docker support**, Synology solved this problem by giving users the freedom to run any app/service that they want, and free themselves from 3rd party support. Win-win right?

So far so good, but Synology didn't stop there. One huge part of their support was devoted to solving issues caused by hard drives in use with their NAS devices. On top of that, in order to be more competitive in winning a contract that would allow them implementation of their HW and SW solutions, they had to vouch for the whole solutions, not just the NAS device, but the drives themselves, even any add-ons also (like 10/25G PCI cards, etc...).

![Synology HDD compatibility policy explained](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/synodrives.png)

With Synology branded drives, we got some new drive policies

So in January of 2021, **[Synology rolled out their first enterprise HDD lineup](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-hdd-s-spotted/)**, starting a list of future SATA, SAS, SSD, and NVMe models that they have today. One would think that was a good thing, but what followed, and is the current hot topic, is not something that is rubbing everyone the right way.

What do I mean by this? Well, Synology is currently on a strategic plan to enforce their drives on their NAS devices in a gradual manner. What started to be a mandatory requirement for their high-end lineup, now we have situations where small business/enthusiast-level devices are **slowly being pushed into using Synology branded drives**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/5year_warranty_02.png)

All Synology branded drives come with a 5y warranty

With a steep price for a 5y warranty drive, many have found this move to be very forced, and unfair, especially as more and more NAS devices are not getting 3rd party drives listed as compatible or supported. You can still use them, but if you get into trouble, Synology will not offer support for any problems that you might have in case you get into trouble using their products.

Being in a transition period as I write this article, more and more users are looking to move away from a **[potential HDD lock](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/)**, that might roll out in the future on their whole lineup. With some news about **non-enterprise drives coming out**, Synology might lower the rage of users by offering more affordable drives, but at the moment that is not the case, and it is unclear when that will happen. Also, if that does happen, Synology will have to have a fast and large enough stock to cover the worldwide needs. It's a bold move IMHO, but we will see what will play out in the end.

With that mindset, we could also see **future NAS devices pre-populated with Synology drives**, which might be a great turn-key solution for many (especially new) users, but as I said, we will have to wait and see if this is something that they will be able to pull off without sacrificing current qualities.

One more thing worth mentioning that has started to happen in the past year is their **transition from Intel to AMD CPU** models in their non-enterprise/higher tier models. I'm sure they have a valid reason for this, and what that reason might be I am not sure, but there are both positive and negative sides to this.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/ds1522review.png)

Almost all x22 models are configured with AMD Ryzen CPU's

Off the bat, the positive side would be that we would be getting a more modern and current CPU in most NAS devices as well as better and higher RAM support. On top of that (just like some Intel CPUs), there will be a multi-10G support as well. All good and valid reasons. Also, we can be sure that a financial component is also one reason for this move, but just how big of a reason is anyone's guess.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/10gmini.png)

New proprietary E10G22-T1-mini 10G add-on card

While we all appreciate these upgrades that will essentially allow for a more capable and powerful device **we could be losing some of the benefits that Intel-powered models brought to the table**. Specifically, the ones with Intel QuickSync features. I am referring to the older models (like DS920 or similar) that offered hardware video transcoding and allowed to be in a role of a media center server.

With AMD Ryzen, we will lose that feature, and not just because some solutions out there do not support AMD CPUs in that manner, but because the "embedded" AMD CPU lineup has no GPU component built-in.

Ok so we can argue that you can still use the NAS as pure storage and for the media center role use a separate device, but it will be an added cost that might complicate things for some users moving forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/dva.png)

The current DVA lineup - DVA1622 and DVA3221

So far, in 2022 Synology pushed out almost 10 new products in the first half, and there are still more to come. Guess what most SOHO users are waiting to see are the new upcoming 2/4-bay devices. If those models also arrive with AMD CPUs then we can be sure that the majority of the entire lineup will be AMD driven for the foreseeable future, while Intel will remain for the chosen few in the mid to high-end tier.

**How am I personally viewing all of this so far?** Well, first off my choice of Synology as a brand was mainly because **I wanted to have a supported, stable, secure, and reliable solution**. Also, a big part is my free time. Do I want to tinker with the device and bend it to my will? No. I don't have the time, I don't want to do it, I just want it to work.

A simple and clear example would be to watch some content or upload a photo, or an album. Do I want to think about will it work today out-of-the-box or will I have to spend time tinkering with it and fix what needs fixing? No thank you.

**Synology provides me with enough agility**, to use it in a way that was intended, while also making sure that I can rely on it to be stable and to "just work". So that one hour of free time that I have to watch a movie with my family, I can actually watch it and not worry about fixing yet another problem.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-29-at-18.25.14.png)

Active Insight - a new (free/paid) platform for monitoring your DSM 7-powered NAS devices

**Truth is that peace of mind and stability will cost**. Just like everything else. But tbh, I am more than okay with that. If works as advertised, if I get out of it what I want and need, it's fine. Sure, with all said so far the future might look a bit different, but again, **I really am fine with it if that will mean that I will get a better product in the end and even fewer problems**.

I do understand that some percentage of users do not like the restrictions in any way, let alone the type and models of drives they can or cannot use with their NAS devices, but in the end, you are buying an appliance. That does come with some baggage, and in this case, a pretty large one (or expensive one). Personally, **I think this mindset will change once the more affordable drives come to market**, and, as I said before, Synology maintains the supply line, it will become an accepted fact.

Just like some other vendors that manufacture both HW and SW elements dictate the market in their niche, maybe **Synology will be able to further fortify its position in this SoHo/small business segment**. Even though they are pushing for an enterprise label, they still have a way to go IMHO, and **I do hope that that road will not steer them away from a large client pool that made them what they are today**.

It remains to be seen how these strategic moves will affect us over the coming years, but personally, some changes will not sit well I'm sure, **but for the most part, it should be better for Synology and hopefully for all of their current and future customers as well**. Let's wait and see.

Let me know down in the comments what you think about the future of Synology and how you see your "relationship" in the coming years.
### VPN Plus Server - Site-to-Site
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-plus-server-site-to-site/
Last updated: 2022-09-04T10:22:18.000Z
Nowadays, security is a top priority for almost everyone, especially businesses. Running your own services, or storing data but still being able to get to it all while away from your network is a common question.

> How to get to my data safely over the Internet?

There are ways that you can get to your data while you are away from your local network by publishing the services over revers proxy for example. The "problem" there is that you have to harden those services as best as possible or limit access if you want to increase security. Also, you have to allow access to those resources on your router in order to be able to access them in the first place, and that means, you are not the only one that can do that.

But what about when you have **multiple locations** that you want to have **secure**, **remote access** to but still have them configured in such a manner that the apps and services (including devices) are **not exposed to the rest of the world**?

Enter **site-to-site VPN**. Now let's be clear, this is nothing groundbreaking new even in the Synology world, but it is also not so common unless you actually need it.

## VPN Plus Server

When we talk about site-to-site VPN connections in the Synology eco-system, then you will have to have **certain prerequisites** in place in order to configure it.

> So what is a site-to-site VPN to begin with? 

Well, site-to-site VPN is a way to **connect multiple sites** (homes, business locations, etc), **over the Internet** but in such a way that the **communication between sites remains "local"**. By local here I mean that all services, devices, and apps, **talk to each other by using their local IP addresses or their local domain names**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/site-to-site.png)

Connect multiple points over a secure VPN tunnel

Communication remains inside a site-to-site VPN "tunnel", so it is going **over the Internet, but it is encrypted** and all local subnets (more on this later), are talking to each other, well locally.

> Why would I bother with this?

If it's not clear from the previous paragraph, you can use this setup in order to create a large local network over MAN/WAN layout so you do not have to expose each location to the Internet. This way you are minimizing attack vectors, and simplifying internal communication while increasing security.

> What do I need to get this to work?

As mentioned before there are certain prerequisites. 

- Compatible site-to-site VPN router (it doesn't have to be Synology)
- Public static IP address or a public FQDN name
- Separate local subnets on each location
- Licenses\*

Considering that I am talking here about the VPN Plus Server solution it is clear that I will be focusing on Synology router products, as well their OS, Synology Router Manager (SRM).

In order to get this configured you will need a **Synology** **router** (but not mandatory) that has site-to-site VPN functionality. Luckily, **all Synology routers to date (all four of them)**, are compatible with the latest version of SRM that **supports the beforementioned VPN Plus Server package**.

When it comes to site-to-site functionality there are limitations in terms that not all models support the same amount of concurrent connections. So, depending on your needs be sure to check the data below for the appropriate model if you plan on using the Synology router.

| Model    | Max connections |
| -------- | --------------- |
| RT6600ax | 20              |
| RT2600ac | 10              |
| MR2200ac | 4               |
| RT1900ac | 4               |

Depending on your ISP options and your contract, you will have a public **static** or **dynamic** IP address. What this means is that you will be able to configure your site-to-site setup by using your static IP address, or if you are running a dynamic one (changes every 24/h or so), you will have to use some sort of public **dynamic DNS (DDNS)** service that will give you a public name and associate it with your current public IP address. 

This will be necessary if you don't want to change your configuration every time your public IP address is changed. There are many DDNS services, and **Synology also provides one for free**, so you can configure one as needed.

The third point above mentions local network subnets. Each location you want to connect to will **have to have a unique local subnet** so there is no overlap and collisions. As an example, if one location is running 10.30.50.0/24 then any other location will have to be configured to 10.30.55.0/24, or 192.168.10.0/24 it really doesn't matter, as long as they are different and unique.

Finally, licenses. Site-to-site VPN in SRM requires a valid license in order to work. Considering that you can buy licenses it is not a problem to get them configured in the end, but if anything good has come out of the COVID-19 situation is that **all Synology licenses are free forever**. This was announced in September of 2021 by Synology. 

> *Under the new program,* ****new and existing owners of Synology's RT1900ac, RT2600ac, and MR2200ac wireless routers can activate perpetual Client VPN Access and Site-to-Site VPN licenses at no additional cost, forever.**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-18-at-19.46.17.png)

The site-to-site VPN license status

📢

**UPDATE**: Since SRM 1.3.1 the **license tab has been completely removed** since Synology started to offer them free of charge during the COVID-19 pandemic.

## How to configure a site-to-site VPN?

The first thing that needs to be done is that you have to install VPN Plus Server package from the **Package Center**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-18-at-19.49.57.png)

Install VPN Plus Server from the Package Center

Once completed, open the application and move into the **Site-to-site VPN** section in the left-hand side menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-18-at-20.07.40.png)

Select the Site-to-site VPN section

Now, from the **Add** dropdown menu, select either **Manually** or **Import profile** option. Depending on if you are doing it from scratch or maybe migrating and connecting your 2nd or 3rd location, you could then simply export and import your existing IPSec configuration.

In case you are doing a manual configuration for the first time, it should be configured similar to this.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-17-at-12.10.49.png)

Example of a site-to-site general configuration

Let's explain a bit what needs to be configured here and how.

You will configure a **profile name** of your choice as this will be visible at the end inside your VPN Plus Server site-to-site section. Give any descriptive name that you want. Alongside that, enter a unique **pre-shared key** also of your choosing.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Pre-shared keys need to be identical on all sites that will be part of this configuration!

Obviously, you will activate **enable this connection** setting if you want this point to start connecting to other locations. Regarding **enable DNSSEC validation** option you can try and turn it on, but if you are unable to get a successful connection, try and turn it off, and see if that will help.

Moving on into the **Local Site** section there are some options here that need your attention.

The first element is the **outbound IP** setting. If you are running a PPPoE connection from the same router, and use it to get your public address then you can leave it as it is. In any other case (secondary adapter for example), you will choose the **manual** option instead and select your connection that will be declared as your "public" outgoing interface.

The **local ID** setting in this case can be whatever you want because this is your local end and it is not important to be exact here. I have decided to enter my public FQDN address just to keep it different from my remote site parameter.

The most important element here is the **private subnet**. Here you will enter the local LAN subnet that you want to visible to any other point that will be included in this configuration. So if you want access to your LAN from your remote locations, enter your LAN subnet or select it from the dropdown menu.

Next, we need to configure the **remote site** options.

Similar to the local settings, you will need to enter the **IP address/FQDN** value in either format. If you are running a public static IP address you can use that or use any public domain name (using a DDNS name for example) instead.

For the **remote ID** again, you can enter any descriptive value you want, and finally the **private subnet**. This again is important as this is the value of the remote network subnet you want access to. Once again, as stated before, all subnets need to be unique in this case.

Once you have completed the general section on the second tab called **encryption** be sure to configure settings that fit your needs. These settings also need to be identical on all sites.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-17-at-12.12.35.png)

Example of site-to-site encryption settings

When you are all set and done, click **OK** on the bottom and then move on to configuring all the remaining sites that will be included in this configuration in the same manner.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that while you can talk to any site in any direction, you will have to have each site configured with any other site in order to do so. You will **not** be able to communicate for example with site C via site B from location A. Location A will have to have configured site-to-site with location C as well as location B if you want to be able to reach them both. So **no " proxy" communication setup is supported**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-18-at-23.00.43.png)

Status of your site-to-site connections

If all goes well, you should get the **connected** status up and running in no time. Unfortunately, the VPN Plus Server package has no log entries that would help you in case you do have any problems other than listing your status as *connecting* in case there is an issue.

## Testing the site-to-site setup

Now that you are up and running, out of the box you should be able to ping your locations, and devices and access remote apps and services using their local domain names or IPs. But, what about speed?

Some typical usage scenarios, in this case, are file transfers and backups, right? Well in my test cases I noticed that no more than 5MB/s transfer could have been achieved in any case regardless of having more than enough bandwidth on either side.

While testing Hyper Backup the transfer was consistent and the tunnel was stable all the time. In fact no problem whatsoever regarding tunnel stability that I could notice.

While the VPN Plus Server app does have an overview section it **does not provide** any data at all regarding site-to-site VPN connection. This means that you will have to find some other means of monitoring your real-time transfers.

In my case, I use a GIT stack ([Grafana-InfluxDB-Telegraf](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-8-influxdb-2-telegraf-2021-monitoring-stack/)) to track network interface speeds, so I was able to capture transfers in real-time as they were happening.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-17-at-14.37.09.png)

Hyper Backup speeds. Between 4 and 5MB/s

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-17-at-15.07.58.png)

SMB transfer of a single large file. Mostly from 3-4MB/s on average

It was surprising to see that an SMB transfer of a single large file was having less consistent speeds than a Hyper Backup task, but it is what it is.

As said, the **tunnel stability is rock solid**, and I haven't noticed any problems in terms of reconnects (other than when the location needs to reconnect after 24h because of the ISP policy), and latency will of course vary depending on the connection and distance.

**Location A <> B**

PING xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx): 56 data bytes  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=0 ttl=253 time=19.676 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=1 ttl=253 time=18.307 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=2 ttl=253 time=19.849 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=3 ttl=253 time=14.491 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=4 ttl=253 time=14.748 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=5 ttl=253 time=16.121 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=6 ttl=253 time=13.169 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=7 ttl=253 time=27.066 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=8 ttl=253 time=21.450 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=9 ttl=253 time=26.980 ms

**Location A <> C**

PING xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx): 56 data bytes  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=0 ttl=62 time=76.130 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=1 ttl=62 time=62.809 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=2 ttl=62 time=70.996 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=3 ttl=62 time=69.432 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=4 ttl=62 time=67.917 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=5 ttl=62 time=65.169 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=6 ttl=62 time=64.421 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=7 ttl=62 time=69.815 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=8 ttl=62 time=128.287 ms  
64 bytes from xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx: icmp\_seq=9 ttl=62 time=204.359 ms

## Logs and reports

If I had to pick just one thing that I don't like about the VPN Plus Server it would have to be logging and monitoring. Now while the package does have a log section it is very poor in terms of details when it comes to site-to-site. Also, the real-time overview of traffic, speeds, and connections are non-existing.

The only thing you can do to get some sense of traffic happening is to run daily/weekly or monthly reports.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-18-at-23.28.13.png)

Inside generated reports, you will get the sense of traffic but only after the fact, no real-time

So, if you want real-time information you will have to capture that data on your router, or by some other platform that will capture SNMP data for example.

All in all, **not difficult to configure**, completely **free** if you are running a Synology router, and **stable**. Speed could be a bit better but your results might vary as well, so best to configure it and test it out. Also, site-to-site VPN is meant to be secure, not mainly fast, so can't really complain.

Leave me a comment below if you have anything to add on the subject, or if you have any questions, suggestions, or critics.
### 2022 summer giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-summer-giveaway/
Last updated: 2022-07-14T17:22:36.000Z
🎁

**ANNOUNCEMENT**: 1.7.2022 - We have our winner for this giveaway! **Congrats to Danijel Horvat!** I hope that this NAS will come in handy for what it can offer! **Thanks to all the participants**, and be sure to follow the site in the future for more giveaways! Have a great summer!

Winning (random) comment:

> While all you say about DS120j is true - 1bay, entry-level NAS is still a great upgrade bringing new features to my network. Currently, 211j with DSM 4.3 on it is just a file/DNS server with a download station. DSM7 on 120j would bring Photos as much needed feature.

---

Summer is here and Blackvoid is doing another giveaway! After this year's 3rd anniversary giveaway, [one in March](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-3rd-anniversary-giveaway/), starting **today** there is another one!

Truth be told this was not planned as the prize landed in my lap by surprise. A few days ago I attended a [Synology partner event in Zagreb](https://www.blackvoid.tech/synology-partner-event-zagreb-09-06-2022/?ref=blackvoid.club) where I ended up winning a competition. 1st prize, **DS120j**! 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/IMG_1699.png)

DS120j - it might be the smallest out there but it can still provide a great set of features 

Considering I have no need for this NAS I have decided to give it away. I know it's the entry 1-bay model, but I'm sure it will find a home for someone out there.

So, be sure to follow the rules below, and try to win this little gem by the end of the month! Good luck to everyone!

💬

****DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure, the prized device has been won, and nobody is paying or sponsoring it. This is a ****giveaway**, not a lottery, so ****no fee or charge is needed to participate**. This is a worldwide giveaway.

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from ****June11th (00:00 CEST)** till ****June30th, 2022 (23:59 CEST)**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, ****register with a valid email account** (it will be used to contact you in case you win)
2. ****Comment as a registered user** and tell me how you see this device being beneficial for you. ****Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!**

🗒️

**NOTE**: Empty comments, or "+1", "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double post. Once you are ready to post, ****click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1sec longer for your comment to become visible.

3\. That's it! You are in!

🗒️

**NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any other activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after June 30th ****will not be taken into consideration** as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be ****chosen randomly** (comments that meet the ****criteria of step 2**) and contacted on their registered email.

The ****winner** ****will be contacted** from this email address: ****`info@blackvoid.tech`** on the **1st of July 2022**.

****The winner will have 48h** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner will not respond within 48h, another winner will be chosen and given another 48h to respond.

If there will be no response in the second wave **by July8th (00:00 CEST)**, the ****giveaway will be void**.

The official, public announcement of the giveaway winner will be on July 1st as an update in this current article at the top.

****I wish you all good luck and hope you will be interested in this small summer prize**. Thank you in advance for participating and your visit!
### Synology C2 Object Storage
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/
Last updated: 2024-04-07T09:42:43.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 07/07/2023 - support for ****bucket versions and WORM protection is unlocked**

📢

****UPDATE**: 07/06/2022 - ****Object Storage has officially rolled out**. Added some new information to be compliant with current offers. The official press release is [****here**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/company/news/article/C2%5FObject%5FStorage/Synology%C2%AE%C2%A0introduces%20C2%20Object%20Storage?ref=blackvoid.club).

📢

****UPDATE**: 25/05/2022 - Synology Object Storage team ****tracked down the issue** that I have been having with setting this to work with ****Hyper Backup**. I have added the ****section on the bottom** that explains how it all works.

📢

****UPDATE**: 24/05/2022 - Still waiting for the Synology Object Storage team to let me know about some issues that I have when trying to use this service with the built-in Hyper Backup S3 options.

📢

****UPDATE**: 23/05/2022 - Got access to ****Object Storage service with 100TB of space**. More info on how to use the service is in the section below.

Since the launch of DSM 7, we have seen that Synology has been pushing its C2 plans with the rollout of [**new services**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/) and the opening of the new C2 data center in Taiwan.

Just last month, Synology presented their upcoming [**C2 Surveillance**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/) service that is still in beta until the end of October, but in a few months (sometime in July), we will get a new member of the C2 portfolio, **C2 Object Storage**.

![](https://surveycake-s3.surveycakecdn.com/asset/pic/2022-03-22-09-09-37-dbb064c9b4a2304b05c2aac39fd85ca8.png)

## C2 Object Storage - the *unstructured data* storage solution

So what is Object Storage? As advertised, it will be your solution for storing and backing up any **unstructured** data such as email, collaboration files, survey responses, social media content, search engine queries, IoT sensor data, etc.

On top of that type of data, you could be looking at images, audio/video files from media hosting, as well as the data from backing up VMs and running applications.

🗒️

****NOTE**: You will ****not need to own any Synology NAS device** in order to use this service unlike is the case with C2 Storage and Hyper Backup package.

In order to tackle this demand of retrieving insight from a large portion of unstructured data, Synology is offering a way to store and manipulate that kind of data using their C2 platform. As with any other C2 service, when it comes to data manipulation (moving, deleting, accessing, etc), Object Storage will also have **no hidden fees or egress costs** so you have no fear of any unpredictable costs.

Starting at just **$6.99 per month for 1TB**, this price is already 3-4x lower than the likes of AWS or Azure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-07-at-19.39.37.png)

Object Storage prices and fees compared to other similar platforms

Object Storage will support Amazon S3 compatible APIs, also with a **free quota for download** per month. Finally, the security and uptime element of this service is guaranteed by **11 nines of durability** (99,999999999%).

At the moment, the service is in the early access stage, meaning it is **invite-only**. If you want to test it out, you are welcome to register for it using the following [**link**](https://www.surveycake.com/s/2PGD3?ref=blackvoid.club).

Considering that Object Storage is compatible with Simple Storage Service (S3) APIs, you will be able to integrate it with existing tools and programming code. One such example would be Synology's Hyper Backup and its support for destinations that work with S3.

Service is working on the principle of **buckets** and **keys**, such as you would need when working with Amazon S3 or Backblaze B2 for example. You will have the option to **create up to 1000 keys** (with various permissions) that you can bind to all, or specific buckets (you can **create up to 100 buckets**) in order to **increase security and minimize risk**.

Each of the three major C2 data centers will have its own unique URL:

[object.tw.c2.synology.com](https://object.tw.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) (APAC - Taiwan)  
[object.eu.c2.synology.com](https://object.eu.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) (Europe - Frankfurt)  
[object.us.c2.synology.com](https://object.us.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) (North America - Seattle)

## Managing buckets

Using the C2 Object Storage web UI, you can **view**, **create**, and **delete** buckets that are **unique in Object Storage global directory** (all C2 OS data centers). This means that you will only be able to use names that are not already in use by any OS user.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-24-at-17.53.59.png)

List of all your buckets

As mentioned before, you will be able to use up to 100 buckets, and **all modifications can be done via web UI, not API**.

⚠️

****NOTE**: Once you create a bucket, you ****will not be able to rename it**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-24-at-17.56.36.png)

Creating a new bucket

Setting the bucket name needs to follow certain naming rules:

- The length must be between 3 and 63 characters.
- Only lowercase letters (a-z), numbers (0-9), and hyphens (-) are accepted.
- Hyphens cannot be put at the beginning or at the end.

If you decide to delete the bucket, keep in mind that its name will become public and anyone else might claim it. If instead, you want to keep the bucket and its name, simply empty it instead.

After its creation, each bucket will get a unique name that will be similar to this: `https://yy-xxx.xx.zzzzzzz.net`.

## Managing keys

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-24-at-17.58.42.png)

List of all the active keys

Along with the bucket endpoint URL, you will need to have an **access key** as well. Keys can be assigned to a specific bucket, or all of them, and can have read or read/write permissions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-24-at-18.00.04.png)

Select the bucket and access type

Each key has two elements. **Access key ID** and a **secret key**. Once created, keys can be downloaded, and on top of it all, be sure to write down the secret key value, as you **will not see it inside the UI after its initial presentation**.

## API compatibility and limitations

Considering that OS is compatible with Amazon S3 APIs, it has to be mentioned that some functions are currently not supported.

Here are the current compatible APIs:

### Read buckets

1. HeadBucket
2. ListBuckets
3. GetBucketACL
4. GetBucketLocation
5. ListMultipartUploads

### Create objects

1. PutObject
2. Copyobject
3. CreateMultipartUpload
4. UploadPart
5. AbortMultipartUpload
6. UploadPartCopy
7. CompleteMultipartUpload

### Read objects

1. HeadObject
2. GetObjectACL
3. ListParts
4. ListObjects
5. ListObjectsV2

### Delete objects

1. DeleteObject
2. DeleteObjects

### Available APIs by access types

### Read Only

HeadBucket, ListBuckets, GetBucketACL, GetBucketLocation, ListBucketMultipartUploads, HeadObject, GetObjectACL, ListParts, ListObjects, ListObjectsV2, ListObjectVersions

### Read and Write

HeadBucket, ListBuckets, GetBucketACL, GetBucketLocation, ListBucketMultipartUploads, PutObject, Copyobject, CreateMultipartUpload, UploadPart, AbortMultipartUpload, UploadPartCopy, CompleteMultipartUpload, HeadObject, GetObjectACL, ListParts, ListObjects, ListObjectsV2, ListObjectVersions, DeleteObject, DeleteObjects

⚠️

C2 Object Storage only ****supports AWS Signature Version 4**, which provides stronger security because it supports the SHA-256 hash algorithm. ****Version 2 and other methods are currently not supported**.

Of course, these are all the supported functions but as stated before there are some that are **not supported**:

### Unsupported functions

1. ACL  
Object-level ACLs1  
Public buckets2
2. IAM roles
3. Bucket logging
4. Server-side encryption
5. Storage lifecycle rules
6. Website configuration
7. CORS
8. Object locks
9. Object tagging
10. Versioning
11. Creating, editing, deleting buckets and access keys through APIs3

## Object Storage user portal

Once you log into the portal, besides creating buckets and keys, you will have the option to **view,** **upload, delete and download** files as well as use Synology or compatible 3rd party apps to manipulate the buckets and their data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-07-at-19.25.40.png)

Inside the bucket, you will have the option to create folders...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-07-at-19.28.00.png)

...and upload files/objects

There is also an option to do multiple object operations (like deleting multiple files), as well as download a specific one if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-07-at-19.29.43.png)

Multiple object manipulation

🗒️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that ****versioning is not supported** from the standpoint of manually uploaded files. If you use a platform or an app that does support it (like ****Hyper Backup**), you ****will have access to versions** from that same platform. ****OS is here as a pure storage destination**.

## Hyper Backup example of using C2 Object Storage

One example of how you can already use this service without developing custom code is to use the Hyper Backup platform and its option to connect to S3 services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-25-at-13.24.36.png)

Select the S3 Storage section inside your Hyper Backup wizard

Once you start your **Hyper Backup** and select create **Data backup task**, select the **S3 Storage** option to proceed forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-25-at-08.20.52.png)

Configure the backup task using Object Storage values

Be sure to change all the values as follows:

- S3 Server: change and select **Custom Server URL**
- Server address: **paste in your end-point URL** from the Object Share portal
- Signature version: **v4** (v2 is not supported!)
- Access Key: your Object Share **Access Key ID** value
- Secret Key: your **secret key**
- Bucket name: **select the bucket** that your key has permission to
- Directory: name of the folder that will be visible inside the bucket

Once you select all the data you want to back up and land on the final page of the wizard, **backup settings**, you have to make sure to have **enable transfer encryption** setting turned on. If you fail to do so, then you will not be able to complete the wizard and initiate the actual backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-25-at-13.40.59.png)

Don't forget to select the transfer encryption check box

⚠️

If you do not check the ****Enable transfer encryption** option, communication will fall to ****HTTP**, and you will not be able to complete the task wizard!

Finally, when the task runs you will have the classic Hyper Backup view of the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-25-at-14.01.30.png)

Backup completed

Accessing the data, or deleting it (at the moment) is not possible using the C2 Object Storage portal, you will only be able to see the space utilized (the feature is coming in near future), but if you are using Hyper Backup for the task, you can use the Hyper Backup Explorer, or Vault to view the content, and essentially pull it down or restore in place.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-25-at-14.21.33.png)

Data utilization visible from the Object Storage Portal

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-25-at-14.24.07.png)

Accessing data using Hyper Backup Explorer/Vault with point-in-time options

### Speed and NAS utilization

When we are talking about performance from a standpoint of speed and NAS utilization, I can say the speed is decent and the impact of running these encrypted tasks will have a solid CPU utilization.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-25-at-14.34.13.png)

NAS utilization during the backup process

As the CPU graph shows there is a about 35% CPU load (yellow) that is directly showing the utilization of the Hyper Backup application. Over time the load is lowering as the data is nearing the end of the encrypted process. 

Internet speed towards the C2 Object Storage (Frankfurt data center), was **maxing at about 21MB/s** (half of my total upload speed) as presented on the bottom graph. For a little under **3.4GB**, it took about **4min to complete**.

## Conclusion

Considering the service is still in the closed invite-only phase, there might be a number of bugs that need to be ironed out, but saying that, for a few tests that I have done so far, I can say that it works well, especially with the tools that most Synology users are already familiar with, like Hyper Backup.

Alongside Amazon S3, and Backblaze B2 you now have an option to target Synology C2 storage as a backup destination by the means of S3 APIs. With the benefits mentioned at the start of this article, it would be worth looking into. One more great upside is that this service will work for any platforms that are not related to Synology at all. This means you **do not have to own a Synology NAS to use Object Storage**, making it a great destination (and cheap) for all your structured or unstructured data backup.

I'm sure Synology will continue to work on this C2 service to develop it further and bring other features to it in the near future.

If you have any questions or comments on the matter, as always, feel free to post in the comment section below.
### Synology C2 Partner Program update
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-partner-program-update/
Last updated: 2022-08-24T07:02:44.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 24/08/2022 - Today Synology announced that **Active Insight has become part of the Synology Partner Program**.

After your customers accept your invitation, you (Partner) can do the following:

- Manage the subscriptions and billing of their C2 services.
- Manage their Active Insight portal and assign licenses to their monitored hosts for them.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 12/07/2022 - in August, **[Active Insight](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)** will be offered as part of the Synology Partner Program. More details are below.

> We plan to integrate the Active Insight service into the Synology Partner Program in about one month. After the update, you can invite customers to manage their C2 services and Active Insight on the Partner Portal.

> For consistent managed service experiences, upon the update of the Program, in case of conflicts between the original Active Insight delegations and the Partner Portal management, the Partner Portal will prevail. Below are some changes that may also take place:

- If your Active Insight is delegated to another Synology Account, this delegation will be terminated.
- For your current customers invited from the Partner Portal, you will manage their Active Insight via the Partner Portal. If their Active Insight is delegated to another delegate or is managed by themselves, the changes will still apply.

> Kindly note that, if you have invited customers to delegate their Active Insight to you via the Active Insight portal but have never invited them through the Partner Portal, we recommend you to invite them again through the Partner Portal.

---

In May 2022, Synology rolled out new changes coming to their **C2 Partner Program**.

In case you are not on top of the Partner Program, it is an option for you as a partner to subscribe and maintain your customer's C2 services.

The new changes coming to the partner program include the following:

- Offer for subscribing to all C2 services in every data center for your customers
- Full management for providing better customer services via C2 services portals
- New rebate program

**Monthly**: get 3% rebate per month if the amount reaches 100 USD / 100 EUR / 3,000 TWD.

**Quarterly**: get 6% rebate if the accumulated amount per quarter reaches 3,000 USD / 3,000 EUR / 90,000 TWD; get 9% rebate if the accumulated amount per quarter reaches 6,000 USD / 6,000 EUR / 180,000 TWD.

As before, all operations are done using the [**C2 Partner Portal**](https://partner.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club).
### Private Docker registry with Portainer
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/private-docker-registry-with-portainer/
Last updated: 2024-02-12T19:08:17.000Z
## Table of contents

[Securing your registry](#secure)  
[Docker-compose](#compose)  
[Reverse proxy](#proxy)  
[Pulling, tagging, and pushing images to your repository](#images)  
[Connecting registry to Portainer and basic operations](#connect)

---

## Intro

In case you are familiar with Docker as a platform you know that it can allow you to run many solutions on a Docker compatible host(s) by pulling images from the official [**HUB**](https://hub.docker.com/?ref=blackvoid.club), and other registries that you have access to.

On top of this, when running a Docker host, you have the option to configure and run your own registry that will allow you to use it as your private image repository so that anyone with access can utilize it without the need to access the public ones at all. This is particularly useful if you want to close the repository for internal use only in a Internet isolated network.

In this article, I would like to show you how easy it is to run your own registry and on top of that, how you can connect it and present it inside the [**Portainer**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/portainer/) platform for easy access.

🗒️

****NOTE**: in order to follow up with this article you will need to have a ****Docker host up and running**, a configured and ****ready-to-use reverse proxy**, and an option to configure a ****public domain record (FQDN)** that you will use over ****HTTPS**. So a ****valid certificate is also needed**.

In order to follow along, you can use my [**NGINX**](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) and [**wild card**](https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/) articles to see how to configure a reverse proxy and get a free wild card certificate in the process. 

## 
  
  
## Securing your registry

So what is a private Docker registry? Well, it is nothing more than yet another container that you will run on your Docker host. So if you already have a Docker host up and running, spinning yet another container will be very simple.

The most important thing you need to decide here is whether you want to keep it offline (the Internet) or not. If you decide to use it over the Internet then it might be a good idea to protect its access (upload and download of images) so that only registered users can perform those actions.

Because of this, in the article, we will start by hardening your future registry.

First, we will make a folder structure for the future registry container that will use via volume mappings. We will need two folders, `auth` and `data` . So in a folder of your choice, make these two subfolders (similar to the example below).

```
/volume1
    /docker
        /auth
        /data

```

After that log into your Synology NAS via `ssh` as the `root` user using the elevated prompt for your regular DSM account via `sudo -i` command.

Next, move into the `auth` folder and execute the following command:

`docker run --rm --entrypoint htpasswd httpd:2 -Bbn <username> <pass> > htpasswd`

Replace the `<username>` and `<pass>` with your desired value, and run the command. The result will be `htpasswd` file inside the `auth` folder with your user and encrypted password.

We will use this file as a means of authentication towards your registry that will be configured inside the docker-compose.

So the final folder structure will, at the moment look like this:

```
/volume1
    /docker
        /auth
            htpasswd
        /data

```

The content of the `htpasswd` file will look similar to this:

`Username:$zDPKVqXf70iRKS2uOh0TKegL1AQLsYEgs.wmdt8RDbZNUs4!16snDjTbG` . So the username of your choice, followed by the encrypted password.

Now that we have our account ready, it is time to spring up the container itself and configure it.

## 
  
  
## Docker-compose

As I previously stated this article will also include steps on how you can connect your registry with Portainer, but you can also use it before that to run the following docker-compose code to start the new registry container. With its feature called [**stacks**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/) you can type in or load up a compatible docker-compose and start the container as a result. Have a look at the link above if you have not done it before and then use the following code.

```yaml
version: '3.5'
services:
  registry:
    container_name: registry
    network_mode: "bridge"
    image:registry: latest
    environment:
      REGISTRY_AUTH: htpasswd
      REGISTRY_AUTH_HTPASSWD_PATH: /auth/htpasswd
      REGISTRY_AUTH_HTPASSWD_REALM: Registry Realm
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/registry/data:/var/lib/registry
      - /volume1/docker/registry/auth:/auth
    ports:
      - 5000:5000
    restart: unless-stopped
```

As it is seen from the code snippet, we are using two-volume binds in this case. One going towards your previously created the `/data` folder where the uploaded images will live, and the other (`/auth`) housing the authentication file.

‼️

Be sure to ****change the port value of 5000** (left side value) to some other one, as if you are running this on a ****Synology NAS you will have problems** with this port being already in use.

If you open your browser now and try to access your registry by visiting your NASIP address on that custom port, you will probably land on a white blank page after being prompted for a username and password. That is all fine and expected, as the registry image does not have a working UI. So far so good.

Now it's time to put your registry behind a reverse proxy and SSL cert for added security and protection.

## 
  
  
## Reverse proxy configuration

If you are like me and use the [**NPM NGINX container**](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) as your reverse proxy solution, then you probably already know what you need to do and how. In case you are not, and you are running some other platform, the principle is the same. 

**Create a new reverse host record** and point it to your **local NAS IP on the port you have configured** (5000 by default). Be sure to **apply a valid SSL certificate** as accessing it over HTTPS will through an error in case you do not.

The result should be similar to this one: `https://yourregistry.domain.com`. Again, visiting that URL and authenticating against it will present you with a blank white page. All is good so far.

## 
  
  
## Pulling, tagging, and pushing images to your repository

To use your new registry, you will need to run docker commands against it. The first one will be the `login` command. Considering that this registry is protected, to interact with it, you will have to log in first.

Over `ssh` as `root` be sure to run the following command to authenticate to your registry: ‌`docker login yourregistry.com`. Once you get `Login successful` you are good to go.

### Tagging

If you have an image ready for upload (or a public one that you have downloaded), you will first need to tag it to upload it to your registry. To make that work, use the following command line:

`docker tag blackvoidclub/midnight-commander yourregistry.com/midnight-commander`

In this example, I am using my publicly downloaded image and tagging it with the name of my public registry name while keeping the same name of the image.

### Pushing (upload)

Now that I have it tagged I will upload it to my registry. Be sure to be login or the upload will fail.

`docker push yourregisrty.com/midnight-commander:latest`

A similar output will be presented in the command prompt:

```
root@R2-D2:~# docker push yourregistry.com/midnight-commander:latest
The push refers to repository [yourregistry/midnight-commander]
416585854a71: Pushed 
48f27885bee7: Pushed 
latest: digest: sha256:0bf69e959f9c3f45b7ad0859ca973ba69b654fd4cc12375afe36ec762369a694 size: 739

```

So now, you have your first image uploaded to your registry. Well done. You can double-check your `/data/` local folder and see the new content inside it. It will look similar to this:

```
/volume1
    /docker
        /auth
            htpasswd
        /data
            /docker
                /registry
                    /v2
                        /repositories
                            /midnight-commander
                                /...

```

If you see the content locally accessible, you have done it.

### Pulling (download)

Pulling the image from your registry will be the same as pulling it from any other registry. Make sure that you are authenticated against your registry, and execute:

`docker pull yourregistry.com/midnight-commander:latest`

Again, a similar output will be presented in the command prompt:

```bash
root@IG-11:~# docker pull yourregistry.com/midnight-commander:latest
latest: Pulling from midnight-commander
95834d4850cc: Pull complete 
b8674e8a62c9: Pull complete 
Digest: sha256:0bf69e959f9c3f45b7ad0859ca973ba69b654fd4cc12375afe36ec762369a694
Status: Downloaded newer image for yourregistry.com/midnight-commander:latest
```

## 
  
  
## Connecting registry to Portainer and basic operations

Now that you have your own registry that works and is protected behind an SSL certificate and authentication, let's see how you can add it to Portainer in a matter of minutes and use it with all your Docker hosts that are administered by the Portainer platform.

Start by logging into your running Portainer instance and going to the **Registries** section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/image-1.png)

Click the ****+Add registry** button to start adding your private registry

Click the blue **+Add registry** button and on the next screen select the **Custom** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/image-2.png)

Fill in the needed data

Select the **Custom registry** option, give it a descriptive **name**, your **public URL**, and the username and password that you have configured at the beginning.

Finally, click **Add registry** to add your repository to the list of existing repositories.

Going back to the main registries page you will see your private registry listed with all the others.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/image-3.png)

Your registry successfully added

From this point forward, uploading and downloading images using Portainer will be as simple as selecting your registry from the drop-down menu and typing in the image name.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/image-4.png)

Select your registry before pulling the image

Hopefully, this has been informative and useful for anyone looking into getting their own secure Docker registry up and running while using it in a combination with or without the Portainer platform. As always, any questions, suggestions, or comments are welcome in the section below.
### Synology RT6600ax - NEW router for the Wi-Fi 6 era
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/
Last updated: 2023-05-17T13:34:48.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 24/08/2022 - a new version of **SRM 1.3.1-9346 UP1** is here as of today. On top of the initial changes, UP1 brings the following fixes

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 Update 1

---

(2022-08-24)

1. Fixed the issue where the RT2600ac might reboot during a speed test.
2. Fixed the issue where the MR2200ac might disconnect from the mesh Wi-Fi system when configured with a wireless backhaul connection.
3. Fixed the issue where clients might receive secondary DNS information in place of the primary one and vice versa.
4. Fixed the issue where the DHCP function might fail under certain circumstances.
5. Fixed the issue where file transfers using certain MacBook models connected to the RT6600ax might fail over time.
6. Fixed the issue where IPv6 relay might fail when Synology Router was configured with PPPoE.
7. Minor bug fixes.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 21/07/2022 - A new version of SRM 1.3.1 (still in RC) has been released today. Notes are listed below.

### Version: 1.3.1-9346 RC

---

(2022-07-21)

**Important notes**

This version is the release candidate (RC) of SRM 1.3.1.

**What's New**

1. Supports a new installation wizard.
2. Revamped login style page.
3. Supports VLAN and other relevant SRM 1.3 functions for RT2600ac and MR2200ac.
4. Supports utilizing RT2600ac as a Wi-Fi point in a mesh Wi-Fi system.
5. Supports compatibility of mesh Wi-Fi system between RT6600ax, RT2600ac, and MR2200ac.
6. Improved device startup speed.
7. Improved accuracy of device name recognition.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where DoH might get incorrect IP addresses.
2. Fixed the issue where the IGMP proxy version might be incorrect.
3. Fixed the issue where DDNS might not update automatically.
4. Fixed the issue where encrypted folders might not open correctly.
5. Fixed the issue where DHCP might fail to add new reserved clients.
6. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities [(Synology-SA-22:09)](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F09?ref=blackvoid.club).
7. Fixed an issue where the Wi-Fi connection may not be stable when an RT2600ac was added to the mesh Wi-Fi system.
8. Fixed an issue where an IPv6 network may not work normally when a KPN profile was in use.
9. Adjusted the MR2200ac's light intensity display rules.
10. Minor bug fixes.

**Known Issues and Limitations**

1. MR2200ac with SRM 1.2 or earlier is not compatible with RT6600ax in a mesh Wi-Fi system.
2. SRM 1.3 and above are only compatible with DS router 2.0 and above.
3. Wireless Repeater mode (WDS mode) is not supported.
4. Restoring configurations between SRM 1.2 and SRM 1.3 is not supported.
5. Smart Connect Scheme is not supported.
6. Wi-Fi Performance Test is not supported.
7. Cloud Station is not supported.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 21/06/2022 - New version of **SRM 1.3.1** (RC coming out on the 23rd of June) and **DSRouter 2.1** are here. Release notes are listed below.

### SRM Version: 1.3.1-9316

---

(2022-06-23)

Important notes

**This version is the release candidate (RC) of SRM 1.3.1.**

**What's New**

1. Supports a new installation wizard.
2. Revamped login style page.
3. Supports VLAN and other relevant SRM 1.3 functions for RT2600ac and MR2200ac.
4. Supports utilizing RT2600ac as a Wi-Fi point in a mesh Wi-Fi system.
5. Supports compatibility of mesh Wi-Fi system between RT6600ax, RT2600ac, and MR2200ac.
6. Improved device startup speed.
7. Improved accuracy of device name recognition.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where DoH might get incorrect IP addresses.
2. Fixed the issue where the IGMP proxy version might be incorrect.
3. Fixed the issue where DDNS might not update automatically.
4. Fixed the issue where encrypted folders might not open correctly.
5. Fixed the issue where DHCP might fail to add new reserved clients.
6. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities [(Synology-SA-22:09)](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F09?ref=blackvoid.club).
7. Minor bug fixes.

**Known Issues and Limitations**

1. MR2200ac with SRM 1.2 or earlier is not compatible with RT6600ax in a mesh Wi-Fi system.
2. SRM 1.3 and above are only compatible with DS router 2.0 and above.
3. Wireless Repeater mode (WDS mode) is not supported.
4. Restoring configurations between SRM 1.2 and SRM 1.3 is not supported.
5. Smart Connect Scheme is not supported.
6. Wi-Fi Performance Test is not supported.
7. Cloud Station is not supported.

### DS Router Version: 2.1.0-373

(2022-06-21)

**What's New**

1. Supports sending notifications when a device connects for the first time to a Wi-Fi network (applicable for SRM 1.3.1 and above).
2. Added new activity cards.
3. Supports adding devices to the system block list from the device list.
4. Supports managing traffic of specific devices directly from the traffic monitor page.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the display inconsistency between DS router and SRM regarding IPTV profiles.
2. Enhanced the stability of DS router.
3. Minor bug fixes.

---

## Table of Contents

[**: Back in the day**](#intro)  
[**: Present and future**](#presentfuture)  
[**: RT6600ax - package & content**](#package)  
[**: RT6600ax - specifications**](#specs)  
[**: Setup and configuration**](#setup)

- [:: SRM install](#srminstall)
- [:: SRM 1.3](#srm)
- [:: Internet connection and 2.5G port](#internetconnection)
- [:: Mobile Internet connection](#mobile)
- [:: VLAN configuration](#vlan)
- [:: Security and protection](#security)
- [:: Packages](#packages)
- [:: Threat Prevention](#tp)
- [:: VPN Plus Server](#vpn)

[**: Wi-Fi support and speed tests**](#wifi6)  
[**: DS Router 2.0**](#dsrouter2)  
[**: Conclusion**](#conclusion)

---

⚠️

**NOTICE**: The review for this device has been written **before the router came to market**. Because of it, some **functions are still not working** as are part of **SRM 1.3 that is still not publicly accessible** (SRM packages, support line, compatibility with older models, etc).

## 
  
  
## : Back in the day

It has been 6 years since Synology announced their very first router, **RT1900AC** back in 2016\. During CES 2016 we were able to see it and test it for the very first time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/RT1900AC-1.png)

RT1900AC - beginning of Synology network portfolio

Introducing the **AC wifi standard** support back then was a big jump especially as it offered more than your ISP router ever could, with the introduction of SRM (Synology Router Manager), and the fact you got an AC router for a retail price of about $150.

Back then that was a great device in a very saturated space, even today (not just in the wifi frequencies spectrum), and a breath of fresh air when it comes to the router software itself.

Don't get me wrong, I personally still use it in my sublevel area that provides great speed over fiber even for today's standards (500 up/down). While just the other day I was testing it, and still, 0 problems with it, running the latest version of SRM OS.

![](https://www.speedtest.net/result/i/5060541267.png)

RT1900AC speed test. You can still get a lot of speed out of this 6y old device

Why am I opening with this story down memory lane? Well because I just want to be sure that people understand that getting a Synology device (NAS or router) is a long-term investment that will pay off for sure.

Since 2016 and RT1900AC, Synology published two more router models at the same time. **RT2600AC** and **MR2200AC**. Advertised as a step-up compared to the previous model as well as a *mesh* combo, these routers are also a great piece of hardware that will elevate your wifi needs in your household or business.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/image-8.png)

MR2200AC (left) and RT2600AC (right) - *mesh* combo

The main benefit of these models was a seamless wifi experience that was offered in a combination with the new version of SRM, as well as the fact that the range and proper placement of the devices themselves, resulted in high wifi signal and 0 drops while moving about your household.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/image-9.png)

*Mesh* setup and coverage of the routers

Again, from a personal experience, I can say that this *mesh* setup works great. SRM is super stable, works with the latest fiber and xDSL connections, and offers the option of reconfiguration of ports (to fit your ISP needs), the works. I don't see the need to change to "upgrade" my current setup as it offers and supports my max ISP speeds at the moment, but depending on the future needs, Wi-Fi 6x standard(s), and multi-gig speeds, some might be eager for an upgrade.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/image-10.png)

RT2600AC speed test. Support for 1G speeds is not a problem

## 
  
  
## : Present and future

So what's next for Synology in terms of both network hardware and software? In December of 2021, Synology held a keynote called "[**2022 and beyond**](https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-and-beyond-event-news/)" that included the announcement of some new devices, as well as services that are coming.

Networking news had a [**dedicated section**](https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-and-beyond-event-news/#wifi) for itself where the main star of the show was the new Wi-Fi 6 router, **RT6600ax**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/RT6600ax.jpg)

The new Wi-fi6 flagship router model, RT6600ax

After some time, and a few delays, it is here. A brand new Synology router for a new multi-gig, wifi 6 environment.

Built around the new Wi-Fi 6 standard, the RT6600ax tri-band router can deliver **up to 6.6 Gbps** in combined wireless throughput\*. The three radios work in tandem with the **configurable 2.5GbE WAN/LAN port** to ensure the maximum connection speed for each device. Powered by the beforementioned evolving **Synology Router Manager** operating system (in **version 1.3**), the RT6600ax is designed to make securing and managing your network simple.

Here are some of the **highlights** that are worth mentioning:

> **Supercharged Performance**  
> Expanded 5.9 GHz spectrum support enables additional high-speed 80 and 160 MHz channels

> **Built for Fast Networking**  
> 2.5GbE port enables support for the fastest ISPs and can optionally be configured as a LAN port

> **Secure Network Foundation**  
> Create and define up to 5 separate networks to segregate and contain vulnerable devices

> **Granular Management Tools**  
> Parental controls, web filtering, traffic control, and threat prevention put you in control over your network

> **Simple Remote Access**  
> A comprehensive VPN server solution with remote desktop and site-to-site tunneling provides flexible and secure remote connectivity

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_package.jpg)

## : RT6600ax - package & content

Following in the steps of its predecessors and all the recent NAS packaging, RT6600ax is packed in a nice, clean, and Synology branded design that we come to appreciate over the years.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1422.png)

Synology RT6600ax

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1425.png)

RT6600ax most important features

The package **contains the unit itself**, **an AC power adapter**, a **single RJ-45 LAN cable** as well as some instructions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1427.png)

RT6600ax, power adapter, CAT5E LAN cable, and some quick instructions

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_specs.jpg)

## : RT6600ax - specifications

Compared to the previous RT2600AC model, 6600ax has gotten some upgrades. Under the hood, there is now a **quad-core 1.8GHz** CPU (Qualcomm Cypress IPQ6018) with **1GB** of **DDR3 RAM** (compared to a dual-core 1.7 CPU and 512GB RAM in 2600AC).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_front.png)

Apart from having two extra, 6600ax is running with two types of antennas, 2T2R + 4T4R omnidirectional high-gain dipole (2.4 GHz/5 GHz), and the wireless standards are as follows: 

- IEEE 802.11 a/n/ac/ax simultaneous tri-band
- 802.11k/v/r roaming support

Its maximum data transfer will depend on a lot of factors (your devices, location of the router, interference, etc), but Synology is saying that we can expect speeds close to these numbers:

- 2.4 GHz: Up to 600 Mbps (about 200Mbit lower than on the RT2600ac model)
- 5 GHz-1: Up to 4800 Mbps
- 5 GHz-2: Up to 1200 Mbps

Also, as the 2600AC, it is packed with 5 LAN ports on the back in the following configuration:

- 1 x Gigabit WAN (can't be configured to any other speed apart from 1G)
- **1 x 2.5GbE configurable WAN/LAN**
- 3 x Gigabit LAN

⚠️

Notice that there is only a **single** **2.5G port**. This means that you will not be able to get a multi-gig speed from your ISP and then push it to the rest of your LAN as all the other ports are 1G.

The idea behind this was to get the multi-gig speed and then use it over Wi-fi 6 capable wireless devices. This is a shame really, as getting those multi-gig speeds on the LAN side of things would be a great asset even with a bit higher price tag.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_back-2.png)

The back of the device also has the standard ports and switches that you would expect, such as a single **USB 3.2 Gen 1**, power and reset buttons and of course a power port.

Compared to the 2600AC which had two USB ports (2.0 and 3.0) and an SD card slot on the front, Synology has decided not to implement the same setup in this new model. Could be power management or a real-estate problem, but in any case, you will not have the option to run your apps on an SD card as you did before, only a single USB 3.2 port.

This is not a bad solution in my opinion as with higher speeds running your **Intrusion Prevention package** on a slower 2.0 or 3.0 USB or even slower SD card slot might result in an even slower overall browsing experience.

⚠️

**WARNING**: USB 3 port speed **will be downgraded to USB 2.0** to not interfere with the **2.4 GHz signal** in case you will be using it!

Finally, the router itself is the biggest one yet coming in at (HxWxD) **175 mm x 320 mm x 200 mm** (antennas in upright position). It is evidently bigger than 2600AC, and also unlike the previous model, **6600ax is flat**. It means that you can mount it flat on the wall, unlike older models that were under an angle.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1438.png)

RT6600ax compared to RT2600ac

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1436.png)

The bottom side has holes for wall mounting

For all the other specifications and details on features, you can download its [**datasheet here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/files/Synology%5FRT6600ax%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf).

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_setup.jpg)

## : Setup and configuration

In case you are not familiar with Synology and its router OS, it is called **S**ynology **R**outer **M**anager, or SRM for short. With the release of RT6600ax, SRM has come with a new version of the OS, v1.3.

Not much has changed in terms of the looks and organization, but SRM did learn a trick or two with the new version that will eventually come to older models as well (later in 2022).

Like with any model before the setup process is straightforward. It includes a wizard and the fact that you need to point your web browser to the default local IP address 192.168.1.1 (or use router.synology.com). In any event, once the router boots up (within 30 sec or so), you will be ready to configure it.

### 
  
  
### :: SRM install

The RT6600ax comes with preinstalled version 1.3 so you will not have to do anything special to get the OS onto your device. At the time of this article, this version is still not available for public download, so don't even bother looking it up in Synology's Download Center.

Once you land on the beforementioned IP address, you will be greeted with a wizard that will allow you to configure your initial steps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-12.53.03_new-1.png)

The first thing you need is an administrative account (the **admin** account will be disabled by default)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-12.54.53_new.png)

Configure your WIFI (it will be created as "smart" wifi, 2.4+5G all in one)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-12.55.11_new-1.png)

Decide if you want your device to be a router or a wireless access point in an existing setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-12.55.45_new-1.png)

Finally, let your router reboot

After the initial reboot and previous steps, SRM will allow you to configure your internet connection. 

🗒️

**NOTE**: Do note that the initial connection will be configured (and can only be configured) on the **blue** **WAN** port on the back of the router. If you want to configure your connection using the LAN1 (2.5G) port, you will have to try and do it later inside the web UI.

Once you have completed the setup, you can use it to log into your router using the account you have just created. Compared to SRM 1.2, nothing has changed on that front.

---

### 
  
  
### :: SRM 1.3

Now that you have your SRM up and running it is time to tweak it and configure it to your needs. I will not go into all the details, and elements of the OS, but rather mention parts of the OS that are new and interesting compared to the previous version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.00.55_new.png)

SRM 1.3 - time to tweak your router

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.05.05_new.png)

Most time will be spent in both **Network Center** and **Wi-Fi Connect** modules

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.05.11_new-1.png)

This time around **Safe Access** comes preinstalled with SRM

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.05.14_new.png)

While the image shows the new DS router 2.0, QR points to the old one (at the moment)

As it can be seen from the images above, the main elements are still there (for all of you coming from SRM 1.2). The main configuration modules will still be the **Network Center** and **Wi-Fi Connect**, but also **Safe Access** is not a standard part of the OS even though it is still presented as an app inside the **Package Center**.

🗒️

**NOTE**: you **will not be able to use DS router 1.2.x with the SRM 1.3** firmware. So configuration using a mobile device will not be possible until you can install DS Router 2.0.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screen-Shot-2022-04-22-at-13.06.47_new.png)

Finally, SRM 1.3 is ready to be used

With a calming new deep blue wallpaper, you are ready to begin using your device and Wifi or continue tweaking it.

### 
  
  
### :: Internet connection and 2.5G port

💬

**NOTE**: Using LAN1 (2.5G) port as your **WAN port is still not supported if you need to apply a custom VLAN ID to it**. This has been confirmed by Synology HQ as a pending SRM change in the near future.

If you skipped this step in the initial wizard, or you have the need to configure your Internet connection with some modifications (ISP specific settings), or if you want to configure the new 2.5G port as your Internet access, you will have to do it manually by using the **Network Center** module.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-10.25.24.png)

**Network Center** \- the main SRM module for the majority of configuration elements

In general, if you have used the initial wizard when you were setting up SRM, you should be all good to go. As I mentioned earlier, you will need to have your router connected to your **WAN (blue)** port in the back to get this going as well as any custom ISP configuration that needs to be done.

By custom, I am referring to the usual VLAN ID value(s), especially if you have the option to directly connect your router to your ISP infrastructure without the need to use their router beforehand.

⚠️

At the moment of writing this article, setting **custom VLAN IDs for WAN or LAN1 port is not working as intended**. Setting custom ID will apply to the WAN port, but once you activate the LAN1 port as your secondary WAN port, the value is not applied. It means that the **LAN1 port remains untagged** with the default value of 0.

Why is this a problem? Well for my particular case, my ISP has a custom VLAN ID value that needs to be applied and it works as I said for the WAN port. But, in order to test the new 2.5G port as a WAN port, I am unable to do it as the VLAN ID is not applied and because of it, I do not have access to the Internet. Finally, I am unable to test this multi-gig port in a multi-gig ISP setup.

The same "problem" exists with SRM 1.2 but with 1.3 version and VLAN support for all ports, as well as the option to make multiple networks, we now have a visual presentation of the status and VLAN ID values.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-10.51.48.png)

VLAN Tag presentation table - VLAN ID values for each network/port

As the image presents, a custom VLAN ID has been applied to the WAN port/network and Internet access works just fine. However, activating the 2.5G port (LAN1) as your WAN port will make the following change.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-10.57.18.png)

2.5G LAN1/WAN port and its VLAN ID status

If you are not familiar with how WAN tagging works in SRM the [**official KB** ](https://kb.synology.com/en-in/SRM/tutorial/If%5Fmy%5FISP%5Frequires%5Fthat%5FI%5Fset%5Fa%5FVLAN%5Ftag%5Fbut%5Fdoes%5Fnot%5Fprovide%5FIPTV%5FVoIP%5Fservices%5Fhow%5Fshould%5Fmy%5Fsettings%5Fbe%5Fconfigured?ref=blackvoid.club)explains it (note that at the moment it does not cover RT6600ax or SRM 1.3, but the UI is the same as SRM 1.2)

What we need to take out of it is the following:

- If the secondary interface (LAN 1) is not enabled, the VLAN ID for outgoing interfaces will be applied to the primary one (WAN).
- If the secondary interface (LAN 1) is enabled, the VLAN ID for outgoing interfaces will be applied to LAN 1.

So bullet No1 (VLAN image 1) works as intended, while bullet No2 (VLAN image 2) does not. Activating LAN1 as your WAN port should apply the same tag ID to it and not leave it untagged (value 0). This matter has been reported to Synology, and hopefully, it will be corrected soon.

So at the moment, while you can without any problem utilize your WAN port with full 1/1G speeds (more on that later) from your ISP if you are looking to utilize 2.5G port as your ISP incoming WAN access you will not be able to do it in case you need to apply custom VLAN ID values to it.

As said before, this is a **pending update** to the SRM that will allow a custom VLAN ID to be applied to the LAN1 port then proclaimed as WAN.

### 
  
  
### :: Mobile Internet connection

For all of you who are wondering how well and does this router supports external 4G devices, the answer is yes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-12.11.46.png)

The device that I have on hand is **Huawei E3372H-153** with a custom "downgraded" firmware to make it a plain "modem" device, and not a standard router. The point being is that RT6600ax works fine with no detected problems. Speeds will of course depend on your 3/4/5G ISP provider and coverage but all in all works as expected.

I have had experience with this particular 4G device as my "lifeline" in a combination with the RT2600 router while I was waiting for the fiber connection. The same stable functionality can be seen with RT6600ax as far as there are now connection problems between the 4G device and the router itself. ISP speeds, disconnects, and everything else that comes along with using a mobile internet provider will depend on your specific situation.

### 
  
  
### :: VLAN configuration

One of the biggest changes and new features that came with SRM 1.3 is **VLAN support**. Now in the previous section, you noticed already some elements of the new interface, but here we are talking about real support when it comes to network isolation and VLAN tagging. 

With up to 5 separate networks (4xLAN ports + guest network) you have the option to divide your network any way you want, allow or deny access between them, as well as assign WI-FI networks and DHCP pools to it.

You can also make a pure WI-FI network with no LAN ports at all, or you can add single or multiple ports depending on your needs. Of course, any switch that will be connected to a tagged port, and by extension any device, will belong to that specific network.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.08.36.png)

Overview of your networks and the option to make new ones or edit existing ones

You can use the **VLAN Tag** button inside the **Local Network** section to see the overview of all your ports and tags, as well as configure trunking if needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.13.32.png)

VLAN ID presentation of all your networks and router port assignment

Each network by default has Internet access using the default NAT settings but all configurations can be changed at any point.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.19.40.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.19.49.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.19.57.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.20.06.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.20.15.png)

As we can see there is not much you can't do when it comes to controlling your networks, and the most important thing is, that you don't have to be a major network guru to do it.

Implementation of the multiple networks was a feature that many have waited for, and SRM 1.3 brings a stable and working setup that will satisfy your needs.

### 
  
  
### :: Security and protection

Security nowadays is priority No1, and Internet security from a router standpoint is usually problematic. The reason is that most users have a dedicated ISP router that is not even close when it comes to features as compared to a custom router like this one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.38.43.png)

Main **Security** section of SRM

Now alongside standard security elements like **DoS protection**, **firewall**, **auto-block**, and the likes, SRM comes with **Safe Access**. A package specifically designed to ensure your network's users get the best security when it comes to internet content consumption.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.40.12.png)

Safe Access - an additional set of tools to protect your network users

Safe Access provides **web filtering**, **time management of Internet hours** using quotas, as well an **overview of the content** that is passing through your network.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.43.23.png)

Configure Internet access for all your network members and devices

Now, Safe Access has not changed with SRM 1.3, so you can be sure that all the features that are currently present are accessible in the new version as well.

### 
  
  
### :: Packages

Just like DSM on NAS devices, SRM also has its own **Package Center**. With about 8 apps in total, you can further expand the possibilities of your router.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-13.51.47.png)

SRM Package Center - install more apps and get more out of your router

Installation of some packages (**Threat Prevention** and **Download Station**) will require you to use an external device connected via USB, so be sure to keep that in mind if you are also running a 4G mobile connection. This model has only a **single USB port** as stated before.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-11.46.30-1.png)

RT6600ax installed apps

### 
  
  
### :: Threat Prevention

Few words on the Threat Prevention package. As mentioned before you will need to have an external USB device attached in order to install and run this app. RAM utilization will jump by about 30-35% once you run it, so SRM with just TP running will use about 600MB of total memory.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-12.14.26.png)

Memory utilization after starting the Threat Prevention app

Initially, you will have the option to configure the general behavior of the platform that will focus either on **stability** or **security**, depending on your preference.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-12.18.32.png)

Default behavior selection

In my testing, **running this package had zero impact on the browsing speed and the CPU/RAM of the router was also not affected**.

I was able to utilize a full 1G WAN speed (symmetrical) with active protection, so in my book that's a great result.

As always, it will take some time for TP to list any potential problems, but also that will depend on your browsing and Internet usage, as well as your exposed services. It is always a good idea to keep minimum ports as open and exposed as possible, and of course, use VPN to get back into your LAN should you need to.

This way you will have little to no problem, and the Threat package will be there as an added security net.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-12.58.16.png)

In case you need to alter any settings and configurations

The app has a few neat features like **packet filtering per device**. With this option, your will be able to activate or deactivate any device that you want or don't want to be monitored by it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-13.01.13.png)

Packet filtering per device

The overall performance of the router when using this IPS/IDS solution is respectable. CPU is around 10% or less with RAM staying at about 75% all the time regardless of the load.

It is apparent that Synology has been working on optimization of the Prevention app, but extra CPU and RAM in this particular model are taking the most credit when it comes to performance. 

From a security standpoint, this is a great addition to SRM, as long as you can part with the fact that you will need to use a USB device for storage. Again, if you are looking for 4G access at the same time, you are out of luck.

### 
  
  
### :: VPN Plus Server

This package has been around for a while and it is exclusive to the SRM platform (DSM OS on the NAS lineup has a legacy VPN Server package).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-27-at-13.54.32.png)

VPN Plus Server key features

Unlike the traditional VPN server/client platforms, VPN Plus does not need endpoint clients (it can if you want/need to) in order for you to connect back to your LAN, or get access to your LAN services while outside your network.

On top of that, it offers a **[site-to-site](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-plus-server-site-to-site/)** connection with another compatible Synology router, allowing you to have a stretched LAN over the Internet. 

The important element to mention here is that **site-to-site** connection **using two RT6600ax routers will be maxed at 650Mbps**, so keep that in mind if you are looking into that feature. 

Considering that this package is not exclusive to SRM 1.3 or the new model I will not go into any more details, but I will mention that with three concurrent users, there was no degradation in performance at all. This will of course depend on your remote link speed as well as your local upload link (on the router side). 

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_wifi6.jpg)

## : Wi-Fi support and speed tests

The main advertised feature of RT6600ax is its WiFi 6 support. Offering AX compatibility with devices that have it, you will have the option to utilize serious LAN and WAN speeds.

In my testing, I have had only two WiFi6 capable devices, and both performed at their expected maximum.

One is an **iPhone 11**, and the other is a PC using **D-Link EXO AX1800 Wi-Fi 6 USB adapter**.

Setting and administrating Wi-Fi networks on your Synology router is done using the **Wi-Fi Connect** module.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-14.48.10.png)

Wi-Fi Connect - central place for all your SRM wifi needs

Inside it, you can create, configure and edit your wifi networks in terms of names, radios, passwords, channels, and "smart" controls.

On top of that, each wifi network can now have options for **Wi-Fi schedule**, **MAC filtering** and a number of other advanced features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-14.52.54.png)

Fine-tune your individual wi-fi network

RT2600ac and MR2200ac routers introduced wifi *mesh* features in SRM back in the day. The same options are present now with RT6600ax router, but at the moment you can't connect it to your existing mesh due to the SRM difference.

In case you are not familiar, Synology mesh requires all devices in the mesh to up up-to-date and on the same SRM version. In fact, once you deploy a mesh, you can update it from a central (main) device that will push updates to any other wifi point in your network.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-26-at-14.58.08.png)

When you have compatible devices, you will be able to make a single mesh network

A few years back I installed Synology mesh using the current routers, and I use them to date. If you want to read up a bit more on how to set it up and configure it. have a look at **[this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/the-holy-mesh-trinity/)**.

🗒️

RT6600ax will be mesh compatible as soon as **SRM 1.3 becomes available for the older models** (excluding RT1900ac as it doesn't support mesh on a hardware level).

### :: Speed test

In terms of speed tests, I was limited by the 1G WAN port, as 2.5G was inaccessible for me due to the VLAN problem described above.

In total, I used three devices to test the router. MacBook Air (2011 model) for the 2.4GHz, and before mentioned iPhone 11 and a PC using the AX1800 USB adapter.

**LAN speed test between the iPhone and AX1800** was done using iPerf, and the results are:

```
Connecting to host 192.168.1.91, port 5201
Reverse mode, remote host 192.168.1.91 is sending
[  6] local 192.168.1.64 port 50070 connected to 192.168.1.91 port 5201
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate
[  6]   0.00-1.00   sec  18.3 MBytes   154 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   1.00-2.00   sec  17.3 MBytes   145 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   2.00-3.00   sec  17.0 MBytes   143 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   3.00-4.00   sec  18.0 MBytes   151 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   4.00-5.00   sec  18.9 MBytes   158 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   5.00-6.00   sec  18.5 MBytes   155 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   6.00-7.00   sec  18.8 MBytes   157 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   7.00-8.00   sec  18.2 MBytes   153 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   8.00-9.00   sec  18.5 MBytes   155 Mbits/sec                  
[  6]   9.00-10.00  sec  18.5 MBytes   155 Mbits/sec                  
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate
[  6]   0.00-10.00  sec   182 MBytes   153 Mbits/sec                  sender
[  6]   0.00-10.00  sec   182 MBytes   153 Mbits/sec                  receiver

iperf Done.
[Process completed]

```

Not great but then again the AX1800 is not really a good device to test with, but it is what it is.

If we focus a bit on the WAN speeds then we have the following results.

**MacBook Air speed test**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/speedtest-macair_24G_wifi.png)

MacBook Air 2.4GHz wifi speed test

Considering its age and wifi compatibility mode (N), this little guy did ok. On the other hand, connecting it via an ethernet cable, the results are a bit different.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/speedtest-macair_1G_eth.png)

MacBook Air 1G LAN speed test

As we can see, a 13y old laptop can still saturate a 1G connection with no problem.

**iPhone 11 speed test**

iPhone speed test was limited by the speed of the wifi card of the model itself. So the max speed was about 600Mbit/s.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1478.PNG)

iPhone 11 speed test

**AX1800 speed test**

Finally, a Windows 10 machine with a D-Link AX1800 adapter. Honestly, I was expecting a bit more from this device but 300Mbit/s was as high as it would go.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/dlink_wifi6.png)

Windows 10 with AX1800 wifi USB adapter

RT6600ax had no problem with these speeds and any number of concurrent clients connected to itself. With the extra CPU power, there is a lot that this router can do before breaking a sweat.

I am a bit disappointed that I was unable to test the 2.5G speed with IPS/IDS (Threat Prevention) package running, but maybe in the future, I will be able to give it another go.

---

## 
  
  
![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rt6600ax_dsrouter.jpg)

## : DS Router 2.0

SRM 1.3 will also roll out a major new version of **DS Router**, a mobile app that will allow you to administer all your router needs. At the moment DS Router 2.0 is not available for download from the stores, but with **TestFlight** access, I was able to get it installed on my iPhone and see what this new version is all about.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1487.png)

DS Router 2.0

The emphasis on the new 2.0 application is primarily on ease of use with more features available than in the current version.

You will now be able to configure Internet connections and activate VPN connections via your mobile device. The app now ****allows port forward and traffic control configuration**, not just browsing as before. Another convenient option is to ****share the WiFi password via QR code**, which will greatly facilitate the connection and increase security.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/dsrouter2_01.jpg)

Some of the DS Router 2.0 features

Finally, we will also be able to control **Safe Access** settings that were before only accessible on the desktop version of SRM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/DS_router_Safe_Access.png)

DS Router v2 will also support SRM 1.2 driven devices. So in case you are running them in your network, you will be able to administer them as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/dsrouter2_02.jpg)

If you are running older Synology router models you will be able to manage them as well

Configuration of networks and VLANs will still be only possible using the desktop/web UI, but as you can see a lot more can be done on the mobile app as well. 

A great update on the mobile front indeed, as many of you will appreciate it, I know I will.

---

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

Well, there you have it. An initial review of the latest Synology router the RT6600ax as well as some of the new elements that will be coming with SRM 1.3 in the near future.

Personally, I have to say I was expecting a different router with multiple 2.5G ports (or at least 2) but I guess we will have to wait a bit longer. For its **suggested price of €270+tax**, RT6600ax could have provided that to make sure that anyone looking for a multi-gig LAN/WAN setup would look no further than this router.

With a rock-solid evolving SRM OS(even though there are some hiccups here and there) that is stable and secure with lots of features, it is a bit of a shame that this quad-core router will not be able to use its full potential in similar scenarios. 

Saying that, make no mistake that if this is your first Synology router, and you do not own the previous models, you should seriously consider it. Even though it has a single incoming 2.5G WAN port (as an option) you will still be able to saturate it if you have a "device (wifi) heavy" network. 

In today's average household the number of wifi devices is trumping anything else, and the content on the Internet is not getting any lighter.

Work from home has also opened the doors for more robust and stable routers, and as a user myself (coming from the IT segment) I can say that Synology SRM and routers have yet to let me down.

With that, RT6600ax will surely be a great device for anyone looking to enter the Synology router segment, and from personal experience, you will not be disappointed. End of the day, you want **speed**, **security**, and **stability**, and SRM with any Synology router you choose will deliver.
### Synology C2 Surveillance
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/
Last updated: 2023-10-24T10:51:04.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 24/10/2023 - added ****new subscription tiers and their pricing** in three separate tables (images below)

Even though C2 services were around for a while, it was not until June of 2021 that we got DSM 7, and with it five new C2 services.

More details on the whole collection can be read in the [**following article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/).

Today, one of the most important Synology apps has its own dedicated support with the C2 cloud, [**C2 Surveillance**](https://c2.synology.com/en-us/surveillance/overview?ref=blackvoid.club).

Not a surprise as Synology is currently in Surveillance Station 9.0 beta for both DSM 6 and 7 versions, and it is coming out with a new DVA1622 device this summer. The power of the cloud is present in almost all their major NAS apps, so it is no wonder that SS got some love as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/image.png)

Designed to add more security and flexibility to your Surveillance Station running on your NAS

⚠️

****NOTE**: ****C2 Surveillance is currently in beta**, until October 31, 2022, and you can ****use the service free of charge**. From **November 1st, 2022, the service will go full commercial**.

C2 Surveillance, like most other C2 services, is a commercial one offering a free trial but after that, the prices are as follows:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-10.png)

Prices for ****Basic tier** as of October 2023 (subject to change!)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-11.png)

Prices for the ****Advanced tier** as of October 2023 (subject to change!)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-12.png)

Prices for the ****Pro tier** as of October 2023 (subject to change!)

In order to be able to use this service, you will need a **NAS with a compatible version of Surveillance Station 9 and a valid [Synology Account](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/)**. After the service is out of beta, you will need a valid payment method as well.

After you install **Surveillance Station** 9 (**9.0.0-7656** or later to be exact), you will have the option to use C2 Surveillance and upload your recording using end-to-end encryption.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.16.01.png)

Surveillance Station 9 with C2 Surveillance support

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.19.47.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.20.03.png)

The Sharing feature is accessible in all tiers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/image-13.png)

Sharing a video is as quick as generating a link and sending it

One more feature that is yet to come is **encrypted recordings**. Now keep in mind that the process of placing the footage into C2 is end-to-end encrypted but soon you will have the option to use an **additional encryption key by the client-side** to secure them even if your Synology account password is compromised.

## Registering for C2 Surveillance

As mentioned before you will need a valid **Synology Account** in order to bind C2 Surveillance to it.

Visit the [**C2 Surveillance**](https://c2.synology.com/en-us/surveillance/overview?ref=blackvoid.club) site and continue with the registration process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.31.49.png)

After you log in with your Synology Account you can follow the wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.32.07.png)

Choose your data center and subscription

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.33.06.png)

You can get a discount if you register during the beta period

🗒️

Note that the payment will start after 180 days, on November 1st, 2022

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.33.56.png)

All good, time to shift to Surveillance Station 9 on your NAS or DVA device

## Connect your camera to C2 Surveillance

In order to pair up your Surveillance Station registered cameras to C2 Surveillance you will need to follow again a short wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.45.49.png)

C2 Surveillance UI inside SS. Time to pair your camera(s)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.46.36.png)

Select your previously registered subscription plan

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.47.18.png)

Select the camera(s) from the list that you want (number will depend on your plan)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.48.15.png)

Review the summary, and conclude the wizard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.49.17.png)

The camera connected and dual recording is in effect

Once the clips start to happen they will be automatically uploaded to the cloud destination. Until then, your C2 Surveillance web portal will look like this.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-06-at-00.56.40.png)

C2 Surveillance web portal. This is where you will be able to look and share your clips

After a while, the UI will start to populate with your footage. You will be able to play, download, delete, and over time, share your content right from the browser.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-07-at-09.02.08.png)

C2 Surveillance with your backed up footage

## Conclusion

A proper Surveillance Station 9 review is pending and at that time I will focus more on the functionality of the entire platform, but for now, C2 Surveillance comes as an additional layer of protection in case something happens to your NAS or DVA device. 

Unlike the other C2 services, like [**C2 Backup**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/), Surveillance requires that you have a NAS with a compatible SS9 version installed. 

As said before, an expected move by Synology and certainly one that many clients were asking for. With C2 Surveillance in place, you can be sure that all your footage will be backed up off-site in case of any problems or if you do not have another NAS on a remote location that you can replicate your data to.

Time will show how this will fair among the users, but considering how well other cloud services work, I expect it to be well accepted considering its very reasonable pricing.
### DSM push notifications with webhooks
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-push-notifications-with-webhooks/
Last updated: 2023-06-26T21:20:44.000Z
💡

**UPDATE**: **26/06/2023** \- Added **DSM 7.2** webhook push notification toward **[Mattermost](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/)**

## Intro

Notifications are important and we need them all the time. The same applies to information coming from your NAS or better yet DSM. Personally, I have been using **[Pushover](https://www.blackvoid.club/pushover-notifications-for-all-your-needs/)** for all my needs when it comes to push notifications.

Be it DSM 6 or 7 you can use Pushover as your "push provider", but with DSM 7, Synology has implemented support for **webhooks**. If you are a user of Discord, Mattermost, Rocket Chat, or Synology's own Chat, then you probably know that you can push notifications into those chat platforms using incoming webhooks.

For this example, I will use [**Rocket Chat**](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-slack-alternative-with-mongodb-as-backend/) as a platform of choice, as I use it daily, and getting notifications on my phone/watch will be also backed up by notifications using webhooks.

So the idea is to get DSM notifications for any major event that would be logged in the Log Center to be pushed to my chat platform.

## Configuration of incoming webhook inside Rocket Chat

The first thing you need is of course a running Rocket Chat instance (use the link above to get it going), in order to be able to configure the incoming webhook from another system.

Once you are up and running, head over to Rocket Chat **Administration** \> **Integrations** and click the **+New** (blue) button to make a new integration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.18.24.png)

Part of the Integration window

You will be creating the new **incoming integration** so be sure to have the first tab selected.

Enter the name of the webhook (any descriptive name you want), the channel you have in your Rocket Chat ( `#notifications` or something along that line), and a **user account** that will execute and post the message (this is Rocket Chat user).

Once you have done that, scroll to the bottom and **save the changes**. This will now generate the **webhook URL** that you will use inside DSM in the next part of this article.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.24.24.png)

Webhook URL will generate after you click the save button

Finally, do not forget to activate this rule by using the **Enable** toggle on the top of this window (first image, upper right corner). This is very easy to miss, as you can configure webhooks and have them active or disabled however you want.

The URL will look like this example: `https://rocket.domain.com/hooks/xxx...`

## Configuration of webhook on DSM side

Now that we have prepared the Rocket Chat side, it is time to configure the DSM push webhook settings to work with it. Head over to **Control Panel** \> **Notifications** \> **Push Service (tab)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.30.07.png)

Push service section of DSM. Webhook settings are on the bottom

On the bottom, you will see the **Application Webhooks** section and a **Manage webhooks** button. Click it to open the dialog box.

Configure the webhook as follows:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.33.18.png)

Select **Custom** option as your application provider

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.34.09.png)

Enter the needed values

As a **provider name** you can enter whatever you want, and do not modify the **subject** line in any way. Finally, copy the **webhook URL** that you got from Rocket Chat.

Finally, select **POST** as your **HTTP method**. After that move on to the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.34.22.png)

Do not change the header

Rocket Chat when it comes to headers uses **Content-Type** with this exact value, so in this case, you don't have to add or enter anything, just move to the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.34.42.png)

Enter the values as needed

For Rocket Chat we do need to add a single field that will contain the body of our message. Enter **text** as the parameter and `-` as its **value**. Nothing more is needed so on to the final step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.34.59.png)

Make sure to map the parameter and category

In the final step make sure to map the **Message Content** category to our **text** parameter. After that is done, click **Apply** and you are done.

## Testing the webhook

Now that we have everything configured, you can use the **Send Test Message** button in order to see if your webhook works. If all is well, you will get similar results in your Rocket Chat channel.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.50.22.png)

Rocket Chat showing NAS/DSM events inside a predefined channel

That's it, now you can get your DSM 7 powered NAS notifications inside your Rocket Chat UI without the need to use other push services or fill up your inbox with emails.

The benefit of webhook push notifications unlike classic push notifications is that they will remain in your history as part of the channel, so you can filter and search them as needed.

Finally, use the **Rules** tab inside the **Notifications** section to select what exact notifications you want to receive via the push method.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-04-at-00.56.13.png)

Use the checkboxes to select or deselect events

---

## Configuration of incoming webhook inside Mattermost using DSM 7.2

Same as with Rocket Chat, we need to have the [**Mattermost**](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/) chat instance up and running. Once we do, we can use the main menu and open up **Integrations**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-22.50.10.png)

Use Mattermost main menu to access the Integrations option

Inside, we will see several options and the one needed for this is again an **Incoming** webhook option. Select it to continue configuring.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-22.52.54.png)

Create a new DSM notification webhook

We need to enter the **Title**, as well as the **Channel** where the webhooks will land. This can be either a private or a public channel. Finally, we click the **Save** button that will return us to the incoming webhook window and list the **URL** that we will use inside DSM push configurations.

The URL will again be in a form of a public link similar to this: `https://chat.domain.com/hooks/lvopuenldbl231nkj43ll59bnq`

For now, we are done, as with RC, we move into DSM in order to configure the generated URL.

This example will be based on **DSM 7.2** as certain changes have happened since DSM 7.1 in terms of UI changes and some new features, but nothing directly related to webhook integration with Mattermost. That being said, similar steps can be used with DSM 7.1 and they should work just fine.

Just like in DSM 7.1, **Notifications** in DSM 7.2 are still inside the **Control Panel**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-23.02.22.png)

DSM 7.2 Notification window with an already configured webhook toward Mattermost

Clicking the **Add** button will start the wizard as expected but this time there will be several more options to choose from. Regardless, we need to select the **Custom** option on the bottom to make this work with Mattermost.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-23.04.21.png)

Select the Custom option from the menu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-23.05.21.png)

In terms of rules, choose what best fits your needs

DSM 7.2 has added the **rules** option as well. Directly linked to the tab of the same name we now have the option of creating our own rule and selecting options that matter to us the most. This is a personal preference so I will leave that for you to decide what to select/create.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-23.08.54.png)

Enter the name of the webhook provider and past in the URL generated in the previous step by Mattermost

In the next step, we need to give this future webhook a name and the URL that was generated for us by Mattermost.

The final step of this process is the webhook payload configuration. Considering that the Mattermost documentation is up to date and very clear on this, the settings that are needed to allow DSM to send push notifications using webhook are the following.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-23.13.05.png)

Payload configuration

We need to configure the **HTTP Method** as `POST` as we want to send the date outside DSM OS. For the **HTTP Header** we configure the content type as **application/jason** as that is what Mattermost expects. Following that, the **HTTP Body** will be configured for us in terms of a single `"text"` variable. This is good as we do not want to change anything here if we want to get the full text of any message that DSM will send us.

Once that is all done and sorted, we click **Apply** and that's it. We can use the **Send test message** button inside the webhook window to see if the notification will land in Mattermost.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/06/Screenshot-2023-06-26-at-23.18.08.png)

Mattermost example of DSM 7.2 notifications coming in using webhooks

The image above is an example of how notifications from DSM 7.2 look inside Mattermost coming in via webhooks.

---

Hope this will come in handy, and if you have any questions, suggestions, or comments, leave them down in the comment section.
### Drive 3.0 - new mobile app is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/drive-3-0-new-mobile-app-is-here/
Last updated: 2022-12-06T19:15:57.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 06/12/2022 - mobile editing and creating of Office files is now an option on the iOS 14 (or newer) with the latest 3.2.0 iOS Drive update.

📢

**UPDATE**: 15/11/2022 - new Android mobile version has arrived with support for editing and creating new Office files.

### Version: 3.2.0-795

(2022-11-15)

****Important Notes**

1. The update is expected to be available in all regions within the next few days. The actual time of release may vary slightly depending on the region.

****What's New**

1. Added a one-way synchronization feature, allowing users to sync the most up-to-date file versions from the server to their mobile devices or to upload from their mobile devices to the server.
2. **Supports creating and editing Synology Office documents and spreadsheets. This update is only available on Synology Office 3.5 and Android 10.0 and above.**
3. Supports saving changes to Synology Drive after annotating PDFs via third-party PDF software.
4. Supports hiding the recently accessed file list from the "Home" tab for enhanced privacy.
5. Supports Synology Secure SignIn.

****Fixed Issues**

1. Minor bug fixes.

---

This week, Synology rolled out their **new** and **updated** version of the **mobile Drive app**. In its v3.0, it accompanies the previously updated, and already available **Synology Drive Server v3**.

While Drive 3 is still in **beta**, the server component is not. So as a prerequisite, you will need a minimum of 3.0.2 server version to get the option to use all of the new features of the Drive 3.0 app.

⚠️

Saying this, if you are running an older version of Drive Server, you **will be able to use** the new version of mobile Drive 3, just not all of its features (more details later on)

## What's new?

Following on the **[new feature](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-4-drive-3-1-universal-viewer/)** that we got with Drive server 3.x, the mobile app is here to bring some fresh air into the UI itself, as well as provide some new options that were previously not possible.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1446.PNG)

New Synology Drive 3.0 mobile app (iOS)

As can be seen from the image above, the focus from a classic file browsing using the "explorer" view has been replaced by the new **home** screen. The idea behind is to have quick access to the most recent files, as well as the ability to use predefined filters along the top for an, even more, quicker access to specific file types.

Also, on the very top, there is now a search bar that can find any file that you have in your Drive setup, regarding its name, extension, or tag.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-22-at-14.11.43.png)

The top section is full of search and filter options

As a final result, you will get instant access to all the file types you need, depending on your selection of these carefully curated and designed buttons.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1443.PNG)

Photos filter in action

A great benefit is that in this specific view you can pinch to zoom in or out and that way places more items inside your view area.

Another great and intuitive navigation method is the use of labels or **tags**. With a dedicated section on the home screen, you can select your label and quickly get to all your content that has the same tag applied to it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1445.PNG)

List of all your labels/tags

The best part is that once you are in "label view" you can use your search bar to search for a specific file that has that tag applied to itself. Also, you can create **documents** or **photo collections**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1444.PNG)

Photo Collections, a virtual presentation of selected files under a specific name

Creating collections is fast and easy indeed. Once you locate the files that you want to add to a virtual collection, just give it a name and a **collection folder** will present itself under the **Photo Collection** tab. The same goes for documents or any non-photo files.

As always, you can use Drive to navigate your complete selection of files and folders in order to access, delete, move, send or share them, any way you want. Use the **Files** tab on the bottom you will land in a familiar folder/file overview of your content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1447.PNG)

In case you want to find or browse your content, use the Files section

Same as the web version of the Drive platform, the mobile app allows you to view, play and share your content.

If you want to look at a PDF file or play your music with a built-in player, you can. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1448.PNG)

Full-featured PDF viewing is supported

**Sharing from a mobile version** of Drive was never its strong side. Well with v3 that has changed. Now you can create shared links that you can send as **QR codes**, and even **generate a protection link with a password and expiration date**, just as you would over a web version of Drive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1455.PNG)

Generate a share link right from your mobile device

## Mobile Tasks

Drive mobile app learned a few new tricks as well. Now, if you are familiar with **DSFile** app you know that it can be used as a photo backup tool, just in case you are not using the new DSM 7 **[Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)** platform that does all that for you (and much more).

Similar to DSFile and Photos app, Drive can now do certain mobile tasks. One of which is **Photo backup**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-22-at-14.51.11.png)

Drive app can perform photo and sync task operations

The process is as expected. You can select if you want to backup all or just new photos and videos while choosing the location inside the Drive structure that suits you. Keep in mind that you will not be able to back up outside the "**My Drive**" location, so **Teams folders** are off-limits for this.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_14600.png)

Process of setting up your photos backup

In case you are wondering if and how the images will be transferred the answer is "it depends on your needs". Drive has an **upload settings** option called **Image Auto Convert** that will allow you to keep or convert your photos during upload.

Also, you will have the option to maintain your photos and videos after they were uploaded.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-22-at-15.12.49.png)

Finally, as can be seen in the image above, **Live photos** are supported in case you use them.

## Conclusion

Drive as a platform continues to be one of Synology's top solutions when it comes to how users use their NAS. Because of it, there is a lot of focus on bringing new features and options to it. Drive v3 update is part of a life cycle management and keeping it up to date with the server component that provides some already existing desktop features, but also brings in some new, mobile-only ones.
### Synology Extended Warranty Plus
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-extended-warranty-plus/
Last updated: 2024-09-14T11:54:07.000Z
On April 7th, Synology announced a new service called **Extended Warranty Plus**. This service will offer direct and advanced replacement services.

---

*Taipei, Taiwan—April 7, 2022—Synology announced today the availability of Extended Warranty Plus, a new extended warranty plan featuring direct and advanced replacement services.*

*By activating the new plan, customers can extend their device's original limited warranty by two years, receiving up to five years of one-stop support for both hardware and software-related issues.*

*"Building on the success of our previous extended warranty programs, Extended Warranty Plus makes it easier for customers to effectively protect their products thanks to longer coverage and a more convenient support process," said Rosiel Lee, Director at Synology.*

*Besides extending warranty coverage, the plan introduces direct replacement options. Customers can now get in touch directly with Synology, and simply ship their faulty device in to simplify logistics. Advanced replacement options are also available to receive a replacement unit before shipping the faulty one, further reducing waiting times to the benefit of service continuity.*

*"Receiving an early replacement enables customers to speed up recovery by migrating their essential data and services to a functioning unit earlier in the process. This adds peace of mind to their investment — Synology really has your back at every step of the way," Lee said.*

#### ***Availability***

*Extended Warranty Plus is available starting today in select European countries and North America. Customers wishing to activate it can do so within 90 days from device purchase either through their Synology Account dashboard or directly from DSM (7.1 version and above).*

*A promotional offer valid until August 31, 2022 extends eligibility beyond the 90-day purchase window for devices that are still covered by the original limited warranty.*

*Additional details on the plan's features and availability can be found on the* [*official web page*](https://sy.to/ewplus?ref=blackvoid.club)*.*

---

By visiting the link above you can see what this service is all about. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-15.02.38.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-15.02.50.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-15.03.02.png)

Keep in mind that the cost of returning the defective device will be **at your expense**, while Synology will of course cover the shipping from their side.

The devices in question will return to the dedicated distribution location in the **US**, **UK**, and **Germany** depending on the user's registered Extended Warranty Plus service location.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-15.05.44.png)

You can activate your plan using the [**Synology Account**](https://http//account.synology.com?ref=blackvoid.club) **page** or by using the **DSM interface** (Control Panel > Services > Synology Account > Extended Warranty Plus). Do note that your device has to run **DSM 7.1 or above**!

At the moment **not all models are supported**. Only x20, x21, x22, and a handful of x18 and x19 models are.

⚠️

NOTE: This plan is ****only covering DS and some RS models**! XS, XS+, as well as FS, HD, UC, and high-end RS models are not covered as they already have a 5y warranty by default.

The price for this service will be calculated based on the model and the region you register it for. You can consider it at about **10-15% of the value of a particular model**.

### Process of registering for an extended warranty plan

Once you log into the **Synology Account portal** and **register your device** using its serial number, the process of applying for the extended warranty plus plan is as follows:

Under the **Devices** section locate your device and click it to view its details

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.33.49.jpg)

Over on the **Licenses** tab click the **Register** button and select **Extended Warranty Plus**

![3.jpeg](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.35.45.png)

This will launch a dedicated **Extended Warranty Plus** page that will lead you into the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.37.31.png)

Click the **Start** button to go over a 4-step wizard process.

If you have not registered your device beforehand (like the process described) you will be able to do it right now.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.28.49.png)

Add your device if it is not listed already

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.28.59.png)

Enter the NAS serial number

Once your device has been added, the price will be calculated and presented

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.29.43.jpg)

Provide the proof of purchase (if you have it), and move to the final step

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.30.05.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-23.30.38.jpg)

Finally, review the order and proceed to payment. Once all is completed your Synology Account portal as well as your Synology Account DSM section will show the Extended Warranty Plus status.

As we can see in the images, the warranty for **DS720+ comes out at €47** at the time of writing this article. Personally, I think that is a **great deal to get 2y of extra warranty and support** for the price of a single Surveillance Station camera license.

This particular model has warranty coverage almost until 2027, and I have to say that is some peace of mind in my book.

⚠️

Do keep in mind that this Plus warranty ****can only be activated within 90 days of your device purchase**, so try not to wait too long, or you will miss your window.

Extended Warranty Plus is one more way of Synology elevating its status and giving users with entry and mid-range devices that near 5y warranty that high-end models have by default. Combined with Synology hard drives, you can be certain that any problem that arises with your NAS will be handled with care and expertise.
### Welcome, PLEX Discover
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/welcome-plex-discover/
Last updated: 2022-04-07T09:34:05.000Z
As an avid fan of PLEX, I just had to make an article on a brand new service that Plex Inc. has pushed out a few days ago, called **Discover**.

Currently, in beta, this new feature is **not a Plex Pass exclusive** (but it does have extra benefits if you are a subscriber) but is **open to all Plex users**. Also, it is not something that is connected to your local Plex server version, so no need to update in a rush.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/image.jpeg)

PLEX Discover - pull in all your streaming services into one place, just "plex it"!

As long as you have an up-to-date Plex client, either on your mobile device, computer, tablet, TV, or console, you will be able to enjoy the benefits of the Discover feature.

Located on the left-hand side as part of the Plex sidebar, Discover will open a new page presenting all the **upcoming trailers**, **movies**, and **tv shows**, as well as all the **trending content for any of your connected services** such as **Netflix**, **Amazon Prime**, **HBO Max**, **Disney+**, **Apple TV+**, and many more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-07-at-10.41.56.jpg)

Discover page inside Plex client. All the content from all your sources in one place

The process of getting started with Discover is easy. Just connect your services, and let Plex do all the rest by curating the Discover page without you ever leaving the Plex UI while searching for the next tv show or movie to watch.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-05-at-18.38.13.jpg)

The Discover page. Connect your services and let the magic happen

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/image-1.jpeg)

Connect any of the popular (and less popular) services

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that Discover will be there for you to just **browse** the content from a single app, it **will not** **play** the content inside Plex unless it is actually Plex content (local or remote). **All commercial streaming content will launch a dedicated app for that service**!

One of the most powerful features that Discover also changed, is the **Search**. It is now a single search for all your local and remote content including connected services. No reason to panic, your **local content and search results will never leave the local Plex server**, instead, they will be executed locally and then presented on the results page as part of your remote services search as well.

![](https://www.plex.tv/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/Little_Search_Result.png)

One search to rule them all

Search will return results based on actors, directors, and more, as well as any upcoming trailers, and of course local and streaming content. Pretty powerful indeed.

Once you locate the content you want to play, a page presenting all potential sources will be displayed, so you can see how much and where you can play it. For example, some content might be free on Tubi TV, while on Amazon Video you have to rent or pay for it. 

![](https://www.plex.tv/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Discover_9_V2-1.png)

Multiple sources, for the content you "discover"

Tying into search is another great feature that came with Discover and that it **Watchlist**. The watchlist will allow you to keep all the desired content (future and past) on a single list, regardless of the source service that it will be streamed off. 

So for example you can have Netflix, Apple TV+ and Disney+ content all part of a single watchlist. You will have the option to sort and filter the content based on several dropdown menu options.

![](https://www.plex.tv/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Watchlist_3_Watchlist_v2-1.png)

The Watchlist. One place, all the content you want, on all your devices

Good time to remind you that as with all other Plex features, the watchlist will also **sync across all your devices**, so it doesn't matter if you added an item on your phone, it will wait for you on your TV to enjoy later on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-07-at-11.12.48.png)

The item on your watchlist with all the current info

As soon as you add any content to the watchlist it will get a page of its own with all the trailers, cast, plot, and release date visible. Once the content becomes accessible, it will be updated with potential sources (local and remote) where you are able to stream it off.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-07-at-11.15.08.jpg)

Content on your watchlist with potential sources

The evolution of the Plex platform continues. This is one more feature that makes Plex my single point of entertainment when it comes to multimedia. Also, in case you didn't know, Plex works with live tv and DVR as well as your music (local and remote over TIDAL service), and personal videos and pictures.

Powered by Plex Pass it unlocks even more options, so be sure to consider going Plex PRO if you like the platform, you will love it even more! 

Be sure to have a look at some **[other articles](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/plex/)** on the Plex subject if you want to know more.

So for now, **just Plex it**!
### DSM 7.1-42661
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-1-42661/
Last updated: 2022-08-02T14:26:03.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 02/08/2022 - UP4 for the current release is here. Changes are below

### Version: 7.1-42661 Update 4

(2022-08-02)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1-42661-4?ref=blackvoid.club) to manually update it. Only Synology NAS with DSM 7.1 installed can be updated to this version.
- The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. This update will restart your Synology NAS.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where after restarting DSM, certain packages might fail to function properly if users had installed Synology High Availability.
2. Fixed an issue where users might not be able to sign in to their Gmail account when configuring the sender at Control Panel > Notification > Email.

Notes:

- This version is released in a [staged rollout](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/DSM%5Fupdate%5Fwhy%5Flatest%5Fversion%5Favailable%5Fonline%5Fbut%5Fnot%5Fin%5Fcontrol%5Fpanel?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 05/07/2022 - New UP3 for the current release has arrived with the following changes

⚠️

Do note that **you may not be alerted to update** to this version if some of the reasons mentioned below will apply to your system. **Try not to rush into patching unless instructed to do so!**

### Version: 7.1-42661 Update 3

(2022-07-05)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1-42661-3?ref=blackvoid.club) to manually update it. Only Synology NAS with DSM 7.1 installed can be updated to this version.
- The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. This update will restart your Synology NAS.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an unexpected issue that may occur when users Safe Ejected a single-volume storage pool that was created on DSM 6.2.4 or earlier.
2. Fixed an issue where certain packages couldn't function properly shortly after restarting DSM.
3. Fixed an unexpected issue that may occur when users tried to repair degraded storage pools that were previously migrated from a different version of DSM.

📢

**UPDATE**: 01/06/2022 - New UP2 for the current release has arrived with the following changes

⚠️

Do note that **you may not be alerted to update** to this version if some of the reasons mentioned below will apply to your system. **Try not to rush into patching unless instructed to do so!**

---

### Version: 7.1-42661 Update 2

(2022-06-01)

#### Important notes

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1-42661-2?ref=blackvoid.club) to manually update it. Only Synology NAS with DSM 7.1 installed can be updated to this version.
- The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
- Your DSM is working fine without having to update. The system evaluates service statuses and system settings to determine whether it needs to update to this version.
1. This update will restart your Synology NAS.

#### Compatibility & Installation

1. When an SSD's firmware version doesn't support the S.M.A.R.T test, the system will disable related functions.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where the out-of-band port couldn't function properly when users configured Link Aggregation with only the ports on the external network card.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 27/04/2022 - New UP 1 for the current release has arrived patching multiple vulnerabilities.

(2022-04-27)

****Important Note**

1. The update is expected to be available in all regions shortly. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.1-42661-1?ref=blackvoid.club).
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. If users' Synology NAS aren't connected to the Internet, they must download SMB Service 4.10.18-0434 from the Download Center and manually install it after the DSM update to make sure the package functions properly. Note: Before users install SMB Service 4.10.18-0434, the package and its dependent package, Synology Directory Server, will be deactivated.

****Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where users couldn't upload files to DSM via the Finder on macOS Big Sur 11.
2. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Netatalk (CVE-2022-0194, CVE-2022-23121, CVE-2022-23122, CVE-2022-23123, CVE-2022-23124, CVE-2022-23125).

---

📢

**UPDATE**: The update over the previous RC version was clean and with 0 problems. Keep in mind that **any package** that you had installed from the **"BETA" stream will need to be updated** to a new version that supports 42661.

After two weeks since DSM 7.1 RC release, Synology has pushed **DSM 7.1 final** version that covers both DS and RS/FS/SA and UC units, ****v7.1-42661**.

You can get to the new 7.1 DSM version by visiting the following link:

[****https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club)

Select your model from the menu, as well as your DSM OS version, and select ****DSM 7.1 series** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-06-at-13.18.07.png)

Here are the notes for this new versions:

#### Important notes

1. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few weeks, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly. If you want to update to the latest version now, please go to [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/en-us/support/download?version=7.1&ref=blackvoid.club#system) and manually update your DSM.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
4. For the following models, DSM 7.1 is currently in development and will be released as soon as it is completed.
- Plus Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, RS2414+, RS2414rp+, RS814+, RS814RP+
1. For the following models, you can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/en-us/support/download?version=7.1&ref=blackvoid.club#system) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
- XS Series: RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- Plus Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, DS214+, RS815RP+, RS815+, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+, DS215+
- Value Series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS214, DS214play, DS114, RS815, DS1515,DS715, DS415play, DS115
- J Series: DS213j, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214se, DS215j, DS115j, DS416se, DS119j
1. For the following models, DSM 7.1 will be the last upgradable version.
- XS Series: RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- Plus Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, DS214+, RS815RP+, RS815+, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+, DS215+
- Value Series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS214, DS214play, DS114, RS815, DS1515,DS715, DS415play, DS115
- J Series: DS213j, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214se, DS215j, DS115j, DS416se
1. Adjusted the LED indicator for drives' health status. When a drive's health status is critical or failing, the indicator will show static orange.
2. Windows 2000 domains are no longer supported.
3. Removed the "Synchronize with an NTP server every time a domain user signs in" option for Domain/LDAP advanced settings. Users can configure the "Synchronize with NTP server" option at Regional Options > Time instead.
4. Added support for the UPS power-off function at Control Panel > Hardware & Power > UPS.
5. Synology Storage Replication Adapter can only be used with DSM 7.0.1 or earlier versions. If you are using or plan to use Synology Storage Replication Adapter, please continue to use the current DSM version.
6. To create a new Virtual DSM machine for DSM 7.1, Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) must be updated to version 2.6\. Virtual DSM machines running DSM 7.0 or earlier versions can be directly updated to DSM 7.1 without updating VMM.
7. **Surveillance Station must be updated to version 8.2.11-7327 or above to be compatible with this update.**

#### What’s New

1. SSD Cache Groups can be allocated to multiple volumes, allowing for more flexible management of SSD cache capacity.
2. Storage Manager now supports the management of the drives and storage of both active server and passive server in a Synology High Availability cluster.
3. Added support for Btrfs (Peta Volume) in Active Backup for Business and Synology High Availability.
4. If there is a file system error, DSM will unmount the volume to run file system checks without interrupting the services on other volumes.
5. Reduced the minimum threshold for low capacity notification from 5% to 3%.
6. Added support for custom OIDC (OpenID Connect) settings to integrate DSM with external SSO servers.
7. Added support for the RTF editor to allow users to preview notification message content and style in real-time when editing.
8. Added support for bypass traverse checking at Control Panel > File Services > Advanced to allow users to traverse folders and access permitted files or subfolders.
9. Supports specifying domains from the list of trusted domains to synchronize domain data.
10. Added the Greenwich Mean Time (GMT+00:00) time zone option at Control Panel > Regional Options > Time.
11. Added the synchronization status between DSM and NTP servers at Control Panel > Regional Options > Time.
12. Added icons on the taskbar to indicate ongoing background tasks that might affect system performance.
13. Users can now open tabs directly from search results in Control Panel.
14. Supports automatically updating the domain database and syncing domain data regularly. For Synology NAS that are used to create domains, the "Update User Groups/Lists" option in Control Panel > Domains/LDAP will be disabled by default after updating to DSM 7.1.
15. **Starting from Advanced Media Extensions 2.0.0, users must sign in to their Synology Accounts to install HEVC and AAC codecs, which allow for the playback of certain file formats in multimedia packages and the Surveillance Station.**

#### Limitation

1. The update progress bar on a Synology High Availability cluster might not display the actual progress percentage. This won't affect the update progress.

Compared to the 7.1 beta version, changes are presented in **bold**, all the rest are already implemented.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-06-at-13.08.54.png)

The main difference and warning that needs to be taken into consideration is the usage of **[Synology Account](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/)** as mandatory when using **Advanced Media Extensions 2.0**.
### Synoforum.com 3rd anniversary giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synoforum-com-3rd-anniversary-giveaway/
Last updated: 2022-04-21T10:39:51.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 21/04/2022 - We have a name! Congrats to **Nobelmd** for being a random winner! More details on [**synoforum.com**](https://www.synoforum.com/threads/giveaway-synoforum-com-is-celebrating-its-3rd-anniversary.8326/post-42299?ref=blackvoid.club).

Just last month, that ended with #WorldBackupDay, here on the site we had a Synology giveaway due to BV's 3rd anniversary!

This month, [**Synoforum.com**](https://www.synoforum.com/?ref=blackvoid.club), is also celebrating its 3rd anniversary, and there will be a Synology-driven giveaway as well!

So far, the forum gained over **37000+ posts**, thanks to all the hard and valuable contributions of its **3400 current members**.

Many of them as supporting the forum in various ways, either via posting helpful facts and tutorials or by donating. This is all making Synoforum a great community that all current and future members can enjoy.

Considering that Synology is not really pushing out new products this year due to all the global problems (past and current), they have shifted towards services and apps instead. With their new C2 services and DSM 7 out, some apps are also being upgraded to their new major release. **Surveillance Station 9.0** is one of them!

Currently, in beta, SS9 is expected to be released as 9.0 final sometime in Q2/Q3 of 2022\. In the spirit of the new version, **Synoforum.com is giving away, one free SS license**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/IMG_1274.png)

One free SS license!

So if you want this prize, be sure to **head over to Synoforum.com**, **register** and **follow the rules of the giveaway**!

‼️

**DISCLOSURE**: the giveaway **item was purchased with its own funds, no one is paying for or sponsoring it**. **No payment** is required to participate. **All registered members can participate**, except staff members. Duplicate accounts will be blocked.

### How to participate?

You **need to have a valid account on SynoForum.com**. Registration is free. Duplicate accounts will be blocked.

### What are the giveaway rules?

Reply to this thread and tell us:

1. How do you see this item as beneficial to you
2. On which Synology NAS model you are going to add this license
3. How many active Surveillance Station licenses do you already have

⚠️

**NOTE**: two word or nonsense comments will not be taken into consideration. Please, make sure you talk about all three points from the rules above.

This giveaway will be active from **April 5, 2022, till April 20, 2022** (that date included). All posts after this date will not be taken into consideration for the giveaway, but you can still comment if you wish.

### Announcing the winner

The winner will be **randomly chosen** (replies that meet the criteria from the giveaway rules) and announced on April 21, 2022, in this thread. 

Our staff will contact the winner via conversation message on this forum. Make sure to check the forum **within 48 hours** and respond to the conversation. You can also enable email notifications for new conversation messages.

If the initial winner will not respond within 48 hours, another winner will be picked and given another 48 hours to respond.  
  
Good luck to all, and thank you in advance for participating!
### Self-hosted start page alternatives
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/self-hosted-start-page-alternatives/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:36:22.000Z
## Intro

Favorites, bookmarks, tabs, whatever you want to call them, have been with us for a long time. The idea behind them is simple, help me not to type my destination but to have it as a single click accessible from anywhere.

Personally, I am a fan of Safari tabs, and especially **tab groups** that came with the latest version. They help me keep things organized the way I want to, and I never have more than 3-4 tabs in a single group. Those few pages that make the group have something in common and I like to have them side by side, and it works across devices. More than enough for my needs.

So what is then the point of a start page? I never used them heavily but the fact is that with more and more apps being web apps, you have to have their addresses somewhere. Considering I don't use favorites (menus or toolbars), and tab groups only contain pages that I constantly need/use, the fact is that I have to have those other URLs written down somewhere.

This article will give just my personal take on three start page solutions that you can a) self-host, and b) are free and open-source. Also, they will be deployed in a Docker container configuration.

I have decided to use some well-established and maintained platforms, as well as some new forks that are going towards a more functional and minimalistic look, so you be the judge of what platform would work out for you.

Now I know the competition on this is huge, and again this is my personal view but before I head down to the actual solutions I would like to mention that the likes of [**Organizr**](https://organizr.app/?ref=blackvoid.club), [**Homer**](https://github.com/bastienwirtz/homer?ref=blackvoid.club), [**Muximux**](https://github.com/mescon/Muximux?ref=blackvoid.club), and some others are just not my cup of tea, so I have not considered them.

## Heimdall

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-03-at-15.30.50.png)

[GitHub - linuxserver/Heimdall: An Application dashboard and launcherAn Application dashboard and launcher. Contribute to linuxserver/Heimdall development by creating an account on GitHub.![](https://github.com/fluidicon.png)GitHublinuxserver![](https://opengraph.githubassets.com/97ddbf1fb4887c0664f1594c01b4440b7f8c2d460822a51939e2a75df2568dbb/linuxserver/Heimdall)](https://github.com/linuxserver/Heimdall?ref=blackvoid.club)

For most people, Heimdall needs no introduction. A very popular, stable, and functional launcher that has a huge following and user base.

Personally, this platform has been my go-to choice because **it works**, it **can be customized** (icons, colors, apps, and general sorting), and it's **well maintained**.

The only problem that I had with Heimdall is that it **had no search/filter function for the tiles** listed below. **This changed with version 2.3.1** which came out in February of 2022, but before that, the development stopped in 2019, essentially pushing me towards a new solution.

One more thing that bothers me with Heimdall is the size of the dashboard. The icons are **way too big for my taste** but the main reason is that some apps have built-in functions that need space to present certain values. For example, download progress via NZBget or SAB. If you are using those, or you like to have a large color presentation for your app and other links, then I'm sure Heimdall will be right up your alley.

### Heimdall Docker deployment

Considering that it is only a launcher platform, Heimdall has a very simple Docker deployment. I encourage you to use the **[Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)** platform and its **[stacks](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/)** feature in order to deploy it via docker-compose compatible format.

🗒️

Make sure that **all local destinations (volumes) that you will use are created ahead of time** before you run the actual compose code to avoid getting any errors.

```yaml
version: "2.1"
services:
  heimdall:
    image: lscr.io/linuxserver/heimdall
    container_name: heimdall
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - TZ=Europe/London
    volumes:
      - </path/to/appdata/config>:/config
    ports:
      - 80:80
      - 443:443
    restart: unless-stopped
```

Change `PUID` and `PGID` values to the value of an account that you want your container to run with, as well as change the `/path/to/appdata/config` to your local folder (that was created ahead of time) to match your desired destination.

Because of my previously mentioned "problems" with Heimdall, I was always on the lookout for some other solution, and that brings us to my current solution that I am using Flame.

## Flame

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-03-at-16.09.27.png)

[GitHub - pawelmalak/flame: Flame is self-hosted startpage for your server. Easily manage your apps and bookmarks with built-in editors.Flame is self-hosted startpage for your server. Easily manage your apps and bookmarks with built-in editors. - GitHub - pawelmalak/flame: Flame is self-hosted startpage for your server. Easily mana...![](https://github.com/fluidicon.png)GitHubpawelmalak![](https://repository-images.githubusercontent.com/365565715/41e1c378-2d4a-4350-b432-b59abbc67c9f)](https://github.com/pawelmalak/flame?ref=blackvoid.club)

Coming from an Apple/Mac side, a minimalistic, clean look was always the main thing for me and my taste, and Heimdall is just way too "flashy". Because of that, a while back I can across [**SUI**](https://github.com/jeroenpardon/sui?ref=blackvoid.club). It was almost all I wanted but the development and some problems with it pushed me away from it (adding new elements was done via xml, no protocol support, etc), and I stuck with Heimdall yet again.

Lucky for me (or us!), back in June 2021, a new fork based on SUI was developed, **Flame**.

Flame solved all the issues that I had with Heimdall on day one and had that minimalistic look that I was going for. On top of that, it supports **[MDI](https://materialdesignicons.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)** as a source for the icons in case you want a more unified look and feel.

Finally, the app/bookmark filter is there, as well as 15 out-of-the-box themes that you can of course customize and create new ones. I have to say that Flame quickly became my new go-to landing page with Heimdall taking a back seat.

### Flame Docker deployment

The same principle as before, when it comes to deployment and folder creation.

```yaml
version: '3.6'

services:
  flame:
    image: pawelmalak/flame
    container_name: flame
    volumes:
      - /path/to/appdata/config:/app/data
      - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock # optional but required for Docker integration
    ports:
      - 5005:5005
    environment:
      - PASSWORD=random_sting_of_your_choice
    restart: unless-stopped
```

The `PASSWORD` parameter is a random string that you will use to log into the Flame App section to get access to all the functions of the platform, such as creating new links, bookmarks, etc. You can also add `PASSWORD_FILE` and link to your protected file that contains the actual password for extra security.

## LinkDing

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-03-at-17.51.58.png)

[GitHub - sissbruecker/linkding: Self-hosted bookmark serviceSelf-hosted bookmark service. Contribute to sissbruecker/linkding development by creating an account on GitHub.![](https://github.com/fluidicon.png)GitHubsissbruecker![](https://opengraph.githubassets.com/8cedd6736ec6d790346f8b8794408b3d1036abfa8d8590276572e5718b63ee39/sissbruecker/linkding)](https://github.com/sissbruecker/linkding?ref=blackvoid.club)

Considering that Flame covers all my bases as a link/bookmark platform, I would not search further any longer. But, just recently I noticed another minimalistic platform that is geared purely towards bookmarks than any other platform.

LinkDing has been around since the end of 2020, but as I mentioned before, I was not actively looking for a new solution as I settled for Heimdall at that time.

Unlike other solutions, LinkDing is more simple in its looks and features, but still, it does offer enough to like it as a platform. Listing your bookmarks and tags as main working elements, you can use them along with its search bar to quickly find what you are looking for.

My only problem with it is that it is not as fast as I would expect, and also, when using tags, you need to reset the search bar if you want to list all your bookmarks again (or visit the root site). Coming with two main themes (dark and light), you are free of course to edit them as you please via CSS.

As a proper bookmark platform it offers Firefox and Chrome extensions so you can add new entries more quickly, or if you are running any other browser, a bookmarklet that you can use as a single button option for adding new bookmarks. Works well with Safari I might add.

I would say that if I haven't found Flame, I would probably settle for LinkDing, but comparing the two, Flame is my first choice in the end.

### LinkDing Docker deployment

```yaml
version: '3'

services:
  linkding:
    container_name: linkding
    image: sissbruecker/linkding:latest
    ports:
      - "9090:9090"
    volumes:
      - "/path/to/appdata/config:/etc/linkding/data"
    restart: unless-stopped
```

Very simple Docker deployment with an SQLite DB in the background. Be sure, again, to create the folder that will be your local volume destination for this case.

## Conclusion

As I said before, this was just my quick view of some of the solutions out there, with more mentioned simply as alternatives. The point is that you have to try them yourself and see what works for you. 

Considering that visual presentation might be important to some, others will value functionality or integration with other services. The point is, there is no best platform out there. The reason we have so many of them is that each of us has different tastes and expected end results, so be sure to give them all a run, and decide for yourself.

For the time being, I will stick with Flame, and see how it will develop in the future, but will probably be on the lookout for some other solutions as well. Let me know in the comment section if you use any platform that you think might be worth mentioning.
### Cloud or on-prem? World backup day 2022
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/cloud-or-on-prem-world-backup-day-2022/
Last updated: 2022-07-10T22:06:02.000Z
Here we are, world backup day, March 31st. Just like every year, this date is reserved to remind you that you forgot to do your backup, again. So go and set it up now, so you will not forget it, yet again.

In case you are not familiar with WBD, be sure to [**visit their website**](https://worldbackupday.com/en?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.

[World Backup DayBe prepared against data loss and data theft. March 31st is the day to backup and better protect your data.![](https://worldbackupday.com/favicon.ico)World Backup DayWorld Backup Day, helloworldbackupday.com![](https://worldbackupday.com/media/site/1dcd09d421-1641652730/opengraph-1200x630-crop-1-q80.png)](https://worldbackupday.com/en?ref=blackvoid.club)

## Does Synology have backup tools?

One common mistake with new NAS users, in general, is that they think that owning a NAS is the same as having a backup. Ok, let's think about that for a moment. If your data, content, or whatever you want to call it is not on at least two or more **separate** devices, then no, you don't have a valid backup.

So with that in mind, if you have all of your data stored on a NAS, because you have so much of it on various devices, then your NAS becomes a single point for most of your data. That becomes a problem if thinking of owning a multi-hard drive server as a backup is a valid one. It's not.

Before we go any further, RAID is not a backup, period. That's my [quick tip No.1](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-quick-tips/).

The question here is, how do you backup your backup, or your NAS data in general? Synology has a lot of sync and backup tool in various categories. Some are to protect your endpoint devices (your computers, phones, virtual machines, etc), while others are there to protect data stored on your NAS.

It is important to keep in mind that owning a NAS is just owning another "computer" with a lot of data on it. So having a backup of that data, also **needs to be on your list of priorities**.

Only a few months ago I wrote an article covering one of the most commonly used Synology backup tools, from both categories (protecting NAS and device data).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)

[Synology backup tools - usage and comparisonSynology backup tool overview. How they are used, what they are used for and what differences make them unique.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/)

If you want to go into those apps and platforms a bit deeper, I invite you to read up and get back here.

## What happened in the Synology world since last year?

On top of these standard tools mentioned above, last year was very important for Synology. With the release of DSM 7, they also announced and opened their 3rd in a row **Synology C2 data center in Taiwan**, as well as rolled out **4 new** cloud services as part of their C2 platform.

More info on all those services can be found here in the following article.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/DSM7_C2_new_features_v2.jpg)

[Synology C2 - A Cloud for Safe DataSynology C2 - a cloud for safe data. DSM 7 is out but with it, we have gotten a much more powerful and capable C2 platform with the introduction of new features![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_C2_new_features_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)

One particular C2 service is worth mentioning when it comes to backing up and protecting your data, **C2 Backup**. 

Rolled out as a PaaS (platform as a service), C2 Backup offers **anyone** the option to backup their favorite endpoint device (Windows machine at the moment only, with more coming soon) directly to the Synology C2 platform. No more excuse that you didn't have a device on hand to execute a backup when a crypto-virus encrypted all your data, or your hard drive failed (yes that is a real thing).

Remember, you do not have to own a Synology NAS to use C2 Backup. Simply register, install the agent, and backup over the internet to a secure location in any of the three worldwide data centers.

For more detail on this service, how it works, and what it costs, be sure to read over it in the following article.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/c2backup_v2.jpg)

[Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup serviceSynology C2 Backup has officially rolled out. Here is a review of the new Synology commercial cloud backup service for all your Windows (only Win atm) devices. No need for a Synology NAS at all.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/c2backup_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)

One last thing that is worth mentioning here, and related to your NAS protection, and then by extension, your data as well as a new NAS bare-metal backup feature.

Introduced just last month with DSM 7.1 version, you are now able to **backup your NAS operating system (DSM), as well as your data on a separate NAS**, as a method of backup in case your NAS or drives fail.

This does require you to have a spare Synology NAS, but this option will soon come as part of the C2 Backup service as well, so you will be able to back up your whole NAS to the cloud.

At the moment this method works as part of before mentioned **Active Backup for Business** platform, and the whole process is described in the following article.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/DSM71_abb_disaster.jpg)

[Active Backup for Business - DSM 7.1 disaster recoveryHow to do a Synology NAS full bare-metal disaster recovery using Active Backup for Business and DSM 7.1? Read up!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM71_abb_disaster.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/)

## Backup and restore tests

As you can see, there is a lot to talk about when we say **backup your data**. Owning a NAS is great and solves a lot of problems, but also puts a great deal of responsibility when it comes to data protection.

Today, with various exploits and the constant need to stay connected as well as sharing all your videos, pictures, and data, keeping all those safe and secure had become a task for all of us, not just the "weird IT guy in the basement". With that in mind, educate yourself, ask questions, and invest in data protection in any shape or form. 

While having a backup (or three) is great and needed, make sure to also test your backups. No point in having one if it's not a valid one at the moment when you need it.

As much as all Synology tools have backup verification methods, nothing beats a good old restore test. It doesn't have to be anything complicated, take a small random sample from your backup, and restore it. 

Access your data and make sure that it is readable and accessible as it should. 

**Create and maintain your backups, you will be a hero when the moment comes!**
### Synology Account portal
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/
Last updated: 2022-05-03T22:59:47.000Z
Back in the day, Synology was just making hardware and software as they do now, but then we didn't have all sorts of services, support was really bad, and most apps didn't offer licensing models.

As they grew, so did the demand for better coordination with their clients, their subscriptions, purchased items, warranties, and above all that, a better way to support users that needed help.

In the past years, Synology started offering more and more "cloud" services of their own, especially with the introduction of DSM 7 and their **[C2 services](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)**. With that in mind, Synology needed a place that will be a single point for their clients to maintain all their information, but also something that will be a single sign-on method for logging, and connecting their services and products.

Enter, **[Synology Account](https://account.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-15.27.38.png)

Main login page for your Synology Account

## Synology Account - one stop for all your Synology needs

In the past few days, SA has gotten some updates that are both visual and functional in nature. Following in the steps of Apple, their landing page has had some subtle background color changes, but the main change is inside.

Regardless of that, if you are a Synology NAS, router, or cloud user, the chances are you will get introduced to SA sooner or later.

So what does SA offer, and why do you need it? There are several categories that are directly affected by this service:

- The data of related services (including Synology C2 Storage, Active Insight, configuration backup, and Secure Signln) will be deleted permanently.
- Purchased licenses will be deactivated.
- QuickConnect and DNS will be unregistered.
- Technical support services will be unavailable.
- Synology News subscription will be canceled.

If by now you have never used any Synology products some of the terms here might sound unfamiliar and strange. However, with the large number of options to choose from, you might start using some of them from day one, while others will never be on your list.

### Account creation

There are multiple ways to get started with SA creation. You can create it yourself upfront by visiting [**https://account.synology.com**](https://account.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) page, or you will be redirected to one from any number of apps and services that Synology devices and platforms offer.

In any event, you will land on the creation page that will in a few short steps create an account for you.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-15.38.09.png)

Fill in the info to begin your SA creation process

After you have confirmed your email address with a one-time password, you are good to go and will be redirected to your main SA dashboard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-15.34.00.png)

Process complete

If you do not want to use Synology Account, or have made it with incorrect information, or you simply want to make it at a later date, you can delete it, and it will be removed in the next 10 days.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-15.35.55.png)

Removing your SA will mean you will lose access to all services listed here

### Synology Account dashboard and functions

Logging into your SA account will allow you access to the new redesigned dashboard presenting a quick overview of your Synology services and devices in use.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-15.56.40.jpg)

Synology Account dashboard

On top of that, you will have the option to take a deeper look into each section. starting with **Profile** and **Security**. Apart from expected elements that you can change, such as your name, email, address, etc, in the security section, you will have the options to change your password as well as configure the **2FA option** or **[Synology's new Secure SignIn](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-18.46.07.png)

Security options for your SA account

The new addition to SA is the option to have an **overview of your C2 services** and their status. As I said before, the whole idea behind SA was to offer SSO functionality for the users and have a single reference point to all Synology services and devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-18.50.50.jpg)

Synology C2 services per each datacenter

If you have purchased any in-app options using the Package Center, or maybe extended a warranty for any of your devices, that information will also be included in a section of its own. You will be also able to pull the invoice for a particular transaction.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-18.54.58.png)

Before DSM 7 we had to pay for exFAT support

Just like your current active C2 subscriptions, SA offers a detailed look into your devices as well. This will include NAS, VDSM (virtual DSM instance), as well as any router that you might have.

The detailed view will show also external access via QuickConnect or DDNS as well as active licenses.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-19.00.05.jpg)

Overview of your devices, like the routers in this case

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-19.01.29.jpg)

Detailed view of your device and its attached licenses

One last thing in this section is the fact that you will have an overview for any NAS that you have registered with Synology's new platform, **[Active Insight](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)**. At this present moment it is still free to use with no paid tier options, but that will change in the future for sure.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that **only DSM 7 devices will be compatible** with AI! **DSM 6 devices** can use AI to ship metrics that will be used when opening a support ticket, but you **will not** see the device inside the AI interface, as well as any of the metrics.

Finally, one of the main and most often used elements of SA, **support tickets**. Yes, any problem that you might have with either a device or a service you will have the option to submit a ticket and stay in communication with Synology support on the matter.

I have to say that the platform for support is stable, very clear, and informative, but still, the response time (in general) could be better (but this will depend on your location in the world).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-19.07.44.png)

Begin your support ticket by selecting your registered device

One thing that I didn't mention, was that you **will not be able to submit a ticket** unless you have a valid C2 subscription or a device registered with Synology (Account), meaning, no free support.

You will be able to get support in that manner (free) using their **community forum site**, but I wouldn't hold my breath getting any official Synology support staff to engage with your on your specific problem.

Once the support ticket has been issued, you will continue your correspondence using the SA support portal in a shape of an email thread conversation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-27-at-19.12.15.jpg)

An example of Synology support correspondence

## Conclusion

Just wanted to give a bit of an overview of this service for users that might not be familiar with it and in the end to familiar yourself with elements that you will eventually see inside DSM or SRM, as well as some cloud services (if you will use them).

On a personal note, response time on support ticket was always within 24h or less, so can't say that it is too bad. Considering I am not a paying support customer, I would say more then fine. Be sure to protect your Synology account with either Secure SignIn or conventional 2FA solutions, as you start to use more and more Synology services and products. Because SA will cover information on some **sensitive data** (like serial numbers, subscriptions, and payment options) it would be vise to **lock it down as much as possible**.
### DSM 7.1-42621 RC
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-1-42621-rc/
Last updated: 2022-04-06T11:24:34.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 24/03/2022 - Update from 7.1 beta to RC version went without any problems. All apps and services are running. This was a "manual" update process.

Today, Synology has pushed DSM 7.1 version that covers both DS and RS/FS/SA and UC units, ****v7.1-42621 release candidate**.

You can get to the new 7.1 DSM version by visiting the following link:

[](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club)[**https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club)

Select your model from the menu, as well as your DSM OS version, and select **DSM 7.1 series** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/image.png)

New DSM 7.1 OS stream, starting as a release candidate

Here are the notes for this new versions:

#### Important notes

1. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
2. After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
3. For the following models, DSM 7.1 will be the last upgradable version.
- XS Series: RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- Plus Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, DS214+, RS815RP+, RS815+, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+, DS215+
- Value Series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS214, DS214play, DS114, RS815, DS1515,DS715, DS415play, DS115
- J Series: DS213j, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214se, DS215j, DS115j, DS416se
1. Adjusted the LED indicator for drives' health status. When a drive's health status is critical or failing, the indicator will show static orange.
2. Windows 2000 domains are no longer supported.
3. Removed the "Synchronize with an NTP server every time a domain user signs in" option for Domain/LDAP advanced settings. Users can configure the "Synchronize with NTP server" option at Regional Options > Time instead.
4. Added support for the UPS power-off function at Control Panel > Hardware & Power > UPS.
5. Synology Storage Replication Adapter can only be used with DSM 7.0.1 or earlier versions. If you are using or plan to use Synology Storage Replication Adapter, please continue to use the current DSM version.
6. **To create a new Virtual DSM machine for DSM 7.1, Virtual Machine Manager (VMM) must be updated to version 2.6\. Virtual DSM machines running DSM 7.0 or earlier versions can be directly updated to DSM 7.1 without updating VMM.**

#### What’s New

1. SSD Cache Groups can be allocated to multiple volumes, allowing for more flexible management of SSD cache capacity.
2. Storage Manager now supports the management of the drives and storage of both active server and passive server in a Synology High Availability cluster.
3. **Added support for Btrfs (Peta Volume) in Active Backup for Business and Synology High Availability.**
4. If there is a file system error, DSM will unmount the volume to run file system checks without interrupting the services on other volumes.
5. Reduced the minimum threshold for low capacity notification from 5% to 3%.
6. Added support for custom OIDC (OpenID Connect) settings to integrate DSM with external SSO servers.
7. Added support for the RTF editor to allow users to preview notification message content and style in real-time when editing.
8. Added support for bypass traverse checking at Control Panel > File Services > Advanced to allow users to traverse folders and access permitted files or subfolders.
9. Supports specifying domains from the list of trusted domains to synchronize domain data.
10. Added the Greenwich Mean Time (GMT+00:00) time zone option at Control Panel > Regional Options > Time.
11. Added the synchronization status between DSM and NTP servers at Control Panel > Regional Options > Time.
12. Added icons on the taskbar to indicate ongoing background tasks that might affect system performance.
13. Users can now open tabs directly from search results in Control Panel.
14. Supports automatically updating the domain database and syncing domain data regularly. For Synology NAS that are used to create domains, the "Update User Groups/Lists" option in Control Panel > Domains/LDAP will be disabled by default after updating to DSM 7.1.

#### Limitation

1. The update progress bar on a Synology High Availability cluster might not display the actual progress percentage. This won't affect the update progress.

Compared to the 7.1 beta version, changes are presented in bold, all the rest are already implemented.
### Synology Workshops 2022
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-workshop/
Last updated: 2022-05-03T22:59:26.000Z
Same as in 2021, Synology will be giving four workshop web sessions to present their new software and hardware features coming this year.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-08-at-17.26.07.png)

[**Click here to register!**](https://event.synology.com/en-us/workshop%5F2022%5Famerica?utm%5Fsource=pha&utm%5Fmedium=pha&utm%5Fcampaign=workshop2022)

🎁

*At this year’s 2022 Workshop,* ***all attendees will receive a* *free 6-month Synology C2 subscription with unlimited storage space*** *. Those who *complete a short survey will be entered into a raffle* of various Synology products.*

Starting on April 6th, all the way to April 20th, these sessions are identical in content covering the following:

### User Strategies I 

Examine real-world success stories and get a guide to backing up SaaS data, deploying an NVR solution, and syncing data to public clouds. Learn how to take advantage of remote access and management tools. Live Q&A included.

###   
User Strategies II 

Look into another actual deployment of Synology NAS as a centralized data storage, backup, and recovery solution. Walkthrough the process of setting up a virtual storage environment, and backing up VMs, SaaS, and endpoints for quick recovery. Live Q&A included.

### Hybrid Cloud - Bridging the Gap with Synology NAS and C2

Explore the benefits of using a Synology NAS on-premises in conjunction with Synology C2 for enhanced functionality, stronger data protection, and maximized investments on your deployment. Learn about tools within DSM that leverage the power and flexibility of C2, and walk through software demos of these hybrid solutions. Live Q&A included.

###   
Community

Hear deployment strategies from one of our authorized partners. See how they help dozens of businesses in New York maximize uptime and lower overall costs. Discuss ways to connect with partners and the Synology team. Get next steps to receive personalized guidance from Synology on your next project. Live Q&A included.

By the looks of it, we are gonna get info on the new Surveillance Station 9, new NVR device, more info and demo on the new C2 services including Hybrid Share, and some real-life examples from companies running Synology solutions.
### Active Backup for Business - DSM 7.1 disaster recovery
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/
Last updated: 2022-11-23T12:54:42.000Z
💡

**UPDATE**: **13/9/2022** \- **Active Backup for Business Agent** has finished with BETA testing, and it is **officially rolled out**. Release notes are bellow

### Version: 2.4.2-12420

(2022-09-13)

****Important Note**

1. Active Backup for Business Agent (DSM) allows you to back up your Synology NAS's entire system. As the backup destination, Active Backup for Business must be installed on another Synology NAS.
2. Compatibility limitations for the source and destination Synology NAS servers during system recovery:
- System recovery can only be done if the destination NAS model is identical or a successor to that of the source NAS (e.g., DS 218+ can be restored on another DS218+ or DS220+).
- The number of drives installed on the destination NAS should be more than or equal to that of the source NAS.
- The drives on the destination NAS must be installed in the exact same slot positions as the source NAS.
- The destination NAS must be comprised of drives of the same type. That is, the destination NAS cannot contain a mix of SSDs and HDDs.

****What's New**

1. Full-system backup provides comprehensive protection for your Synology NAS, including user data, system configurations, and packages.
2. File/folder level and full-system level restoration are provided for flexible recovery solutions in different scenarios.
3. Block-level and incremental backup provides fast backup speed and efficient use of space. Change Block Tracking (CBT) technology intelligently tracks data changes to greatly reduce the time and computing resources needed for each backup task.
4. Supports data deduplication to better utilize the space on the remote backup destination.
5. Supports encrypted data transfer to protect data during backup and restorations.

****Applied Model**

- 21-series: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421+, RS2421RP+, RS1221+, RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- 20-series: RS820+, RS820RP+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+, FS3600
- 19-series: RS1619xs+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219, FS6400, FS3400, SA3400, SA3600
- 18-series: RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418+, RS2418RP+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+, FS1018

---

📢

**UPDATE**: **14/4/2022** \- added the process of backing up your Active Backup DSM archive using Hyper Backup to a secondary location, as well as relink and restore test under the "**Backup and restore your ABB DSM archive using Hyper Backup**" heading.

📢

**UPDATE**: **8/4/2022** \- added info on partial data restore from an Active Backup NAS archive under the heading, **"Access files and folders from the backup archive"**

## Table of Contents

[Full bare-metal NAS restore from Active Backup for Business](#full)

- [Bare-metal NAS backup and configuration](#baremetal)
- [Access files and folders from the backup archive](#access)
- [Bare-metal NAS restore](#baremetalrestore)

[Backup and restore your ABB DSM archive using Hyper Backup](#backupabbarchive)  
[Conclusion](#conclusion)

---

This article will focus on a single DSM 7.1/Active Backup for Business feature that was a long time in the making.

Announced a few years back, and implemented for the first time in DSM 7.1, **bare-metal** **DSM and data restore** is now possible using Active Backup for Business package.

The first solid info of this was presented at the beginning of 2022, during **[Synology 2022 and beyond event](https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-and-beyond-event-news/#dataprotection)**. It was clear that Synology did not give up on this feature and on top of it all, it even made the Active Backup for Business package an even better solution than it is/was.

### So what is bare-metal DSM restore?

What's all the hype about then? Well, presently (before DSM 7.1) we were not able to make a complete NAS restore in an event of a disaster. So, if your NAS had a mechanical malfunction and had to be replaced, you could transfer the drives and save your data, but you would have to configure the DSM part of your NAS (settings, configuration, apps, etc) from scratch. 

Truth be told we still have a configuration backup option that in DSM 7 was automated if you choose to do so, so that is also an added bonus, but with 7.1 and Active Backup for Business full NAS backup support, Synology has raised the bar when it comes to data protection and RPO/RTO times.

### How does it work and can I use it at all?

To make use of this method of protection you will need to have certain prerequisites in place. First, you will **need to have more than one Synology NAS**, and on top of that, they **will have to support the Active Backup for Business** package.

Second, your source NAS (the one you want to protect) will have to have the option to install and use the new **Active Backup for Business DSM agent**. Presently, not all models are supported, so only models from 2018 or later are on the list.

****Applied Model**

- ****21-series**: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421+, RS2421RP+, RS1221+, RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- ****20-series**: RS820+, RS820RP+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+, FS3600
- ****19-series**: RS1619xs+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219, FS6400, FS3400, SA3400, SA3600
- ****18-series**: RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418+, RS2418RP+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+, FS1018

🗒️

**NOTE**: The compatible list might change considering that this feature is still in open beta! Finally your device that supports Active Backup and DSM 7.1 might make the cut.

So about 40 models are covered, but I do expect more to come down the line as this feature rolls out to the masses.

The whole idea behind this feature is simple. Make sure to have one NAS backed up to your second one in a form that would **capture the OS, apps, settings, and data**. In the following example, I would like to show how this works, and how can you restore a fully factory configured NAS back from the backup.

**[Compatibility limitations](https://www.synology.com/en-global/beta/2022%5FDSM%5FBackup/release%5Fnote?ref=blackvoid.club)** for the source and destination Synology NAS servers during system recovery:

- System recovery can only be done if the **destination NAS model is identical or a successor** to that of the source NAS (e.g., DS 218+ can be restored on another DS218+ or DS220+).
- The **number of drives installed on the destination NAS should be more than or equal to** that of the source NAS.
- The **drives on the destination NAS must be installed in the exact same slot positions** as the source NAS.
- The **destination NAS must be comprised of drives of the same type**. That is, the destination NAS cannot contain a mix of SSDs and HDDs.

### Features of ABB for DSM

**Block Level System Backup**  
Complete recovery on identical (or successor) hardware

**Data Deduplication**  
Reduces space required to store backup

**Incremental Backup**  
Implements Change Block Tracking for the lowest overhead

**Flexible Recovery**  
File/Folder level recovery portal & full device restoration

## 
  
  
## Full bare-metal NAS restore from Active Backup for Business

This process will be separated into two parts. **Backup and restore**. So first let's see how to set and configure a backup process using the new ABB agent for DSM, and in the second half, how you will restore the content using the ABB platform.

It's all very straightforward, and **works over the Internet as well**, so that makes it an even more powerful solution in case your main and backup NAS are not in the same location.

### 
  
  
### Bare-metal NAS backup and configuration

As I said before you will have to have a specific supported model that can install the new **Active Backup for Business agent (DSM)**, and have **DSM 7.1** to begin with.

Open **Package Center** and locate **Active Backup for Business agent** in the **beta** stream. Install it once you find it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.14.27.png)

Locate ABB DSM agent and install it

🗒️

**NOTE**: Before going forward, make sure your destination NAS has the **new Active Backup for Business version 2.3.0-12153** installed and configured.

Next, start the agent on your source NAS and follow the wizard that will connect it to your destination NAS via Active Backup for Business.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.14.40.png)

ABB DSM Agent will guide you along the way

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.14.54.png)

Enter your destination ABB NAS IP address or public name, and authenticate

🗒️

**NOTE**: If your destination NAS/account has 2FA active you **will have to enter the code** as well in the pop-up that will ask you to verify your account.

Once both NAS devices have configured the task, your source NAS will need to be rebooted before it will be able to execute the backup task. So the following message will ask you if you are ready or not to reboot the NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.16.19.png)

At the same time, the destination NAS should already register the source device in Active Backup for Business console.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.16.33.jpg)

Your source NAS is visible inside the ABB console

Depending on how the template was configured, you can have this task run automatically, or manually using the **Task List** section inside the ABB console. The whole process can be followed using the **details** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.19.59.png)

NAS backup is underway. Details will show the progress

The same dialog will report when the process is completed. If you have system-wide notifications enabled as well, you could get a push notification alerting you of the same.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.31.03.png)

Task all done

The Active Backup for Business main dashboard will report a new protected device, list it on the calendar as well as show you storage status. A single page for a quick glance at all your ABB tasks.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.32.19.png)

Active Backup for Business console overview

Depending on your NAS destination permissions, you can also review the backed-up data using File Station. If you know where the ABB data lives, you can see how the NAS backup is saved. For this example, this is how it all looks like:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.33.55.png)

ABB DSM data as viewed from File Station

Now that we have a valid backup successfully completed, let's see how can we restore from a backup if your NAS suffered a complete data and OS wipe.

### 
  
  
### Access files and folders from the backup archive

Before we take a look at a bare-metal restore, keep in mind that you can actually access all the data that you have backed up (data volume), using **Active Backup for Business Portal app**.

This will allow you to browse the archive and restore partial data without the need to restore the whole content onto a NAS.

The process is simple and following a successful backup, simply open Active Backup for Business Portal from the DSM main menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-18.59.57.png)

Active Backup and Portal apps

If you have multiple ABB tasks running you can use the **Task** dropdown menu to access the one that you need and switch the Portal app to its content. In case you have only a single task, that task will be selected by default.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-19.02.00.png)

List of active ABB tasks

Once you select the task that correlates to your NAS backup, ABB Portal will load the content into a familiar "explorer" view.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-19.02.57.png)

Your complete NAS data volume content is here!

Now that you see it, you can browse and download content without ever needing to restore the whole volume to a working NAS.

Of course, you can also use the **Restore** feature to restore the content to your current NAS in case that is the one you are running at the moment.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-08-at-19.05.15.png)

Locate the file, and restore it or download it (using the buttons on the top or menu)

Very cool I have to say, but this is what ABB already offers for any backup you have either a pc, server, virtual machine, or now, a NAS.

### 
  
  
### Bare-metal NAS restore

To simulate this, I will first do a **factory reset** using one of the new features inside DSM 7\. Opening **Control Panel > Update & Restore** you should see two new tabs, **System Reset** and **System Recovery**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.35.27.png)

New DSM 7 options that will allow you to do a factory reset (including data wipe!)

The **system Reset** option is the option that I will use to simulate a complete wipe down of OS, settings, apps, and data. Similar to what you would do if you got a new NAS or a new pair of drives.

🗒️

**NOTE**: with System Reset and **Erase All Data** option you do not need to delete the volumes or delete any apps. The process will do it all for you.

**System Recovery** tab is actually the method to restore your already running setup from ABB backup but at a specific point in time. Meaning you can recover even if you haven't had a complete OS and/or data meltdown.

So, erasing all data options will be one that I will use in this particular case to simulate day 1 of the NAS with fresh drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.35.46.png)

Point of no return!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.36.12.png)

DSM and data wipe will result in the fact you will have to find your NAS on the network 

Using **Synology Assistant** or **find.synology.com**, you can try and locate your wiped NAS, and start fresh.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.41.20.png)

Let's start again

Notice on the image above that you will have no option to start from backup. The reason is that you need to first install the OS on the NAS, and in stage two (configuration), you will have the option to restore from backup.

As always, follow the wizard by clicking the **Install** button, and completing all the steps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.42.08.png)

Locate the DSM 7.1+ version for your NAS and install it

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.42.45.png)

Wait for the DSM to install

Once the DSM has been installed, your NAS will reboot. Locate it on the network and connect to its user interface where you will see the final package and service configuration happening (the default one).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.46.21.png)

Wait for the initial DSM install and configuration to complete

Upon a successful install, you will have the following window in front of you.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.47.04.png)

⚠️

**WARNING**: This is the step where you will use the **Already have a backup? Restore your device** link below the Start button!

Now, be sure to **NOT** click the **Start** button on this screen, but rather click the **Restore your device** link on the bottom. It will lead you to the ABB restore process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.47.14.png)

Same as before, enter your destination NAS IP address or name and credentials

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.49.30.png)

Select the device backup that you want to restore from 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.50.19.png)

Once you select the device, now choose the point in time version (if you will have multiple ones)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.51.08.png)

Review your settings...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.51.18.png)

Finally, start the restore

This is once again a point of no return. Once that restore process starts, you can configure it and cancel it only from your destination ABB console side.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.51.36.png)

To start with, the process will first create your original volume setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.52.53.png)

After all, is done, data restoration will begin

🗒️

**NOTE**: The time that will be shown is **not** correct. It will jump to 99% as soon as data has been restored/copied.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-19.54.15.png)

Restore process can be viewed from the ABB console on the destination side as well

The final step in the process is a NAS reboot. So wait for it to reboot and you should get back into your previous state without any problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-20.06.42.png)

All in its place. DSM, apps, and data

🗒️

**NOTE**: Do note that some apps or services will not be started automatically. An example is **Plex**, and **Docker containers**!

Certain apps and services **will need your manual interaction** to start them up again. One example is **Plex** or **Docker containers**. Do keep in mind that it will all work, just the services were not automatically started. Not a deal-breaker in my book, but something to keep in mind.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-01-at-20.10.59.png)

As always, you can have monitoring and status view visible from the ABB console

## 
  
  
## Backup and restore your ABB DSM archive using Hyper Backup

Keeping your data backed up is important, but keeping your backup backed up is just as important. So let's see how you can use Hyper Backup to backup your ABB archive, and restore it to a secondary NAS (or back to your main if needed) in case you have a disaster scenario.

You will be able to use your secondary NAS and its ABB instance again as your bare-metal restore point or simply access your data volume using the **recovery portal**.

### STEP01 - Backup your ABB archive

On the NAS running your ABB (DSM 7.1+), simply open up **Hyper Backup** tool and configure a local (secondary volume or USB) or remote (secondary NAS) task that will backup your **ActiveBackupForBusiness** local folder that contains your backed up data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.03.55.png)

Configure the task and let it run and complete

### STEP02 - Restore your ABB archive

Once the backup has been completed, we need to restore the archive. Once again, open **Hyper Backup** and click the **restore button**. From the menu choose **Data**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.04.25.png)

Beginning of the restoration process

We need to manually select the repository, and in order to do that click the **restore from existing repository** link.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.04.47.png)

The restoration source, in this case, is a local folder so choose **Local folder and USB** option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.05.32.png)

From the drop-down menu select your local shared folder and the directory.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.05.40.png)

Your destination folder is the **ActiveBackupforbusiness** local folder. Note the warning and existing data will be overwritten. Select the folder and proceed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.06.30.png)

Finally, review your steps and proceed with data restoration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.06.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.07.06.png)

Restoration in process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.23.26.png)

Hyper backup restore process complete

### STEP03 - Re-link your Active Backup for Business archive

Following a successful restoration, your archive data should be visible inside the **Active backup for Business local folder**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.24.08.png)

Data visible using fire station application

Next, we need to add the archive data as a storage element inside the Active Backup for business platform. Open it back up, switch to the **Storage** section and click the re-link button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.24.33.png)

Our current data should be visible so simply select it and click the blue **Relink** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.24.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.25.31.png)

Once the data has been re-linked, it should be visible inside the **storage**, **overview**, and the **Synology NAS** section as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.25.46.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.26.13.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.26.28.jpg)

With this, we can confirm that the archive is again accessible inside the ABB platform, and we can continue to use it as normal.

A quick test of accessing the volume data using the **Recovery portal** proves that the Hyper Backup restore process was a success.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-12.29.04.png)

Data accessed and restored

## 
  
  
## Conclusion

That's it! I have to say there are not many things that make me happy when it comes to new features, but this is one of them. It works very well, with no problems that I could detect, and the whole process is very straightforward. 

Ok, will a non-tech person know how to do this? Maybe not, but anyone who is included in the Active Backup for Business process will have no problem navigating these steps.

Another great addition to DSM 7 (7.1 to be exact) that will offer many enthusiast-level users (those running + models) one more reason to upgrade to DSM 7 and have a great solution and peace of mind when it comes to their data and uptime.

Let me know down in the comment section what you think about this solution and have you had a similarly great experience or problems when using this feature.
### Blackvoid's 3rd anniversary giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-3rd-anniversary-giveaway/
Last updated: 2022-03-28T08:34:36.000Z
🎁

**UPDATE**: We have a random winner of this year's giveaway! Congratulations to **Ammadeus**! I will contact you and we can make arrangements for you to receive your new NAS!

Random winning comment:

💬

*My daughter was born this year and I could really use this for storing photos and videos and sharing them easily with my family. DS720+ should last well into her puberty :)*

A big thank you to everyone who participated in this year's giveaway, and for all the comments! I do hope we will keep this doing every year, and maybe down the line, there will be more frequent prizes to win. **Thank you all again for your visits, comments, and contributions over the last 3 years!**

This giveaway is now officially closed, but be sure to visit **[Synoforum.com](https://www.synoforum.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)** soon for another Synology giveaway as well!

---

Happy **3rd birthday!** Yes, this little blog is 3y old today! In the spirit of this event, and the fact that March is #****WorldBackupDay** (31st of March), Blackvoid.club will be doing a ****giveaway**!

I still can't believe that it has already passed so much time, but I guess when you are having fun, time does indeed fly by.

💬

**DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure, the prized device has been bought with my own funds, nobody is paying or sponsoring it. This is a **giveaway**, not a lottery, so **no fee or charge is needed to participate**. This is a worldwide giveaway.

## Why this giveaway and what is it?!?

As I have already said it is the third anniversary of the site, and I just wanted to give something back to celebrate this moment. Over the last year, BV had on average about 10k visits a month (over 50% jump from 2020), which I think is great considering that this is a niche blog site. Some of you have had positive outcomes using the tutorials on the site, and some got some direct help from me that you were kind enough to repay with some donations. I thank all of you very much, not just the donors but all visitors and people who commented. It is the fact that people find pieces of information useful that drive me forward.

Just like last year, I will be giving out one ****free, no-stings-attached, no entry fee**, ****no charge**, device that I think will be beneficial to a lot of people out there.

Unlike last year when the prize was OWC Mercury Elite Pro Dual Mini enclosure, this year is time to set it up a bit. If you are a frequent visitor here you know that a few months back I have started to collaborate with Synology GmbH. The fruits of that partnership is [www.blackvoid.tech](https://www.blackvoid.tech/?ref=blackvoid.club) site that focuses on Synology services and products but on the Croatian language for the Baltic and Balkan zone.

Thanks to solid cooperation so far, I am happy and honored to announce this year's prize that would not be possible without it.

So what is it?!?!? Well, for this year, the prize will be one, brand new, hard to come by, 2 bay power-house...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/3ndanniversarygiveaway_720.jpg)

That's right. **Synology DS720+ 2 bay NAS** is this year's anniversary gift from me to you!

I think this NAS needs no introduction, and even though it is already 2022, this model will run you for years to come, you can be sure of it. Personally, I have a 718+ model and I see zero reasons to upgrade or change it. A rock-solid device that does all that I need and want, and more.

There is not a single package that you can't run on this device, expand its memory as needed, and the best part, it runs Docker (!!!).

I am super excited to be able to give this device to one lucky random winner, as I know that this will not be the last NAS you will get once you see its potential.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1201.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1199.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1200.jpg)

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from ****March 1th (00:00 CEST)** till ****March 25th, 2022 (23:59 CEST)**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, ****register with a valid email account** (it will be used to contact you in case you win)
2. ****Comment as a registered user** and tell me how do you keep your data safe so far, as well as how do you see this device being beneficial for you. ****Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!**

🗒️

**NOTE**: Empty comments, or "+1", "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double post. Once you are ready to post, ****click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1sec longer for your comment to become visible.

3\. That's it! You are in!

🗒️

**NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any other activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

🗒️

**NOTE**: This NAS **will be used in an upcoming article review** about the device itself for a **period of 5 days**. After that, it will be wiped, packed in its original box, and delivered to the upcoming winner

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after March 25th **will not be taken into consideration** as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be **chosen randomly** (comments that meet the **criteria of step 2**) and contacted on their registered email.

The ****winner** ****will be contacted** from this email address: ****`info@blackvoid.tech`** on the ****26th of March 2022**.

****The winner will have 48h** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner will not respond within 48h, another winner will be chosen and given another 48h to respond.

If there will be no response in the second wave **by March 30th (00:00 CEST)**, the ****giveaway will be void**.

The official, public announcement of the giveaway winner will be on March 31st as an update in this current article at the top.

**I wish you all good luck and hope you will be interested in this year's prize**. Thank you in advance for participating and your visit!
### DS720+ running with DSM 7.1 - review
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/ds720-running-with-dsm-7-1-review/
Last updated: 2022-05-03T23:00:09.000Z
---

## Table of Contents

[Introduction](#intro)  
[Appearance and content](#overview)  
[Expansion for RAM and NVMe cache](#expansion)  
[Peripherals and ports](#ports)  
[DSM installation 7.1](#dsm71)  
[DSM configuration](#dsmconfig)  
[Copying data via local network (1G LAN)](#1glan)  
[Hyper Backup](#hyper)  
[Synology Photos](#photos)  
[Plex](#plex)  
[Virtual Machine Manager & Docker](#vmm)  
[Conclusion](#conclusion)

---

## 
  
  
## Introduction

Although it is 2022, a review of one of Synology’s most popular models, the DS720+, is never too late to make. The DS720+ came out in June 2020 as a refresh to the existing DS718+ model.

The reason for this review is primarily that I have not had a chance to get this device to test it before, but since I have now decided to donate it for the third anniversary of Black Void, I would take the opportunity to see how this lightning fast NAS devices behaves compared to its previous model, and how it works with the new DSM 7.1 and some accompanying new features.

## 
  
  
## Appearance and content

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1201-1.jpg)

DS720+ in its orginal package

In a package weighing only 3KG, Synology packed everything you need. NAS, power adapter and two LAN network cables.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1199-1.jpg)

Main features

The DS720+ is a 2-bay NAS that can accept 2.5" and 3.5" drives from almost all capacities and brands. Powered by **Intel Celeron J4125** quad-core CPU (upgrade from previous generation J3455) and built-in 2GB of DDR4 RAM, the 720+ has enough life in it to turn this compact NAS into a real little "beast".

With a 65W power adapter, this NAS will consume around 16-17W on average, depending on operations and disks, and 6-7W in hibernation. You can practically plug it in, store it out of sight (like hiding it behind a TV) and forget about it. It takes up 16cm x 10cm x 22cm in terms of dimensions, so you can really put it almost anywhere.

## 
  
  
## Expansion for RAM and NVMe cache

The DS720+, as the ad itself tells it, has the ability to expand working memory and NVMe cache.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1210.jpg)

SODIMM RAM expasion slot

With the existing 2GB of RAM, you can officially expand the capacity to a total of 6GB (although users have managed to use significantly more).

On the bottom of the device, there are two NVMe slots in which you can put one or two NVMe modules that you can only use as a cache over the existing main disk volume.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1208.jpg)

NVMe slots are on the bottom of the NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1209.jpg)

Depending on the cache volume setup, you can use one or both modules

## 
  
  
## Peripherals and ports

On the back as usual, there are a number of slots as well as ventilation for the whole device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1206.jpg)

DS720+ back side

It is dominated by one 92mm fan, which is enough to cool the entire NAS, while being quiet and almost silent. Below it are two 1Gbe (gigabit) ports for connection to the network with the possibility of aggregation, one e-SATA port for connecting to the DX517 expansion unit for a total use of 7 disks, as well as one USB 3.2 port.

There’s also a connector for the power adapter as well as a Kensington anti-theft lock.

The front of the device, as with most Synology NASs, contains only disk slots, one additional USB port, and LED lights for status, network and disk activity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1205.jpg)

Disk trays also have locks on them, if you want to further protect your NAS from the possibility of theft or accidental removal of drives.

## 
  
  
## DSM installation 7.1

After successfully installing the drives, and connecting the device to the network, the first thing after starting is to install the operating system. Synology uses DSM (Disk Station Manager) Linux operating system with web interface in the current version of DSM 7 on its device line.

Specifically 7.1 which is in open beta for the next month, but will soon become the main version for anyone who wants to install it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/IMG_1211.jpg)

DS720+ (top right) along side its older brothers, DS718+ (left) and DS918+ (bottom right)

Each DSM installation proceeds in two possible ways. Using the **Synology Assistant** app or through the **find.synology.com** website.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-13.13.27.png)

find.synology.com web page will show all the devices on the local network

After the device is detected and the installation starts, it will be ready in a few minutes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-10.29.07.png)

DSM installation in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-13.16.54.png)

Following the installation, you will need to configure your NAS using DSM

For now, DSM 7.1 can only be installed using the beta links provided below from which the installation is downloaded and performed manually.

[Synology Inc.Centralize data storage and backup, streamline file collaboration, optimize video management, and secure network deployment to facilitate data management.![](https://www.synology.com/en-global/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/beta/dsm71/landing/DSM71_beta_1200_628.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/DSM71?ref=blackvoid.club)

Using the website above you can get the current installation locations for your specific model.

## 
  
  
## DSM configuration

As with all devices in the "+" class, the DS720+ did the installation in just a few minutes before it was ready to use. What follows is definitely the configuration of the operating system and the installation of applications to tailor it to your needs.

The "+" line of devices has the ability to install all available applications and solutions, so below I will focus on some of the most popular and most frequently used by most users.

DSM configuration is a process that will take time depending on your needs and prior knowledge. So, not to take too much time on that part, I suggest you take a look at the “**Syno 101**” series that goes through 5 modules of all the situations you may find yourself in when talking about setting up a new NAS.

[101 - blackvoidsynology dsm srm docker setup install configure raid security![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/101series_all-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/101/)

## 
  
  
## Copying data via local network (1G LAN)

NAS as a device if it is not connected to the local network is not very useful. When we look at it from the perspective of the DS720+ model that comes with 2x1G network adapters, certain possibilities open up.

First of all, it should be noted that at some point with DSM 7.1 will introduce SMB multi-channel support, but this is not yet the case. This means that if you have both network adapters configured as one 2G adapter, you will be able to take advantage of the combined bandwidth of both channels, not just one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-13.59.49.png)

Data copy over 1G connection (File Station)

For these tests, I used only one 1G adapter, so its speed could not exceed 1024Mbit/s or 1G. For testing, I used the **iperf tool** (via the Docker interface) in such a way that I configured the client part of the iperf solution on the DS720+, and server component on the other network NAS.

Repeated tests have shown that the NAS can easily saturate the 1G interface if needed. So expect speeds over 100MB/s if your network can support it.

```
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr  Cwnd
[  5]   0.00-1.00   sec   111 MBytes   929 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   1.00-2.00   sec   113 MBytes   946 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   2.00-3.00   sec   112 MBytes   940 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   3.00-4.00   sec   112 MBytes   939 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   4.00-5.00   sec   112 MBytes   943 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   5.00-6.00   sec   112 MBytes   942 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   6.00-7.00   sec   112 MBytes   939 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   7.00-8.00   sec   112 MBytes   940 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   8.00-9.00   sec   113 MBytes   944 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
[  5]   9.00-10.00  sec   112 MBytes   941 Mbits/sec    0    556 KBytes       
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
[ ID] Interval           Transfer     Bitrate         Retr
[  5]   0.00-10.00  sec  1.09 GBytes   941 Mbits/sec    0             sender
[  5]   0.00-10.05  sec  1.09 GBytes   935 Mbits/sec                  receiver

```

As a practical test, I also copied about **58GB** of data (23 files) over a 1G network. In the period of 10 minutes and 30 seconds it took to transfer this content, it come to an average of some **99MB/s**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-15.34.53.png)

58GB over 10min30sec transfer. 99MB/s on average

## 
  
  
## Hyper Backup

For all of you who have never used Synology NAS or any of its applications, Hyper Backup is the absolute top tool when it comes to backing up the data stored on the NAS. In other words, you can copy the data you have stored on the NAS to a third destination for backup purposes.

The detailed process is explained in this [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-hyper-backup-to-a-remote-synology-nas/), so be sure to see how it is used.

For now, we’ll take a look at how Hyper Backup works in conjunction with the Synology C2 cloud destination where we’ll copy the data.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Synology C2 is a commercial service that offers you several applications and services including a cloud space where you can store your NAS data.

To get started, install **Hyper Backup** using the **Package Center**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.07.16.png)

Hyper Backup as seen inside the Package Center

Once the installation is complete, launch HB and you will be greeted by a “wizard” for creating the task.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.08.32.png)

Task creation starts with this screen

From the list of destinations, select the **Synology C2 Storage** option and move on.

If you don't have one, Synology will guide you through creating the **Synology Account** you will need to be able to create both a C2 account and ultimately a subscription.

After completing all of the above, grant the Hyper Backup tool access to your C2 account to move on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.11.27.png)

Backup task name

In the next step, select the name of the task and the folder you want to use for this particular example.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.12.25.png)

Select your local content that you want to backup

Optionally, you can also select the applications on your NAS that you want to store as well as their configurations. Again, this is completely optional, so you can skip the same step if you want.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.14.05.png)

Application and configuration backup. This is optional

In the end, it remains only to determine some specific options that are characteristic of this task. For example, when and how often a task will be performed, whether it will be encrypted or not, and whether you want to limit the speed of its execution.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.16.06.png)

Hyper Backup settings that you can configure as you want

That's it. Now the task is ready. Feel free to run it or let it work automatically based on the settings you have configured.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.18.47.png)

Hyper Backup task in progress

The DS720+ performed such tasks very well and nothing slower or faster than expected for this class of device. Copy to C2 will depend primarily on your outgoing Internet speed, so adjust your expectations accordingly as well as the amount of data you copy. In my test case, **5GB** of data was copied in **3min and 40sec**, so some **24MB/s**.

## 
  
  
## Synology Photos

In addition to backups, the second most common case of using a NAS device is access to personal data, images and videos. Over time, Synology has modified, invested and re-factored its products to suit the market and the needs of its customers.

So in the latest incarnation of DSM 7.1 comes the latest product from the segment of image and multimedia manipulation, [**Synology Photos**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/).

I went through all its features in detail in a separate article (link above), so feel free to read, and as for its behavior on the DS720+ device, it is better than you think.

Absolutely the most difficult operation is the detection of a person that DS720+ does it with ease on this quad-core processor. In **less than 2 minutes, 176 images passed and used 50% (2 cores) of CPU power**, which resulted in a very transparent use of the device while this operation was done in the background.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-14.55.44.png)

Background indexing and image detection. CPU utilization is below 50%

As much as the Photos app is available on almost all devices (including the J line), I wouldn’t recommend using NAS that aren’t at least from the “+” line if you want the Photos app, and especially if it’s used by multiple simultaneous users.

It is true that the investment is initially higher, but if you want to use your NAS without any worries and with some extra functions, it pays to invest in the "+" model.

Even with a 2GB frame, Photos will work on the DS720+ without any problems.

## 
  
  
## Plex

Although Synology has its own Video Station platform for consuming video content, I personally do not prefer it for several reasons, so personally I always use Plex as the first choice for media platform operations.

DSM 7.1 works properly with Plex, and what I want to try and test is the behavior of the NAS in a **video transcoding situation**. Since the J4125 CPU **has support** for **Intel QuickSync**, I will test the Plex in combination with the Plex Pass option to see how many parallel videos I can use before the CPU starts to run into problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-15.43.42.jpg)

Two concurrent transcoded video streams

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-15.43.32.png)

CPU Utilization with two streams is at about 32%

As can be seen from the images, the parallel playback of two videos in 720p at 4Mbit/s forced them to use the **hardware transcode method** supported by Intel QuickSync as an instruction in the said processor. With only 32% utilization, it quickly fell below 6% after a certain amount of material was prepared in advance for reproduction.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-15.45.21.png)

After a few minutes, CPU utilization is even less with still two parallel streams going on

So it can be concluded that this NAS, even in the situation of simultaneously playing videos that require transcode, will be able to withstand any effort without any problems, and you will not have any problems in video playback.

In the situation of **three parallel plays**, the situation did not change significantly except during the initial activation where the CPU jumped to some 60%, only to stabilize again at about 30% soon after.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-15.47.10.jpg)

Three separate 720p streams, CPU utilization is still below 50%

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-15.46.56.png)

Short CPU spike when activiting the 3rd stream

From the above, you can be sure that the DS720+ will easily push through 5-6 parallel transcode streams, and in the case of direct play scenarios (so without the need for transcoding), most likely over 10 parallel plays.

## 
  
  
## Virtual Machine Manager & Docker

It is known that all "+" models have support for virtualization through the Synology **Virtual Machine Manager** package.

The same goes for the DS720 +, but in its standard configuration, as said at the beginning, it has only 2GB of RAM (unlike its bigger brother DS920+). Unfortunately, this is not enough for the 720+ to be an adequate candidate for virtualization.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-16.59.08.png)

VMM reporting the DS720+ as ineligible node due to missing RAM

So when starting a VMM, it goes through initial checks to make the DSM determine if the said NAS has everything it needs to work as a level 2 hypervisor.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-17.04.46.png)

Adding additional DDR4 SODIMM will solve this problem and easily give NAS the room it needs for virtualization.

While full-blown virtualization isn’t something this device can run on 2GB of RAM, the Docker on the other hand is something it can do without a hitch. I use Docker solution intensively every day on all "+" devices. If you are more interested in what Docker is and what it has to do with Synology or virtualization, read more about it in the accompanying [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-top-10-images-and-solutions/).

What I can say is that using Docker on the DS720+ model works without any problems, and I strongly recommend using any applications not made by Synology and their Package Center, to run them via the said platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-17.17.10.png)

Example of Docker images that you can run

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-17.17.54.png)

Midnight Commander container running on DS720+ via Docker

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-27-at-17.19.24.png)

Midnight Commander user interface listing NAS content

As can be seen from the images, using the Docker is entirely possible on the DS720+. The only limitation will be RAM at some point (as with VMM), but again, nothing that upgrading one free slot can't solve.

I encourage you to definitely do a memory upgrade to make even better use of the potential of this device.

## 
  
  
## Conclusion

What to say at the very end? The DS720+ is still a great NAS, with less than two years on the market still remains one of the most desirable models. Its strength makes it an ideal candidate for very demanding tasks, while on the other hand, compactness is a great bonus for anyone for whom using a NAS in a smaller living space creates a problem.

This year, we should get its successor, which will undoubtedly have a better and more modern CPU, but for now, due to the still consequences of COVID, Synology has not yet announced a new DS722+ model. Even if it is announced, the probability that it will be released this calendar year is small, but when it comes, if you already have DS720+, the question is whether the upgrade will really pay off.

As with most models, they can serve 5 or even 10 years without any problems before you feel the real need for a new device.

Personally as a DS718+ user, I don't see any need for this model, but if you're in the market for a fast, quality 2bay NAS, the DS720 + is the absolute winner.
### DSM 7.1-42550 BETA
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-1-42550-update/
Last updated: 2022-03-28T08:34:26.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 22/02/2022 - DSM 7.1 links are now LIVE! I will be updating this and related articles depending on how the testing goes.

📢

**UPDATE**: Since 19th of February, no links are operational. Synology might be waiting for the 21st (Monday) to make them available.

Today, Synology has pushed DSM 7.1 version that covers both DS and RS/FS/SA and UC units, ****v7.1-42550.**

You can get to the new 7.1 DSM version by visiting the following link

[Syno Preview![](https://prerelease.synology.com/img/icon/favicon.ico)![](https://prerelease.synology.com/img/dsm_preview/DSM71_beta_1200_628.png)](https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm71%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-19-at-11.03.06.png)

## Before Installation

### Please read the following information before installing this release version

****No downgrade possible** \- After the installation, your NAS ****will not be able to roll back to any previous DSM versions**. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications during DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta programs should update the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.

### To install the new DSM 7 version manually on your Synology NAS:

1. Visit [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) to download the latest DSM update to your local computer.
2. Go to ****Control Panel** \> ****Update & Restore** \> ****Manual DSM Update** to enter the Manual DSM Update Page.
3. Click ****Browse** to select the update file.
4. Click ****OK** to update your DSM. The system will reboot automatically when the update completes.
5. Go to ****Support Center** from the main menu to notify us of any issues or give suggestions.

Here are the notes for this new versions:

#### Important Note

1. This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed in production environments. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damage, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.
2. **After installing this update, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.**
3. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
4. For the following models, DSM 7.1 will be the last upgradable version.
- XS Series: RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- Plus Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, DS214+, RS815RP+, RS815+, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+, DS215+
- Value Series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS214, DS214play, DS114, RS815, DS1515, DS715, DS415play, DS115
- J Series: DS213j, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214se, DS215j, DS115j, DS216se
1. Adjusted the LED indicator for drives' health status. When a drive's health status is critical or failing, the indicator will show static orange.
2. Windows 2000 domains are no longer supported.
3. Removed the "Synchronize with an NTP server every time a domain user signs in" option for Domain/LDAP advanced settings. Users can configure the "Synchronize with NTP server" option at Regional Options > Time instead.
4. Added support for the UPS power-off function at Control Panel > Hardware & Power > UPS.
5. Synology Storage Replication Adapter can only be used with DSM 7.0.1 or earlier versions. If you are using or plan to use Synology Storage Replication Adapter, please continue to use the current DSM version.

#### What’s New

1. SSD Cache Groups can be allocated to multiple volumes, allowing for more flexible management of SSD cache capacity.
2. Storage Manager now supports the management of the drives and storage of both active server and passive server in a Synology High Availability cluster.
3. **If there is a file system error, DSM will unmount the volume to run file system checks without interrupting the services on other volumes.**
4. Reduced the minimum threshold for low capacity notification from 5% to 3%.
5. Added support for custom OIDC (OpenID Connect) settings to integrate DSM with external SSO servers.
6. Added support for the RTF editor to allow users to preview notification message content and style in real-time when editing.
7. Added support for bypass traverse checking at Control Panel > File Services > Advanced to allow users to traverse folders and access permitted files or subfolders.
8. Supports specifying domains from the list of trusted domains to synchronize domain data.
9. Added the Greenwich Mean Time (GMT+00:00) time zone option at Control Panel > Regional Options > Time.
10. Added the synchronization status between DSM and NTP servers at Control Panel > Regional Options > Time.
11. Added icons on the taskbar to indicate ongoing background tasks that might affect system performance.
12. Users can now open tabs directly from search results in Control Panel.
13. Supports automatically updating the domain database and syncing domain data regularly. For Synology NAS that are used to create domains, the "Update User Groups/Lists" option in Control Panel > Domains/LDAP will be disabled by default after updating to DSM 7.1 Beta.

#### Limitation

1. The update progress bar on a Synology High Availability cluster might not display the actual progress percentage. This won't affect the update progress.

---

I will be adding more info in this article as I start to test out upgrades in various models, as well as open new topics and update existing ones with new info.
### Synology Office 3.4, Drive 3.1 & Universal Viewer
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-office-3-4-drive-3-1-universal-viewer/
Last updated: 2022-05-03T23:01:05.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: **20/04/2022** \- The **new Synology Drive 3.0 (beta)** app is now available on **mobile platforms**. Keep in mind that this is still a beta version and you will have to have **Drive server 3.0.2 or higher** installed in order to be able to use it.

Info on the new mobile Drive 3.0 app can be read [**here**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/feature/drive/app?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-20-at-15.24.43.png)

Keep in mind that at the moment (April 2022) this app is still in **beta** and subject to change.

## Notes:

1. Synology Drive 3.0 mobile app is currently in Beta with all features available for evaluation.
2. Upgrade to Drive Server 3.0.2 on your NAS to access all functionalities on the mobile app. You can download Drive Server 3.0.2 from DSM Package Center or Download Center.

🗒️

**NOTE**: In case you do not have the Drive server on version 3.0.2 or higher, the **new Drive 3.0 mobile app will still** **work**, but you will not have all features accessible to you!

---

⚠️

**WARNING:** the packages described in this article at the moment of writing are in **beta**. Please read the following before proceeding to install these versions on your main devices.

#### Please read the following before installing this beta software

1. **For evaluation only** \- This beta software is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed on critical equipment or in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the [Release notes](https://www.synology.com/en-global/beta/Synology%5FOffice%5F3%5F4%5FBeta/release%5Fnote?ref=blackvoid.club#package%5FOffice%5Frelease%5Fnote) section before installing it. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damages, such as accidental data loss, caused by this beta software.
2. **Not downgradable** \- After installation of this beta application, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous official version of this software.

#### To install the beta software on your Synology NAS

1. Log in to **DSM** using an account belonging to the **administrators** group.
2. Open **Package Center**.
3. Now you should be able to find and install packages that currently have a beta version available and compatible with your Synology NAS for public testing.
4. Remember to click from **Installed > Synology Office > Send Feedback** to help us out and report any issues or suggestions.

---

In April 2021, Synology Drive v3 along with the Office v3 package came out of the **beta** channel. Now it is time for them to once again enter that circle, and allow the bravest of users to test the new bugs and features. 

In the anticipation of the new DSM 7.1 (42555), Synology has updated a large number of their apps in the regular, production stream, but also in the beta channel.

Some apps you can't even manually update unless you are not on DSM 7.1 (that is not even out for manual install, just selected auto-update systems), but with the before mentioned tools, there is no problem. Their requirement is the current DSM 7.0.1.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-10.58.16.png)

Manual update of Snapshot replication app fails unless you are not running DSM 7.1

## So what's new with Office & Drive?

Considering that Drive and Office were always connected and you couldn't have one without the other, it comes as no surprise that now we got a **3rd member** that is a mandatory support app that gets installed when you install Synology Drive.

Meet **Universal Viewer**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-11.02.32.png)

New support app for Drive and Office, Universal Viewer

In its initial version 1.0, Universal Viewer is the support element for Drive web portal usage. Specifically for these tasks:

1. Universal Viewer must be installed for Synology Drive to fully function.
2. Supports previewing different file formats from the Synology Drive web portal, including:
- Image (e.g., .gif, .jpg, .png, .psd)
- Text (e.g., .json, .md, .txt)
- Document (Synology Office, Microsoft Office, .pdf)
- Others (e.g., .zip, .html, .css, .js)

Now truth be told, Drive was always able to view PDF files for example, but not PDS or ZIP, so this addition is more than welcome, and will prevent those unnecessary downloads just so you can examine the file. Now you can do it in a browser, great addition if you ask me.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-14.28.38.png)

Some CSS, YML, and JSON files for preview

Opening for example YML or CSS file (as opposed to downloading it) will by default open the file in the new "preview mode".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-14.30.14.png)

YML file presented in preview mode

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-14.31.02.png)

Sharing, print, download, and any other supported options (depends on the file)

In the upper right corner of the preview, you will have multiple options, but those will vary depending on the type of file. So for example, you will have search options for a PDF file, but not for CSS or JSON.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-14.33.49.png)

Search option when looking at a PDF document

In any case, a great and powerful addition that will IMHO, only get better as Synology implements more and more supported formats.

---

Synology Drive as a platform also learned a few new tricks across all three modules.

**What's New**

#### Synology Drive Admin Console

1. Supports converting the indexing scope of "My Drive" from "/home/Drive" to "/home". For the newly installed Synology Drive Server, this setting is applied by default.
2. Supports exporting sharing link reports that include detailed information about all sharing links in the selected folders. This function is located in the Sharing tab in Settings.
3. Supports displaying the software versions of client devices in the Client List.
4. Restructured the sharing configuration page in Settings for a better user experience.
5. Supports only exporting logs that have been filtered.

#### Synology Drive ShareSync

1. Revamped the connection setup flow to enhance user experience.
2. Added support to keep locally deleted files on the remote server when selecting the "Upload data to the remote Synology Drive server only" option.

#### Synology Drive (web portal)

1. Revamped the mobile sharing page, allowing users to browse shared files directly via browsers on mobile devices.
2. Modified the default keyword search to be restricted to file names only. Searching within file contents is only enabled when the option is ticked in the advanced search.

Nothing major in this list, but a few welcome additions for sure. One that comes to mind for me personally is the **sharing link report**. If you ever wondered what files are shared and how exactly, now you can export the report in CSV or HTML format.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-15.25.48.png)

Sharing export report

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-15.32.27.png)

CSV export example for Sharing link report

From my point of view, CSV is a much more flexible solution than pure HTML, only because it's an unformatted table object with values.

---

Finally, Synology Office 3.4 changes. This is the element that got the most changes but not surprising as it offers the most apps and functions. I will not go into all of them but will focus on a few general elements that might be beneficial to most users.

**What's new**

**`General`**

1. **Allows users to add font types they have on their computers into Synology Drive Admin Console so that the font types can be used in Synology Office.**
2. Supports using the color picker to directly pick up a color in a file after Synology Office Extension is installed.
3. **Supports version rotation to save storage space and to reduce the time required for backup and restoration.**
4. Added the following font types: Yu Mincho, Yu Gothic, YuKyokasho, Meiryo, Angsana New, Cordia New, Browallia New, and TH Sarabun New.
5. Supports filtering comments with multiple criteria at the same time, such as status, type, or "mention me".
6. Supports replacing an image with another, while maintaining the same size and position as the original image.

**`Spreadsheet`**

1. Supports array formulas that result in multiple values, which are automatically spilled into neighboring cells.
2. Added support for new formulas, including SEQUENCE, SORT, SORTBY, UNIQUE, FILTER, RANDARRAY, and TRANSPOSE.
3. Supports splitting text into columns by custom delimiters.
4. Supports removing duplicates in selected columns.
5. Supports the anchor of images and charts to cells, allowing them to be automatically modified whenever the cells are moved or resized.
6. Supports filtering cells by text color or background color.
7. Supports inserting and deleting a selected range of cells.
8. Supports using drag-and-drop to move cells or a range of cells.
9. Supports generating links to filter view.
10. Supports downloading spreadsheets in .csv format.
11. Supports retaining the comments within files when exporting and importing the files between Microsoft Office and Synology Office.

**`Document`**

1. Supports inserting text into shapes.
2. Supports aligning an entire table horizontally on a page.
3. Supports inserting code block.
4. Supports hotkeys for quickly switching between the table of content page and linked pages.

**`Slides`**

1. Supports inserting code block.
2. Supports using the pen tool in presentation mode.
3. Supports importing themes from other slides.
4. Supports snapping objects to gridlines.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where downloading slides as .pptx files might fail.
2. Fixed an issue where the dates displayed in comments were not automatically updated.
3. Fixed an issue where other users editing a file while a user is leaving a comment on the same file might cause the comment to disappear.
4. Fixed an issue where a blank page might be printed when printing data in a spreadsheet.
5. Fixed an issue where using hotkeys to insert timestamps failed.

**Limitations**

1. Fixed an issue where printing PDF files might cause hyperlinks within the files to be lost.

Both elements that caught my eye are in the **general** section (in bold), and both can and should be administered first from within **Drive Admin Console**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-15.39.26.png)

Add more fonts to your Office platform! Finally right?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-15.40.07.png)

Version rotation option inside Drive Admin Console

If you ever wanted to be able to use more fonts inside Office, well the time has come. Now you can finally import fonts (or disable/enable) using a downloaded/installed (**.ttf, .otf, .ttc**) font.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-15.43.51.png)

Simple add fonts by dragging, or...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-15.45.43.png)

... enter their name and add them to the list

🗒️

**NOTE**: All fonts that you add **have to** **exist** on your computer, and be **installed** for this import to work.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-18-at-15.47.37.png)

Avenir Next font - installed and ready to be used inside Office!

Pretty cool if you ask me. I was never a fan of the fonts listed by default, and even though I don't personally use Office for collaboration, this is for sure a welcome addition.

Let me know in the comments if you got into any problems, solutions as a result of this update or if you have any situations that you would like for me to test out.
### Safer Internet Day 2022
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/safer-internet-day-2022/
Last updated: 2022-02-18T14:59:49.000Z
As every year, since 2004 the "Safer Internet Day" aims to draw attention to frequent and current Internet problems such as sexting, hate speech, privacy protection and the like.

More than 200 countries around the world are actively participating in this campaign, which is **committed to promoting safer and more responsible use of online technologies, especially among children and young people**.

Nowadays, we have to take care of our behavior and activities while using Internet services, but that is no longer enough. Dangers lurk on all fronts from IM and email communication, to web content, ransomware and all sorts of malware hidden in commercials.

In general, purely rational thinking and caution is enough to avoid the vast majority of obvious problems, but there are also, in addition to education, mechanisms that will help to avoid or prevent all malicious situations almost completely.

## What is Synology doing when it comes to Internet security?

Synology as a company primarily deals with products that are oriented towards the storage and availability of your data in the form of NAS devices. But since 2014, they also offer network devices, specifically routers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/image-1.png)

The MR2200AC (left) and RT2600AC (right) are currently available Synology devices

These same routers are managed via the **SRM (Synology Router Manager)** platform created on the popular DSM system that drives all NAS devices from their offer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2022-02-04-at-09.13.18-1.jpg)

Synology SRM interface - some of the modules and functions that the platform offers

Since all households, offices and any other location that needs Internet access must have a router, this is usually the biggest problem when it comes to protection. Namely, commercial routers that come as part of your monthly subscription or contractual obligation are, in a word, a disaster.

They are not focused on security, but adapted to work according to your service provider's (ISP) system. On the other hand, the ISP is not obliged to "protect" you as an end user, but this task falls on your back.

Therefore, it is not bad to think about investing in better quality network equipment when it comes to security. The vast majority of problems can be stopped at this point, thus preventing the breakthrough of a malignant infection or inappropriate content that is not for everyone's eyes.

For this reason, Synology is putting the SRM operating system into its routers, which covers a number of tools and packages that will help you raise the bar of protection and control the flow of information both from the Internet to your home and back out.

## SRM

As I mentioned before, everything starts from the operating system that runs your router. SRM offers a number of built-in security options, as well as additional packages that you can install to make access to your home or business from a remote location private and secure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/image-2.png)

SRM key features

I would like to mention two packages that would be appropriate for this particular case. These are **Threat Prevention** and **Safe Access**. Both packages will serve as mechanisms for controlling, preventing and inspecting traffic and content circulating through your network.

### Safe Access

As its name suggests, Safe Access is a package whose task is to protect your local network, the devices in it, as well as the users themselves.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/safeaccess.png)

Safe Access dashboard

You can assign a specific profile to each member and device on your network. From options to what content can be accessed, to the time of availability of Internet access as well as filtering specific services at certain times of the day.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/web_filtering_01.png)

Web filter options - allow you to define available content by specific groups

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/time_management_01.png)

If you want, you can also define Internet access quotas for each family member

When we talk about the use of the Internet and web services by young people and children, we should be very careful about what they approach, but also when and for how long. That is why SRM offers you options such as **Internet schedule** and **Time quota**, so that you can define when and how much available services can be used per member of your network.

The advantage is that you no longer have to run around and take devices from their hands or defend the use by installing protective measures on them, but you can do it from one central location.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/monitoring_reporting_01.png)

Report by device and user. Who used Internet services the most and in what way

As an administrator, you also have the ability to reward a member with additional usage time that can be accumulated and used at any time. Additionally, the mobile SRM application will allow you to view and configure a large number of options instantly from a mobile device even outside your local network.

### Threat Prevention

Unlike Safe Access, which reviews and protects based on banned/approved domain names and/or IP addresses, Threat Prevention is the so-called **Deep Packet Inspection** tool that will inspect incoming and outgoing traffic, and will detect any malicious packets that could be exchanged between your network and the Internet.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/TPS_eng.png)

Threat Prevention dashboard

🗒️

**NOTE**: Due to the nature of the behavior, TP will have a negative impact on the speed of your Internet access. Inspection raises security, but at the cost of it is slower access to content.

While TP is a tool that may be more business oriented, keep in mind that information is worth its weight in gold today, and everyone has some information or data that can be used in one way or another. Just because you consider yourself a home user, doesn’t mean you don’t have confidential or private content that isn’t for the masses. Therefore, consider whether or not you want to use as many tools and mechanisms as possible to help you stay safe and secure.

Safe Access and Threat Prevention work automatically, but can be refined and modified to suit your needs.

### SRM 1.3 & RT6600AX

A new version of the SRM OS is coming soon, as well as a new, stronger router model that will complement the current offer of devices. More details are currently unknown except those listed in the recent [**Synology 2022 and beyond**](https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-and-beyond-event-news/#wifi) presentation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/RT6600ax_Wallmount.png)

The new RT6600AX router will be available in Q1 2022.

For more information about new products and services, see the link above that focuses on specific changes to network equipment and services.

## C2 Password

One extremely important item when talking about security on the Internet (not just children) is certainly the protection of your data access to all possible online services. Every day, more and more content is available on many online services, so it is important that you adequately protect access to them.

Using one or two passwords for all services is certainly not a good or safe practice, and even worse if those passwords are simple and easy to guess.

This is where the password manager platform comes into play. Although there are a lot of them on the market, Synology has recently moved in that direction, so it offers a completely free (in one version) platform for this purpose, **C2 Password**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.48.58.png)

C2 Password user interface

Some time ago I wrote an entire [**article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/) on this topic, so be sure to see if you are interested, and you can try it without any obligation in order to see if the password manager raises your security level when it comes to online services or not.

Good password practice is extremely important today. It would be best if you did not know a single password, and they are very complex and long. If we add to that the use of the 2FA method (also covered by the article), you can almost guarantee that you will not have any problems when it comes to accessing your private and confidential information.

## C2 Backup

At the end, we come to a point that is not necessarily directly related to the security on the Internet and all online services, but it will certainly come in handy in the event that there may be problems caused by threats from them. Of course I’m talking about backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/02/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-14.13.42.png)

C2 Backup - all your data, in a safe place

This is a complete category in itself and in addition to being complex and long, it can also be extremely simple. Synology C2 Backup is a new service that allows you to back up your data directly to the Synology C2 cloud.

For the price of one coffee, you can secure your data per month without fear of losing anything. Read more details about the whole service and how it works in practice in the following [**article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/).

## Conclusion

Safer Internet Day should be every day, because today threats come from all sides all the time, so security must be present 100% of the time. By using better devices and platforms, you are sure to increase security for yourself and your family or business, so think about it, and maybe Synology products and services can help more than you think.

If you have a question or suggestion, feel free to comment later in this article.
### Synoforum.com - Brilliantly safe award for 2022!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synoforum-com-brilliantly-safe-award-for-2022/
Last updated: 2022-02-08T08:46:47.000Z
Today, [**Synoforum.com**](https://www.synoforum.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) was honored by [**sur.ly**](https://sur.ly/i/synoforum.com?ref=blackvoid.club) with a "**Brilliantly safe**" award for 2022!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-3.png)

Coming as a total surprise, but then again, no surprise considering how the platform was built and is currently maintained, this award was well deserved. Now, into its 3rd year of existence, Synoforum.com was built with a few ideas in mind.

> Fast, stable, **free**, and informative forum that will allow Synology beginners and enthusiasts to share their experiences and knowledge about the products and services that Synology eco-system offers.

Just to keep this as real as possible, Synoforum.com did not initiate this process, nor does it have any connections with Sur.ly site. The company **chief content editor, Philip Knight** (not the NIKE billionaire) contacted the admin via email.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-7.png)

This is the reason why this award is even sweeter, as there was no need to prove that Synoforum.com is safe, it is obviously ranking very high by automatic recognition as well. It is no surprise considering the quality content, and the number of daily visitors that **confidence level is 98/100**.

There was never (and never will be) any hidden agenda, tracking, or sale of member data and information, that was obviously recognized by 3rd parties around the world.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-4.png)

Look at those scores!

A place where visitors and members can exchange ideas, and engage in discussions in an **organized**, **well-presented manner** that in time transforms as a **written resource for everyone at no cost** whatsoever. That is what Synoforum.com is all about.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-5.png)

Trust and credibility, two pillars that Synoforum was built on

The forum will continue on its path **keeping true to its founding ideals** and principles, and hopefully, with our existing and future members, become an even greater place that most of us call home.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-6.png)

Congratulations once again to its founding member and owner Uroš, for achieving this award!
### Windows January update problems - KB5009557, KB5009546, KB5009555
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/windows-january-update-problems-kb5009557-kb5009546-kb5009555/
Last updated: 2022-02-18T15:10:32.000Z
📢

**UPDATE** \- patch KB5009557 replaced with **[KB5010791](https://support.microsoft.com/en-au/topic/january-18-2022-kb5010791-os-build-17763-2458-out-of-band-43697313-d8e0-4918-b6df-7f64d4d9a8cd?ref=blackvoid.club)**; patch KB5009546 replaced with **[KB5010790](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/january-17-2022-kb5010790-os-build-14393-4889-out-of-band-567c392a-b10c-4dba-bed5-d3648af05164?ref=blackvoid.club)**; patch KB5009555 replaced with **[KB5010796](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/january-17-2022-kb5010796-os-build-20348-473-out-of-band-2e0408ba-10d4-4c68-9b3d-cc5fb8d6f4a8?ref=blackvoid.club)**

I know what you are thinking. Windows post, on this blog? Considering how important it is, let's leave it at that.

About a week ago as the **new Windows updates for January arrived**, so did new problems for system administrators, and users for that matter.

Depending on the OS, Windows Server 2012R2, 2019, 2022, you probably got one of the patches from the title: **KB5009557, KB5009546, KB5009555**.

‼️

If you have them installed already, **remove them** until Microsoft pushes new updates to replace those. 

Issues with those updates translate to the following:

- **Boot loops on the server after installing the security updates**. Post-installation of the security update, your servers are unable to boot properly. Uninstalling the patch resolves the boot loop issue on the affected servers. The issue, chiefly, affects domain controllers.
- Hyper VM V may break on the server. This may cause the virtual servers to fail on the server. Break in the virtualization layer can be resolved by uninstalling the security update KB5009557.
- ReFS volumes, internal as well as external, may turn RAW after installing the security update. Uninstalling the patch resolves the issue and the ReFS volume drives regain their original state.
- VPN connections, L2TP, and IPSEC tunnels may fail after installing the patch on the servers.
- **LDAP bindings may fail on the servers**.

So why is this important, and why am I writing an article about it? Well, the point is that if you **try and add your Synology NAS into Active Directory** backed up by servers with those patches, **you will, get this, reboot the servers**. Not bad right?

So once you start adding your NAS using the procedure it will be all well until DSM starts talking to your domain.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-1.jpeg)

So far so good

But then on the server-side, this happens.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-2.jpeg)

Server reboots

At the same time, DSM reports the following.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-3.jpeg)

This is when you start asking questions about what happened

To make matter worse, **your server will loop-reboot until you disjoin the NAS from the domain**.

So, before you start looking for reasons in all the wrong places, roll back your servers, and hold off with January patches for now. Thank you Microsoft (again).
### Hej-Apple!, new kid on the block
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/hej-apple-new-kid-on-the-block/
Last updated: 2022-02-21T18:26:38.000Z
Some of you might know that I am an avid fan of Apple and their products. Been using the platform since 2008, but considering how much info about this company and products there is online, personally I tend to not write about it here very often.

Still, saying this, I have some info that I would like to share.

Three years ago my friend from Slovenia (EU), Uroš, started a forum that is today already well-known place when we talk about Synology products and services, <www.synoforum.com>. If you haven't visit it already, I encourage you to do so, if you have or plan on having a Synology product. Almost all of your ideas, and questions will be answered thanks to its daily growing number of well-versed members.

## Hej-Apple!, your Slovenian Apple home

Building on that success, and being a massive Apple user himself, **Uroš has decided to start yet another community** but this time focused on the [Apple universe](https://www.hej-apple.si/?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-1.png)

Hej-Apple!, your modern Slovenian Apple fan forum

Running on the same true and tested, feature-rich XenForo platform, this [**Hej-Apple forum**](https://www.hej-apple.si/?ref=blackvoid.club) could be your new daily favorite site to visit. What any new forum needs are members, so if you are coming from **Slovenia**, and are looking for an Apple friendly site, this is it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image-2.png)

Growing number of categories covering all Apple products and services

Topics ranging from **macOS**, **iOS**, and **iPadOS**, all the way to Apple's new products and services, as well as tips and tricks and troubleshooting. You can write about anything, and with a well planned and organized platform, it will be easy to find all that you are looking for.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/IMG_1114.jpg)

Mobile-friendly 

Being a brand new destination, it will take some time to get traction, but you can be sure that **it is miles ahead regarding features, speed and uptime** compared to some other Slovenian sites focused on the same topic.

All are welcome to contribute with their ideas, topics, tutorials, and resources in anyway. So, **if you feel like you have something to say** on the topic of Apple eco-system, while also boosting Apple user presence in Slovenia, be sure to visit **[www.hej-apple.si](https://www.hej-apple.si/?ref=blackvoid.club)**.

As Steve would say...

> Only way to do great work, is to **love what you do**...

See you there!
### Synology backup tools - usage and comparison
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-backup-tools-usage-and-comparison/
Last updated: 2025-03-30T18:13:43.000Z
## Table of Contents

[Hyper Backup](#hb)  
[Snapshot Replication](#sr)  
[Active Backup for Business](#abb)  
[Cloud Sync](#cs)  
[Conclusion](#conclusion)

---

Everyone who uses Synology NAS (or NAS in general) mostly does so out of a few basic needs. **One of the primary ones is backup**.

What is characteristic of all brands of NAS devices, including Synology, is that they have a large number of applications that fall into this category. The reason for this is simple.

The NAS device can use various methods, protocols, and finally the direction of execution when it comes to backup. Therefore, there are several different applications/platforms in the Synology toolkit that I will cover in this article.

Let's look at what all these backup tools are, how they are used and in which situations, and whether you must use them all or you can satisfy all your needs through one of them.

## 
  
  
## Hyper Backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs_hbheader-6.jpg)

Of these four, **Hyper Backup is certainly the most popular**, and at the same time available on absolutely all models (unlike some below). What exactly is Hyper Backup? This particular package **offers you the ability to create a backup, for all your data already on the NAS**.

While many view the NAS as their backup, this may be true on the assumption that the data is already on another device/location. If your data is only on the NAS, then you need to consider how to protect that part in case something happens to the device itself. This is where Hyper Backup comes into play.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hyperbackup_1606381221_1.png)

Hyper Backup interface

The advantage of this package is certainly that you can choose almost anything for the destination itself. From another Synology NAS, another alternative server/NAS, and even some of the many 3rd party cloud destinations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hyperbackup_1606381221_2.png)

Potential Hyper Backup destinations

If you don't happen to have another Synology device that would be suitable for backup, you can always perform the same via the [**Synology C2 cloud platform**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/).

I have previously written about it and other new C2 services, but the focus will now be on backing up NAS data. Backup towards C2 platform, is only feasible via Hyper Backup, or a slightly different method if you are using the new Hybrid Share feature within DSM 7.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hyperbackup_1606381221_3.png)

Hyper Backup running a task towards Synology C2

It should be noted that Hyper Backup also has the option of backing up iSCSI LUNs, so if you use this feature, be sure to keep that in mind.

### Availability by model

❗

Hyper Backup also works on older models than those listed if you use DSM 6.2.x. Below is only the models that support DSM 7, so some series are automatically turned off because they do not support the same.

- **FS series:** FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018
- **HD series:** HD6500
- **SA series:** SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400D, SA3400, SA3200D
- **24 series:** DS224+, DS124
- **23 series:** RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, DS223j
- **22 series:** RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- **21 series:** RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20 series:** RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j
- **19 series:** RS1619xs+, RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DS119j, DVA3219
- **18 series:** RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118
- **17 series:** RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, RS217, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517
- **16 series:** RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS116

### Backup to other Synology destinations

The primary mode of operation of this tool is to perform a backup to another Synology NAS. In this case, there are several variations in which the destination varies, and thus the options offered when performing the backup itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-08.55.08.png)

As you can see from the previous image, the backup can be performed according to a relatively new, [Synology C2 platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/), a local destination (for example on a connected USB drive), or a remote Synology NAS device.

Currently, Synology is leaning strongly towards its C2 platform, which will soon have a third in addition to the existing two global data centers, in Taiwan, the headquarters of Synology Corporation. If you are unwilling to put data in remote locations out of your complete control or your outbound Internet speed may not be adequate, you can backup to a local USB drive or an alternate location on your existing NAS.

### C2 backup

I use C2 backup as one of the destinations in my 3-2-1 scenario, and I can say that since I was a beta member of this service until today I have not had any problems with it. Synology has put extra effort into its cloud story, and the price has remained very competitive.

Creating a backup in the C2 cloud is just as trivial as for a local or backup to another NAS. It all starts by selecting the **Synology C2 Storage option** and then using the wizard to select the name of the task, the material you want to back up (including compatible DSM settings and applications), and finally the dynamics of the task and encryption.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-13.55.40.png)

Choose your destination map name...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-13.56.29.png)

...then the exact content...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-13.57.10.png)

...optionaly Synology apps and settings...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-13.58.07.png)

...and finally choose schedule time, encryption, and integrity check

Once the backup is successful, you can check the status of tasks, and occupancy as well as perform recovery of individual files via the C2 Storage web interface.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-14.01.32.jpg)

Hyper Backup tasks status inside C2 cloud dashboard

Within the interface, you will see a list of all tasks from all NAS devices performing backup to the same destination.

### Synology NAS <> Synology NAS backup

The advantage of using Synology C2 or NAS devices as your destinations is the option of versioning and choosing how many versions and rotations of the same you want. In the case of C2 this will be determined depending on your subscription, but in the case of backing up to another Synology NAS, you can configure it yourself.

The procedure for connecting and configuring tasks is almost identical as in the case of C2 destination and it starts by **selecting the Remote NAS device**, except that at the very end you have options related to the number of versions and rotations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-15.25.02.png)

Depending on your needs, the number of copies needed, the amount of data and more, you will decide for yourself whether you want to have a rotation and if so, in which mode.

### Backup to rsync, WebDAV and OpenStack compatible devices

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-15.42.36.png)

In case you don't have another Synology NAS device, and you don't want to put data in the C2 Storage platform, you also have the option of using the classic rsync option on a specific server or computer that supports it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-05-at-15.44.57.png)

rsync can be configured towards a Synology NAS or any other compatible device that supports it

Although you will also have the option to select Synology NAS as the destination using this method (assuming you configure the destination NAS as such), the main difference between rsync and Synology default options is that this method will not be able to back up applications.

To correct myself. If you are using **rsync single-version** then you will not have this option.

Another important thing is that you **will have to open a port on the router** if this operation goes outside your local network (Internet). It is important to mention that the port can be changed and configured if needed.

### Backup to other *cloud* platforms

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-06-at-15.02.02.png)

The latest in a series are cloud backup destinations owned by companies such as Dropbox, Google, Microsoft, Amazon, and others.

If you already have an account with one of these platforms, and you have excess space that you want to use, then you can use the Hyper Backup tool that will back up to any of the listed locations after a successful connection.

As in the previous cases, connecting and authorizing is the first step you have to go through, while after that the wizard will look identical and offer identical options.

In most cases, you will have the option to configure versions and rotate backups.

### Recovery via Hyper Backup

When we talk about data recovery through this application, then it is performed in an almost identical way. The only difference is that a procedure will be started for the recovery process, which will again guide the user through the entire process through the wizard.

It should be noted that in almost all cases, during the recovery process, the destination will be transcribed with any data that may already exist on it. This means that if you are recovering an entire folder just to get some of the data back, it may not be the best way.

If you really want to recover the contents of the whole folder, then you can use a wizard to guide you through the process, but if you want to recover a single file, **use the Hyper Backup Vault application**.

🗒️

****NOTE**: The ****Hyper Backup Vault** application is available as part of the package within the DSM, but also as a desktop version (****macOS and Windows**) if you want to access your data via a computer from, say, a remote location.

So in short, Hyper Backup as a tool will serve in case you need file-level backup and the same kind of recovery. Additionally, you can access your backup from a remote location even from a computer that only has the Vault app installed, so in case of problems with your NAS device, as long as the backup repository itself is available, you will be able to access your data.

Of course, the method and dynamics by which the backup is performed depends on your needs and is not one of the real-time synchronization tools. Keep in mind if you need frequent backups and very fast recovery, Hyper Backup might not be enough to meet your needs.

That's why Snapshot Replication exists.

---

## 
  
  
## Snapshot Replication

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs_srheader.jpg)

Next in line is the **Snapshot Replication platform**. I have already written about it in detail in [**this article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/), so I will not go into too much detail here, but I would state that, unlike Hyper Backup, this tool is only supported on certain models.

### Availability by model

- **FS series:** FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018
- **HD series:** HD6500
- **SA series:** SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400D, SA3400, SA3200D
- **24 series:** DS224+, DS124
- **23 series:** RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, DS223j
- **22 series:** RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- **21 series:** RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20 series:** RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+
- **19 series:** RS1619xs+, RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219
- **18 series:** RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS218+, DS218
- **17 series:** RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1517+
- **16 series:** RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416play, DS216+II, DS216+

If we only take a quick look at the list of available models, it can be seen that these are only DS and RS plus line models, as well as all models from the SA and FS segments.

⚠️

****NOTE**: To take full advantage of this tool, you will need an additional Synology NAS device that also has support for this package!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-08-at-15.00.50.jpg)

Any backup is certainly better than non-existent when you need it, but why not have more different types of backups? We’ve seen what and how Hyper Backup is used, but now we’ll see what Snapshot Replication can do for you in case of some minor or major issues.

As I mentioned before, in my opinion, Snapshot can be a tool that will serve in those situations when Hyper Backup just can't jump in fast enough or you just need a different type of backup.

This tool is primarily conceived as a ***disaster recovery*** tool and as such has certain prerequisites that must be met for everything to work together on this principle.

The **snapshot** part is one option that can be used when talking about backing up your data in an image (snap) format so there will be no change in some uncontrolled way.

In translation, this means that no matter how much data there is, the image will be created instantly and you can restore the state of the same (on an individual file level if necessary) at any time.

The **replication** option will require additional NAS with support for this tool to make everything work together. Replicating data to a remote NAS is convenient when you need additional security for your data in case your current NAS stops working for any reason.

You can then activate the remote replica and direct the clients of this data to the remote NAS until the problem is resolved at the initial location/device.

So, unlike Hyper Backup, which would require complete recovery of data and only then their use, Snapshot Replication will reduce their availability to a minimum if you encounter a problem.

In such situations, the question can be asked whether both tools can be used or only one. Well, the thing is that neither Hyper Backup nor Snapshot Replication can replace each other nor do they realistically completely overlap in terms of features. Can you use them in parallel, absolutely? This will ensure a better and more secure backup of your data while having it available through several different methods that are always welcome to cover as many contentious scenarios as possible.

### Recovery using Snapshot Replication

There are two primary reasons why this package would be a better option than say Hyper Backup. First, **faster recovery** if we talk about the availability of copies from "snaps", and secondly, Snapshot Replication will **shorten your time to return to normal mode** due to a potential disaster recovery scenario.

For this reason, Snapshot Replication is an ideal candidate if you need continuous access to data with no or minimal interruptions in the work and availability of your data.

The data recovery process is explained in detail in a separate article for this application (listed in the introduction), but in short, it all comes down to two possible cases.

First, if you only do local backups via the snapshot function, you can **access the data via the File Station** application in which you will browse for the default folder you have in the backup in the same way as all other files and folders. With a simple **copy-paste method**, you can retrieve and transfer individual files or, with the recovery process of the entire folder (via a snapshot application), restore all data in one go.

The second method involves replication using two NAS devices where by activating a well-defined procedure the secondary NAS will take over the role, and continue to serve data in case the primary NAS becomes unavailable. Also, the handover of the role can be elegantly returned the moment the other NAS recovers and is ready to accept the data back.

I hope that in this short section as well as in the dedicated article you can see what are the advantages of the Snapshot Replication tool compared to Hyper Backup, and judge for yourself whether you will use one or the other and in which situations. Either way, you will use both tools as platforms to back up pre-existing data on your NAS.

Next in the series, although also classified as a backup tool, will serve as a repository for backups of computers, servers, and virtual machines on your NAS device. Let's see how Active Backup differs from the previous two tools.

---

## 
  
  
## Active Backup for Business

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs_abbheader.jpg)

As in the case of the Snapshot Replication segment, I have previously written about Active Backup for Business. See [**the article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/) for more details.

Here I will only also briefly state what it is and how it works and to what extent it differs from previous backup tools.

### Availability by model

- **FS series:** FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018
- **HD series:** HD6500
- **SA series:** SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400D, SA3400, SA3200D
- **24 series:** DS224+
- **23 series:** RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+
- **22 series:** RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- **21 series:** RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20 series:** RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+
- **19 series:** RS1619xs+, RS1219+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219
- **18 series:** RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+
- **17 series:** RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1517+
- **16 series:** RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416play, DS216+II, DS216+

Like Snapshot Replication, Active Backup is not available on all devices. One of its prerequisites is the use of **BTRFS file systems** which are not supported by all models.

To begin with, it is important to note that this tool, unlike the previous two, is designed as a **central location to monitor the backup of compatible devices** in the rest of the network, and their data will be stored on NAS. So the NAS becomes a backup destination for all devices that can have Active Backup Agent installed on them, and transfer data through it.

Compared to Hyper Backup or Snapshot tools for backing up already stored data on the NAS to a third destination, **Active Backup is used to save data from, say, a computer in backup form to a compatible NAS**.

So, if you have a certain number of computers (Windows and Linux currently, macOS support is coming), servers, or some virtual machines, and you want to have them in backup, Active Backup is the solution. It is extremely **important to note that the tool is completely free and has**once-created **no license or monthly/annual subscription**. This applies to any amount of objects.

For this reason, in the last few years, this tool has become one of the most important in Synology's portfolio when it comes to storing data from your workstations or servers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/activebackup_1607392921_1--1-.png)

Active Backup for Business

Several major points highlight this platform above the competition, and by being completely free on compatible NAS devices, it makes it very cost-effective for home use as well.

It primarily offers the ability to **backup the entire computer and data**, which means that if it fails, you can reconstruct its state on a new computer in one go. Additionally, your once-created backup can be turned into a virtual machine (assuming you have everything you need for such a scenario) and you can continue working in that form.

Second, Active Backup can also be used as a backup destination for files living on your servers, and as a virtual computer backup repository on Hyper-V or ESXi hypervisors.

It is clear that this is primarily a tool intended for business purposes, but since it is also available on models that you can use in smaller environments, or even for personal use, why not use it to back up your daily drivers?

It is important to note that there are also two other tools in the entire Active Backup portfolio. **Active Backup for M365** and **Active Backup for Google Workspace**. It is obvious from their names that their purpose is to back up Microsoft or Google cloud platforms because they do not provide any backup in terms of data living in those locations.

### How to back up your Active Backup?

Since we’ve seen Hyper Backup and Snapshot Replication tools as a method of copying data from your NAS to another destination, the question arises as to whether the same is possible with Active Backup content.

The reason is simple. If you use HB and SR tools to make copies of data in case something happens to the NAS itself, shouldn't the same be done with Active Backup content as it contains copies of your computers? Realistically, all the backup material within the Active Backup repository is a single copy. If something happens to the NAS where that backup data is located, you have a problem.

So we’re **talking about backing up your backup**. What’s great about the whole story is that you can back up your Active Backup repository just by using the aforementioned Hyper Backup and Snapshot Replication tools.

In [**this article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-microsoft-365-and-dr-scenarios/), I described in detail the principle of how this scenario is performed and although it is realistically an Active Backup for M365 package, the idea is identical. To provide a copy of your Active Backup repository, it can be part of a Hyper Backup task, replicated via the Snapshot Replication tool, or stored in a **Synology C2 Storage** destination that can be accessed again via Hyper Backup.

The point of the story is that if you plan to use Active Backup, then plan to have a backup of it in case you need it.

---

## 
  
  
## Cloud Sync

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/hbvssrvsabbvscs_csheader.jpg)

The last tool in this set is **CloudSync**. Although, as its name suggests, it is a sync tool, it serves as a backup because it allows two-way synchronization to external cloud destinations such as Microsoft, Google, Amazon and others.

Unlike other real backup tools that work on running a task at a precisely predefined time, CloudSync will be in constant communication with the “other side”. This means that after making a change to a file, it will immediately synchronize it according to the rules that are defined.

### Availability by model

- **FS series:** FS6400, FS3600, FS3410, FS3400, FS3017, FS2500, FS2017, FS1018
- **HD series:** HD6500
- **SA series:** SA6400, SA3610, SA3600, SA3410, SA3400D, SA3400, SA3200D
- **24 series:** DS224+, DS124
- **23 series:** RS2423RP+, RS2423+, DS1823xs+, DS923+, DS723+, DS423+, DS423, DS223, DS223j
- **22 series:** RS822RP+, RS822+, RS422+, DS3622xs+, DS2422+, DS1522+, DVA1622
- **21 series:** RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20 series:** RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j
- **19 series:** RS1619xs+, RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DS119j, DVA3219
- **18 series:** RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118
- **17 series:** RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, RS217, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517
- **16 series:** RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS116

### Supported cloud destinations

- Alibaba Cloud Object Storage Service (OSS)
- Amazon Drive (end of support as of November 1, 2020)
- Amazon S3-compatible cloud services
- Amazon S3
- hicloud S3
- SFR NAS Backup (end of support as of July 31, 2021.)
- Backblaze B2
- Baidu Cloud
- Box
- Dropbox (including Dropbox for Business. However, Dropbox Team Folder is excluded)
- Google Cloud Storage
- Google Drive (including G Suite My Drive)
- Google Shared Drive
- HiDrive
- JD Cloud Object Storage Service (OSS)
- MegaFon MegaDisk
- Microsoft Azure
- Microsoft OneDrive
- Microsoft OneDrive for Business
- Microsoft SharePoint Online (document library only)
- OpenStack Swift compatible cloud services (RackSpace, RackSpace UK)
- Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS)
- WebDAV
- Yandex Disk

The list shows that you can probably connect CloudSync to destinations you've never heard of. Depending on your subscription on the selected cloud, you will have more or less space, but also limitations or advantages when it comes to synchronization speed. In addition, some of these destinations offer advanced data encryption capabilities (not all) during transmission, so this will certainly have an impact during operation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cloudsync_1606793584_1.png)

CloudSync interface

This tool will allow you to connect to a specific service through multiple user profiles if you have them. So if you use two Dropbox accounts, you can connect both as separate connections that will work in parallel.

So how does this story work in the end? The point is very simple. After connecting your NAS to one of the cloud destinations, you can define the dynamics of the synchronization, and you will be able to set the direction of the synchronization. It can be bidirectional, or unidirectional (toward or from the NAS).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs01.PNG)

Connecting CloudSync with Dropbox

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs02.PNG)

Configuration of specific Dropbox task 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs03.PNG)

Choose the local location on your NAS where the files will be stored 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs04.PNG)

Choose your sync direction

You will also have the option of creating filters of what can be synchronized and what cannot. So if you just want to transfer files that are \* PDF format and not images, you can configure and change it at any time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs05.PNG)

File filter configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs06.PNG)

Once you've connected and configured everything (you can change the settings later), CloudSync will start the initial synchronization immediately. The time will depend on the amount of files as well as your Internet speed. At any time you will have information about what is happening by reviewing the **Overview**, but also by using the **History** tab.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs07.PNG)

Sync in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs08.PNG)

Sync completed

As I mentioned before, it is good that you can modify all the settings later, so you also have the option of defining the speed of downloading or sending files. This is especially good if you have a weak Internet connection, so you don't want to stifle bandwidth, while still wanting to sync as much as possible in real-time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/cs09.PNG)

### What about backing up synced data?

Now that you have real data on both the NAS and some of the clouds, you may be wondering how to back up that data if, for example, the NAS device itself crashes.

Well in that case you can again use Hyper Backup or Snapshot Replication to further copy CloudSync local destination data. So this is another example of backing up your backup using pre-existing tools from the Synology range.

---

## 
  
  
## Conclusion

I think the point of the story is very simple. If you want to back up data that already exists on your NAS, you have the tools to do so. If you want to use NAS as a backup destination for some external data, you also have a few tools with which you can do it.

What I consciously skipped in this article is **Synology Drive**. The reason is that it is more oriented as a collaboration tool and a prerequisite for using the Synology Office platform. Although Drive has both synchronization and conventional backup options, it is more presented for team collaboration purposes, so I didn’t particularly highlight it in this context.

💡

****Make sure you have a backup of your data**. Remember that the NAS as the only location may not be enough. Even if you use a NAS in a RAID configuration, ****RAID is not a backup**. Everything can break down, including the NAS, and it's only a matter of time before the drives start to fail. This is sure to happen at some point.

Availability of your data from any location, and at any time is a fantastic advantage of NAS devices, but you must also keep in mind the possible consequences in case it fails for any reason.
### Synology SA3400 - Part 4 - multimedia
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-4-multimedia/
Last updated: 2022-05-08T13:21:56.000Z
### SA3400 series articles:

**[Intro - review and testing](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-review-and-testing/)** 
**[Part 1 - Installation and configuration](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-1-installation-and-configuration/)** 
**[Part 2 - Backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-2-backup-and-restore/)** 
**[Part 3 - Virtualization](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)** 
**Part 4 - Multimedia**

---

In the last article of this series, I thought about dedicating it to multimedia. Why? So let's say that this is definitely one of the top three reasons why people use NAS devices, especially in SOHO and the mid-range segment.

Specifically, I would focus very briefly on the new [Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/) as well as the hugely popular Plex, an alternative to Synology Video Station.

I will not go into details, as this is covered in other articles, but I would just like to see how this NAS behaves in some specific situations of the listed applications, which are not necessarily pure reproduction or transfer of content.

Just a brief note of why Plex and not Video Station. This is a **matter of personal choice**. I think that Plex is a better and higher quality platform, and in addition, I already have Plex servers that I can compare for reference with the SA3400 NAS.

## PLEX streaming

To begin with, it should be noted that the CPU in the 2015 SA3400 Intel Xeon, specifically the D-1541, is 8-core. This particular processor is not exactly destined for "smart" encoding and transcoding of video and audio material, so as such it does not have Intel QuickSync capabilities. This specifically means that if you find yourself in a situation where you need transcoding video, audio, or perhaps subtitles, don’t expect that job to be done any other way than through software transcoding.

This means that you can expect great utilization of processing power. Maybe someone will say so 8-core can do that, what's the problem? Well, you will see that from just a few parallel streams, this powerful machine will quickly fall to its knees in tasks like this.

### Example 1 - 4K > 1080p

The first example would be the playback of a single video that is in the original 4K, and it will be intentionally played in 1080p to force the Plex, and thus the NAS, to perform transcoding.

```
4K original video

4K HEVC 10 HDR
TrueHD 7.1

|
|->
    1080p transcoded video stream using Plex iOS app

    1080p H264 10Mbit
    OPUS

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.31.38.png)

4K > 1080p, CPU on 52%

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.32.00.png)

As can be seen, 4 of the 8 cores are participating in this one stream to convert video from 4K to 1080p as well as 7.1 audio to the appropriate format for iPhone Plex playback.

Given the above, the playback goes without any problems, but only thanks to the raw power of this CPU.

But let’s see what happens when we add another stream to a game with similar features.

### Example 2 - 2x 4K > 2x 1080p

```
1. 4K original video

4K HEVC 10 HDR
TrueHD 7.1

|
|->
    1. 1080p transcoded video stream using Plex iOS app

    1080p H264 10Mbit
    OPUS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. 4K original video 

4K HEVC 10 HDR
EAC3 5.1

|
|->
    2. 1080p transcoded video stream using Plex web client (Safari)

    1080p H264 10Mbit
    AAC

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.33.48.png)

2x 4K > 2x 1080p CPU on 74%

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.34.13.png)

The extra stream brought with it another 20% of the load. As expected, it is not double, because in the background Plex performs transcoding as part of an operation that takes most of the CPU power, and in the case of multiple streams, each of them is alternately served. This does not require double the power for each new stream.

Unfortunately, this has already too much, because within the first minute of simultaneous playback, **buffering** starts. One or the other stream stops alternately. Honestly, it's only a little less than a second, but enough when it's continuous and thus disrupts the experience.

### Example 3 - 2x 4K > 2x 720p

One might expect that an additional **lowering to an even worse resolution** would help, but that is not the case. In this example, the previous two streams with 1080p were lowered to 720p, but **this only made the situation worse**.

```
1. 4K original video

4K HEVC 10 HDR
TrueHD 7.1

|
|->
    1. 720p transcoded video stream using Plex iOS app

    720p H264 4Mbit
    OPUS
    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. 4K original video zapis

4K HEVC 10 HDR
EAC3 5.1

|
|->
    2. 720p transcoded video stream using Plex web client (Safari)

    720p H264 4Mbit
    AAC

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.40.19.png)

2x 4K > 2x 720p CPU on 93%

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.40.33.png)

As the graph shows, we are almost at the maximum. Additionally, it should be noted here that **absolutely nothing else is used on NAS in terms of other services**.

It is obvious, therefore, that **transcoding is not something in which this NAS and thus the CPU can match**. Absolutely, situations like this should be avoided and let that part of the operation be done by the Plex client if possible.

### Example 4 - 3x 4K Direct Play/Stream

Since evident transcoding is not something that this CPU can do, let's see what the maximum is when we talk about the direct play/streaming scenario. In particular, the Plex client will make sure that any transcoding is done on its side without the need for additional pressure on the NAS.

For this example, three 4K files of the same specifications will be used as before.

```
1. 4K original video 

4K HEVC 10 HDR
TrueHD 7.1

|
|->
    1. 4K Direct Stream using Plex iOS app

    4K HEVC 10 HDR 55Mbit
    FLAC

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. 4K original video

4K HEVC 10 HDR
TrueHD 7.1

|
|->
    2. 4K Direct Stream using Plex web client (Safari)

    4K HEVC 10 HDR 31Mbit
    AAC

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. 4K original video

4K HEVC 10 HDR
EAC3 5.1

|
|->
    3. 4K Direct Stream using Plex web client (Safari)

    4K HEVC 10 HDR 117Mbit
    AAC

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.45.19.png)

3x 4K Direct Stream with audio transcoding, CPU at 73%

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-10.45.50.png)

In terms of CPU load, this test is the same as the second example. The difference is that in this case, only the audio is transcoded and the video is not.

In this test, all three streams play properly, although the price is 3/4 of the total CPU power.

### Example 5 - 3x 4K Direct Play/Stream (DS918+)

Following the last test, I also ran it on a significantly CPU weaker DS918 + device. This NAS unlike the SA3400 has a **Celeron J3455 4-core**. But one drastically important difference is that this CPU **supports Intel QuickSync** technology.

The same Plex is used for hardware transcoding which drastically reduces CPU utilization.

To be able to use **hardware transcoding**, you need to have a **Plex Pass subscription** to be able to unlock this feature on your Plex server!

Let's now look at the CPU load of the same three videos from the previous example on this DS918 + NAS model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-14.14.39.png)

3x 4K streaming on DS918+, CPU at 18-23%

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-23-at-14.14.58.png)

As can be seen from the pictures, the DS918 + performs the same task without any problems with an average of some 20% CPU utilization.

Thanks to the support of QuickSync, this weak CPU can very well match the Xeon processor when it comes to video and audio playback.

It is expected that the use of raw power of the Xeon processor will be able to deliver video playback, but only in certain cases. Anything that involves any level of transcoding will not be satisfactory especially not at the cost of such a NAS model.

Of course, you will not even consider this model for such tasks because it is not designed for the same, but I wanted to show that if you have the opportunity to purchase or use this model, do not expect some pleasant Plex experience.

However, it should be mentioned that if you will **use this NAS only as a source** of your multimedia content, and the Plex server task will be on a "smarter" device, then **there will certainly be no problem**.

## Synology Photos

In the dedicated article, I already mentioned that Synology Photos is a new platform created as a fusion of Photo Station and Moments applications, and only works on DSM 7 OS.

The reason why I mention it is primarily the detection of people in the pictures. Specifically, how long will it take for this device to make recognition through some **8000 photos**, and at what load?

Since we are talking about an 8-core device, and face detection is a pure CPU task, the **SA3400 did this in just 11 minutes** with an **average load of 90% CPU and 13.3 photos/second**. In other words, almost all 8 cores were involved in this task.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-27-at-14.34.26.png)

SA3400 utilization during face detection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-27-at-14.42.17.png)

Beginning...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-27-at-14.42.30.png)

...and the end of the process

Face detection is one of the features that the vast majority of users love and want, but keep in mind that not every NAS has this feature, so if you work with a large volume of photos, and need high-speed detection, turn to stronger models from the '+' lineup or better (such as this particular model).

As for the work and use of the Photos application as such, there is not much to say. The fast platform itself will provide a great photo and video viewing experience, both via web browser and mobile application, and the strong support of 8-core processors leaves an even better impression on the whole story.

Since the SA3400 is designed to work with a large number of users and content, the Photos application will have no problems using it in any combination.

Synology has four dedicated applications in the multimedia segment, but Audio Station and iTunes Server do not represent any specific effort even for entry NAS models, let alone a device like this, so I will not mention them as such.

Once again, the Video Station app, while having potential, isn’t quite on par with Plex. For this reason, I decided not to test it.

## Conclusion

It is evident from the above that the SA3400 is a brutal machine when it comes to operations that do not fall into the realm of video and audio transcoding. This means that as a NAS for business use with large numbers of users, and needs in terms of backup, virtualization, containerization, mail, and more, SA3400 will deliver.

I hope that through these few articles I have shown what and how the SA3400 behaves and under what conditions, as well as whether and how much it makes a difference if Synology or third-party drives are used.

Speaking of Synology drives, keep in mind that there is a reason why at some point, manufacturers of SANs or NAS devices are starting to promote proven drive models. Whether it is in a form of its own brand, or some specific models of other vendors, it's irrelevant. What is important is that you will not populate several thousand € worths of equipment with just about any hard drive. 5 years warranty on disks that can be additionally flashed to new firmware and that are optimized for the specified operating system, is no small thing for peace of mind and the fact that you have support at all times. Will Synology apply this policy to all models? No, and that is also important information. Additionally, controlling what can be used with certain models not only solves your problem, but also gives the manufacturer time to deal less with solving problems of this type, and invests the same time in developing new products, and services.

On the example of this SA3400 model that I had the opportunity to use, it is clear that even models from almost the highest class will not be 100% exclusively oriented to Synology brand drives.

Tests have shown that there were absolutely no problems, and long-term work would show whether and how much they pay off in the end. Unfortunately, I didn't have that much time, but the question still remains, is it difference of 30-50€ per drive worth the risk (between supported and unsupported)? One thing is clear here. The more data you value, the more you will invest in their protection. Ready-made solutions have a certain price, so you decide for yourself whether it is worth the risk.
### Synology SA3400 - Part 3 - virtualization
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/
Last updated: 2022-05-08T13:21:43.000Z
### SA3400 series articles:

**[Intro - review and testing](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-review-and-testing/)** 
**[Part 1 - Installation and configuration](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-1-installation-and-configuration/)** 
**[Part 2 - Backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-2-backup-and-restore/)** 
**Part 3 - Virtualization** 
**[Part 4 - Multimedia](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-4-multimedia/)**

---

So far, we've seen how to set up the SA3400 NAS, configure it, and how it behaves and works with Synology backup tools, and even stepped into virtualization in part.

With this article, I would like to continue in that tone and see how the NAS specifically behaves when it works with a dedicated hypervisor host or on the other hand, uses the layer 2 hypervisor as part of its package offer.

In the tests that follow, we'll look at how we can configure the SA3400 to be data storage via the iSCSI protocol for virtual machines running HP ProLiant DL360 Gen8, how it will work when certain issues occur, and which disk array will give better results.

I will also do disk tests on the virtual machines themselves and see just how fast it will all work together over a 10G connection.

## VMM (Synology Virtual Machine Manager)

For starters, I’ll start with the Synology platform, Virtual Machine Manager (VMM), followed by VMWare ESXi.

### VM creation and 10G client configuration

At the moment, I will not deal with explaining the initials of the installation and configuration of the VMM package, but I will immediately focus on matching the Windows 10 VM (one for each array) and the configuration of the 10G adapter.

After the Windows 10 OS installation is set up within the VMM, the installation of the specific VM begins. In this case, it will be one virtual machine for each disk array.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-15.12.18-1.png)

VM's ready

The previous image shows 2 computers (and their duplicates that can be ignored for now) as well as the CPU and RAM configuration of the same.

Computers are configured with the following specifications:

```
CPU: 4 vCPU 
RAM: 4GB 
HDD: 50GB 
NET: 10G

```

What is perhaps most important in case you want to have a 10G network connection within your virtual machine, is the configuration of the required driver.

In the case of a VMM, it is configured as follows.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-15.24.03-1.png)

VirtIO network configuration for 10G speeds

After creating a virtual machine, within the **Network tab**, click the **Advanced options** icon ("wheel") and select **virtio** from the **Model** menu.

This will give you a 10G network adapter inside your virtual machine.

🗒️

**NOTE**: In order to use the network adapter properly, you will need to install the VirtIO tools package after you have successfully logged on to your computer.

The installation media in my tests was the official Windows 10 OS ISO file located on the SA3400 NAS.

The installation took an astonishingly long time, regardless of the specific array in which the virtual machine was located, while the **CPU utilization** of the NAS itself averaged **only 7%**.

It is strange that the installation seemed to have "pauses" at times, although nothing on the side of the device indicated any load.

### Installation tests and boot up

For this reason, the passing times of installation in both arrays were equally slow, because I expected that, as in the ESXi environment, it would be done within 7-8 minutes.

In the case of the Synology VMM hypervisor, in particular, it was not so fast.

```
Win10 (4vCPU/4GB)	HAS5300 (RAID6)	VM install	19m
Win10 (4vCPU/4GB)	EXOS7N8 (RAID6)	VM install	20m

```

Both installations behaved identically, indicating that the disk arrays were running at the same speed. Unfortunately, as can be seen, **the installation time is almost three times higher** than in the case of the ESXi hypervisor.

It should be noted that they passed without any problems, but slowly.

As for starting the virtual machine once it is configured, the situation is drastically better. They load equally quickly from both disk arrays with almost negligible differences.

```
Win10 (4vCPU/4GB)	HAS5300 (RAID6)	VM boot	18,29 sec
Win10 (4vCPU/4GB)	EXOS7N8 (RAID6)	VM boot	21,04 sec

```

The computers are generally ready within 20 seconds of ignition, which is completely acceptable. I will show the network communication speeds at the end, after the ESXi hypervisor segment.

### Crystal and ATTO disk benchmarks (Synology VMM)

Something that might still be interesting in this particular environment are virtual disk tests. CrystalDiskMark, as well as ATTO Disk Benchmark, were used for this.

Below are the results of a Windows 10 computer that was on the Synology HAS 5300 raid array.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-11.46.14_Crystal_HAS5300_VMM.png)

Crystal VMM test using HAS5300 array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-11.25.30_ATTO_HAS5300_VMM.png)

ATTO bytes/s VMM test using HAS5300 array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-11.29.52_ATTO_HAS5300_VMM.png)

ATTO IO‌/s VMM test using HAS5300 array

These are the same tests on the same computer located on the Seagate Exos 7N8 raid array.‌

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-12.23.08_Crystal_EXOS_VMM.png)

Crystal VMM test using EXOS array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-12.10.55_ATTO_EXOS_VMM.png)

ATTO bytes/s VMM test using EXOS array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-17-at-12.11.42_ATTO_EXOS_VMM.png)

ATTO IO/s VMM test using EXOS array

The reason I used the two tools is to see if they will show the same or approximate results. In the end, that was the case. Virtual computers on Synology disks generally had better writing results, while Seagate disks were better at reading data. This was true for both small and large files.

Now let's see the ESXi hypervisor side of things.

## ESXi

As a comparison to the Synology VMM hypervisor, I opted for the VMWare ESXi 7\. Still, VMware is the leading entity when it comes to virtualization, so I wanted to see how virtual machines behave on that platform.

### iSCSI datastore configuration (SAN Manager)

Unlike VMM, ESXi is a pure hypervisor that really doesn’t have its own disk space where virtual machines are located for these tests. I wanted to see how a Windows 10 virtual machine would behave if it was still on SA3400 drives via iSCSI communication over a 10G network.

For this scenario, you first need to configure the iSCSI target and LUNs to which the ESXi will then connect and display them as your datastores.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-19-at-13.57.58-1.png)

Synology DSM SAN Manager

Although iSCSI support has been around for a very long time in the world of DSM, Synology has decided to separate iSCSI and Fiber Channel support into a separate module with the new version, so with the DSM 7 we have **SAN Manager**.

This shows Synology's tendency to enter the enterprise segment, but it is still quite far from the real SAN solutions of big players such as NetApp, IBM, and others.

In any case, after creating the iSCSI target and separate LUNs, each on one RAID array, they need to be connected within the ESXi hypervisor.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-19-at-14.03.00-1.png)

Configured iSCSI targets

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-19-at-14.03.38-1.png)

LUNs, their location on the volumes, and capacity

On the ESXi side after configuring the iSCSI adapter, the wizard simply connects the LUNs that will eventually be reported as available datastores in the hypervisor itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-19-at-14.08.44-1.png)

SA3400 LUNs visible inside ESXi hypervisor

### Installation tests and boot up

Unlike installations within the VMM, Windows 10 ran on virtual machines running **ESXi in just 6-7min per computer** (again almost at the same speed) regardless of the disk array they were on.

Booting the computer, on the other hand, was performed in the same way as inside the VMM, about 15-20 seconds.

So from this, it can be concluded that the difference in the hypervisor is obvious, but why the installation on VMM takes so long, I'm not sure.

### Crystal and ATTO disk benchmarks (ESXi)

These are now comparative results from identical Windows 10 machines located on separate raid arrays.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-25-at-23.00.03_HAS_Crystal.png)

Crystal ESXi test on HAS5300 raid array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-27-at-13.36.23_ATTO_HAS5300_ESXi.png)

ATTO bytes/s ESXi test on HAS5300 raid array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-27-at-13.39.29__ATTO_HAS5300_ESXi.png)

ATTO IO/s ESXi test on HAS5300 raid array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-25-at-23.07.25_EXOS_Crystal.png)

Crystal ESXi test on EXOS raid array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-27-at-13.36.49_ATTO_EXOS7N8_ESXi.png)

ATTO bytes/s ESXi test on EXOS raid array

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-27-at-13.39.40_ATTO_EXOS7N8_ESXi.png)

ATTO IO/s ESXi test on EXOS raid array

From this, it can be seen that the tests are faster on the ESXi platform and generally slightly better on a virtual machine located on the EXOS array.

## Windows 10 network test on separate hypervisors

Using the [iPerf](https://iperf.fr/?ref=blackvoid.club) tool, I also did a series of network transfer rate tests to get a slightly better picture of how the SA3400 itself behaves towards other devices on the network, as well as the virtual machines themselves used on VMM and ESXi hypervisors.

For starters, a simple 10G speed test between the SA3400 itself and the RS3614RPxs + NAS connected via a 10G switch. Without any big surprises, the speed was maximum. This is necessary to indicate that there is no physical bottleneck between the devices that participated in the tests.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-20-at-19.59.26_10G_BB_SA3400.png)

Speed test between SA3400 and RS3614RPxs+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-20-at-19.59.42_10G_BB_SA3400.png)

Display or the same test showed using a network monitor

Below are the results between virtual machines on the SA3400 VMM platform (both arrays), towards the physical RS3614RPxs + NAS as well as the same tests from the ESXi hypervisor.

```
Win10 (VMM) > RS3614RPxs+	EXOS7N8	10G	4.97Gbits/s
Win10 (VMM) > RS3614RPxs+	HAS5300	10G	4.83Gbits/s

Win10 (ESXi) > RS3614RPxs+	EXOS7N8	10G	3.25Gbits/s
Win10 (ESXi) > RS3614RPxs+	HAS5300	10G	3.23Gbits/s

```

As expected, the differences in speeds between these two sets of tests exist for the pure reason that in the first two results, virtual machines are located on a device that has both a hypervisor and specific virtual disks, while in the third and fourth tests virtual disks are on SA3400 NAS, and the hypervisor is a separate device in itself.

The next series included tests between virtual machines in separate arrays (HAS and EXOS) but within the same hypervisor.

```
Win10 (EXOS) > Win10 (HAS)	VMM	10G	4.27Gbits/s
Win10 (HAS) > Win10 (EXOS)	VMM	10G	3.79Gbits/s

Win10 (EXOS) > Win10 (HAS)	ESXi	10G	2.06Gbits/s
Win10 (HAS) > Win10 (EXOS)	ESXi	10G	2.20Gbits/s

```

The first two tests were performed on the Synology VMM hypervisor while the other two were on the ESXi. Again, as in the previous series, better results in the case of VMM than ESXi due to simpler configuration and "path length" in the communication itself.

As a final series, I did a test between virtual machines on separate hypervisors.

```
Win10 (VMM) > Win10 (ESXi)	EXOS7N8	10G	2.44Gbits/s
Win10 (VMM) > Win10 (ESXi)	HAS5300	10G	2.34Gbits/s

```

Similar results are visible as in the previous ESXi series, which means that this is where the specific "bottleneck" is. Whether this is due to the additional required configuration on the network cards remains to be seen. Even with the correction of the jumbo frames, I could not get any better results.

Anyway, solid speeds in one-on-one communication. I'm sure better speeds can certainly be expected when using more simultaneous connections, but in any case, the SA3400 works more than satisfactory.

## Conclusion

In terms of virtualization, I can say that the SA3400 works great, and fast. The feeling of working inside virtual computers is solid and there are no problems after installing VirtIO support, and certainly when computers are accessed via an RDP client (Windows VM as an example). You best avoid working via the web console for any serious work because it is not designed for anything other than the initial configuration of the VM.

CPU and RAM in these situations will certainly not be a bottleneck, and it is likely that the use of SSDs will give even better results. In any case, SAS drives are more than enough to provide quality and stable performance, but if you can, in the case of a larger number of virtual machines, be sure to try using SSDs in your fields.

In the next, final article, I will turn more towards multimedia so we will test the operation of the Synology Photos application as well as Plex transcoding to see what exactly the limits of this CPU are in such situations.

Additionally, we will also see transfers via SMB and NFS between SA3400 and RS3614RPxs + devices.
### Docker + snyk - vulnerability scanning for Docker images
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-snyk-vulnerability-scanning-for-docker-images/
Last updated: 2021-12-20T00:32:39.000Z
Back in October 2020, Docker launched image scanning functionality powered by [**Snyk**](https://snyk.io/?ref=blackvoid.club). Shortly after that, in November this function made it to the Docker Desktop versions as well. So what is this all about?

### Log4Shell bomb

Following the recent exploit inside Log4J 2.14 or older versions, many in IT have started to quickly patch up their apps and platforms using this older version. Same if with Docker images.

One of the biggest concerns with Docker images is are they safe? There is a lot of official images being maintained by companies that make and maintain the software that is packed inside those images, but what of all the rest? What about an image that is pushed out by someone who is not a verified publisher?

Knowing what is inside the image and if there are any potential vulnerabilities is crucial for the security of your own infrastructure hosting any app or platform via a particular Docker image.

Now, with Snyk we all have the option to use **10 free monthly** scans or up to 200 if we are logged in using a free Snyk account for your local Docker images.

🗒️

NOTE: using **Docker Hub** vulnerability **scanning is a paid option** and works with **Pro**, **Team**, or **Business** subscription.

### So how does this image scanning work?

Just like antivirus scans your device and finds out the threats, in the same way, it scans your source code and provides vulnerabilities. It further provides the severity of the vulnerability and classifies them as major, minor or critical which might help you in giving an idea of the urgency of an issue and approach to take suitable action. Taking it a step further, it also provides a description of the vulnerability, the position in code where the vulnerability is present and provides a fix to that vulnerability.

With Docker engine 2.5 version and Docker 20.10, we were introduced to `docker scan` command.

‼️

Versions of `docker scan` earlier than `v0.11.0` are not able to detect [Log4j 2 CVE-2021-44228](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2021-44228?ref=blackvoid.club). You **must update** your Docker Desktop installation to **4.3.1 or higher** to fix this issue.

As I have mentioned before, at the moment one of the biggest threats is Log4J exploit, so if you want to run your local Docker image scans, here is how to do them.

First, you will need **Docker Desktop for Windows or macOS** (you can install it in Linux as well using `apt-get install docker-scan-plugin` ) version 4.3.1 or higher.

⚠️

**Synology Docker** version 20.10.x currently **has no** `docker scan` **support**

Once you have it installed, simply download an image, or scan your existing image by running a simple command:

`docker scan <name-of-image>`

An example of output would be like this:

```
$  docker scan hello-world

Testing hello-world...

Organization:      docker-desktop-test
Package manager:   linux
Project name:      docker-image|hello-world
Docker image:      hello-world
Licenses:          enabled

✓ Tested 0 dependencies for known issues, no vulnerable paths found.

Note that we do not currently have vulnerability data for your image.

```

Another great addition to this is that you can get a scan of an image using its Dockerfile.

`docker scan --file PATH_TO_DOCKERFILE DOCKER_IMAGE`

```
$ docker scan --file Dockerfile docker-scan:e2e

✗ High severity vulnerability found in perl
  Description: Integer Overflow or Wraparound
  Info: https://snyk.io/vuln/SNYK-DEBIAN10-PERL-570802
  Introduced through: git@1:2.20.1-2+deb10u3, meta-common-packages@meta
  From: git@1:2.20.1-2+deb10u3 > perl@5.28.1-6
  From: git@1:2.20.1-2+deb10u3 > liberror-perl@0.17027-2 > perl@5.28.1-6
  From: git@1:2.20.1-2+deb10u3 > perl@5.28.1-6 > perl/perl-modules-5.28@5.28.1-6
  and 3 more...
  Introduced by your base image (golang:1.14.6)

Organization:      docker-desktop-test
Package manager:   deb
Target file:       Dockerfile
Project name:      docker-image|99138c65ebc7
Docker image:      99138c65ebc7
Base image:        golang:1.14.6
Licenses:          enabled

Tested 200 dependencies for known issues, found 157 issues.

According to our scan, you are currently using the most secure version of the selected base image

```

Among several `flags` that you can use with the `scan` command, probably the most interesting one will be `severity` .

With this flag, the `scan` command allows you to choose the level of vulnerabilities displayed in your output.

```
$ docker scan --severity=medium docker-scan:e2e
./bin/docker-scan_darwin_amd64 scan --severity=medium docker-scan:e2e

Testing docker-scan:e2e...

✗ Medium severity vulnerability found in sqlite3/libsqlite3-0
  Description: Divide By Zero
  Info: https://snyk.io/vuln/SNYK-DEBIAN10-SQLITE3-466337
  Introduced through: gnupg2/gnupg@2.2.12-1+deb10u1, subversion@1.10.4-1+deb10u1, mercurial@4.8.2-1+deb10u1
  From: gnupg2/gnupg@2.2.12-1+deb10u1 > gnupg2/gpg@2.2.12-1+deb10u1 > sqlite3/libsqlite3-0@3.27.2-3
  From: subversion@1.10.4-1+deb10u1 > subversion/libsvn1@1.10.4-1+deb10u1 > sqlite3/libsqlite3-0@3.27.2-3
  From: mercurial@4.8.2-1+deb10u1 > python-defaults/python@2.7.16-1 > python2.7@2.7.16-2+deb10u1 > python2.7/libpython2.7-stdlib@2.7.16-2+deb10u1 > sqlite3/libsqlite3-0@3.27.2-3
  
  
✗ Medium severity vulnerability found in sqlite3/libsqlite3-0
  Description: Uncontrolled Recursion
...
✗ High severity vulnerability found in binutils/binutils-common
  Description: Missing Release of Resource after Effective Lifetime
  Info: https://snyk.io/vuln/SNYK-DEBIAN10-BINUTILS-403318
  Introduced through: gcc-defaults/g++@4:8.3.0-1
  From: gcc-defaults/g++@4:8.3.0-1 > gcc-defaults/gcc@4:8.3.0-1 > gcc-8@8.3.0-6 > binutils@2.31.1-16 > binutils/binutils-common@2.31.1-16
  From: gcc-defaults/g++@4:8.3.0-1 > gcc-defaults/gcc@4:8.3.0-1 > gcc-8@8.3.0-6 > binutils@2.31.1-16 > binutils/libbinutils@2.31.1-16 > binutils/binutils-common@2.31.1-16
  From: gcc-defaults/g++@4:8.3.0-1 > gcc-defaults/gcc@4:8.3.0-1 > gcc-8@8.3.0-6 > binutils@2.31.1-16 > binutils/binutils-x86-64-linux-gnu@2.31.1-16 > binutils/binutils-common@2.31.1-16
    and 4 more...

Organization:      docker-desktop-test
Package manager:   deb
Project name:      docker-image|docker-scan
Docker image:      docker-scan:e2e
Platform:          linux/amd64
Licenses:          enabled

Tested 200 dependencies for known issues, found 37 issues.

```

As seen from these examples, you can detect any potential threats, problems, or vulnerabilities that might be part of any layer inside an image. This is an excellent way to test images you are about to use or publish yourself to any public repositories.

One final issue if you are **coming from the Windows** side of things, and **using WSL2** (Windows subsystem for Linux in favor of legacy Hyper-V support) for your Docker Desktop. 

⚠️

The Vulnerability scanning feature **doesn’t work with Alpine** distributions.

So, if you use any image that has an Alpine image as a base you are out of luck. Just one thing to have in mind.

Now we just need to wait (hopefully not too long) for Synology to publish its version of Docker that has this command built-in, and we are off to the races.
### Synology SA3400 - Part 2 - backup and restore
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-2-backup-and-restore/
Last updated: 2022-05-08T13:21:28.000Z
### SA3400 series articles:

**[Intro - review and testing](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-review-and-testing/)** 
**[Part 1 - Installation and configuration](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-1-installation-and-configuration/)** 
**Part 2 - Backup and restore** 
**[Part 3 - Virtualization](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)** 
**[Part 4 - Multimedia](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-4-multimedia/)**

---

In the second part of this series, I would turn to specific tests to show how the NAS works, and how much speed it achieves compared to some other older and slower models, and above all to see if there is a difference between HAS5300, compared to Seagate Exos arrays.

This article will focus on three essential Synology packages: **Hyper Backup**, **Snapshot Replication**, and finally **Active Backup for Business**.

The **SA3400** in all tests has HAS5300 and EXOS7N8 arrays in **RAID6** configuration!

## Hyper Backup

If you haven’t had a chance to use this package before, chances are you’ve never had a NAS (Synology), or you’ve never thought about backing up the data that lies on it. I hope this is not the second case, but either way, HB is a Synology package designed to allow you to easily backup your NAS data to a third destination. Whether it will be another NAS, an external drive, or some cloud destination, totally depends on you and your needs.

So let's start with the tests. Each test will include both disk arrays, to check if there is (and if so, how much) a difference in the speed and quality of use of the Synology array compared to Seagate's.

### Local backup and restore

For starters, I did HyperBackup tests using a smaller data sample of just 4GB (31 files) that involved backing up data from one array to another while the source was in the opposite one.

So while the HAS5300 array was the source and the EXOS7N8 destination array in one test, the roles were reversed in another.

```
HAS5300 > EXOS7N8	4GB backup	45 sec
HAS5300 > EXOS7N8	4GB restore	13 sec

EXOS7N8 > HAS5300	4GB backup	39 sec
EXOS7N8 > HAS5300	4GB restore	14 sec

```

As can be seen from the table, the tasks were performed at equal time intervals with almost slight differences. So from this it could be concluded that realistically for any “internal” transmissions you will not notice almost any differences.

Now let's see what results we get when we make copies via 10G network from another device towards SA3400 arrays still using the Hyper Backup tool.

### Backup and restore using a remote Synology NAS

This particular test involves backing up 50GB of content (one large file) from RS3614RPxs + to SA3400 (on HAS5300 and Exos7E8 array) via a 10G connection. In this case, Hyper Backup **remote Synology NAS mode** was used. This means that the content is in a proprietary format only available on via the Hyper Backup or HB Vault app.

```
RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	HAS5300	50GB backup	06m 46sec
SA3400 > RS3614RPxs+	HAS5300	50GB restore	04m 14sec

RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	EXOS7N8	50GB backup	10m 08sec
SA3400 > RS3614RPxs+	EXOS7N8	50GB restore	04m 07sec

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-25-at-20.19.38_HB_HAS_EXOS.png)

Hyper Backup backup tasks visible as network transfers

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-27-at-14.24.53_BB8_50GB_restore_sidebyside.png)

Hyper Backup restore tasks visible as network transfers

These tests are explained in more detail below.

### HB 50GB test RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400 (HAS5300)

The transfer was not encrypted and the **data source is a RAID5 array with a 4x4 WDRED (EFRX)** disks. The reason why I mention this is the fact that there is a limit on the original side, so the transfer almost never goes above the maximum 350MB/s (for this particular test).

As can be seen from the figure, this operation took just over 6 min towards the Synology HAS5300 array with an average of 250 - 350MB/s speeds that did not oscillate too much (graph above as a comparison of both tests).

### HB 50GB test RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400 (EXOS7E8)

In another situation, an identical test took almost 4 minutes longer. Whether this is accidental or not, what I can say is that at that time there was no additional load on the side of the EXOS array, and it is evident that the task was performed with an interval of only 4 minutes while I prepared it again.

It is interesting, as can be seen from the backup graph, that in the case of transferring data to the EXOS field, **the speed varied greatly** and was generally slower, which is responsible for these total 4 minutes longer transit time.

### Restore back to the remote source NAS

The example above clearly shows that the task in **both situations ended practically at the same time** when we talk about recovery via 10G network to the previously original NAS, RS3614RPxs + in this case.

**The difference of 7sec is negligible** in my opinion, and if we look at the sample on the network graph, it is again visible that both tasks were performed at almost identical time with equal speeds, which is confirmed by the passing times from the table.

## Snapshot Replication

Although many Synology NAS models support the Snapshot Replication package, depending on its class, it will also depend on how you can use this tool. For more details and information about this package, read the [dedicated article](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/) before moving on.

### Local snapshot and recovery

There is no point in explaining this particular test, because local snaps are practically instant, which is the purpose of this tool, so if you need it, you can count on a blazing fast snapshot and recovery in case you need it.

### Remote replication (multiple Synology NAS scenario)

On the other hand, the second part of this tool is the **ability to remotely replicate data**, which is actually classified as an adequate backup because the data is transferred to another separate device.

For this test, RS3614RPxs + was again used as the original NAS, while SA3400 was the destination. Also, due to a comparison with Hyper Backup tasks, again the sample was 50GB of content from previous tests. I wanted to do this because I was interested in how quickly an equal amount of data would be transferred through this “channel” via identical infrastructure.

```
RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	HAS5300	50GB backup	03m 57sec
RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	EXOS7N8	50GB backup	04m 01sec

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-11-27-at-14.42.15_BB8_50GB_replication_sidebyside.png)

Network presentation of remote replication tasks

It is interesting to see that this test, if we compare it to the Hyper Backup example, is quite different in terms of transient times.

First of all, the difference in times is again insignificant, and the speed is consistent with both fields, which is nicely visible from the graph above. Additionally, if we compare these replication tests with their Hyper Backup counterparts, we see the following:

```
(HB) RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	HAS5300	50GB backup	06m 46sec
(SR) RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	HAS5300	50GB backup	03m 57sec

(HB) RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	EXOS7N8	50GB backup	10m 08sec
(SR) RS3614RPxs+ > SA3400	EXOS7N8	50GB backup	04m 01sec

```

The differences are very visible here. Practical **3min on HAS3500**, or **6min faster execution on EXOS7N8** array if the same task is performed via **Snapshot Replication tool** instead of Hyper Backup.

### Restoring from replica (from a secundary NAS)

As for this test, as well as local snapshot, replica recovery does not realistically involve any special copying because deltas are constantly shifting, so at a time when remote replica recovery is required, it involves defining the destination NAS as "master" and data transition from the “read only” model to the “read-write” model.

For this reason, I did not do any special speed tests for this scenario.

## Active Backup for Business

I will dedicate the last part of this article to a relatively new tool in Synology's offering, Active Backup for Business. Given its popularity, Synology has as many as three Active Backup tools, but below I will focus on the Business package performance because it will be very interesting not only for backing up local computers and servers, but also its use with virtual platforms such as VMWare ESXi or Synology VMM (Virtual Machine Manager).

For more details on what ABB is and how to configure and use it, read the [following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/).

### Physical machine backup and restore

Certainly one of the most common situations in which a device like the SA3400 can be used is as a destination for copies of your data or a complete computer.

In such cases, Active Backup is a great candidate, as it provides an unlimited number of computers that you can copy and convert to virtual computers as needed, whether towards some popular hypervisors, or its own Synology VMM.

The following is an example of making a copy of a complete Windows 10 computer via 1G network communication towards the HAS5300 as well as the EXOS7N8 arrays.

```
Win 10 (1Gbit) > SA3400	HAS5300	39GB backup	07m 03sec
Win 10 (1Gbit) > SA3400	EXOS7N8	39GB backup	07m 09sec

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-14-at-13.31.35_ABB_win10client_1G_backup.png)

Network presentation of both backup tasks

As we can see, the copies were made over 1G network communication (because I don't have a single client that is multi-gig capable), so speeds higher than 115-120MB/s can't even be expected. Of course for both RAID6 arrays this was no problem and copies were made at the same time interval with a minimum deviation of a few seconds. As before, very negligible.

I didn’t want to specifically mention it, but the recovery took just as long for the same reason, network communication was a “bottleneck”, so end result times are no different.

### Virtual machine backup and restore (ESXi)

The previous scenario is very likely to be more used by home users or smaller teams where the likelihood of using virtual machines is significantly lower. But what about when you have multiple virtual machines on separate hypervisors, and you use Synology NAS as your backup destination?

Below I have shown the typical need to backup a virtual machine via ABB, as well as its recovery. The **VMWare ESXi hypervisor** was used for this example, while the Synology **SA3400 is an iSCSI datastore** destination as well as an **ABB backup destination**.

As before, four tests were performed in total, two per array to possibly present some difference in transient times between Synology and Seagate drives.

```
ESXi (10G) > SA3400	HAS5300	66GB backup	09m 36sec
SA3400 (10G) > ESXi	HAS5300	66GB restore	08m 28sec

ESXi (10G) > SA3400	EXOS7N8	66GB backup	09m 36sec
SA3400 (10G) > ESXi	EXOS7N8	66GB restore	08m 43sec

```

Again from the results we can see that the times are practically identical except for a small difference of some 15 sec when recovering a virtual machine from an EXOS array.

Personally, I would say that this is again a negligible difference, but I mention it purely so that some conclusions can be drawn.

Active Backup to meet the RTO and RPO, also offers the so-called **Instant restore**. This process will **boot the virtual machine directly from the compressed and de-duplicated backup repository** to make it almost instantly available if it is critical to the business. The same computer can later be completely migrated back to the disk space where it naturally "lives" so that there would be no performance problems in the long run.

In this particular test, the recovery of virtual machines from both disk arrays was identical, **15 seconds**.

This definitely goes in favor of Active Backup itself as a great solution for a quick recovery in case of any need such as *ransomware* or some worse form of disaster.

In terms of physical drive and disk selection, the SA3400 will deliver great and fast results in any situation.

### Creating a VM from ABB backup (Synology VMM)

Continuation of the previous test is an alternative to the ESXi hypervisor. In this case, I'm talking about **Synology Virtual Machine Manager**.

Reconstruction of the machine from Active Backup for Business went without any problems as in the previous case, but it should be mentioned that in this case you can only use the Instant restore function, which will prepare the machine for use by reading it from the ABB backup repository.

The advantage of the whole story is that the Instant restore, unlike the ESXi external hypervisor, will take about **3 seconds**, as oppose to 15 seconds in the ESXi case.

⚠️

The problem is that a **complete VM migration cannot be completed within the Active Backup for Business** tool with the VMM hypervisor being your destination. The only option is to connect and make a complete migration to the ESXi or Hyper-V platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-15-at-11.07.58.png)

Full VM migration from ABB is not possible towards Synology VMM

Also this will result in performance issues with the computer itself while in this mode, so keep that in mind.

This is more of a disadvantage of VMM as such than anything else, but clearly you can do the whole process by using **Export** virtual machine via VMM, and then **Import** back. This way, the entire VM will be extracted from the ABB repository and imported back into VMM.

In the case of my testing, a Windows 11 virtual machine with a total size of only 14GB was used. The **export took 12 minutes**, and the **import** of the same machine (operation on the same array) took a l**ittle over 2 minutes**.

I admit it’s not an elegant solution, but it is what it is.

So even though **instant recovery is only a few seconds** since the backup application and the hypervisor are on the same machine, the speed of the VM will be questionable until the machine is completely pulled out of the ABB repository itself.

Finally, if you want to use a virtual machine on VMM as a hypervisor, the whole process of exporting, importing and additional configurations will be a good 15-20min for a relatively small computer, or even longer if we are talking about computers of some 50GB or more.

I mention this purely if you decide to use VMM as your hypervisor. Decide well if it meets your daily needs because even if you have such a fast NAS, you may have trouble using it without investing in a **VMM Pro license**.

Another important item in the whole story is the driver that the VM will use when running on the VMM. For best performance, use a **VirtIO SCSI disk controller**, if supported by a virtual machine.

‼️

In the case of Windows 11, at the time of writing, the **VirtIO controller was not working**, so an IDE had to be used, which had an additional impact on performance.

## Conslusion

So what is the conclusion? Well from everything presented, it is definitely clear that the question is first of all whether you have more than 1G network bandwidth or not, which tool you will use, and how many clients use this machine and in what way.

It is also evident from repeated tests that the EXOS field performs slightly slower backup when performed via the Hyper Backup tool than compared to Snapshot Replication.

It is clear from the above that these tools perform operations with different methods, which in turn leads to different speeds, and clearly the factor is also the hardware both at the source and at the destination.

Average test speeds were generally around **120-180MB/s for Hyper Backup and Active Backup**, while in the case of **Snapshot Replication** they were around **220-250MB/s**.

Although I haven't done a lot of tests on **SMB transfers** here (this will be in the following articles), I can say that it was mostly around **500MB/s on average** via 10G network from other NAS devices (individual transfers).

In any case, 10G network replication via **Snapshot Replication is by far the fastest backup method** if you are able to have more than one NAS device that can use that package.

As for the comparison of the disk arrays on which these tests were performed, I would dare to say **that I did not notice any drastic differences in principle on either the HAS5300 or the EXOS 7N8** drives, which are of course officially approved by Synology as compatible for this particular model.

Whether the transmission speed will be more or less degraded in a longer period of time in one case or another remains a question, but unfortunately I will not be able to confirm it since all the equipment is on loan for two months.

In the next article, the focus will be on VM operations both within the external hypervisor (ESXia) and with Synology VMM. There will also be articles on Plex and Photos applications as well as SMB tests (encrypted as well) and iSCSI transmission via compatible devices.
### 2022 and BEYOND event news!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/2022-and-beyond-event-news/
Last updated: 2022-08-07T22:12:05.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: **10/05/2022** \- in 2 hours (**11/05/2022 01:00 AM CEST** time) the review for the new RT6600ax will be live in a dedicated article

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/rt6600ax-1.jpg)

📢

**UPDATE**: 27/04/2022 - looks like we will be getting **macOS support in Active Backup for Business and C2 backup** by the end of the year. The exact date is still pending.

📢

**UPDATE**: 21/4/2022 - My **RT6600AX has arrived**. Material on it (teaser images etc) is allowed to be shared on the **4th of May** (#starwars), and a full review will be in a separate article pending after that date (**on the 11th**).

📢

**UPDATE**: 8/4/2022 - The RT6600AX should hit the market on **May 11th 2022**. I have access to the datasheet but am not at liberty to share it at the moment.

📢

**UPDATE**: 14/03/2022 - The date for the new router as well as some of the new NAS models **has been pushed back**. It is not likely that the new RT6600ax router will arrive in March. The new**, current date is April 19th, 2022**

📢

**UPDATE**: 31/01/2022 - The **new RT6600ax router** will be coming out in **March**. The exact date will be announced closer to the official release

📢

**UPDATE 19/01/2022 - Surveillance Station 9.0 BETA** is currently available. It is important to note that after installation there is no possibility to return to the previous version!

‼️

**WARNING**: ****Not downgradable** \- After installation of this beta application, you ****will not be able to downgrade to a previous official version** of this software.

---

🗒️

**NOTE**: 09/12/2021 - Some bad news regarding **RT6600ax** and its **support for 2.5G speeds**. More details are below.

## Table of Contents

[: Storage & Management](#storage&management)  
[: Data Protection](#dataprotection)  
[: Surveillance](#surveillance)  
[: Wireless Networking](#wifi)  
[: Cloud Services](#cs)  
[: Security](#sec)  
[: Conclusion](#conclusion)

A few weeks ago, we got some info [regarding an upcoming event](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2022-and-beyond/) that will happen on Dec 2nd, regarding new products, services, and features that are coming in 2022 and later.

Bellow is the full PR news regarding today's event:

*Taipei, Taiwan—December 3, 2021—Synology today unveiled the next evolution of its on-premises and cloud solutions, announcing DSM 7.1, Surveillance Station 9.0, SRM 1.3, and significant updates to C2 Backup, C2 Identity, C2 Password, C2 Storage, and C2 Transfer. Exciting new features have been announced for each Synology product, with substantial improvements to the user experience, reliability, and scalability across the board.*

***On-prem**

***Large-scale data management**  
*DSM 7.1 will bring improved file sharing performance and convenience with the introduction of SMB multichannel and DFS support. Multi-site businesses can leverage the C2 Storage supported Hybrid Share to reduce bandwidth constraints and make collaborative work simpler. In conjunction with Synology Drive's unified file portal and redesigned mobile app, remote teams have complete control of their data no matter where they are.*  
*For system administrators, more users and devices should not mean more management overhead. Active Insight, the cloud monitoring and troubleshooting service introduced with DSM 7.0, is gaining new conveniences. Hyper Backup tasks from each device can now be monitored directly from Active Insight, ensuring that backups are never forgotten. More details on system updates and login activity analysis put important information front and center.*  
*New bandwidth control capabilities and expanded client triggers in Active Backup for Business, plus support for Virtual DSM deployment in MailPlus give IT teams more tools to reduce operational complexities. DSM 7.1 will also introduce support for full DSM backups, providing another way for administrators to protect and restore entire Synology devices.*

***Faster, simpler, and more secure**  
*Surveillance Station 9.0 sports a refined user interface that provides users with all the tools they need, faster than ever before. The new Monitor Center centralizes all important feeds with convenient playback controls and alerts. Better map integration means even multi-site deployments can be efficiently monitored, providing security teams with precise information and easy-to-act-on graphics when every second counts.*  
*Setting up cameras has also never been simpler with the new onboarding wizard. Thanks to the option to import and copy settings, deploying hundreds of cameras can be done within minutes.*  
*Improvements to Central Management System (CMS), including flexible device update options, simultaneous dual recording, and HTTPS/SRTP support make it simpler to make each installation more secure and resilient.*  
*A new Synology C2 Surveillance service will enable homes and businesses to simultaneously and securely record surveillance footage to the C2 cloud. With under five seconds of lost footage, C2 Surveillance will ensure that footage is always accessible, even after a catastrophic event or in case of theft of the on-prem system.*  
*The new DVA1622 NVR makes Synology's suite of advanced AI-powered surveillance analytics such as face recognition and people counting more accessible for smaller stores or even SOHO environments. Together with Surveillance Station 9.0, DVA series NVRs also gain license plate recognition capabilities.*

***Multi-gig wireless, VLANs, and more**  
*SRM 1.3 and the Wi-Fi 6 Synology RT6600ax router introduce faster networking and greatly expand network management capabilities. SRM 1.3 ships with full VLAN support through an intuitive interface that anyone can use to partition and separate their devices, including IoT sensors and other potentially insecure gadgets.*  
*The flagship RT6600ax tri-band router is one of the first to support the expanded 5.9GHz spectrum, delivering much more room and uninterrupted operation for 160MHz devices. The 2.5GbE port ensures support for faster uplinks and internet connectivity.*  
*A redesigned DS router app brings nearly all of the management capabilities of SRM into the smartphone. Creating new wireless networks, configuring parental control or web filtering, setting traffic control schemes, and more are now just a few taps away.*

***And beyond**  
*Synology also announced research and development into scale-out file servers to meet even greater requirements, whether for capacity, service availability, or management needs.*

***Cloud**  
*A secure cloud, for everything*  
*Launched just a few months ago, C2 Backup, Identity, Password, and Transfer are standalone services to solve specific IT challenges in a simple and accessible way.*  
*C2 Backup simplifies device and business-critical data backup, even for teams working remotely. Bare-metal backup coupled with convenient file-level recovery through an intuitive online portal ensure fast and flexible data protection.*  
*C2 Identity replaces traditional directory services with a secure and low-latency hybrid approach, with C2 servers providing management, SSO services, and locally deployed LDAP nodes for local, intranet-only servers and devices. The included Windows and macOS device management capabilities provide administrators with the tools they need to secure their teams.*  
*C2 Password makes password management simple and accessible for all. The service is free for individuals and only 4.99 USD a year for password sharing between up to six accounts — all without limitations to the number of devices connected.*  
*C2 Transfer makes sharing sensitive files with external parties easy and secure. Besides implementing identity validation, C2 Transfer encrypts all files locally, making sure that data never lands in the wrong hands even if shared links are exposed.*  
*Synology is constantly introducing new features to each C2 service, maximizing convenience and on-demand scalability without burdening users with maintenance. Multiple data residency options — including a new data center in Taiwan, which was recently added to the existing ones in Frankfurt and Seattle — enable administrators to achieve maximum compliance with local data retention regulations. In 2022, Synology will be introducing C2 Object storage service for S3-compatible applications.*

***All the details**  
*The Synology 2022 AND BEYOND event, premiered on Dec 3 01:00 GMT+8, goes into more detail and introduces even more features and services. Watch the keynote and seven dedicated sessions online at [https://sy.to/2022](https://sy.to/2022?ref=blackvoid.club).*

***Availability**  
*Synology **DSM 7.1 and Surveillance Station 9.0 will be released in Q1 2022* as public previews.*  
***SRM 1.3 will debut on the RT6600ax router in Q1 2022\. Support for RT2600ac and MR2200ac will be added in Q2 2022*.*  
*More detailed information on other features and services will be available at a later date.*

This article will cover 7 sections focusing on some key elements that were presented during the event, so let's see what the future holds.

## 
  
  
## : Storage & Management

The start of the show for this section is, by all means, the upcoming DSM 7.1\. As you could read from the PR document, the 7.1 version will be out as *a public preview* at some point in Q1 2022.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Do not install public preview or any beta version of DSM on your main (production) devices. As always, there is **no official way to downgrade** in case you get into trouble so best to avoid it if you can. 

Some of the features mentioned today are already here and came with DSM 7.0 or 7.0.1, but some of them will arrive at a later date.

From the performance side of things, it is worth mentioning that DSM has gotten an overhaul that as a result has **56x faster SMB search tasks**, up to **70% faster application startup**, and **80% faster RAID6 performance**. 

One new feature that is *coming soon* is SMB Multichannel support. This is great news as you will no longer need to manually and unofficially edit the SMB config file, and by doing so, risk your NAS setup from properly working.

With the multichannel feature you will have the option to use all your network interfaces, and once you connect them inside an aggregation group, use them to get speeds over 1G towards a single client. This is very good news for devices that do not run 2,5, 5, or 10G.

Another important new feature is **disk replacement** and working with raid arrays. Soon you will be able to replace the drive that has been flagged as faulty or you simply want to replace it, **without degrading the volume**. Also, there are **auto-repair,** and **fast repair** features that will automatically repair a degraded volume/pool (once you place a new drive), and the repair will focus on the used part of the volume, shortening the time needed to complete a rebuild.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Drive_maintenance.png)

Options to replace the drive without degrading the volume

DFS (distributed file system) support over SMB will allow administrators in DSM 7.1 creation and usage of a portal to configure and manage multiple file servers over DFS service.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/image-8.png)

DFS concept

With DSM 7, Synology also rolled out their cloud-powered NAS metric and alerting platform, **Active Insight**. In 7.1, AI will have the **option to install both system and application updates** (on more than one NAS at a time) as well as the ability to tackle security elements. For example, AI will be able to log and report on strange logins, activation of accounts that are not used most of the time, brute-force attempts, etc.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-8.png)

Active Insight DSM and package update overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-14.png)

Active Insight login activity overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-15.png)

Active Insight failed login overview dashboard

Finally, AI will **offer Hyper Backup task monitoring**. It will allow us to monitor multiple NAS tasks from a single dashboard that will help minimize email or push notification needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-16.png)

Hyper Backup overview in Active Insight

For all of you that use NAS devices are AD servers the good news is that with DSM 7.1 there will be an option to run a secondary **domain controller**, and a **read-only one** as well. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/image-7.png)

Secondary read-only DC

## 
  
  
## : Data Protection

Less new features in this section, but still welcome. Moreover, most of those were implemented thanks to end-user feature requests, so let's see what's new.

The center stage here takes [Active Backup for Business](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/). For all of you who are unfamiliar with it, feel free to read up on the package itself.

Personally, this news makes me happy because new features are a great addition to an already great platform offered for free.

**Bandwidth control** will give us the option to control data flow when multiple concurrent tasks are happening which will result in better network throughput. This will be especially useful for systems that are not equipped with 10G.

Another situation that was rubbing users the wrong way, was for example computers not following regular backup schedules. As a result, if the pc was shut down at that moment, backup would skip. To solve this problem, ABB will have new **backup triggers**, that should help in similar cases.

If you have a large ABB environment with a lot of computers, servers, or virtual machines, monitoring will now be possible via SNMP support. If you have a central monitoring system that supports SNMP communication, you can have reports about ABB's operation centralized.

The absolute winner of this category or perhaps the entire DSM 7.1 is finally an option that was announced in previous years, but never came to life, and there were announcements that it may be available through the Synology C2 platform. However, with the arrival of 7.1 within the Active Backup for Business package, Synology will also offer **full DSM backup functionality for the first time**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-2.png)

Start to restore your DSM 7 from backup using **Restore the system** option

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-3.png)

Connect to your Active Backup server...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-4.png)

Select the exact task you want to restore from...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-5.png)

Locate the version to restore from...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-6.png)

Review the summary and restore

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-7.png)

Wait for the process to complete

This is great news because it means that in addition to the ability to backup data, some installed packages, and certain system settings, which we can currently perform, we **[will now have the ability to complete (bare-metal) or incremental recovery of NAS devices](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/)** (more details in the linked article), and set flexible times recovery as well as retention rules.

📢

**Active Backup for Business Agent (DSM)** is needed in order to be able to perform a DSM bare metal backup and restore via Active Backup. Bellow are current DSM 7.1 and other requirements.

**What's New**

1. Full-system backup provides comprehensive protection for your Synology NAS including user data, system configurations, and packages.
2. Multiple recovery methods including file/folder level and full-system level offer flexible recovery solutions for different needs.
3. Block-level and incremental backup provides fast backup speed and efficient use of space.
4. Change-block-tracking (CBT) technology intelligently tracks data changes to greatly reduce the time and computing resources needed for each backup task.
5. Supports data deduplication and encrypted transfer to better utilize space used on the remote backup server and encrypted transfer for a safe connection.

**Applied Model**

- **21-series**: RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421+, RS2421RP+, RS1221+, RS1221RP+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20-series**: RS820+, RS820RP+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+, FS3600
- **19-series**: RS1619xs+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219, FS6400, FS3400, SA3400, SA3600
- **18-series**: RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418+, RS2418RP+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+, FS1018

**Limitation**

- On a Synology High Availability cluster, users need to manually restart DSM after connecting Active Backup for Business Agent (DSM) to the backup server for the first time to apply backup settings.

---

## 
  
  
##  : Surveillance

Absolute innovations that are extremely important for the Synology product line also come from the physical protection segment where the **Surveillance Station** enters in the new **9.0 version** as well as the new DVA device.

Almost all innovations come in the new version of Surveillance Station 9.0, which primarily includes changes to the interface, improvements to some existing solutions, as well as a simpler way of setting up and configuring environments with a large number of control elements.

The biggest novelty is the **new Monitor Center**, which allows you to view all cameras and previously stored images in real-time. Until now, we had to use **Live View or Timeline** for that, and now we can see everything from the central location via the new view.

This dashboard can be fully customized, send notifications and alerts, automatically register some controversial situations at any time, and make synchronized playback of all cameras for a particular event.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Monitor_Center.png)

New SS 9.0 - Monitor Center

The novelty also includes camera management which now allows you to copy the configuration from one camera to another (so you don't have to repeat the same configuration for all the same cameras), as well as import settings from the table.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Batch_Camera_Configuration.png)

Multiple cameras configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Import_Camera_Settings.png)

Import configuration via table list

If you use these cameras in a cluster environment with multiple SS drives, the good news is that it will now be possible to do online and offline upgrades so administrators will be able to prepare upgrade packages, and let the SS download them if the system does not communicate directly with the Internet.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Surveillance_CMS_Update.png)

Center view of all SS units ready to be updated

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/CMS_Online_Update.png)

Online update (via the Internet)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/CMS_Offline_Update.png)

Offline update (manual import)

In terms of data security and sensitivity, certain innovations have also occurred. SS9 supports **HTTPS** and **SRTP** protocols. While HTTPS protects communication between the camera and the NAS itself, SRTP does the same at the image transfer level to remote clients such as a web browser, SS application, or SS mobile application.

Additionally, administrators will now have the **ability to encrypt content on the NAS**, which will be effective even if the administrator password manages to get hacked.

Since Synology has already opened the door to its data centers with all 5 new C2 cloud services for users who do not necessarily have a NAS device, it was a matter of time before a similar service would be offered in the SS segment.

So soon we will be able to store and save local copies on the NAS via the SS platform, we will be able to store them in the C2 cloud. **Dual recording to C2** is therefore an option that will guarantee that even in the event of a disaster at the primary location, you have your recordings monitored and stored in the Synology C2 environment.

This service will certainly be commercial with prices to be announced in due course.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-9.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/C2-Surveillance.png)

C2 surveillance portal interface

The novelty is certainly DVA modules such as **face recognition** and **license plate recognition**. This will certainly be interesting for business, but also for private users because the detection results will be able to be automatically linked to certain actions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/License_Plate_Recongnition.png)

License plate detection and recognition

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/License_Plate_Recongnition_Player.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-10.png)

Face recognition

As a final novelty in the entire "supervisory" segment is one new device. **DVA1622** to be exact. 2-bay model with support for up to 16 cameras, the option of detection and recognition of faces and people, and HDMI output with 4K support. The device will be equipped with the new SS 9.0 when available.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-11.png)

DVA1622

## 
  
  
## : Wireless Networking

Now we come to the category that is certainly after DSM 7 very interesting to a large number of users, if nothing else then due to the fact that there are some devices that are numerically the least represented by Synology, but on the other hand very popular, I'm clearly talking about routers.

In the coming year, a new, more precisely the fourth in a row, Synology router **RT6600AX**, will arrive. Some will say finally because, for the last year since the presentation of WiFi6, questions have been circulating about whether and when Synology will eventually present a new router as the successor to the popular RT2600AC.

⚠️

We might get also **one more router alongside RT6600ax**, which was not presented during the keynote. At the moment it is not known what the model will be called, or what its specs will be, but it might very well be an **MR2200AC replacement**, same as 6600ax will replace 2600ac.

That moment has arrived. Synology today introduced a new, more serious router that, despite its appearance and technical specifications currently available, easily rivals the competition. If we add the new **SRM 1.3 novelties** (later in the text), I can say that this will definitely be a very interesting device for many, especially in today's time of working from home, and the Corona lifestyle.

For all those looking for a more serious router, with a great and stable operating system, with great protection for your home and business environment, I think the RT6600AX will be the right choice.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/RT6600ax_Wallmount.png)

The new Synology RT6600ax - router for the multi-gig

For now, we know the following about this model:

**Tri-band WIFI 6 support**, with **6600Mbps total bandwidth**, with **one 5Ghz** spectrum in theory, can deliver a **maximum of 4804Mbps**, and also have a *wireless mesh* configuration between the two RT6600ax devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/RT6600ax.jpg)

No question about it, a much larger router than the current RT2600AC

**Support for mesh connectivity with RT2600AC and MR2200AC** models will be available in **Q2 2022**.

This model is one of the first routers with 5.9Ghz support available today. It also comes with **one** **2.5GbE port that can be configured as LAN or WAN**. So you can use it either as a router with a 2.5G connection to the Internet (where it is supported), or for LAN network communication.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/synosupport_rt6600ax_25.PNG)

Official confirmation from Synology support regarding multiple 2.5G ports

‼️

Unfortunately, since the device **has only one 2.5GbE port**, it will **not be possible to get multi-gig speeds on the LAN and WAN in parallel**, except for WIFI devices. So if you are able to get multi-gig ISP speeds, you may be able to take advantage of them via wireless devices, not wired ones in the rest of your network. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image.png)

2.5GbE LAN/WAN port

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/RT6600ax_1.jpg)

Unlike its predecessor, the RT2600AC, this model can be **mounted on a wall** or any flat surface if needed. I am glad that Synology has listened to the requests of its users and all of the above so far makes this model a very good long-term investment.

The RT6600ak is also significantly better in terms of performance when it comes to the number of connections per second (CPS) compared to currently available models.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-12.png)

CP/s (connections per second) comparison

Clearly, in addition to the device itself, 2022 also brings some innovations in the field of SRM (Synology Router Manager), the operating system router.

In its new incarnation, **v1.3**, Synology introduces some more sought-after features.

Definitely worth mentioning is the support for multiple networks and SSIDs. The new SRM will have support for up to **5 separate networks and SSIDs**, to achieve separation in terms of functions, firewall rules, QoS, Internet access, and the like.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Multi_Network.png)

Network separation example

🗒️

**NOTE**: support for 5 networks is in the case of **using the SmartConnect option**. If you do not use it you can get **10 (for dual-band models) or 15 (for tri-band router models)** SSIDs in the end.

Additionally, SRM will have support for **802.1q VLAN** tagging. So if you have an environment that uses VLAN tagging, you will now be able to integrate your routers into such a working environment as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/VLAN_Support.png)

802.1q VLAN support with SRM 1.3

To round out this whole, Synology went to great lengths to work on its **mobile DS router 2.0 app**. The truth is that since v1.0 came out, it hasn't had any significant changes, but with the arrival of SRM 1.3 and some new features, attention has been paid to the mobile application as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/DS_router_Overview.png)

New DS router 2.0

The emphasis on the new 2.0 application is primarily on ease of use with more features available than in the previous version.

You will now be able to configure Internet connections and activate VPN connections via your mobile device. The app now **allows port forward and traffic control configuration**, not just browsing as before. Another convenient option is to **share the WiFi password via QR code**, which will greatly facilitate the connection and increase security.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/DS_router_Devices.png)

Network activity overview for all devices

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/DS_router_Safe_Access.png)

*Safe Access* feature view

## 
  
  
## : Cloud Services

Now we enter that **BEYOND** segment. Much of Synology’s future lies in the C2 cloud. The company is investing in its third data center to cover the entire world with the services available that it introduced this year in parallel with the new DSM 7.

They will certainly try to sell their big five C2 services to current and future clients, so even today a good part of the presentation covered their current possibilities as well as some new products that are coming.

Since I have [previously written about these services](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/), and about some in dedicated articles, I will not focus on them now, but I will only mention the new features that we can expect.

### C2 Transfer new features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/C2_Transfer_Task.png)

**Transfer policies** will include a watermark, the operating time of each link, and the like, and you will be able to apply all of the above to all transfers.

From now on, you will be able to store data for frequent file sharing in the **File library** in order to facilitate the exchange itself and additionally avoid incorrectly sharing them.

### C2 Backup new features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/C2_Backup_Task_E.png)

I have had the opportunity to use the **C2 Backup** app recently and I have to admit it is great and works really well. What Synology announced a few years ago as one of the important innovations for the DSM 7 is the ability to make data copies for macOS operating systems.

This has not yet happened, at least not for Active Backup as announced, but today it was said that Synology is "***...exploring ways to bring support to it***". macOS will soon be available as an option for C2 Backup. Well, that's something I have to admit, and I hope that means that Active Backup will soon have that option as well.

### C2 Identity new features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/C2_Identity.png)

As the last available C2 service of all, Identity is still in active development and will soon have support for **SAML 2.0 / OIDC**. Additionally, administrators will have the option of additional control over the devices and their functions, such as turning off USB support or configuring the firewall. It will also be possible to remotely shut down, lock, or even delete a lost or stolen device from the fleet.

### C2 Password new features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/C2_Password.png)

As the first in a series of new C2 services, Password will also get some new features. Although it is free to use, it also has some downsides. The announcement also included the so-called Pro plan, but it seems to be called the Plus plan now.

It will be available for **$4.99 per year for up to six users**. It is not clear whether this plan will be the only one to have a **Shared Vault** function or not, but it is clear that it is coming. If you need to share some passwords or security objects, Shared Vault will be an option for you and all members of the C2 Password platform with whom you want to share them.

### C2 Storage for Hybrid Share

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/C2-Storage_Dashboard_E.png)

Finally, some novelties for the C2 Storage service. Specifically for the new DSM 7 OS feature, **Hybrid Share**. This feature offers you the ability to store a certain amount of data not only on your NAS but is transferred to the C2 cloud destination and becomes available to other NAS devices that you connect to the same Hybrid Share folder.

As a novelty comes a feature called the **Warm-up phase**, which will automatically download the most frequently used files from the HS folder when connecting to a new NAS.

There is also support for **HTTP3** and **Global** **file** **locking**. The HTTP3 implementation will allow faster data transfer between the C2 cloud and your local devices, while global file locking will lock files when used by a user to prevent conflict.

## Collaboration & productivity

When it comes to collaboration and productivity, Synology has several tools to serve that purpose. None of them are completely new, but that is why almost every one of them has some smaller or bigger novelty coming.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-13.png)

Synology Drive in its 3.0 (already available) version will get some new options. Finally comes the **macOS on-demand sync** functionality that Windows users have been enjoying for a long time. It also introduces the ability to index a complete home map, which will result in access to content within Synology Photos via the Drive application itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/image-1.png)

macOS on-demand sync coming soon to new Drive version

Some time ago there were rumors about the Drive X app, but now it is clear that this is a **new version of the mobile Drive app**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Synology_Drive_Mobile.png)

Drive mobile application in addition to having new features also comes in dark mode

The app has also learned some new tricks, so now we can use **quick filters** no matter where we are in, **virtual tags** to be able to group files within individual collections, **pinning files** for browsing in moments without Internet access, and finally, the **sync option and backup of mobile content** between mobile and NAS devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Synology_Drive_Mobile_Shared_Link.png)

Access to Drive content by users who do not have a DSM account has also been improved, so your guests will have access to the material via mobile web browser without the necessary option to install a mobile Drive application while viewing Word, Excel and PowePoint files will be faster and cleaner interfaces.

The previously mentioned **Hybrid Share will also be integrated in part within the Drive platform**, so now shared material via the Drive environment will be possible directly from the **Hybrid Share destination in the C2 cloud**. This will mean that all file transfers will not burden your NAS or your local Internet connection.

Synology Office is hard not to mention if we are already talking about the Drive platform for the pure reason that Drive is the backbone for the entire Office environment. The Office will get some useful new options for all its three main applications.

This part of the collaboration tools includes the newly arrived **[Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)** as well as **MailPlus**. Both platforms have some novelties and it is good to see that Synology continues to develop the Photos application, as a certain percentage of users are not satisfied with the resulting fusion product of PhotoStation and Moments applications.

The Photos solution will thus soon be able to do **multi-folder rights settings** at the same time for the appropriate user as well as **image rating**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Photos_Request.png)

In addition, it will be possible to **generate an invitation** that will allow the recipient to **deliver video or image** material even without any need to install a mobile application. It will also be possible to limit the file size and the time and date until which the invitation is valid.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Synology_Drive_Mobile_Photos.png)

Finally, integration with the Drive app will also allow you to view Photos material through the said platform.

## 
  
  
## : Security

As expected the last section is security. Already implemented in the initial version of DSM 7, Synology continues its quest to **eliminate unnecessary *root* rights** wherever they are not needed.

Additionally, they will continue to work on the security of the code contained within their applications, but also the availability of 3rd party solutions that you can use on your NAS devices.

A nice novelty of the existing **Auto Block** function will be the ability to **automatically list problematic IP addresses** that are recognized as malicious and they will be automatically added to the list of unauthorized addresses to further protect access to your devices and thus the rest of the network.

In addition to the above, the new **[Secure SignIN](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)** login mechanism for your NASs should be mentioned, and support for the **TLS 1.3 and FIPS-140-3 cryptographic system** will certainly raise the level of the overall security of the DSM system.

## 
  
  
## : Conclusion

What to say? Were most of these innovations expected in the initial DSM 7 version? Yes, but here we are. It is evident that Synology continues to work on its existing products as well as new ones, all of which require time for testing, development, and maintenance.

Personally, I think it is moving in the right direction and I can definitely say that some of the new features that are coming will be great and I can't wait to try them out. Of course, as soon as I have the opportunity and the new router is available, I will also be happy to try it in combination with SRM 1.3.

2022 and BEYOND looks promising, and I hope that we will get more novelties in the coming year, both on the software and hardware side.
### Synology SA3400 - Part 1 - installation and configuration
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-1-installation-and-configuration/
Last updated: 2022-05-08T13:21:15.000Z
### SA3400 series articles:

**[Intro - review and testing](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-review-and-testing/)** 
**Part 1 - Installation and configuration** 
**[Part 2 - Backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-2-backup-and-restore/)** 
**[Part 3 - Virtualization](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)** 
**[Part 4 - Multimedia](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-4-multimedia/)**

---

This is the first article in the **SA3400** series that I was fortunate enough to get on a loan from **Synology GmbH**. 

In the intro article "**[review and testing](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-review-and-testing/)**", I have mentioned some general information regarding the upcoming articles, but in this one, I will officially start.

Part 1 will cover the installation into a rack, connecting the drives and network, then I will focus on the DSM 7 installation, and RAID configuration. Also, I will reflect on the initial performance of the NAS itself in tasks like storage pool optimization, as well as how well Synology drives compare to Seagate ones.

## Rack installation, drives, and network

SA3400 is a 2U 12-bay NAS designed to be installed inside a rack. As such, in my case, it has arrived with an additional **Synology RKS1317** rail kit. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screen-Shot-2021-11-18-at-18.52.04.png)

🗒️

**NOTE**: for more information on installing and using RKS1317, please follow the [following document](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/HIG/Synology%20Rail%20Kit/All-year/RKS1317/enu/RailKit%5FQIG%5FRKS1317%5Fweb.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

Rail and drive installation was standard as expected for rack devices. What is different is the look of the drive caddy itself, as well as the locking mechanism for added security. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0832.jpg)

SA3400 installed in a rack. Notice the drive caddy new design

Even though you are instructed that two people should maintain the installation process of the SA unit in a rack closet, IMHO, I don't think this is needed as long as you are installing it below 35U height (if you are running a full size 42U rack).

The NAS is just below 15KG or around 19KG with 8 installed drives. You will install the drives after the fact, of course, but just as information, one person should be able to place the NAS in a rack without any problems.

Drives that will be used in the upcoming tests as **Synology HAS5300 12TB** and **Seagate Exos 7E8 8TB**. Both models are on the official compatibility list for the SA3400 NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0830.jpg)

Synology HAS5300 12TB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0829.jpg)

Seagate Exos 7E8 8TB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0831.jpg)

Packed and ready to be installed

Here are some initial information on the drives themselves using the `smartctl` command.

```
Vendor:               Synology
Product:              HAS5300-12T
Revision:             1401
Compliance:           SPC-4
User Capacity:        12,000,138,625,024 bytes [12.0 TB]
Logical block size:   512 bytes
Physical block size:  4096 bytes
Rotation Rate:        7200 rpm
Form Factor:          3.5 inches
Logical Unit id:      0x5000039ac83931c9
Serial number:        2130SWRG0A0PGFE0H
Device type:          disk
Transport protocol:   SAS (SPL-3)
Local Time is:        Fri Nov 19 11:05:21 2021 CET
SMART support is:     Available - device has SMART capability.
SMART support is:     Enabled
Temperature Warning:  Disabled or Not Supported

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Health Status: OK

Current Drive Temperature:     27 C
Drive Trip Temperature:        65 C

Manufactured in week 11 of year 2021
Specified cycle count over device lifetime:  50000
Accumulated start-stop cycles:  1
Specified load-unload count over device lifetime:  600000
Accumulated load-unload cycles:  1
Elements in grown defect list: 0

```

```
Vendor:               SEAGATE
Product:              ST8000NM0075
Revision:             E001
Compliance:           SPC-4
User Capacity:        8,001,563,222,016 bytes [8.00 TB]
Logical block size:   512 bytes
Physical block size:  4096 bytes
LU is fully provisioned
Rotation Rate:        7200 rpm
Form Factor:          3.5 inches
Logical Unit id:      0x5000c50084c7edd3
Serial number:        ZA10J6LE0000J615NE6P
Device type:          disk
Transport protocol:   SAS (SPL-3)
Local Time is:        Fri Nov 19 11:07:40 2021 CET
SMART support is:     Available - device has SMART capability.
SMART support is:     Enabled
Temperature Warning:  Enabled

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Health Status: OK
Current Drive Temperature:     0 C
Drive Trip Temperature:        0 C

Elements in grown defect list: 0

```

It was expected that the Synology drives will have more information, and although the temperature is not visible on the Seagate output, by looking over in the DSM 7 Storage Manager, you can clearly see them listed for all drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.29.16.png)

Overview of all the drives using Storage Manager

One important thing to point out with this model. Unless you have a dedicated space for this device, the noise will be a big problem for you. 

The biggest noise generators are the PSU fans. Due to their small size, they tend to spin extremely fast that in return generates a lot of noise.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0692-1.jpg)

PSU fans (small and very noisy)

You might have expected that the main internal fans will be the ones that will generate the noise, but that is not true. Even though they do generate a certain amount of dB's while they work, the noise they produce has a deeper, more humming sound.

Do you expect to use this device in a quiet and silenced environment? Absolutely not. I believe you will be able to hear the device in the adjacent room as well, true not as loud, but still.

Most NAS and drive customers nowadays (especially for home use) are interested in noise and heat generation, and in most cases, because they expect to place the device in a closed closet and be done with it. With this model, that is not possible if nothing else, because it was not built to be placed alongside your wardrobe for example. This NAS has a lot of horsepowers, and in return, it needs a lot of cooling that will generate a lot of noise.

You might be wondering how loud are the drives? Well, I really can't say, considering I do not hear them from the fan noise. Considering those are 7200RPM enterprise models, even if you get them for your home use, and place them inside a smaller, more quiet device, you will still hear them for sure, but in this particular setup, they are simply drowning in the fan noise being produced from both the internal and PSU ones.

 This is all expected because if you are getting a 6000€ device with this kind of performance, you can't expect it to be silent as well.

Once the drives are installed, all that is left is to connect it to the network and fire it up. In my case, the device is connected over a single 10G (LAN 5 and 6) interface using an RJ45 connector (not SFP).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0836.jpg)

10G connectivity indicated by the **LED on the right-hand side of the connector**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0835.jpg)

Lucky number 13! 10G confirmed on the switch side as well

Turning the device on for the first time is always exciting. Like a jet airplane engine, SA3400 starts off with all fans at max RPM. Boot up was less than one minute and shortly after that, the NAS was accessible on the network.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0834.jpg)

Blue means GO!

After the initial diagnostics and drive detection are complete, HDD LED lights will signal you any potential problems with the drives. If nothing else, if they are plugged in correctly or not.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0837.jpg)

Green means drives are good and we are ready for the next step

Let's now focus on the DSM 7 installation, and see how long it will take to configure and optimize the pools and volumes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-14.43.46.png)

htop tool - 8-core Intel Xeon CPU with 16vCPUs

## DSM 7 installation

If you have ever done a DSM installation before, the process is identical, regardless of whether you are using a 150€ or a 10000€ device. The same applies to the SA3400 model in this case.

After the device is detected on the network, you can begin the installation using two methods:

1. using Synology Assistant app
2. using find.synology.com

In any case, you will land on the following window where the wizard will guide you through the install process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-17-at-19.24.32.png)

SA3400 detected using its 10G interface

The whole process will boil down to one question. Do you want an offline or online (over the Internet) DSM installation? Regardless of your choice, the process will complete with a NAS reboot.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-17-at-19.24.50.png)

Point where you decide between offline or online installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-17-at-19.26.29.png)

10 min? Not even close

The installation process is incredibly fast, and it took about 1,5 min (that included, DSM download, partition format, and the actual install). As said before, the whole process ends with a reboot of the NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-17-at-19.27.55.png)

Reboot took about 80 seconds

The reboot process was almost as long as the actual install part. So from the start to the DSM login screen, it took about 4 min in total. For all of you that have some DSM install experience on various models and drives, these speeds are usually reserved for fast NAS models and SSD's.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-17-at-19.30.06.png)

All in all, you will not spend too much time installing the DSM before you get to play around with this monster.

## Drive overview and RAID array configuration

Now that DSM has been installed we need a minimum of one working volume that we can work with.

In this article, I will create two separate RAID 6 arrays with four drives in each. As a result, there will be two drive capacities and two drive redundancy.

The arrays will be comprised of Synology or Seagate drives respectably. Furthermore, creation and optimizations will run concurrently so we can get a definitive result in which array is faster for this particular task.

As always, the Storage Manager app will be used for this task.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-17-at-19.31.14.png)

As I mentioned before, each volume will be a part of its own storage pool.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.17.38.png)

As expected, the total capacity for drives and volumes are not the same as the advertised ones

🗒️

**NOTE**: If you have never created an array before, be sure to consult [**Synology RAID calculator**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/RAID%5Fcalculator?ref=blackvoid.club). Do bare in mind that the values the calculator will return **will not be realistic** as you can see from the two images (before and after). Those are **real net size** of the volume vs the **marketing size** of the drives themselves.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-19-at-12.36.24.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.17.54.png)

Be sure to select the file system format

Once you configure both pools and volumes, your NAS is ready to be used. What follows is storage pool optimization. This is the moment, depending on the device, drives, and their speed, that will last a certain amount of time (more or less). 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.29.39.png)

Optimization in progress for both pools

Personally, I like to not use the NAS while the optimization is in progress (if possible) so there is no additional stress on the system itself that might prolong it further.

### Optimization array speed comparison

As you can see from the images above, the two arrays are different in total size. 

```
Synology HAS5300 array (RAID 6) > 21.8TB
Seagate Exos 7E8 array (RAID 6) > 14.5TB
```

Optimization of the arrays was apart a few minutes just because you can't create separate pools and volumes at the same time, but the end result will not be that far off.

So what array was faster? If we look at the NAS utilization during the process, we can see that this 8-core CPU was just over **7% of utilization** at that point, meaning these tasks were nothing special for it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.54.18.png)

NAS utilization during double array optimization

When it comes to driving speeds, let's see how both Synology and Seagate models did.

### Synology HAS 5300 speeds

With DSM 7 Storage Manager, you will have the option to benchmark your drives regarding throughput, IOPS, and latency.

What follows are the results of those benchmarks as well as some random points in time during the optimization period.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-21-at-14.54.36.png)

Benchmark test HAS5300 12TB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.40.14.png)

About 240MB/s speed during array optimization

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.41.45.png)

HAS5300 IOPS readout

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.42.35.png)

HAS5300 drive utilization

### Seagate Exos 7E8 speeds

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-21-at-15.29.17.png)

Benchmark test Exos 7E8 8TB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.44.18.png)

About 92MB/s speed during array optimization

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.45.36.png)

IOPS readout

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-13.49.27.png)

Higher utilization than on the Synology drives

If we look at the difference in array size, you will notice that the Synology array is **33,5%** larger.

The optimization process lasted as follows:

```
Synology array 2021/11/18 13:18:16 - 2021/11/19 06:08:39 > 16h 50min 
Seagate array  2021/11/18 13:22:19 - 2021/11/19 04:27:04 > 15h 04min
```

Even though the Seagate array was smaller and the drives are slower, as expected, the optimization was completed before the Synology array was done. But, if we round up and down those time results and use the Storage Manager array size values we can calculate how many terabytes per hour can each array process.

```
Synology array - 21.8TB/17h > 1.28TB/h
Seagate array  - 14.5TB/15h > 0.96TB/h
```

From this result, we can conclude that the Synology array is 25% faster in the pool optimization task than Seagate.

## Conclusion

Now there might be some that will say 25% is not a lot, but in the end what needs to be taken into account is the fact how much you will pay for one drive or the other, and see if the price difference justifies buying a faster drive. The current street price of these drives is about a 32% difference in favor of Seagate (cheaper but also smaller capacity).

12TB Synology costs about 561€ while Seagate 8TB is 383€. On the other hand for 30€ less than Synology 12TB drive you can get Seagate 16TB Exos drive. So the math will always help you to make the decision what model and capacity drive to buy depending on your budget and need, but for this first test, it is clear, Synology drives are faster.

Will that be the case moving forwards, it remains to be seen, when I will be running other various tests.
### Synology 2022 and BEYOND!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2022-and-beyond/
Last updated: 2021-12-22T13:00:56.000Z
As 2021 is coming to an end, Synology has decided to run an event that will happen on **December 2nd, 2021**.

Named **2022 AND BEYOND**, here is the official public announcement in full: 

> Taipei, Taiwan—November 22, 2021—Synology Inc. today announced its virtual annual event will premiere on December 2, 2022.
> 
> On the heels of this year's packed release calendar, 2022 AND BEYOND previews key improvements to core storage features and **much-anticipated updates to networking and surveillance solutions, with major announcements across Surveillance Station, SRM, and DSM**.  
> Major themes this year are performance, reliability, and security, with new features changing how users secure their data, networks, and physical assets, sync and share files, and manage large deployments.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-22-at-22.40.00.png)

**Event portal**: [**https://event.synology.com/en-uk/annual\_event**](https://event.synology.com/en-uk/annual%5Fevent?ref=blackvoid.club)

From this short announcement, it is difficult to get any specific details of what will be covered at the event, but hopefully, we will have some more details soon (maybe even before the event itself). 

Looking at the following highlights, we can expect some news on the SRM front, but not sure there will be new hardware in that department as well (or maybe there will be).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_all-the-highlights_enu.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_backup_enu.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_cloud_enu.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_collaborate_enu.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_connect_enu.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_home_enu.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_protect_enu.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/2022-event_----_1080x1080_security_enu.jpg)

So as it was said in the announcement, SRM, DSM, and surveillance news are almost certain but to what extent, remains to be seen.

I will update the article as this develops, and ofc after December 2nd when we have all the info.
### Synology C2 Identity - your organization management platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-identity/
Last updated: 2022-05-07T11:49:28.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 12/4/2022 - Following on the Synology 2022 Workshop that was held last week, I have got some info on the explanation regarding how the Edge server feature works. More details below in the **Edge servers** section.

The final addition to the new lineup of C2 services is **C2 Identity**. What it is and how does it work will be the topic of this article, so let's dig in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/C2-Identity_FB_1876x1251_enu.jpg)

## C2 Identity - one-stop hybrid identity management

I have mentioned this platform in my overview article "[A Cloud for safe data](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)", but we haven't had the chance to look deeper into what C2 Identity really is, how does it work, and how much does it (will) cost.

Official Synology C2 Identity promo

What is C2 Identity in a sentence then?

It is a platform that will allow you to **centrally manage users, groups, workstations**, and single sign-on (**SSO**) for Software as a Service (**SaaS**) applications **across your entire organization**.

Just like all the other C2 modules, Identity does not require you to own any Synology device to get it going. On top of that, it is **completely running in the cloud** (Synology C2 data center of your choice), and to begin with, **it is free**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-31-at-13.44.21.png)

C2 Identity tiers and prices

As you can see from the table above, it still has some features that are on the road map and almost all of them are supported in the free tier. True in a limited capacity when it comes to a number of devices that are supported, but still.

### Main features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/C2-Identity_FB_1200x1200_enu_A.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/C2-Identity_FB_1200x1200_enu_B.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/C2-Identity_FB_1200x1200_enu_C.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/C2-Identity_FB_1200x1200_enu_D.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/C2-Identity_FB_1200x1200_enu_E.jpg)

Synology is opening yet another door towards clients and users that want to have business tools that do not require them to own a Synology NAS, so alongside C2 Password, and Backup, Identity is the last in a line of new services that will elevate the whole C2 platform to a new level, and hopefully bring in some new customers.

With the upcoming new C2 data center in Taiwan (with Frankfurt and Seattle already running for years), Synology has covered all of the major parts of the world and is ready to offer everyone their services.

## Should I use it considering it's free?

There is nothing that is free, people say, and should you be using a user management platform that might stop one day and leave you locked out? Well until *cloud* providers started to be a big deal, you had to run all on-premise. Today, things are changing and it's becoming easier and cheaper to run some services as SaaS from the cloud than on-premise.

Should you do it? Well, that depends. If you need this type of service for example and do not have room to house a server, have people running and maintaining the service, maybe it is better to have a solution hosted in the cloud than to mess about with it on-premise.

Just a quick example would be Office 365\. Today for a fraction of the retail price of the same product you can get 5 licenses for all your devices and some *cloud* space for data. No wonder, O365 is popular. The same principle applies to other SaaS platforms so why not an identity one?

In my humble opinion for a small team/firm, this kind of platform might be just the right thing to have all your user and device management needs in order.

## Registering your C2 Identity domain

Let's see what you need to do in order to get this platform up and running. The first thing you will need is a valid **Synology Account**. In order to register your Identity domain, it needs to be registered to a specific account. So make sure to make your account (it's free), before you start your configuration. If you don't have it you will be required to make one when you visit the C2 Identity main page.

It all starts here [https://c2.synology.com/en-us/identity/overview](https://c2.synology.com/en-us/identity/overview?ref=blackvoid.club) 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.29.40.png)

Once you log into the C2 portal with your **Synology Account** you will be able to start creating your Identity domain.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/c2identity_01.PNG)

At the moment the **business** model is still not operational

The first thing out the door is the subscription and data center choice. As you can see in the image above, you will have the option to choose from **two current data centers** and a **single subscription tier**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/c2identity_02.PNG)

Choose your C2 Identity domain name

Already in the next step, you will have the option to **enter your domain name** that will eventually be created and used as your identity URL for your devices and clients.

Once completed, you will land on your **C2 Identity dashboard**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/c2identity_03.PNG)

All done and ready. C2 Identity User overview

## Configuring and managing C2 Identity

### Add device you want to manage

With the use of the **C2 Identity agent** (macOS or Windows) installed on your computer, it will become a valid device of your C2 Identity domain, that your users can use to authenticate against it. 

To get that going, simply log into the portal, and download the agent from the **Managed Device** section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.38.38.png)

Once downloaded, install it on your computer and connect it with the key from step 03 of the wizard (above).

🗒️

**NOTE**: In case you are unable to download the agent using the buttons in the dialog box you can download them here: [**https://archive.synology.com/download/Utility/C2IdentityAgent**](https://archive.synology.com/download/Utility/C2IdentityAgent?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.39.46.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.42.05.png)

Enter the C2 Identity key that you can read from the web portal

Be sure to enter your C2 Identity **connect key** accessible and visible in the web portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.43.31.png)

Reboot your machine to complete the process

Once the installation is complete, reboot the machine. Make sure to complete the process by approving the device registration on the admin portal before any further management.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.48.22.jpg)

Once rebooted, your users will have the option to log in using C2 Identity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.45.44.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-06-at-18.50.22.png)

C2 Identity Windows 10 login screen

That's it! Now you have a device that is connected to your C2 Identity domain and users can use it to log on to the device.

### Adding users and groups

Now that we have a machine added it is time to add some users and groups that can actually use those. The process is simple. There are multiple ways to add accounts. You can add them individually or in bulk using a CSV file or an existing directory server.

To start, simply go to the **User** section of the portal and click the **Add User Manually** or the green **Import Users/Groups** button/menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/c2identity_03-1.PNG)

Start adding users

For this example, I will use an individual method, but in case you decide to use a bulk import, you can download a compatible CSV file that you can use to upload your user list.

Adding a user requires several mandatory fields to be populated such as **username** and **email**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-02.39.46.png)

Enter the information needed as well as any optional one

In the next step, you will have the option to select a **password activation method**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-02.41.46.png)

Password activation method

Depending on the selected option, the screen will change. In this case, I will choose to manually specify a password, and send it to the user.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-02.43.16.png)

Type or generate a password

After that, your account will be configured and ready to use.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-02.44.32.png)

List of users

🗒️

**NOTE**: By default, all users and devices are members of the **Everyone** group, so keep that in mind if you want to fine-tune access for a specific user towards a specific device!

### C2 Identity User portal

Once you get going with your C2 Identity platform, the final notification that you will get is the link to your **C2 Identity User portal**. If you recall, at the start of the process you needed to register your domain with C2 Identity. In return, your user will now (once logged in with a C2 Identity account) be able to change their own settings such as an **address**, **phone numbers**, **birthday**, as well as **security features** like **2FA**, and **password reset** without the need to bother C2 Identity admin.

To get to your User portal use the URL that the administrator will give you, but it will be something like this:

`https://yourdomain.identity.eu.synologyc2.com`

Once you log into your device with a valid C2 Identity account and visit the URL, you will land on a page similar to this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-02.54.52.png)

C2 Identity User portal

Clicking the **Edit** button in the top right corner will allow you to edit some information.

On the second tab, called **Security**, you will have the option to change your password or activate **2FA**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-02.58.09.png)

Change you password or activate 2FA

### Activate 2FA for your C2 Identity account

To begin activation of your 2-factor authentication, just click the **Enable** button. This will start the wizard process that will guide you along the way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.03.18.png)

Start your 2FA activation process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.04.16.png)

Confirm your identity

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.05.50.png)

Download **Synology Secure SignIN**

🗒️

**NOTE**: as indicated by the image above, Synology will push their [**Secure SignIn**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/) app as their preferred choice, but **this is not needed** to make this work. Alternative platforms just as **Authy** or [**Bitwarden**](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/) will work just as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.06.45.png)

Scan or enter the code listed on the screen inside Secure SignIN or any other 2FA app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.08.18.png)

Confirm pairing by entering a one time 6-digit code from your 2FA app

Once you have completed the process, you can disable or reset the process using the User portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.10.14.png)

2FA activate (User portal view)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.11.08.png)

2FA status as viewed from the main C2 Identity dashboard

### Logging into your device with a C2 Identity account with 2FA

Once you have 2FA active, logging into your account will require you to enter your 2FA code.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.22.13.png)

Enter your 6-digit 2FA code from the app you have configured

So far C2 Identity does not disappoint. Sync is instantaneous, and you can use both devices and users immediately. 

## Applications and SSO

The identity platform also allows for custom integrations for SSO (single sign-on) with 3rd party applications such as **Google Workspace** or **Microsoft 365**. In the **paid tier**, you will have options to use **SAML 2.0** or **OpenID Connect protocols** as well as **custom password-based login processes**.

These features are still pending.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/image-2.png)

For now, regarding the free tier, you can integrate with Google Workspace and Microsoft 365.

Considering that I do not own any services on either of those platforms, I will not be demonstrating how those work with C2 Identity.

## Edge servers

Finally, C2 Identity will offer 1 (in free tier) or up to 25 **local LDAP nodes**. Meaning, a local version of the **C2 Identity replica server**. It authenticates access to on-prem services regardless of whether they are connected to the Internet.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Edge server **can and will** authenticate your local requests if there is no Internet connection but **it will not** be able to sync to C2 Identity until the connection is restored! Also, your **client need to be registered/joined with the edge server**. More details here: [What is C2 Identity Edge Server? - Synology Knowledge Center](https://kb.synology.com/en-au/C2/tutorial/what%5Fis%5Fc2%5Fidentity%5Fedge%5Fserver%5Fagent?ref=blackvoid.club)

For this purpose, Identity offers an **Edge server** feature. In the main dashboard, you can have the option to add multiple edge instances (depending on your tier).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/c2identity_07.PNG)

Edge server in a form of Synology NAS, or a Docker container

The following are the mechanisms of the C2 Identity Edge Server:

- **Retrieve user and group data from C2 Identity**: The agent keeps its directory up to date via LDAP communications. Any changes to C2 Identity's directory will be immediately synchronized with the agent.
- **Update information to C2 Identity**: The agent sends information about the edge server to C2 Identity every 5 minutes (available on Synology NAS only).
- **Authenticate user access to LDAP clients**: The agent provides offline LDAP authentication for devices that are joined to the edge server.

Here is the final response from Synology support on the matter:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-14-at-16.02.54.png)

However, building on this, the written info from a Q&A following the Synology 2022 Workshop states:

> While a C2 Identity Edge Server can authenticate devices without an internet connection, synchronization tasks between C2 Identity and the Edge Server will need that connection. Here’s a little more detail about the mechanisms of C2 Identity Edge Servers.

As the [link ](https://kb.synology.com/en-au/C2/tutorial/what%5Fis%5Fc2%5Fidentity%5Fedge%5Fserver%5Fagent?ref=blackvoid.club)states, any client connected to the edge server will authenticate against it.

### Synology C2 Identity Edge Server

If you decide to run your edge server on your Synology NAS there are a few things that need to be considered as prerequisites.

First off, supported models. At the time of writing this article, a **compatible NAS for Edge Server role** can be one of the following models:

- **FS series:** FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
- **SA series:** SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D
- **21 series:** RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+, DVA3221
- **20 series:** RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+
- **19 series:** RS1619xs+, RS1219+, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DVA3219
- **18 series:** RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+
- **17 series:** RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1517+
- **16 series:** RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416play, DS216+II, DS216+
- **15 series:** RS815RP+, RS815+, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+
- **14 series:** RS3614xs+, RS3614RPxs, RS3614xs, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+
- **13 series:** RS10613xs+, RS3413xs+, DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+

Second, your NAS has to run **DSM 7.0.x or above**.

On top of this, if you are already running **Synology Directory Server** or **LDAP server** packages, you will **NOT** be able to run the Edge Server package!

To begin the process, log into your NAS, open up the **Package Center** app, and install the **C2 Identity Edge Server**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-03.58.28.png)

Install the Edge server package

This process will install the **Docker** package if you do not have it installed already, even if you haven't chosen the Docker edge server installation.

The first thing that you will need to configure or confirm is the **edge server port** that will be used by your local instance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.03.51.png)

Configure edge port

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.04.22.png)

Run the installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.06.38.png)

C2 Identity Edge Server running

As expected, this edge server is actually running as a Docker container. By opening the Docker app on your NAS you can see that there is a running container called **watchtower** using **synology/watchtower** image.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.10.54.png)

The edge server is actually running as a Docker container

However, with CLI inspection we can see that there are two containers running.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-05.01.54.png)

Multiple Docker containers

The actual edge server is the **synology/ldap-agent** running on LDAP default **389** port and the **7712** (default install port) web UI portal port. Watchtower container is there to update and maintain the ldap-agent up-to-date.

The next step is to connect the edge server to the C2 Identity domain. By opening the C2 Identity Edge server icon from the DSM menu, it will load up a web page that will allow you to connect to your Identity domain.

🗒️

**NOTE**: the edge server will run on t**he custom port that you have configured in the installation**, and the web UI will be accessible on your local NAS IP address running on that same port.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.13.54.png)

Time to connect your Identity domain with your local edge server

Be sure to enter the **connect key value** for your edge server that you can locate in your C2 Identity domain portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.18.35.png)

Copy the connect key value to the edge server web ui

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.19.29.png)

Once connected, approve it in the admin web ui

When you open up your C2 Identity web portal, you will see all your edge servers as well as their status.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.21.00.png)

Approve the edge server

Use the dropdown menu on the far right side to approve the server, and then enter your main **C2 Encryption Key** that you have created once you created Synology Account/C2 profile.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.26.41.png)

Upon successful approval, you will have a **Connected** status confirmation in the browser and the admin portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.29.21.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-07-at-04.29.45.png)

Edge server approved

With this setup, you will be able to authenticate any on-premise resources to your C2 Identity domain, such as another Synology NAS for example or any other LDAP capable system.

🗒️

**NOTE**: First-time user log-on will have to be **made against the C2 Identity *cloud* instance**. So make sure that **you have Internet connectivity at that time**!

## Conclusion

I have to say I am very pleased with the Identity platform so far. It works as advertised, there were no problems setting it up, and the configuration was straightforward. 

The only "problem" that I might have with it is the lack of logs. Apart from some humble logs from the docker LDAP container, there are no logs in the web UI. Truth be told I didn't need access to them, but it would be good to have some logs from the admin side of things just in case.

All in all, a solid platform that Synology will undoubtedly expand on with more features, so let's see what this will bring in the future. For the time being, a free *cloud-based* identity platform that works, and is not complicated to set up or maintain, is welcome in this cloudification era ahead.
### Synology SA3400 review and testing
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-review-and-testing/
Last updated: 2022-05-08T13:21:02.000Z
📢

****DISCLAIMER**: In the interest of full disclosure, SA3400 along with all the HDDs (HAS5300 and Exos 7E8) is **on loan** from Synology GmbH, however, all of the opinions you are about to read are my own, nobody has reviewed or approved this content before it was posted.

In this article series, I will be looking into Synology **SA3400** 12-bay NAS running with 4x **HAS5300** 12TB Synology drives as well as 4x **ST8000NM0075** 8TB Seagate Enterprise ones.

---

### SA3400 series articles:

**Intro - review and testing** 
**[Part 1 - Installation and configuration](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-1-installation-and-configuration/)** 
**[Part 2 - Backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-2-backup-and-restore/)** 
**[Part 3 - Virtualization](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-3-virtualization/)** 
**[Part 4 - Multimedia](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-sa3400-part-4-multimedia/)**

---

General overview and testing will include, installing the device itself using Synology **RKS1317** rail mount kit, installing and configuring the drives and raid array, followed by various speed tests, service, and protocol tests, as well as application testing.

This intro article will be updated as soon as the new sub-article is published, so it will all be indexed for better organization and faster navigation. Also, I don't want to keep all the content in a single long article.

## SA3400 the belly of the beast

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0687.jpg)

SA3400, RKS1317 rail kit and HAS5300 as well as Seagate Ent drives

I was asked by Synology GmbH to use the device for a few months and in that time test and write about it. This is what this series of articles will be all about.

As a current owner of multiple RS3614RPxs models with expansions, this new SA model will be a serious upgrade when it comes to speed and performance.

SA3400 is Synology's SA series model or as they call it ***highly-stackable storage for large-scale businesses***. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0689.jpg)

SA3400 box overview

This 12-bay model is packed with an **8-core Intel Xeon D-1541 CPU** running at 2.1Ghz or 2.7Ghz in turbo. It has a stock of **16GB of DDR4 ECC RDIMM** memory with a possible maximum of up to 128GB using 4 slots.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-05-at-13.09.16.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0693.jpg)

Very minimalistic and clean internal setup

Regarding networking, it has **stock 4x1G and 2x10G LAN** interfaces with aggregation or failover support. Alongside those, are **2x USB 3.2 Gen1** ports and a single **SAS out** port that you can connect to RX1222sas or RX1217sas devices. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0691.jpg)

4x1G and 2x10G with 2x USB 3.2 Gen1

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0694.jpg)

On the side, a single SAS Out port for expansion using RX1222sas or RX1217sas devices

Also, SA 3400 has **2 additional PCI Gen3 x8** slots that you can use for various combinations of expansion cards for more network connectivity or cache.

It has a redundant power supply of 500W and a measured noise level of about 50db(A).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0692.jpg)

Redundant PSU

This is a standard 2U size 19" rack model with dimensions of 88 mm (H) x 482 mm (W) x 724 mm (D) and a total of 14.5KG (stock with no drives).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0690.jpg)

SA3400 front

Finally, it comes (as the drives themself do as well), with an official **5y warranty**.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/modules/5year_warranty_02@2x.png)

## HAS5300 drives

This particular setup as I said at the beginning, will be populated by both Synology **HAS5300 12TB**, and Seagate **ST8000NM0075** **8TB** **Exos 7E8** drives. The reason behind it is to see how those 2 sets of drives in their own arrays will fare, and if there will be any problems with non-Synology drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/image-1.png)

HAS5300 12TB drives (500€+ each)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/IMG_0688.jpg)

A box full of drives!

Keep in mind that these Seagate drives **are on the official compatibility** list.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-05-at-13.15.38.png)

ST8000NM0075 drives are on the official SA 3400 compatibility list

## Conclusion

That's it for now. I will go into more depth in each of the follow-up articles with more pictures and configuration steps, so keep your eyes open in the following weeks!
### ShellNGN - web-based SSH client
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn/
Last updated: 2025-12-11T09:53:07.000Z
****DISCLAIMER**: In the interest of full disclosure, this app has been bought with my own funds, all of the opinions you are about to read are my own, nobody is paying for this review, and nobody has reviewed or approved this content before it was posted.

[ShellNGN v5 - refreshed web-based SSH client platformLooking for a great #selfhosted web-based #SSH, #SFTP, #RDP, and #VNC platform that can run in #Docker? Give #ShellNGN a go!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-1.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/shellngn_v5.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn-v5-refreshed-web-based-ssh-client-platform/)

ShellNGN version 5 as a 2025 update (December)

For a while now, I have been looking for a solution that would offer me SSH access from anywhere for all my devices. With COVID still being a "thing", working from home is a better part of my day-to-day operations, but things change when I get back into the office.

Some new policies have changed, and VPN back to my LAN is not easy if I want to use company resources. Fair point, but this has forced my hand even more to find a secure method of getting into SSH from a remote location as secure as possible.

Now there are a number of platforms out there that will offer the same or similar results, but I have decided to use [Shell NGN](https://shellngn.com/?ref=blackvoid.club).

So what was the reason to use this platform and not Guacamole, or [Bastillion](https://www.bastillion.io/?ref=blackvoid.club), which are in fact free?

- Has to work on any web browser
- Completly separated and self-hosted
- Docker deploy method
- MFA (like 2FA) support
- Not just a simple SSH access (optional)

These were my requirements when it came to the solution itself. I definitely wanted a Docker deployment solution, modern and up-to-date (active development), and as secure as possible.

## What is Shell NGN?

In a word, it's a **web-based platform** that will allow you to **connect to your devices via SSH, SFTP, VNC, or RDP** when you are not in the same network subnet (ie. working from a remote location), **without the need to VPN** back into your LAN **or port forward** those risky SSH and RDP ports to the Internet (**DO NOT DO THAT!!**).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-15.43.16.png)

How Shell NGN works

As you can see in the illustration above, using any device today (and yes, it's mobile-friendly), and connecting via HTTPS (443 by default over reverse proxy), you can authenticate with your instance of Shell NGN, and then access all your LAN services using multiple supported protocols.

So instead of opening a custom SSH port on your router, you can access that same service using this secure method.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-13.12.27.png)

Login prompt followed by...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-13.13.00.png)

2FA

## So this is a free service?

No, it is not. Shell NGN comes as a paid platform in two forms. ***Cloud*\-based** one, and **PRO** (**self-hosted Docker** method). With that said, there are four paid tiers with a 30 day money-back trial period.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-13.19.43.png)

Shell NGN prices

As you can see the PRO segment is geared and priced depending on your needs, and IMHO, fair compared to what it offers and how it works. For **as low as $3.3 per month** for a full on-premise, self-hosted platform with unlimited sessions and server access, yes thank you.

Now some might argue that you could go all free and open-source with similar results, but to be honest, NGN works really well and is stable, and you can deploy it and have it up and running in minutes.

## Feature set

Depending on your subscription you will have more or fewer features open to you, but here are the main categories

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-13.27.06.png)

Shell NGN features

![](https://shellngn.com/images/5f88c96246f071397530d272_login-no-frame-900.png)

Accessing your server via SSH...

![](https://shellngn.com/images/5f57ae74d1d5c2447cb3fd4f_rdp_thumb-min.png)

...or over RDP

Getting to your servers using SSH or RDP is as simple as a double click on the saved shortcut in the left-hand menu.

After that, you can of course hide it and work in a multi-column view with a concurrent view of multiple hosts at the same time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/shellngn-1.jpg)

Multiple sessions side-by-side

This platform will allow you to work from anywhere anytime and pick up right where you left off with your session, and no fear that you will have no access to your resources as all is being done via a secure browser session.

Now, to get this going I will be using a `docker-compose` method via [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/), and its "[stacks](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/)". If you are unfamiliar with Portainer, use the previous links to get it up and running and familiarize yourself with docker-compose and stacks.

Once you have it running, continue forward. You can run this without any Docker UI at all just by using the command line but just wanted to let you know how you can use a more web UI-based tool if you want.

## Docker-compose deploy

Shell NGN has an official PRO image in the hub, and it is maintained by the official team.

Below is the docker-compose sample that you can alter if you want (ports, volume name, container, etc), or run it as it is.

```yaml
version: "3.5"

services:
  shellngn:
    image: shellngn/pro
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: shellngn
    ports:
      - "8080:8080"
    volumes:
      - shellngn-data:/home/node/server/data
    environment:
      - HOST=0.0.0.0
    restart: always
volumes:
  shellngn-data:
```

Once you have it running you can access your ShellNGN UI using your web browser by pointing it to your docker host IP address and port (in this example 8080 if you haven't changed it).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-14.44.00.jpg)

Main UI for ShellNGN

As shown, you can make new folders to have your connection shortcuts organized, and make new connections that you can, later on, move from one folder to the other.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-14.47.08.png)

Create a new connection

When making a new connection, you can define protocols, ports, authentification as well as user and password. Finally, choose the visible icon to visually match its destination.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-14.49.24.png)

Preferences include themes, fonts, and general dark/light UI look

The platform comes with 7 themes and 3 fonts to choose from, so there will be something for everyone.

While in an SSH session, you will have a full mouse, and copy/paste (clipboard) support. The application supports full-screen scaling as well which works very well, and with a multi-column set up, you can do all the work you need.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-14-at-14.59.28.png)

Multi-column, multi-session view

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/shellngn_sftp.JPG)

Multi-column, midnight command on the left, and SFTP session on a different host on the right side

## Reverse proxy configuration and 2FA

Getting to your services and servers once you log into your Shell NGN is one thing, but getting to the Shell NGN itself, securely, is another.

Consider running it behind a proxy server so you can have it accessible on an HTTPS secure URL, and log into it using the built-in 2FA feature.

For reverse proxy setup, if you are unfamiliar with it, you can check the following article that explains how to use [NGINX proxy manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) for all your reverse needs.

As I said before, and you can see it on the initial screens, you can set up 2FA (two-factor authentification) for each individual account (if you are running with a PRO business license).

Personally, I have configured it inside [Bitwarden](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/) password manager, and there are no problems regarding support and operations.

## Conclusion

Well, there you have it. A quick "first" impression of this web-based SSH platform. More than enough for my needs, and the price tag is not high for what it offers. Simple and quick docker setup, with enough features and protocols to cover all your remote needs.

A 30-day trial will be more than enough to test the waters for any bugs or missing day-to-day elements that you might need, so be sure to try it out.

Let me know in the comments what you think about this app, or if have you found out a better one that works for you.
### NEW x22 models are here!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-x22-models-are-here/
Last updated: 2022-09-30T08:08:26.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: **08/08/2022** \- The **NEW FS3410** all-flash NAS will be officially out on **August 24th 2022**. Datasheet and overall description added below.

📢

**UPDATE**: **29/06/2022** \- The **NEW DS1522+ is officially out**! A dedicated **review will soon be posted** covering the device and a new 10G mini card

📢

**UPDATE**: **09/06/2022** \- **RS822+** NAS has been spotted. Yet **another AMD driven 1U** rack model that is a slight step up to the new RS422+

📢

**UPDATE**: **01/06/2022** \- RS422+ and DVA1622 are officially out! Read about the details below as well as info on their specs.

📢

**UPDATE**: **13/05/2022** \- In June we can expect a new AI-driven DVA model, **DVA1622**.

📢

**UPDATE**: **10/05/2022** \- in 2 hours (**11/05/2022 01:00 AM CEST** time) the review for the new RT6600ax will be live in a dedicated article

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/rt6600ax.jpg)

📢

**UPDATE**: **23/04/2022** \- Along with the DS1522+ unit, this summer we will get one RS unit as well, **RS422+**.

📢

**UPDATE**: **21/04/2022** \- Looks like we will be getting a **new 5-bay model this summer** as well! At the moment no information is allowed to be shared, but I will update this page with a dedicated section as soon as possible.

📢

**UPDATE**: **21/04/2022** \- The new RT6600AX has been delivered to me. At the moment no images are allowed to be posted. On **May 4th I will be allowed to post "teasers"**, and a **full review will be on the 11th** (if nothing changes until then).

📢

**UPDATE**: 8/4/2022 - As mentioned before, the **new Synology HDD from the HAT5300** lineup is coming, as well as the new router **RT6600AX** on **May 11th, 2022**. Disclosing the datasheet for both is still not allowed so those will be added as soon as possible.

📢

**UPDATE**: 07/02/2022 - Even though it is still **unconfirmed**, there will be **new Synology HDDs with new capacities** coming out, as well as a **4 bay RS unit** (422+ maybe) following the release of the new 6600AX router in March. More accurate info as they become available.

📢

**UPDATE**: 17/11/2021 - as of today both DS3622xs+ and DS2422+ are officially out!

📢

**UPDATE**: Unofficially, the new models should be **out around mid-November 2021.**

Here we go! The new 2022 models from Synology have started to show up. While there is still no official news, there are three pieces of hardware that are coming out soon.

---

## FS3410

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-12.png)

The second all-flash model that has arrived this year, following the FS2500 (1U model), the **FS3410** is Synology's new **24-bay** **all-flash** model targeting "businesses and production studios".

With a built-in **dual** **10G** ports as well as optional 25/40G expansion cards, FS3410 can deliver on almost any task that you throw at it. Up to 356,500/129,400 iSCSI 4K random read/write IOPS, it can handle intensive I/O operations.

It can server as a perfect storage host for external hypervisors such as VMWare, Microsoft, or Citrix to name the few.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-13.png)

FS3410 out-of-the-box comes with redundant power supply, and it is powered with **Intel D-1541 8 core (16-thread) 2.1Ghz CPU** and **16GB of DDR4 ECC** memory with potential to upgrade it to 128GB.

This is a SATA SSD model only that will require Synology branded SSDs from their SAT5200 series. As all other mid to high-end models, FS3410 is covered by a **5y** **warranty**.

Complete **datasheet** can be found [**here**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/FlashStation/22-year/FS3410/enu/Synology%5FFS3410%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

## DVA1622

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/image-1.png)

On June 1st, we can expect the new dedicated NVR model, **DVA1622**. This 2-bay surveillance device is powered by *deep learning-based algorithms.*

It will support people and vehicle detection as well as license place recognition.

Powered by **Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core CPU,** with **Intel UHD Graphics 600**, and **6GB of DDR4 memory**, with support of over 8300 camera models, this **16-channel device** will be more than just your eye in the sky.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/DVA/heading_v1@2x.png)

DVA1622 with its bigger brother, the DVA3221

It will come with **8 free camera licenses included** and you will be able to purchase more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-31-at-23.02.51.png)

It will also be compatible with the new [**C2 Surveillance**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/) cloud service that Synology recently started to roll out.

[**Datasheet document**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/NetworkVideoRecorder/22-year/DVA1622/enu/Synology%5FDVA1622%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

---

## RS822+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/image-1.png)

Just as I thought that we have seen the last of RS820+, considering that RS422+ was announced and released, here it is, **RS822+**.

Similar to RS422+, this **1U AMD-powered** NAS will be coming with the same **Ryzen V1500B CPU (quad-core) @ 2.2Ghz** as well as starting with **2GB of DDR4 ECC** memory (up to 32GB).

Unlike the RS422+ and DS1522+, this model will not have 10G capabilities using the new custom E10G22-T1-mini card, but a classic **PCIe Gen3 4-lane x8** compatible cards such as E10M20-T1 (M.2 SSD + 10G combo) or any 10/25G adapter cards from Synology's current lineup.

From expansion side of things it will support up to one (1) eSATA connected RX418 for a total of 8 drives. Speaking of drives, Synology will **favor their 2,5" SAT5200 or 3.5" HAT5300 drives**. 

⚠️

3rd party drives **will be supported**, but be sure to **check the compatibility list**, once the unit is released or whenever you are in the market for one!

Apart from the optional 10/25G network options, the **NAS comes with 4x1G ports** for multiple combinations when it comes to LAG configuration. This device has no 2.5G ports by default, but with the upcoming DSM 7.1 SMB multichannel support, those speeds will be possible without spending any extra money on addon cards.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/image-2.png)

Back side for RS822+/RS822RP+

Datasheet will be added once the model will be officially released.

---

## RS422+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-28-at-09.17.06.png)

By the looks of it, not the last RS unit that will be coming out in 2022, but on June 1st, the RS422+ will. From the specification side of things is following in the steps of the DS1522+ but then again not really an upgrade to the existing RS820+.

Just like DS1522+, this RS unit will have an **AMD Ryzen R1600 dual-core (4-thread) @ 2.6Ghz CPU** with **2GB of DDR4 ECC** memory. As opposed to the RS820+, RS422+ will feature **2x1G LAN** ports and **no option for an expansion unit**.

Again, like DS1522+, Synology has decided to add an option in terms of a **network upgrade module**. RS422+ will have an option to be upgraded with a new upcoming **mini 10G** (RJ-45, not SFP) card (**E10G22-T1-Mini**).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-31-at-22.43.43.png)

The E10G22-T1-Mini card that will be used in R422+ and DS1522+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/Screenshot-2022-05-31-at-23.04.25.png)

So, if you are in the market for a **1U rack 4-bay model NAS** that has a 10G option and are not looking towards Plex needs (AMD does not play when it comes to HW transcoding), RS422+ might be the NAS for you.

[**RS422+ Datasheet**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/RackStation/22-year/RS422%2B/enu/Synology%5FRS422%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

---

## DS1522+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-22-at-18.12.07.png)

Summertime usually means new NAS models. Well, here we have a **DS1522+**. As an upgrade to the current DS1520+, this 5-bay is a bit different.

Packing under the hood is an **AMD Ryzen R1600 dual-core (4-thread) @ 2.6Ghz CPU** with **8GB of DDR4 ECC** memory (expandable up to 32GB). This model will also feature **2x M.2 2280 slots for your NVMe cache** needs, and **4x1GB LAN** connectors.

Yes, 1G, you read it correctly. But, to make this sting a bit less, unlike 1520+, 1522+ will come with a **network upgrade slot** allowing it to be upgraded with an upcoming **mini 10G RJ-45** network module (images above). So, if you are looking for a smaller DS model (and cheaper) than DS1621+ or xs+, which has 10G, 1522+ might be just the unit for you.

Just as the previous model, it will also support up to two **DX517** units for a total of 15 drives.

Do keep in mind that this model will probably fall under the new **HDD compatible policy**, so be sure, when the time comes, to check the officially supported drives.

On a personal note, this model will not be PLEX friendly when it comes to HW transcoding, so bear that in mind if you are going for that particular feature.

[**Datasheet PDF**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/22-year/DS1522%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS1522%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

## DS3622xs+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.18.12.png)

A successor to the great DS3617xs and 3617xsII, the new 12-bay 3622xs+ comes as a great step up to those two devices.

Powered by **Intel Xeon D-1531 6-core 2.2/2.7Ghz CPU** this model now comes with **dual 10Gbit 10GBASE-T ports** as well! Finally!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.21.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.22.24.png)

[Datasheet PDF](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/22-year/DS3622xs%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS3622xs%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?%5Fga=2.82757776.708019858.1634324511-548368719.1634041086&ref=blackvoid.club)

The rest of the specs are the same as the current 3617xsII model, and as well, come with a **5y warranty**.

Hard disk compatibility is as expected, all in favor of **Synology official drives**, so be sure to keep an eye out on the compatibility list

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.25.21.png)

Current (Nov 17th 2021) HDD disk compatibility for DS3622xs+

---

## DS2422+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.18.45.png)

Another follow-up model to the current DS2419+ is the new 12-bay DS2422+. Regarding specs, it is equipped with the familiar **AMD Ryzen V1500B CPU** and supports **up to 32GB of RAM**. This model **does not have any 10Gbit LAN** ports by default but comes with standard 4x1Gb LAN interfaces. Still, it **has a PCI Gen 3 x8 slot** that will allow for expansion cards, including 10G if you need it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.27.05.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.27.25.png)

[Datasheet PDF](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/22-year/DS2422%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS2422%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?%5Fga=2.148770353.708019858.1634324511-548368719.1634041086&ref=blackvoid.club)

This model **comes with a 3y warranty** that can be extended to a 5y model.

Same as DS3622xs+, DS2422+ also, at the moment, only lists **Synology official drives** as the only compatible ones. This does not mean it will not work with unsupported ones, or that more drives will not make the list, but at the moment it is what it is.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.29.17.png)

Current (Nov 17th 2021) HDD disk compatibility for DS2422+

---

## DX1222

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.19.14.png)

This is the new 12-bay expansion unit compatible with both DS3622xs+ and DS2422+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.31.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-18-at-15.32.18.png)

[Datasheet PDF](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/ExpansionUnit/22-year/DX1222/enu/Synology%5FDX1222%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?%5Fga=2.235318977.1364262700.1637133570-160845924.1637133570&ref=blackvoid.club)

Considering that this DX1222 can, at the moment be paired only with the units above, same goes with HDD compatibility, **Synology official drives**, all the way. Again, as I said, this might change in the future but that remains to be seen.

---

## Price and release date?

Official worldwide release is November 17th 2021\. Prices might be similar or higher than their previous models from the same lineup, but the closer the release date comes the more exact the figures will be.
### DSM 7.0.1-42218 update
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-0-1-42218-update/
Last updated: 2022-01-13T13:52:04.000Z
📢

**UPDATE 13.01.2022**: New **7.0.1-42218-UP2** is out following the fact that UP1 was pulled on the 12th.

📢

**UPDATE 12.01.2022**: As expected, Synology pulled the latest UP1 for 42218\. This is now becoming a regular thing, so if you patched day 1, you will have to live with that update for now.

> This update has been recalled on January 12, 2022, because of falsely identified license file errors. The issue is fixed in version 7.0.1-42218-2.

---

📢

**UPDATE 11.01.2022**: New 7.0.1-42218-UP1 is out covering several fixes as well one security issue (**Synology-SA-22:01 DSM)**

(2022-01-13)

****Important Note**

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click [here](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/7.0.1-42218-1?ref=blackvoid.club) to manually update it. Only Synology NAS with DSM 7.0.1 installed can be updated to this version.
- The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
1. This update will restart your Synology NAS.

****Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where package logs weren't rotated after a switchover was performed on SA3200D.
2. Fixed an issue where Synology Account might be signed out unexpectedly.
3. Fixed an issue where the user interface response time might be longer when users ran user-defined scripts that included bind mounts.
4. Fixed an issue where the time attribute of files on an exFAT-formatted external storage device was displayed incorrectly.
5. Fixed an issue where there might be unexpected file permission changes in Surveillance Station due to multi-threaded file processing.
6. Fixed an issue where SSD caches might stop functioning when there is insufficient system memory.
7. Fixed an issue where mounting an encrypted shared folder on a Btrfs volume might fail.
8. **Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. ([Synology-SA-22:01](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F22%5F01?ref=blackvoid.club))**

---

📢

**UPDATE 21.10.2021**: Looks like this same DSM update (42218) has **been pushed out again** with this addition:

> DSM 7.0.1-42218 is updated on October 21 to fix issues with SMB Service 4.10.18-0316\. Users who have already installed this version of DSM are recommended to update **SMB Service in Package Center**.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: Memory test problem in DSM 7.x is coming or can be delivered if you contact Synology via a support ticket

---

📢

**UPDATE**: Keep in mind there is a bug in DSM 7 and DSM 7.0.1 regarding memory test results. The Synology support response is below:

> \------ Synology Feedback Start -------  
> Good Afternoon,
> 
> Thank you for your continued patience throughout this whole process!
> 
> I was able to remote into your unit via SSH and I was able to check the memory test results.
> 
> Our developers have recently confirmed that after upgrading to DSM 7.0-41890 and DSM 7.0.1-42218 the memory test will present a false error stating that the there were errors detected during the memory test.
> 
> According to the logs via SSH, the memory test results show that the RAM passed the test.
> 
> The main reason for this issue is because the Apparmor rule of findhostd doesn't have permission to read-write /var/log/memtester.log, which is used to record the result of memory test.
> 
> This will cause the system to consider the memory test failed no matter the if real result is passed or not.
> 
> Based on our developers findings, I believe it is safe to say that your unit's memory is working as expected and you should not encounter any performance issues.
> 
> \------ Synology Feedback End -------

---

Today, Synology has pushed the first DSM 7 version that covers both DS and RS/FS/SA and UC units, ****v7.0.1-42218.**

## Before Installation

### Please read the following information before installing this release version

****No downgrade possible** \- After the installation, your NAS ****will not be able to roll back to any previous DSM versions**. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications during DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta programs should update the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.

### To install the new DSM 7 version manually on your Synology NAS:

1. Visit [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) to download the latest DSM update to your local computer.
2. Go to ****Control Panel** \> ****Update & Restore** \> ****Manual DSM Update** to enter the Manual DSM Update Page.
3. Click ****Browse** to select the update file.
4. Click ****OK** to update your DSM. The system will reboot automatically when the update completes.
5. Go to ****Support Center** from the main menu to notify us of any issues or give suggestions.

Here are the notes for this new versions:

#### Important notes

****Before Update**

1. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few weeks, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly. If you want to update to the latest version now, please go to [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) and manually update your DSM.
2. DSM 7.0.1 will restart your Synology NAS.
3. After installing DSM 7.0.1, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
4. Before updating, your Synology NAS should be running DSM 6.2 or above versions.
5. Reserve extra time to complete DSM 7.0.1 update. The DSM update takes 10 to 20 minutes, while the package update may take more than an hour. The actual time depends on the computing power of your model, the number of media indexing files, and the number of packages installed.
6. If you're performing a clean installation, make sure to complete the installation with find.synology.com or Synology Assistant 7.0-50029 or above.
7. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications during DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta programs should update the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.
8. DSM 7.0.1 consumes more system resources, including memory. Make sure your NAS has at least 1 GB of memory before updating.
9. This version of DSM is compatible with the models below.
- FS-Series: FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
- SA-Series: SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D
- 21-Series: RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621+, DS1621xs+, DVA3221, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs
- 20-Series: RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j
- 19-Series: RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DS119j, DVA3219, RS1619xs+
- 18-Series: RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118, RS3618xs, DS3018xs
- 17-Series: RS217, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII
- 16-Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS216se, DS116, RS18016xs+
- 15-Series: RS815RP+, RS815+, RS815, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS1515, DS715, DS415+, DS415play, DS215+, DS215j, DS115, DS115j, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- 14-Series: RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214play, DS214se, DS114, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs
- 13-Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, DS213j, RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+
1. For the models below, you can only download the upgrade patch from [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
- 15-Series: RS815RP+, RS815+, RS815, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS1515, DS715, DS415+, DS415play, DS215+, DS215j, DS115, DS115j, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- 14-Series: RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214play, DS214se, DS114, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs
- 13-Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, DS213j, RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+

****DSM**

1. USB devices (Wi-Fi dongle, Bluetooth dongle, 3G/4G dongle, USB DAC/speaker, and DTV dongle) are no longer supported. If your Synology NAS is currently connected via a wireless dongle, it will be disconnected after the update.
2. DSM 7.0.1 ends support for ext3\. We strongly suggest backing up the data stored on your ext3 volumes and transferring the data to volumes with supported file systems before the update.
3. DSM 7.0.1 by default disables NTLMv1 and enables NTMLv2 only, so SMB clients (e.g., Windows XP devices, media players, network printers, smart TVs, and IP cameras) won’t be able to access your Synology NAS. To restore the connection after the update, go to Control Panel > File Services > SMB > Advanced Settings > Others and enable NTLMv1 authentication.
4. NFSv4.1 and related advanced functions (multipathing) are no longer supported on Synology NAS models with the following package architectures: Alpine, Alpine4k, armada38x, Avoton, Braswell, Bromolow, Cedarview, Grantley, Monaco. If you had previously enabled NFSv4 and NFSv4.1, the maximum NFS protocol is set to NFSv4 by default after the update. For more information about the package architecture of your model, please refer to [this article](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fkind%5Fof%5FCPU%5Fdoes%5Fmy%5FNAS%5Fhave?ref=blackvoid.club).
5. Creating SSD caches on block-level LUNs is no longer supported. Existing SSD caches for block LUNs will function normally after the update.
6. NT4 domains are no longer supported. Current NT4 domains will be unavailable after the update.
7. The URLs used by DSM when updating or running services have been modified. Please read [this article](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Service%5FApplication/What%5Fwebsites%5Fdoes%5FSynology%5FNAS%5Fconnect%5Fto%5Fwhen%5Frunning%5Fservices%5For%5Fupdating%5Fsoftware?ref=blackvoid.club) and make sure that your firewall rules are configured appropriately.
8. iSCSI Manager will become SAN Manager. Please refer to [package release notes](https://www.synology.com/releaseNote/ScsiTarget?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
9. When you reconnect to iSCSI targets from your VMware ESXi hosts after the DSM update, the datastores on the LUNs that are mapped to the targets may not be mounted properly. This only happens to LUNs created before the update. The resolution can be found in [VMware Knowledge Base](https://kb.vmware.com/s/article/1011387?ref=blackvoid.club).
10. To provide comprehensive TLS support and ensure compatibility, the TLS/SSL profile level in Modern compatibility will automatically change to Intermediate Compatibility after the update.
11. EZ-Internet is merged with Router Configuration in Control Panel. To set up port forwarding, go to Control Panel > External Access > Router Configuration.
12. Python3 is merged into DSM as a built-in service. The original Python3 package will be unavailable in Package Center and you can remove it manually.
13. The following DDNS providers are removed from the service provider list at Control Panel > External Access > DDNS:  
ClouDNS, DNO-O-Matic, DNSEXIT, Dynamic DO!.jp, Joker.com, RU-CENTER, TwoDNS.de, Variomedia, Zoneedit.com
14. The updated QuickConnect connection is secured with an SSL certificate, and your QuickConnect domain will be passed to Let's Encrypt for certificate application purposes. Please refer to the [Services Data Collection Disclosure](https://www.synology.com/company/legal/Services%5FData%5FCollection%5FDisclosure?ref=blackvoid.club#quickconnect-ddns) for more details.
15. Security Advisor by default enables Login Analysis and certain custom account detection check items after the update.
16. Video conversion to FLV and MPEG-4 Part 2 formats on the following models is no longer supported.
- 20-Series: DS120j
- 19-Series: DS119j
- 16-Series: DS216se
- 15-Series: DS215j, DS115, DS115j
- 14-Series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214se, DS114
- 13-Series: DS213j
1. Hybrid Share Service is built-in with DSM 7.0.1 and is currently in beta. It will be installed along with the update.

****Packages**

1. Synology Moments and Photo Station will be upgraded to and merged as Synology Photos. If you would like to use Synology Photos on your mobile devices, please install the iOS/Android app. See [this page](http://sy.to/photosmigration?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
2. Cloud Station Server and Cloud Station ShareSync will be upgraded to and merged with Synology Drive Server. If you are using any Cloud Station Suite applications (Cloud Station Server, Cloud Station Drive, Cloud Station Backup, Cloud Station ShareSync, or DS cloud), you must switch to their counterparts in the Synology Drive Suite to ensure compatibility. See [this page](http://sy.to/wmuxf?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
3. MariaDB 5 is incompatible with DSM 7.0.1\. To update to DSM 7.0.1, please install MariaDB 10, [migrate the database](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/How%5Fto%5Fmigrate%5Fdatabase%5FMariaDB5%5Fto%5FMariaDB10?ref=blackvoid.club), and uninstall MariaDB 5 in Package Center first.
4. If you cannot find certain Synology approved third-party packages in Package Center, check [this article](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/supported%5Fthird%5Fparty%5Fpackages%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club) for the latest status of the packages. For other third-party packages, please contact their developers for more information.
5. The following packages are no longer supported:  
Cloud Station Server (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Cloud Station ShareSync (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Discourse, DokuWiki, Drupal, Drupal8, DVBLink, GitLab, GLPI, Hasplm, Java7, Java8, LimeSurvey, Logitech® Media Server, LXQt, Magento, Magento2, MantisBT, Moments (replaced by Synology Photos), Mono, Moodle, Node.js 0.10, Node.js 0.12, Node.js v4, Node.js v6, Node.js v8, Odoo 8, OpenERP 6.1, OpenERP 7.0, OrangeHRM, Orthanc, osCommerce, osTicket, PHP PEAR, Photo Station (replaced by Synology Photos), phpBB, Piwik, Podcast Generator, PrestaShop, PrestaShop1.7, PythonModule, Redmine, Ruby, Spree, SugarCRM, SVN, Synology File Manager, Tomcat6, Tomcat7, TVMosaic, Webalizer.
6. After you update to Web Station 3.0.0-0308, a web\_packages shared folder will be created by default to store files from installed third-party packages (e.g., phpMyAdmin).

#### What’s New

1. Supports migrating SA3200D system configurations when users perform HDD migration.
2. Added support for memory cache mirroring across controllers for better data consistency on SA3200D.
3. Added support for the "Sync remote mounted folders" option for Shared Folder Sync.
4. Supports creating volumes of up to 1 PB in Btrfs (Peta Volume) format on the XS/XS+, SA (SA3200D excluded), and FS-series models. ([Learn more](https://sy.to/peta?ref=blackvoid.club))
5. Added support for data deduplication on Btrfs volumes on certain models. ([Learn more](https://sy.to/dedupe?ref=blackvoid.club))
6. Supports notifying users when there is insufficient storage for metadata.
7. **Updated OpenSSL to version 1.1.1l to fix multiple security vulnerabilities** (CVE-2021-3711, CVE-2021-3712).

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where DSM might not automatically reconnect to a VPN after disconnection.
2. Fixed the sorting issue on the View Details page in Resource Monitor > Performance > Disks when a USB drive is connected.
3. Fixed an issue where the display in Volume Settings in Storage Manager was incorrect once users pinned the desktop widgets.
4. Fixed an issue where the throughput in Resource Monitor might not be displayed correctly when the system network traffic or the throughput of disks or volumes was heavy.
5. Fixed an issue where when users used third-party extensions to change the DSM theme, they couldn't customize the wallpaper.
6. Fixed an issue where when non-administrator users shared files with password-protected links, the file names were displayed incorrectly.
7. Fixed an issue where a healthy drive might be falsely detected as malfunctioning after it was swapped with a failed drive in the same storage pool when the system was shut down. The issue would cause the degraded storage pool to crash or become missing.
8. Fixed an issue where users couldn't import Docker container configuration files from local computers.
9. Fixed an issue where certain packages couldn't be installed when the built-in "DSM UI Compatible 6.x" package is missing.
10. Fixed an issue where package statuses might be stuck at "Getting Status" in Package Center.
11. Fixed an issue where filters might not work when users edit domain user or group privileges at Control Panel > Application Privileges.
12. Fixed an issue where Security Advisor didn't apply the security baseline setting for the first scan.
13. Fixed an issue where users given the "Local user and management" privilege couldn't perform the assigned actions.
14. Fixed an issue where users who had taken snapshots of a shared folder couldn't disable the usage detail analysis of the shared folder's volume in Storage Manager.
15. Fixed an issue where automatic configuration backup might fail under certain conditions.
16. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding GhostScript used by AirPrint. (CVE-2021-3781).
17. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. ([Synology-SA-21:25](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F21%5F25?ref=blackvoid.club))
### View Docker HUB repository statistics using Grafana and Infinity
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/view-docker-hub-repository-statistic-using-grafana-and-infinity/
Last updated: 2021-10-14T13:45:58.000Z
Over time, I tend to write about [Grafana Labs](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/grafanalabs/) products, and today I would like to just point out one plugin that I found out while researching how to implement a specific solution.

The idea behind this article was simple. How to get a Docker repository statistics into Grafana. What I wanted to have was a more exact overview of Docker image pulls for my [Midnight Commander image](https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/midnight-commander?ref=blackvoid.club).

While back I made an image as I wanted to have MC as a Docker solution in case DSM 7 starts causing problems with installing it on bare-metal. More info on it is in the [following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/midnight-commander-via-docker/).

The problem with Docker stats is that the pull counter has specific milestones when it changes the label. So once you hit 10K pulls, 50K, 100K, etc you get a new label, but values in between are not presented. I simply wanted to get the exact number at all times. Not needed values over time just wanted to get the exact value in real-time.

Considering that I have Grafana running for a number of reasons, I did want to get that data presented inside it in any way possible.

## To Infinity, and beyond!

Docker API can return values if you query it with your repository and image name by using the following link:

`https://hub.docker.com/v2/repositories/<nameofrepository>/<nameofimage>`

**NameOfRepository** \- enter the name of your image repository  
**NameOfImage** \- enter the name of your image

There are two parameters that you need to change in order to get exact values. So what do you get as an output while hitting this web URL. It's something like this:

```
{"user": "blackvoidclub", "name": "midnight-commander", "namespace": "blackvoidclub", "repository_type": "image", "status": 1, "description": "Midnight Commander CLI app v4.8.25", "is_private": false, "is_automated": false, "can_edit": true, "star_count": 2, "pull_count": 53528, "last_updated": "2021-08-17T15:48:55.376939Z", "is_migrated": false, "collaborator_count": 0, "affiliation": "owner", "hub_user": "rusty1281", "has_starred": false, "full_description": ......}

```

As you can see, there are all the values that you see on the Docker image page, including **stars**, and **pull counter**. These are the values I was interested in.

As the result of this URL is a JSON output, I needed something that can parse this data and then present it in Grafana. Luckily, there is a plugin that you can load up into Grafana and connect it to the JSON URL, brilliant.

Let's see how easy it is to set it up.

### STEP 01 - Setup Grafana

I will not explain how to set up Grafana here as that is already part of [this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-8-influxdb-2-telegraf-2021-monitoring-stack/) under the "**Grafana Docker container**" heading.

Once you configure it, continue forward.

### STEP 02 - Install Infinity plugin

To make this work, you will need to have the [**Infinity plugin**](https://grafana.com/grafana/plugins/yesoreyeram-infinity-datasource/?ref=blackvoid.club) accessible as a **data source** inside your Grafana platform.

![](https://grafana.com/api/plugins/yesoreyeram-infinity-datasource/versions/0.7.8/images/img/slide-features.png)

All compatible input formats offered by the Infinity plugin

To install it, open a `bash` command-line into your Grafana container and run the following command:

`grafana-cli plugins install yesoreyeram-infinity-datasource`

Once the command is executed, **restart the Grafana container**!

### STEP 03 - Activate Infinity plugin in Grafana

Once you log into your Grafana interface, go to the **Add data source** section using the left-hand menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-27-at-14.44.08.png)

Configuration menu

In the list, you should find the Infinity plugin on the bottom of the list under **Others** section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-27-at-14.45.36.png)

Use the data source filter to locate Infinity

Select the Infinity plugin, give it a **name**, and click the blue **Save & Test** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-27-at-14.47.09.png)

Just enter the name for this particular Infinity data source

Now that we have connected Grafana with the Infinity plugin it is time to pull in the JSON file using the Docker Hub URL and see what the initial result will be.

### STEP 04 - Parse Docker HUB stats using Infinity plugin

In Grafana, start a new dashboard (or existing one), **add a new panel**, and configure it with Infinity.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-27-at-14.53.57.png)

Default Grafna panel using Infinity as its data source

The main thing to do here is to use the **query data source** dropdown menu and select Infinity as the source. This will load up tools and elements needed to parse data from Docker HUB URL.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-27-at-14.58.15.png)

Example of Infinity JSON parsing. A table presenting all the data it can read

Well, that was simple enough. The only thing left now is to use Grafana features to pull only data that you need and customize it the way you want to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-27-at-15.00.53.png)

The final result of a small Grafana panel (powered by Infinity)

This panel is using the Grafana **Stat** visualization with certain color customization.

Hope this might come in handy for anyone looking to pull in data from any other public API, other than this particular example, and present it in Grafana.
### vDSM - DSM Multi-tenant solution
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/vdsm-dsm-multi-tenant-solution/
Last updated: 2022-07-25T13:10:00.000Z
It occurred to me the other day, that since I started with articles on this site, I have not mentioned **vDSM** not once, especially in a single dedicated article.

So what is vDSM?

vDSM stands for **Virtual DSM** (Disk Station Manager). It is a feature that allows you to have a virtual version of DSM running in parallel on your NAS. This will work on selected models as a prerequisite for this is the support of the **VMM** (**Virtual Machine Manager**) package.

🗒️

**NOTE**: for info, if your NAS supports VMM (under DSM 7), please have a look **[here](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/packages/Virtualization?os%5Fver=7.0&ref=blackvoid.club)**.

## When to use vDSM?

So you might be wondering when would you use or have the need for a virtual instance of DSM? There are multiple scenarios when running one or more virtual instances would be beneficial or even needed. I will give a few examples here.

### Scenario 1 - test environment

vDSM was designed to allow for a **complete separation** of your bare-metal NAS DSM instance from any other virtual ones that you might be running. What this means is that on your NAS running multiple instances of DSM you have **separation of apps, users, configurations, and the whole DSM itself**.

This means that those DSM instances are **not aware of one another** on any level other than the fact they run on the same host (NAS).

Let's look at an example. So you have your NAS configured and running with certain users, apps, and specific configurations. There might be a case that you would want to have another NAS present in your LAN, but not in a physical way, but rather than have another version of DSM with its own apps and settings.

Why? How about having a ***test* DSM** that will be used to test out app and DSM updates? To see if the next update will break something or not? Ok, you might be thinking this is not the same as updating a real appliance device, and you would be right, but in some cases it's better than holding your breath and hoping for the best, right? Especially because [DSM downgrade](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-to-dsm-6-downgrade/) is not officially supported.

This means that any updates that you do under your virtual DSM instance will have zero effect on the bare-metal one. Pretty cool right? Not to mention you can **roll back to a previous version** of that instance using the **VMM snapshot feature**.

Finally, one more benefit is that you can run different versions of DSM on a host that is running inside vDSM, and vice versa. In case you need to run an app that is no longer supported on the new DSM version, you can spin it up in a vDSM and use it that way.

### Scenario 2 - multi-tenant(s)

In some cases, you might be running a powerful enough NAS with specific apps that can't be configured to accommodate multiple tenants' demands under a single DSM instance (like Active Backup for M365 for two separate clients).

For example, if you have a NAS that has lots of CPU horsepower, and RAM to spare, you might be in a situation to host your NAS hardware to a 3rd party that can't afford a NAS of that size, or maybe has no room for it, but does need the apps, and the fact that they can (or want to) control their own environment.

In that case, you **don't want a 3rd party messing with your DSM instance** regarding users, permissions, file shares, app, etc, so the only way to **separate it is to run that tenant in a separate DSM** instance, a vDSM one.

Another benefit here is that you can configure the total amount of storage for that tenant, and how much CPU and RAM that instance will use, everything else needs to be maintained by the tenant admin(s).

This means that you are providing the infrastructure as a service (IaaS), and the rest is basically out of your hands.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Do keep in mind that running multiple tenants **will require you to have enough CPU/RAM/Storage/multiple networks** to accommodate the needs. This will depend on the apps and services needs of your tenants.

### Scenario 3 - dedicated proxy/VPN instance

One more example that comes to mind is setting up a specific VPN or proxy setup for your LAN, so all your devices can access the Internet and various services using that specific VPN or proxy configuration.

With a vDSM you can configure it to have a connection to a 3rd party VPN provider. Once that is configured all your LAN devices can use it as an Internet gateway without the need to install and run specific VPN clients on the device themselves. I have written about this particular scenario a while back in [this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/), so read up on it if you want.

### Hardware requirements for running a vDSM instance

Depending on your vDSM needs, you will need to be mindful of your NAS resources. 

Keep in mind that in order to run a virtual instance you will need the following requirements:

- 1x vCPU
- 1x GB of RAM
- 1x vDSM license
- any storage amount you want/need

Running multiple vDSM instances can get pretty taxing depending on the apps and services running on them. If you need HDD-intensive apps, then running them with a single CPU core and 1GB of RAM will result in a poor experience. As much as you can have the option to run vDSM on a 2GB "+" model, doesn't mean it will be super easy for the NAS to maintain a good experience.

Also, bear in mind that the more resources you give to the virtual instance the less you will be left with on the bare-metal level. So if you stretch yourself thin, you will have problems on multiple fronts.

### The downside of running vDSM

So there are benefits of running with virtual instances, but what would be the negative side of things? Well for once, multiple tenants share the same hardware. If something happens to any element on the hardware side of things, most likely all tenants will have a problem.

The most often case is the reboot of the NAS after an application of new system updates. At that point, any tenant that runs on the host will need to wait before the host is up and running to resume its operations.

To get around that problem you can migrate the vDSM instance on another VMM-compatible host, but that will require you to have a VMM Pro license, something that will not be covered in this article. So it can be done, but it will cost you.

Just wanted to point out that just as you would have a service downtime while updating your DSM that is hosting them, the same would happen with your virtual instances while patching the host. Something to be aware of.

## How much does vDSM cost?

I guess the real question that comes next is how much does it cost? If you are not aware, DSM can't be officially installed on any other device other than a Synology NAS, and that means that running another DSM instance on your existing NAS will not be a problem, but it will also not be free.

One thing needs to be said here. Every VMM/vDSM capable NAS comes **with one (1) free vDSM license**. Out of the box, you can have two DSM installs on a single NAS if you want.

🗒️

**NOTE**: out-of-the-box (free) **license is free forever**! You will not have to extend it or pay for it ever.

For those of you that need more, you will have to get more licenses if you need a real multi-tenant setup.

![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/other/VDSM_License_Pack/heading@2x.png)

Example of vDSM license pack

Each license you buy will **cover a single vDSM instance for a three (3) year period**. This means that each license needs to be renewed every three years **if you want updates!**

Licenses are added inside the VMM manager and allocated to each vDSM upon running it. Once you stop the instance, the license is returned to the pool.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.01.27.png)

Example of all available licenses on the NAS (via VMM)

Keep in mind these notes when dealing with vDSM:

- This license pack **cannot be returned** once opened.
- Before purchasing this license pack, **check the compatibility** of your Synology NAS with Virtual Machine Manager. Learn more about applied models
- This license pack **can only be applied to one Synology product** at a time.
- This license pack can be used to extend the Virtual DSM upgrade support of an existing instance.
- Each Virtual DSM license entitles you to **three years of software upgrades** for one Virtual DSM package. You can continue to use Virtual DSM after your license expires, but no updates will be provided. You can extend the upgrade period by activating a new Virtual DSM license key.

So what's the price of these? The price is about **€150 for one license** (over 3 years). This comes down to €50/y with the full support of software updates (DSM and apps). If you ask me, this is nothing. If you have a business case to run an additional tenant, then €4/month will be nothing to justify an additional license.

## How to configure vDSM?

After this "corporate/sale" intro, let's see what is needed to get one of these virtual instances running.

### STEP01 - Install and configure VMM

Taking into consideration all the requirements before, you first need to start with the VMM package install.

Like any other, install it using the **Package Center**:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.12.32.png)

Start with Virtual Machine Manager

Once the install is complete open the app and start configuring your virtual environment.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.16.02.png)

Locate VMM in your main DSM menu and run it

If this is the first time you are running VMM you will need to configure some things upfront in order to make this package work on your NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.18.04.png)

Complete the VMM configuration wizard

VMM will perform a series of prerequisite checks before it will allow you to use it. One thing that might need to be set up here is the **Open vSwitch**. If you do have the Docker package running already, this will already be active. Nothing special here as the wizard will explain what needs to be checked and activated before proceeding with the VMM configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.21.12.png)

Select the volumes you want to have at your disposal when working with VMM

If your NAS is running with multiple BTRFS volumes, you will be able to select them there. These are settings that you can change later on if you need to.

🗒️

**NOTE**: if you plan on running **multiple tenants** on a single device it is advisable to have them on **separated HDD or SDD volumes from each other**.

Once the configuration is complete you can start working with VMM.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.24.26.png)

All done. Time to start some vDSM instances

### STEP02 - prepare vDSM installations

Now that VMM is up and running it is time to configure a vDSM instance. As I mentioned before, you can run any DSM version as a virtual instance regardless of your host DSM.

So if you have DSM 7 as your host version, you can run DSM 6 or 7 versions as your vDSM, as well as run vDSM 7 on a DSM 6 host. This is perfect for testing various apps and configurations.

🗒️

**NOTE**: You can run **almost all apps** from the package center under vDSM but **Docker is not one of them**!

We start by downloading the install file and importing it into VMM. Open VMM and go to the **Image** (menu item) > **DSM Image** (tab):

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.31.24.png)

This is where you will have all the vDSM images that you want to use with this VMM

Once you click the **Add** button, you can import the file from your computer, NAS, or download it from the **Download Center**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.32.53.png)

Choose your vDSM source location

In case you have selected **Download Virtual DSM image** the NAS will contact Synology Download Center and pull the latest version of vDSM for your device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.34.24.png)

In case you want to run an older version of DSM you will need to manually download it from the [Synology Download Center page](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.35.55.png)

Download the DSM 6 version of vDSM and manually upload it to VMM

On the Download Center site, you will select **Other > VirtualDSM** from the filter dropdown menus, and then select the **OS version** (DSM 6.2 or 7.0).

Finally, click the **blue** download button to save the file locally.

Once the download is complete, return to the Choose the Installation File step and add the file using the **From computer** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.39.20.png)

vDSM 6 and 7 versions ready to be added to VMM

You will notice that one version is coming from a Synology download site and one was added manually.

Select the storage volume where the installation images will be saved and you are done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.41.07.png)

Select the volume location for your install images

When VMM finishes processing and provisioning the images, you will be ready to use them, and begin installing vDSM instances.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.44.05.png)

Good to go!

### STEP03 - setup your vDSM instance

Now that you have multiple images to choose from it is time to install and use one of them. For this example, I will choose to run a vDSM version 6 on this DSM 7 host.

First, go to the **Virtual Machine** menu on the left-hand side and click the **Create** button.

There you will select **Synology Virtual DSM** option as the third option down, and proceed with the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.47.50.png)

Step one, select vDSM as the OS option

Next, we will have the option to select the storage/volume where this instance will be placed, followed by the configuration steps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.50.42.png)

Add a name, CPU and RAM value

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.50.24.png)

Notice that you **can't** use less than 1GB of RAM per instance!

In the next step, you will have the option to choose the type of image you want to use with this vDSM, as well as configure one or multiple "virtual" drives that this instance will use.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.52.56.png)

Configure any number of drives and capacities

After you have configured the space needed for your instance you will need to configure the network. This is something that can be done ahead of time if you need to run multiple network configurations for your tenants, but for this example just leave it on the **Default VM network** setting. This means that the new instance will have its own IP address in the same network subnet as your main bare-metal NAS.

One final thing that you need to mind here is the permissions. By permissions I mean what DSM (bare-metal) account can start and run or stop this vDSM instance as well as manage its settings. Select specific DSM users that are maybe not members of the "admin" class to allow them usage. 

Click **Done** on the summary page to complete the wizard. It will take a few moments for the VMM to create the vDSM, but once it is done you will have the option to run it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-14.59.22.png)

vDSM is ready to be powered on!

### STEP04 - starting your vDSM instance

Starting your instance is nothing special. Select it and click the **Power on** button on the top.

At this point, you will be intercepted by the license mapping wizard for the first time. Because you are running a fresh instance, you will need to assign a vDSM license to it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-15.02.20.png)

Choose one of the options

Considering there is a free unclaimed license on this host, I will choose the first option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-15.03.19.png)

Be sure to **click** on the **free license** row. I know, right?

Once you have selected the **Free license** click **Next**, and then on the summary page, **Done**. That's it! Your vDSM instance is running, and just like with a real NAS, you can now use find.synology.com URL or **Synology Assistant** app (download it from the Download Center site) to locate your vDSM instance.

Setting it up is identical to any other DSM, and if you have any questions about that, use the [Syno 101 section](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/101/) to look up how to configure your DSM instance (virtual or bare-metal one).

The fact is that now you have another DSM instance running as a separate "virtual NAS" on your network, and you can configure it on a new IP address, give it a name, change resources for it, the works.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-15.10.01.jpg)

vDSM running as presented inside VMM

### Resource management

If you have any need to manage your virtual instance in terms of hardware resources (add more CPU, RAM, storage, or change the network settings), you will have to **stop** the instance and use the **Action > Edit** menu item in VMM to change the settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-15.13.59.png)

Edit any settings you want or need including the license

### How to update vDSM instance?

One more thing that is great about the vDSM is that you update it separately from your NAS host DSM version.

It means that while you are running a DSM 7 on the host, you can patch up and run DSM 6 inside your virtual instance.

The process is the same as any other. Inside **Control** **Panel** \> **Update** **&** **Restore** you can update your instance manually or over the web.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-26-at-15.19.30.png)

vDSM up to date

## Conclusion

Hope you had a good understanding of the vDSM principal and saw some cases when it might come in handy. One final fresh example that can be mentioned now that DSM 7 is out, is the problem with the new [Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/) app.

Some users are not happy with Synology killing Photo Station (and Moments) that got replaced with the new Photos platform. Well in case you have a NAS that can run VMM and as a result vDSM, you can start up DSM 6 and inside it once again run Photos Station if you want.

The bottom line is with a free license you can give it a go and see if you have a case for it. In case you are running a powerful NAS unit and host it to others, running vDSMs on it might come in handy to keep all your tenants *sandboxed*both for security, management, and privacy.
### NEW site - BLACKVOID.tech
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-site-blackvoid-tech/
Last updated: 2021-10-14T13:45:36.000Z
Before I get into this I just want to make one thing clear. This site, **.club** is not going anywhere. I will still continue to contribute to it regarding news, tutorials, Docker as well as some new materials. It will remain as it is today, free for everyone, with no strings attached.

So what's up with this [blackvoid.tech](https://www.blackvoid.tech/?ref=blackvoid.club) then?

A while back I have been approached by a **Synology GmbH** employee in charge of the **Balkan and Baltic region** about potential **cooperation**. This would include writing articles in my native language (Croatian), focusing on the Synology products, apps, and services.

So pretty much the same thing that is happening here, except Docker and self-hosting, open-source solutions.

Considering that I have had .tech domain up and running for a while but didn't really use it, I have decided to activate it for this purpose, and run the same theme-based site there with locally written content.

### What will happen with .club site?

If this cooperation holds on and bears fruit, it will be better regarding material, content, and maybe more frequent giveaways (free as always).

### Will it remain content/subscription/ad free?

Yes, it will. The idea behind this particular site was always to share and help Syno users. This will **NOT** change. Also, ads, there will be no ads of any kind anywhere. I dislike them and those will not be part of .club site.

### Does this mean that .tech will have subs and ads?

No. There will be no ads of any kind in the conventional sense. There might be some mentions of certain retailers in the Balkan and Baltic area, and the occasional link to a YT video. Subscriptions will also not be forced at all.

### So what's .tech site all about then?

As I said before, it will be a site targeting and helping users in the Balkan and Baltic geographical areas in a written format. It will be **occasionally sponsored** by Synology GmbH, but when that happens (like an item review for example) **I will state it in a full disclosure** that will be ahead of any article text.

> **NOTE**: Any article written there **will NOT be influenced by Synology for any positive reviews** (including the sponsored ones). My writing will remain unbiased and honest. That means if I think something needs fixing, or if it's great, I will write it as it is.

---

There you have it for now. I have to say that I am happy this is going ahead. It gives me joy to make content of this kind (for both domains), and there will be identical content at some point on both sites. It does mean I will have to write twice as much, but again, when you love doing something it's never a problem.

After 2,5y that .club has been running, **I have got so much great feedback from all of you, great comments, and of course some nice donations**.

I want to say **big thanks to all of you** (over 15k visitors per month on average) for giving me the courage and motivation to keep writing that eventually led to this new moment for Blackvoid.

Hopefully, this new milestone will lead to an even better experience for all of us, and maybe a **proper giveaway in March for Blackvoid's 3rd anniversary** ;).

Thank you all again for visiting the void!
### Synology HDD compatibility policy explained
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-hdd-compatibility-policy-explained/
Last updated: 2021-12-22T13:00:31.000Z
Beginning in 2021, Synology rolled out their HDD HAT5300 series of drives, and following that they have changed their **HDD compatibility policy**.

Now [I did write about those drives](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-hdd-s-spotted/) and those policy changes a bit back in January and March of 2021, but I wanted to reflect on this a bit more considering there are some concerned users out there as to what models will be affected here and what does and incompatible drive mean exactly.

### Validation and compatibility

Following the launch of RS3621RPxs, RS3621xs+, and RS4021xs+ models in January, Synology rolled out its **new policy**.

These are the following changes that apply to the three models mentioned above and **any upcoming devices of the same class**:

- Drives not listed **can** be used, in an **unsupported** state
- Drives listed as **incompatible** will **not be able to be used**
- DSM will notify users that their storage drives are *unverified* or *incompatible*
- Technical **support will be limited** when using *unverified* or *incompatible* drives.

So what are **compatible**, **unverified**, and **incompatible** drives?

**COMPATIBLE**  
Drives tested and verified to work by Synology

**UNVERIFIED**  
Any drives not listed on the [compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club)

**INCOMPATIBLE**  
Any drive explicitly listed as incompatible on the list, due to serious issues found during testing

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-15-at-19.28.37.png)

\*Usable only when drives are migrated from a **pre-policy** device

### DSM demeanor depending on the HDD definition

Depending on the type of drive that DSM will detect you can expect different outcomes from both DSM itself and Synology support if you will ever need it.

**DSM with unverified drives**

- Any unverified drive’s status would show **unverified**
- Warnings will be displayed when selecting **unverified drives** to create a storage pool
- Storage pools with **any unverified drives** would show a **danger** status
- DSM will send warning emails about unverified drives
- **Removes** the display of certain drive information:  
Allocation status  
Bad sector count  
Temperature  
Serial number  
4K native HDD

**DSM with incompatible drives**

In case of a drive migration scenario, these policies will apply:

- Can be used, but limited to **only repair** (expand or modify actions blocked)
- Any storage pool with an incompatible drive displays a **danger** status
- Will send warning emails about incompatible drives
- **Removes** drive information (same as unverified)

If you are running a NAS with a fresh DSM install, then these rules apply:

- Not listed during storage pool creation wizard – **cannot be used**
- Shown in Storage Manager list as **incompatible**, lacks the same fields

### Technical support

For devices that apply the new policy, the amount of technical support provided will be **limited** for customers that have decided to use unverified or incompatible drives.

---

Hope this clears up some questions about the new policy. Now, this will be mainly applied to new devices in the **FS/XS/XS+** and **UC** category, but still, if you are getting new drives and have a NAS already or are planning to get a new one, it would be best to stick to the officially supported list to avoid any problems regarding stability, functionality and in the end, support.
### Synology C2 Backup - cloud backup service
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/
Last updated: 2024-08-09T12:35:33.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 13/06/2022 - **macOS support for C2 Backup has arrived**! A practical example is presented below.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/c2backup_macos.jpg)

It's finally here!

📢

**UPDATE**: 16/03/2022 - Added a YT video covering **C2 Backup process**. Black Void was a co-host on this particular webinar

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 02/03/2022 - Added information about the **new licensing model** for C2 Backup that will be available through authorized Synology partners

📢

**UPDATE**: 17/11/2021 - As of today, **C2 Backup for Business** is live with pricing and features listed below in the article

📢

**UPDATE** 06/10/2021 - C2 Backup will get **an increase in storage capacity** in their 300GB tier, starting **November 1st 2021**. Jump from 300 will be to **500GB** and the price will also go up to **€3.49/m** (€34.99/y). Full info below:

> We are writing to let you know that we are changing the C2 Backup 300GB plan. Since you are currently using our services, we wanted to tell you about the changes well before they go into effect on November 1, 2021\. Here are the changes:
> 
> - The total storage will be **increased to 500 GB**.
> - The new price for monthly plans will **become €3.49 and €34.99 for annual plans**.
> 
> After November 1, 2021, your 300GB plan will become the 500GB plan, and the free trial period will be extended to March 31, 2022 to thank you for your continuous support and understanding. If you do not accept the changes, you may terminate the service in C2 Backup console. On the other hand, if you would like to continue your subscription after the trial, you can add a payment method for auto renewal.

---

## Table of Contents

[NAS for backups? Please, cloud all the way!](#cloudbackup)  
[Restore your C2 Backup (Windows OS)](#win)  
[Restore your C2 Backup (macOS)](#mac)

---

🗒️

**NOTE**: This review is for the **personal** version of C2 Backup, not the business one. Also at this point in time, **C2 Backup for Microsoft 365 is still not available** and will be reviewed at a later date.

On June 30th, Synology officially pushed out DSM 7 and some of its new **C2 services**. I have written a few articles on the subject including an [overview of all upcoming services](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/), as well as a review of the **[C2 Password](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)**.

Today we have another service that will be of great interest to most users, **C2 Backup**. I did mention it before (in previous articles) and there was some information on the prices, but now we can all test out and start using the service.

Let's see what this platform is all about, and is it worth your money.

## 
  
  
## NAS for backups? Please, cloud all the way!

What's C2 Backup all about then? Well, the cool thing about it is that this service can be used by anyone, not just us that are Synology NAS owners. C2 Backup allows you to install a desktop client, and once you connect to the cloud, simply backup your complete computer.

This included OS, data, the works. To make things better, it allows for a pure bare-metal restore as well. Not too bad I have to say. So this is essentially an [**Active Backup for Business**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-backup-for-business-v-2-2-0/) alternative but without the NAS. Ok, maybe the comparison is not fair as ABB package offers a lot more features, but, from a point of Windows machine backup, it does offer the same functionality.

🗒️

**NOTE**: C2 Backup, at the time of writing this article, only supports **Windows OS (7, 10, and 11)** and no other OS!

### Starting with C2 Backup

As I mentioned this is for Windows-based (desktop) clients only and to get started you will need two things:

1. valid Synology Account (free)
2. C2 Backup subscription (with a 90 day trial for free)

To get a Synology Account, go to [**account.synology.com**](http://account.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) and register. Then, from the main menu dropdown, select the C2 Backup service.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-14.17.05.png)

C2 cloud services

### Pricing and features

Currently, C2 Backup is offered in **both EU and US C2 data centers**, and prices are listed in two main categories, **300GB** and **2TB**. Yearly prices give a bit of a discount and both tiers offer the same exact feature set

🗒️

**NOTE**: Price **changes coming November 1st regarding the 300GB plan!** Read on the changes at the beginning of the article.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-06.51.09.png)

Current C2 Backup prices and features (June 2022)

### C2 Backup for Business pricing and feature

🗒️

**NOTE**: As of November 2021, the Business plan has jumped from €99,99 to its **current price of €499,95/y**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-06.52.18.png)

C2 Backup for Business prices and features

What we can get from this list of features as well as the C2 Backup for Business page, is that C2 Backup for Business **will not** cover your Microsoft 365 **Sharepoint Online** as well as your **OneDrive** needs, but will focus only on the mail aspect of things, **Exchange Online** to be exact.

### Configuring C2 Backup

To start with your C2 backup, simply visit the C2 backup site at this address:

**[https://backup.eu.c2.synology.com](https://backup.eu.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)**

You will be greeted with a Synology account login, and once you have authenticated, C2 will present its "Get Started" page.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.19.07.png)

Your cloud backup starts here

The first thing you will need to choose is the subscription. The **first 90 days are free**, and **payment will start only if you don't cancel your trial before it ends**. Keep in mind that you will also be able to choose the data center and depending on that the prices will be in US ($) or Euro (€).

⚠️

The prices and values shown in the picture below are old and do not reflect the current prices listed at the beginning of the article!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-04-at-08.35.28.png)

Select your data center and tier

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.20.15.jpg)

The price announced is not the final price! VAT will be calculated on the fly

As you can see, like all C2 services calculating VAT will be a separate entry in your invoice, so bear that in mind.

---

### Note - C2 Backup licenses through authorized partners

Recently, it is also possible to purchase C2 Backup licenses through authorized partners, and not just directly through the Synology C2 platform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/C2-Backup-800x600_EU.jpg)

The license can be activated at [https://sy.to/C2BackupRedeem](https://sy.to/C2BackupRedeem?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screenshot-2022-03-02-at-17.58.09.png)

Important things to note here:

- you can use the license with only one Synology account
- the license may not be shared or given to a third party
- the license can be activated only if you already have an agreed and active subscription
- If you lose your license, Synology cannot replace it with another license
- each license corresponds to the C2 region and can be activated only for the data center for which it is intended

The activated license can be renewed via the C2 Backup console.

---

Once you have selected your subscription you will move to the next, and final step, entering your **C2 encryption key**. This is the key that you have set up when you configured your Synology Account.

‼️

**WARNING**: Do **NOT lose your key**. You will not be able to access your backups or any other C2 service that requires it!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.20.47.png)

Make sure not to lose it! You will not be able to access your backup without it!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.21.12.png)

Here you are! C2 Backup ready!

Once you enter your key, you will be redirected to your C2 Backup management web portal. Now the fun begins.

## 
  
  
## Running your C2 Backup (Windows OS)

With C2 Backup you can have unlimited endpoints (devices) connected and backed up to your account as long as you have the space needed.

Alongside endpoints, you can configure your **backup policy**, while also making new ones depending on your need.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.26.31.png)

Configure and edit your policies

To start configuring your device for backup use the **Endpoint** tab and click the green **Add device** button. This will open up a popup window telling you the three needed steps to complete your device and start backing it up.

Once you download and install the client, you will move to the final stage of the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.27.49.png)

Three steps and you are off to the races

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.28.21.png)

Windows C2 Backup installer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.30.36.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.31.09.png)

Installation complete, time to backup

Now that you have your C2 Backup client installed, running it will open up a new wizard type window that you will need to complete in order to connect your device with the C2 service.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.31.28.png)

OS, data, the work, all going to the cloud

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-31-at-14.06.40.png)

After authentication with your Synology Account, you are nearly there

The final check-up before actually starting the backup will be a place where you can make sure your task is going to the right data center, using the correct schedule, and covering the scope that you want. These settings are pulled from the backup policy section in the C2 Backup console.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.33.31.png)

If all looks good, time to backup

You can initiate a manual backup as well at any point in time in case you want to, or just wait for the scheduled time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.33.41.png)

The tray icon will open a small popup window indicating the progress of the backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.35.08.png)

Estimated time calculation will by updated in real-time depending on the actual process

While you can view the progress using the tray window, you can also see it in the main C2 Backup console.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.34.25.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-13.34.41.png)

Backup progress visible via C2 Backup console

Once your backup has been completed it will be reported as such. Again, you can view a more detailed view in the console.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-14.12.08.png)

Job done!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-14.12.46.png)

Job completed successfully

In my initial test, I have backed up a Windows VM just a little under 50GB within 38min. The speed was very well with about 20-30MB/s upload speed on average.

Any additional backup will be very short as deduplication will take care of the backup process, moving only data that has changed since the last time.

I am very pleased with the overall process of the backup from start to finish, it was smooth, with zero problems, and fast.

### Ok backed up, now what?

Once you have backed up your data you will want to get to it. To access your data all you have to do is visit the C2 Backup site, log in, decrypt the backup up volume and access the files.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-17.57.42.png)

Open up **Recovery Portal**

Once you open up your specific device backup you will be able to access the menu on the far right side of the current version. There you will have options and one of them will be **View in Recovery Portal**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-14.13.13.png)

Before you can access your data you will need to enter your encryption key

Upon successful login, Recovery Portal will open and you will have the option to access and restore your data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-14.13.42.png)

Recovery Portal - restore what you want from any version you want

On the right-hand side, you will see the **Version** list, that will allow you to choose from multiple version of your backups and restore the exact file you need.

Once you have located the version of the file needed and the file itself, simply click the check box and then the **Download** icon in the upper right corner of the screen.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-14.14.30.png)

Pull down the file that you need

One question that might come up on this particular image is does the **Search** bar work? The answer is **no**.

Well yes and no to be exact. That's not a search field but rather a **filter** one, just like in the Active Backup for Business recovery portal. That means that you have to be in the exact folder before you can start to filter out what you are looking at inside that folder.

There is more bad news (or good depending on how you look at it). The filter function is **case sensitive** meaning that you will have to be exact when it comes to spelling what you are filtering out.

So if you are looking for a Synology Restore Media Creator folder/file as I am in this example, you will have to first move into the folder where you know your data is (I know right?) and then, type it correctly if you want to filter it out.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-18.10.56.png)

Using the correct case will either show the results...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-18.11.35.png)

...or it won't. Not happy!

So, just like in ABB, the search is not working as intended. Maybe it will in the future.

### Bare Metal Recovery (BMR)

Apart from a partial restore, again just like Active Backup for Business, C2 Backup offers a full bare-metal restore option.

If you find yourself in a similar situation this is what you need to do.

🗒️

**NOTE**: create a bare-metal **recovery USB or ISO ahead of time** or you will need a spare (separate) device to create it!

Log into C2 Backup and select the device that you want to restore. After that, using the **More** menu select the **Restore entire device** item.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.30.43.png)

Begin full bare-metal restore of your device

This will bring up a dialog window that will guide you through the steps needed to make a **C2 Backup Recovery Media Creator**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.32.00.png)

Start making your USB or ISO recovery media

Be sure to mind the notes in this step:

- If the device you intend to restore has different Windows versions or drivers than this computer, follow the instructions [here](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/C2/tutorial/Create%5Frecovery%5Fmedia%5Fwithout%5FC2%5FBackup%5FRecovery%5FMedia%5FCreator?ref=blackvoid.club) to manually create recovery media.
- Download C2 Backup Recovery Wizard if you're creating recovery media manually: Windows 64 bit

If you start the creation process ahead of time, then you can use the button in step 1 to continue.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.38.42.png)

Begin the process by downloading the **Restore Media Application** installer

This will download the **Restore Media Application** installer that will guide you through the creation of the USB/ISO recovery media.

### Creating the bare-metal restore media

🗒️

**NOTE**: restore media can be only created on a Windows OS-based machine at this point in time.

Once you have downloaded the installer, unpack it and start it up with the **launch-creator.exe** file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.45.03.png)

Start the media creation app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.45.54.png)

Choose your media type (USB or ISO)

Just like with ABB, media creation will allow you to choose between USB or ISO format. Once you have selected your destination, click **Create**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.47.21.png)

Creation in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.53.13.png)

Recovery media is complete!

**ISO file** is about **635MB in size** just in case someone is interested.

Once the process has been completed, you will be ready to boot up your device that has no OS and data on it and restore it from C2 Backup directly. Let's how that works.

### Restoring bare-metal device from C2 Backup (ISO method)

Is will be using ISO format for demonstration purposes. The reason is that you can use ISO in a PXE boot-ready environment that will allow you much faster restore options to multiple devices at the same without the need to have multiple USB keys.

Once the computer boots up it will start to load up the C2 Backup Recovery process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.57.31.png)

Machine booting

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.57.45.png)

C2 Backup recovery application loaded

In case you have the need to set specific network settings, you can use the network icon in the upper right corner of the window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-19.59.48.png)

To proceed forward, click the green **Start** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.00.55.png)

The process starts with authentification with your Synology Account

Chromium browser will load up and ask you for verification that will lead up to your Synology account login page.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.02.25.png)

Enter your credentials

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.06.48.png)

Once you have logged in, close the browser

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.07.25.png)

Finally, enter your encryption key

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.07.57.png)

Here it is, your C2 Backup ready to be restored

Select your device from the list and click the **Next** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.09.20.png)

You will have multiple restore options

Depending on your needs you can select one of three options and proceed forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.10.29.png)

Details about the currently selected version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.11.00.png)

Here we are, the summary. If all looks good, continue forward

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.11.51.png)

No going back!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-20.12.40.png)

Restore in progress

That's, all that's left now is to wait for the restore process to finish.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-22.15.51.png)

Depending on your Internet speed it will take some time

Nothing left now to do but reboot and boot up your restored device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-22.18.50.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-22.20.21.png)

Initial boot will take some time.

The first fresh boot of the restored device might take some time and it also might run several reboots before it finally boots up. My advice is to let it do its thing, **DON NOT REBOOT manually**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-14-at-22.30.19.png)

The final result, restore completed, and the machine booted

I have done a restore inside a VM (virtual machine) and compared them side by side. All works fine, and there are no files missing. The difference in drive size (free space) might be due to the fact that there is no "garbage" on the restored device, but OS, configurations, apps, and data are all there to the letter.

## 
  
  
## Running your C2 Backup (macOS)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/c2backup_macos-1.jpg)

Since June 13th, 2022, Synology has opened up **macOS** backup! Finally right? Well just to make things clear this is a full OS and data backup that you can recover using the Recovery portal. However, there is **no** **bare metal recovery** as of yet, but **later this year** Synology will introduce support for **macOS built-in** **Migration Assistant tool**, which will allow users to seamlessly restore all their information to the same system or another Mac device.

⚠️

Both Intel and Apple M1 CPUs are supported but **for M1 you will have to make some changes in the system security level**. More details below

C2 Backup is supported from **macOS version 10.15.7 all the way to the current Monterey**. 

Same as with a Windows OS-based device, you begin with installing the macOS client. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-07.39.12.png)

Same as before, download the agent on your Mac using the C2 Backup portal

Once downloaded, install the client and follow the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-07.49.52.png)

Follow the install process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-07.50.09.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-07.50.25.png)

After the installation has been completed you will have to allow Synology extension in the Security section of your system. So, open up System Preferences and allow the extension and reboot your Mac.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-07.50.35.png)

Activate the extension in Security Preferences

⚠️

NOTE: If you are running an M1 CPU-based Mac then follow the steps below that are needed in order to be able to use C2 Backup with your device

1. Click the Apple logo > Shut Down. Press and hold the power button until you see "Loading startup options".
2. Click Options > Continue. The Recovery app will open.
3. Click Utilities > Startup Security Utility.
4. Select the startup disk, which should be named "Macintosh HD" if you didn't change its name.
5. Click Security Policy.
6. Select Reduced Security. Tick Allow user management of kernel extensions from identified developers.
7. Click OK. Restart your Mac for the changes to take effect.

When ready, it is time to start the **C2 Backup** app using any macOS method that you prefer (Spotlight, app launcher, etc).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-07.55.30.png)

Time to configure your Mac

Following a successful C2 Backup login, you will be ready to immediately start your backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-08.06.00.png)

Once the backup starts, follow its progress using the C2 Backup portal or via the local client inside macOS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-08.07.55.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-08.08.09.png)

Depending on your upload speed and the amount of data this process will vary regarding the overall time needed, but I have to say that the average speed in my case was from 20-30 MB/s. More than fast IMHO.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-08.16.29.png)

Real-time upload during the C2 Backup process

The whole process in my particular case **took 13min to complete** with **21.4GB** of transferred data with an **average speed of about 28MB/s**.

As mentioned before, there is no bare-metal support at the moment, but you can get to your data using the user recovery portal that you can access from the C2 Backup dashboard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-08.29.26.png)

Access the recovery portal once your Mac has been backed up

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/06/Screenshot-2022-06-14-at-08.31.16.png)

Complete macOS system and data structure is visible and accessible for restoration

A great addition to the C2 Backup service, and a long-overdue if you ask me. Let's hope that this feature and bare-metal restore will come in the near future both for C2 Backup and Active Backup for Business platform as well.

## Conclusion

As much as I am a fan of having your services, data, and backups on-premise, I have to say that Synology has made a great move by offering C2 Backup. 

🎁

If you like to **try C2 Backup**, you can do so by registering for it and getting a **30-day free trial**. In full disclosure, the following link is an affiliate one!

[![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/c2backup_v2_banner.jpg)](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1952198&u=3294653&m=116990&urllink=&afftrack=&ref=blackvoid.club)

The platform works as advertised, and both backup and restore processes have been without a single problem. Funny that the upload (backup) was faster than the actual restore by 50%, but for 50GB one hour restore from start to finish is commendable.

If I would have to mention anything that I would like to see better is the search option in the Recovery Portal. I know it may be silly, but while you are looking for something it would be nice to actually be able to search instead of filtering.

Then again, if you have your computer up and running and are just looking for an older version of a specific file, chances are you know where it is and what it is called.

With C2 Backup in place with decent pricing, there is really no more excuse not to have a valid backup, even if you don't own a NAS device. Give yourself peace of mind and have it up and running for $30/y. Your data deserves that much.

Let me hear what you think about this service, and do you see yourself or your part of the family using it.
### BookStack - self-hosted wiki platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bookstack-self-hosted-wiki-platform/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:38:04.000Z
📢

**UPDATE 23/12/2021** \- BookStack v21.12 is out with new features including **[Outbound webhooks](#webhooks)**. Details on the bottom.

📢

**UPDATE**: Added docker-compose for running BookStack via **an external database** as a separate container

Another long overdue post. A while back I have been looking for a self-hosted wiki platform for my needs. Wanted a simple, yet powerful platform that will allow me to keep track of all my docker-compose scripts, know-how, and more.

There is a TON of software out there, but I have settled on [**BookStack**](https://www.bookstackapp.com/?ref=blackvoid.club). This platform has been around since 2015 as a product of one man, [**Dan** **Brown**](https://twitter.com/ssddanbrown?ref=blackvoid.club).

The reason I didn't write about this solution before was that I wasn't sure if I will continue to use it, and if it will remain in constant development or not. Well since April, **BookStack has moved outside of the beta stream**, and to top it off, Dan will be quitting his current job (end of September) to focus on the platform for at least 6 months before looking for a new role.

Another reason for this post is that just a few days ago, **the MFA feature was implemented** (2FA) that allows you to further protect your account.

This article will be a short presentation of some cool features that BookStack has to offer as well as a guide on how to run your own solution using Docker and reverse proxy (also using Docker).

---

> **TL;DR**: if you want to skip the BookStack feature, and examples part, and jump to the Docker setup, feel free to scroll down to the **BookStack** **Docker compose** heading

---

## What's BookStack all about?

As I said in the intro I was really looking for a simple, stable wiki platform that has several things that I wanted.

- To be stable
- Multi-user setup
- Permission administration and delegation
- Content export
- Some way of keeping things organized (shelves, books, chapters, etc)
- Tag support
- **Super fast search**
- Easy to deploy and not complex (not too many components)  
...

Ok, so not the shortest list, but the reason for all those things was mainly that I don't want to move to a new platform 6 months later. Once you start running with a particular solution and get content inside it, it is not that easy to migrate, and I really don't want that to happen.

At the moment, I am certain that will not happen (or at least not any time soon), so here we are.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/image.png)

BookStack is a light, open-source, and free wiki solution that you can self-host on your own hardware. Just like many other apps and services this one can run inside a Docker container that is maintained by **linuxserver** team. 

It requires MySQL database as its backend platform, and no other 3rd party elements are needed (like outside authentification mechanism).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-06-at-11.39.06.png)

BookStack features

The app itself uses PHP with the Laravel framework. The organization of the platform is based on books, chapters, and pages (hence the name), and in my mind, it makes perfect sense. There are also shelves, to begin with, so you will have a feel like walking into a library.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/image-2.png)

Each book can have its description and cover for a better overview

BookStack uses a WYSIWYG interface for editing along with a supported **markdown editor** if that is your cup of tea (I love using markdown and this is one of the reasons why I love it).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/image-1.png)

Page editor and its tools

The best thing for me is a quick **global search** feature. It really works great. No need to locate the book or chapter and then start searching pages for something. No, I just type in what I am looking for at the top (well centered on the main navigation bar), and boom, there it all is.

![](https://www.bookstackapp.com/images/screenshots/search.png)

One search, all of the results (books, chapters and pages) 

Searching your wiki IMHO is the most important element that needs to work fast and well, and this platform delivers on that.

There are many other features, and all the ones that I listed on top that are important to me, do exist in BookStack. Configuring **multiple users** (and allowing registration, password reset, etc), **commenting**, **versioning** and version restore, **permissions**, and more, are all there.

You can configure and use it over [**reverse proxy**](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) as well, in case you want to publish it outside your LAN, and to better secure your access to it, version 21.08 **introduced MFA (2FA)** that you can (optional) activate for your account.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-06-at-12.11.58.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-06-at-12.13.14.png)

Configure your 2FA with any popular authenticator out there

Personally, I have added 2FA on my accounts using [Bitwarden password manager ](https://bitwarden.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)(that you can also self-host), so if you want to find out how to get one running yourself be sure to check out my [Bitwarden docker section](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/).

I could go on and on for a while, but you can get the look and feel for the app itself, by testing it on BookStack demo page, here: [**https://demo.bookstackapp.com/**](https://demo.bookstackapp.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) as well as get all the details in the official [documentation](https://www.bookstackapp.com/docs?ref=blackvoid.club).

If there is one thing that I would like to see in the future, is the official mobile app. Don't get me wrong, this web app is mobile optimized (as much as it can be), so you will get things done, but a proper mobile app would be a great addition.

## BookStack Docker compose (with a database container as a single stack)

In order to run this solution in Docker, you will need two (2) containers. One for the app itself, and another for the database element.

Considering this is a **multi-container platform**, I will show how to run it using the **Portainer** platform using their "**stack**" feature (docker-compose method).

If you are unfamiliar with Portainer or don't have it running for your Docker needs, be sure to check out some [**Portainer articles**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/portainer/) before starting with this deployment.

Once you have Portainer up and running, select a new stack option, give it a name, and paste it the following compose:

```yaml
version: "2"
services:
  bookstack:
    image: ghcr.io/linuxserver/bookstack
    container_name: bookstack
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - APP_URL=https://yourpublicname.com
      - DB_HOST=bookstack_db
      - DB_USER=bookstack
      - DB_PASS=<yourdbpass>
      - DB_DATABASE=bookstackapp
      - MAIL_DRIVER=smtp

      # Host, Port & Encryption mechanism to use
      - MAIL_HOST=smtp.gmail.com
      - MAIL_PORT=587
      - MAIL_ENCRYPTION=tls

      # Authentication details for your SMTP service
      - MAIL_USERNAME=mymail@mydomain.com
      - MAIL_PASSWORD=<mailpass>

      # The "from" email address for outgoing email
      - MAIL_FROM=fromaddress@mydomain.com

      # The "from" name used for outgoing email
      - MAIL_FROM_NAME=My wiki
    volumes:
      - /path/to/data:/config
    ports:
      - 80:80
    restart: unless-stopped
    depends_on:
      - bookstack_db
  bookstack_db:
    image: ghcr.io/linuxserver/mariadb
    container_name: bookstack_db
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD=<yourdbpass>
      - TZ=Europe/London
      - MYSQL_DATABASE=bookstackapp
      - MYSQL_USER=bookstack
      - MYSQL_PASSWORD=<yourdbpass>
    volumes:
      - /path/to/data:/config
    restart: unless-stopped`
```

As you can see from the compose file there are two (2) services running. **bookstack**, and **bookstack\_db**. 

Bookstack\_db will configure MariaDB platform with the information that you enter (database name, username, and password), and the bookstack container is the main app container that will use that database to connect to it and start up the app.

I have added elements for mail communication and configuration, as you will need those if you plan on opening your platform to the Internet and giving your users the option to register as well as change their passwords.

Do pay attention that in that case, you will need to configure or use an already configured reverse proxy, but for more info on that, consult the following [nginx proxy manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) article.

Also if you will be using BookStack over reverse proxy, you **must** use the `APP_URL` variable. Input your full URL as its value. Like `https://wiki.mydomain.com`.

## BookStack docker-compose (as a single container to be attached to an external database)

In case you already have a MariaDB or MySQL database running (and not necessarily as a docker container) you can connect your BookStack instance to it.

You need a configured database running with a user account that has read/write permissions on it.

Similar to the example above, you can run the following stack to have only BookStack as a single container that will connect to your database instance.

```yaml
version: "3.5"
services:
  bookstack:
    image: ghcr.io/linuxserver/bookstack
    container_name: bookstack
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - APP_URL=https://yourpublicname.com
      - STORAGE_TYPE=local_secure
      - DB_HOST=IPADDRESS:PORT
      - DB_USER=<databseuser>
      - DB_PASS=<databasepassword>
      - DB_DATABASE=<databasename>
      - MAIL_DRIVER=smtp

      # Host, Port & Encryption mechanism to use
      - MAIL_HOST=smtp.gmail.com
      - MAIL_PORT=587
      - MAIL_ENCRYPTION=tls

      # Authentication details for your SMTP service
      - MAIL_USERNAME=mymail@mydomain.com
      - MAIL_PASSWORD=emailpassword

      # The "from" email address for outgoing email
      - MAIL_FROM=fromaddress@mydomain.com

      # The "from" name used for outgoing email
      - MAIL_FROM_NAME=My wiki
    volumes:
      - /path/to/data:/config
    ports:
      - 80:80
    restart: unless-stopped
```

Considering there are DB\_\*\*\*\* variables that need correct values, be sure to edit them in order for your BookStack instance to connect to it.

```
DB_HOST=IPADDRESS:PORT
DB_USER=<databseuser>
DB_PASS=<databasepassword>
DB_DATABASE=<databasename>

```

If your SQL instance (docker container or not) is running, then just enter the IP address of the device that is running on as well as the port number. If it's your NAS you can for example enter `10.20.30.55:3308` or any other port number that you have your SQL instance running on.

Username, password, and DB name need to be entered as well.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Remember to have the database ready **before** you attempt to run your BookStack instance

That will do it. Now you can have your BookStack instance running inside a container, and your SQL inside a separate one may be on a completely different device. Having multiple SQL instances just for a single purpose is not very resource-friendly, so running a single DB instance that hosts multiple DB's for multiple apps, is a welcome solution.

## 
  
  
## Outbound webhooks

With the new [21.12 version](https://www.bookstackapp.com/blog/bookstack-release-v21-12/?ref=blackvoid.club), there were half a dozen changes but one of the two big ones is **webhooks support**. Specifically, outbound webhooks.

What this means is that you can push changes that are happening in your Bookstack environment to a compatible platform. For example, every time you update your page, create a new one, or comment on it, you can get a push notification inside your destination app.

A quick example would be to send changes to my [Rocket Chat](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-slack-alternative-with-mongodb-as-backend/) platform that I use. There, users can then get notifications in a specific channel about changes made.

First, you need to configure an **incoming webhook** inside your destination app, so that you can get a generated **webhook endpoint** URL that you will use inside your Bookstack instance.

### RocketChat outgoing webhook

Open your Rocket Chat **Administration** page and go to **Integrations**. Then, under the **incoming** tab click the **+New** button to start configuring.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-26-at-14.42.58.png)

Enter all the information that you want and need

Make sure to populate **Post to Channel**, and **Post as** fields, everything else is optional.

⚠️

**WARNING** \- Be sure to **enable** the rule (using the on/off switch at the top) as you can save it and configure it, but unless you activate it, it won't work!

On the bottom, click **Save** once you are done. After you have done all that, Rocket chat will generate the webhook endpoint in the **Webhook URL** in this same configuration window.

Copy it to your clipboard and move it to the Bookstack app.

### Bookstack webhook configuration

Inside Bookstack go to the **Settings** page and then open up **webhooks**.

![Webhook list in settings](https://www.bookstackapp.com/images/2021/12/webhooks_list.png)

List of all your configured webhooks

Click **Create new webhook** and enter its **name** and past in the **webhook endpoint URL** that you have generated inside Rocket chat. Finally, select all the events that you want to be triggered when a specific action is performed.

![Webhook from view](https://www.bookstackapp.com/images/2021/12/webhook_form.png)

Select the name, copy the endpoint and choose the actions

When you are done, **save** your webhook and test it out.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-26-at-14.54.36.png)

Bookstack webhook examples inside Rocket Chat

In the image above you can see a few examples of how the end results look like. It would be nice to have some more details as the end result but it will depend on the action itself.

‼️

Just a note that webhooks have a problem when using your Bookstack over a reverse proxy. Be sure to configure your **Bookstack URL in your destination app using its local IP address**, not an FQDN going over reverse proxy!

All in all, a great addition to a great platform, and finally have comment notifications if nothing else ;).

## Conclusion

Hope you will find this solution helpful as I have and I do hope that its development will continue forward. Feel free to comment on this, ask questions, or give suggestions.
### Docker pricing & subscriptions
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-pricing-subscriptions/
Last updated: 2021-09-14T20:47:27.000Z
Considering that most of the time I run things in Docker and advocate for it, it is only fair that I mention (in case you missed it), that the Docker team has decided to make some changes in their business model.

## Docker goes PRO

Docker always had a paid tier but since yesterday, we now have four (4) tiers of subscriptions.

A complete list of feature comparisons can be found here: <https://www.docker.com/pricing?utm%5Fcampaign=2021-08-31-business-tier-launch&utm%5Fmedium=email&utm%5Fsource=mailgun&utm%5Fcontent=pricing>

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-01-at-18.01.31.png)

Docker subscriptions

Current **Docker Free** has been rebranded to **Docker Personal** following the three paid tiers, **Pro**, **Team** and **Business**.

Starting with as low as **$5/month** in the Pro tier all the way up until $21/user/month.

Just to be clear what this all means here are the main points:

- All of Docker’s products and services are now covered by a new set of terms - the [**Docker Subscription Service Agreement**](http://email.notify.docker.com/c/eJwdjkEOgyAURE8jOwgfioUFC01t0mMofiopagO48PalJrOYTPJmZrYKW%5FQkWMEFcC0BDLRSMWDKtHd-H2rKh6GHrrnxbS%5FBn2ze3QcTc%5FtKFqtGAI9iUsJMXns1CzRcKimdQvTISbRLKd%5FcyK4Rz6o%5FnVg8q5U9vgI8SLLpyOUEoaGuvNcxxKu9XK8o11QCnY4cNsyZloCJxvHY3PIDCjM4bg?ref=blackvoid.club).
- [Docker subscriptions](http://email.notify.docker.com/c/eJwdjk0OgyAUhE8jOwhPBHHBwib2Bj0APlFJ%5FWkAk3L7UpNZTCb5ZmYy0ik3E29qXgPXAqADJSQDJjvV8nYoKR-GB%5FRVw48z-Tmz6cS3CwzPnazGtgh2llqhcBw6lNjAiHOjxk45tJpsZk3pEyvRV%5FWz6E8HtuVixfJ9ZZlJMOGKKUOtoawsu%5FXb3Z7uV5RrKoCOV%5FSHi5Em7wLd7HXg-gNBnzks?ref=blackvoid.club) now encompass four tiers of service: **Personal**, **Pro**, **Team**, and **Business** (a new tier of service). Each tier includes [Docker Desktop](http://email.notify.docker.com/c/eJwdjjsOwyAYg0-TbCB-HgEGhlSiV-hMgTSoeQnIkNuXRvJgWfpsByPiEKc-GUooEMUANAxMYMBCD5JI21Ji7QPGjpNtr2m6cNj9N2bs97WfjWTMBa35xIgLQmntg%5FD0zXUkUk1c9IuZaz1Kx8aOPpv-dMbL1Sx9bZYfpc8mn6VeQBW0lc%5Fq0nK31%5FsVIgoxQO-zpC2WgmqKGS3u3Pz8A-vQOEc?ref=blackvoid.club).
- The existing Docker Free subscription has been renamed Docker Personal. **[Docker Desktop](http://email.notify.docker.com/c/eJwdjjsOwyAYg0-TbCB-HgEGhlSiV-hMgTSoeQnIkNuXRvJgWfpsByPiEKc-GUooEMUANAxMYMBCD5JI21Ji7QPGjpNtr2m6cNj9N2bs97WfjWTMBa35xIgLQmntg%5FD0zXUkUk1c9IuZaz1Kx8aOPpv-dMbL1Sx9bZYfpc8mn6VeQBW0lc%5Fq0nK31%5FsVIgoxQO-zpC2WgmqKGS3u3Pz8A-vQOEc?ref=blackvoid.club)** remains **free for personal use**, **education**, **non-commercial** open-source projects, **and small businesses** (fewer than 250 employees AND less than $10M USD in annual revenue).
- Commercial use of Docker Desktop in larger enterprises (more than 250 employees OR more than $10 million USD in annual revenue) requires a [Docker Pro, Team or Business subscription](http://email.notify.docker.com/c/eJwdjk0OgyAUhE8jOwhPBHHBwib2Bj0APlFJ%5FWkAk3L7UpNZTCb5ZmYy0ik3E29qXgPXAqADJSQDJjvV8nYoKR-GB%5FRVw48z-Tmz6cS3CwzPnazGtgh2llqhcBw6lNjAiHOjxk45tJpsZk3pEyvRV%5FWz6E8HtuVixfJ9ZZlJMOGKKUOtoawsu%5FXb3Z7uV5RrKoCOV%5FSHi5Em7wLd7HXg-gNBnzks?ref=blackvoid.club) for as little as $5 per user per month.
- [Docker Business](http://email.notify.docker.com/c/eJwdjrsOwyAUQ78mbCDuBfIYGFIpnbt1DoE0qHlUQNrm70sjebAsHdtWK1e6kXiNHIHXAqCBUigGTDVlxasup7zrLtAWkq9b8uPB7DY8XWDDtpBJGzOMUo09msZKh9Ly0gKHpsowoFFk1lNKr1iItsBr1p8ObD6yxfv3c3sHEnTYYzoAa8grj6X389mezleU11QANXv0q4uRJu8Cnft9HaYfFLY4sQ?ref=blackvoid.club) is a new offering for organizations using Docker at scale for application development and requiring additional features like centralized management and secure software supply chain capabilities.

> The new terms **take effect on August 31, 2021** with a **grace period until January 31, 2022** for those that will require a paid subscription to continue using Docker Desktop. By continuing to use Docker, you are agreeing to the new [Docker Subscription Service Agreement](http://email.notify.docker.com/c/eJwdjkEOgyAURE8jOwgfioUFC01t0mMofiopagO48PalJrOYTPJmZrYKW%5FQkWMEFcC0BDLRSMWDKtHd-H2rKh6GHrrnxbS%5FBn2ze3QcTc%5FtKFqtGAI9iUsJMXns1CzRcKimdQvTISbRLKd%5FcyK4Rz6o%5FnVg8q5U9vgI8SLLpyOUEoaGuvNcxxKu9XK8o11QCnY4cNsyZloCJxvHY3PIDCjM4bg?ref=blackvoid.club).

So what does all this mean for us enthusiasts and hobbyists? Well not much. For my humble needs, 200 Docker image pulls per day, and 1 organization, I can say that Docker Personal is more than enough (for now).

As a side note, in case you want to play with Docker in a non-CLI environment, consider running all your Docker tasks with [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/portainer/).
### DSM 7 release candidate for FS/XS/XS+ models is here!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-release-candidate-for-fs-xs-xs-models-is-here/
Last updated: 2021-10-14T13:46:19.000Z
> **UPDATE**: 31/08/2021 - VDSM (Virtual DSM) 6.2.4 to 7.0.1 update completed with no problems.

> **UPDATE**: 31/08/2021 (9AM CEST) - Running bare-metal update to 7.0.1 on a RS3614RPxs model right now from the current 7.0-41222 (beta2) version

> **UPDATE**: 31/08/2021 - (9:20AM CEST) - Update on RS3614RPxs **completed with 0 problems**. All services and apps are up and running (Docker included)

---

Today, Synology has pushed out a release candidate version of their new DSM 7 OS for the FS/XS/XS+ lineup of models, **v7.0.1-42214**

Looking at the rest of the DSM 7 rollout, we can then expect the final version sometime in late September or October. Personally, I have one XS device at the moment ready to be updated from DSM 7 Beta 2 to this RC version but I will not update the rest until the final version comes out.

> **WARNING**: this version is for **EVALUATION ONLY!** Do not install this version on your main production device!

If you do want to use evaluation software on your device(s) then be sure to **read the [Pre-Release Program Agreement](https://www.synology.com/en-global/company/legal/Pre%5FRelease%5FProgram%5FAgreement?ref=blackvoid.club)!**

> If you do find yourself in a bit of a problem with the DSM 7 version and wish to **revert back**, consult [**this article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-to-dsm-6-downgrade/) on the method on how to do it. Keep in mind that this is an **unofficial** and **unsupported** method, but it works.

## Before Installation

### Please read the following information before installing the release candidate

1. **For evaluation only** \- DSM 7.0 Release Candidate (RC) is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the release notes section before installation. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damage, such as accidental data loss, caused by the release candidate.
2. **Not downloadable** \- After the installation, your NAS **will not be able to roll back to any previous DSM versions**. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications during DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta programs should update the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.

> To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed **Active Insight**, **Synology Photos**, and **Secure SignIn** mobile applications during **DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta** programs **should update** the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.

## DSM 7 RC Installation

### To install the release candidate on your Synology NAS:

1. Visit [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) to download the latest DSM update to your local computer.
2. Go to **Control Panel** \> **Update & Restore** \> **Manual DSM Update** to enter the Manual DSM Update Page.
3. Click **Browse** to select the update file.
4. Click **OK** to update your DSM. The system will reboot automatically when the update completes.
5. Go to **Support Center** from the main menu to notify us of any issues or give suggestions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.16.03.png)

DSM 7 RC install (using Synology Assistant 7.0)

Here is the complete release log for the new v7.0.1-42214:

(2021-08-31)

#### Important notes

****Before Update**

1. DSM 7.0.1 will restart your Synology NAS.
2. After installing DSM 7.0.1, you will not be able to downgrade to a previous DSM version.
3. Before updating, your Synology NAS should be running DSM 6.2 or above versions.
4. Reserve extra time to complete DSM 7.0.1 update. The DSM update takes 10 to 20 minutes, while package update may take more than an hour. The actual time depends on the computing power of your model, the number of media indexing files, and the number of packages installed.
5. If you're performing a clean installation, make sure to complete the installation with find.synology.com or Synology Assistant 7.0-50029 or above.
6. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications during DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta programs should update the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.
7. DSM 7.0.1 consumes more system resources, including memory. If your model has less than 1 GB of memory, updating to DSM 7.0.1 may affect system performance.
8. This version of DSM is compatible with the models below.
- FS-Series: FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS3017, FS2017, FS1018
- SA-Series: SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D
- 21-Series: RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621+, DS1621xs+, DVA3221, RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs
- 20-Series: RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j
- 19-Series: RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DS119j, DVA3219, RS1619xs+
- 18-Series: RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118, RS3618xs, DS3018xs
- 17-Series: RS217, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617xs, RS3617RPxs, RS18017xs+, DS3617xs, DS3617xsII
- 16-Series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS216se, DS116, RS18016xs+
- 15-Series: RS815RP+, RS815+, RS815, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS1515, DS715, DS415+, DS415play, DS215+, DS215j, DS115, DS115j, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2015xs
- 14-Series: RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214play, DS214se, DS114, RS3614xs+, RS3614xs, RS3614RPxs
- 13-Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, DS213j, RS3413xs+, RS10613xs+

****DSM**

1. USB devices (Wi-Fi dongle, Bluetooth dongle, 3G/4G dongle, USB DAC/speaker, and DTV dongle) are no longer supported. If your Synology NAS is currently connected via a wireless dongle, it will be disconnected after the update.
2. DSM 7.0.1 ends support for ext3\. We strongly suggest backing up the data stored on your ext3 volumes and transferring the data to volumes with supported file systems before the update.
3. DSM 7.01 by default disables NTLMv1 and enables NTMLv2 only, so SMB clients (e.g., Windows XP devices, media players, network printers, smart TVs, and IP cameras) won’t be able to access your Synology NAS. To restore the connection after the update, go to Control Panel > File Services > SMB > Advanced Settings > Others and enable NTLMv1 authentication.
4. NFSv4.1 and related advanced functions (multipathing) are no longer supported on Synology NAS models with the following package architectures: Alpine, Alpine4k, armada38x, Avoton, Braswell, Bromolow, Cedarview, Grantley, Monaco. If you had previously enabled NFSv4 and NFSv4.1, the maximum NFS protocol is set to NFSv4 by default after the update. For more information about the package architecture of your model, please refer to [this article](https://kb.synology.com/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fkind%5Fof%5FCPU%5Fdoes%5Fmy%5FNAS%5Fhave?ref=blackvoid.club).
5. Creating SSD caches on block-level LUNs is no longer supported. Existing SSD caches for block LUNs will function normally after the update.
6. NT4 domains are no longer supported. Current NT4 domains will be unavailable after the update.
7. The URLs used by DSM when updating or running services have been modified. Please read [this article](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Service%5FApplication/What%5Fwebsites%5Fdoes%5FSynology%5FNAS%5Fconnect%5Fto%5Fwhen%5Frunning%5Fservices%5For%5Fupdating%5Fsoftware?ref=blackvoid.club) and make sure that your firewall rules are configured appropriately.
8. iSCSI Manager will become SAN Manager. Please refer to [package release notes](https://www.synology.com/releaseNote/ScsiTarget?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
9. When you reconnect to iSCSI targets from your VMware ESXi hosts after the DSM update, the datastores on the LUNs that are mapped to the targets may not be mounted properly. This only happens to LUNs created before the update. The resolution can be found in [VMware Knowledge Base](https://kb.vmware.com/s/article/1011387?ref=blackvoid.club).
10. To provide comprehensive TLS support and ensure compatibility, the TLS/SSL profile level in Modern compatibility will automatically change to Intermediate Compatibility after the update.
11. EZ-Internet is merged with Router Configuration in Control Panel. To set up port forwarding, go to Control Panel > External Access > Router Configuration.
12. Python3 is merged into DSM as a built-in service. The original Python3 package will be unavailable in Package Center and you can remove it manually.
13. The following DDNS providers are removed from the service provider list at Control Panel > External Access > DDNS:  
CloudNS, DNO-O-Matic, DNSEXIT, Dynamic DO!.jp, Joker.com, RU-CENTER, TwoDNS.de, Variomedia, Zoneedit.com
14. The updated QuickConnect connection is secured with an SSL certificate, and your QuickConnect domain will be passed to Let's Encrypt for certificate application purposes. Please refer to the [Privacy Statement](https://www.synology.com/company/legal/privacy?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
15. Security Advisor by default enables Login Analysis and certain custom account detection check items after the update.
16. Video conversion to FLV and MPEG-4 Part 2 formats on the following models is no longer supported.
- 20-Series: DS120j
- 19-Series: DS119j
- 16-Series: DS216se
- 15-Series: DS215j, DS115, DS115j
- 14-Series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214se, DS114
- 13-Series: DS213j
1. Hybrid Share Service is built-in with DSM 7.0.1 and is currently in beta. It will be installed along with the update.

****Packages**

1. Synology Moments and Photo Station will be upgraded to and merged as Synology Photos. If you would like to use Synology Photos on your mobile devices, please install the iOS/Android app. See [this page](http://sy.to/photosmigration?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
2. Cloud Station Server and Cloud Station ShareSync will be upgraded to and merged with Synology Drive Server. If you are using any Cloud Station Suite applications (Cloud Station Server, Cloud Station Drive, Cloud Station Backup, Cloud Station ShareSync, or DS cloud), you must switch to their counterparts in the Synology Drive Suite to ensure compatibility. See [this page](http://sy.to/wmuxf?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
3. MariaDB 5 is incompatible with DSM 7.0.1\. To update to DSM 7.0.1, please install MariaDB 10, [migrate the database](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/How%5Fto%5Fmigrate%5Fdatabase%5FMariaDB5%5Fto%5FMariaDB10?ref=blackvoid.club), and uninstall MariaDB 5 in Package Center first.
4. If you cannot find certain Synology approved third-party packages in Package Center, check [this article](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/supported%5Fthird%5Fparty%5Fpackages%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club) for the latest status of the packages. For other third-party packages, please contact their developers for more information.
5. The following packages are no longer supported:  
Cloud Station Server (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Cloud Station ShareSync (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Discourse, DokuWiki, Drupal, Drupal8, DVBLink, GitLab, GLPI, Hasplm, Java7, Java8, LimeSurvey, Logitech® Media Server, LXQt, Magento, Magento2, MantisBT, Moments (replaced by Synology Photos), Mono, Moodle, Node.js 0.10, Node.js 0.12, Node.js v4, Node.js v6, Node.js v8, Odoo 8, OpenERP 6.1, OpenERP 7.0, OrangeHRM, Orthanc, osCommerce, osTicket, PHP PEAR, Photo Station (replaced by Synology Photos), phpBB, Piwik, Podcast Generator, PrestaShop, PrestaShop1.7, PythonModule, Redmine, Ruby, Spree, SugarCRM, SVN, Synology File Manager, Tomcat6, Tomcat7, TVMosaic, Webalizer
6. After you update to Web Station 3.0.0-0308, a web\_packages shared folder will be created by default to store files from installed third-party packages (e.g., phpMyAdmin).

#### What’s New

1. Supports migrating SA3200D system configurations when users perform HDD migration.
2. Added support for memory cache mirroring across controllers for better data consistency on SA3200D.
3. Added support for the "Sync remote mounted folders" option for Shared Folder Sync.
4. Supports creating volumes of up to 1 PB in Btrfs (Peta Volume) format on the XS/XS+, SA (SA3200D excluded), and FS-series models. ([Learn more](https://sy.to/peta?ref=blackvoid.club))
5. Added support for data deduplication on Btrfs volumes on certain models. ([Learn more](https://sy.to/dedupe?ref=blackvoid.club))
6. Supports notifying users when there is insufficient storage for metadata.

#### Fixed Issues

1. Fixed an issue where DSM might not automatically reconnect to a VPN after disconnection.
2. Fixed the sorting issue on the View Details page in Resource Monitor > Performance > Disks when a USB drive is connected.
3. Fixed an issue where the display in Volume Settings in Storage Manager was incorrect once users pinned the desktop widgets.
4. Fixed an issue where the throughput in Resource Monitor might not be displayed correctly when the system network traffic or the throughput of disks or volumes was heavy.
5. Fixed an issue where when users used third-party extensions to change the DSM theme, they couldn't customize the wallpaper.
6. Fixed an issue where when non-administrator users shared files with password-protected links, the file names were displayed incorrectly.
7. Fixed an issue where a healthy drive might be falsely detected as malfunctioning after it was swapped with a failed drive in the same storage pool when the system was shut down. The issue would cause the degraded storage pool to crash or become missing.
### Synology 101 - Hyper Backup to a remote Synology NAS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-hyper-backup-to-a-remote-synology-nas/
Last updated: 2025-01-18T14:09:51.000Z
This will be a quick (DSM 7) tutorial to show how you can use two remote NAS devices and perform a Hyper Backup over the Internet while maintaining the security of your data both in transit and at the final destination.

### Example scenario - "Backing up to a friend's NAS device"

As an example, let's say you own a NAS but you want to have an offsite backup as well. One thing you could do is use [Synology's C2 platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/), but in case you want to backup a large quantity of data (5+TB) it might turn out to be expensive. 

Another thing you could do in a situation like that is to backup to a friend's or family's remote NAS (and they can back up to yours). This will be beneficial for both parties as you will, all have a place to backup your data, it will be on a Synology-compatible device, and you can encrypt it all the way so that there is no fear of your friend looking at your private content.

🗒️

****NOTE**: Remote backup of large-capacity will take a long time to do the initial backup depending on your source and destination Internet speed

## Setup

Now to make this work there are several things that need to be done at the destination location first. If you place yourself in the role of the user backing up to a location, you will have to just input the destination, username/password, and choose what to back up. 

The destination side is what needs to be configured so that the user from that side can also be safe that you do not have access to anything other than the folder for your backup. On top of this, there are permissions to be set, user to be created, and port(s) that need to be open for all of this to work.

Because of this, the tutorial will start with the **destination** (target) **side** first, and then we will finish up with setting up the task from the source NAS as well.

### Configuration of the DESTINATION NAS side

This will consist of four (4) main elements:

1. Setting up a **user**
2. Configuring a **destination folder** and permissions
3. **DDNS/static IP** accessible NAS
4. Opening and forwarding **Hyper Backup ports**

### Setting up a user

As usual, any apps or services that you want to use with any Synology NAS, need to have an associated DSM account that has valid permissions to do so.

Open up **Control Panel > Users & Group** and under the **User** tab click the **Create** button to start the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-09.45.09.png)

Start creating a new user

Enter the user's information (**the** password of the user can be changed later on from the client-side so at the moment give it a temporary password), and be sure to set it as part of the **users group** (not administrator), as well as to **terminate all permissions** for any existing folder on the destination NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-09.54.09.png)

Add the user to the "users" group (it will be by default) and do NOT give permission for the "administrators" one

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-09.55.21.png)

Make sure to set "No Access" permissions on all the shared folders!

Next, you will get to the quota section, but you can skip that for now as we will configure that in the next major step.

What remains here as an important element is **Application permission**. Be sure to allow this account **Hyper Backup Vault** app permissions and deny the rest.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-10.01.13.png)

Give your account Hyper Backup Vault permission

Once you finish with the wizard you have a configured user account that you can then share with the person who will use this account your NAS and the target device.

### Configuring a destination folder and permissions

Next, you need to configure the folder on your target NAS that will be used as a destination folder once the Hyper Backup task is initiated from the source side.

Again, go to **Control Panel > Shared Folder** and click the **Create** button to start the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-10.56.58.png)

The new folder creation process

Be sure to give it a unique name and select the destination (volume) of your choice. If you have multiple volumes at your disposal, this is the place you will decide what volume will house the folder.

In the next step, you will have the option to select (or not) the **encryption** method. You can of course do it, but IMHO, it is not needed. The reason for this is that the client will configure this on their end anyway (as they should) for the task itself, and if you set encryption on the destination side (in this case) you will have to mount this folder and make sure it is mounted when the backup needs to initiate.

Now, as I said, it is something that you can do, but it is up to you if you want to bother with an additional layer of encryption, considering the content will be encrypted as well.

Shared quota is also one step in this wizard that you can skip for now as we will set it manually after the folder has been created along with the permissions for our new user.

Once you reach the **user permissions** step, here you can check what DSM account should have access to the folder. Be sure to check the user that you have created in the previous step and give it **read/write** permission.

🗒️

****NOTE**: other users that are part of the "administrator" group will by default have permission to this folder

Right now we have one more thing to do (optional), and that's setting up a user quota for that created folder.

Open up **User & Group** panel again and go to your user account. Click the **Edit** button and move to the **Quota** tab.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-11.09.57.png)

Define user quota for the target folder

Now again, this is optional, but if you want to contain the amount of space your friend can use on your NAS, this will be the place to do it. You can always set it and alter it at a later date should you decide to do so.

### DDNS accessible NAS name

🗒️

****NOTE**: This step is not needed if you have a static public IP address (you can just use that) or have an already established site-to-site VPN tunnel between those two points.

In order for your NAS to be accessible over the Internet, you will need to make sure that your NAS can be reached at any point in time especially if you have a dynamic ISP address that can change from time to time.

To get around this you can either configure your NAS to use a QuickConnect name or DDNS one. In any case, the result will be a public name that will link your NAS with an active public IP address.

Both can be configured in the **Control Panel > External Access** on their respective tabs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-11.56.17.png)

Quick Connect setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-11.56.58.png)

DDNS setup using Synology as a DDNS provider

DDNS has several configuration steps involved and you should also create a Let's Encrypt certificate (there is a checkbox for it) to secure your new public domain name.

These steps will not be covered in this tutorial, so once you have your public domain up and running, continue forward with the next step.

### Opening and forwarding Hyper Backup ports

Finally, we have to do one more thing. In order for your NAS to be a target for any other Hyper Backup NAS, you will need to have the **Hyper Backup Vault** app installed, but on top of this, you will need to open up and port forward HB port on your router.

If you check the following URL: [https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/What\_network\_ports\_are\_used\_by\_Synology\_services](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/What%5Fnetwork%5Fports%5Fare%5Fused%5Fby%5FSynology%5Fservices?ref=blackvoid.club) you will see the list of all the ports that DSM and apps/services use. This is useful in a situation like this as you can see that Hyper Backup and the Vault app have specific ports in use.

| Hyper Backup (destination)                   | 6281 (multi-version backup), 22 (if encrypted over SSH), 873 (remote data copy) | TCP |
| -------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --- |
| Hyper Backup Vault, DSM 5.2 Archiving Backup | 6281                                                                            | TCP |

As you can see from the table above, you need to open up and forward port **6281/tcp** toward your NAS IP address in order to allow remote backups to have a successful connection.

Depending on your router model and OS, this will be different for everyone, but if you are using Synology router(s) and SRM, this is what it looks like.

Open up **Network Center > Port forwarding** and click the **Create** button to make a new rule.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-11.25.12.png)

SRM port forward rule creation

Give your rule a name, IP address of your NAS and configure both **public** and **private** ports to value **6281**. Finally, select TCP from the protocol menu, and click **Create**.

That's it! SRM will also create a firewall rule automatically for you to allow this traffic.

### Configuration of the SOURCE NAS side

Now that you have prepared everything on the destination side of things, you are ready to initiate a backup task from your source NAS.

For this, you will need:

1. public IP address, or DDNS public name
2. username and password for the destination/target NAS

### Creating a backup task

Open up the Hyper Backup application and create a new task by selecting **Remote NAS device**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-12.14.40.png)

Select the Remote NAS device option if your target is a Synology NAS

Next, fill in the data needed in the following step. Enter the **Server name or IP address** by populating it with either a public IP address or the DDNS name.

Use the **Log in** to fill in the credentials and after that select the folder from the **Shared Folder** drop menu.

If all has been configured correctly, you should see only one folder. The **Directory** value can be anything you want as that is the name of the folder inside which all the data will be backed up.

This means you can make multiple backup tasks using the same root shared folder, as all of them can be organized with the subfolder/directory parameter.

In the next step select your root folders or subfolders that contain the data you want to back up and move along to the next step.

With Hyper Backup tasks you also have the option to backup certain Synology apps and their configurations. This is an optional step but you can make your selection if you want.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-12.44.07.png)

Select any app you wish to backup

Finally, the last step is configuring various settings. Here you will have the option to choose if you want any notifications on the matter, configure a specific schedule, and integrity check of your backed-up data.

The most important element here is the very last checkbox, **Enable client-side encryption**. You **DO NOT** **want to forget** to check this! 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-12.49.14.png)

DO NOT SKIP THIS!

With this checkbox active, HyperBackup will create a local file (\*\*\*\*.key) that will download to your computer as soon as you finish the wizard. This file will be the client-side key that you will need to access the data from your backup.

‼️

****IMPORTANT**: ****DO NOT LOSE THE FILE!** Without it, your backup will be impossible to access.

One last option you will have is backup rotations. Another optional step but if you want to have multiple versions of your backup with specific points in time (multiple versions of the same file that has changed over time), make sure to configure this to fit your needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-12.53.11.png)

Backup versioning, is optional, but very useful at times

Once you have all in place, start the backup, and you are done!

### How can I be sure that no one but me has access to the backups?

Well in a scenario like this, the person controlling the NAS can see the folder with the backups inside it, but if those backups are encrypted from the source side, they are useless without the key.

So even if someone wants to take a look inside, they can't, as they will be greeted with this type of screen:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-12.57.07.png)

The Hyper Backup Vault app starts while asking for the decryption key

As you can see from the image above, Hyper Backup Vault has detected that you requested access to the encrypted data, and it's asking for the encryption key to unlock it.

On top of this, you can see that nothing in the background is visible, no data structure, time of backups, restore points, nothing.

## Conclusion

So even if you are running this kind of scenario with your family or close friends, you can be sure that nothing or no one will access your data. It is always a good practice to have your data encrypted regardless of how "close" you are with the destination side, just so you can be sure that you're the only one who can actually read the data in the first place.

The benefit of running this Hyper Backup setup is that even if your NAS is destroyed, you do not have to fear how will you access your data. Hyper Backup has all the major desktop client versions, so accessing your data will require a **working PC**, a **desktop client**, your **encryption key**, and a **working backup with your data**.

This means that you can get to your data from anywhere as long as you have access to it, not just from your source NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-13.06.17.png)

Hyper Backup desktop apps from Synology Download center

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-25-at-13.06.54.png)

All major desktop versions are supported

Desktop clients can be downloaded from the [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) site. Select your NAS model and jump to the **Desktop Utilities** tab. There you will find the **Synology Hyper Backup Explorer** app.

Just worth mentioning (what I did at the beginning) that this same process is identical if you chose Synology C2 as your backup destination. You can get to your data anytime, and from anywhere using the same desktop application. It is worth looking into it if you have no option to use a remote NAS, as well as if you don't need a massive amount of data backed up. Something to consider for sure. 

As always, I hope this was informative and helpful, and you are welcome to comment on the matter in the section below as well as ask any questions or suggestions that you might have.
### DSM 6.2.4-25556-U2 is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-4-25556-u2-is-here/
Last updated: 2021-10-14T13:46:33.000Z
> **UPDATE**: 01/09/2021 - a new version of this Update 2 patch has been pushed today. Here is the delta update (rest is the same as the original update)

(2021-09-01)

****Important Note**

1. DSM 6.2.4-25556-2 is updated on September 1 to fixes the issues below.
- **Fixed an issue where the Synology Account sign-in status at Control Panel > QuickConnect was incorrectly shown as not signed in**.
- Fixed an issue where exFAT Access package installation might fail.
- Fixed an issue where users couldn't use SSH transfer encryption for Shared Folder Sync tasks.
- Fixed an issue where Active Insight might not be able to automatically collect and transfer diagnostic data when users submitted technical support forms.

---

> **UPDATE**: 21/08/2021 - This update **has been pulled** due to a problem with QuickConnect status. QC will work, but you will get the "****Sign in to or sign up for a Synology Account**" message where your QC email should be.If you have already patched, you will have to wait for a new update that will fix this.

Today (17/08/2021) Synology pushed out a new "update 2" version for their DSM 6.2.4-25556 patch. Remember this was the patch that fixed a number of problems with the 25554 version, and in the end, replaced that whole release.

So what's new with update 2? Let's have a look:

# Version: 6.2.4-25556 Update 2

(2021-08-17)

**Important Note**

1. Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click here to manually update it.  
The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.
3. **Disables the "Shut down UPS when the system enters Safe Mode" option by default.**  
4.Audio Station must be updated to version 6.5.6-3377 or above to be compatible with this update.
4. Media Server must be updated to version 1.8.1-2876 or above to be compatible with this update.
5. Surveillance Station must be updated to version 8.2.9-6459 or above to be compatible with this update.
6. Virtual Machine Manager must be updated to version 2.4.1-9259.

**What's New**

1. **Added support for Synology Active Insight, which provides an option for automatic delivery of diagnostic data to Synology Technical Support upon submission of a support ticket for a faster troubleshooting process. This option is configurable at DSM > Support Center.**
2. Added log entries for drive removal.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where the domain group list wasn't updated correctly.
2. Fixed an issue where administrator users couldn't sign in to DSM after they reset their password by pressing the RESET button.
3. Fixed an issue where all input fields across DSM were auto-filled with DSM account name if users had had Google Chrome remember their password with the Autofill function.
4. Fixed an issue where Finder might stop responding when users search for content within mounted folders on macOS Big Sur 11.1 and 11.2.
5. Fixed an issue where after users updated to DSM 6.2.4, iSCSI targets mapped with LUNs created on DSM 6.0 and before became offline and couldn't be enabled.
6. Fixed an issue where signing in via 2-step verification generated an extra log entry.
7. Fixed an issue where deleted files from the home folder couldn't be found in the recycle bin if deleted via SMB.
8. Fixed an issue where there is a slight possibility that the SMB service might be shortly disconnected the moment users apply SMB setting modifications.
9. Fixed an issue where backing up data on Windows using Windows Server Backup or other third-party software to Synology NAS might fail after users updated their Windows with updates released since April 2021.
10. Updated the OpenSSL setting in response to new rules of Let's Encrypt certificates.
11. Fixed an issue where there might be an incorrect IP conflict message for VLANs.
12. Fixed an issue where DHCP settings of one network interface might be wrongly applied to another interface whose DHCP settings hadn't been enabled.
13. Fixed an issue where CMS-managed servers might disconnect from a CMS Host that has been updated to DSM 6.2.4.
14. Adjusted the LED indicator behavior for drive hibernation and deep sleep, making the LED status easier to distinguish on the following 15-series and 16-series models: DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS415+, DS415play, DS216+II, DS216+.
15. Fixed an issue where the UPS server might not function properly after the system reboot.
16. Refines the description for abnormal S.M.A.R.T test results and specifies the problematic S.M.A.R.T attributes.
17. Fixed an issue where the system might not obtain the compatibility information of hot-swapped drives on expansion units.
18. Fixed an issue where Western Digital hard drives couldn't be detected upon bootup on the following models: RS4017xs+, RS3618xs, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, DS3617xsII, DS3617xs.
19. Fixed an issue where the fan couldn't resume in full speed mode after a system reboot on models with the V1000 platform.
20. Fixed an issue where memory module error messages weren't displayed properly.
21. Enhanced the system performance when there is a large number of concurrent connections.
22. Fixed an issue where when the "Get user/group lists with NT4-compatible mode" option is enabled, domain users might not be able to sign in to Synology Contacts.
23. Fixed an issue where 15-series and newer models couldn't hibernate when there is a system error, such as a storage issue and hardware malfunction.
24. Adjusted the fan speed on SA3400 and SA3600 to fix a potential overheating issue when E10G18-T2 is installed.
25. Fixed an issue where users couldn't expand the LUNs on ext4 volumes that are already mapped to iSCSI Targets.
26. Adjusted the fan speed to fix a potential overheating issue when a Synology network interface card (E10G18-T1, E10G18-T2, E10M20-T1, E10G21-F2, E25G20-F2) is used as the Heartbeat connection in an SHA cluster or for Open vSwitch.
27. Fixed an issue where the system couldn't retrieve the full name of domain groups correctly after users click "Update domain data".
28. Fixed an issue where the status of domain users couldn't be displayed properly when the status is "lockout".
29. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Samba (CVE-2020-14318, CVE-2020-14323, CVE-2020-14383, CVE-2020-27840, CVE-2021-20277).
30. **Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. ([Synology-SA-21:22](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F21%5F22?ref=blackvoid.club))**

So right out the gate, you will have to be on version 25556 to be able to update to this update 2 increment. Also, if you want to update, you will have to do it manually via the **Control Panel > Update & Restore** and putting in the [**PAT file for your NAS model**](https://archive.synology.com/download/Os/DSM/6.2.4-25556-2?ref=blackvoid.club).

Next, we need to focus on two things here. This update will allow you to use your DSM 6 NAS and connect it to [Synology Active Insight platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/). Rolled out as one of the DSM 7 flag features (and exclusive) it is interesting to see Synology allowing DSM 6 system to get hooked into it. 

To activate AI support for your DSM 6.2.4 UP2 go to **DSM Support Center** \> **Active Insight**, and then   **Enable Active Insight**.

> **NOTE**: The Active Insight service requires a [**Synology Account**](https://account.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club). If you have not signed in to a Synology Account on your Synology NAS or do not have one, a pop-up window will guide you to sign in to or sign up for a Synology Account.

There are limitations when it comes to using AI with your NAS on DSM 6:

1. **Minimum** version required: **DSM 6.2.4 - 25556 Update 2**
2. Synology Active Insight is **not available** for the following models:
- Physical models:  
RS812, RS411, RS212, DS710+, DS413, DS413j, DS411slim, DS411, DS411j, DS216se, DS214se, DS213+, DS213, DS213air, DS212+, DS212, DS212j, DS211+, DS211, DS211j, DS119j, DS115j, DS112+, DS112, DS112j, DS111, NVR1218, NVR216
- Virtual DSM

The question still remains how much will AI cost in the end once it gets rolling.

Also, you noticed that this changelog is quite long. With 30 fixes and several new features, it is obvious that DSM 6 is not going anywhere any time soon.

Do note that fixes **29 and 30 are security vulnerabilities**, and the last one is a fresh one on top of it all (at the moment of writing this article it is still an open case for DSM 7 systems). So be sure to patch up as soon as you can!

From my testing, there are no visible problems with this version at the moment but also note you will have to update several packages (if you are running with them) to be compliant with this version.
### PLEX Pass giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-pass-giveaway/
Last updated: 2021-09-01T15:56:30.000Z
> **UPDATE**: 01/09/2021 - **burghy** has accepted the prize, so this giveaway is officially over! Thank you again all for participating!

> **UPDATE**: 01/09/2021 - The lucky (random) winner has been selected! Congrats to '**burghy**' for winning this PlexPass giveaway! An email has been send and you will have **48h to respond**, or another winner will be selected. Final confirmation will be posted in case that happens. Tnx all for commenting and visiting! Until the next giveaway!

Streamers rejoice! It is time to turn your Plex setup, pro! If you are unfamiliar, Plex offers a Plex Pass subscription that allows you to boost up your Plex experience even more.

With monthly, annual, and lifetime subscriptions, you can unlock a lot of great features that will make Plex an even better experience.

> **DISCLAIMER**: In full disclosure the prized will be bought with my funds, nobody is paying or sponsoring it. Also, nobody is paying or sponsoring this article or this giveaway in any shape or form but myself. **This is a giveaway**, not a lottery, so **no fee or charge is needed to participate**. You will need a **valid Paypal** account to receive the prize! This is a worldwide giveaway.

## Plex giveaway on a NAS-focused site, why?

In March I had my first giveaway and the item was the OWC Mercury Elite enclosure, but for my second one, I wanted to give something that will again be beneficial for all. Considering that a lot of visitors to this site are also interested in running Plex on their NAS devices, or use Plex in a combination with NAS (just as storage for your media), I have decided to go a Plex giveaway.

Another reason is that since March, Blackvoid has jumped from an average of 5k visitors per day to about 15k+ (since last month), and it just felt like I needed to say thank you for all your positive comments, contributions, and general help of putting this site on the map.

## What's the prize?!?

As you have read by now, the prize is a Plex Pass subscription, but let me explain a bit about it in detail.

Since last year Plex has terminated the option to gift someone a Plex Pass subscription, now you have to buy it from your valid Plex account yourself.

This will not be a problem as I will explain in the rules section how this will work out.

For now, the prize. This Plex giveaway will be...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/plexpassgiveaway_annual.jpg)

An annual Plex Pass subscription!

That's right, the prize is **one (1)** **annual Plex Pass subscription**! You might be wondering why just an annual and not lifetime? Well for the 3rd anniversary there might be an even better prize, so check back in 6 months!

So what are the benefits of running your Plex with a Pass subscription? I will let you decide if it's worth it or not. Just visit the Plex Pass page and look into all the benefits yourself.

[Plex Pass | Plex![](https://www.plex.tv/wp-content/themes/plex/assets/img/favicons/apple-touch-icon-152x152.png)Plex![](https://www.plex.tv/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/hero-plex-pass-page-screens-3.png)](https://www.plex.tv/plex-pass/?ref=blackvoid.club)

Personally, I love Plex, LOVE IT! I have my local media organized inside it (movies, tv, music), connected to TIDAL streaming service for all the music I can handle, and my live TV setup as well. 

This allows me to have all my content on virtually any device, anywhere, anytime. I don't need any other app on my smart TV other than Plex, it's all there. The fact that I can view my live tv on my mobile device as well when I am away from home is just a proper "[cut the cord](https://www.blackvoid.club/cut-the-cord-plex-live-tv-xteve-iptv/)" feeling.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/plex_cutthecord-1.jpg)

Live TV on any Plex-capable device? Yes, please!

I guess one thing that also is a great benefit of running with Pass is **Plexamp**. Winamp is like a minimalistic player that you can use on mobile and desktop devices, and cast it to any smart device or speaker that you have around. Just brilliant.

> **UPDATE**: Just in time for this giveaway, Plex has announced its new **[Super Sonic](https://www.plex.tv/blog/super-sonic-get-closer-to-your-music-in-plexamp/?ref=blackvoid.club)** feature for Plexamp. More details [here](https://www.plex.tv/blog/super-sonic-get-closer-to-your-music-in-plexamp/?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/plexamp.jpg)

Plexamp, absolutely a must-have player for any Plex user

The list goes on, but you can check it on the link above yourself to see all the other benefits that Pass will bring to the table.

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from **August 11th (today)** till **August31th, 2021 (23:59 CEST)**.

> **You will need to have a valid and working PayPal account in order to receive money in the value of an annual Plex Pass subscription!**

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, ****register with a valid email account** (it will be used to contact you in case you win)
2. ****Comment as a registered user** and tell me what *Plex Pass feature would be most beneficial for you*. ****Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!**

> **NOTE**: Empty comments, or "+1", "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double post.

That's it! You are in!

> **NOTE**: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section ****will not be used** for any other activity other than ****contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid ****will not sell, exploit or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after August 31th will not be taken into consideration as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be chosen randomly (comments that meet the criteria of step 2) and contacted on their registered email.

The ****winner** ****will be contacted** from this email address: ****`info@blackvoid.tech`** on the **1st of September 2021**.

****The winner will have 48h** to respond and send her/his **Paypal** information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner will not respond within 48h, another winner will be chosen and given another 48h to respond.

If there will be no response in the second wave **by September5th (00:00 CEST)**, the ****giveaway will be void**.

The official, public **announcement of the giveaway winner** will be on **September 5th** as an update **in this current article**.

I wish you all good luck and hope you will be interested in this humble prize. Thank you in advance for participating and visiting blackvoid.club!
### Synology 101 - Set up Apple Time Machine backup
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-set-up-apple-time-machine-backup/
Last updated: 2023-07-26T07:29:41.000Z
In this article, I would like to talk a bit about backup, your desktop backup that is. Specifically, macOS. Now, if you are a Mac user you must have heard about Time Machine right?

TM is a built-in macOS backup app that allows you to run backups of your Mac computer. A while back Apple also had a lineup of devices that could support it (Time Capsule), but in the past years decided to drop the development, as there are plenty of vendors that support TM protocol, so implementing it is not that big of a deal.

Synology has supported TM for a better part of the decade (and longer), and it makes sense that you want to put your Mac data on a device that a) has a lot more storage than your computer, and b) is running a redundant setup away from the device you are trying to back up in the first place.

Using external drives as well as NAS units as backup devices is no mystery, in fact, it is so common nowadays that all vendors support it. Let's see how can you make this happen with Synology NAS, are there any limitations, and how well does it work?

## Why only macOS? What about Windows backup?

The reason this topic is focused on macOS alone is that most Windows backup software is 3rd party and almost 99% of them work using a pure SMB protocol communication with your NAS when it comes to transferring the backup. Also, there are no special elements that need to be configured on the NAS side (apart from the account and shared folder), as opposed to TM backup which does require more steps and has a dedicated section to make those changes.

## Time Machine initial NAS configuration

All Synology NAS models can be Time Machine destination devices, but TM backup is not configured out of the box. To do it, you have to make a few things ahead of time before you try and set up your NAS as a TM backup target.

There are 3 things that need to be prepared in general:

1. Time Machine **destination** (a local NAS folder)
2. **Bonjour** discovery service
3. Time Machine **account** (your DSM account that you will use to connect with)

### Time Machine destination folder

Before you can do anything, you will need to configure a local shared folder on your NAS where you want your Mac device to perform the backup. 

> **NOTE**: Keep in mind that this **has to be a root shared folder**, not a subfolder of an existing root folder!

In the current DSM 6/7 version, you will have the option to separate each Mac device and its backup, to its own root folder if you choose to do so. Before this was not an option, so you had to place all your multiple Mac backups into one single folder.

Now mind you, I still use it that way, and there is nothing wrong with that, and the reason is simple. Each Mac device has its own user account for TM backups, and each backup is a separate *sparse bundle image* inside the same root folder. The point is that there is no real reason to keep them separated unless you want to of course and you can use a single folder to hold multiple backups.

Would it be safer to keep them separated? Sure. Can you have multiple folders on multiple volumes (slower and faster for example), yes you can. So now, you have more options, but just saying that you can keep multiple backups inside a single TM root folder.

TM root folder is no different than any other folder on your NAS so its creation is also nothing special.

Open **Control Panel** \> **Shared Folder**, click **Create** button and start the wizard that will allow you to create a new folder. No need to worry about permissions, as we will tweak those later on when we create new accounts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-10-at-14.39.48.png)

Create a new root folder for TM needs

Now that we have the folder, let's make it a suitable TM "target" folder for your Mac device(s).

### Bonjour discovery service

To allow your Mac(s) to "see" the NAS root folder as a target for Time Machine, we will again go to **Control Panel** \> **File Services** \> **Advanced** to locate the **Bonjour** section (protocol settings).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-10-at-14.42.59.png)

DSM 6 example of Bonjour settings

As of late, macOS started to move towards SMB protocol and away from their AFP. Now at the moment, you can still choose what protocol you want to use for your TM tasks, so you can select either check box options (one for SMB and one for AFP), or you can specify a single one (like in the image above). Once you have done that, proceed with setting the actual target folder.

To do this, click the big **Set Time Machine Folders** button (notice that it says folder**s**, not folder), and once you do, you should get a list of all the shared folders on your NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-10-at-14.44.45.jpg)

Select your TM root folder(s)

Select one or more root folders that you want to use and click **Apply**.

## Time Machine user accounts

As I wrote at the beginning there are 3 things that need to be done to make this work. Now that we have set the folder and the protocol, the only thing left is the account (or multiple accounts if you want/need more than one).

Just as with the root folder, making a TM user account on your NAS is nothing special. This is a "user" class account that will have its own username and password, and the only thing special about it is the quota (more on this later).

So, head over to **Control Panel** \> **User** \> **User (tab)**, click the **Create** button, and start the creation of a new DSM account. Easy right?

The important elements here are:

1. **User groups** \- select this user as a **"users"** class account
2. **Permissions** \- deny access to all folders other than the TM root folder
3. **Quota** \- be sure to configure the quota for this user (more later)

### Quota and group membership

The trick with DSM TM user accounts is that those accounts **must** be "**users**" class accounts, or they will be able to see the whole volume and its size and fill up the entire NAS over time. To get around this, we need to limit them to the "**users**" class group, and on top of this, configure a **quota**.

The quota is configured on the User quota tab. Just go to the **Quota tab**, and in the quota column of your TM root folder, input the **maximum value** that you want this specific user to have in your folder.

You can select the unit column as well and **change from GB to TB** if you choose to do so.

My rule of thumb is **2-3x more space than your current macOS-occupied space**. This will give you some breathing room and will allow for multiple incremental (delta) backups to happen over time.

Once you are done, click OK to save the changes for your current user. Repeat this process for any other account/folder that you have left.

## Time Machine macOS configuration and backup process

The hard part is done. The only thing left to do now is to configure your macOS devices to connect to your NAS TM folder(s) and start backing up.

In your Mac's **System Preferences > Time Machine** section, you can configure your TM destination as well as have an overview of the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-10-at-14.22.14.png)

macOS 11 (Big Sur) Time Machine preferences

Click on the **Select Disk** button, to locate the TM folder on your NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-10-at-15.16.48.png)

TM root folder that you have configured has been listed

**Select** the **folder**, **enter** your **username** and **password** when prompted and you are done!

Depending on the size of the backup, protocol of choice, and the fact that your Mac device is using a cable or wifi connection, the backup will be complete in a matter of minutes or days, so be patient.

By default, TM backups are scheduled to start each hour but you can customize them with 3rd party tools to maybe have them less frequent if you want.

## Problems and troubleshoot

Like any other service or app, TM has its problems. Always had. The main one is that from time to time, macOS will let you know that the integrity of the backup is not ok and it will require you to completely redo your whole backup from scratch.

Now, this might not sound like a big problem but for some it is. The reason is that if you want to get into the **history version** of your backups, once you do a fresh one, no history. Personally, I don't find this a big problem and the main reason is that backup should be there when you need it, not something that will be your "archive" place. You have your NAS for that.

So, as a suggestion, do regular backups, but keep in mind that it would be a good idea to have your backups backed up some more. What I mean by this, is that your valuable data should be backed up not just by Time Machine, but some other app or means in case your TM fails you at any point.

As an example, I use the Acronis True Image platform to do an image-based backup of my Mac computer, on top of my Time Machine backups. To top it all, all data that I need backing up is not even on my Mac, it lives on my NAS and has a 3-2-1 backup scenario in place.

The point is you can never have too many backups, and TM might (and probably will) give you problems at one point in time, so best to have a "backup solution" in case that happens.

Personally, I have never had a problem with TM and needed to restore data in the past 15y, about 3 times (and by data, I mean specific files). This is the reason that to date I still use it until something better comes along.

## Conclusion

Backup, backup, backup. It's only a matter of time before you will need it, so best to have it and to make sure it's a functional backup.

Synology has Active Backup for Business as their NAS platform for desktop computer backups that work with Windows and recently with Linux-based OS.

macOS is in the pipeline and was promised that DSM 7 (at one point) will bring macOS support to ABB. This is what I am waiting for as a potential TM substitute, but at the moment there is no public beta of this service. When this changes I'll be sure to make a post about it after some testing.

As always, feel free to comment on the topic and let me know your TM/NAS experiences.
### Synology NAS devices under brute-force attack
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-nas-devices-under-brute-force-attack/
Last updated: 2022-10-11T16:05:58.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 10/10/2022 - Reports on social media are **indicating an elevated brute force attack against Synology NAS users**. Be sure to read the "What should I do?" section below for some quick pointers on how to harden your box.

At the moment an attack is not officially reported by Synology, nor has it been known what potential exploit is being targeted. Stay alert and follow the steps listed below.

📢

**UPDATE:** **10/10/2022** **18:00 CEST** \- Synology support has received tickets about this attack and **HQ is currently investigating**. There is still **no official status about it**. It does seem like a bigger botnet is brute forcing a big list of Syno NAS, but that is already apparent.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 10/08/2021 - Looks like both Synology and QNAP NAS devices are now under attack by the **eCh0raix ransomware** variant. More info at [Paloalto UNIT42](https://unit42.paloaltonetworks.com/ech0raix-ransomware-soho/?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

Today, August 4th, 2021, Synology has issued a statement about an ongoing **brute-force attack** toward NAS users.

Full news report [here](https://www.synology.com/en-global/company/news/article/BruteForce/Synology%C2%AE%20Investigates%20Ongoing%20Brute-Force%20Attacks%20From%20Botnet?ref=blackvoid.club).

> Taipei, Taiwan—August 4, 2021—Synology PSIRT (Product Security Incident Response Team) has recently seen and received reports on an increase in brute-force attacks against Synology devices. Synology's security researchers believe the botnet is primarily driven by a malware family called "StealthWorker." At present, Synology PSIRT has seen no indication of the malware exploiting any software vulnerabilities.
> 
> These attacks leverage a number of already infected devices to try and guess common administrative credentials, and if successful, will access the system to install its malicious payload, which may include ransomware. Devices infected may carry out additional attacks on other Linux based devices, including Synology NAS.
> 
> Synology PSIRT is working with relevant CERT organizations to find out more about and shut down known C&C (command and control) servers behind the malware. Synology is simultaneously notifying potentially affected customers.
> 
> Synology strongly advises all system administrators to examine their systems for weak administrative credentials, to enable auto block and account protection, and set up multi-step authentication where applicable.
> 
> System administrators that have found suspicious activity on their devices should reach out to Synology technical support immediately.

### What should I do?

First things first. Follow best practices.

1. **turn off** Admin account
2. use **complex long passwords** for your accounts or the new [Secure SignIN](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)
3. use **two-factor authentification** for your accounts
4. use **auto-block** feature
5. configure your **firewall** to best protect any exposed services
6. **change** default NAS **ports**
7. **close** any **ports** on your router that leads to your NAS that you do not need/use and **use HTTPS** access for services that you do have exposed
8. **close SSH** (22) port if you have it exposed
9. configure and **use VPN** to access your NAS from outside your LAN if needed
10. **stay up to date** with your apps and DSM

Accessing your NAS from the outside is best executed using a **VPN**. To learn more about how to set up an incoming VPN to your NAS (and LAN), read up on it in this [**article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/).

Some 101 elements when it comes to the hardening and security of your NAS can be found in [**module 5 of Syno101**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access/).

In case your NAS is reporting attacks from the outside (probably on port 22, the default **SSH port**), make sure to **close it down**, or change its value to a non-default one.

Considering there is a mention of ransomware being pushed in this particular attack, be sure to have all your data backed up (either using [**Hyper Backup**](https://www.blackvoid.club/hyper-backup-disaster-recovery-method-via-c2/) or [**Snapshot Replication**](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)), and make sure that the **backups are current** and working. In case of potential ransomware, this will be the quickest and safest way to get your data back, not to mention the cheapest.

For some general official guidance, be sure to check the official KB article here:

[What can I do to enhance the security of my Synology NAS? - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center provides you with answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://kb.synology.com/img/logo/logo_white.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/How%5Fto%5Fadd%5Fextra%5Fsecurity%5Fto%5Fyour%5FSynology%5FNAS?ref=blackvoid.club)
### NEW SAN manager in DSM 7
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-san-manager-in-dsm-7/
Last updated: 2023-07-02T13:03:50.000Z
If you have been using Synology for a while, you will know that iSCSI support has been in there since forever. In the new DSM 7, this particular set of features are being removed from the DSM 6 Storage Manager, and now have a dedicated package called **SAN Manager.**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.35.19.png)

Brand new SAN Manager in DSM 7

Before we continue, keep in mind that there is still no way to make one Synology NAS connect as a client to another NAS that is hosting the LUN(s). So you will need an iSCSI initiator in order to be able to connect.

This last statement is not entirely true as, Synology does support the initiator role in DSM, but no longer from a user acceptable UI, and it is no longer officially supported. They use it for internal operations for VMM, SAN manager, and the likes, but you can't and shouldn't attempt to make this happen (serious SSH hacking involved!).

This article will focus on the use of iSCSI protocol, in order to connect a Windows 10 machine to a LUN. Later on, I will show how we can migrate the LUN, make a snapshot, and restore from it, and eventually delete the LUN.

## Configure iSCSI target and LUN(s)

### Create a target

In order to get started, you will need two things. **iSCSI target**, and **one LUN** connected to that target. By default, there is already one target waiting and ready once you open up SAN Manager, but you are welcome to create a new one, change its settings, name, and other settings.

Open the **iSCSI** section in your SAN Manager and you will see several options (create, edit, delete, and disable), as well as a list of your current targets, settings, status, and any mapped LUNs.

Click the **Create** button to start the wizard. You can enter any value for the **Name** and **IQN** that fits your needs. Considering that I will be using this to demonstrate a single client connection to the LUN, I will not use any other options like **multiple sessions** or authentification.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.35.37.png)

Newly created iSCSI target

### Create a LUN

Now that we have a target, it is time to make a new LUN that the client will then be able to present as a working drive and transfer data.

Jump to the **LUN** section of the SAN Manager, and click **Create** to start the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.36.08.png)

Give your LUN a name, destination, capacity, and allocation type

As you can see there are several options that need our attention but I would like to focus on some of them. Apart from the obvious elements here like name, and capacity, there are also **location** and **space allocation** settings.

Now if you are running multiple volumes NAS, you will have the option to choose where you want your LAN to live initially. Initially, because you will have the option to migrate the LUN at a later time if you choose to do so. This is a new feature and a welcome one to that. More on this later on.

When it comes to space allocation setting you will have two options here. **Thick** and **thin** provisioning. One is slower but can support snapshots (thin), one is faster but doesn't support snapshots. So it will be up to you to decide on the provisioning type.

I will use thin, as I want to get the benefit of snapshots and replication. Click **Next** when ready.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.36.36.png)

Enter the capacity and choose the type of LUN provisioning

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.36.53.png)

Chose the iSCSI target you want this LUN to be mapped to

After you have set the configuration of the LUN it is time to either map the LUN to a specific target or skip it for now.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.37.10.png)

Add permissions...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.37.18.png)

... and you are done

Once the process is complete, the LUN will appear in the SAN Manager.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.37.33.png)

Created LUN ready to be used

Now that you have both the target and LUN ready, it is time to connect them to the client end and make use of it. As I said before, Windows 10 client will be used for this demo.

## Connect and format your iSCSI LUN

Before you can start using your iSCSI LUN, you will need to have a client device with an OS that supports iSCSI protocol. By default, Windows OS supports it and has a free built-in iSCSI initiator.

### iSCSI Initiator

To start off, open your Start menu and type "iSCSI" this will open up **iSCSI Initiator** that you can configure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.38.38.png)

Windows 10 iSCSI initiator

By default, iSCSI runs on TCP/3260 port, so in order to connect your Windows 10 machine with your NAS and it's iSCSI target, you need to enter the IP address of your NAS in the **Target** field and connect.

As a result (picture above), you will get the list of all discovered targets. You will notice that the name of the targets is identical to the names in the SAN Manager on DSM end.

Next, choose your target, and click the **Connect** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.46.47.png)

Confirm you want to connect by clicking OK

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.47.17.png)

Good and ready!

Once you have connected to your target, you will see the status has changed to **Connected**.

### Disk management and format

Finally, we need one more thing before we can use our LUN on the Windows 10 machine. Once you are connected to a brand new LUN, we need to format it for that system in order to use it. Consider this like adding a new hard drive and preparing it for initial use.

To make that happen we need to open **Computer Management** on your Windows 10 machine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.47.56.png)

Open Computer Management

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.48.16.png)

Disk Management has detected a new drive!

Once you jump into the **Disk Management** section, you will be prompted to initialize the new drive. Confirm it and format the drive as any other drive. Give it a drive letter, and a name, and you are good to go!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.49.25.png)

Standard new drive options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.49.46.png)

Well done, the new drive is added

As stated before, you can see the new iSCSI LUN as a regular "drive" connected to your Windows 10 machine.

Back in DSM, the status has changed for both the iSCSI target and the LUN as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.50.08.jpg)

Confirmation that the iSCSI target is in use by the Windows 10 machine

After some data transfer on the Windows side, the LUN capacity shows change on both ends, Windows 10, and in the SAN Manager.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.56.52.png)

LUN showing its stats

So, this confirms that the LUN is working in order and data manipulation can begin. Once you start using your iSCSI LUN as a "storage" space, be sure to remember that even though it is actually living on the NAS, you data still needs to be backed up.

> LUN corruption, accidental deletion, etc, can all be the cause of many headaches, so plan accordingly!

## LUN migration

Another nice feature with SAN Manager is the fact that you can migrate your LUNs from one volume to the other. This might be interesting in case you have any problems with your current volume, want to migrate specific LUNs to a faster one, or just have multiple LUNs separated to optimize performance.

In any case, migration is really easy.

> NOTE: be sure to disconnect from the iSCSI target before you attempt the migration. It can be done "live", but Windows 10 might be stuck in a "reconnecting" state until you manually disconnect and connect back.

Head over to the **LUN** section of your SAN Manager once you have stopped the connection from your Windows 10 machine, and then click the **Edit** button for a LUN you want to migrate.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.57.22.png)

Switch from one volume to the other and migration will start automatically

From the **Location** dropdown menu, select a new volume and click **Save**. That's it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.57.51.png)

Warning that all current snapshots will be deleted!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.58.16.png)

iSCSI target handling the migration will be offline for the time being

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.59.10.png)

Once everything is completed, target and LUN will be ready for usage again.

Depending on the size of the LUN and data occupied it will take some time, so be patient.

## Snapshots and restore in case of disaster

Before I did warn about backing up your data that lives on your LUN. There are several ways to do that. You can use the client-side backup software that will back up the data like any other on any other HDD connected to your PC.

Another way is to use Hyper Backup to back up the iSCSI LUNs, but there is also Snapshot and replication. I will focus on snapshots in this article as it is one part of the SAN Manager that is present.

> *NOTE: to use snapshot, your NAS has to support the S*napshot Replication package*!*

Jump over to the **Snapshot** section of your SAN Manager to begin the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.05.45.png)

LUNs that can be snaped and replicated

There you will see the list of all of your LUNs that you can snapshot and/or replicate. You can configure the process to be initiated manually (like in this example), or scheduled, it all comes down to your needs.

To make a snapshot (a local one) all you have to do is select the LUN from the list and from the **Snapshot** menu, select **Take a snapshot** option. That's it, done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.06.25.png)

Snapshot list

Invoking the snapshot list from the same dropdown menu, you can see all the snapshots that are present for that LUN.

Let's say you have had an accident and your LUN is corrupted, or you deleted your data and the volume is empty, encrypted by ransomware, what have you.

What you need to do in that case is kill the iSCSI connection from your Windows machine and restore the LUN from a snapshot.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.07.46.png)

Example of an empty LUN - data missing

Next, go to the **Snapshot list** option, select the snapshot state you want to restore from, and click **Restore**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.08.32.png)

If you forgot to disconnect, you will get a warning!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.09.04.png)

Confirm that you want to restore your LUN from this snapshot

Once the process is complete and you reconnect to your iSCSI target, you should be able to see your data back, safe and sound.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.10.40.png)

LUN restored with data on it

Again, I can't stress enough how important it is to backup your data. In the case of LUNs same principle applies when backing up any classic shared folders. The more backups you have, the better! If you can utilize both the Snapshot Replication tool and Hyper Backup, I suggest you used them both.

## Disconnect from your target and LUN

Connecting to the iSCSI LUN was easy and disconnecting from one is the same. Open up your iSCSI initiator tool on your Windows 10 client-side, located the target, and click the **Disconnect** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.12.41.png)

Select your active target and click the **disconnect** button

If you want to do a cleanup on your DSM/SAN Manager side as well, you can. You can manually delete snapshots, LUNs, and even your custom targets. Simply go to the appropriate section, select the item and delete it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-12.14.13.png)

Removal of the target will require DSM account password

## Conclusion

I do hope you have found this article helpful, especially if this is your first time using iSCSI with Synology NAS. You might be wondering what are the reasons someone would use iSCSI LUNs over a simple network share?

Well, there is a number of reason that this could work much better than a simple network share. In some cases, user's apps only work with "local" storage and not a network path, so in order to still have massive storage space but you need to present it as local, iSCSI will do the job.

Also, iSCSI is a "cheap" version of FiberChannel setup, and unlike FC it will deliver slower performance but from a cost perspective you can run it using standard network gear and cables, so in that area, it is money saved.

Another example is that you can use LUNs to separate data for specific users/teams. Unlike shared folders, LUNs can be attached to specific users and like a "sandbox" be dedicated to those users without fear of either access or deletion/corruption of data from others.

These are just a few examples, but let me know in the comments below what you think about iSCSI, do you use it, or planing on.
### Synology C2 Password - one place for all your secrets
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/
Last updated: 2022-08-15T22:46:41.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 15/08/2022 - With the latest mobile update (v 1.2.2), you can now sign up for C2 Password right from the app.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 10.07.2022 - C2 Password iOS mobile app now **offers in-app plan upgrades**. Details on the benefits of a paid plan later in the article. First subscribers get one month of free service. Also, import from popular password managers is here and works really well. Bitwarden's example is covered towards the end.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/IMG_F29667D202BD-1-1.png)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 14.06.2022 - **C2 Password beta app for Android** is in the Google Play Store as of today

**What does C2 Password Android (beta) offer? 📱**

- You get to browse all your passwords and other items from any of your devices, whether you're online or offline.
- You won't have to enter your passwords in browsers or other apps anymore. C2 Password's autofill feature got you covered. Don't forget to turn on the feature at **More** \> **Password Autofill**.

**What's coming next?** 🏃

So far, we can assure you of these exciting new features in the upcoming versions:

1. Editing/Adding items
2. Managing items using tags
3. Password generator

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 05.06.2022 - New mobile version of C2 Password is out that **supports editing and adding new items.**

What's new in v 1.0.5

1. Supports adding and editing logins from the app.
2. When you sign up or sign in to other services, you can click on the key icon to add the account and password to the C2 Password.
3. You can paste time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) from the clipboard when using AutoFill for logins.
4. Supports viewing items by their tags.

Fixed Issues

1. The date format will be displayed based on app language settings.
2. Minor bug fixes.

---

Last month on June 29th, Synology officially announced the new DSM 7 and with it, [new C2 features](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/).

In this article, I would like to reflect a bit on one of those apps, the new **C2 Password**, Synology's cloud-driven **password manager**.

## C2 Password - Synology's freemium password manager

If you have been following me here on the site and on social media, you will know that I am an avid fan of the [Bitwarden platform](https://bitwarden.com/?ref=blackvoid.club), and have [several articles](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) on the subject of self-hosting that solution on your own end using Docker.

The reason for this is that most other password managers out there are commercial solutions, and the "worse" part is, that they are out there in the "cloud". So it is up to you to trust a 3rd party provider to guard all your passwords and other sensitive information on their end.

Well, I don't know about you, but that is not something I am willing to do. Truth is that nowadays, it's very hard to avoid "the cloud" unless you run your own platform for self-hosting, like a NAS or any other server-type device. That requires a [lot of elements to make it work](https://www.blackvoid.club/self-hosting-vs-cloud-hosting/), so it is no wonder that most people will opt for the turn-key "cloud" solution and be done with it.

When it comes to password managers, there are no free solutions out there that will support multiple devices, users, syncing, etc, without a price tag, and C2 Password is no different.

Truth be told, as much as Synology solution is a "freemium", it offers a lot in its free tier.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-31-at-13.39.14.png)

C2 Password pricing and features (Feb 2022)

## What's in the box?

So what can C2 Password do for you? As you can see from the list above, it is mainly a password manager offering a lot of items to be stored, it also has a password generator so you can keep all your items unique (as you should), and also it offers secure file transfers.

Like some of its competitors, it will be more than a pure password manager, but be sure to pay attention to how it works and with what platforms. As you can see from the same list above, C2 Password does not have web extension support for Safari. Right there this is a deal-breaker for me. Sure I can use an alternate browser, but I don't want to, so there you have it. Forcing me to use Chrome or Edge (please!) over any other browser out there is something I am not ready to accept.

Regarding mobile apps, there is one for the iOS platform (since Feb 1st, 2022), but at the moment, you are able to use the items, but you can't add them or edit existing ones. Bit odd if you ask me, but I guess this will be in some later versions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/c2password_ios.jpg)

C2 Password for iOS - you can use the items, but you can't add new or edit current ones

Synology is trying to offer services that are going outside of their comfort zone when it comes to NAS devices, and that is a good thing, as **you do not have to have any device made by Synology to use C2 Password**. So if you are in the market for a password manager that is initially free and works on most platforms (or will in the future), but don't want to host your own (or can't), then C2 Password might be just what you are looking for.

## Platform Security

Considering that C2 Password will be hosted on Synology's C2 infrastructure some might question the security of it all. Now if you are not open to hosting your own password manager platform like Bitwarden for example, you will have to trust some company to do it for you. In this case, it is Synology in another it will be 1Password for example. Saying this, let's see what Synology as a company has in place to protect the sensitive data that you will entrust them with.

As a platform on which users store sensitive data, C2 Password ensures that only the vault’s owner or those he or she entrusts can access the information contained in it. This is achieved through:

****End-to-End Encryption**  
Passwords, items, and stored files are protected using AES 256-bit encryption. Encryption and decryption are carried out at the device level, meaning that all data that leaves the device is fully protected

****Zero-Knowledge Design**  
The C2 Encryption Key, which is used to encrypt all data on the platform, never leaves the device on which it is created, greatly reducing the risk of credential leaks over insecure networks

****Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)**  
Sign-in attempts to C2 Password require a TOTP generated on a mobile device, ensuring that only rightful individuals can access stored data

For more details, be sure to check their [**C2 Password white paper**](https://ln.blackvoid.club/c2passwhitepaper?ref=blackvoid.club) document.

## C2 Password management

Let's see how C2 Password works when it comes to its main features and functions

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.18.26.png)

Options that are coming with **free** tier

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.20.49.png)

Ready to start using your new password manager

Before you start using your C2 Password, you need to create your **C2 Encryption Key**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.24.11.png)

Create a strong C2 Encryption Key

‼️

**WARNING**! - In case you get an error while setting up your key in the lower right corner of the window saying **\[object Response\]**, **DO NOT** cancel out of the screen, or the wizard will register your key as entered (and it is not) and will ask for a key next time out try to log in. This will fail, and the recovery code process **DOES NOT WORK** at the moment, so you will be locked out!

‼️

Another point here to make is that if you get into any trouble regarding access using your (Apple) browsers or devices, make sure to check out the official forum topic on the matter. This was resolved on **July 30th** \- [https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/4/post/145370](https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/4/post/145370?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.33.57.png)

Problems with an C2 encryption key

If all goes well, you will be logged into your C2 Password dashboard!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.48.58.png)

C2 Password, time to start working

### Create, delete and use items

Like any other password manager, C2 Password offers to make multiple types of accounts including a Wireless router object (??).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.58.42.png)

Item categories

Depending on the type you will have various options to fill in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-08.59.49.png)

Wireless router item example

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-09.00.20.png)

Login item example

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-09.01.22.png)

Secure note item example

In any case, you will have the option to extend the item with other **custom fields** if you need to (depending on the initial item category).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-09.15.50.png)

Added login item

### 2FA format

One thing that will probably be interesting to you is the fact that you will need 2FA (TOTP) protection for your login items. The problem at the moment is that C2 Password does support using it but the problem is that adding it to the item itself might be a bit of a problem.

The reason for this is that you will need to type it (or copy it) in the expected format.

`otpauth://TYPE/LABEL?PARAMETERS` is the expected format for 2FA, and with the lack of a mobile application (at the time of typing this article) you will not be able to scan the QR code, and entering a single number and letter string is not an option.

What leaves you is typing the expected format. This is an example of what an expected format looks like for a live Matomo 2FA:

`otpauth://totp/matomotst?secret=PJIKFLGEV63XA2DJ&issuer=Analytics+-+metrics.domain.com`

Now before you start cursing, there is a way to get this information without the C2 Password mobile app. Use an ordinary QR code reader app to get the URL from it and paste it into the field. Yes, not the clean solution but at the moment it is what it is. The point is that 2FA works fine, but you will have to make an effort for it.

### Web extensions

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-11-at-15.33.07.png)

Web browser extension support (July 2022)

As I pointed out before (at the moment) only Chrome, Edge and Firefox browsers support this feature, and as I don't use any of them I can't show how the extension works (I choose not to install those browsers).

There is an [extensive KB article](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/C2/tutorial/Get%5Fstarted%5Fwith%5FC2%5FPassword%5Fextension?ref=blackvoid.club) on the matter of how to set it up and what you need to do to combat the Chrome autofill problem, so be sure to check it out.

The Safari extension is coming soon, so I will be returning to this test at a later date.

### Import items from other managers

This is something that you will expect a password manager to have, and C2 Password does. Still, saying this, you will have to customize your current password manager export (for unsupported managers), before importing the data into C2.

The reason for this is that C2 uses a specific CSV Template before importing your data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-11-at-15.26.51.png)

CSV import is the only method (atm) that will allow you to import data from some other password manager

The [following KB](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/C2/tutorial/Import%5Fdata%5Fto%5FC2%5FPassword?ref=blackvoid.club) explains what are the expected headers in the CSV file regarding the name and expected data type.

Here are also limitations when importing data into C2 Password via CSV:

### Limitation

- C2 Password currently only supports importing login items from CSV files. **File attachments** and **items other than logins** will need to be manually added to your Vault.
- Please save your prepared CSV files in UTF-8 (8-bit Unicode Transformation Format).
- Each CSV record will be displayed as an item in your Vault. C2 Password does not check if the items in your CSV import file are duplicates of items in your Vault. This means that if an item already exists in Vault, importing the same item will create a duplicate Vault item. Before importing, we recommend that you do either of the following:
- Editing your import file to include only the new Vault items.
- Clearing your Vault login entries prior to the import operation.

So, not the cleanest solution, but there is documentation on how you can alter your export and get it aligned with the C2 Password before importing. Considering that this is a one-time action, probably not the end of the world, but it is expected for a password manager to not be out-of-the-box compatible with other competitive products out there.

With a CSV export/import solution you can basically import data from any product out there, but you will have to put some effort into it.

### Import from Bitwarden

Since Bitwarden is supported along with a few other competitors, let's see how a compatible password manager export/import works with C2 Password.

To start off, **log into your Bitwarden Vault**. Using the **Tools** menu on the top navigation you will get into the following section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-11-at-15.37.04.png)

Select CSV as the format, enter your master password, and export

Once the export has been completed, move into your C2 Password web UI, and use the **Import** button to start the process.

Considering that BW is a "compatible" password manager, you only have to select the CSV file and click import again.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-11-at-15.41.47.png)

Select the CSV file and you are done

In a few seconds, you will have all your entries imported, including the **tags**, and **OTPs** for all your items.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-11-at-15.45.05.png)

BW items imported into C2 Password in under one minute

I have to say that this import was very smooth, and all the data is here, including a working 2FA (OTP) that you don't have to set up again.

## Password generator

The benefit of using a password manager is that you don't have to think about your next complex password. You can leave that task to the password generator and just forget about it. The best way to protect your accounts is to not type in the password at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-09.43.07.png)

Password generator

This feature is nothing special but I do have to note that you will have a **maximum** of **30 characters** (at least at the moment). Now this will be enough with maximum complexity for most users, but limiting to 30 is kind of puzzling as the password field allow **64 characters**. Not make sense to me why the limit of 30 is enforced here, but there you have it.

One problem that I do have a problem with is that you can't invoke the password generator when adding an item. Meaning you will have to generate the password, and then open the creation of a new item in order to paste it in. Again, only 30 chars long, so if you want a more complex password you will have to manually combine it.

Not the end of the world, but, a bit of a bitter taste when it comes to making password manipulation easier for users using a password manager.

## Secure file transfer

Apart from using it as a password manager, you can also send secure items to 3rd party users to make sure that the data is protected at all times, end-to-end.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-09.50.26.png)

File Transfer functionality

You can add files and folders in a single task to send them securely to a 3rd party. Using the **Upload** button will allow you to add the items and then configure the task using the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-09.59.34.png)

Task/file you want to send

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.42.37.png)

Settings that can be configured

Once you add the file(s) you want to send you can configure various options. From task name, expiration date, limits, even apply a watermark.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.44.09.png)

Create a transfer link

Once you have configured it and depending on your subscription you will have the option to send it to your recipients.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.45.34.png)

Link ready to be shared

When you recipient receives the URL they can access the file and view the content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.47.23.png)

Enter your email to get the OTP code

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.48.53.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.48.16.png)

Enter the code

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.49.27.png)

List of all the files

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.50.17.png)

Web preview o the file without the need to download them

Another way to get your transfer is to use the QR code to scan the request and start the process of accessing the files.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-22-at-11.51.11.png)

## Conclusion

With this version 1 of C2 Password, Synology has made it clear that they want to utilize their C2 platform a bit better, but there is room to improve on the current version in multiple elements (import, web browser support, extensions, password generator), and hopefully, that will happen soon. 

For now, a decent solution if you are in the market for a free password generator, but compared to the likes of Bitwarden for example, there is much to desire on top of what the platform offers at the moment.

🎁

If you like to ****try C2 Password**, you can do so by registering for it using the link below. In full disclosure, the following link is an affiliate one!

[![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/c2password_v2_banner.jpg)](https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=1957467&u=3294653&m=116990&urllink=&afftrack=&ref=blackvoid.club)

So are you ready to make the jump? Even if you don't want to hand over your keys to Synology and their C2 cloud to safeguard your data, maybe this article has at least made you think a bit about your password policy and how good or bad you are handling your own accounts. Hopefully, by the next #passwordday, you will be more protected, organized, and secure for your own sake, regardless of the platform you choose.

Will Synology make a long run with C2 Password, well IMHO, there is a huge market for those types of tools, especially today with all the leaks, hacks, and whatnot. Try not to be part of any statics, and get yourself a password manager, be it C2, or any other out there.

Let me know what you think about this solution, as well as do you use a password manager in the first place, and if so, which one. The comment section below is open!
### Running your torrent client via NordVPN Lynx (Wireguard)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/running-your-torrent-client-via-nordvpn-lynx-wireguard/
Last updated: 2025-01-25T10:12:08.000Z
⚠️

****WARNING**: while this tutorial is functional, it will work with the image version ****3.12.2**. ****DO NOT use the latest image tag** as it causes problems. The issue is still ongoing on Github.

In the past, [I did an article on running qBittorrent client via a VPN](https://www.blackvoid.club/qbittorrent-via-vpn-docker-container-running-on-synology-nas/) (OpenVPN protocol) that works for almost any VPN provider out there. In this article, I would like to narrow the scope down a bit and focus on Wireguard protocol.

Specifically, NordVPN implementation of the WG protocol that they call "Lynx". To make this work I will be using a well-maintained Docker image, `bubuntux/nordvpn`.

More details on this image can be found on its GitHub site here: [https://github.com/bubuntux/nordvpn](https://github.com/bubuntux/nordvpn?ref=blackvoid.club).

For the torrent client, you can use anyone you want, but I will focus on qBit one maintained by **linuxserver** team.

As always you can run all your docker-compose code from the command line, but I will be using [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/). If you want to follow along, be sure to set it up using the linked article, and then come back here.

### Docker-compose example

To get started with this setup, unlike with OpenVPN where you need to point the container to a specific VPN server configuration file, in this case, that will not be needed. We will just need to use the country for our destination, username, and password for our Nord account, and we are set.

```yaml
version: "3.5"
services:
  vpn:
    image: bubuntux/nordvpn:v3.12.2
    network_mode: bridge
    container_name: nordvpnwireguard
    cap_add:
      - NET_ADMIN    # Required
      - NET_RAW      # Required
    environment:                # Review https://github.com/bubuntux/nordvpn#environment-variables
      - TOKEN=xxxxxxxx # generated via the NordVPN portal
      - CONNECT=Switzerland
      - TECHNOLOGY=NordLynx
      - NETWORK=192.168.1.0/24  # So it can be accessed within the local network
    ports:
      - 8088:8088
    sysctls:
      - net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6=1  # Recomended if using ipv4 only
  torrent:
    image: linuxserver/qbittorrent:latest
    container_name: qbitwireguard
    network_mode: service:vpn
    environment:
      - WEBUI_PORT=8088
      - PUID=1026
      - PGID=101
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/yourfolderofchoice:/config
      - /volume1/yourfolderofchoice:/downloads
    depends_on:
      - vpn
    restart: always

```

As you can notice we will be running two containers to have this solution up and running. The torrent one and the VPN one as part of a single compose.

Do note that all ports that the `torrent` container is using are actually in the `ports` section of the `vpn` container. The reason for this is that we are telling our torrent container to use the VPN container as its gateway with the following line:

`network_mode: service:vpn`

This way we have to have all the needed ports published in the "gateway" container which in this case is the NordVPN one.

### Deploying the container using "Stacks"

As I said before you are welcome to run this using the conventional `docker-compose up -d` command line, or you can run it with Portainer.

If you decide to run it with Portainer follow along. Go to your Portainer instance and in the main menu on the left-hand side, select **Stacks**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-14-at-12.44.49.png)

Click **+Add stack** button and in the **web editor** windows paste the docker-compose code from above.

Give the stack its **Name**, and click the **Deploy the stack** button on the bottom.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-14-at-12.45.19.png)

Once you have your stack running, be sure to check the VPN container log to see if the connection has been made. Should look similar to this:

```
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Firewall is up, everything has to go through the vpn
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to secure interfaces
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to nordvpn group
iptables: No chain/target/match by that name.
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] group match failed, fallback to open necessary ports
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] ip6 group match failed, fallback to open necessary ports
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to docker network
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to network 192.168.1.0/24
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Restarting the service
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Waiting for the service to start
[2021-06-20T20:53:25+00:00] Logging in
Welcome to NordVPN! You can now connect to VPN by using 'nordvpn connect'.
[2021-06-20T20:53:27+00:00] Setting up NordVPN Version 3.9.5
Technology is successfully set to 'NordLynx'.
Subnet 172.24.0.0/16 is whitelisted successfully.
Subnet 192.168.1.0/24 is whitelisted successfully.
[2021-06-20T20:53:27+00:00] Connecting...
Connecting to Switzerland #240 (ch240.nordvpn.com)
You are connected to Switzerland #240 (ch240.nordvpn.com)!

```

Now you can access your qBit torrent application on the port set in the docker-compose (8088 in this example) by going to your browser and using the following URL: `http://yourNASIP:8088`. You will change the value to your NAS LAN IP address and hopefully land on the login page.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-14-at-12.49.41.png)

qBittorrent web UI main page

For the username and password use `admin` and `adminadmin` respectfully to log into it initially.
### NEW SAS Enterprise HDD(s) by Synology are here!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-sas-enterprise-hdd-s-by-synology-are-here/
Last updated: 2021-07-14T09:46:05.000Z
At the beginning of the year, Synology has [announced their HDD lineup](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-hdd-s-spotted/) of branded drives, and last year's [NVMe and SSD models](https://www.blackvoid.club/b/) as well.

Well today, we are getting more drives! This time around we are getting three **SAS-type** drives from their **HAS5300** series.

Coming in capacities of 8TB, 12TB, and 16TB, these drives are evidently targeting customers running Synology SA and UC class-type NAS devices.

> **Engineered for Demanding Workloads in Enterprise Environments**

> Synology HAS5300 is designed to meet the capacity, efficiency, and reliability needs of modern enterprise deployments. Built to handle workloads up to 550 TB per year, it empowers host systems to serve large pools of concurrent clients. With a 2.5 million- hour MTTF and backed by Synology's 5-year limited warranty, HAS5300 meets the highest standards of dependability.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-14-at-11.39.29.png)

27% faster RAID rebuild

Covered by Synology **5y** warranty and the option to update drive firmware using DSM, the price tag on these models is yet to be announced, but my guess is those won't be cheap.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/5year_warranty_02.png)

Here is the short specification summary with the full one linked below:

|                              | HAS5300-8T              | HAS5300-12T | HAS5300-16T |
| ---------------------------- | ----------------------- | ----------- | ----------- |
| Interface                    | SAS 3.5”                |             |             |
| Capacity5                    | 8 TB                    | 12 TB       | 16 TB       |
| Class                        | Enterprise              |             |             |
| Cache Buffer                 | 256 MiB                 | 512 MiB     |             |
| Mean Time to Failure (MTTF)6 | 2,500,000 hours         |             |             |
| Max. Sustained Transfer Rate | 230 MiB/s               | 242 MiB/s   | 262 MiB/s   |
| Warranty7                    | 5-year limited warranty |             |             |

Full specification PDF: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/has5300](https://ln.blackvoid.club/has5300?ref=blackvoid.club)
### PLEX migration with DSM 7
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-migration-with-dsm-7/
Last updated: 2023-07-15T13:47:03.000Z
📢

**UPDATE:** New Plex Version **1.24.5.5173** brings some changes regarding installer and screens regarding this:

```
(Synology) Improve install wizard messaging and 'Plex' share detection
(Synology) Remove log file redirection option from installer

```

---

📢

**UPDATE**: Added info on what to do in case you get into **trouble with an unclaimed or lost Plex** server - "**My Plex is lost! Now what?**" as well as made changes to the article due to changes that came with the installer after **1.24.4**

📢

**UPDATE**: Plex version **1.24.2** on **DSM 7** brings back 'Plex Media Server' in ashared folder that will allow you to use Hyper Backup to back it up

🎁

**GIVEAWAY** \- Be sure to check out the [**August giveaway**](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-pass-giveaway/) for a chance to win a Plex Pass subscription!

📢

**UPDATE**: added info on the bottom regarding a problem with transcoding and conversion (while using subtitles for example)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: If you have **already migrated to DSM 7 and have a working Plex** install (following this particular article), then you might know that **it is not possible to backup Plex configuration using Hyper Backup**.

To get past this, the Plex team is working on a version of the Plex installer that will mitigate and solve this problem.

If you want to participate in it, use the following [**link**](https://forums.plex.tv/t/dsm-7-packaging-2-0-forum-preview/732838?ref=blackvoid.club), and download the package for your NAS in order to get your working DSM 7 Plex setup into a working condition to be able to backup using Hyper Backup.

This package can be downloaded from plex.tv site as part of the DSM 7 installer:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-02-at-11.03.20.png)

The version that supports Hyper Backup Plex configuration backup

---

About two weeks ago, [DSM 7 came out](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-is-finally-here/) and we were all so eager to upgrade (who could), but there is also an important note here to take away from this update.

Synology was hard at work to bring us many new features, some visible, some not so much as well as some new and exciting apps and services ([C2 new lineup](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/)), but also, they made some changes when it comes to permissions and how 3rd party apps work with new DSM OS.

With DSM 7 a lot of apps got axed from being supported by the new OS, and those that will continue to work will demand the developers to adapt to the new security rules. One of those rules is that the apps can no longer run as *root* on the system. This leads up to this article.

## PLEX vs DSM 7

While Plex team was aware of this long before the final release was pushed, there is still a process that needs to be respected in order to continue using Plex on DSM 7\. In the following tutorial, I will show and demonstrate a short explanation also accessible on the official Plex.tv forums.

ChuckPa (member of the official Plex team) is the one taking credit for all the help and support that he has given all the users struggling to get this off the ground as well as tweaking the Plex install to be compatible with DSM 7.

This tutorial will focus on a bare-metal installation (not Docker), as that's the one that needs attention.

All the needed information are accessible here:

[Synology - DSM 7 Release - Plex Installation IssuesThis is the FULLEST POSSIBLE DETAIL instruction. Most do not need it. More info here: @fishbert The way this works – ( This is why I loathe DSM 7) Uninstall Plex for DSM 6 Upgrade to DSM 7 Reboot DSM 7 - it fixes itself at next reboot – NO clue why. NOW we can start the installation proc…![](https://aws1.discourse-cdn.com/plex/optimized/3X/8/3/833e5cd753c8645af15fef9118673a310d7e286d_2_180x180.png)Plex Forumphilrigby![](https://discourse-cloud-file-uploads.s3.dualstack.us-west-2.amazonaws.com/plex/original/3X/c/7/c72605466135dac66d677f36e9d5a56f6f9a9d83.png)](https://forums.plex.tv/t/synology-dsm-7-release-plex-installation-issues/719845/465?ref=blackvoid.club)

‼️

**IMPORTANT NOTE**: Before you rush over and install DSM 7 over your current DSM 6 with Plex already running, **DO NOT** do that. Read the whole tutorial and then proceed with the update.

## PLEX Upgrade process

So before you start with the Plex upgrade on your DSM 6, this tutorial will start with a fresh install of Plex on the active DSM 6 instance, add a new library, just to show that all will be well with the process IF YOU FOLLOW IT to the letter.

### STEP01 - running Plex on DSM 6

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.33.12.png)

Use only Plex.tv versions in this tutorial

So if you install Plex on your DSM 6 setup, as always, use the Plex.tv version NOT the Package Center one!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.36.17.png)

Manual install process wizard

Open Package Center and use the **Manual install** button in the upper right corner. Follow the wizard to the end and install Plex.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.37.12.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.38.46.png)

Plex installed on the DSM 6 OS

Once you have Plex installed, access it and add some libraries to it (unless you already have this up and running).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.40.21.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.41.07.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.41.59.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.43.00.png)

Plex running under DSM 6 with some libraries

### STEP02 - Deinstall Plex from DSM 6 (DO NOT SKIP!)

This is the step that most of you will want to start off. So you already have Plex running and you want to upgrade to DSM 7 but also have Plex up and running under it without any problems.

First, we need to **uninstall** it! So go to Package Center and uninstall your current working version of Plex (under DSM 6).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.46.06.png)

Uninstall Plex from DSM 6

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.46.45.png)

Once uninstalled, your Plex server will no longer show any content

### STEP03 - upgrade DSM 6 to DSM 7

Now that you have uninstalled Plex from your NAS, it is time to upgrade to DSM 7.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.47.32.png)

Install DSM 7 using the manual process via Control Panel

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.48.09.png)

Leave your DSM 7 to install

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.54.27.png)

Finishing up

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.55.33.png)

Upgrade completed, DSM 7 running

### STEP04 - additional reboot (DO NOT SKIP)

Even though the DSM install has rebooted the NAS, the Plex team suggests doing another reboot of the NAS before moving forward. Do it.

### STEP05 - Installing Plex on DSM 7

Now we are ready to install Plex so head over to Plex.tv again and download the DSM 7 compatible Plex installation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.45.47.png)

Make sure to use the dropdown and select DSM 7!

Before running the install, you can go to File Station to make sure that the **Plex** folder (where all the metadata and app files are) is still there and has some data in it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.56.19.png)

Plex install folder still here after update to DSM 7

Now, open up Package Center and use the manual install to load up the DSM 7 Plex version that you have just downloaded.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.58.24.png)

Begin loading up the new DSM 7 compatible version of Plex

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.59.07.png)

Select normal installation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.59.21.png)

You can change or not the location of logs (up to you)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-09.59.30.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.39.08.png)

Ready to install Plex, hit "done"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.39.39.png)

Be sure to add permissions to all your local media folders as instructed!

So far we have installed Plex and got a new PlexMediaServer internal account and shared folder. 

Next, we need to add permissions to the **"old"** Plex folder and redo the install once more in order to migrate the Plex instance correctly.

### STEP06 - setting permissions (IMPORTANT!!!)

Now we will need to go to **Control Panel** \> **Shared folders**, and change the permissions for the **Plex** folder.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-10.00.51.png)

Edit the Plex folder and jump over to the Permission tab

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-10.01.15.png)

Change Permissions view to System internal users

Once you are on the **Permissions** tab, make sure to change the dropdown menu from *Local users* to **System internal user**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-10.01.39.png)

Locate the PlexMediaServer user and customize it

The account in question is **PlexMediaServer**. Click its **Custom** column, and add **Full Control** permissions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-10.02.01.png)

Make sure to add full control permission!

Select **Administration**, **Read**, and **Write** permission for the user and click **Done**.

Once you have returned to the previous screen **YOU MUST SELECT** the **Apply to this folder, sub-folders, and files** check box!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-10.02.20.png)

**DO NOT FORGET THIS CHECKBOX!**

After you have selected the checkbox, click **Save**, and wait. Depending on the size of your folder and the number of files this can take some time. Be patient.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-10.02.45.png)

One more final save needed

Finally, click **Save** one more time, and you are done.

### STEP07 - Uninstall Plex under DSM 7

Go to **Package Center** and uninstall Plex with the following option:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.48.26.png)

Uninstall Plex

Complete the process and move forward.

### STEP07a - remove the new PlexMediaServer folder

Now that we have uninstalled the Plex platform, we need to remove the **PlexMediaServer** folder that was created in Step 07\. Use the Control Panel > Shared Folders and delete it.

### STEP08 - Final install and migration

Now that we have set the permissions in step 06 on the original Plex folder and have uninstalled Plex it is finally time to install it and let it run its migration.

Start a new install via Package Center and select the following option:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.38.31.png)

Run the normal install one more time

Again, run the normal install. As long as you have set the permissions as indicated in STEP05, Plex will initiate the migration and complete the installation. The only thing left to do is to add permissions to your media library folders.

### STEP09 - adding permission to your library folders

In order for your Plex instance to work as expected, the Plex account needs to have permissions on all the folders that are presenting data to your instance as libraries.

So head over to **Control Panel** again and in **Shared** **folders** view, select the folder(s) needed and give them R/W permissions.

🗒️

**NOTE**: **Read permissions should be enough** (I use it that way), but the Plex team suggested R/W, so I did as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-10.05.45.png)

Giving R/W permissions to your media folders

### Process completed

Your Plex instance should now be running with the old data and libraries waiting for you. Log into your Plex web UI or use the official app.plex.tv to check it out.

So just to recap.

1. Uninstall Plex under DSM 6
2. Update to DSM 7
3. Install Plex (1st time)
4. Set permission to the "old" Plex folder
5. Uninstall Plex
6. Install Plex (2nd time) and let it migrate
7. Set permissions to your library folders for the new PlexMediaServer account

In case you get into trouble and end up with a "lost" server, continue to read down the article.

---

### My Plex is lost! Now what?

In case you get into trouble and end up with a screen like the one below, follow the process along.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.42.13.png)

Ups! Plex is lost. Don't panic!

The main reason for this problem might be the fact that you have not executed **STEP06**. If you have forgotten or failed to give correct permission to your "old" Plex folder for the new account, the migration will be partial, and your server will not boot up. Fix your "old" Plex folder permissions, and then continue on.

No problem, this can be fixed.

### STEP01 - uninstall the broken Plex install

First, got to Package Center and uninstall Plex by using the following option:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.48.26-2.png)

This will remove all the elements needed.

Next, remove the **PlexMediaServer** shared folder. If you don't upon reinstall it will not detect the "old" Plex folder and start the migration.

‼️

**WARNING**: **DO NOT REMOVE THE "Plex" FOLDER**. THAT'S THE ORIGINAL FOLDER THAT NEEDS TO GO THROUGH THE MIGRATION PROCESS!

### STEP02 - Reinstall Plex again using the claim token

Start a new install using the Package Center and select the **second** option, **Install using Plex Claim Token**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.45.45.png)

Click the **blue** Get Plex Claim token url to get it and paste it back into the installer

Be sure to click the **Get Plex Claim Token** link to get the token, copy it, and paste it back into the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.45.32.png)

Copy the value back to the wizard

Finally, continue forward with the installation until you see this information:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-22.46.12.jpg)

Process completed! Well done!

The message should list your Plex.tv account name, saying that the migration is complete and you have claimed your server back. All is well.

🗒️

**NOTE**: In case the last image comes up with an **"empty" name**, just **use the Plex server web UI, go to your server, and claim it there**.

Make sure that the "old" Plex folder is empty and has just the Migration.log file in it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screenshot-2021-10-04-at-23.51.09.png)

The content of the **"old"** Plex folder should look like this

### Problems with transcoding

In case you start to watch something with subtitles for example and get the following error there is a solution for it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/Screenshot-2021-07-12-at-22.04.20.png)

The problem is the metadata. Use your library menu and open **Manage Library > Refresh All Metadata**.

I know that permission should have been migrated from the old Plex folder, but in case you get this error, just redownload the new meta and the problem will go away. Obviously running without any subs, there will be no problem.

## Conclusion

As you can see the process is straight forward, not much that can go wrong if you stick to the "script". If you have already rushed and updated to DSM 7 **without uninstalling** Plex beforehand, you will have to consult the Plex forums for more details and potentially some help on the matter.

As said before, uninstalling Plex **before** DSM 7 update is crucial, and if you do it that way you will be up and running in no time. Good luck!

Feel free to comment and share your experience with the rest of us!
### Portainer 2.6 - using STACKS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/
Last updated: 2022-05-14T17:48:17.000Z
Back in September 2020, I wrote a short article on how to get [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) up and running as well as connecting it with multiple Docker hosts using the Portainer agent. 

With that article, you have all you need to get up and running. In this article, I would like to talk about **docker-compose** and how you can use Portainer and its **stacks** feature to use docker-compose files as well as what benefits you might have when using Portainer as oppose to the Docker command line. 

## Stacks = docker-compose, the Portainer way

If you have ever started Portainer you will notice its main menu on the left-hand side and most of the options here are self-explanatory. One thing that sticks out, is **Stacks**.

So what's the stacks option? The stacks, as Portainer calls them, are sets of features that will allow you to start and run your container(s) using a well-structured docker-compose.yml file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-07-at-15.41.43.png)

Portainer STACKS - number of ways to make Portainer read a docker-compose file

You might be wondering why would you need to run a docker-compose container in the first place? Well, if you look at Synology's Docker UI, you will find out soon that it doesn't cover all potential options and features that you might need with certain solutions out there that you want to run inside Docker.

That will turn you towards a docker-compose file that will have all the instructions needed to run the container, and in order to run it, you start by going into the command line and run a simple single line.

So what's the advantage of running a "stack" using Portainer? Well, you have a nice UI that will give you all the tools needed including a web editor that will check if the YML file is formated and structured correctly. Meaning you will be able to have a color-coded docker-compose file ready to be executed and changed on the fly if you have the need to do it.

There are several ways you can start with docker-compose in Portainer. As you can see from the image above, there are four methods of doing this.

**Web editor**, **uploading a file**, using a **GIT repository**, or using a **custom template**. 

For my personal use case, I use web editor or upload methods just because most of the time I just write my own compose files, or if I already have them saved, simply upload them or again just copy the content of the file into the web editor.

Another reason I favor web editor is that I can just quickly edit (and correct it if needed) the composed file content and redeploy the container.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-16-at-09.24.20.png)

Bad indentation in line 9\. Another great asset of Portainer web editor

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-16-at-09.00.35.png)

Portainer stacks

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-16-at-09.01.28.png)

Example of stack options

Now just to be clear you can still use and manipulate your container created via the stack the same way as you would any other container. As you can see on the image above, there are still tools that allow you to start, stop, kill or restart your container.

On top of these tools, you will have the section on stack tools as well. There is a way to stop, delete and create a template from that stack. 

In case you were wondering, stoping the stack will stop all the containers in the stack and there will be no exceptions around this, so choose what containers you want to be part of a single stack.

One thing that you can also see is that while the container and stack are running you also have access to the **editor** part of the stack.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-16-at-09.05.21.png)

Edit the stack/container and redeploy in a matter of seconds

From the above example you can see that while the container is in the running state, you can edit the docker-compose and use the **Update the stack** button to remove the old container and redeploy a new one.

One example that this might be useful is that you want to change the port number on the fly, or use a different image tag to deploy the same container but with a new repo tag, or just change the name of the container. The point is that you have it all right there in a single window with no need to use a different code editor, save your changes, and then use the up/down docker-compose CLI command.

### Manage "stacks" created outside Portainer

Now there are some cases at the moment that you might not be able to use the full potential of docker-compose CLI commands inside Portainer. One example is using the `env_file` command.

Just to show you how a "stack" (or how it's called a "project") crated via command line looks like on the Portainer end.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-16-at-09.18.51.png)

"Stack" created using docker-compose command line

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-16-at-09.19.28.png)

Clear notice that control over the stack will be limited

If we compare the images you will notice that the stack tools are missing. So there are no options to stop, delete or make a template out of this stack if it was not initiated from the Portainer in the first place.

Still, you do have an overview and you can control the containers that are the result of this stack.

Not really a topic for this particular article but will just mention one thing about agents that will in the end make sense when dealing with stacks.

## Portainer agents - aggregate your Docker hosts in a single UI

One more way that a web editor might be handy is the quick deployment of the same container on multiple Docker hosts. Templates or again, web editor, can come in handy to switch from one host to the other using the same Portainer UI.

Let's say you have a Portainer host running on one of your Docker hosts, but you also have a number of other Docker hosts as well. Instead of having multiple Portainers on all of those hosts, and the need to log into each of them, why not pull them together under a single Portainer instance with **agents**?

With version 2.6 of Portainer, there will be an accompanying version of the agent as well. 

From the [official Portainer News and Blog](https://www.portainer.io/blog/portainer-versions-why-were-matching-the-agent-with-the-portainer-release?ref=blackvoid.club) post:

> **What does this mean exactly?**

> When you install Portainer CE 2.6 there will be a matching Agent version 2.6 available. If you already have a Portainer instance 2.5.1 running, you’ll need to set up the Agent version 2.5.1.  
> This helps to remove confusion around version compatibilities when installing particular instances and when updating versions. Now, you might be asking what if I don’t follow this. What happens? Well, we want the agent to work across different versions of Portainer, however, in the future, this may not be possible. So, we recommend version pining to avoid any unplanned disruptions.

Info on how to connect multiple Docker hosts using the agents can be found in my other Portainer article [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/), under the **Add Docker host to your Portainer using an agent** heading.

The reason I am saying this is that in this configuration there are other cool benefits of running stacks and using Portainer at the same time.

### Migration and duplication of stacks

If you have a Docker Swarm cluster up and running and controlled by the Portainer or simply have multiple hosts connected with agents, you can migrate your stack from one host to the other.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-18-at-14.48.12.png)

Stack about to be migrated to a new host

Once you have decided on the stack you want to migrate, give it a new **destination** **name** and select the **host** from the list of endpoints.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-18-at-14.48.28.png)

One final warning and confirmation

To make this happen and work keep a few things in mind:

🗒️

**NOTE**: Volume bind and the content will **NOT** be migrated, on top of that make sure that if you do use any volume binds or mounts they **need to be prepared beforehand** on the destination side (same as always), and finally if there will be any clash of the port mappings (**port in use**), your migration will **fail.**

So basically, just like when you are making a new fresh container/stack on your host you will need to make sure that all those prerequisites are met in the migration process as well.

## Conclusion

If you are serious about containers on any platform, you should consider using Portainer. It will allow you all the features that Docker offers, as well as allow you to use it with Kubernetes, Docker Swarm, and Azure ACI.

There are still people that like to use CLI of course and there is nothing wrong with that, but Portainer will be there for anyone that wants to have a powerful UI to do all those tasks. Also, with its support for users and teams, Portainer will be a one-stop shop for all your collaborative needs as well.

Let me know down in the comments if you use Portainer, and for what, and if so, has it helped you out, or is it missing some features that you need or would like to be able to use.
### Synology C2 - A Cloud for Safe Data
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/
Last updated: 2022-05-22T15:38:52.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 19/05/2022 - There is another C2 service coming, **[Object Storage](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-object-storage/)**. Still not much is known about it, but I will be expanding on the service as more info starts to surface.

📢

**UPDATE**: 05/05/2022 - **NEW [C2 Surveillance](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-surveillance/)** service is now live. You can save all your Surveillance Station footage in the cloud as well as your local NAS.

📢

**UPDATE**: 31/01/2022 - added new pricing and feature list as well as changed the announced "family" tier to the current "Plus"

📢

**UPDATE**: 29/09/2021 - New info on the **HybridShare feature**! More details are in a dedicated [**article here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/).

📢

**UPDATE**: 29/07/2021 - Added info on **C2 Backup prices**. The service will **roll out at the start of Q4 2021** (no exact date as of yet)

📢

**UPDATE**: July 22nd 2021 - C2 Password is **live**!

On June 29th, 2021, we finally got DSM 7 [release](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-is-finally-here/)! With that, Synology has also made a huge change to their C2 cloud platform which has been around for 4 years now.

The fact that they are working on their 3rd world data center in Taiwan, shows that Synology is serious about data protection that we have on our devices, but also with the introduction of **new C2 features** that they want to offer complete data protection that extends beyond their NAS lineup.

## Synology C2, v2.0

Following the release of DSM 7, Synology has also remastered their [C2 portal](https://c2.synology.com/en-global?ref=blackvoid.club) with new details, information, and offers to tools that we haven't had a chance to use before now.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/syno_c2_seminar_12.PNG)

Features are now divided into two main sections, **individuals**, and **business**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-12.28.30.png)

Some features will be present in both tiers (with limitations), and some will be exclusive to the business side of things (paid features).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-12.30.27.png)

## The big 5

New C2 features that are coming alongside the existing C2 Storage are:

- [C2 Password](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/)
- C2 Transfer
- [C2 Backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-backup-cloud-backup-service/)
- [C2 Identity (formally C2 Directory)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-identity/)

### C2 Storage

Information about **C2 Storage** is already known from before and is divided into two main **paid** plans, up until 1TB, and beyond 1TB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-29-at-13.00.55.png)

C2 Storage features and prices

C2 Storage offers a way to backup your NAS data into the C2 cloud using the **Hyper** **Backup** tool.

The web app has been redone to match the look and feel of all the new C2 applications but the functionality is still the same.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-13.57.22.png)

New C2 Storage web app - Hyper Backup section

On top of Hyper Backup, C2 Storage space will be used for the new [Hybrid Share feature](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-14.01.55.png)

C2 Storage - Hybrid Share section

🗒️

**NOTE**: at the time of writing this article (June 30th), Password, Transfer, Backup, and Identity features are still "**coming soon**" and **pricing** for them is still **unknown**

### C2 Password

📢

**UPDATE**: Unofficial info is that C2 Password will be live **July 22th 2021**

Password managers have been around for a while now, and what better way to pull people to your C2 cloud platform than with a **free\*** tool? C2 Password will be introduced at a later date as all the other new features, but we know that it will offer a **Plus** tier as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-31-at-13.30.52.png)

At the moment there are no hands of access to this feature, but Synology did make a short intro video about it that you can check out here:

C2 Password intro video

As we can see the Safari browser is left out as a supported browser for the C2 Password extension. Not sure if it's in the works or not, but personally I'm not happy with this.

Still, if you haven't looked into a password manager so far, there are some great solutions out there, like [Bitwarden](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) for example, that has all the features completely free. On the other hand, if you want a turn-key solution that is worry-free, and part of the Synology eco-system, C2 Password might be just the right thing.

### C2 Transfer

The second app that we have a bit more info about (including pricing) is C**2 Transfer**.

C2 Transfer

Advertised as an E2E data exchange platform, Transfer will allow you to exchange files securely with anyone (not just C2 users) using their phone number or email address.

Pricing is not officially yet on the C2 portal (still in "coming soon"), but some info has been communicated already that suggests pricing for personal and business usage. More info on this in [this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/c2-password-c2-transfer/). These prices might be susceptible to change in the future, so take it with a grain of salt at the moment.

### C2 Backup

Now, this is an interesting one. C2 Backup. Divided into both **personal** and **business** tiers, this service will allow you to backup all your computer files, settings, and configurations directly into C2 platform. Neat!

C2 Backup (personal) intro video

You might be wondering, isn't this the same as the **Active Backup suite** of tools (Business, Google Workspace, and M365)? Yes, ABB offers the same thing in the end as C2 Backup, but do keep in mind that in order to use ABB, you need a NAS model that supports it, and not all do.

Another important thing to mention is that ABB do not offer E2E encryption when it comes to O365 for example. C2 Backup will offer that:

### Multi-level security

Protect data with AES 256-bit encryption so data is protected both in transit and at rest. Leverage Microsoft 365 multi-factor authentication (MFA) to add and back up accounts.

This is where C2 Backup comes into play. Also, with this platform, you will be able to directly back up your computer to the cloud and not even own a Synology NAS!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-14.43.46.png)

With options to **restore an entire PC** or just a **single file**, as well as **backing up external drives**, C2 Backup will be a very interesting solution for many users out there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-14.44.20.png)

The C2 Backup will offer scheduled or event-triggered backup (on startup, screen lock, log out), and like all other C2 apps, it will be E2E encrypted.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-14.46.11.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/07/syno_c2_seminar_05.PNG)

All backups are E2E encrypted

On the business side of things when it comes to C2 Backup, you will be able to backup Windows desktop computers, and servers, as well as Microsoft 365 data such as Exchange Online and OneDrive for Business.

Just as Active Backup has its own Portal, C2 Backup will offer a self-service restoration portal so your users can get the files and versions that they need without tasking the IT department for it.

You might have noticed that **C2 Backup offers and works with Windows clients only**. At the moment there is no info if this will extend to the Mac or Linux platforms.

C2 Backup offers two paid tiers with the same set of features in both of them.

📢

**UPDATE**: Starting **Nov 1st 2021**, the 300GB tier will be **bumped to 500GB** with a slight **price increase to €3.49/m** (€34.99/y).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/Screenshot-2022-01-31-at-13.33.33.png)

C2 Backup current prices and features.

### C2 Identity

Finally here is the last new C2 app, C2 Identity. During Synology 2021 keynote back in December 2020, this service was called [C2 Directory](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-directory/), and we didn't have too much info on how will it work or cost.

Well, at the moment, pricing is also still unknown but we do know that there will be a "**free**" plan as well that will include the following:

- Up to 250 user accounts
- SSO support (for Google Workspace and Microsoft 365)
- 1 Local LDAP server support
- Up to 10 client devices

The paid plan is "coming soon" so more info on that at a later date.

So what is C2 Identity?

Advertised as a central location for all your users, group, workstations as well as an SSO for all your SaaS (software as a service) apps across your entire business.

C2 Identity will offer you to manage users, import them from other LDAP, Windows AD, Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace as well as allow your end-users to manage all their details (passwords, emails, addresses, and more) via a self-service portal.

As I wrote above, Identity will allow you to use at least 1 or more local LDAP servers to make sure you have uninterrupted access to your authentification platform by using an on-premise NAS device running an LDAP node or run it in a Docker container (cool!).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-15.03.33.png)

Deploy your local LDAP, C2 Identity server

More details to follow as new info comes to light, and service becomes accessible.

## Conclusion

How it all works, performs, and costs, remains to be seen, but Synology has made sure that for most of these new apps you **do not have to own a Synology NAS at all**.

The power of the cloud is strong and present in both personal and business aspects of our lives, so it is nothing strange that Synology is pushing in that direction. All of the features and apps that are coming will not replace any on-premise existing packages that Synology offers but will open them up to users that are both new and existing, and give them the ability to experience a hybrid or full cloud experience.

What are your thoughts on these new apps? Will you use any of them? Let me know down in the comment section.
### Portainer - login via LDAP hosted on Synology NAS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-login-via-ldap-hosted-on-synology-nas/
Last updated: 2022-05-14T17:48:52.000Z
Personally, I use Portainer for all my Docker container needs (with all my hosts). One thing that Portainer offers is multi-user access with various teams, and permission levels.

Portainer offers three (3) authentication methods:

- Internal
- LDAP
- OAuth (since 2.6 it supports custom OAuth)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-28-at-12.17.10.png)

Portainer main Authentication methods

In this article, I would like to show how you can set up your Synology NAS to be a valid LDAP server and connect it to your Portainer.

## Setting up LDAP on your Synology NAS

The first thing that needs to be configured and set up is LDAP. Why? Well, the idea behind this solution is SSO (single sign-on). Why would you want to log into all those services individually, when you can do it with a single login account?

So if you want to access multiple services over the Internet (using your public domain name), and that service is not protected with the authorization method, you are asking for trouble, it is that simple. If on the other hand, you do have services that provide a login feature, using separate login for each of them might become an overhead. It would be much better to use one login for all of them and provide access that way.

This is where LDAP comes into play. Luckily, Synology NAS and DSM offer LDAP server package install, so we will do just that.

### STEP01 - Install LDAP package

Open your **Package Center** and locate **LDAP Server**. Install it and let's configure it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-08.58.06.png)

Synology LDAP server install

### STEP02 - Configure your LDAP

Now open **LDAP server** app and on the **Settings** tab click the **Enable LDAP server** checkbox.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-09.00.42.png)

Enter your **FQDN** name of choice and your main **admin** password that you want to use.

🗒️

**NOTE**: this will be a password that is associated with the LDAP `admin` account. This account is **NOT** the same as your DSM account!

Finally, click **Apply** and you are done! You will notice under the **authentification information** section that your **Base DN** and **Bind DN** is now configured. We will need those later on.

Now that you have LDAP running on your NAS it is time to configure Portaine rto communicate with your LDAP.

## Configure Portainer to use LDAP

Log into your Portainer using your current account (this will use the Internal method) and in the left-hand side menu go to **Settings > Authentication**.

### Initial connection to LDAP

In the main section select **LDAP** button and it will open up all the settings that can be configured.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-28-at-12.20.49.png)

Configure initial communication with LDAP

To make the initial connection you will need to enter the values for the following parameters:

- LDAP server
- Reader DN
- Password

**LDAP server** \- enter your NAS IP address

**Reader DN**: `uid=admin,cn=users,dc=blackvoid,dc=home` use the following connection string format, just change your domain and root domain name.

**Password**: this is the password for your LDAP `admin` account (the same account used in the Reader DN parameter)

🗒️

**NOTE**: This `admin` password **is NOT** the same as the main LDAP root password. This **password is explicitly a password for the LDAP *admin* account**!

If you have network visibility and have configured the correct values, click the blue **Test connectivity** button, and hopefully, you will get this information in the upper right-hand corner:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-28-at-12.26.12.png)

If all is configured correctly, this is what you will get once you test it

### User provisioning and search

Now that you have connected Portainer to your LDAP setup, it is time to decide how users will be generated. There are two options, **automatically** or **manually**.

In case you will manually create users, then you will need to use the **Users** main menu item to start to manually add users to Portainer that will **match** your LDAP list of users.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-28-at-12.32.17.png)

Option to create a new user in Portainer

If you opt for automatic user creation, then there is a need to configure LDAP settings with a few more configuration parameters.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-28-at-12.33.42.png)

Settings to automatically create LDAP users in Portainer

Turning **Automatic user provisioning** option will open two major sections, user and group search configuration

To get things going in general there will be only four (4) parameters that need to be configured that are visible on the image above. Make sure to **change the values** to accommodate **your domain name**.

Once you have done that click the blue **Save settings** button and you are done!

## Logging into your Portainer with LDAP account

Once you are ready to log into your Portainer instance, simply on the login screen using your LDAP account as the LDAP method is the preferred method. If login fails, it will auto-fail to the internal method.

The point is there is no need or option to change and tell Portainer to connect with LDAP, you just log in and that's.

Adding LDAP users to appropriate groups on the Portainer side can be maintained using the **Users** settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-28-at-12.41.21.png)

LDAP user being added as the administrator in Portainer

## Conclusion

As you can see Portainer works great with the LDAP authentification method that will open you to options of not worrying about your Portainer users and their permissions. You can also, configure the LDAP group filter to limit it to a "portainer" LDAP group, so you can limit the number of users, and specific users to have permission to log into your Portainer instance in the first place.

Let me know down in the comment below if you have any questions or general comments on this topic.
### Outline - wiki for growing teams
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/outline-wiki-for-growing-teams/
Last updated: 2022-04-29T07:10:24.000Z
This will be an article on how to set up [Outline](https://www.getoutline.com/?ref=blackvoid.club), a new player in the wiki and knowledge base area.

Advertised a both free (self-hosted), and paid platform, Outline offers a clean and elegant environment for you and your team members to be collaborative and produce a well-organized KB in the end.

Let's see how you can self-host this platform and is it really self-hosted or does it have some element's that might keep you away from it?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/image.png)

Outline - nice isn't it?

🗒️

**NOTE**: This platform is new to the scene, and it is not a single container setup. It **uses a 4 container stack** configuration, but I will break it down to individual containers for understanding purposes as well as the fact that if you already have some dependency containers running, you can use them with Outline.

## Prerequisites

Setting up Outline might be a bit confusing from time to time even if you do use a single large docker-compose.yml file and push a single button. Configuration is what matters here, and there are some tricks that might not be apparent at first, but after some time talking to other users and looking into open and closed issues on GitHub it all comes into place.

Bottom line, if you have any questions at all, do let me know in the comment section below but I will try and explain in detail how to run it all together.

Before you continue to read and set up this on your own, let me share some information that you should be aware of.

Outline uses either **SLACK**, **Google**, or **Microsoft Authenticator** to run and authenticate users. This means you **will have to configure** your Outline set up at least one of those 3rd party authentication platforms. If this is not something you are willing to do, walk away right now because there is more.

On top of this, you **will have to have a valid AWS S3 account** and bucket up and running to maintain your attachments, images, etc that will not be part of the default Postgres database. Luckily, there is a **compatible alternative** to this that you can self-host, [**Minio**](https://github.com/minio/minio?ref=blackvoid.club), that is what I will be using here.

Just to recap so far, you have a potential self-hosted solution that natively uses 3rd party authenticators and AWS, along with its local elements. Seems like a lot of "here and there" to make this work, but at the moment that's how Outline operates. Even if you do end up using Minio for your S3 alternative, you will still need to have a working SLACK workspace/app just so you can log into your setup, if Google or Microsoft are not your primary choice.

If you are ok with all this, read on.

So, prerequisites for running your Outline version (with SLACK as your authenticator):

- SLACK workspace/app
- Minio platform as an alternative to S3 (running via FQDN URL; reverse proxy)
- Postgres DB
- Redis
- Outline
- Reverse proxy setup up and running

also, you will need two (2) FQDN addresses to make sure your setup works.

🗒️

**NOTE**: the 6th bullet is a working reverse proxy setup. You can use any reverse proxy setup you want, but I will use [**NPM (Nginx Proxy Manager)**](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) myself. More on this in the dedicated section at the bottom.

## Authentification options

As I said before there are three options when it comes to configuring Outline. This article will focus on using SLACK as an authentification platform. Keep in mind that you will need to have a **public name for your future Outline** URL as there is a need to configure a callback after a successful authentification.

## SLACK authentification configuration

The first thing that needs to be done is to make your SLACK workspace. So head over to https://slack.com and create a workspace.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-08.31.03.png)

Create your own SLACK workspace

After that, you will need to make a SLACK app. In order to do that, head over to **[https://api.slack.com/app](https://api.slack.com/app?ref=blackvoid.club)**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-08.39.32.png)

Create your "Outline" app (name it whatever you want)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-08.40.01.png)

Name the app and connect it to your workspace

Now that you have created your app there are a few things that we will need to configure here and "write down" for later. So let's see what configuration parameters will be needed and where to get them.

In order to make SLACK app your Outline authentication mechanism, you will need to use parameters from the api.slack.com/app site and configured them inside `.ENV` file of your Outline container.

Once you have created your SLACK app, go to **Basic Information** menu inside **Settings**. There you will find a section called **App Credentials**. Make the note of the following parameters:

61 Client ID = SLACK\_KEY  
62 Client Secret = SLACK\_SECRET  
.  
.  
.  
113 Verification Token = SLACK\_VERIFICATION\_TOKEN  
114 App ID = SLACK\_APP\_ID

Now, these are lines, 61-62 and 113-114 of the Outline `.ENV` file. Variables in the file are written in CAPS. So the value to the left side are the labels you will find in your SLACK App Credentials section. Make sure to edit the correct values in your ENV file.

Next, we need to make one more thing to make this work and use that value again in your ENV file.

In the SLACK Settings > Features > **OAuth & Permissions** section you will need to make a **Redirect URL**.

🗒️

**NOTE** this is where you will **need to use** your future Outline FQDN **domain name**!

Enter the following URL making the adjustment to your public name:

```
https://outline.yourdomain.com/auth/slack.callback

```

The important part here is the use of `/auth/slack.callback` what needs to be added at the end. Once you have entered the URL, save the change.

Finally, you will need to use the URL in your Outline `.ENV` file in line 60, don't forget to configure it (I will mention all the lines that need your attention in the Outline ENV configuration section later on).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-27-at-23.19.03.png)

SLACK App redirect configured to work with Outline

That's it! We are done with this part and can move to other elements needed to make this solution work.

## AWS S3 alternative - Minio

As I said before this guide will be broken down into individual containers just so I can explain the whole thing a bit better. Here we have the AWS alternative container. Outline uses a special "bucket" storage platform to save attachments that you might add as part of your content. 

To make it work, you will either need an AWS S3 valid account and a bucket or can use a self-hosted alternative to keep things close. This is where **Minio** comes in.

For this purpose we will use the official minio docker image and the following docker-compose (that you can run via Portainer for example):

```
version: "3.5"  
  
services:  
  outline_minio:
    image: minio/minio
    container_name: outline_minio
    network_mode: "bridge"
    ports:
      - "9000:9000"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/minio:/data
    environment:
      - MINIO_ROOT_USER=yourminioaccount
      - MINIO_ROOT_PASSWORD=yourminiopassword
    command: "server /data"

```

Once you get the container up and running, make sure to have it also configured via reverse proxy and accessible on the **HTTPS** protocol.

Minio HTTPS URL is also one more thing that needs to be configured inside your Outline `.ENV` file in line 43 under the **AWS\_S3\_UPLOAD\_BUCKET\_URL** variable.

### Create the "bucket"

Now that you have access to your Minio instance, log into it and create the bucket.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-08.58.16.png)

Log into Minio with the user and password that you set up for your container

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-08.58.56.png)

Minio web UI with no current objects

In order to make a new bucket, click the icon in the bottom right corner to start with the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-09.00.34.png)

Create the bucket button

‼️

**NOTE**: **DO NOT ENTER** THE NAME OF THE BUCKET "**outline**", **USE A DIFFERENT NAME**, OR YOUR DATA WILL NOT BE SAVED **DUE TO A BUG!**

The name of the bucket is yet another value in your `.ENV` file. Line 44, **AWS\_S3\_UPLOAD\_BUCKET\_NAME,** so be sure to enter it.

## Postgres (DB)

If you already have a Postgres instance running you can use it and simply create a DB, user, and password and you are good to go. If you don't have it, then run this docker-compose to get it up and running:

```
version: "3.5"  
  
services:  
  postgres:
    image: postgres
    container_name: postgres
    network_mode: "bridge"
    ports:
      - "5432:5432"
    volumes:
      - /custom/mount:/var/lib/postgresql/data
    environment:
      - POSTGRES_USER=username
      - POSTGRES_PASSWORD=mysecretpassword
    restart: always

```

Once you get it up and running, you can use **[fenglc/pgadmin4:latest](https://hub.docker.com/r/fenglc/pgadmin4?ref=blackvoid.club)** image to get your PGAdmin web UI up and running so that you can configure your DB, account, and password.

Keep in mind that you only need to make the DB and a dedicated account, so that that information can be entered in your `.ENV` file.

The connection string should be in line 21, DATABASE\_URL, and it should be in the following format:

```
postgres://outlineaccount:outlinepasswod@NASI:5432/nameOfYourDB

```

Do note that line 24, **PGSSLMODE** should be activated as well (uncomment) and set to **disable**.

Once you have your Postgres DB up and running as well as configured with your Outline ENV file, it is time for one more additional container.

## Redis

As with Postgres, if you already have a Redis instance running you can use it, if not, run it using the following docker-compose setup:

```
version: "3.5"  
  
services:  
  outline_redis:
    image: redis
    container_name: outline_redis
    network_mode: "bridge"
    ports:
      - "6379:6379"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/outline_redis:/data

```

As soon as you have Redis up and running, configure it in your `.ENV` file in line 25, REDIS\_URL, in the following format:

```
redis://NASIP:6379

```

So let's do a quick recap so far. We have **SLACK app**, **Minio**, **Postgres**, and **Redis** up and running and configured. The only thing missing is the Outline itself, to tie it all in.

## FQDNs

Just a reminder that so far we have mentioned the use of public domain names twice. Once as your main Outline URL, and the second time as the Minio URL (bucket access).

So you will need your Outline to make use of those HTTPS URLs if you want to make this work. 

## Outline ENV configuration

You can get the default Outline `.ENV` file from GitHub [here](https://github.com/outline/outline/blob/main/.env.sample?ref=blackvoid.club). I will not copy it here but rather point out the lines that need to be changed and configured.

```
13 SECRET_KEY= use `openssl rand -hex 32`
17 UTILS_SECRET= use `openssl rand -hex 32`

21 DATABASE_URL= read the instruction above
24 PGSSLMODE=disable

25 REDIS_URL= read the insctruction above

29 URL=https://outline.yourdomain.com (your public name)
30 PORT=3000 (leave it as default and then reverse it, more later)

40 AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=minioaccount
41 AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=miniopassword
42 AWS_REGION=us-east-2
43 AWS_S3_UPLOAD_BUCKET_URL=https://outlinedata.yourdomain.com
44 AWS_S3_UPLOAD_BUCKET_NAME=bucketName
45 AWS_S3_UPLOAD_MAX_SIZE=26214400
46 AWS_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE=true
47 AWS_S3_ACL=private

60 https://outline.yourdomain.com/auth/slack.callback
61 SLACK_KEY=Slack Client ID value
62 SLACK_SECRET=Slakc Client Secret

113 SLACK_VERIFICATION_TOKEN=Slack Verification Token
114 SLACK_APP_ID=Slack App ID

```

There will be more lines active, but leave them as they are it won't matter if those are not configured.

Now that we have it all configured and connected, it is time to make a docker-compose and fire it up.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Please do note, that we **will need to make a change to the initial docker-compose** after the first run **because the first run will be for your Postgres DB to initialize** and create the table structure, and after that is done, **you will change the compose file and make the container run** against that functional DB.

## Outline docker-compose (for DB initialization)

As I mentioned before this docker-compose is for **first-run** only! It is used to create database objects:

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  outline:
    image: outlinewiki/outline
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: outline
    env_file:  .env
    ports:
      - "3000:3000"
    command: sh -c "sleep 5 && yarn sequelize:migrate --env=production-ssl-disabled"
    restart: always

```

Save this compose as a `docker-compose.yml` file alongside your `.ENV` file in a folder of your choice on the NAS.

Now log into your NAS via SSH and elevate to root with `sudo -i`. Position yourself in a folder where you have placed the files and run the following command:

```
docker-compose up -d

```

Check the logs to make sure that your Outline has started to initialize the DB and once it is completed (the logs will show), you are ready to make the change to the docker-compose file and rerun the container.

## Outline docker-compose (for running in production)

Without stopping the container, edit the `docker-compose.yml` file with the following:

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  outline:
    image: outlinewiki/outline
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: outline_r2d2
    env_file:  .env
    ports:
      - "3000:3000"
    command: yarn start --env=production-ssl-disabled
    restart: always

```

Save the correction, and rerun the docker-compose command once again:

```
docker-compose up -d

```

If all is well and you have no errors, you have made it till the end. One final thing that needs to be done is to configure your Outline setup to use HTTPS. This will be done using the reverse proxy configuration.

## Reverse proxy configuration

Now that we are so close to finally logging into our Outline instance, we still need to make sure that it is accessible via a working HTTPS URL. I did mention a number of times that it will be needed and that your custom domain will be needed to make it work.

You can use any reverse proxy platform that you want, but I like to use Nginx via NPM (Nginx proxy manager) container. More info on how to configure it and getting up and running can be found here:

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/bw_logo_v3_transparent.png)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

You can use Synology's built-in Nginx as well if you prefer it. For details on how to use that one, have a look here:

[Synology Reverse Proxyreverse proxy synology nginx docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/bw_logo_v3_transparent.png)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/nginx.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/)

In any case, using any of those two platforms will give you a working URL that you can access your Outline instance. Once you have Outline running access it and a similar screen will appear:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-13.19.01.png)

Outline login screen

Considering that we have configured it to work with SLACK, click the **Continue with Slack** button.

Once you log with your SLACK account, there will be a "requesting permission" screen that you need to confirm in order to allow "Outline app" access to your SLACK workspace.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-11.26.39.png)

Grant permission for Outline to use your SLACK workspace

🗒️

**NOTE**: if this step fails, you have configured something wrong with your SLACK App or there is a missing parameter in the `.ENV` file.

Finally, if you have configured all as it should be configured, you will be allowed access to your Outline instance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-21-at-11.27.23.png)

Outline, welcome!

## Conclusion

Now the easiest setup ha? Yep, not really, even if you run it as a single stack. Still, quite a few configurations need to be set, reverse proxy hosts, etc, but then again, that is the price of self-hosting. 

You can always pay for a hosted version, but then again, you didn't come here and went through this article so you could use a paid version right?

Again, I would say this platform is not my cup of tea. Lot's of elements to keep track of, authentication via SLACK, it just doesn't sit well with me. There are other similar solutions out there that are way easier to set up and maintain, but if your heart is set on this one, I do hope this article will help you get it up and running.

As always, if you have any suggestions, questions, or critics, I welcome you to write them down in the comment section below.
### C2 Password & C2 Transfer - more than just Synology C2 storage
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/c2-password-c2-transfer/
Last updated: 2021-11-10T08:48:06.000Z
> **UPATE**: 10/11/2021 - C2 Transfer **business prices announed**

> **UPDATE** 22/07/2021 - C2 Password is **live**!

> **UPDATE**: Unofficial info is that C2 Password will be live **July 22th 2021**

> **UPDATE**: 29/06/2021 - added YT videos about C2 Password and Transfer

---

As if today was not enough with the announcement of the DSM 7 final release, here is some more information on two (out of four) brand new Synology C2 features that are coming by the end of the year.

> This information was provided by **Synology GmbH**

Welcome, **C2 Password** and **C2 Transfer**.

As I have already mentioned in my [DSM 7 final article](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-is-finally-here/), these are the new features that are part of the new Synology C2 initiative to expand on the platform and offer more services than pure storage for your NAS data.

Solutions that C2 will have in the near future are following:

| Service           | Description                               |
| ----------------- | ----------------------------------------- |
| **C2 Password\*** | Safe credential management                |
| **C2 Backup\***   | Personal and professional data protection |
| **C2 Transfer\*** | Secure file sharing                       |
| **C2 Identity\*** | Streamlined identity management           |
| **C2 Storage**    | Efficient NAS backup and file syncing     |

> NOTE: **\*** marks **new** C2 services

## C2 Password

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-11.32.09.png)

So what is a C2 Password? Well as Synology puts it:

> C2 Password provides a convenient yet secure way to manage passwords, share files and other sensitive information, simplifying users’ online experience without sacrificing security.

Synology C2 Password intro video

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-23-at-23.45.11.png)

C2 Password - Synology's very own password manager

Bottom line, if you have heard or used a password manager before like Bitwarden, 1Password, LastPass, and many more out there, now you will have the option to use one more from Synology.

Just note that this is a **C2 service**, which means that **the data will not live on your NAS** device but rather **in C2 on the Synology end**, and you will be able to access it using your web browser, extensions (selected browsers), and a mobile app.

> NOTE: mobile apps will be available as follows: The **iOS app** will be available on the App Store by the **end of 2021**. The **Android app** will be available on the Google Play Store **in 2022**.

### Highlights

**Credential Management**  
Store and organize login credentials and other sensitive information efficiently from any platform.

**Secure Sharing**  
Share files securely by relying on granular sharing permissions.

**Platform Security**  
Have your data always protected against unauthorized access through the highest security standards.

### Key features

C2 Password has two main categories, **The Vault** and **File Transfer**.

The Vault (image above) will allow you to create, organize, and navigate login credentials and other personal information.

From the Vault you can:

**Keep items synchronized across devices**  
Sign in to C2 Password on all your devices to have the latest version of each item always available. You can access C2 Password on supported browsers via the web portal or through web extensions for Chrome, Edge, Firefox.

**Recover deleted items**  
Deleted items are kept in the trash folder for 365 days. Simply access it from the left-hand side menu to restore what you need

Another important feature in the Vault is the **Password Generator**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-23-at-23.52.48.png)

Password Generator - make your passwords as complex as needed

Generator supports a color-coded strength indicator to help you get the feel of how strong the password actually is.

Finally, C2 Password will be able to **generate OTP** (one-time passwords) for all your websites and services that require **two-step verification**.

The second category mentioned was **File Transfer**. It will allow users to upload and share files through a secure process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-23-at-23.59.12.png)

File Transfer options as part of the C2 Password platform

 At the moment you will be able to do the following (subject to change):

**Set a link expiration date**  
Links can be valid up to 7 days\* (subject to change)

**Limit downloads**  
Prevent the file from being downloaded more than once

**Add a watermark**  
Increase security and personalization by adding your own watermark

### Platform Security

Considering that C2 Password will be hosted on Synology's C2 infrastructure some might question the security of it all. Now if you are not open to hosting your own password manager platform like Bitwarden for example, you will have to trust some company to do it for you. In this case its Synology in another it will be 1Password for example. Saying this, let's see what Synology as a company has in place to protect the sensitive data that you will entrust them with.

As a platform on which users store sensitive data, C2 Password ensures that only the vault’s owner or those he or she entrusts can access the information contained in it. This is achieved through:

**End-to-End Encryption**  
Passwords, items, and stored files are protected using AES 256-bit encryption. Encryption and decryption are carried out at the device level, meaning that all data that leaves the device is fully protected

**Zero-Knowledge Design**  
The C2 Encryption Key, which is used to encrypt all data on the platform, never leaves the device on which it is created, greatly reducing the risk of credential leaks over insecure networks

**Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)**  
Sign in attempts to C2 Password require a TOTP generated on a mobile device, ensuring that only rightful individuals can access stored data

### Feature availability

|                                        | **Early access\***                   | **(Phase 1) July**                           |
| -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------- |
| Plan                                   | —                                    | Free                                         |
| Price                                  | —                                    | Free                                         |
| Encrypted Cloud Storage                | 50 MB▪ Secure file sharing           | 50 MB▪ File attachments▪ Secure file sharing |
| Cross-Device Syncing                   | Across desktops                      | Across desktops                              |
| Max Vault items                        | 1                                    | 1                                            |
| Password Generator                     | ✓                                    | ✓                                            |
| Password Strength Detector             | ✓                                    | ✓                                            |
| Authenticator (TOTP)                   | ✓                                    | ✓                                            |
| Supported web browsers                 | Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Safari        | Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Safari                |
| Browser extensions                     | Chrome                               | Chrome, Edge, Firefox                        |
| Upload limit per file transfer         | 20 GB on 6/21 50 MB in early July    | 50 MB                                        |
| Number of recipients per file transfer | Unlimited on 6/21 1 in early July    | 1                                            |
| Concurrent active file transfers       | 100 on 6/21 3 in early July          | 3                                            |
| Transfer expiry date                   | 14 days on 6/21 7 days in early July | Up to 7 days                                 |
| OTP to email address                   | ✓                                    | ✓                                            |
| Download only once option / Watermark  | ✓                                    | ✓                                            |

### Common operation examples

Considering that I still have no access to the platform (waiting on access) I will just share a few screens that will show some common operations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.23.00.png)

Creating a new item, select the category, and enter your information

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.24.14.png)

Deleting an item

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.24.42.png)

In case you delete the wrong item, you can recover it

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.25.15.png)

Example of adding transferring files

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.25.59.png)

Configuring the settings and selecting the recipients

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.26.53.png)

Sharing the URL and accessing the files

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.27.22.png)

After an OTP challenge access to the files is granted

As I said before and you can see in the table above, C2 Password will have support for browsers. By the looks of it, not for Safari (shame) but that might change in the future.

Here is an example of how the extension looks like in Chrome browser:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.29.32.png)

C2 Password browser extension

## C2 Transfer

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-30-at-11.35.25.png)

Next is C2 Transfer platform. 

> C2 Transfer provides a cloud-based **end-to-end encrypted file transfer** and **request service**, without sacrificing simplicity. C2 Transfer goes one step further by offering easy and **fast management of users** for businesses that will need multiple accounts.

Synology C2 Transfer intro video

Unlike Password, this platform will be a **paid service** across two tiers:

**Professional**  
For individual users looking to securely send files at an affordable price.  
Price per **month**: **$9.99**  
Price per **year**: **$99.99** (save 20% on monthly price)

**Business**  
For businesses that require intensive use and administrative control over multiple users.

Price per **month for five users: $49.99**  
Price per **year for five users: $499.99** (save 20% on the monthly price for five users)  
Price per **additional user: $69.99**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/11/Screenshot-2021-11-10-at-09.46.50.png)

C2 Transfer prices (November 2021)

### Secure transfers

Data are at risk of being compromised at every stage of a transfer. C2 Transfer ensures the secure transfer of data at every step of the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.35.25.png)

**End-to-end encryption**  
Utilize AES-256 on the device side to secure the files, mitigate data leakage during transmission, and prevent unauthorized access on C2 servers.

**User identity verification**  
Achieved by sending a one-time password (OTP) to the recipient via email or phone. To receive the OTP, recipients must confirm their email or phone number after opening a shared link. Even if a shared link is compromised, access to an email account or phone number is still required.

### Protecting content from tampering

Uploaded content can be protected in many ways, providing additional layers of security.

**Watermarks**  
Added to image files to differentiate them from the original without using another application, thus increasing security, productivity, and personalization.

**Link expiry**  
Set by the sender to make the shared link invalid for the recipient after a specified time period (up to 90 days).

**Download limits**  
Prevent the data from being downloaded more than once.

C2 Transfer will be **available across the web and mobile platforms** to make secure file transferring as convenient as possible.

**Web portal** versions for Chrome, Edge, and Safari will be available upon initial release in August.

**Mobile support** for iOS and Android with a responsive web design will enable greater portability for secure file transfer. This support will be **released in Phase 2** of the release and **will only be available for Business Plan users**.

C2 Transfer offers a simple interface with **management tools** that provide greater **control over how multiple users** can transfer files and send requests.

**License management** features allow administrators to enable or disable access to an active C2 Transfer user account.

**Save received task to portal** lets users retain shared links in their C2 Transfer portal to access later.

### Release schedule

| Feature                                                  | Early Access\* | Phase 1 (August) | Phase 2 (Q4 2021)    |
| -------------------------------------------------------- | -------------- | ---------------- | -------------------- |
| Professional Plan                                        | \-             | ✓                | ✓                    |
| Business Plan                                            | \-             | ✓                | ✓                    |
| Upload limit of 20 GB per transfer                       | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| Up to 100 concurrent transfers (including file requests) | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| Local device upload and transfer                         | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| Add watermarks                                           | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| Link expiration date                                     | Up to 14 days  | Up to 90 days    | Up to 90 days        |
| Download once                                            | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| File request                                             | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| End-to-end encryption                                    | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| User identity authentication                             | ✓              | ✓                | ✓                    |
| Web portal                                               | Chrome, Edge   | Chrome, Edge     | Chrome, Edge, Safari |
| Save received task to the portal (Business plan only)    | \-             | \-               | ✓                    |
| Mobile responsive web design (Business plan only)        | \-             | \-               | ✓                    |
| User license management (Business plan only)             | \-             | \-               | ✓                    |

### Common operation examples

The upload and sharing process is the same as it is with C2 Password so I will not show that process again, but here is how the **request file** process looks like:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.44.23.png)

Create a request, enter an email address of the recipient, and finally send the link

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.46.01.png)

The recipient will then get an OTP via email or phone and once the code has been entered...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.47.02.png)

... the UI for data upload will appear. The requesting party (right image) will then be able to see the files

## How do I test these services myself?

At the moment there is **no way to test** these services as internal testing is underway. By the looks of it, there will be an **early access option**, but at this time it is still unknown when and under what terms this will be possible.

Currently, the services are accessible on the following URLs:

**C2 Transfer**: [https://safedrop.us.c2.synology.com/](https://safedrop.us.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)

**C2 Password**: [https://password.eu.c2.synology.com/](https://password.eu.c2.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)

Both will lead to yet another new C2 service, **C2 Identity**. To get access you will have to have a valid Synology Account that has access to these services. I might get access (still waiting on that option), and if I do, I will be able to answer some questions that you might have with these services. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-24-at-00.55.53.png)

As always, comments are welcome in the section below!
### DSM 7 is finally here!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-is-finally-here/
Last updated: 2021-09-26T13:50:52.000Z
> UPDATE: 03/08/2021 - DSM 7 has started to show up as an automatic update on DSM 6 installations. Note, XS, SA, UC models still have a pending update for Q4 2021

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/1628067645578.png)

DSM 7 update has started to show up in DSM 6 Update & Restore section

> UPDATE: Unofficial info is that C2 Password will be live **July 20th 2021**

> UPDATE: 29/06/2021 - added new YT videos for C2 Password, Transfer, Identity, and Backup (personal)

> UPDATE: 29/06/2021 - **v.7.0-41890** is here!

> UPDATE: 24/06/2021 - you can check out info on the new **[C2 Password and C2 Transfer features here](https://www.blackvoid.club/c2-password-c2-transfer/)!**

Five years ago on March 22, 2016, Synology announced the release of their DSM 6 OS. Since then a lot has changed and DSM, along with its apps and services, has evolved as well. Currently, in version 6.2 it is finally time for a brand new milestone in Synology history, here is DSM 7.

Today, June 23, 2021, Synology has officially announced the **release of its latest DSM 7 version on June 29, 2021**. After more than 5 years of waiting and over 7 months of public testing (in a closed preview as well as a public beta, and release candidate), we finally have the latest Synology DSM 7 rollout, one month after the release candidate version came out.

[Launching DSM 7.0 and C2 cloud expansion | Synology IncorporatedCentralize data storage and backup, streamline file collaboration, optimize video management, and secure network deployment to facilitate data management.![](https://ln.blackvoid.club/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology IncorporatedSynology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/cgi/img?action=getImage&o=news&pic_id=129)](https://ln.blackvoid.club/dsm7press?ref=blackvoid.club)

> Please do note that the **rollout of DSM 7 will be gradual**. Not all models will get the latest version just like with the release candidate, so **selected models from the "J", "play" and "+" lineup will have the ability to install** the new version, and as for the **XS, XS+, SA, and FS release are still planed for Q4 2021**.

I know some of you might be disappointed a bit with this, but we will have to wait a bit longer until we can install anything beyond beta 2 on our XS - FS models. Still, saying that, you can run a VM (VDSM) of the DSM 7 with some features not being accessible (like HybridShare and Active Insight).

Along with the release of DSM 7, we will be getting some new C2 apps and services as well. Yes, looks like Synology has been hard at work to make its C2 platform more attractive and popular while expanding on a pure "backup" destination feature set.

C2 has learned a few new tricks in the last four years since Synology has rolled it out, and today we get the taste of what those apps are.

To start off, **Synology has announced that is it building and working on a brand new C2 data center for the Pacific and Asia region right in their hometown of Taiwan.**

As Synology has put it:

> "The expansion enables the entire C2 portfolio to be closer to customers, reducing latency and improving the end user experience in a manner similar to how Synology on-premises NAS and SAN solutions are doing for edge deployments."

So, along with their initial C2 center in Frankfurt (Germany), and Seattle (USA) (opened on July 1st, 2020), Synology will now have another DC to cover the gap for the Pacific/Asia region.

On top of all this, following the release of DSM 7, Synology **will push out new services that will be part of the C2 eco-system**:

**C2 Password** \- password manager  
**C2 Transfer** \- way of sharing sensitive files and data  
**C2 Backup** \- back up any endpoints and common SaaS cloud Services  
**C2 Identity** \- hybrid cloud directory as a service

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/C2-Password_w1536.png)

Upcoming C2 password manager

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/C2-Transfer-_w1536.png)

C2 Transfer - send sensitive information securely

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/C2-Identity_w1536.png)

C2 Identity - user and device management

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/C2-business_w1536.png)

C2 Backup (business) - backup of endpoints and server

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/C2-Backup-personal_w1536.png)

C2 Backup (personal)

**[NEW info on C2 Password and C2 Transfer here!](https://www.blackvoid.club/c2-password-c2-transfer/)**

## DSM 7 and its new tricks

Over the past year, [I have written a number of articles on DSM 7](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/) and some of its main features, so I will recap on them here and link to a more detailed article as well.

Considering that DSM 7 will obviously be a hybrid OS (but not mandatory!) a lot of effort has gone into making it work that way. With a more closer and built-in integration with C2, DSM 7 offers more features and tools than ever before.

![DSM 7 - NAS OS for the modern age](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/09/DSM7_blc_intro.jpg)

For a more general overview of the new DSM 7 (in case you haven't had contact with it before) please read up on [**DSM 7 - NAS OS for the modern age**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-nas-os/) article where I give an overview on key features of the new OS as well as point out to more detailed articles on them.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2400/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-12.12.24.png)![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2400/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-10-at-13.41.57.png)![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2400/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-10-at-13.41.42.png)

Synology is very proud of DSM 7 and with great reasons. Along with a **huge amount of under the hood changes** that will be beneficial now and over time, we as users have gotten a lot of new features that will allow us, our families and businesses, to use our NAS devices as never before.

![DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and more](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/10/DSM7_activeinsight.jpg)

Let's see some of the features that DSM 7 (on selected models) will bring to the table, starting with **Active Insight**. In a word, AI is a new free/paid platform hosted by Synology that allows you to monitor, report, and view metrics of your NAS device(s).

For a more in-depth overview of this platform please have a look at my article from the end of last year, **[DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and more](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/).**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2400/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-10.23.47.png)

AI might not be for everyone, but everyone can use it, and having a notification and overview platform telling you what might go wrong or is wrong with your NAS is a huge plus considering that it is free, to begin with. Personally, I love AI. There is nothing special that you need to set up. You just turn it on and that's it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/image-2.jpeg)

Going now a bit more towards the NAS itself, but also utilizing C2 potential, is another great built-in feature (on selected models), **Hybrid Share**.

With HS you will have the option to host a single shared folder on your NAS in the cloud (using your C2 storage space) and have the option to share that data with any other NAS unit that you might have that is connected to that same HS shared folder.

You might wonder how is this any different than having two has units in sync then? Well the point with HS is that the data lives on the main NAS that started to share the shared folder and in C2\. When you connect with any other NAS device to that space you will have instant access to any data there, without the clutter of your local storage. That is until you access and request some specific data. So your data will be accessed but not costing you all 100% space upfront.

Details on the whole process of setting up and using HS are in this article, [**DSM 7 - Hybrid Share, expand your NAS to Synology C2**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/image-3.jpeg)

In the intro part of this article, I have stated that Synology is bringing C2 password manager, but on the other hand, Synology is also pushing to eliminate password (or usage of weak passwords) need altogether.

Another feature that will allow that to happen (especially with mobile devices nowadays running with biometric protections on them) is **Secure SignIn**.

In a sentence, it is a 2-factor authentication method that will allow you to simply enter your DSM user name and then authenticated it over a mobile Secure SignIn app without the need to enter your password. Much like unlocking your phone or a computer today, this will be the passwordless way of logging into your DSM 7 instance.

For a detailed look, and a video demo of how this works, have a look at the following article titled [**DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignIn**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)**.**

![Synology C2 Directory](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/12/DSM7_c2_directory.jpg)

One service that we do know a bit about (as it was presented with the announcement of public beta) is **C2 Directory**. On, what looks like, a number of hybrid services, C2 Directory will build on a standard Synology Directory Server and LDAP features by using a combination of on-premise and cloud functionalities when it comes to both users and device management.

C2 Directory hands-on is still off-limits so there was no way to test any of the features of how this service will work, but if you are interested in some more details and a few screenshots that are out there, be sure to check the following article, [**Synology C2 Directory**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-directory/).

The list of new features is long, and I mean really long, but to cover them all in a single article is impossible. That being said, one last thing that Synology is really pushing for is the brand new fusion of their popular packages, Photo Station and Moments, called **Synology Photos**.

![Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2021/06/photos.jpg)

Offering the best of both worlds, Photos should be the answer to all your photo management needs. Including selective sharing, virtual albums, shared spaces, and more.

Accompanied by a brand new mobile app with a backup feature, Photos should solve your remote access problem from any device as well as make sure that all your precious memories are automatically backed up for safekeeping.

For a more detailed view into all of Photos features, make sure to check out this article, **[Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/)**.

## What else?

There are some details that are not listed in the release notes (not even on the RC release notes) but are known and coming in the near future. Here are a few examples.

**On-demand sync** in Drive client for macOS - now this is a feature that Windows users have had for a long time. Tnx to Apple changing its mind, Synology should push this feature out soon.

While on the subject of Drive, it also looks like that Synology is working on a new Drive client called **Drive X**. No major details as of yet, and definetly no official ones, but for more info check out this article, **[DSM 7 - Office and Drive Server 3](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-office-and-drive-server-3/)**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/image-6.jpeg)

**Active Backup for Business** (macOS support) - again the ability to backup Windows computers was possible since day one of this package. Linux-based OS got to the party second, but Synology did promise to allow macOS-based computers to backup as well. We are all still waiting for this to be implemented. Hopefully, with the release of DSM7, the focus will shift on delivering new features to their packages.

A lot of changes were done on the DSM alone with some cleanup in the Control Panel. Some features were renamed, others combined with existing categories, so don't worry if you can't find anything right away. It might be the right time to test out the new system-wide search option that works really well.

Finally, one personal favorite feature of mine that is coming is **C2 Backup** and **configuration backup and restore**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/image-7.jpeg)

Considering that backing up your NAS and its settings is not something that everyone does daily, you could get into trouble if all of a sudden you are left with no configuration settings to restore from. Sure, you can export them by hand at the moment, and not all of them, but with DSM7, all this will be configured and executed automatically using Synology Account as the destination to backup your configuration.

On top of all this, Synology has announced back in December 2020, that they will offer some sort of bare-metal restore option as well. Now, this feature is yet to see the light of day and how will be implemented but some work is being done on that.

For a few more words and images on those options to come, check the following article, **[DSM 7 - Configuration backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration/)**.

Also, have I mention that Synology finally pushed the update for [Docker from v18, to v.20.10](https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-20-10-for-dsm-6-7-is-here/)? Yes, they did, for DSM 6 and 7\. Finally right?

## Conclusion

I am sure I have missed some things, but as I said, it is impossible to put it all together under one article, and then again, why do it?

As more and more features become apparent and accessible I will be sure to share info on those. For the time being, enjoy DSM7, don't rush into it if this is your only device, read the release notes, and be sure to know beforehand if any of your 3rd party apps are working or not. As you may or may not know, there is **no official** **and supported** way to downgrade back to DSM6.

Still, if you end up in trouble for whatever reason, and do want to downgrade back to DSM 6 a little longer, check out my guide on how to do it, **[DSM 7 to DSM 6 downgrade (unofficial and unsupported)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-to-dsm-6-downgrade/)**.

Will you be upgrading to DSM7? When? Why? Why not? Let me know down in the comment section below.
### Grafana 8 - InfluxDB 2 - Telegraf - 2021 monitoring stack
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-8-influxdb-2-telegraf-2021-monitoring-stack/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:39:54.000Z
## Table of Contents

[InfluxDB 2 Docker container](#influxcontainer)  
[Configuring Telegraf token in InfluxDB instance](#telegraftoken)  
[Configuring and connecting Telegraf to InfluxDB](#telegraftoinflux)  
[Telegraf Docker container](#telegrafcontainer)  
[Grafana Docker container](#grafanacontainer)  
[Connecting Grafana to InfluxDB](#grafanatoinflux)  
[Examples](#examples)

---

About two years ago I [wrote the same article like this one](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-influxdb-telegraf-git-monitoring-setup-via-docker/). How to run your GIT monitoring stack with Grafana, InfluxDB, and Telegraf.

Like with every platform, both Grafana and InfluxDB have been updated to give us more features, more options, and to follow users' needs and demands. The reason for this article is to stay up to date with the new features as well as see if there are some other benefits of running the new platforms.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Running **InfluxDB 2** you will encounter major **breaking changes** as compared to **InfluxDB 1.8** (or older). In case you do not want to run the new Influx instance and use the new Flux language, stay on the older stack using the initial article!

The same principle as before remains. You need three major components to make this run in your Docker setup:

```
01. InfluxDB 2 - database element for your metrics
02. Telegraf - agent that will ship the metrics to Influx
03. Grafana - the web UI that will present the metrics

```

You might notice that I have placed Grafana last on the list. The reason is that we first have to configure our DB then the agent(s), and finally Grafana that will present it all.

Compared to the previous article, there will be some changes that will be specific to using the latest (current) versions of Influx and Grafana, and I will point out what those are. Also, be prepared to use a different query language to present the data in Grafana than before as InfluxDB 2 uses the new **Flux** language, and not InfluxQL as before.

Let's begin! I will keep each container separate, and not run them as a single docker-compose stack, but you can if you choose to do so.

## 
  
  
## InfluxDB 2 Docker container

So to start with InfluxDB, you can use the `latest` Docker image or any image that is 2.0 or above. 

Use the following `docker-compose` to run the new InfluxDB 2:

```yaml
version: "3.5"

services:
  influxdb2:
    image: influxdb:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: influxdb2
    ports:
      - "8086:8086"
    volumes:
      - type: bind
        source: /volume1/docker/influxdb2/data
        target: /var/lib/influxdb2
      - type: bind
        source: /volume1/docker/influxdb2/config
        target: /etc/influxdb2
    environment:
      - DOCKER_INFLUXDB_INIT_MODE=setup
      - DOCKER_INFLUXDB_INIT_USERNAME=yourInfluxAccount
      - DOCKER_INFLUXDB_INIT_PASSWORD=yourInfluxPassword
      - DOCKER_INFLUXDB_INIT_ORG=chooseOrgName
      - DOCKER_INFLUXDB_INIT_BUCKET=chooseBucketName
      - DOCKER_INFLUXDB_INIT_RETENTION=1w
      - DOCKER_INFLUXDB_INIT_ADMIN_TOKEN=randomTokenValue
    restart: always
```

Ok, a bit of context here regarding some of the variables (we will get back to them later on as well).

Starting with InfluxDB2, you will need to use a **username**, **password**, as well as **organization value**, **bucket**, and **token**.

So the bucket is the "database" container that will hold the data, and to get to it and read/write data to it you will need a valid **token** (more on this soon).

The main thing to remember here is that I suggest you start with a token value because if you will not set it, Influx will configure it for you. That's ok, we will have to make one more token later on anyways, but just keep in mind that token is a thing now.

Depending on how much data you will be pushing into Influx and how often, I would advise setting the retention period as well. In this example, I have configured it to 1 week just because I do not need to keep any data longer than that.

Now open up [**Portainer**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/), (or use the docker-compose command line to execute the creation of the container) head to **stacks** and configure your InfluxDB stack there, and you are done for now.

Once your container is up, open your browser and log into your Influx instance using the **username** and **password** values you have set in the docker-compose file.

Use this URL: **http://yourNASIP:8086** or any other port in case you have changed it. If all is well you should get this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-11-at-23.41.51.png)

InfluxDB2 login page

For now, that's it. Now let's check Influx, and configure the token needed in the next step, configuring Telegraf.

## 
  
  
## Configuring Telegraf token in InfluxDB instance

After you log into your Influx instance there is one thing that we need before we continue forward with this whole setup, creating a token for the Telegraf.

Head over to **Data** \> **Token** (tab) > **Generate token** (button)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-08.31.54.png)

Generate a new read/write token

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-08.34.10.png)

Set the name and select both read and write permissions for your "bucket"

In the new window, enter the name value of telegraf and select your bucket name for both the read and write a column. Finally, click **Save**.

Once your token has been generated, click on its name to reveal the token value. Have it at hand as we will need it in the next step.

That's it, we are now ready to start configuring the Telegraf configuration file.

## 
  
  
## Configuring and connecting Telegraf to InfluxDB

Considering that the agent is one of the most important elements here, it will be needed to configure it first, before we spring up the container.

So make sure that you have the image downloaded before doing this step. To download the image, go to your NAS via SSH and elevate to root with `sudo -i` then run `docker pull telegraf:latest` .

After the image has been downloaded run the following command to generate the default creation of the **telegraf.conf** file:

```
docker run --rm telegraf:latest telegraf config > /volume1/docker/telegraf/telegraf.conf

```

You can change the target destination to match your own, just make sure that the location where the file needs to be created already exists before running the command.

This will generate a long (over 8000 lines) config file that needs to be configured. There are not nearly as many parameters that need to be configured as 99% of the file is commented out.

So depending on your needs, you will "enable" the elements that you want and need, and that will be it. Here is the example of parameters needed to **connect to influxdb2**, **monitor your NAS CPU**, **RAM**, **HDD**, and **network**, as well as monitor your **Docker** stack.

```
 ## Override default hostname, if empty use os.Hostname()
  hostname = "ENTER_YOUR_NAS_HOST_NAME"
  ## If set to true, do no set the "host" tag in the telegraf agent.
  omit_hostname = false
###############################################################################
#                            OUTPUT PLUGINS                                   #
###############################################################################
# # Configuration for sending metrics to InfluxDB
 [[outputs.influxdb_v2]]
#   ## The URLs of the InfluxDB cluster nodes.
#   ##
#   ## Multiple URLs can be specified for a single cluster, only ONE of the
#   ## urls will be written to each interval.
#   ##   ex: urls = ["https://us-west-2-1.aws.cloud2.influxdata.com"]
   urls = ["http://YOUR_NAS_IP:8086"]
#
#   ## Token for authentication.
   token = "ENTER_YOUR_TELEGRAF_TOKEN_VALUE"
#
#   ## Organization is the name of the organization you wish to write to; must exist.
   organization = "YOU_ORGANIZATION_VALUE_FROM_INFLUX"
#
#   ## Destination bucket to write into.
   bucket = "YOU_BUCKET_VALUE_FROM_INFLUX"
###############################################################################
#                            INPUT PLUGINS                                    #
###############################################################################

# Read metrics about cpu usage
[[inputs.cpu]]
  ## Whether to report per-cpu stats or not
  percpu = true
  ## Whether to report total system cpu stats or not
  totalcpu = true
  ## If true, collect raw CPU time metrics
  collect_cpu_time = false
  ## If true, compute and report the sum of all non-idle CPU states
  report_active = false

# Read metrics about disk usage by mount point
[[inputs.disk]]
  ## By default stats will be gathered for all mount points.
  ## Set mount_points will restrict the stats to only the specified mount points.
  # mount_points = ["/"]

  ## Ignore mount points by filesystem type.
  ignore_fs = ["tmpfs", "devtmpfs", "devfs", "iso9660", "overlay", "aufs", "squashfs"]
# Read metrics about disk IO by device
[[inputs.diskio]]
# Get kernel statistics from /proc/stat
[[inputs.kernel]]
  # no configuration
# Read metrics about memory usage
[[inputs.mem]]
  # no configuration
# Get the number of processes and group them by status
[[inputs.processes]]
  # no configuration
# Read metrics about swap memory usage
[[inputs.swap]]
  # no configuration
# Read metrics about system load & uptime
[[inputs.system]]
  ## Uncomment to remove deprecated metrics.
  # fielddrop = ["uptime_format"]
# # Read metrics about docker containers
 [[inputs.docker]]
#   ## Docker Endpoint
#   ##   To use TCP, set endpoint = "tcp://[ip]:[port]"
#   ##   To use environment variables (ie, docker-machine), set endpoint = "ENV"
#   endpoint = "unix:///var/run/docker.sock"
#
#   ## Set to true to collect Swarm metrics(desired_replicas, running_replicas)
#   gather_services = false
#
#   ## Only collect metrics for these containers, collect all if empty
   container_names = []
#
#   ## Set the source tag for the metrics to the container ID hostname, eg first 12 chars
#   source_tag = false
#
#   ## Containers to include and exclude. Globs accepted.
#   ## Note that an empty array for both will include all containers
   container_name_include = []
   docker_label_include = []

```

The main element here is values in the **OUTPUT PLUGINS** section.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure to use the **outputs.influxdb\_v2** section if you will be running this setup. Do not use the outputs.influxdb one, that's for a connection plugin for the older 1.x version.

Alter the values as you choose fit, and configure them so they match your Influx settings. This is the place where you will use your telegraf token value that you have configured in the previous step.

🗒️

**NOTE**: I suggest you use a **color-coded editor** that will help you to detect comments, variable names, and their values. Something like **Visual Code** or **Notepad++**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-08.52.41.png)

Visual Code, very easy to move and configure the telegraf configuration file

This image above is just an example of how using a proper tool for editing a CONF file looks like as appose to a generic "notepad" like app.

Now that the config file is configured it is time to bring up the Telegraf container online.

## 
  
  
## Telegraf Docker container

Use the following `docker-compose` to run the Telefgraf container:

```yaml
version: "3.5"

services:
  telegraf:
    image: telegraf:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    pid: "host"
    container_name: telegraf
    ports:
      - "8092:8092"
      - "8094:8094"
      - "8125:8125"
    volumes:
      - /volume2/docker/telegraf/telegraf.conf:/etc/telegraf/telegraf.conf:ro
      - /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock:ro
      - /sys:/host/sys:ro
      - /proc:/host/proc:ro
      - /etc:/host/etc:ro
    environment:
      - HOST_PROC=/host/proc
      - HOST_SYS=/host/sys
      - HOST_ETC=/host/etc
    restart: always
```

Notice that there are Docker volume and variable mappings that will allow us to pull data regarding Docker containers as well.

Make sure to **bind the telegraf.conf file** that you have configured, and start the container.

### Check if Telegraf metrics are coming into your InfluxDB

Now that Telegraf is up and running it is time to check if the metrics are coming in. Best and easy way to do this is to check the Influx bucket. So open up your Influx WebUI, log in, and open the bucket:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-12.27.35.png)

Clear evidence that there are metrics coming in

Inside Influx jump, to the **Explore** tab, and at the bottom, you should see a list of your buckets on the far left-hand side. Clicking it you will continue to "build" on more columns when selecting specific measurements, fields, and values. Once you are done, click the blue **submit** button, and your content should appear at the top.

Also visible on this screen is the **Script Editor** button. Click it and you will get the Flux language query, that you can then use in Grafana.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-12.31.41.png)

Script/query builder view - access to Flux language-based query

## 
  
  
## Grafana Docker container

Finally, one more container to start up. Grafana is a simple and easy container, so just make a new stack and use the following docker-compose:

```yaml
version: "3.5"

services:
  grafana8:
    image: grafana/grafana:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: grafana8
    volumes:
      - /yourGrafanafolder:/var/lib/grafana
    ports:
      - "3000:3000"
    restart: always
```

Change the port if you want but remember to use that port to log into the UI. To get to Grafana simply point your browser to the following URL: `http://yourNASIP:3000` , and you will be greeted with the login screen.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-11-at-23.50.10.png)

Grafana 8 login page

To log in for the first time, use the admin:admin username and password combination. Soon after that, you will have to change your password before you get into Grafana UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-11-at-23.51.35.png)

Grafana main page, you made it!

Now that we have all three containers up and running we can finally connect Grafana to your InfluxDB and start presenting the metrics.

## 
  
  
## Connecting Grafana to InfluxDB

Connect your Grafana with the new InfluxDB2 is the same as before with a small change that will ask you to use all the parameters that were configured in Influx docker-compose as well as the telegraf token value. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-13.59.19.png)

Data source menu

Go to Grafana main menu > **Configuration** \> **Data** **Sources**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-14.01.16.png)

Choose InfluxDB

Select the **InfluxDB database** and click the **select** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-14.02.51.png)

Make sure to select Flux Query Language

Give your connection a name and make sure to switch to **Flux** as the query language.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-14-at-14.05.41.png)

InfluxDB connection parameters

Use the parameters from the Influx docker-compose **except for the token**. The **token value** is the `telegraf` token value that you have configured using the InfluxDB web UI.

Finally, click the **Save & test** and you should get the green message for a successful connection.

## 
  
  
## Pulling in your metrics and presenting them with Flux

As in the initial article, I will not make this one about how to generate your own queries that will present your data, but as I said before, you can use the InfluxDB Explorer to generate your query and then paste it to your Grafana dedicated panels inside your dashboards.

Here are the examples of CPU %, RAM, and HDD % usage for your Synology box:

**CPU % example**

```
from(bucket: "NAMEOFYOUBUCKET")
  |> range(start: v.timeRangeStart, stop: v.timeRangeStop)
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["_measurement"] == "cpu")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["_field"] == "usage_idle")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["cpu"] == "cpu-total")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["host"] == "NAMEOFYOURHOST")
  |> aggregateWindow(every: v.windowPeriod, fn: mean, createEmpty: false)
  |> map(fn: (r) => ({ r with _value: r._value * -1.0 + 100.0 }))
  |> toFloat()
  |> yield(name: "mean")

```

**RAM % example**

```
from(bucket: "NAMEOFYOUBUCKET")
  |> range(start: v.timeRangeStart, stop: v.timeRangeStop)
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["_measurement"] == "mem")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["_field"] == "used_percent")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["host"] == "NAMEOFYOURHOST")
  |> aggregateWindow(every: v.windowPeriod, fn: mean, createEmpty: false)
  |> yield(name: "mean")

```

**HDD % example**

```
from(bucket: "NAMEOFYOURBUCKET")
  |> range(start: v.timeRangeStart, stop: v.timeRangeStop)
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["_measurement"] == "disk")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["_field"] == "used")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["path"] == "/")
  |> filter(fn: (r) => r["host"] == "NAMEOFYOURHOST")
  |> aggregateWindow(every: v.windowPeriod, fn: mean, createEmpty: false)
  |> yield(name: "mean")

```

## Conclusion

Nothing much has changed in comparison to the previous article, and the biggest change is the usage of Flux language. So make sure to have that in mind as moving your dashboards will require altering queries.

As always be sure to tell me about it in the comment section below.
### Synology RT2600AC running gigabit fiber
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rt2600ac-running-gigabit-fiber/
Last updated: 2021-06-12T18:18:54.000Z
After 11 months of waiting, I finally got fiber installed. This was tough I have to say.

Last year in April I [started an article](https://www.blackvoid.club/rune-fiber-broadband-for-the-forgotten/) with updates on my fiber implementation and the whole project, but I didn't expect it to take this long.

Corona didn't help for sure, but I have to say that the last few months were soooo long. Waiting for the last mile to be completed as well as my house connected was annoying, to say the least.

But, here we are now, 11 months later, gigabit fiber is here and the rest is in the past! Yesterday was a bit of a surprise as I didn't expect to have it all completed and done, but considering I am with an ISP that allows usage of your network gear if you want (hell yeah!), the whole setup was super fast and easy.

The reason I am writing all of this is that some of you might be interested in a question. Can Synology routers deliver a gigabit of WAN speed? Yes, they can.

For the past 2y, I have had a [Synology *mesh* setup](https://www.blackvoid.club/the-holy-mesh-trinity/) up and running with 0 problems when it comes to AC wifi.

Now that I got fiber installed, I wanted to use my router (RT2600AC) as my main router and a place to terminate the connection. Luckily, ISP allows me to use my gear, so connecting fiber from an XGPON (media converter) to my router was nothing special.

### VLAN configuration

If you need to configure your Synology router with a custom VLAN or VID you can follow this KB article on how to set it up: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/srmvlan](https://ln.blackvoid.club/srmvlan?ref=blackvoid.club).

After setting your VLAN ID all that is left is configure your PPPoE account credentials, and you are done.

### Synology RT2600AC and gigabit speeds

So how does the Synology router handle gigabit speeds? In a word, excellent.

I do use a VPN connection towards NordVPN all the time to cover my whole LAN, but some services are not going via the tunnel and use the full bandwidth over HTTPS connections.

So here are the speeds with and without an active tunnel:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/11562635942.png)

Speedtest without an active VPN tunnel

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/11562649173.png)

Speedtest with an active VPN tunnel

So, RT2600AC can do more than fine when it comes to gigabit speeds on its WAN port. I didn't have any doubts as I have seen some comments in the past that testified to this, but then again, Internet, a place where everyone thinks they are right, am I right?

This is why I wanted to share solid info that even though the device is 5y+ old, it can more than fine hold its own when it comes to gigabit access.

### What does this mean for the Blackvoid site?

Well as some of you know I am an avid fan of self-hosting, and this blog has been self-hosted for 2y now. Hopefully, these fiber speeds will elevate the site to new heights, and provide a better experience for visitors.

Also, the support chat (Rocket chat icon in the upper right corner), is much faster now, so feel free to hop on there if you have any questions on any topic related to Synology, Docker, open-source, or self-hosting.
### Proton Mail 4.0
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/proton-mail-4-0/
Last updated: 2022-03-28T15:24:10.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: **28.03.2022** \- New version of Proton Mail iOS client is out, **v3.1.2**, bringing new features and a more consistent design to accompany their recent web UI update.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/Screen-Shot-2022-03-28-at-17.17.45.png)

New v3.1.2 iOS look (dark mode included)

**v3.1.2 changes:**

- Discover a modern look and feel with an easy-to-use interface, which means less time managing your inbox, and more time enjoying it.
- Leverage conversation view to keep your inbox clean and organized: emails that belong together will be grouped together.
- Enjoy your app in Dark mode for improved readability in low light conditions.
- Quickly access folders, subfolders and labels with our redesigned side menu.
- Easily create new folders and labels while moving messages to organize your inbox more easily.
- Find all your unread messages easily with the new unread filter.
- Keep track of relevant notifications: reading a message on web will clear the notification from the phone.
- Never forget to add attachments again. If you intended to add an attachment but forgot to, ProtonMail will remind you before sending the message.
- Provide your feedback directly to Proton from the side menu.
- Benefit from a large number of bug fixes and other minor improvements.

---

Even though I am an advocate of self-hosting there is one thing that I do not want to self-host, and that's email.

To have an effective self-hosted email you need several elements to work as they should. I won't go into details, if you are interested, look it up, and you will see for yourself.

Now, even though Synology NAS offers a MailPlus solution that you can self-host, again, I do not want to have that specific element hosted on my end.

Today there is a ton of free (!) and paid email platforms, but my choice is [ProtonMail](https://protonmail.com/?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.22.56.png)

Swiss based email provider

About 7y old at the moment, Proton has quickly become a very popular email provider with their E2E encrypted email system while fighting to achieve their goal, building the Internet where privacy is the default.

With PM you control your information all the time. When it comes to using PM with other non-PM users you can still encrypt and protect your content, delivering information that you want over email, protected and secure.

On June 8th, 2021, PM for the web has got a brand new bold design that will elevate your usage and experience while maintaining all the fundamental elements that PM is built upon.

PM has always had a very clean look, but with 4 brand new themes, you can choose your new personal best while working.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/proton_proton.jpg)

Proton theme

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/proton_carbon.jpg)

Carbon theme

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/proton_snow.jpg)

Snow theme

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/proton_monokai.jpg)

Monokai theme (my favorite so far)

### Folders, labels and custom domains

Like most clients, PM also can work with labels and folders so that you can structure, tag, and filter your email much faster when looking for that one specific email.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.33.21.png)

Configure as much folders and labels you want

If you own your domain, you can set up a custom domain email address, and depending on your PM subscription, you will be able to make multiple accounts and aliases.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.36.07.png)

Add your domain to PM and make a cool email address with aliases for your needs

### IMAP/SMTP support

Even though most people today do use webmail access, some like to use a dedicated email client.

On the mobile front, PM has both iOS and Android apps (those will also soon get a facelift), but no desktop clients. Still, if you do want to use your PM with your desktop email client of choice you can "bridge it".

Part of the paid tier, **ProtonMail Bridge** allows you to connect your PM accounts with several popular email clients out there like Apple Mail, Thunderbird, or MS Outlook.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.39.50.png)

Start by downloading your Bridge installer and configure it

Once you download and install the Bridge component, you will configure it, and connect it with your local mail client.

I use PM this way with Apple Mail it works great with no problems at all.

### Using Proton Mail

When it comes to using PM as an email service, you will find all the usual suspects when it comes to tools, with several others that are not so common.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.51.32.jpg)

Mail composer with extra features in the bottom left corner

Along with the usual from, to, cc, bcc, and subject lines, there are options in the lower-left corner that will allow you to set expiration time as well as set password for those recipients that do not use PM to encrypt your email.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.53.57.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.54.11.png)

When we talk about formating tools, you will again, find all the usual tools you would expect and need from an email client.

One more thing that Proton Mail offers is the **Contacts** feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.55.59.png)

Accessing your contacts list from the main menu on the very top you will have the option to import them and create groups if you need to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.56.48.png)

Import/export contants in CSV format

Once you have imported your contacts they will be accessible from the email composer as expected.

### Other Proton apps

On top of ProtonMail, the team behind this platform has included several other apps that you can use if you want.

Accessible from the main menu, you will have access to **Proton Mail**, **Proton** **Calendar**, **Proton** **Drive**, and **Proton** **VPN**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.45.03.png)

All Proton apps

I haven't used any other service considering I have no need for them (I use them self-hosted on the Synology platform), but if you are looking for a tool that will be a "natural" extension of Proton Mail, they are there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.47.06.png)

Proton Calendar

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.48.25.png)

Proton Drive

### Pricing

Finally the price. It's free! Yes, Proton offers a free tier for some services and can be upgraded with customer needs in mind.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-11.59.23.png)

Pricing for Proton services

As you can see there are elements that you can specifically customize and in the end tailor your price and services based on your needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-12.01.10.png)

Current Proton plans

So, is about 50$/y too much for a professional and secure email service with several other apps, plus a VPN service as well? IMHO, no. Proton has managed to deliver a steady, secure, and well-priced lineup of services to end-users in a time when privacy is a No1 concern to everyone.

Think about your email usage for communication and collaboration that matters. When it's free, you are the product, that's how it works.

Hat down to the Proton team, and I do hope they will continue working on this great platform that keeps your data safe and above all, secure.

Do you use a paid email service? Let me know in the comments below.
### Synology Photos
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/
Last updated: 2023-08-01T11:29:53.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 27/07/2023 - new **version 1.5.0** brings new features to the table. Only on DSM 7.2 (or better)

(2023-07-27)

#### What's New

1. Supports automatically creating albums based on object recognition, enabling quick photo search using keywords.
2. Supports viewing time and location information of photos in lightbox mode.
3. Adjusted the label display in lightbox mode to be sorted alphabetically.

Keep in mind that some NAS models will not support **object** recognition until more than 2GB of RAM is installed. Check the [**URL**](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Which%5FSynology%5FNAS%5Fmodels%5Fsupport%5Fthe%5Ffacial%5Frecognition%5Ffeature%5Fon%5FSynology%5FPhotos?ref=blackvoid.club) for a detailed list of series and models.

📢

**UPDATE**: 01/12/2022 - As of today, **Synology Photos is also available for Android TV** 

📢

**UPDATE**: 24/11/2022 - **Synology Photos for Apple TV** has been released!

Synology has released (finally!) Photos app for the Apple TV platform. Accessible via the official [App Store](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/synology-photos/id1484764501?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/626x0w.webp)

Synology Photos on Apple TV 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/626x0w-3.webp)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/626x0w--1-.webp)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 08/11/2022 - new Photos version is here with a few new features and fixes.

### Version: 1.3.1-0326

(2022-11-08)

#### What’s New

1. Supports deleting original files in albums.
2. Supports moving and copying photos in the search results.
3. Supports showing the detailed copy, skip and renaming status in the task queue.

#### Bug fixed

1. Fixed an issue where DS414j models cannot run Synology Photos after updating to DSM 7.1.1.
2. Fixed an issue where domain/LDAP users might not be able to use Synology Photos.
3. Fixed an issue where performing a large amount of tasks might slow the user interface.
4. Fixed an issue where long file names might not be completely displayed in the task queue.
5. Fixed an issue where additional folders might be created when the subject of Photo Request ends with a space.
6. Minor bug fixes.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 19/7/2022 - NEW Synology Photos **version 1.3.0-0317 is out bringing a cool new Photo Request feature** and a few fixes.

### Version: 1.3.0-0317

(2022-07-19)

**What's New**

1. Supports creating Photo Request links to collect photos from other users and guests.
2. Supports using customized domain names as the prefix of share links.

#### Bug Fixed

1. Enhance the speed of merging facial recognition results.
2. Fixed an issue where running the package might cause high system resource usage.
3. Fixed an issue where photos might not be indexed properly.
4. Fixed an issue where letter case might affect search results.
5. Fixed an issue where labels might not be added to photos correctly.
6. Minor bug fixes.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 3/05/2022 - **NEW** mobile **version 1.2.1 of Synology Photos** is out bringing some new feature and fixes

**Compatibility & Installation**

1. Updated to be compatible with Advanced Media Extensions (AME) 2.0.

**What's New**

1. Supports changing folder covers.
2. Supports searching for folders.
3. Supports showing the albums shared by others in search results.
4. Allows users to select albums shared by others to which they have Provider permissions when adding photos to albums.

**Bug Fixed**

1. Fixed an issue where switching networks might stop the backup when users sign in via QuickConnect.
2. Fixed an issue where the date and time in the photo information page might not follow the formats specified in the device settings.
3. Fixed an issue where the Enable Sleep Time Backup button might not work properly on iPhone SE (2016) models.
4. Fixed an issue where users might not be able to view password-protected folders.
5. Fixed an issue where photos from iOS Files might not be uploaded properly.
6. Fixed an issue where cached thumbnails might be deleted by the iOS system.
7. Fixed an issue where the scroll-up and scroll-down speed might be inconsistent.
8. Minor bug fixes.

---

## Intro

In Synology history, several apps went through an evolution period, and during that period they were updated, changed, rebranded, and eventually replaced by a new platform.

Years back, Synology started with their "XXXX station" app naming convention. So we had (and in some cases still do), File Station, Download Station, Audio Station, Photo Station, etc.

Each app was targeted to function as a platform for a specific task, so for photo management, there was Photo Station.

PS got until version 6 when Synology introduced Moments, a more modern, selfy, and mobile-friendly photo platform featuring face detection and offering users to simply view and share their photos but not so much to organize and edit them.

So with PS and Moments fighting for dominance, Synology decided to pull the plug and merge those two platforms into one, Synology Photos.

With [the upcoming DSM 7](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/) and all of its new apps and features, Photos should take center stage when it comes to having your photos organized, accessible on all devices, and easy to share with your friends, family, or coworkers.

### Synology Photos - PhotoStation and Moments fusion

Considering that Photos are accessible for over 9 months already (and still in beta), why did I wait so long to write about them?

There are two reasons for this. First, I have waited for this platform to mature a bit more and didn't want to start with Moments and then migrate to Photos when the time comes. Now at the moment, I use the Apple Photos app for all my needs, but that limits me with having access to all my photos on every platform. Yes, I could use iCloud, but I don't so that's that.

Another reason is I want to have my photos on my devices and accessible on my terms. Also, no need to pay for storage then you have a NAS right?

As I said before, Photos is a love child of PhotoStation and Moments, but is it any good? As someone that has never used either of those platforms before I would like to give my honest opinion of it. Also, before I continue, I am no photo ninja (from a collection standpoint or editing), just a regular user that has a decent library of both photos and videos, and I want to have them all accessible all the time regardless of my client platform or storage size.

### Start using Photos

Once you get DSM 7 up and running you will have the option to install the Photos app from the Package Center.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.07.17.png)

Synology Photos installed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.08.01.png)

Simply open the app from the DSM main menu

The first time you access Phots you will be greeted with a welcome wizard that will inform you of some of the features that Photos offer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-12.20.35.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-12.20.45.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-12.20.58.png)

Keep in mind that Face detection is not suppoted on all NAS models!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-12.21.09.png)

Photos has only iOS and Android mobile apps. No app for tvOS for example.

Upon first access, you will see a very simple UI that Photos offers, but then again you don't need anything too complicated, to begin with.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.16.06.jpg)

Synology Photos - time to start organizing

### How to import, organize and use Photos

Once you have opened your Photos app for the first time, one thing will happen in the background. On your NAS you will get the **Photos** folder created at the root of your user folder:

```
/volume1/homes/<username>/Photos

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.21.51.png)

Location of your root Photos folder on the NAS

All the content that you will be importing into Photos will "live" inside the Photos folder. This means that you can also prepare the content by folders and they will appear in the Photos app. So no need to explicitly use the web UI of the Photos app to begin importing your content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.26.23.jpg)

Folder prepared inside the Photos root folder

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.25.00.jpg)

Same content accessible and visible in the Photos app

So from that point of view very simple and easy. Also, you will not stress your NAS that much with importing using the web UI, but it will start to index the images and at that point, your NAS starts to work much more than you are probably used to, especially if there are images that will have people on it. More on this a bit later.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-12.29.40.png)

Example of CPU utilization with face detection

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-12.30.47.png)

Face detection CPU utilization

🗒️

**NOTE**: these performance images are from a virtual DSM running Photos with a **single CPU core**  and **2GB of RAM**

The reason why I showed these images is that people think importing 10k images will be a speedy and effortless process for their "J" series NAS. No, it won't.

Do not underestimate the Photos app and your NAS horsepower. Each image will be inspected, tagged, indexed, and if a person will be detected, face detection will kick in. Let's just say your first import might be a longer process than you expect.  
During that time be sure that your NAS is not doing anything else, and have patience.

Saying all this, do not think your Photo browsing experience will be bad. From my testing, this platform runs well. Truth be told I do run it on an SSD-only NAS but even on regular HDDs, the test was nothing slower, and the experience was very satisfactory.

### Using and accessing your photos

Along the top margin of the app, there are three main elements: **Photos**, **Albums**, and **Sharing**.

The first one, Photos, allows you to view your photos and videos using two main views. **Folder View** or **Timeline View**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.41.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.41.39.png)

In the timeline view, you will (unlike in folder view), see all of your photos in a chronological manner (something that Moments offered). With the folder view, you will view each folder individually (how PhotoStation did it).

In any case, you will also have the **Quick filter** option on the far right. Accessing it you will be able to quickly filter your content by year, type, people, and any other filter you activate.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.45.22.png)

Filter option on the left-hand side with more options to choose from using the "gear" icon

Once you start viewing your photos you will have several tools at your disposal including **share**, **zoom**, **info**, **delete**, and **more options**. Depending on the meta content of your photos the info section will have a lot of information that you can also edit and alter (another feature of PhotoStation).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.46.34.png)

View photo tools and features

Photos app works well with your keyboard so if you want you can use your arrow keys to navigate the slideshow and escape from the view mode back into your Photos with the ESC key.

### Virtual albums and sharing

As I said before there are two more main sections to the Photos app, **Albums**, and **Sharing**.

Albums is a great feature that will allow you to make "virtual" albums **without** duplicating your existing folders/albums. What this means is this.

For example, let's say you have imported a folder full of photos into the Photos app. It is already organized by having those photos in a single folder, but what if you want to group some photos under special albums? Or maybe combine multiple images from different folders under a single album without mixing the actual content?

That's where virtual "albums" come into play. Simply select photos you want to group, choose the name of the album, and boom, done!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.56.21.jpg)

Select images you want to group to an album and select the option on the bottom

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-08-at-23.58.27.png)

You will have the option to make a new album or add them to existing one

Opening the album will allow you to view it, share it, add photos to it, or download all the images at the same time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-00.00.10.png)

Virtual album presenting only images that are part of it

I love this feature as it is very practical, you don't waste space by making duplicate content, and you can delete them, alter them any time you want, how you want to.

Now one big thing with Photos and getting to your content is sharing and remote access.

Sharing is very simple and presented by the three-dot icon throughout the app. Click it you will get options to share your generated link, set permission, optional password, or time of expiration as well as who can view, delete, or add content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-09-at-00.04.26.jpg)

Sharing options

### Shared Spaces

One specific thing that Photos offers is sharing your content with other users. This works with photo folders that you created and specific albums that you have.

So for example let's say you have the need to share several photos, folders, or albums with some users, how do you do that?

In this example let's say that you have your family as your "members" that you want to share content with.

The first thing you need to do is make sure that they have their DSM accounts and permissions to access the Photos app set. If you want help with that, have a look at my articles in the **Syno101** section [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/101/) (specifically Part 2 - User accounts).

Once each member has their account and can log into Photos it is time to configure the access to some shared content.

To make this work you will first need to enable **the Shared Spaces** feature. Start by going to your profile **Settings**, and then on the **Shared Space** tab.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.09.52.png)

Access your Settings section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.02.48.png)

Enable Shared Space option

Once you have enabled Shared Space, be sure to click the **Set Access Permissions** button to add your family members (DSM users) to the shared space allow list.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that all shared content that you or anyone else creates will "live" in the root **photo** folder on your volume! Personal content will still be in **home/<username>/Photos** location.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.02.57.png)

Define what user can use Shared Spaces and what kind of level of permission they can have

Now that we have done that, you are ready to use Shared Spaces. Going back to the main Photos page, you will see in the upper left-hand corner options to switch from your **Personal** to **Shared** space.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.02.30.png)

Once Shared Space is active you will have the option to switch your Photos view by using this menu

### Sharing content with specific users

To share some content with a specific user you simply do the following. Click on your folder of choice and click the **Set share permissions** icon.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.17.17.png)

Click the Set share permissions button the righ hand side after you have selected the folder you want to share

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.18.15.jpg)

Configure your share permission for the user you want

Enable the share link option and select your user from the **Invitee List** menu on the bottom. Select the level of permissions that the user can have, and click **OK**.

With the option to switch from personal to shared space, you can be certain that there will be no clutter and confusion about what content is your personal one, and what is shared with others.

Users that have folders and albums shared with them will see the folder content on the main page of their Photos app under **Photos** tab, and albums will be visible using the **Sharing** tab.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.27.36.png)

User seeing a folder that is shared

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.29.29.png)

Shared album

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-10-at-09.29.53.png)

Accessing a shared album will show what users have access to it

That's it! You can use the same principle with any number of folders, albums, or just specific items. 

### Photo Request

The final option that you will have when using the Sharing tab is **Photo Request**. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-31-at-13.41.23-1.png)

Create your Photo Request link and send it

This will allow us to send a link out that any recipient will be able to use to upload images. The content will end up in a folder of your choice and you can also select the option to automatically add those images to an album as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-31-at-13.45.04.png)

Configure the name of the link, destination, and optional album destination as well as the password and expiration date

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-31-at-13.46.50-1.png)

Copy the link, and send it any way you want to

After the link has been created you will be redirected to the link requests page where you can alter your existing links or make new ones.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/Screenshot-2022-07-31-at-13.47.15.png)

List of all the photo request options

### Remote and mobile access

Using your desktop device is one way of getting to your content but most times you will access your content from a remote location and using your mobile app. As I said before, there are mobile apps for both iOS and Android OS and those work well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/IMG_0061.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/IMG_0062.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/IMG_0063.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/IMG_0064.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/IMG_0065.jpg)

You can configure backup of your photos from your mobile device to Photos 

Accessing your photos from a remote location will require you to have remote access to your NAS using either QuickConnect, DDNS, or via [Reverse Proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/).

Now that you have the remote URL, just enter it on your mobile app, as well as your username and password, and you are done.

## Conclusion

So how am I satisfied with the app so far? Very well I have to say. Haven't had any problems so far. Do keep in mind that I have started fresh with no previous migrations. There are people out there that have had their share of problems with this platform, but then again, it is the same with any app on any platform.

One thing I would like to mention here is the recent events of Google killing their Google Photos unlimited storage plan. It might not be a bad time to consider using your NAS as your "personal cloud" space for all your media content if you don't want to continue paying to some 3rd party cloud storage to keep your hi-def images of your kids and pets.

Using your NAS just for this purpose alone will be worth it in the long run, trust me. Yes, it might take more administration and maintenance, but you will have peace of mind and a huge amount of storage that you can always expand later on.

Another reason to consider using your NAS as a "private cloud" in case running it as your personal "Google Photos" alternative is not enough, is that you can run almost anything on these machines today. More on this [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/self-hosting-vs-cloud-hosting/).

Will you start using Photos as your main platform for photo management?
### WWDC21
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc21/
Last updated: 2021-06-14T16:30:11.000Z
In the Apple world, the month of June is reserved for all those creative people, for people that make the Apple ecosystem what it is today. For developers.

Worldwide Developers Conference (WWDC) is the event of the year for developers and users of Apple OS for all of their devices. Array of products i growing daily, and so does grow the number of specific operating systems dedicated to those devices.

iOS, iPadOS, macOS, watchOS, tvOS are all the OS that Apple has at the moment and this year most of them got great new features. Some of those features are shared across multiple OS, but that was expected as Apple is on track to blur the line between the software you use and the hardware you use it on.

What started as a campaign a few years back, with the release of their first Apple SOC powered Mac lineup at the beginning of this year, today we have seen what the future of Apple devices will look like.

### The vison of one platform

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_01.jpg)

All new features and OS versions will be coming this fall

Most Apple users today have more than one Apple device. That could be any number of combinations. Desktop and tablet, laptop and phone, etc, and in most cases today we have the option to use apps and features on one device and continue to use them on another.

With iOS 15 as well as all the other OS, Apple wants to push that continuity and shared experience even further.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_02.jpg)

Summary of iOS15 features to come

Even though we have seen a lot of new features with iOS, most of those will work and arrive on other OS as well starting with changes to FaceTime and Messages.

One of the big improvements is the new **SharePlay** feature that allows you to share your streaming (video or audio) experience with others using FaceTime.

Also, **Live Text** just blew my mind. Even though it was possible with 3rd party apps, now we get that feature right out of the box as part of the OS. The power of SW and HW is pushing what is possible with devices that fit in our pockets, and I love it.

A lot has been done on the productivity side of things with the introduction of **Focus** and the ability to have the choice to cancel out all distractions and focus on your work, your free time, or anything you want.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_03.jpg)

Summary of iPadOS 15 feature to come

Both iOS and iPadOS are very important platforms for Apple as well us as users so it is no wonder that Apple pays special attention to them. As most platforms got shared new features, iPadOS learned a few tricks that make it even better to use. **New multitasking** menu and features to start as well as widgets that were introduced last year on iOS only.

Another feature that I liked, and makes the most sense on the iPad is **Quick Note**. Fast and easy way to add notes on the task at hand that you can later on review in your Notes app with all the references to apps, pages, emails, etc that you had open while making a note in the first place.

**Notifications system** got an overhaul as well in a combination with before mentioned Focus features. It will allow you to get a notifications summary when you want it, as well as better organize and present notifications on your devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_04.jpg)

Summary of macOS Monterey features to come

A lot of features were introduced in the new 12th version of macOS called, **macOS Monterey**.

With **system-wide translations**, **AirPlay** (finally right!?!) and **SharePlay** support, to **Shortcuts** and my favorite, **Universal Control**.

Apple is on track to eliminate some legacy elements like the Automator and replace it with a unified "language" of Shortcuts, and that's ok, but at the same time, it is adding even more features that originated on their mobile platforms.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_06.jpg)

Universal Control, one keyboard and mouse, all of your device under control, brilliant!

While pushing new features, Apple is also focusing on its key apps like Safari. With today's web focus apps, platforms and solutions, it is no wonder that a web browser is one of the most-used apps on our devices (well desktop device at least).

Because of that, Safari in the new macOS Monterey has gotten a massive visual and functional overhaul.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_05.jpg)

macOS Monterey Safari. Brand new look and features

A lot of work has gone into making working with tabs better and faster (and not just on your macOS but all of your devices), as well as the ability for Safari to mimic the color pallet of the page and apply that visual identity to Safari itself, very cool.

Extensions and privacy were also the focus of this update and as Craig said, Safari is more open than ever. We will see about that when we get our hands on it.

watchOS and Health are two areas that have gotten also a great deal of love to make them more feature-rich and better for us as customers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_07.jpg)

Summary of watchOS features to come

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_09.jpg)

Health updates

Personally, one more area that made me happy was the improvements on the Home front.

Apple has started to push towards Home apps and accessories for a while now, and with the introduction of the late HomePod and a brand new HomePod Mini last year, we can now see some more benefits of it all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_08.jpg)

Summary of Home features to come

Last year I got one [HomePod mini](https://www.blackvoid.club/homepod-mini-hey-siri-play-some-metal/), and I was blown away by how good it sounds and works at the same time. Got so lazy lately it's crazy :D.

Apple has pushed the option to pair two Pods with Apple TV 4K for a great stereo setup that I was looking for without the need to spend a lot of money and buy an expensive surround system.

With SharePlay and Siri-enabled accessories, a smart home driven by HomeKit will be even better, and on top of things, more secure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_12.jpg)

Pair of HomePod Mini as Apple TV 4K (Gen 1 and 2) default speakers

Finally, one of the key features of app Apple products and services is privacy. Apple continues to harden security and protect privacy in all of its OS, apps, and devices, and this year is no exception.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_10.jpg)

Best featured in the new **iCloud+** service (paid tier of iCloud), Apple has implemented several cool features to keep your locations, personal information, and data safe.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/wwdc_11.jpg)

Some of the new iCloud+ features

This whole week there is a ton of workshops and sessions dedicated to WWDC so all the details that interest you on some specifics will be revealed soon.

I am looking forward to this fall when all of these new features will come to life and we get to use them first hand. If you are more on the bleeding edge spectrum you will have the option to test this in public beta next month!

All in all, a very well-rounded WWDC with a huge amount of new, both big and small, improvements that will surely make this great eco-system, even better.
### Docker 20.10 for DSM 6 & 7 is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-20-10-for-dsm-6-7-is-here/
Last updated: 2021-06-23T06:27:13.000Z
I waited a few days before posting this as I wanted to see how the update process will effect my setup.

Docker for DSM (both 6 and 7) has been updated to version **20.10.3(7)** with the release of [DSM 7 RC](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-release-candidate-is-here/).

Update didn't break any of my setups or containers so far and runs just fine. Looking at the release notes, it looks like there were no major changes apart from the upgrade to the latest version. 

Saying this, there are still things that Synology has done their way, so a full blown usage of Docker platform does not work (like swarm support), as it should. But, to be fair, they do have the right to modify the platform and tailor it to their needs.

**DDSM** (Docker DSM) support has been killed a while back, but just to be clear, it is definetly **not coming back**, and it is not supported with this version as well. 

### Version: 20.10.3-0552

(2021-06-01)  
**Important Note**

The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.  
What's New

Updated Docker Daemon to version 20.10.3.

**Fixed Issues**

Fixed an issue where running the CentOS container could result in the malfunctions of other containers in Docker 18.09.0.

I will continue to post back here if there will be any problems with this version.

For those of you who are running [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) to manage your Docker setup, the current version of portainer (2.5.1) work fine and without any problems on this platform.
### DSM 7 Release candidate is here!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-release-candidate-is-here/
Last updated: 2021-08-24T13:07:26.000Z
Today, Synology has pushed out a release candidate version of their new DSM 7 OS.

> **WARNING**: this version is for **EVALUATION ONLY!** Do not install this version on your main production device!

## Before Installation

### Please read the following information before installing the release candidate

1. **For evaluation only** \- DSM 7.0 Release Candidate (RC) is for evaluation purposes only and should not be installed in production environments. We strongly recommend reading the [Release notes](https://www.synology.com/en-global/beta/2021%5FDSM%5F7%5F0%5FRC/release%5Fnote?ref=blackvoid.club#package%5FDSM%5Frelease%5Fnote) section before installation. Synology cannot be held responsible for any damage, such as accidental data loss, caused by the release candidate.
2. **Not downloadable** \- After the installation, your NAS will not be able to roll back to any previous DSM versions. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications during DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta programs should update the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.

> To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed **Active Insight**, **Synology Photos**, and **Secure SignIn** mobile applications during **DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta** programs **should update** the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.

## DSM 7 RC Installation

### To install the release candidate on your Synology NAS:

1. Visit [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) to download the latest DSM update to your local computer.
2. Go to **Control Panel** \> **Update & Restore** \> **Manual DSM Update** to enter the Manual DSM Update Page.
3. Click **Browse** to select the update file.
4. Click **OK** to update your DSM. The system will reboot automatically when the update completes.
5. Go to **Support Center** from the main menu to notify us of any issues or give suggestions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.16.03.png)

DSM 7 RC install (using Synology Assistant 7.0

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.19.22.png)

You should never allow DSM to update automatically!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.19.31.png)

Synology Account will allow for some cool features...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.21.31.png)

... like accessing your NAS from anywhere (would advise to skip this step)...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.21.42.png)

...or use the Account to backup your DSM configuration automatically. Now this is a great feature!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.21.55.png)

You can skip this step by **NOT** selecting the checkbox and continue forward

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.35.50.png)

Here we are! DSM 7 RC install completed!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-01-at-10.22.53.png)

As the release notes said, Python is now merged into DSM, that is why it is installed by default

## Software Compatibility

###   
Please read the following guidelines before installing DSM-compatible software.

1. Synology NAS with external network access - DSM packages will automatically upgrade to their compatible versions once your DSM has upgraded to DSM 7.0 RC.
2. Synology NAS without external network access - Please go to [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) for manual downloads.
3. For utilities/mobile apps, please go to [Synology Download Center](https://www.synology.com/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) for manual downloads.

## Applied model (so far):

```
21-series: RS2821RP+, RS2421RP+, RS2421+, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621+

20-series: RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS420j, DS220+, DS220j, DS120j

19-series: RS1219+, RS819, DS2419+II, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+, DS419slim, DS119j

18-series: RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418, DS418play, DS418j, DS218+, DS218, DS218play, DS218j, DS118

17-series: RS217, DS1817+, DS1817, DS1517+, DS1517

16-series: RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+II, DS716+, DS416, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+II, DS216+, DS216, DS216play, DS216j, DS216se, DS116

15-series: RS815RP+, RS815+, RS815, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS1515, DS715, DS415+, DS415play, DS215+, DS215j, DS115, DS115j

14-series: RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214play, DS214se, DS114

13-series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, DS213j

Others: Virtual DSM

```

More info in the release notes:

[https://www.synology.com/en-global/beta/2021\_DSM\_7\_0\_RC/release\_note](https://www.synology.com/en-global/beta/2021%5FDSM%5F7%5F0%5FRC/release%5Fnote?ref=blackvoid.club)

### Version: 7.0-41882 Release Candidate

(2021-06-01)  
**Important note**

**Before Update**

1. Before updating, your Synology NAS should be running DSM 6.2 or above versions.
2. Reserve extra time to complete DSM 7.0 update. The DSM update takes 10 to 20 minutes, while package update may take more than an hour. The actual time depends on the computing power of your model, the number of media indexing files, and the number of packages installed.
3. If you're performing a clean installation, make sure to complete the installation with find.synology.com or Synology Assistant 7.0-50029 or above.
4. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications during DSM 7.0 Preview/Beta programs should update the applications to the latest version after the DSM update.
5. DSM 7.0 consumes more system resources, including memory. If your model has less than 1 GB of memory, updating to DSM 7.0 may affect system performance.
6. For the models below, you can only download the upgrade patch from Synology Download Center because you won't receive notifications for this update on your DSM.
- 15-Series: RS815RP+, RS815+, RS815, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS1515, DS715, DS415+, DS415play, DS215+, DS215j, DS115, DS115j
- 14-Series: RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214play, DS214se, DS114
- 13-Series: DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, DS213

**7\. DSM 7.0 for FS, SA, XS/XS+, and DVA series models are currently under development and will be available in the next quarter.**

**DSM**

1. USB devices (Wi-Fi dongle, Bluetooth dongle, 3G/4G dongle, USB DAC/speaker, and DTV dongle) are no longer supported. If your Synology NAS is currently connected via a wireless dongle, it will be disconnected after the update.
2. DSM 7.0 will end support for ext3\. We strongly suggest backing up the data stored on your ext3 volumes and transferring the data to volumes with supported file systems before the update.
3. DSM 7.0 by default disables NTLMv1 and enables NTMLv2 only, so SMB clients (e.g., Windows XP devices, media players, network printers, smart TVs, and IP cameras) won’t be able to access your Synology NAS. To restore the connection after the update, go to Control Panel > File Services > SMB > Advanced Settings > Others and enable NTLMv1 authentication.
4. Creating SSD caches on block-level LUNs is no longer supported. Existing SSD caches for block LUNs will function normally after the update.
5. NT4 domains are no longer supported. Current NT4 domains will be unavailable after the update.
6. The URLs used by DSM when updating or running services have been modified. Please read this article and make sure that your firewall rules are configured appropriately.
7. iSCSI Manager will become SAN Manager on DSM 7.0\. Please refer to package release notes for more details.
8. To provide comprehensive TLS support and ensure compatibility, the TLS/SSL profile level in Modern compatibility will automatically change to Intermediate Compatibility after the update.
9. EZ-Internet is merged with Router Configuration in Control Panel. To set up port forwarding, go to Control Panel > External Access > Router Configuration.
10. Python3 is merged into DSM as a built-in service. The original Python3 package will be unavailable in Package Center and you can remove it manually.
11. The following DDNS providers are removed from the service provider list at Control Panel > External Access > DDNS:
12. CloudNS, DNO-O-Matic, DNSEXIT, Dynamic DO!.jp, Joker.com, RU-CENTER, TwoDNS.de, Variomedia, Zoneedit.com
13. The updated QuickConnect connection is secured with an SSL certificate, and your QuickConnect domain will be passed to Let's Encrypt for certificate application purposes. Please refer to the Privacy Statement for more details.
14. Security Advisor by default enables Login Analysis and certain custom account detection check items after the update.
15. Video conversion to FLV and MPEG-4 Part 2 formats on the following models is no longer supported.
- 20-series: DS120j
- 19-series: DS119j
- 16-series: DS216se
- 15-series: DS215j, DS115, DS115j
- 14-series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214se, DS114
- 13-series: DS213j
1. Active Insight & Hybrid Share Service are build-in services available with DSM 7.0 Official, these two services will be automatically installed as Beta version after the update.

**Packages**

Synology Moments and Photo Station will be upgraded to and merged as Synology Photos. If you would like to use Synology Photos on your mobile devices, please install the iOS/Android app. See this page for more details.  
Cloud Station Server and Cloud Station ShareSync will be upgraded to and merged with Synology Drive Server. If you are using any Cloud Station Suite applications (Cloud Station Server, Cloud Station Drive, Cloud Station Backup, Cloud Station ShareSync, or DS cloud), you must switch to their counterparts in the Synology Drive Suite to ensure compatibility. See this page for more details.  
MariaDB 5 is incompatible with DSM 7.0\. To update to DSM 7.0, please install MariaDB 10, migrate the database, and uninstall MariaDB 5 in Package Center first.  
If you cannot find certain Synology approved third-party packages in Package Center, check this article for the latest status of the packages. For other third-party packages, please contact their developers for more information.  
The following packages are no longer supported:  
Cloud Station Server (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Cloud Station ShareSync (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Discourse, DokuWiki, Drupal, Drupal8, DVBLink, GitLab, GLPI, Hasplm, Java7, Java8, LimeSurvey, Logitech® Media Server, LXQt, Magento, Magento2, MantisBT, Moments (replaced by Synology Photos), Mono, Moodle, Node.js 0.10, Node.js 0.12, Node.js v4, Node.js v6, Node.js v8, Odoo 8, OpenERP 6.1, OpenERP 7.0, OrangeHRM, Orthanc, osCommerce, osTicket, PHP PEAR, Photo Station (replaced by Synology Photos), phpBB, Piwik, Podcast Generator, PrestaShop, PrestaShop1.7, PythonModule, Redmine, Ruby, Spree, SugarCRM, SVN, Synology File Manager, Tomcat6, Tomcat7, TVMosaic, Webalizer

**What’s New**

Storage  
A new revision of Storage Manager:  
Added visuals of Synology NAS models with their drive slots, expansion units, and built-in M.2 slots to help users view drive status.  
Enhanced usability with a clearer display of the relationship between storage pools, volumes, and SSD caches.  
Enhanced the setup process of Hot Spare and Data Scrubbing.  
Added a feature to guide users through configuring newly inserted drives.  
New features of storage pools, volumes, and drives:  
Supports performing different tasks on different storage pools simultaneously.  
Supports updating the firmware for Synology drives.  
Enhanced the access performance of degraded RAID 6 by 70%.  
Added display of the storage usage of each category item on Btrfs volumes.  
Added a new Fast Repair mechanism to reduce the time needed for RAID repair based on storage usage and thus reduce the time of RAID degradation.  
Added the ability to replace a drive in a healthy storage pool with an unused one without interrupting services or causing storage pool degradation.  
Added the ability to automatically replace “Critical” or “Failing” drives in protected storage pools with Hot Spare.   
Added the Auto Repair feature to automatically run a RAID repair when a malfunctioned drive is replaced with a healthy one in the same drive slot.  
Added the ability to eject a storage pool on an expansion unit to ensure the safe removal of drives without interrupting system services.  
Added the ability to mount storage pools from drives that are inserted after the device has been powered on without interrupting system services.  
Supports customizing the low capacity notification for individual volumes when their available space drops below the specified value.  
Added support for space reclamation schedules for Btrfs volumes.  
New features of SSD Cache:  
Added the ability to create and remove SSD caches without interrupting system services.  
Added the new SSD Cache Advisor to monitor I/O accesses and provide more accurate capacity recommendations.  
Added the ability to pin all Btrfs metadata to SSD caches to enhance the performance of accessing small files and shorten the response time when accessing files regularly.  
Added the ability to activate automatic protection on SSD read-write caches with multi-drive fault tolerance.  
Added support for the quick write-back mechanism, delivering a 30% faster synchronization from SSD caches to HDDs when automatic protection is activated.  
Resource Monitor  
Revamped the display of recorded performance metrics with a finer granularity of data points and the ability to focus on certain time points.  
Enhanced monitoring transparency of system services by separating larger, unrelated processes.  
Added the ability to manage currently accessed files and their connected users to better handle locked files.  
File System/File Services  
Supports enabling/disabling file compression for shared folders created on DSM 7.0.  
Enhanced file compression ratio and added display for the current ratio for each shared folder.  
Added support for cross-protocol locking between SMB and AFP.  
Supports accessing encrypted shared folders via NFS.  
Enhanced Btrfs performance and lowered I/O latency.  
Modularized the SMB file service into a package.  
Allows users to enable/disable SMB transfer logs for permission changes, providing more flexible transfer logs.  
Enhanced the encryption performance by up to 10% on certain models with the x86 platform.  
In Windows File Explorer, users can now search for the files and their content in indexed folders.  
User Management  
Enhanced the password policy. Passwords must exclude username and description, include both upper-case and lower-case letters as well as numerical digits. The minimum password length is 8 characters.  
Added the ability to delegate predefined administrator roles to non-administrator user accounts and allow them to manage certain services and system settings, offering more flexible permission management.  
Added the ability to require imported users to change their passwords after their initial DSM logins.  
Added the ability to assign user accounts from import lists to specific groups.  
Domain/LDAP Integration  
Enhanced LDAP client authentication performance by reducing the number of queries sent with a caching mechanism.  
The following services and packages now support UPN logins: Synology Assistant, Hyper Backup, Synology Mail Server, Synology Calendar, and Shared Folder Sync.  
Enhanced domain database synchronization performance by syncing only altered data.  
Security  
Added the ability to block USB and console ports.  
Enhanced QuickConnect connection process to strengthen security.  
Provides only TLS 1.3 support for the Modern Compatibility option for TLS/SSL profile level.  
Added the ability to set 2-factor authentication as mandatory for specific users or groups.  
User Experience  
Enhanced user experience for DSM first-time installation and Synology Account related service setup (e.g. QuickConnect).  
Added the ability to automatically install important DSM and package updates.  
Added information and usage tips about security, notification, and other recommended settings in DSM Help.  
Added the ability to back up DSM system configuration to a connected Synology Account.  
Added the ability to export folder permissions reports.  
Added support for application webhook integration to send system notifications to Synology Chat and other third-party applications.  
Added severity levels to notifications for better categorization of events.  
Enhanced user interface responsiveness to launch installed packages and services faster.  
Enhanced login performance when connecting from external networks.  
Enhanced user experience for package update processes by displaying the update status with package icons on the DSM desktop.  
Supports resetting the passwords of all user accounts in the administrators group by pressing the RESET button on Synology NAS for 4 seconds.  
Revamped the Service tab at Control Panel > Info Center. The tab focuses on the status of enabled services and packages, including local ports, router ports, and firewall permissions.  
Enhanced Control Panel usability by reorganizing related functionality together:  
Added a new Synology Account tab to consolidate future services provided through Synology Account.  
Consolidated Domain/LDAP options to be configured in a new unified wizard.  
Consolidated QuickConnect settings into the External Access tab.  
Consolidated User and Groups settings.  
Consolidated Theme and Application Portal options into Login Portal tab.  
Consolidated email notification options into Notification > Email tab.  
Consolidated WS-Discovery into File Services > SMB.  
Consolidated Network > DSM Settings into Login Portal > Web Services.  
Relocated the SMB Server Signing option to File Services > SMB > Advanced Settings.  
Moved Shared Folder Sync into the File Services tab.  
Moved the Enforce 2-factor authentication option into the Security tab.  
Modularized DHCP Server into a package.

**Limitations**

When you click Notifications > Show All on your desktop right after the update, you will only be able to see the 500 recent notifications. However, this won't occur for future notifications.  
DSM 7.0 no longer supports sending push notifications via Synology’s email server. To set up email notifications, go to Control Panel > Notification > Email.  
DDSM is incompatible with DSM 7.0\. To continue using DDSM, you should retain the current DSM version. To update to DSM 7.0, please delete DDSM first.  
The "Shut down UPS when the system enters Standby Mode" function is only available on Omron UPS.  
The AFP service is disabled by default after a clean installation.  
After the update, if your Synology NAS is a managed server in Central Management System, the CMS host must run DSM 6.2.4 or above and CMS 2.1.4 to be able to manage important DSM updates and package updates on your device.  
Central Management System no longer supports managing Synology NAS with DSM version earlier than DSM 6.2\. Please update all managed servers to DSM 6.2 or above first. Managed servers that are unable to update to DSM 6.2 should be disjoined from the CMS host before the update.

More info on this version at a later date.
### Best practices when doing a major DSM upgrade
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/best-practices-when-doing-a-major-dsm-upgrade/
Last updated: 2021-06-23T22:57:00.000Z
Any major upgrade or update can lead to problems as well as resolutions or even major feature additions to the platform or appliance running it.

The same principle applies to Synology's DSM (Disk station manager) OS running on their NAS devices. In the anticipation of the new [DSM 7](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/) and its new features, which should arrive this summer (no official news as of yet), some pointers apply to scenarios such as upgrading to a major version.

DSM 7 has been in public beta since December 2020 (and closed beta since September), and until now we have had only a single version of DSM 7 beta that is unusual for Synology and their beta rollout. Usually, we get a new beta every 3 months and then after about 6 months, the final version.

This has not happened this time around, and if we look at some sources, Synology is preparing for a summer rollout of their new NAS OS.

In this article I would just like to reflect on some steps that you could (or should) take into consideration, and execute them should this be your first major update from DSM 6.

### General advice

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/quicktips_banner.png)

When doing any update on any software/app/service that runs your "production" setup it is a good thing to do a backup ([QuickTip No1 and 2)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-quick-tips/)! On top of that, bear in mind QT No17 as well (no downgrade possible!).

So before you move forward with this brave step, please do a backup of the most important content, settings, and anything else that you might need to recover from potential problems that OS upgrade might bring.

```
Backup configuration settings
Backup apps and services
Backup critical data

```

DSM configuration settings backup can be done using the **Control Panel > Update and Restore > Configuration backup**. This will allow you to export most of the configuration settings on your NAS should you need to restore any of them at any point. More info on how this will look like in DSM 7 can be found [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/10/DSM7_config_backup_restore.jpg)

Another method to do it is by using the Hyper Backup app that can also back up your configuration settings as well as backup all of Synology apps and their settings, and the NAS content.

Speaking of content, backing up everything all the time is sometimes impossible, so be sure to back up the most critical data as a minimum in case you can't (or don't want to) backup 100%.

### Backup options

As said before you have several options when it comes to backing up your NAS data and settings.

Hyper Backup and Snapshot Replication (on selected models) are Synology's top applications when it comes to keeping your data safe as well as offer features and options for restoring that same data should you find yourself in a similar situation.

An [example](https://www.blackvoid.club/hyper-backup-disaster-recovery-method-via-c2/) of using HB and Synology C2 cloud backup to keep your data safe, and another one for [Snapshot Replication](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/07/snapshot.jpg)

### Don't update on day 1!

Unless you like to live dangerously and have a spare NAS or two, do not, just don't update on day 1\. There were several situations, not just with Synology, that even though the beta period was long a possible small or big update problem surfaces and you find yourself in the deep end.

The best advice is to wait. Wait about a week or so until you are sure that the feedback has not revealed any potential (major) problems that might stop you from updating yourself. Some say to wait until it hits 7.1, but to be honest that might be another year or so considering the time Synology is taking to update to DSM 7 in the first place.

For now, avoid day 1 update and you will be fine.

### Prepare for the worst

No matter how trivial the update process is with Synology, and it really is, it can go wrong. That's the truth, no way around it. In any case, this is the reason you should be prepared to take action in case your update makes a mess of things.

What can you do? Well, if you have production class services running on your NAS for yourself, your family, or your business, be sure that you not only have a backup ready but also a disaster plan in place.

By DR I mean as much as you can. If you have services running that are vital for your day-to-day operations, then you need to make sure you have them up and running all the time with minimal or no downtime.

[Example of DR solution using Snapshot Replication](https://www.blackvoid.club/disaster-recovery-using-snapshot-replication-bitwarden-scenario-using-docker/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2021/04/dr_bw_sr.jpg)

That can be running your company website, documents, Synology Office apps, password managers, documentation platforms, you name it. With a major DSM update you need to consider the following:

```
01. read the release notes and check for any breaking changes
02. make sure that your services will continue to work after the update
03. prepare for any possible downtime (activate your DR site, double-check your backups, the works
04. make sure your users are aware of a potential extended downtime of services in case you can't secure them running during the update

```

### Take the time to execute the update

Do not rush it. You know that time of day or night when you have some free time and decide to pull the trigger thinking all will be well? That time is not the time you want to do any major update. The same goes for your NAS.

Hopefully, all will be ok, and in most cases it is, but it is still best to follow through with your DSM update. Also, try not to run your update during a thunderstorm with no UPS support, or when you have some work around your house, like fixing the tiles or something similar.

If you care about your data, take the time to do it right is all I'm saying.

### Conclusion

Running a major version update can be both a great or a horrible experience. It can lead to great things or days of problems. It can be stressful, no question about it, but sometimes you just have to do it no matter what. Today, being up-to-date is mandatory. With all the exploits, ransomware, HW, and SW problems, staying updated is one way of keeping your data safe.

Still, saying that, do not underestimate the process and be prepared to take action. In case you get into trouble, do not panic, do not try and do something that you might regret.

Contact support, your friends, the forum, or write here (or use the RocketChat icon in the top right corner for some IM support), and try and get help, before you start nuking the hell out of your failed update.

On the bright side, [many features](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/) are coming to DSM 7 so do not give up on the update, just be prepared for the worse.

Let me know how your update to DSM 7 went down in the comment section below.
### SRM 1.2.5-8227 update
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/srm-1-2-5-8225-update/
Last updated: 2021-05-25T10:09:32.000Z
> UPDATE 25/05/2021 - v1.2.5-8225 have been **recalled** and **replaced** with **v1.2.5-8227**. This update has been recalled on May 25, 2021, due to an issue on time synchronization. The issue has been fixed in SRM 1.2.5-8227.

> UPDATE 12/05/2021 - update went with 0 problems on my RT2600+MR2200 *mesh* setup

Today we got another SRM update from Synology. Long list I must say with lot of fixes and security patches including a fresh one from today as well. More info on [Synology-SA-21:19 SRM](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F21%5F19?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-15.25.54.png)

Here is the update for the current 8227 update:

### Version: 1.2.5-8227​

---

(2021-05-25)  
**Important Note**

1. This update includes fixes to the following issues found in SRM 1.2.5-8225.
- Fixed an issue where time synchronization with the NTP server might fail after a reboot under certain circumstances.
- Fixed an issue where the databases of IP geolocation and threat intelligence were restored to earlier versions after SRM updates, causing Safe Access to block wrong IP addresses.

Here is the log for the new (8225) update:

### Version: 1.2.5-8225​

---

(2021-05-11)  
**Important Note**

1. The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**What's New**

1. Supports deploying a mesh Wi-Fi system with low-band 5 GHz uplinks if 5GHz DFS channels are not available.
2. Added support for automatic updates of OS-version dependent packages when SRM is updated manually.
3. Updated the system to comply with the latest Wi-Fi connection laws in Indonesia.
4. Added support for customized IPv6 addresses in the local network.
5. Added several types of collectible information over SNMP.
6. Updated the API used for sending emails to Gmail accounts.
7. Updated dnsmasq to version 2.85.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the DHCP issues related to IPTV services of Telfort, XS4ALL, and KPN in the Netherlands.
2. Fixed an issue where SRM might not be able to transfer IEEE 1905.1 packets.
3. Fixed an issue where the guest network's default traffic policy could not be applied to guest Wi-Fi clients that are connected to additional Wi-Fi points.
4. Fixed an issue where SRM's current channel might be displayed incorrectly when a DFS channel was selected manually.
5. Fixed an issue where DFS channels might still be used when the option "Allow auto-switch to DFS channels" was not enabled.
6. Fixed an issue on traffic control: When an MR2200ac was assigned a traffic priority rule and then added to a mesh Wi-Fi system, its traffic priority rule could not be removed.
7. Fixed an issue where client devices could not be remotely started up via WOL when SRM was under the Wireless AP (bridge) mode.
8. Fixed an issue where a future time might be displayed in Log Center if the correct NTP information could not be obtained.
9. Fixed an issue where automatic updates of system databases might fail if SRM's system time was incorrect (e.g., a future time).
10. Fixed an issue where SRM didn't show reminder messages when hostnames at the DHCP Reservation tab contained illegal characters.
11. Fixed an issue where updates of system databases might fail when the system storage was full of dhcp-client logs.
12. Fixed an issue where a failure message was displayed in advance when the registration of Let's Encrypt certificate was still in progress.
13. Fixed an issue where Smart WAN failovers and failbacks could not be logged.
14. Fixed an issue where NAT loopback rules became invalid when a Smart WAN failback was executed.
15. Fixed an issue where gateway and DNS information might not be displayed properly in Network Center when a PPPoE connection was established with "Auto" IPv6 enabled.
16. Fixed an issue where the status of IPv6 might be shown as "disabled" when an IPv6 PPPoE connection was established.
17. Fixed an issue where 6in4 required a public IP address.
18. Fixed an issue where Internet connections established via MAP-E might fail after Synology Router was restarted.
19. Fixed an issue where SRM didn't show a reminder message if an external storage device containing archived logs was about to be removed.
20. Fixed an issue where source IP addresses of failed login attempts might not be displayed in Log Center.
21. Fixed an issue where SRM updates might fail when a shared folder name contained whitespace characters.
22. Fixed an issue where SRM updates might be unavailable on the GUI due to incorrect detection of storage capacity.
23. Fixed an issue where automatic updates of Threat Prevention's signature database might fail if system database settings in Control Panel were modified.
24. Fixed an issue where SD cards and USB devices were still recognized as formattable devices in Control Panel when they were read-only.
25. Fixed an issue where SRM didn't show reminder messages when the system storage was full of auto-block IP data.
26. Fixed an issue where the tab names at Control Panel > System could not be fully displayed when the display language was French.
27. Fixed an issue where logs might be repeatedly archived after Synology Router was restarted.
28. Fixed an issue where Smart WAN load balancing might not work properly when changes were made to interface priority.
29. Fixed an issue where Internet traffic might be double-calculated in traffic reports.
30. Fixed an issue where the IPv6 address of DDNS hostname might be displayed incorrectly.
31. Fixed an issue where DDNS updates might be unavailable if the update failed once.
32. Fixed an issue where the time of some regions might not be displayed correctly.
33. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding OpenSSL (CVE-2020-1968, CVE-2020-1971, CVE-2021-23840, and CVE-2021-23841).
34. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding wireless protocols (CVE-2020-24588, CVE-2020-24587, CVE-2020-24586, CVE-2020-26146, CVE-2020-26145, CVE-2020-26141, CVE-2020-26140, CVE-2020-26143, CVE-2020-26147, CVE-2020-26139, CVE-2020-26144, CVE-2020-11301).
35. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Kerberos 5 (CVE-2020-28196).
36. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding GeoIP databases (CVE-2020-28241).
37. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding nDPI (CVE-2020-15476).
38. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding tcpdump (CVE-2018-19325 and CVE-2019-15165).
39. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Linux kernels (CVE-2019-15666).
40. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities ([Synology-SA-21:19](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F21%5F19?ref=blackvoid.club)).

**Known Issues & Limitations**

1. Google Cloud Print will not be available on SRM 1.2.5 and above.
2. SRM 1.2 will be the last upgradable version for RT1900ac. RT1900ac will continue to receive critical and security updates until further notice.

On top of this, Today we got an update for the **VPN Plus** and **Safe Access** packages. VPN pacakge has **"up to 47% increase in SSL VPN performance"** according to Synology, while Safe Access has gotten a new feature, **backup & restore**. In case you want to migrate from one router to the other, you can now backup and restore your SA configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-13-at-10.38.05.png)

New Safe Access feature, Backup & Restore (v1.2.4-0244)

Finally, do make a note that if you are running **RT1900AC** router (from 2015) this will be **the final feature update** for this model. I myself do have one still around and it just finished updating without any problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-15.38.58.png)

RT1900AC updated without any problems

My main 2600+2200 *mesh* will be updated later today. Hopefully that will also be as painless as this.
### Authelia - SSO and 2FA portal
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/authelia-sso-and-2fa-portal/
Last updated: 2023-01-15T12:50:25.000Z
## Intro

In the world of self-hosting and open-source, there are a lot of great solutions, and some of them might not have a strong user authentification protection, or don't have anything at all, let alone the 2FA option.

For those apps and the fact that you could access all those solutions with a unique/same account, you would need a combination of LDAP authentification system as well as some sort of portal that will be in front of your target services that will provide users with the option to log in.

For this case let's talk about **[Authelia](https://www.authelia.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)**. Advertised as an open-source authentication server that offers single sign-on and two-factor mechanisms.

This article will be longer than usual when it comes to setting everything up because there are elements that need to be configured ahead of time before you can start setting up and configuring this solution.

## Prerequisites

To make this work several elements/containers need to be configured and set up. Here is the list of elements that are needed:

```
01. Running LDAP (on your Synology or any other system)
02. MySQL/MariaDB (for user configurations)
03. Redis (for user sessions in a distributed manner)
04. Reverse proxy (using Synology reverse proxy is not an option)
05. Your own controlled domain space (for public domain name aliases)

```

In this article, I will cover all these elements except for reverse proxy, which is covered in a separate article [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/).

## Setting up LDAP on your Synology NAS

The first thing that needs to be configured and set up is LDAP. Why? Well, the idea behind this solution is SSO (single sign-on). Why would you want to log into all those services individually, when you can do it with a single login account?

So if you want to access multiple services over the Internet (using your public domain name), and that service is not protected with the authorization method, you are asking for trouble, it is that simple. If on the other hand, you do have services that provide a login feature, using separate login for each of them might become an overhead. It would be much better to use one login for all of them and provide access that way.

This is where LDAP comes into play. Luckily, Synology NAS and DSM offer LDAP server package install, so we will do just that.

### STEP01 - Install LDAP package

Open your **Package Center** and locate **LDAP Server**. Install it and let's configure it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-08.58.06.png)

Synology LDAP server install

### STEP02 - Configure your LDAP

Now open **LDAP server** app and on the **Settings** tab click the **Enable LDAP server** checkbox.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-09.00.42.png)

Enter your **FQDN** name of choice and the main **admin** password that you want to use.

🗒️

**NOTE**: this will be a password that is associated with the LDAP `admin` account. This account is **NOT** the same as your DSM account!

Finally, click **Apply** and you are done! You will notice under the **authentification information** section that your **Base DN** and **Bind DN** is now configured. We will need those later on.

## Setting up Authelia in Docker

With the LDAP server in place and the fact that you can add users to it, it is time to set up Authelia. For this, as mentioned before, we need to configure several things ahead of time to make it all work.

For all Docker elements (running the containers) I will be using [**Portainer**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) as a solution so before you can follow along, have Portainer up and running. You can consult the article [**here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) on how to configure it on your Synology NAS.

### MySQL + phpMyAdmin container

Authelia depends on both SQL and REDIS to work (we will use those parameters in Authelia main configuration file) so let's start with the database element.

### STEP01 - Download MYSQL repo and phpMyAdmin

Log into your Portainer and in the main menu section locate **Stacks**. Give this stack a name of your choices, such as MySQL or something along those lines, and in the **Web Editor** window enter the following docker-compose:

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  mysql:
    image: mysql:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: mysql
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/sql:/var/lib/mysql" # change the local path to your NAS location where you want the DB data to live
    environment:
      - "MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD=my-secret-pw" # enter a password for your main sql root user account 
    ports:
      - "3306:3306"
    restart: always
  
  phpmyadmin:
    image: phpmyadmin/phpmyadmin:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: mysql
    ports:
      - "8080:80"
    environment:
      - "PMA_PORT=3306" # enter the same port that you have your SQL running on
      - "PMA_HOST=NASIP" #c hange the value here to your NAS IP LAN address
    restart: always

```

🗒️

**NOTE**: Be sure to have the SQL local volume path configured ahead of time so that when you run your stack you won't get an error. This location can be any location of your choice like \`/volume1/docker/sql\` for example.

With the stack running you can log into your phpMyAdmin web UI to configure the DB on your SQL. Open up your browser and point it to this URL: `[http://yourNASIP:808](http://yournasip:8080/?ref=blackvoid.club)0` and you should land on your phpMyAdmin login page.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-09.37.27.png)

phpMyAdmin login page

Use the account name of `root` and the password you have configured in your SQL section of docker-compose, `MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD` . Once logged in, let's create a database and SQL account.

### STEP02 - Create Authelia DB and SQL account

To create the DB, enter a name of your choice and select the `utf8_bin` as the collation. After that click **Create** and, you are done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-09.41.45.png)

Next, we need an account and permission on our DB. Switch to the ****Privileges**tab and on the bottom, select ****Add user account**.

Set your **username**, **password**, and **host** (you can leave % to mark any host) as well as grant privileges on the bottom (all **data** and **structure**).

Once all that is done, click the ****Go** button on the bottom right and you are done with the SQL side of things.

### REDIS container

To get this container up and running, start a new Portainer stack and use the following docker-compose:

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  redis:
    image: redis:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: redis
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/redis:/data" # change the local path to your NAS location where you want the DB data to live
    ports:
      - "6379:6379"
    restart: always

```

You will have REDIS running on your NAS on its default 6379 port. These parameters will be needed in the Authelia configuration file.

### Authelia config

Finally, we have arrived at the main container of this article, Authelia. If you have managed to get this far, you are already a hero! Just a little more, and you will have it all up and running in no time.

Before we can fire up Authelia container we need to have its **configuration.yml** file ready and configured towards your environment.

### STEP01 - create a local path to the configuration file

So choose a location where your Authelia config file will live and copy the [config.template.yml](https://github.com/authelia/authelia/blob/master/config.template.yml?ref=blackvoid.club) file to that location. For example, `/volume1/docker/authelia`.

Once you have the file there, **rename** it to **configuration.yml**, and open it up with your text editor (something like Visual Code, or Notepad++ to see the parameter elements more clearly) because now, we have some editing work to do.

### STEP02 - edit configuration.yml to fit your setup

⚠️

Depending on what point in time you are following this article **there might be changes** in the number of lines in this file, so I will use the actual variables that **you can then locate in the file and alter them**.

```
.
.
.
host: 0.0.0.0 # do not change this!
port: 9091 # do not change this, this is Authelia internal port
.
.
theme: light # there are 3 themes so choose one you like
.
.
.
jwt_secret: xxxxxxxxxxxx # generate a long random key value
.
.
.
totp:
  issuer: yourdomain.com # enter what you want to see when using 2FA
  period: 30
  skew: 1
.
.
.
authentication_backend:  
  ldap:
    implementation: custom
    url: ldap://yourNASIP
    start_tls: false
    base_dn: dc=blackvoid,dc=home # enter the values from the LDAP config
    additional_users_dn: cn=users
    additional_groups_dn: cn=groups
    groups_filter: (&(uniquemember={dn})(objectclass=groupOfUniqueNames))
    user: uid=admin,cn=users,dc=blackvoid,dc=home # your LDAP parameters
    password: xxxxxxxxxxx # LDAP Admin password
.
.
.
access_control:
  default_policy: deny
  rules:
    ## Rules applied to user 'admin'
    - domain: app1.yourdomain.com
      subject: "user:admin"
      policy: two_factor
.
.
.
session:
  name: authelia_session
  domain: yourdomain.com
  same_site: lax
  secret: xxxxxxxx # generate a long random key value
.
.
.
  redis:
    host: NASIPAddres # something like 10.20.30.35
    port: 6379 # port for REDIS docker contianer
    database_index: 0 # change this if you already use REDIS for something
.
.
.
storage:
  mysql:
    host: yourNASIP
    port: 3306 # mysql docker container port
    database: authelia # change to the name you have configured
    username: authelia_user # change to the user you have configured 
    password: xxxxxxxxxxxx # change to the password you have configured
.
.
.
notifier:  
  smtp:
    username: usernameOfYourMail
    password: xxxxxx
    host: smtp.gmail.com # this is just an example
    port: 587
    sender: sender@domain.com

```

Now that you have configured everything and saved the file it is time to boot up Authelia.

### Authelia container

Once again, use Portainer to set up Authelia using the following docker-compose:

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  authelia:
    image: authelia/authelia
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: authelia
    ports:
      - "9091:9091"
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/authelia/:/config/"
    restart: always

```

If all went well, you can try and access your Authelia using the following URL: `http://yourNASIP:9091`

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-11.31.00.png)

Authelia "dark" theme log in screen

You can test your admin LDAP account by logging in with it and see if Authelia is working.

### Reverse proxy for Authelia portal

If you have gotten this far, congratulations! Now all that is left is to configure Authelia and all the apps that you want access to, via reverse proxy. Synology DSM has a build-in reverse proxy using the NGIX platform but it is too limiting for a case like this and not at all user-friendly.

So, saying that, I encourage you to set up your own NGINX reverse proxy via docker following my other article on the topic, [NGINX proxy manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/).

Once you have it up and running you can configure Authelia as a reverse proxy host. Let's see what is needed to access Authelia on a custom public domain name, and how can you configure it to prepare it to protect other endpoints (apps) that will be authenticated.

First, on the **Details** tab of the proxy host windows for Authelia make sure you have **Cache Assets** and **Block Common Exploits** selected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-12.00.31.png)

Enter your NASIP address as the **destination** and 9191 as the **forward port**. Select the correct certificate for your domain on the **SSL** tab and then move to the final tab, **Advanced**.

Here make sure to copy this entire block and **change** the **URL** value to match your NAS IP address. Also, on the bottom, change the network subnet range as well.

```
location / {
set $upstream_authelia http://NASIP:9091; # This example assumes a Docker deployment 
proxy_pass $upstream_authelia;
client_body_buffer_size 128k;

#Timeout if the real server is dead
proxy_next_upstream error timeout invalid_header http_500 http_502 http_503;

# Advanced Proxy Config
send_timeout 5m;
proxy_read_timeout 360;
proxy_send_timeout 360;
proxy_connect_timeout 360;

# Basic Proxy Config
proxy_set_header Host $host;
proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Proto $scheme;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $http_host;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Uri $request_uri;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Ssl on;
proxy_redirect  http://  $scheme://;
proxy_http_version 1.1;
proxy_set_header Connection "";
proxy_cache_bypass $cookie_session;
proxy_no_cache $cookie_session;
proxy_buffers 64 256k;

# If behind reverse proxy, forwards the correct IP
set_real_ip_from 10.20.30.0/24; # change the subnet to match your own
real_ip_header X-Forwarded-For;
real_ip_recursive on;
}

```

After that save the configuration and try and access your Authelia site using a public domain name that you have set. Something like https://authelia.yourdomain.com for example. If you can log in that means that it all works as intended.

Finally, to make all this worth it, you need to configure your app(s) to use Authelia and force users to log in if they plan on accessing the actual service.

### Reverse proxy for your endpoint app(s)

Same as with any other app, be sure to configure its alias in your DNS registry and then set up a reverse proxy host for it.

The only additional change here is that you will again have to enter a custom advanced setting (endpoint configuration) to match your app (docker) needs.

🗒️

**NOTE**: before you copy the content be sure to **change** the following parameters:

```
1. <NASIP>: this is the IP address of your NAS where Authelia is running
2. <CONTAINERAPPNAME>: thsi is the name of the app you want to protected (like sonarr or radarr or anything else)
3. <AUTHELIA_PUBLIC_NAME>: this is the public Authelia URL. Exm: authelia.yourdomain.com

```

as well as the network range on the bottom of the configuration (network subnet)

```
location /authelia {
internal;
set $upstream_authelia http://<NASIP>:9091/api/verify;
proxy_pass_request_body off;
proxy_pass $upstream_authelia;    
proxy_set_header Content-Length "";

# Timeout if the real server is dead
proxy_next_upstream error timeout invalid_header http_500 http_502 http_503;
client_body_buffer_size 128k;
proxy_set_header Host $host;
proxy_set_header X-Original-URL $scheme://$http_host$request_uri;
proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $remote_addr; 
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Proto $scheme;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $http_host;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Uri $request_uri;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Ssl on;
proxy_redirect  http://  $scheme://;
proxy_http_version 1.1;
proxy_set_header Connection "";
proxy_cache_bypass $cookie_session;
proxy_no_cache $cookie_session;
proxy_buffers 4 32k;

send_timeout 5m;
proxy_read_timeout 240;
proxy_send_timeout 240;
proxy_connect_timeout 240;
}

location / {
set $upstream_<CONTAINERAPPNAME> $forward_scheme://$server:$port;
proxy_pass $upstream_<CONTAINERAPPNAME>;

auth_request /authelia;
auth_request_set $target_url https://$http_host$request_uri;
auth_request_set $user $upstream_http_remote_user;
auth_request_set $groups $upstream_http_remote_groups;
proxy_set_header Remote-User $user;
proxy_set_header Remote-Groups $groups;
error_page 401 =302 https://<AUTHELIA_PUBLIC_NAME>/?rd=$target_url;

client_body_buffer_size 128k;

proxy_next_upstream error timeout invalid_header http_500 http_502 http_503;

send_timeout 5m;
proxy_read_timeout 360;
proxy_send_timeout 360;
proxy_connect_timeout 360;

proxy_set_header Host $host;
proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
proxy_set_header Connection upgrade;
proxy_set_header Accept-Encoding gzip;
proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Proto $scheme;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $http_host;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Uri $request_uri;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Ssl on;
proxy_redirect  http://  $scheme://;
proxy_http_version 1.1;
proxy_set_header Connection "";
proxy_cache_bypass $cookie_session;
proxy_no_cache $cookie_session;
proxy_buffers 64 256k;

set_real_ip_from 10.20.30.0/24; # change the subnet to match your own
real_ip_header X-Forwarded-For;
real_ip_recursive on;

}

```

Now that you have it configured, try and access your app using its public name and see if Authelia will jump in before and ask you to log in. If it does, you have done it correctly.

### Setting and logging via 2FA

Depending on how you have configured Authelia using its configuration.yml file, you will either then use one-factor authentification or two-factor authentification (**access-control** section in the config file).

One-factor is authenticating using your username and password only. Once you have done that, you should be redirected to your app. If you want two-factor protection you can set that up using Authy or Google Authenticator for example.

Make sure that the access-control for your account is configured to use `two_factor` as its policy, and once you pass the username and password screen, you will be greeted with a login screen like this (after getting the link via email):

🗒️

**NOTE**: an email with a link for the QR code will be sent to your account address. Make sure you have a **working email address configured** for your LDAP users as well as a **functional SMTP configuration** in the **Authelia config file**, `notifier` section 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-13.11.47.png)

Complete the process of adding this 2FA to your authenticator app and then register with a 6 digit one-time password.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-13.14.11.png)

## Conclusion

So this was a long one right? But what did you get in the end? You got an SSO+2FA portal for any app you want to put behind it and you can log in using a single account for any of those apps or services. Not bad.

As always, let me know if there is anything unclear, or if you have any suggestions or comments. All are welcome in the comment section below.
### Unifi Controller via Docker
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/unifi-controller-via-docker/
Last updated: 2021-05-11T21:47:13.000Z
> UPDATE 11/05/2021 - added some details on the bottom regarding performance of the Unifi US-16-XG switch

If you are looking to run your Ubiquiti gear you will need an Unifi Controller at some point unless you want to pay for the cloud-hosted one. If you are into Docker you can easily configure and run your own.

Unlike some other articles here, this will be a short one just to see how to get this container up and running. Linuxserver team behind this image have done a great job with documentation, so probably there will be nothing unclear.

I will be using the [linuxserver/unifi-controller](https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/unifi-controller?ref=blackvoid.club) image myself as it is always up to date and maintained by a trusted team. To stay on top of all your docker image update you should look into [the DIUN](https://www.blackvoid.club/diun-friendly-docker-image-update-notifier/) solution, and you will not miss a single update, ever.

Would recommend running this container via Portainer solution also hosted on your Docker host, and for more info on it, you can read up [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/), and then come back.

Once you have it up and running, make sure to log into your Portainer setup and create a new **stack** (using docker-compose) with the following compose file (you can of course change it any way you want):

```
version: "2.1"
services:
  unifi-controller:
    image: ghcr.io/linuxserver/unifi-controller
    container_name: unifi-controller
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - MEM_LIMIT=1024M #optional
    volumes:
      - <path to data>:/config
    ports:
      - 3478:3478/udp
      - 10001:10001/udp
      - 8080:8080
      - 8443:8443
      - 1900:1900/udp #optional
      - 8843:8843 #optional
      - 8880:8880 #optional
      - 6789:6789 #optional
      - 5514:5514/udp #optional
    restart: unless-stopped

```

In order to get to your user and group ID under which you want to run your container do the following:

1. Log into your NAS using SSH
2. Elevate to *root* with `sudo -i`
3. Run `id` command and read your user and group ID values.

Make sure to visit the [linuxserver](https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/unifi-controller?ref=blackvoid.club) hub page for more info on all the ports and configuration parameters.

> NOTE: would recommend keeping the port 8080 as is considering that you might get into problems when you start adding and adopting new devices using the controller. By default adopt will be pushed towards port 8080, and if you have it changed, you will not be able to do it until you make the necessary changes.

## It's up, now what?

> Now that you have the controller up and running it is time to log in. Be sure to NOT log in using the Ubiquiti cloud solution but rather choose the **advanced** setup to create your local account.

Log into your web UI using your NAS IP address and the 8443 port (yes the web UI runs on HTTPS)

```
https://nasIP:8443

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-14.19.11.png)

---

## Setup US‑16‑XG switch

The main reason that I will use this controller is to configure and maintain my new [US‑16‑XG](https://www.ui.com/unifi-switching/unifi-switch-16-xg/?ref=blackvoid.club) Unifi switch from UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-15.27.51.png)

I have a few NAS models that have dual 10G cards, as well as some that are on 2.5/5G, and getting those speeds of transfer requires a 10G capable switch.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-15.30.10.png)

Considering that the devices are still not connected, the Unifi Controller is not registering anything apart from the uplink (port 16) to the rest of the network.

Adopt and update process to the current latest firmware was executed without any major problems and the switch is stable, silent (so far) and ready to be utilized.

### UPDATE

DAC cables have arrived. DIGITUS DN-81221 were detected without any problems at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/IMG_9905.jpg)

DIGITUS DAC 10G cables (DN-81221)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/IMG_9907.jpg)

White light = 10G

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-23.35.36.png)

Unifi controller view, blue light = 10G

Regarding speed with my current setup speeds are about 350-450MB/s (R/W) with RAID6 and RAID5 arrays (RS3614RPxs in both cases).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-23.30.06.png)

400GB replication task done in 21min

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-11-at-23.42.54.png)

23:20-23:41 with average speed of aabout 350MB/s and peeks at 409MB/s

I think I will add my 718 and 918 into the mix with 2.5 or 5G adapters as secondary connections in the near future.
### World password day 2021
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/world-password-day-2021/
Last updated: 2021-05-24T22:09:17.000Z
In case you are not familiar with it, world password day (#passwordday) is a thing! Going back to 2013, it's celebrated on the 1st Thursday of May, and this year it's May 6th.

Same as the #[worldbackupday](https://www.blackvoid.club/is-your-data-safe-world-backup-day-2021/) in March, password day is here to help us lift the awareness and importance of strong passwords. In today's world, when there is almost not a single institution, service, or platform that is not running in some digital form, it is extremely important to be on top of your passwords and pins.

With the introduction of biometric security mechanisms on our daily devices, security regarding data on those same devices has jumped exponentially but still, we need to be careful using those same services and content on devices that are only protected by simple access using a password and in some cases, two-factor authentification.

## Weak password problem

We have all been there. Using a simple, short password that is easy to remember, and then use it on all of your services and apps. That's just wrong and plain unsafe.

Example of weak and easily guessed passwords

```
Pa$$w0rd
12345!"#
09876...
admin

```

Using passwords has been a protection mechanism for a long time but using complex passwords is still one of the best ways to protect your data and accounts. The only problem is that remembering a complex and long password is not that easy, and that is the reason why most people are vulnerable on that specific layer.

Using a weak password might not even be an option with some platforms and services nowadays and you might be forced to use a password that is complex enough by covering various criteria. Also, if you have a weak password but have the option to use 2FA (two-factor authentification), use it.

> **DON'T USE SIMPLE PASSWORDS FOR EVERYTHING!**

## Password managers to the rescue

One way to combat this common password problem is using a password manager. I have no clue what any of my passwords are because they are too complex to remember and I simply choose not to know them.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/bw_tag_cover.jpg)

Instead, I use the [**Bitwarden**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) password manager that I have **self-hosted** on my end, also to make things even better, it includes **2FA** for any service that you want to use it with. On top of this, you can protect BW itself with 2FA, so you are all good.

With so many password managers out there, most of them are commercial (including BW if you don't want to self-host), and unable to be self-hosted, it might be a hard choice to choose one, but you will not go wrong with BW.

Named as **top password manager of 2021**, just tells you how great this platform is.

With any password manager you can make a very complex password that it would be impossible to figure out, or remember, and yet it will be accessible on any device that you want to use it with.

128 char long complex password. Try and crack that.

```
tGs@7wzVhSQFbbWFS2a84XA5hQV79247ASs9pdhYvE*xA$Jm!ZaUSV&haaDZgXm99ke*xQ6fbayeYcM8U8eLowd4Y!Y6Gbriw7k4B3Xgj8gj#Qed8rG5c2wU5A#kt8u8

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-29-at-14.40.11.png)

Bitwarden built-in password generator

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-29-at-14.38.22.png)

Bitwarden new item form (with TOTP option for 2FA, this is optional)

Today investing in a great password manager solution is key, and it will take the burden of remembering all those passwords off your shoulders. So look into one and change your password way of thinking, today.

Same as with backups, once the problem hits you, you will be thankful for your backup strategy. The same applies to passwords. Even if some service that you use gets hacked or exploited, you can just quickly change your password with a new random one while being sure that the same password was not used on any of your other services.

BW will also provide you with the tools to test the complexity of your passwords and make sure that you are not using the same one on more than one service. Not something you can do or want to do with your busy life right?

## Conclusion

Again, be sure to check your passwords, make sure they are **complex**, **unique**, and **long**. **Do not use the same password** on multiple sites/services and make sure to use **2FA**. All this can be covered with a **password manager**, so try and look into one that works on all the devices that you need, and your life will be much easier, and safe.
### NGINX proxy manager
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/
Last updated: 2023-07-30T18:41:02.000Z
Guess this article was long overdue considering how many Docker containers I run and a decent amount of those are running via reverse proxy.

Considering that I run Docker on Synology NAS, I used the built-in [reverse proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/) feature for years for several reasons. It was built in, it offered enough options out of the box, and I was lazy to run my separate one.

Well as it turns out, there are some solutions out there that require several features inside your reverse proxy to make them run correctly. This was the main reason why I made the switch to [NGINX proxy manager](https://nginxproxymanager.com/?ref=blackvoid.club).

Let's see how to run your version in parallel to your Synology NAS one.

## NPM in Docker

Like any other modern open-source solution out there, NPM runs in Docker. There is a prerequisite to it, and that's a MySQL database that you can run and build in parallel using the following docker-compose file (via [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) for example):

```yaml
version: '3'
services:
  app:
    image: 'jc21/nginx-proxy-manager:latest'
    ports:
      - '80:80'
      - '81:81'
      - '443:443'
    environment:
      DB_MYSQL_HOST: "db"
      DB_MYSQL_PORT: 3306
      DB_MYSQL_USER: "npm"
      DB_MYSQL_PASSWORD: "npm"
      DB_MYSQL_NAME: "npm"
    volumes:
      - ./data:/data
      - ./letsencrypt:/etc/letsencrypt
  db:
    image: 'jc21/mariadb-aria:latest'
    environment:
      MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD: 'npm'
      MYSQL_DATABASE: 'npm'
      MYSQL_USER: 'npm'
      MYSQL_PASSWORD: 'npm'
    volumes:
      - ./data/mysql:/var/lib/mysql
```

This compose file will allow you to run two services (two containers). **app** one is the NPM itself, and the **DB** one is the MySQL container that NPM will use as its database.

🗒️

**NOTE**: if you have MySQL set up already up and running you can run only NPM and connect to your DB instance using the following compose

```yaml
version: "3"

services:
  npm:
    image: 'jc21/nginx-proxy-manager:latest'
    container_name: npm
    network_mode: "bridge"
    ports:
      - "80:80"
      - "81:81"
      - "443:443"
    environment:
      DB_MYSQL_HOST: "yourMySQLIPaddress"
      DB_MYSQL_PORT: 3306
      DB_MYSQL_USER: "npm_user"
      DB_MYSQL_PASSWORD: "npm_pass"
      DB_MYSQL_NAME: "npm_database"
    volumes:
      - ./data:/data
      - ./letsencrypt:/etc/letsencrypt
    restart: always
```

One thing to notice here is the ports. As you can see there are 3 ports in use: 80, 81, and 443.

Most of you guessed that ports 80/443 will be used for actual reverse proxy needs, and port 81 is your NPM web UI access port.

The reason I'm mentioning this is that if you will be running this on your Synology NAS, for example, you will notice that you will not be able to use the port 80/443 combo considering Synology NAS already uses those ports, for its own NGINX.

There is no reason to do any *hacking* just make sure those are mapped to Docker NPM ports to something else so they don't clash with the reserved ones. Something like this:

```
8765:80
81:81
8907:443

```

Of course, this is just an example, but you get the idea, so just change the left-hand side (you can change port 81 as well) values to match your needs and you are off to the races.

This will require one more change. Port forwarding on your router. If up until now you have had your port 80/443 forwarded to 80/443 (the built-in ports/NGINX), now you will have to forward them to these new values. Nothing spectacular but just wanted to make you aware of the needed change.

## Logging into the NPM UI

In any case, once you get it up and running you will have access to the UI using your NAS IP address and port **81**: `http://yournasIP:81`.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.26.51.png)

NPM main logon page

Use the following combination as your login account (you will be prompted to change it all once you log in):

```
Email:    admin@example.com
Password: changeme

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.28.17.png)

Dashboard overview of NPM

## Importing your existing SSL certificates

Using the **SSL certificates** tab you will have the option to issue your own Let's Encrypt certificate or import your existing one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.30.13.png)

If you want to import your existing certificates, use the "Custom" option

Clicking on the SSL certificates tab you will land on the certificates page and in the upper right corner, there is the **Add SSL certificate** button.

Use the **Custom** option to import your own, existing certificate:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.32.08.png)

Add the needed files to import your certificate

🗒️

**NOTE**: **Certificate** and its **privkey** fill be imported into the `/data/custom_ssl` folder into subfolders following this pattern for each new certificate, `npm-1`, `npm-2`, etc.

## Creating a reverse proxy entry

Once you have the certificate ready, you can start to add your reverse proxy entries.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.36.43.png)

Use the **"Hosts**" menu to add your proxy hosts

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.37.50.png)

Fill in the needed info for your reverse proxy entry

**Domain names**: FQDN address of your entry  
**Scheme**: http or https protocol that you want your app to respond  
**Forward hostname/IP**: loca IP address of your app/service  
**Forward port**: LAN port number of your app/service

Notice that you also have the option here to use **Websockets support** in case your app needs it (like [Rocket.Chat](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/rocketchat/), [Bitwarden](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/), [Commento](https://www.blackvoid.club/commento/), etc)

Once you are done, you will need to assign an SSL certificate to that entry, so hop on to the   **SSL** tab in the same dialog box:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.43.02.png)

Select your SSL certificate and options

Here you will be able to use the dropdown menu to select from your previously imported/created certificates and to select from several SSL features.

Notice that there is an option to **Force SSL**. This is the HTTP > HTTPS redirect feature that in DSM OS I have done using the [following method](https://www.blackvoid.club/http-to-https-redirect/) and then added a reverse proxy entry for each URL. Of course, this HTTP > HTTPS method is still valid if you plan on using the web station to host your web apps.

Once you are done, click **Save**, and you are done.

## Why use NPM and not the built-in version inside DSM?

An excellent question, and for me, there is one reason. The number of features and modules activated.

The built-in version has no modules active and it's running version 1.16.1 of NGINX with TLS SNI support enabled.

NPM version at the time of writing this article is currently on version 1.19.3.1 with loads of modules active (like http\_auth\_request\_module that I was after)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-26-at-12.23.49.png)

Current NPM version and all the loaded modules

Another thing is the benefit of HTTP > HTTPS redirects, but I would have to say that what surprised me the most, like speed.

Yes, the speed is noticeably faster than when using the built-in NGINX (I run this container on the same NAS that was my previous reverse proxy entry point).

So, all in all, win all around.

## Conclusion

As I said before, long overdue, but I don't think I will be going back any time soon considering that once again Docker platform has managed to give me a solution for a very important element of my self-hosting, and the fact that I can host it on any Docker-capable host.
### STORJ - NAS as a DCS node
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/storj-nas-as-a-dcs-node/
Last updated: 2022-10-22T15:39:13.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 22/10/2022 - decided to stop serving storage over this service. This was always just a POC, to begin with, but because of a small pool, and almost no return that would make a difference, I have decided to gracefully "retire".

To exit your node gracefully, follow these [steps](https://support.storj.io/hc/en-us/articles/360039432051-Graceful-Exit-Guide?ref=blackvoid.club). Keep in mind that once the process starts **it can't be undone**! So be sure that you want to do this!

TL;DR, there are two commands that you need at this point. One to initiate the process and another to follow the status.

Connect to the container `bash` prompt and enter the following command `./storagenode exit-satellite --identity-dir /app/identity`. This command will start the process and list all the satellites the node is connected to. Enter the names of the satellites that the node should be terminated with and that's it.

Once the process starts, use the following command to monitor the progress `./storagenode exit-status --identity-dir /app/identity`

The table output will be similar to this:

```
Domain Name                        Node ID  Percent Complete  Successful  Completion Receipt
us2.storj.io:7777                  12tRQrM  0.05%             N           N/A  
saltlake.tardigrade.io:7777        1wFTAgs  0.00%             N           N/A  
ap1.storj.io:7777                  121RTSD  0.00%             N           N/A  
us1.storj.io:7777                  12EayRS  0.00%             N           N/A  
eu1.storj.io:7777                  12L9ZFw  0.00%             N           N/A  
europe-north-1.tardigrade.io:7777  12rfG3s  0.00%             N           N/A 

```

Now simply wait for the progress to reach 100% on all satellites, and shutdown the node.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 31/01/2022 - added UDP port to docker run and compose to be compliant with the recent implementation of QUIC check (UDP port communication)

Crypto talk is everywhere around us. If you are not open to mine for some BTC or ETH using oversized GPUs but do have some spare HDD space, maybe this article is for you.

For those of us that have NAS devices running 24/7 and have a few TB of space to spare here and there, why not put that space (and some bandwidth) up for use? Enter [STORJ.io](https://www.storj.io/?ref=blackvoid.club).

Storj DCS is a decentralized storage platform that will pay you for your services in crypto. In this article let's see how you can make big bucks (just kidding!) while sleeping and let your NAS do all the hard work.

From start to finish you will have to follow some steps to get it all going, but nothing too complicated. Also, make sure to double-check their [documentation](https://docs.storj.io/?ref=blackvoid.club) that is very well written and precise.

## STEP01 - Setup your wallet

Before you go into this venture you will need a wallet. STOREj will pay you in ETH tokens so make sure to have one ready. [MEW](https://www.myetherwallet.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) will do just fine but others are supported.

## STEP02 - Register your NAS as a node

This is the main step, and you start with the [following process](https://www.storj.io/host-a-node?ref=blackvoid.club):

1. Get your auth token
2. Generate node identity
3. Configure port forwarding (and DDNS unless you have a static public IP)
4. Set up the node via Docker

### Get your auth token

Run the following set of commands:

```
curl -L https://github.com/storj/storj/releases/latest/download/identity_linux_amd64.zip -o identity_linux_amd64.zip
unzip -o identity_linux_amd64.zip
chmod +x identity
sudo mv identity /volume1/storej/identity

```

### Generate node identity

Move into the `identity` subfolder from the previous step and run the following

```
./identity create storagenode

```

Now you need to authorize your identity with your STORJ token

```
./identity authorize storagenode <your STORJ token >

```

### Configure port forward and DDNS (if needed)

Make sure your location has port 28967 open on your router so your NAS/node can communicate with the rest of the collective. Use DDNS address as a variable as a compose `ADDRESS` value or your static public IP

The final step will depend on what platform you want to run the node. In this case, we will use Docker compose file to create the node.

## STEP03 - Create STORJ node via Docker

The following is a docker-compose file that will generate the node for you:

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  storej:
    image: storjlabs/storagenode:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: storej
    ports:
      - "28967:28967"
      - "28967:28967/udp"
      - "127.0.0.1:14002:14002"
    volumes:
      - type: bind
        source: /volume1/storej/app/identity
        target: /app/identity
      - type: bind
        source: /volume1/storej/app/config
        target: /app/config
    environment:
      - WALLET="1xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
      - EMAIL="youremailaddress"
      - ADDRESS="yourDDNSaddress:28967"
      - STORAGE="2TB"
    restart: always

```

🗒️

NOTE: Keep in mind that there are two volumes that are needed and make sure that the `app/config` one has the following folder structure created **before** you start the container

```
/storage/blobs
/storage/temp
/storage/garbage
/storage/trash

```

So whatever local NAS location you have selected for the `app/config` location, be sure that the root of that folder has the previous folder structure ready.

## Log into your STORJ UI

Now that you have your node up and running you can log into your container using the 14002 port and your NAS IP address to get to the STORJ node UI.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-20-at-19.09.20.png)

STORJ node up and runinng!

Now just sit back and let the encrypted decentralized data fill up your storage.
### Disaster recovery using Snapshot & Replication (Bitwarden scenario using Docker)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/disaster-recovery-using-snapshot-replication-bitwarden-scenario-using-docker/
Last updated: 2021-06-20T22:21:56.000Z
About a year ago, I have written an [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/) on one of Synology's great apps, the **Snapshot and Replication** tool.

```
DR - disaster recovery
SR - Snapshot and Replication
BW - BitWarden

```

In this article, I would like to focus on a specific disaster (DR) test when it comes to using the SR tool, recovering your [BitWarden](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) server running in Docker.

Any service that is important for you or your business needs to have the maximum uptime possible, but from time to time there might be problems that will prevent you to use that service. If that problem as a result will prevent you from using that service how it is currently configured, you might have to do a DR switch.

If you are hosting your own BW platform for yourself, your business, or maybe hosting it for a 3rd party, you will need to make sure that access to that service is always accessible with minimum or no downtime at all. If for whatever reason you do get in a situation that you need to perform a DR switch, you will have to be ready for it upfront.

I have decided to use BW as a demo platform considering that not having access to your password manager might lead to a lot of problems for you or your users, so getting this back up as quickly as possible is imperative.

Also, for this case, we will use bitwardenrs Docker image in an SQLite configuration (so not connected to an outside database).

Let's see how Docker (using [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) is optional but recommended), and Synology's SR platform can help you get up and running in a matter of minutes in case you need to do a DR switch.

> NOTE: This article will imply that you have the following requirements in place to meet this goal

```
* Two separate NAS devices that are both Docker and SR capable (LAN or remotely)
* Access to your DNS and potential reverse proxy configuration (depending how your BW instance is configured)
* Running BW instance
* (optional) Portainer for Docker container managment

```

Links throughout this article will show you how to configure BW and set up SR so I will not focus on those but rather a simple walk of how to perform a DR switch.

## Main production side

If you already have BW (using [this image](https://hub.docker.com/r/vaultwarden/server?ref=blackvoid.club)) up and running you probably have its volume bind configured and pointing to a folder destination on your NAS towards its internal `/data` destination. That location on your NAS could be for example `/volume2/bitwarden/`

What needs to be done now is to have that location covered by the SR replication process to your secondary NAS.

### Replication setup

This is the process of the replication setup from production to DR site

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.24.24.png)

Begin by clicking the "Create" button in the Replication section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.24.38.png)

Select "Remote" considering we are replicating to a separate NAS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.24.48.png)

Enter your DR NAS information (use FQDN if going over the Internet) 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.25.23.png)

Select the target volume (if you have multiple ones) where you want the data to be replicated to

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.25.36.png)

Select the bitwarden folder where docker data lives (root "bitwarden" folder in this case

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.25.49.png)

You will have the option to sync data right away or not. Choose what fits your needs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.26.35.png)

Configure replication schedule. This one is set to 1h due to the importance of data and frequent change of data

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.26.47.png)

Review the settings and apply

Now that you have configured the SR task, replication will begin at some point and complete. Once that is done you are all set regarding replication to your DR site.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.27.14.png)

Replicaiton in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-08.27.27.png)

Replication completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.18.18.png)

Replication confirmed on the DR side

Once you are sure that the replication is in place and working as it should, you have one more thing to do before you are ready, and that's to set up a Docker BW instance on your DR site.

The reason behind this is that you should keep your production and DR side of BW up to date so that when you need DR, both sides are using the same Docker image version, and the only thing you need to do is copy over the `/data` element and boot up the container.

## Disaster time, what now?

Now, let's say that your main production BW instance is not working (Docker side) for whatever reason (NAS is down, a reverse proxy is down, Docker update failed, etc), you will need to activate your DR side to get up and running again.

There are three (3) main things that you need to do if your setup is in LAN:

```
01. make BW data content accessible on the DR site
02. start the DR BW container
03. change the reverse proxy BW entry to point to a new Docker  destination

```

With these steps, your users will remain in access to their BW instance on the same public domain name, and the only downtime will be until the switch is executed.

If this setup is configured so that the DR device is outside your current LAN, then these are the steps needed:

```
01. make BW data content accessible on the DR site
02. start the DR BW container
03. change your BW DNS record to point to a new DR destination
03. change the reverse proxy BW entry to point to a new Docker destination

```

There is an additional step to be made here, and that's the one that will be needed to point your public BW name to a new location (off-site). Again, same as before, your users will not need to change anything on their end regarding domain name in any of their client apps.

### STEP01 - restore data using Snapshot & Replication (DR side)

At the moment of DR, you will first need to restore your main production replica on your DR site to use the content and start the container.

At the moment bitwarden content folder is in read-only mode on the DR side that can be confirmed by looking at the status of shared folders on the DR NAS:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.41.00.png)

Replicated folder in "read-only" mode

To make this folder read-write, and to have it connected to the BW DR container, we need to initiate a failover.

As described in the initial Snapshot & Replication article you will have two options: **Failover** and **Switchover**. In a real DR case (meaning that your main production site is down), you will most definitely use the failover option. This will mean that your main site is completely inaccessible and you need to make your DR side your new "production" site.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.43.11.png)

Considering that the production side is still "alive" we can only do a "force failover" for this demonstration but the result will be the same

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.44.43.png)

You can also select a snap version to failover to

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.45.36.png)

Failover has been completed pending re-protect operation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.46.41.png)

Re-protect your replica in order to complete the entire process

Even though the shared folder on the DR side is already in read/write mode we need to complete the process by using the reprotect option to make this DR folder the new/current production side of things

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.49.35.png)

No changes are needed at the moment, just select "re-protect"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.49.55.png)

Re-protect in progress

> NOTE: Depending on the size of you data re-protect step might take a while

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.50.18.png)

Completed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-15-at-09.52.37.png)

Configuration on the original production side that data is being "replicated from" the DR side

Once you have data on your DR side in read/write mode (while in replication mode DR site will be read-only) you are ready to have that content connected with a Docker BW DR container.

### STEP02 - start your BW DR container

Nothing special in this step. Once you have got your BW data ready (volume bind) simply fire up your BW DR container, and that's it.

### STEP03 - DNS and reverse proxy changes

Finally, there is only one last thing to do. Depending on the implementation of your DR solution using the SR method (LAN or WAN), you will have a few more steps to do.

If you are running everything on-site (LAN) and you simply restored data on your secondary NAS unit then you will have to only change the reverse proxy parameter to point to a new Docker host IP address (depending on where your Docker DR host is located).

If on top of this you have your DR site over the Internet on a remote location, you will also probably have to change your BW DNS record to point to a new location, and then finish up with a reverse proxy change.

> NOTE: reverse proxy changes will NOT be needed unless you are using BW in that configuration, but instead you will already have it set up with the correct SSL certificate and ready to go. This article implies that you are using [reverse proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/proxy) configuration

## Conclusion

As you can see the process is quick and with minimum downtime. Of course, you can increase your odds of having a DR scenario in the first place (high availability scenario) but like I said, in case you do have a real DR scenario, best to be prepared.

This example can be implemented with many more Docker apps and services, so make sure that all your critical operations are up to date and DR-ready. Snapshot and Replication package will make sure that you have all your data up to date and ready to go on your DR site in the shortest possible time. Use this to your advantage.

As always, feel free to comment on the matter in the section below.
### DSM 7 to DSM 6 downgrade (unofficial and unsupported)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-to-dsm-6-downgrade/
Last updated: 2025-03-01T23:43:34.000Z
📢

****UPDATE**: ****21/09/2024** \- the process below is also valid for the current DSM ****7.2.2-72806** version

Use the following `VERSION` data to get from 7.2.2., to 7.2.1-UP5 in the end:

```
7.2.0-64570

majorversion="7"
minorversion="2"
major="7"
minor="2"
micro="0"
buildphase="GM"
buildnumber="64570"
smallfixnumber="0"
nano="0"
base="64570"
productversion="7.2"
os_name="DSM"
builddate="2023/06/03"
buildtime="02:21:25"

```

Once the file has been altered using the process below, update it with the official DSM 7.2.1\. PAT file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/09/Screenshot-2024-09-21-at-15.19.20.jpg)

Downgrade from DSM 7.2.2 to 7.2.1-UP5 with no data loss, and access to Video Station

⚠️

****WARNING**: As of DSM 7.1.1.-42962 cumulative updates (1-4) it looks like that ****after the downgrade process the drives might end up in "Disks are not supported by current DSM"**. To try and get around this, follow the steps at the end of the article. ****Keep in mind that at the moment, data loss is unavoidable as part of this process!**

📢

****UPDATE**: ****06/09/2023** \- the process below is also valid for the current DSM ****7.1.1-42962** version

📢

****UPDATE**: ****06/04/2022** \- the process below is also valid for the current DSM ****7.1-41661** (****final**) version

📢

****UPDATE**: ****24/03/2022** \- the process below is also valid for the current DSM ****7.1-41621** (****release candidate**) version

📢

****UPDATE**: ****22/02/2022** \- the process below is also valid for the current version ****7.1-42550 beta**

An update to the new 7.1 beta version can only be done from version 7.0.1, but if you want to **downgrade all the way back to DSM 6.2.4 from 7.1, you can**. There is no need to downgrade first to 7.0.1 before going to DSM 6.

---

📢

****UPDATE**: This process is also valid for the current version ****7.0.1-42218** and ****7.0.1-42218-UP1**

---

## Table of contents

[STEP 01 - Backup!](#backup)  
[STEP 02 - SSH and connect as root](#ssh)  
[STEP 03 - modifying VERSION file (take 1)](#ver1)  
[STEP 04 - Synology Assistant and fake PAT](#fake)  
[STEP 05 - Telnet into your NAS and edit the VERSION file (take 2)](#ver2)  
[STEP 06 - Install DSM6 version](#dsm6)  
[Disks are not supported by current DSM error](#nosupport)  
[Conclusion](#conclusion)

---

If you are not familiar with Synology and their DSM OS it would be good to know that when it comes to updates, there is only one official way, forward. This means you **can't** downgrade DSM back to previous versions.

Now, this is not entirely true as there was an unofficial way to downgrade that is still valid but I can't stress enough how much this is **NOT** officially supported, and that you should do this only if absolutely necessary.

💬

****DISCLAIMER**: the method you will follow below is unofficial and not supported by Synology in any way. ****Any problems** that you might have or negative outcomes ****are your responsibility** and you're alone. ****The author of this article will take no part in being accountable for these actions**.

‼️

****WARNING**: Before moving forward be sure to use ****your NAS DSM** installation when needed and not the one in example! If you end up using the wrong one and do not get blocked by the device itself, ****you will end up not being able to boot up your NAS!** Download the correct version from [****Synology Download Center**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club) page. 

## General idea

The main goal here is to get your NAS into a state that will allow you to install the version of DSM6 that you had installed before going to DSM7 (beta or not).

The DSM 6 version in question here will be **6.2.4-2556**.

To make this happen the general principle was always the same. Get into your NAS via telnet command on port 23 to fake its VERSION file. For this to happen your NAS should be in the migratable state so that you can plant a "fake" PAT file (DSM OS install file) that will initiate an error during the installation. As a result, port 23 will be open, and the action begins.

Let's see how to make this all happen.

‼️

****IMPORTANT**: Be aware that with this process you will ****lose all data and settings** on your NAS but you will downgrade to DSM6\. So before you decide to move forward, be sure to ****backup your data and export your DSM configuration**! You have been warned!

## 
  
  
## STEP 01 - Backup!

**Do NOT skip this step!**

Be sure to back up all important data on your currently working DSM7 setup. This includes data, Docker configuration, DSM configuration, app settings, etc.

Best to use **Hyper Backup** for your data, and **Configuration backup** DSM option for everything else.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.00.59.png)

Be sure to backup your DSM settings (users, shared folders settings, permissions and more)

## 
  
  
## STEP 02 - SSH and connect as root

Activate SSH access if it's not already by using **Control Panel** \> **Terminal & SNMP** section. Check the **SSH** box and hit **Apply**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.04.11.png)

Activate SSH 

Now that you have SSH access it is time to access your NAS as `root`. Open up PUTTY or a similar tool and SSH into your NAS like so:

`ssh yourDSMaccount@NASIPAddress`

Enter your account password and you should be logged into your NAS as your DSM account. Now it's time to elevate to `root` privileges to make the changes that we need.

Type `sudo -i` and then your account password once more. Now you should be logged as `root` indicated by a similar command prompt

`root@DSM6_7:~#` (name after @ will be the name of your NAS)

### Using the VI editor in the command line

Before moving forward, for all of you out there who are not familiar with the `vi` editor, here are a few examples of the commands that you will be using and what they do:

`i` \- insert/edit mode  
`ESC` \- exit insert/edit mode  
`:wq` \- save changes and quit  
`:q!` \- quit without saving changes

## 
  
  
## STEP 03 - modifying VERSION file (take 1)

Enter the following command to edit the VERSION file:

`vi /etc.defaults/VERSION`

You will get the following output:

```
majorversion="7"
minorversion="1"
major="7"
minor="1"
micro="0"
productversion="7.1"
buildphase="GM"
buildnumber="42661"
smallfixnumber="0"
nano="0"
base="42661"
builddate="2022/04/01"
buildtime="17:48:27"

```

Change this current block with the following one (notice that we are going all the way to DSM 6.2.2 version) by pressing the `i` letter on your keyboard to enter `INSERT` mode.

```
majorversion="6"
minorversion="2"
productversion="6.2.2"
buildphase="GM"
buildnumber="24922"
smallfixnumber="4"
builddate="2020/12/04"
buildtime="21:03:19"

```

To save use this process:

Press the `ESC` key and then type in `:wq` and hit the `RETURN` key on your keyboard. This will save the changes and quit the editor.

> Just a quick note why are we going this. If you want to downgrade to version 6.2.4 like we are in this example, then you have to edit the VERSION file to be version below the version you are going back to. This is the reason why we are using DSM 6.2.2\. settings so that when we are ready to get back to DSM 6.2.4, the installer will detect that we are below that target version and allow us to update.

> I know it is confusing that I am mentioning "update" when we are downgrading, but that's the whole idea. Fake that we are on a version below our target DSM 6 version so that we can "update" back to it.

Now that you have made the changes, **shut down** your NAS and **boot** it up again.

🗒️

****NOTE**: At the moment, your NAS will drop off its current static IP address (switch to DHCP) and you will have to use ****the Synology Assistant** app to locate it

## 
  
  
## STEP 04 - Synology Assistant and fake PAT

Download the **Synology Assistant** app from the Synology Support site (for any NAS model they are all the same) for your desktop PC OS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.35.00.png)

Run the Assistant and let it detect the NAS on the network:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-11.11.44.png)

As you will notice, the version is still DSM 7 (41222 beta in this case) but the status of the NAS has changed to **Migratable**, this is what we want. Connect to the IP address that it is registering.

You will land on the DSM7 wizard (Welcome Back!) page similar to this one:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.38.18.png)

Click the **Install** button to move forward. You will have two options now:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.40.35.png)

Considering that you have done step01 (you did right?!) I will select the second option, **Reset system configuration**. This will wipe my DSM settings that I will later restore using the exported configuration.

🗒️

****NOTE**: You can use the first option as well and that will retain your settings, data, all of it. Still, I would suggest having a backup before you move forward! In case you have decided to use the option to retain your settings you might get the following "attention" from the System health

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-14.15.28.png)

Still, the NAS will work just fine, and your settings and data will be preserved. If this will bother you, then I suggest you use the second option and restore your data and settings after coming back to DSM6.

Now comes the fun part. The next step will ask for the DSM OS `PAT` installation file. Considering that you are still on DSM7, you will not be able to just give the wizard a DSM6 file and hope for the best, no, you will have to give it a fake DSM7 file.

### Create a fake DSM7 PAT file

The PAT file that you have used to install DSM7 in the first place will not be used in this case, but rather any file (it can be a text file) that you will just **name** as a DSM7 installation file.

So make a file or use any file (txt, MP3) and give it a name `DSM_VirtualDSM_41222.pat`

⚠️

WARNING: Make sure to rename the ****file to correspond to your NAS model**. For example, if your NAS is DS115J then the PAT file needs to be DSM\_DS115j\_41222.pat. ****DO NOT use the one above, as it is just an example for this article!**

Now use that file in the next wizard step:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.46.31.png)

Browse to that fake file and click the **Next** button to apply it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-13.47.50.png)

If you got the following error, you are on the right track. Simply click **OK** to get back to the previous screen.

🗒️

****NOTE**: At this point, you might think that not much has happened but even though it is not visibly written, DSM has opened ****Telnet** access on port ****23**. This is our way in for the final stage.

## 
  
  
## STEP 05 - Telnet into your NAS and edit the VERSION file (take 2)

Now open up a telnet client of your choice (like Windows CMD line for example or any other that you might have) and log into your NAS as `root`.

To access your NAS via telnet now use this:

`telnet NASIPaddress 23`

For credentials, use `root` for username and `101-0101` for password. If you have typed all correctly, you should be in the command line.

Now we will just edit the VERSION file one more time with a different set of settings than in step 02.

Use `vi /etc.defaults/VERSION` command one more time to get into the VERSION file.

You will notice that the file has been restored to the initial DSM7 values. Now replace the following block:

```
majorversion="7"
minorversion="1"
major="7"
minor="1"
micro="0"
productversion="7.1"
buildphase="GM"
buildnumber="42661"
smallfixnumber="0"
nano="0"
base="42661"
builddate="2022/04/01"
buildtime="17:48:27"

```

with this one:

```
majorversion="6"
minorversion="2"
productversion="6.2.2"
buildphase="GM"
buildnumber="24922"
smallfixnumber="4"
packing="official"
packing_id="18"
builddate="2019/10/30"
buildtime="07:07:54"

```

As you can see there are some more parameters in this one. Save the VERSION file and exit the editor as before using the `ESC` \+ `:wq` combination.

At this moment use the Synology Assistant again to "scan" for changes. Your NAS should be now listed as running with DSM 6.2.2 version:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-11.57.13.png)

Finally, one more thing remains.

## 
  
  
## STEP 06 - Install DSM 6 version

Now that our NAS "thinks" that it is running DSM 6.2.2.xxxx, we can update ti to any version above that version to the last major version of DSM6, in this case, that will be DSM 6.2.4.

Download the 6.2.4 version from the Synology support site for your NAS, and get back into the installation wizard page from step 04 where we got an error.

Point to the DSM 6.2.4 version and hit **Next**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-14.02.48.png)

The installation should continue and after some time, you will be back in DSM6.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-09-at-14.03.51.png)

Wait for the installation to complete and your NAS to reboot. Once that is done, log into your NAS, create your account, and restore all the settings and data.

Once again I would like to point out that DSM will have that "attention" status that DSM cannot start up normally if you haven't decided to use the "fresh" install method!

---

## 
  
  
## Disks are not supported by the current DSM error

As of DSM 7.1.1\. Update 1-4, it looks like Synology started to implement steps to prevent a smooth transition back to DSM 6.2\. 

To be fair this will be less and less needed as the new versions of DSM start to arrive, but still try and use these steps to maybe get out of this situation.

⚠️

Again, this is an unsupported method so ****you are taking 100% of the responsibility for these actions**! Also, this process will ****result in you losing all the data on the drives that you want to use**!

If you managed to get back to DSM 6.2 and your Storage Manager is reporting that the disks are not supported by the current DSM, follow the steps in the following link.

[The allocation status of my SAS drives read: “Not supported by the current DSM version.” What does this mean, and what can I do? - Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Knowledge Center offers comprehensive support, providing answers to frequently asked questions, troubleshooting steps, software tutorials, and all the technical documentation you may need.![](https://kb.synology.com/en-my/DSM/tutorial/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Knowledge CenterSynology Inc.![](https://kb.synology.com/img/logo/logo_white.svg)](https://kb.synology.com/en-my/DSM/tutorial/Allocation%5Fstatus%5Fnot%5Fsupported%5Fby%5FDSM%5Fversion%5FDSMUC?ref=blackvoid.club)

Using SSH, log back in as `root` and move to the following destination by using the command:

```
cd /run/synostorage/disks

```

Now run the `ls` command and the result should be similar to this one:

```
sda  sdb  sdc  sdd  sde  sdf  sdg  sdh  sdi  sdj  sdk  sdl...

```

This will list all the drives in your NAS, meaning `sda` ... `sdxy` depending on the number of total disks in question. The example above represents 12 drives in my setup.

Next, **run the following command** to clear **all** drives of the `sys_not_support` flag.

```
rm /run/synostorage/disks/sd*/sys_not_support
```

Following this cleanup, open up Storage Manager inside DSM. This process will probably not allow for volumes to be created at this point, so **follow with a secure erase for all the drives that you want to use**.

After the drives have been wiped (this can take a long time), you should be able to recreate DSM 6.2 pools/volumes.

## 
  
  
## Conclusion

As I said already, this is the same general principle that hasn't changed since DSM4\. As long as you get into your NAS via port 23 and edit the VERSION file correctly, you should be fine.

Still, one more time, this is an unsupported (by Synology) method of downgrading your NAS. Use this only, and only if you have no other option for whatever reason.

Good luck and you are welcome to comment on the topic if you have any suggestions, questions, or comments.
### Is your data safe? World backup day 2021
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/is-your-data-safe-world-backup-day-2021/
Last updated: 2021-04-09T12:35:49.000Z
> NOTE: 2nd-anniversary winner has been chosen! Details in the **Giveaway winner!** section of this article

Every year March 31st is #WorldBackupDay. In case you are unaware, this is the day that you should backup your data if you haven't already (shame on you!). Of course, you should have regular backups of all your crucial content, but just in case, if you forgot, go and do it now.

## How do you backup your data?

So how do you backup your data? Daily, weekly, monthly, all of the above? Multiple copies, multiple locations, off-site, cloud? You do know that your backup needs to have a backup as well, right?

Would like to point out some articles on this blog regarding NAS backup, apps that can be used for those scenarios as well as some methods that include 3rd party cloud backup as an ultimate disaster scenario.

Also, [**here**](https://ln.blackvoid.club/synobkpapps?ref=blackvoid.club) (*Synology backup apps guide*) you can review a table matrix of all Synology's current backup apps and their features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/07/abb.jpg)

Article on using *[Active Backup for Business](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/)* to help you make full desktop backup of your data (Win and Linux at the moment) 

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/11/abm365.jpg)

Example of using *[Active Backup for Microsoft 365 in DR (disaster) scenarios](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-microsoft-365-and-dr-scenarios/)*, and how to get your O365 content backup in case your NAS fails.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/05/synology-hyper-backup-synology-c2.png)

In case your backup your NAS data to Synology C2 cloud, here is *[Hyper Backup disaster recovery method via C2](https://www.blackvoid.club/hyper-backup-disaster-recovery-method-via-c2/)* article on the subject

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/03/sharing_logo_ati_2020.jpg)

Wondering how to backup your mobile data on your NAS? *[Acronis True Image Mobile - on-premise backup for your mobile device](https://www.blackvoid.club/acronis-true-image-mobile-on-premise-backup-for-your-mobile-device/)* article will help with that.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/07/snapshot.jpg)

For more instant recovery options from snapshots here is *[Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery tool](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/)* article to show you how a Synology platform can help you in those ransomware situations.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2020/10/DSM7_config_backup_restore.jpg)

Finally, a bit of taste of the future. *[DSM 7 - Configuration backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration/)* article is here to show you how you will be able to backup and restore your complete DSM configuration in a snap, and auto-backup your NAS configuration to Synology Account.

---

Synology usually does some sort of giveaway or promotion on World Backup Day, but this year they have decided to offer us a free 1h session on the BrightTALK site.

The topic of the webinar is backup and protection of SaaS platform, Microsoft O365, and how Synology solutions can help you protect and recover from a potential disaster.

[Complete backup for Microsoft 365 | Synology Solutions](https://ln.blackvoid.club/completebackup365?ref=blackvoid.club)

Presentation will be lead by Dave Russ

---

## Giveaway winner!

In March of 2021, there was a [2nd-anniversary giveaway](https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-2nd-anniversary-giveaway/). Today we officially announce the winner (that has already been contacted and chosen).

Congratulations to, "**PlataOPlomo**", you are the lucky winner of the OWC MERCURY ELITE PRO DUAL MINI!

Thank you all for participating again in this first giveaway and hopefully there will be some more similar events in the future.
### Pushover - notifications for all your needs
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/pushover-notifications-for-all-your-needs/
Last updated: 2022-08-08T20:47:56.000Z
📢

**UPDATE 20.01.2022** \- add more info on checking Pushover communication from Synology NAS using command line.

📢

**UPDATE**: added alternative **Option 1A** for using Pushover email as a push method in DSM 7

Once you start self-hosting your apps and services you will want to be on top of things. This includes being notified if there are any problems or simply knowing when a task has been completed.

In my case, all my Synology NAS services as well as some Docker apps that I run, are sending me notifications using the [Pushover](https://pushover.net/?ref=blackvoid.club) service. The main reason is that I have all my notifications in a single app, I can store as many of them as I want, and I don't have to abuse my email for getting those same notifications. Also, it's practical to have them just pop up on my watch or mobile device.

This article will be about setting up Pushover with your Synology NAS, as well as using it with some popular open-source platforms.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Pushover has a one-time cost of $4.99

## Configure Pushover with your Synology NAS

To make this work, there are two ways to do it. The reason I will present both is that sometimes, one might not work for you, and the other will. I haven't looked into that much but just saying.

The result for both cases will be a push notification even though one method will use the push notification settings and the other SMS (yes, SMS).

In any case, these are all some sort of hacks if you will, but as I said, you will still get a classic push notification and not an email or a text message.

Make sure to have a mobile Pushover app installed on your device and follow along.

## Option 1 - email gateway

🗒️

**NOTE**: This option will work only in DSM6\. In DSM7 **Push service** tab has been redone and **does not support** this method any longer! Option 1A and 2 work in DSM7

In case you are using a system or app that doesn't support [Pushover API](https://pushover.net/api?ref=blackvoid.club) you can use their email gateway option.

### STEP01 - create an email alias

After you have created an account with Pushover, as soon as you land on their main page you will see several categories. One of those will be Y**our E-mail Aliases (Create an E-mail Alias)**.

Click on the **Create an E-mail Alias** and on the next page just click the button on the bottom, *Create E-mail Alias*. This will generate an email alias that will look something like this:

```
3463nkljfkj@pomail.net	

```

### STEP02 - configure DSM to use Pushover email alias

Now open up **Control Panel > Notifications** on your NAS and switch over to the **Push Service** tab.

Enter the alias email as the recipient value:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-13.39.38.png)

Configure your Pushover alias email

Click **Apply** on the bottom and then **Send a test message** button to see if the configuration has taken place.

You should get a notification on your Pushover app, but also you will have a link telling you to visit it to confirm this notification (this is a one-time action). Once you have done that, you will get a notification about a successful configuration similar to this one:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/IMG_CC181E6F8358-1.jpg)

Example of a Pushover email gateway notification

Once you have configured this, be sure to switch over to the **Advanced** tab and select all the **Email** categories that you want to receive:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-13.48.34.png)

Select options and categories that you want to be part of your push DSM notifications

---

## Option 1A - email gateway using 3rd party outgoing SMTP

Considering that **Push Service** tab in the **Notification** section has been changed in DSM 7, the usual easy option to simply use Pushover personal alias email will no longer work.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-03-at-18.09.50.png)

DSM6 Notification > Push Service section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-03-at-18.11.08.png)

DSM7 Notification > Push Service section

If you still want to use the Pushover email alias method you can do that in DSM7 as well. 

### STEP01 - create an email alias

After you have created an account with Pushover, as soon as you land on their main page you will see several categories. One of those will be Y**our E-mail Aliases (Create an E-mail Alias)**.

Click on the **Create an E-mail Alias** and on the next page just click the button on the bottom, *Create E-mail Alias*. This will generate an email alias that will look something like this:

```
3849nm8xfg@pomail.net	

```

### STEP02 - configure DSM to use Pushover email alias

Now open up **Control Panel > Notifications** on your NAS and switch over to the **Email** tab.

Enter the alias email as the recipient value:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-03-at-18.15.03.png)

Click **Apply** on the bottom and then **Send a test message** button to see if the configuration has taken place.

You should get a notification on your Pushover app, but also you will have a link telling you to visit it to confirm this notification (this is a one-time action). Once you have done that, you will get a notification about a successful configuration similar to this one:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/IMG_C1C92519E99F-1.jpeg)

Pushover notification using DSM 7

Once you have configured this, be sure to switch over to the **Advanced** tab and select all the **Email** categories that you want to receive.

---

## Option 2 - SMS workaround method

This trick has been around for a while. Considering that Pushover can't be configured out-of-the-box as an SMS provider, we will make a custom one and call upon Pushover API that will convert all DSM notifications and push them towards our Pushover account/device.

### STEP01 - create an SMS Pushover agent

Go to DSM **Control Panel > Notifications** and switch over to the **SMS** tab. Click the **Add SMS service provider** button to begin the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-13.54.40.png)

In the first step, enter the **Provider name**, **SMS URL**, and the **HTTP method**. For this case, it will be configured as you can see on the image. Use [https://api.pushover.net/1/messages.json](https://api.pushover.net/1/messages.json?ref=blackvoid.club) as the URL value and click **Next**.

On the **Edit HTTP request header** page, leave everything blank and click **Next**.

The third step is the **Edit HTTP request body** and here we need to configure four (4) parameters.

```
user
token
phone
message=hello world

```

So only the **message** parameter needs to have a value of `hello world`.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-13.58.39.png)

On the following page we need to map the parameters with the dropdown categories:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-14.01.59.png)

Finally, click **Apply** and you will return to the main SMS configuration panel.

### STEP02 - Configure Pushover SMS provider

Now we just need to configure the provider with your Pushover parameters (User Key and Application token).

First, we need to go to the Pushover site and create the **application token**. At the bottom of the Pushover site, you will have **Your Applications (Create an Application/API Token)**.

Click the **Create an Application/API Token** link to start making the new app token.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-14.07.32.png)

Enter the **Name** that you want and if you want click the **Icon** to insert an icon that you want to represent your notifications. I encourage you to do it as it will be a nice addition to your push list to make it stand out. Finally, click the **Create Application** button to complete the process.

Now clicking on your new app, you will be presented with the detail page about this app that includes the **application token** parameter. This is the parameter that we will use now to configure our SMS provider.

Alongside this token, you also need your **user key** that you can find on the main page of Pushover in the upper right corner. With these two parameters, you are now ready to configure the provider.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-14.14.07.png)

The **username** value needs to be your Pushover **user key** while the **password** value is your **application token**.

The phone number needs to be configured but it will not be used, so you can enter anything you want. Finally, click **Apply** and then **Send a test SMS message** button.

You should be getting a notification similar to this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/IMG_77565B4EDD4E-1.jpeg)

An example of SMS provider via Pushover

That's it, all done. As you can see the process is not that complicated and you will end up using multiple applications in your Pushover configuration for each custom app or NAS that you want to be configured in this manner.

In the end, once you configure Pushover with multiple services you will get something similar to this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/IMG_F5B5EB500D1B-1.jpg)

Example of multiple apps running via Pushover

---

## UPDATE - Pushover command line test

In case you are having some problems testing Pushover from your NAS (using the notification interface), you could try and use the command line. In the following section, there are steps that you need in order to get more info on what is happening with the process.

To make this work, you will need to SSH into your NAS. Using `ssh user@nasipaddress` you will get on a command line prompt.

After that, enter the following command:

```
curl --data "token=YOURPUSHOVERAPPTOKEN&user=YOURPUSHOVERCLIENTTOKEN&device=NAMEOFTHEDEVICE&title=TESTPUSHOVER&message=TEST" https://api.pushover.net/1/messages.json

```

**token** \= this is your Pushover app token value  
**user** \= this is your Pushover user token value  
**device** \= you can enter anything you want here to simulate the name of your device  
**title** \= enter anything as the title of the push notification  
**message** \= enter your message

As a return, you should get code **1** (success), and a notification on your registered device. In case you get anything other than 1, (like 0) you should get more information on what the problem is, and hopefully, it will help you to troubleshoot it.

---

## Conclusion

Using Pushover has been very beneficial for me, and their uptime has been great. In the last 6y that I have used it, I'm not sure that there were more than 1-2 times that the services had some issues, and if there where it was due to some DDoS attacks that made some notifications come in a bit late.

Apart from that, it does work great.

Also, will just mention some apps and services that I use this platform with, just so you can get the idea:

```
Plex (via Tautulli) - streaming notifications
Sonarr and Radarr - new media content
Grafana - high CPU usage
DIUN - new Docker image notifications
DSM NAS notifications - System, HyperBackup, Snapshots, etc...

```

What do you use for your notification platform? Are you still on good old email? Let me down in the comment section or ask if you have any questions.
### Matomo and Microsoft SharePoint - proper way to track your Intranet
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/matomo-microsoft-sharepoint-proper-way-to-monitor-your-intranet/
Last updated: 2021-03-25T10:05:22.000Z
Following on my [previous article](https://www.blackvoid.club/matomo-self-hosted-web-analytics-platform/) on getting Matomo platform up and running, just wanted to show if, and how you can use it to monitor SharePoint sites as well.

For those unfamiliar with SP, it lacks web analytics tools in the recent versions that are worth the name, so in that case, you are depending on an outside solution. Can you use Matomo with SP for your analytics needs? Yes, you can!

## Installing Matomo with SharePoint

> I will assume that you have a working SharePoint setup already running as well as Matomo running via HTTPS.

There are several ways to get this up and running but I have decided to not use the App Catalog feature (SPFx), but rather connect the "old school" way.

All steps are from the following site: [https://blog.lsonline.fr/2019/07/29/setup-matomo-analytics-to-the-classic-sharepoint-site-collections/](https://blog.lsonline.fr/2019/07/29/setup-matomo-analytics-to-the-classic-sharepoint-site-collections/?ref=blackvoid.club)

### STEP 01 - Download the SharePoint PNP PowerShell Module

To make use of the Powershell script that will be used, you will need a PS PNP module.

Depending on your Sharepoint point version (2013, 2016, 2019, Online) you will need the correct version. The problem with PNP is that depending on what SP setup you have, you will need to have the correct PNP version. 

You can have multiple versions installed but PS will use the first one it can detect, and if that is not the version you need your connection to that SP farm will fail.

So we can download them all, and keep them in a folder and invoke a specific one depending on the environment. That way you won't have any problems.

```
Save-Module -Name SharePointPnPPowerShell2013 -Path c:\bin\pnppowershell
Save-Module -Name SharePointPnPPowerShell2016 -Path c:\bin\pnppowershell
Save-Module -Name SharePointPnPPowerShellOnline -Path c:\bin\pnppowershell

```

So these commands will save each version to the path location that you have configured, `c:\bin\pnppowershell` in this example.

### STEP 02 - Import PNP module and connect to your SharePoint site

Now that we have the PNP, we are ready to import it in the PowerShell session and connect to our site to execute the Matomo script that will integrate Javascript needed to connect Matomo and your SP site.

```
import-module C:\bin\pnppowershell\SharePointPnPPowerShell2013\2.24.1803.0\sharepointpnppowershell2013.psd1 -DisableNameChecking

```

> NOTE: At the time of this article, version 2.24.1803 was the final version, so your example might be a bit different at one point in time.

So use the command above to set the path to the appropriate version of PNP and import it.

Once this is done, it is time to connect to the SP site. Use the following command:

```
Connect-PnPOnline -Url https://yourSPsite.domain

```

Using `Connect-PNPOnline` command line might point in the direction of connecting to SharePoint online, but that is not the case. Considering that we have import the 2013 or 2016 module, this command will still use that PNP and connect to your SP of choice.

### STEP 03 - Implement Matomo tracking Javascript using Matomo Powershell script

To make this work, we need to get the PS script from the following location: [https://gitlab.lsonline.fr/SharePoint/javascript-customactions/tree/master/SharePoint.MA](https://gitlab.lsonline.fr/SharePoint/javascript-customactions/tree/master/SharePoint.MA?ref=blackvoid.club)

Download the `SPMA.ps1` file, and go back to Powershell with the loaded PNP model and connection to your site and execute it in the following form:

```
.\SPMA.ps1 -siteUrl "https://yourSPsite.domain" -trackingUrl https://yourMatomosite.domain/ -trackingSiteId "1"

```

Change the `siteURL` and `trackingURL` variables to match your setup by adding your SP site URL as well as your Matomo instance URL.

> NOTE: Keep in mind that the `trackingSiteId` needs to match yours! If this is your 1st site, then add number 1, if it's a new one just increment the number. Also, you can log into your Matomo instance and check the current status of site numbers

The end result of this script will be similar like this:

```
Connecting to target site URL: https://yourSPSite.domain
Enabling Matomo Analytics to the target site
Remove old Matomo Analytics Custom Action from target site
Apply PnP schema to target site
Matomo Analytics implementation succeeded

```

With this, you are done and ready to use your Matomo with your current SP site.
### Matomo - self-hosted web analytics platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/matomo-self-hosted-web-analytics-platform/
Last updated: 2022-04-14T12:28:10.000Z
📢

**UPDATE** \- **14/04/2022** \- Added manual steps needed to update Matomo in case the automated process is not working.

📢

**UPDATE 20.01.2022** \- **Google Analytics Now Illegal in Austria**; Other EU Member States Expected to Follow - [Google Analytics Now Illegal in Austria; Other EU Member States Expected to Follow - Analytics Platform - Matomo](https://matomo.org/blog/2022/01/google-analytics-gdpr-violation/?ref=blackvoid.club)

In case you are on the hunt for some self-hosted web analytics platform and refuse to use Google analytics, then keep reading.

Matomo (formerly Piwik until 2018), is an open-source analytics platform that you can use to have access to several web apps, all inside a nice and informative web UI. In this article, I will discuss how to set up Matomo inside Docker along with a DB backend that it needs (MySQL), and see how to configure it to capture data.  
Matomo is very lightweight and can work with most web, and CMS platforms that are used around the world today.

One example would be Microsoft's Sharepoint (considering their internal analytics is next to none). I will have a follow-up article on setting it up as well. Another is Ghost, a platform that I run this site on.

So let's see what you need to get Motomo up and running as well as how to connect your site to it.

🗒️

**NOTE**: You will need to run your web site behind HTTPS with a valid SSL cert or some modern web browsers will interrupt and block JavaScript file that is used for communication between your site and Matomo

## SQL docker container

### STEP01 - Deploy MYSQL and phpMyAdmin repo (Portainer)

There are two ways we can do this. Using Docker compose file via Portainer, or running it via the command line. I will show both methods.

Once you logged into your Portainer instance and selected the host you want SQL to run on, select the **Stacks** menu and paste in the next block:

```
version: '3.5'

services:
   db:
      image: mysql:latest
      container_name: mysql
      restart: always
      volumes:
          - "/volume1/docker/mysql:/var/lib/mysql"
      ports:
          - '3306:3306'
      environment:
        MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD: changeYourPassword

   app:
      depends_on:
       - db
      image: phpmyadmin/phpmyadmin
      container_name: phpmyadmin
      restart: always
      ports:
       - '8080:80'
      environment:
        PMA_HOST: db

```

What this will do is create a stack that will run two separate apps in the end. SQL and phpMyAdmin to administer that same SQL instance.

To make that happen, once the stack is running, open your browser and just connect to the following URL:

```
http://yourNASIP:8080

```

Why 8080? If you look at the compose file you will see that phpMyAdmin is configured to run on port 8080 (locally) so that's the port we will use to connect to it.

### STEP01 (alt) - Deploy MYSQL and phpMyAdmin repo (CLI)

Alternatively, log into your NAS via SSH (Terminal macOS app, or PUTTY on Windows for example) and elevate your access to *root* using the **sudo -i** command.

`ssh yourNASuser@yourNASipAddress`

Enter your password and then elevate to *root* with this command:

`sudo -i`

hit return and re-enter your password and you should be logged in as root.

Now download the MYSQL repo using this command line:

`docker pull mysql:latest`

Prepare a local folder on your NAS to host MYSQL data files. For example in \`**/volume1/docker/mysql**\`.

Run the following command to start MYSQL container:

```
docker run -d \
--name some-mysql \
-v /volume1/docker/mysql:/var/lib/mysql \
-e MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD=changeYourPassword \
-p 3306:3306 \
mysql:latest

```

This should give you MYSQL instance running on your NAS on port 3306 (or any other if you have changed the **left** value in the port section.

Next, we need a web UI to administer the MySQL instance. This will be done using the **phpMyadmin** container just as we did in compose example.

`docker pull phpmyadmin/phpmyadmin:latest`

and now configure it and run it against your MYSQL instance:

```
docker run -d \
--name phpmyadmin \
-p 8080:80 \ change the left value to a custom port if you wish/need to
-e PMA_PORT=same port as your MYSQL instance \ (3306 for example)
-e PMA_HOST=yourNASIP \
phpmyadmin/phpmyadmin:latest

```

Now open your web browser and to **`http://yourNASIP:port`** and you should land on your phpMyadmin page.

Regardless of what method you have chosen, you now have a SQL and SQL admin site up and running. Time to configure Matomo DB.

On the phpMyAdmin site, login as **root** with the password that you have defined for your MYSQL container. From here you have a functional MYSQL instance that you can use.

### STEP02 - Configure Matomo MYSQL database

Log into your phpMyAdmin and create a new database for Matomo. Chose the name you want, but be sure to use **utf8mb4\_general\_ci** collation for the DB!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screen-Shot-2021-03-21-at-15.14.52.png)

Next, we need an account and permission on our DB. Switch to the **Privileges** tab and on the bottom, select **Add user account**.

Set your username, password, and host (you can leave % to mark any host) as well as grant privileges on the bottom.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-15.08.09.png)

Give your new account access to your new database

Once all that is done, click the **Go** button on the bottom right and you are done with the SQL side of things.

## Matomo docker container

Now we are ready to start up Matomo container, and again with Portainer stack option create one using the compose below:

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  matomo:
    image: matomo:latest
    container_name: matomo
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/matomo:/var/www/html"
    ports:
      - "8081:80"
    environment:
      - MATOMO_DATABASE_ADAPTER=mysql
      - MATOMO_DATABASE_TABLES_PREFIX=matomo_
      - MATOMO_DATABASE_USERNAME=enterMatomoUserThatYouCreated
      - MATOMO_DATABASE_PASSWORD=enterMatomoPasswordThatYouCreated
      - MATOMO_DATABASE_DBNAME=matomo
      - MATOMO_DATABASE_HOST=yourNASIP
      - MATOMO_DATABASE_PORT=SQLContainerPort(3306 in this example)
    restart: always

```

Could we put SQL and Matomo in a single compose file? Sure we can but I wanted to have them separate in this case so you can have the option to use only the SQL compose element if you only need that part, as well as if there is already a running SQL instance that you can use to connect Matomo instance to it.

Once you get the Matomo container up and running, you can connect to the UI and finish the configuration.

Start by going to the `http://yourNASIP:8081` URL and follow the wizard.

Now that you have it all up and running you can then continue forward and make sure you have your Matomo instance running over HTTPS. I would suggest running it via reverse proxy. For more info on that, you can check [this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/) if you don't have a separate reverse proxy already up and running and you want to use the one running on your NAS.

## How to configure Matomo with your website (s)

Once you have your Matomo instance up and running you will want to connect it to your website(s).

To start, log into Matmomo and go to the gear icon in the upper right-hand side called **Administration**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-24-at-12.17.31.png)

Matomo administration - single point for all the setting and configuration elements

Next in the left side menu, go to **Websites > Manage**, and start filling out the form needed to configure the first site that you want to track.

There are several ways you can connect your site with Matomo, but the preferred way is using the Javascript code that will be auto-generated for you in that same window. In case you missed it, you can use the same Website > Manage or Website > Tracking code sections to get to your site code.

An example of the code is like this:

```
<!-- Matomo -->
<script type="text/javascript">
  var _paq = window._paq = window._paq || [];
  /* tracker methods like "setCustomDimension" should be called before "trackPageView" */
  _paq.push(['trackPageView']);
  _paq.push(['enableLinkTracking']);
  (function() {
    var u="https://yourMatomoPublicURL/";
    _paq.push(['setTrackerUrl', u+'matomo.php']);
    _paq.push(['setSiteId', '1']);
    var d=document, g=d.createElement('script'), s=d.getElementsByTagName('script')[0];
    g.type='text/javascript'; g.async=true; g.src=u+'matomo.js'; s.parentNode.insertBefore(g,s);
  })();
</script>
<!-- End Matomo Code -->

```

You will notice that the URL in this code needs to match your public HTTPS URL of your Matomo site. Another important element here is `setSiteId` that will have a starting value of `1` and increase incrementally by one for each new site that you add.

The rest of the code is generic and will be the same for all your sites. This code needs to be placed inside the `<head>` section of your site, preferably just before the closing `</head>` tag.

That's it. You are now ready to start collecting info, and as soon as you visit the site you will start seeing visitors in your Matomo instance.

## How does it work?

Once you connect your site to your Matomo instance, you will get similar output in your visitor's log.

Notice that Matomo DOES NOT track your public IP address, just part of it as well as location (country), device, and its OS. Also, you will notice what your visitors were looking at, how long and the flow of pages being clicked.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-24-at-12.37.49.png)

Example of Matomo visitors log 

On top of this, no visitors are tracked by name but rather Matomo will build an anonymous profile, based on location, device, and other "markers" that can distinctively describe your visitor for future reference.

So for example, if you look into a profile, you will notice how that person visited your site, at what time, and what content was viewed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-24-at-12.43.54.png)

Visitor profile log

Matomo can also present data over time using various widgets like visits over time, visitors over time, time of day visits, search engines results, etc.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-24-at-12.46.42.png)

Pageviews per month

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-24-at-12.48.48.png)

## Manual Matomo update

In case your Matomo instance fails to detect new versions using its built-in mechanism, there is a manual method that you can use to push your instance towards a new version.

Before this, note that Matomo deployed via Docker will not update as any other regular Docker container. Pulling the new image and creating a new container will be only half the story. You still need to update it using its web UI.

The official info on the manual process can be found [**here**](https://matomo.org/faq/on-premise/update-matomo/?ref=blackvoid.club#the-manual-three-step-update), but in the case of a docker deployment, there are things that need to be done a bit differently than stated.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Matomo's official Docker image does not have `wget` or `unzip` running!

⚠️

Be sure to **backup** your `config.ini.php` file inside the `config` folder. That folder is part of the volume path that you have configured `/var/www/html`.

So the idea is to download the zip, unpack it and overwrite all the files inside your `/var/www/html` path. After that, restore your previously backed up `config.ini.php` file to its original location and refresh your Matomo UI instance. 

You should be greeted with a screen telling you that you need to update your instance. Follow the wizard and complete it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/Screenshot-2022-04-14-at-11.48.38.png)

## Conclusion

In the end, you will have a great anonymous analytic platform that will help you keep track of your sites without the use of any invasive tracking methods for your visitors will for sure increase confidence for your visitors, and also keep all this metadata on your infrastructure as oppose in some "cloud" provider.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-24-at-12.51.46.png)

Always nice to see this kind of info

Are you using any analytic platform yourself?
### Diun - friendly docker image update notifier
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/diun-friendly-docker-image-update-notifier/
Last updated: 2022-08-21T20:58:58.000Z
🗒️

UPDATE: 21/08/2022 - added Mattermost docker-compose option for running alongside Pushover

🗒️

**UPDATE**: 06/04/2021 - Added Rocket.Chat docker-compose options for running this alongside Pushover

Do I love Docker? I LOVE it! But, regardless do you run your apps on bare-metal devices or inside Docker, they have to be patched from time to time right?

Most apps or services will alert you that there is an update waiting, and, once you are backed up, you should update to the latest version. Of course, this doesn't mean that you should update on day one or maybe update at all if there is no real reason to do so, but from time to time there might be some security elements that were fixed, and you will tell yourself, it's time.

When it comes to Docker repo or image updates the problem is this. Even though the app you are running in Docker did register that there is an update, that doesn't mean that the Docker image has been updated as well. In some cases, it can take days or weeks until the image is updated.

Ok if Docker is one of the "official" channels that the company or individual is providing the app itself it will be usually up-to-date all the time and in sync with any other method.

Still, it would be good to get notified when the image you are using has been updated. Enter [Diun](https://crazymax.dev/diun/?ref=blackvoid.club). This little tool does exactly that. It will scan your local Docker instance and compare all images with the repository to get info if there is an update or not.

As a great notification system, it offers multiple ways to get that information back to you.

```
Amqp
Discord
Gotify
Mail
Matrix
MQTT
Pushover
Rocket.Chat
Script
Slack
Teams
Telegram
Webhook

```

Look at that list of supported notification channels! Wow. I already see two that I know I will use, Pushover and Rocket.Chat.

So let's see how to get this up and running using [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) and a quick "stack"/docker-compose setup to monitor all images and send notifications via Pushover.

## Diun as a Docker image

Once you logged into your Portainer instance and selected the host you want Diun to run on, and monitor, select the **Stacks** menu and paste in the next block:

### Docker-compose covering Pushover

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  diun:
    image: crazymax/diun:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: diun
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/diun:/data"
      - "/var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock"
    environment:
      - "TZ=Europe/Paris"
      - "LOG_LEVEL=info"
      - "LOG_JSON=false"
      - "DIUN_WATCH_WORKERS=20"
      - "DIUN_WATCH_SCHEDULE=0 0 * * *"
      - "DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER=true"
      - "DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER_WATCHBYDEFAULT=true"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_TOKEN=yourPushoverAppToken"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_RECIPIENT=yourPushoverUserKey"
    restart: always

```

### Docker-compose covering Pushover and Rocket.Chat

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  diun:
    image: crazymax/diun:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: diun
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/diun:/data"
      - "/var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock"
    environment:
      - "TZ=Europe/Zagreb"
      - "LOG_LEVEL=info"
      - "LOG_JSON=false"
      - "DIUN_WATCH_WORKERS=20"
      - "DIUN_WATCH_SCHEDULE=0 */6 * * *"
      - "DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER=true"
      - "DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER_WATCHBYDEFAULT=true"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_TOKEN=yourPushoverAppToken"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_RECIPIENT=yourPushoverUserKey"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_ROCKETCHAT_ENDPOINT=http://URLForYourRocketChat"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_ROCKETCHAT_CHANNEL=#docker_repos"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_ROCKETCHAT_USERID=yourRCUserID"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_ROCKETCHAT_TOKEN=yourRCTokenValue"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_ROCKETCHAT_TIMEOUT=15s"
    restart: always

```

### Docker-compose covering Pushover and Mattermost

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  diun:
    image: crazymax/diun:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: diun
    volumes:
      - "/volume1/docker/diun:/data"
      - "/var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock"
    environment:
      - "TZ=Europe/Zagreb"
      - "LOG_LEVEL=info"
      - "LOG_JSON=false"
      - "DIUN_WATCH_WORKERS=20"
      - "DIUN_WATCH_SCHEDULE=0 */6 * * *"
      - "DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER=true"
      - "DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER_WATCHBYDEFAULT=true"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_TOKEN=yourPushoverAppToken"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_RECIPIENT=yourPushoverUserKey"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_SLACK_WEBHOOKURL=mattermostWebhookURL"
      - "DIUN_NOTIF_SLACK_RENDERFIELDS=true"
    restart: always

```

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that if you want to run DIUN over Rocket.Chat you will have to have a complete RC instance up and running as well as a generated channel and **UserID/Token**. For more info on running your own Rocket.Chat instance, look [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/rocketchat/).

Open your **My Account** menu in Rocket.Chat instance > **Personal Access Token**. There you will be able to generate a new token. Once completed you will get your **UserID** and **Token** values that you can use.

Give your stack a name and deploy.

Just a few quick pieces of information on several commands in this compose.

`DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER_WATCHBYDEFAULT` set to true means that it will monitor all images that it can detect.

`DIUN_WATCH_SCHEDULE` can be configured however you like using the cronjob generator. This example means once every 24h at midnight.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that if you have a lot of images and set an aggressive check, you might hit the default 1[00/200 Docker HUB requests](https://www.docker.com/increase-rate-limits?ref=blackvoid.club) quickly and you will have to wait for the cooling period.

Here is an example of running Diun instance looking at the log:

```

Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:45 CET INF Starting Diun version=4.14.0
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:45 CET INF Configuration loaded from 7 environment variable(s)
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:45 CET INF Database migration v2...
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:45 CET INF Cron triggered
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:45 CET INF Found 35 image(s) to analyze provider=docker
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:51 CET INF New image found image=docker.io/mayanedms/mayanedms:3.5.5 provider=docker
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:52 CET INF New image found image=docker.io/linuxserver/nzbget:latest provider=docker
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:41:52 CET INF New image found image=docker.io/linuxserver/swag:latest provider=docker
.
.
.
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:42:02 CET INF Jobs completed added=35 failed=0 skipped=0 unchanged=0 updated=0
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:42:02 CET INF Cron initialized with schedule 0 0 * * *
Fri, 19 Mar 2021 14:42:02 CET INF Next run in 9 hours (2021-03-20 00:00:00 +0100 CET)

```

Now that you have it up and running you can test it using the command line.

Again using Portainer open the **Console** window for Diun contianer with the `sh` command and you will get into the container command line.

Run the following command to test if the container is working (my result was a Pushover notification)

`diun notif test`

🗒️

**NOTE**: the image below is from the old version of DIUN, make sure to use the command above this image as it is the correct (current) one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-19-at-14.45.12.png)

Running a test notification (Pushover is configured)

As an end result, I got a Pushover mobile notification

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/IMG_9664.jpg)

Diun Pushover notification

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-06-at-11.07.32.png)

Diun Rocket.chat notification in a private channel

---

## Conclusion

One of many similar tools out there but IMHO a necessary one once you start to get into Docker more and more. You will simply not be able to keep up and this tool will allow you to keep track if nothing else how often you don't patch and update.

---

## Labels, how to fine-tune your image update notifications (optional)

In case you are not interested in monitoring all of your images but would rather do a selected few, you can use Docker labels to achieve that.

Remove or set it to `false` the `DIUN_PROVIDERS_DOCKER_WATCHBYDEFAULT` variable, and in the docker-compose file on top, add the label section in the container you want to monitor with the following:

```
labels:
      - "diun.enable=true"
      - "diun.watch_repo=true"

```

For more info on how to use it and what configuration parameters you have, check the Diun Provider page [here](https://crazymax.dev/diun/providers/docker/?ref=blackvoid.club#docker-labels).

## Pushover configuration (optional)

This particular example was done with the Pushover configuration. To make it work you will need a valid Pushover account and a Diun "app" configured.

As you can see from the compose file on top two environment parameters need to be added

```
"DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_TOKEN=yourPushoverAppToken"
"DIUN_NOTIF_PUSHOVER_RECIPIENT=yourPushoverUserKey"

```

So once you register at [the Pushover](https://pushover.net/?ref=blackvoid.club) site, you will get your **User key** in the upper right-hand corner.

To get the Diun app key, you need to make a new "app" in the UI.

In the **Your application** section on the bottom, click the URL that says **Create an Application/API Token**. This will open a new page where you can configure the name of the app, logo, and description.

Once you have done that your app will be ready and you will get its **API Token/key**.

Now that you have both values simply add them to the variables and you are done.
### Cloud Station suite to be discontinued in favor of Drive 3.0
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/cloud-station-suite-to-be-discontinued-in-favor-of-drive-3-0/
Last updated: 2021-03-29T13:19:27.000Z
Well, we all saw this coming right? No? You must be new to the world of NAS and Synology. Don't worry this is normal.

On March 19th, 2021., Synology made an official announcement that they will discontinue their Cloud Station suite set of tools in favor of their already very popular Drive Server suite that, with the upcoming DSM 7 version, will enter its [3rd version](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-office-and-drive-server-3/).

As you have read in the previous link, the release notes on the upcoming Drive 3.0 states that it will not be compatible with any version of Cloud Station apps, so this announcement shouldn't come as a shock, especially if you are a beta user.

Still, if this news got you on the wrong foot, fear not, you got until **April 30, 2021**, to make the switch, because that is the official date when Cloud Station suite will stop being part of the DSM lineup of official apps.

Apps that are affected by this are:

Cloud Station Server  
Cloud Station ShareSync  
Cloud Station Backup  
Cloud Station Drive (client)

> NOTE: Keep in mind that these changes will ONLY reflect DSM users, not SRM or mobile apps as such! So if you are using this suite on your router, you can ignore this announcement.

Here is the full announcement:

---

# End-of-Life Announcement for Synology Cloud Station Series of Packages

Published: March 18, 2021

Synology will be discontinuing support for Synology Cloud Station Server, Cloud Station ShareSync, Cloud Station Drive, and Cloud Station Backup running on the DSM platform on **April 30, 2021**. All of these packages will **no longer be available** for download through the Synology Package Center.

For users on the 1.2.x SRM platform (RT1900ac, RT2600ac, MR2200ac), Cloud Station Server, Cloud Station Drive, Cloud Station Backup and Cloud Station ShareSync **will remain available and will continue to receive security updates**.

The Cloud Station companion mobile app, DS cloud, will also remain available and will continue to receive security updates.

### Upgrade Now

For users still running Cloud Station and related packages, Synology Drive has succeeded. Learn more about Synology Drive

#### Additional Resources

- [What are the feature differences between Synology Drive and Cloud Station?](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Collaboration/Differences%5Fbetween%5FSynology%5FDrive%5Fand%5FCloud%5FStation?ref=blackvoid.club)
- [What do I need to know before upgrading from Cloud Station to Synology Drive?](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Collaboration/What%5Fdo%5FI%5Fneed%5Fto%5Fknow%5Fbefore%5Fupgrading%5Ffrom%5FCloud%5FStation%5Fto%5FSynology%5FDrive%5F2%5F0?ref=blackvoid.club)
- [How to upgrade from Cloud Station to Synology Drive?](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Backup/How%5Fto%5Fupgrade%5Ffrom%5FCloud%5FStation%5Fto%5FSynology%5FDrive%5F2%5F0?ref=blackvoid.club)

---
### Bitwarden Send - NEW feature!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-send-new-feature/
Last updated: 2021-06-29T07:12:33.000Z
> UPDATE: 28/06/2021 - version **1.22.0 of VaultWarden** is out with new Send features (listed below)

Added `sendsallowed` option to disable the Send functionality.  
Added support for hiding the sender's email address.  
Added Send options policy.  
Send download links to use a token system to limit their downloads.

> UPDATE: 28/3/2021 - The Send feature is now part of version 1.20 of the bitwardenrs Docker image.

---

A few days ago Bitwarden has pushed a new feature out, called [Send](https://bitwarden.com/products/send/?ref=blackvoid.club). All the needed info about the feature is there, but here I would like to focus on this feature coming to the [Vaultwarden](https://hub.docker.com/r/vaultwarden/server?ref=blackvoid.club) Docker image.

If you are not familiar with this installation of BW, you can follow my [other articles](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) that are focused on other BW features, as well as how to configure it with that particular image.

## So what is this Send all about?

BW Send is a feature that will allow you to make a public file or text link that contains any sensitive information that shouldn't be shared insecurely, like a password, credit card info, or maybe a secure file.

In any case, you can use the BW user interface to create a Send link add the content you want, and configure various security options on it like expiration, password to open, number of times it can be accessed, etc.

## How does it work?

Simple. Log into your BW instance and go to the Send tab in the main navigation on top.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-14.58.07.png)

New Send feature

Once you click it you will see all your existing Send links or the option to make a new one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-14.39.13.png)

Main Send section where you can make new Send links or access existing ones

If you want to create a new one just click the **\+ Create New Send** button on the right-hand side to begin.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-14.38.44.png)

Creating a new Send link with all the options that it offers

Once you create it and click **Save** you will have the option to send the link via any method you want without fear that it will be decrypted along the way and read. If you want you can add a password just to make things more secure as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-14.39.30.png)

Copy the Send link and send it, simple

At any point you can edit the link, change it's name, settings or simply delete it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-14.39.45.png)

Editing exiting Send link

Depending on the type of Send link (file or text), the result link will look different and offer different options.

For example, the next image is an example of a text-based link.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-14.48.39.png)

This is an example of a text-based Send link

On the other hand, a file-based one will look like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-14.40.16.png)

This is an example of a file based Send link

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-29-at-09.45.35.png)

Browser extension also supports access to the "Send" feature

In any case, you will have the option to access the content **without** any BW account at all, or the option to be a part of the same BW organization for example. This feature will be beneficial to not just BW users but to anyone that on the other end, without fear that sensitive information is being manipulated in any way.

## Does it run in Docker?

Of course, it does. A of version 1.20, the Send option is included.

~~This is a new feature that at the moment of writing this article is still in a testing phase for this particular Docker repo (mentioned at the top), but it might be pushed out in a matter of days as part of the latest image~~

Another great and very useful feature from the BW team, and a testament to why they are the No1 password manager of 2021.

Just to make it clear, this feature is already accessible to users that use a commercial version of BW, but if you want you can build your source for self-hosting as well as use any Docker image that supports it (or will support it).

How do you like this new feature?
### Synology Workshops 2021
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-workshops-2021/
Last updated: 2021-03-14T17:59:22.000Z
Just as last year, Synology will be giving four workshop web sessions to present their new software and hardware features coming this year.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screen-Shot-2021-03-14-at-18.53.00.png)

2021 workshop session

Starting on April 7th, all the way to April 21st, these sessions are identical in content covering the following:

## Webcast Agenda

| 10:00 AM PDT | Parts I & II Part 1 – Product OverviewLearn about the latest Synology hardware lineup. Part 2 – File Server & SynchronizationDiscover ways to regain order over data scattered across your organization. Learn strategies for central management and data backup across locations and businesses of any scale.                                                                                                                                              |
| ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10:20 AM PDT | Q&A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
| 10:30 AM PDT | Parts III & IV Part 3 – Virtualization & RecoverabilityLearn how to choose hardware to match specific needs at each business location. Dive into how to migrate virtual machines between platforms. Part 4 – Customizing Surveillance DeploymentsWalk through how Synology Surveillance Station can improve your business's scalability and day-to-day workflow. Examine the benefits of Synology as an NVR tool as well as backup and multi-site failover. |
| 10:50 AM PDT | Q&A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
| 11:00 AM PDT | Part V Part 5 – Endpoint Ransomware ProtectionLearn how to combat data loss from ransomware with Active Backup for Business, while streamlining user backups and recoverability. Explore cost savings from software licensing, reduced data footprint, and minimized IT workload.                                                                                                                                                                           |
| 11:25 AM PDT | Q&A                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
| 11:30 AM PDT | Part VI Part 6 – Your Synology Hybrid Cloud Learn why and how to integrate Synology C2 Cloud into your existing deployment for archival data. Then, examine features and demonstrations of DSM 7.0 to build a more efficient private cloud on premises and in C2\.                                                                                                                                                                                          |

Personally, all elements sound interesting, I just hope that the two-hour slot that they had in mind will be enough to cover it all, without the feel of running through the content.

Will you be attending this year's workshop?
### PLEX, bare metal or Docker?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-bare-metal-or-docker/
Last updated: 2022-08-08T21:19:06.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 08/07/2021 - With DSM 7 out now be certain to **follow the process** of getting Plex to run on DSM 7\. Make sure to read the following article and procedure **BEFORE** you attempt to install DSM7.

[Synology - DSM 7 Release - Plex Installation IssuesThis is the FULLEST POSSIBLE DETAIL instruction. Most do not need it. More info here: @fishbert The way this works – ( This is why I loathe DSM 7) Uninstall Plex for DSM 6 Upgrade to DSM 7 Reboot DSM 7 - it fixes itself at next reboot – NO clue why. NOW we can start the installation proc…![](https://aws1.discourse-cdn.com/plex/optimized/3X/8/3/833e5cd753c8645af15fef9118673a310d7e286d_2_180x180.png)Plex Forumphilrigby![](https://discourse-cloud-file-uploads.s3.dualstack.us-west-2.amazonaws.com/plex/original/3X/c/7/c72605466135dac66d677f36e9d5a56f6f9a9d83.png)](https://forums.plex.tv/t/synology-dsm-7-release-plex-installation-issues/719845/465?ref=blackvoid.club)

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 16/3/21 - PLEX has pushed out a DSM 7 specific version of their Synology server install. Be sure to download it from plex.tv if you are running DSM7 beta or a later version!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-18-at-10.50.07.png)

PLEX server aimed at models running DSM 7

---

If you haven't heard of [PLEX](https://www.plex.tv/?ref=blackvoid.club), shame on you! Kidding. Just in case if you haven't, it's a media organization and streaming platform. Already 10+ years old, it offers a way to stream and organize your movies, tv shows, music, and private videos (even retro games) and present that content on almost any device known today.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-04-at-14.09.12.png)

All platforms that support PLEX clients on their devices

Now that we know what PLEX is, it might be a question of where to host it. Why? Well, PLEX is a client-server platform. It means that you need to have a running PLEX server that will handle the content management, and on top of that you need a PLEX client that will consume that content.

The important thing here is that as much as you can use almost any device as a PLEX client, the server-side might give you problems if you don't choose a device that is capable to play that role. What this means is that you will get into trouble if you choose a slow and weak device and expect it to do wonders.

One specific task that PLEX can do is called transcoding. That is a process of converting your audio and/or video file format into a suitable format for your PLEX client device in case the device itself is unable to "read" the media file correctly. Why is this important, well let's say you have a 1080p file and you want to stream it remotely to your mobile device in a smaller file format (720p) to save on bandwidth. In this case, your PLEX server will initiate a "transcode" process to make this happen and then push that desired file format to your PLEX client.

To make this work in real-time, and to give you a smooth experience, the PLEX server needs to have enough power (CPU power) to do this without any problems. This is one of the main reasons to choose your server platform wisely.

If you are a PLEX Pass subscriber (paid PLEX account) you have access to hardware transcoding features. That means that if you are running your PLEX server on a compatible Intel QuickSync CPU device, you can initiate transcode process without stressing your CPU that much. Just as a comparison, transcode will on average utilize 50-80% of your CPU power. But with hardware transcoding, that same process will take about 5-10% of the power.

This is especially great if your platform of choice is for example a NAS. Synology has many HW transcode capable devices in their '+' lineup: 220, 720, 920, 1015, etc.

The reason I'm saying this is that those models also support Docker features. Just as most popular platforms nowadays support Docker, PLEX has also jumped on board with this a while back.

So, the main question of this article is this. Do you install the PLEX server on the NAS directly (using Package Center) or via the Docker platform? What's better or not, in what scenario will PLEX work better in general or better yet, can it work better in Docker when it comes to HW transcode?

🗒️

**NOTE**: As I said before, this article will **focus on running PLEX with transcoding** (PlexPass feature) as well as without it. So, in case you want transcoding you will need to have a valid subscription and download the correct version that supports it

Just one note on this whole setup. I will use my **DS918+** model as a PLEX server machine for both bare metal and Docker install. So in the end I will have **two PLEX servers** running on the same machine (and same CPU), but the only difference will be that one will be sandboxed as a container. Also, the source of the content will be the same (in this case, media content is on a separate NAS altogether).

## Installing PLEX on NAS via Package Center (bare metal)

One simple way to get the PLEX server going on your NAS is to install it using the Package center.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that you will find the PLEX server in the Package Center, but I **encourage you to install one using the plex.tv** web site.

Log into [plex.tv](https://www.plex.tv/?ref=blackvoid.club) site and download the version compatible with your NAS. Be sure to know what CPU your NAS is using to know if you should download the x86/64-bit version or the ARM one (and if so, what exact install it should be).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-04-at-14.31.29.png)

Notice the "Plex Pass" download option on the left side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-04-at-14.33.51.png)

"Choose package" button will offer all supported platforms

Once you have the version, follow the process of installation and in a matter of minutes, you should have your PLEX server up and running on its default 32400 port.

Open up **Package Center** in DSM and use the **Manual install** button in the upper right-hand corner. Follow the wizard by giving it the PLEX installation file and clicking through.

This article will not focus on setting up your PLEX server regarding content so I will jump ahead and use the pre-populated examples.

Use your NAS IP address and port 32400 to get to your PLEX server UI and take it from there.

[http://nasipaddress:32400/web](http://nasipaddress:32400/web?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-04-at-14.40.47.png)

Once you install and log into your Web UI, you will need to connect your PLEX with your content

Now let's see how this process would like on the Docker platform and afterward we can activate the HW transcoding feature on both PLEX servers.

---

## Installing PLEX on NAS via Docker

For this article, I have decided to go the other direction when it comes to running containers than what I usually do (don't worry there will be a usual method as well on the bottom of this section, STEP02b (alternative).

Usually, I run them as single **docker run** commands but with this image let's give **docker-compose** a go. To make it more user-friendly than running it via the command line, I will use Portainer to start it up.

To make this work you will have to have Portainer up and running. Follow [the article](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) to get it running and then continue forward.

### STEP01 - Docker compose way via Portainer

Log into your portainer instance, and go to the **Stacks** section. Then click the **Add stack**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-05-at-13.24.32.png)

Stacks, the way to deploy container(s) using docker-compose files or scripts

Now you will land into what's called a **Web editor**. Here you can paste the compose file content.

The actual compose for this instance will be the one that focuses on **linuxserver/plex** repository. Here is an example of it:

```
version: "2.1"
services:
  plex:
    image: linuxserver/plex:latest
    container_name: plexdocker
    network_mode: host
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - VERSION=docker
    devices:
      - /dev/dri:/dev/dri
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/plex:/config
      - /volume1/TV Shows:/tv
      - /volume1/Movies:/movies
    restart: unless-stopped

```

### STEP02 - Create a PLEX container

Now that we have the compose needed, make the changes where needed. To start with, change the **PUID** and **PGID** parameters to match the DSM account that you want this container to run under.

SSH into your NAS and run `sudo -i`. Enter your password once more and then run `id`.

This will list your current use UID and GID values (something like 1027 for the user and 100 or 101 for the group). Use those values in the above variables.

Another thing that needs to be changed is the **volumes**. You will need to match the left-hand side to match your local paths. On the right-hand side, you can leave as they are or add multiple *movies* and *tv* like folders if you have multiple sources.

In any event, when you are ready, paste it in the Web Editor and create the stack by clicking the blue button on the bottom, **Deploy the stack**. Don't forget to enter the name of the stack on the top.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-05-at-14.50.33.png)

Deploy the stack

Once you deploy your PLEX container, you will be able to log into it and configure it just like any other PLEX platform.

### STEP02a (optional/alternative)- Running the PLEX container in bridge network setup

In case you want to run your PLEX container but in a Docker *bridge* network configuration (would not recommend it), then you will need to do the same steps just run the following compose:

```
version: "2.1"
services:
  plex:
    image: linuxserver/plex:latest
    container_name: plexdocker
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - VERSION=docker
      - PLEX_CLAIM=enteryourclaimID
    ports:
      - "32400:32400"
      - "1900:1900/udp"
      - "3005:3005"
      - "5353:5353/udp"
      - "8324:8324"
      - "32410:32410/udp"
      - "32412:32412/udp"
      - "32413:32413/udp"
      - "32414:32414/udp"
      - "32469:32469"
    devices:
      - /dev/dri:/dev/dri
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/plex:/config
      - /volume1/TV Shows:/tv
      - /volume1/Movies:/movies
    restart: unless-stopped

```

🗒️

**NOTE**: be sure to get the PLEX Claim value by going to [https://www.plex.tv/claim](https://www.plex.tv/claim?ref=blackvoid.club). Keep in mind that the claim will last for 4 min and then you will need a new one to claim your server. Also, use only the value of the claim, not the written word **claim-** that will be its prefix.

Considering that you will explicitly add ports, you will create a bridge network specific for this container to make this work (this will be automatic).

In any case, you will have a PLEX server up and running.

Please note one more thing. If your PLEX account is not a PLEX Pass type then you can remove the HW transcoding element from the script:

```
    devices:
      - /dev/dri:/dev/dri

```

### STEP02b (alternative) - Running PLEX container via docker run command line and not via Portainer

In case you don't want to run PLEX using docker-compose (with or without Portainer), you can also run it as a simple docker run command line by running the following:

```
docker run -d \
  --name=plex \
  --net=host \
  -e PUID=1000 \
  -e PGID=1000 \
  -e VERSION=docker \
  -v /path/to/library:/config \
  -v /path/to/tvseries:/tv \
  -v /path/to/movies:/movies \
  --restart unless-stopped \
  linuxserver/plex:latest

```

This method will run PLEX on the *host* network, but if you want control over ports and you want the network to be *bridge* then run the following docker run block:

```
docker run -d \
  --name=plex \
  --net=bridge \
  -e PUID=1000 \
  -e PGID=1000 \
  -e VERSION=docker \
  -e PLEX_CLAIM= `#optional` \
  -p 32400:32400 \
  -p 1900:1900/udp \
  -p 3005:3005 \
  -p 5353:5353/udp \
  -p 8324:8324 \
  -p 32410:32410/udp \
  -p 32412:32412/udp \
  -p 32413:32413/udp \
  -p 32414:32414/udp \
  -p 32469:32469
  -v /path/to/library:/config \
  -v /path/to/tvseries:/tv \
  -v /path/to/movies:/movies \
  --restart unless-stopped \
  linuxserver/plex:latest

```

---

## Activate HW transcode

Now that you have your PLEX up and running you can go to the **Settings > Transcoder** menu, and locate the **Use hardware acceleration when available** check box.

‼️

**NOTE**: Be sure to **restart** your PLEX server after you have activated this option!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-04-at-14.43.56.png)

Checkbox needed to active HW accelerated transcoding

That will do it for now. You have set up PLEX and told it to use HW acceleration when needed. Next, we will see how and when the HW acceleration will kick in (in the **Test01** section below), and how will it perform overall. As mentioned before if you are not a PLEX Pass user, then HW transcoding will have no meaning for you.

For both tests, I will be mainly using the iOS PLEX official app with the same content being transcoded into the same format (2Mbit, 72op) using HW transcoding.

---

## Test 01 - streaming and using HW transcode (bare metal install)

Starting the content on the iOS PLEX app and pushing it down to 720p (2Mbit) will result in the following CPU utilization on the 918+ model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-08-at-10.18.49.png)

The image above clearly states that the video is being transcoded using the Intel QuickSync feature indicated by the little `(hw)` mark next to the *Transcode* label. This indicates that the video stream is being pushed from its original 1080p down to the desired bitrate using HW transcoding.

🗒️

**NOTE**: If you do not see the `hw` mark it means that the PLEX server will do a pure software transcode operation and stress your NAS quite a bit.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-08-at-10.19.41-1.png)

While HW transcoding is underway we can see the RAM and CPU utilization using the PLEX dashboard. With about 20% CPU utilization this NAS still has a lot of room.

The dashboard presents data for the last 2 minutes, but if we look at the CPU utilization a bit later on, we can see that the CPU will go down regarding utilization while still transcoding the video.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-08-at-10.21.46.png)

As we can see on this image, only 8% CPU utilization (and that includes the whole NAS utilization, not just PLEX) while the content is still being played after the 10:20 AM mark. The jump at about 10:18 was when the content started, and CPU from the PLEX side of things was at about 20%, but at 10:21 it was already down to 8% of total usage and maybe around 2-3% when it comes to the content itself.

What this means is that at certain points in time, PLEX will transcode a larger part of the content and then let it play, when it's coming on the next bit that needs to be transcoded, it will again "kick in" to transcode, and play the next bit.

So if we just focus on the orange color in the graph we can see that the impact of PLEX when it comes to HW transcoding is very low. Does this mean that you can transcode multiple streams at the same time? Yes, it does. It will depend on the quality of the stream you are going for but 3-4 concurrent streams are guaranteed.

Let's see how this will perform on the Docker.

---

## Test 02 - streaming and using HW transcode (Docker install)

Same file, same client, same settings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-05-at-10.47.43.png)

On top of the iOS stream, I have pushed another stream from a macOS device using the Safari web browser.

🗒️

**NOTE**: notice that the stream is **Indirect**, but this is just because this instance of PLEX is running in bridge mode on the same 918+ NAS. To avoid clashing those two, I have pushed it on a custom network and it's registering as a not direct instance. This is the main reason that it is always advised to use PLEX in Docker with host network settings

We can see that the transcoding process is again in HW mode.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-05-at-10.46.24.png)

CPU utilization is about the same about 20% even with a secondary stream.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-05-at-10.49.48.png)

If we look at the 10:37 mark, we can see that the same thing happened as before. Bit of more CPU utilization on the start to catch up with all the HW transcode needs, and then the streaming continues with periodic spikes from about 10-20% when HW transcode again, kicks in.

As we can see, even with concurrent streams, PLEX in Docker can handle itself just as well as running on bare metal.

---

## Conclusion

As we can see there are no major differences between running PLEX natively vs Docker on the same device.

So, what should you choose? I get asked this a lot, and as an avid fan of Docker and containers guess you know the answer. But, I have to be honest that I run it bare metal. Why? Well, I have used PLEX for a long time, over 10y now, and just got used to it that I never saw the need to put it in a container.

Can I do it? Yes, I can even [transfer the existing setup](https://www.blackvoid.club/migrate-your-plex-setup-from-one-synology-nas-to-another/) into a Docker one and carry on. Still, saying all this, because you can use the plex.tv version of PLEX on your Synology there is no real need or fear of being left out regarding features.

Also, the last time I had trouble with PLEX running bare metal was, ahem, never, so that is the main reason. Lazy and it works.

If you are on the other hand determined to use it in Docker, feel free and know what there will be no problem running it just as well.

Feel free to add some comments on this topic and let me know if you have had any problems running PLEX in Docker.
### SRM 1.3 upcoming features
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/srm-1-3-upcoming-feature/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T16:54:42.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 11/05/2022 - The new RT6600ax router has arrived and with it new 1.3 version. Check out more SRM features in the [**following review**](https://www.blackvoid.club/rt6600ax-new-router-for-the-wifi6-era/#setup) of the router itself.

This week we got some interesting information from the official Synology community forum. Not in the form of an official announcement, but as a response from one of Synology's official employees.

In the router section of the forum, specifically on the topic of [VLAN support in SRM](https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/2/post/130414?page=1&sort=oldest&ref=blackvoid.club), you can see the response from Sabrina (@sabrinachen) dated Mar 03, 2021.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-08-at-09.55.55.png)

Official reply on the matter of VLAN support for Synology router lineup

Sabrina @sabrinachen, Synology Staff - Mar 03, 2021

> We'll support VLAN, incl. more customisable SSIDs, on RT2600ac/MR2200ac in the SRM 1.3 release. Home users who aren't familiar with VLAN tagging will also get an "IoT network" by default. As always, we cannot guarantee the release date, but it's very likely that it'll happen this year. We're doing our best to deliver it as early as we can.
> 
> Thanks to everyone who have been requesting and following up on this topic. We don't usually comment on questions regarding future plans (too many unpredictable factors), but this is an exception :)

Well, by the looks of it, we might finally get VLAN support in SRM. Just to be clear, VLAN PPoE tagging is already supported if you for example use an ISP provider that will allow you to connect directly using your router, but a general VLAN for your LAN needs is still not implemented.

### So what do we get?

As we can see you will be able to isolate parts of your LAN for better security, traffic offload, and also the "IoT network" option by default. This will be useful for everyone who always wanted to separate the numerous IoT wifi devices from their default group of devices.

In general, this is great news and excellent that Synology has shared this with the users before even giving a full list of upcoming features.

I will be adding more info on this article if and when we get some new features before they roll out. With DSM 7 active beta currently underway, and no clear indication when it will be published, it will not help in the case of SRM 1.3 for sure, but let's wait and see.

It is a welcome change to read something on the networking part of Synology's lineup considering there is no news on any potential WIFI6 capable new routers on the horizon. Maybe we will be surprised?
### Blackvoid's 2nd-anniversary giveaway!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/blackvoids-2nd-anniversary-giveaway/
Last updated: 2021-03-31T10:39:16.000Z
> UPDATE: 31/03/2021 - The giveaway winner has been randomly selected, congratulations to "PlataOPlomo" for winning this years prize!

> UPDATE: 26/3/2021 - Giveaway is now closed. Thank you all for visiting and participating in this 1st giveaway. The winner will be announced on the 31st of March, the World Backup Day!

Happy **2nd birthday!** Yes, this little blog is 2y old today. In the spirit of this event, and the fact that March is #**WorldBackupDay** (31st of March), Blackvoid.club will be doing a **giveaway**!

> DISCLAIMER: In full disclosure the prized device has been bought with my funds, nobody is paying or sponsoring it. Also, nobody is paying or sponsoring this article or this giveaway in any shape or form but myself. This is a giveaway, not a lottery, so no fee or charge is needed to participate. This is a worldwide giveaway.

## Why this giveaway and what is it?!?

As I have already said it is the second anniversary of the site, and I just wanted to give something back celebrating this moment. Over the last year, BV had on average about 4-5k visits a month, which I think is great considering that this is a niche blog site. Some of you have had positive outcomes using the tutorials on the site, and some got some direct help from me that you were kind enough to repay with some donations. I thank all of you very much, not just the donors but all visitors and people who commented. It is the fact that people find pieces of information useful that drive me forward.

Also, we should all be aware of how nowadays our digital content is extremely important to us, right? Well, if you are not, you should be!

#WorldBackupDay is a day to raise awareness of the importance of your data and keeping it safe.

In the spirit of that awareness, I will be giving out one **free, no-stings-attached, no entry fee**, **no charge**, device that I think will be beneficial to a lot of people out there.

Even though that most topics on this site are Synology related, for my 1st giveaway I have decided not to give a NAS device, but something that you can use in a combination with it, or if you are not a NAS user at all, you can use it on your desktop device.

This is a device that I personally also use (several types to be exact), and I love it. So without further adieu...

Blackvoid's 1st giveaway will be a brand new, unused, [**OWC MERCURY ELITE PRO DUAL MINI!**](https://ln.blackvoid.club/2ndanniversary?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/gallery-hero@2x.jpg)

OWC Mercury Elite PRO Dual Mini

Although small in size, this device is a real little beast. Paired with two SSD drives of **your choice** (SSD are not included!) you can have yourself a real portable, fast, storage that runs on a single USB-C cable!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/MEPmini_front.jpg)

Just so there is no confusion that this is a real giveaway ;)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/MEPmini_back.jpg)

10G specs in a light an portable, single-cable device!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/MEPmini_speedtest.png)

These are the results of my "older" model of this device from 2018\. Speeds will also depend on the RAID array type and SSDs inside. (RAID0 setup in this example)

## Giveaway rules

To participate in this giveaway here are the rules:

This giveaway will be active from **March 1th (00:00 CEST)** till **March 25th, 2021 (23:59 CEST)**.

1. At the bottom of this article, you will find the comment section, **register with a valid email account** (it will be used to contact you in case you win)
2. **Comment as a registered user** and tell me how do you keep your data safe so far, as well as how do you see this device being beneficial for you. **Note that comments on this article alone will be part of the giveaway!**

> NOTE: Empty comments, or "+1", "Me PLS!!!" will not be taken into consideration. Please make an effort to comment as step 2 instructed. Also, make sure not to double post. Once you are ready to post, **click ONCE** and wait for the comment to appear. Sometimes it can take 1sec longer for your comment to become visible.

That's it! You are in.

> NOTE: the email addresses that are part of the registration in the comment section **will not be used** for any other activity other than **contacting the winner** of this giveaway (and the winner alone). Blackvoid **will not sell, exploit or send newsletters, digest emails** or perform any similar activities using the registered email addresses.

## Announcing the winner

Any comments made after March 25th will not be taken into consideration as part of the giveaway.

The winner will be chosen randomly (comments that meet the criteria of step 2) and contacted on their registered email.

The **winner** **will be contacted** from this email address: **info@blackvoid.tech** on the **26th of March 2021**.

**The winner will have 48h** to respond and send her/his contact information needed for the successful delivery of this prize.

If the initial winner will not respond within 48h, another winner will be chosen and given another 48h to respond.

If there will be no response in the second wave **by March 30th (00:00 CEST)**, the **giveaway will be void**.

Official, public announcement of the giveaway winner will be on March 31st in a new article on this year's #WorldBackupDay. There will also be an update in this current article on the top.

I wish you all good luck and hope you will be interested in this year's prize. Thank you in advance for participating and visiting blackvoid.club!
### Synology quick tips!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-quick-tips/
Last updated: 2026-04-22T17:36:58.000Z
This will be an article on all the quick tips that I think users need to remember when it comes to using their Synology products. I will be adding more over time, and you are welcome to contribute in the comment section below.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****1# RAID is not a backup!** 

Most (first-time) users confuse RAID with backup. RAID is not a backup. End of discussion. RAID is only a way to have your data accessible in case one or more members of your array stop working. That's it.

If you have a RAID1 (mirror) array with two drives, that doesn't mean that they are backups of one another; it only means they will maintain the same data, just in case one of those two drives dies (and they will).

So, be sure not to think that data on your NAS is automatically backed up if it's living on some sort of RAID array. If that data is just on that array and not on your computer, for example, then it's not a backup. It is still on a single device that can die horribly in a fire, regardless of the number of drives that it has. Then what will you do?

---

## 
  
  
💡

****2# Backup your backup**

Not something that most users think about when it comes to backup. If they start to back up their data in the first place, that is already a win, but backing up that backup is something most users don't do.

It would be best to have a backup of your backup because what will you do when your backup becomes inaccessible for any reason?

If you want proper backup, then follow the **3>2>1 backup rule**. **3** copies of your data > on **2** separate media types (NAS, tapes, DVDs, etc) > and **1** of them should be offsite (family home, car, office, cloud, etc).

---

## 
  
  
💡

****3# Minimum privileges for your users**

As much as it's great to have a NAS unit that you can share with your friends and family, it can also become dangerous in terms of what those users can do with apps, services, and data that are being hosted on that device.

Give all your users (that does include you!) the minimum permissions that are needed to perform all the tasks.

If you end up giving everyone full permission, you will end up in trouble. More detailed info is in my [Syno 101 series](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/101/).

---

## 
  
  
💡

****4# "+ over J"**

This might not be clear off the bat, but if you are unfamiliar with the Synology NAS lineup, all of their models have a suffix at the end of their name that will tell you what "class" the device belongs to.

For example, DS220j, DS220+, DS418play, RS3621xs+, etc.

Without going into details, it's best to consult the Synology site for details when it comes to models, but what I wanted to say was that a first-time buyer might aim high when it comes to apps and services, and in the end, get a NAS from the wrong class that, on paper, can do the tasks, but not that well.

The bottom line is, to be very clear about what you want your NAS to do, and can that specific model cope with all that demand? IMHO, even if you are getting a first NAS for your humble needs, try and get a "+" model. There is nothing wrong with the "J" (entry) model lineup, but you need to be aware of the limitations.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****5# Plan your array configuration**

Once you get your NAS and you start to configure it, one of the first things that you will need to do is configure your drives in a potential RAID array.

🗒️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that you don't have to configure your drives as part of an array; it is just an option.

Review the space that you need, the number of drives, and whether you will mix the drives (capacities) or not. Also, be sure to mind the fact that you will migrate later on to a model that does not support the Synology SHR array type!

Best to use the [Synology RAID calculator](https://www.synology.com/en-us/support/RAID%5Fcalculator?ref=blackvoid.club) as a starting point.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****6# Careful with hardening**

As much as it is important to harden your NAS as much as possible, be sure not to lock yourself out of it or prevent access in case your "main" access route is not accessible for any reason.

If you access your NAS remotely, this is particularly important because there could be several reasons that your access will not work (ISP provider, firewall, remote location network policies, etc). It is important to allow yourself access to be mindful when it comes to "locking your NAS down".

Consult the [Security and access article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access/) on most of the options that you can use to harden your NAS and access it.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****7# Stay up-to-date and read the release notes!**

Maybe this one should be higher up the list, but there is no right or wrong here; staying up-to-date is imperative today, especially if you are exposing your NAS to the Internet.

Be sure to **READ** the notes before you apply the patch, and also, remove the auto-patch option for DSM and the apps. This will save you a ton of problems if they do happen as a result of a bad patch. Keep in mind that, as much as staying up-to-date is important, it is best to do it on your own terms.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****8# Configure a static IP address for your NAS**

Once you start using your NAS, it would be good if you could fix its LAN IP address to a static value to avoid your NAS "floating" around your network.

Considering that the NAS device is a server, it would be best to have it anchored to a specific IP address rather than to look for it around the network from time to time.

Be sure to set these values in **Control Panel > Network > Network Interface** \> LAN adapter

---

## 
  
  
💡

****9# Change default DSM ports (5000/5001)**

By best practice, you should change your default DSM ports from their current values of 5000/5001 (HTTP/HTTPS) to some other custom ones.

Especially if you are publishing your NAS on the Internet. Go to **Control Panel > Network > DSM Settings**.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****10# Avoid installing 3rd party apps from the package center if you can**

There is a large number of apps and services that your NAS can run. Most of them are installed and maintained via the Package Center. With Synology's policy and way of thinking, you might want to consider not installing any non-Synology apps from the package center.

The reason is that Synology is on a path to terminate more and more 3rd party apps from their Package Center. If you depend on any of them, it would be smart to start looking for an alternative in terms of running those same apps on your NAS via the Docker platform.

This will not work for anyone, because Docker is not supported on all models, and it will depend on your current NAS CPU if you can or can't run it.

Another reason to check QT 4# "+ over J" is to reevaluate your choice for a smart long-term purchase.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****11# Disable 2FA via SSH**

As much as 2FA (second-factor authentication) increases security, you could get into trouble if you can't get past it.

It can fail for any number of reasons (not often or at all for some people), for example, time and date being out of sync, maybe you forgot your mobile device, maybe your mobile device has failed, etc.

One way to get logged back into DSM (unless you have an account that is in the *admin* class and has no 2FA (bad move btw), you will have two options.

1. reset your NAS login and network parameters (so-called reset stage 1)
2. disable 2FA via SSH (you need to have SSH access to your NAS for this to work)

Log in to your NAS via SSH and go into root mode with `sudo -i`. Then perform these two operations:

```
cd /usr/syno/etc/preference/<yourAccountName>/
mv google_authenticator foogle_authenticator

```

You will move into the user folder with the `cd` command and remove the 2FA with the second `mv` command. Now you can log into your NAS and fix the cause of the problem.

In case this does not work, and your **admin** account is disabled, follow these steps.

Log in to your NAS via SSH and go into root mode with `sudo -i`. Then perform these two operations:

1. Enter `synouser --setpw admin 1`. At this point, the admin account has a password "1" but it is disabled. To enable the account, follow these steps.
2. Enter `synouser --modify admin admin 0 me@email.com`
3. Now use the web UI and log in as **admin** with password **1**. Go to Control Panel > Users & Groups, select your account, and disable 2FA on it.

Once you have checked that the time on your NAS is back in sync, configure 2FA again and **disable the admin** account.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****12# Not every NAS is a PLEX server**

This one ties a bit into No.4 on the list, but still, I wanted to point it out.

Media streaming is very popular nowadays, and with so much storage and power in some of these models, it is no wonder that people want to use them for their PLEX servers.

Keep in mind that not all NAS models are good for this role, and some might need a Plex Pass subscription to be in the "valid" category. Also, AMD-powered NAS models are not a good buy if you intend to stream via PLEX.

Consult before you go buy one of these devices for the sole purpose of streaming.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****13# Keep your NAS time and date up-to-date**

From time to time, you might get into trouble if your NAS time and date are not up to date.

For example, being unable to log in if you have 2FA active, or maybe your apps are unable to be updated from the Package Center. The reason for this is that if your NAS is too much out of sync, it will not work with one-time password mechanisms or be able to pull new app versions from the HTTPS locations where a valid certificate is active.

If your NAS is requesting that information from any point in time (too far into the future, or way back in the past) other than the current, up-to-date, you will start to have problems.

**Control Panel > Regional Options** is the place to go. Double-check the time zone and time settings, and be sure to hit that **Update now** button.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****14# Use FQDN and port number with Synology mobile apps**

If you are running your Synology apps over a reverse proxy setup on a custom domain name, you might get into trouble while accessing your services using Synology mobile apps.

Even though apps have the option to select the protocol you are using (HTTP/HTTPS), and you are using the default 443 port, you still might not be able to log into your services using those apps.

The problem is simple: you need to use your FQDN format **AND** port number, even if that port number is a default HTTPS 443.

Something like this: `https://app.domain.com:443`

---

## 
  
  
💡

****15# Elevate to root permissions via SSH**

In case you need to elevate your account to the root level via SSH use the following command:

```
sudo -i

```

---

## 
  
  
💡

****16# Limitations when expanding your RAID array**

At some point, you will have to expand your pool or volume, and you might want to consult the [following link](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/help/DSM/StorageManager/storage%5Fpool%5Fexpand%5Fadd%5Fdisk?ref=blackvoid.club) for details on that.

The main point here is that you will probably have one of two situations:

SHR volume (SHR or SHR2)  
Conventional RAID volume (RAID0,1,5,6,10...)

Depending on those two options, bear these pieces of information in mind!

For SHR: The capacity of the drive you intend to add **must be equal to or larger than the largest drive in the storage pool**, or equal to any of the drives in the storage pool. Example: If an SHR storage pool is composed of three drives (2 TB, 1.5 TB, and 1 TB), we recommend that the newly-added drive should be at least 2 TB for better capacity usage. You can consider adding 1.5 TB and 1 TB drives, but please note that some capacity of the 2 TB drive will remain unused.

For RAID 5, RAID 6, or RAID F1: The capacity of the drive you intend to add **must be equal to or larger than the smallest drive in the storage pool**. Example: If a RAID 5, RAID 6, or RAID F1 storage pool is composed of three drives (2 TB, 1.5 TB, and 1 TB), then the capacity of the new drive must be at least 1 TB.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****17# There is no DSM downgrade**

In case you were wondering, no, you can't. You can't officially downgrade the DSM version. If you jumped on a new version of DSM and you want to downgrade for whatever reason, forget it.

Well, that's not completely true, but keep in mind that there are unsupported ways to bring your NAS back to previous versions. Just remember, do that at your own risk!

Read up a bit on [the process ](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-to-dsm-6-downgrade/)first, before trying it, just so you are clear on what needs to be done.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****18# Test your backups**

While having a backup (or 2) is an important matter, having a working backup is even more so. Be sure to test your backups from time to time so you don't get surprised when the time comes.

Test them once in a while (every 3-6 months), depending on the method of backup. Do a random check on a random set of files and see how the result turns up.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****19# Check for incompatible HDD/SSD models**

When you decide to get a Synology NAS, be sure to visit the [**Product compatibility page**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) before you set your heart on the NAS device and the drives.

The main reason is that Synology has started to list incompatible HDDs (and SSDs) for their devices. With their brand of drives being pushed in the RS lineup, the DS lineup might have some disks that will not be officially supported. Those might end up causing you problems, and Synology will not support devices that use unsupported parts.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****20# Change DSM 7 login panel position**

In case the DSM-7 login panel position on the right-hand side is a problem for you, and you want it centered, you can do a quick CSS modification to make this happen.

1. log in to your NAS via SSH as `root`
2. go to: `/usr/syno/synoman/webman/login/css` location
3. edit the `login.css` file
4. change the `.login-tab-panel` selector `flex` value from `2 0 500px` to `100%`
5. save changes

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-18-at-14.07.58.png)

---

## 
  
  
💡

****21# Common commands when using the** ***vi** **editor**

When using your NAS, there might be a time when you will have to make a change to a file while logged into it via SSH. For this, you can use the `vi` editor. Here are some common commands:

`i` \- insert/edit mode  
`ESC` \- exit insert/edit mode  
`:wq` \- save changes and quit (followed by return key)  
`:q!` \- quit without saving changes (followed by return key)

---

## 
  
  
💡

****22# Clear DSM and system settings in one go**

If you want to hand over or sell your NAS, or you want to start from scratch with all the settings, both system and data, then you can use the following option.

Using the DSM **Control Panel> Update & Restore> System Reset> Factory Reset** function, you can return the NAS to its factory state in one go.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-27-at-20.10.58.png)

All data will be erased, and the DSM system will need to be configured from scratch.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****23# Did you know you can now restore your NAS data and DSM OS from backup?**

With the introduction of DSM 7.1, Synology has implemented a way to restore DSM OS, apps, settings, as well as data from a single backup/restore process. To make this happen, you will need one more NAS with **Active Backup for Business** running, and soon the same will be possible using **Synology C2 Backup** cloud.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/DSM71_abb_disaster_en.jpg)

More info on this is in the following [**article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-business-dsm-7-1-disaster-recovery/).

---

## 
  
  
💡

****24# Did you know Synology has a whole lineup of "cloud" services?**

Even before DSM7, Synology started to offer its "cloud" platform called **Synology C2**. At the moment, six (6) platforms offer various options. Some are free, some are commercial.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_C2_new_features_v2-1.jpg)

Be sure to check them out [**here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-a-cloud-for-safe-data/). A list of all articles on the matter of C2 can be found [**here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/c2/).

---

## 
  
  
💡

****25# Synology NAS can run WireGuard VPN**

While Synology NAS acts both as a VPN server and client, the supported protocols do not include WireGuard. Still, using a build SPK package and Docker\* (on selected models), there is a way to run the WireGuard VPN server.

This setup will allow the user to connect back to any local resource in the network.

For more details, follow the two-part article using the following links

[Wireguard SPK for your Synology NASHow to build your Wireguard Synology SPK for DSM 6.2 or 7.1 using Docker to get support for the new VPN standard![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_spk.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-spk-for-your-synology-nas/)

[Wireguard VPN for your Synology NASHow to run your private Wireguard VPN server on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/)

---

## 
  
  
💡

****26# Synology Active Backup for Business supports Apple macOS**

Since the 2.5 version of Active Backup for Business, Synology has implemented full support for macOS. This means that we are now able to back up any Intel or Apple SOC (M1, M2, M3...) Mac is using ABB.

Both file and full system restore options are available. More details are in the following article.

[Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 - support for macOS is hereAfter years of waiting, #Synology Active Backup for Business 2.5 finally supports #Apple #macOS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/11/abb_macos.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-active-backup-for-business-2-5-support-for-macos-is-here/)

---

## 
  
  
💡

****27# How to mount an external USB device via the command line?**

There might be situations when the attached USB device (HDD or SSD) is unmounted. To avoid rebooting the NAS or unplugging it and then plugging it back in, we can run the command via SSH or Task Scheduler (via web UI).

```bash
sudo sh -c "echo 0 > /sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/authorized"
sudo sh -c "echo 1 > /sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/authorized"
```

Depending on whether the attached USB device has been registered in the system, the command line will have to be altered to accommodate the name of the device: `usb1` or `usbX` , etc.

The same lines can be configured to be executed as `root` via Task Schedule inside the Control Panel.

---

## 
  
  
💡

****28# Check the HDD compatibility list before buying a NAS**

Synology has long enforced strict third‑party HDD compatibility. The official [compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) for each device is available on Synology’s website and specifies the vendors and drive models certified for that NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2025/08/Screenshot-2025-08-24-at-19.15.02.png)

DS925+ non-enterprise compatible disk list (August 2025)

With the 2025 x25 models and DSM 7.3, the policy changed. The introduction of the new HCL 5.0 has unlocked any 3rd party drive to work with X25 DS+ models. However, to avoid warranty or support issues, make sure you purchase drives listed as compatible for your specific NAS, whether it be from the RS or higher tier!

---

## 
  
  
💡

****29# Beestation Plus support Plex and surveillance features**

For anyone looking to start small in the world of self-hosting, as well as minimize maintenance but unlock as much potential as possible, the new Beestation lineup could be the right fit.

Beestation Plus (unlike the initial Beestation) officially offers Plex support as well as surveillance capabilities with the introduction of the new BeeCamera feature.

[Synology Beestation Plus reviewThe latest #Synology #BeeStationPlus is here! More storage, more speed, and now with #AI assisted photo management as well as #PLEX support![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-22.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beestation_plus_review-7.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beestation-plus-review/)

[Synology BeeCamera Mobile - turn your BeeStation Plus into an NVRCan #Synology #CC400W camera and #Beestation Plus offer a decent #surveillance solution with a new #BeeCamera Mobile app?![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-23.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/beecamera-1.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-beecamera-mobile-turn-your-beestation-plus-into-an-nvr/)

---

## 
  
  
💡

****30# Adopt the 3-2-1-1-0 backup strategy!**

A 3-2-1-1-0 backup strategy means:

- **3** copies of your data (original + 2 backups)
- **2** different storage media types (e.g., disk + tape, or disk + cloud)
- **1** copy stored offsite (geographically separate location)
- **1** copy that's air-gapped (completely disconnected from the network)
- **0** errors when you restore (verified, tested restores)

This is an enhanced version of the traditional 3-2-1 backup rule. The additional "1-0" adds extra security and reliability:

- The air-gapped copy protects against ransomware or malware that could compromise connected systems
- The zero errors emphasis means you should regularly test your backup restoration process to ensure they actually work

With the [ActiveProtect](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/activeprotect/) line of devices, this setup is possible while maintaining and staying inside the Synology ecosystem.

[Synology DP7400 reviewThe NEW #Synology #DataProtection lineup is here with #DP7400 as their current flagship model. All backup needs orchestrating with ActiveProtect Manager!![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-49.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp7400_review-13.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp7400-review/)

[Synology DP320 reviewThe smallest member of the new #Synology #ActiveProtect #DataProtection line, the #DP320 is a two-bay turn-key #backup appliance![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-50.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/dp320_review-11.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-dp320-review/)

[Synology ActiveProtect Manager reviewIn-depth review of the new #Synology #ActiveProtectManager OS running their latest #DataProtection enterprise lineup.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/c2eaaffe492b8706-2-51.jpg)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/apm_cover-14.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-activeprotect-manager-review/)

## Sign up for free, today!

Verified Synology news portal

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. No emails. Unsubscribe anytime.
### DSM 6.2.4-25554 is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm/
Last updated: 2021-04-20T17:41:36.000Z
> UPDATE 09/04/21 - added info on the matter of having BTRFS problems on some x20 and x18 model

**DO NOT update to 6.2.4 version if you have any of these models running BTRFS**:

```
DS420j
DS220j
DS418j
DS218play
DS118

```

Synology has confirmed a problem with DSM 6.2.4 on selected models that have been reported for some users.

[Synology community official info](https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/1/post/142519?ref=blackvoid.club) from **Martin Chou** (@martinchou).

The problem is that if you own any of the mentioned models with BTRFS volume already in place, and you update to the 6.2.4 version you will end up with a problem with your **volume no longer accessible**.

The problem is that the volume will register as a BTRFS volume while those models do not support BTRFS at all due to a "mistake" (as Synology calls it) that was in effect before 6.2.4.

You will be faced with the following warning:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/1617948513_WQRhJ.png)

DSM 6.2.4 volume problem on selected models

You will have only two options to get your data back:

1. Migrate the HDDs to the model which supports the BTRFS file system (Recommend)
2. Recreate the ext4 volume:  
a. Please contact technical support to mount the volume.  
b. Backup the data.  
c. Remove the volume  
d. Recreate the ext4 volume

A nasty bug from Synology side. Do not try and do any repairs yourself without consulting the support unless you already have a valid backup of your data.

---

> UPDATE 08/03/21: New 6.2.4-25556 info added

**UPDATE**: version 25554 is no longer, and it was replaced with version 25556, bringing these changes to the list:

- Fixed an issue where external hard drives couldn’t wake from hibernation on certain platforms (Grantley, Broadwell, Broadwellnk, Broadwellntbap, Purley).
- Fixed an issue where users could not sign in to Synology mobile apps after they had cleared the remembered device list in DSM 6.2.4.

---

Today Synology pushed out a new version of its current DSM 6 version tagged as 6.2.4-25554.

Hopefully, it will not get pulled, as this has started to become a popular move from Synology. Would advise you to hold off for about a week or 10 days before pushing this update on your device.

I have upgraded one of my extra devices today on day 1, the DS918+.

In case your DSM will still not pick up the update, you can get it manually from the following location for all models.

[https://ln.blackvoid.club/dsm624](https://ln.blackvoid.club/dsm624?ref=blackvoid.club)

Here is the current info on the release:

**Version: 6.2.4-25554**  
(2021-02-23)

Important Note

Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click here to manually update it.  
The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.  
This update will restart your Synology NAS.

**Compatibility & Installation**

1. Enhanced the password policy. Passwords must exclude usernames and descriptions, include both upper-case and lower-case letters as well as numerical digits. The minimum password length is 8 characters.
2. Fixed a compatibility issue between the Geminilake platform and virtual machines running Windows 10.
3. On a newly installed version of DSM, file rename and deletion log events for SMB will be enabled by default.

**What's New**

1. Users can now set 10 email addresses to receive system notifications.
2. Enhanced domain database synchronization performance by syncing only altered data.
3. Supports bad block detection on Synology SSDs.
4. Supports the updating of Synology HDD and SSD firmware directly via DSM.
5. Improved fan speed control based on the Synology network interface card temperature for 19-series and newer models.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where the "Enable Web Assistant" option didn't work on NVR216 and NVR1218.
2. Fixed an issue where the date and time formats for scheduled tasks were inconsistent in the widget and system settings.
3. Fixed an issue where scheduled tasks may fail to be executed or modified.
4. Fixed an issue where tasks scheduled at a high frequency generated a lot of logs and occupied system partitions.
5. Fixed an issue where the custom welcome text may differ on the preview and actual login page due to character limits.
6. Fixed an issue where data could still be written to LUNs after the volume runs out of space.
7. Fixed an issue where if Wi-Fi dongles are installed, some available network interfaces weren't listed when users edit iSCSI targets.
8. Fixed an issue where iSCSI services may be unstable when the host is too busy or when users disable iSCSI targets and ending sessions simultaneously.
9. Fixed an issue where initiators couldn't connect to the iSCSI target after ethernet interfaces reconnect in a high-availability cluster.
10. Fixed an issue where packages may not operate properly when drives migrated from another Synology NAS cause volume ID conflicts.
11. Fixed an issue where users may not be able to find their Synology NAS in My Network Places on Windows when WS-Discovery isn't operating properly.
12. Fixed an issue where Log Center didn't record recycle bin enabling/disabling events.
13. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Sudo. (Synology-SA-21:02)
14. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. (Synology-SA-21:03)

**Limitations**

In response to the enhancement of domain database synchronization efficiency, the domain user/group list will be updated once an hour when it is created with Synology Directory Server.

So far there are no visible problems with the release, and the update took about 1min to perform (on an SSD array). Reboot was required, as indicated in the notes.

## What's new

There are a few things that I would like to reflect on in this update. As you might be aware or not, Synology has started last year to push out its "own" [SSDs](https://www.blackvoid.club/b/), and [HDDs](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-hdd-s-spotted/), as well as [NVMe](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-m-2-nvme-snv3000-800g-drives-and-10-25gbe-pci/) modules.

In this patch, we have gotten a few "new" features regarding the new drives now being used with their new and current NAS models.

1. Supports bad block detection on Synology SSDs.
2. Supports the updating of Synology HDD and SSD firmware directly via DSM.

So looks like there are now options built inside the DSM that will help with bad block detection on their brand of SSDs as well as the option to update HDD and SSD firmware directly from DSM.

How will that look and work, I don't know, considering that I am not running with those drives at this moment, but it is nice to see these options coming in DSM.

Another new feature that was pushed in this version is the option to add multiple email recipients for email notifications, up to 10.

1. Users can now set 10 email addresses to receive system notifications.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-23-at-12.31.24.png)

Up to 10 email addresses for your email notifications

Keep in mind that this will apply to all the notifications that you have setup. You can't decide what account will get what notifications.

Finally, as always, security fixes are last on the list. There were several in the past weeks not just affecting DSM but also specific packages and apps (Docker for example).

In this 6.2.4 patch, there is two security patch that is fresh and currently still ongoing for all the other Synology platforms, not just DSM.

### [Synology-SA-21:03 DSM](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F21%5F03?ref=blackvoid.club)

### [Synology-SA-21:02 Sudo](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F21%5F02?ref=blackvoid.club)

I will post an update on this article if there will be any reported major problems with this release.
### NEW M.2 NVMe SNV3000 800G drives and 10/25Gbe PCI add-in cards
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-m-2-nvme-snv3000-800g-drives-and-10-25gbe-pci/
Last updated: 2021-03-18T14:22:25.000Z
Synology is on the go by the looks of it. Not just are they working on the latest DSM 7 OS version that should come out this spring/summer, but also are pushing their hardware elements further.

[Last year we go new NVMe and SATA SSDs](https://www.blackvoid.club/b/) marking the beginning of Synology's attempt to enter the enterprise market.

Just a few weeks ago, they also [announced their HDD lineup](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-hdd-s-spotted/) of drives with three capacity options.

Well, today, we got some more new hardware. More official info on this in the [press release](https://ln.blackvoid.club/nvme800press?ref=blackvoid.club).

## New SNV3000 series 800GB drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-20-at-10.37.11.png)

Adding to their last year's 400GB drives, this time around we got new 800GB models that are as well as the existing drives covered by a 5y warranty.

All the technical specifications can be found in the [**SNV3000 datasheet**](https://ln.blackvoid.club/snv3000?ref=blackvoid.club).

The main "upgrade" to these new drives are performance and durability. New 800GB models have a **Sequential Write (128KB, QD32)** that is doubled then the 400GB one, up to **1GB/s** while **Random Write (4KB, QD256)** has jumped from 40k IOPS to **70 000 IOPS**, not bad at all.

Also **Terabytes Written (TBW)** on the new modules is almost **1PB** (988TB).

Exclusively for the 3500-800GB (so the M.2 22110 model), there is also support for PLP (Power Loss Protection).

Not bad at all.

If that was not enough, we also got some new add-in cards in the range of 10 and even 25Gbe speed. Did I mention they were dual ports with support for aggregation? Yes, they are.

## Dual-port E10G21-F2 and E25G21-F2

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-20-at-10.53.38.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-20-at-10.54.00.png)

New dual-port network cards are here to bring even more speed to your NAS devices and are compatible with a range of units\*. Both models are compatible with almost the exact NAS lineup with a few exceptions, so be sure to double-check it before you go and rush order that 25GbE one.

### [E10G21-F2 datasheet](https://ln.blackvoid.club/e10g21f2?ref=blackvoid.club)

**E10G21-F2** (SFP+) are compatible with the following models:

FS series:FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS3017, FS2017, FS1018  
SA series:SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D  
UC series:UC3200  
21 series:RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+  
20 series:RS820RP+, RS820+  
19 series:RS1619xs+, DS2419+, DS1819+  
18 series:RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, DS3018xs, DS1618+  
17 series:RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, DS3617xs

### [E25G21-F2 datasheet](https://ln.blackvoid.club/e25g21f2?ref=blackvoid.club)

\*While **E25G21-F2** (SFP28 ) are compatible with the following models:

FS series:FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS3017, FS2017, FS1018  
SA series:SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D  
UC series:UC3200  
21 series:RS4021xs+, RS3621xs+, RS3621RPxs, RS1221RP+, RS1221+, DS1821+, DS1621xs+, DS1621+  
19 series:RS1619xs+  
18 series:RS3618xs, DS3018xs  
17 series:RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, DS3617xs

As I said at the begining, the complete new linup that we have now is covered by a 5y warrenty.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/image.png)
### Synology 101 - Part 5: Security & access
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access/
Last updated: 2024-02-11T19:36:15.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: Added ****Secure SignIn** reference under "***Hardening your user account**" heading.

Here we are at the end of this [101](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/101/) series. To wrap this up, this article will focus on security and secure access in general. You will see what would be best to do in specific cases to maintain your security but still not trouble yourself too much when you need access to your NAS. Mainly when accessing the NAS from the outside world.

Having access to your data at any time is almost essential nowadays. Using a NAS but not having some access to it while outside your home, limits you in many ways. Still, saying this does not mean that it is a bad thing, but also thinking that you are 100% safe is an illusion. Just to be clear, if you have no connection to the outside world means you can't be attacked as well. Best to do all you can to avert as much threat as possible, than to regret it later on.

Here are the main elements that this article will cover:

**GENERAL HARDENING OPTIONS**

- DSM and app updates
- Port configuration
- QuickConnect, DDNS, custom domain
- SSL certificates
- Firewall

**USER HARDENING AND SECURE ACCESS**

- Hardening your user account
- 2FA
- Trusted/untrusted client settings (former AutoBlock)
- Password manager
- App and data permissions
- Secure SignIN (DSM 7 only)

**SECURE METHODS OF ACCESS VIA THE INTERNET**

- VPN
- Reverse Proxy

## General hardening options

There are a lot of elements that you need to include when it comes to making your NAS as a platform secure. It doesn't matter if you are a light user or a family with many heavy users, the point is that you should take all the steps that you can to minimize the attack surface towards your NAS, your data, and apps and services.

### DSM and app updates

I guess the essential thing with any system is to keep it up to date. Just to be clear, this does NOT mean that the latest and greatest version is something you should be blindly going for. Read up on the changes and update/patch if needed.

The main elements that you should be focusing on are security and exploits, then the fixes (if you are having a problem with some core elements), and then new features.

⚠️

****WARNING**: Remember that with ****DSM updates** there is ****no official way to roll back**. Once you update you are stuck (officially).

An example of a valid update would be this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-13-at-13.42.53.png)

Part of the DSM release notes

As you can see from the image above, security problems are addressed usually down in the list, way down, unless there is a critical problem. So be sure to **read the whole release log** before hitting the update button.

While we are on the subject of security problems with DSM and its apps, it would be a good practice to keep an eye on the [**Security Advisor**](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory?ref=blackvoid.club) web page on the main Synology site.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-13-at-13.46.33.png)

Part of the security advisory page with resolved and ongoing issues for both DSM and its apps

Once you are sure that the update is beneficial for you proceed with the actual update process. There are two (2) ways you can do it:

Online - NAS that has a connection to the Internet  
Offline - NAS that is "sandboxed" in LAN access only

**The online process** includes the following:

1. Log into the DSM web portal
2. Open up Control Panel > Update & Restore
3. Let DSM do a check
4. Click "Download" after a new update has been detected
5. Reboot (this will happen automatically in 99% of the time)
6. Log in and check if everything is ok

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.21.22.png)

An example of a pending update

**The offline process** includes the following:

1. Go to Download Center on Synology.com ([https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club))
2. Locate your NAS and download the DSM version using the big blue "Download" button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-13-at-14.00.22.png)

Download the latest version of the DSM

🚨

****NOTE**: Be sure to ****read the release notes** (link on the far righthand side). Also, notice that only the major version of DSM is reported in the name, the rest of the details are again in the notes

1. Log into the DSM web portal
2. Open up Control Panel > Update & Restore
3. Click the "Manual DSM update" button
4. Browse your DSM installation file
5. Update & Reboot (this will also happen automatically)
6. Log in and check if everything is ok

Now that you are all patched up, you can move on with the other steps. Keep your NAS as much as up to date as possible to avoid nasty day 0 situations and exploits.

An example of one scenario when you are not patched up (this was not a day 0 situation but still) is a Synology incident from August 2014 called "Synolocker". You can read more on that [here](https://www.synology.com/en-global/security/advisory/SynoLocker?ref=blackvoid.club). The point was that the exploit was done using a security problem that was patched a while back, but because many users were not up to date (and had other vulnerable points that will be covered by this article) they had their data encrypted. Another point is to have a valid backup am I right?

### Port configuration

In this section, we will move to one of the main elements of minimizing your web presence, modifying default DSM ports.

If we reflect briefly at the end of the previous point and mention Synolocker, one crucial part of how an owner became a victim of that ransomware, was the fact that they were using standard default DSM ports, 5000 and 5001.

Even if you are not considering opening your NAS to the Internet, it is a good thing to change its default ports. To do that follow these steps:

1. Log into DSM
2. Open up Control Panel > Network > DSM settings (last tab)
3. Change both 5000 and 5001
4. Wait for the browser and DSM to reload
5. Check if you are on a custom port in the web browser URL

Now that was not too hard, was it? With this single change, you will be already off a large number of radars out there gunning for familiar ports such as these. If you want access to your NAS from the Internet then you will have to port forward those custom ports on your router to get access. More on this in the following section.

### QuickConnect, DDNS, custom domain

When it comes to remote access to your NAS and its apps and services, you will have multiple choices here. Some of the most common ones are **QuickConnect**, **DDNS** (Dynamic DNS), and using your **custom domain** via [reverse proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/).

All have pros and cons so let's reflect on those a bit.

**QuickConnect** is the easiest way to get back to your NAS. It will not require any configuration on your part when it comes to port forward and router configuration but you need to be aware of how it works. 

To activate QC go to **Control Panel > QuickConnect** and enable it. Give it a custom name and it will generate a unique QC name. 

💡

****NOTE**: You will need to have a valid [****Synology Account**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-account-portal/). This can be created from the same location. It will be beneficial considering that more and more apps and services from the Synology side are using it as well as the upcoming DSM7 (C2, Hybrid Share, Configuration backup, Synology Community site, etc)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.24.20.png)

QuickConnect settings

There are two ways that QC will try and establish a connection to your NAS:

**QuickConnect relay service**: Your QuickConnect connection will be relayed via the Synology Relay Server when direct QuickConnect access to the Synology NAS is not possible under the current network environment.

**Quickconnect direct**: When your Synology NAS is under a UPnP-enabled router, the router will be informed to create port forwarding rules for QuickConnect.

So what this means is that in case one you will go via Synology replay server (Taiwan) and eventually get connected to your NAS. Case two, if you have a UPnP router it will automatically configure ports needed for a direct connection to your NAS.

Now, I don't use QC for both reasons. One, I don't want to be relayed as it increases access time and two, I like to control my ports because I have UPnP disabled. Would advise having it closed as well. Well, you might ask what then? Then you go via the DDNS route.

**DDNS** is short for Dynamic DNS meaning that you will be able to have a custom domain name with one of the DDNS registers and that will allow you to connect back to your NAS using that name and not a public IP address. More so, if your IP address changes from time to time, DDNS will keep track of it and map your active/fresh public IP address to your DDNS name. That way you will not be locked out from your NAS if your ISP changes your public IP address.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.25.07.png)

DDNS configuration wizard

The only "downside" with this approach is that you will need to maintain your port configuration when it comes to port forwarding and opening ports for each service on your NAS you want access to.

I said downside, but it is an upside because you will have full control of what traffic comes in your LAN and on what port. When it comes to security, this is the best way if you need to "open up" in the first place.

To configure DDNS access on your NAS, you will again go to **Control Panel > External Access** and on the **DDNS** tab start the wizard.

You will have a large number of providers at your disposal and note that Synology is on the top of the list. Yes, they also offer DDNS services with a large number of root domains. So your domain can for example be *mydomain.synology.me*.

The upside of using Synology DDNS is that you will automatically be issued a Let's Encrypt SSL certificate to protect your outside access by getting a shiny green SSL secure lock pad next to your public name: https://mydomain.synology.me.

Other 3rd party DDNS registers will not have support for this and you will have to manually import a certificate that you will have to generate on your own.

**Custom domains** are an option to host and terminate your custom public domain name on your NAS, for example, to use with a website being hosted on your NAS, or any 3rd party service that you want.

The way this works is that you will register a domain name with Dreamhost, GoDaddy, and the like and then configure any custom subdomain name to point to your NAS where the service lives.

When a traffic request hits your router you can transfer it using a built-in reverse proxy mechanism and redirect it to an app or service that lives on your NAS. For example, *https://app1.mydomain.com* needs to activate services on your NAS at *http://172.50.25.30:8080*. This way your app is not exposed on a default port 8080 using a non-encrypted protocol, but rather it's using HTTPS protocol on a default 443 port (that you don't have to enter because it is the default HTTPS port). The result is a secure connection that looks very descriptive and clean.

This method will again mean that you have to have control of your ports (in this case 443) on your router but the upside is that you will have to open up only a single port that will guide all your requests towards a reverse proxy on any custom port. As a result, your attack surface when it comes to your NAS is just a single 443 port and not a custom port for each of your apps.

### SSL certificates

While we are on the subject of SSL certificates, you can use any custom SSL certificate that you have issued with any 3rd party provider or you can create a free Let'sEncrypt one right inside DSM UI.

Having SSL-protected content out there is vital today as more and more browsers will start to drop connections while accessing an unencrypted site, and on top of that, you and your visitors will have a safer experience accessing the content.

To get started just go to **Control Panel > Security > Certificate** (tab) and start the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.26.27.png)

Installed certificates on your NAS

Using the wizard you can add a certificate to your NAS and assign it later on using the **Configure** button to any number of apps and services that you have running on your NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.26.57.png)

Option to create a free (3 month) SSL certificate with Let'sEncrypt

Using **Add** \> **Add a new certificate** and selecting the 3rd option (image above) you will start the process. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.27.24.png)

Enter the needed information to generate your new certificate

After that, you will reach a point where you need to enter your **domain name**, **email**, and optional SAN values.

Here you will enter your desired domain name, valid email that will be used in the registration as well as notification channel for any changes regarding the certificate in question, and if you want, any additional names that will also be part of this certificate.

So for example. Domain name is mydomain.synology.me, and SAN values can be, audio.mydomain.synology.me, video.mydomain.synology.me, calendar.mydomain.synology.me, etc. So basically any service that you want access to, has to be protected with an SSL certificate.

There are limitations here as to how many characters you can place in the SAN field, so if you have a lot of it, best to use the wild card certificate instead.

If you want a wild card certificate (that means that you can use any subdomain name before your root domain like \*.mydomain.synology.me) then as your **domain name** parameter just put your root domain name and nothing in the SAN field. Like so: mydomain.synology.me.

The bottom line is that after you get your certificate you can alter what apps and services will use it. To make that happen use the **configure** button to change the values:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.28.09.png)

Use the dropdown menu to assign each app/service what certificate it will use.

### Firewall

Firewall term is so common today that almost anyone who works with computers has heard it. Well NAS also has its firewall and as such, it can be there to protect you if you choose to do so.

Located under **Control Panel > Security > Firewall** after you enable it you will be able to configure various rules on how to set it up.

Considering there are a lot of options you can set up I will not go into those at the moment. The main thing here is to remember that if you have your NAS open to the Internet using a firewall is mandatory.

You can set up what type of traffic will be allowed or not, what countries can have access, and in the end, deny specific IPs or a range of IPs access to your NAS altogether.

Make sure not to avoid having your FW up and running!

With this, we can conclude the first part of securing your NAS. Next up we will see what needs to be done when it comes to user protection and having your account secure to make it less vulnerable to hacks and exploits.

---

## User hardening and secure access

💡

****UPDATE**: Consider also using the new (DSM 7 only!) Secure SignIn feature, to protect your account with a passwordless method of authentification. More on this process in the following article: [****DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignIn**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)

> ## As I mentioned a few times, using your services is the main reason you got a NAS. But how well you protect that access is imperative to keep your data safe from hacks, exploits, and ransomware.

### Hardening your user account

The main element here is your user account. If you keep your system safe and secure, patched and hardened then your account is next on the list to be exploited. Week password or no password accounts are an easy target and you should start there. Using complex passwords (and long ones) is the best way to keep your account safe.

Also, consider changing your password here and there, and do not reuse your password with multiple service accounts (your NAS password is the same as your PC login or something like that).

In the [second module](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-2-user-accounts/) of this series, we saw how to make an account, and using a complex password is the best thing you can do at the moment. There I also mentioned that you should be using 2FA (second-factor authentification) to further protect your account, so I will not go over that process again.

One thing to mind here is that you should give your account minimum access rights even if it's your account. This means that it would be best to keep your account at a "user" class level and only use an "administrator" class account when you need to do administrative operations on your NAS.

Limiting access to folders, services, and options in your DSM will be another way to protect your content in case your account does get exploited.

Finally, one more way you can strengthen your account is by making changes to password policies. Located in **Control Panel > User > Advanced**, you will find there several options to boot your user's passwords.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.29.59.png)

Advanced password settings

Be sure to go over those and force any additional settings that you think you will need.

### 2FA

As I mentioned already, setting up 2FA (if you have that option) is a great way to protect your account. DSM offers 2FA settings per user or NAS, so to speak.

What that means is that you can actually "force" 2FA to be mandatory for each account you have on your NAS, and the user will have no option but to configure it and use it.

This option is located also in the Security> Account section where password settings are configured.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.31.05.png)

Force 2FA for all users on the NAS

In case you have problems logging in to your NAS using 2FA you can issue a one-time password that will be sent to your email that you have configured with your account.

🚨

****WARNING**: be sure that outgoing email works as intended ****BEFORE** you configure and start using your 2FA. If you get into trouble the only way you will be able to log in is if an administrator removes the 2FA requirement from your account

### Trusted/untrusted client settings (former AutoBlock)

The last set of options when it comes to account hardening and protection is using what Synology calls **Account protection**. Located in **Control Panel > Security > Account** these settings will allow you to control any brute-force attacks against your account in an attempt to guess your password and log in.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.33.27.png)

Account protection settings

This will be an excellent addition to your set of tools needed to protect data access.

### Password manager

Another way to harden your access to your NAS and data is by using a password manager. As a personal preference, I would recommend using [Bitwarden](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) in a self-hosted setup (if you can) to maximize your security when it comes to passwords and OTP settings.

A password manager will be a great benefit for accessing your NAS as it offers 2FA options as well, so you can log into your NAS using one and also generate a 2FA code from the same app.

Of course, BW is not the only password manager out there so any will do as it will allow you to use complex passwords, without the need to type them in (keyloggers) or use the same one with multiple services (bad choice).

A recent addition to the world of Password managers is Synology's own **C2 Password platform**. Free to use (with the PRO plan coming), you can not use it even if you do not own any other Synology product. 

For more details on this platform visit the [C2 Password](https://c2.synology.com/en-global/password/overview?ref=blackvoid.club) page and also read up my article on it by visiting this [link](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-password-one-place-for-all-your-secrets/).

### App and data permissions

When it comes to your data and apps or services running on your NAS you can configure your DSM user accounts what they can or can't use.

The simple way, from a DSM level, is to configure these settings using the **Users** module in the **Control Panel**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.34.29.png)

Example of user application permissions 

By editing your existing user you will have access to **Permissions**, and **Applications** tabs that will allow you to configure what type of permissions each user can have when it comes to data access and app usage.

Be sure to allow them access to only apps and folders that are required, and give them minimum permissions, for example, read-only settings on a folder. No need to allow them to read/write permissions if write permissions are not needed.

### Secure SignIN (DSM 7 only)

All that was said so far will culminate in this upcoming DSM 7-only feature called Secure SignIN. I will not go into details on it because there is already [an article](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/) here on the site that you can read.

The bottom line is that Synology is also aware of the increased security needed when it comes to user access. Reasons were already mentioned in this article and soon you will have a combination of a strong password, 2fa, and biometrics combined into one.

SSIN feature will allow you to use a Synology new mobile app to authenticate in your NAS with just your username and your mobile device. No password is needed. You will unlock the app with touch or face identification and the password will not be needed. If you are interested, go and read the article for more details.

---

Not the shortest of articles and the longest in the series but security is important so, now that we have passed 3500 words so far, let's finish with the last part of this article.

### Secure methods of access via the Internet

So far we have seen several elements that can increase your data security and protect your data from unauthorized access, but, as I said before, there is no 100% security. The best thing to do would be to keep your NAS disconnected from the web. That will leave only on-premise problems, and it would be easier to handle in any case.

If however, you are keen on accessing your apps and services from the outside but do not want to expose your NAS directly on a larger number of ports, there are two methods you can use.

### VPN

Virtual private networks have been around for a long time. By securing an encrypted tunnel of communication back to your "home" (where your NAS lives) you will have the ability to use your apps and services just as you access them while you are at home, even if you are connecting via the Internet.

The whole idea of a VPN is to make sure that you get a LAN experience from a remote location.

More detail on this is in the [following article](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/).

Do keep in mind that this will require you to maintain the VPN server settings, certificates, and port on your router, to successfully connect. On top of this, you will need a VPN client app on your device of choice when you connect to your VPN server running on your NAS.

> ## Synology also offers VPN Server Plus pacakge, but this is a platform that only works on their router lineup with SRM (Synology Router Manager) OS.

### Reverse proxy

Finally, we have something called a reverse proxy. Just to be clear this is not directly a secure way of getting to your apps and services but it can be if you configure it and use it that way.

[Synology Reverse Proxyreverse proxy synology nginx docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/nginx.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/)

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

There is a [whole article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/) (and another one [using reverse proxy as a Docker solution](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)) on this subject, but now I would just like to give an example of how you could use a reverse proxy to get more secure (public) access to your apps and services while still having ease of use.

So the idea behind this is that you have some apps and services on your NAS that you want access to. To get to them using HTTPS security protocol on a default 443 port, and a nice custom name, you can use a reverse proxy to step in and help you with it.

Instead of using http://172.25.50.88:1234, you can use something like https://app.mydomain.com. Nice right? You are using HTTPS (secure) protocol with a valid SSL certificate (more on this above), a nice memorable name on a single 443 (default HTTPS port).

To make this happen you will need a custom domain name, a valid SSL certificate, and a single port open on your router (443). Why is this good? Well if you, for example, have multiple apps, app1, app2, app3.mydomain.com you can still use them all on a single 443 port open on your router, and reverse proxy will redirect traffic to a local app where the app is hosted. If you would not have them run via reverse proxy you would have to open every single port for that app on your router, which will, as a result, be a large attack vector surface for hackers and exploits to gain access.

## Conclusion

I hope this article has given you an idea of what should be going into planning when it comes to accessing your data from a remote location (especially over the Internet), and what can you do to minimize any potential "hits" on your data and infrastructure.

Think about your NAS, your account, about the ports and protocols that you want or will be using, and take it from there. Synology KB articles are full of detailed instructions on each specific setting described here, so read them as well, but as always you are welcome to ask questions in the comment section below or using the \*support chat link in the main navigation.
### Synology 101 - Part 4: Services
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-4-services/
Last updated: 2024-02-11T19:18:09.000Z
So far we have installed DSM (Synology OS) on the NAS, configured user(s) and groups, as well as made some folders where we can place some content.

Now the time has come to install some apps and services to make the best use of your NAS. Back in the day, a NAS was considered nothing more than a bunch of drives that you could access over your network. This was already an upgrade compared to USB drives and sticks, but over time, the hardware inside these machines became more and more powerful and software followed.

Nowadays, DSM offers a large number of apps and services that can be configured to your specific needs and each of us can have our own personal NAS with apps just for our specific needs. If those apps are not enough, you can run [the Docker platform](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/) on your NAS (selected models) and even further open it to a world of great open-source or commercial apps.

In this module, we will talk about specific, most common, apps and services that your Synology NAS can run. There are far too many to go over, but some that users most commonly use and need will be covered in this article.

I will focus on several categories:

- Productivity
- Backup
- Multimedia
- Utilities

## Productivity

There are many apps in this category so I will focus just on a few of them that most users come across, and look at as an alternative to some commercial cloud-based options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-12.png)

### Synology Drive Server

> ## Synology Drive Server is a comprehensive solution for file storage, management, sharing, and synchronization. It is equipped with Synology Drive Admin Console for centralized management and monitoring, Synology Drive for file access via web portal, and Synology Drive ShareSync for synchronization across Synology NAS devices.

The Drive app is a relatively new app or better to say a new name for several apps that were before it. Now, it's more of a platform that offers access to your data on almost any Drive compatible device, backup of those devices, and even real-time 2-way sync (Dropbox alternative for example).

With Drive, you can allow all your NAS users access to their private data (using the *home/Drive* destination; described in the previous module) that can be synced to all desktop, and mobile devices, as well as access to other root folders on the NAS, published as "teams" folders. So essentially, users will not need to log into the NAS web interface but rather use the platform client or, if they want and need, they can log into the Drive web interface and manipulate data from there.

Also, Drive allows your users to create share-protected links to files and folders that can be shared for anyone without a DSM account to access the shared content.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-13.png)

### Synology Office

> ## Synology Office is a collaboration-oriented application for creating documents, spreadsheets and slides in Synology Drive. You can edit files with various built-in tools and exchange ideas with collaborators via interactive comments and the Synology Chat plugin. For confidential content, you can also encrypt files with passwords for extra privacy.

Another example of three separate apps, Synology Office evolved with the introduction of Drive. As its name describes you can use it as a solid alternative to other document/spreadsheet and slide apps out there. Also, it has a close integration with the Drive app, so as soon as you create a file you can share it, have multiple users edit it in real time, and comment on it.

Offering encryption will give you that extra edge when it comes to sensitive materials. The office also has integration with several more productivity apps/platforms such as Synology Calendar, Chat, Contacts, and Mail Plus.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-14.png)

### Synology Calendar

> ## Synology Calendar is a web-based application for organizing and planning out daily events. You can create events in your own personal calendar or share a calendar within a group of people. CalDAV is also supported and is compatible with mobile devices.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-26.png)

### Synology Chat

> ## Synology Chat Server is a web-based application that allows you to create a safe and secure place where conversations can be held in real-time

As much as Chat is a decent platform if you are looking for a more open-source platform that will not lock you into DSM/Synology setup, especially if you need to invite outside users, consider using [Rocket.Chat](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/rocketchat/) app via Docker platform (if your NAS allows it).

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-25.png)

#### Synology MailPlus

> ## Synology MailPlus is a powerful webmail service with rich features. You can send/receive mails via any mail servers at your will, and enjoy the centralized management of all the incoming and outgoing mails. You can design a beautifully-formatted mail with built-in stickers and inline images. Synology MailPlus provides labels and smart search functions to help you efficiently find and manage your mails. Through the integration with Synology Note Station, you can save any mails to Synology Note Station without any hassle.

Keep in mind that this is just an end-user web app. To have mail up and running on your NAS you will need the MailPlus Server component as well, and also, someone who knows how to configure and tackle all the settings and parameters needed to run a mail server without all the headache that comes along with it nowadays.

## Backup

Most users will get a NAS for keeping their content centralized and safe. However, remember that if you have all your content on a NAS instead of your computer, for example, that's not a backup. You just have it located on a potentially redundant array of drives (RAID), but RAID is also, not backup!

So, in this section, I will talk about certain backup apps and platforms that Synology offers when it comes to backing up your computer and mobile data as well as backing up your NAS data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-15.png)

### Hyper Backup

> ## Hyper Backup helps you back up data and LUNs, and retains multiple data backup versions to keep important information handy and easy to track. Hyper Backup also makes restoring data and LUNs simple and straightforward.

So the first backup tool in the Synology backup arsenal is Hyper Backup. The important thing to mention here is that HB is a NAS data backup tool. Meaning, it will be used for backing up your NAS-stored data.

You might wonder where that data will/can go. Well, best to describe it with an image:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-19.48.57.png)

HB potential locations

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-19.49.27.png)

Rest of HB's potential locations

So at the moment, you can see that your potential locations can be numerous. From a local NAS, a remote one, a USB drive, Synology C2 cloud storage, all the way to 3rd party cloud services such as DB, Gdrive, AWS S3, etc.

One thing to remember here as well is that if you are using any of the first 3 options (Local folder & USB, Remote NAS device, and C2), HB will save that data in a proprietary "database" format that you can read only using HB Vault application, another working HB installation (let's say on a separate Syno NAS), and you will not be able to get to that data any other way.

This mode will, however, offer two versions so the upside is that you can have more than just a simple file/folder level of backup that you might get with the Rsync copy (single-version) method.

In any case, a great all-around backup tool.

If you are looking for a personal data backup tool that lives on your devices, then use the Drive app (mentioned above) that will allow you to backup your data as well as sync it (separate function). If you would like to back up your entire desktop/laptop machine, then read on about the Active Backup tool (below). More info on it in detail can be found in [this separate article](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/).

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-16.png)

### Snapshot Replication

> ## Snapshot Replication is an expert of data backup and recovery with the point-in-time copy mechanism. Businesses need data protection to prevent data loss from accidental deletion, application crashes, data corruption, and viruses.

💡

****NOTE**: This application is ****not accessible on all NAS devices** and has a prerequisite of running on BTRFS capable volume (again, not something that all models can support)

Just a quick info on this app. Even though it might be classified as a "business" backup tool, keep in mind that you can use it just fine for your personal needs if you need it.

Having a snapshot option on your NAS can be a powerful tool for those quick restores in case you mess something up, or get hit by ransomware for example. Sure backup (or an offsite backup) is great, but if you need a quick restore, with multiple point-in-time snapshots, the SR package is a great asset.

More details on this app are [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/).

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-17.png)

### Active Backup for Business

> ## Active Backup for Business is designed to provide a comprehensive while centralized data protection solution, helping you back up business PCs, VMs, physical servers, and file servers all alike.

💡

****NOTE**: This application is ****not accessible on all NAS devices** and has a prerequisite of running on BTRFS capable volume (again, not something that all models can support)

Recently, ABB started offering backups of Linux OS-based machines, and not just Windows. The last thing that will come (hopefully soon after DSM 7 comes out) is the option to back up your macOS machines.

ABB is one of three apps in the "Active Backup \*" family with Office/Microsoft 365 and Gdrive as well, to complete the set.

All three apps are an excellent asset, and again, even though they are initially geared more towards the business side and IT administrators, there is no reason that you can't use them to protect, and back up all your home/small business setups.

More detail on ABB [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/), and Active Backup for M365 [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-microsoft-365-and-dr-scenarios/).

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-18.png)

### Cloud Sync

> ## With Cloud Sync, you can seamlessly sync and share files among your Synology NAS and multiple public clouds, such as Dropbox, Baidu Cloud and Google Drive.

Another backup/sync hybrid tool, Cloud Sync is a tool that can overlap with HyperBackup when it comes to backup elements, but, CS is more of a sync tool. This means instant upload/download of your data to keep them in sync. Hyper Backup is a scheduled tool after all. So for instant "in-sync" scenario needs with your 3rd party cloud provider, use, CS.

---

## Multimedia

Using your NAS for multimedia is very common nowadays. Having your 24/7 media server running all your favorite TV shows, music, movies, and family memories is what most users want. With Synology NAS you can have all that and more, with some great apps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-19.png)

### Audio Station

> ## With Audio Station and its mobile app DS audio, you can enjoy high-quality playback, listen to radios, manage your music collection, create personal playlist, and share with friends anywhere.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-20.png)

### Synology Photos

> ## Synology Photo is an online photo gallery built for professionals, allowing you to efficiently organize photos, share and access files on the go, collect client feedback, backup content of your mobile device and more.

A detailed article on Synology Photos, including all its features can be found [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/).

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-21.png)

### Video Station

> ## Video Station lets you manage and watch your video collection—movies, TV shows, home videos, and TV recordings—with intuitive convenience. It provides instant watching by streaming videos to your computers, AirPlay devices, iOS/Android devices, Windows 10 tablets/laptops, Apple TVs, Android TVs, and more. What’s more, it can enrich your videos with posters and subtitles from the Internet, and create a watchlist or favorite list for quick access.

This is a "Plex" type of media manager (my personal favorite) video streaming platform. With it, you can get to your content on almost all the devices that support VS clients. Mobile devices, desktops, TVs, etc. I was never a fan because there are things that don't work as they should as compared to some 3rd party solutions out there, like Plex, Embry, KODI, Jellyfin, and the like, so give it a go and see how it fits your needs.

## Utilities

The last category is utilities. Well, this is a long one and has a large number of apps/platforms that fall under it. I will focus on some that you will see on all devices, as well as some that are model-specific in some cases.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-22.png)

### Universal Search

> ## Synology Universal Search is a powerful search tool for your Synology NAS. In one search, you can find matched items from photos to notes. You can also index folders to provide precise and prompt search results by filename or file content. With Synology Universal Search, everything on your Synology NAS is just a few clicks away.

The relatively fresh "app" (if we can call it that), US is a solution that you will use to find anything you want on your NAS. Control Panel settings and options, apps, files, and folders. All of it. By default it will be a part of the DSM OS, meaning it is preinstalled and there is one thing you do need to keep in mind.

💡

****NOTE**: running a lot of apps on a low-powered NAS with US in the background can have serious performance problems for you depending on what you have added to its indexing list!

As I mentioned, US is a type of app that is part of DSM OS and you will not be able to stop it or uninstall it (officially using the UI), so in combination with some "heavy" apps that do a lot of indexing, working with a large number of small files, versions, and the likes, you might not be satisfied with the performance you are getting out of your NAS.

The point is, the stronger the NAS the more apps and services you can install and run on top of it, so be mindful of what you are running, because the US might bring your enthusiasm down.

Still saying all that, the US is very useful and has a great benefit when it comes to finding your data on your NAS using a quick shortcut and a return key.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/containermanager.png)

### Container Manager

> ## Container Manager is a lightweight virtualization application (Docker) that gives you the ability to run thousands of containers created by developers from all over the world on DSM. The hugely popular built-in image repository, Docker Hub, allows you to find shared applications from other talented developers.

My all-time favorite. What can I say, I LOVE Docker. If you have any 3rd party app that is not in the official Package Center, but you do have the Docker option, then you can run almost anything on your NAS (keeping in mind the limitations of your NAS).

💡

****NOTE**: Most Intel and AMD CPU-powered NAS models from the "+" series support Container Manager. "J" and "play" models officially do not support it, apart from a small number of ARM v8 models!

Most of my content on this site is docker-driven, so have a look [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/).

It might take some time for you to get inside the whole idea of containers, but once you get the hang of it, you will see that it is a great platform, and offers a way to not lock yourself on a single NAS vendor. Any NAS platform that can run Docker (or any desktop platform for that matter) will have the option to run your apps with a very simple migration move.

Docker is a single platform that is worth the investment in a "stronger" model of NAS in the long run. Consider it. With Synology's decision to slowly terminate[ 3rd party support](https://www.blackvoid.club/3rd-party-package-support-in-dsm-7/), you might look into Docker support vs installing apps on the NAS directly. This does not include Synology native apps of course.

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-23.png)

### Surveillance Station

> ## Surveillance Station is a web-based application that can manage IP cameras to safeguard your home or office environment. With Surveillance Station, you can watch and record live view videos, set up scheduled recording, playback recorded events via web browser, VisualStation, or mobile device for remote monitoring. Notifications can also be sent to you whenever important events occur.

Well the big SS. This platform in itself is several articles long at least. Synology also has a dedicated lineup of hardware devices specifically for surveillance operations. SS as a software solution is a great one if you are running a single camera or 60 of them.

Most NAS units will support it (even the low-end "J" models) and with a recent upgrade to their client-side support, now you can install a dedicated desktop SS client to use the full potential of this platform without the need to open it and run it inside a browser.

Also, most units (depending on their class) come with two (2) included licenses for cameras. For any additional camera you connect, you will have to buy more licenses. Those are about 50€ per license (give or take).

---

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-24.png)

### VPN Server

> ## VPN Server offers an easy VPN solution that turns your Synology product into a VPN server, providing a secure method to connect to a private LAN at a remote location. All PPTP, OpenVPN, and L2TP/IPSec services are supported.

The VPN server package is one that [I have written about before](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/), and I will mention it again in the upcoming module as well, but just wanted to give it a bit of a spotlight here as a very common utility that a lot of users go for.

💡

****NOTE**: The VPN server package that can be installed on the NAS lineup has a small number of features that the ****VPN Server Plus** package has. VPN Plus package is only available on the Synology router lineup as part of SRM (router OS).

If you want to keep your NAS closed down and not have access to it besides using a VPN, then this is the package you should be using. It is compatible with all the modern OS platforms as well as 3rd party clients (if they are needed).

## Conclusion

Just to mention it here if it was not clear. To install all your apps mentioned above, and more, you will use the DSM **Package Center** option.

Use the main DSM menu button in the upper left-hand corner and click Package Center.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.12.08.png)

DSM Package Center, let the games begin

As you can see in the image above, there are several "streams" you can install your apps from. The main, "official" stream under "All packages", Beta packages (also official but in beta), and Community.

The last one is your proper 3rd party DSM compatible repositories that you can manually input using the "Settings" button on the top right corner of the Package center.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-20.12.42.png)

As an example, you can add multiple sources that will then show up in your "Community" section. Apps listed there will be only apps that are compatible with your NAS model (CPU architecture). I have mentioned before that DSM is slowly killing support for these (class C) 3rd party apps, so my suggestion is to find an alternative solution for them, or find and run them inside Docker if your model supports it.

Depending on your NAS model, configuration, and your needs, you can see that there is a huge list of apps and options that you can run on your small black box. Remember, those machines are more servers than just a bunch of drives. Investing in a NAS today will pay off a long way, trust me.

Finally, we will explore the "[**Security & access**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access/)" module to learn effective ways of safeguarding your NAS. We will discover essential measures required to ensure your protection from hackers, bots, and other online threats. Having access to your data and services is great, but keeping them safe is even more important.
### Synology 101 - Part 3: Shared Folders
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-3-shared-folders/
Last updated: 2024-02-11T15:13:46.000Z
The most important part for most NAS users is the use of shared folders. As the name suggests shared folder will allow you to organize your data in meaningful categories that you will be able to tweak with encryption, give or deny users permissions, quotas, and more.

Most functions on your NAS will not work before you create a new shared folder, and yet there will be situations that specific folders will be created when installing a new app from the Package Center. Like most things regarding configuration, Shared Folders are located in Control Panel. You can't miss it, it's the 1st option.

### Folder creation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.04.47.png)

Control Panel > Shared Folder. Place to start your root folder structure creation

To begin with, a new folder creation, open up **Control Panel** \> **Shared Folder**. Use the **Create** button from the Create menu to start the wizard.

There are several options that are mandatory as well as a few options that are not. As you can see from the initial step in the shared folder creation wizard, there are *Name*, *Description*, and *Location* parameters that you can fill in or select.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.05.02.png)

Enter your folder name and select a volume where the folder will live

*Name* and *Location* are mandatory, but *Description* is not. Guessing the name value is self-explanatory but in case you have multiple volumes, you can select where your shared folder will "live". This is something that can be changed later on in case you change your mind for whatever reason.

There are several checkboxes, and none of them are mandatory but I'll talk about the **Enable Recycle Bin** one for a bit.

In case you wanna save your work and avoid accidental deletion you can use Recycle Bin function for each folder. This will get you out of those nasty situations where you deleted something that you shouldn't have before it's gone for good. Keep in mind that Bin will take a certain storage penalty so keeping it under control is always a good thing.

By this, I mean that you use Task Scheduler to clean all your Bins in an interval that fit your needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.05.24.png)

An option is to encrypt the shared folder if you want

The second step is important but also optional. Encryption. Will you encrypt a certain shared folder it will depend on several things. First, does your NAS support this option, and how well and fast it can work with it (CPU power and support) as well as do your folders need to be encrypted, to begin with? When you decide on that, activate the checkbox and enter the key. 

💡

****NOTE**: there is a feature called ****Key Manager** that will allow you to manage your keys and automatically mount shared folders on startup. This will not be a part of this article, but I will reflect on it a bit more in the following article about security.

On top of encryption, the recent version of DSM 7.2 also includes the **WORM** feature. This is one feature that we will not be in a position to change later on so decide and understand it well before moving forward.

[DSM 7.2 public beta is LIVEThe new #Synology #DSM 7.2 beta is now live! Volume encryption, WORM, and a few other new features have made it in this release.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/03/dsm72_beta_live-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-2-public-beta-is-live/#worm)

Details of the WORM feature can be read in this article

Regardless if you have decided to use encryption or not, the next step will offer some more optional settings. Keep in mind that some of them you will not be able to disable after you have decided to use them. Those functions are marked with a blue letter ***i***.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.09.07.png)

Options for quota and data integrity check

One setting that is worth mentioning here is the quota. If you are creating a shared folder that you will, later on, use with some other users, or you plan on giving access to users and want to be sure that they will not go wild, set up a quota. It can be set in MB, GB and TB so choose what fits your needs.

Finally, apply your setting and that's it, you have created a new shared folder. What needs to be done now is setting up user/group permissions to that specific folder, but we have covered that in the [previous](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-2-user-accounts/) article, so have a look.

In case you have decided to make any changes you can do them by using the Edit button in the Control Panel > Shared Folder list after selecting the folder you want/need to change.

### Mapping remote folders

There is also one more option that you can use when it comes to working with folders. Apart from local shared folders, you can have access to remote folders via your NAS using SMB/CIFS or NFS protocol.

This is needed in some cases, and in some, it's just nice to have access to remote folders via a single machine/UI.

To begin with this process you will need to configure network traffic against your destination device that's hosting folders you want access to if those remote folders are for example in a different network subnet than your Synology NAS.

To make things a bit easier to understand let's assume that your NAS and your target device are on the same local network.

To map a remote folder use the following method:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.09.54@2x.jpg)

This is how you map a remote folder from another NAS or computer

Open up **File Station** on your NAS and in the **Tools** menu open up **Mount remote folder** \> **CIFS shared folder**. This will open up a dialog box that you can use to set up a remote connection to your desired folder.

The first field that needs to be entered is **Folder** one. Here you need to enter a destination to your desired remote folder in the form of a UNC path. For example \\\\192.168.5.4\\SharedFolderName

Considering that accessing that folder in most cases will require an account name and password, be sure to enter those in the next 2 fields, **Account name** and **Password**. Finally, you need to select your local shared folder (or a subfolder on your NAS) that will serve as a mount point for that remote folder.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.11.01.png)

Connect to a remote folder and mount it to your local NAS folder

After that just click the **Mount** button and you should see the content of a remote folder pop up in your local folder inside File Station. Great!

### Remote connection (how to connect to your DB, GDrive and other cloud providers)

Another option here is to connect to one of your providers and present its data inside File Station. Now I will talk more about connecting to third-party providers in the next module, but let's see what it means to get that data inside File Station, and how to do it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.11.34.png)

Remote connection setup starts here. Pull data from your cloud provider

To start, you will use the same **Tools** menu inside File Station and then point to the **Remote Connection** wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.11.51.png)

You will have limited options here but DB, Google, and OneDrive are here as well as any custom 3rd party host that you want to connect to

Once you are authenticated with your provider, the result will look like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-10-at-09.42.45.png)

Dropbox is connected to your NAS and its content is presented inside the File Station

So this is a nice way to have your data accessible inside your NAS without the need to install any 3rd party tools to get this going. Does this mean you can sync data as well? Well yes and no. There are specific tools in Synology DSM that are used for that kind of scenario. This one is to access any data accessible as well as upload data to it. It is not a real-time sync option, you still have to interact with the folder/remote connection, but more on syncing later on.

So now that we know how to mount a remote folder and create local ones as well, you can begin to put content onto your NAS.

### File Station - Synology file management app

As mentioned before, File Station is one of those apps that you will use most of the time when it comes to content operations on your NAS. Sure, you can use your NAS via SMB/AFP/NFS protocols to get access to your content from any device that supports those protocols (macOS, Linux, Windows, mobile OS, etc) as well as use that same process to upload the content back to your NAS.

But, the File Station app will be there to allow you remote management of files and folders, downloads, remote mount mappings, sharing, and a few more things that will come in handy especially when you are in a remote location.

Let's say you are outside your location and don't have access to the NAS but you can access it via the Internet. File Station will allow you content management via any compatible web browser.

On top of all that, most common operations like drag and drop, cut/copy/paste, and delete are also supported.

💡

****NOTE**: Common keyboard shortcuts from select, cut, copy, paste, and similar, are also supported but they might depend on the operating system you are using on your device at that time.

### /home vs /homes

While we are on the topic of folders one of the most common questions/confusion when it comes to file and folder structure on Synology NAS is the **home** and **homes** folders. What are they and how to use them?

It all starts with the personal folder "service" which I will talk about a bit more in the next module, at the moment the main thing to remember is the following.

There are several services and apps on the NAS that utilize these folders, and you need to be aware of this.

So, in short, here it is.

**Homes** folder - this shared folder is only visible to administrator class users. Within this folder is the *real* location of each user's '*home*' folder. As such the shared folder's permissions are configured to allow administrator class users to have **full access** to all of its contents, but any standard class user only has access to their own */homes/<username>* folder, and this is via the special, virtual folder called 'home'.

**Home** folder - this special shared folder is managed by NAS OS (DSM) and is different for each user, administrator, and standard class. This folder is only accessible to that particular user, and no other standard user account. An administrator class user can access this folder by navigating to /homes/<username>.

So we can see each user will get its home folder that will then be used by specific apps as well. For example, installing Audio Station will create a */music* folder in your user's home folder (/*homes/<username>/music)*, the Photos app will create a */photos* folder, and so on.

If you are using an admin class account, try not to mess with permissions when it comes to users' home folders because you could make a mess of it.

If you want multiple DSM users to share some data, then simply make a new root shared folder (outside of the home folder structure) and allow your users access to it. Leave the *home* folder as personal user space.

For now, it will be enough as the [**next module**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-4-services/) will be the main one when it comes to the whole series, apps, and services. Let's see what are the most common Synology apps and services that you can use with your NAS, what limitations a specific class of NAS devices has, and what should you also consider when buying a new NAS.
### Data privacy - can your NAS and self-hosted services improve your data privacy?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/data-privacy-can-your-nas-and-self-hosted-services-improve-your-data-privacy/
Last updated: 2021-02-20T10:11:10.000Z
Today is January 28th, 2021 and it is **Data Privacy Day** (or Data Protection Day)!

It was first initiated in 2007 as the European Data Protection Day, which was later on known as Data Privacy Day. In any case, it is an international event that occurs every year on January 28th. The purpose is to raise awareness and promote privacy and data protection.

Following my last article on [self-hosting, this](https://www.blackvoid.club/self-hosting-vs-cloud-hosting/) one will be similar to it but focusing on more specific tools and services that I use to have better peace of mind.

Not all services will be self-hosted of course, but just to give the idea of what you can do also to maintain better privacy of your digital life.

Would like to focus on few elements that are most common when it comes to interacting with the Internet and the ones that might hold a lot of sensitive information.

- Email
- Chat
- Web browser
- Password manager
- Notes
- Backing up sesitive information

### Email

One of today's most common ways to communicate and correspond is email. Yes, there are new ways to eliminate email and to focus on more instant messaging apps that provide an environment for chat, share, video & audio collaboration, etc, but the fact remains that email is still one of the most elegant ways to open a communications line with and individual or a business.

Like any other service, there are many ways to get an email account. Free, commercial, self-hosted, and all have their positive and negative sides. Without too much on the matter, I would like to focus on how can you protect your email from current threats and not worry about your privacy.

You have to be aware that with free email services you have no privacy. Ok, if it's protected well enough, hacking it will be hard, but the fact remains that the owner of the email system can use it to its advantage. Gmail anyone?

Because of this, it is not uncommon to use multiple email accounts even on multiple platforms for various things. Free account for all the junk email, newsletters, etc, and commercial ones or self-hosted ones for your official email correspondence.

When it comes to privacy and email, my personal choice is [Protonmail](https://protonmail.com/?ref=blackvoid.club). They are on the market for several years now and offer more services than a simple email, but the reason why I use them is simple.

Affordable for the level of security, multiple layers of protection, and are based in Switzerland. They offer a free account as well, and I can tell you it's a lot better than any other free email account out there when it comes to privacy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-28-at-13.04.56.png)

Privacy focused features of Proton mail

I use their services for all the important correspondence and never had any problems at all. Apart from them, even Apple iCloud mail is a system that I trust considering that their focus on privacy and user data protection is baked into all of their services and products.

Another way to look at your email from a privacy standpoint is to self-host your email system.

Using [Synology MailPlus](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/feature/mailplus?ref=blackvoid.club), you can host your email system with up to 5 email users covered with built-in licenses. If you want more then that you will have to buy more, but to start this is not bad at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-28-at-13.13.43.png)

Synology MailPlus features

Keep in mind that running your mail server is not an easy task. Sure you can set it up quickly but the configuration after that is what matters. There is a lot that goes into running your mail platform so be sure to read up on that before you head into the deep water. Also, best to have a static public IP address on the location where the NAS will be configured.

### Chat

When it comes to chat platforms today, we have a huuuuuuuge number of those. Some are free, some are not, some are E2E encrypted some are not, some are being spied on (!?!), and so on, but the point is the same, if you want privacy, best to go with a self-hosted one. Ok, so people will say how do you mean that? How am I suppose to share TikTok videos on a privately hosted chat platform with anyone?

Of course, you can't. The focus here is to run a privately hosted chat platform for your business for example or private group(s) that you share a common interest with. Using a "free" cloud-hosted service for your business could potentially be a disaster for you and your confidential information.

So with the likes of Viber, Signal, Whatsapp, Telegram, Teams, etc, you can run your chat platform on your hardware. I have [written many](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/rocketchat/) times about [Rocket.Chatbot](https://rocket.chat/?ref=blackvoid.club) I will mention it again. With RC you will have the option to have a fully private, E2E chat experience for a large number of users with all the benefits that some commercial or public "free" platforms offer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-28-at-13.26.57.png)

Some security focused elements of Rocket.Chat

If you need to go that far as to keep it isolated from the internet as well, and just use it in your LAN for example, you can do that as well. Working on a secret project for example, and you need the benefits of a chat platform but without the need of the public Internet, talk about privacy.

### Web browser

This topic is always war. Also, in many cases, it turns into Apple vs. PC war, not sure why but it does. I'm sure you are aware of many web browsers out there. Microsoft has a few (one better than the next), Apple has Safari, Google has also a few of them, and then there are those that work on their single browser to make it as best as possible.  
A browser in some cases is baked into the OS of your choice and in my case, that's Safari, Apple's only web browser. Now I can install some other browser and I do have them, but Safari is my daily driver and I like it. Ok, it does have some problems here and there, but when it comes to privacy, and that's what we are talking about here, I don't trust any other browser out there. The same goes for my OS of choice but that's a different topic altogether.  
What could be a potential problem even with the best of them out there are plugins or extensions. Be very careful what extensions are you using with your browsers as they could open the door to some problematic outcomes that could, as a result, have dire consequences.

### Password Manager

Now, picking up on the previous category, this one, password manager, is closely related and maybe one of the most important ones today when it comes to data privacy.

There is almost no free or commercial system that is not password protected. At least password protected. If you use a simple free email account or need to log into your bank you will need some form of login. Well, 123456 is not a secure password and neither is "#%"R3G!#$%T! if you use it on all of your sites and services.

Sure the last one is super strong, but if it gets compromised in any way, you will have all your services exposed as well.

The best thing IMHO is to not know your passwords, especially to some less frequent sites and services, but personally, I don't know any of my passwords at all. Why? Well if I don't know them, I can't type them, if I can't type them it is safer from being keylogged, looked over my shoulder, or simply guessed.

The only thing I do know is the passphrase to my password manager, that's it. Sure some will say that that's even worse but I do have a second-factor authenticator on a device that is protected by biometrics, so I sleep just fine.

On the topic of 2FA, most password managers today have that option and if the system you log into does offer it, use it. Don't think about it, just use it. A strong complex password (20 characters or more) with a 2FA will be far more secure than using your home address as a password.

If you can [self-host it](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) that would be an even better bonus! Less of a target in the vast Internet ocean. Personal choice of mine, [Bitwarden](https://bitwarden.com/?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-28-at-14.09.29.png)

Key features of Bitwarden

I have never used a password manager before BW just because there was no self-hosted version that was that secure and cross-platform based (what I was looking for). Never would I ever host any sensitive data on any commercial destination, so until BW came out, my password management was a disaster. Safer than using a few passwords for 20-30 services, but still not clean, elegant, and worry free as it is with BW in place.

### Notes

Another important feature that needs to be on any device nowadays is notes. Almost all devices (desktop and mobile) have some sort of note application that allows syncing but most if not all of them use a "cloud" (public that is) destination to maintain syncing of data.

Red flags off the bat right? Ok so some are more secure than the others, but there is always a better way. For example, some note taking apps use Dropbox of Google Drive as a potential destination to save your notes database and keep it in sync with all your devices. Sure it works, but what about privacy? Yeah..., no thanks.

Apple has its syncing options for all of its services via iCloud. Works, is it private and secure? I would put my money on them, but not for important, sensitive data. Just to be clear I do use Apple notes, like a shopping list with my wife, and some other less important things.

What about all the sensitive data? Work-related information, knowledge-based articles, etc? For that, I use [Standard Notes](https://standardnotes.org/?ref=blackvoid.club). Not just that, I [self-host them](https://www.blackvoid.club/standard-notes-docker-self-hosted-alternative/) as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-28-at-14.21.51.png)

Standard Notes features

So, keeping all my notes on my HW and having zero communications with the outside world, not bad. What about syncing? Well, that is going over the Internet, but again my device is talking to my Notes server and no other 3rd party element. On top of that, all is E2E encrypted so again, I sleep just fine.

### Backing up sesitive information

The last thing is keeping your sensitive information backed up. Considering that you should always have all your important data backed up, sensitive information should be higher on the list.

If you own a Synology NAS then backing up your data that lives on your computers, mobile devices are not something you are a stranger to right? What about all the sensitive data that is stored on your NAS or computers?

Well, in that case, you can have (and should use) encrypted folders on your NAS that will need a key or a passphrase to decrypt and then mount as a readable source. If that sounds too complicated, then at least have your [Hyper Backup](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/feature/hyper%5Fbackup?ref=blackvoid.club)tasks encrypted. This will create a backup task from your NAS to another compatible NAS or "cloud" services and in the process, it will encrypt the data. You will hold the decryption file on your end, and when you want to restore your data, simply apply the file and get to your content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-28-at-15.21.49.png)

Some of Hyper Backup privacy and security features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-28-at-15.24.01.png)

Example of an encrypted Hyper Backup task (notice the option to downlod the key and an active client side encrytion)

###  Conclusion

Do keep in mind that once your data is out there, it's out there. You will never get it back and you will be forced to change your logins and password to protect yourself. The best practice is to change your password regularly (let's say once or twice a year) just to keep things interested.

Be sure to check Synology's [**DIGITAL SECURITY ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST**](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Software/Brochure/Firmware/DSM/7.0/enu/Digital%5FAsset%5FSecurity%5FChecklist%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)and see how well you are protected when it comes to your data.

If you are running a password manager that is only a click of a button, so be sure to do it, it's not like you have to remember it.

So do you have your data privacy in mind?
### Self-hosting vs "cloud" hosting
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/self-hosting-vs-cloud-hosting/
Last updated: 2021-01-27T14:00:21.000Z
Nowadays this might not be a question many people would ask themselves, but with the increased problems with privacy, security, cheaper hardware, more open source, and free software, it would be worth at least looking at the possibility of hosting your services on your hardware.

Now don't get me wrong, there is nothing wrong with using a commercial version, but the point of this article is to look at some positive and negative sides of both options.

Before I go further let me just say that I am all for self-hosting. Of course, if you can pull it off. There is a lot of things that go into making this work, and to make things more complicated, the more services you add, the more administration and maintenance you need to do. Sure, some people will say that's nothing, others will simply say that is not for them and continue to use commercial solutions.

So, first things first, what is "self-hosting"?

Well, to self-host a service would mean that you hold all the keys. From hardware all to way up to the service/app layer. You have no dependencies towards any element that makes your service run. Well, that is not entirely true because power and the Internet are two elements that you also can't completely control right? If there is a major problem regarding those two elements your service will not work.  
Sure, if those are down you might be completely unable to use a commercial service as well, but in some cases, you could. Jump on your mobile device and use a 4G connection, problem solved. So this was just a quick example of a negative side of self-hosting an important service.

Bottom line, if you want to self-host any service yourself, you need to be aware of what elements will need to be included in your decision making.

Most people would look at the final point, saving money that they have to pay for commercial service. That is the least of your worries when focusing on self-hosting.  
Let's look at some examples of what you could self-host as oppose to using a commercial service, and take it from there. I will focus on some elements that are important to me and that I use on daily basis. Also, most are privacy driven, but you will get the idea.

- Password manager
- Encrypted notes
- Private chat
- Website hosting
- Media platform

Categories above are some of the most common today when it comes to personal or business aspects of using the Internet.

Now I won't go into details of explaining how each of these categories might be beneficial to be self-hosted or not, I just wanted to give an example of what type of services I prefer to have "on-site", on my hardware.

This blog is 99% dedicated to Synology NAS solutions so it shouldn't come as a surprise that all of those elements can be hosted on one of those devices.

## What do I need to self-host?

To successfully self-host the first thing you need, is the will to do it. I know a lot of people in the IT profession that tried it and then quit. Why? Because if you work in IT the last thing you want to do is come home and do some more of the same work!

Now, this doesn't mean that some of them are not hosting at least one or two services, but as soon as that becomes a task that will take 2-3 hours a week to maintain, well, the enthusiasm will go down real quick. Those are IT, people. What about a "regular Joe" that has to learn how to use it all and configure it to eventually enjoy the benefits of self-host? See what I mean?

So, will to do it! If you have it, then the next thing you need is a place to keep your hardware. Depending on the size of the device (noise, heat, footprint, etc), you should choose the location wisely.

The main reason for this is that once you get it up and running and you start using it day-to-day, it will be a task and a half to move it to a new location! Again, this will depend on its size, downtime of services that you are comfortable with, etc, but not something you want to do often as you will lose the will and fail in the long run.

Will, check, location, check. Next, you need network communication with the rest of your home network and eventually towards your ISP. In some cases, your self-hosting hardware can be in the same room or space as your router and switches and whatnot, but if that is not the case, then be sure to have adequate network connectivity and bandwidth for all your needs.

Cabling is something that most people don't focus on because today it's all about WiFi and all the G's (4G, 5G, etc). Well with self-hosting, nothing beats a good old cable or wire (copper, fiber, or any other), period. The last thing you want is for your server and its services to not be accessible because the member of your household just started streaming a 4K video off YouTube and your wifi is struggling. With that said, your hardware should be wired with the rest of your network.

While we are on the subject of wires and cables, especially if you are considering doing it now, I would advise you to go for Cat6 or better cable. Why? Well, 10Gbit LAN has started to become more affordable and in the near future, it will finally replace a good old 1G that we all have. On top of that ISPs have started to offer more and more high speeds (1Gbit or more) towards residential destinations, so your LAN network in that case should be at least on par if not faster. Look at it as a long term investment.

Let's recap a bit so far:

1. Will to do it
2. Location to place your hardware
3. Good network connectivity with high bandwidth throuput in mind

Ok, so not bad, only three things on the list so far. If you are already losing your motivation, it will only get worse, trust me! But, in the end, it might pay off!

Good, we set up the hardware, we connected it, all is good. Now comes the hard part.

## How much will it cost to self-host?

Uff, this is a tough one. Usually, it is also the main reason that most people turn to commercial solutions. But here is the catch. Do you want it private, or do you want it cheap and "public"? This is one of the questions that I ask people that challenge me when it comes to self-hosting.

Nothing is free and that is a fact. How much will it cost you in the end, might not be something that you will be happy with? The reason is that it will usually cost more (a lot more) than just using commercial services. Then again, if you start to utilize your hardware to the point that it is a substitute for multiple services and apps, that gap will start to shrink down. Will you get to an even zero or even benefit (financially) from it, it's up to you.

> DISCALMER: Before I continue with certain products I want to be clear that **none** of those companies/individuals are in any way related to this article or blog and are not sponsoring it. All the opinion that are writen in this article are my own.

Let's look at some practical numbers.

You need a NAS, let's say a 2bay solution that will be in the mid to high range, 350€. Put a couple of 4TB drives in there, that's another 200€, maybe a network switch on top of that and you are on a solid 600€ of some basic hardware.

Before you run away, keep in mind that NAS devices are more than just simple storage units. Those are servers that can do a lot and I mean a lot of tasks that you want. Of course, be sure not to overload them and expect them to do things that some stronger models can do with ease. Those cost more as well.

Considering that a NAS is a long term investment, and your whole family can use it as well, you should break that cost to at least 5y. So in the end you get about 10€/month worth of hardware (that will not have a significant power bill boost, but also consider it) for your whole family (and friends or your small business) for a large number of services that you don't have to pay any more. Wait what? That doesn't sound right!

Well, it does. Considering this is a practical example let's compare it. Synology NAS offers a service called [Synology Drive](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/feature/drive?ref=blackvoid.club), in short, a Dropbox on steroids alternative.

Even if you use this one package on your NAS for your whole family or a small office, it would be better than using Dropbox when you compare its price and offerings.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-26-at-15.12.14.png)

Dropbox prices for private (non-business) use at the time of writing this article

For 10€ DB will give you a single user account with 2TB of space. If you want more users (6 in this case) you need to pay 17€ for that same 2TB that it is now shared. Case closed.

NAS from this example can give you a total of 8TB of usable space (or 4TB with an active redundancy) for any number of users, the device is private and on your premises, and again, that's just for this one service as an example.

If you continue to add to the list, you will see that some of your IT services that you use the amount to a nice sum over one year.

As another example, let's look at a password manager. 1Password as a very popular manager will cost you about 60$/year for 5 users. Bitwarden on the other hand will cost 40$/year for 6 users. Ok, so it's cheaper. But did you know that you can have [Bitwarden hosted on your NAS](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) and use it for 0€ for an unlimited number of users? Why? Well, you already paid off your NAS with one service (Drive vs Dropbox) and BW just became free because your can self-host that same service on your NAS. Mindblowing right?

The list goes on and on and on.

So up until now, if you add DB family price and 1Password you come to a total of about 260€/year for 2TB of shared space and 1Password family package. That's about 75% of the initial NAS price just for one year. Multiply that over a 5y period, and I think it is clear that you spend a lot on commercial services right?

In conclusion, when it comes to price, you can be sure that you will save in the long run for sure. The more services/app you self-host, the quicker your NAS investment will pay off. Also, after let's say 2y you will start "earning" money by not spending on those services no more, and you can invest in something else.

## How and what to self-host?

Well if we recall about the categories that I mentioned before, a large number of apps and services come to mind. Also, some were mentioned already.

I would like to remind you that when it comes to self-hosting, for me, the main driver is privacy. That being said, running a personal password manager on-premise is for my peace of mind a lot safer than running it on commercial infrastructure.

Sure, it might be safer to have it on a commercial one from the point of accessibility and general uptime, but that is something that can be configured in the case of self-hosting as well. It will be all up to you, your HW and SW solutions, and of course knowledge.

If we look at this trend you might think that you can self-host almost anything right? You will be right. With open source in general, Github, Gitlab, etc, you have the option to use a lot of alternative commercial solutions and install them on your own HW.

Chat platform as one example. SLACK, Mattermost, Teams, all serve the same purpose. But (apart from Mattermost in one of their tiers) none of them offer a self-host open source solution. So if you look at a few alternatives you will find them, like [Rocket.Chat](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/rocketchat/) for example. Having a private E2E encrypted chat platform that you can customize the way you want for any number of users. Sounds too good to be true right?

Also, what about this Office 365 that everybody is talking about? Do you use it? It's great right? 5 licenses for all your devices, all the tools that you need for your productivity, hosted email account, the works. But did you know that you have no backup for O365? No, you don't, you don't. Microsoft will not cover you for it. There is an upside though. If you have a certain Synology NAS model that supports Active Backup for Microsoft 365, you are good to go! You can have your complete O365 data backed up to your NAS, for free. That's right, no licenses no nothing. You just install it, connect it to your O365 account, and backup. Sweet deal considering that you may already use your NAS for some other services.

The list can go own but also there are certain cloud services that you can't self-host.

One example that I am more than happy to pay for, cloud gaming platforms. GeForceNow, Shadow, Stadia, and the likes. For a small price, you get a brutal gaming platform that you can use on any desktop or mobile device in your house, now that's just great.

I love the idea that I can play a AAA Windows only game on my 2011 Macbook Air or my phone. No noisy gaming rig under my desk, using massive power just for this one purpose. This is one example of how cloud services could be beneficial. I'm sure that some people say the same about their services that they don't want to run on their own HW, but just saying that it is possible in the right conditions.

## Conclusion

The idea behind this article was just to give you an example of what it means to run a self-host set up at your end, and that not all services deserve your hard-earned money. If you invest, maybe some things can be more secure, give you more features, and cost a lot less in the long run.

Do you self-host? What are you planning on? Let me know down in the comments.
### NEW Synology HDD(s) spotted!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-hdd-s-spotted/
Last updated: 2022-08-06T11:37:56.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 06/08/2022 - **New 18TB HAT5310 HDD added** to the list. Also, the new specs of the whole series have been added.

📢

**UPDATE**: 8/4/2022 - **New 4TB HAT5300 HDD** is coming soon (May 11th, 2022) to fill in the existing lineup.

📢

**UPDATE**: 27/08/2021 - Synology has added "Incompatible Models" filter for their [Product compatibility list](https://www.synology.com/en-global/compatibility?ref=blackvoid.club) of supported HDD/SSDs

As an example, here is what the new filter looks like:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-27-at-19.50.37.png)

List of "incompatible" HDD models

Do note that Synology will also **NOT** provide support if you are using u unsupported products:

🗒️

Synology **will not provide technical support** if your device is not on the Synology Products Compatibility List.

Guessing this means drives as well, as they do sell drives also.

📢

**UPDATE**: 25/03/2021 - Added new info on HDD brands supported with the new x21 models

📢

**UPDATE**: 18/02/2021 - Added info on the official plan regarding forcing Synology branded HDDs on the Synology NAS lineup

📢

**UPDATE**: 28/01/2021 - Official info on the new HAT5300 8TB, 12TB, and 16TB models

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-6.png)

The new 3,5" HDDs from Synology are here - the HAT5300 series

Might be a surprise to some, and not others, but looks like Synology has continued to invest and build its drives!

Last year Synology [introduced](https://www.blackvoid.club/b/) four SSDs and M.2 drives to the market, and by the looks of it, they are not stopping. Numerous retail sites have started reporting on potential 8 and 12TB HDDs by Synology.

Today, we finally have the official news on these drives. More detailed information on the Synology site is here:

[HAT5300 | Synology Inc.High-performance, reliable hard drives for Synology systems![](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/hard_drives/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/HAT5300/heading@2x.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/hard%5Fdrives/HAT5300?ref=blackvoid.club)

Labeled as HAT5300-8T, HAT5300-12T, and HAT5300-16T these 7200RPM drives will deliver enterprise performance over a long period of time with declared 550TB of transfer per year.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screen-Shot-2021-01-28-at-19.34.18.png)

Performance over time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screen-Shot-2021-01-28-at-19.26.11.png)

Looks like these drives are Toshiba (possibly MG) drives with custom firmware. On top of this, it looks like these drives will work only with x17 or newer models, and the new high-range NAS units will be compatible only with the HDDs.

To add to this, these HDDs will only work with Synology NAS HW. Will this change remains to be seen.

Here are the official specifications on these 5y warranty SATA drives.

[https://ln.blackvoid.club/hat5300](https://ln.blackvoid.club/hat5300?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-06-at-13.36.00.png)

Some nice stats on these bad boys!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/5year_warranty_02.png)

All drives in this class are covered with 5y warranty

Potententily priced at around **€350** for the 16TB and **€250** for the 8TB we will wait and see if the prices are true, considering that at the moment there are no official global wide prices out there.

How well these drives will compare with other enterprise HDDs remains to be seen. I have no reason to believe that these models will not perform well, well beyond your regular NAS drives. It is obvious that the HAT5300 series is targeted towards NAS models in the high-end range (XS+ models) there is no reason that you can't use them in other + models for example.

DS920+ at the moment does not have the 16TB model as compatible, but that might change.

So Synology now has a nice lineup of its "own" drives that in time will demonstrate how well they perform and compare to the competition.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screen-Shot-2021-01-28-at-19.41.04.png)

Complete HDD and SSD Synology lineup at the moment

## Will I have to use only Synology HDDs with all Synology NAS models?

Short answer, no.

These models will be targeted to only specific main and expansion models from specific series.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-18-at-12.44.26.png)

Information from official Synology presentation for enterprise solutions 2021

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-18-at-12.42.04.png)

~~As we can see, main storage pools and cache slots will ONLY be able to use Synology official drives (including 3,5", 2,5" and NVMe modules) from the following series:~~

**XS, RPxs, XS+, SA, CA, FA**

**UPDATE: 25/03/2021**

Synology has changed its policy on not supporting any other non-Synology brand HDD in their new lineup of models. 

New information has been listed when searching compatible drives for the new models:

```
We have tested and verified the compatibility of third-party products and peripherals on the Synology Products Compatibility List. Please note that the tests conducted in Synology labs may not have covered every aspect and that changes to firmware or hardware may affect device compatibility and stability. Synology does not guarantee the compatibility with third-party products and peripherals on the List and reserves the right to update the List at any time without prior notice (Learn more).

Synology will not provide technical support if your device is not on the Synology Products Compatibility List.

* Always use and manage 4K native (4Kn) hard drives separately.
4Kn hard drives are supported from DSM 5.1-5021. Use 4Kn hard drives separately from hard drives in other disk sector formats when creating, repairing, expanding and migrating any volume, disk group, RAID group and LUN.

* Always install enterprise-level drives on the FS/SA/UC/XS+/XS series models.
It is highly recommended to use enterprise-level drives on your enterprise-level servers to ensure optimal performance.

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-25-at-08.23.12.png)

Also, we can see that the new models have other brands listed for their enterprise-class drives:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-25-at-08.24.04.png)

Make note that the **expansion units** will also be **subject to the same configuration rules** as the main/host NAS device.

This means that all SOHO, mid-range models (DSxxxj, play, and "+") will not have this prerequisite.
### DSM 7 - Directory Server - add macOS 11 (Big Sur) Mac to Synology Active Directory
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-directory-server-add-macos-11-big-sur-mac-to-synology-active-directory/
Last updated: 2021-01-26T10:40:03.000Z
When you say Active Directory in 99% of the time, one name comes to mind, Microsoft. I'm sure that people reading this article are here for a reason, and are aware of the mentioned name, and what it means. In case you are not here is the TL;DR version (from Wikipedia):

> A server running *Active Directory Domain Service* (AD DS) role is called a [domain controller](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Domain%5Fcontroller?ref=blackvoid.club). It [authenticates](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Authentication?ref=blackvoid.club) and [authorizes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Authorization?ref=blackvoid.club) all users and computers in a [Windows](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft%5FWindows?ref=blackvoid.club) domain type network—assigning and enforcing security policies for all computers and installing or updating software. For example, when a user [logs into](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Login?ref=blackvoid.club) a computer that is part of a Windows domain, Active Directory checks the submitted password and determines whether the user is a [system administrator](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System%5Fadministrator?ref=blackvoid.club) or a normal user.[\[4\]](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Active%5FDirectory?ref=blackvoid.club#cite%5Fnote-adw2k3-4) Also, it allows management and storage of information, provides authentication and authorization mechanisms, and establishes a framework to deploy other related services

[While back](https://www.blackvoid.club/how-to-join-a-mac-in-microsoft-active-directory/) I tried adding a Mac to a Windows AD... didn't end well but I learned a few things.

Now, running an AD role is not new in the Synology world of services, it has been around for a while. So this means that you can run your NAS as a full-fledged AD server for your needs.

In this article, I would like to see how well and fast you can get it up and running on your NAS (that has never been an AD server before), as well as see how hard or easy it is to add a macOS client (in this case it will be a virtual Mac) to that same domain.

> Bear in mind that this article is based on the beta version of **the Synology Directory Server** package (current version: 4.10.18-0274) and macOS 11.1.

## Getting Synology Directory Server up and running

If you are running DSM 7 or an older version the process will be the same, but all the images and steps here will be covering the DSM 7 version of this package.

First, we need to set a few things upfront on your NAS before you can install the Directory server package:

1. Static IP address for your NAS
2. DNS server package - this will be installed automatically if it's missing

Setting static IP address should be done no matter if you are using your NAS as a simple file share or running some more "enterprise" oriented services like an AD server in this case. Using **Control Panel > Network > Interface** be sure to set your LAN IP address to static, and not dynamic (DHCP). Last thing you want to your central AD server "traveling" around your network.

The second point (DNS server) can be done while running the installation of the AD package because DSM will detect if the DNS package is missing and install it for you, but just wanted to point out that it is something that needs to be done.

The reason for DNS is the creation of a forward lookup zone for your domain as well as any subdomain A host, and SRV records that are needed for AD to function normally. Don't worry, all this will be done by the wizard so you don't have to worry about it.

Once you have installed both packages using the Package Center you are good to go and configure your domain.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-11.56.37.png)

Installation of Directory and DNS pacakges completed

### Domain creation

Open up **Synology Directory Server** (no need to configure anything in DNS, it will be done automatically) and you should be greeted with a wizard-like below:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.04.55.png)

Your first step in creating a domain

For this scenario, as I said before, I will be creating a fresh domain so options two and three are not part of this article. Select the first option and follow the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.06.14.png)

Add your domain name and your main administrator password

This step is the most important one. Selecting the name.

> Be sure NOT to use a popular **.local** root name because if you are adding macOS clients to the mix, you will have a lot of trouble getting around that, so save yourself some time and nerves and just pick something else. In my case, I went with **.home**, but you can type anything that you feel right for your internal domain name.

Another thing to mention here is that the administrator account that will be created (as well as its password) is NOT the same one as your DSM admin account. This administrator account is part of your domain and as such will be used for all administrative tasks that need to be done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.07.09.png)

Wait for the process to complete...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.06.33.png)

...let DSM configure everything needed and finish the domain creation

Finally, when the process is complete, you will get a summary of the changes that were done. Specifically, the ones listed in this popup:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.07.45.png)

Mind the changes that were done with this process

So what do these changes mean? Well, as a PDC (primary domain controller), your NAS LAN IP, also became the primary DNS address (normal for AD domain setup), and SMB security was raised by applying secure signing that will have a performance impact as a result. You can change these settings, but it is nice that DSM has warned us.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.09.43.png)

Your domain is now complete!

Using Directory server you can see your domain details and options, but also you can see that your NAS is part of a domain using the Control Panel:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.08.23.png)

Control Panel will also show your domain status considering that the NAS is now also a part of the domain

### Add Mac computer to the domain

Just as before, we will need to do at least one thing before we can add our Mac computer to the domain, reconfigure local DNS settings.

This means that you will need to go to **System Preferences** \> **Network** and select your LAN interface (LAN or WIFI). Now using the **Advanced** button, open up the configuration for your Mac interface and jump to the second tab, **DNS**.

There you will need to use the '+' sign in the lower-left corner to add a new DNS record. Be sure to enter your NAS LAN IP address and move it to the top of the list.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.11.04.png)

Add a DNS record pointing to your NAS

On the right-hand side, you can configure using the same process, your search domains (this is optional) by adding your domain name to the list. Once done, click OK and Apply to close the dialog box and apply the configuration.

So now that we have our macOS client ready to send any DNS requests to our domain controller (NAS), we can begin adding it to the domain.

Go back to your **System Preferences**, and then into **Users & Groups**. Once there click the **Login Options** button on the bottom left corner.

> NOTE: If you can't access any Login options, then first click the **Lock** icon on the bottom, authenticate with your local Mac account.

Now, click the **Network Account Server** option by using the **Join...** button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-31-at-09.45.46.png)

First step towards adding your Mac to the domain

This will open a quick join dialog box, but we will not use that one. Instead, use the **Open Directory Utility...** button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-31-at-09.47.06.png)

Open Directory utiliy tool to continue

This will bring forward another macOS application called Directory Utility. You might be wondering if you could have skipped to this app in the first place, and the answer is yes you could, but I wanted to show the long way around and how you can identify that your Mac is or is not a member of the domain (more on that later on).

As before, use the lock icon on the bottom to unlock the settings, and then select the **Active Directory** option followed by clicking on the **pencil** symbol on the bottom.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-31-at-09.50.27.png)

Start your Active Directory configuration here

Expand the dialog box that jumped before you and enter the following:

1. enter Active Directory domain name > your domain name that you defined
2. enter/alter your Computer ID name
3. switch to the Administrative tab and enter your NAS IP address in the 'Prefer this domain server' box

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-31-at-09.51.57.png)

Fill the needed fields and complete the process

Finally, click the **Bind...** button to complete the process. You will need to authenticate with your domain administrator password (that you set up in Directory server wizard) as well as your local macOS password so be sure to read carefully what credentials will be asked of you.

This process shouldn't take more than 30 sec or so to complete, and once its done, your dialog box should look like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.19.41.png)

Mac client added to the domain!

Not much to see but you will notice that the Bind button has changed to **Unbind...** and the top fields are dimmed.

Another way to confirm this from the macOS side is to open back **Users & Groups** module inside Preferences and make sure that you have a "green" light next to the Network Account Server:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.35.08.png)

You are good to go!

Finally, you can verify this from DSM side as well by opening the Users & Computers section in your Directory Server console:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.21.33.png)

Mac compurer is a part of this domain

Well done! All that is left to do now is create a domain account that you will use your Mac with and you are off to the races.

### Create an account and log into your domain

Considering that the Mac is now part of the domain, you can log into it using the local macOS account or the domain account.

Open the Directory Server console in DSM, and go to the Users and Computers section. Click the **Add** button to start the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.20.51.png)

Enter required information

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.21.12.png)

Add a user to any predefined group other then the default one (optional)

After a few steps, you are done. You can confirm this by using the User and Groups section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.21.54.png)

Fresh user added. Note the status that will require a user to change it's password before logging in

### Log into your domain using a Mac computer

So the only thing needed now is to log into your Mac using your domain credentials. To do that, click the **Other...** login profile icon on your macOS login screen and enter your domain user account and password.

If there is a request to change your password before using your new account, you will have to do that on the login screen.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-12.22.47.png)

Considering that the account option to change the password was enabled, user must change it's password before logging into the OS

After the new password has been set, you will be logged into the OS. Simple and quick!

Who said that running your AD requires Microsoft server setup and Windows clients? Pff.

### Domain user home profile location

Ok, finally, and this is optional, we can configure home folders for the Mac client to be saved on the NAS itself. Meaning that a certain Mac profile destination can be by default configured to live on the NAS side.

To configure this we need to do several things. First, we need to activate **home services** on the NAS and configure the **Domain** **users** option to save domain profiles inside the NAS **homes** shared folder.

To do that, first, we need to go to **Control Panel** \> **User & Group > Advanced (tab)**. On the bottom, there is a section called **User Home**. Activate it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-31-at-12.26.32.png)

This option might be activated from before (if you are using Drive, or Photos for example). In any case make sure that it is active

Next we go to **Control Panel > Domain/LDAP > Domain user (tab).**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-13.07.20.png)

Configure the use of home shared folder for your domain users

Once there, click the Update domain data button to get the latest list of all domain users in the list (if they are missing), and then click the User Home button to open up the following dialog:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-13.07.39.png)

Confirm the usage of home shared folder are your destination

Now that we have done this, be sure to go to your new domain user settings, inside **Directory Server > Users & Groups**, and on the **Profile**, tab configure the home directory local path to your NAS network IP address followed by the **home** folder name (you can use any name that you want apart from home). Example below:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-13.09.10.png)

Use an UNC format to configure the path to your home root folder

The format needs to be the following:

`\\nas_ip_address\home`

Now, as soon as you log into you Mac computer the profile will be created in on your NAS **homes** shared folder:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-13.08.14.png)

An example of a Mac domain user 'home' folder content living on your NAS

Any content that is in the root of this folder will be of course visible on your Mac side as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-30-at-13.08.47-1.png)

Same destination visibile on the macOS side

## Conclusion

I have to say that using AD services on the Synology side (if you don't have the need to use the entire fleet of options that exist on the Windows side), was an easy experience. No problems at all, and the good thing is that in the new version we get the option to have multiple AD servers, so if you do decide to use this for your business case, now you have have a high avaliablity option when it comes to running your own domain.

Of course you will need a separate NAS for that as well, but still, a great addition.

Let me know in the comments if you have any questions, suggestion or problems.
### 3rd-party package support in DSM 7
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/3rd-party-package-support-in-dsm-7/
Last updated: 2021-03-19T08:38:10.000Z
> UPDATE: 19/3/2021 - Today Synology [announced](https://www.blackvoid.club/cloud-station-suite-to-be-discontinued-in-favor-of-drive-3-0/) they will retire their **Cloud Station suite** on DSM (not SRM) as of April 30th, 2021

A few months back Synology had [announced](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm7-development-materials-are-here/) 3rd party DEV materials that are needed for 3rd party support of various apps.

Today I would like to expand a bit on the story regarding the general direction that Synology is heading with 3rd party support.

Published on the community [site](https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/20/post/139094?ref=blackvoid.club), there is a topic regarding this, so feel free to comment there as well, but I just wanted to break down what Synology reported on this.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-15-at-09.59.52.png)

3rd party list is getting shorter and shorter

3rd party apps will fall into three categories:

1. supported by Synology (type A)
2. supported by 3rd party development (type B)
3. not supported (type C)

> I have been rooting for [**Docker**](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/docker/) and using any non-Synology solution via that platform, so as long as you are using your NAS to host any real 3rd party solution, you might consider running it via Docker. At any point in time, Synology might decide to deprecate the official support of your favorite 3rd party app (type A) and move it to the type C category.

So, regarding the official Synology support of 3rd party apps, known as **Type A**, this is the link where the up to date list will be: [https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third\_Party/supported\_third\_party\_packages\_beta](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/supported%5Fthird%5Fparty%5Fpackages%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club)

At the moment supported apps that made the cut with DSM 7 upcoming version are:

Acronis TrueImage, ArchiwareP5, ArchiwarePure, ElephantDrive, EynioServer, GoodSyncServer, IDrive, KodExplorer, LogicalDOC8, MEGAcmd, MinimServer, Nakivo Backup and Replication, Nakivo Transporter, NordVPN, QuikFynd, Resilio Sync, Sony BraviaMeeting, Sony BraviaSignage, Syncthing, Teamviewer, VirtualHere, 玩物下载 (Onewu download)

**Type B** apps are the ones that will work with DSM 7 but 3rd party development is needed to make the app officially compatible with the upcoming new changes. Essentially those are all Synocommunity apps, and services or any other 3rd party repositories that list any DSM compatible apps.

**Type C** apps are the ones that will not survive into DSM 7 at all. These include Synology and 3rd party apps/services alike. The current list at the moment is this:

Cloud Station Server (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Cloud Station ShareSync (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Discourse, DokuWiki, Drupal, Drupal8, DVBLink, GitLab, GLPI, Java7, Java8, LimeSurvey, Logitech® Media Server, LXQt, Magento, Magento2, MantisBT, Moments (replaced by Synology Photos), Mono, Moodle, Node.js 0.10, Node.js 0.12, Node.js v4, Node.js v6, Node.js v8, Odoo 8, OpenERP 6.1, OpenERP 7.0, OrangeHRM, Orthanc, osCommerce, osTicket, PHP PEAR, Photo Station (replaced by Synology Photos), phpBB, Piwik, Podcast Generator, PrestaShop, PrestaShop1.7, Redmine, Ruby, Spree, SugarCRM, SVN, Synology File Manager, Tomcat6, Tomcat7, TVMosaic, Webalizer

I have also [written](https://www.blackvoid.club/end-of-life-for-some-synology-packages/) about this back in June, and this is old news, so it should not come as a surprise that DSM 7 will not support these apps. Some of these are already not working on DSM 6.x version as well.

In conclusion, running 3rd party apps on a bare metal NAS will be a risk, and you will be at the mercy of Synology if those apps and services will be supported. Keep in mind that the best thing you could do is either use native apps, or use Docker as your platform that runs on Synology NAS, and use it to run any 3rd party needs that you might have.

With Docker, you will be able to migrate to any other Docker capable platform at any point by simply exporting your containers, and moving them in a matter of minutes to another Docker host.

At the moment there is no clear intention that Synology is planning on terminating Docker support. If anything, it is more clear that they want to support it even more like one of the main 3rd party platforms to give us a starting point for any other custom app or service that we might need.

This is the main reason for "killing" so many of 3rd party apps that they officially support. RND for those apps are taking a lot of time and Synology wants to focus on their products to give us a better SW and HW solutions in the end. Makes sense.

So, once again, think about what you want and how you want to run it on your NAS before you decide to make the jump.

Let me know down in the comments what your thoughts are on this and how do you use your NAS when it comes to 3rd party apps, and services.
### DSM 7 - Active Backup for Business v2.2.0-11761 (BETA)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-backup-for-business-v-2-2-0/
Last updated: 2021-12-15T09:38:13.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 15/12/2021 - Active Backup for Business **v2.2.1-12074** **works with Windows 11** (21H2 22000.318)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-15-at-08.52.56.png)

ABB client installed on Windows 11

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-15-at-09.25.35.png)

Backup task completed with no problem

Also, restoring that backup as a virtual machine inside ESXi v7, and Synology Virtual Machine Manager, was successful.

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 02/06/2021 - added new information on ABB data transfer compression and encryption

Since Active Backup for Business **version 2.2.0-1761**, Synology has added two new features.

Enable data transfer compression  
Enable data transfer encryption

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-02-at-15.04.25-1.png)

View from ABB template side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-02-at-15.04.36-1.png)

View from end-user client side

---

> UPDATE: 26/02/2021 - Added update info on Linux backup over the Internet in the *Add Linux machine and create backup/restore operations* section.

In October of 2019, I have written a general article on the [Active Backup for Business](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/) Synology package. If you are interested in how it works and what it is, be sure to check that article first.

In this one I would like to focus on the current (still in beta) ABB version that works with DSM7, specifically on the Linux distro support and how it performs.

> Do keep in mind that this version has just arrived with the DSM7 public beta version. Saying this, do not, use DSM or any of the apps on your main (or only) NAS devices that are your main production devices.

My initial article was a pure Windows-based one considering that there was still no Linux client compatibility at that time (apart from an rsync method).

Let's see how Linux distros will work with this current 2.2 version. First, this is the current version changelog:

#### Compatibility and Installation

1. Updated to be compatible with DSM 7.0 Beta.

#### What’s New

Supports backing up and restoring Linux physical servers of the following distributions:

- CentOS: 6.10, 7.8, 8.1
- RHEL: 6.10, 7.8, 8.1
- Ubuntu: 16.04, 18.04, 20.04
- Fedora: 30, 31, 32
- Debian: 8.0 to 10
1. Added support for VMware vSphere 7.0.0.
2. Added support for compression and encryption settings for personal computers, physical servers, and virtual machines at the backup destination.
3. Supports migrating instantly restored virtual machines on Virtual Machine Manager to VMware vSphere or Microsoft Hyper-V.

Users can now back up a maximum of 50 devices (personal computers, physical servers, and virtual machines) concurrently. The actual number varies by RAM capacity:  

- Less than 8 GB: 10
- Between 8 GB and 32 GB: 30
- More than 32 GB: 50
1. Supports customizing pre/post scripts for physical server backups.
2. Supports removing data when the storage is deleted.
3. Added support for backup reports in PDF format to be attached in emails.
4. Supports deleting reports.
5. Supports automatically checking if the required services on VMware vSphere/Microsoft Hyper-V are properly configured when adding a hypervisor or creating a backup task.
6. Supports skipping duplicated pagefile.sys, hiberfil.sys, and swapfiles.sys files when backing up personal computers and physical servers.
7. Scheduled backup tasks for physical servers/personal computers will be canceled when the devices are disconnected for over an hour after tasks start.
8. Displays tasks that have been restored within the last 48 hours in "Restore Status."

Supports instant restore to Hyper-V for backup tasks with compression or encryption at backup destination enabled.

##### Applied models:

- FS-series: FS6400, FS3600, FS3400, FS1018, FS2017
- SA-series: SA3600, SA3400, SA3200D
- 21-series: DS1621xs+, DS1621+
- 20-series: RS820RP+, RS820+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS620slim, DS420+, DS220+
- 19-series: RS1619xs+, DS2419+, DS1819+, DS1019+
- 18-series: RS3618xs, RS2818RP+, RS2418RP+, RS2418+, DS3018xs, DS1618+, DS918+, DS718+, DS418play, DS218+
- 17-series: RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs+, DS3617xs

#### Limitations

1. Backup tasks that have enabled compression or encryption at backup destinations can't apply the following settings:
- Instant restore to Virtual Machine Manager
- Instant restore to VMware (for virtual machines on VMware vSphere 7.0.1)
- Backup verification

## Installing ABB

Just like any other package, ABB can be installed from the Package center. Presented with a new icon and color palette you can't miss it, not to mention that it is the first icon in the list as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.52.48.png)

After a few options (volume destination for example) installation will begin

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.54.49.png)

All of the Active Backup tools have gotten their icons upgraded

## ABB new (old) UI

The interface in the new version of ABB is new in terms of the color palette. The sections, submenus, and options are the same (for the most part on the main screen).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-15.22.54.png)

ABB v2.2\. Same setup, but blue color is present as the previous version was green, nothing major

Apart from the color, like any other app, ABB is also using a new font type and icons.

## Connecting to VMware vSphere v7

Apart from supporting Linux based distros, ABB now supports vSphere v7 by VMWare, so let's see how to get them connected.

Presuming you have a running ESXi v7 instance, connecting it to your ABB is simple.

Go to **Virtual Machine** section and the first tab will be **VMware vSphere**, there you should click the **Manage Hypervisor** button to start the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-10.26.50.png)

Start by connecting to your hypervisor

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-10.27.26.png)

Only one thing to do, click **Add**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-10.27.39.png)

Make sure to enter your ESXi IP address, port and account to connect to it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-10.32.15.png)

Green means all is well, close the dialog box

After you have conncted to your hypervisor it will list all the VM that it can detect

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-10.32.30.png)

VMs will start to populate the VM section

That's it. You are connected to your ESXi v7 host and now you can start doing tasks with any VM listed there.

## Add Linux machine and create backup/restore operations

> NOTE: 26/02/2021 - Keep in mind that the following steps will work for a **LOCAL backup process only** at this time. If you try and enter FQDN of your ABB server and try and **backup over the Internet, this will not work**! It will work for Windows clients, but at the moment it will not work for Linux (Ubunutu clients)

Now, most users might be interested in support for bare metal Linux distro support. My test will include a virtual machine as a demo but the same will apply to a bare metal one.

Start by going to **Physical server** section in the main window and click the **Linux** tab. If you don't have any machines already added, click the **Add device** button to start the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.24.24.png)

Here we go...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.24.42.png)

...and we are done! (Wait what?)

As you can see two wizard steps need to be completed and ready to get things going.

Pay attention to the steps needed to complete and get a Linux machine into your ABB console (detail steps following). As an example, I have used Ubuntu 20.10 distro (you will see that it is not on the list in the changelog, but this version also works just fine).

### STEP01 - Download and extract the installation

In the image above you can see the option to download the DEB or RPM version of the installation, so choose what fits your needs best. After you have extracted it, you will see two files: **read.me** and **install.run**.

Position yourself in the folder where you extracted the files and start the installation with the following command:

`sudo ./install.ru`

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.44.21.png)

Installation will begin and install the needed prerequisites

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.45.18.png)

Full read.me instructions

As described in the read.me some components will need to be installed as part of the ABB linux client install.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.50.00.png)

After a few minutes install is done

Install process should complete in a matter of minutes even with all the downloads happening. As instructed, now you need to connect your machine using the ABB to your server-side (NAS).

### STEP02 - Connection to your ABB instance

As you figured by now, the Linux ABB client is a command-line based unlike the Windows one. No matter it's straightforward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.52.48.png)

Connecting to your ABB instance on your NAS

Start by running this command:

`sudo abb-cli -c`

This will initiate the **connect** command and as you your ABB server **IP**, **username**, and **password**, as well as to confirm any certificate exceptions that might happen.

After that, a confirmation screen will appear with details of your task that it will pick up from the **Settings > Templates** section of your ABB instance (Linux template).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.53.56.png)

Confirm if you are satisfied with the options

As soon as you confirm the settings, the task will be registered on your Linux machine and it will show up in your ABB Linux section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.54.19.png)

Configured linux machine in your ABB

In order to connect using some additional settings (if needed) you can use the following commands:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-11.56.20.png)

Full list of commands and options needed for client side operations

## Running the backup (linux)

Now that we have the machine on the list we can monitor it, and perform backup/restore operations with it.

To run a manual backup (outside a schedule for example), simply go to the **Task list** tab, locate the task that you want to run, and clicking the **Backup** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.07.50.png)

Details of the backup process

Using the **Details** button, you can see more information about the current task in real-time as well as over time stats about the amount of data transferred for a particular backup job.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.11.37.png)

Task completed

## Restore content using the ABB User portal

As we can see the process of backup is simple as expected and the same as it is with Windows based machines.

To get to your data you can use the **User portal** via the DSM menu page. Depending on your DSM user you will have access to single or multiple backup tasks.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.15.00.png)

Once logged you will have access to all of your linux partitions and files

As expected, you can travel back and forth in time until you find the data or version you are looking for. The next few images will simulate a deletion of a single file as well as its restoration using the portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.15.33.png)

File that will be deleted from the Ubuntu instance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.15.42.png)

Deleting the file...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.15.52.png)

...done

We can now use the portal interface to locate the file and restore it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.16.27.png)

File located on the same path that was deleted from

Simply select the file and click the **Restore** button. Confirm it, and you are done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.16.58.png)

1 min later after deleting the file, we got it back

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.17.48.png)

Also the task will get registerd in the ABB console

As we can see under **Task history** the restore process was successful and registered. So back up, and restore functions work just fine. Let's move to another scenario.

## Physical to virtual restore

Now let's just imagine a possible problem that could happen. Let's say your regularly backed up Linux machine has a hardware problem that makes it currently unavailable.

If you need to use it and continue working with it you might think that you are in trouble, but not necessarily.

If we combine the previous ESXi hypervisor we have the option to turn that physical machine into a virtual one and access it for example via a remote desktop app from almost any device that still works.

Let's see how that will work.

### Restore your machine back up to a virtual machine (VMWare)

You will have three hypervisors as your options:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.13.05.png)

All potential hypervisors you can restore to

In my case, Synology VMM was not installed and ABB detected it, so the last option is dimmed.

For this example let's try and restore to a previously configured ESXi v7 instance that our ABB is connected to.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.19.49.png)

For this example, full VM restore

Select if you want to do a quick full restore. In my case, this is a small VM so full restore will be fine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.20.19.png)

Enter information needed

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.20.31.png)

Select the hypervisor (if there will be more on your ESXi instance)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.20.56.png)

Datastore where the new restored VM will "live"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.21.12.png)

VM network that you need your VM to connect to

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.21.25.png)

Verify and confirm

After this, the process will start and you can follow the progress in the **Restore status** section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.21.39.png)

Restore to your virtual setup is in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.25.20.png)

All done!

Once the process is complete you can access the machine using your ESXi to power it up and continue your work.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.26.08.png)

View from your ESXi hypervisor

As soon as the process is completed, inside your ABB console, we will see that we have got another machine in the **physical server** section. Why if this is a virtual machine now? Well, considering it is running with the ABB command-line client, it registered as a "regular" machine as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.28.49.png)

But, not to worry, the same machine has registered inside the **Virtual machine** section as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.30.44.png)

Restored machine is here (Ubuntu20\_test\_restore)

Once we start the machine, we will see that it is the same one, running under a different IP address and VM name, but the content, apps, and everything else, is the same and unchanged.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-09-at-12.29.12.png)

Your physical device has gone full virtual!

Unlike my initial article where I focused on bare metal restore, this time I have decided to show that a Linux machine can also be turned into a working virtual one if you need to at any time or simply want to.

## Conclusion

Synology has delivered on their promise from 1,5y ago when they first announced that ABB will be getting Linux support in 2020\. Well, COVID-19, did mess up a lot in the world, so support from macOS backup is yet to come, and I don't think it will be in the next 6 months or even when DSM7 hits "gold" status.

However, the main thing is that ABB is now covering a lot more modern OS options, support for new hypervisor versions, and will eventually support macOS as well, we just have to be a bit more patient.

macOS support will be a great alternative to native Time Machine backup and if there will be a bare-metal restore option, that will be just a cherry on the top, but one step at a time.

Let me know in the comments what your impressions of the ABB tool overall are, and if you have any questions or suggestions, please do share them.
### Cyberpunk 2077 on nVIDIA GeForceNOW!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/cyberpunk-2077-is-finally-here/
Last updated: 2020-12-10T09:34:15.000Z
After two delays Cyberpunk 2077 is finally here! From the developers that brought the Witcher franchise for us, now comes a futuristic 1st person RPG.

I have been waiting a long time for this game (as we all did right?), and have managed to stay away from all the spoilers, trailers, wirecity videos, and more just so I can be blown away by this game.

Considering that I am a Mac user, gaming on it is not a thing, right? Well as much as could run it via boot camp on Windows (omg!) I have decided to stick with the NVIDIA GeforceNOW cloud service.

This game support GOG, Steam, and Epic editions, and all are available on the GFN cloud service.

Considering that I am also still waiting for my fiber to arrive, I still won't be able to enjoy the full 50Mbit stream quality but so far I have tested the game and it's looking great! RTX is ON!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-10-at-08.47.19.jpg)

Decided for a Streetkid path to begin with

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-10-at-08.47.11.jpg)

No way am I playing very hard :D

I haven't played a single game since World of Warcraft back in 2011 and some Diablo 3/Stacraft 2 here and thereafter that, so getting into a new game is a big deal for me. If this game will be as open and high quality, as they say, I might just stick with it for a long time.

GFN runs Cyberpunk without a single problem, and the quality of the game is insane. I have just played a first 30min or so, but I was blown away by two things. First, the game is so detailed and so immersive it's scary at times, and second GFN service is just brutal.

Wish other popular brands will be back on this platform but at the moment we still have to wait. No matter, that's why Cyberpunk is here for!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-10-at-09.12.17.jpg)

Cloud gaming a triple A title, so cool

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-10-at-09.34.04.jpg)

I could smell that burger, also, the gun on the table was a nice touch

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-10-at-09.34.10.jpg)

Getting a deal with a shark, not smart but you have to make a living

In all, love the fact that we have finally got this game on GFN, and even more than the service runs so nice. If you are wondering should you get into cloud gaming, my humble opinion is yes. If you don't own a gaming pc, or on top of that are a casual gamer, cloud gaming is the way for you.

Of course, there are alternatives out there, but at the moment, I will stick with GFN and see how it goes.
### DSM 7 - 41222 public beta upgrade and new features
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-41222-public-beta-upgrade-and-new-features/
Last updated: 2021-04-26T05:58:29.000Z
> UPDATE (not 100% verified): 16/4/21 - There are some indications that we might get another update in the next few months, but there are also news (again unofficial) that Syno might push for a summer 2021 final realease (from Syno support chat). Still to be verified.

> UPDATE: 27/12/2020 - DSM 7 will **NOT** be coming to DS1821+ model but it will be supported in the full release

Yesterday was an exciting day for Synology. We have got our first DSM 7 public beta after three months of public preview and over 2,5y since the initial announcement of DSM 7.

I have been running the public preview version since day one and have had no problems at all. The NAS was stable and running fine with no major problems (apart from the volume degradation at one point, but that was just the old drive dying), so today I have updated to DSM 7 41222 version (public beta).

Let's see how that went!

In case you have missed my latest articles on DSM 7 overall have a look [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/), and if you want to get on board with the latest public beta you can download it [here](https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm70%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club).

> NOTE: Understand that this is still a **beta**. Nothing in DSM 7 is still final and it's subject to change or complete remap in the end. In some cases, some features might be completely removed!

Head to DSM 7 public beta site here: [https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm70\_beta](https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm70%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club) and download the version for your model.

Here are the highlights for this 41222 version:

#### Before Update

1. DSM 7.0 can only be updated from DSM 6.2.
2. Reserve extra time to complete DSM 7.0 update. The DSM update takes 10 to 20 minutes, while package update may take more than an hour. The actual time depends on the computing power of your model, the number of media indexing files, and the number of packages installed.
3. The official version of Active Insight, Synology Photos, and Secure SignIn mobile applications are available in app stores. To avoid possible compatibility issues, users who installed these applications during DSM 7.0 Preview program should update them after the DSM update.

#### DSM

1. USB devices (Wi-Fi dongle, Bluetooth dongle, 3G/4G dongle, USB DAC/speaker, and DTV dongle) are no longer supported. If your Synology NAS is currently connected via a wireless dongle, it will be disconnected after the update.
2. Creating SSD caches on block-level LUNs is no longer supported. Existing SSD cache for block LUNs will function normally after the update.
3. DDSM is incompatible with DSM 7.0\. To continue using DDSM, you should retain the current DSM version. To update to DSM 7.0, please delete DDSM first.
4. To provide comprehensive TLS support and ensure compatibility, the TLS/SSL profile level in Modern compatibility will automatically change to Intermediate Compatibility after the update.
5. EZ-Internet is merged with Router Configuration in Control Panel. To set up port forwarding, go to Control Panel > External Access > Router Configuration.
6. Python3 is merged into DSM as a built-in service. The original Python3 package will be unavailable in Package Center and you can remove it manually.
7. The following DDNS providers are removed from the service provider list at Control Panel > External Access > DDNS:  
CloudNS, DNO-O-Matic, DNSEXIT, Dynamic DO!.jp, Joker.com, RU-CENTER, TwoDNS.de, Variomedia, Zoneedit.com
8. The updated QuickConnect connection is secured with an SSL certificate, and your QuickConnect domain will be passed to Let's Encrypt for certificate application purpose. Please refer to the [Privacy Statement](https://www.synology.com/company/legal/privacy?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
9. Video conversion to FLV and MPEG-4 Part 2 formats on the following models is no longer supported.
- 20-series: DS120j
- 19-series: DS119j
- 16-series: DS216se
- 15-series: DS215j, DS115, DS115j
- 14-series: RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS214+, DS214, DS214se, DS114
- 13-series: DS213j
1. NT4 domains are no longer supported. Current NT4 domains will be unavailable after the update.

#### Packages

1. Synology Moments and Photo Station will be upgraded to and merged as Synology Photos. If you would like to use Synology Photos on your mobile devices, please install the iOS/Android app. See [this page](http://sy.to/photosmigration?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
2. Cloud Station Server and Cloud Station ShareSync will be upgraded to and merged with Synology Drive Server. If you are using any Cloud Station Suite applications (Cloud Station Server, Cloud Station Drive, Cloud Station Backup, Cloud Station ShareSync, or DS cloud), you must switch to their counterparts in the Synology Drive Suite to ensure compatibility. See [this page](http://sy.to/wmuxf?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.
3. Central Management System no longer supports managing Synology NAS with DSM version earlier than DSM 6.2\. Please update all managed servers to DSM 6.2 or above first. Managed servers that are unable to update to DSM 6.2 should be disjoined from Central Management System before the update.
4. MariaDB 5 is incompatible with DSM 7.0\. To update to DSM 7.0, please install MariaDB 10, [migrate the database](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/How%5Fto%5Fmigrate%5Fdatabase%5FMariaDB5%5Fto%5FMariaDB10?ref=blackvoid.club), and uninstall MariaDB 5 in Package Center first.
5. If you cannot find certain Synology approved third-party packages in Package Center, check out [this article](https://www.synology.com/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/supported%5Fthird%5Fparty%5Fpackages%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club) for the latest status of the packages. For other third-party packages, please contact their developers for more information.
6. The following packages are no longer supported:  
Cloud Station Server (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Cloud Station ShareSync (replaced by Synology Drive Server), Discourse, DokuWiki, Drupal, Drupal8, DVBLink, GitLab, GLPI, Java7, Java8, LimeSurvey, Logitech® Media Server, LXQt, Magento, Magento2, MantisBT, Moments (replaced by Synology Photos), Mono, Moodle, Node.js 0.10, Node.js 0.12, Node.js v4, Node.js v6, Node.js v8, Odoo 8, OpenERP 6.1, OpenERP 7.0, OrangeHRM, Orthanc, osCommerce, osTicket, PHP PEAR, Photo Station (replaced by Synology Photos), phpBB, Piwik, Podcast Generator, PrestaShop, PrestaShop1.7, Redmine, Ruby, Spree, SugarCRM, SVN, Synology File Manager, Tomcat6, Tomcat7, TVMosaic, Webalizer

#### Limitations

1. When you click Notifications > Show All on your desktop right after the update, you will only be able to see the 20 most recent notifications. However, this won't occur for future notifications.
2. In Central Management System, if the CMS host runs DSM 6.2 (or earlier) but the managed servers run DSM 7.0, the CMS host cannot manage package updates for the managed servers.

#### What’s New

1. Storage
- A new revision of Storage Manager:
- Added visuals of Synology NAS models with their drive slots, expansion units, and built-in M.2 slots to help users view drive status.
- Enhanced usability with a clearer display of the relationship between storage pools, volumes, and SSD caches.
- Enhanced the setup process of Hot Spare and Data Scrubbing.
- Added a feature to guide users through configuring newly inserted drives.
- New features of storage pools, volumes, and drives:
- Supports performing different tasks on different storage pools simultaneously.
- Supports updating the firmware for Synology drives.
- Enhanced the access performance of RAID 6 by 80% on Broadwellnk (FS1018, SA3400, RS1619xs+, DS3018xs) and Grantley (FS3017) CPUs.
- Enhanced the access performance of degraded RAID 6 by 70%.
- Added display of the storage usage of each category item on Btrfs volumes.
- Added a new Fast Repair mechanism to reduce the time needed for RAID repair based on storage usage and thus reduce the time of RAID degradation.
- Added the ability to replace a drive in a healthy storage pool with an unused one without interrupting services or causing storage pool degradation.
- Added the ability to automatically replace “Critical” or “Failing” drives in protected storage pools with Hot Spare.
- Added the Auto Repair feature to automatically run a RAID repair when a malfunctioned drive is replaced with a healthy one in the same drive slot.
- Added the ability to eject a storage pool on an expansion unit to ensure the safe removal of drives without interrupting system services.
- Added the ability to mount storage pools from drives that are inserted after the device has been powered on without interrupting system services.
- Added support for Western Digital® Device Analytics™ (WDDA) health analytics service for compatible WD Purple™, Red™, and Red™ Pro drives.
- New features of SSD Cache:
- Added the ability to create and remove SSD caches without interrupting system services.
- Added the new SSD Cache Advisor to monitor I/O accesses and provide more accurate capacity recommendations.
- Added the ability to pin all Btrfs metadata to SSD caches to enhance the performance of accessing small files and shorten the response time when accessing files regularly.
- Added the ability to activate automatic protection on SSD read-write caches with multi-drive fault tolerance.
- Added support for the quick write-back mechanism, delivering a 30% faster synchronization from SSD caches to HDDs when automatic protection is activated.

2\. Resource Monitor

- Revamped the display of recorded performance metrics with a finer granularity of data points and the ability to focus on certain time points.
- Enhanced monitoring transparency of system services by separating larger, unrelated processes.
- Added the ability to manage currently accessed files and their connected users to better handle locked files.

3\. File System/File Services

- Supports enabling/disabling file compression for shared folders created on DSM 7.0.
- Enhanced file compression ratio and added display for the current ratio for each shared folder.
- Added support for cross-protocol locking between SMB and AFP.
- Supports accessing encrypted shared folders via NFS.
- Enhanced Btrfs performance and lowered I/O latency.
- Modularized the SMB file service into a package.
- Allows users to enable/disable SMB transfer logs for permission changes, providing more flexible transfer logs.
- Enhanced the encryption performance by up to 10% on certain models with the x86 platform.

4\. User Management

- Enhanced the password policy. Passwords must exclude username and description, include both upper-case and lower-case letters as well as numerical digits. The minimum password length is 8 characters.
- Added the ability to delegate predefined administrator roles to non-administrator user accounts and allow them to manage certain services and system settings, offering more flexible permission management.
- Added the ability to require imported users to change their passwords after their initial DSM logins.
- Added the ability to assign user accounts from import lists to specific groups.

5\. Domain/LDAP Integration

- Enhanced LDAP client authentication performance by reducing the number of queries sent with a caching mechanism.
- The following services and packages now support UPN logins: Synology Assistant, Hyper Backup, Synology Mail Server, Synology Calendar, and Shared Folder Sync.
- Enhanced domain database synchronization performance by syncing only altered data.

6\. Security

- Added the ability to block USB and console ports.
- Enhanced QuickConnect connection process to strengthen security.
- Provides only TLS 1.3 support for the Modern Compatibility option for TLS/SSL profile level.
- Added the ability to set 2-factor authentication as mandatory for specific users or groups.

7\. User Experience

- Enhanced user experience for DSM first-time installation and Synology Account related service setup (e.g. QuickConnect).
- Added information and usage tips about security, notification, and other recommended settings in DSM Help.
- Added the ability to back up DSM system configuration to a connected Synology Account.
- Added support for application webhook integration to send system notifications to Synology Chat and other third-party applications.
- Added severity levels to notifications for better categorization of events.
- Enhanced user interface responsiveness to launch installed packages and services faster.
- Enhanced login performance when connecting from external networks.
- Enhanced user experience for package update processes by displaying the update status with package icons on the DSM desktop.
- Supports resetting the passwords of all user accounts in the administrators group by pressing the RESET button on Synology NAS for 4 seconds.
- Enhanced Control Panel usability by reorganizing related functionality together:
- Added a new Synology Account tab to consolidate future services provided through Synology Account.
- Consolidated Domain/LDAP options to be configured in a new unified wizard.
- Consolidated QuickConnect settings into the External Access tab.
- Consolidated User and Groups settings.
- Consolidated Theme and Application Portal options into Login Portal tab.
- Consolidated email notification options into Notification > Email tab.
- Consolidated WS-Discovery into File Services > SMB.
- Consolidated Network > DSM Settings into Login Portal > Web Services.
- Relocated the SMB Server Signing option to File Services > SMB > Advanced Settings.
- Moved Shared Folder Sync into the File Services tab.
- Moved the Enforce 2-factor authentication option into the Security tab.
- Modularized DHCP Server into a package.

## Installing DSM 7 4122 beta

Like any other manual installation, DSM 7 beta is nothing different. Go to **Control Panel** \> **Update & Restore** and on the **DSM Update** tab use the **Manual DSM update** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.23.31.png)

Start your DSM 7 beta update here

Now just follow the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.23.42.png)

Select the file you have downloaded for your NAS model

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.24.52.png)

Bit of information and warnings

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.25.00.png)

Point of no return once you click Yes

Update on my RS3614RPxs model was 12min including installation, reboot, and reconfiguration of all the settings and packages. Of course, that will depend on how many tasks DSM needs to do on your setup and what version you are updating from.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.25.11.jpg)

Upgrade process started

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.25.24.jpg)

Going well so far

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.26.37.jpg)

Leave your NAS to reboot as the next phase will kick in after that

As soon as your NAS has rebooted it will continue the installation and configuration process by checking your DSM packages.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.35.38.png)

Update of your DSM packages

Finally, you will be done, and logging into DSM you will notice immediately some facelift changes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.37.52.png)

DSM 7 beta up and running!

The **What is new in DSM 7.0** wizard will point you to some important new features supported by your NAS.

> NOTE: some elements and features will not work on all devices (like Active Insight).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.42.14.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.42.31.png)

Skip or select features you want to activate (you can do it later as well)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.43.59.png)

RS3614RPxs running DSM 7 41222 version

That's it! All done. As I said before it took a bit over 10 min for all of it to complete, and with 0 problems on top of it all.

A few screens that show how the new DSM 7 beta looks like (the font and colors have been tweaked a bit from the preview version):

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.59.59.png)

DSM 7 - 41222 Control Panel

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.57.19.jpg)

DSM 7 - 41222 Application menu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-09.58.31.jpg)

DSM 7 - 41222 Desktop with several windows (Resource monitor, CMS, and Docker)

Be sure to check all the other article from the DSM 7 [series](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/) for a more in-depth looks into some of new features and apps.

Let me know down in the comments below what you think about the new beta and if you will jump on in or not!
### DSM 7 - Office and Drive Server 3
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-office-and-drive-server-3/
Last updated: 2021-08-04T10:31:12.000Z
> **UPDATE**: 04/08/2021 - **Drive v3** is officially **out of the "beta channel"**. You will get a "out-of-date" notification that will require you to **update the Drive server and client apps to the new version**. After you update your server side, your Drive clients **will start to display a warning**, and **until you patch** the client side to the new version you might have problems. 

> **UPDATE**: 22/04/2021 - Added new leak informations on a potential new **Drive X** mobile client app on the bottom of the article

> **UPDATE**: 17/04/2021 - Added new info on the matter of "**on-demand sync**" feature for macOS on the bottom of the article

Synology Office and Drive services are one of the most common apps used by all Synology users.

Formally Synology had all these apps as separate packages but over the years they have merged into one (well two) app.

Document, Slides, and Spreadsheet apps are already part of a package called Office, and to make things even more interesting once you install you will access it via the Synology Drive app.

This might be confusing at first but that's how the setup has been configured and this is not a DSM7 change at all, in case you don't use Office at the moment, but do use Drive (Dropbox alternative).

### Whats new and different with Office and Drive in DSM7?

There are not many groundbreaking changes in these two apps but there are a few that are worth mentioning.

Drive has had more changes than Office so I'll start with that one.

### Drive v3.0

**Important Note**  
The public sharing function in the Permission tab is moved to the Public Link (previously named Advanced Protection Link) tab to strengthen security settings.

**Compatibility and Installation**

1. Synology Drive Server 3.0 and above versions no longer support Cloud Station Suite applications. If you are using any Cloud Station Suite applications (Cloud Station Server, Cloud Station Drive, Cloud Station Backup, Cloud Station ShareSync, or DS cloud), you must switch to their counterparts in the Synology Drive Suite to ensure compatibility.
2. Connected Synology Drive client applications, including Synology Drive Client and Synology Drive ShareSync, must be updated to version 3.0 or above to ensure compatibility.
3. Updated to be compatible with DSM 7.0 Preview.

**What's New**

1. Enhanced the dashboard in Synology Drive Admin Console to provide detailed package information:
- Operation status
- An overview of client devices
- Client connection time
- Top externally accessed files
- Package usage trend
1. Provides more granular file-sharing settings for administrators, including enforcing password protection and expiration date protection when sharing files publicly, disallowing users to share files publicly or internally, or only allowing specific users or groups to share files publicly.
2. Enhanced event logs to provide detailed information about file changes, such as file sharing and restoration.
3. Supports transferring file ownership to other users to prevent data loss.
4. Supports displaying nicknames instead of usernames to identify users more easily in Synology Drive web portal.
5. Supports displaying personal quota usage in shared folders for better storage management.
6. Supports previewing file contents (such as PDF, TXT, JPEG, ZIP) in the Synology Drive web portal without downloading them.
7. Supports customizing the Synology Drive login portal layout.
8. Enhanced sync performance on Synology Drive Client when renaming files or folders on Synology NAS.

Would like to note a few things there were not possible before:

1. First it is important to notice the warning under compatibility. For a while now, and over the years, Synology has been known to terminate and substitute apps or some features/functions inside their exiting platform and move it to a completely new app.

The same thing has happened with Drive. As on version, 3.0 Drive will no longer support Cloud Station Suite applications. Be sure to update to the new version before moving to Drive 3

2\. Drive Admin console changes

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-29-at-13.15.47.png)

New Synology Drive Admin console - much more details

As the image shows there was a pretty big change when it comes to the Drive Admin console. The overview now shows much more information than before. Also, Team folders now have the Version Explorer option accessible inside the Console as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-29-at-13.19.41.png)

Version Explorer button inside the Console

3) Preview file content without downloading

Since version 3.0 you will be able to preview certain file types without downloading them (PDF, TXT, JPEG, ZIP) by using the menu dropdown option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-15.06.33.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-29-at-13.22.24.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-29-at-13.23.53.png)

Example of a PDF preview

I would like to note that scrolling is not smooth at all, so working long inside a preview mode is not something I would recommend. Stick to its name and just use it for a pure overview of your content. A nice addition that will prevent you to download the file in case you are looking for something specific.

### Office 3.3

**Compatibility and Installation**  
Updated to be compatible with DSM 7.0 Preview.  
If PHP 7.3 and Node.js v12 were not installed, the system will automatically install them after the update to ensure package functionality.

**What's New**  
**General**

- Supports displaying nicknames instead of usernames to identify users more easily in Synology Office.
- Added Microsoft JhengHei and Helvetica Neue font types.
- Shortened the time for opening Synology Office files.
- Supports evenly distributing row height and column width for selected areas of a table.
- Supports inserting Synology Drive file links directly as hyperlinks.

**Spreadsheet**

- Supports displaying hints for function arguments.
- Supports clearing all formatting at once when there are multiple formats applied to the same cell.
- Supports pasting transposed data.
- Shortened the time for renaming, deleting, copying, rearranging, hiding, or setting the color of worksheets.
- Updated the calendar template to the year 2020.

**Document**

- Supports automatically breaking tables across pages.
- Supports inserting tables into headers and footers.
- Added multilevel numbered and bulleted lists.
- Added new numbered and bulleted list templates.
- Supports restarting list numbering and adding prefixes and suffixes to lists.
- Supports word counting only for selected texts.

**Slides**

- Added multilevel numbered and bulleted lists.
- Added new numbered and bulleted list templates.
- Supports restarting list numbering and adding prefixes and suffixes to lists.
- Added new themes.

Nothing major here if we look at the list, but again, a few things to mention.

1. Speed. Speed has been significantly upgraded when accessing Office files and that is noticeable.
2. The option to link up Drive hosted files inside the documents. This option was not possible before, but now using the hyperlink icon you can.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-29-at-13.32.31.png)

Option to insert files hosted on the Drive

Other added and upgraded features are more cosmetic than anything else, but it is nice to see that Synology is working on their Office side of applications (unlike their Chat platform that has gotten no function updates at all).

In some cases, the new major version of DSM does not mean major overhaul of all apps/services. This was the case with Office/Drive but the changes are still welcome and will further better usage of those apps.

## On-demand sync in Drive 3.0 for macOS

As many have noticed, Synology announced in Sep 2019 that they would be bringing an on-demand sync feature to the macOS (as it already exists for the Windows client) in 2020.

This didn't happen because Apple pulled out at the last minute and even though the API needed for this to work was present in the latest beta of macOS 10.15, it didn't make it in the final version. The API was still not present in macOS 11, Big Sur.

But, looks like this is about to change. Apple has announced the needed API for macOS 10.15 and macOS 11, so Synology is hard at work putting it together and getting it out to the public. Hopefully, this will come out before DSM 7.

Synology had this to say on the matter on their [community site](https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/18/post/141247?page=2&sort=oldest&ref=blackvoid.club):

> Jummy @jummy Apr 16, 2021
> 
> Hi all,  
> Thanks for your attention on this update.
> 
> As many of you have metioned, we've noticed that Apple has updated the API documentation that seems to provide the elements we need for feature implementation, and our engineers have been working on it to make sure the function will really work.
> 
> We are excited about the possibility, and if there's anything positive after our developers' try, we will further announce it to all of you as soon as possible to respond to your support for us. :)

More info on the Apple API [here](https://developer.apple.com/documentation/fileprovider?ref=blackvoid.club).

## Drive X - new mobile Drive app version

People over at [appinn.com](https://www.appinn.com/synology-drive-x-alpha/?ref=blackvoid.club), seem to have got their hands on a potential images of the upcoming new versions of Drive client mobile app.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/image.jpeg)

New Drive X application

By the looks of it, at the moment it is still only in alpha testing and only for the Android OS (no images for iOS), so this is not something that you can try out even with the current DSM7 (beta1 - 41222).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-23-at-15.50.58.png)

Comparison of Drive X vs current Drive client

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/image-2.jpeg)

Classification browsing - new feature that helps you browse quicker by using type of files

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/image-3.jpeg)

Document Center - new feature as well - allows for grouping of files in multiple "centers"/folders

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/image-4.jpeg)

Video and audio playlists

Looks like Drive X will allow creating both video and audio playlists as well as playback in the background.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/image-5.jpeg)

Drive X will allow backing up your videos and photos something that DSFiles can also do

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/image-6.jpeg)

Option for creating shared links and QR codes right from within the app

These are not official news still, and anything can happen, but I see Drive X cannibalizing several mobile apps into this one, new app.

Time will tell.
### Synology C2 Identity
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-directory/
Last updated: 2021-06-30T09:43:04.000Z
> UPDATE: 29/06/2021 - added YT video for **C2 Identity** (renamed from C2 Directory)

Synology's new C2 service, Identity

Offering a **FREE** plan with:

- Up to 250 user accounts
- SSO support (for Google Workspace and Microsoft 365)
- 1 Local LDAP server support
- Up to 10 client devices

---

Along with Synology Directory Server and LDAP server, Synology is bringing **C2 Directory\***, a hybrid model directory service that lives on premise and in the cloud.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.50.57.png)

First presented on the 2021 event on the 7th of Dec 2020.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.05.29.png)

C2 direcotry is 4x faster at authenticating then a pure cloud based service

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.07.56.png)

Partial user and group syncing with C2 directory

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.08.35.png)

C2 Direcotry will also feature integration with Microsoft 365 or GSuite.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.11.08.png)

Device Managment via C2 Directory for both Mac and Windows machines

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.12.11.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.12.23.png)

Example of granular device managment

\*C2 Directory will be coming later in 2021
### DSM 7 - NAS OS for the modern age
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-nas-os/
Last updated: 2021-01-26T10:37:39.000Z
Since Dec 31th 2019 when Synology first announced DSM 7 preview, much has changed.

On Sep 8th, 2020 we had hands-on with the first version of DSM7, and already then it was stable. Initial upgrades and user feedbacks were very positive.

So what does this new version of Disk Station Manager (DSM) brings to the table? In this article, I will do an overview of DSM and it's changes as well as name a few features that stand out. The following articles will focus on some specific (new) features that Synology developed as well as some other well-known ones that have changed in more than one way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-12.12.24.png)

DSM7, fast, clean, and a great upgrade to an already solid platform

### DSM 7 - more than a fresh coat of paint

A lot of changes happened under the hood, some are unknown some are not. The main thing that you will notice right of the bat is speed. I have to say, regardless if you are running the latest model or a J version from 2015, SSDs or HDDs, DSM7 will run fast.

The fact that this is true for all models, not just the mid-to-high tier ones, is a great move by Synology that shows they still care about supporting DSM on all of their models regardless of how old they are.

Saying that, keep in mind that DSM7 will not run on models from 2012 or older than those. So models x13 to date are supported. If you are running more then 9y old model, let's say DS412+, you will have to swap it out for a younger one.

### DSM 7 - Familiar but new UI

As I said, the UI has been changed visually, and there is not a single icon, checkbox, window, or popup menu that hasn't been touched in one way or the other.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-10-at-13.41.57.png)

Full screen menu is still here

Saying that this is still not a finished product so some app icons remain the same. Will that be the case or not down the line remains to be seen.

Going for a more modern, flat look of icons, fonts, and the overall color palette, Synology managed to make a bold impact without making the DSM look like it is a cartoon. Truth is that DSM6 also had a combination of flat and emboss elements (some app icons compared to Control Panel icons for example) so it could be that we might see the same result in the final version as well. Not something that bothers me personally, but just saying.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-10-at-13.48.10.png)

DSM7 new login screen - username and password are now two separate screens

Certain DSM elements and apps, the login screen for example has been completely redone and is nothing like you have seen so far in any version of DSM. Aligned to the right-hand side hovering over a background the login dialog will simply ask for your username and then depending on your method of login ask for a password or a mobile authentication (wait what??).

Yes, you read it correctly. DSM7 now supports mobile authentification as well as the use of hardware keys and even Apple TouchID. How cool is that!?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-10-at-13.41.42.png)

DSM7 multi window view

Once logged in you will still see a familiar but new desktop that is missing the top bar, and instead has a bar that will be wide as much there are running apps and services. The menu icon is still present in the top left corner that will open a full desktop overlay presenting all the installed apps that you have running on your NAS.

As before you can drag certain apps and services to the desktop to create shortcuts for them. The right-hand side is reserved for user preferences, shutdown, and reboot as well as a place to hold your widgets.

### Built-in services that stand out

In 2019, and during Synology 2020 worldwide keynotes and webinars, we were shown some new interesting features that will come as part of the DSM7 system. I'm not talking about apps that you can install, but rather services that are now a standard setup of DSM.

Keep in mind that some of them you will be able to use (or not) depending on the HW model of your NAS. I will name four of them here and have a separate article to explain them in more detail.

- [Secure SignIn](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)
- [Hybrid Share](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/)
- [Active Insight](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)
- [NAS configuration backup and restore](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration/)

**[Secure SignIn](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/)** is a new feature that offers NAS users login into DSM without the need to type in their password. Instead, they can use a mobile Synology Secure SignIn app that will require you to authenticate any login that pops up. On top of this, if your mobile device offers biometric protection (finger or face) it will also be used to authenticate that specific authentification that you allowed. Pretty sweet right?

Secure SignIn can also be used as an alternative to a classic 2FA that is also still part of DSM in case you will not use any 3rd party apps.

**[Hybrid Share](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/)** was [presented](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) back in April 2020 on one of the Syno2020 webinars. This is one of the features that will not be visible to all users depending on the model of NAS that you are running.

The idea behind this option is to better utilize your Synology C2 cloud plan (separate platform) beyond using it as a simple Hyper Backup destination. In short, you will be able to present a shared folder on your NAS that lives in your C2 storage. This way you will extend your NAS capacity to the cloud and you will be able to manipulate the data beyond a simple HB process.

NOTE - Hybrid Share has the following disclamer:

> Synology collects usage statistics for Synology C2 Hybrid Share from both the NAS devices and from Synology C2 to improve product usability during the Program. Collected data is associated with your Synology Account, a requirement to access Synology C2.  
> From a NAS device with C2 Hybrid Share enabled, we collect information about file protocol usage and file cache settings. From Synology C2, we calculate the storage capacity used, the number of folders and files stored, the sizes of files transferred, and the number of NAS clients connected.  
> Data stored on C2 Hybrid Share is encrypted end-to-end and only accessible to you (with the encryption key) and NAS clients connected to that Synology Account.  
> All data you store during the Program for C2 Hybrid Share will be deleted after the end of the Program or upon the official release of DSM 7.0.

**[Active Insight](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/)** is also another new feature that will be available on the device with more than 256GB RAM. As a built-in service, you can connect your NAS to the AI public web site (hosted by Synology) and have a complete overview of your NAS units metric in one clean dashboard. You can connect any compatible AI NAS.

When DSM7 rolls out some features might fall into a paid tier, but that is yet to be seen.

NOTE - Just like Hybrid Share, AI also has the following disclaimer:

> Synology collects diagnostic information about the routine operations of your NAS devices in order to generate an Active Insight report and to provide web services. The diagnostic information we collect includes performance data, capacity usage, configuration data, IP address, QuickConnect ID, and hardware faults.  
> Your data is stored as long as Synology Active Insight service is enabled. If you choose to disable your Active Insight feature, we will keep your personal information for up to 30 days. Personal information includes information that can be associated with your Synology Account, such as IP address and QuickConnect ID. After the removal of your personal information, the remaining diagnostic information is considered non-personal and will be used to generate aggregated reports to help us to improve our services.

On top of these great new major features, DSM7 will bring some organizational changes as well. You can see them in the first image. Control Panel for example has been slightly reorganized and also options inside specific modules have got some changes as well.

One that I would like to focus on a bit here is the **User & Group** module. Apart from the same options and settings that you expect, Synology has offered granular permission delegation options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-15.09.18.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-02-at-11.04.07.png)

New "Delegate" menu option

Delegate options are user or group-based. Here are the new roles that you can use to manage easier in a multi-user environment:

**Local user and group management**  
This role is designed to ease IT administrators’ effort in HR operation, including create, edit, and delete local users and groups.

**Directory account and group management**  
This role is designed to ease IT administrators’ effort in HR operation, including edit directory users and groups.

**Shared folder management**  
This role is designed to leverage file server management efforts. Administrators can appoint a file server administrator to handle daily operations, including manage shared folders and set up access rights for existing users or groups.

**Access control and management**  
This role is designed to protect system security while setting restrictions on user access. The delegated user can be either personnel on the security team or a team member who’s responsible for monitoring system access status and resolving access abnormalities.

**System monitoring**  
This role is designed to ensure timely incident response by allowing entry-level or outsource IT personnel to monitor system status without tampering settings. Administrators can grant view-only privilege on system status to delegated users or groups.

**System service management**  
This role is designed to help manage installed packages and provide flexibility in system service management. Administrators can grant package and service privilege to delegated users and groups.

**Hyper Backup management**  
This role is designed to allows an organization to set up server management roles on a granular level. A backup operator can be set up to oversee, manage, and execute daily backup tasks without having to interrupt service-level operations.

There are also permissions and restrictions for each of these roles, but I will not mention them here now. I will leave that for some other time/article, and if you are interested you can ask in the comment section below for specifics.

The idea of delegation is great. It will lift some daily operations from "admins" and still maintain control in your environment, allowing your day to day workflow to go smooth and fast.

Each of these roles is focusing on elements that usually involve administrator class users to be engaged. With these roles, you will not be dependent on admins to execute some frequent tasks and stop your production.

Finally, we have the new **[configuration backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration/)** feature. If you are familiar with DSM you will know that this already existed before. In DSM7 this feature has been upgraded to allow automatic backup to your Synology Account profile so you don't have to keep track when you make a change on your system that you have to do a fresh backup.

What I hoped for, maybe there will be an option for that as well, is a DSM backup as well. Meaning the option to backup your entire DSM (locally or to a secondary location) and have the option to restore from that backup. This would be helpful so that you don't have to install and configure your DSM again if something happens to it. Guessing we will not see this any time soon but until then, an automated backup of most of your DSM configuration is a welcome addition.

**What else?**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.32.36.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-15.10.54.png)

New OS, new apps, new services, and features. There is a lot of news in DSM7, too much to put inside a single article. What follows are separate articles that will describe how some of the new features work, how to configure them, and use them. Keep in mind that not all features are here or will be even after DSM7 rolls out (like Active Backup for Bussiness support for macOS), but still, in time I will cover all the new things that DSM7 and its apps, and services have to offer.  
Another big update will/might come from mobile apps and changes on them, but as I said, more on all that in the upcoming articles.  
Feel free to comment, ask a question, and give suggestions!
### DSM 7 - Upgrade from DSM 6 to the new version
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-upgrade-from-dsm-6-to-the-new-version/
Last updated: 2021-01-26T10:37:18.000Z
> UPDATE 09/12/2020 - info regarding 3rd party app supports published by Synology 

[https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third\_Party/supported\_third\_party\_packages\_beta](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Third%5FParty/supported%5Fthird%5Fparty%5Fpackages%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club)

> UPDATE: 08/12/2020 - new DSM 7 - 41222 beta is live! More info [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-41222-public-beta-upgrade-and-new-features/)!

In my general DSM7 article you can feel how excited I was about the new version of DSM. Still, going with the new version of any OS on your production device is no small feat. Is jump to DSM7 justified? Is this something that you should do? Can you go back? Let's see.

### Upgrade process

First question. Do you have a valid backup of your data? No? Shame on you! Do it and then come back. Yes? Nice one, you can proceed.

Like with any version of DSM upgrade to DSM7, at the moment, will require you to download the specific version for your NAS and install it manually using the Control Panel > Update and Restore section.

There you will see a **Manual DSM update** button. Use it to initiate an upload of your DSM7 install and then the installation itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-29-at-15.42.55.png)

Upload your DSM7 install and continue

The process will look visually different than what you are used to by now and it will take upto 20min or so depending on the configuration, array type, and number of apps/services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-09.42.18.png)

The new Windows 10 like upgrade process. Not a fan, but you have more information then before truth be told

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-09.43.30.png)

Second stage, update of your apps and services

So after DSM has been updated to the latest version you will be ready to log into it and continue forward. In the previous article, you have managed to see that the UI has got a facelift but the important thing now is apps and storage array.

### Optimize your RAID array

Most likely, DSM will flag a warning that your RAID array needs to be optimized so head to the **Storage Manager**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-09.56.55.png)

One button solution. Hit "Run now" to initiate data scrubbing

Once inside you might see the attention symbol that your storage pool needs optimization. Schedule it or run it then and there. Be prepared that it will take some time depending on your array size.

### Active Insight

Another thing that might jump at you is the new Active Insight feature pop up. If your NAS is compatible with the new AI platform, DSM will prompt you to consider enrolling your NAS with it. Of course, you don't have to do it right off the bat, but just keep in mind that it is there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-09.48.34.png)

Signup pop up for the new Synology Active Insight

I have written about AI in [this](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/) article, so have a look if you want any more info.

### Should you upgrade?

This could have been the first thing heading in this article, but might as well be the last. So should you or not upgrade to DSM7?

The short answer is yes, but also you need to keep some things in mind. Until DSM is officially released at some point in 2021, unless you have a test NAS or a NAS with Virtual Machine Manager capabilities, avoid installing it.

Even on day 1 when the official version is out, there might be some tools, apps, or services that you will not be able to run on your NAS because of the upgrade process. This is mainly related to the 3rd party Package Center apps.

Considering that the preview version was started back in September and there will be several beta versions before the final version, it might be safe to upgrade day1, but again, best to wait or ask around if someone can verify if certain apps are working as intended.

You can always ask here in the comments section or use the link on the top to chat using support.blackvoid.club platform.

All in all, downgrade as always, is not officially supported, so once you update, it is a one-way street.

There is no doubt that this version will be the most stable one around considering how much internal testing and delays there were, on top of a long preview and beta period, but with all that, play it safe if you are not running multiple NAS setup or having VMM options.

> Note: DSM 7 via VMM will not have all the features that are supported on the bare metal install (Hybrid Share and Active Insight are not supported for example).

The DSM7 upgrade process was straightforward for me, with no problems at all and the fact is that it will only get better and more stable as time goes by.

Post back and comment if you have any questions on the matter of would like to test out some specific app/service without jumping on the update wagon. Maybe I can help with that.
### DSM 7 - Synology Secure SignIn
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/
Last updated: 2021-01-26T10:37:08.000Z
> UPDATE: 08/12/2020 - added "Passworless Sign-in" section on the bottom

The new version of DSM 7 will bring a lot of features and some of them will be more visible to the end-user, some will not. The new **Secure SignIn** is one of those front and center features that will elevate your NAS security by use of a new mobile app for authentification.

Security nowadays is really important and accessing your NAS from the Internet is always a risk no matter how much you try and protect it. With this in mind, we have got yet another option to help us get to our device more securely. Enter Secure SignIn.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-15.08.26.png)

### Secure SignIn - the good

So what is Secure SignIn? It is a protection element that will once activate, allow you to log into your NAS without the need to use your password, and instead authenticate via your mobile device (using a new Secure SignIn mobile app).

On top of this, the mobile app will also make use of your biometric security features (if your device supports them) and add one more layer of protection.

So how does it work? Well, once you get to your landing page you will enter your username, this will trigger a challenge event towards the mobile app that is paired with your NAS and once you allow the connection, you will log into your NAS. Neat ha?

On top of this, you can still enable 2FA (two-factor authentication) to make things even more secure. Of course, this is not needed but you do have those options. Also, 2FA is there in case you do not want to use the new Secure SignIn.

Both the iOS and Android versions of the mobile authenticator are available so almost every mobile device that can install the app can be used as an authentication device.

The app can be used just like any other mobile authenticator and accept requests from any number of NAS units should you need for it.

### Secure SignIn - the bad

> UPDATE: the following info is from a DSM7 official Synology webinar that took place on the 22nd of Dec 2020:

**Q: Does the Secure SignIn process rely on a cloud service?**

*A: For the Approve sign-in and Security Key features, the simplest way to set it up would be using Synology's DDNS or QuickConnect, in this case, it will have to connect to the Synology cloud services. However, users can choose not to use the domain services provided.* 
*If users prefer not to use our cloud services, they can still use our features if they can get an available domain for the DSM portal. It requires users to complete more network settings on their own.*

---

At the moment, Secure SignIn works only with QuickConnect or DDNS feature active. What that means is that if you plan on pushing your NAS on the web and use this feature, you will have to authenticate using these two options.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-29-at-07.09.44.png)

So why is this bad? Well, it is not all bad. If you read the second bullet you will see that you can use your custom domain name to get this function to work.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-29-at-07.40.40.png)

In External Access you can enter your domain custom name to get to your NAS

This means that in STEP04 (later in the article), the SSI app on your phone will register and use that custom domain name (and port) to access your NAS.

The only downside here is still that if you run your NAS on a custom port (**AND YOU SHOULD**) you will have to open the port on your router. You would have to do this anyway if you use DDNS, so not that big of a deal.

On top of this, if you are running a [reverse proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/), you can configure your public name over 443/https port (something like https://login.yourdomain.com) and point it to your NAS internal IP on a custom port.

In this case, you can have access to your NAS using the same https://login.yourdomain.com URL when accessing it via a web browser, but in case of setting SSI up, the wizard will still add a custom DSM port at the end of your custom domain name (the same port you need to open on your router).

> The point of the story is that you **can't** configure SSI to use simply https://login.yourdomain.com as your configuration while setting it up, even if you do run a reverse proxy. The usage of DSM port is backed in.

> NOTE: The sign-in feature generally requires your NAS to have a public IP, domain address, or QuickConnect ID to avoid login problems when your phone and NAS are in different locations. However, if you're sure that you only need to log into the NAS from the local network, you can use a local domain name to process Approve sign-in (by registering the NAS' local IP address to your DNS server)

Still, it is not all bad, if you need this or a similar kind of access in LAN you can still use 2FA on your mobile device to add a secure layer of protection but, you will still have to enter your password first.

All in all, a great addition but with its current demand of using QC or DDNS, forces the user to open up all potential NAS devices to the Internet and on top of that open up any number of ports on the router to make this happen. In case you own more than one device, you will see the problem with this setup and will probably want to return to the conventional method of accessing your NAS (VPN into your LAN for example, or using custom domain name access with 2FA active).

Just so we don't end on a negative note, I just want to make sure that this feature will greatly benefit many users and is by no means a miss in the grand selection of new DSM7 features.

### How to configure Secure SignIn

Activating Secure SignIn starts (as stated above) with a valid QC and/or DDNS public address. In the following example, I will use DDNS.

### STEP01 - activate DDNS on your NAS

Go to **Control Panel > External Access**, and then QuickConnect or DDNS tab. Configure them any way you want.

### STEP02 - activate Secure SignIn in your user preferences

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-14.19.22.png)

Activate SSI in user preferences

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-14.23.48.png)

Start the process

### STEP03 - install mobile app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-14.24.09.png)

Use the QR code to download the app from the Store and install it

### STEP04 - pair your NAS with your mobile device

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-14.24.18.png)

After you have install the app run it and scan the code

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-14.48.10.png)

Done!

As you can see the configuration and the setup are not really that complicated at all and will be completed in minutes.

Once you have it up and running, authenticating using your phone will be a simple push of a button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/securesignin_ios.png)

Mobile app, short wizrd and list of NAS devices that have SSI active. Last image simulates authorization using SSI

Sorry, your browser doesn't support embedded videos. 

> Example of Synology Secure SignIn in action

### Passwordless Sign-in options

With DSM 7 public beta, Synology has expanded on the Single SignIn feature, offering a few more options to log in without the needs of your password, as well as more alternatives to 2FA.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-13.42.46.png)

DSM 7 (public beta) Sign-in options

Now we have option to log in paswordless or still use 2FA if we choose to. The cool thing is that on top of the new Secure SignIn mobile app, you can use a hardware based option. These include:

- USB key
- Windows Hello (this is in the description but actually not an option atm)
- macOS TouchID

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-13.43.09.png)

New login options

When selecting **Hardware security key** option, you will first need to authenticate with your DSM password in order to move forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-14.30.43.png)

Then you will have an option to set up either by using the USB key, or TouchID.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-14.32.11.png)

Considering that I have no USB keys on hand I tested if TouchID also ment that Watch unlock will also work.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-14.33.32.png)

No Watch support, just pure TouchID

However, Watch is not supported, so you will have to use a proper HW implemented TouchID on your native macOS client. Still, an excellent way to login into your NAS!

Let me know what you think of Secure SignIn below in the comments, and if you use it or not. Also, are there any potential problems that you see with this service at the moment and if there are any deal-breakers for you?
### DSM 7 - Configuration backup and restore
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-backup-and-restore-your-dsm-configuration/
Last updated: 2021-01-26T10:36:57.000Z
If I have to point out one single thing that I like about DSM7 it would be this. If you were in a situation that you have to restore or backup some settings to have them ready, you would find out soon that not all settings in DSM are backed up. Well, DSM7 has put an end to this.

With the new Configuration backup and restore options you will be able to snapshot your DSM settings (this does not include your Apps or data, those have to back up via Hyper Backup for example) so you can have them at hand whenever you need.

To make things better you can back them up to your Synology Account, and restore one NAS settings on a completely different NAS! Now, this is great as I'm sure some of you out there were in a situation that you had to restore some settings from your current device onto a new one without the need to migrate the drives and data (a large number of reverse proxy entries maybe?).

With DSM7 this is now possible and works great. Let's see how easy it is and what needs to be done.

### Configuration backup and restore

As before, this function is located inside **Control Panel** so head there and then into the **Update and Restore** section. On the second tab, **Configuration backup** is the setting that you need.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.43.09.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-28-at-10.35.05.png)

New automatic DSM configuration backup 

As shown on the image, you still have the option to manually export settings into a .DSS file as before. In that case, you will get this information:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-28-at-10.35.36.png)

Summary of settings that WILL be saved in a DSS file

Now looking at the info box you might think that nothing much has changed but if you look closely you will notice more than a few new options that will be saved.

### Automatic backup

As the first image shows, by simply clicking the **Enable automatic DSM configuration backup** all of your DSM settings will be automatically backed up to your Synology Account profile. Simple.

### Restoring from backup

In case you need to restore from a backup you can click the **Restore** button on the bottom and follow the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-28-at-10.35.45.png)

You can restore from Synology Account or a static DSS file

Unlike before, you will now have two options to restore from, your Synology Account or the static DSS file. In case you want to restore from an automatic backup the next step will ask you what exact version you want to restore from.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-28-at-10.35.58.png)

If you have multiple NAS units all with an automatic backup, you will be able to select them here

> Keep in mind that the backup "version" here is the last automatic backups for each of your devices that are backed up to your Synology Account, **not the history version** of them. So, looks like auto backup will not allow you to save multiple version back in time but rather a **single up-to-date version**.

The benefit here is that you will be able to pull a specific setting from one backup and apply it to a completely different machine (a new NAS that you are setting). This will come in handy if you are doing a partial migration from one device to another.

In my case, this would have come in handy a while back when I was adding a new NAS to my setup but wanted to only restore some settings from an "older" device that is still in use. Specifically, it was a long list of reverse settings that I had to do manually.

Using the new method you will migrate these kinds of settings in a matter of seconds. Well done indeed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-28-at-10.36.25.png)

Select your settings that you want to restore

Once you load up the configuration you will have the option to pick what settings you want to pull.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-28-at-10.36.53.png)

Some new "other services" options are here

As we can see in the last image, the **Other Services** section is full of some old and new entries that you can backup and restore. Simply select them and you are done.

This is a great and much-needed addition to a large array of settings, apps, and services that DSM7 will bring. It will surely come in handy in the future, and the fact that you always have an up-to-date configuration backup is just what you want when you will have to restore to a new NAS because the old one died on you all of a sudden ;).

### DSM7 bare-metal and VM restore options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.40.34.png)

DSM7 bare-metal restore on the road map in 2021!

We will be able to spin up DSM into a hypervisor (VMM, HyperV and VMWare) as a virtual machine as well as full bare-metal! Brilliant news.

Also Hyper Backup will cover 38 of Synology apps and its data as part of a backup process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.45.13.png)

There are just a few apps coming along as part of Hype Backup

Have you ever needed or used Configuration backup and restore before? Let me know down in the comments.
### DSM 7 - Active Insight - all your NAS metrics in one place, and more
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-active-insight/
Last updated: 2023-10-13T08:46:24.000Z
📢

****UPDATE**: 24/08/2022 - as of today the ****beta period has ended**. Below are the commercial and non-commercial plans and features as well the migration period for any beta user so far.

### Transition period after the beta phase ends

During the transition period, the existing premium features are retained. These features will be converted to basic features (free plan) with up to three licenses[1](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Active%5FInsight%5Ftransition%5Fand%5Fgrace%5Fperiod?ref=blackvoid.club#x%5Fanchor%5Fidf7af0a69a9) once it enters the post-transition period.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-18.png)

### Grace period after the premium plan expires

During the grace period, the existing premium features are retained. These features will be converted to basic features (free plan) with up to three licenses[1](https://kb.synology.com/en-global/DSM/tutorial/Active%5FInsight%5Ftransition%5Fand%5Fgrace%5Fperiod?ref=blackvoid.club#x%5Fanchor%5Fidf7af0a69a9) once it enters the post-grace period.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-19.png)

If you decide to stay on the **free** plan you will be able to monitor up to **3 hosts** but with no extra features like **Hyper Backup** or S**napshot replication** monitoring, as well custom reports, and login detections.

At the moment, **early bird price** is **50% off** (per host/per year) at **€9.99**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/image-17.png)

Early-bird prices include a 50% off price

---

🚀

****NEW FEATURE**: Active Insight Beta for ****premium features** is here! Hyper Backup status, faster metic updates, and unusual login activities detection! You will need to ****update to AI 1.2.0-1214 version** on your NAS for these features to work!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-13-at-10.59.00.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-13-at-11.15.08.png)

Still free at the moment (Dec 2021), but we will how many of these features will remain free in the future

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-13-at-11.10.08.png)

Example of Hyper Backup task overview inside Active Insight

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/12/Screenshot-2021-12-13-at-11.13.16.png)

Login Activity overview dashboard

📢

****UPDATE**: added information and screenshots from a mobile version of Active Insight at the bottom.

Alongside Hybrid Share, Active Insight is yet another feature/service that will be of big use to a wide range of users when it comes to monitoring, reporting, and just the overall big picture as well as a better overview of your NAS and their operations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-10.23.47.png)

Active Insight - Synology's metric portal for all your NAS needs

I [wrote](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) about AI back in April as part of an overview of both Hybrid Share and Active Insight. Then we didn't have hands-on but now after a few months of running AI, I can give a better understanding of the platform.

## Active Insight - Synology's version of Grafana

Even though I run my metrics with custom dashboards that I can customize the way I want them, using [Grafana](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/grafanalabs/), AI will give you a turnkey solution that will allow you to get up and running in no time, and all you have to do is click a few buttons.

### So what is AI?

Well AI is Synology's (at the moment free) metric platform that will allow you to monitor, analyze, and troubleshoot any system-wide problem that you might have. Interested in how your NAS is being used in periods of 5 AM-7 AM? No problem, you can see all of your NAS statistics on a single page and monitor its CPU, RAM, I/O, HDD, LAN, etc.

To make things more interesting you can have a historical view of all of your data in case you need them and even drill down to a specific period in history to see how the NAS was working before you switched it to a full SSD stack (we are geeks after all right?).

Another benefit of AI is that it will report all of your NAS stats in a matter of minutes so you can have an almost "live" view of the system.

Just the other day I had an experience with AI that was positive. Considering that at the moment I run one test NAS unit with DSM7, I got an email from the AI system that one of my drives was experiencing disk problems in one of my arrays.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-24-at-16.54.03.png)

This is what an event looks like in AI. A lot of info in a single page. Problem and solution steps.

I thought to myself, strange that I didn't get a general notification about that from the NAS itself, and then I figured out that I didn't configure system-wide notifications. Why? Well, I figured if this NAS is in an AI system that would be kind of redundant. Happy to say that AI did an excellent job of notifying me, directing me on what to check and how to do it, and in the end resolving my issue.

The overall conclusion was that even though there was no problem with the drive then, after 6 days that drive failed with 23 bad sectors and was replaced. Happy end indeed. So DSM7 in a combination with AI registered a potential problem that in the end turned out to be true, the drive was failing and DSM7 detected it well before it was too late.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-24-at-16.55.09.png)

History of all events that have happened with option to export (CSV) and filter them

Luckily I had a spare new drive waiting for that array. Truth be told rebuild of that affected storage pool did not go as planned and I was forced to recreate it from scratch. The reason for this was that the replacement drive was just a tiny bit smaller (even though it is from the same vendor and the same declared size) so it had a problem creating the system partition on that drive before including it into the array. Haven't had a similar situation even before, but that is not the topic of this article anyway. All in all, AI did its job and that is all that matters now.

## Too good to be true?

So what's the catch? Well, the catch is that when DSM7 finally comes out, this might be a paid service. At least for some cases (number of NAS devices, how often you get your metrics updated, that kind of thing), we might have free access to AI with some limitations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.22.55.png)

Premium options

At the moment, Synology is not restricting anything, but, there is a section in AI dedicated to subscriptions and "premium features". This remains to be seen how it will play out.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-10.08.34.png)

Premium feature - Creating custom events

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-10.08.45.png)

Configure solutions for your custom event

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-10.08.54.png)

Apply your event to a number of premium registered hosts

Still saying all this, I like how Synology has designed this platform. It is informative, clean, and fast. For someone who doesn't want to or has no time to simulate something like this on its own, AI will be a great asset for monitoring a single NAS or a whole fleet of them.  
I will continue to use my private Grafana monitoring considering that it is free, and monitors in near real-time, as opposed to several minutes, delay in the case of AI.

## How to set up your NAS with AI?

Setting up AI with your NAS has a few prerequisites and limitations.

- A valid and active account with Synology.com
- Synology Active Insight is not available for Synology NAS models with 256 MB or smaller system memory
- Synology Active Insight is not available for Synology NVR, Unified Controller, and Virtual DSM
- In a high-availability cluster, only the active server is monitored

To get your NAS metric into AI, you only have to go to your DSM **Control Panel > Synology Account** section and tick one checkbox, **Enable Synology Active Insight**. That's it, you are done.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.20.23.png)

Control Panel > Synology Account > AI option

In a matter of minutes, NAS will start to ship data to the AI cloud and you will start to see metrics once you log into https://insight.synology.com

You can of course opt out of AI by turning this setting off at any time.

For the time being, I have to say I like how fast and responsive the AI platform is and how well it illustrates your stats. AI will show its full potential once it accumulates enough data (a few weeks) and then you will have a better picture and data to play around with.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-10.31.04.png)

Quick overview of your host and its storage setup

Another benefit of AI is also that stats are coming from a 3rd party Synology cloud platform so if there will be any problems with your NAS AI will notify you even if your NAS is inaccessible. In other words, it might show you some info about what the error occurred and what was the cause of it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.17.50.png)

I am sure that Synology will keep working on this platform, and all that remains now is to see how much premium features will cost and what will they offer.

## Active Insight mobile version (iOS)

Having this type of metric at hand with notifications coming in as they happen is a very useful thing. In the next few screens, you can see what AI looks like on a mobile version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/IMG_9562.png)

Main host screen. All your hosts listed in a single view

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/IMG_9563.png)

Host details

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/IMG_9564.png)

Performance overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/IMG_9565.png)

Storage overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/IMG_9560.jpg)

Notification alert

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/IMG_9566.png)

List of all events

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/IMG_9561.png)

Detail information of event
### Synology 2021 event!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-2021-event/
Last updated: 2020-12-31T12:03:15.000Z
> UPDATE: 07/012/2020 - added information about the event

Looks like Synology will also end 2020 with a bang just as they did in 2019 with a public preview of DSM7! They have just announced that on December 7th, 2020, there will be an official Synology 2021 event!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-01-at-09.28.34-1.png)

[https://event.synology.com/en-uk/annual\_event](https://event.synology.com/en-uk/annual%5Fevent?ref=blackvoid.club)

## What to expect?

Well, we can be sure that DSM7 progress will be the main topic of this event as well as new products that will come out during 2021.

The [public beta of DSM7](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-public-beta-coming-soon/) is expected to be out on the 3rd (but that is still unconfirmed), so even if it's not out it will come out soon for sure to be in line with this upcoming event.

Official press release:

> Taipei, Taiwan—November 30, 2020— The countdown has begun for our annual event, where Synology announces the latest development on our data management solutions and more. Last year, the conference gathered thousands of users worldwide to join in and learn about the latest solutions from Synology. Due to the current global situation, the event has transformed into an online session, where more people can simultaneously tune in.
> 
> 2021 AND BEYOND focuses on our major innovations that will be introduced in 2021, featuring the largest ever update to Synology data management products, DSM 7.0\. In addition to new features and management tools in DSM, our speakers will also introduce our take on a hybrid-cloud infrastructure and how data backup is evolving.
> 
> The session is scheduled to be released on December 7th, 2020\. Interested viewers can sign up for a reminder on the event portal or follow our social media accounts to receive the latest information when they get released.

 More info on the event in this article (and potentially in some new ones) depending on what products and news will be announced.

## 07.12.2020 event informations

All the event elements are on YT:

[Synology 2021 AND BEYOND | SynologyNext-gen products and solutions. See how we plan to change the landscape for data management. Watch Synology 2021 sessions - System Management with DSM 7.0 -...![](https://www.youtube.com/s/desktop/80e4974c/img/favicon_144.png)YouTube![](https://i.ytimg.com/vi/hDpPX7WJONU/maxresdefault.jpg)](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hDpPX7WJONU&ref=blackvoid.club)

Main Syno 2021 video

### Synology 2021 sessions

**System Management with DSM 7.0**

[Synology 2021 | System Management with DSM 7.0 | SynologyExplore new features and improvements that make DSM 7.0 more intuitive and faster, enabling system administrators to do more easier. Watch Synology 2021 sess...![](https://www.youtube.com/s/desktop/80e4974c/img/favicon_144.png)YouTube![](https://i.ytimg.com/vi/1gfGnBxlhz8/maxresdefault.jpg)](https://youtu.be/1gfGnBxlhz8?ref=blackvoid.club)

**Hybrid Cloud**

[Synology 2021 | Hybrid Cloud | SynologyThe next evolution of on-prem is combining it with the power and flexibility of the cloud. See how we are supercharging our solutions for the future. Watch S...![](https://www.youtube.com/s/desktop/80e4974c/img/favicon_144.png)YouTube![](https://i.ytimg.com/vi/P6I-mZpP_Wc/maxresdefault.jpg)](https://youtu.be/P6I-mZpP%5FWc?ref=blackvoid.club)

**Data Backup**

[Synology 2021 | Data Backup | SynologySee how our data backup solutions can protect and keep both data and services protected. Plus, a sneak peak at what’s coming to the portfolio in 2021\. Watch ...![](https://www.youtube.com/s/desktop/80e4974c/img/favicon_144.png)YouTube![](https://i.ytimg.com/vi/d35EMCeKIHU/maxresdefault.jpg)](https://youtu.be/d35EMCeKIHU?ref=blackvoid.club)

**Photo Management**

[Synology 2021 | Photo Management | SynologyIntroducing our latest photo management solution for both pros and hobbyists, Synology Photos. Watch Synology 2021 sessions - System Management with DSM 7.0 ...![](https://www.youtube.com/s/desktop/80e4974c/img/favicon_144.png)YouTube![](https://i.ytimg.com/vi/3_p5rDMDV2w/maxresdefault.jpg)](https://youtu.be/3%5Fp5rDMDV2w?ref=blackvoid.club)

Key DSM7 focus points

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.26.12.png)

Key DSM7 focus points

Secure SignIn feature - more details on it [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-synology-secureid/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.29.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.30.18.png)

SSI support some nice features!

Drive Replacement - less stress more gain

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.32.38.png)

Rotate out old drive with a new one without the need to degarde the array. Nice one. 

> NOTE: you will need and extra bay to do Drive Replacement 

Automatic repair feature will come with DSM7 making an automatic repair kick in as soon as you replace the drive without the need to engage Storage Manager repair function

Rebuilding the array will only effect the used space not the entire volume

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.36.48.png)

Rebuilding array in DSM7 will take far less time if its not used 100%

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.38.02.png)

DSM7 will focus on making their services faster and more reliable

Faster HA failover, up to 30% 

DSM 7 updates are less disruptive

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.40.57.png)

Passive DSM7 unit will update 1st then after a switchover, Active unit will update after becoming a passive unit

RAID6 80% higher performance, and also 70% better performance when RAID6 is degraded.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.45.21.png)

With DSM7 you can enable SSD cache without disrupting current services.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.47.04.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.47.58.png)

DSM7 will include Fiber Channel supprot

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.49.08.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.53.01.png)

**Data Deduplication** for the entire NAS not just Hyper Backup or Active Backup solutions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-13.54.01.png)

Exciting December ahead and hopefully a great 2021!
### DSM 7 - public BETA... coming soon
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-public-beta-coming-soon/
Last updated: 2020-12-13T00:45:27.000Z
> UPDATE: 07/12/2020 - Public beta will come out Dec 8th 2020

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.57.50.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-15.01.18.png)

DSM7 Public beta link is here: [https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm70\_beta](https://prerelease.synology.com/en-global/download/dsm70%5Fbeta?ref=blackvoid.club)

Also if you just want to check out DSM 7 without installing it at all, be sure to check the DSM 7 demo page here: [https://demo.synology.com/en-global/dsm#dsm70beta](https://demo.synology.com/en-global/dsm?ref=blackvoid.club#dsm70beta)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-08-at-07.43.27.png)

> UPDATE: 03/12/2020 (22:30 CEST) - Looks like we will not be getting the beta today. Considering that the official 2021 event has been set for the 7th of this month, it might be that we will then get our hands on it. In any case, it is coming soon!

For the past few months, Synology has been really quiet when it comes to DSM7, its features, and apps as well as the release of a new version of "preview" or even a public beta.

Well, looks like things are right around the corner. If my source is to be believed (it was spot on in the past), we might get **public beta** on **December 3rd**!

Will this be the same versions or a patched one, we will have to wait and see, but looks like things are moving. If we do get the beta around Dec 3rd or close to it, it will be 3 months since the preview was released.

This is in line with Synologys method and pace of getting their betas out so it will be interesting to see if this will prove to be correct. Considering how stable the preview was working I expect the beta to be even more polished, especially with their apps and services.

Let's hope the beta comes and we can all enjoy this lockdown a bit better. I will update this article with news regarding the beta and publish separate articles out regarding new features and changes.
### DSM 6.2.3-25426 - UP3 update is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-3-25426-up3-update-is-here/
Last updated: 2020-11-27T08:49:31.000Z
On the 26th of November 2020, Synology rolled out a new update 3 version for their DSM 6.2.3\. The whole changelog is listed below. Keep in mind that you might not see the update for some time until the NAS/DSM picks it up. You can download them manually from this location:

[https://download.synology.com/download/DSM/criticalupdate/update\_pack/25426-3/](https://download.synology.com/download/DSM/criticalupdate/update%5Fpack/25426-3/?ref=blackvoid.club)

> NOTE: Keep in mind to get the **correct** version for your NAS! You will not be able to install any other, but still, if the install is failing it might be the reason why. Also, remember that you **can't** roll back to an older version!

I have this running on my DS918+ (all-flash NAS) with Active Backup, Snapshot, VMM, Docker, and Plex packages.

There are no problems regarding any function of the NAS so far and the update was without any problems.

**Version: 6.2.3-25426 Update 3**  
(2020-11-26)

**Important Note**  
Your Synology NAS may not notify you of this DSM update because of the following reasons. If you want to update your DSM to this version now, please click hereto manually update it. Only Synology NAS with DSM 6.2.3 installed can be updated to this version.  
The update is not available in your region yet. The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few days, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.  
**This update will restart your Synology NAS.**

**Compatibility & Installation**  
Photo Station must be updated to version 6.8.14-3501 or above to be compatible with this update.

**What's New**  
Enhanced NFSv4 connection stability.  
Increased the maximum number of IP camera channels on FS6400 to 150.

- Fixed Issues
- Fixed an issue where support ticket submissions might fail in a certain version of Google Chrome.
- Fixed an issue where Windows 10, version 2004 virtual machines might fail to power on when users select UEFI as the firmware.
- Fixed an issue where there might be network disconnections on Virtual DSM.
- Enhanced the stability of SSD caches when multiple processes are accessing the same cache at the same time.
- Fixed an issue where CMS managed servers might not connect to the CMS host after they restarted.
- Fixed an issue where disks in Resource Monitor performance charts were not displayed in the correct sequence. Affected models include:
- 21-series: DS1621+
- 20-series: FS6400, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+
- Fixed an issue where when users access files on DSM using Windows software via SMB, system performance might be affected. This is because of Windows software's continuous attempts to access the shared folders to which it has no permissions.
- Fixed an issue where Windows File Explorer might not update file deletion or removal in real time when folders are mounted via SMB.
- Fixed an issue where the system might not report the power status correctly on SA3200D.
- Fixed an issue where the setting pages after first-time DSM installation might not launch on Synology NAS models with multiple LAN ports.
- Fixed an issue where users were not able to empty the recycle bin of the "usbshare" shared folder.
- Fixed an issue where administrators were not able to change the "User must change password at next logon" setting via Windows RSAT.
- Fixed an issue where domain users could not be added to built-in groups via Windows RSAT.
- Fixed an issue where enabling the "Collect debug logs" option for SMB might result in excessive system space usage.
- Fixed an issue where the system might send incorrect port forwarding notifications after a restart.
- Fixed an issue where SHA-1 certificates might disappear when users click "Upgrade certificate".
- Fixed an issue where DSM might block users' IP addresses and create excessive logs when they tried to sign in after re-installing DSM.
- Fixed an issue where incorrect drive compatibility information was displayed after drive migration.
- Enhanced the stability of network interface cards on certain models.
- Fixed an issue where links in password reset emails did not work when the URLs exceed the maximum length.
- Fixed an issue where packages did not update automatically due to dependency problems.
- Enhanced SAS controller stability during system shutdowns.
- Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities. (Synology-SA-20:26)
- Supports Let's Encrypt ISRG certificates.
### HomePod mini - "Hey Siri, play some metal!"
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/homepod-mini-hey-siri-play-some-metal/
Last updated: 2023-07-26T07:27:04.000Z
This was a huge year for Apple! If we take into consideration the whole COVID-19 situation, Apple has managed to deliver some major products on the market.

The new lineup of iPhone 12 models, better and more feature-packed iWatch 6, [new iPad Air](https://www.blackvoid.club/time-flies-apple-2020-september-event/), a [brand new M1](https://www.blackvoid.club/future-of-mac-apple-m1/) packed Macbook (Air and Pro) and Mac Mini, and finally, a new version of their HomePod. HomePod mini.

### HomePod mini - powerful multi-device for 1/3 of a price

Unlike its big brother from 2018, the mini version brings a lot to the table (or anywhere you want to put it) for only $99 (unlike the big HomePod for $300).

[HomePod miniHomePod mini delivers room-filling sound, is an intelligent assistant, helps you control your smart home, and keeps everything private and secure.Apple![](https://www.apple.com/v/homepod-mini/d/images/meta/og__cqpch1rlmaaa.png?202011160746)](https://www.apple.com/homepod-mini/?ref=blackvoid.club)

With all the details on the Apple.com site, I will not go into anything general here but focus on my usage of the device and how it performs.

Considering that this particular product is not accessible for purchase in Croatia I had to order it from Germany, specifically from [https://www.gravis.de](https://www.gravis.de/?ref=blackvoid.club). Worldwide shipping started on the 16th of November and mine got shipped on the 20th.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9178.jpg)

Small, compact, and powerfull, HomePod Mini

It arrived on the 25th, so nine days after the official roll-out, not bad. So why did I get one of these?

Well, the main reason was that considering that I now work full time from my home, using my headphones most of the time to listen and interact with my coworkers, I sometimes wish there was some ambient noise (music) playing in the room.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9179.jpg)

The rest of it, including the manual and cable, is in the bottom

Sure, I could get a radio or something like that but then again this small portable speaker looked like an ideal candidate! Also, I can move it around and multiple people can use it with their Apple products, so if it turns out to be useful, I might get another one just so I can annoy my wife in the other room (or maybe she will annoy me, hmm?).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9186.jpg)

Braided 1,5m long fixed USB-C cable

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9187.jpg)

USB-C 20W power adapter (decent weight to it I might add)

In any case, apart from a regular speaker player, and a potential intercom device, unlike most of the people that I know, I use Siri a lot. So it will be interesting to see how that will work as well.

Finally, I have some HomeKit-compliant hardware in the house as well, and even though I use them on my iPhone widget, or with Siri, it will be fun to have another device to control them in case my phone is not close.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9204.jpg)

Configured HomePod mini in action (Siri configuration in the process)

### Setup process

So how do you get this sphere up and running? The Apple magic way that's how!

NOTE: Keep in mind these system requirements:

- iPhone SE, iPhone 6s or later, or iPod touch (7th generation) with the latest iOS; or iPad Pro, iPad (5th generation or later), iPad Air 2 or later, or iPad mini 4 or later with the latest iPadOS
- 802.11n Wi-Fi Internet access

As the instructions show as well, you will need an iPhone or iPad-compatible device, and after you turn the device on, just come close to it and the magic starts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9191.jpg)

3-step process to start configuring your HomePod mini

When your iPhone and HomePod start talking the wizard will lead you through the rest of the setup process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/setup.jpg)

10-step process and you are done!

After you have configured it, the mini will connect to your local network via WIFI. Keep in mind that your experience will depend on how well your wifi coverage is, both for your mini and the devices that you are casting from.

Mainly the mini has to have a rock-solid signal to have 0 problems when it comes to playback as well as responding to your Siri commands.

My household is covered with an AC (5G) mesh signal using [Synology routers](https://www.blackvoid.club/network-cabinet-and-synology-5g-mesh/), and the mini is working just fine. There was absolutely no problem in setting it up. There is even a little icon in the router settings that you can allocate to the device itself. True it's not the mini icon, but it's bigger brother, but still, a nice little geek feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-25-at-14.07.18.png)

HomePod mini detected by Synology routers (Bars are a real-time presentation of the signal strength)

### Sound quality

Now, I am no expert when it comes to sound quality. I just wanted to have a nice quality speaker that will not occupy too much space and give out decent sound quality. Well, I can say that I was surprised by how well this little device sounds.

Did I mention that it chimes when you turn it on? So cool. At that point, the bass was the first thing that I noticed. It was so deep and filled the room that I was surprised, to say the least.

Considering that my taste in music is more towards high tones and not so much bass (metal and hard rock), I am thrilled with how Mini is performing.

Not sure I can test and demonstrate how well it sounds, so I suggest you listen to it before you get one if you are expecting a lot from this device. Also, I have never heard the big HomePod before or the mini for that matter so this was a real poker purchase, and for me, it's a win-win.

### Siri interactions & HomeKit automation

Since I took it out of the box and plugged it in, the only time I had to interact with it, or touch it, was to turn it on, that was it. After that, the control was done by Siri or by using my iPhone.

I still need to test out all the things that I can do with this little guy but I can say that the Intercom function will work just as it did so far with the original HomePod. So you can, for example, send a voice message from your homepod to any member of your home (and their devices). They will get the message on their pods or their iOS/iPadOS devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9210.PNG)

Add members of your household to the list in order to get Intercom messages

Also, you can use your Home app/Siri to send a message to your HomePod mini and it will be played back.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9212.jpg)

Apart from the Intercom, the main feature of this device is playing music and your content. Considering that I have no Apple Music subscription, and I am not using iTunes/Music app as the source of my content, I was not able to test out how playing from those sources works, but I can only imagine it is the main feature for the mini, and there will be no problem in streaming.

Also, the official list confirms that this will work just fine:

- Apple Music3
- iTunes music purchases
- iCloud Music Library with an Apple Music or iTunes Match subscription
- Third-party music services3
- Apple Music Radio or episodes on demand
- Radio stations from TuneIn, iHeartRadio, and Radio.com
- Apple Podcasts
- News briefings
- AirPlay other content to HomePod mini from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple TV, or Mac

What I wanted to was to play my main source of music, using the Plex media platform. Plex by default has no interaction with Siri so voice commands like "play me a song by In Flames" will not work.

However, you will be able to use this pod to get your Plex content out there. I use [the Plexamp](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-labs-and-their-new-creations/) application (native Plex player) on my iPhone and by simply coming close to the pod, whatever your phone is playing using the Plexamp player, will automatically cast onto the pod.

It works so well that you don't have to do anything but come close and that's it. After that, you can use your phone any way you want.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/IMG_9211.jpg)

Plexamp cast using AirPlay to the HomePod mini

Using the voice commands you can manipulate the volume, pause, and play actions as well as skip back and forth. Another great option is that "What's this song?" also works even if the music is not playing using the Music app.

In case you are not open to some local content, you can also listen to Apple Music 1 radio. A bit too much rap for my taste but that will depend on the DJ that is running the station at that moment, so be sure to give it a go, just say "Hey Siri, play some radio", and that's it.

Regarding its speed, I have to say that I am really surprised. Track detection, "Hey Siri, what song is this?" is super fast and precise, even for some "alternative" tracks.

I did read that some users have been having some issues with the mini when interacting with Siri and getting some tasks done. So far I have been testing this for about 10+ hours and not once did the mini fail me.

Like any HomeKit-compatible device, the mini will integrate inside your Home app on your iPhone. You can then use it to manipulate it from afar or make some automation as well in combination with some other devices and scenes.

### Conclusion

Considering the price point and options that this little device offers, I have to say I am very happy and satisfied with it. If you are in an Apple eco-system you will definitely see the benefits of having this mini (or a few of them) around.

I can imagine that it will only get better with time and as more and more apps will offer even better integration with Apple apps and services (apart from a simple AirPlay).

Are you planning on getting one of these? Let me know in the comment section as well as if you have any questions about the product or its features.
### All of NEW and upcoming x21/x22 NAS models coming in 2020/2021
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/all-of-new-and-upcoming-x21-nas-models-coming-in-2020-2021/
Last updated: 2021-05-31T09:29:51.000Z
This will be a post for all the new and upcoming models that I will update with data sheets and specs. Considering that Synology is pushing a lot of new models, I felt it would be more clean to separate these type of info into a separate article then to keep them inside a dedicated DS1621xs+ article.

Info on DS1621+ and DS1621xs+ will remain in a dedicated article [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-upcoming-x21-model-s-looks-like-it/), as well as the x20 model lineup [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-x20-nas-models-are-coming/).

> UPDATE 05/05/2021 - Added section for the upcoming refresh of the current models: DS2419+II, DS3617xsII, DX1215II

> UPDATE: 23/04/2021 - Added datasheet links for RS2421/RP+ and RS2821RP+

> UPDATE: 28/01/2021 - Added tech specs for RS3621RPxs, RS3621xs+, RS4021xs+ 

> UPDATE: 24/01/2021 - RS2421+ and RS2821+ - added specifications for the upcoming models

> UPDATE: 14/01/2021 - RS1221+/RS1221RP+ - datasheet link and tech specifications have been added

> UPDATE: 06/01/2021 - Added announcement for the upcoming new 12 and 16 bay models. RS3621RPxs, RS3621xs+, RS4021xs+.

> UPDATE: 22/12/2020 - RS1221+/ RS1221RP+ specifications have been updated

> UPDATE: 10/12/2020 - DS1821+ infromation on the Synology global site, aded more details including the datasheet (ENG)

> UPDATE: 20/11/2020 - DS1821+ information on the TW Synology site - added more details including the datasheet (TW)

> UPDATE: 10/11/2020 - Another 8 bay AMD based NAS is here, DS1821+. More details below

> UPDATE: 05/10/2020 - New upcoming RS1221+ and RS2421+ NAS are coming. More details below

## DS1821+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-20-at-09.19.45.png)

New upcoming DS1821+

[DS1821+ | Synology Inc.High capacity storage and data protection for anyone![](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)SynologySynology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/DS1821plus/heading@2x.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/DS1821+?ref=blackvoid.club)

[T](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/21-year/DS1821%2B/enu/Synology%5FDS1821%2B%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)ech spec document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds12821plus](https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds12821plus?ref=blackvoid.club)

Just like the new DS1621+, looks like we are getting another AMD Ryzen V1500B based NAS but this time and 8bay upgrade to the familiar DS1819+. This might very well be the last model we will see before the end of the year

Some hardware specifications about the upcoming model:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-10-at-08.09.53.png)

DS1821+ HW specifications

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-10-at-08.10.51.png)

DS1821+ HW elements

- AMD Ryzen V1500B
- 2.2Ghz 64-bit x86 Architecture
- Embedded Ryzen SoC Design
- 4GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM Memory (Max 32GB)
- 8 SATA Media Bays (supporting 3.5” and 2.5″ drives)
- 2x M.2 NVMe Slots for cache (supporting up to 2280 NVMe)
- 4x 1Gbe RJ45
- PCIe Gen 3 x8 Slot for Expansion Cards
- 2x eSATA ports to connect 2x DX517
- 4x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps, 1 at the front, 3 at the back)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-20-at-09.21.37.png)

Support for M.2 NVMe drives

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-20-at-09.22.01.png)

In case you want 10G, you can add a card

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-20-at-09.22.23.png)

Reason why this model is called 1821, a total of 10 more bays can be added

---

## RS1221+/RS1221RP+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-14-at-13.44.49.png)

Tech spec document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs1221plus](https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs1221plus?ref=blackvoid.club)

[RackStation RS1221+​/​RS1221RP+ | Synology Inc.A powerful storage solution for businesses and IT enthusiasts with redundancy and service continuity features.![](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/RS1221plus/heading@2x.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/RS1221+?ref=blackvoid.club)

New 8bay half size rack size model that will probably come out in January of 2021\. Both unit are 298mm (RS1221+) and 399mm (RS1221RP+) in depth, so they will be a perfect fit for a small rack enclouser.

These models have also adapted the new AMD V1500B CPU, the same one present in 1821+ as well as in 1621+, so at the moment we have 4 NAS units (all from "+" segment) running with the new CPU architecture.

Units are 10G ready via PCIe SFP+ and they provide 4x1G lan ports on the back as well. In case you want cache support you can also use the PCIe expansion by installing M2D20 or E10M20-T1 adapter cards to get 10G and NVMe support as well.

General specifications are:

- AMD Ryzen V1500B
- 4-core 2.2 GHz
- Hardware Encryption Engine (AES-NI) YES
- 4GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM
- Maximum Memory Capacity 32 GB (16 GB x 2)
- Maximum Drive Bays with Expansion Unit 12 (RX418 x 1)
- Hot Swappable Drive YES
- RJ-45 1GbE LAN Port 4 (with Link Aggregation / Failover support)
- USB 3.2 Gen1 Port x2
- eSATA Port x1 (for expansion)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-14-at-13.46.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/rs1221rp_plus.png)

New RS1221+/RS1221RP+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/rs1221_plus_back.png)

Back side of RS1221+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/rs1221rp_plus_back.png)

Back side of RS1221RP+ (redundant PSU)

8 Fans  
9 PCIe Expansion Slot  
10 Reset Button  
11 USB 3.2 Gen 1 Ports  
12 1GbE RJ-45 Ports  
13 Expansion Port  
14 Console Port  
15 Power Port(s)  
16 PSU Indicator & Alert Off Buttons

---

## RS2421+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-25-at-18.39.12.png)

Tech specs link: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs2421plus](https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs2421plus?ref=blackvoid.club)

Another full size 12bay rack model (with a single expansion support for a total of 24 bays). Bellow are HW specs that will be confirmed with upcoming data sheets:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-25-at-18.41.04.png)

RS2421+ and RP model overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-25-at-18.44.02.png)

RS2421+ Tech specs

---

## RS2821RP+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-25-at-18.45.43.png)

Tech specs links: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs2821plus](https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs2821plus?ref=blackvoid.club)

16 bay AMD CPU rack model (with a single expansion support for a total of 28 bays). Bellow are HW specs that will be confirmed with upcoming data sheets:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-25-at-18.46.09.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-25-at-18.46.37.png)

---

## RS3621RPxs

New 2U 12 bay business model as a succesor to the 2017 model. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.20.06.png)

New RS3621RPxs

[RackStation RS3621RPxs | Synology Inc.High-performance data management solution designed for business-oriented needs.![](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/RS3621RPxs/heading@2x.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/RS3621RPxs?ref=blackvoid.club)

Tech spec document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs3621rpxs](https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs3621rpxs?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.22.23.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.22.51.png)

Tech specs - RS3621RPxs

---

## RS3621xs+

New 2U 12 bay business model as a succesor to the 2017 model. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.25.28.png)

New RS 3621xs+

[RackStation RS3621xs+ | Synology Inc.High-performance enterprise storage built for data accuracy and security.![](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/RS3621xsplus/heading@2x.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/RS3621xs+?ref=blackvoid.club)

Tech spec document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs3621xsplus](https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs3621xsplus?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.28.32.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.28.03.png)

Tech spec - RS3621xs+

---

## RS4021xs+

New 3U 16 bay business model as a succesor to the 2017 model. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.30.55.png)

The masive new RS4021xs+

[RackStation RS4021xs+ | Synology Inc.Enterprise NAS with built-in service continuity engineered for data-intensive applications.![](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/RS4021xsplus/heading@2x.png)](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products/RS4021xs+?ref=blackvoid.club)

Tech spec document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs4021xsplus](https://ln.blackvoid.club/rs4021xsplus?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.32.32.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/01/Screenshot-2021-01-29-at-13.32.55.png)

Tech spec - RS4021xs+

---

## DS2419+II

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.16.19.png)

The current DS2419+ Mark II upgrade model. No apparent change regarding this 12 bay non-rack model when it comes to specifications (apart from a stronger PSU). 

Tech specs document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds2419plusII](https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds2419plusII?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.21.27.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.21.45.png)

At the moment, the model is only visible on the TW version of Synology.com

---

## DS3617xsII

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.15.13.png)

The current DS3617xs Mark II upgrade model. No apparent change regarding this 12 bay non-rack model when it comes to specifications (apart from a stronger PSU). 

Tech specs document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds3617xsII](https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds3617xsII?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.23.19.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.23.35.png)

At the moment, the model is only visible on the TW version of Synology.com

---

## DX1215II

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.26.14.png)

The current DX1215 Mark II upgrade model. No apparent change regarding this expansion when it comes to specifications (apart from a stronger PSU). Will add official specs when they come in english.

> This expansion currently **only** supports the new MarkII models

Tech specs document: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds1215II](https://ln.blackvoid.club/ds1215II?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.24.44.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-06-at-09.24.59.png)

At the moment, the model is only visible on the TW version of Synology.com

---
### Future of Mac - Apple M1
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/future-of-mac-apple-m1/
Last updated: 2021-04-17T21:29:59.000Z
> **UPDATE**: 17/04/2021 - **Parallels 16.5** already supports the new M1 and ARM based Windows, and the upcoming versions of VMWare Fusion will do as well

Information was out there for a while now, and today, Apple has finally presented the future of the Mac platform, the all-new, first-generation CPU, M1.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/image.jpeg)

Apple's 1st desktop SOC, M1

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/vlcsnap-2020-11-10-23h03m19s404.png)

M1 overview

With such a powerful SOC the main question was, what devices will be getting it first? Today we have the answer to that question as well.

The all-new Macbook Air, Macbook PRO (13.3"), and the Mac Mini.

The main benefit of the new M1 is speed and efficiency (battery life mostly). So if you are in the market for a long batter life notebook, how about 18h of battery life from the new fanless Macbook Air?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/vlcsnap-2020-11-10-23h08m42s929.png)

Macbook Air with M1 - 18h of batter life? Wow

Specifications speak for themselves and with only $999 it is nice that the price of this new RND did not skyrocket any of the new models (Mac mini is even $100 cheaper).

If you are in the market for a desktop model running M1 you will have to settle with a Mac mini for now. No other desktop models have gotten the new SOC, yet, but soon, there might be more than a few models.

The new mini has also followed in the steps of the new Air model with the same specifications for RAM and storage as well as the all-new silent design. One thing that does bother me is no 10G LAN option. I guess using the I/O ports there could be an option for a dongle, but it's just a small note that you need to be aware of.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/vlcsnap-2020-11-10-23h12m27s555.png)

Mac mini with M1 - no 10G LAN even as an option, but there is a lot going on with this new model

Finally, we have got a new 13.3" Macbook Pro with Touchbar running the new M1 SOC. With a new active cooling system and a 20h battery life (what??), this new PRO Macbook also brings speed and power to a small and light portable device that we all know too well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/vlcsnap-2020-11-10-23h17m54s680.png)

Macbook PRO 13.3" with M1 - real powehouse now all Apple, from start to finish

Exciting to see the final piece of the puzzle being made by Apple. This was a long time coming considering that Apple has been making their own SOC for over a decade now. How well will they work, perform, and most important of all, work with older apps, is yet to be seen? But, if you trust Apple, running the new macOS 11, BigSur (coming on Nov 12th, 2020), should make all your worries become thing of the past.

With support for Universal apps, as well as Rosseta Stone 2 and running native iOS and iPadOS apps, using Big Sur will be a win across the board.

Powered by the new Apple SOC the future of Macs sure does look promising, but how well, we will see when the first results are in.

Will you be getting this generation of Macs?
### Active Backup for Microsoft 365 and DR scenarios
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/active-backup-for-microsoft-365-and-dr-scenarios/
Last updated: 2022-05-15T21:29:36.000Z
❗

**DISCLAIMER**: In the interest of full disclosure, O365 subscription, as well as all the HW/SW mentioned in this article, has been bought with my own funds, all of the opinions you are about to read are my own, nobody is paying for this review, and nobody has reviewed or approved this content before it was posted.

A little over a year ago I wrote about Synology's Active Backup tool, [**Active Backup for Business**](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/). Their lineup of AB packages includes a total of three options. Microsoft/Office 365, Gdrive, and Business.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.33.58.png)

In this article, which was a while on the back burner, I will focus on Active Backup for Microsoft 365 (also known as Office 365 up until a while ago). With more and more users and businesses focusing on their work using the "cloud" providers such as Microsoft with their Office 365, and the COVID-19 pushing more and more people from on-premise to their homes, it is no wonder that O365 packages are becoming more interesting.

However, saying this, are you aware that O365 does not include a backup strategy? Some models do include some sort of versioning that could imply some sort of backup, but a good old fashion, off-site backup, no.

If you want to protect your business and content generated with O365 you should also consider its backup. With Active Backup, this is a matter of minutes.

I will start with how to configure AB for the M365 task and use the User Portal to restore what's needed, and missing in case of a problem. Later on, I will focus on the disaster scenario for your Active Backup, or what to do if your NAS explodes and you have to restore Active Backup from backup (yes having a backup of a backup is a thing!).

🗒️

**NOTE**: some elements in this article will require two (2) separate NAS units to make certain scenarios work.

🗒️

**NOTE**: In this article, I will mention Microsoft 365 and Office 365 a lot. These are the **same** things. Most of the time they are written down as M365 or O365, consider them the same. The reason is that in some cases Synology has not changed all the names in their apps to reflect the recent change that Microsoft has done with Office 365 lineup

### Table of Contents

[**1\. How to setup Activate Backup for Microsoft 365**](#setupabm365)

- [Activation](#activation)
- [Set up your M365 task](#m365task)

[**2\. How to use Active Backup with M365?**](#useabm365)

- [Restore an M365 item using Active Backup M365 portal](#restore365item)

[**3\. Active Backup for M365 - backup/disaster scenario options**](#droptions)

- [Hyper Backup with C2 - partial backup solution](#hbc2partial)
- [Configure Hyper Backup with C2 to backup Active Backup content](#confighbc2)
- [Remove Active Backup M365 task and delete the local folder with backup content](#removeabm365task)
- [Restore Active Backup content from C2](#restoreabc2)
- [Re-link Active Backup M365 task back in your Active Backup console (after Hyper Backup C2 restore)](#relinkm365task)
- [Configure Snapshot Replication to backup Active Backup content](#confsnap)
- [Scenario 1 - Replication restore](#replicationrestore)
- [Scenario 2 - Replication failover](#replicationfailover)

[**Conclusion**](#conclusion)

## 
  
  
## How to setup Active Backup for Microsoft 365?

### 
  
  
### Activation

First, you need to install the package itself, so go to **Package Center** and install it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screen-Shot-2021-10-24-at-12.59.41.png)

Active Backup for Microsoft/Office 365 initial configuration screen

As soon as you start it you will be presented with this screen. You need to activate Active Backup on your NAS using your Synology Account. If you don't have it you can create one for free.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-10-30-at-15.59.12.png)

Authenticate in order to activate the package

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-10-30-at-15.59.41.png)

Once completed you are good to go!

Upon activating you will be able to start making tasks for your O365 backup.

### 
  
  
### Set up your M365 task

Now that you have a functional setup, it is time to configure the task itself. Start by opening Active Backup and you will be presented with the following screen:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/Screen-Shot-2021-10-24-at-13.00.39.png)

You will have two options here. To make a new task and to relink to an existing task (I will cover this later in the article).

🗒️

**NOTE**: Please do note that Active Backup for M365 will NOT work for Personal accounts, just for **Business**, **Enterprise**, **Education,** and **Exchange** **Online**!

After you click **Next** you will authenticate in a pop-up, to your O365 account and will be redirected back to the wizard steps.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-10-30-at-16.01.57.png)

After authentication with O365 time for AB to connect to your instance

In the following step you start to configure your task by entering its name, selecting what to backup (users, Sharepoint sites, emails, etc), and also how often to do it. Finally how many versions to keep as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.29.19.png)

Enter your task name and edit what to backup for this particular task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.30.46.png)

What user mail accounts to backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.30.59.png)

O365 groups...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.31.13.png)

... and Sharepoint Online sites

When you fine-tune your task options, finally you can select how often you want a backup to kick in and how many versions to keep.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.31.56.png)

Backup policy and version retention

🗒️

**NOTE**: Continuous backup option will start **every 10 min**. This information is not visible anywhere in the UI, so just keep that in mind. If it's not fast enough, set a scheduled one

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.32.48.png)

Task backup summary

Click **Done** and that is it.

Active Backup will start to backup your site and settings right away and it could take some time for it to complete depending on how much information and content there is.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.33.08.png)

Active Backup task overview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.33.29.png)

Specific activities that are currently running

So there is nothing too it. The setup is fast, straightforward forward and you can't miss almost anything. One thing to point out here is that you can of course have multiple tasks for the same instance. Considering that you can fine-tune what to backup, when and in how many versions, you can have any number of combinations depending on your O365 size, backup needs, and any other factor that you can think of.

Next, let's see how we can control and use Active Backup from a user perspective. How to access your files, export them, and restore them if needed.

## 
  
  
## How to use Active Backup with M365?

As an O365 user, you can access all your apps using the https://www.office.com URL. After login you will be presented with the following page:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-05-at-07.58.14.png)

Main Microsoft/Office 365 user page

Looking at the apps that you can use with O365 the main question now is what will actually be backed up with Active Backup for M365?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-05-at-08.00.21.png)

The initial range of apps

From the image above you can be sure that all the apps and their content will be backed up apart from Teams, Bookings, Yammer, etc. If any of those apps have their content saved to OneDrive or Sharepoint sites then that content will be backed up.

Also, on the list, we have some other elements missing that are actually part of some other apps, like Contacts and Calendar items (part of Outlook). So, all in all, most of the O365 content will be saved, but not all of it.

Once you start using the O365 space, Active Backup will begin backing up immediately (depending on the settings configured before) and you will see the results on your Synology NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.36.06.png)

Uploading content to a SharePoint site

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-13.48.34.png)

That same content visible via File Station on your NAS after backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.03.35.png)

Active Backup console view of a completed task (notice that the "Site" service has new data)

So, we can see that AB has performed a backup task and the initial SharePoint content has already been backed up.

Another example would be using OneDrive or Outlook to generate some content and try and access it using the AB portal page in case you need to restore or export specific versions in time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.34.05.png)

OneDrive content using the O365 web portal

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.36.31.png)

Outlook web app in action

If a user wants to access some of its files from AB backup they need to open up the user portal page. That can be configured using the **Control Panel** \> **Login Portal**. Here we can set up and configure a custom URL for the user portal that will be a gateway towards Active Backup for the O365 user portal.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-05-at-08.11.13.png)

Configure a custom URL for users to get to the O365 portal

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-10-30-at-15.57.03.png)

AB has two apps, one for AB administration and one for users to access the backed up data

Once that user opens the portal this is what it will look like:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.34.15.png)

OneDrive backup as visible through Active Backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.34.54.png)

Outlook (email) via Active Backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.37.04.png)

Email item visible directly via Active Backup portal

As we can see from the images above, you can get full access to your items using the portal and even restore and export them.

The export will mean that you can export them on your device that you are currently using to browse and access the portal. Restore on the other hand means that you need to restore an item from your backup, back to O365 to have access to it.

Let's see how you can restore an email in case you have to delete it from the O365 account.

### 
  
  
### Restore an M365 item using the Active Backup M365 portal

Once you log into your O365 Active Backup portal and use the app switcher to jump to the **Email** section, simply use the timeline on the bottom to locate the item in a folder you want (Inbox, sent, archive, etc), and once you have it located, select it and click **Restore**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.40.16.png)

Process of restoring an item from Active Backup back to O365 destination

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.40.27.png)

Restore information on the progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.40.38.png)

Restore complete

It is that simple. The item will be back in your O365 and you can continue to use the service. So far you can see how a backup solution such as Active Backup for O365 can be simple to use from a user perspective, and yet powerful when needed.

In the next image, you can see how you can access a specific version of an OneDrive file from a certain point in time if you need a version that is not the latest.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-14.53.09.png)

OneDrive item restore using the timeline for a point in time restore. Notice the blue sections on the timeline indicating backup points with file versions.

If you have your Active Backup tasked configured for multiple versions (check the beginning of the article for configuration images with retention policy), you can have access to all the changes for all of your content for a specific point in time restore. Handy right?

So a user can access all their documents, and various files as well as email items from a single portal if there will be a need to restore and fix any accidental deletions or corruption. All this without the need to bother any IT admins.

## 
  
  
## Active Backup for M365 - backup/disaster scenario options

So far we have seen how to configure Active Backup as well as how a user can use a Portal page to access the content of those backups in case of a bad situation. Also, you got the picture that having this kind of solution can come in real handy. Same as with any backup, nobody wants to mess with it, but we sure love it when we need it.

This next part is the main reason for this article. How to backup your Active Backup? Why? Well, what will you do if your Synology NAS fails? If drives fail (and they will)? What about a case that at some point you have to migrate to a new Synology NAS? Most people (admins) that administer AB and Synology NAS units will ask this question, the main reason for this article is for everyone else to see why this is needed.

There are many reasons that you need a backup solution. Depending on your needs, and the fact of how often O365 tasks are kicking in, you will need to configure your Active Backup backup procedure as well. With Synology NAS you have several ways to backup your AB setup, but at the moment only one works as intended. Other solutions are partial and while they might come in handy, you need to be aware of the potential problems and investment needed to make a working backup for these types of situations.

### 
  
  
### Hyper Backup with C2 - partial backup solution

Let's start with the solution that most people would think to use in a case like this. If you are unfamiliar with the **Hyper Backup** app and **Synology C2** cloud backup platform you can get some more info on it [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/hyper-backup-disaster-recovery-method-via-c2/). In the article, you will see how you can use the HB tool along with C2 to have an offsite backup solution for your NAS.

With this in mind, and back to our main topic here, one would ask if HB+C2 combination could be a working solution for your AB backup scenario.

The short answer is, no.

Let's see how to set it up and what steps would need to do to relink your restored AB task and hopefully get a working solution.

### 
  
  
### Configure Hyper Backup with C2 to backup Active Backup content

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.05.54.png)

Hyper Backup destination 

Select **Synology C2 cloud backup**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.08.59.png)

Name of the C2 backup task

Enter the name of the folder that will be created on C2 to house your AB backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.09.25-1.png)

Select your local NAS shared folder where AB is storing its backup tasks

Select a local NAS folder used by AB for its backup tasks

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.09.57.png)

Configure schedule of your backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.11.16.png)

Run it...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.14.20.png)

Done!

That's it. Backup complete. So now we have our AB backup in Synology C2 cloud. Let's see what would happen if you simulate a problem with the AB backup on your local NAS and how to restore and relink your backup.

### 
  
  
### Remove Active Backup M365 task and delete the local folder with backup content

Now in this part, I will simulate a problem and accidental deletion of both AB task and the content of a shared folder where the backup lives.

Using **Control Panel** \> **Shared folders** locate the folder used for AB backups and delete it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.15.52.png)

Process of deleting a shared folder

### 
  
  
### Restore Active Backup content from C2

Now again, using Hyper Backup I will restore the content from C2 back to the NAS and attempt to relink.

Open **Hyper Backup** and use the **Restore** button once you have selected the task. Now just follow the wizard to restore the content.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.16.45.png)

Start the process...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.17.34.png)

... Select point in time to restore from...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.24.56.png)

... wait for it to complete...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.27.05.png)

... and done!

### 
  
  
### Re-link Active Backup M365 task back in your Active Backup console (after Hyper Backup C2 restore)

Now that we have the backup content back on our NAS it is time to see how to relink it and what use do we have from it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.36.33.png)

Once you create a task you will this time around select the second option - relink

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.36.45.png)

Active Backup will detect the folder used for O365 backup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.37.14.png)

Promising!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.38.28.png)

Problems with Sharepoint sites!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-02-at-15.45.33.png)

Partial restore

As we can see from the images above, the restoration was partial. The main problem is linking to the SharePoint content. The truth is that most of the content will not be usable in this current backup.

If you go into AB User Portal and try and access your emails, or your data on your SharePoint sites you will find out that you can't export them or restore them to O365.

The only thing you can use is OneDrive items, they do work. Also, by browsing your SharePoint or OneDrive content using **Synology File Station** you **will be able to access the files without any problems**.

Why is this not working? This is what Synology support said on the matter:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-05-at-09.52.09.png)

Synology support response on the matter of Hyper Backup as Active Backup backup solution

As we can see HB by current design is unable to backup needed extended attributes to make a 100% successful backup of AB. Too bad. I have sent a feature request notice, so let's hope that down the line this will be patched in.

So is this a useless option? Well for a working worry-free solution yes. But, if you do use AB to backup just your OneDrive or SharePoint content you will be in luck to have this on hand in the worst possible case. All in all, not ideal, but as long as you can get to some of your content it could be still considered a win.

Now let's see what would be a working, proper disaster case for your Active Backup backup scenario.

### 
  
  
### Configure Snapshot Replication to backup Active Backup content

🗒️

**NOTE**: this section and scenarios will utilize **two Synology NAS** units to make this process work.

Unless you are unfamiliar with Synology Snapshot and Replication tool, have a read [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/) before you move forward.

In this case, I will use two separate Synology NAS units that both support Snapshot Replication to make a disaster case scenario. This will be a simulation of what and how to make a working replication task from the primary to the secondary unit and then use the secondary NAS as the main O365 backup destination using Active Backup.

From this point, the primary NAS will be **NAS1** and the secondary NAS will be **NAS2**.

Considering that a lot of info and images are already in the initial Snapshot article I will just point the obvious here.

For this case, I am making a *remote* replication task from NAS1 to NAS2

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.38.58.png)

Replication task in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.39.27.png)

Replication complete

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.40.06.png)

NAS1 (point A) replicated to NAS2 (point B) every 5 min

As we can see from the images, replication will be daily every 5min. So that means that the data from one NAS to the other will be no more than 5 min apart.

If we jump to NAS2 to see what the result is thereafter the replication is done:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.41.39.png)

NAS2 status after finished replication

As we can see there are already two restore points from NAS1 to NAS2\. Looking good.

Now let's see two different restore scenarios while using replication and if they will be successful in restoring a 100% functional Active Backup for O365 task.

- Scenario 1: restoring from a snapshot after destroying a local AB backup folder
- Scenario 2: initiating a failover from NAS1 to NAS2 in terms to continue using NAS2 as the main Active Backup for the O365 target

### 
  
  
### Scenario 1 - Replication restore

After removing the local shared folder used for Active Backup backup, we can use the replication tool to restore from any point in time that we want. I will use the latest version to get the most up to date data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.52.34.png)

Select your restore point

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.52.46.png)

Selected to restore setting of the shared folder!

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure to select the **Restore the settings of the shared folder** option as it will restore all the advanced attributes needed! This is the missing part from the Hyper Backup restore test

After you have restored the folder from a replica snapshot, go to the Active Backup console and relink the task again.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.54.05.png)

After relink, AB will start to verify your backup location

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.54.13.png)

The process could take some time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-08.54.48.png)

Unlike before, this relink is 100% green!

So looks like we are all good! Well done. Of course, you can now test restore using the portal but trust me, it works. With this test, we have confirmed that NAS2 > NAS1 replica restore works.

When would you need this? Well for example if whatever happens to the data on NAS1 you can just restore quickly from NAS2 and continue forward.

### 
  
  
### Scenario 2 - Replication failover

Finally, we will now look into a worst-case scenario. You NAS1 has exploded and your Active Backup task(s) have stopped on your primary location. Let's see how to initiate a failover to NAS2 and set it up with Active Backup to continue where NAS1 has left off.

First log into your NAS2 and in the Snapshot Replication app initiate a **failover** from the **Action** menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.02.37.png)

Find the task and **force failover** it

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.02.45.png)

Select a point in time version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.03.58.png)

Failover complete (all is well)

Despite the image above, failover is complete and successful. You simply need to re-protect your new destination (NAS2) to make it a new main replication point.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.04.16.png)

Use the Action menu again to re-protect

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.04.26.png)

We are selecting NAS2 as the new "source" NAS and using its data to re-protect

So now we have decided to use NAS2 and its snaped data as the new source NAS and source data for this replication task.

Next, we need to install Active Backup for O365 on this NAS2 location and try again to relink the data that was replicated to this location.

After re-link, Active Backup will run through its routine.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.09.40.png)

Active Backup relinking to your local data

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.09.49.png)

Inspecting all the content

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.10.14.png)

Done! All green!

As we can see from the images above the process is identical now on the secondary (NAS2) location and Active Backup is up and running with the current content.

I have tested access using the user portal, and it all works fine. New data is also coming in without any problem at all.

## 
  
  
## Conclusion

After 3200 words, a few more to conclude this article. As we can see Active Backup for O365 is a great asset for your O365 backup needs, but it also needs to be protected and backed up.

I do hope this will be beneficial for anyone wondering how to configure and set it up as well as how to restore data and prepare for the worst-case scenario when it comes to protecting your backup.

One would argue the price of this backup (considering that you need two NAS units), but as always, depending on the worth of your data you will invest more or less into its protection.

Let me know down in the comments what you think, and as always if you have any suggestions or questions write them down. You can also get in touch with me using the \*[support chat](https://support.blackvoid.club/?ref=blackvoid.club) option.
### DSM 7 - Hybrid Share, expand your NAS to Synology C2
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-hybrid-share-expand-your-nas-to-synology-c2/
Last updated: 2021-09-30T15:59:44.000Z
> **UPDATE**: 28/09/2021 - new version of HS is out. **[v1.2.0-0650](https://www.synology.com/en-global/releaseNote/HybridShare?ref=blackvoid.club)**. Bringing some new features!

**What's New**

- Supports **pinning files and folders to the local cache** of the Hybrid Share folder for quicker access.
- Supports migrating data from the beta program to the official version of Hybrid Share.
- Added a dashboard to the C2 Storage Portal to display the usage details of Hybrid Share and Hyper Backup.
- **Supports mounting multiple Hybrid Share folders on a Synology NAS.**
- Added a 30-day free trial for users to try the official version of Hybrid Share before committing to the paid plan.
- Improved the C2 authorization mechanism.
- Allows immediate and on-demand storage expansion on Synology NAS by mounting a Hybrid Share folder on-premises.
- Supports accessing cloud-stored data via File Station, Synology Drive, or file protocols including SMB, AFP, and FTP.
- Supports mounting the same Hybrid Share folder on different Synology NAS devices to provide multi-site file access.
- Supports end-to-end AES-256 encryption to ensure data security.
- To learn more, please refer to the technical specifications.

**Beta program has ended**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-29-at-12.41.30.png)

> **WARNING**: Migrating to the official HybridShare will **require a minimum of 500GB** if you want to use this feature. This also means that your **C2 Storage subscription will need to accommodate HS and HyperBackup space together**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-29-at-12.48.44.png)

HS and HB both use C2 Storage so be sure to prepare for it!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-29-at-12.49.25.png)

HybridShare needs a minimum of 500GB of C2 Storage space!

Also, to get the new HybridShare features like **pinning** and **adding multiple HS shared folders**, you will need to update to the latest version of [**DSM 7, v7.0.1-42218**](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-0-1-42218-update/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/Screenshot-2021-09-29-at-12.43.45.png)

Pin files to local Hybrid Share cache

Here is the official email for HybridShare beta users:

> Dear Hybrid Share Beta user,
> 
> The Beta phase of application testing has now concluded with the release on Tuesday, September 28th, of our official Synology Hybrid Share plans. We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for your participation and inform you about what this new phase means for you.
> 
> General availability and upgraded functionality
> 
> With the official release, Hybrid Share is now available for all devices running DSM 7.0.1 or above.
> 
> We’re also introducing several changes in response to requirements that came to light during the Beta phase, including tying file caching to frequency of use, adding the ability to pin files manually to cache, and a new intuitive overview of storage use in the C2 Storage portal.
> 
> What does this mean for Beta users?
> 
> For you as a Beta participant, this official release means you will need to perform a few actions to continue using Hybrid Share.
> 
> Current Beta users will continue to have full access to all their files in Hybrid Share until October 28, 2021, but cannot create new Hybrid Share folders during this time.
> 
> Before October 28, you should sign in to the C2 Storage portal and sign up for or select an eligible existing C2 Storage plan to continue using Hybrid Share and gain access to the new features being introduced.
> 
> Hybrid Share is part of C2 Storage Advanced Plan
> 
> Hybrid Share is currently offered as a feature of the C2 Storage Advanced Plan (formerly Plan II), which also includes storage for Synology Hyper Backup. Pricing is based on storage use rather than number of connections or devices.
> 
> Existing Advanced Plan subscribers can continue to use Hybrid Share beyond October 28, but still need to perform the previously described steps to migrate to the official release.
> 
> As long as your account has sufficient free storage, you can migrate to Hybrid Share official free of charge. Data stored on Hybrid Share will count towards your C2 Storage data use.
> 
> If you do not wish to subscribe
> 
> If you do not take action before October 28, your data will be permanently removed from our servers. However, anything stored locally (cached) on your Synology NAS will be preserved on your local device.
> 
> We thank you again for taking part in the development of Hybrid Share and hope to welcome you as a customer for our C2 services, now or in the future.
> 
> Contact us for more information or consultation on deploying Hybrid Share for your business.
> 
> The Synology C2 Team

---

> **UPDATE**: 22/12/2020 - added an image of HS from the web browser in the section - "How do I get to my files?"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-15.03.04.png)

Back in April of 2020, I have [written ](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/)about his feature as a follow up on attending one of Synology webinars on the upcoming DSM7\. One of the top 3 features that come with DSM7 (on selected models) is Hybrid Share. Let's see what HS is and how it can help you get more out of your Synology setup.

### Hybrid Share - on-premise Synology NAS with a touch of Synology C2 cloud magic

So what is HS? Well, it is a new feature that is an integrated part of DSM7\. It will allow you to use your C2 cloud plan and space to have cloud-stored data accessible on your NAS but it will live in the cloud.

It will offer immediate access to files in the cloud storage upon mounting a C2 HS folder on your NAS. This is done using the Control Panel > Shared folder options. On top of this, you will be able to achieve multi-site file access by mounting that same C2 HS folder on multiple NAS devices at the same time! Now that is cool.  
As a result, this will reduce local storage and bandwidth usage by having certain data stored in the C2 cloud. To make things "feel" fast and quick HS will cache active file locally for low-latency file access. Also, the whole process is encrypted end to end with AES-256 bit encryption.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-15.03.59.png)

What happens if you delete your local HS mount? Well, considering that each NAS can have one active mount point at a time, you could be tempted to delete your existing one and mount another one.

In case you do that keep in mind that the data on C2 that was already synced up will remain in the C2\. Also, if you want to reconnect to your C2 HS destination just start the process again, and enter your encryption key. DSM will automatically connect your NAS and your local storage folder with the destination. Simple.

### Do we all get it?

TL;DR - no.

Hybrid Share does have some requirements and limitations. To use HS you will need:

- Synology NAS with 2GB of RAM or more
- Synology VDSM (Virtual DSM) is not supported, so a bare-metal device is a must
- Synology NAS with BTRFS volume where HS share will live
- Synology NAS with DSM 7 or above (DSM 6.x will not support HS)
- Synology Account with an active C2 plan

Not unreasonable IMHO and almost all of Synology's mid range lineup will be able to use this feature no matter how old they are.

### How to setup HS?

The following steps will show you how to configure and use the HS feature with your NAS

Open up **Control Panel > Shared Folder** and follow the steps:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-09.57.41.png)

Begining of creation of HS folder

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-09.58.07.png)

As stated you will need a HS plan. Will this be a part of your C2 backup plan? We will see

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-09.59.47.png)

You can't move forward until you agree to to terms. 1TB space during preview/beta period

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.01.50.png)

Setup your encryption key. It will download later to your local machine. SAVE IT!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.02.10.png)

Nothing more to say here, it is all there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.04.04.png)

After all the C2 elements, you can name your HS folder like any other local one

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.04.36.png)

Add permissions to it

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.05.07.png)

You are done!

Once you have created a folder it will be visible in your File Station or any device using supported file protocols. Simply copy the data into it and the upload will start.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.07.49.png)

Example of upload status towards HS folder on C2

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.08.29.png)

You can see your network utilization when upload is in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-09-11-at-10.52.25.png)

Upload report and folder content

### How do I limit the upload speed?

In case you have a problem with your upload speed (slow upload) you might get into a bit of trouble when HS starts to push data. To get away from this you can limit uploads to off-hours only (setting up a task that will move your data to the HS folder during the night) and on top of this, you can use **Traffic Control**.

If you open up Control Panel > Network and then go to the Traffic Control tab. There you will be able to select HS as a service and limit its speed.

This will help you with a low upload speed so that your Internet link will not choke up completely.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-13.07.41.png)

Traffic Control, use it to limit speed of any of your NAS service

### How do I get to my files?

> Please keep in mind that the beta rules and limitations will change once the function will roll out following the official DSM 7 release.

At the moment the only way to access your content is using a mounted share inside your NAS or using the desktop client (macOS, Linux, Win) for a one-way download of the latest version of files from C2.

Access via a web browser (like you can access your Hyper Backup tasks that you have in C2) will be added at some point in time, but for now, NAS and client access are the only ones.

UPDATE 22/12/2020 - At the moment using the web UI of C2, you are able to access your Hyper Backup tasks as well as Hybrid Share (beta) section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-22-at-18.00.07.png)

Hybrid Share overview inside C2

Unlike HB, HS only offers list of connected devices and time when they were mounted to your HS share as well as a progress bar of how much spare is taken.

One last thing that you can do is delete the data, but you can't access it. Again, this is the current state and it might change in the future.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-22-at-18.08.18.png)

Option to delete you HS data from the C2 web UI

Once this feature goes live you will be able to use the C2 web portal to access your HS content on top of your HB backup task files.

### Accessing your files using the desktop Download Tool

After you install the client on your macOS, Linux, or Windows OS start it up and follow the instructions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-11-at-11.04.20.png)

Login to C2 Hybrid Share with your synology.com account

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-11-at-11.05.32.png)

Enter your C2 credentials

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-11-at-11.06.41.png)

Enter or import your HS encryption key

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/11/Screenshot-2020-11-11-at-11.12.50.png)

Select and download, done!

One thing to note here is that you can download your files one by one or multiple files at the same time, but you can only Shift select, not Control select, meaning that you cant select random files, just as a single block. Too bad, maybe this will be added later on.

### Hybrid Share feature list

So alongside the limitations/requirements from before, here are the features that HS will support.

Protocols that we will be able to use in order to get to our HS data are :

- SMB/CIFS
- AFP
- NFS
- FTP
- WebDAV

Anyone using Synology NAS for a while will notice that these are all the default protocols that DSM supports (apart from FTP, SFTP, and FTPS).

Also, a number of DSM apps will also be able to take advantage of HS folders. Here is the list (might change over time):

- File Station
- Hyper Backup - (A C2 Hybrid Share folder can only be set as the source folder)
- Cloud Sync
- Web Station
- USB Copy
- Presto File Server
- Synology Universal Search
- Document/PDF Viewer
- Log Center

Among these apps here are some other specifications and limitations that might also change over time, but are in effect right now.

Allows setting a maximum storage size on a Btrfs volume as the local cache, which stores frequently accessed cloud data. Please note the following:

- ```  
The local cache size cannot be smaller than the Btrfs volume's available capacity or the storage size of the C2 Hybrid Share folder  
```
- ```  
The local cache size cannot be larger than 150 GB or 5% of the storage size of the C2 Hybrid Share folder  
```

Evicts the least recently used (LRU) data from the mounted C2 Hybrid Share folder's local cache when it reaches the system-defined threshold

Sends notifications when specific Hybrid Share Service events or errors occur, such as when the local cache is full or the mounted C2 Hybrid Share folder disconnects from Synology C2

So to conclude, HS will allow you to use remote C2 space in a combination with your NAS and remote backups across multiple apps and file services. There is no doubt that anyone who is using C2, and on top of this has multiple NAS units will be able to save some local space by migrating data to the cloud and simply connecting to it from any NAS at any given time.

As time goes by we will all see how this feature will evolve but at the moment it is great to see a feature that will bring your on-prem NAS and C2 closed together while still keeping you inside the Synology eco-system.

How do you like the idea of HS? Have you tried it already, or maybe using it daily? Let me know in the comments below.
### DSM 7 - development materials are here!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm7-development-materials-are-here/
Last updated: 2020-12-13T00:45:15.000Z
Today Synology has announced that the new 3rd party dev tools are ready for the upcoming DSM 7.

On the official community site, @Yennefer from Synology made this post:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/image.png)

New documents and tools are available on the Synology **[Dev Center](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/developer?ref=blackvoid.club#tool)**, along with all the info you might need.

Toolkit and GPL source can be downloaded from [here](http://sourceforge.net/projects/dsgpl/files/?source=navbar).

This could mean that the public beta could be closed and we might get it before the end of the year, but, as the post states, "release date is not yet confirmed".

This also means that any Xpenology DSM7 experience can begin.
### Standard Notes - Docker self-hosted alternative for all your note needs
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/standard-notes-docker-self-hosted-alternative/
Last updated: 2023-03-28T11:10:16.000Z
⚠️

**IMPORTANT**: This article is refering to the old 13-contianer setup that **has been depricated with version 1** of Standard Notes as of February 2023! **Do not use this article if you want to run the new 4-container setup in version 2!**

📢

**UPDATE**: 24/05/2021 - standardnotes/syncing-server repo has been deprecated! STEP03 has been replaced with new steps needed to use the new s**tandardnote/standalone** repository

📢

**UPDATE**: 09/05/2021 - added information on running Extensions via docker-compose

📢

**UPDATE**: 03/02/2021 - update to the current server, web app, and dekstop/mobile app version. Encryption 004 working fine. Also altered the ENV file with **RAILS\_ENV** value set to production

📢

**UPDATE**: 23/10/2020 - added self-hosted **FileSafe** section at the end (**FileSafe - encrypt your attachments**)

📢

**UPDATE**: 12/10/2020 - added ***Extensions gallery not loading inside a web browser*** at the end 

📢

**UPDATE**: 09/10/2020 - added self-hosted **WebApp** section at the end (**WebApp - host your own WebApp SN instance**)

---

## Table of Contents

[Requirements](#req)  
[Docker configuration (MYSQL and SN)](#sql)  
[Configure reverse proxy access for secure HTTPS access](#proxy)  
[Connect your SN instance to official SN apps](#official)  
[Extensions - boost up your SN instance](#extensions)  
[Extensions gallery not loading inside a web browser](#extensionserror)  
[WebApp - host your own WebApp SN instance](#webapp)  
[FileSafe - encrypt your attachments](#filesafe)

---

Not another one of those notes apps am I, right? I mean we have Synology Note Station, a globally popular Evernote, Apple Notes, Bear app, and a million others, so what makes [Standard Notes](https://standardnotes.org/?ref=blackvoid.club) special?

### Notes? Who needs a notes app...?

Before I write a bit about why this article should make sense, in case you are not interested in what I have to say and are looking for the know-how of running this on your own Docker (Synology) platform, jump down to the **"Requirements"** section.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-13.42.27.png)

Key features of Standard Notes

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-13.43.13.png)

More features can be unlocked with extensions (also free and covered by this tutorial)

As you can see from the images above, SN offers a lot. From a modern minimalistic look to a full mobile and desktop app, along with 2FA support, FaceID, and super fast sync service that just works.

You can host it yourself, preserving the data 100% on-site, access it anywhere from a web browser app connected to your server. Brilliant, just as [Bitwarden](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/bitwarden/) setup is for passwords.

SN offers also a paid solution unless you don't feel up to it hosting it yourself and offers about 30 extensions at the moment to make your instance even more powerful than a simple notes app.

With its spartan looks and features, out of the box, you get a free note-taking app with sync. More than enough for the majority of people. If you are looking a bit more, like support for markdown, code, themes, 2Fa, etc, then you will need to either pay a small monthly fee or host them yourself.

This article will show you how to make it all happen and run it inside Docker on your Synology NAS along with (also free and open-source) all extensions that SN offers.

Before I get into all that just a few words why bother with this scenario in the first place. Well, I like to self-host apps and services that I use daily. There are some great solutions out there (better then some paid I might say so), so why not? If you need to use a service that is open-source, private, and free, really, why not?

For a long time, I have been using Synology Note Station since it came out years ago. I was never too happy with it and I made a switch from Evernote to it long before Evernote started its new policy. With Note Station, it made sense to self-host my notes on my own NAS. From a functional standpoint, NS was always missing things, and as time goes by it looks like Synology has forgotten about this app. The Mobile version was not updated in ages and new features are not coming along as well. Just like in my [RocketChat vs Mattermost](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-vs-mattermost/) article comment section, I was asked why the Synology Chat app was not mentioned, or why am I not using it at all, but rather some alternatives? The same applies here. Why not use a solution that is not connected to any HW or SW brand specifically and on top of that you can run it anywhere you want?

Now, do I need a note app? Well, in a way I do. Personally, after jumping from Note Station I have started looking for a more feature-rich solution. Landed on [Bookstack](https://www.bookstackapp.com/?ref=blackvoid.club). Yes, no article on this one, but truth is, this is not a note app, it's a wiki/documentation platform. Plenty of those around as well. Even though it doesn't have a mobile app, it is mobile friendly (to some level) but I use it mostly while working on my iMac anyways.

Still, when it comes to notes I have used a number of those over the year and all of them had something missing in the big picture. Well, looks like the search is finally over.

### The belly of the beast

So what am I looking for in a notes app?

First, self-hosted and open-source. Free tag is usually associated with open-source but it also depends. In the case of SN, all functions are indeed free and possible to self-host. Mobile friendly with a possibility of biometric protection. Nowadays with all the data leaks, keeping things private and locked is kinda the main thing right?

The option to extend functions and secure and stable development is also very important if nothing else then because I don't wanna jump ship each year. Finally, the option to import notes from another platform (not very important). In the case of SN, this works with several competitors but with mixed results.

SN checks all the boxes and more, so let's see how to set it up and use it as your new, private, and secure platform for all your note needs. Keep in mind that some functions that other apps have, SN lacks and vice versa, so before you get into it and declare it your new uber note app, be sure to test it beyond this article and make your own decision.

## 
  
  
## Requirements

Before you continue with this article and process these are the requirements to have this running on your NAS.

- Owned domain with a valid SSL certificate
- 1(2) domain alias that will be used via reverse proxy configuration to access your instance (another one if you will self-host the extensions, this is optional)
- MYSQL instance up and running with access to it to create a database and its user
- Root SSH access to your NAS
- Knowledge of installing phython3 and its addins via command line

No fear, if you are less familiar with some of these steps as all of them, will be explained in detail in this article.

## 
  
  
## Docker configuration (MYSQL and SN)

I will start with the SQL container considering that it is the place where all the SN data will live. Before we start to build on the app itself, we need to have SQL prepared.

Keep in mind that SN deployment can be done with running a docker stack (app + a dedicated MYSQL instance), but this article will cover running it on top of a shared MYSQL instance (running other DB's for other apps).

If you already have an MYSQL instance running on your network you can skip this step, if not, follow along.

### STEP01 - Download MYSQL repo and phpMyAdmin

Log into your NAS via SSH (Terminal macOS app, or PUTTY on Windows for example) and elevate your access to *root* using the \`**sudo -i**\` command.

`ssh yourNASuser@yourNASipAddress`

Enter your password and then elevate to *root* with this command:

`sudo -i`

hit return and re-enter your password and you should be logged in as root.

Now download the MYSQL repo using this command line:

`docker pull mysql:latest`

Prepare a local folder on your NAS to host MYSQL data files. For example in \`**/volume1/docker/mysql**\`.

Run the following command to start MYSQL container:

```
docker run -d \
--name some-mysql \
-v /my/own/datadir:/var/lib/mysql \
-e MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD=my-secret-pw \
-p 3306:3306 \
mysql:latest

```

This should give you MYSQL instance running on your NAS on port 3306 (or any other if you have changed the **left** value in the port section.

Next, we need a web UI to administer the MySQL instance. This will be done using the **phpMyadmin** container.

`docker pull phpmyadmin/phpmyadmin:latest`

and now configure it and run it against your MYSQL instance:

```
docker run -d \
--name phpmyadmin \
-p 80:80 \ change the left value to a custom port if you wish/need to
-e PMA_PORT=same port as your MYSQL instance \ (3306 for example)
-e PMA_HOST=yourNASIP \
phpmyadmin/phpmyadmin:latest

```

Now open your web browser and to \`**http://yourNASIP:port**\` and you should land on your phpMyadmin page. 

Login as *root* with the password that you have defined for your MYSQL container. From here you have a functional MYSQL instance that you can use.

### STEP02 - Configure the Standard Notes MYSQL database

Log into your phpMyAdmin and create a new database for SN. Chose the name you want, but be sure to use **utf32\_general\_ci** collation for the DB!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-14.59.52.png)

Click the create new DB and give it a name and a collation

Next, we need an account and permission on our DB. Switch to the **Privileges** tab and on the bottom, select **Add user account**.

Set your **username**, **password**, and **host** (you can leave % to mark any host) as well as grant privileges on the bottom.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-15.08.09.png)

Give your new account access to your new database

Once all that is done, click the **Go** button on the bottom right and you are done with the SQL side of things.

---

### STEP03 - Standard Note standalone repo stack

The most important part of this whole setup is this step. With the current repo that Standard Notes is running at the moment, **standardnotes/standalone,** we will set up a "stack" of containers that are needed to get this up and running.

There will be 6 (well 7 if you count the DB container that we already set up) containers that will result from a single docker-compose file (stack).

Also, we will let these containers run in an isolated docker network so there will be no need to change too many elements. Let's start.

### STEP03.1 - docker-compose.yml file

Create a folder on your NAS that will house all the .ENV files including the compose YML one. Something like: `/volume1/docker/standardnotes/`

Inside that folder save the **docker-compose.yml** file for the standalone setup that you can find here: [https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/docker-compose.yml](https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/docker-compose.yml?ref=blackvoid.club)

**Changes in this file that need to be made:**

‼️

**WARNING**: Please do note that you should **not be using** the `latest` tag for the **standardnotes/xxxx images**. There could be various problems in doing so, so best to use the specific versions that are up to date here, in [**the current compose file**](https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/docker-compose.yml?ref=blackvoid.club). The rest remains the same.

```
    image: standardnotes/syncing-server-js:latest
    image: standardnotes/api-gateway:latest
    image: standardnotes/auth:latest
    image: redis:latest

```

If you have created the DB set up in the previous step, then be sure to **remove** this section from the compose file:

```
  db:
    image: mysql:5.6
    environment:
      MYSQL_DATABASE: '${DB_DATABASE}'
      MYSQL_USER: '${DB_USERNAME}'
      MYSQL_PASSWORD: '${DB_PASSWORD}'
      MYSQL_ROOT_PASSWORD: '${DB_PASSWORD}'
    ports:
      - 3306
    restart: unless-stopped
    command: --default-authentication-plugin=mysql_native_password --character-set-server=utf8 --collation-server=utf8_general_ci
    volumes:
      - ./data/mysql:/var/lib/mysql
    networks:
      - standardnotes_standalone

```

So, remove the whole `db` section. If you haven't made it or don't want to run a separate DB container then leave the compose file as it is!

Next, we will need three (3) .ENV files in that same local folder that you have created.

### STEP03.2 - .ENV (main configuration file)

Grab the sample file from here: [https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/.env.sample](https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/.env.sample?ref=blackvoid.club)

Rename the file from `.env.sample` to `.env`. Remember, the file has no name just the **ENV** extension. As such, it might not be visible unless you have the "show hidden files" option turned on.

**Changes in this file that need to be made:**

```
AUTH_JWT_SECRET=auth_jwt_secret

EXPOSED_PORT=3000

DB_HOST=db
DB_REPLICA_HOST=db
DB_PORT=3306
DB_USERNAME=std_notes_user
DB_PASSWORD=changeme123
DB_DATABASE=standard_notes_db

```

`EXPOSED_PORT` variable is the port number that you want to change depending on what port you want your server running on. For this example, it's 80, but you can change it to any port you want.

Make sure to make changes to these elements. If you have decided to use a custom DB container from the previous step, then change the DB\_XXXX parameters with the values that match. Add your NAS IP address as the host, as well as username, password, and DB name. DB\_REPLICA\_HOST can also be the same value as your DB\_HOST.

To generate the secret variables you can use a command-line from your NAS via SSH:

`openssl rand -hex 32`

Run that command for each of the secrets/keys needed!

### STEP03.3 - api-gateway.env (configuration file)

Now we need another ENV file from this location: [https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/docker/api-gateway.env.sample](https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/docker/api-gateway.env.sample?ref=blackvoid.club)

Save that file in your local folder and rename it from `api-gateway.env.sample` to `api-gateway.env` .

There are no changes needed in this file.

### STEP03.4 - auth.env (configuration file)

Finally, we have one more file from this location: [https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/docker/auth.env.sample](https://github.com/standardnotes/standalone/blob/main/docker/auth.env.sample?ref=blackvoid.club)

As before, rename it to just `auth.env`, save it to your local folder and edit the following:

```
JWT_SECRET=randomValue
LEGACY_JWT_SECRET=randomValue
PSEUDO_KEY_PARAMS_KEY=randomValue
ENCRYPTION_SERVER_KEY=randomValue

```

You can use the `openssl rand -hex 32` command again in this case.

That's it when it comes to preparing the files. Let's recap:

1. create a **local folder on your NAS** that will have the following files inside it:
2. prepare the **docker-compose.yml** file
3. prepare the **.env** file
4. prepare the **api-gateway.env** file
5. prepare the **auth.env** file

### STEP04 - Start the stack

Log into your NAS via SSH if you haven't already, and elevate to `root` with `sudo -i`.

Run the following commands **one at a time** in order to download the images:

```
docker pull standardnotes/syncing-server-js:latest
docker pull standardnotes/api-gateway:latest
docker pull standardnotes/auth:latest
docker pull redis:latest

```

Now position yourself inside the local folder with the files and run the following command:

```
docker-compose -p "standardnotes" up -d

```

You can change the name of the "project" or "stack" if you want. In this example, I have used a common name to have them grouped under a single stack called **standardnotes**, but you can use a different name if you want.

This command will download all the images needed (if you haven't done that so far) and start up the containers as well as create the network. Something similar to this:

```
Creating network "standardnotes_standalone" with the default driver
Creating standardnotes_js_auth-worker_1              ... done
Creating standardnotes_js_syncing-server-js-worker_1 ... done
Creating standardnotes_js_api-gateway_1              ... done
Creating standardnotes_js_cache_1                    ... done
Creating standardnotes_js_auth_1                     ... done
Creating standardnotes_js_syncing-server-js_1        ... done

```

Once you are back at the command prompt, you are good to go. It will take about 10-30 seconds to set the database and get the whole setup up running, and to be sure that you have it all running OK, simply open your browser and go to this address:

`http://yourNASIP:EXPOSED_PORT_VALUE/healthcheck`

So, use your NAS IP address and for the port use the `EXPOSED_PORT` variable that you have set in the main **.ENV** file.

The result of this URL should simply say `OK` if everything is OK, and you are good to go!

🗒️

**NOTE**: if you want to stop the stack and remove it use the following command: `docker-compose -p "standardnotes" down`

🗒️

**NOTE**: if you want to update the current stack, just download the images first and then run the `docker-compose -p "stack_name" up -d` command to update.

## 
  
  
## Configure reverse proxy access for secure HTTPS access

Now that you have a working instance of SN time to publish it to the web. If you are certain that you will not need to access your notes on any device outside your LAN you can skip this step.

If you do want to access your notes from any device anywhere in the world you will have to add them and configure them using reverse proxy settings inside the DSM control panel application portal section.

For more details on how to configure any docker container via reverse proxy and bind it to a valid SSL certificate, read it [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/).

## 
  
  
## Connect your SN instance to official SN apps

After you have configured (or not) your SN instance it is time to finally connect it to official apps. The process is the same for all apps so I will demonstrate it on a desktop app. At this time you will also register your first account.

### STEP01 - register an app with your instance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-18.33.28.png)

After you install the app use the "Account" link in the bottom left corner to connect to your instance

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-18.35.05.png)

Click the "Register" button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-18.35.50.png)

Enter details for your account (register your 1st account) and enter URL of your instance

Click "**Register**" again and you are done! Now repeat that step for mobile apps as well as the web version on URL: [https://app.standardnotes.org](https://app.standardnotes.org/?ref=blackvoid.club) and you will have a perfect note sync solution on any device you can imagine.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Using [https://app.standardnotes.org/](https://app.standardnotes.org/?ref=blackvoid.club) you will be using an official version of the webapp. If you want to use your own, read the section on the bottom on how to run your **own WebApp instance**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-18.42.05.png)

Default theme

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-18.42.18.png)

After you set up your extensions, you can have this theme as well, Futura...nice

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-04-at-18.42.29.png)

Or maybe this one? Midnight.

## 
  
  
## Extensions - boost up your SN instance

### Baremetal web hosting (using Synology WebStation)

Before you move into this territory keep in mind that these steps are **optional** and you will not have any problems using your SN setup without them. However, saying this, (as I said in the intro) SN in this form is free, very very minimalistic, and asking for more.

**DISCLAIMER**: steps that follow require SSH access to your NAS and downloading and installing some python extensions that are missing from the default DSM setup. **I take no responsibility for your actions from this point forward!**

To get extensions to work you have two options:

- Buy a subscription with SN
- Host them yourself

These steps will focus on hosting the extensions on our end. To get this going we will use this GitHub repository [https://github.com/iganeshk/standardnotes-extensions](https://github.com/iganeshk/standardnotes-extensions?ref=blackvoid.club) to build it.

After we have built it we will then host it as a virtual host on our NAS using WebStation and then again, reverse proxy it behind a nice custom name via HTTPS protocol. The result will be an HTTPS URL that we will then paste into SN and all extensions will load up.

To make this happen you will have to **install Web Station** on your Synology NAS, have a valid **account with GitHub**, and about 10 min of your time.

### STEP01 - install Web Station and register with GitHub

If you already don't have Web Station installed do it now by going to Package Center. Also, go to GitHub and register a free account (we will need this later on)

### STEP02 - download the repository

Using the URL [https://github.com/iganeshk/standardnotes-extensions](https://github.com/iganeshk/standardnotes-extensions?ref=blackvoid.club) download the content and place it inside your \`**/volume1/web/snextension**\` folder on your NAS. This will be the place where we will host our repository. The name of the folder can be whatever you want.

### STEP03 - edit the .ENV file

Inside the folder locate `env.example` and rename it to .env and open it in a text editor.

It will look similar to this:

```
# Sample ENV setup Variables (YAML)
# Copy this file and update as needed.
#
#   $ cp env.sample .env
#
# Do not include this new file in source control
# Github Credentials
# Generate your token here: https://github.com/settings/tokens
# No additional permission required, this is just to avoid github api rate limits
#

domain: https://extensions.mydomain.com

github:
  username: GITHUB USERNAME
  token: TOKEN

```

Edit the final two lines (username and token) by entering your GitHub account name and a personalized token for this action. The token can be created following this [procedure](https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/github/authenticating-to-github/creating-a-personal-access-token?ref=blackvoid.club). Also, make sure to enter your public domain name for the extensions in form of an URL.

### STEP04 - install python3 and its modules

Visit the Package Center again and check if you have Python3 installed, if not install it, and then in any case continue with the next step

Log into your NAS via SSH and install \`**pip**\` by first downloading it

`curl -O https://bootstrap.pypa.io/get-pip.py`

then install it (you might need to position yourself inside python3 folder):

`python3 get-pip.py`

🗒️

**NOTE**: location for python3 is: `/volume1/@appstore/py3k/usr/local/bin`

After we have installed pip support it is time for python3 modules. For this, to work we will need to install two of them. **pyyaml** and **requests**. Run the following lines one after another. Pip will be located also in the *bin* folder on the above location

```
./pip3 install requests
./pip3 install pyyaml

```

Now that we have all the modules installed it is time to create our extension repository. Go to your \`**/volume1/web/yourextensionfolder**\` location and run the following command:

`python3 build_repo.py`

This will create a new \`**/public**\` subfolder inside your repository with all the extensions. We now have to configure a virtual host that will target that folder and then associate a URL that will be used to reach that destination.

### STEP05 - configure virtual host using Web Station

Open up the Web Station app and configure the following:

Click the **Virtual Host** tab and then **the Create** button.

Configure the host as presented (you can use any port that you want but remember it for later) and use the **Browse** button to locate the \`**/public**\` subfolder inside your extensions root folder

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-05-at-08.57.48.png)

Configure the virtual host for your extensions

Next, we need to associate this virtual host and its custom port inside our reverse proxy settings. To do that, open **Control Panel > Application portal > Reverse Proxy** and add a new entry.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-05-at-09.01.55.png)

Configure your reverse proxy entry for extensions

From the example above you will enter your hostname of choice (the one that you have to create in your domain registry and target your NAS IP and custom port that you have set up in the step before for your virtual host (2100 for this example).

🗒️

**NOTE**: be sure to set up an SSL certificate for this entry as well in the **Certificate** section of your NAS so you don't get errors for your extension URL

### STEP06 - test access to your repository and configure it with SN instance

This is the final step. Now that you have a valid reverse proxy set your extension URL will be like this:

`https://extensions.mydomain.com/index.json`

If you visit this URL in your browser you should get a nice clean list of all the extensions and their configuration parameters.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-05-at-09.09.07.png)

Example of your extension JSON file

Finally, use that same URL inside your SN configuration to access the extensions. Open up SN app on your computer, click the **Extensions** link in the bottom left corner, copy the URL inside the text box labeled ***Enter Your Extended Activation Code*** and hit return.

That it! If all is well, your extensions should list and you can install them and activate/deactivate them as you want.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-05-at-09.18.53.png)

Working, self-hosted extension repository in action

### Docker-compose method

If you prefer running extensions inside a Docker container you can use the following docker-compose to run a stack of **Nginx** (that will be used to host the final extensions via index.json) and another **mtoohey/standardnotes-extensions** image that will make the volume with actual extensions.

```
version: "3.5"
services:
  nginx:
    image: ghcr.io/linuxserver/nginx
    container_name: standardnotes_extensions
    environment:
      - PUID=1000
      - PGID=1000
      - TZ=Europe/London
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/sn_extensions:/config
      - standardnotes-extensions:/config/www
    ports:
      - 5555:80
      - 5556:443
    restart: unless-stopped
  
  standardnotes-extensions:
    image: mtoohey/standardnotes-extensions
    restart: "no"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/sn_extensions/.env:/build/.env
      - /volume1/docker/sn_extensions/extensions:/build/extensions
      - standardnotes-extensions:/build/public
volumes:
  standardnotes-extensions:
    name: standardnotes-extensions

```

To run this I would suggest using [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) and set this up as a **stack** that will, in the end, create two containers and you can push this via reverse proxy as the method above (using web station).

**TL;DR**: you can skip this section if you are not interested how this stack works

Just a bit of explanation of what this stack will do. As a result, there are two services, one called **nginx**, and the other is called **standardnotes-extensions**.

Nginx service will be using the linuxserver/nginx Docker image to bring up a web server container that will be used to serve the extensions on port 5555 (or 5556).

There are two volumes that this image will use. `/config` mapping is the regular mapping that will hold all the configuration elements of this container, while `/config/www` will be mapped to a docker volume that will be created using the second part of the stack, the standardnotes-extensions service.

The reason we are mapping it this way is that you can in end get to your index.json file in the same way as you would using the web station method. So, all the extensions will be in the root of the www folder inside the nginx container.

The second part of the stack relates to standardnotes-extenstions image/container. It uses three-volume mappings and a restart value set to "no". The reason for this restart parameter is so that once the creation of the final volume (that will contain all the extensions), the container itself will turn off and is not needed.

The first volume map line maps the .env file that you need to edit (details in STEP02). The second line maps to your local folder location where you will host all the YAML files for all your extensions. Finally, the last mapping is the actual docker volume that will be created as a result. Also, that same volume is the second volume mapping in the Nginx service section.

### STEP01 - download the repository

Using the URL [https://github.com/iganeshk/standardnotes-extensions](https://github.com/iganeshk/standardnotes-extensions?ref=blackvoid.club) download the content and place it inside your `**/volume1/docker/sn_extensions/extensions**` folder on your NAS. The name of the folder can be whatever you want just make sure that it matches your docker-compose path as well. So you need to copy the content of `extensions` folder (from the link) to your own `extensions` folder that you created.

### STEP02 - edit the .ENV file

Inside the folder locate `env.example` and rename it to .env and open it in a text editor.

It will look similar to this:

```
# Sample ENV setup Variables (YAML)
# Copy this file and update as needed.
#
#   $ cp env.sample .env
#
# Do not include this new file in source control
# Github Credentials
# Generate your token here: https://github.com/settings/tokens
# No additional permission required, this is just to avoid github api rate limits
#

domain: https://extensions.mydomain.com

github:
  username: GITHUB USERNAME
  token: TOKEN

```

Edit the final two lines (username and token) by entering your GitHub account name and a personalized token for this action. The token can be created following this [procedure](https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/github/authenticating-to-github/creating-a-personal-access-token?ref=blackvoid.club). Also, make sure to enter your public domain name for the extensions in form of an URL.

### STEP03 - create the container(s)

Now that you have configured your `.env` variable and prepared the files on your local folder it is time to run the creation of container(s) using the compose file.  
As a result, you should see your stack looking similar to this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-09-at-11.05.17.png)

The final example of the extension stack in Portainer

Now for the first 30 sec or so, both containers will be in the running state (green), but after the extensions container has created all of the extensions that it could find it will shut down and stop (this is normal). You can use the little "page" icon that will open the log and you can review it. This is how the log should look like after it has completed all that it needed to do.

```
Extension: Action Bar                     1.3.1 	(updated)
Extension: Advanced Markdown Editor       1.3.11	(updated)
Extension: Quick Tags                     1.3.2 	(updated)
Extension: Bold Editor                    1.1.3 	(updated)
Extension: Code Editor                    1.3.8 	(updated)
Extension: Folders Component              1.3.5 	(updated)
Extension: GitHub Push                    1.2.4 	(updated)
Extension: Simple Markdown Editor         1.3.9 	(updated)
Extension: Math Editor                    1.3.4 	(updated)
Extension: 2FA Manager                    1.2.3 	(updated)
Extension: Minimal Markdown Editor        1.3.5 	(updated)
Extension: Plus Editor                    1.4.8 	(updated)
Extension: Secure Spreadsheets            1.3.6 	(updated)
Extension: Simple Task Editor             1.3.6 	(updated)
Extension: TokenVault                     1.0.8 	(updated)
Extension: Vim Editor                     1.3.7 	(updated)
Theme: Autobiography                      1.0.0 	(updated)
Theme: Dracula                            1.2.1 	(updated)
Theme: Dynamic                            1.0.0 	(updated)
Theme: Focus                              1.2.3 	(updated)
Theme: Futura                             1.2.2 	(updated)
Theme: Midnight                           1.2.1 	(updated)
Theme: Muted Dark                         1.0.9 	(updated)
Theme: No Distraction (Dynamic)           1.0.0 	(updated)
Theme: No Distraction                     1.2.2 	(updated)
Theme: Overcast                           1.2.2 	(updated)
Theme: Pure Black                         1.0.9 	(updated)
Theme: Solarized Dark                     1.2.1 	(updated)
Theme: Titanium                           1.2.2 	(updated)
Theme: VS Code Theme                      1.0.17	(updated)

Processed:                     30 extensions. (Components: 16, Themes: 14)
Repository Endpoint URL:       https://extensions.mydomain.com/index.json

```

Now you can try and access your extensions using your local NAS IP address and port dedicated in the compose file. For example `http://yourNASIP:5555/index.json` .

If you get the list of extensions and their configurations, you are good and ready.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/image.png)

Example of JSON file

### STEP04 - create a reverse proxy record

Now that you have it up and running the last thing that remains is to create a reverse proxy that will point to your final public extensions URL (that's the one that you have set up in your `.env` file).

For more details on how to configure any docker container via reverse proxy and bind it to a valid SSL certificate, read it [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/) or if you want to set your own NGINX proxy and use that one, visit this [link](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/).

### STEP05 - Connecting extensions to your SN server

This is the final step. Now that you have a valid reverse proxy set your extension URL will be like this:

`https://extensions.mydomain.com/index.json`

If you visit this URL in your browser you should get a nice clean list of all the extensions and their configuration parameters (the same one that you tested using your local NAS IP).

Finally, use that same URL inside your SN configuration to access the extensions. Open up SN app on your computer, click the **Extensions** link in the bottom left corner, and copy the URL inside the text box labeled **Enter Your Extended Activation Code*,* and hit return.

🗒️

**NOTE**: If you already have your SN instance connected to an existing extension you can remove it and connect a new one by using the **Repository** section where you should see the **Delete repository** option. On top of that before you remove the repository, be sure to **uninstall the extensions** using the button in the extension's interface! Adding a new repository will require the need to install and activate add-ons from that repository as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-18-at-14.48.16.png)

Be sure to uninstall the existing extension's source as well if you are moving to a new one

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-09-at-11.27.03.png)

How to remove an exiting repository URL

---

## 
  
  
## Extensions gallery not loading inside a web browser

In some cases, you might find yourself trying to install an addon using the web app browser version of your SN instance only to find a problem with the gallery. The fact is that you will be able to use all of your installed extensions (you can activate/deactivate them), but you might not get the option to install new ones.

This will work using the desktop version of SN, but the web browsers might give you trouble because of CORS.

The error in the weblog might look something like this:

```
Cross-Origin Request Blocked: The Same Origin Policy disallows 
reading the remote resource at 
https://extensions.mydomain.com/index.json. (Reason: CORS request did not succeed).

```

Now, this is fine. There is nothing wrong with your extension's setup. This is just your browser protecting you from harmful action. To make this work you can try and get this sorted using a few methods.

### 01\. Add headers to your reverse proxy entry for your extensions.

Open up your reverse proxy setting for the extension entry and create two separate entries with their values:

```
'Access-Control-Allow-Origin' '*';
'Access-Control-Allow-Headers' 'content-type';

```

Reload your main SN site and open the extensions menu. If the gallery loads, great, if not try a different method.

### 02\. Install CORS plugins in your browser

You could (if there are options) install CORS addon in your browser and turn it on. Then reload your site and try and access your extension gallery. Still nothing? Read on.

### 03\. Disable Cross-Origin Restrictions inside a browser

In the end, if your browser supports it (like Safari for example) you could just disable the CORS feature by using the **Developer** menu inside Safari. There you will find *the Disable Cross-Origin Restrictions* menu item. Activate it and then reload your site and access the extensions.

If none of the methods work, you could always install and extensions, and that way you will have them listed in your extensions window inside a browser. So the only main issue here is that you might not be able to **install** any extension via a browser, but you can use them (activate/deactivate) even without this CORS expectation.

## 
  
  
## WebApp - host your own WebApp SN instance

As stated before you have the option to run your own version of SN web app so you don't have to rely on their own accessibility at [https://app.standardnotes.org/](https://app.standardnotes.org/?ref=blackvoid.club).

Follow these steps.

First, let's download the repo so we can have it prepared:

`docker pull standardnotes/web:stable`

Next, let's go to GitHub and download the .env example file for our Standard Notes - [https://github.com/standardnotes/web/blob/develop/.env.sample](https://github.com/standardnotes/web/blob/develop/.env.sample?ref=blackvoid.club)

Download this file, edit it (following the instructions below), and finally save it to your NAS (for example in \`**/volume1/docker/standardnotes\_web/**\`).

🗒️

**NOTE**: Be sure to rename the file once you have completed editing it in **`.env`**. So no name just the extension env. This might make your file invisible so bear that in mind.

Edit the following:

```
AILS_ENV=development
PORT=3001
WEB_CONCURRENCY=0
RAILS_LOG_TO_STDOUT=true
RAILS_SERVE_STATIC_FILES=true
SECRET_KEY_BASE=test
APP_HOST=https://webapp.mydomain.com

EXTENSIONS_MANAGER_LOCATION=extensions/extensions-manager/dist/index.html
BATCH_MANAGER_LOCATION=extensions/batch-manager/dist/index.min.html
SF_DEFAULT_SERVER=https://notes.mydomain.com

# Datadog
DATADOG_ENABLED=false

# Development options
DEV_DEFAULT_SYNC_SERVER=https://notes.mydomain.com
DEV_EXTENSIONS_MANAGER_LOCATION=public/extensions/extensions-manager/dist/index.html
DEV_BATCH_MANAGER_LOCATION=public/extensions/batch-manager/dist/index.min.html

```

So the main things that need to change are:

lines 6,7, and 11

**APP\_HOST** variable will be the public name of **your** **web app**, so make sure to make a new DNS record for it.

**SF\_DEFAULT\_SERVER** variable is **your main notes syncing server** address so enter the one that you have configured and will use with your desktop and mobile apps.

Now that we have set up the ENV file we will use it with a \`**docker run**\` command line:

`docker run -d --name=stdnotes_web -p 3001:3001 --env-file=/volume1/docker/standardnotes_web/.env standardnotes/web:stable`

Be sure to change (if you want), the left port value to some other value that you will use with this setup.

Also, keep in mind that the **`--env`** parameter needs to match the destination of the ENV file. If all goes well, you should get your app up and running.

To test if all is well, try and access your instance using http://yourNASip:3001 (or a custom port that you have set) to get to the page.

Apply the same reverse proxy policy for your new web app in order to get a nice HTTPS web app URL.

## 
  
  
## FileSafe - encrypt your attachments

Just like I said before you can self-host any part of this solution and this one is about FileSafe.

FS will allow you to integrate your SN instance with Dropbox, GoogleDrive, most WebDAV servers, and Amazon S3.

In this example, I will show you how to configure FS docker image and how to connect it to a WebDAV server.

Follow these steps.

First, let's download the repo so we can have it prepared:

`docker pull standardnotes/filesafe-relay:latest`

Considering that I will show you just how to run with a WebDAV server nothing special is needed apart from running this one-line command

`docker run -d --name=standardnotes_filesafe -p 3000:3000 -e HOST=filesafe.mydomain.com standardnotes/filesafe-relay:latest`

🗒️

**NOTE**: change the port number (left side) to whatever your want and also be sure to change the HOST parameter to the name of your future FS instance. To make this work you will need to configure FileSafe also behind a reverse proxy like all the other modules and you will of course need to make a DNS alias to make it accessible from the Internet.

After you have created the Docker container open SN app and make sure you have the **Bold Editor** extension up and running. If not, install it then continue forward.

After you have loaded up the Bold Editor, click on the File Safe icon on the toolbar. It will load up the extension looking like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-23-at-15.09.38.png)

FileSafe SN extension

After you have added an encryption key click the **Add New** button to add a new integration.

By default, it will open up [https://filesafe.standardnotes.org](https://filesafe.standardnotes.org/?ref=blackvoid.club) window and load up the options like the ones on the next image.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-23-at-15.11.13.png)

FileSafe potential destinations

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure to close this window and open up your own page that you have configured in this step that will lead you to your own FS extension at: https://filesafe.mydomain.com. 

You should get the exact same thing.

Now click on the **WebDAV** icon and configure your connection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-23-at-15.13.27.png)

WebDAV parameters

Depending on your WebDAV of choice you might need to enter specific URL and/or combinations in the username field.

I have tested this with pCloud.com and it works just fine. However, atm I am still unable to get it running with Synology WebDAV configuration (will post and updated if this changes).

🗒️

**NOTE**: If you plan on using it with pCloud.com the URL for WebDAV are:  
[https://webdav.pcloud.com](https://webdav.pcloud.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) for international, and [https://ewebdav.pcloud.com](https://ewebdav.pcloud.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) for EU

🗒️

**NOTE**: using Synology WebDAV should work the same way as with any other public WebDAV server. This was confirmed by a fellow Synology user. Do keep in mind that you will have to make access to that towards your Synology WebDAV via HTTPS protocol using a valid SSL certificate. Nothing that you can't do using a reverse proxy, like with all the other parts of this configuration

### Conclusion

Now you have a fully private SN configuration running. Well done!

Hope this will be of some use to some of you out there. If you have any comments let me know in the section below, and also if you need any help feel free to write about it or use the \*Support Chat link at the top of the page for some instant chat.
### Rocket.Chat vs. Mattermost, open-source rivals
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-vs-mattermost/
Last updated: 2022-08-21T21:34:31.000Z
🗒️

**UPDATE**: **21/08/2022** \- **Blackvoid support chat has switched** from Rocket.Chat **to Mattermost**. The main reason was permissions management, but with version 5 this is no longer the case. Also, as covered in the article, you will see that Mattermost has a number of advantages, that just work better. Rocket Chat still remains a very solid platform, but MM is just more polished when compared to it, especially today (August 2022).

It is no secret that I love [rocket.chat](https://rocket.chat/?ref=blackvoid.club) platform (considering they have changed their brand look I will use the same here as well, so the name is in small caps). In case you are unfamiliar with it, look at some of my other [articles](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/rocketchat/) before getting back to this one.

TL;DR - RC is an open-source collaboration platform aimed to be used as a chat, audio/video, file share, and much more. It is a #SLACK, Microsoft Teams alternative as well as [Mattermost ](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/)(that I will be talking about here).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.10.15.jpg)

Rocket.Chat v3.7 with custom theme and channel avatars

So why RC vs. MM? Well the thing is there are several RC-like platforms out there but MM is one of the most popular and both of these can be self-hosted (SLACK and Teams can't).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.10.52.jpg)

MatterMost with default and custom dark theme

The idea behind this article is to see what both platforms offer, lack, and have in common. I will focus on several elements that matter to me in my everyday routine.

This article will cover the following:

- **General overview** \- comparing the platform overall features, ease of use, self-host deployment, resource requirements, etc
- **Chat, audio/video conference, file share, and screen share features** \- focusing in general what apps can offer in terms of usability, and performance when using these features
- **Desktop, mobile, and web apps/access** \- how each platform works with their dedicated desktop and mobile app as well as browser support
- **Permissions** \- mainly the options that both platforms offer in terms of working with user permissions (class/roles)

Another TL;DR - rocket.chat wins in the end :). Well, it wins for me just because of one single thing, but then again it doesn't matter if you win by a foot or a mile right?

### General overview

As I mentioned before the main reason I am looking into these two platforms is because they can be self-hosted. So getting them up and running via Docker doesn't take that long at all.

Each of them is easy to set up and requires only two docker containers, the database one and the platform itself.

RC uses **MongoDB** as it's backend and MM, on the other hand, can work with multiple backends such as **Postgres**, **MySQL**, **SQLite**, **MSSQL,** and **Maria** to name the few. This fact alone can be a tipping point for someone to choose one chat platform over the other.

Some organizations might have issues running or using one DB over the other, so having more options is always better. RC unfortunately is working only with Mongo and there is no reference that that will change in the near or distant future. There are old GitHub tickets that are talking about his topic but RC DEV side is not looking to invest time into other DB platform support at this time.

So in short if you are looking at a solution that will give you options to migrate your DB to almost any opensource platform out there, **MM is a clear winner here**.

For my personal use, this does not matter even though I don't have any other app running with MongoDB.

As I mentioned before running these two platforms doesn't take a lot to get them up and running. For both of them, I have articles linked at the beginning so you can see what needs to be done and how to get them running.

Resource vise both platforms are lightweight. Of course, this will depend on the number of users that you intend to serve. If you will host a lot of users you will probably have to deploy a load-balanced configuration (that I will not talk about).

RC with Mongo and MM with Postgres both use about 500MB/RAM combined (front+back end) when idle. Depending on your needs and using this will vary. The main thing here is that you have a fast DB layer (preferably on SSDs) with high I/O and lots of IOPS.

RC as well as MM will from benefit running on SSDs as well but they don't need to run on flash by default.

Both platforms are modern and young (2015/2016), and while RC is developed in JavaScript, using the [Meteor](https://www.meteor.com/install?ref=blackvoid.club) full-stack framework, MM on the other hand uses Go as well as JavaScript. Platforms are in constant development and have a large developer community so there is no fear of them going away anytime soon. They both work on all major web browsers as well as desktop, and mobile platforms. The bottom line is you can chat from anywhere.

### Chat, audio/video conference, file share, and screen share features

The key factor what platform will win here will be functions that most of us use daily.

In short, both platforms offer a nice clean look at the conversations that you have, public or private, and both also have a decent amount of tools to manipulate your conversations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.18.28.png)

Rocket.chat conversation tools

For example, RC has a bit more tools and offers some options that MM does not include so its contextual menu is populated with more options. To name a few **replies in threads** and **discussions**.

In the channel where there is a lot of chatting going on one can lose place quickly in multiple responses. So **reply in thread** will offer a visual nesting of any response to that specific message and display them in a smaller font so they don't dominate the main channel.

On the other hand, if you are not looking to just have a quick "side" chat on the matter but would like to engage in a proper **discussion**, then using the discussion feature will open up a separate channel with a link back to its main channel. With this new discussion channel, you can have a completely separate stream where you can also invite and deny users just like with any other public or private channel.

Another visual advantage that I would give to RC is the fact that quote messages are better visually presented out of the box but nothing that some CSS modifications won't fix. Also, quotes are classified as regular "reply" actions in MM just because RC has the beforementioned reply in the thread feature.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.22.01.jpg)

Rocket.Chat example of nested replys

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.26.29.jpg)

MatterMost reply example - not really visible that you have replied to something until you actually read it

So all in all, plenty of options for chatting on both sides, and IMHO it is all part of getting used to the tools.

One thing that I would argue is better in MM is its keyboard action shortcuts. For example, if you want to reply or quote something in RC you have to use the mouse and trigger the fast action menu next to the message. Ok not the end of the world but still. In MM you can use the keyboard to quickly respond to the latest message that you got.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.29.50.png)

Nice collection of Mattermost keyboard shortcuts

This is great if you have a constant back and forward with someone and want to reply to that exact message. With RC you have to break away from the keyboard that in some cases can be a bit of a pain.

On the other hand, both platforms offer quick editing using the keyboard in case you spotted a mistake.

Finally, a few words on file and screen share as well as video conference options. Today having a video conference is important and handy, and for some a must feature. Both platforms deliver on this.

By default, RC has some options built-in but they need to be activated like access to the free jitsi.me platform (hosted by 8x8). Still, if you are not willing to use jitsi, both RC and MM will work with BigBlue, WebEx, and Zoom once you install the features from their "marketplace" and configure them.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.31.59.jpg)

Rocket.Chat video conference settings for Jitsi (and BigBlueButton above)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.35.07.jpg)

Mattermost Jitsi settings page

The reason why I mentioned this is the fact that if depending on your conference platform of choice, there is support for screen share this is the way to do it. So if you want to share a screen you need to activate a video conference and then activate screen share. Jitsi will offer this out of the box with both window and screen options.

If you want to just share some files you can do that by simply dragging the file on the chat window. Keep in mind that RC in this case has an option to limit the upload size as well as control what kind of file type the users are uploading. This is a great feature that offers admins to be sure that there won't be some users that might abuse this option and cause problems for everyone.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.37.56.jpg)

File share - simple drag and drop

In this category, I would give my vote to RC. The reason is that in this version MM is very limited when it comes to some features and options that RC has by default that IMHO should be there.

### Desktop, mobile, and web apps/access

If you can't have access to your chat platform from any device known to mankind you are not doing a good job right? Well MM, and RC are covered. You can access them using your desktop computer, mobile phone, or tablet.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/IMG_8951.jpg)

Example of iOS app. Mattermost follows its theme across all devices and platforms, Rocket.Chat has its own mobile selection of themes

In both cases, some features don't work on each platform or are missing entirely (like RC's E2E mobile encryption that is coming out in the next few days as part of v4.11, finally), but for the most part, it is all there.

Considering that we are talking about web applications their desktop and web apps are the same just packed in a nice desktop UI if you are using a desktop application.

Mobile apps are slightly different and are optimized for the platform of choice (iOS/Android). This is one of the reasons that some features are missing or not working. Another example is the channel avatar that is visible in RC on desktop and web, but yet on the mobile app (developers have confirmed that it is coming).

One more thing to note here is that RC mobile app does support themes so you can use three of them (light, dark, and black) but unlike MM which mirrors your desktop theme onto their mobile app, RC has not followed that model. Both platforms can be modified utilizing CSS and MM, as I said, mirrors this across their entire eco-system. Point for MM in this case. Finally, the feel of switching channels and general navigation in MM is a lot quicker and with fast and smooth transitions. RC, not so much, but is getting better with each new version.

Still, from a function perspective, both platforms work well on their mobile platforms and are in constant development. If I'm being honest, MM is better looking than RC if esthetics is something you are going for.

### Permissions

This is the section that was key for me. The idea behind these types of platforms is the same as it was (is) when it comes to IRC, Teams, SLACK, or Discord platforms, and their user roles.

🗒️

**UPDATE**: **21/8/2022** \- since Mattermost version 5, granular permission for non-admin accounts is possible. Still not as versatile as it is in RC, but enough to keep your "users" under control.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/Screenshot-2022-08-21-at-23.31.55.png)

Mattermost permission scheme since version 5 (accessible in the Team version of the platform)

Well, if we want to focus on roles in both RC and MM (the team version that I'm talking about here) this is not even a competition.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.54.11.jpg)

Mattermost (team version) has these user roles, that's it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-29-at-13.56.48.jpg)

Now that is what I call permissions settings (check the number of pages!)

MM has two roles, **member** and **team admin**. This might look like enough but once you realize that a team member can create edit, rename, and even archive public channels, you realize that that specific role has too much power. The team edition of MM has no option to limit roles on what they can and can't do.

RC on the other hand has a lot of roles, twelve to be exact. On top o that there are 120 (yes that many) options that you can activate or deactivate for each role. So imagine how much control you have. Did I mention that you can create your custom roles as well?

So, **permission is the only reason why I would recommend someone using RC over MM**. Everything else can be tweaked, modified, and extended but permissions in MM (team version) are just not up to the task. Even if you are building a server that you will use outside your company, so for private usage for example or maybe you want to run an anonymous chat platform, RC is a clear winner here, by far.

### Conclusion

Now, there is still a huge part of features and options on both ends but the fact is that, as I said at the beginning, these are the main feature and elements that are a key factor for me. Of course, the fact that they can be self-hosted as well. Considering that MM doesn't offer a lot of features and options out-of-the-box I won't go and try to compare it to RC, but I think you get the idea so far.

Still, RC sounds like it is too good to be true right? Well, there is one thing that might give you a bit of a problem and those are push notifications. Before I go on I would like to point out that this reflects on mobile notifications only, not your web or desktop notifications.

I have written about [RC push notifications](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-trouble-in-push-paradise/) changed a while back, and I can say that their 5000/month limit can be reached very quickly even on a server with only a few active users. This will of course depend on their configuration of notifications. So if each user sets a notification for every message, you can see how quickly that quota can hit 5000.

If you want to use push you can change your plan with RC (considering that they are hosting the push gateway), build your own (but you will have to build and compile mobile apps as well), or simply not get over 5000 notifications once you hit your monthly limit. So, all in all, nothing major but just bear in mind that push notifications will have to be managed and if that is a key factor for you, read up on the linked article and up-to-date documentation on the RC site.

Hope this was informative for you and if you made it to the end, congratulations. Feel free, as always to comment and ask questions in the comment section below.
### Portainer - Docker container management made easy
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/
Last updated: 2023-07-09T23:17:28.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: **11/02/2023** \- added a new section to update the article with a **new 2.17 Business edition version of Portainer**

In order to run the new business edition of Portainer that allows the management of 3 Docker hosts for free, we need to run the `portainer-ee` Docker image as well as get the license code.

To get the code, head over to [https://www.portainer.io/take-3](https://www.portainer.io/take-3?ref=blackvoid.club) and fill out the form. Within a few minutes, the code will arrive on the registered email.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-10.41.40.png)

Fill out the form to register for Portainer Business

Now that we have the code, we can either upgrade from the community edition (`portainer-ce`, explained how to set up in the next part of the article), or start with the business edition using the following method.

As with any docker container running on the Synology NAS, we need to log into it using SSH and elevate it to `root` permissions in order to run the `docker run` command.

### STEP01 - log into your NAS as root

Depending on your OS of choice (Linux, macOS, Win) you will have to use an SSH-capable app to log into your NAS. Also, be sure that you have enabled SSH on your Synology NAS before doing this (**Control Panel > Terminal > enable SSH**).

On macOS open up the **Terminal** app and type:

`ssh your_NAS_account@yourNASip`

hit return and you should be prompted for a password. After you have logged inside you need to elevate to the *root* account by using the following command:

`sudo -i`

again, you will be prompted for a password. Enter your initial user password and you will see how the command line has changed to *root*.

### STEP02 - download (pull) the Portainer EE repo

Now we need to download the repo from the Hub:

`docker pull portainer/portainer-ee:latest`

### STEP03 - configure and run the repo

Now we are ready to run a single command line to start Portainer on your NAS:

`docker run -d --name=portainer_ee --restart always -v /volume/docker/portainer_ee/data:/data -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock -p 9000:9000 --pid=host portainer/portainer-ee:latest`

🗒️

**NOTE**: Be sure to create your local destination **before** you run the command line! In this example that would be **volume1/docker/portainer\_ee/data**

Now that we have Portainer up and running, go to the URL `http://yourNASip:9000`, create an account and start running multiple hosts!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/02/Screenshot-2023-02-11-at-10.49.50.png)

Portainer Business edition (EE) managing 5 Docker hosts

Under the **Environments** section there will be options to add new Docker hosts in case there is a need to connect multiple ones to this single Portainer instance.

---

📢

**NOTE**: Info below is the original article **referencing the CE (community edition) version of Portainer**! The setup is still the same just the images are a bit dated.

This short article will be about Docker management. I meant to write it up sooner but always pushed it back because everything can be done using the command line. If you are into Docker or just starting, you will know (or soon find out) that it is a command-line-based platform. There is nothing you can't do with Docker this way but sometimes you might want to have a nice UI that will help you navigate more easily, do more, and have an overview of your container's usage and multiple hosts. This is where [Portainer.io](https://www.portainer.io/?ref=blackvoid.club) comes in.

I use Docker daily across all my NAS devices and using Synology as a brand has its problems when it comes to Docker. The most obvious one is that it's Docker UI that is not up to the task when it comes to working with more complex container setups.

Maybe you have noticed that most of my Docker articles revolve around using the command line deploy method. The reason is that not everyone visiting here is using Synology as their Docker host, and on top of this, you can apply these Docker containers to any host you do use.

However, saying this at some point I started to use Portainer for several reasons:

- Multiple host control under one UI
- Overview of unused repos and the option to delete them with ease
- Faster deployment of a complex instance using stacks (docker-compose)
- CPU/RAM utilization overview per container (apart from my Grafana dashboard)
- Ability to run any container with any switch, or variable settings using a UI

There are just a few reasons why I like Portainer. So with all that said let's see how to deploy a Portainer container on your Docker host to control that same host and any other potential host using an agent repo (image).

### Configure and start Portainer on your Docker host

For this example, we will use an official Portainer 2.0 CE version of Portainer.

🗒️

**NOTE**: for this to run you will have to log into your NAS via SSH and elevate to root to run this container

### STEP01 - log into your NAS as root

Depending on your OS of choice (Linux, macOS, Win) you will have to use an SSH-capable app to log into your NAS. Also, be sure that you have enabled SSH on your Synology NAS before doing this (**Control Panel > Terminal > enable SSH**).

On macOS open up the **Terminal** app and type:

`ssh your_NAS_account@yourNASip`

hit return and you should be prompted for a password. After you have logged inside you need to elevate to the *root* account by using the following command:

`sudo -i`

again, you will be prompted for a password. Enter your initial user password and you will see how the command line has changed to *root*.

### STEP02 - download (pull) the Portainer 2.0 CE repo

Now we need to download the repo from the Hub:

`docker pull portainer/portainer-ce:latest`

### STEP03 - configure and run the repo

Now we are ready to run a single command line to start Portainer on your NAS:

`docker run -d --name=portainer_ce --restart always -v /volume/docker/portainer_ce/data:/data -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock -p 9000:9000 --pid=host portainer/portainer-ce:latest`

Just a few pointers on this command.

Portainer will maintain its "database" and configuration inside its */data* folder so we are mapping that folder to a destination of your choice. In this case, the destination is a folder on location */volume1/docker/portainer\_ce/data*.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Be sure to create your local destination **before** you run the command line!

On top of this one of the most important parameters is docker.sock. docker. sock is the UNIX socket that the Docker daemon is listening to, so be sure to map it or Portainer will not be able to connect to your Docker host and maintain the whole environment.

You are welcome to change the port as well, the default web UI port is 9000 but you can configure your own. If you do change it, make sure to just change the **left** value, local port number, and not the right-hand side (container side). So one example could be:

`-p 9500:9000`

Once you have done all the changes, run the command line and that's it. Easy right?

### STEP04 - configure your Portainer account and connect to your host

One final thing to do is to log into your Portainer UI and connect to your Docker host.

Open your browser and go to the following URL:

`http://youNASip:9000`

If you have used a different port be sure to use the correct port. This will open up a welcome wizard to create your admin account to log in.

Once you have done that you need to configure Portainer to attach to your Docker host.

You will be presented with the following screen after you have logged in:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/42587801-7f68866a-8544-11e8-8f0a-026e60a266ab.PNG)

Select "Local" to connect Portiner to your Docker host

Select **Local** and click **Connect**. You can note that Portianer is telling you that you should have docker.sock mapped in order to work.

If everything is set you will get a similar image like this.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-24-at-00.31.15.png)

This will tell you that you have connected Portainer to your Docker host

If you can see the green "up" icon you are good to go. Well done!

Later on, you can connect multiple Docker hosts to a single Portainer up using a Portainer agent (another article), and the end result might look like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-24-at-00.33.19.png)

Running multiple Docker hosts under a single Portainer instance via Portainer agents

### Add a Docker host to your Portainer using an agent

If you do have multiple Docker hosts you can connect them to your new Portainer instance using a Docker agent. 

### STEP01 - download and configure the Portainer agent

`docker pull portainer/agent:latest`

After this run the following command to start up your agent

`docker run -d --name=portainer_agent --restart always -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock -p 9001:9001 --pid=host portainer/agent`

### STEP02 - add Docker agent host to Portainer

Now, log into your Portainer and use the menu on the left side, and select **Endpoints**.

Click on the blue "**\+ Add endpoint**" button, and you will land again on the same page that you had when you initially configured Portainer in step 04.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/image.png)

Adding a new Docker host

Enter your **Docker hostname** and its **Endpoint URL** by entering its LAN IP address and port, as presented in the image as an example.

Finally, click again **Add endpoint** and you are done!

### Recap

There you have it. A nice clean web UI to use for all your Docker needs. I did not go too much into detail regarding its options because this will be a topic for some other article. Also, I might refer to this article from now on, from time to time.

As always, if you have any questions, let me know in the comment section.
### "Time flies"... Apple 2020 September event
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/time-flies-apple-2020-september-event/
Last updated: 2020-09-15T21:11:28.000Z
Ten years ago the very 1st iPad hit the market. Since then each year it has been the best tablet and mobile device in its class. That has not changed but the evolution of iPad and iPadOS continues to push the limits of possibility as we could see it on today's event.

Even though the iPad was the main topic of this event, Apple Watch with its new Series 6 model has also a lot to show off. Accompanied by the new Watch SE, Family sharing, and Apple Fitness+ services, the watch lineup is stronger than ever.

Here are some highlights:

### Apple Watch Series 6 and SE

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.07.30.png)

Watch series 6

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.16.18.png)

Lots of new designs, faces and colors to choose from

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.18.36.png)

Brand new Watch SE

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.22.24.png)

Series 6 is packed with loads of brand new features and updates to every other single part as well

### Apple Fitness+ - new companion service for the Watch lineup

If you are looking to stay in shape, now you will have no excuse but to stay in share with the new Fitness+ service. Targeted at Watch users, Fitness+ allows you to keep up with your training anywhere, anytime on any device.

With new content coming in each week, you will always be able to find a workout that fits your needs. From beginner to a pro, Fitness+ has you covered.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.23.41.png)

Fitness+ get it on any screen, any time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.23.13.png)

Your whole family can enjoy Fitness+ service for a fraction of a price. New content every week

### Apple One - all of Apple services under a new name

Alongside Fitness+ Apple has announced a new service that will be coming later this year, called Apple One.

It combines their top services from all platforms and devices under a single roof. Music, TV, games, and cloud services, as well as news and the new Fitness+, can be yours depending on your needs. Coming into three plans there is something for everyone.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.24.09.png)

Apple One - up to 2TB of iCloud storage with all other services for $30/m, not bad

### iPad lineup refreshed - 8th generation iPad is here as well as the new iPad Air

As I said at the beginning, the iPad has been on the market for 10y now. The 2020 lineup will be remembered for sure with the new technology in the brand new iPad Air. With a new A14 chip developed at an industry first, 5nm process, Apple has brought a power monster tech into our hands.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.30.44.png)

16 cores, 5nm process, 11.8B transistors and 11 trillion operations per second, wow

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.29.39.png)

Some of the features that A14 bring to the table

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.32.29.png)

Where to start right? It just has everything!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.32.11.png)

USB-C connector for cameras, 4K displays and more

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.34.25.png)

Fair price, no question about it

Some quick specks on the new iPad 8th gen:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.26.01.png)

iPad 8th gen specs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.26.09.png)

I would still want the Air version, but if iPad is enough for you, here it is

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-15-at-22.35.14.png)

Apple continues to take care of Mother Nature

### What about the software?

Yes, tomorrow, Sept 16th we will be getting new iOS, iPadOS, watchOS, and tvOS versions with developers already getting their hands on GM versions today.

So iOS and iPadOS 14 with watchOS 7, and the new tvOS will be coming out. You can bet I will patch day one.

One of the shortest Apple events but again, a lot of new products and information for a 1h show. Thinking about that watch 6 but I guess I'll have to wait in for the reviews and see hows the battery life on it in real life testings.
### VMWare Fusion 12 for Mac is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/vmware-fusion-12-for-mac-is-here/
Last updated: 2020-09-21T07:31:02.000Z
> UPDATE: 21/09/2020 - No luck with running Doom. The game detects the GPU as integraded card and it will not run, so no joy. On the other hand, Fusion runs just fine with no problems at all.

> UPDATE: 15/9/2020 (23:15 CEST) - Upgrade from 11.5 to v12 was fine with zero problems. Upgraded my Win10 LTSC VM from compatibility level 16 to the latest 18 and started to install Doom (2016). Considering that my connection is so slow this will take some time for all 68GB to download. Fingers xx!

With each year VMWare and Parallels release new versions of their virtualization platforms. Parallels 16 was released a few days ago and today we got a new version from a leading virtualization company VMWare.

Along side Fusion (virtualization platform for macOS), we also got Workstation 12, version for Windows. I will focus on the macOS side of the story here.

So what's all the noise about here? Well, the biggest change apart from support for the upcoming BigSur macOS and several more features is the fact that for the first time Fusion is **FREE**!

Ok, a bit context here. VMware has decided to change the licensing model for Fusion and it is like this:

Fusion 12 Player (free for personal use license) and Fusion 12 PRO. Fusion 12 Player replaces Fusion 11.5 ‘standard’, and follows the same pricing and licensing model as Workstation Player, meaning that it is both *free for Personal Use*, but *requires a license for Commercial Use*. Fusion Player has the same features as Fusion 11.5.x ‘standard’ and more.

So if you’re a home user who switched to Mac but want to use Windows for things like DX11 games or other personal apps, you can do so, for free, with a Personal Use License.

On top of this, there is also a new pricing model for Fusion PRO. Fusion 12 Pro now supports individual use on up to ***3 devices which now include Windows or Linux PCs running Workstation Pro.*** Yes, your Fusion 12 Pro key will unlock Workstation 16 Pro on Windows or Linux. Upgrades for existing customers are reduced to $99, and both upgrades and new licenses ($199) now give users the ability to use their license on up to 3 personal devices running either Fusion Pro for Mac, Workstation Pro for Windows, or Workstation Pro for Linux.

Wow, this is great news! Finally a mac version of Fusion that we can all use without any major differences when it comes to features. While we are on the subject what will PRO offer over the Player version?

Well here is a shortlist of features that are **NOT** supported with the Player version:

- Virtual Network Customization (NAT, network rename)
- Virtual Network Simulation (Packet Loss, Latency, Bandwidth)
- Connect to vSphere/ESXi Server
- Remote vSphere Host Power Control
- Create Linked Clones
- Create Full Clones
- Encrypt VMs

As you can see, almost every "home" users can live without these features, so head over to VMWare and register for free to claim your Fusion 12 Player for free!

Whats new??

Here is the list of some new features and highlights for the new v12:

### macOS Big Sur Support

We’ve firstly made some big changes to get ready for the next major version of macOS 11.0 Big Sur, for both Hosts and Guests. With big changes happening at the deepest layers of the Mac Operating System, we’ve rearchitected our stack to take full advantage of Apple’s hypervisor APIs so that we no longer need kernel extensions to run Fusion on Mac making it more secure and ready for the future of macOS.

Fusion 12 will fully support macOS Catalina at launch, and is ready to support macOS Big Sur once it’s made generally available. On Catalina, it runs the same way it always has: with our kernel extensions. On Big Sur, it will run VMs, Containers and Kubernetes clusters by using Apple’s APIs.

### Containers and Kubernetes

For developers, we’ve added new features to our container engine CLI, vctl, while also making it available on Workstation for Windows.

‘vctl’ can now perform ‘vctl login’ to persistently log into remote container registries without having to type the full URL path every time you want to pull an image.

vctl also brings with it a new feature to deploy Kubernetes clusters with support for \`kind\`. vctl can expose a ‘docker compatible’ socket for kind to connect to without modification to \`kind\` itself.

### DirectX 11 and OpenGL 4.1

Fusion and Workstation now both support running games and apps with Direct3D version 11, otherwise known as ‘DirectX 11’, or OpenGL 4.1\. Users can now allocate up to 8GB of vRAM to your 3D accelerated guest to maximize gaming and 3D app performance. *(vms must be configured for 16GB of RAM or more to unlock the 8GB vRAM option.)*

> You can be sure that I will try to run some GL games like Doom and see how they run, if they will run at all. With the new version of OpenGL it might be possible if version 4.1 will be enough!

### eGPU Support

Fusion 12 Player and Fusion 12 Pro also now support eGPU devices. With eGPU, Fusion offloads the resource-taxing graphics rendering process from the internal integrated or discrete GPU, to a much more powerful one running in a [supported external enclosure](https://support.apple.com/en-us/HT208544?ref=blackvoid.club)**.**

### Install from Recovery Partition using APFS

We’ve also added APFS support for installing macOS from the Recovery Partition, making it easier than ever to install macOS guests.

### vSphere 7 Compatibility

Fusion and Workstation have been updated to support connections to vSphere 7 through ESXi and vCenter for remote VM operation and configuration, as well as providing workload mobility / compatibility between Desktops and Data Centers.

### Sandboxed Graphics Rendering Engine

Fusion and Workstation both offer a new security enhancement feature: Sandbox Renderer. The SBR runs the virtual graphics engine in a separate thread with reduced privilege, making Fusion and Workstation more secure out-of-the-box without sacrificing performance or quality.

### Improved Accessibility

We believe in making computing as inclusive as possible for everyone. To that end, we’ve improved our compliance with VPAT Section 508 to help users of all kinds get the full benefits of using virtual machines.

### USB 3.1 Support + Performance & Bugfixes

In this release we’ve also added support for USB 3.1 virtual devices, allowing for USB 3.1 hardware devices to be passed into virtual machines with full driver support.

Are you using any virtualization software and if so for what? Let me know down in the comments.
### Midnight Commander via Docker
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/midnight-commander-via-docker/
Last updated: 2025-02-20T17:52:04.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 20/02/2025 - ****added v4.8.33 image** to the Docker Hub. The latest tag is now running the same version

💡

****UPDATE**: 15/09/2024 - ****added v4.8.32 image** to the Docker Hub. The latest tag is now running the same version

💡

****UPDATE**: 2/02/2024 - ****added v4.8.31 image** to the Docker Hub. The latest tag is now running the same version

📢

****UPDATE**: 03/03/2023 - ****added v4.8.29 image** to the Docker Hub. The latest tag is now running the same version

📢

****UPDATE** 07/05/2021: added my own Docker image link considering the initial one was deprecated.

This article will be all about running a great file manager tool on your NAS using Docker, Midnight Commander.

MC is probably the most used tool that I have up and running all the time. I use it to manage my file/folder tasks on all of my NAS devices. Why not use File Station instead? Well, I am a bit old school and dual pane is my thing, let's leave it at that.

While back I wrote about a top file manager for macOS, [Forklift](https://www.blackvoid.club/forklift-file-manager-of-the-modern-age/) and I do use it also all the time, but when it comes to NAS operation, especially for the root files/folders outside the usual /volume# path, MC is the right tool.

In light of recent events, launching the preview version of DSM7 and its current termination of 3rd party tools, I have decided to try and run MC inside Docker in case I will not be able to install it on the NAS running the preview version of DSM, so here it is.

### STEP01 - download and configure the Docker repo

For this case, I will use an up-to-date MC repo (and MC version) using this repo: [https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/midnight-commander](https://hub.docker.com/r/blackvoidclub/midnight-commander?ref=blackvoid.club)

Log into your NAS via SSH and elevate to *root* with this command:

```
sudo -i

```

hit return and enter your current user password to get to root privileges.

After that run the following command to pull the image:

```
docker pull blackvoidclub/midnight-commander

```

and finally, run this command to start MC and mount it to your NAS file system

```
docker run -it --name=mc -v /:/mnt/host blackvoidclub/midnight-commander

```

You will notice that the -*v* parameter is mounted to the root (/) and mapped to a folder destination **/mnt/host** (this can be any destination inside you want, it doesn't have to be this one).

What this means is that the whole NAS file system will be mounted to that location that you can then use.

### STEP 02 - logging on and off the MC container without destroying it

Now that you have logged in and can use MC let's see how to jump out of it and get back in without destroying/stopping the container.

The whole idea is that MC is there running all the time and you access it when you need to. So if you press F10 now and exit MC it will also stop the container session altogether.

To avoid that you will need to do this. To detach from MC and leave it running in the background use this keyboard combination:

```
CRTL + p
CRTL + Q

```

So press **CTRL +p** and then after that **CTRL + q**. This will boot you back into your SSH session but will also leave MC running as a background.

To connect back to your MC instance use the docker attach command like so:

```
docker attach mc

```

So *docker attach your\_MC\_container\_name*, and you are back in. Great right?

### I have stopped the container, now what?

In case you have stopped the container by using the exit command in MC there is no need to start the whole process again and recreate it. You simply start your existing container and attach to it, that's it.

If you want to do it via a command line, use the following command:

```
docker start mc

```

Once you start it again, use the attach command, and boom, you are good to go.

Hope this will be beneficial for someone as running MC on a NAS might not be always an option considering that the package has to be compatible with your CPU architecture, but if you have Docker support you can then use this method to get it up and running in no time.

Feel free to comment or ask any questions.
### PrivateBin - ignorance is bliss
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/privatebin-ignorance-is-bliss/
Last updated: 2022-04-06T11:02:36.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 29/09/2020 - Added some CSS changes to customize my PrivateBin instance

If you have ever needed to send a text output of some sort you would copy it, paste it into a document and send it right? Wrong! You would use **Pastebin**.

Now for all of you out there that don't know what I'm talking about, Pastebin is a web service that allows you to create a paste of your text output and bind it to a single URL that you can then share. This method is perfect for sharing information inside a chat or any IM platform, email, etc.

The end-user would just click on the link and get the output in a browser. Now, this article will be about another self-hosted, open-source solution that builds on top of Pastebin, **PrivateBin**.

PrivateBin is a platform that you can run on your web server or Synology NAS in my case, and configure it on a custom https address. This will allow you to have your paste platform with self-destructing messages or password-protected for that matter.

Let's see how to run one of these inside a Docker setup.

### STEP01 - download Pastebin image and configure the container

For this we will use this repo from Docker Hub: [https://hub.docker.com/r/privatebin/nginx-fpm-alpine](https://hub.docker.com/r/privatebin/nginx-fpm-alpine?ref=blackvoid.club)

```
docker pull privatebin/nginx-fpm-alpine

```

Now log into your NAS using SSH and elevate to `sudo`:

```
sudo -i

```

hit return and enter your user password again. Now you should be inside your NAS logged as *root.* 

This next bit should be a single line docker *run* command so be sure that there are no breaks or backslash characters

```
docker run \
--name=privatebin \
-d \
--restart=always \
-p 8080:8080 \
-v your_privatebin_folder_location_on_your_NAS:/srv/data \
privatebin/nginx-fpm-alpine

```

Be sure to change the left port number (host side) if you don't want to run Privatebin on 8080, or you already have it in use. On top of this, change the *\-v* parameter (also host side) to match your local NAS destination where the data will live. For example:

```
-v volume1/docker/pastebin

```

‼️

Remember to **create the folder before running** the Docker *run* command.

### STEP02 - accessing your PrivateBin site via HTTPS

You will need to set up a valid domain name with an SSL certificate (like free Let'sEncypt) to use this platform in production.

On top of this, you will need to run it via a reverse proxy configuration on your Synology NAS to match this local Docker container with your desired public name.

More on getting your SSL certificate and running your apps via reverse proxy you can read about it in my other articles.

[Let’s Encrypt + Docker = wildcard certslets encrypt docker wildcard SSL certificate dsm synology cloudflare![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/wildcard_certs.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/)

Proxy tutorials are either using the built-in Synology proxy or a custom, NGIX docker solution using NPM.

[Synology Reverse Proxyreverse proxy synology nginx docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/nginx.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/)

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

### STEP03 - Using PrivateBin

Once you have it configured and up and running, access it using a browser on the URL that you have set up, like for example https://privatebin.mydomain.com.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-10-at-15.01.35.png)

Privatebin user interface

PrivateBin should load up and you will be ready to go. Paste in your text content, select the expiration time, optionally set up a password, and hit **Send**.

You should see now your paste on the next screen with a big green banner on top and a long (really long) URL on how to get to your paste. You can send this to anyone like any other link for the recipient to get to your data.

PrivateBin is optimized for mobile browsers as well, and on top of that, you can send someone a QR core if it's more practical that way. Nice right?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-10-at-15.05.07.png)

URL in the shape of a QR code

If you would rather like to send the link but don't want to send the ugly long one that PrivateBin has generated for you, you can use **Shlink** tool to shorten it. More on Shlink in my other [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/shlink-io-modern-open-source-url-shortener-running-via-docker/).

That's it! Your very own private Pastebin platform for that ultimate control of data.

### What about more features?

So what if you want more features with Privatebin? Change the name of the site, add attachment uploads, maybe you don't want support for QR? Well if you want to customize how PB behaves, you will need to configure it using its **conf.php** file (yes it is conf, not config!).

In the next few steps, let's see what we need to modify and where to make this happen.

### STEP01 - copy the template conf.php

Located here: [https://github.com/PrivateBin/PrivateBin/blob/master/cfg/conf.sample.php](https://github.com/PrivateBin/PrivateBin/blob/master/cfg/conf.sample.php?ref=blackvoid.club) is the default conf.sample.php file for PB. What you want is to copy the entire content to a text editor (nothing fancy, a simple Note/text editor will do) and save that file as **conf.php**.

### STEP02 - copy and edit the file to fit your needs

Now that you have copied the content to a file of your own, copy that whole file to your NAS to PB data folder (like the one that you have used to map /srv/data in the first place).

Now open that file again in a text editor and make the needed changes. This is a PHP file so ";" at the beginning of each line marks that line as a comment. Simply remove that line and it will become active.

Also, some options are boolean (true/false) so make the change as needed.

### STEP03 - edit the file to accept file uploads and change the default name of the site

I will make two changes here. File upload and name of the site.

Looking at the PHP file line 8 (atm it is line 8) is this:

```
; name = "PrivateBin"

```

I will change it by removing the ";" and editing the value like so:

```
name = "Blackvoid"

```

So now, I'm telling PB when it loads the conf file to use my custom name of Blackvoid.

Next, line 24 looks like this:

```
fileupload = false

```

so this means it is already active by default and set to "false", that I why we don't see the option to upload the file. I will change it's value to *true* and that will be it.

```
fileupload = true

```

Ok, let's say we have managed to make all the changes that we want and are ready to activate this conf.php as our main configuration file.

### STEP04 - activating conf.php as the main configuration file in PB container

If you have a container running, stop it, and destroy it. We will create a new one in its place and connect it to the same volume where any current data is living as well as add this conf file to the mix.

Modify the docker run command from before by simply adding one more volume line to it (the one pointing to the conf.php file) like this:

```
docker run \
--name=privatebin \
-d \
--restart=always \
-p 8080:8080 \
-v your_privatebin_folder_location_on_your_NAS:/srv/data \
-v your_privatebin_folder_location_on_your_NAS/conf.php:/srv/cfg/conf.php \
privatebin/nginx-fpm-alpine

```

⚠️

**NOTE**: keep in mind that this image/container is using `user:nobody & group:www-data` as its account and group. You will need to have that account and group with **755 permissions** added to the folder that you will use as your location targeting `/srv/data` location.

So we are adding and mapping the local version of conf.php file from a location on the NAS to the `/srv/cfg/conf.php` location

🗒️

**NOTE**: Again, the file is **conf**, not config and it has to be mapped to `/srv/cfg/conf.php` location

Now start the container again and if all is well you will have PB up and running again with some added features and changes:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-13-at-14.07.19.png)

PB with a custom name (lower left corner) and Add file option in the upper right corner

After you have added the file and generated the link (keep in mind that the attachment is also encrypted so depending on its size of it it will take time to encrypt and decrypt) whoever opens the link will get something like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-13-at-14.06.55.png)

Attached with the option to download it as well a follow-up text if there is any below it.

Let me know in the comments what you think and as always, post back if you need any help on the matter at hand.
### DSM 7 public preview is LIVE!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-public-preview-is-live/
Last updated: 2020-12-13T00:45:08.000Z
> UPDATE: 27/10/2020 - As of today (8:00 CEST) DSM7 download site and Pacakge Center are down. Could be that the new version of DSM7 is coming. Will update as this develops.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-09.30.54.png)

Pacakge center is down

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-27-at-09.31.35.png)

No DSM7 download options for any model

> 11:30 CEST - Package Center is back online for DSM6 and DSM7 but PAT file downloads for DSM7 installations are still down.

> 12:30 CEST - DSM7 downloads are back online. No new version of DSM7, still on version 40850.

> UPDATE: 26/09/2020 - You know that feeling when you are finally able to do something that you always wanted? Well, Configuration Backup and Restore just got **A LOT** more powerful. **FULL** Bare-metal restore anyone? O yeah ;). Keep in mind that this might change until finall version.

> UPDATE: 25/09/2020 - Added **3rd party app support** details at the end of this article

> UPDATE: 11/09/2020 - I have upgraded one of my RS3614RPxs NAS units to DSM7\. Zero problems so far. In place upgrade took about 4min total including update of packages. Docker and VMM along side all containers and VMs are running with no problems at all. Managed to register with new build in services (Hybrid Share and Active Insight), also, with no issues at all. Can't share any more details but so far, everything is running smooth. One more thing, a 3rd party collection of tools (mc, iperf, etc) are all running even though Package center is reporting that they need a "repair". I will leave it as it is for now, just so they don't brake :)

> UPDATE: 09/09/2020 (23:00 CEST) - Still having fun with this VDSM version of DSM7\. Its search is so fast that it reminds me of macOS Spotlight. It's a shame we can't share any details as of yet, but I am writing and preparing materials that will be published as soon as we hit public beta. I will say, the wait was worth it and it will only get better.

> UPDATE: 08/09/2020 (14:00 CEST) - I will just say, wow. Works great so far. Fast and stable as hell. UI is responding in an instant. So far, wow.

Finally! We have waited and waited, but DSM 7 public preview is finally here!

Announced initially last year [Dec 31st](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-signups/), Synology opened up public preview signups for their upcoming DSM 7 NAS OS. Unfortunately, on [Feb 13th](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-delayed-again/), we got info that the preview version will be delayed.

For the past 9 months, we haven't had any intel on any new features apart from those that were presented during last year's worldwide conference and some webinars in 2020, more on those [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/dsm7/).

But the wait is finally over. Sep 8th, 2020 Synology opened up access to DSM 7 preview to about 6500 users that initially signed up.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-12.14.49.png)

Part of the official email

Go to [https://event.synology.com/en-global/dsm\_preview](https://event.synology.com/en-global/dsm%5Fpreview?ref=blackvoid.club) and you should see the 3rd step active now.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-11.08.40.png)

DSM 7 preview is up!

Log into the site with your Synology Account

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-11.11.28.png)

DSM7 preview login

Bit of EULA

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-11.13.56.png)

> NOTE - Be sure to read this warning!!!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-11.15.54.png)

Do not share any info on DSM7 without permission!

Synology Community site has a new button for DSM7 preview discussions as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-11.23.38.png)

Special section of the forum for discussion on DSM7 preview

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-11.16.52.png)

and finally... here we are :D

More models will be added but keep an eye out that these models are not yet ready:

FS6400, FS3600, SA3600, SA3200D, RC18015xs+, DS1520+, DS920+, DS720+, DS420+, DS220+, DS220j

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-11.19.37.png)

Below is the list of all the apps that can be installed but that info will not be posted.

Well, it is time! Let's see how this bad boy will behave.

There is also a list of apps that are compatible with DSM7 but I will not post those as per agreement.

### 3rd party app support

As I have mentioned, there is no 3rd party app support as of just now. Some will work, some will not, but if you are a developer you will be please to know that Synology has opened a channel that you can use to submit your request and get access to resources needed to start building your apps for DSM7.

In order to get going follow these steps:

1. Find the Inquiry form ([https://www.synology.com/support/developer#apply](https://www.synology.com/support/developer?ref=blackvoid.club#apply)).
2. Enter 'YourCompany' as the company name.
3. Enter your developer's name on Github as the contact person.
4. Enter the package name.

Once you send the application, Synology will reply to you with the resources for development shortly after.
### Loki - log aggregation platform from the creators of Grafana
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/loki-log-aggregation-platform-from-the-creators-of-grafana/
Last updated: 2021-05-12T11:36:14.000Z
> UPDATE: 12/05/2021 - Grafana 7.5.x supports new Loki log browser that will assist you with selecting labels and creating queries.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/05/Screenshot-2021-05-12-at-13.35.51.png)

New Grafana 7.5.x Loki browser feature!

> UPDATE: 29/09/2020 - After spending some time with Loki, I can say that it works really well and without any problems. For a quick overview of all you log needs, this is an excellent tool that offers a deep integration and analysis as well.

This article will be about running Loki, the new Grafana Labs platform for log aggregation. What Loki offers is to present the logs that you can then query, parse, and compare inside Grafana! How cool is that? Metric and logs in one place, as it should be. As with all platforms that I use, this one will also run inside Docker. (feel free to skip the intro if you are not interested until you hit the title **Grafana + Loki + Promtail stack (GLP)**)

### Searching for the right log aggregation platform

It has been a while since I have had a log parser. While back I have used Splunk Light that was running in Docker. Besides Splunk, there are many others out there. Some are free, some are not, some are heavy on the resources (and work with Java!!) others are not.

Considering that I had other things on my mind for the past few years, I have not bothered with a proper log parsing solution. Well at the moment I run 5 separate Synology NAS units on premisses, and various services on them, so checking logs has become a frequent thing.

Almost 99% of troubleshooting on Synology evolves around checking the /var/log/messages file where the majority of system logs and messages end up. So instead of connecting to each of them and tailing that file, it would be great that if I could get a better visual overview of those messages and also without the need to log into the NAS in the first place.

Well, considering that I use Grafana to display all my NAS system stats (several articles on Grafana and its features [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/grafanalabs/)), I always thought that it would be great that I could view logs inside Grafana as well. The time has come to make this possible. Enter Loki.

### Loki - log aggregation platform that we have been waiting for

The development has started by the end of 2018 but today Loki has already so matured that it is a great tool to have and just what I have been looking for. Light and fast and able to capture logs from almost anywhere.

Loki is the log aggregator that crunches the data but that data has to come from somewhere right? Well to make this work we will need another Docker container, **Promtail**.

Consider Promtail as an agent for your logs that are then shipped to Loki for processing and that information is being displayed in Grafana. So log data travel like this:

***App Logs (nginx, DSM, SQL...) > Promtail > Loki > Gafana***

Now that we are clear on how data flow will work, let's see how to configure it all.

## Grafana + Loki + Promtail stack (GLP)

I will separate this tutorial into three main sections, each talking about how one can configure Grafana, Loki, and Promtail separately (if you already have, or don't have some of these elements in use).

I will start from the end and work our way up to the presentation layer, so let's begin with the agent, Promtail.

### Promtail - Docker setup

Before we continue I would like to note that this specific tutorial can be used for any number of log tailing situations, but I will focus on the Synology NAS logs by a method of reading specific log locations and files that are of my interest.

### STEP01 - download Docker image and configure the container

Log into your NAS using SSH and elevate to *root* permissions using this command,

```
sudo -i

```

hit return and then enter your initial user password and you should land inside your NAS as root. The reason is that almost all operations on Synology NAS that involve Docker require super privileges, so best to do this as root.

Now pull the **grafana/promtail** repo using:

```
docker pull grafana/promtail

```

Once the image has downloaded run the following command **as a single line!** I will present it here broken down for easy reading but it should be run as a single line (no line brakes and backslash).

> NOTE: Before you run the container, be sure to make a **config.yml** file using the sample below. Promtail will not work without it!

```
docker run \
--name=promtail \
-p 9080:9080 \
-v /volume1/docker/promtail/config.yml:/etc/promtail/config.yml \
-v /var/log:/var/log \
grafana/promtail

```

As I said above have this following file ready and configured to your needs! I will explain in detail what needs to be done in the next section. The point is that you will need to use a plain text editor (no fancy formatting needed) to create it.

### STEP02 - Config.yml sample

```
server:                                                                                                                                     
  http_listen_port: 9080                                                                                                                    
  grpc_listen_port: 0                                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                                            
positions:                                                                                                                                  
  filename: /tmp/positions.yaml                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                            
clients:                                                                                                                                    
  - url: http://IP_ADDRESS_OF_LOKI:3100/loki/api/v1/push                                                                                        
                                                                                                                                            
scrape_configs:                                                                                                                             
- job_name: system                                                                                                                          
  static_configs:                                                                                                                           
  - targets:                                                                                                                                
      - localhost                                                                                                                           
    labels:                                                                                                                                 
      job: messages                                                                                                                         
      host: Enter the name of you NAS or any description that you want                                                                                                                          
      __path__: /var/log/{messages}                                                                                                         
  - targets:                                                                                                                                
      - localhost                                                                                                                           
    labels:                                                                                                                                 
      job: nginx                                                                                                                            
      host: Enter the name of you NAS or any description that you want                                                                                                                           
      __path__: /var/log/nginx/*.log   

```

Let's spend some time explaining what's going on here. First off, you can use this file as a template or extend it to your needs using the official Promtail [documentation](https://grafana.com/docs/loki/latest/clients/promtail/configuration/?ref=blackvoid.club#example-docker-config).

*server* and *positions* parameters are default and unchanged. They can be configured and changed but I have decided to leave them as they are. The Port number of 9080 will be used later on to access Promtail using a web browser and see if the logs are getting tailed at all.

The position parameter is just a temp file that Promtail will use as a reference stop what logs and how far they have been processed.

So, the first thing that we need to configure here is the *clients* parameter. As I said before, Promtail will be getting some data and we need to tell it where the log aggregator, Loki in this case, will be listening.

Be sure to change the *URL* parameter by adding your NAS IP address where the Loki container will be configured (could be the same NAS or a public address for that matter) so that Promtail can reach it and push the logs.

The next bit is the most important one. Configuring your Promtail **targets**. This means that here we will configure what exact destination will Promtail tail on the device that Promtail is running on.

You will notice from the example above, that I have two *target* sections. This is because I wanted to specify exactly what I want this "agent" to follow and push to Loki.

So *targets* are configured to **localhost** meaning that I want this agent to monitor the device that it is running Promtail (so I have one Promtail on each of my NAS units).

Next, we have *labels*. These are optional and you can have many of them but I have decided on three: **job**, **host**, **path**(later we will see it is called **filename** in Grafana/Loki UI).

Their values can be whatever you see fit. So I have a **job** label value of *name\_of\_file\_or service*, like *nginx* or *messages*. Why? So later I can have more clean visual representation inside Grafana what I am looking at. Another label I have used is **host**. It is a descriptive name of my NAS that Promtail is running on, so enter whatever you want it to be used as a display name inside Grafana. Like "Yoda" for example.

Finally, **path** (and yes there are double underline before and after). This parameter will dictate what location and/or file you want Promtail to monitor and tail. In my case, I have one path looking to my *messages* file and another looking to any .log file inside .../nginx/folder. For that, I use "\*.log".

Hopefully, you are still with me so far, and yes this will be a long article but in the end, beneficial for you. I have spent some time here with Promtail because believe me this is the most important piece of all three. Without you get 0 logs and info.

### STEP03 - Start Promtail

Before you start Promtail, be sure to copy the yml file that you have created and configured to the location that you have prepared for the docker run command (-v). In this example that will be */volume1/docker/promtail/config.yml*.

Now start the container. Once the container is up and running you can check if any logs have started coming in by going to the URL: http://YOUR\_NAS\_IP:9080/targets.

The output will be similar to this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-05-at-14.50.07.png)

Promtail running on Synology NAS, tailing logs that are configured inside config.yml file

If you get this, you are well on your way to having your logs inside Grafana. Next up, Loki.

### Loki - Docker setup

### STEP01 - download Docker image and configure the container

Just like with Promtail, pull Loki repo from Docker hub:

```
docker pull grafana/loki

```

After it has downloaded, use the Docker run command again to create and start Loki. Once more, be sure to run it as a single line!

Also, just like with Promtail, we will need to configure Loki using its config file that I have prepared below (only two things need to change if you want).

```
docker run \
--name=loki \
-p 3100:3100 \
-v /volume1/docker/loki/local-config.yml:/etc/loki/local-config.yml \
grafana/loki

```

### STEP02 - Config.yml sample

Use the following sample and change the *http\_listen\_port* and *address* parameter to match your needs. 

```
auth_enabled: false                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                                            
server:                                                                                                                                     
  http_listen_port: 3100                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                            
ingester:                                                                                                                                   
  lifecycler:                                                                                                                               
    address: YOUR_NAS_IP_ADDRESS_WHERE_LOKI_WILL_BE_RUNNING                                                                                                                
    ring:                                                                                                                                   
      kvstore:                                                                                                                              
        store: inmemory                                                                                                                     
      replication_factor: 1                                                                                                                 
    final_sleep: 0s                                                                                                                         
  chunk_idle_period: 5m                                                                                                                     
  chunk_retain_period: 30s                                                                                                                  
  max_transfer_retries: 0                                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                            
schema_config:                                                                                                                              
  configs:                                                                                                                                  
    - from: 2018-04-15                                                                                                                      
      store: boltdb                                                                                                                         
      object_store: filesystem                                                                                                              
      schema: v11                                                                                                                           
      index:                                                                                                                                
        prefix: index_                                                                                                                      
        period: 168h                                                                                                                        
                                                                                                                                            
storage_config:                                                                                                                             
  boltdb:                                                                                                                                   
    directory: /loki/index                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                            
  filesystem:                                                                                                                               
    directory: /loki/chunks                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                                            
limits_config:                                                                                                                              
  enforce_metric_name: false                                                                                                                
  reject_old_samples: true                                                                                                                  
  reject_old_samples_max_age: 168h                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                            
chunk_store_config:                                                                                                                         
  max_look_back_period: 0s                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                                            
table_manager:                                                                                                                              
  retention_deletes_enabled: false                                                                                                          
  retention_period: 0s          

```

> Note, that you will have to set the port number in the config file to match your docker run port parameter!

The address variable can be set to any local or public name, depending on where and how you plan on running your Loki instance. I have it running inside my LAN, so I will use my NAS IP address where Loki container will be running.

### STEP03 - Start Loki

Compared to Promtail, this was short and easy. Fire up Loki and be sure to check that it is running with no errors in logs. Next, we will configure Grafana and connect Loki as a source. Hopefully, we will start getting some logs in.

### Grafana - Docker setup

We are now ready to configure our presentation layer, Grafana. Nothing special here and the steps are almost identical as before.

### STEP01 - download Docker image and configure the container

```
docker run \
--name=grafana \
-p 3000:3000 \
grafana/grafana

```

### STEP02 - Connect Loki to Grafana

Log into your Grafana site by opening it on URL: http://yourNASip:3000 and logging in using *admin* as your username and password (you can change it afterward).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.29.00.png)

Grafana login page (use admin as your username and password)

After you have logged in, use the menu on the left-hand side and locate **Configuration > Data Sources**. That will lead you to a page where you can connect Grafana to any number of potential sources, like Loki in this case.

Click on the blue **Add data source** button, and you will be presented with the following page.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.32.52.png)

Long list of potential Grafana source types

In the list under **Logging & document databases** find **Loki** and click on it. You will be presented with the following screen that you need to configure to connect to your running Loki instance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.35.41.png)

Loki source configuration page

Enter your Loki URL parameter (http://YOUR\_NAS\_IP:3100), a description name on the top, and leave everything else to default as it is.

Finally, click on the blue **Save & Test** button, and you are done!

> NOTE: Wait for the green confirmation label on the bottom! This will tell you that Grafana can talk to Loki without any problems.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.37.54.png)

Confirmation that you have connected Grafana with Loki

In case you get a red warning: "Loki: Bad Gateway. 502", means that Grafana is unable to talk to your Loki instance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.39.50.png)

There are several reason for this:

- Check if there is a firewall preventing your Grafana instance to talk to Loki
- Check if there is any other network problem that might prevent Grafana and Loki to talk to each other
- Check if you have entered the correct Loki URL
- Check if Loki is running at all
- Check if Promtali is running and pushing out logs to Loki

In any case, if you are green, that is great. Time to check out some logs!

### STEP03 - Check your logs using Grafana Explore mode

Unlike accessing Grafana the way most people do, by accessing their dashboards, looking at logs you will use the **Explore** button in the Grafana menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.47.55.png)

Clicking on the "compass" button will land you in Explore view

From the top-left dropdown menu, select Loki (if it isn't already) and you are good to go.

The way checking logs works is that you will have to write some sort of query in the text box saying "Enter a Loki query".

That is one way, another is that we can use Promtail labels that we have defined before. So, find the **Log labels** menu (left from the text box) and select one label that you want, let's say, /var/log/messages in my case.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.56.08.png)

List of labels and Promtail files that you can view

Clicking on the label value, you will get a query listed and executed. Now, don't worry if you don't see anything on the list, it can mean that there are no entries for that time.  
On the top right side, you will notice a menu with the options to select a period. Just select something longer than let's say 6 hours and boom, you should get some results.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-07-at-10.58.36.png)

Be sure to select the time period in case you don't see any results or you want to narrow them down

Finally, the end result will look something like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-04-at-12.56.35.png)

Loki running in full glory inside Grafana

Also, you can use the split view button to compare two logs side by side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-04-at-12.57.15.png)

Split view for compare

There are now options and query functions that you can use to filter out your logs, get context view, and much more, but that is material for another article.

Hope you have found this article useful and helpful. As always, let me know down in the comments what you think, and if you have any questions, please do ask.
### Mattermost - (free) open-source messaging platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/
Last updated: 2022-09-25T15:55:41.000Z
🗒️

**UPDATE**: **21/08/2022** \- added Mattermost with MySQL docker-compose to the article. Blackvoid support chat platform of choice from now on is Mattermost in favor of Rocket.chat.

Even though I am a Rocket.Chat user myself, before I settled on it I looked into other collaboration platforms that are self-hosted and open source. In this short article, I would like to focus on Mattermost.

I won't spend too much time talking about the platform itself, but rather just give you steps on how to run it inside Docker using your favorite database platform of choice (this tutorial will focus on using PostgresDB). Let's see how to set it all up.

### STEP01 - setting up the database (PostgresDB)

As with most chat platforms you will need to have some sort of database running and storing all the data. Mattermost (MM further in the text) can use MySQL or Postgres as its backed platform. I will use PostgresDB.

To get Postgres running, in case you already don't have it, you can use steps from my previous article [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/rss-dying-platform-or-the-right-way-to-read-the-news/), specifically the title named **PostgreSQL container** to get you started. After you have set up your PostgresDB and configured your database it is time to configure MM in its container.

### STEP02 - setup MM Docker container

There are multiple Docker repos for MM and I will be using the free version called [mattermost/mattermost-team-edition](https://hub.docker.com/r/mattermost/mattermost-team-edition?ref=blackvoid.club). As you can see from the repo description there is not much to go on, so be sure to consult [this](https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Mattermost?ref=blackvoid.club) wiki site for more details on MM and Docker setup should you need it.

After you have downloaded your repo it is time to configure it:

```
docker run \
--name=mattermost \
-p 8065:8065
-p 8067:8067
-p 8074:8074
-p 8075:8075
-v /volume1/docker/mattermost/config:/mattermost/config
-v /volume1/docker/mattermost/client_plugins:/mattermost/client_plugins
-v /volume1/docker/mattermost/plugins:/mattermost/plugins
-v /volume1/docker/mattermost/logs:/mattermost/logs
-v /volume1/docker/mattermost/data:/mattermost/data
-e MM_SERVICESETTINGS_SITEURL=https://mmsite.yourdomain.something
-e MM_SQLSETTINGS_DATASOURCE=postgres://username:pass@NASIPADDRESS:5432/mattermost_databasename?sslmode=disable&connect_timeout=10
-e MM_SQLSETTINGS_DRIVERNAME=postgres
-e DB_HOST=your DB IP address
-e DB_PORT_NUMBER=5432
-e MM_DBNAME=MM database name
-e MM_PASSWORD=MM DB password
-e MM_USERNAME=MM DB username
mattermost/mattermost-team-edition

```

Few notes about some of the variables.

**MM\_SQLSETTINGS\_DATASOURCE** can work for both MySQL and Postgres DB. There are examples of how to run it with both.

MySQL connection string example:

```
mmuser:mmuser_password@tcp(mysqlIP:3306)/mattermost?charset=utf8mb4,utf8&writeTimeout=30s

```

PostgresDB connection string example:

```
postgres://mmuser:mmuser_password@127.0.0.1:5432/mattermostdb?sslmode=disable&connect_timeout=10

```

Depending on what database platform you are using, you will need to adjust the **MM\_SQLSETTINGS\_DRIVERNAME**variable as well with **MySQL** or **Postgres**.

### STEP02 (alternative) - running Mattermost via docker-compose

This particular compose is running Mattermost against a MySQL database instance!

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  app:
    image: mattermost/mattermost-team-edition:latest
    container_name: mattermost
    network_mode: bridge
    volumes:
    - /volume1/docker/mattermost/config:/mattermost/config
    - /volume1/docker/mattermost/client_plugins:/mattermost/client_plugins
    - /volume1/docker/mattermost/plugins:/mattermost/plugins
    - /volume1/docker/mattermost/logs:/mattermost/logs
    - /volume1/docker/mattermost/data:/mattermost/data
    environment:
    - TZ=Zagreb/Europe
    - MM_SERVICESETTINGS_SITEURL=Public URL of your instance
    - MM_SQLSETTINGS_DATASOURCE=mmuser:mmuser_password@tcp(mysqlIP:3306)/mattermost?charset=utf8mb4,utf8&writeTimeout=30s
    - MM_SQLSETTINGS_DRIVERNAME=mysql
    - DB_HOST=MYSQLIPADDRESS
    - DB_PORT_NUMBER=3306
    - MM_DBNAME=mattermost_database_name
    - MM_USERNAME=mmuser
    - MM_PASSWORD=mmuser_password
    ports:
    - 8065:8065
    - 8067:8067
    - 8074:8074
    - 8075:8075
    restart: always

```

🗒️

**NOTE**: before using the docker-compose above, **be sure to have the SQL instance up and running** (database, user, password)!

If you want to use Postgres DB instead of MySQL/Maria, you can use the same compose with two changes. `MMSQLSETTINGS_DATASOURCE` and `MM_SQLSETTINGS_DRIVERNAME` variables need to be changed to the values noted earlier in the article!

### STEP03 - running MM behind a reverse proxy (Synology Application portal)

🗒️

**NOTE**: This will only be important if you want to run this service outside your LAN and for production usage

Once you have it all set up and the container is up and running we need to do one final configuration to complete the setup. If you look at the docker run command above you will notice that there is an **MM\_SERVICESETTINGS\_SITEURL** variable set that should point to your HTTPS URL for your MM instance.

In order to get this up and running, you will need to register your domain and get a valid SSL certificate for it. You can check my previous articles on the matter of getting a valid SSL certificate [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/), as well as setting up any Docker-hosted service using a Synology reverse proxy [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/). 

🗒️

If on the other hand, you are looking for a complete reverse proxy solution that is not part of the DSM itself, with a bit more freedom and functionality, have a look at how to run your own [**NGINX reverse proxy**](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/).

So, the final step is to configure your MM instance to respond to an HTTPS URL that will match the one that you have configured in your variable.

Keep in mind that if you do decide to run this service behind a reverse proxy you will need to configure WebSocket (Upgrade and Connection) parameters in your reverse proxy configuration for MM. If you are using the Synology Application portal (reverse proxy) feature you can do that using the user interface.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-01-at-13.44.09.png)

Configure the WebSocket header for your MM reverse proxy entry

Now you are ready to access your MM instance using your browser and the URL that you have configured.

💡

Since Mattermost version 7, the platform now supports **Calls**. Still in beta, but it offers audio calls, and screen share options. Video calls might be coming in the future.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/Screenshot-2022-09-25-at-15.28.52.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/09/8B06A3B1-999B-4311-A647-83F9EE34A762.jpg)

Example of Mattermost Calls feature - desktop (left), and mobile (right)

Audio quality is top quality with zero interrupts and drops. That will depend on the participant's Internet and network connection, but all in all, it works very well. Screen share is also fast with no visible problems.

At the moment (MM 7.3) audio calls over 4G do not work (at least not in my testing) as the app just crashes. Also, call transfer from one platform to the next (phone to computer) is also not supported. So if you are connected with one device you can't connect with another one as well. I will do some more testing and if any changes come along (and when), I will update this section.

If you have any questions or comments, please share them in the comment section or use the live chat feature in the bottom right corner of this (or any other ) article.
### Amazon to terminate API support for Synology apps
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/amazon-to-terminate-api-support-for-synology-apps/
Last updated: 2020-08-29T00:18:04.000Z
In case you have missed this information for the past 1.5y, the time has come. As of November 1st, 2020, Amazon will no longer support Synology Hyper Backup and Cloud Sync applications because they are terminating the usage of their API.

So what does that mean for you? If you have been using Amazon Drive as your cloud provider for an off-site backup, you will have to make other arrangements.

One thing to bear in mind is that your data will still be accessible using Amazon Photos web, desktop, and mobile apps, just not via Synology apps.

### Now what?

No worries, Synology has a solution for both scenarios. If you are unfamiliar with Synology’s own cloud service, have a read about their [C2 platform](https://c2.synology.com/en-us?ref=blackvoid.club). I wrote some [articles](https://www.blackvoid.club/second-location-for-synology-c2-welcome/) on the matter as well, and as a user of their service for a few years now (since beta), I can say it is really well done. Bare in mind that you will be locking yourself into their ecosystem, however, you will still be able to access your data even if you decide to leave Synology park one day.

So, C2 will, in a combination with HyperBackup, solve your remote backup problems for any amount of data that you need.

To make this whole bitter situation even better, Synology is offering free C2 storage until March 31st, 2021! So, users affected by this transition can apply before January 31st, 2021 [here](https://event.synology.com/en-global/amztoc2?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-29-at-02.17.06.png)

> *NOTE: This offer applies to users that currently don’t have a C2 plan with Synology*.

Another reason you might consider looking into C2 direction is the upcoming changes to both C2 and DSM 7 (the upcoming NAS OS currently in [internal preview](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-internal/)). While there are no official announcements yet, we have proof from Synology 2019 conference that they are working on [HybridShare](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) features. What that will offer is using your C2 storage not just as a cloud backup destination that it is today, but also as an extension of your local NAS storage. More info in the article.

### And what of syncing?

What about CloudSync and accessing your files using a web interface or a mobile device? For that, as an alternative, you can use [Synology Drive Server](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/help/SynologyDrive/drive%5Fdesc?ref=blackvoid.club) solution. Now, this is more than just a sync tool. Drive offers client backup options, sharing, and collaboration using the web interface and almost all those functions are available on the mobile platforms as well. With customizing permissions and advanced sharing options you can manage your data the way you want, how you want it.

As much as this is a pain, it can be handled. I can see this being a big problem for users that have 10+TB of data over time in the Amazon cloud and maybe not a fast internet connection, but this might also be a good time to think about getting a new NAS for off-site backup/sync. If you have an option to place another NAS on a remote location (a friend or family) you could use that NAS as your “cloud” backup and that same location can use it as their main NAS. Also, you could have both NAS devices in sync or simply use them as their own backup destinations. Price vise, it will be worth more considering that a NAS offers much more functions then a simple could backup destination. Think about it and let me know down in the comment section.
### Migrate your Plex setup from one Synology NAS to another
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/migrate-your-plex-setup-from-one-synology-nas-to-another/
Last updated: 2022-05-21T16:35:11.000Z
🗒️

**UPDATE**: 08/07/2021 - With DSM 7 out now be certain to **follow the process** of getting Plex to run on DSM 7\. Make sure to read the following article and procedure **BEFORE** you attempt to install DSM7.

[Synology - DSM 7 Release - Plex Installation IssuesThis is the FULLEST POSSIBLE DETAIL instruction. Most do not need it. More info here: @fishbert The way this works – ( This is why I loathe DSM 7) Uninstall Plex for DSM 6 Upgrade to DSM 7 Reboot DSM 7 - it fixes itself at next reboot – NO clue why. NOW we can start the installation proc…![](https://aws1.discourse-cdn.com/plex/optimized/3X/8/3/833e5cd753c8645af15fef9118673a310d7e286d_2_180x180.png)Plex Forumphilrigby![](https://discourse-cloud-file-uploads.s3.dualstack.us-west-2.amazonaws.com/plex/original/3X/c/7/c72605466135dac66d677f36e9d5a56f6f9a9d83.png)](https://forums.plex.tv/t/synology-dsm-7-release-plex-installation-issues/719845/465?ref=blackvoid.club)

Also, you are welcome to read my article on the matter here:

[PLEX migration with DSM 7With DSM 7 out one of the questions is will Plex work as a bare metal installed app? Yes, it will but you will have to follow the procedure.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/DSM7_plex_migration.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-migration-with-dsm-7/)

---

In case you are wondering can it be done, yes it can! [Checking Plex support site](https://support.plex.tv/articles/201370363-move-an-install-to-another-system/?ref=blackvoid.club) you will find detailed instructions on how to do this.

For this article, I will focus on the Synology NAS solution as a Plex server of choice. Before I continue I would just like to say what I did exactly and why.

The NAS in question is DS918+ which was my main Plex server. What I wanted to do was to get this NAS up and running as a new NAS (fresh install) but instead of HDDs (4x4TB), I want to run it with SSDs (2x500GB at the moment).

The reason why I am writing this is to show that this is possible and that if you have a shared Plex server with dozen of users, setting that same NAS from scratch can be a bit of a pain. Why? Well because if you configure it as a fresh server, then all the metadata, covers, users, their "on deck" status, etc, will be lost. Essentially you will configure a fresh server and everyone will start at day one.

Now even if I was not the only user this would not be something that I want, so here we are.

So to recap, I will be migrating an existing Plex installation (plex.tv version) from 918 NAS HDD configuration back to that same 918 NAS but in SSD configuration.

Let's go.

🗒️

**NOTE**: steps described here are identical to the ones linked in the KB article at the beginning. I will just state some additional steps that I had to do to get this all going.

### STEP 01 - Disable Emptying of Trash

Log into the Plex server that you are planning on migrating and go to **Settings > Library** and uncheck **Empty trash automatically after every scan**.

### STEP 02 - Copy Server Data From the Source System

Now we are ready to copy data and make a backup out of it. First, go into Package Center in your DSM on your NAS and stop Plex.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-26-at-14.47.30.png)

Stop Plex via Package center

### STEP 02a - compress the data and backup

Plex has stopped and now we can compress the data and ship it off to a spare drive, network location, or any other place that you can later on access and restore from.

Keep in mind that the location of Plex files, in this case, are not media files but rather Plex application files and its metadata. Location of those files will depend on your system and you can check them all [here](https://support.plex.tv/articles/202915258-where-is-the-plex-media-server-data-directory-located/?ref=blackvoid.club), but for Synology users running this on bare metal the location is here:

```
/Volume#/Plex/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server/

```

🗒️

**NOTE**: Volume# will be Volume1, Volume2, etc, depending on your configuration of storage pools/volumes

Using **File Station**, go to the Plex folder and navigate to Plex Media Server. Inside you will find a folder structure that needs to be backed up. The best to do is to compress the Plex Media Server folder as is considering that it has a million little files. Copying those over will take a long time compared to just copying a single large file.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-26-at-14.56.24.png)

Best to compress the whole folder and then copy it off your NAS

Depending on the size of your Plex setup this location can be quite large. 5-50-100GB, it all depends so use File Station to compress this folder and once it is done, copy it off your NAS to a destination of your choice.

### STEP 03 - Install Plex Media Server on the Destination System

After you have installed your new DSM version on your new NAS or on the same NAS with different drives (like I had in this case), it is time to install Plex.

> Keep in mind to use the same version of NAS that you have backed up!

> After you have installed Plex there is no need to do anything apart from starting it via Package center and stopping it. This start process will create an initial folder structure that we are looking for so do not skip this step.

On the other hand, there is no need to test if you can access this server and claim it.

Now if we go and check the same path as before we will see that the folder structure is there. Time to restore the compressed file to that location and then **copy and overwrite** all files on that destination.

### STEP 03a - check permissions

After you have copied the content over be sure to check the permissions! In my case files were copied over with no problem but Plex didn't want to start the first time. The reason was that the **plex** DSM user account that is created with the installation did not have all permissions on the folders that were overwritten.

To get this fixed, open up **File Station** again and go to Plex Media Server subfolder that you have restored.

Show **Properties** and check permissions (next image).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-26-at-15.07.32.png)

Be sure to activate the check box!

On the **Permission** tab of the Properties window check the permissions. They should be the same as the image above. The point is that the **plex** user needs control over the files/folders of all the files inside.

To make this happen just check **Apply to this folder, sub-folder, and files** option and click **OK**. DSM will propagate permissions and that's it.

### STEP 04 - Start the Plex Media Server

Now you are ready to fire up your new (old) Plex server. Use the same process as in STEP 02, to start it up.

If all is well, Plex's status should be **Running** and you are good to go. Open up your web browser and use the Plex URL to access the Server page.

This should be along the lines:

```
http://yourNASIP:32400/web

```

### STEP 05 - final control check

In case you have moved your Plex data as well (movies, tv show, etc), you will need to edit your libraries as well and reconnect Plex libraries to new destinations. If on the other hand, nothing has changed, then you should be good to go.

In my case, all content was on a separate location from this NAS so all I had to do was to reconnect my new NAS installation to shared folders so that Plex can be able to access it.

That is it. A simple process that will take time depending on the size of your Plex setup, network speed, and drives. If you have any questions, feel free to ask them using the Live chat option on the right-hand corner or asking in the comment section below.
### DSM 7 internal preview has begun!!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-internal/
Last updated: 2020-09-29T08:28:36.000Z
> UPDATE 08/09/2020 (11:00 CEST) - DSM 7 is LIVE! More [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-public-preview-is-live/).

> UPDATE 08/09/2020 (08:00 CEST) - Still nothing in the past 24h. It is already 14:00 in Taiwan. Maybe they got cold feet? Will post back if and when there will be any change on the matter

> UPDATE 07/09/2020 (09:50 CEST)- I have just got a confirmation that DSM 7 preview is officially a GO for tomorrow. Details will follow!

> UPDATE 01/09/2020 - Just got word that DSM7 preview version release got pushed. Don't worry not by much, one week. So at the moment, Sep 8th is the day that we migh actually get DSM7 preview! Let's see.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/dsm7internal_pushedSep8.png)

DSM7 preview version might be coming out in one week!

The last time I wrote about DSM 7 was back in May, regarding some [upcoming feature](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-new-features-that-might-come/) in the Synology NAS OS version. Then again a short July update in [this](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-delayed-again/) article about some inside information that we might get the preview version in September 2020\. Well, looks like this is still on track, considering that today I got some info that **internal preview tests** just started!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/dsm7internal.png)

Looks like it is happening!

Yes, it is true. Quality control has finally approved the tests to start and with some luck and no major problems, 6500 people might soon get a chance to test drive DSM 7 preview.

In case you are not familiar with the situation (and didn't read the linked articles), Synology has decided that before hitting their users with an open public beta testing, they will start with a smaller focused group of users that will have their hands on a "preview" version of the new upcoming DSM 7.

So what does this mean? Well, in short, there will be no final version this year, and also, after the preview period has been complete, there will be a few public beta versions before the final version is out.

Now before, beta periods were about 2-3 months long and there were about 2-3 beta versions in all. So, we might not see DSM 7 before the summer of 2021\. Of course, this can totally be wrong considering how Synology tests its software nowadays and with COVID still going around who knows what the end result will be, or better, when.

All in all, good news for sure that the information from May is still in effect. Potential public preview in September. Considering we are less then 15 days away from September, it is still a question of how long the internal tests will last and if there will be any major showstoppers this time around.

Fingers crossed and let's see what September will bring.

Are you excited for the upcoming preview version? Are you even on the list? Nobody knows, and we will all find out soon enough!
### Shlink.io - modern open-source URL shortener running via Docker
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/shlink-io-modern-open-source-url-shortener-running-via-docker/
Last updated: 2022-08-25T08:28:59.000Z
# Shlink.io

It’s been a while since I have looked for a different short link platform. So far I have used yourls solution. Not that it is not working but with Shlink, there are some features that are welcome.

QR code, multiple server (domain) support, tags, and mobile optimization to name the few.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-14-at-11.09.52.jpg)

Main Shlink interface running via a dedicated web client UI

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-14-at-11.16.02.jpg)

QR code generator for each of your short URLs

In this short tutorial let’s see how to run this setup in Docker. To make this happen we will use two separate docker images, [https://hub.docker.com/r/shlinkio/shlink](https://hub.docker.com/r/shlinkio/shlink?ref=blackvoid.club) and [https://hub.docker.com/r/shlinkio/shlink-web-client.](https://hub.docker.com/r/shlinkio/shlink-web-client.?ref=blackvoid.club)

💡

**NOTE** *:* The truth is that you will need another image that will host the database. (Mysql/MariaDB, Postgres, MSSQL). If you do not want to use a separate database Shlink will create an SQLite version of its own*.*

For this example, I will show how to run it without a database container and running it against a Postgres DB.

The shlinkio/shlink image will maintain the “database” role and it will also offer CLI access to maintain all the short URLs. If you are more open to have access to your links using a user interface then configuring shlink-web-client docker image is the way to go.

## Shlink running with a dedicate DB platform

### STEP 01 - configuring and running the container

After you have downloaded the image, you can use [**Portainer stack**](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-2-6-using-stacks/) option to run the following docker-compose:

```
version: "3.5"
services:
  shlink:
    image: shlinkio/shlink:stable
    container_name: shlink
    environment:
      - DB_HOST=NASIP
      - DB_PORT=1234
      - DB_USER=user
      - DB_PASSWORD=pass
      - DB_NAME=shlink
      - DB_DRIVER=postgres
      - DEFAULT_DOMAIN=fqdn.com
      - IS_HTTPS_ENABLED=true
    ports:
      - 1592:8080
    restart: unless-stopped

```

💡

**NOTE**: the **DEFAULT\_DOMAIN** variable needs to have only the domain name, no protocol listed (so no need to post https in there)!

DB\_DRIVER variable can be: *mysql*, *maria*, *postgres,* or *mssql*. mysql/maria on port 3306 (default), postgres on port 5432 (default), and mssql on port 1433 (default). Keep in mind that you need to change DB\_DRIVER and DB\_PORT in case you use a different platform or local port.

To run your own PostgresDB container please consult this [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/rss-dying-platform-or-the-right-way-to-read-the-news/) under the section titled, **PostgreSQL container**. Steps there will get you started with running your own PostgresDB container if you don’t have one so far.

For the **DEFAULT\_DOMAIN** you will use your web exposed (if you are planning pushing this to the Internet) domain name. In this case, the name that you will configure behind a reverse proxy.

As always, make sure to change the port to whatever number you want as well (left numbers) and run this command as a single line (delete all brake points and \\ characters).

If you want to run this image using the Synology Docker UI, just follow the wizard, correct the port number (local port side), and add **DEFAULT\_DOMAIN** and **IS\_HTTPS\_ENABLED** variables on the variable tab with settings that match your domain and https protocol. On top of those be sure to add six more variables to connect to your DB platform of choice.

DB\_DRIVER, DB\_NAME, DB\_USER, DB\_PASSWORD, DB\_HOST, DB\_PORT need to be configured with exact values like in the example above.

### STEP 02 - test access

Now that you have it up and running, open up your browser and test local access on the port you have configured:

*http://your\_NAS\_IP:8080* \- this is an example. Notice that you are not using the https protocol or future public name. This is not needed because the links will be generated using https and your custom domain, but you can access your container inside your LAN with your local IP and port.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-14-at-11.19.55.jpg)

No need to panic, this is expected when you try and access the root of Shlink web application

That being said, you will get an error: **404 - Page not found**. All is well, this is expected. As I said before, Shlink is intended for CLI usage and as such, no web UI is present (apart from the 404 page that you just landed). The point is, all is well and we are ready to move forward.

### STEP 03 - generating API key

This step is important as it will offer you the ability to connect Shlink, web client, to your Shlink instance that you just started, so be sure not to skip this step if you want the UI experience.

To make this happen, log into your NAS via SSH and run the following command as root (sudo -i command to elevate to root if you need to):

```
docker exec -it my_shlink shlink api-key:generate

```

This command will need to be altered if you have named your Shlink container anything other then *my\_shlink*. So, enter the name of your container where **my\_shlink** is and run the command.

The result should be a generated API key. **Write it down**, you will need it later.

### STEP 04 - running web UI shlink client

Now that we have a running shlink container and its API key, we can run the web client container and access your shlink using a web UI.

💡

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that the web UI client has **NO** user/password login screen so **DO NOT** expose it to the Internet! If you have an option to run it against a service (reverse proxy) that will authenticate you first, then fine, but pushing it against a Synology RP will not do this, so again, DO NOT expose it to the web!

After you have downloaded the image for the web client, using SSH as root you can run this docker run command:

```
docker run --name shlink-web-client -p 8000:80 shlinkio/shlink-web-client

```

As you can see, we are running this container on port 8000 (or any other that you prefer) and that’s it! If you decide to go the Synology Docker UI method, run the wizard and simply change the port number parameter (local port only) and you are done.

Now you can use http://your\_NAS\_IP:8000 URL to access the web UI and start connection to your instance.

### STEP 05 - connecting to a Shlink instance

Once you land on your Shlink web client, start by adding your existing server. Enter its description name, URL (this is a local URL and port, not reverse proxy public domain!), and its API key that you have generated in step 03.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-14-at-11.21.38.jpg)

Add your servers by entering these three values

If all is well and the containers can talk to each other, you will be logged into and can start using the platform. Well done!

### Optional web client configurations

One thing to keep in mind here is that the web client is a **browser client-based solution**. Meaning that all your saved servers that you have configured will be saved for that browser only. If you jump to a different device and open up your client, you will have to configure it again towards your shlink server.

Now, this might look like a problem but it is not. You have an option to export your configuration and import it to a different browser so you don’t have to do it every single time for all your Shlink instance (if you are running more then one). Still, saying this you might say, damn, can’t this be recorded and saved? Yes, it can.

Before we have a look at how you can do this, keep in mind one thing. Considering that the web client has no authentication, anyone that has access to your computer will have access to the API keys of all your Shlink instance. Meaning, it can use those parameters to configure access on a separate device and alter your URL (if there is direct access to the main Shlink server). So bare in mind that saving this and accessing your Shlink instance should be from a LAN setup only of via VPN/protected reverse proxy!

Let’s see how you can fix your server parameters to your web UI docker container so that no matter what web browser you are coming from, you will always have access to your URLs.

### STEP 01 - setting up servers.json file

Open up your favorite text editor (nothing fancy, a simple TextEdit or Notepad), and configure is like this:

```
[
  {
    "name": "Main server",
    "url": "https://doma.in",
    "apiKey": "09c972b7-506b-49f1-a19a-d729e22e599c"
  },
  {
    "name": "Local",
    "url": "http://localhost:8080",
    "apiKey": "580d0b42-4dea-419a-96bf-6c876b901451"
  }
]

```

This is just an example. You can remove the second section if you have only one server. As you can see, these are the exact parameters that you have to enter when you want to configure a server inside web client UI. Alter the Name, URL and API key to match your server and save the file.

Copy the file to your NAS in a folder of your choice, something like **/docker/shlink\_web/**

### STEP 02 - configure web client docker container using servers.json file

Now delete the container you have just created or edit it and add a volume mapping towards this file and /usr/share/nginx/html/servers.json parameter inside the container.

So, if you decided to run a new container then run it like this via SSH:

```
docker run --name=shlink-web-client -p 8000:80 -v your_local_location_of_the_file/servers.json:/usr/share/nginx/html/servers.json shlinkio/shlink-web-client

```

If you have decided to modify the existing container via Synology Docker UI, then just jump to Volume tab and add a **File mapping** that will looks something like this:

*/your\_local\_location\_of\_the\_file/server.json* and on the container side enter or paste **/usr/share/nginx/html/servers.json**.

| Host/volume                            | Path in container                  |
| -------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- |
| /volume2/docker/shlinkweb/servers.json | /usr/share/nginx/html/servers.json |

Run the container and you are all good. Now, if you test this from any browser on any device you should get to your server without any problem. That’s it for now. The following steps will explain how to run this solution against an external DB, in this case, PostgresDB, but the process is identical for any DB platform you decide.

---

There you have it. Your very own short URL self-hosted platform. Feel free to comment if you get into any problems, or have any questions on the matter.
### Time to go Big! macOS Big Sur public beta is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/time-to-go-big-macos-big-sur-public-beta-is-here/
Last updated: 2020-08-07T21:23:16.000Z
Personally, I'm not the beta type user. I like it when the software or OS is good and baked, then I install it.

On August 6th, Apple finally pushed out the public beta of their new upcoming macOS 11, Big Sur. After 4 developer betas, looks like we all can try and get the taste of the new features.

> NOTE: Please do note that this is a beta and anything can change until Big Sur goes "gold" in September. Also, make sure to backup your OS before you go down the beta path.

I have installed Big Sur in a VMWare Fusion environment considering that I have no desire to run beta software of any kind on my main production Mac. My MacBook Air is too old to support the new macOS 11 version, so virtual machine it is.

If you want to get your hands on the new upcoming version here is what you need to do.

Go to [https://beta.apple.com/](https://beta.apple.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) and log in.

Then go to **macOS** section and follow the instructions. Basically, you will have to enroll your Mac of choice and download the **macOSPublicBetaAccessUtility.dmg** file that you need to run. If all goes well, Software update (inside System Preference) will open and initiate a scan and download of Big Sur public beta.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-07-at-22.19.44.png)

Public beta access utility instalation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-07-at-22.20.59.png)

Big Sur beta ready to install

All that is left then is wait for it to download, install and you are ready to enjoy all the bugs and features that a beta version can offer.

Jokes aside, Big Sur is the first version of macOS that will be able to support Macs with the new upcoming Apple CPU (more info [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-apple-in-arm-s/) and [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-mac-revolution-again/)) and on top of that, it has some serious under the hood changes as well as some facial features.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-07-at-22.40.13.png)

Too dark for your taste? I like it

The main thing to test out here in the following days will be 3rd app support. Apple and some major players have already made their apps ready for the new OS as well as the new silicon, but how long will it take for everyone else to run their apps natively, only time will tell.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-07-at-22.51.17.png)

Default apps have had a face lift as well as the top bar and the dock

In short, features that the new OS has announced are interesting and I do hope that all will work well when it rolls out considering that Apple has dropped the ball a bit with Catalina IMHO.

Are you going to test out this public beta of Big Sur?
### NEW DS1621+ and DS1621XS+ models? Looks like it!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-upcoming-x21-model-s-looks-like-it/
Last updated: 2020-12-15T09:04:06.000Z
> UPDATE: 23/09/2020 - DS1621+ on the Tawain version of Synology site - [https://www.synology.com/zh-tw/products/DS1621+#specs](https://www.synology.com/zh-tw/products/DS1621+?ref=blackvoid.club#specs) more details below

> UPDATE: 10/09/2020 - DS1621xs+ on the global Synology site - [https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/DS1621xs+](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/DS1621xs+?ref=blackvoid.club)

> UPDATE: 08/09/2020 - On synology.com (TW version) there is now an official page for the upcoming DS1621xs+. I have added more details in the article bellow

> UPDATE: 20/08/2020 - Today there was a fresh bit of news on yet another upcoming DS1621+ model along side DS1621xs+. Not much info about it, but I will keep this page updated for all info regarding all upcoming x21 models. At the moment we can only expect that this model will have lower specifications then its stronger XS model, but what they are exactly is anyones guess at this time.

While some of us just started showing off their new x20+ models like DS720+ and DS920+, Synology is hard at work with some bigger models in the x20 lineup like the upcoming DS1520+ (more info on that [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-x20-nas-models-are-coming/)), but also with more then a few x21 model!

### DS1621+

Today we got some new model from Synology, new DS1621+. With almost no info on the HW in the past months, we finally have some info and here it is.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/image-1.png)

Brand new AMD Ryzen powered 6bay NAS - DS1621+

Powered by AMD Ryzen V1500B CPU this model is close to Synology favorite Intel Atom C3538 but Ryzen in this case had 4 cores and in total of 8 threads that Intel does not. 

Regarding horsepower V1500B is coming in at 2.2Ghz viwth 6MB of L2+L3 and a TDP of 16W.

Here are some HW specs:

- AMD Ryzen V1500B
- 2.2Ghz 64-bit x86 Architecture
- Embedded Ryzen SoC Design
- 4GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM Memory (total of 32GB)
- 6 SATA Media Bays (supporting 3.5” & 2.5″ drives)
- 2x M.2 NVMe Slots for cache (supporting 2280 NVMe)
- 4x 1Gbe RJ45
- PCIe Gen 3 x8 Slot for Expansion Cards
- 2x eSATA ports to connect 2x DX517
- 3x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbs)
- 16.6cm x 28.2cm x 24.3cm
- 3yrs Warranty, extendable to 5yr with the EW201 license

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/image-2.png)

Price and timeline? Well at the moment there is nothing on this yet, but looks like a potential €800+/- and maybe coming by the end of the year. We will see more on this soon no doubt.

For you that think that DS1621xs+ might be a bit much and the fact that that model does not support SHR array, you will be glad to hear that this DS1621+ does support SHR.

### DS1621xs+

That's right. It looks like we will be getting a new 6 bay unit under a name **DS1621xs+**!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-08.42.39.png)

It is officialy here, DS1621xs+

[DS1621xs+ | 群暉科技 Synology Inc.集中化儲存與備份資料、簡化檔案協作流程、優化影像管理與鞏固網路部署，強化資料管理。![](https://www.synology.com/zh-tw/products/img/icon/touch-icon-152.png)群暉科技 Synology Inc.Synology Inc.![](https://www.synology.com/img/products/detail/DS1621xsplus/heading@2x.png)](https://www.synology.com/zh-tw/products/DS1621xs+?ref=blackvoid.club)

Official page for the new DS1621xs+ model

Priced probably at around €1700 +/-, and coming out in September, for a total of 16 bays (via 2 x eSATA ports) this model will be both powerful, hot, and expandable in more than one way.

With a part of the specs listed below, you can tell that this unit is what most people wanted from an enthusiast/small business NAS.

**UPDATE**

[https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/21-year/DS1621xs+/enu/Synology\_DS1621xs\_Plus\_Data\_Sheet\_enu.pdf](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/21-year/DS1621xs+/enu/Synology%5FDS1621xs%5FPlus%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/ds1621xs.png)

DS1621xs+ specs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-08.25.11.png)

Official specs as of 08/09/2020

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-08.24.52.png)

Support for 2xM.2 slots for NVMe SSDs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/09/Screenshot-2020-09-08-at-08.24.58.png)

Along site dual 1G LAN port we now have a built in 10GBase-T connector as well.

Ready with **10G LAN**, and 2x1G as well, this unit comes with a dual M.2 slot for NVMe SSD support. On top of this, DS1621xs+ features a PCIe gen 3 x 8 slot as well that allows you to add even more SSD cache slots, another 10G port or a combination of the two. Synology already has their own cards for those roles and if the built-in options are not enough, PCI slot will sure justify this purchase.

Powered by a 5y old CPU, **Intel Xeon D-1527** with 4 core at 2.2Ghz turbo boosted to 2.7GHz, this NAS will fulfill all your needs. Of course, running at 35W TDP, this is not the coolest CPU, and also, expect for this model to pack a PSU from 250W-500W to cover all of its CPU and 10G needs.

Truth be told this NAS is not targeted as a media machine, but rather as a proper workhorse for a small-medium business with lots of SMB users as well as a great VM (virtual machine) host.

In a combination with running NVMe SSDs cache card, and rest of the bays for a mix of HDD/SSD drives, combinations and implementations are endless.

This model, if it will remain with these specs and name, is somewhat a huge jump from the previous 6 bay model, DS1618+. Also, having XS in its name it is now a combination of DS1618+ as well as some other 12 bay DS models, like DS3617xs. Bringing the best of both will most likely put it in a crosshair of some home/enthusiast users no doubt.

One feature that I see most appealing here is the built-in 10G adapter that will not require a separate PCI card and give even more freedom out of the box.

So, are you getting one of these bad boys? Let me know in the comment section below.
### Rocket.Chat - trouble in push paradise?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-trouble-in-push-paradise/
Last updated: 2022-08-07T13:03:32.000Z
UPDATE 21/10/2020 - Roll out of 5000 pushes/month limit has been postponed until **Noveber 16, 2020**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-22-at-12.14.31.png)

Latest info on push limitations for self-hosted instances

For over two years I have been using Rocket Chat as my collaboration platform of choice. I highly recommend it to almost everybody I know, and personally have multiple instances running.

This article will reflect on the upcoming changes regarding push notifications. If you are unaware, Rocket Chat team has decided to monetize the push notifications for self-hosted instances.

Now, this change shouldn’t come as a surprise considering that this was announced back in [January 2019](https://forums.rocket.chat/t/push-notification-gateway-pricing/3044?ref=blackvoid.club). The problem with monetizing push notifications is the fact that they have decided to limit free push notifications to 1000 notifications per month per instance. Roughly that is about 30 or so notifications per day, which in my humble opinion, is nothing.

Luckily, the decision has been made to increase the number of free notifications from 1000 to 5000 notifications per month. We were also promised that Rocket Chat administrators will get a panel that can tell them utilization of the notifications on their self hosted instances.

As a result, this will give us a better understanding of our overall utilization and we can then decide whether or not we will have to pay for push notifications or not. The question on everybody’s mind is how much will push notifications cost?

### How much for how many?

At the moment, the price for a push notifications is US$5 per month for extra 5000 push notifications per month, or US$10 per month for extra 10,000 push notifications per month. So for five dollars a month you will get 10,000 notifications 5000 for free, and 5000 paid. I think this is a bad move but on the other hand, I understand the need for Rocket Chat team to move in this direction. 

On July 23rd Gabriel Engel posted this on the Rocket Chat forum:

```
UPDATE: We are changing the *proposed* free push notification limit from 1k/month to 5k/month. and splitting the sponsor plans into 2:

5 USD/month for extra 5k push/month
10 USD/month for extra 10k push/month
And let me please explain why I use the word proposed:

The reason we are asking servers to register now, and not imposing any limits, is exactly because we don’t have enough data about usage profile to be able to confidently determine what are the right ranges. I have already stated that admins will have had the reports about their usage and trends for months before we finally decide and enforce any cap.

Based on the feedback here, rather than just using just the statistics we collected by counting unique sources hitting the server, we tried to discard test and demo servers from the calculation by removing all sources with less than 100 push sent per month and sources that only hit the service for a short period.

Once we gather data from registered servers and you know how much you are really using, we can take the informed discussion about the limits.

We are also looking into adding to the sponsorship plans, the full encryption of the push notification messages, a feature that was only available for the enterprise license, but we need to figure out some technical details about how to do so.

I trust you understand at all we are doing is working hard to make rocket.chat grow better every day, and we do need your support to do it.

Regards,

Gabriel

```

[Here](https://forums.rocket.chat/t/update-on-registration-requirement-to-utilize-push-gateway/7733/10?ref=blackvoid.club) is the link to the thread.

Another point that needs to be said here is that in order for you to run with Rocket Chat gatway you will need to register your instance as well (as said in the post above).

To make this happen go to cloud.rocket.chat, register and initiate a registration for your server (workspace).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-28-at-23.28.47.png)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-28-at-23.29.11.png)

Now go to your **Administration** settings and under **Connectivity Services**, register your server.

If for whatever reason you decide that you don’t wanna use their push notification gateway you have the option to run your gateway for free. The only problem with this solution is that you will have to build and publish your very own Rocket Chat mobile applications for both iOS and Google Android platforms.

Now, for most of us, this is not the option. The reason is simple. If for instance you wanna build and publish an iOS version of rocket chat application you will have to pay $99 a year for an Apple development license. The reason for this is that if you want to publish an official App Store application you have to go through proper channels. This will of course mean that you will have to ask each and every one of your Rocket Chat users to use a custom application. For me, this is not an option. Primarily because I’m not a developer and I don’t wanna fight my way in order to deploy and publish basically third-party application just so my users can have free push notifications.

Paying US$5 dollars a month for extra 5000 notifications is a much better solution for me personally then jumping through hoops to get a private self-hosted push gateway running on my own infrastructure.

For the past month on Rocket Chat forums, there has been a lot of backfire regarding this topic. Administrators and users alike are both furious that Rocket Chat has decided to take this route and in a way, they feel betrayed.

So the question now is what to do? If you use your personal gateway you’re completely in the clear and none of this concerns you. If you’re below 5000 notification again this doesn’t concern you. Unless you pay $5 or $10 a month for extra push notifications there is one more thing that you can actually do. You can stop using push notifications altogether. now I know what you’re thinking. You were thinking what kind of a collaboration platform has no push notifications? 

Well, the truth is you don’t have to terminate completely your push notifications, you can tweak them a little bit. So, unless you are running a rocket chat instance with 200 or more users, you can set specific notifications to be pushed only if a specific user or users are mentioned.

Using account settings and default user preferences you can configure desktop and mobile notifications to be sent only to users when they’re mentioned. on a high traffic instance, this alone will help you to minimize the number of push notifications going out.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-28-at-23.20.46.png)

Rocket Chat "Default user preferences"

No, I haven’t completely given up on Rocket.Chat just yet and I don’t see jumping ship anytime soon. There are alternatives out there like Mattermost or Matrix but both of those platforms have positive and negative elements that have pushed me towards Rocket Chat as a platform of choice.

At the moment there is still no reason for major concern considering that even if you are going over 5000 notifications per month I think that US$5 dollars a month is really not that big a deal and probably most individuals and companies or start-up teams can afford a cup of coffee per month for their push notifications needs.

Another reason that this move might in return, give us a better, more functioning platform is also something that needs to be considered. All in all, I will keep my eyes on Rocket Chat as a platform and this specific situation and see what the final outcome will be. Until then, you’re free to comment in the comment section below or use Rocket Chat live chat plug-in visible in the bottom right-hand corner of this article (more info on that feature, [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-omnichannel-feature/)).
### Rocket.Chat - Omnichannel feature
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-omnichannel-feature/
Last updated: 2022-08-07T13:12:50.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: LiveChat feature has been disabled but I have opened an anonymous chat platform for instant chat support. [Link](https://support.blackvoid.club/?ref=blackvoid.club) in the upper right corner of the main menu

In its current version, Rocket.Chat has evolved a great deal in the past years. I use RC daily for various needs and in this article, I would like to focus on one of their feature that was there from the beginning, Live Chat, or as it is called today, Omnichannel.

If you are unaware of what Rocket chat is here is a quick explanation. RC is a SLACK or Microsoft Teams alternative platform, that is open source and free to host (if you want to) that allows you to run your private collaboration platform.

Offering chat, audio, video, file & desktop sharing are just a few features that this solution has to offer. If you would like to be able to test it out for yourself, you can check my other article [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-slack-alternative-with-mongodb-as-backend/), and see how to get up and running using Docker and RC official image.

### More than just chat

As I said before, RC is a chat platform, but it is also much more than that. If you need to run a team of people using email is the last thing you want to use today. Channel-based communication is a much more flexible solution. You have all your correspondence in one place, files, and on top of that, you can support your customers or outside users without them even needing to register to your chat platform.

Let's see how that can be done.

Once you get your RC instance up and running, the fun part begins. Configuration. Luckily running a Live chat feature (omnichannel from this point forward) is not that complicated.

So what are we talking about here? Well, Live Chat is an option that will allow you to expose your RC instance inside a web-based widget and allow your site visitors to engage with you directly in case they need assistance, or simply that they have some questions.

You have seen this solution many times. It's the "chat" icon, usually in the bottom right-hand corner. Clicking on it and entering your name will initiate a chat with a support member (agent). This is exactly what RC Omnichannel feature offers.

### STEP 01 - activate Omnichannel support

To have this up and running you simply need a functional RC instance and then go to the **Administration** \> **Settings** \> **Omnichannel**. Activate **Omnichannel enabled** switch and you are done! Well not quite yet, but you got the first step done. Save changes and go back to your main RC window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.08.41.png)

Rocket Chat Omnichannel settings pane. Enable it and save changes

### STEP 02 - widget installation and configuration

Now that we have activated Omnichannel support, your main RC window will look something like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.10.29.png)

Main sidebar with Omnichannel feature active and turned on

Here you will see the Omnichannel section and an on/off switch. Now, this option is there so that you can quickly turn the live chat option on or off. If it is on, your web users will be able to start the chat session. If it is not, you can configure that your visitors can send you an email so that you always have a way of communicating with them.

Considering that now we have Omnichannel up and running we need to configure it on your website (s) and see what options there are to help you engage your audience.

Open the menu dropdown window (that you use for Administration) to reveal Omnichannel settings as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.23.12.png)

Main Omnichannel settings

To install the widget, go to   **Livechat Installation** menu, and there you will get a script code that you need to paste inside your website. The suggested location is before the last </body> tab (closing body tag), but depending on your platform of choice you might be able to place it in the footer section as well (like with this Ghost blog platform).

```
<!-- Start of Rocket.Chat Livechat Script -->
<script type="text/javascript">
(function(w, d, s, u) {
	w.RocketChat = function(c) { w.RocketChat._.push(c) }; w.RocketChat._ = []; w.RocketChat.url = u;
	var h = d.getElementsByTagName(s)[0], j = d.createElement(s);
	j.async = true; j.src = 'https://your.public.domain/livechat/rocketchat-livechat.min.js?_=201903270000';
	h.parentNode.insertBefore(j, h);
})(window, document, 'script', 'https://your.public.domain/livechat');
</script>
<!-- End of Rocket.Chat Livechat Script -->

```

This is the code section that you need to place inside your website where you want your widget to appear. After you save the configuration and reload your site, the widget should load up.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.29.12.png)

Rocket Chat Live chat widget present in the bottom right corner

Now that was easy, right? After this, all that is left is to configure your Omnichannel depending on your needs. Working hours, number of agents, number of active sessions, email notifications, and the overall look of the widget.

All this can be configured in the Omnichannel settings. There are too many options to show so I will focus on a few of them.

Let's see what our widget looks like when it is loaded up.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.32.53.png)

Live chat window with minor modifications

So in the image above you can see some modifications that have been done. Color to match the site, and title, and I have decided to not ask users for their email but just a name or alias before the chat can be initiated.

### I can't get the widget to show up?!

So far we have seen that getting this off the ground is nothing special. There is one thing that might prevent you to get this up and running. Even after you "install" the code on your page you still might get into trouble showing it up.

The reason for this could be that the cross-site loading might be configured that will not allow you to configure this setting onto a site under a different domain name.

So for example let's say that this omnichannel is running inside your rocket chat instance under a URL https://omni.mydomain.com, and your website that you want this to be visible is https://www.mydomain.com. You will get in trouble here because by default RC instance has enabled restriction to load up RC inside an iFrame (using X-Frame-Option).

To get this fixed and in the end to allow running your widget as it should go to your RC instance and in **Administration > Settings** \> **General** look for Restrict access inside an iframe option. Disable it, and try reloading your site again.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-12.55.13.png)

Potential cross-site problem that might prevent your site to load up RC live chat widget

In case that will not fix your problem, be sure to open up your browser console view and see what errors you are getting while loading up your site. Also, be sure that you have placed the script in the appropriate location.

### STEP 03 - start chatting

Now that you have done the initial configuration, depending on your needs, you can create departments, configure specific RC users to them, define work hours, triggers (actions that will happen in specific cases), or simply start using it. Let's see what a chat looks like from the visitor and support side at the same time.

Once you enter your name and click start chat your message will be flagged inside the RC platform and an agent can begin talking to you.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.43.01.png)

Left side, Rocket Chat side, right side, web widget

As we can see from the image above, as soon as the visitor has typed a message, the message is converted into a conversation inside RC and was assigned to the first free agent.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.45.59.png)

Initial options that you can use regarding a new conversation

The agent side has several options when first clicking the conversation. Make edits, close the chat, forward it to a different department/agent or send the transcript to the visitor (only if the email option is activated on the Omnichannel registration form).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.51.18.png)

Conversation example from both sides.

The image above also shows that on the agent side you can quote visitor's entries. This is not possible from the visitor's side, but then again having a one-way option is better than none.

You can send files and even engage in an audio/video conference call (if enabled on the RC server-side), in case you want to offer that kind of assistance.

While the chat is active let's see what other options we can see regarding Omnichannel features.

### Omnichannel analytics and monitoring

If you go back to the Omnichannel settings there you will see 2 categories, **Real-time monitoring** and **Analytics**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.57.41.png)

Real-time monitoring for all your Omnichannel needs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.58.11.png)

The second half of the monitoring window

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-10.58.56.png)

Two types of analytics for a week period each with several types of graphs

Very informative panels that will give you much detail into your Omnichannel situation and how your overall support is working, or not.

As I said before, you can also turn off your Omnichannel support if you choose to, and your visitors will see the widget icon but instead of a live chat, they will have the option to send an email. This way you will not lose any visitor that wants to get certain help or information.

Also worth mentioning is that you can access all of the chats that were initiated over Omnichannel using the settings menu **Current chats**. This will show you a table of all current or past chats, and clicking on any of them will open up the entire transcript.

In the end, both parties can initiate the end of the conversation. On the visitor side, this is not so intuitive, considering it is "hiding" in the **Options** link in the bottom left corner of the chat. Agent side can use the menu option (shown on the previous images) and close the chat.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-12.31.36.png)

Finish chat function is under the Options

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-17-at-12.32.46.png)

End chat message (can be also customized)

So, all in all, a very good addition to an already great chat platform. Considering that RC is in constant and active development, you can be sure that each version has some fixes or improvements on the Omnichannel front.

As always, you are welcome to comment in the comment section below, or if you have any questions, use the chat widget!
### New animated Star Wars tv show is coming - The Bad Batch
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-animated-star-wars-tv-show-is-coming-the-bad-batch/
Last updated: 2021-05-06T08:49:32.000Z
> SPOILER ALERT: Before you read any further, keep in mind that this article will contain information from the last season (7) of The Clone Wars tv show. In case you haven't seen it (shame on you!) be sure that you do before reading on.

> UPDATE: 31/03/2021 - official date for The Bad Batch is now confirmed. Added a cover and link to the official trailer

---

**The Bad Batch** will officialy start streming on **May 4th 2021** on Disney+!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/badbatchcover.png)

Kick a\*\* cover!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-31-at-10.48.21.jpg)

Clone Force 99 - regualar commando squad

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-31-at-10.49.24.jpg)

The Clone Wars is over but the fight is on

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-31-at-10.47.42.jpg)

Admiral Tarkin is back

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-31-at-10.49.52.jpg)

Saw is with us again!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-31-at-11.23.02.jpg)

Hello there Fennec!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/Screenshot-2021-03-31-at-10.50.38.jpg)

This is Omega.

Nothing to do now but wait and enjoy this content in all its 4K glory when it comes out!

[The Bad Batch official trailer](https://youtu.be/BsOmYpP4UDU?ref=blackvoid.club)

---

The last season of The Clone Wars was epic. True it got a bit slow and boring in the middle but all in all, it was a great conclusion to an already great animated SW content.

The first 4 episodes were focusing on a team of clone rejects that call them selfs **The Bad Batch**. The reason is that they are not like regular clones and as such have specific skills that when in a team, gave them a 100% success rate when it comes to completing missions behind enemy lines.

Well, looks like Mr.Lucas was so happy with them that he green light a spinoff under the same name! So that means that Dave Filoni will be leading yet another animated SW project.

So far Dave had The Clone Wars, Rebels, and Resistance under his wing and each of them was a major success (well maybe Resistance not that much, but ok). I am very happy that we will get more TV content from the SW universe. This year we should already get the second season of **The Mandalorian** as well, and I guess, now that this is done, Dave will jump on The Bad Batch.

> “Giving new and existing fans the final chapter of **Star Wars: The Clone Wars* has been our honor at Disney+, and we are overjoyed by the global response to this landmark series,” said Agnes Chu, senior vice president, Content, Disney+. “While **The Clone Wars* may have come to its conclusion, our partnership with the groundbreaking storytellers and artists at Lucasfilm Animation is only beginning. We are thrilled to bring Dave Filoni’s vision to life through the next adventures of the Bad Batch.”

**Star Wars: The Bad Batch* is executive produced by Dave Filoni (**The Mandalorian, Star Wars: The Clone Wars*), Athena Portillo (**Star Wars: The Clone Wars, Star Wars Rebels*), Brad Rau (**Star Wars Rebels, Star Wars Resistance*) and Jennifer Corbett (**Star Wars Resistance, NCIS*) with Carrie Beck (**The Mandalorian, Star Wars Rebels)* as co-executive producer and Josh Rimes as producer (**Star Wars Resistance*). Rau is also serving as supervising director with Corbett as head writer.

If you ask me, if we get new SW content each year thats more then ok with me :D!
### Tornote - self-destructing note platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/tornote-self-destructing-note-platform/
Last updated: 2020-09-11T06:14:01.000Z
> UPDATE: After some comparison, I would suggest using [PrivateBin](https://www.blackvoid.club/privatebin-ignorance-is-bliss/) over Tornote

Considering that nowadays security and privacy is most important it is not strange that there is a larger number of tools that will help you to achieve that. Today I would like to focus on a new (a few years old) solution that you can self-host on your Docker platform.

It needs to be said that the project has not been abandoned but it is not actively in development. As a result, it is one of the most simple solutions but also as much as it is missing some features that other platforms have, this solution can work in its current state.

### Tornote - this message will self-destruct

Developed by [@osminogin ](https://github.com/osminogin/tornote?ref=blackvoid.club)over at Github, you can customize this solution yourself or simply download it from [Docker Hub](https://hub.docker.com/r/osminogin/tornote?ref=blackvoid.club). Would like to point out that the documentation for this project is only available on the Git site but even there it might take some time for you to get it up and running. Reason why I am writing this little tutorial for it.

So what is Tornote? It is a simple web app that uses AES 256 client-side encryption to generate a one time URL that upon visiting will display the message and also destroy it. Unless you have copied the content of the message or took a screenshot, it will all be lost.

Now, why would you need this in the first place? Well, there are several reasons for these kinds of solutions. Exchange of sensitive information would be one thing that comes to mind (passcodes, for example). What's sensitive information depends on your point of view so let's leave it at that.

Before we continue forward, know that there are multiple solutions out there, some are publicly open as well, some are free some are not. Most of them have a bit more features that they offer, but this solution might get some love in the future as well.

So why tornote? Even though it lacks some user-friendly features it does offer AES-256 bit encryption that some of the other solutions don't (running on 128 most of the time). Considering that privacy is key here, the stronger the encryption, the better.

Let's dive right into it.

> NOTE: Before you continue, keep in mind that you will need to have a functional PostgresDB instance with a DB and username/password with read/write permissions on that DB for this solution to work

> Check out this [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/rss-dying-platform-or-the-right-way-to-read-the-news/) on how to run PostgresDB instance. Skip to the section called **PostgreSQL container**

I will focus on the simple Synology Docker UI tutorial for the most part in the following steps but for users out there that are familiar with Docker and do not run Docker on their Synology box here is a quick docker run command line.

First pull the image 

```
docker pull osminogin/tornote:latest

```

Then run it

```
docker run \
--name=tornote \
-p 8000:8000 \
-e DATABASE_URL=postgres://username:pass@NASIP:5432/DB_name?sslmode=disable \
-e SECRET_KEY=0123456789 \
-e PRODUCTION=true \
--restart unless-stopped \
osminogin/tornote

```

Make sure to edit all the variables with your parameters to fit your set up. After this is up and running jump to STEP 03 of this article to see how to set up this running behind Nginx on your Synology, or just configure it to run behind a custom reverse proxy. The reason is that this will not work as intended if it's not behind an https protocol (for production usage that is).

**PRODUCTION** variable needs to be set to **TRUE** for this to work via https. Key variables can be a combination of letters, numbers, or any combination you want (this is just an example).

### STEP 01 - download the image from hub 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-14-at-21.57.10.png)

Use the Registy tab to download the image

### STEP 02 - create container

Jump to the **Image** tab in your Docker UI, find the image and click the **Launch** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-14-at-21.59.00.png)

Be sure to limit the resources and click the Advanced settings button

After you name your contaianer and set the resources, click the **Advanced Settings** button.

Two things need to be configured here. **Port Settings** tab and **Environment**.

Set the port to your desired local port number (leave the container port on 8000).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-14-at-22.03.20.png)

Web port configuration

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-14-at-22.04.11.png)

Variable configuration

So next, you will need to configure the variables. Change the **DATABASE\_URL** to the correct values depending on your Postgres set up and be sure to use the '+' symbol to add two more variables, **SECRET\_KEY** and **PRODUCTION**.

Once you have done that, click Apply and you will return to the main wizard window. Confirm your settings and create the container.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-14-at-22.06.44.png)

When you click Apply, contianer will be created and started

Now you can access your Tornote using your NAS IP address and a port you have setup. The page will load but you might get 403 error when clicking the **Create note** button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-14-at-22.18.28.png)

Main Tornote page. Enter your secret test and click create note!

### STEP 03 - configure it behind a reverse proxy for https access

Now to get it running via https, you will need to configure it behind a reverse proxy. More on this [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/).

### STEP 04 - share!

Now that you have a working setup via https, you are ready to share your secrets with others!

Keep in mind that if you don't copy the information of the hidden note, you will not be able to get to it again!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-14-at-22.28.10.png)

Window that shows the message. Copy, screen or write down. The message has already been destroyed on the server side!

### Room for more features?

As I said before some features are missing that some other solutions have (message expiration, copy URL button, warning before showing the message, etc...) but in general you still have a quick and easy way to exchange simple secret messages, that are hosted on your server.

One thing to point out here that is a bug in some cases is that once your get a secret URL and you want to share it, be sure to share it in CODE or pure text format. What I mean by this is that if you share the URL in any application that supports previews (like Rocket.Chat, SLACK, Messages, Viber, etc...) your message will be deleted before you open it. Why? Because those apps will try and "access" the URL to see what's behind it, to load up any content and in doing so they will trigger the URL, read the message and mark it for deletion.

So in order to share it be sure to share it as a CODE, like this:

```
https://notes.supersectetsite.io/MhW0dRI9RIWlUUVlGR6uAw#wD42o6wLnhnhGYVKOwfq3E9v__E

```

This way apps will not trigger the URL and your message will wait for its recipient. The developer is aware of this problem and will probably fix it shortly.
### WebGrabPlus - self-hosted EPG via Docker
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/webgrabplus-self-hosted-epg-via-docker/
Last updated: 2022-08-08T21:27:34.000Z
⚠️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that the webgrabplus image used in this tutorial is **v.3.1.0** (at the time of writing the article). Version 4.2.2+ uses the new Net5 (core) vs the old .Net framework 4.8 (used by 3.x.x.). The docker image in question is still not prepared for this change but will be soon. **At the moment stick with using v3.2.3 as a working version compatible with this article.**

While back, I have [written](https://www.blackvoid.club/cut-the-cord-plex-live-tv-xteve-iptv/) about a popular topic today, cutting the cord. Now cutting the cord means that you are shifting your method of over the air content (or cable) to a single device in your household that will then offer you the option to stream it to any device you want and not just your TV.

In this guide, I will explain how to set up and configure one key element for running your live tv in a self-hosted environment, EPG, or electronic program guide.

There are multiple ways you can run your cut the cord scenario and I chose Plex as my platform of choice. To make this work with Plex you will need a compatible LAN receiver that will be able to broadcast itself on your local network and that way be configured inside Plex so you can use it's LiveTV feature.

But before all that, you will also need a functional EPG, because without it you will not be able to get the grid layout of what's on the air or what's next in line. Of course, if you are using a compatible device and you are located in the country that can broadcast EPG then there is no problem. But what if you are running a virtual receiver with a custom channel source? In that case, you will need a custom source of EPG to complete your setup. Let's see how this can be done via Docker using a popular self-hosted platform, WebGrabPlus.

### What is WebGrabPlus?

In a sentence, it is a multi-site incremental xmltv EPG grabber. It collects tv-program guide data from selected tvguide sites for your favorite channels.

Great that's what we need. Before we begin, keep in mind that this is not a web application, so you will not get any visible output in a browser. For this to work you will have to know to maintain it from a command line or a file explorer of some sort.

Considering that we are hosting this on a NAS, most of the time I will show how to maintain your configuration via Midnight Commander application but you can do the same using File Station on your NAS or simply edit the files in your text editor of choice and then upload the files back to your NAS.

### STEP 01 - download the Docker image

In my case, I use [linuxserver/webgrabplus](https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/webgrabplus?ref=blackvoid.club) image. Download it using Synology Docker UI, or using the command line:

```
docker pull linuxserver/webgrabplus

```

> Keep in mind that all docker commands via SSH need to be done as root account. So log into your NAS via SSH and elevate your credentials to root (using sudo -i) or simply type sudo before any docker command

Once the image is downloaded let's create a container.

### STEP 02 - create webgrabplus container

You can create the container using Docker UI on your Synology NAS or you can run it via docker run single command line. I will show both examples here starting with the command line.

### Command-line container creation

After you have logged into your NAS via SSH (using Terminal, or PUTTY apps), you will need to elevate your credentials to root. To do that (as I wrote before) run the following command:

```
sudo -i

```

and then hit return. You will be prompted for a password, and just as before, enter your current user DSM password. Now you will be logged as root user and your command prompt will look something like this:

```
root@NAS:~#

```

Now run the following docker run as a SINGLE line. Make sure to delete all the \\ characters at the end as well as all the breaks and leave a single space instead. Of course, you can do this after you have changed all the configuration settings.

```
docker create \
  --name=webgrabplus \
  -e PUID=1000 \
  -e PGID=1000 \
  -e TZ=Europe/London \
  -v path to config:/config \
  -v path to data:/data \
  --restart unless-stopped \
  linuxserver/webgrabplus

```

Keep in mind that you will need to change **PUID** and **PGID** values to match your own. These are IDs that describe your user and group that your DSM account is a member of. Meaning your account that you want your webgrabplus to run under. To get those values, before running this whole docker create command, open another SSH session as your default DSM user, and **DO NOT** elevate to root. Simply run:

```
id

```

and you will get your current SSH logged user values, similar to these one:

```
rusty@NAS:~$ id
uid=1029(test_user) gid=100(users) groups=100(users),101(administrators)
rusty@NAS:~$ 

```

Now in this example PUID would be 1029, and PGID (considering we want admin permissions) would be 101\. So be sure to use those similar values in your docker create command.

**TZ** variable will be set in this exact format (continent/city) depeding on your location.

Last, we need to configure two-volume mappings. Config and data. These are the folders that you will need to crate and map to the correct location on your NAS. So for example, let's say that you have a **docker** folder on your NAS (if should exist if you are running docker on your Synology NAS). Inside it create a root folder for your webgrabplus, let's say it is called **wgplus**.

Now inside that folder create two more folders, **config** and **data**. To complete this docker run command line your volume paths should now be something like his:

```
-v /volume1/docker/wgplus/config:/config
-v /volume1/docker/wgplus/data:/data

```

The config folder will host all the files and folders needed for WBPlus to run and the data folder will host a single guide.xml file that will be your final EPG file.

### Docker UI container creation

If you prefer to create your containers using the docker UI via the web browser, follow these steps.

01\. download the image

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-13-at-10.36.53.png)

Pull the "latest" image of webgrabplus by linuxserver

So click in the **Registry** menu on the left-hand side and then using the search bar find WBPlus by linuxserver. Click the **Download** button and selecte the tag (version), in this case, the **latest**.

02\. create the container

Once the image has downloaded, create the container by using the **Image** tab.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-13-at-10.39.56.png)

You can limit its resource, no need for the container to run on automatic

Set the container name, resources, and then be sure to click on the **Advanced Settings** button.

You will get a dialog box that will have six tabs (Advanced settings, Volume, Network, Port Settings, Link, and Environment). I will post steps and images only from the tabs that need to be changed.

Now we will go in order and the first one that needs change is the **Volume** tab.

> As I mentioned before you will need to have local NAS folders created beforehand, so make sure that the folder structure that I spoke before already exists.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-13-at-10.44.24.png)

Map your local folder structure to both data and config folder

Using the Add folder button, navigate to your config and data folder, and then manually enter the values in the Mount path column.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-13-at-10.47.22.png)

Setting up addition variables

All that is left now, is to configure three variables, PUID, PGID, and TZ. Use the '+' symbol in the upper left corner to create a new variable and enter its name while putting the value of the variable in the right column, named **Value**, similar to the image above. 

Once all that is done, click **Apply** and you will be be back at the main create container window. Now click   **Next** and you will get a summary of your container configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-13-at-10.50.56.png)

Container summary. Be sure to check it and correct the valus if needed.

Note that the "Run this container...." checkbox is checked. As soon as you click **Apply**, the container will be created and it will run. You can then verify that it is running using the **Container** tab.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-13-at-10.53.37.png)

WGPlus container running. Notice that is using very little memory

Now that we have it up and running it is time to configure your WBPlus instance.

### STEP 03 - configure webgrabplus instance

As I said before, this is not a web application so all configurations will be done using your favorite text editor, simple copy-paste commands, and several reboots of your container.

Open up File Station on your NAS and go to your WGPlus folder. The folder structure should look like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-13-at-11.15.27.png)

WGPlus configuration folder content

Most of the files here you will not modify, but there are a few you will need to. Those are **WebGrab++.config.xml** and **wg3-cron**.

Now just to make things clear I will not spend too much time here considering that now we are talking about WGPlus configuration and its settings and their web site has a great documentation wiki regarding this.

So, in short, open up the XML file in your favorite text editor (you can even use the one on your Synology, Text Editor) and edit the file.

The main sections that need to be modified here is this one:

```
  <filename>/data/guide.xml</filename>                                                                                                                           
  <mode></mode>                                                                                                                                                  
  <postprocess grab="y" run="n">rex</postprocess>                                                                                                                
  <user-agent>Mozilla/5.0 (Windows NT 10.0; Win64; x64) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/79.0.3945.130 Safari/537.36 Edg/79.0.309.71</user-agent>   
  <!--<decryptkey site="site-name">decrypt_userkey</decryptkey>-->                                                                                               
  <license wg-username="username" registered-email="your_email" password="access_code">f</license>                                                        
  <logging>on</logging>                                                                                                                                          
  <retry time-out="5">4</retry>                                                                                                                                  
  <timespan>7</timespan>                                                                                                                                         
  <update>f</update> 

```

In this main section, you will find the **license** tag that needs to be edited with your WGPlus username and password as well as your email.

> NOTE: some tv channel sources will be encrypted and in order to use them you will need to pay a small €5/year donation in order to get access to those

Also, the **timespan** tag is something that will need to be edited. Enter the number of days that you want you EPG to cover. In this example, it is 7 for a seven-day guide. Keep in mind that most channel sources have a maximum of 14 days so don't go crazy here.

Finally, on the bottom of this XML file, there is a dummy list of channels as an example. Replace those **channel** tags with your own custom list that you want to build your EPG upon. That's it! You are done.

Well, actually one more thing. I did say that you will need to configure two files in your configuration folder. Depending on how often you want your WGPlust instance to go online and collect your data you will need to configure a cron job timer using the   **wg3-cron**. 

> Keep in mind this is a file with no extension! So if you edit it in a text editor be sure to not save it a txt file or any other format for that matter!

Its content is a single line that will tell WGPlus instance when to run. In my case, I have it running every 12 hours, but you can edit the parameters using [https://crontab.guru/examples.html](https://crontab.guru/examples.html?ref=blackvoid.club) to see what setting will fit your needs.

```
0 */12 * * * /bin/bash /defaults/update.sh  

```

After you have changed and configured your WGPlus instance it is time to reset the container for these settings to take effect.

### Now what?

Now that you have configured your WGPlus instance you will be able to check its progress and any problems using the **WebGrab++.log.txt** file located also inside your **config** folder, so keep an eye on it.

Once the process is complete and you get your EPG, check the **data** folder and you will see a file called **guide.xml**. This is the file that you need to configure to work with your IPTV platform of choice or Plex Live TV. Be sure to have it up to date because Plex doesn't like it when there is no data inside it (your whole grid view will be empty).
### Synology C2 - Express Box
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-c2-express-box/
Last updated: 2020-07-28T09:02:04.000Z
Just last week, Synology has opened a new C2 data center in Seattle, USA. More info about it [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/second-location-for-synology-c2-welcome/).

What might have gone under the radar was the fact that Synology now offers one more service connected to their C2 platform, called Express Box.

### So what is Express Box?

Considering there is no major commercial or banner on their main page it is easy to miss information about this service. Buried in the FAQ section of their C2 service under the **Backup** section.

> Q: If I want to import or export more than 10TB of data to or from C2, is there any way to speed up the initial data transfer?

> A: Yes, Synology C2 Express Box is a physical transfer service that helps users get data to and from C2 data centers faster. Additional service charges apply. Please refer to the [Synology C2 Express Box User's Guide](http://download.synology.com/download/www-res/c2/Syno%5FUsersGuide%5FC2%5FExpress%5FBox%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club) for details, instructions, and pricing. To order Synology C2 Express Box service, please contact us through [this form](https://c2.synology.com/en-us/backup?ref=blackvoid.club).

As we can see, Synology will in a nutshell offer a paid service to help you move a large amount of data so you don't have to do it over your Internet connection. Especially if your connections upstream speed is low and you have a massive amount of data.

Now, this method will have various benefits. It will be faster, more cost-effective and you can also encrypt your data just as you would normally do when backing up to the cloud.

### How does this work?

It all starts with a valid C2 account and an active subscription. After contacting Synology using their C2 contact-us web form and filling out all the information needed, paying upfront the agreed price (depending on your need), Synology will then send you a custom-tailored NAS with drives and instructions on how to configure and backup your data to get them ready for the C2.

So just as you would back up your data to C2 via Hyper Backup, the process here is similar. You will also use HB tool to set up a task that you will, later, on re-link to your data in C2 once Synology lets you know that the transfer has been completed on their end.

What is left if that you then open your existing HB task and relink to your data in the C2 cloud. That's it!

The entire process (with images) is in this [document](https://download.synology.com/download/www-res/c2/Syno%5FUsersGuide%5FC2%5FExpress%5FBox%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club), so I will not describe it in detail.

### How much?

As I said before, this is a paid service. Now, this service is offered by other large cloud providers as well (like Amazon with their Snowball service), but Synology is again very competitive with prices.

At the moment they only offer two options when it comes to Express Box.

Less then 80TB or over 80TB.

Anything up to 80TB in size will cost you €800 (excl. VAT), and anything more than that you will have to come to an agreement with Synology regarding a custom price point.

Clearly, this service is targeted for medium to large businesses that will have no problem paying €1000 for a one-time migration of their data to C2\. For anyone not having the need to back up that much data to the cloud in the first place, or simply don't wanna backup to any "cloud", maybe getting another NAS and placing it at a remote location will be a much more affordable solution than this.

If we look at what is covered by this process you will see that 800 is not that much. It will probably be an 8bay NAS with 10-14TB drives in some sort of raid configuration. At current prices, a 14TB drive will be about €400 each, so €3200 just for the drives and on top of that an 8bay NAS. For a one time job, paying, or better yet, renting an 8bay NAS with 8x14TB for €800 is close to nothing.

Again some might say that it is a fair amount for a one time cost, but then again, it is up to all of us how much data we have and how much we value that data at the end of the day.

Personally, not something that I see myself ever using, but it is nice that the service is there and it is positive to see that Synology is encouraging users to utilize their C2 service. With the upcoming DSM7 and Hybrid Share, C2 will become more and more attractive for home and business users alike.
### Evolution of iPhone charging
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/evolution-of-iphone-charging/
Last updated: 2020-07-05T16:05:45.000Z
So what would a geek like me like for a 5y wedding anniversary? Well, I got myself a new dasKeyboad 4 PRO, but that's me. What about a gift from my lovely wife?

As it happens to be, she overheard me months ago complaining about my iPhone charging problems. Now, I change my iPhone 11 about every two days or less, depending on the need, but the problem is that I use an old (10y old) Geek4 AlarmDock Halo 2 base station.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8583.jpg)

Gear4 AlamDock Halo 2 with Lightning adapter

The best part is that she also got me that back when we were still dating.

It is working great still, but the main problem is that Halo 2 was designed for iPhone 4 generation of phones and iPods, meaning that it has a 30-pin connector and it is not really friendly with tall devices like the current phones. This is especially noticeable when you add a 30-pin to Lightning connector adapter in order to use it with the said devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8576.jpg)

QI compatible wireless charging pad with fast charge support (7.5W & 10W)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8577.jpg)

Some more specs on the back

So, as a real surprise, I got this QI compatible ultraslim wireless pad! Nice! It doesn't come with its own adapter, so you will have to provide one yourself, but it does support 5W, 7.5W, and 10W fast charging.

> NOTE: In order to use 7.5 or 10W fast charging you will need an adapter that supports it!

With only 6mm thick and 105mm in diameter, this pad will be thinner than the current iPhone 11 and also smaller. Can you place multiple devices on it and charge? Not sure considering that I don't have any more devices, but I can say that there is definitely no more room once you place a modern phone on top of it.

The cable is 1.2m long so it is more than enough to have it places and plugged almost into any socket that you might have around.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8579.jpg)

The whole content of the box. Slim and black, simple

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_1651.JPG)

iPhone 11 dominates with its size

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_1652.JPG)

The pad is thinner then the iphone with it case, but at least I don't have to remove the case every time no more

Considering I have used it only once so far, nothing more I can say on the matter apart that it charged the phone, and the pad is not heating up at all during charging. Well, almost not.

Another simple and nice detail is the fact that once you start to charge a green beam will appear on the bottom of the device (on the opposite side of where the cable connected to the pad) so that you can see it better if you have the need to grab the phone in the middle of the night for any reason.

Overall I am very pleased with the device so far, and the best part is that I no longer have to take it out of the case when I simply want to crash into bed.

Thank you, dear, another great and practical gift!
### Second location for Synology C2 users, welcome Seattle!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/second-location-for-synology-c2-welcome/
Last updated: 2020-12-04T13:58:49.000Z
> UPDATE: 04/12/2020 - added at the bottom - Updates to Synology C2 General Terms & Conditions

On July 1st Synology made it possible to use a second location for their growing cloud backup solution, [C2](https://c2.synology.com/en-us/backup?ref=blackvoid.club).

After two years since Synology rolled out C2 service in Frankfurt, Germany, it has now come time to launch a second location. Seattle, USA is the next major location for all C2 users available worldwide.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-02-at-17.36.23.png)

Along Frankfurt we can now choose Seattle as well

> *“Augmenting on-premises data security with cloud-based backup is a growing trend among personal and business users alike. The new data center in Seattle allows us to provide a more efficient and localized experience to customers in the Americas and Asia,” said Hewitt Lee, Director of Synology Product Management Group.*

In case you are not familiar with C2, it is a Synology version of cloud backup for any Synology NAS user. With very competitive prices and no hidden fees, C2 has quickly become very popular and accepted by Synology users as part of a solid 3-2-1 backup scenario.

> *“Over the past two years, Synology C2 has grown considerably around the world. The addition of the new data center will enable users to protect their data while allowing them to more easily meet regulation and security policies associated with data residency,” said Jia-Yu Liu, Vice President and Head of the Application Group at Synology.*

In case you are interested in testing out C2 make sure to look at their backup and storage plans. At the moment there are two. Below are prices for Frankfurt and Seattle respectfully.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-02-at-17.30.24.png)

C2 Plan I and II for Europe data center

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-02-at-17.30.40.png)

C2 Plan I and II for the new US data center

Personally, I have been using C2 since it was in beta 3y ago and haven't had any problems so far. In the upcoming DSM7, C2 will offer something called [Hybrid Share](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) as well that will offer you usage of your C2 space as an extension of your NAS and not just cloud space for your backups. This is another thing that might come in handy for the price it offers.

C2 offers a 30-day trial so be sure to check it out if you still haven't and see if it could be a "cloud" solution that you were looking for.

## Updates to Synology C2 General Terms & Conditions

Today, Synology send out some info on their changes to the terms & conditions regarding their C2 service. Here are the changes:

*To better serve our clients, we are planning to add new features in the near future. To reflect these changes, we have updated the Synology C2 [General Terms & Conditions](https://c2.synology.com/legal/terms%5Fconditions?version=2&ref=blackvoid.club).*

*The updated document, renamed the General Service Agreement of Synology C2 Services, will come into effect on January 1st, 2021\. Here are a few important updates:*

- *We have improved readability by defining key terms used throughout the document.*
- *We have refined and added procedural details, such as how we handle your data once your subscription to C2 services expires (from clause 6.4):*
- *Backup tasks are stopped on the *7th day* after your subscription expires.*
- *Data saved on Synology C2 remain accessible until the *21st day* after expiration.*
- *Finally, if you do not renew your subscription within *30 days*, your data are deleted from Synology C2.*

*These updated terms will *not affect* where your data is stored or how you use C2 services.*

*By continuing to use Synology C2 services after January 1st, 2021, you agree to be bound by the [General Service Agreement of Synology C2 Services](https://c2.synology.com/legal/terms%5Fconditions?version=2&ref=blackvoid.club).*

Are you using C2 as part of your backup strategy?
### Time to go mechanical - dasKeyboard 4 PRO
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/time-to-go-mechanical-daskeyboard-4-pro/
Last updated: 2024-04-20T18:57:57.000Z
It has been a while since I got a new keyboard. Since 2008 to be exact. Since I moved to a Mac platform I have used only their native keyboards and even though I don't play as much as I did before, I have decided to go for a bit more click.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8560.jpg)

dasKeyboard 4 PRO - a bit on the heavy side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8562.jpg)

It just works

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8561.jpg)

MX brown switches - clicky and soft

### dasKeyboard 4 PRO - Mac edition

After spending a lot of time looking for the right mechanical keyboard for me, I have concluded that dasKeyboard is the one. Even though this version 4 PRO is not the new model in their lineup, it's one of few keyboards out there that is fully Mac compatible. That means, CMD and Option keys on the right spot, brightness and media support, and of course, no drives needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8565.jpg)

Full size, black, elegant and powefull

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8566.jpg)

Brightness and media keys are all in the upper right corner

Considering I have just gotten it today, it will take some time to get the "feel" for the keyboard, but so far, I love it. It is much louder than the membrane Apple keyboard, but the feel of it and speed of typing, as well as precision, is top.  
I have to say that the current keyboard that I have been using (Apple iMac 2017 edition) started to annoy me a bit. Two reason. No1, some keys started to fade away (letter S for example, and that's not from too much gaming) and number 1 key (above the Q key) is also sometimes having problems. Considering that I dislike making mistakes and retyping, I said it was time for a new keyboard.

The all-black design of the dasKeyboard fits me great and with two 27" monitors, plus a TIE fighter lamp, I have no need for a backlit model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8564.jpg)

Elevation using a single magnetic attached ruler, in case you need it, its under your keyboard, nice

Keyboard has a nice angle on it and it's really heavy, so no matter how fast and strong you type on it, it is not going anywhere, love it. Also, the red angle plastic is a ruler on top of everything, so in case you don't need it it will still come in handy.  
In the top right corner of its media section, there are two USB3 ports that I will test out with some SSDs drives as they advertise as not just ports for "light" mouse and dongle usage. I'll see for myself how they perform.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/IMG_8569.jpg)

All of the native Mac keys are in their place (CMD and Option)

For now, I am extremely pleased with the build quality, accuracy, and speed. The brown type keys are silent and clicky enough at the same time, so good thing I have an office because my wife would go insane with this sound feedback, haha.
### End of life for some Synology packages
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/end-of-life-for-some-synology-packages/
Last updated: 2020-07-28T09:02:45.000Z
As it was already announced last year, Synology has delivered on their promise to remove a good amount of apps from their Package center.

The process was split into two categories. The first one was on Dec 25th, 2019, when category one packages reached end of software maintenance. This means that those apps were still working but no support was given.

Category one (end of support):

Java7  
Node.js 0.10  
Node.js 0.12  
Node.js v4  
Node.js v6  
Odoo 8  
OpenERP 6  
OpenERP 7  
PrestaShop1.6  
SugarCRM  
Tomcat 6  
PHP 5.6 \*  
PHP 7.0 \*

> NOTE: PHP 5.6 and 7 were still supported due to dependacies until stage two (June 30th 2020)

Yesterday, June 30th, category two apps reached the end of life. This means that as of today you will no longer be able to download these apps from the Package center:

Category two (end of life):

Docker-Discourse  
Docker-Spree  
Drupal  
Drupal8  
LimeSurvey  
Logitech media server  
Magento  
Magento2  
MantisBT  
Mono  
Orthanc  
osCommerce  
phpBB  
Piwik  
PodcastGenerator  
PrestaShop1.7  
Ruby  
Webalizer

Keep in mind that all of these apps can still be found using the following [URL](https://usdl.synology.com/download/Package/spk/?ref=blackvoid.club). This will allow you to downlad the SPK files manually and install them using the "**Manual install**" button inside Package Center.

Personally I would suggest (if possible of course), in case you need any of these apps, to try and run them using Docker platform. As I wrote in my previous articles, Docker support is getting more and more momentum and support, and it is no wonder that Synology will stop supporting 3rd party open source apps as part of their Package Center. Another benefit will be that you will not be threathed by EOL announcement from Synology or any other brand, because you will be able to transfer your Docker containers to a different Docker contianer host without any trouble at all. Finally, being sandboxed outside of DSM and not affected by any system change, you can be sure that all your apps will continue to work.

For example, one app that Synology no longer supports in this list is Mono. It is actually a framework more then an app but the problem here is that a lot of Mono dependent apps will stop working and will not be able to install at all (like Sonarr, Radarr, etc). Now you will be able to get it and install it using a custom repository like synocommunity for example, but even so, I would still suggest Docker solutions for a long term piece of mind.
### New Synoforum milestone, 1000 users!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synoforum-milestone-1000-users/
Last updated: 2020-06-25T17:49:42.000Z
It has passed a little over 14 months since [synoforum.com](https://www.synoforum.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) took its first steps. That is how long it took to get 1000 registered users.

With the help of our active community, new moderators, and lots of combined knowledge, SF is now rich with over 2800 topics, over 14000 messages, and almost 100 various resource topics from tutorials, blogs, and other informative articles.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-18-at-11.29.27.png)

Synoforum.com - look at current and last topics

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-18-at-11.27.45.png)

Synoforum.com resource section in dark mode

For the past year, as new members have arrived and various questions started coming in, the forum has opened many categories and subforums to cater to everyone.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-18-at-11.31.24.png)

Just look at that organization. Looks nice right?

All of this would not be possible without the help of all forum members whose number grows daily. 1K users is a great and important milestone and we want to say thanks to all for getting us this far and for making SF what it is today.
### WWDC 2020 - Mac revolution, again
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-mac-revolution-again/
Last updated: 2020-07-01T11:40:11.000Z
This year will undoubtedly be remembered in many ways. The COVID-19 global situation is certainly one of them that has forced all of us, including large corporations such as Apple, to drastically change their approach to work and development as well as their relationship with their customers and clients.

For the first time, the WWDC (World Wide Developer Conference) was held as a virtual event for an equal duration of one week. It all started today with the main, two hours long, presentation full of professional and very "Apple" approach. As in the last few years, Craig Federighi had the main say (which always makes me very happy) together with a whole team of dedicated people for novelties on iOS, iPadOS, macOS, and all other platforms in the Apple offer.

The rhythm and speed of the main Keynote is always fast and dynamic, so I would definitely recommend looking “at peace”. Two hours go by and the avalanche of information is enormous. This year was no exception but a big advantage, Keynote immediately became available as a recording.

## iOS, iPadOS, watchOS…and all the others

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_02.jpg)

All of Apple OS are getting a new version update

While everything is available in detail on the Apple website, I would only look briefly at some of the major elements of all non-macOS operating systems that Apple highlighted in today’s Keynote.

It is probably clear to everyone, especially professionals, that the mobile part of the Apple offer has become extremely important and a very large part of the cake, so it is no wonder that it usually starts with the most popular mobile operating systems today, iOS and iPadOS.

Both systems, in their 14th incarnation, will have some interesting new options. Clearly depending on how much and how you use some of these devices, as well as the fact whether your device will support the new iOS / iPadOS 14, it remains to be seen whether you will be able to enjoy all these innovations.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_03.jpg)

New Home Screen, App Library and AppClips

An important change in both iOS and iPadOS is the change in the "home screen" part. Apple has decided to integrate its widgets and screens featuring app icons in a way that allows users a unique hybrid view. So now we will be able to combine icons with different widget sizes in a layout that will suit us just right.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_04.jpg)

Main new features of iOS 14

So that things wouldn’t be too simple, why not enable picture-in-picture (PIP) technology as well? So if you're watching a video from a supported app, now that view can stay on top of any content you're working with, so you don't have to take too much focus off it. Personally, I don’t know if this and in what situation will be more useful or not, but in any case PIP is coming.

Along with a number of changes, another evolution of the Siri assistant follows. With the new minimalist design, Siri will now even have the ability to make an "offline" translation for a dozen languages, which in practice seemed very transparent and powerful. Clearly this is all in the wake of the enhanced communication they mentioned several times in today’s presentation. For this reason, it is important to emphasize that the Messages application also has a few handy, and practical, tricks in the new version.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_05.jpg)

Main new features of iPadOS 14

With the new Apple Maps, CarPlay and App Store App clips novelties, I have to admit that unlocking and manipulating the new BMW model with the iPhone proved to be the best "feature". So CarKey is Apple’s vision of the key. Why have a key with me when I have a phone? Honestly, why not? What will it look like in practice? We’ll see when we all have CarPay compatible cars.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_06.jpg)

Main new features of watchOS 7

WatchOS also had its short time during this presentation, which is coming now in its 7th iteration. Screen optimization, sharing watchOS "faces" as well as novelties for tracking sleep, dancing and hand washing, are just some of the elements that will surely make this, now very popular piece of hardware an even better and higher quality product. Not to mention that absolutely every person who appeared at today’s presentation had an Apple Watch on hand. It is that good.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_07.jpg)

Some of the new faces coming in watchOS 7

Although there has been some talk these days about potential new HW pieces at this year’s WWDC, it still hasn’t happened. AppleTV 4K was supposed to get some changes, but we still have the 2017 device. What was presented as new was the ATV + new sci-fi series “Foundation”, which I have to admit, looks promising. For all of you who use an ATV as perhaps a gaming platform, you'll be happy because Apple is introducing multi-user support as well as support for Xbox controllers.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_08.jpg)

New AppleTV and Home app features

## macOS 11, Big Sur & Apple Silicon - tectonic shift

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_09.jpg)

macOS 11, Big Sur

After all the cats, 15 versions of macOS X and 20 years, comes the new macOS. This was the center of the whole keynote and I believe the most interesting part because it followed directly to the "one more thing" (clearly we all know what it's about because today nothing remains a secret).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_10.jpg)

New and "fresh" look of upcoming macOS 11

While the launch of the new version of macOS was mostly focused on its look and modification of all native apps as well as the integration of iOS and iPad apps via the Mac Catalyst platform, what Big Sur represents is the foundation for the future, Apple Silicon-powered Macs. Although, as I said before, there was no mention of new Macbooks or Macs, we received information that Apple will enter the market by the end of the year with new models that will include Apple A12Z Bionic (or some new Apple SoC) as well as models with Intel processors. The entire transition to the new silicone will take about two years.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_11.jpg)

Pages and Numbers app in a new minimalistic look

But what does BigSur bring us this year and for all of us who won’t be buying a new Mac for a while? Other than what you will need is a 2013 Mac model or younger to be able to install BigSur. It will have all the novelties of native applications that will be given to both iOS and iPadOS, and most of all we received news about improvements on the Safari browser. macOS 11 will also have a clean new design, and a Control Center as well as a Notification Center in a new guise.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_12.jpg)

macOS with some main upcoming features

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_12a.jpg)

Big Sur will work on following versions of Mac HW

However, the biggest changes are under the "hood" and will only come to the fore when Apple launches its new line of Mac devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_13.jpg)

Apple Silicon features

With the new Universal 2, Rosetta 2, virtualization, and the ability to use iOS and iPadOS apps natively on the new macOS, the developer community will be able to keep up with this upcoming transition in a very short time. Apple has clearly prepared all its applications to work on the new silicone and demonstrated that both the leading tools of Microsoft and Adobe are already ready for the new SoC.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_14.jpg)

Platforms and tech that will do all of the heavy lifting for the end user

What does all this mean for the end-user? Well, that means the new OS won’t bring anything drastically revolutionary to the first one in the fall, but it will certainly allow for a later, almost transparent transition and use of existing applications to the new architecture.

Apple has done a lot to keep all the complicated work in the background, but it has also been mentioned countless times that privacy and security are one of the most important tasks they hold fast to and this is exactly the part we will see most in new versions of operating systems and application.

New beta versions of all the listed platforms are coming in July while the final versions will be available in the “fall”, when exactly, it was not said.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/wwdc_15.jpg)

Developer Transition Kit - all you need to help you transition to Apple SoC

It is important to note that Apple will also offer the so-called. "Developer transition kit" which will consist of a specific Mac mini with a new Apple CPU and a new beta version of macOS 11, so that developers can make the necessary corrections as soon as possible and adapt their applications to the new OS and the new generation of Apple devices.

Ultimately, a very informative keynote, no doubt. Maybe a little too much “we are the best”, but again on the other hand the fact is that of all currently available operating systems in the world, theirs are still more stable and more secure than the competition. I hope this new page in their history will be memorable.
### SRM 1.2.4-8081 update is here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/srm-1-2-4-8081-update-is-here/
Last updated: 2020-06-21T07:54:12.000Z
> UPDATE: 21/06/2020 - Did an update on the 2600 and 2200 mesh routers. Took over 20min and the reboot from SRM did not go on its own. The 2600 router did not boot up at all. What I did was disconnected 2200 from it as well as my WAN connection and power-cycle the router. Then it booted just fine. Connected it all back and now it's working.

After some time, we have finally got a large, proper, update for the Synology SRM platform.  
There is a number of changes that have been implemented. Some covering performance and security while others cover better updates and user experience.  
Released on the 18th of June 2020 for all three models of routers (RT1900AT, RT2600AC and MR2200) here are the changes:

**(2020-06-18)**

**Important Note**

1. The update will be available for selected regions within the following weeks, although the release time in each region may vary slightly.

**What's New**

1. Added support for adding Wi-Fi points to a mesh Wi-Fi system via Ethernet cables during the first-time deployment.
2. Allowed a mesh Wi-Fi system to have Wi-Fi points running different SRM's Update versions (with the same four-digit build number) so as to enhance update experience.
3. Added support to configure multicast translation and IGMP snooping in a mesh Wi-Fi system.
4. Added support for communication between client devices within the guest network.
5. Added support for broadcast storm prevention through MAC filtering, which prevents wireless devices from sending a large number of broadcast packets in a short time and affecting the normal usage of other devices.
6. Added support to apply the Default Policy of traffic control to each device connected to the guest/local area network.
7. Added support for delivery of traffic reports on the last day of every month.
8. Improved the startup speed of Synology Router after an SRM update.
9. Enhanced the performance of iPhone USB tethering.
10. Unified the behaviors of soft reset on RT1900ac, RT2600ac, and MR2200ac: the username of administrator's account can be customized during the reset.
11. Added support for LCP identification of PPPD settings during a PPPoE connection (required by some ISPs).
12. Added support for the IGMP querier timer for IPTV to enhance compatibility.
13. Added support for connection tests of DNS over HTTPS (DoH).
14. Adjusted the behaviors of data storing: system data will now be respectively stored in each external storage device connected to Synology Router.
15. Updated the valid period of default certificate to 398 days in response to the policy change of Apple.
16. Enhanced the compatibility of WPA2-EAP/WPA3-EAP with RADIUS servers in a mesh Wi-Fi system.

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed the issue where the performance of Synology Router might be reduced when a macOS device connects to it.
2. Fixed the issue where iPhone 11 running iOS 13.2.3 might fail to connect to the WPA3-Enterprise wireless network.
3. Fixed the issue where SRM might fail to send logs of Wi-Fi points to other log servers.
4. Fixed the issue where the wireless network might not work properly after an update of SRM on which configurations have been restored.
5. Fixed the issue where packages might not be downloaded properly from Package Center on RT2600ac.
6. Fixed the issue where interface failover cannot function properly when either of the WAN interfaces is disconnected.
7. Fixed the issue where devices on the guest network might fail to access the Internet when a policy routing rule that directs network traffic through the secondary WAN interface is in place.
8. Fixed the issue where users might not be able to select WAN interfaces upon configuring static routing if the IPTV uses 10 as its VLAN ID.
9. Fixed the issue where SRM might fail to access the Internet via PPPoE when IPTV is enabled.
10. Fixed the issue where IP addresses might not be obtained from ISPs (Internet Service Providers) after Synology Router restarts.
11. Fixed the issue where RT2600ac might fail to access certain HTTP IP addresses when it is in the wireless AP mode.
12. Fixed the issue where the links of traffic reports in notification emails might be invalid when the task names of reports contain special characters.
13. Fixed the issue where the device list on the Traffic Control page might incorrectly display the IP addresses of banned and disconnected devices.
14. Fixed the issue where the status of a user account might be shown as "disabled" immediately after it is scheduled to be disabled on a later date.
15. Fixed the issue where Synology Router in the wireless AP mode might fail to send packets to specified gateways when there are multiple routers and gateways within the local network.
16. Fixed the issue where port forwarding might not work properly with PPPoE connection after Synology Router restarts.
17. Fixed the issue where SRM might fail to send notification emails through mail servers with SSL/TLS settings.
18. Fixed the issue where SNMP messages might not contain correct SRM information.
19. Fixed the issue where SRM might fail to renew the Let's Encrypt certificate.
20. Adjusted the memory parameters for MR2200ac to prevent unexpected restart.

**Security Updates**

1. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding BSD (CVE-2019-20367).
2. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding hostapd (CVE-2019-16275).
3. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities regarding Dnsmasq (CVE-2019-15107 and CVE-2019-14834).
4. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding Linux kernels (CVE-2017-13168).
5. Fixed a security vulnerability regarding CallStranger ([**Synology-SA-20:13**](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F20%5F13?ref=blackvoid.club)).
6. Fixed multiple security vulnerabilities ([**Synology-SA-20:14**](https://www.synology.com/security/advisory/Synology%5FSA%5F20%5F14?ref=blackvoid.club)).

**Known Issues & Limitations**

1. Due to security considerations, if configurations backed up from a mesh Wi-Fi system running SRM 1.2.3 or earlier are restored on the primary Wi-Fi point running SRM 1.2.4 or later, all Wi-Fi points (except the primary one) need to be reset and added to the mesh Wi-Fi system again.
2. Re-login to Synology mobile applications (DS cloud, DS file, DS get, DS router, and Synology VPN Plus) is required after SRM is updated to 1.2.4.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-18-at-13.32.07.png)

Misterious SA-20:14 problem

What is important to stress here is the fact that this patch fixes a number of security problems including the mysterious SA-20:14 as well as an ongoing (currently) SA-20:13.

Personally, I have patched my RT1900 model at the moment, and I will see how it behaves as well as wait a few days to see if there are any major problems with this update that will in return mean Synology will pull it.

So far, nothing funny is going on with the router. The update took about 10min to complete.  
Feel free to comment as always.
### NEW Synology 2.5" SATA and M.2 NVMe SSDs are here
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/b/
Last updated: 2021-01-10T10:00:24.000Z
> UPDATE - 29/09/2020: Synology has just announced a new addition to their 2,5" SSD lineup, SAT 5200 with 3,84TB. Priced at $1.250,00 you can get it right now! More detail info here - [https://www.synology.com/en-global/company/news/article/Larger\_SSD/Synology® Adds 3.84 TB SAT5200 to SSD Lineup](https://www.synology.com/en-global/company/news/article/Larger%5FSSD/Synology%C2%AE%20Adds%203.84%20TB%20SAT5200%20to%20SSD%20Lineup?ref=blackvoid.club)

What a surprise this is. Synology just announced their very own SSDs! Coming in two form factors. 2,5" SATA and M.2 NVMe these new drives have capacities from 400GB all the way to 1,9TB.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-12-at-15.15.35.png)

New SAT5200 SSDs 480GB - 1,9TB

PDF specificiations for 2,5" SSDs are [here](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/Solid-state%20Drives/20-year/SAT5200/enu/Synology%5FSAT5200%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

Price for these models are as follows:

Synology 2.5” SATA SSD 480 GB – Price 179.99$  
Synology 2.5” SATA SSD 960 GB – Price 349.99$  
Synology 2.5” SATA SSD 1920 GB – Price 599.99$

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-12-at-15.15.20.png)

New SNV 3000 models at 400GB

PDF specificationos for M.2 SSDs are [here](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/Solid-state%20Drives/20-year/SNV3000/enu/Synology%5FSNV3000%5FSeries%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club).

Price for these models are as follows:

SNV3400 – M.2 2280 NVMe SSD - Price 149.99$  
SNV3500 – M.2 22110 NVMe SSD - Price 169.99$

It will be sure interesting to see these drives in action and I am sure soon we will. More details can be found on Synology site for both [2.5](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/solid%5Fstate%5Fdrives/SAT5200?ref=blackvoid.club)" and [M.2](https://www.synology.com/en-us/products/solid%5Fstate%5Fdrives/SNV3000?ref=blackvoid.club) models.
### How to join a Mac in Microsoft Active Directory?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/how-to-join-a-mac-in-microsoft-active-directory/
Last updated: 2020-06-12T12:35:05.000Z
If you came here wondering the same questions, I have some bad news. I haven’t been able to join my test Mac into my MS ADDS. Yet.

The reason for this article is to cover all the steps that were taken so far regarding testing and Kerberos configuration, etc, in an effort to bind a macOS based device into a working Microsoft ADDS.

### Why join a Mac into AD in the first place?

Now, this is a valid question. All in all, joining any directory service such as ADDS by Microsoft will not benefit as much as a full-blown Windows PC. Reasons? I will not get into it now in this article but there are many. Keep in mind that accessing network resources in a Microsoft domain can be archived without the need to be a member of the domain. Of course, if you need domain credentials to access those resources you will have to join, so there, that is one reason to do it. As much as there are pros and cons this depends on your company policy and it is best to leave it up to you and your needs.

So what are my needs? Why am I so determined to make this happen? Short version, Office 365\. Long version? Keep reading.

So our company, as many others as well, has decided to move part of our services off-premise and into the cloud. Office and email to start. To make this work, of course, we had to sync our Active Directory into the could as well, and now that that is all done, we can start using our O365 (so all Office apps (Teams included) and email) in the cloud. Simple. The problem now is that we are a 99,9% Windows-based company and with only 10 or so macOS based devices. So, if you want to run O365 version you can run it only on devices that are members of the domain (this is true for your scenario just to be clear). What this means is that any device that is not a current, active, member of the domain, will not be able to use any of O365 services.

Finally, we come to the point of this article. How to join a macOS based device into a Microsoft AD? Considering that there are a ton of articles, videos, and tutorials on how to do this why am I posting this one then? And on top of it, it is not a success story. The reason is simple. I want to document all the steps that I have tried and tested to make this happen so that If you run into some problems you might save yourself a few hours/days of trying different options and configurations.

### Prerequisites

Before you try and go down this path some things need to be in place for this bond to happen.

1. Running and functional ADDS setup
2. Functional DNS (forward and reverse lookup zones)
3. Time sync has to on both your domain controller and your mac clients
4. Network “visibility” on ports 389, 88, 53
5. No firewalls in place that might cause any problems

I will skip the part of setting up a domain but be sure that you can add and authenticate into that domain with a windows based device before going forward. This way you will know that there are no major or minor problems with the domain itself as well as your ADDS and DNS.

Adding a mac to your domain will require some modifications and configuration upfront before you start clicking away.

### Mac settings and configuration prerequisites

Be sure to have network visibility with your domain and DNS server (if its a single server then both roles are there). Change your network IP address to match your Active Directory subnet so that your Mac and your server that talk to each other without any problems. To do this open **System Preferences** \> **Network**.

Here you can change your IP, subnet mask, and move into advanced settings as needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-12-at-12.57.58.png)

Add a static IP address to your Mac

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-12-at-12.58.07.png)

DNS and domain parameters pointing to your domain controler

Now that we have configured a static IP address for your mac client, be sure that you can talk to your server. Open up Terminal application and simply use 

`ping yourServerIPAddress`

to see if there is any communication going. If there is, great, if not, be sure that you have entered a correct IP address and that your mac and server are actually on the same network, to begin with.

> NOTE: Also take down all Windows firewalls on the server-side as they can be the reason that you are unable to communicate with your server

### Time to join

To [join](https://support.apple.com/guide/directory-utility/configure-domain-access-diru11f4f748/5.0/mac/10.13?ref=blackvoid.club) your mac into a domain you can do it via terminal or via System Preferences. Let’s see how this will look via user interface first.

Again, open up System Preferences and go to **Users & Groups**. Click the lock icon in the bottom left, authenticate with your mac local account and now click the “**Login Option**” button.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.35.28.png)

It all starts with the Join button in Users & Groups

As you can see there is a the “**Join**” button on the right side. Click that and let’s move forward. In the **Server** parameter field, enter your domain controller IP address or its FQDN ([myserver.mydomain.something](http://myserver.mydomain.something/?ref=blackvoid.club) for example). In the picture below I have decided to use its IP address.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.36.00.png)

One way to add a Mac to the domain by simply typing the IP address of the domain controler

As soon as you finish typing its name or IP, it will expand to offer your 3 things. Your computer domain name (populated), your domain user account that has sufficient permissions to add objects to the domain (main administrator account can be used here for example) and that users password.

If all is well and configured clicking OK button will complete the procedure in matter of seconds and you will get a confirmation that your Mac has joined the domain. But if it doesn’t work you will get any number of errors, so let’s see those.

### Unable to add server - Authentication server could not be contacted (Error 5200)

This is the probably the top searched error on the Internet when it comes to adding your macs into a domain.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.36.21.png)

Unable to join the domain, resulting in error 5xxx (5200 in this case)

Considering that the image does not offer too many useful details, You might think that adding your Mac using the **Directory Utility** app will help. It won’t. Before we provoke the same error from a different angle lets see how to actually add a Mac using the long way around that will also offer some additional options.

If we go back to the point of clicking the **Join** button under Users & Groups and instead of typing in the IP address in the server field we open Directory Utility using its button, we will have a number of options. In the next 4 images, I will type in the description what needs to be done in order to add your mac to the domain.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.36.42.png)

Click the lock and then select the AD service

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.37.10.png)

Enter all the values needed and then click the Bind... button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.37.34.png)

Enter your AD credentials

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.37.40.png)

Same 5200 error in a different popup

As we can see there is the same result only in a different popup window and with even less information on top of that. Just great right? Well to get around this and actually get some more information we will need to consult the Console. Before you start the bind process again using the steps above, open the Console app on your Mac. This is a real-time console that will register anything happening on your Mac at any given time, including errors.

Now repeat the steps and as soon as you get an error switch to the Console and scroll back until you find **opendirectory** in the Process column.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-13.40.53.png)

Error 5200 from the Console view pointing to the KDC error

As the image shows, our 5200 error is actually translated to this: 

> *KDC is unreachable - unable to reach any KDC in realm YOURDOMAIN, tried 0 KDC*.

Well, now at least we have something to go on. What this error means is that your mac is missing a Kerberos config file that it is trying to read to locate valid domain realms to authenticate against. Why it needs that is beyond me, but unlike a full blow windows pc, this is something that needs to in place.

The location of the file is **/etc/krb5.conf**. More info on this here: [https://github.com/Microsoft/vscode-mssql/wiki/How-to-enable-Integrated-Authentication-on-macOS-and-Linux-using-Kerberos](https://github.com/Microsoft/vscode-mssql/wiki/How-to-enable-Integrated-Authentication-on-macOS-and-Linux-using-Kerberos?ref=blackvoid.club)

What needs to be done is create a file in /etc (if its missing) or edit it.

```
sudo vi /etc/krb5.conf

[libdefaults]
  default_realm = DOMAIN.COMPANY.COM
 
[realms]
DOMAIN.COMPANY.COM = {
   kdc = dc-33.domain.company.com
}

```

> NOTE: Domain must be in ALL CAPS!

If we try to add our machine to the domain we will see that there is no longer a 5200 error! Great. Hopefully your journey ends here. If not, keep reading.

### Unable to connect to server - Make sure that this computer is setting date and time automatically using the same network time server as the AD server

This error can pop up also using the Directory Utility panel and as much as its pointing us in the direction of an error it is still not clear if this is correct or not. In my case, the server and Mac device are in sync regarding time so the problem is not there. Just to point out, if at any point, your Mac ends up being over 5 min our of sync regarding time with your domain controller, you will not be able to join at all, or if your device is already a member of the domain your users will not be able to log on until you fix the time gap.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/Screenshot-2020-06-11-at-18.22.58.png)

Error 2000 in the shape of potential Time and Date problem

So at the moment, this is where I am. Stuck in time. Just to finish up with a terminal-based bind example and how this particular error reports in the same.

### Bind via Terminal

In order to add a Mac via terminal you can use *dsconfigad* command. Start Terminal and type the following:

`dsconfigad -prefered yourserver.YOURDOMAIN.SOMETHING -a nameOfYourDevice -domain YOURDOMAIN.SOMETHING -u administrator -p 'yourDomainPassword'`

In the case of this Unable to connect to server error, you will get this message in the Terminal app: “**Node name wasn't found. (2000)**”. Now, this is something that just like error 5200 is in a million places and for the most part, time difference is the main problem and solution for this error. However, in my case, this is still an open investigation. I will keep looking into this and write back any more errors or hopefully a solution to this little endeavor.
### WWDC 2020 - Apple in ARM(s)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-apple-in-arm-s/
Last updated: 2020-06-12T10:07:17.000Z
It is 10 days until WWDC 2020\. As I wrote [last ](https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-has-gone-virtual-magic-keyboard-for-everyone/)month, this will be the first time that the conference will be held as a virtual keynote and all the sessions will be remote as well.

Yesterday, Apple has sent a nice newsletter preparing everyone for the upcoming event.

Like previous years, the event will be held at Apple Park with an event keynote starting on June 22nd, 10 a.m PDT.

After the keynote, at 2 pm there will be “Platforms State of the Union”, a session about the latest changes on Apple platforms.

In the following days (23rd-26th) there will be over 100 engineering sessions about new tech and design principles for the next generation of apps as well as 1-on-1 developer labs for in-depth guidance on implementing new features.

### PPC > Intel > ARM - Apple jumping to it’s own CPUs

I would like to focus a bit more on this topic. If recent leaks are to be trusted, we might even see new MacBooks with Apples own new ARM CPU being announced on this years WWDC. This shouldn’t come as a surprise considering that Apple is no stranger to switching architecture every now and then.

Last time this was done, was also during WWDC 2005, when late Steve Jobs announced a transition from PPC to x86 (Intel CPUs). The main driver then was “we want to make the best computers possible”, and it looks like Apple has decided to stick with that mindset. The reason for this is of course is that Intel has had a number of public major incidents and exploit problems that date back to CPUs even a decade old. Also, Apple has been developing its own CPUs since 2008 and looks like the time has come to put them in their Mac lineup as well.

This is great if you ask me, and if anyone can do it right, it’s Apple. The main question now is what is gonna happen with app support on the new architecture? Last time users that were using old PPC applications but wanted to get a new Intel-based Mac needed to use the Rosetta Stone platform until an app was rewritten to support x86\. Will this time be the same or is Apple cooking something under the hood that will “just work”?

I this its the latter. Last few years we can see that Apple is also moving in a direction that will allow them to run iOS/iPadOS apps on the Mac thanks to “[Project Catalyst](https://developer.apple.com/mac-catalyst/?ref=blackvoid.club)”. With this in mind, buying a new ARM CPU based Mac could also mean that all current apps will also “just run” on the new Macs. Of course, this is yet to be seen, and I can't wait for Craig Federighi to tell us all about this in the upcoming new version of iOS14 and macOS 10.16.

### More new hardware!

Another news (leak) in the past few days, was that Apple might introduce a new iMac using a new form design that will mimic the current iPad Pro look. Yes please! As an iMac user (had two so far), I can say that I really like them. True, the main driver initially was limited space that couldn’t accommodate a full blow tower as well as the price of a Mac Pro. Also, I didn’t need that much horsepower, so an iMac best of both worlds. It was slim, fast, had a great GPU and I could place it pretty much anywhere. Since then I have moved to a much larger house with an office of my own but still, at the moment, I have a 2017/18 iMac that’s more than enough for my needs.

> New iMac incoming at WWDC. iPad Pro design language, with Pro Display like bezels. T2 chip, AMD Navi GPU, and no more fusion drive
> 
> — Sonny Dickson (@SonnyDickson) [June 9, 2020](https://twitter.com/SonnyDickson/status/1270339867491184644?ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=blackvoid.club)

Saying that, it will still be very exciting to see a brand new iMac look that hasn’t changed since 2008 (apart from going way slimmer in 2012 until today).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/image-1.png)

New iMac 2020 concept

Will this new iMac have a new ARM CPU? Maybe but current whispers are mentioning Pro Display (like the new Pro display introduced with MacPro), T2 chip, AMD Navi GPU, and no more fusion drive (thank God for that, not that I ever had ones, but still). Now CPU was not mentioned here, but considering that the new Macbooks might be for sale just after the WWDC event, it shouldn’t come as a surprise that we will be able to get our hands on an iMac with ARM-based CPU soon after that.

### What about new iPhone 12?

Well COVID-19 has made a lot of problems worldwide and Apple has felt it too. Having this event in virtual form is proof enough, but if the rumors are true, we won’t see the new iPhone in its usual September release. Some say it will, some say it won’t, but guessing if there will be a delay, it won’t be too long. Considering this is a developer conference I think we won’t see too much info regarding the new HW lineup, at least not all of them. Still, it will be interesting to see what new devices, services, and software Apple has in store to make us pay a pretty penny. Ten days and counting. Thoughts?
### DSM 6.2.3-25426 update - 16TB volume false positive problems
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-3-25426-update-16tb-volume-false-positive-problems/
Last updated: 2020-06-03T10:25:51.000Z
It looks like that since this update has hit the net it has caused problems on multiple fronts. One of the main problems that were reported was the fact that the Storage Manager has started reporting potential volume data corruption on specific models that can take up to 16TB large volumes.

On May 13th DSM update 6.2.3-25426 was released. Even though it is almost the same as the [25423 ](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-3-25423-update-new-update-new-problems/)version before it, this release has several fixes and changes:

```
1. This update includes fixes to the below issues mentioned in 6.2.3-25423.
* Fixed the issue where the automatic mounting of encrypted shared folders might result in the loss of indexing rules and the failure of the search function.
* Fixed the issue where the Synology NAS equipped with NVMe device might be woken up from hibernation by the update of NVMe device's health status cache.

2. This update will restart your Synology NAS.

3. Removed the support for Google Cloud Print in DSM 6.2.3 and above.

4. To avoid the interruption of iSCSI service, the automatic DSM update and your power schedule to shut down may not be executed as expected if there are any active iSCSI sessions.

5. Removed TWNIC from the list of DDNS service providers on DSM 6.2.3 since TWNIC will stop accepting new registrations for DSM as of Jul. 1,2020. Your current WNIC DDNS services can still be used and edited but will not be available again once deleted from DSM.

6. This is the last major DSM version (6.2) that supports the video 
conversion to .flv and MPEG-4 Part 2 on certain models (RS814, RS214, 
DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS216se, DS215j, DS214+, DS214, DS214se, 
DS213j, DS120j, DS119j, DS115, DS115j, and DS114) in consideration of 
the termination of Adobe's support for Flash Player by the end of 2020.

```

None of these changes have anything to do with volume changes, so when users started getting these warnings in their Storage Manager, there was a bit of panic going on around:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/EZknPS1XsAAY1N3.png)

Storage Manager warnings on NAS units with 32bit CPUs and 16TB volumes

As we can see from the image above, if you are running with a 16TB volume, you might end up with this warning telling you the following:

There might be a risk of data corruption because the usage of Storage Pool 1 has exceeded this model's 16 TB limitation. Please back up the data on Storage Pool 1 immediately to prevent unrecoverable data loss.

Storage Pool info shows a Capacity of 16.36TB, Used Capacity 16TB and Available Capacity 0.

The official information that you get from Synology support regarding this matter is this:

*This issue has to do with the 32-bit CPU used in older models. Basically, these models could only handle up to 232 addresses, which is where the 16 TB limit comes from: 232 times 4,096 bytes = 16 TB.*

*The issue is that Synology recently discovered a critical overflow issue that can cause data corruption if the total size (not used size) of volumes in a storage pool exceeds 16 TB in a 32-bit NAS. Thus, we suggest that you keep the volume at or below 16 TB and don't migrate your storage pool to enable multiple volume support. If your volume is less than or equal to 16 TB you can keep using the volume, but if you have a storage pool with volumes totaling more than 16 TB we strongly recommend backing up your data and removing the excess volumes.*

*If you need to expand storage we recommend the following:*

1. *Create multiple storage pools, the size of each storage pool should be no larger than 16 TB.*
2. *Migrate your disks to a NAS with a 108 or 200 TB limit, which will have a 64-bit CPU, and recreate the volume to remove the 16 TB limit if necessary."*

So yeah, sounds like if you're on a 32-bit model you're fine as long as you don't have more than 16 TB of usable capacity on a single RAID.

There are multiple pages of users reporting this error in the last 10 days in the official thread opened on the community site [here](https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/1/post/133987?page=1&sort=oldest&ref=blackvoid.club).

Now, just today we have had an official Synology employee respond to the thread as well with the following info:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/image.png)

StevenK from Synology on Jun 3rd, 2020 on the matter of volume problems in 25426 update

**The "Not recommended for continued use" warning is a false alarm**  
  
*After investigation, we confirmed that there are no underlying issues with your Storage Pool and Volumes, this message will be removed in the next DSM update.*  
  
**Details**  
*Two issues resulted in the false positive. The first one was an improperly configured detection rule, currently most 32bit devices with >16TB Storage Pools will incorrectly display the warning.*  
  
*The error message itself was intended to be shown only in a specific scenario where a >16TB Storage Pool was created on 32bit devices and due to an initialization issue, would cause your volume(s) on that Storage Pool to be prone to the data corruption mentioned.*   
  
*However, we have also just verified that this scenario will not occur under normal usage conditions because if the initialization issues had occurred, you will have been unable to successfully finish creating volumes through the Storage Manager user interface.*  
  
*The root initialization issue itself has been resolved in DSM 6.2.3.*

This message was posted by StevenK (@stevenk on Jun 3rd, 2020). I have information from another Synology US source that even thought this information was posted, all reported tickets are being investigated on the matter to make sure that this issue is indeed a false positive. Still, if you are not in any hurry, or release notes do not resolve any matter that you might be experiencing first hand, you might want to hold off on updating until the next patch.
### k6 - load and performance testing platform
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/k6-load-and-performance-testing-platform/
Last updated: 2020-05-30T06:27:37.000Z
Ever wanted to test out how fast your site was? Then you probably heard of JMeter? Well, today I would like to turn your attention to an open-source platform that’s not running in a UI under Java (?!?!) but rather from the command line. The best part is, your can Docker it.

## Loadimpact is now k6

If you ever needed or wanted to run any type of smoke, soak, or stress tests, you probably heard of Loadimpact.com. Well, they have decided to rebrand as k6 Cloud. Still, as much as you can use their services from their cloud, you can use the complete solutions and pull it from [GitHub](https://github.com/loadimpact/k6?ref=blackvoid.club) if you want to run it locally.

If you are more like me, and running in Docker would be your choice, then just pull this image from [Docker Hub](https://hub.docker.com/r/loadimpact/k6?ref=blackvoid.club).

So what is this all about? The idea behind this article is just to show you how simple it is to simulate visits on your site (or any web service) and the time needed for visitors to be presented with your content. Considering that you might want to see what would happen if you get an increased number of users in a specific time frame (let's say 10 or 100 users in 30 sec), k6 can help you simulate those requests and stress test your infrastructure and Internet speed to give you the overall idea where the problem might be.

Now in this article, I simply want to get you started. If you chose to dig deep, you can consult a detailed [documentation](https://k6.io/docs/?ref=blackvoid.club) on k6 website and start writing your own scripts.

## Running k6 in Docker

Unlike most other Docker images that require volumes, ports, configurations, variables, etc, with k6 you simply need to download the image to your Docker platform, configure the script to your liking and run a single docker run command. That’s it. Let’s see this in action.

**Step 01** \- Log into your NAS via SSH as root and run **docker pull loadimpact/k6** command. In case you just didn’t understand a word I wrote, you could use Synology Docker UI to download the image by going into the Image section of Docker, and after searching the image name, click the Download button.

**Step 02** \- On your NAS find a folder of your choice and inside it create a JS file with an optional name, let’s say **script.js**. The content of the file can be this:

```
import http from 'k6/http';
import { sleep } from 'k6';

export default function() {
  http.get('http://yourWebSite');
  sleep(1);
}

```

> Keep in mind to change the URL parameter. Save the file and let’s move to the next step.

**Step 03** \- Now you will have to log into your NAS via SSH to run the docker run command and start testing. In case you don’t know how to log into your NAS via SSH here is a quick 101 course.

Go to **Control Panel** \> **Terminal** and activate SSH option (default, port 22)

Now open up your **Terminal app** (Linux/macOS) or **PUTTY** (Windows) and enter the following:

Linux/Mac: `ssh yourDSMaccount@yourNASIPaddress`

Windows (via PUTTY): In the **Host Name** field enter your **NAS IP address** and click **Open** on the bottom

In any case, you will need to enter your username and password for your user that you are logging in. After you have connected next we need to elevate your session to root access.

**Step 04** \- Run the following command to elevate: **sudo -i** and hit return. Now enter your regular DSM password. After that, your command prompt should register root access.

**Step 05** \- Run the following command and change the path to your script that you created in step 2 to match.

`docker run -i loadimpact/k6 run - </volume1/yourfolderlocation/script.js`

**Step 06** \- Watch the results.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-30-at-08.20.45.png)

Single virtual user test

That’s it, you are done. As you can see from the results lot of details for such a small and quick script. If you want to test out multiple users over a longer period of time then you can run this command line.

`docker run -i loadimpact/k6 run --vus 10 --duration 30s - </volume1/yourfolderlocation/script.js`

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-30-at-08.21.36.png)

Test with 10 users over 30 sec period

In this test VUS (virtual users) were increased to 10 and the duration is 30 seconds. The results look a bit different and give you the overall numbers what might happen if 10 users over 30 secs access your site.

Using custom scripts you can make an intensive and custom test, but for now, that will be it. Keep in mind that you can also output these metrics and results to InfluxDB automatically (and I might test that out that as some point and write back), so you have a lot of options.

I hope this will be interesting, especially to people who self-host and want to get more insight into how their environment behaves towards the outside world. As always, any comments are welcome on this topic in the comment section below.
### DSM 7 new features that might come
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-new-features-that-might-come/
Last updated: 2020-08-18T21:13:23.000Z
About a month ago I have had an opportunity to get some information regarding some potential changes regarding DSM7 and some of its features as well as some apps and services that will come at some point in time.

Considering the whole COVID-19 situation as well as Synology decision even before COVID to [prolong DSM7 preview rollout](https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-delayed-again/), please keep the following disclaimer in mind:

> *Any information in this particular article is prone to change and might not even make it in the final version of DSM7\. No images will be posted because of it but details info will.*

Now, considering that the official postpone of preview was announced in February does not mean that it won’t happen this year, but at the moment I wouldn’t hold my breath. When some information on that front comes to light I will share it.

## Potential features in DSM7

As I said before, any of these features might go through major or minor changes by the time DSM7 hits the market or they might completely be removed. So what can we expect? I have posted a few questions just to get the general idea, and many under the hood changes are happening. As you can see from the previous post about DSM7 and YT videos, speed was advertised as one of the most noticeable change. Still, in the following list, I will not focus on how fast the UI opens but rather are there any new “gems” that we might expect.

So here is the list of 10 points of which some might not make it, and some are 100% certain to come.

1. Active Backup for Business (Mac support) - still not on the software release calendar, meaning it won't be any time soon. But, it will arrive at some point. Probably not on DSM7 day one.
1. User & Groups control panel - There might be a Delegate menu button that will allow admins to give none admin accounts special permissions using permission viewer. At the moment there are seven permission categories and they are as follows:

> a) **Local user and group management** (delegate permissions to create, edit and delete users and groups)

> b) **Directory account and group management** (delegate permissions to edit directory users and groups, and to update domain information)

> c) **Shared folder management** (Delegate permissions to create, edit, and delete shared folders as well as assign shared folder permissions to existing users and groups)

> d) **Access control and management** (Delegate permissions to manage blocklists, protected accounts and trusted clients)

> e) **System monitoring** (Delegate permissions to monitor the system status in Info Center and Resource Monitor)

> f) **System service management** (Delegate permissions to update and repair packages as well as to assign applications privileges to existing users and groups)

> g) **Hyper Backup management** (Delegate permissions to execute backup tasks for Hyper Backup)

1. Control panel redesign to reduce the total number of sections - some options were combined into new sections and removed as a dedicate icon (like DDNS, router and QC for example)
1. PhotoStation & Moments replaced with Photos app - this is 100% coming and probably on day one.
1. SMB service split off the DSM OS code - SMB will be a separate package for faster security threat mitigation. We have seen this happen for some services and apps in the past like iSCSI and File Station for example, so this will probably see the light of day
1. [Hybrid Share](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) \- will use the same billing plan for all your C2 storage in HS but only Hyper Backup can access Hyper Backup files and only Hybrid Share can be accessed by File Station. This makes sense, considering that HS is DSM shared folders living in C2\. More info in the article linked.
1. Hybrid Share decryption tool - access HS data without the NAS. This will be the same principle as the Hyper Backup desktop tool and getting to your data from a secondary NAS or C2 without the need of your primary NAS.
1. Hybrid Share requirements - DSM7, BTRFS, 2GB+ RAM, external network access. Now, these are the current requirements. This will probably mean that not all models will support HS but this will likely change over time.
1. Storage Pool rename and volume shrink - There will still be no option to rename your pool or to shrink it if it's too large.
1. DSM themes - still there will only be light/dark mode options, no additional themes or options to officially customize it outside the usual settings (wallpaper, log, login box, etc.).

One more thing to mention here. These informations are from a working DSM 7.0 (better yet VDSM) and again, all prone to any number of changes. **Please do not consider anything mentioned here as final by any means**, but might give you the idea of the direction that Synology is going with certain elements of DSM.

What are your thoughts on these potential changes and new features? Have you signed up for the upcoming preview of DSM 7?
### LIFX & PLEX webook integration via Docker
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/lifx-plex-webook-integration-via-docker/
Last updated: 2020-05-19T13:22:47.000Z
In this short article, I would like to focus on Plex and LIFX integration using webhooks. In case you are not familiar with webhooks, it is a method that allows you to alter the behavior of a web page (or service) with an HTTP callback. More info here: [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Webhook](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Webhook?ref=blackvoid.club)

In case that you own some [LIFX](https://www.lifx.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) hardware (lights, stripes, etc…) and you want to automate them while using your Plex media platform, well there is a way to make that happen.

All credits go to philosowaffle [https://github.com/philosowaffle/plex-lifx-webhook](https://github.com/philosowaffle/plex-lifx-webhook?ref=blackvoid.club) for making a Python script that makes all of this happen.

> *NOTE: to make this run on your NAS you will have to have a bit of advanced knowledge and ability to log into your NAS via SSH as well as know-how to work with the Docker platform.*

You can run and configure this on their NAS (or any device that’s running Python and has all other dependencies installed), however, I have decided to pack it up inside a docker image just to keep it clean and not install several smaller support repositories all over DSM OS (some of them are deprecated and outdated). If you decide to install everything needed on your NAS directly, you might wanna watch [this](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=on3LRovqyyY&ref=blackvoid.club) video to see how this solution works, and how to install and configure it on your Synology NAS.

As you can read from the README file posted on the URL above you will need to install the following (or have it all inside your docker image):

```
Python 2.7
flask
colorthief
numpy
pifx==0.0.3

```

> *NOTE: Keep in mind that I have tried to compile this image using Python 3, but the solution didn’t work correctly. 2.7 version works just fine.*

### Running it in Docker

So after you clone the repository and download it to your NAS, you will need to build the Docker image in order to create a container from it. To make this work follow these steps.

1. Download the repository to a destination of your choice on your NAS (for this example the destination folder is plex-lifx-webhook and will be used in the steps that follow)

a) make changes to the config.ini file and configure the values to your settings (API, name of themes, webserver port, etc..)

1. Log into your NAS via SSH (make sure that SSH service is active on your NAS. If it’s not, then go to Control Panel > Terminal and activate it
1. Open up Terminal (macOS/Linux) or PUTTY (Windows) application and log into your NAS:

`ssh yournasusername@yourNASIPaddress`

1. Elevate to root by typing `sudo -i` and then entering your account password again
1. Prepare Dockerfile file and place it inside the repository location that you have downloaded in step 1.

> *NOTE: Make sure that this is a file without any extension. Edit it using any text editor but keep it plain text and again, without any extension.*

Content of the dockerfile are as follows:

```
FROM python:2.7
COPY . /plex-lifx-webhook
RUN pip install -r /plex-lifx-webhook/requirements.txt
WORKDIR /plex-lifx-webhook
COPY plexlifx.py .
CMD ["python", "./plexlifx.py"]
EXPOSE 5100

```

1. Once you have placed Dockerfile inside the folder, go back to your elevated root command prompt and run this command `docker build --tag plexlifx:1.0 .` from the root of that repository folder (where the Dockerfile is located).

This will initiate the steps in the Dockerfile and start building the image. It shouldn’t take more than a few minutes to complete, but that will depend on your Internet speed and the time it takes to download everything needed.

> *NOTE: Keep in mind that some installation steps will jump with a warning regarding that some versions of platforms used in this process are old and deprecated considering that the script hasn’t been updated in a few years. Just ignore them.*

After the process is complete you will have an image visible in your Synology Docker UI. This can be run via Docker compose file, but it is a simple image that doesn’t require any specific elements apart from a single config file volume, so I will present these next steps using the Synology Docker UI to keep it simple and more user friendly.

Before we actually set up this container, make sure that the **config.ini** file that you have modified before is copied to your NAS into a folder where you will make a volume mapping so that you can make changes to the LIFX setup as you please.

In the following series of images, I will show the process of creating this container.

After you select your image from the **Image** tab and click the **Launch** button follow the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-19-at-15.07.05.png)

Set up the name and resources and then click the Advanced button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-19-at-15.07.43.png)

Configure config.ini mapping using the Add File button

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-19-at-15.07.54.png)

Configure the port (same as the one in the config.ini file

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-19-at-15.08.20.png)

Recap and create the container

Now that you have your container up and running, you can test it by accessing it via your browser. Go to **http://yourNASIP:5100** (if this is the port you have used) and you should get a message like an image below.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-19-at-15.09.04.png)

Page that will be displayed when you access your container via browser

This is fine as the webserver for this specific need is expecting a POST action with a JSON package, not a classing HTTP GET command.

### PLEX configuration and connection to LIFX contianer

One final thing that needs to be done here is to actually connect Plex with this LIFX container. To do this, just go to your Plex server page, and under Settings > Webhooks, add a webhook by entering the same URL as before, **http://yourNASIP:5100**. Save changes and let the magic begin.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-19-at-15.19.13.png)

Add your LIFX container URL in Plex webhook section

Now, each time you play/resume or stop/pause, your lights will react to the settings you have configured in your LIFX app. Use the same theme names in config.ini and after each change, restart the container for changes to apply.

Visiting the container log, you will be able to see status POST 200 (OK) for each play/resume/stop/pause action, meaning that your container is working as intended and triggering lights depending on your Plex actions.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-15-at-10.46.49.png)

Container log will register all the events

Thanks to my friend Teo for pushing me to make this happen for him and I hope his wife is not going crazy right now ;).
### qBittorrent via VPN docker container running on Synology NAS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/qbittorrent-via-vpn-docker-container-running-on-synology-nas/
Last updated: 2024-09-26T21:42:59.000Z
## Table of Contents

: [Running container UI on a custom non-8080 port](#customport)  
: [Check the tun module status](#tun)  
: [How to check if you are running inside the VPN?](#check)

- [UPDATE: How to use this VPN qBittorrent container as a gateway for any other container](#gateway)
- [UPDATE: How to run NordVPN via Lynx protocol with Transmission client](#lynx)
- [UPDATE: How to run NordVPN via OpenVPN protocol with qBittorrent client (suitable for DSM7 restricted mode)](#vpndsm7)
- [UPDATE: How to run qBittorent client via Surfshark (Wireguard) protocol with Gluetun VPN](#gluetunwg)

---

💡

****UPDATE**: added a docker-compose stack that runs ****qBittorent** via ****Wireguard (Surfshark)** protocol in combination with ****Gluetun** VPN

📢

****UPDATE**: added warnings for running these examples under DSM 7! Changes to the ****privileged:true** and the need for ****cap\_add** and ****devices** parameters

📢

****UPDATE**: added a docker-compose stack that runs ****NordVPN** via ****OpenVPN** protocol in combination with a ****qBittorrent** client

📢

****UPDATE**: added a docker-compose stack that runs ****NordVPN** via their ****Lynx** (****Wireguard**) protocol for faster downloads in combination with a ****Transmission** client

📢

****UPDATE**: added an alternative docker-compose section in case you want to run this container on a custom non-8080 port: "****Running container UI on a custom non-8080 port**"

📢

****UPDATE**: added a section on the bottom about using this VPN container as a gateway for any other container to tunnel that traffic inside the VPN as well

---

🗒️

****NOTE**: With the new ****DSM 7** most containers that run in ****privileged mode will not work**. Because of that, I have added a few images ****on the bottom** that run fine in DSM 7 so consider running them. Those images are a ****combination of two containers (VPN and client)** that run as a single stack. You can run it using the ****Portainer** platform that can be configured following the article [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/).

---

Personally, I don’t use torrents. My preferred choice is Usenet. Still, every now and then people tend to ask me how to set up docker containers, and most often is how to set up a torrent client with VPN protection.

I have written in the [past](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/) how to utilize a VPN on your NAS and one method of tunneling your torrent traffic via your NAS and a VPN connection is using a VDSM instance that will be protected with a VPN and in return, any other app running under that VDSM instance will be protected as well.

Now, this is useful if you will be using that same instance for more than just torrenting. If you are looking for an occasional torrent download, then maybe a docker container will be far less resource-demanding, not to mention that you will not need a VDSM license (unless you have the free license still open to use).

In these steps, I will explain a bit about how to use qBittorrent client in combination with a VPN provider of your choice. For this, I will use [https://hub.docker.com/r/markusmcnugen/qbittorrentvpn](https://hub.docker.com/r/markusmcnugen/qbittorrentvpn?ref=blackvoid.club) image.

1. Download the image from docker repository
2. Log into your NAS via SSH and elevate to root  
a) use sudo -i to get root access
3. Create openvpn folder inside the future /config location where you will copy your OVPN file of choice
4. Run the following docker run as a single line and change the settings to match your needs.

```
docker run --privileged -d \
              --name=qbittorrent
              -v /your/config/path/:/config \
              -v /your/downloads/path/:/downloads \
              -e "VPN_ENABLED=yes" \
	      -e "VPN_USERNAME=your_VPN_username" \
	      -e "VPN_PASSWORD=your_VPN_password" \
              -e "LAN_NETWORK=192.168.1.0/24" \
              -e "NAME_SERVERS=8.8.8.8,8.8.4.4" \
              -p 8080:8080 \
              -p 8999:8999 \
              -p 8999:8999/udp \
              markusmcnugen/qbittorrentvpn

```

🗒️

****DSM 7 changes** to the above docker run command line! The above docker run is for DSM 6! If you are running on DSM 7 please remove ****\--privileged** switch, and add ****\--cap-add=NET\_ADMIN** as well as ****\--device=/dev/net/tun**. 

Keep in mind that you need to run this as a single line so just delete each \\ and replace it with a single space

Or run the following docker-compose file (via [Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/) stacks option for example):

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  qbittorrent:
    image: markusmcnugen/qbittorrentvpn:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    privileged: true
    container_name: qbittorrent
    volumes:
      - "/your/config/path/:/config"
      - "/your/downloads/path/:/downloads"
    ports:
      - "8080:8080"
      - "8999:8999"
      - "8999:8999/udp"
    environment:
      - "VPN_ENABLED=yes"
      - "VPN_USERNAME=your_VPN_username"
      - "VPN_PASSWORD=your_VPN_password"
      - "LAN_NETWORK=192.168.1.0/24"
      - "NAME_SERVERS=8.8.8.8,8.8.4.4"
    restart: always

```

🗒️

****DSM 7 changes** to the above docker-compose! The above docker-compose is for DSM 6! If you are running on DSM 7 please remove ****privileged:true** switch, and add `cap_add: - net_admin` and `devices: - /dev/net/tun` as described at the end of the article in the DSM 7 examples.

---

## 
  
  
## Running container UI on a custom non-8080 port

This is just an alternative to the compose above in case you want to run this container on another port other than 8080 for whatever reason.

```
version: "3.5"

services:
  qbittorrent:
    image: markusmcnugen/qbittorrentvpn:latest
    network_mode: "bridge"
    privileged: true
    container_name: qbittorrent
    volumes:
      - "/your/config/path/:/config"
      - "/your/downloads/path/:/downloads"
    ports:
      - "8085:8085"
      - "8999:8999"
      - "8999:8999/udp"
    environment:
      - "VPN_ENABLED=yes"
      - "VPN_USERNAME=your_VPN_username"
      - "VPN_PASSWORD=your_VPN_password"
      - "LAN_NETWORK=192.168.1.0/24"
      - "NAME_SERVERS=8.8.8.8,8.8.4.4"
      - "WEBUI_PORT=8085"
    restart: always

```

🗒️

****NOTE**: if you want to run on a port other than 8080 then use the `WEBUI_PORT` variable and set the value. On top of this, you will have to change the port mappings on ****both** the local and container side. So make sure both sites match the value you have set in the variable (8085 in this example)

Once you start the container in the end you might not be able to access the WebUI on that custom port, just **restart** the container again and then try. Until the `/config/qBittorent.conf` file has **both** values set in it, it will not work:

```
WebUI\Port=8085
WebUIPort=8085

```

Once you have both of those values in the config file you should be able to access your web UI on a custom port.

---

**The most important option here is the fact that you will need to make an* **openvpn** *folder inside your config mount point. This is explained in the steps, but if you are not reading carefully you might miss it. In that folder drop the OVPN file that you wanna use.*

Getting OVPN files from your provider will depend on the provider and also some providers use different username/password combinations that are different from your login credentials to use their service, so keep that in mind as well when filling out the configuration parameters.

So, for example, let's say that you will use this location for your **config** volume mount: **/volume1/docker/qbittorrent**. You will need to make OpenVPN folder **inside** that qbittorrent folder and copy the OVPN file inside it.

1. Now that you have your container running, check the logs for any error and if all is well you should have the container running.
2. Access the qBittorrent using your NAS IP address on port 8080

If you get an error in the log saying "**Cannot open TUN/TAP dev /dev/net/tun**", read the next section, if all is well, skip to "**How to check if you are running inside the VPN?**"

### I get the "ERROR: Cannot open TUN/TAP dev /dev/net/tun: No such file or directory (errno=2)"

🗒️

****NOTE**: All credits for this fix go to Rui Marinho (@ruipmarinho) at [https://ruimarinho.github.io/post/fix-tun-tap-not-available-on-a-synology-nas/](https://ruimarinho.github.io/post/fix-tun-tap-not-available-on-a-synology-nas/?ref=blackvoid.club)

If this error happens please follow the steps described below:

## 
  
  
## Check the tun module status

Check if you have the `tun`module installed:

`lsmod | grep tun`

If the result comes out empty, try installing it:

```
insmod /lib/modules/tun.ko

```

If everything went fine, move on to the next test.

#### Test if the tun.ko module works

Now let’s make sure the `tun.ko`module works as expected (run each line one at a time. If you get errors that the locations already exist just keep running the next line):

```
mkdir /dev/net
mknod /dev/net/tun c 10 200
chmod 600 /dev/net/tun
cat /dev/net/tun

```

If the result of the `cat`command was `File descriptor in bad state`, it means the module has been correctly installed.

#### Make tun.ko module persistent

The module installation needs to be made persistent otherwise on every Synology restart, you’ll have to repeat the `insmod` command.

Create the following file to run on every system boot:

```
vi /usr/local/etc/rc.d/tun.sh

```

This will open up a tun.sh file and inside it copy this block and hit return:

```
#!/bin/sh -e

insmod /lib/modules/tun.ko
EOF

```

Make the script executable:

```
chmod a+x /usr/local/etc/rc.d/tun.sh

```

Reboot your Synology NAS or execute the script manually once. Done!

## 
  
  
## How to check if you are running inside the VPN?

Now that you have it running the question is are you inside the VPN or not. The easy way to test this is to use the Docker UI Terminal tab (of via console inside Portainer if you are running that as well) and open up a bash command.

Inside the command line, run this command: 

`curl ifconfig.me`

This command will contact the service that will in return tell you what’s your public IP address. If you have a public address that’s different from the one you get when you visit whatsmyip address from your computer, then you are golden.

In my example, I will be using a NORDVPN provider connection to Switzerland. In the following steps, I will explain how to confirm that your traffic is inside the VPN tunnel and not exposed to your ISP.

1. Once you get logged into your VPN container using the Terminal tab and running the curl ifconfig.me command, run that IP address result on [http://whois.domaintools.com](http://whois.domaintools.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) website.

Depending on the VPN file that you decide to use, you will get a different result and a different country. In this example, Switzerland was my destination.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-15-at-09.40.39.png)

Confirmation that the active docker IP is in Switzerland

Now that we have confirmation that we are indeed in a different country, it would be nice to see if the traffic is completely inside the VPN tunnel as well. The best way to do this is to trace traffic to a certain destination and see if we get a hit to our ISP provider along the way.

To do this we will use the **traceroute** command inside the container. So again, log into it with a bash command (using the Terminal tab inside Docker UI). Now that you are inside you will need to install traceroute first. To do this run the following commands:

```
apt update
apt install traceroute

```

`traceroute protonmail.ch`

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-15-at-09.40.54.png)

traceroute command - the second hop has the same IP address from picture 1, VPN destination, and not your router. We want that.

As you can see from the image, the second hop (number 2) is hitting our VPN address confirming that we are indeed getting out in Switzerland (same IP as provided by using whois.domaintool.com. If this was not the case, the second hop would be your local router IP address and then a few more hops from your ISP. Considering that in this image there is no router local IP address as well as no ISP addresses, we can be sure that the traffic is completely tunneled.

One more bonus thing here is that once the VPN goes down, your torrents will stop as well, so you have a kill switch scenario as well.

Again, logging onto your NAS IP address on port 8080 should land you on the main qBittorrent page where you can log in using username/password combination: **admin/adminadmin** (default values).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-15-at-09.41.31-1.png)

Main qBittotrrent login page on default port 8080

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-15-at-09.43.21.png)

qBittorrent in action running via VPN

---

## 
  
  
## UPDATE: How to use this VPN qBittorrent container as a gateway for any other container

Now that you have this setup up and running and you have qbittorrent container behind a VPN, it might be an idea to get some more containers that are not inside a VPN behind one for whatever reason.

Let's see how to set that up.

### STEP01 - changes to the VPN container

To make this work, you will need to publish more ports inside your VPN container first. So make changes to this VPN container by adding all the port mappings of the destination container that you want to access via the tunnel.

What does that mean? Let's say that your non-VPN container runs on port 17442, you will need to add that port mapping to this VPN/qbittorrent container.

At the moment, port mappings look like this:

```
    ports:
      - "8080:8080"
      - "8999:8999"
      - "8999:8999/udp"

```

But to have access to the UI of your non-VPN container you will need to add its port mapping here (why, coming up later on). So the new mapping for this VPN container needs to look like this:

```
    ports:
      - "8080:8080"
      - "8999:8999"
      - "8999:8999/udp"
      - "17442:17442"

```

Start the VPN container again, make sure it's running fine and carry on.

### STEP02 - adding your non-VPN container to use your VPN container network

Now that we have made the change to the VPN container, you will need to start your non-VPN container the same way as you normally would but you will need to make a few changes:

01 - remove the port mappings (the reason is that we have added its port to the VPN container port list)  
02 - add it to the VPN network  
03 - remote any current network definitions

So, we need to remove all the ports (or one port in this example, 17442) from the docker run or docker-compose file because we have already added them to our VPN container.

Next, we need to add this non-VPN container to use the VPN container network by adding this:

```
network_mode: container:<nameOfVPNcontainer>

```

What this will do is tell our current non-VPN container to use our VPN container as its network. 

🗒️

****NOTE**: be sure to ****remove** all the ****ports** and default ****network definitions** from the current setup as you will not be able to run the container if you have those defined!

For example, this is how a non-VPN container should be configured when being added to the VPN container network:

```yaml
```
version: "3.5"
services:
  name_of_service:
    image: name_of_the_image
    network_mode: container:<nameOfVPNcontainer>
    container_name: name_of_nonVPN_container
    volumes:
      - "local_path:/container_path"
      - ...
    restart: always
```
```

So, you configure your non-VPN container as normal (name of the container, image, volumes, etc, but leave out port mapping and set the network\_mode to match the VPN container name.

Now you are ready to start running this container and then just access its UI using the default port mapping that the image has configured for it (in this example 17442) by going to your NASIP and adding that port:

```
http://nasip:17442

```

All the traffic from this container will now run and flow via your VPN container completely encrypted.

## 
  
  
## UPDATE: How to run **NordVPN** via **Lynx** protocol with Transmission client

Here is a sample of how you can run NordVPN over their Lynx protocol in a dedicated container and then either link other containers to it (instructions above) or run it as a stack with a dedicated client (as shown below):

🗒️

****NOTE**: at the moment of writing this, `bubuntux/nordvpn:latest` image is ****NOT** working! That is to say, v3.10.0 is not connecting as it should, and that is the reason I use 3.9.5-1 in this specific case. That will probably change in the future, but just a heads up at this particular point in time. 

```yaml
```
version: "3.5"
services:
  vpn:
    image: bubuntux/nordvpn:v3.9.5-1
    cap_add:
      - NET_ADMIN               # Required
    environment:                # Review https://github.com/bubuntux/nordvpn#environment-variables
      - USER=nordVPNUsername     # Required
      - PASS=nordVPNPassword     # Required
      - CONNECT=Switzerland
      - TECHNOLOGY=NordLynx
      - NETWORK=192.168.1.0/24  # So it can be accessed within the local network
    ports:
      - 9091:9091
  torrent:
    image: ghcr.io/linuxserver/transmission:latest
    network_mode: service:vpn
    depends_on:
      - vpn
    restart: always
```
```

In case you want to run this container as a **standalone VPN only container**, then use the following compose:

```
version: "3.5"
services:
  vpn:
    image: bubuntux/nordvpn:v3.9.5-1
    cap_add:
      - NET_ADMIN               # Required
    environment:                # Review https://github.com/bubuntux/nordvpn#environment-variables
      - USER=nordVPNUsername     # Required
      - PASS=nordVPNPassword     # Required
      - CONNECT=Switzerland
      - TECHNOLOGY=NordLynx
      - NETWORK=192.168.1.0/24  # So it can be accessed within the local network
    restart: always

```

A successful connection will look like this in the logs:

```
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Firewall is up, everything has to go through the vpn
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to secure interfaces
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to nordvpn group
iptables: No chain/target/match by that name.
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] group match failed, fallback to open necessary ports
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] ip6 group match failed, fallback to open necessary ports
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to docker network
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Enabling connection to network 192.168.1.0/24
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Restarting the service
[2021-06-20T20:53:24+00:00] Waiting for the service to start
[2021-06-20T20:53:25+00:00] Logging in
Welcome to NordVPN! You can now connect to VPN by using 'nordvpn connect'.
[2021-06-20T20:53:27+00:00] Setting up NordVPN Version 3.9.5
Technology is successfully set to 'NordLynx'.
Subnet 172.24.0.0/16 is whitelisted successfully.
Subnet 192.168.1.0/24 is whitelisted successfully.
[2021-06-20T20:53:27+00:00] Connecting...
Connecting to Switzerland #240 (ch240.nordvpn.com)
You are connected to Switzerland #240 (ch240.nordvpn.com)!

```

Now you can use the `network_mode: container:<nameOfVPNcontainer>` inside any other container that you want to use as a gateway to reach the Internet.

---

## 
  
  
## UPDATE: How to run **NordVPN** via **OpenVPN** protocol with **qBittorrent** client (suitable for DSM7 restricted mode)

Here is a setup for running a NordVPN container using OpenVPN protocol with qBittorrent client as a single stack. The torrent client will run only if the VPN container is up and running. 

Use this container if you are having trouble with the Lynx image above.

```yaml
version: "3.5"
services:
  vpn:
    image: azinchen/nordvpn:latest
    network_mode: bridge
    container_name: nordvpnwireguard
    cap_add:
      - net_admin
    devices:
      - /dev/net/tun
    environment:
      - USER=nordVPNaccount
      - PASS=nordVPNpass
      - COUNTRY=Switzerland
      - GROUP=P2P
      - TECHNOLOGY=openvpn_udp
      - RANDOM_TOP=10
      - RECREATE_VPN_CRON=5 */3 * * *
      - NETWORK=192.168.1.0/24
      - OPENVPN_OPTS=--mute-replay-warnings
    ports:
      - 8088:8088
      - 6881:6881
      - 6881:6881/udp
  torrent:
    image: linuxserver/qbittorrent:latest
    container_name: qbitwireguard
    network_mode: service:vpn
    environment:
      - WEBUI_PORT=8088
      - PUID=1026
      - PGID=101
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/qbitwireguard:/config
      - /volume1/downloads:/downloads
    depends_on:
      - vpn
    restart: always
```

Make sure to check the [GitHub page](https://github.com/azinchen/nordvpn?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details on the image itself and what settings you can configure. This setup will work as a kill switch setup considering that the torrent client in this stack depends on the VPN container. As long as the VPN container is running, the torrent will work, and all traffic will be inside the tunnel.

---

## 
  
  
## UPDATE: How to run qBittorrent client via Surfshark (Wireguard) protocol with Gluetun VPN

The following is a compose stack configured to run Gluetun over Wireguard protocol with Surfshark as a provider. The client is a standard qBittorrent client

```yaml
version: "3"
services:
  gluetun:
    image: qmcgaw/gluetun
    container_name: gluetun
    cap_add:
      - NET_ADMIN
    ports:
      - 8088:8088
    environment:
      - VPN_SERVICE_PROVIDER=surfshark
      - VPN_TYPE=wireguard
      - WIREGUARD_PRIVATE_KEY=XXXXXXXXXXX
      - WIREGUARD_ADDRESSES=10.14.0.2/16
      - SERVER_COUNTRIES=United Kingdom
  torrent:
    image: linuxserver/qbittorrent:latest
    container_name: qbit_gluetun
    network_mode: service:gluetun
    environment:
      - WEBUI_PORT=8088
      - PUID=1026
      - PGID=101
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/qbit/config:/config
      - /volume1/docker/qbit/download:/downloads
    depends_on:
      - gluetun
    restart: always
```

In order to get the `WIREGUARD_PRIVATE_KEY` as well as the `WIREGUARD_ADDRESSES` log in to Surfshark and follow the steps:

1. Log into your Surfshark account
2. Select *VPN* from the left menu
3. Select *Manual Setup*
4. Select *Desktop or mobile*
5. Select *WireGuard*
6. Select *I don't have a keypair* and enter a name for the key
7. Select *Generate a new keypair*
8. Use the **Private key** value for the `WIREGUARD_PRIVATE_KEY` environment variable
9. Next, select a location and download the config file (Ignore the information on the screen as it will not work with GlueTUN)
10. Within the config file obtain the IP on the `Address` line this is used for the `WIREGUARD_ADDRESSES` to connect.

`SERVER_COUNTRIES` as a variable is optional, but these are the supported values that can be comma-separated:

```
Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bangladesh, Belgium, Belize, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Brunei, Bulgaria, Cambodia, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Ecuador, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Greenland, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Isle of Man, Israel, Italy, Japan, Kazakhstan, Laos, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Malaysia, Malta, Marocco, Mexico, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Myanmar, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nigeria, North Macedonia, Norway, Pakistan, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Romania, Saudi Arabia, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Venezuela, Vietnam
```

---

If you have any questions, comments, or suggestions, please leave a comment down below.
### N3 portable laptop stand
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/n3-portable-laptop-stand/
Last updated: 2020-05-19T09:05:42.000Z
A few weeks ago I was looking for a laptop desktop stand that would allow me (or my wife) to elevate the laptop a bit but still allow me to type on it without the need for a secondary keyboard.

The idea behind this was not to use the laptop as one of the monitors and hook up another monitor on it, but rather to use it as the main machine and still minimize neck and back pain while sitting.  
There are a ton of stands out there, from high end to really cheap ones, but they all have their pros and cons.

After some search, I made up my decision because one of the prerequisites was that the stand is as compact as possible. While some products in this category offer some benefits of being taller, for example, they occupy a lot of space and when you use them on occasion, they will tend to get in the way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_1.jpg)

N3 laptop stand

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_2.jpg)

N3 in top position

## N3

Not a familiar brand or model, and I have to say I thought it was a scam, I ordered the [N3 portable laptop stand](https://www.comfures.com/products/portable-laptop-stand?variant=32183896834128&ref=blackvoid.club). Full aluminum alloy construction that allows up to 40KG of load-bearing and yet super compact when not needed.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_3.jpg)

N3 rubber mats will both protect your laptop and not allow it to slip

This product allows all kinds of laptop brands, sizes, and designs so you will not be locking yourself with any particular model or brand. It will elevate your laptop from 55 to 155mm in height that will be enough to fix any problems regarding your neck and back.

Keep in mind that at a certain point you will no longer be able to type on it because the front of the keyboard will still be at ground zero. With that setup, you will twist your hands too much and it will not be comfortable to type at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_4.jpg)

11" MacBook Air - notice there is plenty of room on the bottom "feet" to accomodate a thicker laptop as well

All 6 positions that this product offers will allow everyone to find a position and either use it as is or add a second keyboard while having the display at its maximum height.

The quality of the product is really well done, it’s strong and doesn’t feel like it will break any second and yet light and compact. It has rubber mats in the right places so that you don’t scratch your laptop while using it. Also the more pressure you apply the less it will slip away on any surface, including glass. The reason for this is that there are rubber mats on the bottom as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_5.jpg)

Even thought it looks tall already, in this position you will be able to type without any problems

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_6.jpg)

You can tilt the laptop on bottom end some more considering there is room to give you an even better angle. Rubber mats will keep it in place

I have tested it on a Macbook Air 11” as well as a 13” Pro model and it fits just fine. At the moment the price for it is $45 from comfures.com and it ships from China. It arrived in the EU within 10 days with zero problems and packed as advertised.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_7-1.jpg)

Almost the size of an 11" Macbook and the color is identical

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/n3_8-1.jpg)

Rubber mats on the bottom

I never owned a stand before considering that I didn't need it, but overall I'm happy with this one, and time will tell how much I will use it. Do you own a laptop stand?
### DS718+ all-flash VMM speed tests
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/ds718-all-flash-vmm-speed-tests/
Last updated: 2022-08-28T12:18:07.000Z
Since I have switched my 718+ NAS to all-flash (double WD blue 500GB) I haven’t had a chance to test it out regarding its performance. Truth is that I was waiting for more RAM considering that this model comes only with 2GB RAM.

Now that I have 16GB running in it, I decided to see how well it performs in situations such as virtual machines, or shall I say the virtual machine. The reason is that the results are disappointing.

It’s true that going all SSD and max RAM was not because I want to run VMs on this NAS, but rather to have lots of room and space for my Docker needs. Still, more than often people are wondering if its bigger brother, the 918+ model, which also has NVMe slots, can be a solution for VM needs. Well, I can say that having cache modules inside 918 does give you some better performance in specific cases, but they won’t make your VMs fly.

On the other hand, users have reported that running a VM of an SSD in comparison to an HDD (with or without cache) will give you better performance.

Well, my results are a bit different. Running a VM off an SSD instead of an HDD will indeed give better results, but those results will depend largely on your CPU, the number of cores, and not so much what type of storage is running under it all.

## How fast can it go?

I have done two types of tests on three different VMs across two different NAS models (with different configurations as well).

🟨

**NAS 1: DS718+** (2x500GB WD blue SSD running in RAID1 with 2x8GB Crucial RAM, single 1G connection)

🟩

**NAS 2: RS3614RPxs** (12x4TB WD Ent Gold running in RAID6 with 2x4+2x8 GB of RAM, single 1G connection)

To compare these two NAS devices head-on regarding CPU:

**NAS 1: Intel Celeron J4355@1.5Ghz**

**NAS 2: Intel i3-4130@3.4Ghz**

So as we can see the CPU comparison is more than apparent, but let’s see if that will have any influence on the overall performance of the VM.

Target VM is **Windows 10 Pro LTSC** as well as **Windows 7 (SP1) ENT** edition used in the third test alone.

I have done three tests in total all with the same CPU/RAM combination (**2vCPU and 4GB RAM**):

1. Win 10 running on 718+
2. Win 10 running on 3614RPxs
3. Win 7 running on 718+

## Test 1 (Windows 10 LTSC running on DS718+)

This is the test that will probably interest most users considering it's Win10 and not a ten-year-old Win7 OS.

The main goal here was to see how this VM will score on the Crystal Disk Mark 7 (used on the tests).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-18.16.37.png)

Disk test 718+ (in MB/s)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-18.16.24.png)

Disk test 718+ (IOPS)

Another test that was done was the UserBenchmark test which shows the average score of the machine in question against the most common tests (CPU, RAM, HDD/SSD, etc).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-18.34.27.png)

UserBenchmark results for 718+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-18.34.49.png)

UserBenchmark results for 718+ (stats)

As we can see from the results, this NAS even running with max RAM, all-flash storage, and zero services on the NAS apart from VMM running this VM (that's also a single VM running at the moment of testing) performs poorly and is slow. Now, results are one thing and real life is something else. So, what can I say about my experience of running this VM (via RDP, not the console)? All in all, it's not as bad as the results show. I can say that there are no problems on the disk I/O as well as read and write operations that are usually the case when running on a volume with HDDs (especially 5400 RPM), and the only bottleneck here is the CPU.

Even with 4 vCPUs, this VM in this setup was not performing any faster. It can be used for browsing, email, and another usual desktop/office operations without any problem, but for anything more than that, you will feel the CPU struggling.

🤔

Overall result: **Good (more like B-)**

## Test 2 (Windows 10 LTSC running on RS3614RPxs)

This was the same test and the same VM running on a different NAS that has already a significant load and was not nearly “empty” as 718+ was. Still, here are the results of the same tests.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-17.52.01.png)

Disk test 3614RPxs (in MB/s)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-17.52.12.png)

Disk test 3614RPxs (IOPS)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-18.33.57.png)

The user Benchmark result for RS3614RPxs

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-09-at-18.34.13.png)

UserBenchmark results for RS3614RPxs (stats)

Now the results, look a lot better. Also, the overall experience while using this VM is excellent. Of course, I still don’t expect any CAD application or games to run here as it would on a bare-metal machine, but for office, system administration or even running a dedicated server, this setup will be more than okay.

Using this VM via RDP feels like running and using a standalone computer with the same specs. It’s quick and fast on any task and there are no apparent problems while using it.

😉

Overall result: **Very good**

## Test 3 (Windows 7 Pro running on DS718+)

As you probably expected running Windows 7 on a VM that's on all-flash, is fast. It is so fast and fluid that you wouldn’t know it's an RDP to a VM living on a NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-10-at-19.06.17.png)

Disk test 718+ (in MB/s)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-10-at-19.06.05.png)

Disk test 718+ (IOPS)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-10-at-17.58.48.png)

User Benchmark results for 718+ (with Win7)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-10-at-17.59.03.png)

User Benchmark results for 718+ (stats)

Now even though the CPU score for this machine is still below the one running on the RS NAS, the overall user experience is better. Sure Win7 doesn’t have all the bells that Win10 has, but also it’s more simple regarding its UI layout and a lot less “under the hood” that also eats into your resources.

One final comparison of these two CPUs:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-11-at-13.47.21.png)

The column on the left is Celeron J3455 (718+) and the column on the right is i3-4130 (3614RPxs)

As we can see the i3 CPU is miles ahead of the Celeron j3455 even though it’s a 2013 CPU model. In conclusion, it is simply a better CPU when it comes to running a VM. All in all, even with full flash storage and no other services running, DS718 (and 918 as well considering they run the same CPU) simply won’t be a valid solution for your VM needs. Some more powerful models not even running with SSD will do a lot better in terms of look, feel, and performance.

Well, I hope that this will give some information for people looking to go all-flash on these entry “+” models hoping of having a solid VM setup. Keep in mind that using all-flash will still have great benefits on the overall performance of the NAS and services running on it, especially DBs (MySQL, Postgres, plex, etc…) so if you run any of those services or a large number of docker containers that utilize your NAS as their storage destination, consider investing in flash storage, you will not be disappointed.

Soon, I will do some more tests on this NAS running some other tests for specific services. If you would like to find out how this NAS would perform with a specific platform or app, let me know down in the comment and I’ll see what I can do.
### Synology Solution Day 2020 gone virtual as well
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-solution-day-2020-gone-virtual-as-well/
Last updated: 2020-08-12T08:48:10.000Z
UPDATE: 11/05/2020 - Added YT links to all 3 official sessions

UPDATE: 21/05/2020 - Today we got presentation slides (as PDFs) so I will share them in the categories below as well as some Q/A for each section

Like any other 2020 events in the world, Synology is also hosting all of their events as streams. 

Month ago [Synology Workshops](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-us-workshops-are-now-webcasts/) were also converted to streaming events, with a high quality I might add, and today we got new events coming in the next month.

[Synology Solution Day 2020](https://event.synology.com/en-global/2020%5Fsolution%5Fday%5Fonline?lang%5Ffilter=English&ref=blackvoid.club) will cover small business and enterprise range of their services and solutions and will target mostly IT admins, system integrators and the like.

Considering that this is no longer an on site event, feel free to register and learn something new.

First event will be hosted on the 18th of May covering the following:

### Enterprise Storage Solutions, Data Protection, and Remote Work

****Achieving Ultra-Performance on Modern Enterprise Storage**

PDF: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/SsYaC](https://ln.blackvoid.club/SsYaC?ref=blackvoid.club)

YT: [http://sy.to/nwkrf](http://sy.to/nwkrf?ref=blackvoid.club)

> A deep dive into our high-end lines: All-Flash Arrays (FS), Petabyte storage (SA), and Dual Controller IP SAN (UC), together with how to best configure them to achieve ultra-performance

### Part 1 Q/A

Q: Where would be the bottleneck on an SSD solution?

A: Very often, you will need to ensure the network (switches...) have the right speed to match the SSD, also it's essential that the clients (employee's workstations) are fast enough, typically that they too have an SSD not just a HDD. With a high number of SSDs in the Synology storage, you may need to go beyond a standard 10G connection, there are options on our compatibility list.

Q: I am assuming that all Synology NAS can get either SAS or SATA SSDs?

A: Only enterprise series models can support SAS. Note that for our Dual Controllers, it's actually SAS only, SATA drives can't be used.

Q: SHR (Synology Hybrid RAID) compatibility?

A: Only on business units as it's designed for customers unfamiliar with RAID.

Q: How can I integrate Synology with Razuna MAM running on a Windows Server?

A: You'd be able to do this by running a Windows VM in Virtual Machine Manager, and running Razuna in the VM.

Q: Is there a calculation to see which synology series you need for the number of VM machines with resources you want to use in addition to the storage options? The CPU is often not powerful enough while a 4 bay is sufficient for storage. It would be nice if the CPUs in series can be chosen more powerful as an option.

A: If you are running the VMs on the Synology, we have this guide: How many VMs can my Synology run?  
A unit such as the RS1619xs+ is a compact four-bay with a quad-core Xeon, well suited to your requirements.

Q: Where does the SA3200D fit in in terms of performance, or is it primarily designed for availability?

A: With a quad-core Xeon, it would be closer to the RS3617RPxs, but with the benefits of inbuilt HA and a SATA DOM amongst others. Find out more [here](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/products/performance?ref=blackvoid.club#sa%5Fand%5Fxs%5Fplus).

****Protecting Business Workloads against IT Threats**

PDF: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/AImen](https://ln.blackvoid.club/AImen?ref=blackvoid.club)

YT: [http://sy.to/ryz1s](http://sy.to/ryz1s?ref=blackvoid.club)

> A guide to centralised backup protection for Windows, VMware, Hyper-V and Office 365/G Suite workloads, backed with advanced storage technology

### Part 2 Q/A

Q: Is Active Backup available for all Synology units?

A: Active Backup is compatible across our units that support Btrfs, kindly refer to [this list](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/dsm/packages/ActiveBackup?ref=blackvoid.club) of supported units

Q: I notice early in the setup it said 'redirect backup' that suggests the backup was happening before?

A: It was a newly created task nothing was set up previously, it was actually an authentication request asking to "Redirect your personal information". This is because the data from Office 365 will be backed up to the NAS, as such authentication for this to happen is required.

Q: Will Active Backup for Business support macOS clients in the future?

A: This is currently on our roadmap for an Active Backup Client for Mac users in the near future

Q: Please send the data sheet for how many users when sizing for Office 365.

A: This is included in the PDF of the slides

****Work Anywhere and Everywhere: Hybrid Cloud and Business Collaboration Solutions**

PDF: [https://ln.blackvoid.club/15BhP](https://ln.blackvoid.club/15BhP?ref=blackvoid.club)

YT: [http://sy.to/b2bch](http://sy.to/b2bch?ref=blackvoid.club)

> Deploy a private cloud with Synology Drive, collaborate seamlessly over Chat, Office and MailPlus

### Part 3 Q/A

Q: How are conflicts resolved?

A: Synology Drive offers users (on the computer client) this option should a conflict occur

![image004](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/image004.png)

Q: Say you work with live files, and they require constant download and upload when you work on that file so it updates your working open file in real time. Does synology accomodate something for this to happen?

A: For this, Synology Drive won't be ideal, we'd recommend a solution such as [Synology Office](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/dsm/packages/Spreadsheet?ref=blackvoid.club) (allows live collaboration in web browser\_).

Q: Any plans to allow editing of Office files on mobile platforms?

A: At this point in time Synology Drive for iOS/Android don't allow this. However you could achieve this on iOS with the regular Microsoft apps using the Document provider feature with [DS file or DS cloud installed](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/Mobile/help/DSfile/iOS%5FiPhone?ref=blackvoid.club). Please contact us if you require more details.

> NOTE: On this question the idea was can you edit Synology Office "native" file formats using a mobile platform. That is still not possible even using Micorosft apps

Q: What are the main differences between Cloudstation Drive and Synology Drive? And to what type of users are they targeted?

A: This [FAQ](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Collaboration/Differences%5Fbetween%5FSynology%5FDrive%5Fand%5FCloud%5FStation?ref=blackvoid.club) explains this in detail  
And [this one](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Backup/How%5Fto%5Fupgrade%5Ffrom%5FCloud%5FStation%5Fto%5FSynology%5FDrive%5F2%5F0https:/www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Backup/How%5Fto%5Fupgrade%5Ffrom%5FCloud%5FStation%5Fto%5FSynology%5FDrive%5F2%5F0?ref=blackvoid.club) is about how to upgrade

Q: I've been using using Cloudstation for several years for work purposes - should I change to Synology Drive or will Coudstation remain an active app?

A: Yes, we recommend making the move the Synology Drive as it will be taking over from Cloud Station.

Q: Does the mail server offer an archiving function? If not as of now, are you planning on implementing that?

A: This would be done via Hyper Backup, which integrates and supports backing up the email database as well as the settings of Mailplus Server. See [here](https://www.synology.com/en-global/knowledgebase/DSM/help/MailPlus-Server/mailplus%5Fserver%5Fbackup?ref=blackvoid.club) for more details.

Q: Do you plan to do a desktop client for mailplus in the future ?

A: Thank you for sharing your suggestion, it has been passed to our development team.

Q: Can I access Synoolgy Drive over the internet without going via Googe/OneDrive?

A: Yes Synology Drive is a private cloud solution (meaning no third party involved) but as long as remote access is enabled on your Synology, with [QuickConnect](https://www.synology.com/en-uk/knowledgebase/DSM/tutorial/Network/How%5Fto%5Fmake%5FSynology%5FNAS%5Faccessible%5Fover%5Fthe%5FInternet?ref=blackvoid.club) for instance, files can be accessed and sync over the internet.

****Partners Session: How Gen21 Reach New Revenue Height by Introducing Synology**

> Guest speaker Jason Windmill, Senior Consultant at Gen21 talks about deploying Synology for Silverstone Racetrack and customers in public sector

Sounds very interesting and the event will be held by Synology UK team.

Second event will be on the 28th of May with the following title and topics:

### Synology Ultimate Backup Solutions

****Synology's integrated backup and recovery appliances**

> Centralizes backup tasks for VMware, Hyper-V, Windows endpoints, Office 365 and G Suite to your Synology NAS with ****Active Backup Suite**  
>  
> Other Synology data protection tools

This second event will be only 1 hour long but still an interesting topic no less.
### Hyper Backup disaster recovery method via C2
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/hyper-backup-disaster-recovery-method-via-c2/
Last updated: 2023-04-16T08:43:05.000Z
We all love our data. But you know what we love more? When that data is backed up. But I bet there is also something more that we all love, a valid, working backup.

In this short tutorial, I will cover a very basic method of testing your Synology C2 backed-up data and how to get to it if your NAS explodes or is beyond repair.

🗒️

In the interest of full disclosure, Synology C2 subscription has been bought with my own funds, all of the opinions you are about to read are my own, nobody is paying for this article, and nobody has reviewed or approved this content before it was posted.

So let’s assume that you have a working backup of your NAS data backed up to Synology C2 cloud service. Keep in mind that this process can work for almost any other destination apart from C2 with the same outcome. Let’s also assume that your NAS has failed beyond repair and that you are unable to migrate the drives as well (fire, earthquake, etc). Another scenario (like this one for example) might be that you are mandatory to test your backed-up data method and see if the restored content is not corrupt or out of date.

For this example, I will be using a completely new NAS that is not the original source of the C2 backed-up content.

After you configure your new NAS, you need to install the Hyper Backup package (from the Package Center) and proceed with the steps below.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_01.png)

Hyper Backup installation is complete as shown in the main menu

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_07.png)

Before the process starts, keep in mind that the "Various" folder is missing

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_02.png)

Hyper Backup installed, started, and shows no active tasks (fresh NAS)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_03.png)

Select the Restore button in the lower left corner of the window and choose "Restore from existing"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_04.png)

Choose Synology C2 as your source and click next

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_05.png)

You will need to authenticate with C2 with your Synology Account

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_06.png)

Hyper Backup is searching your C2 bucket

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_08.png)

An optional step that allows you to restore system config (none in this backup), click Next

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_09.png)

Data located, now choose the point in time, folders and click Next

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_10.png)

Recap your choices and click Apply

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_11.png)

Restore in progress (depends on the size of data and speed of your net)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_12.png)

Process complete, click OK

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_13.png)

The shared folder list now shows the restored "Various" folder

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_14.png)

The last thing to do is to test your data. Access it, if all is good, have a drink, and sleep a litter better

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/hb_dr_15.png)

The log center will also write a little report on this process

Depending on the amount of content and the Internet speed, this process will take some time, but in the end, you will get the exact replica of your original data. Again, keep in mind that this method can be also used against another Synology NAS or any HB-supported destination.

The point of this article is just to not forget to occasionally test the quality of your backup. Last thing you want, if you ever need to restore, is that you find out the hard way that your backup is no good for whatever reason. Do a random restore test (at least a small sample) every quarter or at least two times a year (once a year as a bare minimum), especially if your backup process does not include an integrity check.

When was the last time you did your "DR" test?
### DS718+ RAM upgrade
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/ds718-ram-upgrade/
Last updated: 2020-05-06T20:06:05.000Z
Exactly 2 months ago my 718+ NAS got an [upgrade](https://www.blackvoid.club/nas-ssd-and-dsm-migration-the-quick-way/) with a pair of brand new WD Blue 500GB SSDs. The whole idea behind that is to have 718 and 918 running with max RAM and all flash storage.

In my ongoing process of offloading 918 on RS3614 unit I now need to offload some database and high I/O demanding docker containers as well. Considering that I do have SSD ready in 718, I now need some RAM.

For all of you who are unfamiliar with the stock setup of DS718 model, here are the specs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-06-at-21.53.04.png)

Official DS718+ specs

Per specifications, 718+ comes with 2GB of RAM and two slots (just like 918+) with a maximum (officially) supported capacity of 6GB. Personally I run 918+ with 4+8GB combo with no problem at all, and it has been verified that Celeron J3455 CPU that’s running in both of those units, does support 16GB of RAM.

With all that in mind, I have ordered a pack of Crucial compatible memory with the following specifications:

| Brand Name           | Crucial               |
| -------------------- | --------------------- |
| Series               | CT2K102464BF186D      |
| Item Weight          | 18.1 g                |
| Product Dimensions   | 17.8 x 1.1 x 12.7 cm  |
| Item model number    | CT2K102464BF186D      |
| Form Factor          | 204-pin SO-DIMM       |
| RAM Size             | 16 GB                 |
| Memory Technology    | 204-pin SO-DIMM, DDR3 |
| Computer Memory Type | DDR3 SDRAM            |
| Voltage              | 1.35 volts            |

NAS works fine with 0 problems at the moment. Booted up without any problems and now comes the fun part.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-06-at-21.56.45.png)

16GB!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-06-at-21.57.19.png)

Look at all that free memory!

Really happy with the outcome. If anyone is interested in the exact model, here is the link on [Amazon.de](https://www.amazon.de/-/en/gp/product/B00JCRZ6XS/ref=ppx%5Fyo%5Fdt%5Fb%5Fasin%5Ftitle%5Fo00%5Fs00?ie=UTF8&psc=1&ref=blackvoid.club)
### WWDC 2020 has gone virtual & Magic Keyboard for everyone!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/wwdc-2020-has-gone-virtual-magic-keyboard-for-everyone/
Last updated: 2020-05-06T06:33:20.000Z
As expected, Apple was has also decided to stream their 31st WWDC (Developer conference) due to COVID-19 worldwide situation.

Reading the [press release](https://www.apple.com/newsroom/2020/05/apple-to-host-virtual-worldwide-developers-conference-beginning-june-22/?ref=blackvoid.club) posted yesterday May 5th, Apple will, beginning June 22, host this event virtually for free for all developers via Apple Dev app and on the Apple Dev website.

I’m guessing there will be an opening Keynote as well in this new format. If you are unfamiliar with WWDC, it’s Apple’s yearly event for developers where new features and versions of all the major Apple OS are being presented. Covering iOS, iPadOS, macOS, tvOS and watchOS. On top of this we the company also announced the Swift Student Challenge where student developers will be able to showcase their love of coding by creating their own Swift playground. Swift is a new programming language that Apple has introduced back in 2014 (also during WWDC event) that is used across their entire OS and app lineup.

### New Apple 13” MacBook Pro with Magic Keyboard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Apple_macbookpro-13-inch_screen_05042020_big.jpg.large.jpg)

Apple MacBook Pro 13" (April 2020)

Not sure if you are on top of Apple HW news, but if you got a 2018 MacBook Pro model you are probably having keyboard issues with their “new” butterfly mechanism that was introduced the same year. Well, the new news is that the new 16” Macbook Pro as well as the new Air model that rolled out in March both have the new Magic Keyboard that people were expecting due to issues with the previous generation.

The new 13” model was the last model that was still using the butterfly mechanism and that has changed a few days ago as well.

Apple rolled out the new model with double the initial storage and faster GPU performance on top of this new Magic Keyboard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Apple_macbook_pro-13-inch-magic-keyboard_screen_05042020_big.jpg.large.jpg)

Entire MacBook lineup now has a new Magic Keyboard (with ESC key)

> *The new lineup also offers 10th-generation processors for up to 80 percent faster graphics performance1 and makes 16GB of faster 3733MHz memory standard on select configurations. With powerful quad-core processors, the brilliant 13-inch Retina display, Touch Bar and Touch ID, immersive stereo speakers, all-day battery life, and the power of macOS, all in an incredibly portable design, the new 13-inch MacBook Pro is available to order today, starting at $1,299, and $1,199 for education.*

It is good to see that Apple still cares about the Pro segment and it’s users and not just the mobile segment of their portfolio that caries the most of their revenue. More info on the this new model [here](https://www.apple.com/newsroom/2020/05/apple-updates-13-inch-macbook-pro-with-magic-keyboard-double-the-storage-and-faster-performance/?ref=blackvoid.club).

Personally I still have 2 MacBooks, a 2011 11" Air and 2013 13" Pro. Apart from battery change, they still run more then ok. Guessing who ever gets one of these new models will also be good for years to come.
### May The Child be with you
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/may-the-child-be-with-you/
Last updated: 2020-05-05T16:08:28.000Z
As some of you know, yesterday was #StarWars day, May 4th. Considering that Disney now holds all the cards on all SW related content, we didn’t had to wait for Friday to get a new and final episode of The Clone Wars final season. Glorious! I won’t spoil anything.

On top of that, previously announced The Mandalorian documentary (part of the new Disney Gallery documentary lineup) also had its fist episode aired. This episode was all about directing and the six directors that made this season a great opening for the first ever SW live action tv show. Season 2 should be coming out some time in October 2020 with 2 new directors Peyton Reed (Ant-Man 1/2, Yes Man) and Robert Rodriguez (Alita: Battle Angel, Sin City 2) who will each be on at least one episode in the new season.

In all, a great Monday indeed. So why not write about this yesterday? Well, today, is a special day as well. Today I got my long awaited [Pop! Vinyl The Child](https://www.zavvi.com/merch-figures/star-wars-the-mandalorian-the-child-pop-vinyl-figure/12376863.html?ref=blackvoid.club) figure!!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/thechild_4.jpg)

Mint in box!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/thechild_1.jpg)

Soooooooo cute!!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/thechild_2.jpg)

Looks better older then young right? :D

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/thechild_3.jpg)

May the force be with you...

Yes, that’s right. The Child from The Mandalorian show has finally arrived. It would be here sooner if it wasn’t for the whole COVID-19 situation, but no matter, its here and now comes a difficult task. Where to put it?

Considering that I haven’t still setup my mancave with some shelves, I will have to keep it close to my other members of the SW universe.

Again, if you haven’t seen The Mandalorian, regardless if you are a SW fan or not, give it a shot, it’s awesome!
### Grafana dashboards and upcoming v7.0
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-dashboards-and-upcoming-v7-0/
Last updated: 2020-05-03T12:44:13.000Z
Almost a year ago I wrote on how to setup Grafana via Docker on your Synology NAS using a popular [GIT configuration](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-influxdb-telegraf-git-monitoring-setup-via-docker/) (Grafana + InfluxDB + Telegraf). In that same article I haven’t posted any pictures or dashboards that I use daily.

Many things have changed in the past year regarding my Grafana usage but for the most part I use custom defined dashboards that show what matters to me most at any given time.

True, some dashboards that people use require a lot of time and effort to setup, certain steps that might include multiple sources, multiple variables and in the end they get an awesome looking dash.

For me, in the future, I can imagine that this will be less needed if Synology DSM 7 [Active Insight](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) feature will work as intended. But, for now, here are just several dashboards that I personally use to monitor my multi NAS configuration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/grafana1.png)

Overview dashboard

01\. NAS overview dashboard.

This dashboard is a presentation (not fully visible) of my onsite NAS devices and their main categories: CPU, volume/pool, and RAM utilization as well as network bandwidth (up/down).

It is a bit tight (I could play a bit with some dividers a bit more to make it less crowded), but for me it’s a single dash where I can immediately see if there are any problems with any of my NAS devices.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/grafana2.png)

NAS specific dashbaord

02\. NAS specific dashboard

In case that there is something specifically going on with a certain dashboard, then I use this one. Here are a few more details that might give me more info on the problem (like a more detailed CPU graph and volume R/W operations). All of my dashboards are, by default, set to 20sec refresh per panel and 30min for the whole dashboard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/grafana3.png)

Speedtest dashboard

03\. Speedtest dashborad

Now this little dashboad is a combination of some speedtest cli script results that are loaded into a small mysql database and presented here. Sure there are some high end speedtest dashboards out there that do require some more modules, but I have found that this solution works just fine for me. Considering that I’m not on the fastest or most stable connection right now (come on fiber!), and that my ISP tends to say there are no problems when they do occur, I was forced to keep a history of my speeds as evidence from my user experience side. I run a full VPN LAN setup and so this dash represents speeds every 6h for an encrypted and unencrypted traffic.

On top of these , I have a few docker specific and other web oriented dashboards but for the most part I use in total of 3-5 dash daily for all my Synology needs. Benefits of having these dashboards is that in comparison with Synology Resource Monitor I have a single birds-eye view that is more informative and faster then RM. Also I can see whats going on before I even log into any of my NAS units.

DSM 7 has some RM changes coming along but I personally don’t expect much as oppose to Active Insight that will be free and, again, possible change of my onsite Grafana needs.

## Grafana v7 - incoming

In two weeks time (18th of May) we will get a new version of Grafana, v7\. If you want you can test it right now as a [beta 1](https://grafana.com/grafana/download/7.0.0-beta1?ref=blackvoid.club) version. There is a ton of changes and features coming so I won’t get into them now. When v7 hits I will of course update to it and post back if there will be any major changes that are beneficial to my usage.

In all, Grafana is a great presentation tool and even though it takes some time to setup and configure in the long run it will be worth it, trust me.
### Star Wars S07E11 - "Shattered", reaction
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/star-wars-s07e11-shattered-reaction/
Last updated: 2020-05-01T21:21:16.000Z
> Before you continue reading, please note that this short article will contain written and graphical spoilers of season 7 episode 11\. You have been warned.

Again, huge fan of Star Wars! Today was the day we have seen the events of Order 66 being executed from the main protagonist's point of view in season 7, Ashoka Tano. I won't lie, the build up during this season was leading towards it, especially that the war was coming to an end, but I didn't think that it would be presented so up close and personal.

We actually saw Lord Sidius giving the order to Captain Rex! Still, if you have seen Rebels, you will know that Rex actually did survive Order 66 along with some other clones so it was expected that Ahsoka will save the day, or better yet, save Rex.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/IMG_8261.jpg)

The moment

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/IMG_8263.jpg)

Chills, right?

E11 was brilliant. Didn't expect it will top E10 Ahsoka vs Maul fight, that was executed beautifully I might add, but here we are. One more episode till the final conclusion of this great animated series. Another nice touch was the fact that we have seen, or better yet, heard, a moment in time when Anakin has finally fallen to the dark side and saved Sidius by helping him kill Master Windu. Nice touch, what can I say.

Clone Wars is my favorite period of the Skywalker saga and I'm thrilled that was in the capable hands of Dave Filioni and Lucas.

Waiting for the grand finale next Friday!
### PLEX meets Crackle (Sony)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-meets-crackle-sony/
Last updated: 2020-05-01T13:48:13.000Z
Today Plex announced that its including new movies and TV shows on top of the existing ad-supported collection with the introduction of Crackle support (US only).

Even though some movies in the free ad-supported section of Plex have been around for a while, today Plex proudly announced Crackle catalog of movies and TV shows as part of their growing collection.

Titles will include some of the world's biggest publishing studios like [Metro Goldwyn Mayer (MGM)](https://www.mgm.com/?ref=blackvoid.club), [Warner Bros. Domestic Television Distribution](https://www.warnerbros.com/company/divisions/television/?ref=blackvoid.club), [Lionsgate](https://www.lionsgate.com/?ref=blackvoid.club), and [Legendary](https://www.legendary.com/television/?ref=blackvoid.club).

So that means you will be able to watch some hits like Harrison Ford's "Patriot Games" or legendary "Rosanne" TV show.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/crackle2.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/crackle1.jpg)

Not really a competition in comparison with Netflix, HULU, AppleTV+ and other modern streaming services, but Crackle has been around for the past 10y and offers a decent collection that will give Plex that extra edge.

Considering that now you can have LiveTV, free (ad-supported) content, music (with TIDAL support as well), and your personal collection of movies and TV shows in a single platform, personally I think Plex is shaping up to be one great media platform for all your needs.

I can't imagine my day going on without running Plex at least once, not to mention remote streaming. Considering how Plex is moving forward, I think this will not change any time soon.
### RUNE - fiber broadband for the forgotten
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rune-fiber-broadband-for-the-forgotten/
Last updated: 2021-12-25T18:22:05.000Z
🚀

**UPDATE 12/06/2021** \- More details on running **1G Internet speed** using **[FiberNET](https://fibernet.hr/?ref=blackvoid.club)** as an ISP via Synology RT2600AC router [**here**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-rt2600ac-running-gigabit-fiber/).

📢

**UPDATE** 11/06/2021 - Welcome to the Gigabit club! Woohoo, fiber active thanks to FiberNET ISP.

📢

**UPDATE** 19/04/2021 - I am officially in the "green". Expecting installation in a matter of days/weeks.

📢

**UPDATE** 21/07/2020 - Just 30min ago we have got the news that we are now able to order the service! Still delivery will be by the end of the year, but all in all, this is great news indeed!

📢

UPDATE 21/05/2020 - Just yesterday RUNE project hit another milestone! Fiber containers for my zone have been deployed! Here are a few pictures. As of now, info that we have is that fiber connections will start rolling out in September. So, end of year is a safe bet that I will finally get fiber. Excellent news!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/100559260_161750785360083_5042513294535950336_o.jpg)

RUNE containers deployed for Matulji and Kastav region

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/99003698_161750822026746_2885486495492210688_o.jpg)

From another angle

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/98344408_161750935360068_4878591907724263424_o.jpg)

And another...

In 2020, Internet access shouldn’t be a problem no more. Almost everyone has it, everyone is using it. But the question is how fast is it? Considering that nowadays the content has shifted from a pure text based content to full blow audio/video material, one thing that needs to be appropriate is Internet speed, bandwidth.

In today’s modern world, having a high speed internet is key. Almost all services are digital and accessible online. From educational material, to games, from music to movies and tv shows and so on. Not a single thing can’t be done on line. Email, meetings, chats, video conferences, all of those are services that we are accustom to. But in order to use them without any hiccups, we need a fast Internet connection.

An average household with 4 people will have about 4-10 devices that use Internet in one way or the other. With an increased need to work from home, having a stable and fast Internet connection is crucial. Now most people worldwide are not even aware how a slow speed can effect everyday life, yet, some deal with this on a daily basis. I myself am one of those who knows what having a bad and unstable connection means. Hope fully this will change soon.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/88985160_134740194727809_7767388401367515136_n.jpg)

One of RUNE containers that will be deployed to strategic spots

Considering that for the past year I have moved to a rural part of my county (village) you could image that having a fast Internet is not one of the benefits. Don’t get me wrong, its great here but as someone that works in IT, having a fast and stable connection is key. At the moment getting a copper based DSL connection is not an option. Its slow and cost a lot. Luckily 4G signal is great (for the most part) so I’m using that instead, until I get fiber during this year.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/90286055_139832847551877_8148990606325055488_n.jpg)

Another RUNE container deployed in Ika, Croatia

Fiber optics in a rural zone? Seems unlikely right? I thought so too. Enter [RUNE](https://www.ruralnetwork.eu/?ref=blackvoid.club). Now getting a fiber connection (FTTH) to an urban zone is, in some cases, a major project. As much as that’s a win for everybody in the long term, still requires a lot of planing and execution. Getting fiber in a rural zone where ISPs don’t see the point of investing (less dens then the urban zone and less potential subscribers) is a nightmare. Lucky for me, for the past 5y there is an active project that has a goal to bring fiber to rural zone where I live. Let’s see what this is all about.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/94616520_152849482916880_7166756221662265344_n.jpg)

Location preparations for another RUNE hub (200m from my house!)

## RUNE - Rural network project

The Rural Network Project (RUNE), implemented by RUNE in the Republic of Croatia for the construction of telecommunications infrastructure, was launched with the aim of providing ultra-fast broadband fiber optic infrastructure for users in rural areas of Croatia (Primorje-Gorski Kotar and Istria County) and Slovenia. With construction in areas not currently covered by fiber optic infrastructure, RUNE will assist local governments in achieving the Digital Agenda for Europe 2020 goals by providing connectivity to a new fiber optic access network that will deliver speeds in excess of 1 Gbps. So with this type of implementation the end user will in return have the possibility of independent choice of the operator - the provider of the service that is the most favorable for the price and quality of service, guaranteeing all operators equal access to the users on equal terms.

As the RUNE project is being implemented in two EU member states, it contributes to the idea of connecting 28 national digital markets into a single one. In order to ensure equality in the digital single market, all communications infrastructures will have to follow the same rules and offer a minimum package of infrastructure services (bitstream / IPstream levels) to all EU citizens.

The process described may seem groundbreaking for traditional vertically integrated operators, but it began a few years back. A good example of this is the Telecom Single Market directive, which, for example, reduced roaming charges on mobile networks.

As Europe's rural areas are not covered by adequate broadband infrastructure, it is possible to launch this ground-breaking bottom-up process. This is where the RUNE project is positioned with the construction of interstate open broadband infrastructure.

RUNE will build the network on the Fiber To The Home - FTTH model for all potential users in the project scope.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/94612849_153783686156793_2194267846287032320_o.jpg)

Fiber specialists hard at work

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/94560600_153783439490151_3826041589801680896_o.jpg)

In order to speed up and simplify construction, RUNE will use all available existing infrastructure such as distribution telecommunication sewage, power grid or lighting poles as far as possible in accordance with the legal and technical standards of each country, guided by the “Law of cost reduction measures” of setting up high-speed electronic communications networks.

The network is designed as an active infrastructure that provides access to broadband services through a hybrid network based on hybrid passive technology (active Ethernet - AE and passive fiber network - PON), including aggregation links between access nodes, which guarantees service providers access to the largest number of end users at the least cost.

Also RUNE project is one of the winners of 2019 European Broadband Awards, the annual awards at which the European Commission recognizes and awards outstanding broadband deployment projects across Europe.

More info on this here: [https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/european-broadband-awards-2019-finalists](https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/european-broadband-awards-2019-finalists?ref=blackvoid.club)

In the anticipation of finally getting a fiber connection, all that is left is to wait. At the moment there are several ISP that are connected to this project but more are coming. Really excited that this project is strong and will in the end offer high speed Internet access to these forgotten lands. I will no doubt post more on the topic as I have more up to date info.

So, whats your Internet access and speed? Are you running Google Fiber or still on a crappy xDSL tech? Let me know down in the comment section.
### NEW Synology x20+ NAS models are coming
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-synology-x20-nas-models-are-coming/
Last updated: 2020-11-27T22:15:25.000Z
> UPDATE: 20/08/2020 - Today Synology announced their new DS1520+. As I said about a month ago the new model would arrive but there was not info on the exact specs. Well there they are now

DS1520+: 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-20-at-20.03.40.png)

[https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS1520+/enu/Synology\_DS1520\_Plus\_Data\_Sheet\_enu.pdf](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS1520+/enu/Synology%5FDS1520%5FPlus%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/Screenshot-2020-08-20-at-20.02.42.png)

DS1520+ specifications

As stated last month the model comes with a new Celeron and not Atom CPU, 8GB RAM and no 10G card or the option to expand. It still has 2 NVMe slots for caching, so all in all looks like a DS1019+ refresh. The added bonus is a second eSATA port compared to DS1019+ so you can add a total of 15 drives. Price tag is $649-$700\. Not a bad refresh, but if you already own DS1019+ and have no need for 5 more bays, you migh wanna save your money or wait for the new DS1621+ or DS1621xs+.

> UPDATE: 03/08/2020 - While we are still waiting for all the x20 models, here is one x21 model coming out, DS1621xs+! More info [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/new-upcoming-x21-model-s-looks-like-it/)!

> UPDATE: 14/07/2020 - Well looks like we will get one more x20 model this year. The **new DS1520+** is on it way. Still waiting for the HW specs and a complete data sheet but hopefully we will see those soon. Considering that it will **not** have 2,5G LAN adapter, but rather 4x1G, no Atom CPU inside it, and no PCI slot (like 1517+) this looks like a refresh of DS1019+. Why? Guess we will have to wait and see.

> UPDATE: 09/07/2020 - Synology has just announced today on their German site [https://www.synology.com/de-de/company/news](https://www.synology.com/de-de/company/news?ref=blackvoid.club) news about DS920+ hitting the market. The fun thing is that the date for the news article is dated 23/07 and not 09/07\. Does this mean that 23/07 will be the date that 920+ will start to ship in the EU? Maybe. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/Screenshot-2020-07-09-at-10.14.31.png)

News post on the German Synology site about presentation of the new DS920+

In case the article gets pulled, here it is: 

[https://ln.blackvoid.club/gph6P](https://ln.blackvoid.club/gph6P?ref=blackvoid.club)

> UPDATE: 18/06/2020 - English versions of new x20+ models are now live on the global Synology site - links posted below. Also, the new models have started to appear on the main site as well.

> UPDATE: 29/04/2020 - Synology published the new models on their TW website so it's only a matter of time when they will be on the English global website as well. All the specs are the same and confirmed. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-29-at-14.48.59.png)

New linup visible on Synology TW web site

> UPDATE: 27/04/2020 - Looks like Synology pulled all the documents from their web site regarding these new models due to some incorrect information. I have the old spec sheets so I will add them under the official link until the new official versions will be published

Well if we are to believe the documentation on Synology web site looks like we will be getting more then a few new + models soon.

The four new models will be divided into two two-bay and two four-bay models.  
So DS220+, DS720+ will be an upgrade to the existing two-bay devices DS218+ as well as DS718+ and on the other side of the spectrum, we have DS420+ and DS920+, upgrades to the current DS918+.

Specification sheets for each are as follows:

DS220+:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/220plus_cover.jpg)

[https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS220+/enu/Synology\_DS220\_Plus\_Data\_Sheet\_enu.pdf](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS220+/enu/Synology%5FDS220%5FPlus%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/220_spec.png)

DS220+ specification

DS720+:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/720plus_cover.jpg)

[https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS720+/enu/Synology\_DS720\_Plus\_Data\_Sheet\_enu.pdf](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS720+/enu/Synology%5FDS720%5FPlus%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/720_spec.png)

DS720+ specification - notice the 2xM.2 NVMe slots in this model as well!

DS420+:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/420plus_cover.jpg)

[https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS420+/enu/Synology\_DS420\_Plus\_Data\_Sheet\_enu.pdf](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS420+/enu/Synology%5FDS420%5FPlus%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/420_spec.png)

DS420+ specification

DS920+:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/920plus_cover.jpg)

[https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS920+/enu/Synology\_DS920\_Plus\_Data\_Sheet\_enu.pdf](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Hardware/DataSheet/DiskStation/20-year/DS920+/enu/Synology%5FDS920%5FPlus%5FData%5FSheet%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/ds920plus_specs.png)

DS920+ specifications

Personally, three of these models are no surprise but it was interesting to see that Synology is bringing another 4bay model back on the market, the DS420+. What’s odd about this is the fact that its predecessor, DS415+, is a 6y old device that I thought would never see the light of day after we got a highly popular DS918+.

According to the pictures and stats in the sheets, none of these devices are getting a facelift or any IO ports, but rather an upgrade on their SOC.

The good news here is that Synology will be using some more modern chips in these new NAS units (Q4 2019), rather than staying on the tested and true older architecture. With the Intel fiasco with Apollo Lake, these models are running the new Gemini Lake CPUs. Let’s all hope there are no hidden problems from Intel this time around but I guess time will tell.

CPUs in question are Intel Celeron J4025 (2Core) and J4125 (4Core) and their full specs can be seen here:

J4025:

[https://ark.intel.com/content/www/us/en/ark/products/197307/intel-celeron-processor-j4025-4m-cache-up-to-2-90-ghz.html](https://ark.intel.com/content/www/us/en/ark/products/197307/intel-celeron-processor-j4025-4m-cache-up-to-2-90-ghz.html?ref=blackvoid.club)

J4125:

[https://ark.intel.com/content/www/us/en/ark/products/197305/intel-celeron-processor-j4125-4m-cache-up-to-2-70-ghz.html](https://ark.intel.com/content/www/us/en/ark/products/197305/intel-celeron-processor-j4125-4m-cache-up-to-2-70-ghz.html?ref=blackvoid.club)

Looking at the specifications of these CPUs I’m sure they will not disappoint but it’s also worth mentioning that even though they use the new DDR4 memory, it’s capacity is again limited to 8GB max. The same was with 918+ CPU and in reality, people were able to get them running with 16GB without any problem. This will be proven again, I’m sure when the models hit the market.

Well, for the past several years users have noticed that NAS units can be a powerful asset to your household or business and with the Docker platform officially running on most Intel-powered plus models, maybe this was the reason to bring more Docker and VMM capable devices to the market. It will be interesting to see how this decision will affect 5 and 6 bay models that Synology has in their x19+ series.

I will be reflecting on these models some more in the future as we get more information but it’s great to see that Corona has not rendered Synology HW operations to the ground. Hopefully, some DSM7 news will come out as well in the coming months.

Are you excited about the new plus lineup? Any particular model in your sights? Let me know in the comments.
### Disney is going all out with Star Wars TV shows
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/disney-is-going-all-out-with-starwars-tv-shows/
Last updated: 2020-04-26T08:57:12.000Z
Even before Disney got the rights to any SW content, Lucas was focused on making tv show content regarding Star Wars universe.

In 2003 micro series was developed for Cartoon Network focusing on Episode 2/3 period, Clone Wars. This eventually got rebooted in a seven season (current and last) delicious SW tv show called “The Clone Wars”, but looks like Disney is not done with this franchise.

For the better past of the last 6-7 years we got some other animated shows like Rebels and Resistance but also season one of [The Mandalorian](https://www.blackvoid.club/the-mandalorian-season-1-refelctions/). Riding on it success, as we wait for season two, creator Jon Favreau is already working on season three. On top of this a new Disney series called “Gallery” is also starting soon, featuring The Mandalorian behind the scene and making. This will be an interesting documentary, no question about it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/The_Mandalorian_Poster-1.jpg)

Disney's first tv show was a huge success

To make things more interesting, along side this tv show, Disney also has plans for three more SW shows. All of them currently unnamed, we know that one will focus on Rogue One character Cassian Andor and events leading to Rogue One, another will be tv show about Obi-Wan and lastly a new female-centric SW show that will take place in different part of the SW timeline.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Disney-Gallery-1.jpg)

Disney Gallery documentary lineup will start with The Mandalorian

As a SW fan I couldn’t be more excited that we will not have to wait years just to get a two hour long movie, still saying that I have to say that the current, season seven, series of The Clone Wars didn’t deliver to me as much as expected. Maybe my bar was set too high, but the middle part of the season was just dull and bleak. As much as I love Ahsoka Tano character, a 4 episode arc of her return to the show was no really exacting and action packed as I hoped it would be.

Season kicked off with strong 4 episode introduction of “The Bad Batch” squadron of damaged clones and their rescue of long lost Echo trooper, but that all changed in episode 5 when Ahsoka was introduced back.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/vlcsnap-2020-04-24-13h48m54s506.jpg)

Season 7 is all about Ahsoka Tano...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/vlcsnap-2020-04-24-14h18m43s804.jpg)

... and the Phantom menace, Darth Maul

Still the final 4 episodes of this short season (too bad) got me all excited again. With two episodes left till the end, episode 9 and 10 were EPIC! If they end on such a high note I will be happy and forgive them the middle, hehe. Considering that this season is still ongoing, I won’t comment on the content but I’m happy that Dave Filioni gave the fans what they wanted. Not sure what I’m talking about? Have a look for yourself.

All in all, I have to say that I am pleased with the final season and if you still haven’t watched The Clone Wars series, be sure to have a look, it’s well worth it.
### Let there be music, Apple Music
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/let-there-be-music-apple-music/
Last updated: 2020-04-21T08:13:59.000Z
What a glorious day! Apple Music is finally in Croatia! All jokes aside, after a long long time, Apple has just announced that Apple services are expanding into more countries worldwide. Truth be told other competitive music services were already available, but the more the better, thats what I say. At the moment, personally I use TIDAL service in an integration with Plex and that works great. Not seeing using Apple Music any time soon, but it’s great that its finally here.

Now this might not be a big deal for most, but some of us were never able to use certain services as most did. The whole update of Apple services are as follows:

The App Store, Apple Arcade, Apple Music, Apple Podcasts and iCloud are now available in the following countries and regions:

```
Africa: Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Gabon, Libya, Morocco, Rwanda, and Zambia.

Asia-Pacific: Maldives and Myanmar.

Europe: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Kosovo, Montenegro, and Serbia.

Middle East: Afghanistan (excluding Apple Music) and Iraq.
Oceania: Nauru (excluding Apple Music), Tonga, and Vanuatu.

```

Apple Music is also expanding to the following countries and regions:

```
Africa: Algeria, Angola, Benin, Chad, Liberia, Madagascar, Malawi, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Namibia, Republic of the Congo, Senegal, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Tanzania, and Tunisia.

Asia-Pacific: Bhutan.

Europe: Croatia, Iceland, and North Macedonia.

Latin America and the Caribbean: the Bahamas, Guyana, Jamaica, Montserrat, St. Lucia, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Suriname, Turks and Caicos, and Uruguay.

Middle East: Kuwait, Qatar, and Yemen.

Oceania: Solomon Islands.

```

Let’s hope that the new Apple TV+ service will arrive as well and then we will get the whole package (Croatia). All in all, great news all around. Are you running Apple Music already or some other music service?
### DSM 6.2.3 - 25423 update - new update, new problems
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-6-2-3-25423-update-new-update-new-problems/
Last updated: 2020-04-17T11:35:11.000Z
Yesterday Synology pushed out a new update covering a fair bit of new things and some fixes.

> NOTE: Please be aware NOT to update your NAS if you don’t have a valid backup and even in that case if that NAS is your main production device. Best to wait a while or even better, if possible, run it on a secondary NAS or a VM

```
Version: 6.2.3-25423
(2020-04-15)
Important Note

The update is expected to be available for all regions within the next few weeks, although the time of release in each region may vary slightly.
This update will restart your Synology NAS.
Removed the support for Google Cloud Print in DSM 6.2.3 and above.
To avoid the interruption of iSCSI service, the automatic DSM update and your power schedule to shut down may not be executed as expected if there are any active iSCSI sessions.
Removed TWNIC from the list of DDNS service providers on DSM 6.2.3 since TWNIC will stop accepting new registrations for DSM as of Jul. 1, 2020. Your current TWNIC DDNS services can still be used and edited but will not be available again once deleted from DSM.
This is the last major DSM version (6.2) that supports the video conversion to .flv and MPEG-4 Part 2 on certain models (RS814, RS214, DS414, DS414slim, DS414j, DS216se, DS215j, DS214+, DS214, DS214se, DS213j, DS120j, DS119j, DS115, DS115j, and DS114) in consideration of the termination of Adobe's support for Flash Player by the end of 2020.

What's New in DSM 6.2.3

1. Thin Provisioning LUN will become protected upon insufficient volume space, preventing clients from writing data to the LUN while allowing read-only access to the existing data.
2. Added support to sign in to DSM using a UPN (user principal name) of a domain via web portal and file protocols.
3. Added support for the option of forcing password changes for importing local users.
4. Enhanced the compatibility of the imported user list, providing clearer error messages when the imported file contains syntax errors.
5. Added support to record only the events of SMB transfer selected by the user, providing transfer logs that meet the requirements more closely.
6. Added support for client users to monitor the changes of subdirectories under shared folders via SMB protocol.
7. Added details of desktop notifications to facilitate users' timely responses.
8. Added support for external UDF file system devices.
9. Added support for the Open vSwitch option in a high-availability cluster.
10. Added support for IP conflict detection, providing logs and notifications accordingly.
11. Added support for Let's Encrypt wildcard certificates.
12. Added support to waive the need of DSM login again through an HTTPS connection after a change in client's IP address.
13. Added support for hardware-assisted locking for Thick Provisioning LUN on an ext4 volume.
14. Added support for customized footer message on DSM login pages.

Fixed Issues

1. Fixed the issue where certain cities might be mapped to incorrect time zones.
2. Fixed the issue where LDAP users could not be notified of the upcoming password expiration.
3. Fixed the issue where the upload of LDAP certificate could not overwrite the original one with the same file name.
4. Fixed the issue where the application permissions settings might not be applied properly to the Domain Users group when such group in Windows AD domain was named other than "Domain Users".
5. Fixed the issue of inaccurate time of usage history in Resource Monitor.
6. Improved system responsiveness by reducing the latency of the Btrfs file system in certain scenarios.
7. Fixed the issue where SNMP did not provide the indices of Disk and RAID correctly.
8. Fixed the issue where the recycle bin of an encrypted shared folder might not be emptied properly.
9. Enhanced the DSM login performance for multiple concurrent logins.
10. Adjusted the personal notification mechanism to comply with the latest Gmail API.
11. Fixed the issue where the iSCSI service might be interrupted when the LUN backup task is stopped.
12. Removed the function of expanding the capacity of a block LUN.

Known Issues & Limitations

Access to DSM via HTTPS using Google Chrome on a client device running macOS 10.15 might fail after a DSM update from an older version.

```

One reason I’m posting about his and that new feature No. 11 - Added support for Let's Encrypt wildcard certificates. Up until now, users were unable to create wild card certificates despite that LE made this possible almost 2 years ago. Still, a welcome addition to an already added feature of automatic creation of LE certificate when creating a new DDNS registered name with Synology domain.

So what does this mean in the end? Well you will be able to issue a wild card certificate for your synology registered domain name. Something like \*.[mycustomname.synology.me.](http://mycustomname.synology.me./?ref=blackvoid.club) This was not possible before and users that wanted to host web content on their NAS devices while using a LE wild card certificate, had to use [alternate method](https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/) to get it. Still, this didn’t mean that you could get it for your synology.me domain, no. You could only get it for your own custom domain and then import that certificate into your NAS.

If running your own domain is not your cup of tea but still want to have a wild card certificate, this will be a perfect solution for your.

As with any update there are potential problems. Even though in the past few days I haven’t noticed any major problem with this update (like NAS being bricked) there is a problem (and a solution) if you are running Synology Photo Station package. It looks like that Photo Station users that cover specific parameters, are locked out of their PS. Luckily Synology already made a fix. You can read more on this problem [here](https://community.synology.com/enu/forum/1/post/133249?ref=blackvoid.club).

If you do decide to patch day 1 keep in mind that you can’t (officially) downgrade to previous versions, so be sure that this update is a valid step for your needs.
### iPhone SE (2020) - less is more
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/iphone-se-2020-small-is-the-new-big/
Last updated: 2020-04-17T10:11:55.000Z
In 2016, Apple released several new devices as a part of their yearly refresh. iPhone 6S and 6S Plus were expected but what most people were wondering was the announced iPhone SE. Same shape and size as iPhone 5S but with speed and tech of an iPhone 6/6s, SE quickly became a worldwide favorite Apple phone. With a price of $300 or less, it was an obvious choice for anyone looking all the cool Apple features in a great phone without the need to spend premium for some high end models.

Considering it was really popular, iPhone SE was back on sale in January 2019 for only $249\. It took less then a month to clear the stock.

#### Special Edition or was it Second Edition?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-17-at-10.38.28.png)

iPhone SE (2020) - glass meets aluminum

Regardless what SE stands for, on April 15th 2020, we have a second generation of this great phone. This time packed in an iPhone8 body with iPhone11 brains. What a combination! Even though that the Apple A13 processor is powering this device there are some things that didn’t make it into this $399 device. Face ID was one of them, so SE is still coming with TouchID and I personally know some people that will prefer it. Also if you are hoping for some fancy camera actions like with the new iPhone 11 or 11 PRO, you are out of luck. This device comes with a single 12MP camera but still a huge upgrade from its former version. Also, this model will support a very popular Portrait mode, so it’s not all bad at all.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-17-at-10.40.16.png)

iPhone SE (2020) lineup of colors

Offering 4K recording at 60fps, stereo sound and a beautiful 4,7” Retina HD display as well as wireless charging, this SE model has a lot to offer for the price. Coming in 3 colors, black, white and RED, there will be something for everyone. Personally if I hadn’t upgrade from iPhoen6 to 11 about 6 months ago, this SE phone in RED version would be my choice for sure.

Most new owners will be pleased as well that the device is starting with 64GB of storage all the way to 256GB, so this time around we all managed to avoid those 16/32GB versions. Hopefully those are gone for good.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-17-at-10.49.57.png)

No matter that it has TouchID, it still looks like a million bucks

On a personal note I am kinda sad that this smaller form factor is going away. In our household we have an SE (1st gen) and my wife loves it. She said to me, I don’t want a phone that I have to use with 2 hands. This one is perfect, works, case closed. Well you can’t argue with the facts. One of the main reason that Apple made the SE series in a smaller form factor, was that customers were asking for it. Some people really use their devices with one hand and having a larger 6” or bigger devices in their hand, can prove to be quite a problem. Unable to perform certain gestures, unable to reach the entire screen and problem of potentially dropping the device. Still, as much as all of this is true, its just not justified for Apple to produce devices in a form factor that was discontinued years ago. iPhone8 body is still a form factor that is around and it make sense to use it. Plus, it is bigger then the 5S model, so fitting more tech, more storage that is current, does require a bit more room. This device has lost the 3.5” phone jack as well, and that tells us that, as always, every millimeter counts.

I have no doubt that this model will fly of the shelf even in the hands of some customer that are running the latest models already. For that price you are getting a great phone that will literally last you for many years (still have a functional iPhone 4 and 5S in use).

Are you planing on getting a new SE iPhone? Let me know in the comments below.
### Plex Labs and their new creations
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/plex-labs-and-their-new-creations/
Last updated: 2020-04-16T22:52:14.000Z
I have been a Plex user for over 11y now. I love it. No way around it, its just perfect for me and my needs. If you are unfamiliar with [Plex](http://www.plex.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) (shame on you!) its a media streaming and organizing platform. Free with some premium features.

What started as a media organizing platform a while back, turned out to be a brilliant solution for all your needs. Steaming in your home, on your tablet or TV, console or computer. If you are looking to play your content on the go, you can do that as well, no problem. I could really go on for hours on many features that Plex system offers but today I would like to focus on something that popped out from Plex Labs.

Whats Plex Labs you ask? Well Labs is what Plex calls, a playground for new apps (their native apps as well as 3rd party). Started a little over 2y ago one of the first apps that came out of the labs was [Plexamp](https://plexamp.com/?ref=blackvoid.club).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8166.PNG)

Plexamp (iOS version)

## Plexamp - Winamp with Plex magic

Plexamp was a real success when it came out. Everyone that uses Plex was awarded with a small, minimalistic player that did just that, played songs from your Plex music library. I remember back in the day that Winamp was my favorite music player. Light, compact and did the job. Nowadays, most music players are bloated and full of extra features that nobody wants. Sure you can play music if you want, but hey, you can also update your phone (?!?) and sync your content. Basically what I always wanted was a native desktop and mobile app for my Plex setup and finally, its here. Plexamp in its 1st versions was desktop app only, but today we got a complete rewrite of the app that you can use on all well known desktop and mobile platforms.

In its current 3.11 version Plexamp for both desktop, but specially for mobile, looks awesome!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8167.PNG)

With the ability to list all your favorite albums and artists, search for specific songs, all the way to enjoy more then just music with some cool visualizers and 4 visual themes for every taste.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8168.PNG)

Plexamp mobile interface is well organized with most options only a single action away. For example while listening to a song you can just swipe up and get the rest of the album songs listed without even leaving the screen. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8169.PNG)

Considering that Plexamp is a PlexPass only app at the moment, you will also have the option to download songs to your device for some offline playback. App also offers loudness leveling, true gapless playback, SweetFades (TM), soft transitions and much much more.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8170.PNG)

## Plex Dash - Tautulli by Plex

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8165.png)

Plex Dash - one stop place for all your streaming overview needs

If you run your own Plex server(s) you were also in a situation that you wanted to keep an eye out for things happening on it especially if you have multiple users (local and remote). Now, Plex was not the best platform that offered these kind of tools to begin with, so most people turned to some 3rd party solutions like Tautulli. 

In the past year, things have changed and Plex web app got its own dashboard functionality to see who is streaming what, whats the situation of your Plex server CPU and RAM as well as network bandwidth. Well, today we got that same function on the mobile platform. Plex Dash. Another PlexPass app that will give you lots of information in a nice and clean layout on your mobile device. Don’t get me wrong, it’s great, but I will still use Tautulli as well (also offers mobile app) considering that all the metadata that it can collect is great for any historical presentation and needs.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8163.PNG)

Your Plex server overall performance overview

Plex Dash is more of a “now” app even though it can also present history data per user and per server/media, but it’s more oriented as a tool that will offer insight whats going on on your Plex server at this very moment. Visual presentation of those important information, is great. Elegant, simple and yet informative.

Keep in mind that you will not be able to do all of your Plex administrative tasks from this app, no. For example you will not be able to manage your Plex Home or remote users, send invites, define share permissions or even configure your existing or new libraries. No, with this tool you can monitor your current setup and do some light tasks, but still, imho, those are the things that I would expect from a pocket size app. A quick glance, search and log check is more then enough to have this cool app handy if you are a Plex administrator or simply a user.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8155.PNG)

You can list all your libraries and edit the items

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8156.PNG)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8158.PNG)

Detail info on the ongoing stream

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8161.PNG)

Search all your libraries and get a short preview of the results, clicking on the headers...

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/IMG_8160.PNG)

Will give you all of the search results

One thing that I really liked with this app in comparison with Tautulli for example, was that running multiple servers you would have to switch from one server to the other in order to see what was playing on what server (Tautulli). With Plex Dash, a single screen will show you all the streams from all your servers. Of course there is a “switch Plex servers” option but that will be needed to see the logs, utilization as well as all the content that is listed on that specific server. To me, it makes sense.

All in all, very pleased with these new apps and I do hope we see new features being added in the future. One last notice. Do keep in mind that these apps are free in AppStore but do require an active PlexPass subscription and are not officially supported by Plex. I know, I know. These are Plex apps, but Lab products are more of a tinkering projects they products that deserve support. Still, that being said, lot of help can be found on the Plex official forums.

Let me know in the comments below your thoughts on these new utilities. Do you use Plex at all, or some other media platform?
### Forklift - File Manager of the modern age
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/forklift-file-manager-of-the-modern-age/
Last updated: 2020-09-28T12:55:00.000Z
> UPDATE 28/09/2020 - Potential pricing model change coming with ForkLift 4 in 2021 - [https://binarynights.com/blog/posts/forklift-new-business-model.html](https://binarynights.com/blog/posts/forklift-new-business-model.html?ref=blackvoid.club)

> DISCLAIMER: In the interest of full disclosure, this app has been bought with my own funds, all of the opinions you are about to read are my own, nobody is paying for this review, and nobody has reviewed or approved this content before it was posted.

Do you remember the 80s? How about the 90s? Working in DOS-like operating systems with no graphical UI at all. File management back then was painful. At least until the likes of Norton Commander apps started showing up.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/forklift_mc.png)

An example of a dual pane file manager - Midnight Commander - used even today 

Apps that brought file management in the shape of a visual application with a popular dual pane operation mode. These types of apps still exist on every OS platform today, and macOS is no exception. macOS has a lot of great features but file management is not one of them.

When I started working on a Mac back in 2008, I had two questions. Where is the @ symbol (I know right?) and is there an alternative file management app like Norton/Total Commander for Mac?

At that time there were already a number of paid and free solutions. Pathfinder was one, muCommander was another but they were all really heavy and didn’t run as smooth as I wanted them to run on a 2008 Macbook. Also, some of them were not native Mac apps back then and were running in Java (I KNOW RIGHT!).

Luckily for me, in June of 2007 (a full year before I got into Mac and Apple ecosystem), Forklift was introduced. After that, the rest is history.

## A proper file manager for the Mac

At that time FL was, I think, about $19 or so. But after a trial run, this native Mac app was the proper replacement for my file management needs and it was a no brainer. I was sold. Now in case you are wondering what’s wrong with Finder, the answer is, from my point of view, a lot.

Don’t get me wrong there is plenty you can do via Finder and for someone who never used a dual-pane file management app, it might be more than enough. For me, the dual-pane is what it's all about. Having a single window where I can do all my file tasks. Cut/copy/paste from one location (folder or drive) to the other, rename, duplicate, etc. Of course, all this can be done with multiple Finder windows or multiple tabs that macOS has these days, but that’s just not the same for me. On top of this FL is more than just a dual-pane file manager, and for its price, you get a palette of tools that in the most case would cost you several more apps that you need to buy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/forklift_dark.png)

Forklift 3 in Dark mode

## Swiss army knife at your fingertips

Now if you are more of a keyboard type of person then the one using your mouse or trackpad, you will be please to know that almost all operations in FL can be done without the use of your mouse. To start you can even customize your keyboard shortcuts for many operation and commands.

Speaking of features, [BinaryNights](https://binarynights.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) web site has a nice presentation of all the features that this application offers, but I would like to focus on several that I use the most, along with some that are worth mentioning, considering that they can easily change your mind when it comes to getting a separate tool for the job, or using it via FL itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/forklift_tabs.png)

Dual pane view with multiple tabs and a preview window on the side

As I mentioned before, dual pane view has been around since forever, and its not advertised as a main feature, but when you launch the app for the first time, its the first thing you see. Dual pane layout helps you looking at multiple destination at the same time and perform various file and folder operations such as duplicate, rename, delete, move, cut, copy, paste, etc. As a bonus FL offers multi tab operations for each pane, so you can have multiple sources, each in its tab, on one side and a single or multiple destinations in the other. In comparison, you would need multiple Finder windows for this to work and you wouldn’t be able to perform any of the mentioned operations elegantly as you can do it inside FL (meaning you would have to click a lot).

Working with local files is fine and for some Mac users, a daily task. On the other hand you will certainly find yourself in a situation where you will need to access some data on an external drive, or a network share, perhaps even from some cloud service. This is where you will conclude that, without FL, you will need a combination of a local file manager (Finder) and a web browsers and in some more strict situations you will need a custom tool to help you as well. What I mean by that, is that you will need to connect to your Google Drive or Amazon cloud, or a secure FTP destination and in those scenarios FL can help as well. With a variety of remote connection options, you can have all your favorite destination right within FL interface.

For example using FL you can connect to SFTP, FTP, WebDAV, Amazon S3, Backblaze B2, GDrive as well as some other local resources using all of the popular protocols such as SMB, AFP and NFS. As a “natural” extension to cloud services FL offers something called Droplets. If you prefer working with a mouse and like to drag and drop a lot, Droplet is a great feature. Even though it is a FL feature you don’t need to use FL at all. Visible as an icon in the macOS top bar, with Droplets you can initiate a remote connection to your cloud destination (like G Drive) and in the bordered area just drag the files you wanna upload to your destination. Simple and easy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/forklift_droplet_1.png)

Forklift Mini - a menu option to access your remote locations

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/forklift_droplet_2.png)

Droplet to your cloud destination

Similar to Droplet there is also a Disklet function that will allow you to mount any remote connection as a local drive visible in your system (not as a network share). Keep in mind that this will not work for any local AFP or SMB shares, but will work for your SFTP connection for example.

> NOTE: in order for this to work you will have to use a 3rd party FUSE driver

It is a shame that local NAS mount points are not visible this way, but then again, having them as a network share works just as well.

Speaking of network shares, as I mentioned earlier, FL works with all major protocols so you don’t have to worry if you have a mixed environment of servers hosting your files, you will be able to access them all and edit on the fly if you chose to do so. One common scenario of remote file manipulation is rename. I find myself often in a situation that I have multiple files with random names that need to renamed using a specific pattern. Welcome rename feature. I love it. The best part is that you can save it as a favorite and have multiple rename options ready to go in no time. If you ever needed a multi rename tool that offers expression, replace or sequences, this is the tool for you. This feature alone with remote connections was enough for me to justify the price.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/forklift_rename.png)

Multi rename tool in action

There are many more features that make this app a great productivity tool, but I would like to mention a few more that might not be big and important to mention, but mean a lot to me and my daily work.

Considering that my mind works the way it does, I have always had a problem with macOS sorting and visual presentation of files and folders. Ok, alphabetical presentation is fine, but not when you mix files and folders. I mean, really? So a welcome “feature” in FL is also the fact that it will sort folder first and then files, as intended. Thank you BinaryNights.

Another feature that’s worth a paragraph is App Deleter. It’s fine that you can delete an app on macOS just by dragging it to the Bin, but what’s left behind could sometimes be a problem. Personally, if I want to delete something then I want to delete all of it, including any files in the Preferences folder. FL does a very nice and clean job of removing all the files related to the app in question.

Overall performance is also one thing that’s very important when using an app and FL doesn’t disappoint on that front as well. Rewritten in Swift, FL in its current 3.3.8 version is a stable, fast and above all, native macOS app that’s a real pleasure to use. Did I mention that it comes in black as well? O yes, dark mode is supported for anyone who is a night owl or simply likes a darker setup, I know I’m one of them.

BinaryNights support for the app is great both in ways of responding to tickets and questions over social media and fixing any bugs that might get through. All the latest changes can be viewed on the changelog page [here](https://binarynights.com/blog/?ref=blackvoid.club).

So how can you start enjoying all of these and many more features? Forklift is available in the macOS [App Store](https://apps.apple.com/hr/app/forklift-file-manager-and-ftp-sftp-webdav-amazon-s3-client/id412448059?mt=12&ref=blackvoid.club), on the [BinaryNights](https://binarynights.com/store?ref=blackvoid.club) web site, and even using a [SETAPP](https://setapp.com/apps/forklift?ref=blackvoid.club) service.

> NOTE: App Store version is not FL v3, its v2 that’s free to use.

## Conclusion

As I said a few times before these are just a few of many features that this app has to offer in any number of details, so be sure to check out the BinaryNights web site and get a taste for it during a trial period. If I had to put my finger on one thing that I have a problem with FL, at this time, its the fact that I don’t have any. Still, that doesn’t mean that its all perfect, but considering that it works for me in any number of ways, it is. There will be someone that will say that it's missing this and that, it could be better like this, but in my personal opinion it's the top file management app out there to date.

Let me know in the comments below how do you cope with your daily file and folder operations.
### 2-step verification changes coming for Synology C2 accounts
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/2-step-verification-changes-to-your-synology-c2-account/
Last updated: 2020-04-07T12:21:46.000Z
Today, Synology announced some changes regarding login procedure into their C2 cloud platform. If you are unfamiliar with the platform you can visit [https://c2.synology.com/en-us](https://c2.synology.com/en-us?ref=blackvoid.club) and see what its all about.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/c2backup.jpg)

C2 - Synology cloud backup platform

A few days ago I spoke about the upcoming [Hybrid Share](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) feature coming in DSM7\. This feature will have the option to connect you local NAS with C2 and allow you to use it as an extension of your NAS. More details in [this](https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/) article. On top of this, DSM 7 will also have a new login feature into your NAS using Synology Account (and not just local account), so this change is probably aligned with certain under the hood changes that are going to happen.

Full information on these C2 changes are as follow:

> On April 28, 2020, we are changing 2-step verification (2SV) on [c2.synology.com](http://c2.synology.com./?ref=blackvoid.club) to be aligned with Synology Account. Any 2SV already set up on your C2 account will be removed and replaced by 2SV setup on Synology Account.  
>  
> If you did not enable 2-step verification on Synology Account, you should do so before April 28 to maintain account security. We’re making this change to improve account security and make 2-step verification simpler to adopt and maintain.  
>  
> If you have any questions, [please let us know.](https://synoform.synology.com/zh-tw/form/inquiry?type=feature&main%5Fcategory=Backup&category=Synology%5FC2%5FBackup&ref=blackvoid.club)  
>  
> Sincerely,  
> Synology Inc.

Its encouraging to see that despite the whole COVID-19 situation, things are moving along especially regarding DSM7 changes.
### Synoforum.com, 1st anniversary!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synoforum-com-1st-anniversary/
Last updated: 2020-04-06T10:00:39.000Z
Well well, would you look at that! [synoforum.com](https://www.synoforum.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) is one year old! Woohoo! For all of you who are unfamiliar with this site, Synoforum was created and started 1 year ago after it was obvious that [community.synology.com](https://community.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) is going to stay in its current form factor.

Considering there are already a few articles here on that subject I will not repeat myself again. What matters is that in the past year, the forum has grown close to 800 members with over 10k messages and a nice collection of topics and resources that remained open to the public and ad free since the beginning.

Recently the forum has got a few more moderators on board and has started to look in the direction of cooperation with other tech related forums that more or less are fully or indirectly focused towards Synology services and products.

Best of luck to synoforum in the future and if you haven’t visited the site still, what are you waiting for (there are also free cookies here and there, so that’s great right)?!
### Docker top (20) images and solutions
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/docker-top-10-images-and-solutions/
Last updated: 2025-11-18T08:23:54.000Z
🔈

****UPDATE**: 17/11/2025 - updated some solutions with comments, added ****PocketID** and ****Tidarr** to the list

🔈

****UPDATE**: 12/07/2023 - added ****WireGuard** to the list. How to turn Synology NAS into a WG VPN server

🔈

****UPDATE 15/01/2022** \- added ****ShellNGN** to the list after a few months of testing. Top SSH over Internet app, and more.

🔈

****UPDATE 28/04/2021** \- added some more solutions to this intial top 10 list

I’ve been using Docker since 2014, and up until now, I have tested a large number of various images. Some official, some community-driven, but no matter who is maintaining it, if it’s a useful product that I need, I’ll use it.

So this is the list of my top images that I can’t function without on a daily basis.

## 01 Bitwarden

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/bitwardenrs/server
* URL: https://bitwarden.com

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/bw.jpg)

Bitwarden - your personal self hosted password manager

This product has changed my point of view regarding security for sure. I have to admit, I was never a fan of **password managers**, but BW, as a self-hosted solution, has changed that. Never wanted to have to pay for a password manager, let alone to have the data hosted God knows where. BW, with its host model and the fact that it’s supported on all major desktop and mobile platforms, as well as a browser plugin, has quickly made it to the top of my list. If you are in the market for a password manager, look no further. More info on how to set it up in your Docker environment, have a look here:

[Bitwarden - a self-hosted password managerHow to self-host Bitwarden password manager on your Synology NAS via Docker.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/07/bw.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/)

## 02 Mattermost

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://github.com/mattermost
* URL: https://mattermost.com/

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/image-1.png)

Mattermost - free, open-source messaging platform

Rocket chat as an image and app has been in my scope about 3y ago, but only Mattermost is a powerful collaboration platform designed to enhance team communication and productivity. It provides a secure and scalable messaging solution that can be self-hosted on-premises or in the cloud. With Mattermost, teams can streamline their workflows, share knowledge, and make faster decisions.

One of the key features of Mattermost is its centralized messaging system. It allows teams to communicate in real-time through channels, direct messages, and group chats. These conversations can be easily organized and archived, ensuring important information is never lost. Additionally, Mattermost supports rich media sharing, including files, images, and videos, making it convenient for teams to collaborate and relay ideas.

Mattermost also offers powerful integrations with popular tools and services, allowing teams to bring together all their communication and collaboration needs in one platform. It seamlessly integrates with tools like Jira, Bitbucket, and GitHub, enabling developers to receive live updates and notifications directly within their Mattermost workspace. Moreover, Mattermost provides third-party app integrations and an open API, allowing developers to customize and extend the platform to meet specific requirements.

With its emphasis on security and privacy, Mattermost ensures that team communication remains confidential. It offers end-to-end encryption for messages and data, granular access controls, and compliance with industry standards such as GDPR and HIPAA. These features provide teams with peace of mind and foster a secure work environment.

In summary, Mattermost is a versatile collaboration platform that offers real-time messaging, rich media sharing, extensive integrations, and robust security features. It empowers teams to communicate effectively, streamline their workflows, and improve overall productivity.

On how to set it up, have a look here: 

[Mattermost - (free) open-source messaging platformHow to run Mattermost collaboration platform on your Synology NAS using Docker - a short tutorial![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/mattermost_v2.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/mattermost-free-open-source-messaging-platform/)

## 03 Grafana

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/grafana/grafana
* URL: https://grafana.com

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-05-at-13.01.00.png)

Grafana - one-stop dashboard central for all your needs

Yet another self-hosted solution out there, and IMHO one of the best for all your dashboard needs. It’s graphs, charts, or any other table metric that you want to present in almost any way imaginable. Grafana is the solution for you. With a large number of potential data sources, you can monitor and display any device that you own. From a weather station to any IoT lying around, as well as your NAS, PC, smart devices, etc. Personally, I use Grafana to monitor all my NAS devices because the Resource Monitor in DSM is... well, you know. More details on other various Grafana Labs solutions:

[Grafana 8 - InfluxDB 2 - Telegraf - 2021 monitoring stackSee how you can run your GIT (Grafana 8, InfluxDB 2, and Telegraf) stack in Docker to monitor your Synology NAS and Docker containers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/grafana8_influx2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-8-influxdb-2-telegraf-2021-monitoring-stack/)

## 04 Portainer

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/portainer/portainer-ce
* URL: https://www.portainer.io

```

c

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/portainer.jpg)

Portainer - a must-have platform for your Docker management

If you start getting into the Docker universe, you will quickly realize that using Synology Docker UI has its advantages, but also has a few disadvantages. One of those disadvantages is, for example, an overview of your volumes in use, unused images, the option to deploy containers that require mapping to some sections of your host that are not accessible via DSM UI, and so on. **Portainer is a web UI platform** that will connect to your Docker host and allow you to fully use all of Docker's potential (if you are not into CLI). Another great thing is that if you are running multiple Docker hosts, then you can add access to them via a single Portainer UI, eliminating the need for multiple Portainer instances. Under regular development, Portainer is simply a must for any Docker user. Read all Portainer articles:

[portainer - BlackvoidSynology media partner IT & tech blog focused on Synology NAS, SRM, Docker, and other self-hosted solutions![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/blackvoidclub_banner.png)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tag/portainer/)

## 05 Ghost (blog)

🚨

****UPDATE**: 17/11/2025 - Information updated in terms of Ghost version and its features.

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/_/ghost
* URL: https://ghost.org

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/image.png)

Ghost blog - publishing platform for content creators

Believe it or not, this was the first Docker image that I have ever tested. This was also the first image that taught me what a mapped volume is and how you can use it for days and days and then just lose it all after a single reboot. Fun time, ha? Joke aside. This blog is running Ghost as its backend, and it keeps getting better and better. 

In version 5, the Ghost platform upgrade features on many layers, but the ones that were key for me were search and comments. Both features were natively implemented and work rock solid, so there is no need for any other custom solution outside the platform.

---

**Old** information:

*Still, no matter how powerful, stable, and easy it is to use, it’s not without its minuses. If I had to point fingers, I would mention two of them. First, comments. Ghost does not have a built-in comment feature. Shame really, but still it opens up possibilities to run your custom solution, such as* [*Commento*](https://www.blackvoid.club/commento/)*, which this blog is also running (my 6th place app). Also, search. Search as a function is also missing. But let me clarify. The search inside Ghost does exist, but it can’t be used to search articles or their content. Shame and kind of strange, right? Still, just like with comments, there are third-party solutions for that that work great (also implemented on this blog).* 

---

All in all, I see no reason to change my blog platform anytime soon. Self-hosted, completely custom, and open, what more could you want?

## 06 Commento

🚨

****UPDATE**: 17/11/2025 - This platform has been deprecated, and with the implementation of comments as part of the Ghost platform, there is no more a need for a custom solution such as this one

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://gitlab.com/commento/commento (pulled via ssh)
* URL: https://commento.io

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/commento-1.jpg)

Commento - a light commenting platform with privacy in mind

As I previously mentioned, Ghost is running without any commenting features or options. I didn’t even wanna start with this blog if it didn’t have a commenting section, and I refused to use some other free or commercial options out there. Commento is a private, anonymous commenting solution that works with many blog platforms and allows you to use one Commento instance and deploy it on multiple sites (domains) that you own. In active development, this light solution is great for all your small or major needs. If you are interested in how to use it and deploy it, have a read here:

[Commento - commenting done rightCommento and Commento++ comment platform. How to run your own self-hosted platform via Docker on your Synology NAS.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/commento.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/commento/)

## 07 Tiny Tiny RSS (TTRSS)

🚨

****UPDATE**: 17/11/2025 - This platform has been deprecated, and it will continue to be developed by another developer (links updated). My personal needs have, in the meantime, changed, and I have switched to FreshRSS.

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/supahgreg/tt-rss/
* URL: https://github.com/tt-rss/tt-rss

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/rss_reader_ui.png)

TTRSS platform running via Reeder application (Mac)

Oh, boy. I have no idea how I would function without RSS as my main source of information. Just to make one thing clear. I hate reading news portals, ads, popups, and anything else that can keep me away and distracted from the actual information that I need. Reader mode in a browser is fine, but having a single solution for all your news sources is what TRSS is all about. As one of the few news aggregator solutions out there that you can host yourself, it's been on my top 10 list for a long, long time. I honestly can’t recall when was the last time that I read news or articles and not initiated it from within an RSS application. More info here: 

[RSS - dying platform or the right way to read the news?rss reeder mac ios docker synology nas ttrss freshrss fever mysql postgres sqlite news self-hosted![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/04/rss.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/rss-dying-platform-or-the-right-way-to-read-the-news/)

## 08 Radarr

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/radarr
* URL: https://radarr.video

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-05-at-13.15.57.png)

Radarr - Movie media download manager

Now, this is a platform that I can’t live without as well. Staying on top of all the media coming out these days, Radarr is an open-source project for all your movie needs. Simply put, if you are looking to have your movie media up to date with the latest movies, Radarr is the tool for you. No other comes close to it, and that's final. It takes a bit of time to get it up and running (configuration-wise), but once you are done, it's fire and forget. With options to connect to your IMDB, [trakt.tv](http://trakt.tv/?ref=blackvoid.club), and similar movie lists, getting new titles in its scope will be as simple as pushing a button. Depending on how well you wanna streamline your whole Radarr setup, you can have it fully automatic from start to finish. Give it a spin and see for yourself.

## 09 Sonarr

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/sonarr
* URL: https://sonarr.tv

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-05-at-13.17.47.png)

Sonarr - TV show media download manager

Just like Radarr, Sonarr is the same solution, only for TV shows. If movies are not your cup of tea, maybe TV shows are (personally, I prefer a great TV show over a movie any day). Radarr and Sonarr are usually on people's list back to back, considering how much content is coming out these days, so if you wanna stay current on your favorite TV show, Sonarr is the platform for you.

## 10 Tautulli

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/tautulli
* URL: https://tautulli.com

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-05-at-13.19.41.png)

Tautulli - Plex media monitoring platform

Lastly, No10\. Tautulli is also known as PlexPy, is a PLEX metric system that was developed as a result of poor options within the Plex server (a while back). A few years back, you couldn’t get any info on how much time you have spent watching your Plex content, how many users you have, and what they are watching, what was the top TV show last month that anyone using your Plex server was watching, etc. Now, someone might say, why do I need all that, but if you are sharing your server with friends and family, keeping track and staying on top of things will become important. I said a moment ago that this was the case since a few years back, but things have changed. Nowadays, the Plex server also offers certain (not all) features that Tautulli does as well. Just to make it clear, Tautulli is still the best this and its features are second to none, including the Plex server. So, if you wanna know every little hidden detail of your Plex server and its usage and users, Tautulli is your platform.

## 11 Standard Notes

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/u/standardnotes
* URL: https://standardnotes.org
* GIT: https://github.com/standardnotes

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/standardnotes.jpg)

100% free, private, open-source, and encrypted notes platform

Having a note-taking app nowadays is nothing special. There are a ton of them out there. Some are free, some are not, some are better than others, but most of the time, these are solutions that are "cloud" based. Meaning your data is stored somewhere that you can't control.

With SN, you can have a complete solution running on your end. Including the main server part as well as the web client and all other custom extensions that this platform offers. Being under constant development, this platform keeps getting better, more secure, and moving up on my list of favorite note-taking apps that work on all desktop and mobile platforms today.

How to run your solution, be sure to check my article [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/standard-notes-docker-self-hosted-alternative/).

## 12 NGINX proxy manager

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/jc21/nginx-proxy-manager
* URL: https://nginxproxymanager.com
* GIT: https://github.com/jc21/nginx-proxy-manager

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/nginxproxymanager-1.jpg)

For years, I have been using the default NGINX reverse proxy platform that comes with Synology DSM, but if you need something more powerful to get all your reverse proxy needs covered, look into the NGINX proxy manager.

The platform is well designed, offers a nice web UI to get things done, and you will probably never again go back to any other version out there.

Have a look at how easy it is to get it up and running:

[NGINX proxy managerRun your own NGINX reverse proxy manager in Docker on your Synology NAS and open up to a lot more features then what the built-in version offers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/05/nginxproxymanager.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/)

## 13 Bookstack

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/bookstack
* URL: https://www.bookstackapp.com
* GIT: https://github.com/BookStackApp/BookStack

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-28-at-11.51.36.png)

Bookstack - all you wiki needs in one great package, free and open-source

The more and more I get into self-hosting, the more I have needed a wiki platform for documentation and keeping track of all of the custom code and Docker-Compose files, as well as all the little bits that I don't consider a "note" class record.

Again, as with any platform out there today, the wiki is definitely one category that is saturated with solutions, but for me, Bookstack is the option that I went for. Under constant development, very stable and fast, and it supports all the features that I need. Worth looking into for sure.

[BookStack - self-hosted wiki platformRun an open-source, free, self-hosted wiki solution using Docker with BookStack on your Synology NAS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/08/bookstack.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/bookstack-self-hosted-wiki-platform/)

## 14 Matomo

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/_/matomo
* URL: https://matomo.org
* GIT: https://github.com/matomo-org/

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/matomo.jpg)

When it comes to analytics and keeping track, but without following your website visitors, there are a few open-source, self-hosted solutions out there. Matomo is one of them. Formerly Piwik, Matomo has become a great platform for all your website analytics needs, and the fact that you can control your data on-premise makes it a solution that I use as well. 

On how to run your own solution, read the article:

[Matomo - self-hosted web analytics platformHow to run Matomo, a self-hosted web analytics platform via Docker on your Synology NAS![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/03/matomo.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/matomo-self-hosted-web-analytics-platform/)

## 15 Shlink

```
* self-hosted; open source
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/u/shlinkio
* URL: https://shlink.io
* GIT: https://github.com/shlinkio/shlink

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/shlink.jpg)

Considering the number of services that link to various destinations, from social media links to websites, shared links, etc, it is no wonder that using a URL shortener is almost a must.

Having your platform for this is something that is a great benefit from having your control over the links, to the fact that this platform goes a bit more with built-in custom slugs, analytics, protection, and date expiration.

Be sure to check it out and read up on it:

[Shlink.io - modern open-source URL shortener running via DockerHow to run URL shortener platform on your Synology NAS via Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/08/shlink.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/shlink-io-modern-open-source-url-shortener-running-via-docker/)

## 16 ShellNGN

```
* self-hosted; commercial
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/shellngn/pro
* URL: https://shellngn.com

```

![ShellNGN - web-based SSH client](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w2000/2021/10/shellngn.jpg)

ShellNGN is a **web-based platform** that will allow you to **connect to your devices via SSH, SFTP, VNC, or RDP** when you are not in the same network subnet (ie, working from a remote location), **without the need to VPN** back into your LAN **or port forward** those risky SSH and RDP ports to the Internet.

This is one of those apps/platforms that I have no problem paying for in order to have my remote connections safe and secure. It works really well, and with 2FA support, it has climbed to the top of my daily used apps quickly. Sure, there are alternatives out that, even free ones, but after going over a few of them, I settled on ShellNGN. Read about the full deployment and features in more detail here:

[ShellNGN - web-based SSH clientShellNGN is a web-based platform that you can use for all your SSH, SFTP, VNC, or RDP needs. Protected by 2FA, it supports an unlimited number of hosts, teams, and users…![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/10/shellngn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/shellngn/)

## 17 Wireguard VPN

```
* self-hosted
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/weejewel/wg-easy
* URL: https://github.com/wg-easy/wg-easy

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/07/image-2.png)

Using a VPN solution is nothing new, but when it comes to Synology and WireGuard protocol support, there is no love on that front. Still, turning a Synology NAS into a WG server, for incoming connections, is possible. With the open source repository called **wg-easy**, it is possible to run a Docker-driven container that will allow you to utilize this great VPN protocol. For more details, read up on the article below:

[Wireguard VPN for your Synology NASHow to run your private Wireguard VPN server on your Synology NAS using Docker![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/07/wireguard_vpn.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/wireguard-vpn-for-your-synology-nas/)

## 18 Obsydian Sync

```
* self-hosted
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/_/couchdb
* URL: https://github.com/vrtmrz/obsidian-livesync

```

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/obsidian-1.jpg)

While Obsidian is a standalone app, deploying it on multiple devices and keeping them in sync is something that can be commercially done using the Obsidian service or by running a community-based solution as a plugin.

[Obsidian - running sync engine via DockerRunning Obsidian Live Sync Docker container on a Synology NAS to keep all your content on all devices in sync and up to date![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/obsidian.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/obsidian-running-sync-engine-via-docker/)

## 19 Pocket ID

```
* self-hosted
* docker image: ghcr.io/pocket-id/pocket-id
* URL: https://github.com/pocket-id/pocket-id

```

![Pocket ID - passkey OIDC provider](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2025/06/pocketid_synology_sso.webp)

Looking for an OIDC self-hosted solution? Is Passkey compatible on top of that? The search is over! Presenting PocketID.

[Pocket ID - passkey OIDC providerLooking for a #selfhosted #OIDC solution that’s #passkey compatible and integrates with #Synology #DSM #SSO? Pocket ID is the answer.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-291.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/pocketid_synology_sso.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/pocket-id-passkey-oidc-provider/)

## 20 Tidarr

```
* self-hosted
* docker image: https://hub.docker.com/r/cstaelen/tidarr
* URL: https://github.com/cstaelen/tidarr

```

![TIDARR - self-hosted TIDAL download manager](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/size/w1200/2025/10/tidarr-2.webp)

For any official TIDAL user who wants to save their favourite song or album and listen to it offline, here is TIDARR. Developed as a progressive web app, this platform will allow access to all the TIDAL content inside its custom user interface and a simple download button to download the track in any offered quality that is covered by the TIDAL subscription.

[TIDARR - self-hosted TIDAL download managerA fresh, modern, and fast web platform that allows for downloading of TIDAL content for offline usage.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/icon/favicon-292.ico)BLACKVOID.CLUBLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/thumbnail/tidarr-2.webp)](https://www.blackvoid.club/tidarr-self-hosted-tidal-download-manager/)

---

## Conclusion

Even though I use many other Docker images daily, these are the ones that I use the most and are a must-have for my day-to-day operations. I’m sure this will change over time, but I guess not much, and if I do get a new container running, that’s worth mentioning; you can be sure I’ll write about it here.

What's your top 10 Docker lineup? Have any interesting solutions to share? Let me hear about it in the comment section.
### HTTP to HTTPS redirect
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/http-to-https-redirect/
Last updated: 2020-04-04T04:26:47.000Z
This will be a quick tutorial on http to https redirect for all of you using Synology reverse proxy (usually in a combination with Docker containers) or in general any means to host any content on your NAS.

Why is http to https needed? Well for one it will force any attempts to access your content on a non secure protocol as well as allow any visitors of your sites to simply be redirected to the correct URL no matter how they type it in the address bar.

Let’s give a quick example before the actual steps that are required. For example you are hosting a web site of some sort on your NAS. Let’s also assume that you already have it running on https (more on this later). What happens if for some reason someone types [www.yoursite.domain?](http://www.yoursite.domain/??ref=blackvoid.club) By default any browser will attempt to access it using http protocol (on its default port 80). Great, so non secure communication and on top of this, the wrong URL. Visitors will get that horrible “Page can’t be displayed” and that will be the end of it. NEXT!

In order to avoid this, you need to configure http to https redirect so that this actually points users and visitors to the correct url without them typing in the correct protocol (http or https). Let’s see what needs to be done in order to get this running on your Synology NAS.

I will assume that you have several things already in place for this to make sense:

- Configured DDNS
- Configured and registered a public domain in order to maintain DNS records
- A valid domain certificate (preferably a wild card one \*.mydomain.something)
- Apache HTTP Server installed on your NAS (you can use the Package center install)
- Knowledge and access to your router in order to port forward port 80 and 443

01\. First we need access on ports 80 and 443 from the Internet to your NAS. Considering that this process will depend on your router of choice, please consult your manufacturer on how to port forward ports. The only thing that needs to be done here is to open port 80 and 443 and pass them to your NAS local IP address on those same ports.

02\. Now we need to install Web Station and Apache (no matter what version) from the Package center.

03\. Open up File Station and go to your **web** folder and create a subfolder of any name you would like (redirectHTTPS for example, it really doesn’t matter).

04\. Next, create a file on your local computer and call it **.htaccess**. This file has no extension and in most cases as soon as you create it might disappear unless you have hidden files option active. Edit this file with a simple “notepad” application and add the following as its content:

```
RewriteEngine on
RewriteCond %{HTTPS} off
RewriteRule (.*) https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI}

```

> NOTE: make sure you are not using Word, WordPad or any “fancy” word processor for that matter because it will add certain special formats and characters that will make this file unusable. Once you have created this file and added the content, save it and copy/move it to the redirectedHTTPS folder that you created early.

05\. Open Web Station -> navigate to Virtual Host and click the Create button. Here we will need to add the following:

a) Choose Port-Based  
b) Select HTTP and input the port you want to use for rewrite of HTTP to HTTPS (1110)  
c) Set Document Root to the web folder redirectHTTPS  
d) Set HTTP back-end server to Apache HTTP Server  
e) Set PHP to Not configured  
f) Press Ok to save your chages

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-03-at-14.26.43.png)

Virtual host created inside Web Station

06\. Open up Revers Proxy in Control Panel > Application portal > Revers proxy tab and click Create

Let’s say that you wanna do a redirect for your [www.yourdomain.something](http://www.yourdomain.something/?ref=blackvoid.club) site that you are hosting on your NAS (as a Docker container). To make this work you need to make 2 entries. One for https to https redirect, and one for the actual revers towards your internal container where the site is.

07\. Redirect entry steps are these:

- Enter description: REDIRECT\_yourdomain.something
- Set Source protocol to HTTP
- Set Source hostname to www.yourdomain.something (this needs to be same as the public url of your web site)
- Set Source HTTP port 80
- Set Destination protocol to HTTP
- Set Destination hostname to localhost (or IP address of your NAS)
- Set Destination port to the Virtual Host port for web folder redirectHTTPS which is 1110 (or whatever you have defined in your virtual host steps).
- Click Ok

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-03-at-14.29.28.png)

An example of a redirect revers proxy entry

Now that we have a redirect entry, it’s time to make a reverse entry that will actually lead users to your web content located in your docker container.

08\. Revers proxy steps for your site are these:

- Enter description, let’s say yoursite\_https
- Set Source protocol to HTTPS
- Set Source hostname to www.yourdomain.something (this needs to be same as the public url of your web site)
- Set Source HTTPS port 443
- Set Destination protocol to HTTP
- Set Destination hostname to localhost (or IP address of your NAS)
- Set Destination port to the Docker container port where your site is being hosted on (for example 8855).
- Click Ok

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/Screenshot-2020-04-03-at-14.32.36.png)

An example of your web site revers proxy entry

09\. Finally, open up **Control Panel > Security > Certificate** and make sure that you have a valid SSL certificate for your domain imported. If you have, then click the “**Configure**” button to configure your new revers entry (listed here under the reverse description name that you have used) in order to add your ssl certificate to it.

We have now completed all the steps needed on the Synology side. All that its now left to do is to point Internet requests towards your web site name. To do that we will need an A host or CNAME record in your domain DNS setting. Depending on your domain provider this can also depend on how the configuration looks like, but you have 2 options here no matter what.

To add a record you will need to go to your domain DNS configuration setting and add **A** host OR **CNAME** record.

10\. If you have a public static IP address provided by your ISP create a A host record with its name “**www**” (no need to add the full domain name here, considering that it will be added automatically) and as a value enter your public IP address. If on the other hand you don’t have a static IP address you can enter your NAS DDNS name in a form of the CNAME (alias). Again, enter “www” as the name and as a value enter your ddns name that you have associated with your NAS. This way all Internet requests will be redirected to your NAS current public IP address.

That’s it! Well done! Now you can access your site public name without the need to specify https protocol because any request will be redirected to it anyway.
### Hybrid Share & Active Insight - Evolution of DSM 7
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/hybrid-share-active-insight-evolution-of-dsm-7/
Last updated: 2023-10-13T08:48:11.000Z
Due to the COVID-19 situation, all Synology workshops were converted into webinars. Most of them stated on the 31st of March, World Backup Day. What a coincidence ha?

I tuned in to one of them, South Central US regional, that was supposed to take place in Texas.

The whole workshop was very well done and in two hours time, a lot was covered. Starting from the presentation of their apps and services from real-life examples (a total of 4 scenarios), moving to some already known hardware, and then finishing with some live demos of some of the upcoming DSM 7 features. The very end was reserved for questions and ways to set up a partnership with Synology and how the company can help you become one.

What was interesting is that the whole workshop was focused on services and HW from the business and enterprise range. Even in the intro, it was said that the J and value lineup will not be covered in this webinar.

Before I focus a bit more on the main, new, upcoming features, I would like just to say that there was no mention of any new hardware (NAS or routers). Even when asked, Synology responded to some of the questions directly:

> Q: any news on WIFI6  
> A: WiFi 6 will require new hardware and we don't currently have any announcements for a new router.

> Q: Is Synology coming with an update for the RT2600AC router?  
> A: We don't have any announcements at this time

> Q: Any plans for MR2200AC to be POE?  
> A: No there aren't currently any plans for the MR220ac to support POE

Of course there were many other questions, but these were just a few that caught my eye regarding new HW products.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/webinar_c2.jpg)

The main focus of the webinar, Synology C2, and new DSM 7 features

### So what about DSM 7?!?

Believe it or not, there was almost no mention of DSM 7 regarding preview, beta, or final release. We did get a glimpse of DSM 7 during the live demo of the new **Hybrid Share** & **Active Insight** features that are coming.

Before I share some info on those, for all of you wondering if the new Photos app will come any time sooner than DSM 7, it won’t. That app will arrive alongside DSM 7, so be patient.

#### Hybrid Cloud - C2 and your NAS as one

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/webinar_HS.jpg)

Hybrid Share - Your NAS and C2 missing link

One of the features that I’m excited about in the upcoming DSM 7 is Hybrid Share. For all of you who are not familiar with this feature here is the summary. HS will be a “natural” extension for all NAS users that also use [Synology’s C2](https://c2.synology.com/en-us?ref=blackvoid.club) cloud backup platform. C2 is a paid service that’s worth looking into and it might be the right cloud platform as your disaster recovery destination in case you wanna move away from any other cloud provider.

So what's HS in the end? Well, it will be a way to use your C2 space as an extension of your NAS via shard folders that will be hosted on C2, but still, be visible via File Station on your NAS. At the moment C2 can only be used as a Hyper Backup destination for your backup jobs, and that’s fine but HS will be a brilliant addition to an already great solution.

Considering that the video stream was not even in 720p, the images are not that sharp but for an initial glimpse, it will do.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/hs_01.jpg)

Creation of Hybrid Share begins just like any other shared folder, in Control Panel

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/hs_02.jpg)

The HS wizard will connect you with your C2 cloud account and configure your shared folder

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/hs_03.jpg)

Permission settings that we are used to

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/hs_04.jpg)

Some additional information is presented when you configure your Hybrid Share

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/hs_05.jpg)

File Station view of your HS shared folder

As we can see from the images, the creation of a Hybrid Share will be done exactly just like we are creating a local share folder. The only thing you need to do is to authenticate with C2\. Simple and transparent. I really like this feature and can’t wait to test it out.

#### Active Insight - your NAS fleet command center

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/webinar_AI.jpg)

AI - one-stop dashboard for all your monitoring needs

If the HS live demo was not enough there was another great feature that we got a live presentation of, the brand-new Active Insight platform. This is a platform that will be hosted on the Synology side but users will retain full data ownership of all the metrics. Also, this will be a completely free service with no licensing model at all. Brilliant!

With this platform, you will be able to monitor all your HW health and usage analytics from a single location. This will be CMS on steroids but unlike CMS you will not be able to do remote deployments, so it will still make sense to use CMS. Also, while we are on the subject of CMS, it’s also getting major upgrades and they are not just cosmetics.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/ai_01.jpg)

Active Insight overview dashboard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/ai_02.jpg)

A quick look at your monitored hosts resources

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/ai_03.jpg)

Storage overview for a particular host

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/ai_04.jpg)

Event that requires attention. No need to look up in the KB, solution is listed inside AI

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/ai_05.jpg)

Event overview page

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/ai_06.jpg)

Creation of groups for easy management and notifications

As it is visible from the images, there will be a ton of metrics that you can monitor and maybe finally we won’t have to turn to the local Resource Monitor that’s, let’s be honest, a bit old for the lack of a better word (but Resource Monitor is also getting upgrades and updates in the upcoming DSM 7).

With Active Insight, you will also be able to maintain multi-tenant scenarios and even notify of any problems to multiple email destinations (push notifications, anyone?). Reporting is also a big deal of the AI platform so if you want daily/weekly reports of your entire fleet you got it.

As I said before the end of the workshop was aimed at partnership, education, and how best to get any assistance as well as how to become a Synology partner. Any additional info on the partnership you can get by sending them an email at sac\_sales@synology.com

This webinar might find its way onto the Synology [SPOT](https://event.synology.com/en-us/SPOT%5Fwebinar/?ref=blackvoid.club) site or their [YT](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLbeBr03sf2pWNmX-IiaVn308CLYuFTcfl&ref=blackvoid.club) channel in case you are wondering, so keep an eye on them. Overall this was an informative webinar and we managed to get some info on the upcoming DSM 7 and some of its main features.

What are you most excited about DSM 7?
### World Backup Day, March 31st
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/world-backup-day-march-31st/
Last updated: 2020-04-03T12:56:57.000Z
March 31st. World backup day. If you are unaware, this is the day to raise awareness regarding your data it's backup and your overall peace of mind knowing that all those digital bit and bytes are safe.

Synology as a brand that works day and night to make products that focus primarily on data access and its safety, each year has a special promotion of its products and services regarding WBD.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/synology_backup_city.png)

Synology's Backup city site

This year in their Backup City, we can see that they have gone a bit further then usual to try and illustrate most common scenarios and cases in which you might use their NAS devices as well as apps and services that they offer.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/synology_backup_city_business_district.png)

All of the important packages to keep your data safe (Active Backup suite)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/synology_backup_city_cloud_resort.png)

If you don't own a second NAS you can always use multiple pacakges to backup to the cloud

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/synology_backup_city_collab_campus.png)

Synology Drive and Office apps - your way of self-host document managment

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/synology_backup_city_content_park.png)

Multiple way you can utilize your Synology NAS to access and consume you content.

To make things even more interesting there are two campaigns that are currently active.

> NOTE: Keep in mind that you will need to have a registered account with Synology to participate in these campaigns and also the second one is for a limited market only; more details on the [community.synology.com](http://community.synology.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) site.

Be sure to take the survey and solve some backup challenges that are divided into three tiers. Prizes this year are well worth your time and effort. Ranging from 1TB/y subscription on Synology C2 cloud storage all the way to DS918+ 4Bay NAS as well as some super fast Seagate IronWorlf 510 960GB NVMe drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/wbd_prizes.png)

WBD 2020 Synology prizes

The most important thing today and any day for that matter, is to have a valid backup. People nowadays work mostly from home (due to COVID-19 situation) so having your data protected and accessible at all time might be more important then you think. With that in mind, backup, backup some more and then backup up again.

When was the last time you backup up your important data? Let me know in the comments below.
### The holy (mesh) trinity
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/the-holy-mesh-trinity/
Last updated: 2021-08-06T16:26:17.000Z
Setting up a *mesh* wifi configuration with Synology router lineup. The question is can an old model still serve its purpose, or is it just an old dinosaur in a modern age?

Synology only recently started to sell and develop network devices, specificity routers. To date, there are 3 models that are out there. RT1900AC, RT2600AC and MR2200AC. All of the models support the latest version of SRM (Synology Router Manager) that’s a clear fork of Synology’s popular NAS OS, DSM.

Aimed at beginners and medium-skilled users, setting up these routers is a piece of cake. To make things clear, there are some advanced features that really only a handful of users will ever use, but on the other hand it's not even close to some solutions out there that can do much much more in terms of network configuration.

Today I would just like to focus on a question, that most people that are considering creating a mesh network, might wonder about. How does it work, and is it worth it?

About nine months ago I have set up a new Synology [mesh](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-5g-mesh/) system at my new place. The reason for it is that the place is much larger than my previous apartment where I used the Synology RT1900AC model.

> NOTE: Configuring Synology mesh will require you to use either RT2600AC or MR2200AC models in a combination of your choice. The old RT1900AC is not supported in this configuration.

#### So what is mesh wifi?

In a few words mesh wifi is a seamless wifi network that’s composed of all of your supported routers that talk to each other all the time in an effort to maintain wifi coverage and wifi client movement transparent. Meaning that if you have multiple wifi routers or access points (like until now), your wifi devices would have to jump from one access point (wifi network) to the next depending on what wifi access point was the closest. That would in return result in an interruption of services. Streaming would stop working for a few seconds, copying files would stop or get interrupted as well, etc.

When you are running a mesh wifi network all routers and access points act as one big wifi network so no matter where you are and what access point has your device at the moment, moving to a new location will allow you to continue using any service uninterrupted.

So now that we know what mesh wifi is, let’s see how hard is to set it up with multiple Synology routers. As mentioned before, you will be able to use only the new models (2600 and 2200) considering that the old 1900 is not supported.

Setting up a router from the ground up will not be covered here considering that it's nothing than a simple wizard guide. The only thing that I will focus here on is configuring a mesh.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-31-at-12.21.24.png)

The starting point towards creating your mesh network

Once you have set up your main router (in my case RT2600AC), open up Wi-Fi Connect “app” to configure all your wifi needs. Inside there is a Wi-Fi Point submenu. Here you can add any additional access point (for example another MR2200AC) router to your mesh setup. Again, the wizard will guide you along the way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-31-at-13.21.17.png)

The first step on adding an additional access point to your mesh setup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-31-at-13.21.25.png)

When you have prepared your access point just hit the button and magic will happen

> NOTE: Keep in mind that first configuration needs to be done using wifi. Only after the initial configuration of mesh, can you move the access points and connect them via ethernet if you want. Also there is no need for your routers to have direct ethernet connection you can use a switch as long as they are in a same network subnet.

#### Mesh speed? Wifi or ethernet connection?

Now that you have your routers in a mesh configuration let’s talk about speed. All of these routers are capable of getting 1Gbit speeds over wifi but keep in mind that in order to get there you will need to plan ahead regarding their placement and connectivity.

As practical as it can be to have them talking to each other via wifi and for you to not think about wires, keep in mind that they will have a penalty when talking via wifi instead of ethernet. In the following example, you can see tests when only 2 of these devices are tested for speed. Once over wifi and once over ethernet.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/syno_mesh_wifi_backhaul.png)

Mesh communication via wifi

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/syno_mesh_eth_backhaul.png)

Mesh communication via ethernet (much better right?)

As you can see the difference is huge. The wifi speed is only about 30% of the full 1Gbit potential. If you add multiple wifi devices in the mix (laptops, tablets, phones) the results would be even worse. Another thing here to point out is that if your Internet speeds are over let's say 100Mbit (up/down) or close to 1Gbit for example, this wifi setup will not be able to utilize its potential. A lot of speed will be lost just for the communication between nodes and then that speed will be even more affected by the number of devices on a specific node (access point). 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/mesh_trinity_wifi_device-1.jpg)

Visual presentation of devices per specific access point

To mitigate that, plan and consider (if possible) to connect app your routers and access points via ethernet cable (CAT6 or better).

#### Any mesh love for RT1900AC?

Even though the title of this article might suggest that the oldest of three models could work in a mesh, it can’t. As I said before only the 2600 and 2200 models can make a mesh network.

Still, you can set up your 1900 model as a separate access point under a different SSID name (wifi name).

I have done just that this weekend when I noticed that I started spending more time in the basement. Considering it’s underground, wifi reception from the upper floors is non-existent (well it is but it’s really slow and spotty). So, I have decided to put my good old 1900 model to good use.

In short, setting it up as an access point (specific operational mode) via the setup wizard, in a matter of minutes you can have your very own Synology AP working alongside your mesh. Configured under a different SSID name and password make sure to connect your 1900 router (now in AP mode) via one of its 4 LAN ports into your existing LAN network, in a switch for example. That way it will be picked up by your DHCP server (running on your main router) and it will be a fully functional member of your LAN.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/49F0E964-D933-4C44-BA31-44BE78C2D2F0.JPG)

Configuring RT1900AC in AP mode

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/789AA0E0-D017-41F3-A22D-B19853F745DE.JPG)

Mounting upon a desired position

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/04725B51-0549-4F65-9158-F6D8B6480BAA.JPG)

Show off ;)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/IMG_8095.jpg)

Wifi test speed (iPhone11). Not bad for a basement ha?

All in all, running all 3 routers atm and covering 100% of the grounds around the house (even the dark corners).

On a final note. As a user of Synology routers for the past 5 years, I can say they are really good, stable, and solid. With regular patches and updates from Synology regarding SRM os, you can be certain it will deliver more than you expect without breaking the bank.

Are you considering running mesh wifi in your house? Let me know down in the comments section.
### RSS - dying platform or the right way to read the news?
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rss-dying-platform-or-the-right-way-to-read-the-news/
Last updated: 2022-04-13T07:37:40.000Z
📢

**UPDATE** 17/10/2020 - Reeder5 has arrived, added an update on the bottom: **Reeder v5** 

📢

**UPDATE**: 13/10/2020 - Just noticed that [ReederApp ](https://reederapp.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)has a new Reeder5 logo on the main page. Looks like the new version is coming along soon (maybe with BigSur this month?)

Let's open up with questions, shall we? How do you read the news today? Social media, Youtube-like content, written words on web portals? 

Today there is a huge number of ways that you can get almost any information you want. Sites, blogs, videos, tweets, just to name a few and yet, people still buy newspapers, ebooks, and magazines (digital also) to consume their favorite content. 

In this article, I would like to focus on getting your information from your favorite websites and web sources the old fashion way, RSS.

### What' RSS

Wikipedia definition: RSS or Rich Site Summary (also known as Really Simple Syndication) is a web feed that allows users and applications to access updates to websites in a computer-readable format. 

Ok, what does that mean? Well RSS feed can allow you to keep track of many different websites in a single news aggregator (I will focus on two of them in this article). As a result, this will allow you to have a single destination for all your multiple websites and news that you wanna keep track of. But you know what's the best part? No ads! O yes, RSS readers (applications that you use to read all your feed information) will filter out only the content of the article from a specific website. Talk about clean content, right? To top it all off, you will spend less time-fighting ads and spend more time reading what you wanna read. Also, your mobile data cap will thank you as well, considering that a huge number of unneeded data (images, videos etc) are not even loaded. Tracking? What's that? Yes, tracking (to a degree) is also not supported via RSS, not to mention those stupid "I consent" popups. 

Do you like the idea of RSS so far? Good, keep reading.

There is a number of ways you can get your content sorted using RSS technology. I will focus on the privacy specter of things by talking about self-hosting RSS solutions and apps. If you think that is not your cup of tea, then you can use a free online solution that will do it for you, for example Feedly.

All you have to do is register and populate your Feedly account with sites and sources that support RSS feeds (a bit more on this down in the text), and you are done!

### Self-hosted RSS aggregator(s)

⚠️

**DISCLAIMER**: This article will require you to have an up and running publicly accessible domain that is also covered with SSL certificate for security. Also, it would be great if you have knowledge of running and setting up reverse proxy, if not there is an article on that as well. Keep in mind that running these services locally will also work but for production usage it would be best to keep them secure and configured for Internet usage. This will mean that you will have to be willing (and know how) to open up 443 port on your router.

Now let's focus on getting this RSS setup running by keeping all the content locally (on our infrastructure and software platform) and not depending on any 3rd party solution (free or paid). Some might ask why, and the short answer is because we can. Ok, ok the real reason is that, and this is just my personal opinion, I don't wanna depend on a solution run by a company that might at any point change its policy, or even terminate the service (this is what happened with Google Reader for example). Also, running a self-hosted solution is not that complicated and resource-hungry. 

In this article, I will focus on 2 self-hosted RSS aggregators that are completely open-source and free, **Tiny Tiny RSS** and **FreshRSS**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/TTRSS_web.png)

TTRSS main UI with custom theme

⚠️

**UPDATE** \- 13/3/2022 - My current **aggregator of choice is FreshRSS**. This is due the fact that Fever Plugin that I have used with TTRSS is no longer supported inside Reeder app (RSS client side) as it is deprecated.

Let's get the obvious out of the way first. My choice is TTRSS and not FreshRSS. There are some things that just work better for me with TTRSS than with FreshRSS but on the other hand, FRSS is more "modern" and has a few features that TTRSS does not. Well, I will not get into details now, if you decide to move forward with this, you will be able to decide on your own what platform you wanna use.

Both solutions can be hosted on a machine (computer, NAS, Rpi) or via Docker platform and that is the method I will focus on today. The reason for Docker is that with it we can manipulate with both platforms however we want to, migrate them with ease on other machines running Docker and overall have them sandboxed from the rest of the system that Docker is running on. 

I will presume that you have a running Docker setup on your end considering that next steps will include running multiple Docker containers to get your news aggregator up and running. 

[TTRSS](https://tt-rss.org/?ref=blackvoid.club) doesn't have an official docker image on [hub.docker.com](http://hub.docker.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) unlike [FRSS](https://freshrss.org/?ref=blackvoid.club). You do have an option to build and run ttrss using docker-compose method from the official site ([https://git.tt-rss.org/fox/ttrss-docker-compose/src/master](https://git.tt-rss.org/fox/ttrss-docker-compose/src/master?ref=blackvoid.club)) but I will focus here on an already finished images. Still, that being said, both have multiple community driven images that exist on the Hub page.

Let's start with TTRSS. For this demo I recommend using one of the best and well documented docker image after linuxserver one (that was deprecated and removed), [wangqiru/ttrss](https://hub.docker.com/r/wangqiru/ttrss?ref=blackvoid.club).

### TTRSS via Docker (with Postgres database)

Both TTRSS and FRSS can work with multiple database platforms (MySQL, Postgres, SQLite), but I will focus on using Postgres as my database platform. Setting up any of them with any DB platform is the same and requires almost no major changes (apart from the driver; more details later).

If you will be using docker run method or Synology Docker UI, you will need to setup a few things beforehand. Considering that both RSS platforms require a configured database, database host and username and password, we will do that first.

#### PostgreSQL container

Download or pull [postgres](https://hub.docker.com/%5F/postgres?ref=blackvoid.club) docker image to start configuring it. Using docker run command line (this needs to be done as a root account on your NAS via SSH) you can run this one line command to get the container up and running.

```
$ docker run -d \
-name some-postgres \
-e POSTGRES_PASSWORD=mysecretpassword \
-e POSTGRES_USER=username \
-p 5432:5432 \
-v /custom/mount:/var/lib/postgresql/data \
postgres

```

What this will do is create Postgres container instance running on port 5432 with a volume map towads ***/var/lib/postgresql/data*** mount where all the data is stored. Also you will get an initial user of your choice by using a username and password provided to be able to connect to your instance.

Now that we have our SQL container up and running, you can do one more thing here. Considering that you will need to have a running DB with credentials set up, you need to be able to configure those. Because we have just set up a DB container, we need some way of interacting with it. Personally I prefer using a visual manager, so as an additional (optional) step we will set up pgAdmin container.

#### pgAdmin container

In my case, I use fenglc/pgadmin4 image from [hub.docker.com](http://hub.docker.com/?ref=blackvoid.club). Nothing special with running this container. You can just load it up and start it up. After the container has been up and running, you can access the UI via URL: http://your\_nas\_ip:5050, that is the default port that pgAdmin is running.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/pgAdmin_main_ui.png)

pgAdmin main UI with listed databases

Upon logging in we will begin by setting up your database. This is a general process that applies to any DB that you wanna create.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/pgAdmin_create_db.png)

Once you log in use the Create > Database menu to start your DB creation

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/pgAdmin_create_db_name.png)

Enter the name of the database and define its owner

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/pgAdmin_create_db_permissions.png)

On the Security tab click the "+" sign and add a user and its permissions

Now that we have our DB up and running it’s time to configure our first news aggregator, TTRSS.

#### TTRSS container

s mentioned before we will be running TTRSS container from [hub.docker.com](http://hub.docker.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) called wanggiru/ttrss. There is an extensive documentation [page ](https://ttrss.henry.wang/?ref=blackvoid.club#about)that you can visit for any details if you need any additional help or options.

Creating a container via docker run command (again using SSh on your NAS) will require you to have your database information up front.

```
docker run -it --name ttrss --restart=always \
-e SELF_URL_PATH = [ your public URL ]  \
-e DB_HOST = [ your DB address ]  \
-e DB_PORT= [ your DB port ]  \
-e DB_NAME = [ your DB name ]  \
-e DB_USER = [ your DB user ]  \
-e DB_PASS = [ your DB password ]  \
-p [ public port ]:80  \
-d wangqiru/ttrss

```

As we can see, almost all environmental variables are DB related apart from SELF\_URL\_PATH that needs to be configured with your future public URL ([https://ttrss.something.domain](https://ttrss.something.domain/?ref=blackvoid.club) as an example).

🗒️

**NOTE**: it would be extremely wise to use a registered public name that also has a certificate bound to it (SSL). If you need to lookup how to configure one check [this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/). Also, when you are running your own self aggregator that needs to be accessible via the Internet, it would be best to have it behind a revers proxy. More on that in [this article](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/).

After the initial configuration using the web UI (DB check, setting up a user etc), TTRSS should be up and running at this point and it should be accessible using the URL that you have provided inside SELF\_URL\_PATH variable. Again, for this to work you will have to have a functional domain name and have your NAS accessible on port 443 on your router (port forward, links in the previous NOTE paragraph).

#### Fever plugin

TTRSS as a selfhosted solution can be now used via a browser, but if you want to use it on your desktop or mobile app you will need to activate FEVER plugin. Just like TTRSS, Fever is no longer being developed but still works and as such is a part of this image as well (a simple plugin).

Reason I’m saying this is that personally I’m using Reeder 4 app on both macOS and iOS to connect to TTRSS (or any rss aggregator). The problem with Reeder is that it doesn’t support TTRSS out of the box, but it does support Fever. So solution here is to activate Fever plugin in your TTRSS preferences options, setup a password and you are off to the races. 

To make this happen just follow steps [**here**](https://ttrss.henry.wang/?ref=blackvoid.club#fever-api).

Adding your TTRSS to any RSS client will depend on its implementation. In the following steps you can see how to configure TTRSS with Reeder4 on a Mac.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/rss_reader_ui.png)

Example of Reeder 4 app running on macOS (dark mode version)

To crate and connect to TTRSS instance via Fever using Reeder app follow these steps:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/reeder_fever_01.png)

Add a new account and select Fever on the very bottom

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/reeder_fever_02.png)

Make sure to enter your Fever defined password (Fever plugin password)

TTRSS will automatically update all of your feeds every 15min, so you can configure your Reeder app to contact TTRSS for example also every 15min or longer if you choose so.

In the end, remember that adding new feeds needs to be done using the web interface of TTRSS, considering its the aggregators job to do so. Reeder in this scenario is just a native client app that reads the data.

This concludes TTRSS configuration and an example of using Reeder as an app to connect to it. Next we will see how to configure and connect to FRSS instance running in docker.

### FreshRSS container (with Postgres database)

In the next step we will create FRSS container that also uses Postgres as its database platform. Same rule applies here, so just create the DB using pgAdmin following the same principal. After you have prepared your database, lets continue with FRSS container creation.

For the docker image we will use [linuxserver/freshrss](https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/freshrss/?ref=blackvoid.club) image. Not that there is anything wrong with the official one, its just a personal preference to use linuxserver one. They maintain a large number of stable images and are easy to maintain and use.

So downloading the image you can create your container by running this docker run command:

```
docker create \
  --name=freshrss \
  -e PUID=1000 \
  -e PGID=1000 \
  -e TZ=Europe/London \
  -p 80:80 \
  -v path to data:/config \
  --restart unless-stopped \
  linuxserver/freshrss

```

Keep in mind that if you have never used any other linuxserver image that in the instructions on their page you can find info what PUID and PGID actually mean. So to sum it up you will need to log into your NAS via SSH with the account that you want to run this container with and run the “id” command. This will in return list you the UID and GID values that you will enter as environmental variables for this image.

Upon setting the container up and accessing it via the browser you will need to connect it to your Postgres DB that you have prepared beforehand.

🗒️

**NOTE**: You will see in the web ui wizard that you can also use other database platforms so just be sure that you have selected the correct one.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/frss_01.png)

Once you connect to your FRSS instance you will need to configure the DB side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/frss_02.png)

Installation is checking your setup (should pass considering its a prepared docker image)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/frss_03.png)

Connect to your Postgres DB

🗒️

**NOTE**: make sure that you add a port number if your postgres container is running on a custom port apart from 5432\. So "host" parameter should then be like this: **ip\_address\_of\_your\_nas:custom\_port**

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/frss_04.png)

Create a primary user for your FRSS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/frss_05.png)

You are done!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/frss_06.png)

Main login window

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/frss_07.png)

FRSS web UI in dark mode with populated content

Once this is completed you have a functional FRSS aggregator, well done! Now we can focus on allowing our Reeder app to connect to FRSS instance in a similar way. Using steps from FRSS [documentation](https://freshrss.github.io/FreshRSS/en/users/06%5FMobile%5Faccess.html?ref=blackvoid.club) we will enable access for apps such as Reeder to connect to it. 

Connecting to FRSS via Reeder app is the same as with TRSS. After you have activated API access using the steps in the documentation above, just create a new account in Reeder by using “FreshRSS” option in self-hosted category (also visible on the images above where TTRSS setup was done).

Well now that we have seen how to setup and connect to these two RSS aggregators via a custom app, it’s up to you to test it and enjoy the old, new way of news consumption.

### Reeder v5

New version of Reeder has arrived and with it a few changes. This is a paid version for both iOS and macOS platforms so there is no need to use it if you already have a running v4\. Still saying that keep in mind that some things have changed.

Here are the highlights and new features that v5 comes with:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-18-at-17.16.08.png)

Reeder 5 - for the first time it brings its own feed sync options using iCloud

Note on the bottom that Reeder still supports 3rd party services but Fever API is missing from the list. Now this might look like it does not support it but infact it does with a notice:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-18-at-17.20.46.png)

Fever support is still here but not recommended

What does this mean for your TTRSS situation? It will work just fine, but best to leave it and find an alternative solution like FRSS also explained in this article.

Another option is to use the new iCloud sync option and not use any 3rd party solution at all, it is up to you.

v5 can automatically import your v4 settings and profile, so you will continue right where you left off in matter of seconds.

The overall look and feel of the new v5 is great I have to say. Love it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/10/Screenshot-2020-10-18-at-17.27.30.png)

Looks nice right?

Do you use RSS as your method of reading news? Feel free to comment down below.
### Acronis True Image Mobile - on-premise backup for your mobile device
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/acronis-true-image-mobile-on-premise-backup-for-your-mobile-device/
Last updated: 2021-09-26T13:49:43.000Z
> **UPDATE**: 04/09/2021 - Acronis True Image Mobile as of version 5.1.2 will **no longer support backups to the NAS**. So be sure **not to update** to this version as you will have problems with your backups! Keep in mind that you **will still be able to** **restore from backup**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/09/IMG_0452.jpg)

Guess backups will have to be done some other way, or it might be the kick that I need to migrate photos to [Synology Photos](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-photos/) (with DSM7) and use it as my backup method. Alongside that, you can use the DSFile app to backup your photos and videos if you want.

---

Today I would like to focus on a nice and elegant solution to backup your mobile device and not pay anything (if you own a compatible Synology NAS that is) that you might pay with any other solutions that you might be using.

Just to keep things clear, we will talk about backing up only your mobile content, not the OS itself (like Android or iOS). Considering that data is more important than the OS itself this makes sense and on top of that having a valid backup is always important, because as I said in some of my previous articles, nobody likes to do backups, but they sure love them when needed. Right?

### Using your NAS as a cloud backup alternative

So you have, I’m sure, heard of iCloud, Google Drive, Google Photos, Dropbox, Carbonite, and many other cloud-based services that do a lot for you, but at a price. Some are free (to a point), others are not, some offer a lot other don’t do what you need. Well, how about we focus on a solution that will back up your mobile device in such a way that you don’t have to worry about having a valid copy or not, or how much space can you occupy with your backups.

If you are running a Synology NAS there is a number of solutions that you can use to backup your devices. Some are again, free, some are not, some are more complicated than others but if you decide to use your own NAS as a target destination for your backup you might consider using Acronis True Image.

Acronis is a world-famous name when it comes to backup software. They have a wide range of personal and enterprise solutions for backing up just about anything. Mobiles devices included. To make things, even more, better, this solution is free.

Enter, Acronis True Image Mobile.

> NOTE: Just to be clear, True Image Mobile is a free solution. True Image 2020 is still a paid piece of software for your desktop device that starts at about 50€ per device.

To make this work you will need to install True Image Mobile from the Package Center. As I said at the beginning, your NAS will have to be compatible with this application in order to get it up and running.

As of March 2020, Acronis True Image will work on these devices:

#### Applied Models

- **20 series:**FS3400, SA3600, SA3400
- **19 series:**RS1219+, DS419slim
- **18 series:**RS3618xs, RS818RP+, RS818+, DS218j
- **17 series:**FS3017, FS2017, RS18017xs+, RS4017xs+, RS3617xs+, RS3617RPxs, RS3617xs, RS217, DS3617xs, DS1817+, DS1517+
- **16 series:**RS18016xs+, RS2416RP+, RS2416+, RS816, DS916+, DS716+, DS716+II, DS416play, DS416slim, DS416j, DS216+, DS216, DS216j, DS216se, DS216+II, DS116
- **15 series:**RS815RP+, RS815+, RC18015xs+, DS3615xs, DS2415+, DS1815+, DS1515+, DS415+, DS115j
- **14 series:**RS3614xs+, RS3614RPxs, RS3614xs, RS2414RP+, RS2414+, RS814RP+, RS814+, RS214, DS414slim, DS214se, DS114, EDS14
- **13 series:**RS10613xs+, RS3413xs+, DS2413+, DS1813+, DS1513+, DS713+, DS213j
- **12 series:**RS3412RPxs, RS3412xs, RS2212RP+, RS2212+, RS812RP+, RS812+, DS3612xs, DS1812+, DS1512+, DS712+, DS412+
- **11 series:**RS3411RPxs, RS3411xs, RS2211RP+, RS2211+, DS3611xs, DS2411+, DS1511+, DS411+, DS411+II

As you can see most if not all of these models are from the + lineup. Keep in mind that some high-end models will not have support for this like the very popular DS918+ that is running Apollo Lake CPU generation.

### Acronis True Image installation and configuration

Regardless, if you can see Acronis True Image in your Package Center you are good to go. Install it and when you open the app from DSM main menu you will be greeted with this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-18-at-16.34.51.png)

Acronis True Image installed on Synology NAS and ready to use

Here you can bind your mobile device running Acronis True Image Mobile (Acronis Mobile as its called) with your NAS.

As soon as you scan your QR code you will be able to make a backup of your photos, video, calendar, contacts, and reminders with a push of a button.

Of course, using your NAS is not the only option that you can target with Acronis Mobile. You can also use Acronis Cloud (paid service) or any other device on your local network that is running Acronis True Image that has support for backing up mobile devices.

Setting up your mobile device is an easy 3 step wizard process that will guide you through the process.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/IMG_8066.PNG)

Step 1 - choose your saved destination

As you can see from the following, step 2 will instruct you to be sure that the mobile device and your NAS (or your local computer) need to be on the same WIFI network for this process to complete. Now this means that unless you are paying for Acronis Cloud service you will not be able to backup to your local device via the Internet.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/IMG_8067.PNG)

Make sure that your mobile device and your NAS are on the same network

This is not entirely true because you can do this by using a VPN that connects back to your local network. When this happens your mobile device will “think” that its in a local network and in fact it will copy and backup data over the Internet using a secure tunnel.

> NOTE: VPN configuration is not covered with this article, but you can read about it [here](https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/)

Finally, you will scan the QR code that Acronis has presented you with and you will be done! Great. Now that your configuration is complete, Acronis will start to backup your selected data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/IMG_8064.PNG)

You mobile device backing up to a Synology NAS

Keep in mind that even though the application states that you can exit the app and that the backup will continue this is partially true. Yes, you can exit the app and use the mobile device with other apps, but if your mobile device goes to sleep, the process will stop. Now, this is maybe not something that’s a big deal but the initial backup of several gigabytes or even 50-60GB can take a while depending on your WIFI speed.

Any subsequent backups will of course be a lot faster so just keep this in mind.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/IMG_8065.PNG)

Some settings that you can configure

Using the settings options you can force the app to only backup when the device is being charged and also to not backup if you are low on battery. These are all welcome options, but again, your device has to be “awake”.

Once your backup is complete you can use the “Browse” button on the bottom to access your data.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/IMG_8072.PNG)

Access to all your backup destinations for the selected device

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/IMG_8071.PNG)

Access to your backed up data

Acronis will divide the data into categories listed by date and you can view them in full size even before recovering them that’s also a welcome little feature.

One more way that you can utilize this solution as well is that if you need to transfer pictures and videos from an iPhone to let’s say an Android tablet, you can use your NAS as a jump point to make this happen. This way you don’t need to mess about with any proprietary services that those devices might enforce.

One final note. Be sure to quit the app here and there as it tends to not find your NAS from time to time. This will be a silly situation where your backup is done but you can’t access your data. This happens here and there and maybe not on all platforms so take this with a grain of salt.

Acronis True Image Mobile is a nice tool that is free and certainly not without its little bugs, but it will be a lifesaver when needed. Do you use any tool from Acronis yourself? Feel free to comment and give me your opinion.
### Apple updates, March 2020
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/apple-updates-march-2020/
Last updated: 2020-03-19T10:27:30.000Z
Considering that Corona virus situation has put a lot of things on hold and in some way turned the world upside down for a bit, lot of major events have been put on hold. This includes Apple’s WWDC 2020 yearly event as well. Even though its scheduled for Summer, this event has been converted to an all remote video/keynote/presentation/workshops event.

Still, show must go on as they say, so Apple’s new hardware upgrades and updates have just been announced yesterday. On one hand not a lot, but on the other, wow.

### iPad Pro with MagicKeyboard (with backlit)

iPad since it was first announced and presented by the late Steve Jobs, has been nothing but a major success in almost every way. Last year it also got its own iOS fork, named, iPadOS, and now we know why.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/MXQU2SF.jpg)

Brand new iPad Pro with Magic Keyboard (2020)

Apple just announced that its pushing out a brand new iPad Pro lineup with an optional $329 MagicKeyboard with a working trackpad and boy does it look good. Not just that it looks great but if you look at some of the presentation videos you can see that it has that Apple touch all over it. By that I mean the intelligent way the trackpad interacts with specific actions and buttons depending on its location so if you are moving over a button or a text, the cursor will change its shape depending on its position.

The Magic Keyboard is also more then just a keyboard, its also a double side protection case and a magnetic stand with a charge option. Guess the price of $329 make a bit more sense now.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/ipad-pro-12-11-202003-gallery-3.jpg)

Not just a keyboard. Stand, cover and charger as well.

#### A12Z - Star Wars droid or….?

The new iPad Pro line up got some serious upgrade under hood as well as some sick camera modifications.

Powered by the new A12Z Bionic 64bit chip with Neural Engine and an embedded M12 coprocessor the horsepower of this new iPad surpasses most modern days PCs regarding performance. Packed with a 12MP wide, 10MP ultra wide and LiDAR scanner along with a bunch of new and improved sensors, you will be able to take some sick photos with this device.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/ipad-pro-12-11-202003-gallery-1.jpg)

New iPad Pro 11" and 12,9"

Display is a new Liquid Retina with 2732x2048 (12,9” model) at 264ppi so looking at this beautiful canvas is a treat for your eyes. Storage options start with 128GB all the way to 1TB so if you need space, you got it.

Let’s not forget that iPadOS from last year finally offers external storage support, so if you decide to go with a smaller internal storage option you can use an external stick or a drive as well.

Whats also new is the support for the new 802.11ax (wi-fi 6) support and Bluetooth 5\. This will give you motivation to finally jump to 1Gbit wifi options if you haven’t by now and the already present 802.11ac standard.

Both 11” and 12,9” models come with two finish colors that we know from before. Apple traditional Silver and a recent addition, Space Gray.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/MXQT2LL.jpg)

Almost looks like a laptop, right?

#### Light. Speed.

As this was not enough for this March update, Apple has also made some updates to its current Macbook Air and Mac Mini lineup.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Macbook_air.PNG)

Bigger touchpad, TouchID, better sound and a whole day battery within 13,3"

With upgrades such as a new Magic Keyboard, TouchID (previously only on Macbook Pro devices), faster CPU and GPU as well as double the storage capacity, Macbook Air is becoming a serious machine for everyone that doesn’t need Macbook Pro performance. Welcome upgrade is the fact that the trackpad is 20% larger and its Force Touch now, just like on Pro series.

Finally, considering that the Air is super thin, sound was always a bit flat. Well now bass has doubled and there is about 25% more volume over all. Lastly, ports. From one Thunderbolt port, Air got an upgrade to two. USB-C type used for charging, storage and even the ability to connect Apple new 6K display.

Mac mini on the other hand has a simple storage upgrade and now starts with 256 and 512GB as a double space from the 2018 model. Everything else stay the same.

All in all a great refresh from Apple and more reasons to take our money. What are your thoughts about these updates?
### Synology US workshops are now webcasts
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-us-workshops-are-now-webcasts/
Last updated: 2020-04-01T12:20:38.000Z
> UPDATE 31.03.2020 First workshop is active now. I will post back my reflections on this event when it finishes.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-31-at-16.56.png)

1st Synology CORONA workshop

Considering that COVID-19 problem has affected us all, mass gathering are being enforced more and more all over the world.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-11-at-13.50.19.png)

Warning on the Synology workshop page for the upcoming events

The upcoming Synology US (only) workshops have been, for that same reason, converted to webcasts. If you were not so lucky to attend one of these, well, now you can. Just register for free and join in as early as March 31st.

List of all webcasts are here: [https://event.synology.com/en-global/workshop\_2020\_america](https://event.synology.com/en-global/workshop%5F2020%5Famerica?ref=blackvoid.club). The agenda for them is the same and looks like an interesting 2 hours of your time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-11-at-14.20.45.png)

Webcast agenda for 2020 US events

The only shame is there will be no goody bags to take home.

Have you ever attended a Synology event or workshop?
### NAS SSD and DSM migration - the quick way
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/nas-ssd-and-dsm-migration-the-quick-way/
Last updated: 2020-03-03T12:34:06.000Z
Have you ever managed to upgrade the hdd setup in your nas without the need to backup anything and still get the result you wanted? Let’s see how you can upgrade a 2bay NAS from a single disk to a two drive setup without the need to reinstall DSM or to do any massive data transfers to a separate external disk or a new NAS.

I have had my 718+ for a while now and it’s my 5th NAS in the line so I use it for Plex needs only. It’s been running with a single SSD (240GB) as a proof of concept. Well considering that I decided to migrate all my docker needs from my 918+ to RS model in the basement, this has opened a window to have 918+ be all flash NAS as well. Reason is because I want Plex to really fly, have better response from docker containers that are sensitive to high IOPS demand (like databases for example) and have some VMs running even faster.

To make this work I have decided to first test out how all of this will work and 718+ was a perfect candidate. In order to migrate all my 918+ services, 718+ will need to temporarily become 918+ substitute. For that reason I got two WD blue 500GB SSDs and started with the migration.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/718_ssd.JPG)

718+ will 2xWD blue 500 GB SSD hiding in the corner waiting for its bigger brother 918+

Considering that 718+ is running Plex only (along some services and apps) I was wondering if I can do this in matter of 1h without the need to backup anything, and especially because at the moment, there is no way to backup and restore a complete DSM OS.

As I said before 718+ is a 2 bay NAS running with a single drive so that means I still had one slot open. I was thinking how about I add a brand new drive in that slot, as a separate volume, and then move all the content from volume 1 (old disk in bay 1) to the new one. Later on I will just pull the old drive out, replace it with a new one, extend the new volume and boom, done!

Let’s see if that will work and if it will, what are the steps and how to do it. Also, what will need to be redone after this process and what compromises you might have to deal with it.

Obviously the first thing to do is to add a new drive and configure it as a new volume. Nothing complicated there that can’t be done via Storage Manager. Adding a new disk you will have to create a new, separate storage pool, and after that create a new volume.

> NOTE: new volume in this case can’t be RAID1 considering that we need two new drives to begin with, so in order to get a one drive redundancy, in this step make a new SHR volume so that when you add a second drive the outcome will be the same as having a conventional RAID1

Now that I have two separate volumes I can move the data from one volume to the other. This is standard procedure using the Control Panel > Shared Folders. By choosing one folder at a time you can change its initial location.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/Screenshot-2020-03-03-at-13.28.15.png)

Option to change volume location for your shared folders (multiple volume setup needed)

Using the edit button simply change the destination and click apply.

> NOTE: depending on the size of the folder and the speed of the drives it can take some time for the process to finish.

If any app or service are using those shared folders, (Docker, Plex, etc) those apps will need to be stoped in order to make the move.

> NOTE: Keep in mind that this does NOT move the apps themselves. If they were installed on your primary volume, then you will either need to reinstall them again, or use SSH access to manually change the path. This is recommended only for experienced users.

Once all the folders were transferred to the new volume it’s time to remove the drive with the old volume and place in the second new disk.

If your NAS supports hot swap you can do it without turning your nas off. 718+ support hot swap so pulling the drive and putting the new one in is a simple process.

### OK, now what?

So what happens now? Well, DSM will report all kind of problems with your apps that were installed via Package Center. Almost all apps will report that they need to be fixed/repaired or reinstalled. This can be fixed via Package center by clicking the Repair all button.

Certain apps will require to be reinstalled such as Plex. If you have installed apps via package center but used a manual installation then that’s what you will have to do again. All in all, after the entire process is completed you will have a fully running DSM that didn’t need a complete reinstall and your data is intact. Pretty cool.

Now let’s see what’s the downside of this process. Well, the only thing you will have to deal with is having everything on a volume named volume2 instead of volume1\. Some will ask what’s that others will say who cares. Also, there are those who will say this can’t be. Personally I really don’t care. The fact that you don’t have to copy data over, reinstall DSM or reconfigure it, is a real win here, imho.

Another thing to consider is your Docker setup. If you decide on this procedure, be prepared to lose any running containers and their images. The data volumes will not be destroyed if you have moved docker data folder before changing the drives. So if you want a minimal docker downtime you should export all your containers and have them ready once you reinstall/fix your docker installation. Once that’s completed, just import your containers back, check configuration for each of them (you will probably have to point your bind point to a new volume) and fire them up. Also, download your images before hand.

This might look like you are doing a lot of things fresh, but you are not. If you have never configured DSM and customised it, then you will appreciate not having to redo all things that you can’t backup all over again.

So to conclude, if you find yourself in a similar situation, be sure you can use this method without the fear of loosing too much time and any data at all (that’s what counts most right). Still, having a valid backup before doing anything like this, would be highly recommended.

I might do some more testing in the near future and see how well this new all SSD setup works in various situations.

Are you running all SSDs in your NAS?
### Contact(s)! 1.0 - Beta
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/contact-s-1-0-beta/
Last updated: 2020-02-23T15:46:04.000Z
If you are unaware, Synology has a Beta channel program for their various applications. Since they have started to pull away some apps from the core of their NAS OS, DSM, they also started to introduce some apps inside this beta channel for testing before rolling them out to the public.

Being a member of the beta channel is nothing special and of course it’s not mandatory. Still, with it, you are able to get your hands on some apps that might in the future become standard separate application package or a part of a bigger package (same happened with Numbers app until it became part of Synology Office package).

Today I will focus on a brand new, remaster if you will, application called Contacts. In its current 1.0 version it offers much more than the previous (current) CardDAV, so let’s see what this is all about.

Personally I have no need for such an app, but if someone what’s to have their whole contact list including group contacts, private and separate from having that same task done via lets say iCloud, well then, you are in the right place.

It was not unexpected from Synology to come up with such an app considering that for the past few yours they have been working hard on making separate office and business focused app and platforms. To name the few, Synology Mail, Office, Notes, Drive, Chat, etc.

Synology Contacts in its current version offers just enough what you would expect from a central contacts management app.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-23-at-16.37.55.png)

Synology Contacts - Import methods

To get you going you can have all your contacts imported in matter of minutes using csv or vCard import wizard, or simply by connecting to Google or Outlook. Some might say that you can’t import from iClould directly, and that’s true, but using iCloud export into csv or vCard, you can import them just as easily.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-23-at-13.58.46.png)

Synology Contacts - preview of a specific contact card

After you have imported your contacts you can edit, tag, export, move or delete them at any point. There is also an option to “Star” a contact in order to make it stand out more. Those contacts will filter above all your other contacts at the very top.

Another fun thing is that you can have as many address books as you want. So this way you can separate your contacts by roles, hobbies, private or work related one for example. To add to this feature Contacts app also has 2 main categories, personal and group address books.

This means that with group address books, all your DSM users (or the ones that you choose) can see your shared group address book. Same goes with your private books, again, if you chose to do so. This is a great feature for a group of users that share multiple resources and app on the same NAS.

Contacts app also servers as a source of contacts for all your Synology Mail needs as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-23-at-14.00.32.png)

Integration option with Synology MailPlus server as well as other Synology apps

As any app where speed is important while searching, Contacts does not disappoint. On the very top of the contacts list there is a search bar. My favourite thing with it is that its dynamic, so no need to enter a word, then hit return and get “no results” or something like that. Results in this case will appear automatically as this field is more of a filter function than a search one. All in all, it works great, fast and accurate.

Clicking on a contact will bring up a card with all the details that you might expect and more. What I did notice there is that none of the fields are interactive, meaning that you can’t click on a URL and be send to your contacts web page or send an email. This might change in the future, but at the moment this is not possible.

If of the other hand you are using this app on an OS that can detect phone numbers, addresses, etc, you will be able to select the data and be offered an action to do something with it. For example on a macOS, selecting the phone number will offer to call that person. Again, this is OS specific feature, not a Contacts feature.

As I have tested to import my iCloud contacts, I have to say there was no problem at all. All the contacts and their info were imported (including images) so I can’t say anything negative. Just as expected, nice job.

One last thing that this app offers is integration with various apps that use CardDAV protocol.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-23-at-14.00.12.png)

Support for CardDAV clients

This means that you can connect your Contacts app with any CardDAV client that can “talk” to it. As you can see in the photo above there are multiple choices. Again, for testing purposes I have used Thunderbird app and again, no problem at all. Connecting your CardDAV app with Synology Contacts is done via a self generated link followed by entering your Contacts username and password (DSM account).

Appearance will depend on the app, but overall, no problems there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-23-at-13.58.08.png)

Self-generated URL that you can use to connect your CardDAV app with Contacts

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-23-at-13.59.51.png)

View your contats via CardDAV in supported apps (Thunderbird in this example)

In short, I see this app being used for an individual or small to medium size company who already have a running Synology NAS in their environment. On top of it all if one is using some other Synology specific apps, integration will be seamless and experience even better.

At the moment this app is still in beta, so expect number of changes until it roles out, and that might be by the time DSM 7 comes out.
### Clone Force 99, The Bad Batch!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/clone-force-99-the-bad-batch/
Last updated: 2020-02-21T22:01:12.000Z
Feb 21st 2020\. Season 07 of Star Wars The Clone Wars is here, and boy its really something!

Won’t spoil it for anyone just yet but if you are thinking should I check it out now or some other time? The answer is, RIGHT NOW!

That is if you can of course. Streaming on Disney+ will mean that not the whole world can watch it. If you have any way of getting your hands on this season try and do it asap.

Will post just a few images from the first episode but what matters most is that it comes in 4K as well! Glorious!! I do hope that it will be at least 20 episodes long but I guess we will have to wait and see.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/star.wars.the.clone.wars.s07e01.2160p.skgtv-0001.jpg)

Now streaming on Disney+ in 4K!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/star.wars.the.clone.wars.s07e01.2160p.skgtv-0002.jpg)

As always, a powerful thought

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/star.wars.the.clone.wars.s07e01.2160p.skgtv-0005.jpg)

Captain Rex and Commander Cody leading the war for the Republic

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/star.wars.the.clone.wars.s07e01.2160p.skgtv-0006.jpg)

This is the muscle of Clone Force 99, meet Wrecker

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/star.wars.the.clone.wars.s07e01.2160p.skgtv-0007.jpg)

Clone force 99 aka The Bad Batch

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/star.wars.the.clone.wars.s07e01.2160p.skgtv-0008.jpg)

Who to send then the best Separatist naval commander, Admiral Trench

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/star.wars.the.clone.wars.s07e01.2160p.skgtv-0010.jpg)

This guy needs no introduction right?

Action packed from start to finish with all of SW familiar clone era faces, this will be a hell of a treat and conclusion for any SW fan.

Have you seen the season premiere?
### Snapshot & Replication - Synology’s business backup and recovery tool
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/snapshot-replication-synologys-business-backup-and-recovery-tool/
Last updated: 2024-03-31T11:02:49.000Z
🚀

****NEW features** with version ****7.4.0-1608**. Keep in mind that this update is only compatible with ****DSM 7.1-42555** or above!

(2022-02-17)

**What's New**

1. Supports configuring the number of concurrent tasks on certain models to better allocate system resources. ([Learn more](https://www.synology.com/dsm/7.0/software%5Fspec/snapshot%5Freplication?ref=blackvoid.club#snapshot%5Freplication%5F%5Flimitation))

**Fixed Issues**

1. Fixed an issue where the "Replication in progress" status was continuously displayed after replication tasks were stopped.
2. Fixed an issue where users might be unexpectedly signed out from DSM when editing replication tasks.
3. Fixed an issue where shared folders' snapshots were kept when users only chose to reserve LUN snapshots and snapshot settings during package uninstallation.
4. Fixed an issue where replication tasks might fail when the "Replicate schedule local snapshots" option was enabled.

---

📢

****UPDATE**: added replication recovery process on the bottom ***Replication recovery methods**.

Let’s start with a question first. You do have backups right? I mean for everything? Not just your pictures and videos on your phone. I’m talking about documents, configurations, settings, online passwords, emails, you know, the IMPORTANT stuff.

Well know that we know that you don’t (shame on you), lets's see what Synology NAS can do for you in terms of keeping your important data safe. Specifically, I will focus on a more business end of the spectrum and talk about snapshots today.

Keep in mind that this does not necessarily need to be a business topic because as long as you have a NAS that supports the snapshot package there is no reason not to use it.

Also, this is another, separate package and scenario, that has nothing to do with my previous article: [3-2-1 > Active Backup](https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/). There I talked about an Active Backup for Business package (that also doesn’t mean it's for business use only!) and showed a few methods of how you can use that tool to keep your data safe.

### SNAPSHOT?

  
Now, what is a snapshot and how is it different from your usual copy backup that you transfer your data on a USB stick or NAS? Well, let's run this through an example. Suppose you are infected with a modern version of a malware, a cryptovirus. What will happen is that all your data will be encrypted and if your USB drive that you have your backup on (or your NAS for that matter) is plugged in your computer (or accessible on the network), chances are your data will get encrypted and that will be it.

The only way to get it back is 1) paying the ransom to get the unlock solution (don’t do this!) or 2) restoring from backup. Now, if that is your only backup, then you are done, right? The same thing applies to your NAS. If your data is stored on your NAS and that folder gets encrypted it's game over. Unless you have a proper backup.

Most people think that running all your data on a RAID array set up on your NAS is backup. IT IS NOT! RAID is not a backup, it's just a redundancy solution so you don’t have to stop working if one drive for example dies (and they will). Having all your data on your NAS without a proper backup of that same data is just the same as keeping it all on your computer. Period.

So, I already scared you enough, and still no word on what snapshot is. Well, here it is. What if we take that same crypto incident but this time if your data gets encrypted you can just go back in time and restore an early version of that same file good as new? Great right? Well, let's see how that works and what you need to make that happen.

Restoring from a backup is always stressful and people don’t like it. Well, it definitely beats not having a backup at all, right? Well with Synology backup tools, it was clear that the intent behind it all was that there was no need to stress out over losing a file or restoring it. It's just there when you need it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.36.49.png)

Current backup tools in the Package Center

Unlike backing up your computer data on your NAS (so having a version on your computer AND on the NAS), the snapshot method is useful in cases when you have a running version of your data on your NAS and you wanna protect that version from getting lost or corrupted in any shape of form.

When would this be useful? Well, let's say that you are running a database on your NAS, or lots of documents that are edited of a NAS. In any case, changes to those files are done on the client-side of things but then saved back on the NAS where they “live”. If anything happens to them, again, game over, unless you have a backup of those files. This is where most users get in trouble. They keep that data on the NAS (multiple disks, RAID, etc) but in fact, if that’s the only place that you have that data on, you are taking a huge risk.

### Snapshot and replication package

With the introduction of the BTRFS file system in DSM, Synology has changed some of its backup apps and offered some new ones. One of them is Snapshot & Replication

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.42.20.png)

Main Snapshot & Replication window

This tool can do two things as stated by its name. Create local snapshots of your data, and replicate that data (separate function) to a compatible destination as a backup.

Before I go any further, Snapshot tool has specific requirements that need to be in place before you can enjoy a quick and fast backup restore when you mess things up.

First, your NAS needs to have a compatible CPU in order to support this package (you can check the compatibility page here: [https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/packages/SnapshotReplication](https://www.synology.com/en-global/dsm/packages/SnapshotReplication?ref=blackvoid.club)), and second, as stated before, you will need to run the BTRFS file system on your NAS, as appose to EXT4 as an alternative.

With those two requirements set, you can open up Package Center and look for Snapshot & Replication package in the Backup section.

As soon as you install the package and open it, you will be ready to start making local snapshots or any shared folder or iSCSI LUN that “lives” on a BTRFS volume as well as make separate replication tasks towards a compatible NAS.

🗒️

****NOTE**: compatible NAS means a device that has Snapshot & Replication package installed and is running on BTRFS.

### IMPORTANT LIMITATIONS

Be aware of the following limitations when it comes to using Snapshot and Replication tool

The **maximum number of replication tasks** varies depending on your Synology NAS models. Please visit Synology's website for information about applied models.

**XS/XS Plus series**  
Maximum number of shared folder replication tasks: **64**  
Maximum number of LUN replication tasks: **32**  
Maximum number of replication tasks in total: **64**

**Plus series**  
Maximum number of shared folder replication tasks: **32**  
Maximum number of LUN replication tasks: **16**  
Maximum number of replication tasks in total: **32**

**Value series**  
Maximum number of shared folder replication tasks: **16**

### Using snapshot

There are two options that you can do when it comes to snapshots. Creating a one-time snap or a scheduled one (or both). In any case, when you move to the snapshot section of the app, compatible shared folders will be listed.

Select the shared folder you wanna take a snapshot off and use the Snapshot or Settings button on the top. Each will open up a dialog box with more or fewer options that you can configure and set.

If you decide to make a local scheduled snapshot, then use the Settings button to open up a dialog window that will offer schedule, retention, and some advanced option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.44.27.png)

Settings for making a local snapshot

The main thing here is the Retention tab and its configuration. The reason is that you can set a specific number of snaps (hour/day/week/month/year). Keep in mind that even if there are no major changes, snaps will take up space on your NAS.

🗒️

****NOTE**: You can always calculate the size of snapshots for a specific time frame so that you can get the sense of how much space, on top of its initial size, is being used on your NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.45.54.png)

Calculate your snapshot usage over time

Also when a snapshot is completed you can simply expand the view and see all the data in one place.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.46.53.png)

Overview for a specific snapshot shared folder

Now that we have seen how to make a snapshot, let's see how to use them in case you need fast recovery.

Open up Snapshot of Recovery section inside the main window, and select the protected shared folder that you need to recover. Depending on where you are, you will have either Recover button (via Recovery section), or Snapshot > Snapshot List menu (via Snapshot section). In any case, you will be presented with the same window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.48.49.png)

All points in time that you can use for a selected shared folder

As we can see on the image, there is a list of all available snapshot points. Simply select one and click Browse. DSM will open up File Station and unhide a snapshot folder for that specific shared folder, that will list the state of all the data for that point in time.

All that is left now to do is copy the content to its original location and you are done! That was easy, right?

Ok, but what if you have a large number of files and folders inside that shared folder and the damage is so great that it's best to just wipe it in place with complete content from a specific point in time?

In that case just use the Recovery section, select the shared folder and use the Recover button. In the list window, select a point in time, and from the Actions menu select Restore in-place. Done. One more option that you can do from the same menu is clone that content with a new name on a separate location. Those two actions are best used in cases when you work with a large number of files. In case you have to handpick several files out of thousands, File Station browse options are your best bet.

### Using replication

If you are in a situation where you can use the replication part of this great package read on. As I said several times before, using Snap and Replication does require specific requirements and in case of replication, you need a Synology NAS with this package installed and a BTRFS file system. On top of this, you will need network visibility between your source and destination NAS.

Setting up a replication destination is easy. On top of snapshots, you can (at the same time) replicate that same shared folder and its content to a remote NAS and pull data from there in case your primary NAS is not accessible for any reason. There is also a failover option in case the NAS is really dead or not accessible on the network.

So, select the Replication section, and click the create button. This will open up a wizard. You will see that you can also replicate locally and remotely.

🗒️

****NOTE**: You can only replicate locally if you have a NAS with multiple BTRFS volumes. In case that you don’t, you simply use the snapshot method

Remote replication is what will protect your data in case something physically happens to your NAS. The good news is that this can be done inside your LAN as well as over the internet (encrypted of course) in case your target NAS is on a remote location.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.50.43.png)

Creating a replication job

If you are running this over the web, make sure that all the needed ports are open and forwarded on your destination side so that replicas can work as intended.

🗒️

****NOTE**: default replication port is ****5566/tcp**

After you have set your destination server and credentials, all that is left to do is to pick what shared folder you wanna replicate with this given job, set a schedule (optional and you can edit settings and retention later on) and retention policy and you are done!

🗒️

****NOTE**: Even though you can snapshot and replicate **homes* shared folder, you will ****NOT** be able to perform a **switchover* or **failover* replication task on that folder. You will be able to access the read-only data on your target NAS.

Replication tasks also have a nice little task information dialog where you can see some statistics on a specific job.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.51.52.png)

Overview for a specific replication job

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-18-at-14.52.00.png)

Some data regarding a replication job overall

So all in all, personally I think this is a great way to have a fast and secure way of resorting to your data without using the slow classic backup restore. Keep in mind that this method of backup is useful for dynamic files that change often as opposed to large media files that you almost never change (well that will depend on the business you are running). Not that large media files are not someone bread and butter, but the idea behind snapshots is to keep your active, most important content protected from accidental damage, corruption of any kind, and to have a way to restore previous versions as fast as possible without the need to hook up any external drives (with outdated backups), wait for the backup to complete and then, in the end, realize that you don’t have a version of a backup that you want.

In most cases, people lose a lot of time just because their backups are not up to date and the only thing you want when a disaster strikes, is to get back on track. Snapshot and Replication might be just the thing for you.

Hopefully, this was a useful read and will give some idea of what a compatible Synology NAS and its Snapshot and Replication backup package can do for you. As always, ask for comments and criticize in the comments below.

### Replication recovery methods

We have already seen how to recover from a local snapshot, but how does it all work when you are in a replication model?

To make use o remote replication you will have two options. Switchover and Failover.

**Switchover** can be used when you have both "sites" (NAS device) up and running fine. At any moment you can decide to switch the main NAS role to the secondary NAS for whatever reason.

One example might be that on your main side your folder that is a replication needs to be maintained in some manner and you need to have your users continue to use the data, so you switch over to the other site.

**Failover** on the other hand will/can be used in cases when your current main NAS is down or inaccessible for whatever reason. In that case you failover to your secondary location to continue to use the content.

An example of this would be in case there is a major problem with your NAS volume, drives, or the NAS itself.

Now that you know the difference, let's see how to recover in case you need to fail over to your secondary NAS.

First log into your NAS2 and in the Snapshot Replication app initiate a **failover** from the **Action** menu.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.02.37.png)

Start the failover process

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.02.45.png)

Restore to a specific poin in time

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.03.58.png)

Failover is done, but we need to re-protect the content

Despite the image above, failover is complete and successful. You simply need to re-protect your new destination (NAS2) to make it a new main replication point.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.04.16.png)

Use the Action menu again to re-protect

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2020-11-04-at-10.04.26.png)

We are selecting NAS2 as the new "source" NAS and using its data to re-protect

So now we have decided to use NAS2 and its snaped data as the new source NAS and source data for this replication task.

There you have it, NAS2 is now the new "master" device that will have a copy of your data until you repair the damage on NAS1.

Afterward, you can recreate the replication task from NAS2 to NAS1 and start fresh.
### RS3614RPxs RAM upgrade
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rs3614rpxs-ram-upgrade/
Last updated: 2022-01-19T17:26:43.000Z
📢

**UPDATE 19.01.2022** \- Added **16GB of RAM** to my second RS unit. Got it from **ComputeRAM**

After my [first attempt](https://www.blackvoid.club/fire-it-up/) at upgrading the memory in my RS3614RPxs unit has failed, this time I got my hands on a certified memory that officially works with this model.

After 24h there are no problems at all. I got the RAM via Amazon.de from [Speicherbauer24](https://www.amazon.de/stores/node/7224313031?%5Fencoding=UTF8&field-lbr%5Fbrands%5Fbrowse-bin=Speicherbauer24.de&ref%5F=bl%5Fdp%5Fs%5Fweb%5F7224313031&ref=blackvoid.club). I'm strongly recommending this seller. Delivery via DHL within 24h, packed as advertised and above all, it works.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/IMG_7972.png)

2x8GB ECC ram for RS3614RPxs

The exact model that I got was [this](https://www.amazon.de/gp/product/B07VCTS1FL/ref=ppx%5Fyo%5Fdt%5Fb%5Fasin%5Ftitle%5Fo00%5Fs00?ie=UTF8&psc=1&ref=blackvoid.club). As it is visible from the description, this model works with multiple generations of RS units from 2013 all the way to 2017\. But, as always, make sure that you get the compatible one for your exact model.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/rs3614_ram_control_panel.PNG)

Upgraded RAM from 4 to 16GB

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/rs3614_ram_resource_manager.PNG)

A lot of breathing space

Glad I got this going considering that now I can start to offload Docker containers from my 918 to this 3614 NAS.

The next step is to upgrade 718 with fresh two WD blue 500GB SSDs that are waiting, but more on that in the near future.

---

Updated my second RS3614 unit with some more RAM (16GB) to allow me to better utilize it as offload from the primary one. Got the modules from CompuRAM store (Germany) for about 114€ (with shipping).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/01/IMG_1111.jpg)

2x8GB of DDR3 ECC Synology compatible RAM

There were no problems with booting, and I will test it before putting any production content on top of it.

This is the exact module that I got running: [https://www.compuram.de/arbeitsspeicher/synology/nas/rackstation/serie/rs3614xs-rs3614xs-rs3614rpxs-rs3617xs-rs10613xs-rs3413xs/16gb-ramec1600ddr3-8gbx2-x6acf.htm](https://www.compuram.de/arbeitsspeicher/synology/nas/rackstation/serie/rs3614xs-rs3614xs-rs3614rpxs-rs3617xs-rs10613xs-rs3413xs/16gb-ramec1600ddr3-8gbx2-x6acf.htm?ref=blackvoid.club)
### DSM 7 preview delayed, again
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-delayed-again/
Last updated: 2020-07-13T06:50:59.000Z
> UPDATE 13/07/2020 - In the past 5 months, nothing has changed on the DSM7 front regarding the preview release date. I have from a reliable source that in May of 2020, the release date for the preview version is September 1st. Let's see if this will be true or the date will be pushed some more. So far, DSM7 release has been pushed 2y and 8m and counting.

You know that feeling when you wake up in the morning and you get a Synology Newsletter about DSM 7 preview and you get all excited?

Well, today was that day, but the news was not exciting at all. Even though I have had an info that the Preview was pushed and will not happen in February, I didn't think it would be delayed that much.

Q3 2020, ladies and gentleman. Q3 is when we can expect DSM 7 preview. So not beta, not final, but preview. What does that mean? Well it means that about 6,500 people will get their hands on a DSM7 version in autumn (if it doesn't get pushed again) to test the waters. That means that depending on the feedback we will maybe see 1st beta in 2021 and definitely final release won't happen before Q2 of 2021 in my opinion.

This is the official newsletter that was send today.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/dsm7_preview_delay_newsletter.PNG)

Newsletter about the delay of DSM7 preview

Now, don't get me wrong, I'm all for a solid and stable release. Better that it works as it should, then to have Synology patch up every month for a year until we get 7.1 as a 1st stable and working version.

As we can see from the letter, there is much to be done and a lot has been done, but considering this is the first time that Synology has prolonged the release that much made the public and Synology users a bit anxious.

I know I would love to get the preview to run it in a VM setup if nothing else and I think that would be enough to calm the cravings for a while, but such is life.

One more thing that crossed my mind is that one more reason that this is delayed is the situation with the Corona virus. I really hope its not, but it could be if nothing else, a related issue.

Thoughts on this delay and your expectations?
### GeForce, right NOW!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/geforce-right-now/
Last updated: 2021-03-21T16:32:01.000Z
> UPDATE 18/03/2021 - nVidia has accounced that GeForce NOW is introducing "Founders for life" (info at the bottom of the article)

> UPDATE 12/06/2020 - nVidia has announced that GeForce NOW Founders Membership free introductory time will expire, and that starting June 15th all Founders will be charged with €5,49 for one month of service usage

> UPDATE 21/04/2020 - nVidia just announced that they will be extending the initial billing of their service for Founder members, starting June 2020\. Also, most of AAA titles from Ubisoft is comming to this service. Complete FarCry and Assassin’s Creed were added today with more titles comming as well. Let's hope that other major developer studios will come aboard as well. 

> UPDATE 09/03/2020 - Looks like this is not a temporary setback but rather a pattern. 2K games has also pulled out, so no more Civ, Xcom or any other game from this publisher as well. Atm I have lost interest in this platform. Considering that there is a 3 months free "founders" option I will stay till the last minute, but if something doesn't change and soon, I will leave this platform for good. Too bad.

> UPDATE 22/02/2020 - After Activision Blizzard announced that they are pulling all of their titles from GeForce NOW service, same has happened today with Bethesda. So Fallout, Doom, and all the rest of their games are no longer available on this service. If this will change or not is yet to be see, but at the moment we can only hope that this is a temporary setback

After quite some time, it’s here. NVIDIA’s very own cloud gaming platform, [GeForce NOW](https://www.nvidia.com/en-eu/geforce-now/?ref=blackvoid.club).

Why is this such a big deal (for me)? Well as a Mac user I have a limited access to some AAA titles made exclusively for Windows platform. Sure there’s BootCamp method but really, me installing Windows crap on a Mac? No tnx.

Still Mac platform over the years, has gotten some great game titles from various developer studios but still some games tend to stay on Windows only.

As a World of Warcraft veteran myself I spend a lot of years playing that game natively on a Mac so there was no need for any alternatives.

Nowadays I don’t play much and if I do those are Blizzard titles that again, work on Mac natively. But what does that have to do with GeForce NOW or any cloud gaming platform?

Well, if you want to play your heavy Windows only titles on any device that are not even designed to play games, then things get interesting.

For the past two days I have been using GeForce NOW service as a free user. That means that all you need to do is setup a free account with the service and you can start using it. Number of games in their catalog is vast but the best part is that if you own a game already on Steam for example, all you need to do is log into steam and press play. How cool is that?

Free tier has some limitations one being you are limited to a one hour session (who said that was a bad thing, right?) and at the end you have to restart your session again. There is also a line that you have to wait depending on the usage of the service etc… So all in all if you don’t wanna pay 5€/mo for a premium service you can test it out this way.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-09-at-13.30.50.png)

You get in quick, but if you are not a paid customer, you will have to wait your turn

So how well supported is this service worldwide? Currently it is supported in the US and Europe with a large number of servers (9 in the US and 5 in Europe). Being a user that’s not even on a hard line connection myself (still waiting for fiber to come this year) but instead I’m using a 4G connection (50/40 Mbits), I have to say that this service run perfect, and I mean, perfect.

### Logon, and click play

After you install a GeForce NOW client on your machine (win, mac, android, no linux and iOS at the moment), all you have to do is log in, add your game and press play, that’s it! The client will automatically load up in full screen and load your game in the resolution that you have set or that its find suitable depending on your current Internet connection.

> If you are running a multi monitor solution, unlike some other cloud gaming solutions, GFNOW will only use one single monitor and you can use others for anything else. Great work nVIDIA!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-09-at-13.05.56.png)

Main GeForce NOW (Mac) client window. Just add your games and press play!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-09-at-12.52.59.png)

Settings window where you can change and configure various settings

What happens next is that GFNOW will invoke your Steam game (maybe ask you to log into Steam as well to get things going) and in matter of seconds you are playing on a 9y old MacBook Air a fast paced shooter in 1080p (Ultra details) from 2016! What?? With no noticeable input lag after an hour of gaming with 0.0 problems, you will forget that you are streaming. Brilliant! Long live cloud gaming!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-09-at-13.35.59.png)

Jurassic World Evolution running via GeForce NOW

So how much bandwidth do you need and how much traffic is being generated? Well that will depend on the streaming quality of your choice. From 720p and 30fps at about 2GB/hour to about 10GB/hour for 1080p and 60fps. Now this is not important if you are playing at home or somewhere where you have unlimited data, but on a mobile platform (Android) via your phone, you might eat up your data plan in matter of hours, so be mindful.

Personally I’m not a gamepad user and I never was. Keyboard+mouse is my combo. Still, GFNOW supports gamepad support so if you are into that, go for it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-09-at-13.36.51.png)

In game overlay controls (see the "spotty connection" icon on the right?) 

The client has also an in game overlay of controls that you can invoke. It shows your time left, screenshots, in game recordings etc… Again, not a lot of controls and options but more than needed if you ask me. Also, you can select if you want to see a network status icon on the side of your screen that will tell you if your connections is bad or even in the red.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-09-at-13.36.17.png)

In case you are wondering what GPU is powering this... 24 GB GDDR6 Tesla RTX T10-8

Cloud gaming is finally here and nVIDIA has done it, the right way. Top job!

## Founder for life!

As of March 18, 2021, your GeForce NOW Founders membership will have a new benefit applied, **Founders for Life**.   
  
**What is Founders for Life?**  
GeForce NOW members who started a paid Founders membership on or before March 17, 2021 will continue to receive the introductory price of €5.49/month\* for the plan features without a set end date, so long as NVIDIA offers the GeForce NOW service in your country.  
  
**Maintaining your Benefit**  
To keep the **Founders for Life** benefit, you must maintain your on-going paid Founders membership without interruption. That requires you keep your payment information current and make timely payments. You must also use the service in accordance with the [terms of use](http://nvemail.nvidia.com/NTYwLU5CUy03NTMAAAF75H-pG%5FlWowAd2mej2m3W8Glsq7MBeQ4wSXYzB-gQG%5FKOOF8qHhLCCNrtCtsL%5F9IZaEBTarI=?ref=blackvoid.club).   
  
If for any reason your paid Founders membership ends, you make a billing modification or if there is a termination, the benefit is forfeited and cannot be restarted. This benefit is only available to NVIDIA GeForce NOW users who are billed by NVIDIA or the designated merchant of record in the US, Canada, UK and members of the European Union.

---

Have you tried GFNOW or any other cloud gaming solution? Let me hear your comments.
### Star Wars The Clone Wars, returns!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/star-wars-the-clone-wars-returns/
Last updated: 2020-02-05T08:55:40.000Z
### A long time ago in a galaxy far, far away...

Exiting times for all Star Wars fans, myself included. After nearly 6y, we are getting another, final, season of Star Wars - The Clone Wars. An epic conclusion to one of the best SW content apart from the original 3 movies.

For those of you who are unfamiliar with The Clone Wars series its a collection of currently 6 seasons of SW history placed in the time of Clone Wars (Episode 2/3 time line). It follows Anakin Skywalker and Obi-One as too master Jedi generals in the Grand Army of the Republic, tasked to fight along clones agains the Separatists droid army.

With a huge number of characters, this animated tv show has had a massive positive acceptance with the audience. Packed with a lot of action, drama, side stories and some origin stories that you can't find anywhere else, TCW are a true SW gem.

Originally, the story of clone wars was something that George Lucas wanted to explore more beside the Episode 2 movie, so in 2003, Genndy Tartakovsky (Dexter's Lab, Samurai Jack, etc...) was hired to helm a micro series (3 min long episodes) that told the story of the clone wars era.

Pushed by Cartoon Network, Clone Wars mico series was a great success. Running from 2003 till 2005 in its 3 seasons it covered a total of 25 episodes giving life to some of familiar characters like Obi-Wan, Skywalker, Master Windu, Darth Sidius and General Grievous to name the few.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/sw_clone_wars_2003.jpg)

2003 Clone Wars micro series

Clone Wars served as a pilot fo the half-hour CGI The Clone Wars that stared in 2008 and finished in 2014\. Or so we thought.

### The return of Ahsoka Tano

As I said before, TCW covered many characters from SW universe and one of my favorite (and I'm not alone) is Anakin Skywalker's padawan Ahsoka Tano. This young Togruta female had a massive impact on the success of the series as well as Anakin Skywalker himself and quickly became one of the heroes of the Clone Wars. Ranked as a Commander she also led countless battles agains the Separatist and even saved her master a few times.

Also known as "Snips" (as referred by Skywalker), Ahsoka proved herself over and over as a great Jedi, leader and commander. Unfortunately, by the end of season 5, Ahsoka had to prove her innocence to the Jedi council and the Republic military leaders that she was not a traitor, eventually leading to her departure from the Jedi Order.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/wrong_jedi.jpg)

Final scene of Ahsoka Tano (TCW - Season 5, "The Wrong Jedi")

Skywalker was the only one who trusted her young padawan and eventually proved her innocence but the damage was too great and Ahsoka was not heard from again. Even though there were 6 season of TCW, the 6th (and currently last) season was also called "Special Missions" so the time line does continue but we have no knowledge what has become of little Ahsoka.

After TCW season 6 ended, Dave Filoni was once again hired to create and helm another animated SW series called Rebels. In its 4 season until 2018, at some point Ahsoka, now an adult, helps out the rebels side in their fight against the Empire as she always did, but still not as a member of the Jedi Order.

In 2019, we got some wonderful news from Lucas and that was that Filoni will helm one more, and this time final season, of the TCW series. Considering that the whole series did kind of ended on several cliffhangers, this was the right move. Regardless that its been 6y we will get some great conclusion to this great saga for sure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/cws7_cover.jpg)

The final season of The Clone Wars series coming to Disney+ Feb 21st

Trailer for season 7 is packed with lots of fighting, explosions, huge battles and above all, the return of Ahsoka Tano, along with some memorable characters such as Darth Maul. Personally I can't wait to see it as well as most SW fans, and we will not have to wait long thanks to new Disney+ streaming service.

In 2019 we got [The Mandalorian](https://www.blackvoid.club/the-mandalorian-season-1-refelctions/) SW tv show that was also a huge success and I have no doubt that season 7 of TCW will be just as great.

February 21th can't come soon enough and I do hope that season 7 will get 4K treatment. While we are talking about 4K, there is rumor that rework of all the animated series will get 4K remaster but when it will happen its unknown at the moment.
### Cut the cord - Plex Live TV using XTEVE and IPTV
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/cut-the-cord-plex-live-tv-xteve-iptv/
Last updated: 2022-05-08T13:36:01.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 15/06/2020 - NEW Tizen app has arrived!! I have added images and a short description at the end on how to set up and use the new Samsung Plex app that also now features the LiveTV grid/guide view!

With high-speed internet and almost everything else running online, it was only a matter of time before old OTA and cable access become too expensive and vintage.

The content nowadays is everywhere and the battle of streaming services is in full swing. There is so much content out there that it feels a bit overwhelming at times, but in some cases, there is still a need for some local tv content.

OTA and cable content in a typical household usually require multiple receivers, one for each tv set, and the price in those cases can add up quickly. But on top of that what if you want to watch your tv content on any device, not just the tv? What about phones, tablets, or even away from your home? In those cases, in the old days, you would be out of luck. To top it all, what if you forgot to record some content? Wouldn’t it be great if you can set it up to be recorded while you are away from your home?

Enter **Plex Live TV and DVR**. If you are unfamiliar with this product just google it a bit and you will get an idea of its potential. Let’s just say it’s a central media hub for all your streaming needs. If you want to stream your BL rips or DVDs, music, photos you name it, Plex can deliver. On top of that, it can do live tv as well but unlike all the other features, this last one is a paid one. Also called Plex Pass feature. Now it’s worth mentioning that there is also a large number of other features as well but today I will focus on Live TV.

So with **the Plex Pass feature** in the bag, I will show you how to get your over the air content into Plex and onto every device that Plex can work on.

Before we begin, you will need a running Plex server with a plex pass subscription so bear that in mind.

This setup also includes running **XTEVE**. That’s a TV proxy that will emulate an OTA receiver. Plex works with a number of receivers, but if you don’t have one you can run one inside a Docker platform, or as a platform on your win/mac/Linux machine of your choice.

My setup will be Plex on a Synology NAS, XTEVE running in Docker on that same NAS and as a source of channels, I will be using a demo IPTV M3U list (so no real OTA antenna).

Just before I continue let’s make one thing clear. You can run the same setup on Plex with your receiver (HDHomerun for example) connected to your cable or regular antenna.

The scenario that I’m showing here is for situations where you don’t have any hardware apart from your NAS but have access to the Internet. As a proof of concept, this setup will be more than fine.

### Configuring a virtual receiver

First, we need to setup up **xteve** (or any alternative tv proxy like tellytv for example) so that we can prepare it for Plex Live TV configuration in the last step.

For my example, I have used a docker image [https://hub.docker.com/r/bl0m1/xtevedocker](https://hub.docker.com/r/bl0m1/xtevedocker?ref=blackvoid.club) to create xteve container that we then use to connect with your iptv channel list.

By default, this image is running on port 34400, with a single volume needed to map the location of your offline m3u files (if you choose to use that method).

This is the configuration for the docker container:

```
docker run -it -d --name=xteve -p 34400:34400 -v ~/xteve_home:/home/xteve/.xteve bl0m1/xtevedocker:latest

```

As we can see there is only one port mapped and a single volume path. I will not get into too many details on docker setup and configuration in this article as I presume that you have the basic knowledge of running a docker container.

After you have set up the XTEVE container and have it up and running it will most likely be on the IP address of your NAS running on its default 34400 port (unless you have changed that). In any case, you can access the interface by going to the default page on **http://your\_NAS\_IP:34400/web**.

Before you get a list of your channels you will need to map your M3U file with xTeVe. To do that just open the Playlist section and add a new source. If you have mapped your local xteve folder to the destination in this article then the volume should look something like this:

`/volume1/docker/xteve:/home/xteve/.xteve`

In that case, your m3u file needs to go on your NAS in the following folder:

`/volume1/docker/xteve/data`

Now using the Playlist wizard, and let's say that the file is called xteve.m3u, add the following path:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-26-at-17.58.48.png)

xTeVe M3U file path

After the initial wizard (entering your first list as a M3U local file or a remote address and a valid XMLTV (EPG) file/url) you will be land on the xteve default UI.

📢

For more info on hosting your own EPG, be sure to check this [article](https://www.blackvoid.club/webgrabplus-self-hosted-epg-via-docker/).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-02-at-22.33.47.png)

XTEVE main UI for mapping your channels and EGP

The main thing to do here is to map your channel list (called playlist) and your XMLTV (EPG) source. This has to be completed here (and repeated in PLEX as well) in order for Plex LiveTV wizard to detect the channels when you configure it the first time (more on this a bit later).

XTEVE has an option of filtering your list(s) depending on your needs. So for example you can filter out certain channels from IPTV lists that do not meet your criteria. Keep in mind that most IPTV lists can have a lot of channels (thousands) but Plex LiveTV, at the moment of this article, supports only a max number of 480 channels.

I will not get into too much on XTEVE configuration considering its wiki site and overall documentation is rich with all the information that you might need, so dig in.

For this setup/demo you can use any IPTV list on the internet that you can get your hands on as well as a XMLTV list/URL to make this work. Keep in mind that most EPG solutions (XMLTV lists) are paid, so I will not list here any specific ones. You can also run your own solution to create daily or weekly EPG for free but that's a topic for another article.

So, now that we have a running XTEVE setup and a working list of channels with their valid EPG, it's time to configure Plex LiveTV and connect it to this tv proxy.

### Plex LiveTV configuration

As mentioned above, LiveTV and DVR are premium Plex features and as such require a Plex Pass subscription.

If you have a Plex server running on hardware that supports hardware transcoding (also a Plex Pass feature), this will be good news for you. Live TV can at times, require transcoding depending on your choice of Plex client device. In certain cases, video and/or audio will need to be transcoded and with HW transcode support your CPU will not be pegged that much (if at all) as it would be while transcoding would be on a pure software level.

Log into your Plex server and open up the Settings section. In the left column under the Manage section, you will find the Live TV & DVR option.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-02-at-22.35.23.png)

The first step in setting up LiveTV in Plex

For this to work Plex needs to find your digital tuner (XTEVE in this case) on your network. There is also a manual input option so if it will not detect XTEVE you can manually input it in this format:

`IP_address_of_your_NAS:34400`

Click continue. In the next step, your tuner should be detected and you will see the list of channels as well (those that you mapped in XTEVE with their corresponding EPG). If all the channels that you were expecting are listed just click continue again.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-02-at-22.35.39.png)

All visible channels from your tuner

In the next step, Plex will ask for your EPG (XMLTV) source. Even though we have mapped the channels in XTEVE we have to do it again here. So if you have used a public list or static file enter the path to that file and continue forward.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-02-at-22.36.37.png)

Once again, map your channels with their EPG source (if they are not mapped automatically)

As you can see we need to map all the channels again (if not detected automatically) with their corresponding EPG code in order for Plex LiveTV to be able to pull the timetable as well as the description for all the content of all those channels.

As a final step, you need to be patient. Building the guide for the first time can take some time depending on the number of channels as well and the amount of data in the EPG for each channel. For about 2-3 days worth of data and about 10 channels, it will be done in a matter of minutes (of this will depend on your sources, internet speed, etc).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-02-at-22.39.21.png)

Plex is building the TV Guide

Now that we have completed the setup, it would be good to reset the Plex server. There is a known problem with XTEVE and Plex if this is not done. XTEVE tuner will be presented as not accessible unless you reboot (but it will still work fine).

After all, this is done, you are good to go and enjoy your content. Visit the Live TV & DVR section on your Plex server and you will be presented with a similar TV Guide.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/08/Screenshot-2021-08-01-at-16.03.08.png)

Finished TV guide (updated look from July 2021)

Clicking on any channel name will tune Live TV broadcast and for all the things that you see in the guide in the future, you will have the option to record and save in a library that you can prepare for it. All that content will be crawled as well and you can edit them as you see fit.

### Plex Live TV playback and utilization

Considering that you now have OTA content on any device that you can use Plex on give yourself a pat on the back.

At the time of this article, this great feature works on all Plex platforms but on the Samsung Tizen (TVs 2016+). To clarify, Live TV works on them but the grid feature is missing, meaning you will only be able to tune into things that are about to start or record what's to come. If for any reason you switch channels, you will not be able to go back to the content that's already in progress. Stupid I know, but Plex is working on it, and hopefully, the guide will be available soon.

As I mentioned before, depending on your client platform of choice, some channels will require transcoding like any other movie or tv show that you can stream via plex. In some cases, audio will be just repacked in a different container, and video will be transcoded if an unsupported codec is detected.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-02-at-23.04.14.png)

Plex dashboard with detailed information about all running streams

This will have a bigger or smaller CPU impact on your Plex server (NAS in this case) depending on the hardware transcoding feature is active (supported) or not. Most NAS devices from Intel have a QuickSync technology built-in and that's what Plex uses to make use of the HW transcoding.

On a typical device that has HW transcoding CPU utilization will be almost non-existing.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/02/Screenshot-2020-02-02-at-23.04.28.png)

Another Plex dashboard information, current CPU utilization

If you are running the Plex Home feature (Plex server with multiple local Plex users) you can also enable the Plex Live TV feature to be visible to those users just like any other library and content on your Plex server.

On the other hand, this feature will not work for your outside (remote) Plex users. You will be able to share any recorded content, of course, considering it will be a part of a library that you can choose to share with them.

So to sum it up. If you have a tuner that you can hook up to your LAN and have a working Plex server with the Plex Pass feature, there is no reason for you not to give this a go. It will eliminate your need to have multiple set-top boxes for your OTA/cable, save you money in the process and give you your content in a great visual presentation on more devices than you can handle.

## New Samsung Tizen App Preview

Finally! After many months (years!) of waiting it is finally here. The new rewritten Tizen Plex app! This will give new life and options to your Plex TV experience. Here is a short overview of the new options that have been introduced.

**Skip Intro** \- This was a much-requested feature that allows for TV shows that have a longer intro (more than 20sec) to be detected by Plex and then offered as a skip intro button. It works like a charm, and up until now, it was on selected platforms. Finally, it has arrived on Tizen as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/IMG_8470.jpg)

Skip into the option in the bottom right corner. One button solution, brilliant

**LiveTV Guide** \- I can't tell you how much I have been waiting for this option. I mean having a Live TV option, and not having the ability to have a guide EGP/grid view. Crazy right? Well, it is finally here, and it works great. Just like it does on any other platform that supports it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/IMG_8469.jpg)

Live TV Guide view - finally, that's all I'm gonna say

🗒️

**NOTE**: These options (atm) work with Tizen 2.4, 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0 UHD devices (2016-2019 UHD devices) with Plex app minimal version 4.29.6\. 2020 models are still under testing at this moment

Now if you want to run and use these options, you will need two things. Plex Pass and you will need to activate the "Early Access" option. What this will do (you can switch it back of course) is allow you to use these options using the new version of the Plex app.  
I have to say that the interface has changed a bit and it's a lot faster off the bat. Love it.  
To make this happen open up the Plex app and go to your user profile. There you will see the "Enter Early Access" button. Click it and let Plex reload.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/IMG_8463.jpg)

Activate Early Access to get the new fast and cool Plex app

With its new speed, Plex also now offers a familiar but slightly new and better look when it comes to your content. So when you are in the TV Show mode you have quick access buttons along with the top menu that offer access to all-season on the fly. No need to enter a season and then back out to enter another. Really nice.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/IMG_8465.jpg)

Different overview of your TV shows with quick season access on the top

Listing of season, episodes, or any content for that matter, is really fluent and fast now and there was work done on the episode view as well.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/IMG_8466.jpg)

The new episode view is much faster as it is elegant and full of information

One thing that does bother me a bit at the moment is that if you want to access the audio, video, or subtitle section you have to click a lot more (deeper). So accessing the options starts with the "more..." button but then it is all inside the "streams" submenu. More clicking, but at least the options are there.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/IMG_8467.jpg)

Getting to subtitles will require a few more clicks than before

Still, not to sound negative, one more option that really is a great addition for my taste, is the overlay list of episodes. What I mean by that is that you can get the list of all the episodes in the season while watching your current one without stopping. Simple option but I love it!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/06/IMG_8468.jpg)

Overlay of all the episodes in the season (while playing your current episode)

Well, there you have it, a short update on this article. Hope you will find it useful.

As always, ask away, comment, and criticize!
### Power overwhelming
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/power-overwhelming/
Last updated: 2020-04-01T10:31:57.000Z
> UPDATE 31.03.2020 - added information at the end of the article on UPS network configuration with multiple NAS devices using the same UPS

The day has come to power on 1st RS3614 unit. Got myself a 1KW UPS from CyberPower (CP1500EPFCLCD).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/IMG_7937.jpeg)

Considering that each RS3614 with 12 drives (HDDs at 7200 RPM) use about 180W on average with 200W max (per PSU), both RS3614 and their RX units will have more then enough juice.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/1PE-0000292-02G_FT_01_WS_C.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/1PE-0000292-02G_BK_01_WS_C.jpg)

Happy so far with this UPS. Uptime with one RS running at the moment is about 40min, so no problem there. In the near future I will utilize 2 more units and still have about 20min uptime under 50% load.

On top of all this, data migration from DS918 to RS3614 has started. Took about 2 days to move about 10TB of data. Started to migrate Docker farm as well using Snapshot replication. 

With Snapshot, migration is down to matter of minutes of downtime. Export JSON file from a container, import it and at the same time have both docker volume folders in sync using Snapshot tool. All that is left is stop/star for a container and boom, up and running on the new Docker host.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/snapshot_replication.png)

DS918 > RS3614 Docker volume replication

Next step in this project is getting more ECC Rank1 ram considering that 918 will be striped down and become all SSD NAS. To do that I need to migrate all roles and features to DS718 and this RS unit first. So RAM and SSD are my next items in the basket.

All in all, I will get about 70TB of HDD space and about 2TB of all flash storage across all NAS units. 412+ model on a remote location will be retired.

**UPDATE 31.03.2020**

Today I got around to finally do a quick reconfigure regarding my NAS UPS configuration inside my rack.

Considering that CyberPower UPS is not a network supported device but rather connected to one of my RS3614 NAS (and getting info via a USB cable), the question was what to do regarding remaining NAS devices in the same rack (and on the same switch).

Looking at the documentation for Synology [UPS support](https://www.synology.com/en-us/knowledgebase/DSM/help/DSM/AdminCenter/system%5Fhardware%5Fups?ref=blackvoid.club), there is a SNMP and network UPS support (depending on the model). Because I have multiple RS and DS units in the same rack and only one is connected via USB cable to the UPS itself, questions is how to link other devices to get the benefit of turning off when UPS will be at its battery end.

In this case the NAS with the USB cable connection can act as a network UPS server and all the other devices can act as clients connecting to the servers IP address.

Only thing needed here is to go to your main “server” NAS Control Panel > Hardware & Power > UPS and turn on “Enable network UPS server”.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/UPS_server_side.png)

Synology UPS server side settings for permitted clients

After that click the “Permitted Rackstation devices” button and in the list (a total of 5) enter your client IP addresses, and apply the setting.

Finally, log into your “client” NAS (the ones that are not connected via a USB cable) and go to the same UPS tab in Control Panel. The settings here will be a bit different.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/03/UPS_client_side.png)

UPS configuration on the client side

Here, from the Network UPS support dropdown menu, select “Synology UPS server” and after that in the Network UPS server IP field, enter your main NAS IP address (the one acting as your UPS server). Click Apply and wait for the confirmation. If you have configured everything as instructed your client NAS should get Device Information button that will report information from your UPS.

Only thing left to do is to check the “Time before Rack/DiskStation enters Safe Mode” option and enter the time in seconds/minutes/hours after your UPS has entered battery mode how much time must pass before your NAS enters Safe Mode. In Safe Mode your NAS will then initiate a soft shutdown and turn itself off.

One note here. Keep in mind that this method will work only if two conditions are applied as stated in the Synology article:

Network UPS Requirements:

- To relay UPS device information, each Synology NAS should be connected to the same network.
- The network device (e.g. switch or hub) to which each Synology NAS is connected should be plugged into the same UPS device. Otherwise the Synology NASs will not be able to relay UPS device information when power failure occurs.
### Fire it up!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/fire-it-up/
Last updated: 2020-01-08T11:58:33.000Z
Took some time the other day to fire up RS units and see if the drives are fine as well as to try and use Hynix ECC RAM that I got.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/IMG_7907.jpg)

LAG (4Gbit) configured, and all drives are green

Well, the good news is that RS units are working just fine. 4Gbit LAG also detected and working as intended. The bad news is that Hynix ram that I have is not compatible. Voltage and latency are fine but the ram is dual rank so not working at all. NAS won't boot.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/IMG_7908.jpg)

Dual vs single rank memory

No matter I will get some more compatible ram in the future when time comes, at the moment 4GB will be enough to host the content that it needs. When Docker farm will be moved from 918 then I will get some sticks in there.
### Let there be CAT6 LAN
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/let-there-be-cat6-lan/
Last updated: 2020-01-03T16:23:49.000Z
Today I managed to spare some time and connected cat6 cables to both of my RS units.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/IMG_7894.jpg)

A few days ago I configured the switch and made LAG preparations for these two devices. For my DS units everything is configured as well but I will move them into the rack when SSDs will arrive and the data has been moved to new arrays on the RS side.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/01/IMG_7895.jpg)

These are initial cable management steps, and I will see how things will pan out. Connected my uplink CAT7 cable as well to my other communication rack on the top floor, no problems so far. At least I won’t have to freeze in the basement when I have to do some long configuration and setup tasks.
### DSM 7 preview signups are now OPEN!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-preview-signups/
Last updated: 2020-01-03T16:27:10.000Z
> UPDATE (3rd Jan 2020): A little birdie told me that I have made the cut! Still waiting for the official confirmation but fingers crossed, testing will hopefully begin soon.

What an end of 2019\. Synology just posted on their community site that the new upcoming DSM 7 OS is now open for preview!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/Screenshot-2019-12-31-at-14.08.08.png)

You can signup using this [link](https://event.synology.com/en-us/dsm%5Fpreview?ref=blackvoid.club) and hope you get picked!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/Screenshot-2019-12-31-at-14.08.16.png)

Not much to say at the moment, but if I get an invite there will be a lot of news on the matter. By the looks of it, no x12+ models are supported as Synology promised so if you have a compatible x13 or newer model be sure to register and get an early taste for the upcoming DSM7.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/Screenshot-2019-12-31-at-14.08.47.png)

Happy new year all!
### The Mandalorian, season 1 reflections
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/the-mandalorian-season-1-refelctions/
Last updated: 2019-12-30T12:43:17.000Z
Star Wars The Mandalorian tv show with its season one has ended. Here are my thoughts. This short article will contain written and visual spoilers, you have been warned.

I won’t deny it, I love Star Wars. Who doesn’t right? Well after a long long time we have got the very 1st non animated SW themed tv show, The Mandalorian.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/the-mandalorian-004-scaled.jpg)

Helmed by Jon Favreau (Iron Man 1&2, Lion King 2019 etc…) and Dave Filoni (Star Wars: The Clone Wars, SW: Rebels, SW: Resistance) this show is what SW is all about. Those two should have made E7-9 and it would be epic.

Still, we got a great tv show in SW universe following a lonely Mandalorian bounty hunter in post Empire/New Republic time but before The First Order shows up (so time line is between episode 6 and 7).

The quality of the show is top notch and not lagging behind any modern syfy movie out there, let alone SW movie. So if you haven’t seen it so far, get onto Disney+ new streaming service and enjoy 6h of total SW bad a\*\* content.

Season 2 is already in production as Jon has twitted a few days ago:

> Season 2 of [#TheMandalorian](https://twitter.com/hashtag/TheMandalorian?src=hash&ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=blackvoid.club) coming Fall 2020 [pic.twitter.com/8VQYLDMQ0V](https://t.co/8VQYLDMQ0V?ref=blackvoid.club)
> 
> — Jon Favreau (@Jon\_Favreau) [December 27, 2019](https://twitter.com/Jon%5FFavreau/status/1210652862193098753?ref%5Fsrc=twsrc%5Etfw&ref=blackvoid.club)

So to sum up The Mandalorian in a sentence. Its full of great story telling, suspense, humor and characters that you can connect to. One of best SW content in the past 30y.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/the-mandalorian-008-scaled.jpg)

Personally I can’t wait for season 2 but we will have to wait until Fall of 2020\. All my expectations were met and even more. Another great thing is that we will be getting some more SW shows (Obi-Wan for example) that I hope will have a touch of Jon or Dave as well.

No matter, Mandalorian is an awesome SW content that’s worthy of its name. Now its time to watch it again, in 4K ;).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/sw-al7.jpg)

Did you like The Mandalorian? Thoughts?
### 42U rack assembly has started
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/42u-rack-assembly-has-started/
Last updated: 2019-12-29T10:41:03.000Z
Finally I have got some time to play around with my rack closet and Synology RS twins.

Managed to put in an additional shelf for DS718 and DS918 to be placed there in the future, as well as a NETGEAR GS724T switch.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/31815459-A91D-4F05-ADD7-BF60C69D58CC.JPG)

Fresh assembly (shelf for DS units, switch and 2xRS3614xs with expansions)

Bellow them (with some space) I have placed two RS3614XS with their expansion units. At the moment, just RS models will be populated with drives (3 and 4TB ones), while the DS units will all be SSD populated (WD blue 500GB in each bay).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/D31B4D69-B744-425B-A3D2-E6B2345B6472.JPG)

RS3614xs each with RX units (both RS have double 10GBit cards ready as well)

Waiting for my UPS and LAN cables to complete the set and fire it all up. For now I have configured LAG on the switch for all 4 NAS units.

I needed to adjust the cage a bit to accommodate the shelf but apart from that, all is well and fits perfect.

All that is left is to fill in additional RAM (Hynix ECC) in the RS model to max out to their 32GB limit each. They will mainly be Docker farms and storage as well as hosts for VMs.

Really happy with the current setup and can’t wait to test it all out.
### DSM 7 beta, no show in 2019
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/dsm-7-beta-no-show-in-2019/
Last updated: 2019-12-18T18:45:07.000Z
By the looks of it we won't be getting a beta of DSM 7 this year. 

According to this ComputerBase.de [article](https://www.computerbase.de/2019-12/synology-beta-dsm-7-termin-verschoben/?ref=blackvoid.club), looks like Synology will take some more time before pushing out beta version of their NAS OS, DSM 7\. 

The upcoming version will bring a lot of new features, under the hood modifications, C2 hybrid storage, and an online remote managment and monitoring called Active Insight.

These are just a few options worth mentioning but a lot more is coming, more on those features when I get hands on.

According to the news on the web, looks like we will get version 6.2.3 before or at the same time as beta 1 of the new version. At the moment there is no exact date but Q1 2020 is the time frame for the time being.

For now, we have to be patient and hope they do a great job.
### It's STAR WARS month!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/its-starwars-month/
Last updated: 2019-12-18T11:46:33.000Z
Winter is coming (and its not GoT related) and with it, SW content is coming on all fronts!

With the new SW9 movie coming to cinema tomorrow, its great time to catch up on the story so far ;).

If you are unaware but this month we got 1st ever SW (non animated) tv show called The Mandalorian. If you haven't seen it, stop reading and catch up on it. For us that don't have access to the new Disney+ streaming service we will have to make it work some other way.

Personally my Plex is full of SW content that I love to watch all the time.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/sw_mando.PNG)

The Mandalorian - new SW tv show on Disney+

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/sw_collection.PNG)

My other SW content in my private Plex collection

A few weeks ago I got my TV upgraded to a new Samsung 65" so all this gloroius content just got a whole new dimension.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/samsung65.jpg)

The Mandalorian in 4K!

To wrap it all up, for my birthday I also got some great gifts for my SW mancave. An awseome TIE fighter desktop LED lamp and a puzzle of my favorite dorids. What could a SW fan want more?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/EA788E40-0C3F-4135-AEBE-661400190300.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/347C82C5-9441-4C44-BFFF-D1F8BD44B773.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/AC2EFA0B-AB5D-4849-A97C-B7001CA05280.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/IMG_7799.jpg)

The only thing that could top this is an announcement that we might get more (3) SW tv shows in the near future... o wait, they just did that yesterday!
### Synoforum.com 8 months later
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/syno/
Last updated: 2019-12-18T11:11:22.000Z
Wow, 8 months have passed since this unofficial forum was launched! With its 500+ members, great design and awesome members with various knowledge, it was quickly recognized as a place to be if you have a NAS related question.

If you are unaware, 8 months ago due to people being extremely unsatisfied with the new Community site from Synology.com, Synoforum.com was created.

You can visit it here: [https://www.synoforum.com/](https://www.synoforum.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) and enjoy a proper discussion board that its members deserve.

Again, all thanks go to Synoman (you can reach him on Twitter as well @SynoForum\_com) for making this happen and we all hope that this site will continue to grow in its content and members.

Any comments and suggestions that you might have are welcome here or on the forum and big thanks again to all active members that made it possible.
### NETGEAR, take 2
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/netgear-take-2/
Last updated: 2019-12-05T13:34:49.000Z
It's been 3 weeks since I have ordered my NETGEAR GS724T (rev4) 24port switch from Amazon. After 2 weeks of no show, followed up by Amazon leting me know that "the package is lost", finally it has arrived.

Amazon support was kind enough to send me a new unit on Monday. 3 days later, here it is!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/IMG_7747.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/IMG_7743.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/IMG_7746-1.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/IMG_7745.jpg)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/12/IMG_7744.jpg)

Still missing a UPS for my rack and some power cables and then I will be ready to fire up those Synology RS3614\. Hope to get some time this weekend to work on this project. 

Need M6 screws, LAN cables etc but all that will come in a short time as well.

Will get into configuring this bad boy as well before putting it in the rack to see how well it performs.

More on this soon...
### Bitwarden email invites
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-email-invites/
Last updated: 2021-06-20T22:20:30.000Z
A small and short update on the BW docker [image](https://hub.docker.com/r/vaultwarden/server?ref=blackvoid.club) and configuration of SMTP settings.

The reason for this is to have your BW setup open to the Internet by having an invite-only (for example) setup while still having an option that will allow you and your user's invitations, registrations, and approval steps via email.

If you are already running a BW container, simply stop it and edit it. Add these environment variables and configure them depending on the SMTP provider you will be using.

```
  -e SMTP_HOST=<smtp.domain.tld> \
  -e SMTP_FROM=<bitwarden@domain.tld> \
  -e SMTP_PORT=587 \
  -e SMTP_SSL=true \
  -e SMTP_USERNAME=<username> \
  -e SMTP_PASSWORD=<password> \

```

Note that if SMTP and invitations are enabled, invitations will be sent to new users via email. You must set the `DOMAIN` configuration option with the base URL of your BW instance for the invite link to be generated correctly.

`-e DOMAIN=https://vault.example.com`

That's it. After that, all users will have to verify their email account as well. Keep in mind that those verification emails might come with a bit of a delay (in minutes) but be sure to check BW logs for detailed operations on the matter.

As always, you are welcome to comment and ask questions on this or any other topic.
### VPN, or how to access your data securely, the right way
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/vpn-or-how-to-access-your-data-securely-the-right-way/
Last updated: 2022-07-22T21:09:48.000Z
**UPDATE 17/09/2021** \- Synology has announced that the VPN Plus package (on SRM OS) has transitioned to a **permanently free licensing** program.

Here is the official press release:

> Taipei, Taiwan—September 22, 2021—Synology announced today that its VPN server solution for Synology Routers, VPN Plus, **has transitioned to a permanently free licensing program**.
> 
> "We first launched this program to support businesses worldwide during the initial phase of the COVID-19 crisis. Fast forward 18 months and the trend is now irreversible. Working from home has become the new normal," said Rebecca Lin, Product Manager for VPN Plus at Synology Inc. "We think our users should continue to enjoy full free access to all the best VPN technologies that Synology has to offer. That is why we are announcing forever free licenses for all previously paid features of our premier VPN server solution, Synology VPN Plus."
> 
> Under the new program, **new and existing owners of Synology's RT1900ac, RT2600ac, and MR2200ac wireless routers can activate perpetual Client VPN Access and Site-to-Site VPN licenses at no additional cost, forever.**

**UPDATE** **17.09.2020** \- Synology has prolonged claiming VPN Plus license from April 6th, 2020 till September 30th, 2021 due to an ongoing COVID-19 situation. Details in the [press](https://www.synology.com/en-us/company/news/article/VPN%5FPlus%5FExtension/Supporting%20the%20remote%20workforce,%20Synology%20extends%20free%20VPN%20Plus%20license%20offer%20until%202021?ref=blackvoid.club) release.

**UPDATE 30.03.2020 -** Today, Synology announced that they will be allowing VPN Plus users (Synology feature on their router lineup running SRM OS) free VPN Plus licenses from April 6th 2020 till September 30th 2020, due to COVID-19 (#workfromhome) global situation. More info in their [press release](https://www.synology.com/en-global/company/news/article/PR%5FVPNPlus/Enabling%20Remote%20Work%20-%20VPN%20Plus%20Licenses%20Free%20Until%20September%2030,%202020?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

In this article, I will talk about setting up a VPN service on your NAS. There are two ways you can set up a VPN service on your NAS. One is a VPN server, and the other is a VPN client.

Having your NAS open to the Internet is always a risky situation and using a VPN to get to your local data without the need to expose your NAS via a number of ports to the Internet is nothing new. VPN has been around for decades.

What confuses most people is the difference between vpn server and client. So what is VPN in the 1st place?

### VPN 101

VPN stands for Virtual Private Network. This means that it will allow you to connect from a remote location to your home or business and use any services, data, or devices like you never left. So why is this better than just simply accessing your data via the Internet on an exposed port? Well, the big difference is that VPN traffic is encrypted, and best of all you can access your resources the same way as you would if you have a local connection.

### Server vs client

Now, what's a VPN server and client in all of this? A server is a device that will coordinate and maintain your private connection via VPN protocol, and a client is a device that will initiate a remote connection to the server. So for example, your NAS can be a VPN server (just as much as your router or any other device in your network that can run a VPN server can), and your phone, tablet, remote computer, etc, are clients.

Make no mistake your NAS (just like any other mentioned device) can also be a VPN client that's connecting to a remote VPN provider. Now, why would you wanna use that? In case you wanna use specific services that are not available to you in your country or simply wanna block ISP tracking your Internet usage, you could use VPN to "cover your tracks". More on this later.

In order to make this work, there are steps that need to be configured (one time) and followed. 

In this article, I will explain both cases. We will start with using your NAS as a VPN server in order to connect to your home or business and access your resources that are not otherwise accessible via the Internet, and then, we will see a scenario where you can use that same NAS as a VPN client in order to protect your whole local network (and devices) and block any tracking from ISP side (also this will allow you to get certain content that might be inaccessible otherwise).

### NAS as a VPN server

Before we continue, I will focus both scenarios on an OpenVPN protocol. Any mention of open VPN clients such as Tunnebrick, Viscosity, etc, are only in the interest of demonstration. You can use any open VPN app that you find fit instead.

One thing to mention here before I continue. If you wanna connect to your home or business you will have to have a static IP address (that you will later on use) or configure a DDNS service if your IP address changes from time to time. Some Internet providers change their user's IP addresses on a daily basis, so having a DDNS is a must.

This article will not focus on DDNS configuration. There are steps in the DSM Help section on this matter.

In order to use your NAS as a VPN server, you first need to install a VPN Server package from the Package Center. After installing it you can open it up and start configuring.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-12.54.29.png)

DSM VPN Server main dashboard

There is 3 protocol that you can use. PPTP, OpenVPN, and L2TP/IPSec.

‼️

**DO NOT** use **PPTP** under any circumstances as it is too weak nowadays

As I said before, I will focus only on OVPN from this point forward. We start by going to the OpenVPN section in the bottom left corner.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-13.00.01-1.png)

OpenVPN configuration

First, tick the checkbox to activate the settings and then configure them to your needs. Make sure to NOT use the same network class or subnet as your local network. You can use any other but do not overlap them. The VPN server will make sure that (if you chose to do so) allow you access to your local network and devices (there is a checkbox for that).

Most settings are easy to understand but I will focus on a few of them. **Port** and **Protocol** are 2 things that need attention here. By default, VPN will work on UDP 1194 protocol/port combination. The simple reason for UDP is speed, let's leave it at that. The reason why I use it via TCP is that the locations that I use VPN from most often, block any Internet UDP traffic. Luckily, TCP traffic is much more open. Saying that you will also need to verify that you can actually use specific ports and protocols in order to make the connection. In the Port section, I have a custom port that I know is open from my VPN client-side, so that I can initiate the connection.

⚠️

In general, almost **any high port** (from 1024 onwards) can be used here.

Make sure that you have **opened the port and protocol specified** on your router and pointed that traffic towards your NAS IP address

Once you have decided on the port and protocol, choose the encryption and authentication. This will depend on your client-side as well. So you will have to play a bit here.

Before the final step (but this is something that you can change later on depending on your user needs), is to configure users that can/can't use a VPN server. Switch to the "Privilege" tab, select what users can use what protocol, and click the "save" button on the top. Now switch back to "OpenVPN"

Finally, click the "Export configuration" button on the bottom to get the needed files that will have to be imported into your VPN client. 

Now that you have your configuration You will see one .ovpn file and several (2 to be exact) .crt files.

If you want to use your VPN server with a specific SSL certificate then make sure to configure this setting in **Control Panel > Security > Certificate** by clicking on the "**configure**" button.

If you need a valid certificate, you will have to make or import one beforehand. For details on using your custom domain name and LE certificate, have a look here: <https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/>

The first thing that we need to do now is open up the .ovpn file in a text editor to make a change.

You can use Text Editor in DSM if you have it installed, or any other text editor that you have on your local computer.

Once you have opened the file, in the 4th line you will change the IP\_ADDRESS to your external (static) IP address or use this place to enter your own DDNS public name. For example: 

`remote something.synology.me your_custom_port_number`

One more thing that you can do here (well you can do a lot, but I will mention one) is that you can force your entire VPN client network traffic to go inside this secure tunnel and not use a split. What this means is that all your Internet and local communication will be tunneled towards your VPN server.

To make this work you can make one more change inside your .ovpn file. Line 20 reads like this:

`#redirect-gateway def1`

Change it by removing the # character from the beginning, like so:

`redirect-gateway def1`

That's it. Now that you have completed your changes and you have a file that's pointing to your VPN server, you are ready to import that file inside your VPN clients (desktop or mobile).

For a desktop client, I use [Viscosity](https://www.sparklabs.com/?ref=blackvoid.club). It's a paid client that works both on Mac and Windows OS. There are alternatives that are free and work just as well. Viscosity has a bit more functions but in general, any open VPN client will do.

Depending on your client of choice, after you have imported your configuration file, you are ready to test it out.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-13.40.36.png)

Viscosity macOS client with added VPN server connection

Once you initiate a connection you will be prompted with a username and password. In this case that will be the username and password for the DSM account, considering that the VPN server is running on your NAS.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-13.41.19.png)

Viscosity username and password challenge

After you enter your user name and password, the client will initiate a connection. If everything is in order you will connect to your VPN server, otherwise, you can check the logs for errors. 

Most common here is wrong username/password, network problem, or port not open on the client and/or server-side. Double-check those first.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-13.46.50.png)

Viscosity detail page for an active connection

Now that you have connected to your home or business from a remote location you can use any services or get to any data needed just like you would if you were on that location.

### NAS as a VPN client

One more way you can use your NAS is as a VPN client. To make this work, as said before you will need to use a VPN server provider. There is a ton of them out there. Some are free, some are not, some track you, some don't. Personally, I use NordVPN and it fits my needs.

The method described here will, in most cases, be the same for any provider. Again I will use the open VPN method.

If you are wondering why would I make my NAS as a VPN client and not just use my default computer, or phone instead the answer is this. There is some traffic on my NAS that I wanna keep encrypted but on top of that I can use then that same NAS as a gateway for all my local devices and still have my traffic encrypted.

Why? Well, not all devices have a compatible VPN provider app for example. Most providers offer 6 concurrent VPN connections, so what if you have more than 6 devices that you need at one time?

So with a single active connection, I can cover my entire LAN and its devices that encrypt all outgoing and incoming Internet traffic.

First, create an account with your VPN provider of choice. Then download the ovpn file for the server that you wanna use. Most quality providers will offer a large number of VPN servers all over the world. So, depending on where you wanna terminate your connection (where you wanna pretend to be) you will have to use that specific server ovpn file to connect.

Now that you have a valid account, and a server connection file, log into DSM and open up **Control Panel** \> **Network** \> **Network Interface**

Click "**Create** \> **Create VPN profile**" to start the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-14.29.15.png)

Select 3rd option to use your VPN provider file

The 3rd option will be the one that you need to select in order to get everything set up the way it's meant to be. Click "**Next**".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-14.31.17.png)

Create a profile by using the opvn file and your credentials

Now create the profile. Enter a name (because you can have multiple VPN profiles), username, and pass for your VPN provider and click the "**browse**" button to select the ovpn file. In most cases, nothing else is needed, but if your provider has specific instructions, then follow them and use the "**Advanced options**", otherwise, click "**Next**".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-14.35.39.png)

VPN profile final step

Finally, check all the boxes and click "**Apply**". Now you have a new VPN profile in your Network section. Select it and click connect. After a few seconds, you should get visible information that you have an established connection.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-14.40.04.png)

Active VPN connection

That's it for the first part. Any traffic towards the Internet on your NAS is not inside the tunnel. But how do we get all the other LAN devices there as well?

There are two ways to do it. One is to change each LAN device to use your NAS as a gateway and another is to set your router gateways setting to your NAS IP address. That way, all your devices that are using your router as a way towards the Internet will actually be routed to your NAS 1st and then they will be pushed towards the Internet via an active VPN tunnel. Complicated? Ok, let's break it down.

Let's describe how access to the Internet usually works. You have a router that's connected to the Internet, and you have network devices connected to that router.

LAN device > router >(unencrypted communication) > Internet

Simple right? Ok, so what we want is that your LAN devices get to the internet via a VPN tunnel that's active on your NAS. So the route will look like this:

LAN device > NAS VPN connection > router > (encrypted communication) > Internet

To make this happen just use your computer/mobile/tablet network configuration and enter your NAS local IP address as a gateway/router setting.

In macOS for example, open up System Preferences > Network and in the Router field enter your NAS IP address. That's it! Apply the change and enjoy encrypted Internet access. 

Just as an example from my router statistics, you will notice that the top 2 applications/categories are Unknown or VPN, meaning, "we can't see what's going on there".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/Screenshot-2019-11-17-at-14.57.10.png)

Router stats after using all my LAN devices behind a VPN tunnel

Well, that's it for now, if you have any questions, suggestions, or critics, feel free to ask in the comment section below.
### 42U rack in the basement? Sure!
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/42u-rack-in-the-basement-sure/
Last updated: 2019-11-16T12:08:34.000Z
The time has finally come! I have managed to get a used 42U rack in excellent shape and have it delivered to my new place. 

Why 42? Because it was close to nothing compare to a 27U one for example. Considering it fits, I said, why not. No intention at the moment to make full use of it, but, you newer know.

Its been already over 6mon since I got double RS3614 with expansions but I hade no place to put them. The move to the new house was mostly on schedule but the basement was constantly full of stuff. Well now, thats no longer the case. Yesterday I got my 42U rack placed in the basement and soon I will start to populate it. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/IMG_7625.jpg)

RS units are on site as well, and a brand new NETGEAR GS724T-400EUS ProSAFE 24 Port Gigabit Smart switch will arrive in a week or so.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/GS724T-400EUS.jpg)

NETGEAR GS724T-400EUS ProSAFE 24 Port Gigabit Smart Switch

Still need a few more things to get started but I'm in no rush at the moment. Will post some more in the future on this little project.
### New WD RED SSDs have arrived
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-wd-red-ssd-have-arrived/
Last updated: 2019-10-28T19:09:02.000Z
Considering that my new rack installation has been delayed, in the meantime WD has just pushed out brand new SSDs from their RED lineup. 

Designed for 24/7 workload in both 2,5" and M.2 and sized from 500GB to 4 TB (only in 2,5") these drives will be ideal for my 718+/918+ combo running in RAID1.

[WD Red NAS SATA SSDWestern Digital provides data storage solutions, including systems, HDD, Flash SSD, memory and personal data solutions to help customers capture and preserve their most valued data.![](https://www.westerndigital.com/content/dam/western-digital/en-us/portal-assets/logo/favicon-western-digital.ico)Western Digital![](https://www.westerndigital.com/content/dam/western-digital/en-us/assets/products/internal-drives/wd-red-ssd/product-hero-image-wd-red-ssd-western-digital-main.png)](https://www.westerndigital.com/products/internal-drives/wd-red-ssd?ref=blackvoid.club)

Considering that a 42U rack is almost here, and both Rs3614 are waiting, winter will be cold and painted RED ;).
### 3-2-1 > Active Backup
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/3-2-1-active-backup/
Last updated: 2022-05-15T21:18:46.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 02/06/2021 - added new information on ABB data transfer compression and encryption

Since Active Backup for Business **version 2.2.0-1761**, Synology has added two new features.

Enable data transfer compression  
Enable data transfer encryption

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-02-at-15.04.25.png)

View from ABB template side

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/Screenshot-2021-06-02-at-15.04.36.png)

View from end-user desktop side

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 07/12/2020 - new information regarding AB agent supports for Linux and macOS

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.29.10.png)

All major Linux distributions will be covered

macOS agent support is still under development and its coming

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/12/Screenshot-2020-12-07-at-14.30.50.png)

Catalina will be supported as a minimum version

---

📢

**UPDATE**: 10/06/2020 - Synology announced **Active Backup for Business 2.2.0 preview program**. It is planned as an invite-only (as it is not a public beta yet), so Synology will pick up the participants they think fit the "profile" for this preview.

> Several new features coming in this version:

- Supports AES-256 data encryption and data compression at rest
- Supports Linux backup using Active Backup for Business Agent for Linux (command line)
- Supports migrating instantly restored virtual machines from Synology VMM back to Hyper-V or VMware
- Fix for ABB skiping backups when encountering bad sectors

---

Synology's recent addition to their collection of great apps and solutions include a new version of Active Backup for Business package. 

In this article, I will reflect on the tool, how it can benefit you and see various scenarios it can be implemented in. 

Let's be honest. How many times have you lost data because you didn't have a backup? Anyone who is using a computer, tablet or even a phone now days has at least something they wish to save and never lose right? With that in mind, it's usually a question of how to implement it, how much it cost and why bother with it.

### Whats Active Backup?

Most of the time I get asked what's the difference between this and that backup package on Synology? Isn't that the same function? How can I backup this and that, etc?

Before I go further let's make one thing clear. **AB (Active Backup) is a backup tool for all your devices** that contain data that you wanna backup to your NAS as a final destination. With that in mind, do not mix AB with HB (Hyper Backup app). HB is a tool that allows you to backup your data on the NAS itself to another destination (like a different server, NAS or cloud).

So AB is a backup platform that will allow you to backup your computers (Linux, Win, and Mac - still coming in 2020), servers as well as HyperV and VMware virtual machines using a single solution. Some scenarios will even allow you for agentless pull backups. File backup is one of them. It is possible to set up a path from your NAS to your target computer folder and backup data with no need to install any AB agent tool. More of this later on.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-13.26.37.png)

Active Backup for Business main dashboard

### What can Active Backup do for you?

It can do a lot! **Did I mention that its free?** By free I mean no matter how many clients you have you will not have to buy any licenses at all. Once you try it and see how well it works, you won't spend any more money on backup solutions but this.

All jokes aside what can AB do? **Backup your entire machine** for a full bare metal restore, **backup certain files**, **backup virtual machines** (both HyperV and VMWare), **incremental and multi version backups**, manage templates for each user or group that will have access to AB and much more.

On top of this AB has a **user Portal** that will allow all users to get to their backups and content without the need to issue a ticket towards a local helpdesk that will engage IT dep to do it. Now, this is a huge benefit for everyone (I'm sure there are people that will see the upside of this of the bat) who work in medium-large companies.

### Backing up and restoring using AB

In this section, I will show two of the most common scenarios using AB. Backing up files and backing up a whole machine as well as restore of specific file and a complete bare metal computer restore using a PXE boot.

### Backing up files (agentless)

Let's say you have a number of computers that you wanna backup on a file level. Maybe just users folders or something along that line. With AB you can use this method by following these steps.

1. Open up AB and go to the File Server section on the left hand side
2. Click Add server button and you will get an Add server wizard.
3. Depending on the destination computer you will choose one of 2 options (SMB or rsync). In this example, I will use SMB considering that my computer is a WindowsOS based
4. In the server address field enter your computer IP address and enter username and password that has enough permissions to read the data
5. Once the test connection has passed (make sure that firewall is not an issue here) you can begin creating a backup task

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-13.34.32.png)

There are multiple type of backup mode that you can do

1. Choose a backup method of your choice
2. Select the folders that you want in your backup

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-13.39.26-1.png)

Folders that will be included in this incremental backup job

1. Type in the name of the task as well as the location on your NAS where you want your backed up data to live
2. As an option, you can set up a scheduled time table for this job as well

That's it. Now your job is ready to be manually started or triggered by the time table that you have set up

### Restoring files using AB Restore portal

Now that you have completed your backup, let's see how can one restore a specific file from that backup task using **Active Backup Restore portal**.

You can invoke the Portal via **Active backup > File server** section using the **Open Restore Portal button**, or if you are already logged into DSM, by clicking on the Active Backup for Business Portal icon. In any case, user interface will open

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-14.07.53.png)

AB Restore portal user interface

Depending on the user that you are logged into Restore portal, you will be able to see some, all or none of the tasks that AB currently handles. This can be changed by using the "View role" drop down menu on the top. Along side that you will be able to chose and list all the taks that that role/user has.

Now simply find that task that best fits your needs, locate the file and download or restore it to its orginal location using the Restore/Download buttons along the top bar.

All tasks regarding backups and restore process as well as logs are located in the Active Backup activity section

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-14.17.42.png)

Active Backup activity section

⚠️

Keep in mind that Restore portal does not have a search option, just a **filter option**. So finding things if you have no knowledge of its location might take some time.

In the next section I will talk about how you can create a **backup of your entire computer and clone that same backup onto a new computer** using Synology Restore Media (in ISO format via PXE).

### Creating a full computer backup

Now unlike a file/folder backup, full computer backup is not agentless. You will need to install a 32 or 64bit version (depeding on your computer) of Active Backup for Business Agent.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure that you download the correct one using the wizard so that you will have not have any problems with Active Backup client and server versions later on when you will need to restore

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-14.29.42.png)

Active Backup full computer wizard

To begin the process you will need to do 2 things beforehand. As indicated by the screenshot above when adding a device to AB for a complete backup process, you will need to **install AB agent onto that computer and create a template** that that computer and its user (this is a DSM account) will have permission to in order to create a backup in the first place. This is not 100% true considering that there is an admin group based template, but if you wanna create one that fits specific users, their needs (schedule, number of versions, location of the backup, etc) you will need to create a custom template using the **Settings** section in Active Backup dashboard.

After you have installed the agent and prepared the template, its time to connect your computer using the agent and initiate a backup.

1. Log into your computer and open up Active Backup agent
2. Log into your AB instance by using the server address, username and password (these are all NAS/DSM informations)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-14.45.50.png)

AB agent wizard

🗒️

**NOTE**: Be aware that this process can be **used over the Internet as wel**l. If your AB instance has Internet access you can enter your FQDN address in the server address field to create or restore your computer via the Internet.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Also you can (if there is a need) enter any proxy settings to get Internet access as well by using the proxy button

🗒️

**NOTE**: If your DSM account that you will be using in this step **has 2FA active, the agent will ask for it**.

After you have setup the task, your computer will be visible in the AB dashboard as well as any tasks running.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-14.52.58.png)

Windows notification

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-13.46.43.png)

Full backup in progress

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-13.47.01.png)

Full backup in progress from Active Backup dashboard

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-13.51.18.png)

Full backup view from Restore portal

After the backup has completed you have two options. One is to use the Restore portal like in the first scenario to access the backup on a file/folder level and pull any single file that you might need.

Second option is to restore this backup as a completely new computer with all the data on it.

### Restoring a full computer backup using Restore Media (PXE method)

When restoring your machine onto a new computer you can do it using a USB key or a DVD/CD restore via ISO file (but really who does that in 2019?). I will focus on the ISO method that will be run on the computer via a network boot (PXE). 

To make this work you need several things up and running. First, we need to **create a Recovery Media (USB or ISO) and then setup a PXE platform** that will actually use the ISO file to boot up the computer and allow it to connect to the Active Backup server.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that using PXE boot method is optional and there is nothing wrong with using the USB method. In any case, you will be able to restore the data locally or via the Internet.

For a PXE boot configuration please have a look at this [tutorial](https://www.blackvoid.club/pxe-boot-via-synology-nas/). PXE process will not be covered in this tutorial.

To create a recovery media you can open up Active Backup on your NAS and switch to PC section. Under the restore drop down you will have **Create Recovery Media**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-26-at-14.27.05.png)

Create Recover Media wizard

One would expect that this will start a wizard but that will not happen. In fact, you will get a link to a valid PDF document that covers the whole Active Backup Media creation.

This is the URL: [https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Software/AdminGuide/Package/ActiveBackup/All/enu/ABB\_Recovery\_Media\_Creation\_Guide\_enu.pdf](https://global.download.synology.com/download/Document/Software/AdminGuide/Package/ActiveBackup/All/enu/ABB%5FRecovery%5FMedia%5FCreation%5FGuide%5Fenu.pdf?ref=blackvoid.club)

In short you will need to download the installer onto a Windows OS machine (no alternatives at this moment) and then, using a wizard, **create an USB key or an ISO file**. This process will also automatically **download Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE)** and **Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit** (Windows ADK) (if they are not already detected on the computer), so there is no need to find them upfront.

🗒️

**NOTE**: One important point to make here is that if you need legacy BIOS boot and not UEFI you will need to make an ISO image, considering that USB method only supports modern recovery model, UEFI 64-bit

After the process has completed, you have a method of booting your bare metal computer and restoring a complete machine backup (or single volume) onto it.

Regardless of how you will boot your computer, after the initial procedure, you will be greeted with the following Recover wizard window.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-14.11.48.png)

Restore mode options for bare metal procedure

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-14.12.17.png)

Select the point in time version

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-14.12.24.png)

Full computer restore summary

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-14.13.08.png)

Restore in progress (estimated time in LAN for 60GB is 5min)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/Screenshot-2019-10-19-at-14.23.42.png)

Restore completed

That's it. Easy, simple and powerful. One thing to point out here is that at the beginning of this restore you will be greated with the same server/username window where you need to fill in the address of your Active Backup server. Once again, you can fill in an FQDN address of your Active Backup location if for example, you are doing an Internet restore. In any other case just enter the IP address of your NAS.

🗒️

To make Internet restore work, you will need to open up a port for Active Backup on your firewall and routers. **By default that's 5510**.

In summary, Active Backup at the moment is a powerful platform that will cover all your backup needs. Remember that this tool covers VMWare (ESXi) and HyperV environment as well (might do a tutorial on that as well at some point). As always feel free to comment on the subject. Thanks for reading!
### Commento - commenting done right
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/commento/
Last updated: 2023-10-11T07:23:48.000Z
💡

****UPDATE**: 10/10/2023 - considering that Commento has been deprecated, make sure to check its brand-new fork [****Comentario**](https://comentario.app/en/?ref=blackvoid.club)!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/10/cometario.svg)

Comentario - brand new platform as a complete rewrite of the Commento

🗒️

****UPDATE**: 16/08/2022 - as of today, this site **no longer uses Commento++** since the Ghost platform came out with its own built-in comments feature.

🗒️

****UPDATE**: 21/06/2021 - made slight changes to the CSS

🗒️

****UPDATE**: 28/3/2021 - added info on the new ****Commento++** version

Since I started this blog, I wanted to have a comments function running on it. It took a while since I got my first response, but it was worth it :).

This blog is running a default [Ghost ](https://ghost.org/?ref=blackvoid.club)blog Casper theme that was modified to allow the implementation of [Commento](https://commento.io/?ref=blackvoid.club) platform. Developed and maintained by [Adhityaa Chandrasekar](https://gitlab.com/adtac?ref=blackvoid.club), you can find the latest build and project information on [GitLab](https://gitlab.com/commento/commento?ref=blackvoid.club).

---

### Commento++

Considering that the original creator of the Commento platform has stopped active development, I have decided to turn your attention to another fork, Commento++.

Developed and maintained by Souradip Mookerjee (@souramoo), who you can reach by using his [GitHub Commento++](https://github.com/souramoo/commentoplusplus?ref=blackvoid.club)site, or via IRC on Freenode #commento channel under `souramoo[m]` nickname.

The Docker image used is [https://hub.docker.com/r/caroga/commentoplusplus](https://hub.docker.com/r/caroga/commentoplusplus?ref=blackvoid.club) maintained by @caroga.

The rest of the article is completely the same, so even if you are running the "original" Commento, you can just connect your existing PostgresDB with this instance.

---

So what was I looking for? Comment platform? Well, there's Disqus. No, thank you. Personally, I hate tracking and Commanto is one of those solutions that allow you to self-host a private and light solution. Also, I wanted something that's Docker-ready. Check.

You can have this up and running in a matter of minutes. Documentation is well maintained and easy to follow. So all in all, if you are looking for a modern, private, personal, and light commenting solution, look no further, Commento is it.

### Commento + Ghost

How to implement Commento with your Ghost (or any other major web platform)? Here are the steps you will need to follow:

1. Setup PostgreSQL as a Commento backend database solution
2. Configure and install Commento (I will focus on Docker solution here)
3. Register your public website that you want to use Commento on
4. Embed Commento in Ghost *post.hbs* file theme using the universal tag

Setting up PostgresSQL DB will not be covered by this tutorial, but I will say that all you need is a functional Postgres backend and just create a DB with a name of your choice. Give it an account that you will later use with your Commento docker image and read/write permissions.

### Commento docker container

When you have prepared the DB side of this story, now it's time to get the Commento container up and running.

🗒️

****NOTE**: Keep in mind that this tutorial will focus on the use and implementation of the Commento platform on a custom domain name with Ghost platform as a base publishing platform

All the detailed steps on this process can be found here as well: [https://docs.commento.io/installation/self-hosting/on-your-server/docker.html](https://docs.commento.io/installation/self-hosting/on-your-server/docker.html?ref=blackvoid.club)

So, first things first, download the image from GitLab:

`$ docker pull registry.gitlab.com/commento/commento`

Next, create the container:

```
$ docker create -it                                                        \
    -p 80:8080                                                             \
    -e COMMENTO_ORIGIN=http://commento.example.com                         \
    -e COMMENTO_POSTGRES=postgres://username:password@ipaddr:port/commento \
    registry.gitlab.com/commento/commento

```

Now there are only 2 required variables that need to be used, \`COMMENTO\_ORIGIN\` AND \`COMMENTO\_POSTGRES\`.

```
COMMENTO_ORIGIN=http://commento.example.com
COMMENTO_POSTGRES=postgres://user:pass@ip:5432/commento?sslmode=disable

```

🗒️

In ****COMMENTO\_POSTGRES** variable be sure to use the port number that your PostgresSQL is running on. If you have it in Docker as well on a custom port be sure to use the correct one (if it's not the default 5432).

Now that you have your container up and running, visit the page URL that you have specified in the **COMMENTO\_ORIGIN** variable. You should land on the main page for your Commento platform.

🗒️

If you are looking into protecting this site (and you should) via an SSL using a valid certificate, be sure to check out the [****Let's Encrypt tutorial**](https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/) as well. It will guide you on how to create one for your custom domain name.

🗒️

Also if you want to protect this comment site via a [****reverse proxy**](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) there is a tutorial for that as well. It will allow you to push your unprotected HTTP site to a protected HTTPS site (prerequisite will be to have a valid SSL certificate)

Register the public website that you wanna use Commento on by adding a new domain:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/commento_add_domain.PNG)

Single commenting platform, multiple sites, that's Commento

The only thing now that's left to do is to embed Commento into the Ghost theme. To this log into your ghost platform and go to the admin area.

Now under Settings > Design scroll to the bottom and look at the installed themes. Click the download button to download the complete theme.

Now unpack it and edit the *post.hbs* file (using any text editor) that is used for the articles themselves. Locate the end of the `<article>` tab, the one that looks like this `</article>` and paste in the universal HTML tag from Commento (just be sure to change the URL of your Commento site).

So the end result should look like this:

```
        </article>
	<div id="commento"></div>
	<script defer
  		src="https://commento.example.com/js/commento.js">
	</script>
    </div>
</main>

```

Save the change and upload the template back to ghost using the **Upload button** in **Settings** \> **Design**. Just be sure to change the name of the template so you don't overwrite the default one.

One final step is to make that theme active (now that you have more than one theme) in your ghost instance by clicking the active link next to the theme name.

That's it! Now all you have to do is test it out. Open up any of your new or existing articles and scroll to the bottom. You should see the Commento section come alive.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/commento_active.PNG)

Functional and active Commento running on the Ghost blog platform

I have been using the platform for some time now and it's been great. Fast, light, and working as intended. There are also a lot of features that are there like OAuth, SMTP, custom CSS, etc. Considering its open source you can mod it to your liking.

### Email notifications

If you want to have email notifications for your Commento users be sure to add these variables and configure them with your email provider.

```
COMMENTO_SMTP_FROM_ADDRESS=youremail@domain.com
COMMENTO_SMTP_PORT=587
COMMENTO_SMTP_HOST=smtp.sendgrid.net
COMMENTO_SMTP_PASSWORD=SG.d-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
COMMENTO_SMTP_USERNAME=apikey

```

I use [SendGrid](https://sendgrid.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) for my needs, and the example above reflects how your configuration needs to look once you register with SendGrid and make the API key that you will then link in.

Hope this will come in handy and if you have any questions, you are welcome to comment.
### iMac + DELL, a great combo
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/imac-got-a-new/
Last updated: 2019-11-16T11:49:56.000Z
Few days ago I got my work DELL display (U2515H) replaced after 4 years. Considering I was using it I got the offer to buy it, so I did. 

Not that my 27" iMac is not enough, but sometimes its better not to swipe from one desktop to the other but rather glance at the second screen.

To make it work, I had to get a DisplayPort to USB-C cable. After looking online a bit I found one that many said its working great, and so far I have to agree. Plug and play that was it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/choetech_usbc_DP.jpg)

CHOETECH DP - USBC cable

[https://ichoetech.com/products/usb-c-to-displayport-cable-4k-60hz-thunderbolt-3-compatible-xcp-0012](https://ichoetech.com/products/usb-c-to-displayport-cable-4k-60hz-thunderbolt-3-compatible-xcp-0012?ref=blackvoid.club)

My desktop setup now is much better and a lot more roomy.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/imac_dell-2.JPG)

iMac + DELL U2515H

> Upate 16/11/2019  
> I have managed to get my hands on a DELL U2718Q (4K) for a low price. As much as the 25" one was great, this one is even better. Fits even better with my current setup with no differece in screen size. Also its only 1,5y old.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/11/IMG_7629.jpg)

iMac + DELL U2718Q
### Let's Encrypt + Docker = wildcard certs
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/lets-encrypt-docker-wild-card-certs/
Last updated: 2022-05-08T16:41:09.000Z
🗒️

**UPDATE**: 01/09/2020 - changed linuxserver repo image from letsencrypt to new one, **linuxserver/swag**

🗒️

**UPDATE** 15.4.2020\. Since DSM 6.2.3-25423 version, Let's Encrypt wild card certificates can be created from DSM Control Panel > Security > Certificates. This will work for Synology-owned domains, like synology.me as well as 3rd party domains via CloudFlare (for 3rd party wild card certs). More info on the bottom, "**Getting a 3rd party domain wild card cert using Synology UI and Cloudflare**"

If you ever wanted to use a wildcard certificate with your Synology NAS you probably found that out of the box that's not possible. In this tutorial, you can find the steps needed to get a Let's Encrypt wildcard certificate using a Docker container.

### Intro

So in a few words what's the general idea here? Well if you are not familiar with Let's encrypt, you can google it ofc, but it's a free root certificate authority that lets you issue and use free SSL certificates that you can then use to protect your websites and services. The only downside (if you can call it that way) is that they last only 3 months. After that, you need to renew them. Well in my book, a few minutes work every 3 months for 0$ cost of a single wildcard certificate, is well worth it.

### DSM wildcard support?

As I said before, DSM in its current version does not support wildcard certificates, but it does support LE certs in general. So for most, getting a LE SSL cert for their Synology DDNS name will be enough. The problem starts to appear when you have multiple services on your Synology NAS (or any device in general) that you wanna publish on the Internet using their own subdomain names.

For example, let's say you register a free DDNS name on your Synology NAS called *mynas.synology.me*. This is a public domain name that will point to your nas from any browser over the Internet and its resources. Great! To make things even better since the latest (current) version of DSM 6.2.2, Synology has made changes so when you do register a DDNS name with their service you will generate a LE SSL cert on the fly. Brilliant.

Now that we have a working certificate and a DDNS name you can access your NAS using this url: https://mynas.synology.me. For most, the case is closed. For others, that wanna use multiple services on their NAS and/or maybe wanna access those same services using a custom domain name, things get a bit more complicated.

Let's say that you have specific services that you wanna access via a custom domain name like https://service.mynas.synology.me. With your current setup and LE certificate, this will not work. Synology's LE certificates do not support subdomain names in their certificates (unless you create them manually and specify multiple SAN names), so accessing this URL will give you a warning in your browser saying the connection is not secure. The reason is that subdomain names are not covered by that specific certificate. If you continue to add more services each with their own subdomain name and/or have multiple NAS devices with even more sites and services this becomes a real problem.

Solution? **Wildcard certificate**. This type of certificate in its form looks like this \* *.*yourdomain.something. This means that it will cover your root domain as well as any other subdomain name (\*) that you want. Problem solved. Well not exactly. For this to work on your Synology NAS you have to import that type of certificate into your NAS and then assign it to your sites and services. If we recall what I said before, DSM does not support wildcard certificates so we have to do this some other way.

### Docker Let's Encrypt to the rescue

If your NAS supports Docker, great. If it's not supported, have no fear you can run this method on any other device that supports Docker (including a windows machine for example) and have your certificates created there. Then just simply import them and you're done.

### Step 01 - Install Docker and download the LE image

I will assume that you know how to manage and work with Docker images and containers (at least a little bit), considering that this will be done via the docker command line (Synology Docker UI is limited).

So, install Docker from Package Center if you already don't have it installed and download a LE image. There are a number of images out there but I will focus on linuxserver one that you can get here: [https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/swag](https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/swag?ref=blackvoid.club)

Using Synology Docker UI, go to *Registry* tab and search for it. Then click the *Download* button and select *Latest* to grab the latest version of the image. After the download is completed we can move to the next step.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that this tutorial will focus on getting a **wild card** certificate for a **custom domain name**. This might require you to buy a domain name of your choice. Also, we will register that same custom domain name with Cloudflare to protect it as well as to use DNS validation via Cloudflare (as one of the supported ones) to get LE certificates. **The reason for this is that we don't have to use then port 80 or 443 and have them open** all the time on your router in order for the verification process to complete.

### Step 02 - register a custom domain name

There are a number of domain name hosting companies out there so chose the one that fits your needs (some cool name) and your budget. After you register a domain name continue forward and be prepared to make changes in your domain name configuration section to use Cloudflare DNS servers (following steps).

### Step 03 - register a free account with Cloudflare

Now that you have a cool domain name it's time to protect it behind Cloudflare and on top of that use CF as a DNS validation (you will see why later on) for your future LE certificates.

Go to [https://www.cloudflare.com](https://www.cloudflare.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) and register a free account with them. As soon as you have registered you will be pointed towards a wizard to "Add a site".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/09/cloudflare_add_site-1.png)

Enter your custom domain name to begin the process

As the label states, enter your newly registered domain name and click add site.

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that your new domain might not be "visible" if it's was created a few minutes ago so wait until it's replicated over the Internet. This can take up to 48h!

After you have entered your domain name, CF will try and contact it and ask you to change your domain DNS server to CF domain server in order to complete the process. This means that you now have to go to your domain name register, login, and enter CF domain name server as primary and secondary DNS server. Considering that various hosting companies use different user interfaces this will depend but each of them has DNS section where you can make the change.

In the end, the change will look like this (on CF side):

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/09/cloudflare_dns_server-1.png)

CloudFlare DNS server that you need to enter as the main DNS server for your custom domain

### Step 04 - Add a TXT record in your Cloudflare DNS

Now that you have completed adding your site to Cloudflare it will take some time for it to be ready. CF will notify you when this is done and when all the steps are completed and in order.

One final thing that you need to do before we start with the Docker LE container. Log into your Cloudflare account and go to the DNS section (3rd button on the top). Here you will create all DNS records that you will use with this custom domain name but before this, we need a TXT record.

Click "Add record" and fill in the fields as follows:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/09/cloudflare_txt_record-1.png)

TXT record needed for a successful docker LE container certificate creation

🗒️

**NOTE**: TXT record name is "**\_acme-challenge**" so the underscore (\_) is not a typo

### Step 05 - LE docker container

Now that we have done all the steps needed to connect our site to CF it's time to make the container that will actually create new certificates with your domain name.

Log into your Synology NAS using SSH

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure that SSH is enabled in Control Panel > Terminal & SNMP

Be sure to execute the following container creation as *root.* To elevate to root permissions run the following command at ssh prompt (after logging in with your own user account):

`sudo -i`

After that enter your same password again and you will be logged in as root. Now we can start with docker container creation. Run the following as a single line command (I have broken it down for easier reading, just delete \\ at the end of each line).

```
docker create \
  --name=letsencrypt \
  --cap-add=NET_ADMIN \
  -e PUID=1000 \
  -e PGID=1000 \
  -e TZ=Europe/London \
  -e URL=yourdomain.url \
  -e SUBDOMAINS=wildcard
  -e VALIDATION=dns \
  -e DNSPLUGIN=cloudflare \
  -e EMAIL=e-mail \
  -e DHLEVEL=2048 \
  -v /path/to/appdata/config:/config \
  --restart unless-stopped \
  linuxserver/swag

```

Keep in mind that PUID and PGID need to be values of your DSM account. To get them run **id** command after logging into your NAS via ssh.

Be sure to change all remaining values to correspond to your needs. Path to app data is important considering that it will be a place where all the files and certs will eventually end up.

After you have set everything up and created a container, run it. Be sure to check the logs. The creation will fail for sure because we are missing one more thing. After you get an error in the logs, stop the container and follow the next step.

### Step 06 - Cloudflare API key

To make DNS validation via Cloudflare complete, we need to bind this container with the Cloudflare account. For this, we will use your CF login (email address) and a generated API key via the CF user interface.

Log into CF and go to *My profile* in the upper-righthand corner. Then switch to API *Token* tab (last one) and find the *Global API Key* section. Click the view button and write down the API itself.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/cloudflare_apikey.png)

The section that contains list of existing keys

With this information now we can go and check the location of the mapped volume for this container on your nas. This location will be the one that you have mapped using the -v command in docker create (step 5). Using File station for example or simply mapping the location on your computer via network share open the folder that contains a folder structure that was generated 1st time you have run the container.

```
...
crontabs
dns-conf
etc
fail2ban
keys
logs
nginx
php
www

```

This is what the folder structure for **config** folder should look like on your NAS location that you have mapped to your LE container. Using a text editor edit the file in the **dns-conf** folder named **cloudflare.ini**.

Simply enter your CF login email address and the API key in the corresponding places and save the file.

```
dns_cloudflare_email = your_CF_login_email_address
dns_cloudflare_api_key = your_CF_api_key

```

### Step 07 - rerun the LE container

Now that we have everything set up, it's time to run the container again. Keep your eye on the log and follow it. If everything is set up as it should be, the creation of certs should be no more than a few minutes.

Generated certificates will end up in etc > letsencrypt > live > your\_domain\_name folder path so look for them there.

🗒️

**NOTE**: If all the files are not located in the **live** folder, try and search for them in the **archive** folder instead

If you see a number of files there with **.pem** extension on that location, congratulations, you have done it! Now you can stop the container until the next time you need to renew your certificates. When that time comes you will just start the container and wait for a fresh set to be created, then just simply import them as you will now following the next step.

### Step 08 - import your LE certs into DSM

This whole process was done so that we can have a wildcard certificate inside DSM. Considering that the docker container is isolated, DSM is not aware of the certificate. For this certificate to be imported into DSM you will need 2 files from the live folder:

**fullchain.pem** & **privkey.pem**

Log into your NAS DSM interface and go to **Control Panel** \> **Security** \> **Certificate**

Click **Add** button > **Add a new certificate** \> **Import** certificate and you will end up here:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/wildcard_import.png)

Import wildcard pem and key files here

The **private key** field is where you will insert your *privkey.pem* file and **Certificate** field for the *fullchain.pem* file. The last field (intermediate) is not needed. Finally, click OK.

If all goes well you should see a new wildcard certificate imported and listed under the certificates tab.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/10/wildcard_completed.png)

List of all certificates. \*.yourdomain.something listed as well

The only thing left to do now is to use the Configure button and assign your wildcard certificate to specific services running on your NAS.

Guess this was not the shortest tutorial or the easiest one, but keep in mind that this will have to be done only once. Every 3 months you will have to just 1) run the container to get new certificates and 2) repeat the last step to import fresh certificates into DSM.

### Getting a 3rd party domain wild card cert using Synology UI and Cloudflare

Since DSM version 6.2.3-25423, Synology has included this in their release notes:

`11. Added support for Let's Encrypt wildcard certificates`

One month later they have included a similar feature:

`11. Added support for Let's Encrypt wildcard certificates for Synology DDNS`

Slight difference but I will focus on the first one. This will allow you to (finally) get a LE wild card certificate for your domain using Synology Security UI. For this, we will have to use the same steps regarding setting up your domain with Cloudflare and configuring the TXT record.

So make sure to use Step 02-04 above and then get back here for step 05\. On top of those steps also log into Cloudflare and go to its SSL/TLS menu. 

Make sure to select your SSL/TLS encryption mode to Full, or Full (strict)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-05-at-14.44.43.png)

Configure your CF SSL/TLS settings to Full

🗒️

**NOTE**: Unlike before, **you will have to have port 80 open** on your router towards your NAS to make this work. LE will need to talk to your NAS directly!

### Step 05 - issue a LE cert using DSM Security UI

Go into **Control Panel > Security > Certificate (tab)** and click **Add**.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-05-at-14.26.16.png)

Follow the wizard.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-05-at-14.27.20.png)

Generate new certificate from LE

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/02/Screenshot-2021-02-05-at-14.39.20.png)

Enter your root domain name and email. DO NOT enter anything in the SAN field

The important element here is to enter just your root domain without any \* before it, and it will generate a wild card certificate.

So, do not enter *\*.domain.com* for your domain name, but rather just **domain.com**.

If you have configured everything on CF as stated above, and have port 80 open on your router you should get a new wild card certificate running. Also, the renewal will be done from the DSM side as well in the future.

If there are any questions, comments, corrections, etc, feel free to comment below.
### Bitwarden - LiveSync feature
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-livesync-feature/
Last updated: 2022-09-12T09:44:21.000Z
💡

**UPDATE**: **With DSM 7 editing custom reverse proxy settings will not work no more**. This process is still valid for DSM 6.

💡

**UPDATE**: added info on the bottom on using this feature over a 3rd party reverse proxy setup like NGINX proxy manager

This update will focus on the "LiveSync" feature that offers BW users instant sync of any updates across platforms. So for example, if you add a new entry using the web UI that same entry will be visible in any web browser extension as well as your app. The process works in all directions and it's really instant.

This is possible using the WebSocket protocol. Considering that the official version (paid) method will not work with this custom one, developers have offered an alternative that works just as well.

In the default setup of this image, you can see that the web ui is using one port (port 80 by default) and that there is also a port 3012\. This is the port that can be used for all WebSocket needs.

There is a prerequisite for this to work and that's a reverse proxy (more info here: [dani-garcia/bitwarden\_rs](https://github.com/dani-garcia/vaultwarden/wiki/Enabling-WebSocket-notifications?ref=blackvoid.club)). Now I will assume that you already are using it (there is also a resource on that) but keep in mind that in order to make this work, setting up a reverse proxy entry via DSM UI will NOT give you the desired effect.

As you can see in the link above there are 2 application paths that need to be set via reverse proxy. This is not possible using the UI and needs to be done by hand.

Now I will assume also that you have had your BW setup so far via the built-in reverse proxy, so the next steps need to be followed (if you haven't then just skip to step 3).

🗒️

**NOTE**: **This process will not work anymore on DSM 7!** Breaking changes! I advise using a custom reverse proxy solution instead of the built-in one if you have a need for advanced edits like this one. See more here: <https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/>

01\. **Stop** your **BW container**

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure to add **WEBSOCKET\_ENABLED=true** to your BW instance

  
02\. **Delete** the **existing reverse proxy BW** entry from Control Panel > Application Portal > Reverse proxy  
03\. Using a text editor **create** a .`conf` file with the name of your choice (custom\_rp.conf for example)  
04\. **Paste** the following content inside it and change the following elements!

- server\_name > enter your bw public domain name
- ssl\_certificate > path to your SSL certificate (full chain would be preferred)
- ssl\_certificate\_key > path to your ssl certficate private key
- proxy\_pass > change the URL to point to your NAS ip address as well the port that you are using with your BW docker.

🗒️

Keep in mind to use port numbers that you have mapped to the **OUTSIDE** of your container (host side, not inside the container)

```
server {
    listen 443 ssl;
    listen [::]:443 ssl;

    server_name your_bitwarden_public_domain_name;

    ssl_certificate /path/to/your/ssl/cert/fullchain.pem;

    ssl_certificate_key /path/to/your/ssl/cert/privkey.pem;

    location / {

        proxy_connect_timeout 60;

        proxy_read_timeout 60;

        proxy_send_timeout 60;

        proxy_intercept_errors off;

        proxy_http_version 1.1;

        proxy_set_header        Host            $http_host;

        proxy_set_header        X-Real-IP            $remote_addr;

        proxy_set_header        X-Forwarded-For            $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;

        proxy_set_header        X-Forwarded-Proto            $scheme;

        proxy_pass http://NAS_IP_ADDRESS:80;

    }

    location /notifications/hub {
        proxy_pass http://NAS_IP_ADDRESS:3012;
        proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
        proxy_set_header Connection "upgrade";
    }

    location /notifications/hub/negotiate {
        proxy_pass http://NAS_IP_ADDRESS:80;
    }

    error_page 403 404 500 502 503 504 @error_page;

    location @error_page {
        root /usr/syno/share/nginx;
        rewrite (.*) /error.html break;
        allow all;
    }

}

```

04\. **Copy** the file to your NAS (a temp location)  
05\. Log in your NAS via SSH and **elevate to root permission** (`sudo -i`)  
06\. **Copy** the file to this location: `/usr/local/etc/nginx/sites-enabled` using `cp`  
command  
07\. **Restart Nginx service** with the following command: `synoservice -restart nginx`  
  
That's it! This revers entry will not be visible inside your RP or Certificates dialog so keep this in mind. Test out your BW LiveSync and never again click the "sync now" button!

🗒️

Just another note on this matter. These steps **WILL NOT** provide you with a live sync feature on your devices that use the push method

## UPDATE: using LiveSync feature over a 3rd party non-Synology reverse proxy

In case you are running some other [NGINX reverse proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/), like "proxy manager" you can do this very easily by simply adding these two elements in the "advanced" section of your BW reverse proxy entry.

Here is the example of using it via NGINX proxy manager

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/04/Screenshot-2021-04-29-at-10.55.19.png)

```
location /notifications/hub {
        proxy_pass http://NAS_HOST_IP:3012;
        proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
        proxy_set_header Connection "upgrade";
    }

    location /notifications/hub/negotiate {
        proxy_pass http://NAS_HOST_IP:80;
    }

```
### Synology Reverse Proxy
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-reverse-proxy/
Last updated: 2021-04-27T07:21:14.000Z
> UPDATE: in case you do not wanna use Synology's reverse proxy, look into a custom [NGINX Docker setup](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/) that will in the end give more options and features when it comes to some other custom modifications

---

This tutorial will cover a few short steps that you need to know and setup in order to make your apps and services accessible via the internet (or LAN) using a specific domain name and custom (or default) port. It will also help you to avoid exposing your real IP address, custom port or simply to have a nice load balance solution in case you need it.

### So whats reverse proxy?

No reason to break it down here considering there is a perfectly good explanation here: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reverse\_proxy

The only thing that might be worth mentioning here is that Synology DSM uses NGINX as its revers proxy platform in case some of you are wondering.

### How to setup apps and services on your NAS on a custom domain name and hide internal port number?

One of the main reasons RP is useful is the fact that it will prevent you to have to open up a large number of ports on your router in order to get access to your apps that you have hosted on your NAS.

Let's take a web app hosted on your NAS as an example running on port 1030\. If you want to access that app in your LAN you would access it via your browser using something like this:

`http://10.0.15.20:1030`

As we can see from this example, we are accessing the service via http not https, using your local IP address of your NAS and specifying its port number of 1030\. Great. This works, locally. What about getting access to this via the Internet? Well, you will have to 1st open up a port 1030 on your router in order to make this work. Sure why not? Ok, what happens when you have 10 separate apps running on 10 different ports? The number of ports that you are exposing your LAN to the internet is rapidly growing. Wouldn't it be better to have one port and push all access to those 10 apps via a single port number?

Welcome, reverse proxy. Now before we can make all this work nice and easy there is also a need to make all your apps respond to a different domain name. Why? Well if we will push them via one port then RP needs to know how each request from the internet should be separated and forwarded to a specific destination (app).

To make this work, we will need a domain name with subdomain names for each app that we wanna target and use. As an example, lets say that your domain name is ****uberdomain.com**. Each app will have a specific subdomain name of its own, like, app1.uberdomain.com, app2.uberdomain.com, or something that defines them better.

If you recall before we accessed an app via port 1030 using a non secure http protocol. This was not safe back in the '90, let alone today. So we will also need a secure certificate that will protect your uberdomain.com. This can be done using any commercial providers that sell SSL certificates or you can use a free Let's Encrypt authority to issue yourself a valid certificate.

Atm, I will not focus on this just so we stay on topic, so let's assume that you have a valid certificate and a registered domain name all configured in your Syno box (Control Panel > Certificate)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/syno_certs.png)

Example of certain synology certificates

### How to configure a service via RP?

Opening up Control Panel > Application Portal, you will see a number of options, one of which is RP.

Here you can define as many services and app you wanna access using their specific and unique domain name and pushing them via the same port and protocol.

Before we had a service on port 1030 using a http port. Lets focus on that app and try and configure it to be accessible via its global unique name on port 443 (default https port) via https protocol.

In the end, what does this mean? Well you will be able to access your app using https (secure) protocol, its own unique name (and not a local IP address) and without the need to enter port number (considering that 443 is the default https port and there is no need to enter is in any modern browser).

Your end result will look something like this:

`https://app1.uberdomain.com`

Much better, right?

Click the ****Create** button and you will be presented with this dialog box:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/revers_proxy.png)

Synology Reverse proxy rule settings dialog box. Here you can configure (to some lenght) your app settings

There are 3 main sections that need to be filled. Description, Source and Destination.

After filling everything up your end result will look something like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/revers_proxy_finished.png)

Example of setting up custom application to run via reverse proxy

A bit of explanation here. ****Source** in RP is your end domain name that you wanna use as well as the port you wanna access (443 in this case) your service. Here you are limited to using the FQDN format so no subfolders are allowed, for example:

`https://usebdomain.com/app1`

****Destination** section is where you tell RP to what specific destination request against app1.uberdomain.com name will end up. Keep in mind that you have to have correct protocol, hostname and port defined. In this example case, we are using the same parameters as you would use when accessing your service locally in LAN.

Now as a final step, you need to do one more thing. Because you are accessing your service via https protocol, you need to bind that new RP rule to your SSL cert in the ****Certificate** section mentioned before. So, go to Control Panel > Certificates and click the ****Configure** button.

In the list of all services using your various SSL certificates look for the new ****App1** entry and make sure that you select your uberdomain.com certificate from the drop down menu.

That's it! You can now access your internal service via the internet via a secure https protocol.

To recap. For this to work you will need:

- a registered domain name
- a valid certificate for that domain name
- 443 port (or the port of your choice) forwarded on your router towards your NAS local IP address
### Grafana - InfluxDB - Telegraf (GIT) monitoring setup via docker
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-influxdb-telegraf-git-monitoring-setup-via-docker/
Last updated: 2021-06-17T12:41:42.000Z
> UPDATE: 11/06/2021 - I have added a **new article** with the up-to-date version of this stack. The new stack uses the **new InfluxDB 2.0+** so be sure to use that article if you want the latest version

[Grafana 8 - InfluxDB 2 - Telegraf - 2021 monitoring stackSee how you can run your GIT (Grafana 8, InfluxDB 2, and Telegraf) stack in Docker to monitor your Synology NAS and Docker containers![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/04/bw_logo_v3_transparent.png)blackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2021/06/grafana8_influx2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/grafana-8-influxdb-2-telegraf-2021-monitoring-stack/)

---

This will be a short post on setting up a great platform for all your monitoring needs. Let me start by saying that using this setup is not limited to Synology, your NAS and its specs. You can use this setup with any outside device. the only requirement is that you can capture its metric. If you can, Grafana will surly be able to present it.

There is a huge number of situations that you might wanna capture your data and present it in real time (or over a period) in a nice, custom visual presentation. Grafana is one of the best tools to do that. In this tutorial I will show how you can easily start with Grafana to get the basic info on your Synology NAS (or multiple number of them), some docker info and even some speed test results.

To begin with this we will be using 3 docker images/containers:

Grafana - [https://hub.docker.com/r/grafana/grafana](https://hub.docker.com/r/grafana/grafana?ref=blackvoid.club) \- front end that will serve as a UI for all your dashboard needs

InfluxDB - [https://hub.docker.com/\_/influxdb](https://hub.docker.com/%5F/influxdb?ref=blackvoid.club) \- back end that will serve as a database for all the metrics that your setup will collect

Telegraf - [https://hub.docker.com/\_/telegraf](https://hub.docker.com/%5F/telegraf?ref=blackvoid.club) \- agent that will collect actual metic and push them into InfluxDB

So first thing first. The order this setup needs to be configured is creating the DB, running the agent and then present them in the UI, so, InfluxDB, Telegraf and then in the end Grafana.

### InfluxDB configuration

> UPDATE: This article was based on Influx 1.x version. If you are running Influx 1.x version and want to update to version 2.0 or higher, keep in mind that there are steps that need to be followed or you will get in trouble if the migration/upgrade is not done as it should be. [Follow the instructions](https://hub.docker.com/%5F/influxdb?ref=blackvoid.club) on the InfluxDB docker repo site.

So before we actually setup the container, we need an influxdb configuration file. After you have downloaded the image, log into your NAS via SSH as root and run the following command to generate a default influxdb configuration file:

`docker run --rm influxdb influxd config > /docker/containers/influxdb/conf/influxdb.conf`

> NOTE: If you get warning saying "No such file or directory" it means that your destination location is missing permissions needed to generate such file. Add "Everyone" read/write permissions to the folder to get around this. You can later on, change and remove this permission once the file has been created.

What this command will do is use influxdb image to run influxd command and create influxdb.conf file to a destination of your choice. Afterwards you can edit it or not depending on your needs (maybe you want influx on a custom port, ip address etc...).

Now that we have the config file we can start with the container creation:

```
docker create \
--name influxdb \
-e PUID=1000 -e PGID=1000 \
-p 8083:8083 -p 8086:8086 \
-v /docker/containers/influxdb/conf/influxdb.conf:/etc/influxdb/influxdb.conf:ro \
-v /docker/containers/influxdb/db:/var/lib/influxdb \
influxdb -config /etc/influxdb/influxdb.conf

```

Like any other docker image, influx also has several volumes and ports that need to be setup. Mapping your config file and an outside folder that will actually keep the influxdb data are the most important ones.

After you have InfluxDB up and running it's time to create the DB inside the instance. To do this, connect to the container via a bash command and run the following:

```
01. INFLUX (connect to influxdb instance on port 8086)
02. CREATE DATABASE <database_name>
03. SHOW DATABASES

```

That's it! One down 2 to go.

### Telegraf configuration

Same as with Influx, Telegraf needs an outside configuration file that it will use to know what metric to collect, at what speed and also where to place it.

You can grab a default config file from here: [https://github.com/influxdata/telegraf/blob/master/etc/telegraf.conf](https://github.com/influxdata/telegraf/blob/master/etc/telegraf.conf?ref=blackvoid.club)

With the file downloaded be sure to edit and uncomment lines 105 and 112 to add your InfluxDB connection parameter as well as the database name. Current example is this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-26-at-17.42.38.png)

Be sure to comment out 105, 112 (and change the URL for your influxDB) and 116 and enter your DB name

Remove comments on lines 149-150 and you can configure telegraf credentials.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2020/05/Screenshot-2020-05-26-at-17.45.23.png)

With all that in place, its time to create the container:

```
docker run -d \
--name=telegraf \
--restart always \
-v /volume1/docker/telegraf/config/telegraf.conf:/etc/telegraf/telegraf.conf:ro \ 
-v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock:ro\
-e "HOST_PROC=/host/proc" \
-e "HOST_SYS=/host/sys"\
-e "HOST_ETC=/host/etc"\
-v /sys:/host/sys:ro \
-v /proc:/host/proc:ro \
-v /etc:/host/etc:ro \
--net=host \
--pid=host \
-p 8092:8092 -p 8094:8094 -p 8125:8125 \
telegraf

```

This docker run command line contains also variables to connect to your docker and pull data from it as well.

Now that we have our agent and DB up and running it's time to setup Grafana to start presenting some data.

### Grafana configuration

```
docker create -d \
--name=grafana \
--restart always \
-v /volume1/docker/grafana:/var/lib/grafana \ 
-p 3000:3000 \
-e GID=472
-e PID=472
grafana/grafana

```

Considering that Grafana is just a front end UI there is almost no configuration on the docker front apart from the external destination for its configuration part and web ui port.

### Making it all work

Now that we have all 3 containers up and running, we can begin to see the benefits of it. Log into your grafana web UI and configure Data Source(s):

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/grafana_potential_sources.png)

Grafana Data Sources section where you configure what will be the source of your information

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/grafana_influx_configuration.png)

Configuring InfluxDB with Grafana

After you enter your InfluxDB IP address and port (that will be your NAS local IP and port number that you have configured with InfluxDB docker, then just enter Telegraf database, username and password. If all is setup correctly, click the Save & Test to connect grafana to your influxdb instance.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/08/grafana_db_sources.png)

Grafana configured with multiple sources

 Well, now that you have added your InfluxDB as a source, you are ready to make some dashboards gathered by the metric info.

> Make sure to edit the telegraf config file for any metric that you might need. Just remove the comment line, save the file and restart telegraf docker container
### Network cabinet and Synology 5G mesh
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/network-cabinet-and-synology-5g-mesh/
Last updated: 2019-07-03T21:15:22.000Z
Finally managed to start working on configuring my new network cabinet (not done yet) and my 5G mesh setup from Synology using RT2600AC and MR2200AC routers.

So far it was fun and easy, nothing special. Wifi singnal is strong and all over the place :D

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/07/syno-mesh.JPG)

Initial Synology 5G mesh configuration

Atm, my RT2200AC router is in the hallway talking to the RT2600 via wifi, but that will change in a few days when I get around to configure my POE switch and connect it like that (wanna test if it will work powering via lan cable and still give a great performance).

In order to do that I have to complete my network cabinet and configure both managable switches that will be in side (atm its only one and a second non managed switch), just have to bring all of my gear to my new location.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/07/network_cabinet-1.jpg)

Networking cabinet in the making

After this all thats left is to get a rack for my basement and finally put my Synology RS brothers to good use :D.

Not happy with my current network speed here. Atm I have at best 20/40Mbits (up/down), considering its an LTE connection. Hopefully that will change when the guests leave our country.
### Rocket.Chat - SLACK alternative (with MongoDB as backend)
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/rocket-chat-slack-alternative-with-mongodb-as-backend/
Last updated: 2022-08-07T12:59:42.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 07/08/2022 - Update to **version 5.0.x will require some changes in the variables** if you are running RC via Docker. Added changes to the needed sections.

📢

**UPDATE**: Added docker-compose for Mongo and Rocket Chat as separate containers

❗

**WARNING**: Keep in mind that MongoDB 4.4-5.0+ will **not work** on Pentinum and Celeron CPU type NAS models! Top version that will work is **v4.2.19**. CPUs with **AVX support are needed**, more info [here](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced%5FVector%5FExtensions?ref=blackvoid.club#CPUs%5Fwith%5FAVX)

Did you hear of SLACK? How about Discord? Microsoft Teams? Great! Then you know what this tutorial will be all about.

In this tutorial, we will focus on running an open-source, private alternative to those platforms. Enter, [Rocket.Chat](https://rocket.chat/?ref=blackvoid.club)

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2022/03/6167fcdbf6dfba1fd2ebc59b_hero-img--1-.png)

Web, desktop, and mobile apps with integration to other commercial platforms

Just in case that you haven't heard about any of those platforms or have never used them, let's say in short what RC is. In short, RC is a platform that will allow you to run your very own, private chat platform by means of using private messages, public and private channels, E2E encryption (still in beta), and even voice and audio. 

On top of all this, there are also options to send files, run separate discussions, links, and more. The platform can be accessed via a web UI, and any modern mobile or desktop OS. To conclude, considering that it's open-source you can customize it to your needs (CSS, logo, and fonts for example).   
  
This platform will be run via Docker considering it's not supported natively via package center (Synology has its own version called Chat). We will need 2 things. MongoDB container and RC container.  
In the past month, the RC DEV team has made a change on the MongoDB side that got many users upset because the new version of RC (1.0+) would not run without the proper settings on the MongoDB instance. We will cover that part as well. Let's start.

## 01\. MongoDB container

### Mongo docker-compose example

```
version: '3.1'
services:
  mongo:
    image: mongo:4.2.19
    container_name: mongo
    network_mode: "bridge"
    command: mongod --oplogSize 128 --replSet rs0
    ports:
      - "27017:27017"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/mongodb:/data/db
      - /volume1/docker/mongodb/mongod.conf:/etc/mongod.conf
    environment:
      MONGO_INITDB_ROOT_USERNAME: root
      MONGO_INITDB_ROOT_PASSWORD: mongorootpass
      MONGO_INITDB_DATABASE: db
    restart: always

```

---

### Using Synology Docker UI

For this setup, we can use [mongo:latest](https://hub.docker.com/%5F/mongo?ref=blackvoid.club) image configured with the following settings (I will not post docker compose file here considering some people might use the Synodocker UI):  

Port: ****27017**

Volume:

- /your/local/folder/mongodb:/data/db​
- /your/local/folder/mongodb/mongod.conf:/etc/mongod.conf​

  
Environment variables (apart from the default ones):

- MONGO\_INITDB\_DATABASE = db​
- MONGO\_INITDB\_ROOT\_USERNAME = root​
- MONGO\_INITDB\_ROOT\_PASSWORD = define a pass for your root account​

❗

**IMPORTANT**: Be sure that you will enter the following command in the CMD parameter when creating this container! This can be set under the **Environmental variable tab** (Synology Docker UI on the bottom of the tab), or as part of the docker-compose.

`mongod --oplogSize 128 --replSet rs0`

One more thing that needs to be configured for all this to work is to prepare the conf file (that will be mapped as a volume). Open up a **text editor** and create one with the following content:

```
replication:
    replSetName: "rs0"

```

After you have set up the container you will need to prepare it to run in **replica** **mode**. To do that connect to your container via a command line or the Terminal tab in Synology UI (or via Portainer if you are running it) using the ****bash** command.  
  
Now 1st thing we need is an admin mongoDB database. The reason is that we will have to convert this mongoDB instance as the 1st replica node (no matter that there will be no other nodes in the future, this is how RC currently works, and demands the setting).   
  
After you have started bash command inside the mongodb container (via Terminal tab for example). Run the following command:

`mongo -u root -p yourRootPass --authenticationDatabase admin`

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure that **root** password is the same one that you have used as an env variable parameter for the **MONGO\_INITDB\_ROOT\_PASSWORD** variable

If you have managed to log as root your command line will be something like ****`rs:PRIMARY `**or something like that.  
  
Now comes that most **important command** line that will **convert** your mongoDB instance as a replica. Run this as a single line command:

`rs.initiate({ _id: 'rs0', members: [ { _id: 0, host: 'localhost:27017' } ]})`

🗒️

**NOTE**: Make sure that **rs#** parameter is the same one as the one that you have entered in your conf file as well as the port number that needs to be the same as your mongoDB **INTERNAL**/container port. Not the port that will be visible on the host side.

With all that, we are done with mongoDB container. Let's move on.

## 02\. Rocket.Chat container

### Rocket.Chat docker-compose example

```
version: '3.1'
services:
  rocketchat:
    image: rocketchat/rocket.chat:latest
    container_name: rocketchat
    network_mode: "bridge"
    ports:
      - "3000:3000"
    volumes:
      - /volume1/docker/rocketchat:/app/uploads
    environment:
      MONGO_OPLOG_URL: mongodb://root:mongorootpass@NAS_IP_ADDRESS:27017/local?authSource=admin&directConnection=true
      MONGO_URL: mongodb://root:mongorootpass@NAS_IP_ADDRESS:27017/rocketchatdb?authSource=admin&directConnection=true
      PORT: 3000
      ROOT_URL: https://chat.domain.com
    restart: always

```

If you are planning on using your instance outside your LAN or via official Rocket.chat apps, you will have to have a valid public name and certificate. Also, be sure to configure **ROOT\_URL** variable with that same public name.

---

### Using Synology Docker UI

RC image will be [rocketchat/rocket.chat:latest](https://hub.docker.com/r/rocketchat/rocket.chat?ref=blackvoid.club) that's the official image from RC team.  
  
There are only several env variables that need to be configured. There are no volumes that this image use considering that all configuration and data parameters are stored on the mongoDB side.

PORT: ****3000** (or some port of your choice)  
LINKS: your mongoDB container > alias: ****db** (or whatever you want)

Environment variables (apart from the default ones):

- MONGO\_URL = mongodb://root:yourRootPass@db:27017/db?authSource=admin&directConnection=true​
- MONGO\_OPLOG\_URL = mongodb://root:yourRootPass@db:27017/local?authSource=admin&directConnection=true​

🗒️

**NOTE**: Keep in mind that db parameter after @ needs to be the same one as the one that you have used in the LINKS. Also, the port number needs to be the same one as INTERNAL/container parameter for your mongoDB

`ROOT_URL = http://localhost:3000​`

🗒️

**NOTE**: Please note that there is no need to set the root URL to a specific HTTPS FQDN considering that you can run this container via reverse proxy just like any other app

That's it! Run the container and keep your eye on the log. If all is well you will see get a nice **SERVER RUNNING message** in your log.   
  
Now all that's left is to access it on its custom 3000 port and start configuring your very own private chat platform!

After you have it all running, feel free to configure a reverse proxy host for your chat instance in order to get access to it over the Internet using an HTTPS URL protected with a valid SSL certificate.

For more info on the process, you can use this [**article**](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/).
### Bitwarden - a self-hosted password manager
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/bitwarden-a-selfhosted-password-manager/
Last updated: 2023-07-12T18:57:29.000Z
📢

**UPDATE**: 09/07/2023 - added variables in the docker-compose to allow for the new "**[Mobile Client push notification](#pushsync)**" feature that came with the [1.29 version](https://github.com/dani-garcia/vaultwarden/releases/tag/1.29.0?ref=blackvoid.club).

🗒️

**UPDATE**: 15/04/2023 - added steps to **secure the \`ADMIN\_TOKEN\`** variable with PHC string (Argon2)

🗒️

**UPDATE**: added a **browser extension shortcut** section on the bottom

🗒️

**UPDATE** 30/04/2021 - added a new link to a fresh image that this article uses ([https://hub.docker.com/r/vaultwarden/server](https://hub.docker.com/r/vaultwarden/server?ref=blackvoid.club))

🗒️

**UPDATE**: 20/4/2021 - added docker-compose code as an alternative to using Synology Docker UI

---

```
version: "3.5"
services:
  bw:
    image: vaultwarden/server
    network_mode: "bridge"
    container_name: "bw"
    ports:
      -  "80:80"
      -  "3012:3012"
    volumes:
      -  "/volume2/bitwarden:/data"
    environment:
      - "SMTP_PASSWORD=password" #add SMTP_XXXX variables to allow public user managment (account reset etc)
      - "SMTP_USERNAME=username"
      - "SMTP_SECURITY=starttls"
      - "SMTP_PORT=587"
      - "SMTP_FROM=from_email"
      - "SMTP_HOST=smtp.gmail.com"
      - "DOMAIN=https://yourdomain.com" #add your public domain name
      - "TZ=Europe/Paris"
      - "WEBSOCKET_ENABLED=true" #Enable this if you want to use the LiveSync feature on port 3012
      - "SIGNUPS_ALLOWED=false" #true or false if you want to enable or disable public signups
      - "ADMIN_TOKEN=xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx" #add custom string for logging into the admin UI
      - "PUSH_ENABLED=true"
      - "PUSH_INSTALLATION_ID=xxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
      - "PUSH_INSTALLATION_KEY=xxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
    restart: always

```

---

In this post, I will focus on running a self-hosted alternative to some commercial solutions out there, like 1Password for example. Nowadays when privacy is at its peak having your personal accounts, passwords, credit cards, etc, in some "cloud" could be an issue for some.

So let's see if [BitWarden](https://bitwarden.com/?ref=blackvoid.club) can be a solution for you. You can self-host it or run your account from BW "cloud" as well.

Let's start.  
  
1st thing - install Docker via Package Center or if your NAS doesn't support it, install it manually by downloading the package from Synology site. After that, you can use the Manual Install button in Package Center to install Docker. Keep in mind that this is not 100% supported and some features of docker will still not function. If your NAS is from the '+' lineup, then you are good to go.  
  
This tutorial will focus on a custom [vaultwarden/server](https://hub.docker.com/r/vaultwarden/server?ref=blackvoid.club) image that I use as well. Its updated and maintained all the time so there is no need to worry. Support for it can be reached on their Matrix chat channel if needed.  
  
After you have installed Docker open it up and you will land on a similar screen:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-22.21.38.png)

Docker image pull from hub.docker.com

Switch over to the ****Registry** tab and use the search field to type in *bitwarden.* After a few seconds, you should get a list similar to this one.  
  
As you can see vaultwarden/server is the top result for me, if that's not the case with you just find it manually. Select it and hit the ****download** button. A pop-up window will show up asking you what version you want. Select the ****latest** and click ok.  
  
Now wait for the image to download and DSM will notify you when it's ready via a system notification.  
  
As soon as that's done, switch over to the ****Image** tab inside Docker. You should see bitwarden image in the list:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-22.26.28.png)

This is an old image. Since then this image has been deprecated. Use the one from the begging

Now that the image has been downloaded click on it and press the ****Launch** button on the top.  
  
This action will start the Container creation wizard. So remember, an image creates a container and you can create multiple containers from a single image if you need to. The 1st step in this wizard looks like this:

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-22.29.18.png)

Container creation wizard

Give the container a ****name**, ****enable resource limit** (optional, but I like to use it to control how much ram and CPU priority the container needs), and then click the ****Advanced Settings** button (not Next). As it's shown on the image I gave the BW container only 50MB of RAM as the maximum (it's not gonna use that much anyway) just to be on the safe side. docker has a great benefit in that it can limit resources so that a buggy image/container will not take all of your NAS resources in case there is a memory leak or some nasty bug in the image itself.  
  
Opening the Advanced settings window will show up multiple tabs that need to be configured (not all and not for every container):

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-22.34.30.png)

All custom docker settings that can be set using the UI

The Auto-restart feature is nice to have ON in case you need to reboot your NAS or Docker for that matter and want all your containers booting automatically. Ofc this is an optional setting but still. Regarding shortcuts on the desktop, personally, I don't use them. Desktop in this context is DSM desktop, not your computer desktop. I use [Heimdall](https://hub.docker.com/r/linuxserver/heimdall?ref=blackvoid.club) for all my docker URL needs so this option is OFF (again, you can use it if you choose to do so).  
  
Moving to the 2nd tab, ****Volume**. Now, this is ***the most important*** thing that needs to be done when working with containers. Read up on those so that I don't start messing with this tutorial too much, but in short, it means this. If you start working with your container, all information, configuration, data, etc, are sandboxed inside the container. This means that after you restart your container (reboot, NAS update, Docker update, docker image update) it will ****reset itself to initial settings**. As a result, all your work will be reset and gone.  
  
That means that in the case of BW, all your imported data, and long random passwords that you have defined are gone! Now that you have understood the importance of this let's configure an outside volume that will keep your data safe from this scenario.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-22.45.00.png)

Container volume mapping

The Volume tab is used to map files or folders from within the container outside to your local shared folder(s) on your NAS. As a result, even if something happens to the container your data will be safe and all you have to do is recreate the container and attach it to the same volume to get access to your data. That's the whole beauty of Docker. Moving your data around regardless of what's hosting your container.  
  
In the image above I have mapped the left side (your NAS folder structure) to the right side (container mount path). The principle is the same. The left side is your local NAS destination where you want containers folder data stored.  
  
In the case of this BitWarden image, all data is stored in the ****/data** folder as indicated by instructions on the image web page. So to recap, I have mapped ****docker/bitwarden** local path (bitwarden is a subfolder of /docker folder that you will get after you install Docker. Ofc you don't have to use that destination if you don't want to) to ****/data** folder that BW image is using. This, as a result, will mean that all my data will actually be in docker/bitwarden folder on my NAS and not sandboxed in the container itself.  
  
You can (and preferred to do so) backup those folders as they are essential, unlike the rest of the container that's expendable.  
  
Moving over to 3rd tab - ****Network.** Here you can select networks that you want your container to use. You can make new networks for specific subnets or you can use the default one, ****bridge**. In the spirit of this tutorial just use the bridge. This will mean that all containers using this network will be essentially in a NAT configuration with your NAS. Meaning you will access those apps and services using your local NAS IP address and a custom port defined on the following tab, ****Port Settings**.  

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-22.56.37.png)

Container port mappings

Same as with volumes, ports are configured the same way. Left side local host ports (on your NAS), right side container ports. DO NOT change the container side numbers, or you will have problems running the container in the 1st place. It can be reconfigured but you will have to do it on the image level, so not important for now. Another reason why this is not needed is that you can use almost any port for the Local port value that you want.  
  
So change ****auto** value to a port of your choosing. The general rule would be to use some non-system/default port like 1024 or above. Keep in mind that if you want to access your Docker containers with a custom domain name on an HTTPS/443 port, this is not the place to do it (a separate tutorial for that). At the moment you want to stick with the customs number (it can be the same as the container one) to get things going.  
  
My example would be 1024 and 1025 for the pair.  
  
The next tab, Links, is not needed for this container to run. So moving to the last one, ****Environment**.  
  
Even though this particular container even this tab is not needed, there will be a huge number of images that use this section.  

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-23.04.44.png)

Container environment variables

Most variables are case-sensitive so be aware of that. In this example, the image has already a number of variables set for us and there is no need to configure any additional ones. Keep your eye on the image page that you are about to use for any ****\-e** switches as that's the env variable that needs to be configured, added, or changed to your needs.  

**UPDATE**:

‼️

If you do **not want to keep signups open** to the public (let's say you are running this site on the internet) then be sure to use this variable to keep signups closed after your initial creation!

`SIGNUPS_ALLOWED=false`

‼️

This variable is added in the UI the way that **SIGNUPS\_ALLOWED** is typed in the "variable" column and false in the "value". **Do not use** the = sign.

🗒️

One more thing that might come in handy is using the **admin BW page**. To get access to it follow these steps below

Another addition is that you can access your BW admin page by using the following variable:

```
ADMIN_TOKEN=xxxxxxx

```

Since **VaultWarden version 1.28.0+**, it is possible to secure the admin token so that it is not visible in plain text format. The way to do it is **by using Argon2 and generation a PHC string**.

In case you are using **[Portainer](https://www.blackvoid.club/portainer-docker/)** to maintain your `docker-compose` driven instance, here is a quick example of how to get this going. 

First, locate the container and use the `console` function to `bash` into it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-15-at-15.11.32.png)

Run the "Console"

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2023/04/Screenshot-2023-04-15-at-15.12.03.png)

Connect to the container with the "bash" command

In the prompt, run the following command: `/vaultwarden hash --preset owasp` . We will be prompted to enter the password that we will use later on the actual `admin` page to log in.

Once the string has been generated, it will look similar to this one:

```
ADMIN_TOKEN=$argon2id$v=19$m=65540,t=2,p=4$H5Xns1Juvmy4BR2rB0fRg4yn6O7CdIFRV4mw/J/y4iM$pejf9RXHz2jYorvspelm5cnD/9Jf/BD6cnikiUASz0U

```

Now that we have the string, add it to the compose environment variable list but make sure to make the following changes to avoid interpolation in the actual `docker-compose` file.

There is a need to escape all five (5) occurrences of the dollar sign `$` that is part of the string by using two dollar signs instead `$$`.

The above string then needs to look like this:

```
ADMIN_TOKEN=$$argon2id$$v=19$$m=65540,t=2,p=4$$H5Xns1Juvmy4BR2rB0fRg4yn6O7CdIFRV4mw/J/y4iM$$pejf9RXHz2jYorvspelm5cnD/9Jf/BD6cnikiUASz0U

```

Add it as such to the compose file, recreate the container, and then test it out.

To access your BW admin page use the following URL:

```
https://yourBWurl/admin

```

Now just enter the password that was used while generating the PHC string and you should be able to log into the admin UI.

In order to protect it using a reverse proxy, add this to your RP entry to make the admin page inaccessible via the public URL:

```
location /admin {
return 404;
}

```

Of course, you can use your local IP address to access your BW admin page and make any administration needed.

---

## 
  
  
### UPDATE 09/07/2023 - v 1.29 - Mobile client push

With version 1.29, VaultWarden team has added new features for the mobile apps, **push notification sync** support.

[feat: Implement Push Notifications sync by GeekCornerGH · Pull Request #3304 · dani-garcia/vaultwardenImplements the Push Notification featureResolves #2469 Push-demo.webm Special thanks to @samb-devel for your helpHow to test:Get your keys from the Bitwarden…![](https://github.com/fluidicon.png)GitHubdani-garcia![](https://opengraph.githubassets.com/6223521b1e2de9f4e997d24ef58ae7b1d9b94529ab090e6f74026e35723c4ed3/dani-garcia/vaultwarden/pull/3304)](https://github.com/dani-garcia/vaultwarden/pull/3304?ref=blackvoid.club)

With this feature active on your instance, any changes done inside the VaultWarden server will be instantly visible to the mobile clients. This means, adding a new item, changing it, or creating and deleting the folder, for example.

In order to activate and use it, there are two major steps that need to be done. First is to get the **installation ID**  and **key**, from the official [Bitwarden request site](https://bitwarden.com/host/?ref=blackvoid.club).

[Requesting Hosting Installation ID & Key | BitwardenRequest private installation ID and installation key for self-hosting Bitwarden form.![](https://bitwarden.com/icons/icon-512x512.png?v=1abf57d1154002a9fac426a2c5c04d85)Bitwarden![](https://bitwarden.com/_gatsby/file/3f0bfa47d7a430e28ca9f4f1f7be835e/bitwarden-og-alt.png?eu=8cdf06e7b29cfdd3063bf3d63c71613ce26a5fa8fb533fd76966b5ac4efccad577f51957719628b1243c5e8bd6e840ec67c62a664fe7d18f96bd4bfded36a80e53860ce867b67406042392fce3f504163c94485da3d29c5df23b2682e2b2e42319541922a82fbe84edad6437e3d62866efbef02e6296af7eb346540c8f5c31bf6ea48f876e4fb99bf301bca2b8f84a8ec9a36e191e8eb72a2535124c1eb72cedadef4376262a181953b3dd06b91cccea3e6e3223290658843179d74aaf3a3192e6afa10cdc7d79e2fcc93076d3c7ffd6b948ac2b25b2ce72aed43b72115ff557eaed39a3873a1b51d637abc908ac435b62)](https://bitwarden.com/host/?ref=blackvoid.club)

If you are unfamiliar with this site, it is the same one that will generate the ID and key value for your self-hosted version of the official BW instance, or the upcoming BitWarden **Unified** setup.

In any event, once you have the ID and Key, make the changes to the compose file as follows:

```
PUSH_ENABLED=true
PUSH_INSTALLATION_ID=CHANGEME
PUSH_INSTALLATION_KEY=CHANGEME

```

Alter the variables listed above with the values you have got from the official BW request site, and rebuild the container using the 1.29 image version.

---

Now that we have gone through all the advanced settings, click ****Apply** and you will close this window. Back in the main window, click ****Next**, review the ****Summary**, and click ****Apply**.  

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-23.09.16.png)

Container creation summary

If you have left the check box next to ****Run this container after the wizard is finished** checking, your container will now be created and started. To verify that all is running well, move to the ****Container** tab in Docker main window to find the BW container up and running.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/Screenshot-2019-04-08-at-23.11.48.png)

BitWarden running via Docker UI

That's it! All that's left now is to go to your NAS IP address followed by the port number that you have defined to access the user interface.  
  
An example of the URL would be: `http://10.100.10.12:80` or whatever port you have defined as a local port for container port 80 (80 would be usually registered as in use).  
  
Now that you have your new BW self-hosted instance running, enjoy it and prepare to make it accessible via the internet using a valid SSL certificate, a custom domain name, and [reverse proxy](https://www.blackvoid.club/nginx-proxy-manager/).

### Bitwarden extension shortcuts

In case you do use BW a lot when it comes to logging in to various sites (both local and remote) you might want to try and use BW **keyboard shortcuts** to help you in those tasks. Using the extension icon all the time can become tedious, so using your keyboard will come as second nature real quickly.

There are four (4) main default shortcuts for browser extensions:

**Ctrl/CMD + Shift + Y** → Activate extension  
**Ctrl/CMD + Shift + L** → Autofill, press again to cycle through matching logins  
**Ctrl/CMD + Shift + 9** → Generate a password and copy it to the clipboard  
**Ctrl/CMD + Shift + N** → Lock extension

So almost anything you want. One that activates the extension locks it, as well as autofill the values, and finally generates a password, all under your fingertips.

There is also a benefit of using the shortcuts as for a password that uses TOTP for its 2FA (second-factor authentification) you can simply paste the value once you have invoked the autofill.

Using the `Cmd/Ctrl + Shift + L` will automatically copy your TOTP to your clipboard after auto-filling. All you have to do is `Cmd/Ctrl + V` to paste!

Now that's cool right there.
### Synology 5G mesh, coming​ soon
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-5g-mesh/
Last updated: 2019-06-25T20:09:27.000Z
New network should be up and running by the end of this week (next one for sure) if all goes to plan.

Both RT2600AC and MR2200AC have arrived and are waiting for me to get some time and finish up cabling up my house so I can fire them up and configure.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/synology_2600_2200-1.JPG)

Synology RT2600AC and MR2200

Can't wait to get started on this. My internet connection atm will be a 4G Tele2, considering that there is still no fiber option (arriving), but looking at the speeds it will be more than fine compared to what I have atm.
### CAT6 cabling my new house
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/cat6-cabelingg/
Last updated: 2019-06-15T21:00:25.000Z
This following weeks I will start on cabling my new house. Cat6 cables are layed down and now I need to start working on the wall jacks and my DIGITUS patch panel.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/06/schrack_cat6.jpeg)

SCHRACK cat6 keystone RJ45 connectors

Synology 2600 and 2200 routers will arrive in a few days so lan an wifi should be up and running by the end of the month. Then its moving time!

Also managed to put one cat6 cable down to my basmement where my Schrack 27U rack will be! Good to know that those 2 Syno RS won't keep me up at night :D. Fun begins soon....
### PXE boot via Synology NAS
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/pxe-boot-via-synology-nas/
Last updated: 2019-04-21T09:02:16.000Z
This tutorial will cover detail instructions on how to configure and setup your NAS to be a PXE boot server for your LAN. Keep in mind that this is a tutorial that I wrote back 5y now, but it still applies. We will see how to setup Syno as your PXE server as well as different methods of booting various OS from it (multiple Windows OS as well as Linux versions).

****A. PXELINUX/SYSLINUX boot loader**

In this example I have used Syslinux 4:06 (not most recent version but version 6.0 + has a problem, so I decided that this older version works just fine) for all MS installations (including WinXP <-> Win 10).

Syslinux download URL: [Index of /pub/linux/utils/boot/syslinux/](https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/boot/syslinux/?ref=blackvoid.club)

After downloading and decompressing, it is necessary to do the following:

01\. Create a TFTP/PXE folder on your NAS (exp PXE folder)

02\. Assign rights for a user who will execute the net use command with authorization (later in the process)

03\. Within the root of the new folder copy the following files from Syslinux installation: ****memdisk**, ****menu.c32**, ****pxelinux.0**

04\. Also within the PXE root folder, you should create another folder called ****pxelinux.cfg** (yes a folder that has a name pxelinux.cfg)

05\. Within pxelinux.cfg folder you should create a file named '****default**' (without extensions and apostrophe). So ultimately all together it should look like this:

```
PXE
|--pxelinux.cfg
    |-- default
|-- memdisk
|-- menu.c32
|-- pxelinux.0

```

Now we need to make a modification of the '****default**' file in pxelinux.cfg folder.

Open the file and put the following lines in:

```
DEFAULT menu.c32
TIMEOUT 300
ALLOWOPTIONS 0
PROMPT 0
MENU TITLE PXE Boot Menu
LABEL Windows x64
MENU LABEL WinPE x64
KERNEL memdisk
append iso raw initrd=winpe_x64.iso
LABEL Windows x86
MENU LABEL WinPE x86
KERNEL memdisk
append iso raw initrd=winpe_x86.iso

```

Now save the file.

Ofc this is a sample of my file that I use and now I will explain the structure.

The first four lines are something that is defined by default, and as it is evident menu.c32 file located in the root folder of PXE is called.

Next, the 'MENU TITLE' is the title of the PXE menu that appears after a successful network boot. Here, of course, you can put absolutely anything.

The following 4 lines define an item in the PXE menu. In this example, I chose WinPE x64 as my title (MENU LABEL) because I'm going to use a specific ISO file to launch the installation support for x64-bit OS. The kernel file that is located in the root of the PXE folder is memdisk. The last parameter is the actual name of the file you want to boot. As it can be seen in one line I call winpe\_x64 while in the second x86 ISO.

WinPE - these are Preinstallation Environment ISO files that were built using a Win7 machine with Windows AIK - [http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download ... px?id=5753](http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=5753&ref=blackvoid.club)

****NOTE**

> *AIK is free. However, to create a WinPE ISO you will need a) Win (7) machine b) Win OS installation files. For this reason, I will not explain how to make a WinPE disc (there are many YT clips as well as Technet documentation), nor will I publicly publish ISO images. If anyone has a problem or question feel free to PM me on this matter.*

ISO files that are used in this example are in the root folder of PXE. PXE folder situation now looks like this:

```
PXE
|--pxelinux.cfg
    |-- default
|-- memdisk
|-- menu.c32
|-- pxelinux.0
|-- winpe_x64.iso
|-- winpe_x86.iso

```

One note. PXE is the case ****SENSITIVE** Therefore it is essential that whatever you write in the default file you write it correctly. If for example, the ISO file contains uppercase and lowercase letters, write literally.

****B. CREATING PXE/TFTP environment**

As you know a working DHCP service needs to be running in your network. For this, I have let Syno NAS sort that part considering I have a locked ISP router that doesn't allow me to make any modifications and point any network clients towards PXE server on the NAS.

I have decided to allow Syno to create a small pool of DHCP address within my current DHCP range that I know it's not being used, so there is no fear of conflict.

Within the DSM ****Control Panel** it is necessary to open the category ****File Service** and within it switch to ****TFTP/PXE** tab.

Here you should activate the TFTP checkbox and select the TFTP root folder (PXE folder in this example). Changes in Advanced Settings are not necessary.

After that activate the checkbox in the PXE category and fill out all required fields:

****Boot loader: pxelinux.0** (use the browse button to locate pxelinux.0 file in tftp root)

****Network interface:** probably there will be offered only one option and that is the name of Synology LAN interfaces (leave default values or change as needed)

****DNS server:** IP address of your router (or a dedicated DNS server - be sure to open ports if you use a dedicated one! Port 67 (DHCP) Port 69 (TFTP) Port 4011 (PXE) )

****Start IP:** starting IP address for the DHCP pool

****End IP:** end IP address for the DHCP pool

****Netmask:** depending on your IP class. exp: 255.255.255.0

****Gateway:** IP address of your GW

Press ‘****Apply**’ and that's it (for now). Everything is ready for PXE network boot. Now set your computer to boot from network interface and PXE menu should appear.

After the menu reads the state of 'default' file you will have a chance to boot of the corresponding ISO.

****NOTE**

> *To be able to do the installation over the network you must have a folder with installation files for the appropriate OS. Syno NAS offers the option to mount the ISO file (so you don't have to copy it to a separate folder) and I use that option for every OS I wanna PXE boot (later in the process this folder will be accessible via the net use command)*

****C. USE WINPE ENVIRONMENT FOR NETWORK INSTALLATION**

****C.a (WIN XP)**

As I stated in the beginning, Win XP network installation, unlike Win Vista -> Win 10 requires a little more attention. As is well-known XP installation passes through two stages (non-GUI and GUI), and is necessary to accomplish the following steps to make it work and load.

01\. After it finishes booting, WinPE environment will welcome with a command prompt showing as ****X:** drive

02\. Since XP will not see the available drive at this point it is necessary to use diskpart command to create partitions, assigning drive letter and format the drive.

`x:\ diskpart [enter]`

`diskpart: list disk [enter]`

(list of physical drives, it is necessary to note the drive number that we will use)

`diskpart: select disk n [enter]`

(n is the drive number that will be used if there is only one drive the number will be 0)

`diskpart: create partition primary [enter]`

`diskpart: assign letter=C [enter]`

`diskpart: list partition [enter]`

(note the partition number that you will use)

`diskpart: select partition n [enter]`

(number of partition is probably 1)

`diskpart: active [enter]`

`diskpart: exit [enter]`

You should now be back on the X: drive and have prepared the disk and partition as letter C:. It is necessary to perform the formatting:

`x:\format c: [enter]`

(this is a full NTFS format)

> ****NEXT STEP IS VERY IMPORTANT**

`x:\ bootsect.exe /nt52 C: /force /mrb [enter]`

XP uses NTLDR and with /nt52 switch we apply it on your C partition)

`x:\ net use z: \\IP_ADR_SYNO_NAS\WINXP folder /user:username [enter]`

(we are mapping our installation source folder (where all the installation files are located) to a network letter (z) and using /user switch in order to authenticate. Enter the password as well. Once again I remind you that the installation ISO should be mounted as a virtual drive (Virtual mount option inside DSM) so its content should now be visible via the mapped network drive.

`x:\ z:\<winxp folder>\i386\winnt32.exe /syspart:C: /tempdrive:C: /makelocalsource [enter]`

****NOTE**

> (it is very important that there are NO SPACES while typing syspart and tempdrive commands and the drive letter. Also: after the drive letter is needed!)

After this step, you enter XP installation which will only copy the files to the drive. Upon completion of copying, Win XP GUI will close and return to the WinPE command prompt.

`x:\exit [enter]`

(we are done with our work in winpe and with exit command we intiate a reboot)

We now need to adjust the HDD/SSD as the primary boot device in BIOS and continue installing XP.

****C.b (Win Vista -> Win 10)**

With 'modern' MS OS it is not required to do any preinstallation work (diskpart) but only start from the second stage (use the ****net use** command). Of course when you map a network drive for let's say Win 7 or 10 just start ****setup.exe** and follow further instructions****.**

Next set of steps is for booting linux (Ubuntu) installations.

01\. In this case, this [archive](http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/dists/saucy/main/installer-amd64/current/images/netboot/netboot.tar.gz?ref=blackvoid.club) is to be unpacked and as a result, will be the accompanying ubuntu-installer folder.

02\. The folder from the previous step is copied to the root PXE folder (with all the remaining contents from the previous scenarios). The structure will now look like this:

```PXE
|--pxelinux.cfg (this is a folder)
    |-- default
|--ubuntu-installer (this is a folder)
|-- memdisk
|-- menu.c32
|-- pxelinux.0
|-- winpe_x64.iso
|-- winpe_x86.iso```
```

03\. Now you need to modify (in this case add the parameters) that will define the boot option within the PXE menu. Within the pxelinux.cfg folder there is a default file that specifies the following:

```
LABEL Ubuntu Internet install
MENU LABEL Ubuntu Internet install
KERNEL ubuntu-installer/amd64/boot-screens/vesamenu.c32
APPEND ubuntu-installer/amd64/boot-screens/menu.cfg

```

So for the KERNEL paremtar we enter the path to the vesamenu.c32 file that is inside the specified structure. Additionally, the APPEND command lists the path to the menu.cfg menu.

04\. Now, with all the previous options, just start the bootup, and select the item 'Ubuntu Internet Install' that will load the netboot and instantly allow download of the installation (or selection of distributions) as well as all the necessary configurations.

****Ubuntu DVD boot**

For this scenario, I prepared a DVD Ubuntu 14.04 LTS version (ubuntu-14.04-desktop-amd64.iso) that I mounted using the Synology mount option

****NOTE**

> It is not necessary, the entire install can also be copied to an additional folder within the PXE folder, but it must be ensured that .disk folder is also copied.

01\. Once you have mounted the DVD/ISO the structure of the PXE folder looks like this:

```
PXE
|--pxelinux.cfg (this is a folder)
    |-- default
|--ubuntu-installer (this is a folder)
|--ubuntu14dvd (this is a folder or Synology mount point)
|-- memdisk
|-- menu.c32
|-- pxelinux.0
|-- winpe_x64.iso
|-- winpe_x86.iso

```

02\. Now we also need to configure NFS access so that the Ubunutu installer can retrieve boot files.

****NFS configuration**

a) In the ****Control panel**\> ****File Service**\> Win / Mac / NFS (1 tab) there is an option to activate the NFS service:

![114](https://www.synoforum.com/attachments/nfs_main-png.114/)

b) Now it is necessary to configure NFS rights over the PXE folder. Control panel> Shared Folder> PXE (or how is the name of the folder in which the whole PXE is hosted) and then select the 'Edit' command. After that, the fourth tab is NFS Permissions. Here you need to create a client entry that will allow the computer (or more) certain rights over the NFS to the PXE folder.

![115](https://www.synoforum.com/attachments/nfs_folder_permissions-png.115/)

****Hostname or IP**: one IP address or IP address range should be entered; IP addresses that PXE clients receive when contacting the PXE server over DHCP roles by Synology.

****Privilege**: Read-only (no need for write permissions)

****Squash**: no mapping (root privileges client)

****Security**: sys (other options are for Kerberos authentication)

****DISABLE** Enable asynchronous

****NOTE**

> The option 'Allow users to access mounted subfolders' should be turned on if the mount option is used by Synology, as opposed to the copied installation within the PXE folder.

****NOTE**

> If ****Permission denied** form is encountered on the boot when the NFS mount command (explained later) appears, as a possible reason, it will be necessary to modify the NFS permissions within the ****etc/exports** file.

Using SSH, log on to the NAS via root account and on the /etc/exports path modify the export file. Its original form will be similar to this:

`/volume1/PXE 192.168.1.0/24(ro,sync,no_wdelay,crossmnt,no_root_squash,insecure_locks,sec=sys,anonuid=1025,anongid=100)`

and should look like this:

`/volume1/PXE 192.168.1.0/24(ro,sync,no_wdelay,crossmnt,no_root_squash,insecure,sec=sys,anonuid=1025,anongid=100)`

So ****insecure\_locks** need only be written as ****insecure**.

03\. As with netboot, it is still necessary to set a parameter within the default file to display a menu item inside the PXE boot, and start the boot process:

```
LABEL Ubuntu DVD install
MENU LABEL Ubuntu DVD install
kernel ubuntu14dvd/casper/vmlinuz.efi
append boot=casper netboot=nfs nfsroot=IP_ADDRESS_OF_YOUR_NAS:/volume1/PXE/ubuntu14dvd initrd=ubuntu14dvd/casper/initrd.lz

```

Therefore, the KERNEL parameter is also referred to the vmlinuz.efi file located inside the casper folder in the root of the DVD installation. The APPEND command has several parameters:

****nfsroot** (it is important to note that after the IP address of the NAS path must begin with the name / volume # / ... depending on the volume on which the PXE folder is located)

****initrd** (must point to initrd.lz or initrd.gz file, depending on the version of the installation)

If everything is configured as it should, the PXE boot should run and the installation via NFS.

Thats it!
### Synology 101 - Part 2: User Accounts
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-2-user-accounts/
Last updated: 2024-02-11T15:03:33.000Z
So far we have unboxed, connected, installed, and partially configured our new NAS. Wow, not bad so far. As I mentioned in my [intro](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-setup-your-nas-for-the-1st-time/) post, there are still steps that need to be covered to get your NAS going and to make use of it.

Now that we have configured and the RAID array is up and running, we can start to move forward with other steps.

This post will focus on user management in general. Creating a new user(s), **setting up 2FA**, **disabling the admin account** (for security reasons), adding new users app permissions, quotas, etc. Let's begin.

Before we dig into this I have to make it clear that Synology NAS can have multiple user categories and on top of that it can run with local and Active Directory accounts. We will focus here on local accounts only (DSM accounts), considering that AD accounts require setting up and running the AD package (that's beyond the scope of this 101 series).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-15.39.41.png)

DSM User & Group icons in the Control Panel

### User creation

Most of the 1st time users make mistakes and use the default admin account for their day-to-day operations. If you recall in Part 1 there was a step after the DSM installation that required you to set up a new admin account. Now, this is not the existing admin account that is built-in, but rather a new, personal, admin-type account. If you decide to use that account for your day-to-day operations be sure to know what you are doing. Anyone who has access to that account can make major changes to the DSM configuration that include, raid deletion, the configuration of all apps and services, user management, etc...

Now considering that you do need to have a user that can do all that the question is why would you need to create a new one? Well for start you don't wanna share that account and you might have multiple users that will use various apps/services of your NAS and have no business making any major changes to the rest of the DSM OS. Also, how would you protect specific folders that one user can use and others can't?

All user creation begins in the Control Panel of DSM. Using the upper left-hand side drop-down menu, click on the icon to open Control Panel.

We need to cover 2 parts here, **User** and **Group**. Each icon in CP is responsible for one part of user management. Let's start with Group.

### Groups

There are several group types that each DSM has built in from the start. **administrators*, *HTTP*,* and ***users***. Each group has specific system-wide permissions that apply to specific folders, apps, and services.

While all new users are by default members of the user group, not all users are members of the *Administrators* group. This is a good thing because, as I said before, admins have the ultimate power on your NAS (the only other account that has more power is a root, godlike mode).

If you are a member or working with an account that is a member of a group that allows the creation of new groups, you can create them if you choose to do so. Also, some groups will be created by automation upon installing new packages.

Like Users, Groups can also have their permission, quota, and application usage defined using the edit button. So if you are dealing with multiple users as a part of a specific project, for example, it will be easier to define all those general rules on a single group than on each user. Saying that each user can have specific permission on top of default group permission as exceptions. This all depends on your needs and user/group management.

Finally, you can use the Group section to edit members (add or remove them) if you do not want to assign each new user you create to a specific group(s) of the bat.

### Users

Similar to Group, the User section is almost the same but on a user basis. Here you can create/import new users, and define their email address, password, permissions, quotas, and more. With enough rights, you can even disable certain accounts (this is recommended for the default *admin* account) to keep them dormant and inactive to use (certain user no longer has access to the NAS but you wanna keep the account and its document alive).

Under the User section, there is also the Advanced tab. This tab covers password settings (system-wide settings), expiration as well as 2FA (two-factor authentication), and usage of User Home service (certain apps and services require this so at one point you will have to activate it even if you are not running with more than 1-2 users).

---

### Creating a user and setting up 2FA

Ok, let's say you need an additional user (apart from the one created using the DSM installation wizard). You need to create it, give it permissions and limitations (optional), and for security reasons, we will learn how to configure 2FA.

Go to Control Panel > User > User tab and click the **Create** button. This will open up a User creation wizard that will guide you forward. Fill in the required fields and move to the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-15.40.46.png)

User creation wizard - fill in the needed information

The next step will be to assign the user to a group(s). You will notice that you can't deselect *the user* group. As mentioned before, all members have to be members of the user group. After you have selected a group or groups that you want your new member to be part of, move to the next step of the wizard, shared folder permissions.

This step will show you all the shared folders that exist on the NAS as well as 3 columns regarding permissions for each of those folders. We still haven't mentioned shared folders before (this will be covered in the following article) considering that users do not need access to any of them to have access to certain apps and services on the NAS.

As you can see there is a permission priority enforced here. No access over Read/Write over Read-only. This means that if someone has a check box on a specific shared folder saying No Access it matters not if they have also read or read/write permission on it, they will still have no access to it. The point is there is no need to go wild with checking permissions here left and right, just give your user(s) the minimum they need and all will be well.

Halfway through, 3 steps to go. Next up, quota settings. Another optional step, quotas can be very useful in day-to-day operations with multiple users. If you wanna have control over some trigger-happy users this is the right time and place to do it (you can define it later on as well as modify it). Defined again per shared folder level, quotas can be measured in MB, GB, or TB. Here you will also see a previous group defined quotas if there are any.

As I said before, none of your users need access to any shared folder on the NAS but they can on the other hand use applications/services. Same as before choosing what apps your user can use or strictly denying it. One thing that needs to be mentioned here is that this list will only contain apps installed from the Package Center (and even then not all of them). This list will not contain any apps that you might have hosted inside Docker for example.

As a final step before completing this wizard are options regarding speed limits. This matters if you have multiple users using your NAS to transfer data (upload and/or download). Keep in mind that upload and download speeds are in KB/s so calculate and convert to correct numbers beforehand.

Finally, we have created a user, well that took a while. All of these settings can be changedat any point in time (adding more permissions to new shared folders, setting up quotas, disabling an account, etc.).

### 2FA

Two-factor authentication is nothing new and nowadays highly recommended. This makes even more sense if you are opening your NAS to the Internet. A complex password with a 2FA on top of it will make things difficult for anyone trying to get in. Not to mention that you can use Geo Firewall as well to limit access from certain countries in the world (more on this in article 5).

Just a quick reminder that you can enable 2FA to be mandatory for all users or leave it on default, each user can choose to set up 2FA on its own.

If that's the case, here are the steps needed to activate it.

Starting with your user profile dropdown menu (upper right-hand side menu), select **Personal** item.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-15.59.08.png)

Here you can enable 2FA

This will open up a 2FA wizard that will allow you to activate 2FA on your account for a device of your choice (smartphone for example).

After you have entered your email address you will need to scan the QR code with the device that will be used for 2FA via the Authenticator app of your choice. Finally, DSM will ask that you enter a 6-digit number to confirm that 2FA is in sync with your device.

💡

****NOTE**: Even though the image below is saying it supports Synology's Secure SignIn or the Google Authenticator app those are not the only apps that work. If you want, you can use [Authy ](https://authy.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)for example, works without any problem.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.00.00.png)

Choose your future DSM 2FA authentication app

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-16.02.02@2x.jpg)

Scan the QR code into your app and complete the process

After that short procedure, logging into DSM will require a username and password for your account and a valid one-time password generated by your authenticator. In case there is a problem with 2FA, you can ask for a one-time password that will be sent to your email to log in.

That being said **BEFORE** you set up 2FA please **configure your email inside DSM** for these kinds of situations and be sure that time is in sync as well.  
Checking time will take you to Control Panel > Regional Options > Time tab > Time Settings. Having exact time on your NAS is crucial for 2FA to work as intended.

Well, that's it! Now you know how to create, configure, and secure your accounts with 2FA. Time to [**create some folders**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-3-shared-folders/) and learn how to manage your content.
### New addition to my Syno family, welcome DS718+
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-addition-to-my-syno-family/
Last updated: 2019-04-06T08:38:41.000Z
Well, this was unexpected! Atm I have 4 Syno boxes, a 412+, 918+ and double RS3614RPXS+ with expansions (still waiting for me to start using them in my new place).

But the turn of events landed me one more unit. A brand new 718+ as a payment for services. 

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/04/ds718plus.JPG)

Brand new in a box DS718+

Who can say no to that? Right? :D. Well, now I have a new "toy" to play around with and plan is to turn both 718 and 918 into all flash storage and use RS3614 as my "slow" high capacity storage.

In a few months I'll revisit this and see what will be my decision.
### New dawn for Synology users, welcome, synoforum.com
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/new-dawn-for-synology-users-welcome-synoforum-com/
Last updated: 2019-04-06T08:58:09.000Z
Well its been almost 6 months since Synology made public its community.synology.com site. What a terrible idea that was. They killed a perfectly good discussion platform just so they can roll out something "fresh" and 0 feature packed.

Since its debut, community site has been a total mistake. If you wanna know why, just visit it and look for yourself. Try and find something, I dare you.

Well, now that I have vented enough, lets present the "real" discussion board for Syno enthusiasts.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/04/Screenshot-2019-04-05-at-22.33.10.png)

synoforum.com (day1)

Running on XenForo platform ([https://xenforo.com/](https://xenforo.com/?ref=blackvoid.club)) this forum is feature rich and really fast. Mobile ready, clean and fresh. The best part is, its a proper discussion board, not that "thing" that Syno is pushing.

All compliments and thanks go to **SynoForum** for all his effort, time and resources spend into this project. Thank you man!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/04/Screenshot-2019-04-05-at-22.32.03.png)

Categories and sub forums

Depending how peoples' acceptance will be we hope the forum will become a new home for both old and new users. At the moment, time will tell. Now back to moderating!
### Synology 101 - Part 1: DSM installation & RAID array type
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-dsm-installation-raid-array-type/
Last updated: 2024-05-07T21:53:20.000Z
This is the 1st of a total of 5 posts in the "Synology 101" thread. The [intro thread](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-setup-your-nas-for-the-1st-time/) covers what this series of posts will be by topics as well as some general information that beginners might find useful.

For a more in-depth read on getting your first NAS, be sure to check out this article as well.

[Which Synology NAS model is right for you?Thinking about getting a NAS? Not sure what or how to start? Have a look at Synology NAS product lineup and start your self-hosting journey![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_nas_model_right_for_you-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/which-synology-nas-model-is-right-for-you/)

Getting a new piece of hardware... Nothing beats that in the eyes of geeks ;). Well, after the great unboxing of your new Synology NAS, you are faced with an equally simple task of placing the drives into the device, hooking it up to a network, and powering it on. 3 simple steps.

### Installing the drives (HDDs or SSDs)

Depending on the model of your NAS you will either have to open up your NAS and install the drives inside it or use outside-accessible trays that you will use to place the drives in and slide them in place. The first scenario is common for Synology "J" and "play" while the "value" and "plus" lineup come with trays accessible from the front of the device (not all of them). Regardless, you can follow the step-by-step diagram that came with your device and follow it along.

If you are wondering if you can use small 2,5" SSDs or just 5,25" HDDs the answer is you can use both. Some models are in a subcategory called "slim". Those NAS devices can only accommodate 2,5" drives. That being said, this does not mean that you can't use 2,5" in a non-slim NAS.

### Connecting your NAS to the network

This part is simple enough. Considering that Synology NAS is a network device you should connect it to a switch or a router so that it's accessible to your entire network and/or Internet (depending on your needs).

Some might have a question about connecting a NAS to a single device like a computer via a network cable or even a UBS cable (most Synology devices have multiple USB and eSATA ports as well). The short answer is don't and you can't. That's not entirely true, so if you want, keep reading.

While you still can connect your NAS to your PC via a network cable, you can't do the same with the USB one. USB ports are there to provide connectivity for any external device that you want to have access to via NAS OS (DSM). The same goes for eSATA ports. Still connecting your NAS to a single device kills the definition of NAS as a network-attached device and that's just throwing away money IMHO.

After you connect your NAS (some have multiple ports, more on that a bit later) the last thing you need to do is turn it on!

### Power on, installation, and raid configuration

Well, you got this far, all that's left to do now is turn it on and wait for the light show to start. The boot process will depend on the status of the NAS. Considering that it's still not set up and configured with any apps/service it will take a short while for it to be accessible on your network.

After all the lights have turned on you have to find your NAS on the network. This can be done in one of 2 ways:

- [Synology assistant](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club)
- find.synology.com URL

Synology Assistant is a tool that you install on your local PC (Mac, Linux, Win) and uses the find function to locate your NAS on the network. If we assume that your DHCP (usually by your router) will assign a new IP address to your NAS, it would be a bit of a guessing game on what IP your NAS is currently on. That's what Synology assistant is for.

If you don't want to install any software you can start this 1st step using the find.synology.com URL. It will open up a search web page in your browser and scan your local network for any Synology device, it can detect (NAS, router). This is something that might not work, depending on your network configuration and your NAS configuration, but for the most part, it will work just fine.

### DSM Installation

Any hardware without (great) software is worthless. In the case of Synology NAS, the same rules apply. Synology OS is called Disk Station Manager (DSM). It's a Linux-based OS with a fancy HTML5/CSS3 user interface accessible via your favorite desktop or mobile browser/app.

Soon after you have detected your NAS on the network, 1st thing you need is to install DSM on it.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/03/Screenshot-2019-03-09-at-23.02.33.png)

New NAS detected on the network using find.synology.me

If you use **find.synology.com** URL you will land on a page similar to the one above. Simply click on the Connect button to continue with the DSM installation.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/03/Screenshot-2019-03-09-at-23.03.10.png)

Step 2, installing DSM

In the second step, you will have the option to manually place a DSM installation package or the wizard can do that for you (not visible on this screen). If you want to place the installation manually, just go to [https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download](https://www.synology.com/en-global/support/download?ref=blackvoid.club), select your model and under the Operating system tab (1st one) download the PAT file.

Click on the "Manual Install" link in the wizard (picture) and point it to the PAT file you have downloaded. Finally, click the green button on the bottom, "Install Now".

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/03/Screenshot-2019-03-09-at-23.11.27.png)

Post-install screen, setting up your user account

After the installation is completed it's time to set up your account and define some basic settings (like update method and time). Enter your desired username and password and continue to the next step.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/03/Screenshot-2019-03-09-at-23.12.49.png)

You made it! One more screen and you are there!

Confirmation screen telling you all is well and good. Let's see what's next!

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/image-11.png)

DSM 7 "desktop" interface

That was easy, right? Who said it's gonna be hard? Well, now that you have installed DSM successfully give yourself a break and enjoy a simple yet powerful and beautiful desktop that will allow you to do all kinds of great things on your NAS.

Ok, now that break is over let's push forward. Details about DSM UI and features will be addressed in the next part(s) when we start working with different sections of the system. Right now we have one more main thing that needs to be done before you can start using your new NAS, and that's RAID configuration.

### RAID ARRAY configuration

Before you can start using your NAS, installing apps, copying data, etc, you need to configure how your data will be organized on your hard drives. At this point, I'm not talking about folders but volumes. Volumes in DSM can be configured in multiple ways. Single volume on all drives (as a mirror, one giant volume with or without redundancy), or multiple volumes on the other hand. Separate volume on each HDD you have inside your NAS.

This is something that 1st-time users struggle most with. In a large number of cases, the mistakes are made here and later on, they can "cost" you time and money.

> ## Make sure to use and visit Synology RAID calculator BEFORE you continue forward with this step if you have any questions

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-15.34.59.png)

Synology RAID calculator. Consult it before you move into RAID creation

The best thing is to consult [the RAID calculator](https://www.synology.com/en-us/support/RAID%5Fcalculator?ref=blackvoid.club) to see just how much space you will get with your NAS and the drives you have chosen.

Synology NAS supports several RAID options (depending on the number of bays and models this can vary). The most common one is **SHR or SHR2** (Synology Hybrid RAID). On the other hand, you have your industry-standard **RAID0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 0+1, JBOD, Basic**, etc.

As I said before, this will depend on the number of bays considering that some options will not be possible because some RAID types require a minimum number of drives (RAID 5 for example needs a minimum of 3 HDDs).

To start with your volume creation use the Storage Manager app from the main menu (upper left-hand corner of your DSM UI).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-15.37.03.png)

Storage Manager - overview

This will open up Storage Manager which will list all the options regarding your volumes, pools, individual HDDs, any host spare drives that you might have as well as SSD cache (on selected models).

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-15.37.36.png)

Storage Manager - Volume creation and overview

Head down to the Volume section and use the Create button to start with your volume creation. In the following wizard, you will drag all the HDDs that you wanna use with your volume to make one. Depending on the number of drives you will have RAID types that will be listed. Using the raid calculator from the Synology site and your desired total space/redundancy be sure that you are certain what type you have chosen.

I'm saying this because this is something you will not be able to change on the fly later on. Of course, you will be able to change it, but not without destroying your volume and starting again. You can see how this can be a problem if you already move some data on the NAS. This is why this step is very important. Make sure that you know how much space you need/want, and what specific raid array offers that result (again, be sure to read ALL the info on the RAID calculator site!).

Depending on how big the drives are and how big the end volume will be, creation time will depend. It can take a few minutes to a day or even longer. Until the status of a volume in Storage Manager is not saying "*Normal*" with green letters, it's not ready, leave it be.

You can log off from your NAS for now and let it crunch away. Use the person icon in the upper right-hand corner of your DSM UI and select "*Logout*". Don't worry, volume creation, as well as any other operation, will continue in the background without you looking at the progress bar.

In the [**next part**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-2-user-accounts/) of Synology 101, we will focus on the user account, how to create them, allow them permissions on specific apps/services/folders, and more.
### Synology 101 - Intro: Setup your NAS for the 1st time
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-setup-your-nas-for-the-1st-time/
Last updated: 2024-05-07T21:55:10.000Z
In the next few posts, I will cover the basics that most new users usually look for. How to set up your NAS, install apps (and what apps are needed), and how to configure and harden your security.

> ## This series (as most of all the posts, current and future) will focus on Synology NAS brand and their DSM (Disk Station Manager) OS. I'm saying this because some steps and methods can be applied to other brands as well.

So you decided to get a NAS? Great! Now what? Let's assume you are not getting it because it's cool, but rather that you need it. Most of the 1st time users who start with any NAS have a lot of questions. What model to get, what type of drives, how many drives, to begin with, RAID type, apps, security, upgrades, updates, etc... Questions keep on coming. Before I continue, I have to say that Synology KB is full of useful info on most if not all, questions, but for beginners, it might be a bit overwhelming.

[Which Synology NAS model is right for you?Thinking about getting a NAS? Not sure what or how to start? Have a look at Synology NAS product lineup and start your self-hosting journey![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/05/synology_nas_model_right_for_you-1.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/which-synology-nas-model-is-right-for-you/)

For a more in-depth read on the right NAS for you, be sure to read this article

It's structured by topics covering all the elements of DSM but not in the order that a 1st time user could follow as a predefined checklist of what needs to be done even before you start using the NAS.

So what are the steps that need to be done? Well, to be honest, there is a lot of them. Still, not all need to be followed, some might not be possible and in the end, there is no absolute "list" that will cover all of them. I think it's up to the user and the desired scenarios that will dictate what needs to be configured.  
I will cover what I think will satisfy most 1st time users while still giving them a good, secure, and easy start.

---

## Basic categories

Here are 5 main areas that you need to worry about to get up and running. Topic No. 5 some might say it's not mandatory to get going, true, but in my book, if you don't think about security it will eventually cost you greatly, so might as well spend some time on it.

[Synology 101 - Part 1: DSM installation & RAID array typePart 1 of Syno 101 series. How to install DSM on your Synology NAS, and create the best RAID array for your needs![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/101series_01_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-dsm-installation-raid-array-type/)

PART 1: DSM installation & RAID array

[Synology 101 - Part 2: User AccountsPart 2 of Syno 101 series. User and group creation, permissions and 2FA.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/101series_02_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-2-user-accounts/)

PART 2: User accounts

[Synology 101 - Part 3: Shared FoldersPart 3 of Syno 101 series. Learn about the shared folders, how to create them and configure them as well as how to get data into your NAS using 3rd party cloud services![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/101series_03_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-3-shared-folders/)

PART 3: Shared Folder

[Synology 101 - Part 4: ServicesPart 4 of the Syno 101 series. How to install and configure most common Synology apps and services![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/101series_04_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-4-services/)

PART 4: Services

[Synology 101 - Part 5: Security & accessPart 5 of the Syno 101 series. Learn how to harden your Synology security, protect access to it and see several ways to minimize the attack vectors on your NAS.![](https://www.blackvoid.club/favicon.ico)BlackvoidLuka Manestar![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/101series_05_v2.jpg)](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-part-5-security-access/)

PART 5: Security & access

---

One of the 1st questions you will hear from a 1st-time user is "What model should I buy and how many drives?" or something similar to that. I answer that question with another question. What do you plan on using your NAS for and what's your budget?

Answering those questions you can start and plan your purchase. All models can be upgraded later on with different (bigger) drives so even if you missed your initial calculation and are running out of space, you can correct that along the way. The main thing at this point is to not over or under-provision your needs and in the end, buy the wrong NAS. Yes, that's a thing. Most 1st time buyers, considering there is a huge number of apps, services, and options that your NAS can do, end up having a hard time deciding on what NAS to buy. Will it be a 2bay, 4bay, 8bay, plus, or J model?

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2024/02/Screenshot-2024-02-11-at-15.28.41.png)

Synology product selection and comparison site

Synology product selector - [https://www.synology.com/en-global/products](https://www.synology.com/en-global/products?ref=blackvoid.club)

Synology has made this choice easier with their compare site section where you can have an extensive comparison of what each model can or can't do, but even all that can result in a wrong decision. Why is that? Well, it's simple. Over time, your appetite will grow, you will want your NAS to do this and that (because you need it) and you might end up disappointed after learning that your specific model doesn't support certain apps or services. One of the reasons for this series of posts.

> ## I always say get the best NAS you can buy at that point that satisfies your needs and can be future proof as best as possible.

That means spending extra even if you don't need it now, you might need it later on. Investing in (Synology) NAS is usually a great deal. They are mostly low-power, silent, and powerful on the other hand, and some of them take less space than a few books.

So you picked out your NAS, and you got the drives. Great, let's [**install and configure**](https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-101-dsm-installation-raid-array-type/).
### Synology DS918+ getting a few friends
URL: https://www.blackvoid.club/synology-ds918-getting-a-few-friends/
Last updated: 2020-03-31T06:33:22.000Z
Well finally I have got around to pickup a pair of RS3614RPxs+ models each with their own expansion unit. A total of 48 bays ;). I will be using a single RS to begin with, stariting with 12x4TB WD gold 7200rpm drives.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/03/IMG_6318.JPG)

RS3614RPxs+ with some 4TB WD Gold drives

These two RS models will be getting a new home soon (after I move to my new place) in a brand new rack that I'm still shopping for. At the moment I have DS918+ as my main box with DS412+ running as a backup.

The idea behind these two RS are pure storage needs and Docker hosts. Not that 918 can't pull its own, but its primary task will remain Plex.

Managed to get some ECC RAM as well to boost them both.

![](https://www.blackvoid.club/content/images/2019/03/syno_ram_upgrade.JPG)

56GB of Hynix ECC ram

Guessing in the end it will be a fun to have 2 more Synology NAS devices to play around with and offload 918 a bit.